Full text of "Proceedings of the United States National Museum"

See other formats

Weld doe ed

% BRC Te a aL ‘

TMT a wad \ Vida aaa el at
aM

eT ee
Wibtia dt

\ ‘ ’

; } } F AC eau ahi

Ra Uta ea) a Oe aR A) \ ‘ i Frits atta a ta ans \'

Pay Vaca Cs Wad ae : 4 J sf 15 iy Ben yt ‘yi

PARSE ORS ECO Ry i : ¥ \ NS ator Ny NAL BD wi * yA CaN
ances as yorty y CLEAR ACE) : Vi

Py Y 4 ‘ey,

‘nates RARE Wer SNC ILeL Oates i ny

HY Dawa eat cut ® yer
wa gta

LY taal! ii Ay ;
hl cae Daria Hye ee Wt 8 ie AH at
Ne . ? : t A
Vinita \ ' CAD my *

yen
Patt

RE rN - ‘4
iy ; 4 ’ i
yi i My 4 it i \ " * * )

pS
b)
Mania Wal vin i FAR aaah AL i ay Bite)

‘ *
aay ae ry
Tae OUP bh wy Weinsaney
iy Y, vy, Ut iy i My t ‘a
yar
‘
roa
ROR Hh AP yen i yay wba : ME ACATOND 4 ;
2 a 4 1 ‘ ot rv yay vi Fate an vad
1 Ya ea Pea Paty id yoyed ve ao
t

‘3

te ile
SE eh oy
aed Fare Eye ne
ey yyy x
Aaa

F my
% oe yew
Nit ate ee ate ey ar
e) payin

a AAD LANE VTA

arvdaradga Tae aie} :
iy } ) ‘Naat Keith
aa ta Vie Ged, Nk P| 2 A f . . t aids +o q
VaR aw i te) at ait NAL? Na ers Nae meant RS ay, ' HANA #0)

¥
Lt
f

Yi
1 Wik boty
yale Witt ‘ i hy ‘
SN a4 meg » OF |
‘ Ha ;
i ays a
LM

aL? ae
HYDE CEO I
wid é past

ma ;
sprae ay
BAAN RR

Fe,

'.
Hie
sas
‘

BP RS
ere pr

Wao i
AAI,
ee

Kei ¢ ” t ,
YR se ae test ad ts . i PAA T 1 3
Pelecaid : SRCR Ge near et 2 feta
tL ete ds , r ite
* \. i t, we iy sent ;
Voit: a “ye ye} x fae As 3 . sty

tome t

Tate, Geeta
toe

(i
an
‘

ve
PC
Perot i)

a 4
au Eek
moe

“Ss

Mb Ae tele Peon 4 Ne) te heh
A é ORS! hiecay 4 cK wo) Chew ad
PC ILEC Ra ak L 4 ie
RO ee - { ] :
Vase ed do ee eek
ena eI) nA Pee eT RN
CCRC) sot

a dt lt WS aw
WA beh 10 ded tot hb Vardi dss
rasa be a pee dete daa

oath j eed

’ wae Per eniyies

eve eta et wera «
he ee

Arne)

a
Bee satis
Aes Cita

a Ree a i

ma ¥ pi! i i

j ° / me a

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

JNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

SW eobiriane:| oS. Vel,
oe

PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
1895.

ADVERTISEMENT.

The extension of the scope of the National Museum during the past
few years and the activity of the collectors employed in its interest
have caused a great increase in the amount of material in its possession.
Many of the objects gathered are of a novel and important character,
and serve to throw a new light upon the study of nature and of man.

The importance to science of prompt publication of descriptions of
this material led to the establishment, in 1878, of the present series of
publications, entitled ‘Proceedings of the United States National
Museum,” the distinguishing peculiarity of which is that the articles
are published in pamphlet form as fast as completed and in advance of
the bound volume. The present volume constitutes the seventeenth
of the series.

The articles in this series consist: First, of papers prepared by the
scientific corps of the National Museum; secondly, of papers by others,
founded upon the collections in the National Museum; and, finally,
of facts and memoranda from the correspondence of the Smithsonian
Institution.

The Bulletin of the National Museum, the publication of which was
commenced in 1875, consists of elaborate papers based upon the collee-
tions of the Museum, reports of expeditions, etc., while the Proceedings
facilitate the prompt publication of freshly-acquired facts relating to
biology, anthropology and geology, descriptions of restricted groups
of animals and plants, the discussion of particular questions relative to
the synonymy of species, and the diaries of minor expeditions.

Other papers of more general popular interest are printed in the
Appendix to the Annual Report.

Papers intended for publication in the Proceedings and Bulletin of
the National Museum are referred to the Advisory Committee on
Publications, composed as follows: Frederick W. True (chairman),
R. Edward Earll (editor), Tarleton H. Bean, Otis T. Mason, Leonhard
Stejneger, and Lester F. Ward.

S. P. LANGLEY,
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
IIL

ts She" 3
NM A Gas SR bad to
or ae ‘

} ie @

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Baur, G. The Relationship of the Lacertilian Genus Anni-
ella, Gray.—No. 1005. November 15, 1894..-...........-.

BEAN, BARTON A. (Scientific Results of Explorations by the
U.S. Fish Commission Steamer “Albatross.” No. XXXIII).
Descriptions of two new Flounders, Gastropsetta /rontalis
and Cyclopsetta chittendent.—No. 1050. May 11, 1895......

New genera: Gastropsetta, Cyclopsetta.

New species: Gastropsetta frontalis, Cyclopsetta chittendeni.

(See also under Bean, Tarleton H., and Bean, Barton A.)

BEAN, TARLETON H. Description of anew Species of Rock-
fish, Sebastichthys brevispinis, from Alaska.—No. 1027. May
MoS oie ct Sd ee oat folds ox Zeiane eo 22S PEs

New species: Sebastichthys brevispinis.
Description of a new Species of Fish, Bleekeria gillii—
ae Ee 0 0 Ae a
New species: Bleekeria gilli.
(See also under Goode, G. Brown and Bean, Tarleton H.)

BEAN, TARLETON H., AND BEAN, BARTON A. Description of
_ Gobioides broussoneti, a Fish new to, North America, from the
Se Gulf of Mexico.—No. 1029. May 11, 1895................

BEESON, CHARLES H. (See under Eigenmann, Carl H., and
Beeson, Charles H.)

new Birds, collected on the Island of Aldabra, northwest of
Madagascar, by Dr. W. L. Abbott.—No. 983. July 19, 1894.
New species: Buchanga aldabrana, Foudia aldabrana, Rougetius ald-
abranus.
New subspecies: [xocincla madagascariensis rostrata.

Beypire, CHARLES E. Description of Nests and Eggs of some
7
Fi

Page.

o40—ooik

633-636

629-630

631-632

39-41

VE TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Page.
BENEDICT, JAMES E. (Scientific Results of Explorations by
the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer “Albatross.” No, XXX1I.)
Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Crabs of the
Family Lithodida, with Notes on the Young of Lithodes
camtschaticus and Lithodes brevipes.—No. 1016. January 29,
MOEN fo. os 28S at do Se Sh ee 479-488
New genera: Leptolithodes, Pristopus, Gtdignathus, Lepeopus.
New species: Lithodes goodei, L. diomedew, L. wquispinus, L. couesi,
L. vathbuni, L. californiensis, Leptolithodes multispinus, L. papillatus,
Pristopus verrilli, Edignathus gilli, Lepeopus forcipatus......-.---- 479-488

BIGELOW, ROBERT PAYNE. (Scientific Results of Explorations
by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer “Albatross.” No.
xxxu.) Report on the Crustacea of the Order Stomatopoda
collected by the Steamer “Albatross” between 1885 and 1891,
and on other Specimens in the U. 8. National Museum (with |
Plates xx-xx1I),—No. 1017. February 5, 1895...........-. 489-550

New genus: Odontodactylus.

CLARK, HusBERT Lyman. The Pterylography of certain
American Goatsuckers and Owls.—No. 1018. May 11,1895. 551-572

COCKEREL, T. D. A. Notes on the Geographical Distribution
of Scale Insects.—No. 1026. May 11, 1895.............. 615-625

DALL, WILLIAM HEALY. Monograph of the Genus Gnatho-
don, Gray (Rangia, Desmoulins), (with Plate v11),—No. 988.
DUO, POOR diss. See Toes wanes eens oe er 89-106

— (Scientific Results of Explorations by the U.S. Fish
Commission Steamer ‘‘Albatross.” No, xxxIv.) Report on
Mollusca and Brachiopoda Dredged in Deep Water, chiefly
near the Hawaiian Islands, with Illustrations of Hitherto
unfigured Species from Northwest America (with Plates
XXII—-XXXII).—No.. 1032 -. eens 30 bse eo 675-733

New subgenus: Spergo.

New species: Scaphander alatus, Sabatia pustulosa, Pleurotoma (Dril-
lia) microscelida, Pleurotomella gypsina, P. hawaiiana, P. elimacella,
Spergo glandiniformis, S. daphnelloides, Lunatia sandwichensis,
Solariella reticulina, Lmarginula hawaiiensis, Dentalium phaneum,
D. complexcum, Euciroa pacificu, Lyonsiella alaskana, Pectunculus
arcodentiens, Buccinum aleuticun, B. ovulum, Chrysodomus insularis,
C. (Ancistrolepis) magnus, Beringius frielei, B. aleuticus, Frieleia
halli, Hemithyris beecheri, H. craneana, Liothyrina clarkeana, Macan-
drevia americana, M. craniella, M. diamantina. .

EIGENMANN, CARL H., AND BEESON, CHARLES H. A Revision
of the Fishes of the Subfamily Sebastine of the Pacifie coast
of America.—No. 1009. November 15, 1894..............- 375-407

uy TABLE OF CONTENTS. VII

Page.
FARRINGTON, OLIVER C. An Analysis of Jadeite from .
Mogoung, Burma.—No. 981. July 19, 1894............... 29-31

GILL, THEODORE. On the Nomenclature and Characteristics
of the Lampreys.—No. 989. July 23, 1894................ 107-110

The Nomenclature of the Myliobatide or Aétobatida.—
hg SCL EEI NS or: Roa i A RS a 111-114

The Nomenclature of the Family Peciliide or Cyprino-
dontide.—No. 991. July 19, 1894 ............ woM de Mer 115-116

The Differential Characters of the Salmonide and
Thymalide.—No. 992. July 19, 1894.......0..0.2000--28. 117-122

On the Relations and Nomenclature of Stizostedion or
Tucoperca.—No.993. July 21, 1894.......2....0005 022 2e. 123-128

GOODE, G. BROWN, AND BEAN, TARLETON H. (Scientific Re-
sults of Explorations by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer
“Albatross.” No. xxvui.) On Cetomimide and Rondeletiide,
two new Families of Bathybial Fishes from the Northwest-
ern Atlantic (with Plate xv11).—No. 1012. January 26,1895. 451-454
New families: Cetomimide, Rondeletiide. ~

New genera: Cetomimus, Rondeletia.
New species: Cetomimus gillii, C. storeri, Rondeletia bicolor.

(Scientific Results of Explorations by the U. 8.
Fish Commission Steamer “Albatross.” No. xxrx.) A re
vision of the order Heteromi, Deep-sea Fishes, with a Descrip
tion of the new Generic Types, Macdonaldia and Lipogenys
(with Plate xv111).—No. 1013. January 26, 1895 .......... 455-470

New genera: Gigliolia, Macdonaldia, Lipogenys.
New species: Gigliolia moseleyi, Lipogenys gillii.

(Scientific Results of Explorations by the U. S.
Fish Commission Steamer “Albatross.” No. xxx.) On
Harriotta, anew Type of Chimeroid Fish from the Deeper
Waters of the Northwestern Atlantic (with Plate xrx).—
manto14, January 26,1895. .............. SEP Je ane 471-473

New genus: Harviotta.
New species: Harriotta raleighana. <-

Howarp,L.O. On the Bothriothoracine Insects of the United
States.—No. 1025. May 11,1895....... Phi ge ey Eo 605-615

New tribe: Bothriothoracini.

New genera: Chalcaspis, Pentelicus.

New species: Chalcaspis pergandei, Bothriothorax noveboracensis, B.
californicus, B. nigripes, B. rotundiformis, B. planiformis, Pentelicus
aldrichi.

WALT TABLE OF CONTENTS.

. = — Z Page.
KNOWLTON, F. H. A Review of the Fossil Flora of Alaska,

with Descriptions of New Species (with Plate 1x).—No. 998.
est A, VSO4 oe os isle So aie tee i ens ee 207-240

New species: Salix minuta, Juglans townsendi, Fraxinus herendeenensis,
Rhus frigida, Zizyphus townsendi, Phyllites arctica.

L@NNBERG, EINAR. Notes on Reptiles and Batrachians col-
lected in Florida in 1892 and 1893.—No. 1003. November
Dee Poste Sake fen ue Ue Dap: Reet eee 26h, LN der ale SN Pree 317-339

LucAs, FREDERICK A. Notes on the Anatomy and Affinities
of the Cerebide and other American Birds.—No. 1001. No-
wembor 5, 1894... io fst ee eee ke oe 299-312

Mason, Orts T. Overlaying with. Copper by the American
Aborigines.—No. 1015. January 26, 1895................- 475-477

MEARNS, EpGAR A. Description of a new Species of Cotton
Rat (Sigmodon minima) from New Mexico.—No. 994. July
J Ae ae ae ae ae eee Wak wi eh Oh a sgeeads er 129-130 ©

New species: Sigmodon minima.

MERRILL, GEORGE P. On the Formation of Stalactites and
Gypsum Incrustations in Caves (with Plates 1I-v).—No. 985.
aly Be, USO oe: MS. ease piicis etter anes ae 77-81

—— The Formation of Sandstone Concretions (with Plate
WL), —=No: 987. i Stly 23,1804. nee oie oie 2 = aeye ym 87-83

Notes on some Eruptive Rocks from Gallatin, Jeffer-
son, and Madison Counties, Montana.—No. 1031. May 11,
PB952 obo bi. oe et sO Ee Lo Se ee 637-673

PAcKARD, R. L. Note on a Blue Mineral, supposed to be
Ultra-marine, from Silver City, New Mexico.—No. 978. May
A TSO 4 oii eig so cianee wie Sok yw int wlmsa pete epee ee eee ee 19-20

RATHBUN, MARy J. Descriptions of two new Species of Crabs
from the Western Indian Ocean, presented to the National
Museum by Dr. W. L. Abbott.—No. 979. May 4, 1894..... 21-24.

New species: Hypocelus abbotti, Deckenia cristata.

Descriptions of a new Genus and two new Species of
African Fresh-water Crabs.—Ne. 980. May 4, 1894. ...... 25-27
New genus: Lrimetopus. ;
New species: Parathelphusa campi, Erimetopus spinosus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

RATHBUN, MARy J. Notes on the Crabs of the Family
Inachide in the United States National Museum (with Plate
I).— No. 984. July 21, 1894

New genera: Holoplites, Echinwcus.
New species: Acheus trituberculatus, Podochela spinifrons, Collodes

leptocheles, Batrachonotus brasiliensis, B. nicholsi, Inachoides interme-
dius, Anasimus latus, Echinwcus pentagonus.

New subspecies: HLuprognatha rastellifera spinosa.

Descriptions of a new Genus and four new Species of
Crabs from the Antillean Region.—No. 986. July 21, 1894...
New genus: Thyrolambrus.

New species: Thyrolambrus astroides, Solenolambrus decemspinosus,
Actwa palmeri, Pilumnus diomedew.

RICHMOND, CHARLES W. Diagnosis of a new Genus of Tro-
gons (Heterotrogon), based on Hapaloderma vittatum of Shel-
ley; with a Description of the Female of that Species.—No.
1024. May 11,1895

New genus: Heterotrogon.

RIDGWAY, ROBERT. Descriptions of twenty-two new Species

of Birds from the Galapagos Islands.—No. 1007. November
15,1894

New species: Nesomimus bauri, N. bindloei, N. adamsi, Certhidea sal-
vini, C. bifasciata, C. mentalis, C. albemarlei, C. luteola, Geospiza
barringtoni, G. propinqua, G. bauri, G. albemarlei, G. fratercula, G
debilirostris, G. aculirostris, Camarhynchus rostratus, C. productus,
C. salvini, C. affinis, Pyrocephalus carolensis, P. intercedens, P.
abingdoni.

Descriptions of some new Birds from Aldabra, Assump-

tion, and Gloriosa Islands, collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott.—
No. 1008. November 15, 1894

New species: Zosterops aldabrensis, Cinnyris aldabrensis, C. abbotti ;
Centropus insularis, Caprimulgus aldabrensis.
New subspecies: Zosterops madagascariensis gloriose.

Additional notes on the Native Trees of the Lower

Wabash Valley (with Plates x-xv).—No. 1010. January 24,
1895

ERE Rie ate eye ee ee SIE planta hat ey eee s/o eake a OME

Bre Oe ANGE, ial Cnet af Ny ee Se ae 371-37

Net cee eae Gols, ie oe et OS eM a ee ele ated 409-421

SmOrPson, CHARLES ToRREY. Distribution of the Land and
Fresh-water Mollusks of the West Indian Region, and their

Evidence with regard to past changes of Land and Sea (with
Plate x1v).—No. 1011. January 26, 1895

7 =

New species: Sagda maxima, Neocyclotus (Pytchocochlis) bakeri, Luci-
della costata, Pleurodonte bowdeniana.

Seles Riera SPR eS 425-450

x TABLE OF CONTENTS.

> : : Page.
’ Sruarns, Ronerr E.C. The Shells of the Tres Marias and
Other Localities along the Shores of Lower California and
the Gulf of California.—No. 996. July 19, 1894........... 139-204

STEJNEGER, LEONHARD. Description of anew Lizard ( Verti-
caria beldingi), from California.—No. 977. May 4, 1894... .. 17-18
New species: Verticaria beldingi.
Notes on a Japanese species of Reed Warbler.—No. 997.
Duly 2h 1804 | oo... Peele, woe oe eee ae BPP 205-206
Description of Uta mearnsi, a new Lizard from Califor-
nia.—No. 1020, May11,1895. (Advance sheets, November
DO, A SIL): «acon heia bom A ipiti de ate asole ny may she ne eg 589-591

New species: Uta mearnsi.

— Notes on Butler’s Garter Snake.—No. 1021. May 11,
BOD SG ches tate 0 Safa 'npott a lenalatie)S Bie orn < aoe ae oe err 593-594

On the Specific Name of the Coachwhip Snake.—No.
mio? May Si ed805 oo oe on ee a _.. 595-596

Description of a new Salamander from Arkansas with
notes on Ambystoma annulatum.—No. 1023. May 11, 1895. 597-599
New species: Desmognathus brimleyorum.
Taytor, W. KE. The Box Tortoises of North America.—No.
1009) “May 1h, 180 c25: ieee ee 573-588
New species: Terrapene bauri.
TRUE, FREDERICK W. Noteson Mammals of Balistan and the

Vale of Kashmir, presented to the National Museum by Dr.
W. L. Abbott.—No, 976. May 8, 1894.......... eee 1-16

New species: dArvicola fertilis, A. montosa, A. albicauda.
New subspecies: Macacus rhesus villosus, Mus arianus griseus.

Notes on some Skeletons and Skulls of Porpoises of the
xenus Prodelphinus, collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott in the

Indian Ocean.—No. 982. July 19, 1894. ....... 22 eee 33-37
Diagnosis of new North American Mammals.—No, 999.
November 15,1894. (Advance sheets, April 26. 1894)... ... 241-245
New genera: Parascalops, Mictomys. |
New species: Scapanus dilatus, Myodes nigripes, Mictomys innuitus. 4

New subspecies: Sciurus aberti concolor.

On the Rodents of the genus Sminthus in Kashmir.— .
No. 1004. November 15,1894. >: .../..2)-0 1.22 2s aot 341-343

New species: Sminthus flavus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

TRUE, FREDERICK W. Diagnosis of some undescribed Wood
Rats (Genus Neotoma) in the National Museum.—No. 1006.
November 15, 1894. (Advance sheets, June 27, 1894)......

New species: Neotoma splendens, N. venusta.
New subspecies: Neotoma macrotis simplex, N. occidentalis fusca.

VERRILL, A. E. Descriptions of new Species of Starfishes
and Ophiurans, with a Revision of certain Species formerly
described; mostly from the Collections made by the United
States Commission of Fish and Fisheries.—No.1000. Novem-
een meres: eae erat aes es do MaMa sa aibroraie oe idiaeialele

New subfamilies: Benthopectinine, Pontasterine.

New genera: Jsaster, Acantharchaster.

New species: Pseudarchaster concinnus, Pentagonaster eximius, Neo-
morphaster forcipatus, Solaster syrtensis, S. benedicti, Crossaster heli-
anthus, Pteraster (Temnaster) hexactis, Cribrella pectinata, Brisinga
multicostata, Freyella aspera, I’. microspina, Ophioglypha saurura, O.
tessellata, O. grandis, Astroschema clavigera.

WALCOTT, CHARLES D. Discovery of the Genus Oldhamia

in America.—No. 1002. November 15, 1894...............
New species: Oldhamia (Murchisonites) occidens.

WHITE, CHARLES A. Notes on the Invertebrate Fauna of

the Dakota Formation, with descriptions of new Molluscan
forms (with Plate vi11)—No. 995. July 19, 1894..........

New species: Unio barbouri, Corbula hicksii, Goniobasis jeffersonensis,
Pyrgulifera meekii, Viviparus hicksii.

Page.

393-359

245-297

313-315

131-138

sul

eS he O RP AS.

Facing page.

PeOrpiial Variations Of Anamathia... 2.22. .ils/c eu wo0e os celicece Se eb ese ee cees 62
2. Irregular Stalactites, Wyandotte Cave, Indiana............-.-.----.----- 78
3. Irregular Stalactites, Luray Caves, Page County, Virginia..........-----. 78
4. Gypsum Incrustations, Mammoth Cave, Kentucky .-...-...-...---.--..---- 80
5. Gypsum Incrustations, Wyandotte Cave, Indiana...........-.....22..---- 80
6. Concretions of Marcasite and Siliceous Sand........----.-------.-------. 88
Mee anOdOnSsOt NOL AMOELI CH= e~.cctmja 2 po ote inne e/alel jot dee winioeaissiscoe ose 106
, 8. Fresh-water Mollusks of the Dakota Formation.-...--......--...-..------ 138
mo Hoss Plants from Herendeen Bay, Alaska: ....-..-sj-.2.<--------------¢ 240
10. A large Tulip Tree (Liriodendron tulipifera), Knox County, Indiana--....--- 421
11. Giant Sycamores (Platanus occidentalis), Gibson County, Indiana.----.-... 421
12. Giant Sycamores (Platanus occidentalis), Gibson County, Indiana......-..- 421
(18. A tall Sycamore (Platanus occidentalis), Richland County, Illinois. ....--.. 421
a4. Typical Upland Forest, Lower Wabash Valley.-.-.-..............-----.---- 421
15. Typical Bottom-land Forest, Lower Wabash Valley...................---- 421
e256. New Species of Mollusks from Jamaica..........--..----- +--+ ------ ee eee 450
Bemevownspecies of Bathybial Fishes... 0-252. 0.322. cee enc cn ee bende 454
ets. Generic types of Macdonaldia and Lipogenys...-.--..-.--. .2--22 22+ 2200-8 470
LES ERETRE SINC IRE 2 7 Oe a0 1 a ep a a 472
e20; Odontodaciylus havanensis ......-----.--..---- +... Sale REEMA etd cnet ce smee years 498
SEMEL OTNUIS cans ce Across Sete ee Sosa e Le ee ca bine eee b oe Be) came 532
DAUD S EUULET ick eee eg TS ne Sane ee ae a Ge re aN) RE 540
mememanoimy Of Halicardia and Fuciroa........-s.+.-..2 2220 sees need ween ee 73
Semegesne shells and Brachiopods..........2--+ 2... --00 .s-ce- ence ence we ceed 733
Seemeelceypods from the Pacific Coast.....-..--..-.--..---. 20. s.ceee eee eee 733
Baron! tae faciic Coast. 65.2.2. setsee coe eae ede eo ee eo cen chee wena 73
Sere seinom the Pacitic:CoOaSt-2-o2.s< scae cise ekes cceees ceccskccte cee lke 733
28. BEET eR DECILES Ol St PONTO PIL Ga ao ais a/e cise Ncle dec ceed Sa Sieoalen dein see noel 733
29. mean species of Chrysotomus... 0 o2.0 -20c< onnens vnceeecacnestesee- 733
30. Panels and BrachiOpods.. +... ..5- 62.5 5-22 bses doce aceses cde chee 733
Bemeeerno onells and Brachiopods........--...--.- 200 e05 see oee ceee eee eee hao
32. Pacific TERE GLAU) O06 (Se SRS Sa Ge Sees certs eer RUNES 733
4 XIII
ce:

*
he

ee
é

VoLuME XVII. Eee

PE OC EE DLNGS

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1894,

NOTES ON MAMMALS OF BALTISTAN AND THE VALE OF

KASHMIR, PRESENTED TO THE NATIONAL MUSEUM BY
DR, W, L. ABBOTT,

By FREDERICK W. TRUE,
Curator of the Department of Mammals.

Or. W. L. ABBOTT has very generously presented to the Museum
the skins and skulls of a number of species of Kashmir mammals, the
majority of which were unrepresented in the collection.

Among them are three species of Voles (Arvicola), which appear to
be undescribed, and also a new geographical race of Mus arianus.
The specimens of the Rhesus monkey also seem to me to be worthy of
a separate subspecific name. The discovery of the recently-described
Sminthus concolor in Kashmir extends the range of that species a
thousand miles.

The collection was made between 1891 and 1893.

SEMNOPITHECUS SCHISTACEUS, Hodgson.

Dr. Abbott obtained two specimens of this fine monkey at Kaj Nag.
He states that in both specimens the face, ears, palms, and soles were
black, and the callosities dusky. The irisis clear brown. He gives the
following dimensions:

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 976.

Proc. N. INE, Wye it

9. MAMMALS OF KASHMIR—TRUE. VOL. XVII.

2189, 3, a
a. | | 21843, 9,
Measurements and weight. Kaj
easurements anc weigh | a a (Kaj Nag.

| Inches. | Inches. |

Length of head and DOay; In Siraipb tine! 22s 2s. sgnee cee see Dir | 985.1
hen eth of tail ventebrtes- cst cence se oe Saisie eerie | 26.5 Dam at

GETS Bias a oc clei rete heave thc ole fiotapcrotare ie nie ol tei sin aise er miele Oe ee retateeel ate 22. | 24

| Pounds. Pounds.
Weight 2225 -2.2552522 he coe et se sete tact saaenre nese ete emer 30 | ee

21842. Male, young. Kaj Nag, April 16, 1892. 8,000 feet.
21843. Female. Kaj Nag, April 16, 1892. 8,000 feet.

MACACUS RHESUS VILLOSUS, new subspecies.

Dr. Abbott obtained in Lolab the skins of five monkeys, which appear
to represent a variety of the common M. rhesus. I at first supposed
them to represent M. assamensis, but after a careful comparison with
Anderson’s description of the type of that species I became convinced
that they were not the same. They present the following characters:
Fur long and dense, and moderately wavy; ears hairy; hair of the
crown directed backward, not radiating; upper surfaces, from the
crown to the rump, nearly uniform rusty-brown, but brightest and
purest posteriorly. Outside of fore limbs dull gray, overlaid proxim-
ally by the brown color of the shoulders. Thighs rust-colored; hind
feet pale, sooty; chin, neck, breast and inside of fore limbs gray, with
a Slight yellowish admixture; belly and inside of the hind limbs yel-
low-brown, paler than the back. Face dusky; cheeks grayish yellow-
brown. At the postero-external base of the ears is a tuft of rather
long gray hairs, with reduced rust-colored tips; ears clothed with
grayish hairs, but with a blackish fringe about the upper margin.
Callosities pale in color and closely surrounded by fur. Tail thick,
dark gray above. Iris pale brown.

Dr. Abbott gives the following measurements of the fresh specimens:

| 20123, a, 20120, $, | 20124, +, | 20121, 7, | 20122, ¢,

It will be observed from the foregoing table that the length of the
hind limb, measured from the middle of the rump, is almost exactly
equal to the length of the head and body. The fore limb is only slighty] :

_—e >.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. o;)

shorter. The average length of the tail in the four adult specimens is
slightly less than half that of the head and body, or about 48 per cent.
The skuli of one of the males is of the following dimensions:

35488, of,

Measurements. Lolab,
| Kashmir.|
| |
mm.
Total length from anterior margin of premaxill& to occipital crest. -- 136
Basilar length from anterior margin of foramen magnum to anterior
URAMSN Oe Gooch alll os Saas a See ae See Pe Seep esa oc eeseeemac 97
LLG Gila can yon Baie oe AO Soe eae ee Pee Se oceeo oy pe GE douser ede pos aascoe 54
Men Lo On mpPeb eno law SOMES esa tas haces tena ener cee sa asec nse sere 35
Cy DUee NO] ORE oo hace ebro opens oanc dene sere he esos Soaneeeee 97.5
GTS MinGMOn Diba sce tine = ee eRe noe a cote Oe oe Se Se a eae ecses we cecil Basal
JBN CHEAT ollie - Se Se ie ee NES Ee ee ee ae ee ee 30
Han eb OMmaAnberlOE Manes. see can wi ake tenia te nee met tenon ek ee eee 22
Brea uneOl ANPORION MATOS! 22 = Acie eiee ce sels ole er sinle was dmicie Sam sfeee em 14
Depth of mandible at coronoid process, vertically......------.-.------ 55

All the specimens were taken in the pine forests at Lolab, in the Vale
of Kashmir, in September, 1891, at an elevation of 7,500 feet.

g3eie¢- Male. Lolab, Kashmir, September 8, 1891. Type.
goi2k. Male, young. Lolab, Kashmir, September 9, 1891.
$2422. Male, young. Lolab, Kashmir, September 9, 1891.
30123. Male. Lolab, Kashmir, September 8, 1891.
30124. Male. Lolab, Kashmir, September 9, 1891.

FELIS TORQUATA, F. Cuvier.

Dr. Abbott assigns to this species, with hesitancy, a skull (No. 36396)
which he obtained in the Lolab Valley, Kashmir. He remarks: ‘This
cat was shot in a jungle close to a village and was thought to be a tame
specimen. I am not now sure that it was not a wild one. The tame
cats in Kashmir resemble the wild ones almost exactly. This one’s
skin (not preserved) agreed with the description of F. torquata.”

CANIS AUREUS, Linneus.

A single skull (No. 36395) from the Vale of Kashmir has been
Jabeled by Dr. Abbott as belonging to this species.

VULPES MONTANUS, (Pearson).

There are two specimens of this handsome fox in the collection, one
from the Shigar Valley, Baltistan, and a second from the Vale of
Kashmir. They agree well with the description given by Mr. Blan-
ford,* except that the ears are white within, and there is no black spot
in front of the eye. The fur is very thick and long in the winter speci-
men.

*Blanford, Fauna of British India, Mammalia, 1888, p. 153,

4 MAMMALS OF KASHMIR—TRUE. VOL. XVII.

Dr. Abbott gives the following dimensions (and the weight) of the
specimen taken in May:

21693 , |
Measurements and weight. Vale of
Kashmir, |
|

Inches. |
| Length of head and body (Straight) focccsa6 pea ee eae eee Pye i
| Le meth of tai, with hairs. - 22-956. eee eee es eee ee 20. 50
| Height at the Shoulder: 16.05 = ss cea cee es Se eg 16, 50

| Pounds.

20410. Male. Shigar Valley, Baltistan, January 10, 1892. 8,000 feet.
z183%. Male. Vale of Kashmir, May 20, 1893.
PUTORIUS CANIGULA, (Hodgson).

A normal specimen of this weasel, which is in the collection, con-
firms Mr. Blanford’s conjecture regarding the occurrence of the species
in Kashnnir. It is from Sonamarg in that State.

20400. Male. Sonamarg, Kashmir, March 31, 1892. 8,600 feet.

URSUS THIBETANUS, F. Cuvier.’
Dr. Abbott gives dimensions of three Himalayan black bears which
he obtained, as follows

soll? Female. Lolab, Vale of Kashmir, June 23, 1891.
21844. Male. Lolab, Vale of Kashmir, June 25, 1891.
21845. Male, young. Lolab, Vale of Kashmir, June 26, 1891.

URSUS ISABELLINUS, Horsfield.

I am unable to follow Blanford in uniting this species with Ursus
arctos. It appears to me to present differences in the shape of the
skull, and also in the length of the intervals between the teeth and ia th
shape of the last upper molar. This tooth is very long and has th
en ior moiety directed iba sees outward. 4

# Deus Jarqnidnen Wa agner.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 5

Dr. Abbott obtained skins of two Isabelline bears. Both bears were
taken in spring, were very thin, and had two cubs with them. He
gives the following dimensions (and the weight) :

| 21692,
a1691, 2; Krishna-
Measurements and weight. | Nag eats
| cree range. b
| Inches. Inches.
| Length of head and body in straight line...............|....-....- 50. 05
Length of head and body along the curves......-----..- UC SEPA oe
Meno Porat udlleneRte Dla oes 22sec laine a0 copia oe cine eae 4 4.5
ectrrmE ORS MVNO AES ee ies Nand real er eee ok Nora bss elas 6.5
PATO GHEAD tea ee nee Soca es anne es an bemice cae 42 37
Sule el@ee ells SU = Sa Se Se RBCS EOS RARsE Sto Seater as | 45 Ee tes eee eae
iI Oie ni RANA NTU GER Ses AA oe ee oo sOneBeSEenOor decode! PSEeEs Ean 29
Pounds. Pounds.
Witla hase Seg oa eae See rae neers ei Eee bees 175 130-140

a The measurements of this specimen are from the skinned carcass. The fol-
lowing from the unskinned animal are too small, as it was in rigor mortis when
measured and could not be properly stretched out:

Hoialdensthjalon eS Corvesess.2 ss se =~ Hoes seer eee es eens ees 59.0 inches.
Menge ub Obsallewith! Nair ss cs ssse-) oon eesocem ote oslos eae wee a ote 4.5 inches.
(HIRI) ECON IS Bs Ant ce ED SER BEE I nGTas sole AAG SAS N Oe ar 49. 0 inches.
Jaen in eS OWE eA ees SHS ARSC Ton eeace cide SOHNE ACO reas ae 28.5 inches.
Fe SlnniS WON OS oooce peop ner lossdcse codes eoueabebeeus de aHbaene 27.5 inches.

b Dr. Abbott remarks that the bear could not be well stretched out and that the
length is too short and the height (29 inches) too great.

ee$g2° Female. Nag Marg, Kashmir. May 16, 1893.

leas Male. Krishnagunga range, Kashmir, April 26, 1893.

26397. Male, jr. Krishnagunga Valley, Kashmir, April 26, 1893 (skull).
OVIS VIGNEI, Blyth.

The skins of three male sheep were obtained. So far as regards the
horns, they agree perfectly with the descriptions of O. vignei. In colo-
ration, however, they seem to approach O.cycloceros. The general color
is rufous brown, the short beard is made up of very dark brown and
white hairs mingled, the legs below the knees and hocks are entirely
white (though more or less stained from the soil), and the muzzle is
also white. There is a distinct dark lateral line in the adults, termina-
ting anteriorly in one case in a rather broad blotch. It will be seen
that in many of these particulars the coloration of these skins differs
from the original description by Blyth,* who, however, as Dr. Sclater
has remarked, apparently had Ovis cycloceros also in mind. Blyth’s des-
cription was taken from a painting (by Vigne). He states among other
things that the muzzle is not white and that the limbs are brown. In
repeating this description, however, in the Annals and Magazine of
Natural Historyt he adds a footnote,in which he gives the characters
of some specimens from the Hindu Kush Mountains, ‘‘identified by
Mr. Vigne as, without doubt, the same as O. vignei.” In this descrip-
tion he emphasizes the fact that the muzzle is white, and states in addi-

tion that the limbs are covered with short white hair and that the
belly is also white.

*Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1840, p. 70. tVol. 7, 1841, pp. 251-253.

6 MAMMALS OF KASHMIR—TRUE, VOL. XVII.

The description contained in this footnote is much more fully appli-
sable to Dr. Abbott’s specimens than the original one, and it seems
probable that Vigne’s sketch, on which the latter was founded, was
either incorrect in many particulars,* or represented a young male in
summer pelage.

Dr. Abbott gives the following dimensions of fresh specimens:

| Measurements. | 20407, %. | 20408, g*. | 21847 ¢.
|

| Inches. | Inches. Inches. |
Menathiof headband) DOdy es... -iet-seciaanianna stat ats 56 53 57
Length of tail to end of hairs .--...-...-..--.--.. 6.5 6 6
Giribrot chests: ! 52 2taeen oo oes aoa | 42.5 | 35 38
Gainth.ofibelliy-2— 23-2 ose enes ode ete one eiae tanta 4g 1c sae 45
Depth of chest in straight line................... 165 een ee oe 15.5 |
aNote by Dr. Abbott: ‘These animals were shot in very difficult ground, so that

measurements are only approximate, particularly the length and height.”

The specimens obtained are as follows:

20407. Male. Shigar Valley, Baltistau, January 1892. 10,000 feet.
20408. Male, young. Shigar Valley, Baltistan, January 1892. 10,000 feet.
21847. Male. Shigar, Baltistan. 9,000 feet.

CAPRA SIBIRICA, Meyer.

Two skins of males from Baltistan represent this species. They are
in winter pelage and very dark. The colors of the two skins are almost
identical, and the markings are very sharply defined, in which latter
feature they appear (as well as may be learned from the descriptions
of various authors) to differ from ordinary specimens of C. sibirica.
The following is a description of one of these skins, No. 20409: Face,
neck, breast, fore legs, shoulders, the lower part of the flanks, the
thighs, a line along the spine and the tail, strong umber-brown. The
hind legs are also brown, but have a sharply-defined, large, oblong,
white (or cream-colored) mark on the postero-external part of the meta-
tarsus, extending from the hock to the outer false hoof, and prolonged
between the latter and the true hoof.

A white mane (tinged with brown at the extremities of the hairs)
extends along the spine from the middle of the nape to the shoulder.
The brown of the shoulders follows, and behind this the whole back is
occupied by a large elliptical white mark, or saddle (somewhat washed
with brown), which is bisected longitudinally by a dark-brown spinal
line, as already stated. Belly whitish. Ears white at the base ante-
riovly, brown elsewhere. The beard is blackish brown, with a few
soiled-white hairs at its base. A narrow white area surrounds the anal
region. All the hairs are white or whitish at the base—purest where
the extremities are merely tinged with brown, and less so where they
are dark.

«The same remark applies to the figure published by Dr. Sclater in 1860. (Proce.
Zool. Soc., London, 1860, pl. 79.) It does not agree with the diagnosis which it
accompanies.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 7

This deseription tallies in all essential points with that for male speci-
mens in winter pelage from the Sajan Mountains identified with
Capra sibirica by Radde,* but scarcely with Blanford’s diagnosis of
the species in the Fauna of British India, where it is remarked (p. 504),
“Tn winter the general color is yellowish white, tinged with brown, or
greyish.” Not less unsatisfactory is the phrase in Sterndale’s diagnosis,
“dirty yellowish white in winter”+ Under the heading of varieties
of Capra sibirica, however, Blanford remarks: {

A very dark-colored ibex is said to oceur in Baltistan, but is, according to Scully,
merely the old male in winter vesture. Ibex from Siberia and from the Thian Shan
Mountains north of Kashgar have the abdomen and the back of the carpus and tarsus
white, contrasting sharply with the front of the legs, which is very dark brown.
Col. Biddulph, to whom I am indebted for calling my attention to this character, is
of opinion that the Thian Shan animal is true C. sibirica and the Himalayan one
distinct, in which case the latter would take the name of C. sakin. I have only been
able to examine one undoubted Himalayan skin, and cannot say if the difference
is constant.

Dr. Abbott gives the following dimensions of the fresh specimens:

| 204094. | 218464.

Measurements and weight. Braldu | Braldu
Valley. | Valley.

Inches. | Inches.

LEE GY INGE LeU ST beacons. Hcadocosmousacaaorsne me se 67 65
LONG OLs Nain Res see ok (canta) wis aegis caesar seh eeleos 11 |} 10.5
Heichtat shoulder (curved): --0!: .--40-..s25es-2-225-- 39 39
Herc hitatenam py (CULV CW) 2-s.0 552 ances sce e mss t awe 42 42
(GrptimolChestiess et eee. eae ye ase aeons ohne eee s ae 48 | 48
Girth efebelly 2222-2252 35 f-cecn's FUR ene Coieshenee 58 e
Depth of chest in a straight line ................-....-- 20 | 20 a

Pounds. Pounds.
NWWenohts (ADO) sace scan ana = iene ent meen han Scie <= 250 | 250

a The horns of No. 21846 measure 344 inches around the curve.

20409. Male. Braldu Valley, Baltistan, December 19, 1891. 14,000 feet.
21846. Male. Braldu Valley, Baltistan, December 21, 1891. 21,000 feet.

PTEROMYS ALBIVENTER, Gray.
There are three normal specimens of this flying- squirrel in the collec-
tion, and also two specimens of the melanistic variety.

42%. Male. Central Kashmir, September 15, 1891.

128. Male. Lashkok Nullah, September 16, 1891.

20135. Female. Western Kashmir, July 3, 1891.

20134. Male, young. Western Kashmir, July 3, 1891 (melanistic).
0732. Female. Central Kashmir, September 17, 1891 (melanistic).

SCIUROPTERUS FIMBRIATUS, Gray.

Of this species there are four specimens, as follows:

$3703. Male. Central Kashmir, September 15, 1891.
$9433. Male. Lashkok Nullah, September 16, 1891.
33433. Female. Lashkok Nullah, September 16, 1891.
got¢. Male. Central stair, ee 20, 1891.

= — ="

x icon, Boise $ im Siiden von Ost-Siberien, 1, 1862, p. 244.
t STERNDALE, Mammalia of India, 1884, p. 444. t Op. cit., p. 504.

8 MAMMALS OF KASHMIN—TRUE. VOL. XVII.

ARCTOMYS CAUDATUS, Jacquemont.
Two specimens of this fine marmot were collected, as follows:

20134 Female. Vigh Nullah, August 1, 1891.
40137 Male. Vigh Nullah, August 1, 1891.

MUS ARIANUS GRISEUS, new subspecies.

Similar to typical Mus arianus, Blanford, in size and proportions, but
having the upper surfaces ochraceous gray, instead of rufous.

The Long-tailed Field-mouse has already been recorded by Dr. Seully
as occurring in Gilgit. There are three skins in Dr. Abbott’s collec-
tion which are referable to this species, but appear to represent a
distinct color-variation. Mr. Blanford describes MW. arianus as being
‘rufous brown above,” and Mr. Thomas as “dark red.”* Dr. Abbott’s
specimens are grayish, ochraceous brown above, which color is produced
by the mingling of hairs having ocher-colored tips, with others which
are black. No. 20151, which is immature, is especially gray above,
and coincides in color almost exactly with ordinary specimens of Mus
musculus.

The three specimens on which this subspecies is founded were
obtained by Dr. Abbott in pine forests at high elevations—two of
them in Central Kashmir and the third in the Pir Panjal Pass. He
gives the following dimensions of the fresh specimens:

| 20151, %. 20139, 9 - 20144, o.

| en eghvor tail eii= 15 feces eee nang isan
|

38 4a | 44

As Mr. Blanford and Mr. Thomas have remarked, Mus arianus 1s
very closely related to the Mus sylwaticus of Europe, if not identical
with it specifically. Mr. Thomas has brought forward the greater
length of the hind foot as a distinguishing character of M. sylvaticus.
Dr. Abbott’s specimens, being dry skins, are not entirely available for
critical comparisons of this kind. The length of the hind feet in two
of them, measured after soaking the feet in water, are as follows: No.
20144, male, 0.833 in.; No. 20139, female, 0.875 in.

The larger of these two dimensions is still a little less than an aver-
age of measurements of M. sylvaticus given by Mr. Thomas, which is
0.88 in.

I may here remark incidentally that a specimen of M. sylvaticus, from
Switzerland (No. 2995), in the National Museum, is of exactly the same
color as is shown in the figure of the type of M. arianus in Mr. Blan-
ford’s Zoology of Persia.* If this figure is correctly colored, it seems

“Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1881, 548.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 9

to me that M. arianus may searcely be called “dark red.” None of the

specimens of M. sylvaticus, in the National Museum, from different

parts of Europe, show a strong rufous tint, except one from England.
The types of MW. arianus griseus are as follows:

20151. Male. Mountains of Central Kashmir, September 13, 1891. 10,000 feet.
20139 Female. Central Kashmir, October 8, 1891. 8,500 feet.
20144, Male. Pir Panjal Pass, August 31, 1891. 8,500 feet.

MUS BACTRIANUS, Blyth.

There are five small mice in Dr. Abbott’s collection which so closely
resemble the common house-mouse, J/us musculus, that I have had some
doubts as to whether they should not be referred to that species. As:
the tail, however, is shorter in every instance than the head and body,
and the belly is white, or only slightly tinged with buff, I presume
they really represent Mus bactrianus. Two specimens are from Srinagar
and the remaining three from other localities in Kashmir. Dr. Abbott:
remarks that the species lives in the houses of the Gujar herdsmen.

The following dimensions are from the fresh specimens:

| 20150, g. | 20307, 9. | 29142, 9. |- 20143, 9. | oo149 «+ a
Measurements. | Central | Srinagar, Vale of Vale of eras }
Kashmir. | Kashmir. | Kashmir. | Kashmir. 3 er |
Inches. Tnehes. Inches. | Inches. | Tnehes.

Length of head and body --. 3h 3g corn 3 28
Length of tail..-........... 33 3h 27 28 23 |

The localities, ete., are as follows:

20397. Female. Srinagar, Kashmir, April 5, 1892.

20150. Male. Central Kashmir, October 17, 1891. 9,000 feet.
oo742. Female. Vale of Kashmir, August 10, 1891.

0143. Female. Vale of Kashinir, Angust 11, 1891

z0l4s. Male. Srinagar, August 8, 1891.

MUS RATTUS, Linnieus
Four specimens, as follows:

21688. Vale of Kashmir, June 5, 1893. 5,200 feet.
21689. Male. Vale of Kashmir, June 6, 1893-
20395. Young. Vale of Kashmir, winter, 1891-92.
20399. Male. Srinager, Kashmir, April 4, 1892.

SMINTHUS CONCOLOR, Biichner.

It is a matter of surprise to find specimens of this recently, described
Species in the collection. The types, the only known specimens, so far
as Iam aware, came trom Kansu, China, a thousand miles eastward.
Dr. Abbott’s discovery of the species in Kashmir adds greatly to its
known range. His two specimens agree perfectly with the original

*Persian Boundary Commission, II, Zoology and Geology, 1876, pl. v, fig. 3.

10 MAMMALS OF KASHMIR—TRUE. VOL. XVII.

description of the species. They are both from Central Kashmir, and
were obtained at an elevation of 11,000 feet. Dr. Abbott gives the fol-
lowing measurements of one specimen, No. 20140: Length of head and
body, 2? inches; length of tail, 44 inches.

20140, Male. Central Kashmir, July 21, 1891.

g0l4l Male. Central Kashmir, July 24, 1891.

ARVICOLA FERTILIS, new species.

Size medium. Lengthof head about one-fourth that of the head and
body together. Tail-vertebre one fourth to one-sixth the length of
the head and body together. Ears moderate (as long as the fore feet,
without the claws), overtopping the fur by about 4 millimeters.

Color above, dull grayish brown; below, pale isabelline brown. All
the hairs plumbeous at the base. Those of the under surfaces are uni-
formly tipped with pale brown (white, tinged with burnt sienna), The
hairs of the back have a subterminal ring of the same pale brown color,
and blackish tips; numerous umber-brown hairs are intermingled.
Ears, nose, and backs of feetumber-brown. Tail bicolored, umber-brown
above and very pale sienna-brown below, corresponding with the color-
ation of the body. The long hairs at its extremity are chiefly from the
under side and therefore light-colored. A nearly pure-white spot on
the under side of the wrist in most specimens.

Dentition that of the subgenus Alticola, Blanford. Anterior upper
molar with three outer and three inner angles. Posterior molar with
two outer and two inner angles and a terminal oval lobe. (In one
specimen there is an additional rudimentary angle on each side behind
the other two.) Anterior lower molar with three outer and four inner
angles, and an anterior oblique oval lobe, which may develope a rudi-
mentary angle on each side.

Dimensions of the body.

* These measurements were made on the fresh specimens by Dr. Abbott; the rest are from
the dry skins.

+ Dr. Abbott gives 1. 625 inches for the tail and hairs, but I think this must be an error, and
have substituted a measurement of the vertebra from the dry skin.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. be |

Dimensions of the skull.

|
Measurements. 35509, 9. | 35510, 9. | 35511, ¢.|
|

mm. mm. mm.
TRC Rei ee a eo eeerccmpoceasriccsee passe lscseeeseae 25.5 23.5) |
Zygomatic breadth-----------.-------.....-.----- | 15 16 14.5 |
[Lie OP WEP Sees OE OPA SO BEE Soe Soe S ries Biane ii | hes) Th
Length of superior molar crowns...---.--------- bus 6 65
t !

Localities —Central Kashmir, the Pir Panjal range, and the Kaj Nag
Mountains.

This species appears to closely resemble Arvicola wynnei, Blanford,
and may, perhaps, be only a geographical race of the same. It has,
however, considerable longer ears and shorter tail. It also differs in
color, being yellowish-brown, rather than “dark rich brown,” or “dark
chestnut,” which are the colors given by Mr. Blanford for A. wynnet.
The type of the latter species is from Murree (Marri), which is in
Rawul Pindee, about one hundred miles west of the Pir Panjal pass
and across the Jhelum River.

Dr. Abbott remarks that the surface of the ground in many of the
alpine valleys of the Pir Panjal range is completely honeycombed by
the burrows of this species. The elevations at which the species were
obtained are indicated in the following list of specimens:

20145. Female. Central Kashmir, August 2,1891. 12,000 feet.

sold, Female. Pir Panjal range, August 30,1891. 8,500feet. TyYPr.
20148 Male. Pir Panjal range, August 30,1891. 8,500 feet.

59293. Male. Kaj Nag Mountains, April 23, 1891. 8,000 feet.

21690. Male. Krishnagunga Valley, May 10, 1893. 7,000 feet.

ARVICOLA MONTOSA, new species.

Size of the single specimen, small. Tail vertebrie about one-third the
length of the head and body together. Ears as long as the fore foot
from the wrist (without the claws), but not overtopping the quite long
fur. Soles with six tubercles; the hindermost in the middle of the sole.
Behind this point the sole is hairy.

Color above, dull grayish brown, as in A. fertilis, but considerably
paler than in that species. Under surfaces white, very lightly tinged
with brown, and the gray of the base of the hairs plainly seen. Feet
white. Tail bicolored, corresponding with the coloration of the body.
The long hairs at the extremity are mostly from the upper side of the
tail and therefore dark. Ears clothed within with short yellowish-
brown hairs. The anterior outer margin, except at the tip, with long
hairs like those of the body. A tuft of long, nearly pure-white hairs
behind the ears. Nose dusky brown. Claws pale, overhung with long
white hairs.

Dentition that of the subgenus Alticola, and similar to that of A.
blanfordi, but with four external angles on the posterior upper molar.
Internal angles of the same tooth, three in number. Anterior lower

12 MAMMALS OF KASHMIR—TRUE. eee Hen

molar with four external and four internal angles. The first external
angle as long as the others—not shorter, as in A. blanfordi. In the
posterior lower molar the middle external and internal angles alternate,
and the space between them is, therefore, not lozenge-shaped.

Dimensions of the body.

Ere
4 ee Anand 35508" 9»
Measurements. | Central
| Kashinir. |
| Inches.
Head and body:ive snc aerate ne mics aiaiciniwaye wie aia Sa Sabrent eee 3. 625 |
Tanl verte DLs. so. 25.. O28 eo Be os Teese ek Re nee eee eee 1.15 |
Gail withitermimalponcil* 2. 22e2 = eae anaes oe ee eee 1.25
Har trom thevorinces ate osc aeons ee ee ee oe eee 2 ae i ees 45
Hind toot, “withouti-claw 2: s200-2 sac one: caceee coset sae ee eee 71

* These measurements were made on the fresh specimen by Dr. Abbott.

Dimensions of the skull.

35508) 5°

car? for |

2 ents 20145 |

Measurements. Central |

Kashmir.

mm.

Motallen ath) 275. o¢e5 ecb icc snas cet eke eee era obi ce oe eee 24
Zygomatie breadth. 2/28 Slane elk seinen esis sme ea ete ee itso eae 14

engthiof masala: 2) 2s ey ea TES ee ee) Soe eee eae te
| Length: of superior molaricrowms =o=cec ccas<0 sear ee ee anes ieee 6

Locality.x—Central Kashmir, 11,000 feet.

This species resembles Arvicola roylei, but differs in the form of the
teeth. The color is paler than in A. roylei, and the ears are longer,
though not overtopping the fur.

Dr. Abbott notes that the single specimen obtained was caught in &

tent on October 4, snow being on the ground at the time.

2 5 7 - mm
ae Male. Central Kashmir, October 4,.1891. TYPE.

ARVICOLA ALBICAUDA, new species.

Similar to A. blanfordi in size and color, but with a shorter, entirely.
white tail. Dentition like that of A. roylei,

Ears visible in the fur. Thumb with a rudimentary claw. Tail two-
fifths the length of the head and body, densely clothed with rather long
hairs. Posterior portion of soles densely hairy. Fur on the back, 15
mm. long.

Jolor above, pale reddish gray, the hairs dark plumbeous at the base,
with a subterminal ring of pale yellow, and brown tips. The peculiar
pale tint of the back is produced by the mingling of these three colors.
Kars clothed with long hairs; those of the margin pale orange-brown.
Upper lip and all under surfaces pure white; the hairs gray in the lower
half. Fore and hind feet and tail pure white, the hairs white to the base.

ee a a a

a ee a

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Dimensions of the body.

| No. 20393, 9
Measurements. Braldu Valley, |

| Baltistan.

|\Inches.| mm.
Hest BN CUROGV sees sein cece ales aimine nee sei ais tetiatic se oerohes ces | 4.25 | 107
I eer soe ce Bane area minis awickd cisiMeticay faa kh ce east aes cess | 1.75 | 44.5
aos from base of orifice, from the dry skin .-.-....--.-.--..-.---- .56| 14
Hind foot, without claw, from the dry skin ...-..--.-------.... .64] 16

The teeth closely resemble those of A. roylei, and have the same
number of angles throughout, but the anterior loop of the first upper
molar is transverse, and the first inner angle of the anterior lower

molar is not longer or more curved than the succeeding ones.

Dimensions of the skull.

368
| Measurements. [ia ose

Basilar length, from outer margin of foramen magnum to end | mm.
|, i? {ena Wo eS Ree ag too da one onds weeeare soeseecar 25
| UM EUICG, HEU NS ce oo sen bese coc sue coreredcossasos ass55 15
|

39393. Female. Braldu Valley, Baltistan, December 19, 1891. Typr.

LEPUS TIBETANUS, Waterhouse.

Dr. Abbott gives measurements of six fresh specimens of this hare,
four of which are in the collection. All of them were obtained in the

Shigar Valley, Baltistan, January 9 and 10, 1892.

Measurements and lists of specimens.

= =| i | =

| Inehes. | Inches. | Pounds.

onana hShipar valleys ...5.<20-0 02. oe NO OTS 4, 25 3. 2
VN oe ee (aU eee ee een eT Q 18.5 4,50 4.00
D040 5 alte GUS as acs adgee eee ne ae 17.5 4.50 3. 50

Hem 20406) (Wace. BU Gee ee ee fe) 10.0 5. 00 4.00
fe TENA Eee eae Og ee Ee ore hE epee os 17.5 4. 00 3.25
21841 (ilies ie Oe «ee eee ze 17. 25 | 4.50 3.50

LAGOMYS ROYLEI, Ogilby.

There is one specimen in the collection from Nagmarg, Central Kash-
mir, taken at an elevation of 9,000 feet. It is a fall specimen and has
the middle of the back black in color, produced by the massing together
of the long black tips of the hairs. The entire sides of the head and
body are rust-colored. The breast is also rust-colored and a broad line
of a paler tint extends thence backward above the middle of the belly.

Elsewhere the under surfaces are whitish.

Dr. Abbott gives the length of the one specimen obtained as 8 inches,
but I think he has included in this the hind feet. The length of the

head and body in the dry skin is 67 inches (173 mm.).

14 MAMMALS OF KASHMIR—TRUE, VOL. XVII.

The dimensions of the skull are as follows:

Measurements. 35501, 9,

\Nagmarg.
|
Basilar length, from inferior margin of foramen magnum to pos- mm.
TOLION MALAI Of INCISOUS es soe oa steta tre a armada Oni slerali alae al shel tates atest orate 34.5
en atin Of NASAIS! <= 25262 ec. nsenme este eecs AeA ce een Ee aie ae atest eee teen 15.0
| Length of cheek teeth....-.-...--.----- 2+ --eeee2 eee eee eee eee ee eee 8.0

|
|

20138 Female. Nagmarg, Central Kashmir, October 22, 1891. 9,000 feet.

LAGOMYS GRISEUS, Blanford.

Blanford does not recognize this species as belonging to the fauna of
India, but Dr. Abbott’s two specimens agree perfectly with the de-
scription and figures of it in the Zoology of the Second Yarkard Mission,
and I conclude that they should be assigned here rather than to the
closely allied LZ. macrotis. The adult, No. 20396, measured 84 inches
when fresh, and the younger individual, 7 inches. Dr. Abbott notes
the following regarding the species: By no means common at this sea-
son at any rate (December); probably hibernates. The Baltis say they
are very common, living among the rocks and glacial moraines.

The dimensions of the skull of the adult are as follows:

ee é 2 | 36814 ree
Measurements. | 90396,
mm.
Bastlanr length eae sce tae een al = =~ te Seas eles ett eae 37.4
Greatest zy SOmabie | PLGACGha ie eam 2 == = ernie niet ae ein 91.5
east width) of trontal Sie. neee hese cetere cane ee ae eee 5.0
GTN OMEN OT US AS Pee cat ee te eee ae a a tee 16.5
Greatest breadth of nasalssanteriorly-o->sc2-- «=~ 2 ~~ eee - aie 5.9
Length of crowns of upper molars and premolars ......--.----.-...--- 8.7
WP PELAMEISOTS LO MpVEMl OLAS ter ate. = tere ae erie ieee tee 10.8
VOW CLANCISOMS (0G PPCM OLAS eae aoa ee ate ete em ne eee re 7.6 |
Length of crowns of lower molars and premolars ..-----.-.-.---.----- 8.2 |
1

* From lower margin of foramen magnum to posterior edge of alveolus of large incisor.
302979. Male, Doru Nullah, Braldu Valley, Baltistan, December 4, 1891. 10,000
feet.
20304, Female, young. Dras Valley, Kashmir, November 12, 1891. 9,000 feet.

CROCIDURA MURINA, (Linneus),

Of the five specimens of this species collected in Srinagar and the
Vale of Kashmir, three were obtained in summer and two in winter.
The former are brownish on the back (the tips of the hairs being of
that color) while the later are slate-gray. This difference in color,
therefore, appears to be seasonal.

In one of the largest specimens, No, 21686, the fifth minute upper
tooth is concealed by the fourth and sixth from without, while in others
it is visible to a greater or less extent.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Ld

Dimensions of three specimens.

| aM ; 20154,2. | 21686, ¢, | eae
Leasurements. iat eae ee nS ale oO
| Srinagar. Srinagar. Teashinin|

| need ote w 4: , ‘

| Inches. Inches. Inches.

Length of head and body..-.-..........------ 58 58

| TOG eee ene sae oda sae seee 2g
|

8 B
3k 2%

g015%. Male. Vale of Kashmir. June 29, 1891.
21678. Female. Vale of Kashmir. June 2, 1893.
20398. Male (?). Vale of Kashmir. Winter, 1891-’92.

30154. Female. Srinagar. October 29, 1891.
21686 Male. Srinagar. May 25, 1893.

CROCIDURA ARANEA, (Linnieus).
One specimen:
$$sie- Female. Mountains of Central Kashmir. September 13, 1891; in pine
forest, 10,000 feet.

VESPERUGO (ADELONYCTERIS) SEROTINUS (Schreber ).

The specimens of this species differ very much in color from the
American form which has been assigned to the same. The tips of the
hairs above are pale ashy yellow, giving a hoary appearance. The
forearm is much Jonger, reaching 2.2 inches.

21685. Female (?). Vale of Kashmir, May 29, 1893.
21684. Male. Vale of Kashmir, April 10, 1893.

VESPERUGO PIPISTRELLUS, (Schreber).
Two specimens from the Vale of Kashmir are in the collection.
VESPERTILIO MURINUS, Linnewus.
One alchoholic specimen, No, 21809, female, from the Vale of Kash-

mir.

In connection with the foregoing catalogue I have thought it desira-
ble to compile a list of all the species of mammals which have been
definitely recorded by Blanford, Sterndale, Jerdon, Anderson, Sclater,
Scully, Hiigel, Lydekker, and other writers, as occurring in the north-
western portion of Kashmir, that is, in the Valeof Kashmir, Baltistan
and Gilgit. The list is as follows: *

Mammals of Northwestern Kashmir.

Macacus rhesus. | Herpestes auropunctatus.
Macacus rhesus villosus. | Herpestes thysanurus.
Semnopithecus schistaceus. | Herpestes mungo (?).
Felis uncia. | Canis lupus.

Felis torquata. Canis aureus.

Lynx isabellinus. Cyon dukhunensis.

*The names of species included in Dr, Abbott’s collection are in italics.

MAMMALS OF KASHMIR—TRUE.

Vulpes montanus.
Mustela flavigula,
Mustela foina.

. Putorius erminea.
Putorius subhemachalanus.
Putorius canigula.

Putorius alpinus.

Lutra vulgaris.

Ursus isabellinus.

Ursus thibetanus.

Talpa micrura (?)

Crocidura aranea.

Crocidura murina,
Rhinolophus hipposideros.
Rhinolophus ferrum-equinwn.
Megaderma lyra.

Plecotus auritus.

Synotus darjelingensis.
Otonycteris hemprichi.
Vesperugo serotinus.
Vesperugo discolor.
Vesperugo borealis.

Vesperugo pipistrellus,
Harpiocephalus tubinaris.
Vespertilio longipes.
Vespertilio megalopus.
Vespertilio murinus.
Eupetaurus cinereus.
Pteromys albiventer.
Sciuropterus fimbriatus.

VOL. XVII.

Arctomys caudatus.
Sminthus concolor.
Mus ratius.

Mus bactrianus.

Mus sublimis.

Mus arianus.

Mus arianus griseus.
Nesokia bengalensis.
Arvicola roylei.
Arvicola blanfordi.
Arvicola fertilis.
Arvicola montosa.
Arvicola albicauda.
Cricetus phaeus.
Cricetus fulvus.
Cricetus isabellinus,
Hystrix leucura,
Lepus tibetanus.
Lagomys roylei.
Lagomys griseus.
Lagomys macrotis,
Ovis vignei.

Capra sibirica.
Capra faleoneri.
Hemitragus jemlaicus.

| Nemorhiedus bubalinus.
-Nemorhiedus goral.

Cervus cashmerianus.

Moschus moschiferus,

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW LIZARD (VERTICARIA BELDINGI),
FROM CALIFORNIA.

By LEONHARD STEJNEGER,
Curator of the Department of Reptiles and Batrachians.

A RECENT examination of certain specimens of Verticaria sent to
the Museum for identification made it clear that the specimens from
localities north of the Cape St. Lucas region, Lower California, differ in
several points, which makes it necessary to regard them as a separate
form.

VERTICARIA BELDINGI, new species.

Diagnosis.—Scales bordering gular fold smaller than those on chest
between fore legs; frontal usually entirely separated from second supra-
ocular by a row of granules.

Habitat.—Southern California and Lower California, except Cape
region.

Type.—U. S. Nat. Museum, No. 11980; Cerros Island, Lower Cali-
fornia; L. Belding, collector.

After a careful comparison of three specimens of the present form, viz:
the type and two specimens from San Jacinto, San Diego County, Cal.,
belonging to the museum of the Leland Stanford Jr. University, with
4( specimens from the Cape St. Lucas region, including the types of
Verticaria hyperythra, I have concluded that the specimens from Cer-
ros Island and Southern California differ in having the scales forming
the border of the gular fold considerably smaller than the correspond-
ing seales in V. hyperythra, being in the latter of the same size, at least,
as the scales covering the chest between the fore legs, while in the new
form here described they are perceptibly smaller. I find, moreover,
that in 37 out of the 40 specimens of V. hyperythra from Cape St.Lucas
the frontal shield is in contact with the second supraocular and often
with the third as well, while in V. beldingi the frontal is separated from
all the supraoculars by a complete series of granules. This character
is not quite exclusive of V. beldingi, since in in a lot of specimens col-
lected by Mr. Belding at La Paz, Lower California (Nat. Mus. No.
12613), there are 3 specimens which in this respect agree with V. beld-

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 977.

Proc. N. M. 94———_2

18 NEW LIZARD FROM CALIFORNIA—STEJNEGER, VOL. XVII.

ingi, though otherwise they are typical V. hyperythra. The character
is of considerable importance, however, as it appears to hold in more
than 90 per cent. of the specimens.

lam under great obligations to the authorities of the Leland Stan-
ford Jr. University, particularly Dr. Charles H. Gilbert, for the oppor-
tunity to examine the two specimens from San Jacinto, as with only on
specimen in our own collection I should have been unable to appreciat
the difference between the two forms.

I take great pleasure in naming this new species after Mr. L. Belding,
whose extensive and excellent herpetological collecting in Lower Cali-
fornia as well as in Upper California has never been adequately recog-
nized,

NOTE ON A BLUE MINERAL, SUPPOSED TO BE ULTRA-
MARINE, FROM SILVER CITY, NEW MEXICO.

By R. L. PACKARD.

SOME TIME ago the newspapers* mentioned the discovery of ultra-
marine in New Mexico, and Mr. G. P. Merrill, curator of geology in
the U.S. National Museum, who was in Silver City, New Mexico, in
the early part of 1892, visited the locality where the blue mineral
referred to is found, and noted its occurrence. He states that the
mineral occurs in irregular veins and streaks in the limestone carrying
the silver ore (chloride) which is mined at Chloride Flat near Silver
City. The specimens he procured for the Museum exhibit the earthy
blue substance (which, on casual inspection, does somewhat resemble
ultramarine) intimately associated with calcite, chalcedonic quartz,
and a decomposed ferruginous siliceous material which is permeated
with calcite, as is also the blue mineral itself; and grains of calcite
can be seen mixed with particles of the latter on crushing and examin-
ing it with a microscope.

It was found impossible to free the mineral compietely from its asso-
ciated gangue by the Thoulet’s solution, and to obtain as pure material
aS possible for analysis small particles which were free from visible
impurities were carefully picked out, larger ones were crushed and
gangue and mineral separated by picking over, the blue fragments
being again crushed and picked over. The material so obtained was
powdered in an agate mortar, treated with hot dilute hydrochloric
acid to dissolve out the calcite and other impurities; the powder was
filtered off, washed, and then boiled with a strong solution of carbonate
of soda, washed thoroughly, dried at 110°, and ground fine for analysis.
With every precaution, however, a few scattered grains of a mineral
more strongly refracting than the blue one under investigation were
- observed under the microscope, showing that perfect separation had not
been effected. These grains of foreign matter (quartz) are doubtless
the cause of the slight differences in the analyses.

* Iron, London, Jan. 2, 1892: ‘‘A New Discovery of Ultramarine.”

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 978.

20 A BLUE MINERAL FROM NEW MEXICO—PACKARD. voz.xvu.

The material obtained for analysis as above described is dull,
earthy, and of a blue color, resembling vivianite in these respects,
but isin the form of a powder. Its grains act feebly on polarized light,
but present no crystalline forms. It does not lose its color in hot acids
although it is partly decomposed, yielding magnesia. Before the blow-
pipe it does not color the cold borax bead, becomes white on ignition
but does not fuse, and then gives a pink color with cobalt solution.
After treatment with HCl it gives no reaction for manganese on fusing
with soda. It contains no phosphoric acid or sulphur.

The analyses of different samples varied somewhat for the reasons
which have been given above. Three which accord well are as follows:

I D0 Oe sPeiaits *)
E ween a

| |
| UPR ee sotbacnes sogsqboodeobeamaccodsueesbecucuterass 6.47. 2163260 oes |

TO) eee Pesce a maetieys 2 EUSENE a: Sate pace ods Pers 62.43 | 63.19 | 62.03

| Mig Seto 2a. ots 20 2 2 Boer ee Soca eee nee 28,53 | 27.22] 28.74
UB ee a et Sa ieee ia Si are asin Stra te aoe et aa overs ena ead 99 Nee eee | Sous
PANS On ceutes nce bs Ee oes Ne au Sarena gate ee eee 05) a eee Peas:
[SNiaiO socce os Sty. epee s is eee eee ees eee 14.)|;- 3355-4) beeee
4 IKE (Oj Sp-soisz ciass Sra ora ocanes es tne omic eeitaiie ae ciaere ele eae aie lnieteeeietere | 1G leo | ee |
| 98.97 |

These analyses show a chemical resemblance to tale, although the
physical properties of the twominerals are different. Oneof the analyses
(No. XLVII) given in Hintze’s Handbuch, under tale, is almost identical
with the above. It runs as follows: SiO, 63.95, FeO 0.60, MgO 28.25,
H,0 6.65, with 0.78 Al,O3.

The carbonate accompanying the mineral is rich in magnesia which,
with the abundant silica and iron oxide, would supply the materials
for its composition.

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF CRABS FROM
THE WESTERN INDIAN OCEAN, PRESENTED TO THE
NATIONAL MUSEUM BY DR. W. L. ABBOTT.

3y Mary J. RATHBUN,

Aid, Department of Marine Invertebrates.

A LARGE number of crabs were recently collected by Dr. W. L.

Abbott at the islands north of Madagascar. Among them are two new
species, both of which represent rare and peculiar genera. The genus
Hypocelus of the Cancridie can be distinguished by the oblong or ova]
cavity beneath the antero-lateral border of the carapace. Three species
have already been described: H. granulatus, (De Haan), from Japan,
H. diverticulatus, (Strahl) [—Caneer sculptus, Milne-Edwards, not
Herbst], found sparingly from Japan to the Red Sea and Mauritius,
and H. punctatus, Miers, of which a single specimen is known, from
Torres Straits.
_ The other new form in the Abbott collection isa member of the Thel.
phusan genus Deckenia, the type of which was described by Hilgendorf
from the adjacent African continent. This genus differs from other
Thelphuside in having the efferent branchial channel prolonged to the
front, a character in which it approaches the Oxystomata.

HYPOCGELUS ABBOTTI, new species.

Carapace shaped much asin H. punctatus * and strongly lobulated as
in that species; but the second lobule near the antero-lateral margin is
longer than wide, and the posterior margin of the cardiac region is
transverse and is distinctly separated from a small median lobule. The
surface is rough with blunt spiniform tubercles, which also border the
somewhat truncate frontal lobes and the prominent prieorbital pro-
tuberances. There is a spine at the inner suborbital angle. The
pterygostomian cavity is suboval, wider at its inner than its outer end,
The anterior margin is straight for nearly its whole length and is
formed by the antero-lateral margin of the carapace. The cavity is
crossed by two ridges nearly parallel to the anterior margin, the ante-

* Miers, Crustacea H. M.S. dlert, p. 206, pl. xrx, fig. B, 1884.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 979.

22 CRABS FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN—M. J. RATHBUN. vor.xvu.

rior ridge stopping short of the inner margin, the posterior ridge shorter
and not reaching the outer margin. The surface of the abdomen and
sternum is covered with bead-like tubercles except for irregular eroded
channels or pits. The right cheliped (the left one is missing) is massive
and tuberculous or spinous. The merus is short and thick, margins
tuberculous, inner and outer surfaces smooth, lower surface finely tuber-
culous. Carpus with lower half of outer surface spinous. Manus with
upper surface subtriangular, half as broad as long; outer surface with
longitudinal spinous ridges, two of which are continued on the pollex
and terminate in two of the five strong teeth (one is terminal) of the
prehensile edge. The dactylus bears four spinous ridges on its outer
and upper surface and seven teeth on the prehensile edge which are
smaller than the propodal teeth and fit closely into the spaces between
them. The inner surface of the manus is tuberculous on its proximal
lower portion. The ambulatory legs are short and broad; the last two
pairs when drawn up, fit into the cavity adjoining the postero-lateral
border of the carapace. The meral joints are very broad (in the first
pair the width is one-half the length), and are hollowed beneath to
receive the two following joints; their anterior distal angles are pro-
duced and rounded. The distal end of the propodus is much broader
than the adjacent portion of the rather slender and slightly tapering
dactylus.

Unfortunately it is impossible to give an accurate description of the
natural color of the specimen, as with other crabs it was placed when
collected in contact with nudibranch mollusks, which have given it a
dark blackish-blue color,,,, he entire surface is: coated with a mem:
branous covering apparently epidermic which tends to obscure the
tubercles. Where this has been removed with muriatic acid the cara-
pace appears to be blotched with bright red and white. The tips of
the spines are white. The carapace is sparingly hairy, the legs are
margined with hair, and the subbranchial regions are very hairy.

Measurements.—Length of carapace (of male), 55.5 mm.; width, 76;
Jength of manus, lower margin, 44; depth, 21; width of upper surface,
10; length of merus of last ambulatory leg, upper margin, 16.5; length
of carpal joint, 11; length of propodal joint, 6; length of dactylus, 10;
width of merus, 6.5; proximal width of propodal joint, 6; distal
width, 4; greatest or transverse diameter of pterygostomian cavity,
25; opposite dimension, 11.

Locality —Aldabra Island. (One male, No. 17753).

A. Milne-Edwards in describing the genus* says that the pterygo-
stomian cavity is concealed by the anterior feet when the latter are
folded against the carapace. This is not the case in this species.
In no position does the cheliped fit tightly over the cavity. When the —
cheliped is folded, the upper surface of the manus is continuous with |

*Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1, 1865, p. 295.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 23

the inner distal portion of the outer face of the carpus. The inner
border of this area corresponds in position very nearly with the posterior
margin of the pterygostomian cavity; the cavity itself is therefore left
uncovered. The only other representative of this genus in the National
Museum is a single specimen of H. diverticulatus, from Mauritius, in
which the cavity is longitudinal, its margin formed by two confluent
circles. When the cheliped is folded against the body, the concave
upper margin of the manus and anterior carpus crosses the cavity at
its middle, concealing the posterior half, and exposing the anterior
half.

H. abbotti differs from other species in the double ridge in the ptery-
gostomian cavity, and in the carapace marked with tubercles instead
of granulations, rugose lines, or puncte.

DECKENIA GRISTATA, new species.

Oarapace a little more than four-fifths as long as broad, very thick,
slightly convex transversely, very convex longitudinally, antero-lateral
margins strongly arcuate. There is a prominent tuberculous post-
frontal crest, extending across the carapace, sinuous, interrupted at
the median line and at the cervical suture, and slightly interrupted
behind the base of the eye. The median groove extends backward
from the frontal margin to the postfrontal crest, where it divides into
two grooves outlining the narrow anterior portion of the mesogastric
region. The cardiacal grooves are shallow; the cervical groove is
almost longitudinal for a portion of its length, then curves outward
and ends at the post-frontal crest. The dorsal surface is punctate, the
anterior half is covered with squamiform granules, which, on the ante- _
rior branchial regions, become tuberculous and tend to form short ~~
ridges. The front is about one-third the width of the carapace, deflexed,
tuberculous, three-lobed, median lobe more advanced and much nar-
rower than the lateral, its margin bent towards the horizontal. The
margin of the front and orbit is raised, shining and indistinctly granu-
lous. The orbital margin is sinuous, its general direction being outward
and forward. The postorbital tooth is acute and more advanced than
in D.imitatrix. The epibranchial tooth is smaller and not far behind
the postorbital; it is followed by a row of about twenty small tubercu-
lous teeth, forming an antero-lateral marginal line which posteriorly
‘curves upward and inward on the carapace. The postero-lateral
branchial regions are marked by transverse broken raised lines, which
are continued on the subbranchial area. The posterior of these lines. is
the strongest and is continued further inward on the dorsal surface.
The suborbital margin is nearly straight, inclined inward and slightly
forward, and is finely toothed, its inner angle thickened and adjoining
the end of the efferent branchial channel, which is in advance of the
lateral frontal lobe and is visible from above. On the subhepatic region
are two tuberculous lines concentric to the orbit. The abdomen of the

24 CRABS FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN—M. J. RATHBUN. you. xvu.

female has the first two segments short, the third to the sixth increasing
successively in length, the terminal segment large, subtriangular, one-
half as long as wide. Eggs very large, 34mm. in diameter. The disposi-
tion of the antennal region is similar to that of D. imitatrix. The anten-
ne are minute, smaller than in that species, and smaller than the anten-
nul. Maxillipeds similar in shape to those of D. imitatrix; margin
of merus and anterior margin of ischium tuberculous. .

The chelipeds are very unequal and rough with transverse squamose
lines. The lower and inner margins of ischium and merus are armed
with triangular spines; the upper margin of the merus, with teeth which
are prolongations of the rugosities of the outer surface. The carpus
has a stout inner spine, with a smaller one at its base. The larger
hand is deep and swollen; both hands are curved inward and very rough,
especially above. Digits with impressed longitudinal lines; very stout
in the large cheliped; prehensile edges irregularly toothed and almost
touching. Theambulatory legs are longer thanin D. imitatrix. Joints
margined, and with transverse rugose lines which form shallow teeth
at the upper margin. Carpal and propodal joints with a double margin
above, and two more or less rough longitudinal ridges on the outer sur-
face. Propodal joints with two rows of small appressed spines below.
Dactyli flattened, longer and narrower than in D. imitatrix, with two
rows of sharp spines above and below.

_ Measurements.—Length of carapace (of female), 29 mm.; width, 34;

thickness, 18; width of front, 12; width between postorbital spines,
22.5; width between epibranchial spines, 27; length of propodal joint
ot cheliped, lower margin, 27; depth, 13.5; thickness, 8.8.

Locality.—Seychelles. (Two females, one with eggs; one young, No.
18064).

This species differs from Deckenia imitatrix from Zanzibar in the post-
frontal crest, narrower front, rough surface, fewer spines on the carpus,
and in so many other respects that the species are not likely to be con-
founded,

DESCRIPTIONS OF A NEW GENUS AND TWO NEW SPECIES
OF AFRICAN FRESH-WATER CRABS.

3y MARY J. RATHBUN.
Aid, Department of Marine Invertebrates.

THE CRABS described below were found in mud under boards and
timbers by Mr. J. H. Camp at Stanley Pool, Congo, West Central
Africa.

Family THELPHUSID &.

PARATHELPHUSA CAMPI, new species.

Carapace subquadrilateral, conspicuously punctate. Depression
between the gastric and cardiac regions deep. Protogastric lobes prom-
inent, separated by amedian groove which extends backward from the
frontal margin. The postfrontal crest begins behind the base of the
eyestalk and is continued to the lateral margin; it is finely denticulate
and is almost straight, sloping backward and outward. Front a little
more than one-third the width of the carapace, deflexed, divided by a
very shallow sinus into two lobes, with a raised margin, which is con-
tinued to the postfrontal crest. Superior orbital margin sinuous,
advanced in its middle portion. Postorbital tooth acute, prominent.
Lateral branchial spines three. In one of the two specimens there is a
spinule between the first aud second spines, and a short fourth spine on
the left side. Between the first spine and the postfrontal crest there
are two or three spinules forming a short ridge in the same line with
the postfrontal crest. From the last spine a raised line extends back-
ward upon the carapace, and is followed by several broken parallel lines.
The inferior margin of the orbit is rather deeply rounded below the outer
angle; from that point the margin is directed inward and forward; the
inner angle is obtuse; the margin is set with a row of bead-like gran-
ules. The terminal segment of the abdomen of the female is subtri-
angular, and the length is nearly half the width. The merus of the
maxillipeds is very transverse, the antero-external angle rounded, the
antero-internal angle not deeply cut.

Chelipeds of female unequal; merus rugose above, inner margin
tuberculous, with a sharp spine just below the margin; carpus with two

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 980.
25

26 AFRICAN FRESH-WATER CRABS—M. J. RATHBUN. VOL. XVII.

spines on the inner margin. Hand slightly inflated; upper margin
straight, lower slightly convex. Fingers irregwarly toothed and
almost touching. Ambulatory legs rather slender, flattened; propodal
joints indistinctly spinulous on the margins.

Measurements.—(No. 18065, two females). Length of larger speei-
men, 21.5 mm.; width, 29.5. Length of smaller specimen, 19; width, 27.

This species, in its three Jateral teeth, resembles P. pecilei, A.
Milne-Edwards, but differs from that species in its narrower and more
quadrate carapace and interrupted postfrontal crest.

ERIMETOPUS, new genus.

Carapace arcuate anteriorly, quadrate posteriorly, moderately con-
vex. Front advanced beyond the antennular cavities, composed of
two distinct rounded lobes. Orbits narrow; eye stalks tapering to the
extremity. Postfrontal crest short and inconspicuous, or wanting. -
Lateral margins spinous. The merus of the maxillipeds is transverse,
the antero-external angle rounded, the palpus articulating at the inter-
nal angle, which is very slightly notched. Chelipeds with a row of
spines on the anterior margin of the carpus. Ambulatory legs with
Inargins spinous.

ERIMETOPUS SPINOSUS, new species.

Carapace about four-fifths as long as broad, convex longitudinally,
postero-lateral margins long, sloping slightly inward and backward,
antero-lateral margins arcuate. The cardiac region and the posterior
portion of the gastric region are outlined by shallow depressions.
Front about one-third the width of the carapace, advanced, two-lobed,
lobes.separated by a broad V-shaped sinns. Margin of front and.orbitss ».i
granulous. Orbits well-defined, the ,outer. angle a sharp. incurved. :
spine. There are two protogastric lobes, little elevated and often not
discernible, except by two transverse lines, of a lighter color. A very
shallow median groove extends backward from the frontal margin and
forks directly behind the protogastric lobes. The postfrontal crest,
when present, is short, arcuate, tuberculous, and indistinet. It begins
back of the cornea and for a short distance is nearly straight, directed
outward and slightly forward, then curves almost parallel to the antero-
lateral margin. In most specimens, however, the crest is obsolete.
indicated only by the smoothly-rounded elevation behind the orbit,
Antero-lateral margin with a row of from 5 to 8 spines next the orbit,
of which the orbital spine is the largest. The spines are irregular in
size and position. On the anterior branchial region are 5 or more mar-
ginal spines separated by a space from the hepatic spines; the anterior
is by far the larger, and is sometimes bifid. The others decrease in
length posteriorly. The suborbital margin is granulous except at the
notch beneath the postorbital spine. The abdomen of the female
covers the sternum.

- 3894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 27

Chelipeds in the female unequal. The margins of the merus are
spinulous, the upper margin with a sharp spine near the carpus, the
inner surface tuberculous at its base, the lower surface with a trans-
verse tuberculous ridge at its distal end. The carpus has two strong
spines on its inner margin, and a row of about 7 smaller spines on
the anterior margin, two of which are close to the condyle of the manus
and are separated by a wide interval from the remaining spines.
‘Sometimes one of the spines is bifid, and occasionally additional spin-
ules occur on the upper surface behind the marginal spines. The
manus is slightly swollen, with a convex lower margin and almost
straight upper margin, which sometimes in the smaller cheliped las a
small sharp spine at the distal end; in a few specimens there are one
or two spines at the proximal end. Fingers irregularly dentate on
their prehensile edges and slightly gaping. The ambulatory legs are
rather broad, flattened; meral joints with two spines at the distal end;
carpal and propodal joints strongly spined above; carpal joints with
distal spines in the first pair and often in the second and third pairs;
propodal joints with a few spines below; dactyli with four rows of
spines.

Measurements.—(No. 18066, female.) Length, 30.5 mm.; greatest
width, 38; width between postorbital spines, 19.

The male is unknown.

This species can be distinguished from other Thelphuside by its
produced, round-lobed front, narrow orbits, and numerous spines.

Se me SAC 4

AN ANALYSIS OF JADEITE FROM MOGOUNG, BURMA.

By OLIVER C. FARRINGTON.

THE SPECIMEN OF JADEITE here described (No. 81306), was obtained

from Mr. James Wickersham, of Tacoma, Washington, he having for-

warded it to Major J. W. Powell, Director of the U. S. Geological
Survey, for examination. The material sent consisted of fragments
taken from a jade bowlder procured in Burma by Rey. J. A. Friday,
who was for ten years a missionary in the vicinity of Mogoung. As
these fragments seemed to be typical specimens of the unworked
Burmese jadeite, and came from a source which could leave no doubt
as to their genuineness, it was thought desirable by Prof. F. W.
Clarke, Chief Chemist of the Survey, that a somewhat extended
examination should be made of them, and they were accordingly
placed in the hands of the writer for this purpose.

Concerning the mode of occurrence of the jade, the information
which Mr. Friday obtained is largely corroborative of the previously
published statements of Dr. Anderson*, and since these give an excel-
lent description of the Mogoung “diggings,” we quote them here:

A stone known in commerce as jade is extensively worked in the Mogoung
district of Upper Burma.

The mines, or rather pits, are in a valley 25 miles southeast of Meinkhoom, as
many as 1,000 men being engaged in digging, during certain seasons of the year. The
stone isfound in the form of more or less rounded bowlders, associated with others
of quartz, etc., embedded in a reddish yellow clay. The pits are not after any par-
ticular plan and none exceed 20 feet in depth. They occur all over the valley and
at the base of the hill. The masses which are removed are of considerable size, and
Isaw some in a godown of a merchant at Rangoon so large that it required three
mentoturnthem. * * * The greater portion of the Mogoung stone was formerly
exported to Momien, in Yunan, and a considerable amount still goes there. It is
possible therefore that the specimens of jadeite from China, of which analyses have
been published, were originally obtained in Burma. it appears however that there
are jade minesin Yunanalso, as well as in other provinces of China.

In regard to the methods employed by the natives in working the
jade, Mr. Friday states that they break, by heating, the bowlders which

* Geology of India, Part Iv, p. 94.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 981.
29

30 JADEITE FROM BURMA—FARRINGTON. bode

contain it, until a suitable piece is found. This is then laid aside to be
sold to the caravans which come to the mines for this purpose from
China and other countries, or it is worked by the native artisans.

These latter cut the bowlders with a saw made of a bow of bamboo,
strung withasteel wire composed of finer wires twisted together. Keep-
ing the stone wet by water dripping from above, they sit down before
it and with this primitive tool saw away day after day till they have
reduced it to the desired shape. This process seems painful and
laborious enough, but before the use of steel was known, its difficulties
must have been far greater.

The specimens examined had in general a pure white color, but con-
tained occasional spots of light green. For the purpose of analysis,
only the white portions were used.

The analysis gave the following results:

| | Theory for
| if Il. Mean. Ratio. NaAl
(SiO)
Zi | = zen 2
58.99 | 59.45] 59.22].987 4 59.4
aT |e PXBED) 24.55 | . 241 25.2
132 | 36 34 “p02 $0 =
aki | eon .18 | .008
tr. Oli stele see . 96 |
14.51 | 34.42] 14.46 | .233 | 15,4
).14 1.15 | 1,14 |.2- 5) oe
99. 87 99. 92 99,'80:|25 ase 100. 0

(Gis SSesnndscgse cod Seine &. 8308 |

The state of oxidation of the iron was not determined. Manganese
was probably present in minute quantity, as indicated by the color of
the sodium carbonate fusion, but it was impossible to precipitate a
weighable amount. The analysis shows no essential differences from
those made of similar material by Schoetensack* and Damour,t except
in the fact that the percentages of CaO and MgO are very small. As
neither of these molecules would be present in a typical: jadeite, the
material analyzed may therefore be considered as unusually pure, and
the close approximation of the ratios to those required by the formula
tends to confirm the correctness of the latter.

Macroscopically the jadeite is subtranslucent, exhibits a homogene-
ous, fine-grained texture, and is very tough. Under the microscope it
is seen to be made up of small irregular granules and flat, parallel fibers
closely interwoven. The granules rarely exceed 0.06 mim. in diameter
and the fibers have an average width of only 0.05 mm. with a varying
length of from 0.15 mm. to 0.6 mm. In this fnenessof grain the material
differs from the Monghoung jadeite described by Schoetensack, as he
states that to consist of “grobkérnigen und auch langgezogenen Lam-
ellen.” The absence of distinct piuicioee forms renders optical orienta-

. Dis Negi iae ae LE und ae ettinomeaphicene priiehistorischen
Museums der Universitiit Freiburg im Breisgau. Inaug. Dis., Berlin, 1885.
t Bull. Soc. Min., 1v, 1881, 157.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. raf

tion difficult, but occasional sections show parallel cleavage lines giv-
ing an extinction angle of 35°. Others showing cleavage lines nearly
at right angles give an angle of extinction =O°. A form with cleavage
cracks making an angle of 63°, evidently from the orthodiagonal zone,
shows the emergence of an optic axis with finely colored rings. Indi-
cations of an alteration process appear in some portions of the section
in a clouding and opacity extending inward from the cleavage cracks.
These portions under a higher power exhibit a finely fibrous structure
which is developed in the individual granules and which suggests that
alteration to amphibole is taking place. As compared with the Amer-
ican jadeites described by Clarke and Merrill* the Mogoung specimen
shows chemical and optical differences which correspond to those
already mentioned, as distinguishing it from the jadeites described
by Schoetensack and Damour (loc. cit.), viz: smaller percentages of
the elements replacing Na and Al and microscopically a finer texture.

* Proc, U, S. Nat. Mus., x1, 1888, 115,

NOTES ON SOME SKELETONS AND SKULLS OF PORPOISES
OF THE GENUS PRODELPHINUS, COLLECTED BY DR. W.
L. ABBOTT IN THE INDIAN OCEAN.

By FREDERICK W. TRUE,
Curator of the Department of Mammals.

DURING his recent cruise among the islands north of Madagascar,
Dr. Abbott collected three complete skeletons and two skulls of
porpoises. These, with notes and measurements, he has very kindly
presented to the National Museum. The notes include a description of
the coloration of each specimen captured, and thus it is possible to
correlate the external characters with those of the skeleton. Thisisa
most important matter, and especially so 1n this instance, as the speci-
mens all belong to the genus Prodelphinus, than which there is no more
difficult group among the Delphinide.

It is with considerable diffidence that 1 attempt to identify Dr. Ab-
bott’s specimens with any of the described species of Prodelphinus.
The practice of establishing species on single skulls was formerly fol-
lowed in connection with this genus as elsewhere in the Delphinide.
But it has been pointed out, especially by Sir William Flower, that in a
series of skulls of Prodelphinus, while those at the extremes may show
differences which would entitle them to be regarded as specifically
distinet, these differences blend together in the middle of the series.
Hence, in considering the identity of any particular skull, it is often
doubtful to which one of several nominal species it should be referred.

Much new light has been thrown on the relationships of the species
of Prodelphinus by Dr. Liitken in his most valuable work upon this and
other genera of Delphinide,* published in 1889. Having in his posses-
sion an excellent collection of skeletons of various species of Prodel-
phinus, accompanied by color-notes, measurements, ete., he was able to
furnish much fuller information than any previous writer. For several
species he has given the number of vertebrie, the position in the ver-

*Bidrag til Kundskab om de tre pelagiske Tandhval-Slaegter Steno, Delphinus og
Prodelphinus. Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., 6. Raekke, naturvid. og math. Afd., V, 1, 1889.
At the time a copy of this paper reached me, my own work on the Delphinide (A
Review of the Family Delphinidie. Bulletin of the U. 8S. National Museum, No. 36,
1889) was passing through the press, and I was unable, therefore, to make as good use
of it as I should have desired to do.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 982.

Proc. N. Mi 94——~3

34 SKELETONS AND SKULLS OF PRODELPHINUS—TRUE. — you. xvn.

tebral column in which the various processes and foramina originate
and disappear, the number of phalanges, the absolute and relative
dimensions of the skull, and many other important details. In treating
of Dr. Abbott’s specimens I shall follow the method originated by Dr.
Liitken, thereby supplying the means for further comparisons.

In spite of certain differences in coloration, etec., I.regard all of Dr.
Abbott’s specimens as belonging to the same species. They seem to
me ideutical with the specimens (Nos. 8 and 3) which Dr. Liitken iden-
tified (rightly I believe) with Gray’s species attenuatus. The question
of their relationship to other species I shall pass over for the present,
and shall proceed to describe them in detail. The material is as
follows:

a. Complete skeleton of a male, 6 feet 2 inches long, from off the Amirantes Islands;
obtained February 12, 1893. No. 36049.

b. Skull of a femaie, 7 feet long, from off the Amirantes Islands; obtained February
15, 1893. No, 36050.

ce. Skull of a female, 6 feet 1 inch long, from off Alphonse Island. No. 36131.

d, Complete skeleton of a female, 6 feet 2 inches long, from off Providence Island;
obtained August 12, 1892. No. 36051.
e. Complete skeleton of a male, 5 feet 64 inches long, from off Johanna Island;

obtained January 15, 1893. No. 36048.

The external coloration is given by Dr. Abbott as follows:

No. 36049, g, Amirantes Islands.—A boye, blackish; below, light gray or ashy, witha
sharply-defined line of division between the two colors. Belly speckled with black
spots of the size of barley grains. ‘Black portion saddle-shaped, narrowing in front,
passing to’the base of therostrum, and 4 inches above theeye. A darkish line passes
through the eye. Rostrum black above, gray beneath, with black spots the size of
barley grains.”

No. 36050, female, Amirantes Islands.—Above, dark gray, speckled with white;
beneath, light gray. (Whether the colors are sharply separated is not specified in.
this instance. ) :

No. 36181, female, Alphonse Island.—Color dark gray or ashy; above, nearly
black; beneath, light, with a sharply-defined line of demarkation. Belly not
speckled. 3

No. 36051, female, Providence Island.—Dark gray or ashy; darkest on the back,
speckled with white below.

No. 36048, male, Johanna Island.—Back, dark ashy; beneath, pale ashy, speckled
with irregularly-shaped dark ashy spots the sizeof maize grains. Line between
dark and light parts sharply defined, especially on the head, where it passes 3
inches above the eye to the base of the rostrum, |

It will be observed that the ground-color in all these specimens is:
quite uniform, and that the chief difference is in the spotting. Itis also.
worthy of remark that the spots of the females are white, while those of
the males are black or dark gray. This may be accidental, but the idea
that the difference in the color of the spots is a sexual character derives
some support from the fact that the type of Gray’s D. punctatus (consid-
ered by me as identical with P. attenuatus), which was a female, had
white spots. Dr. Liitken* does not refer to the presence of spots i

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

this species. The color of his No. 8, ‘however, was “very dark above
and ashy gray below,” in which it agrees, so far as the ground-color is
concerned, with Dr. Abbott’s specimens.

Bringing together in tabular form the measurements of the exterior

1894.

36031, female, #4"; No. 36048, male, 5)*.

varies from 150 to 168. The number in Dr. Liitken’s
was 147 and 163, respectively.

In the three skeletons collected by Dr. Abbott and the two of Dr.
Liitken, the number and the divisions of the vertebre are as follows:

The total number, therefore,

two specimens

No. 36049, ¢.—C. 7;
No. 36051, 9.—C. 7;
No. 36048, ¢.—C. 7;
Dr. Liitken’s:
No. 8, 9.—C. 7;
No. 3, (?).—C. 7;

WD) Gs folie

a 16; L.

IDs Wa be
D.
i ae

20; Ca. 36=79:
20; Ca. 35=78.
20; Ca. 36=79.

L. 21; Ca. 36=79.
21; Ca. 38-81.

The amount of variation here ae is very slight for members of

this family.

In the first and third of Dr. Abbott’s specimens, the last

pair of ribs is rudimentary, while in the second (No. 36051) there are

two rudimentary ribs on the left side and one on the right.
specimens possessed a single pair.

Dr. Liitken’s

Kach of

The characters connected with to the relative position of the processes
and foramina of the vertebrie next claim our attention, and here again

the amount of variation is small:

Characters. 36049, ¢.

First vertical arterial foramen | }
‘is in vertebra number
Last distinct transverse pro-
cess is on vertebra number. 59
Last distinct neural spine is

on vertebra number ...-.---.- 66 |
Vertebrie without metapophy- |
2 oR ARbS oS 31st to 46th |

ano 36048. ¢. | Liitken’s | Liitken’s
, »¢ 8, 9. 3
|
56 57 | 58 57 or 58
|
60 | 60 62 | 61
|
67 | 66 67 67 or 68
|
33d to 42d 33d to 45th | 34d to 44th | 29th to 44th
| |

36 SKELETONS AND SKULLS OF PRODELPHINUS—TRUE. vou, xvu.

The last relationship, that of the number and portion of the metapo.
phyes is, perhaps, of little importance, as these processes die away very
gradually and different observers might disagree as to the real number.

In the number of phalanges, Dr. Liitken’s two specimens show a con-
siderable difference, while those of Dr. Abbott agree well among them-
selves. The formule (the metacarpals being excluded) are as follows:*

Phalanges. | Phalanges.| Phalanges. | Phalanges. Phalanges
é Lat 2

First digit ..-.....- 14 1 oum
Second digit -. 8 8 8. 8 (9) 7a
Third digit. - 5 5 | 5 6 5 |
Fourth digit -- : 2] 2| 2 | Ve 2

JMO OU Sea sasous deb oaosbocegodcons = 0; ib ils} 1 1

The five skulls agree well in proportions, the rostrum being 60 to 61
per cent, of the total length in all. The breadth of the rostrum at its
base, compared with its length, varies from 37.5 per cent. in the largest
skull to 40.5 per cent. in the smallest. Other proportions may be learned
from the following table of measurements:

Type of
Liitken’s |P. attenu-
No.3. |atus, Brit.
|
|

l ;
36050, 9, | 36049, -,| 36051, 9, 36031, 2, 36048, , ee

Amiran- | Amiran- | Provi-
F Alpl e) Johanna
tes Is- tes Is- | dence Is- einai | we No. 8, 2.

lands. lands. land.

Measurement.
Mus. 3470.

Total length from

tip of rostrum to |

surtace of occip- mm. mm. | mm. mm. mm. “mm. mm. | mm,

ital condyles. --.. 415 407 | 403 397 | 379 400 400 | 383
Length of rostrum. 253 | 251 | 244 241 222 | 245 | 243 | 229
Breadth of rostrum | | |

at its base ---.--- 95 | 95 | 91 | 96 | 90 | 90 | 84 | 87
Length of temporal | | |

TOSSHee sees ee 60 | 65 | G4 | 65 | OS: || aencteme eee | crsira ae eerael 65
Vertical height of

temporal fossa... 47 | 56 | 53 56 DE See e eee |o----e eee 50

The species P. attenuatus, (Gray), with which Dr. Abbott’s specimens
are here identified, is one of a group of nominal species, thirteen or
more in number, chick I regarded in my Revision of the Delphinidee t_
as probably reducible to three. With P. attenuatus I associated Del-
phinus pseudodelphis, Wiegmann ;t Steno capensis, Gray;§ and Clymene
punctata, Gray.|| The first of these names, D. pseudodelphis, appeared
originally as the legend of a plate in Schreber’s Siugethiere, represent-
ing a skull of the same general characteristics as those described herein,
No description of the type-skull has been published, so far as I am

By, eee to Dr. Liitken’ 8 ‘itasuahiens I Arid, that he apparently includes the
Eteracat pile with the phalanges proper. In quoting his formule, therefore, I have
subtracted one from the number given for each digit.

t Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 36, 1889, p. 67.

¢ Schreber’s Siiugethiere, pl. 358.

§ Proc. Zool. Soe., London, 1865, p. 522.

|| Loc. cit., p. 738.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 37

aware, though Wagner, on the authority of Troschel* gives the num-
ber of teeth as 40 above and 37 below. The name will, therefore, re-
main as a nomen nudum, except for those who regard a name attached
to a plate as having a status in systematic nomenclature. The plate
must have appeared before 1541, and had it been accompanied by :
description, the name would have priority over Gray’s attenuatus. t

The skull upon which Gray based his Steno capensis has been consid-
ered by Sir William Flower and myself as specifically identical with his
attenuatus, and as the description was not published until 1865, the
former naine, of course, becomes a synonym of the latter.

Gray’s Clymene punctata,t the type-skull of which I examined in the
Liverpool public museum, appears to me to be also a synonym of
P. attenuatus. I did not have an opportunity to count the vertebra,
however, or to note the relative positions of the foramina, and it is pos-
sible that differences will be found here which are not correlated in the
skull. Itis also to be noted that in the figure of the exterior published
by Gray,§ a band of light color passes obliquely across the back near
the base of the caudal fins. No such color-marking is mentioned in Dr.
Abbott's notes or elsewhere, and it may constitute a distinction of impor-
tant, though I am disposed to regard it as an individual variation. ||

*Schreber’s Siiugethiere, 7°" Th., 1846, p. 332.

t Wagner states (Schreber’s Siiugethiere, 7°" Th., 1846, preface) that Weigmann
died before completing his work on the cetacea for the Séugethiere. The plate must
have been issued as early as 1841, however, as Schlegel refers to it in his Abhand-
lungen aus dem Gebiete der Zoologie, of that date, and assigns to the species a skull
in the Leyden collection.

t Deseribed in 1865.

§ Catalogue of Seals and Whales, 1866, p. 398, fig. 101.

|| Nore,—In my Revision of the Delphinide, p. 61, I make thestatement that the
genus Prodelphinus is distinguished from Tursiops by its less numerous teeth. The
opposite, of course, is intended.

DESCRIPTION OF NESTS AND EGGS OF SOME NEW BIRDS,
COLLECTED ON. THE ISLAND OF ALDABRA, NORTH-
WEST OF MADAGASCAR, BY DR. W. L. ABBOTT.

By CHARLES BENDIRE,
Honorary Curator of the Oological Department.

AMONG the interesting and varied collections of natural-history
specimens lately received from Dr. W. L. Abbott, were a few nests
and eggs, and the following are believed to be still undescribed and
new to science:

IXOCINCLA MADAGASCARIENSIS ROSTRATA, Ridgway.

Two nests and eggs of this new subspecies were taken on December
22 and 31, 1892, respectively. The nests are rather slight structures
and are composed externally of fine rootiets, small twigs, dry leaves, and
plant fibers, and lined witb finer materials of the same kinds and dry
grasses. Both nests were placed in crotches of thorny shrubs in the
jungle and about 5 feet from the ground. One of them, the type-speci-
men, No. 26200, U.S. National Museum collection, measures 33 inches in
depth by 4 inches in outer diameter. The inner diameter is 3 inches by
13 inches deep.

The eggs, No. 26199, U. S. National Museum collection, set 4,
measure .99 by .70 and .95 by .71 inch, and No. 26200, a single egg meas-
ures .99 by .68inch. They are ovate in shape, the sheli is close-grained
and rather glossy. The ground color is vinaceous pink and is profusely
spotted and blotched with different shades of claret brown, vinaceous
rufus and lavender, and the markings are heaviest about the larger ends
of the eggs where they form a wreath.

BUCHANGA ALDABRANA, Ridgway.

The collection made by Dr. Abbott contains 3 sets of eggs and 2
nests of this species. The nests are very neatly and firmly constructed
of small fine twigs well interlaced with each other and are lined with
finer materials of the same kind. They are rather shallow for their size

and are usually placed on a horizontal branch of @ casuarina tree at no
very great height, varying from 5 to 10 feet from the ground.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 983.

40 BIRDS’ EGGS FROM ALDABRA ISLAND—BENDIRE. VOL. XVITi

The type specimen No, 26191, U.S. National Museum collection, taken
November 18, 1892, measures externally 54 in diameter by 24 inehes in
depth. Inner diameter 5 inches by 14 in depth.

The shell of these eggs is closely granulated, feels smooth to the
touch, and is without luster. The ground color is a rich cream with a
pinkish tint, and this is sparingly marked with a few scattered spots of
cinnamon rufous and brick-red, and one or two specimens show also a
few lavender dots. Themarkings, few as they are, are generally heaviest
about the larger end of the egg. The measurements of the eges are as
follows:

No. 26189, U. 8S. National Museum collection, set 4, taken December
4, 1892, is 1.05 by .76, 1.04 by .75, and 1.03 by .75 inches.

No. 26190, set 3, taken November 18, 1892, is 1.04 by .74, 1.03 by .74,
and 1.02 by .74 inches.

No. 26191, set, $ taken on the same date, is 1.05 by .78 and 1.03 by
.78. In shape they vary from ovate to short ovate.

FOUDIA ALDABRANA, Ridgway.

Fhis new species is represented by two nests and four sets of eggs.
The nests, considering the size of this bird, are large and well con-
structed; open on the side and partially domed. They are externally
composed of small twigs, some with leaves still attached, weed stems
and coarse grasses, and lined with finer grasses. The entrance is on
the side. The outer diameter of the type specimen, No. 26193, U.S.
National Museum collection, taken December 10, 1892, is 9 by 7 inches,
inner diameter, 3 by 23 inches. This nest was placed in a mangrove.
The eggs of this new species are pale glaucous green in color, unspotted
and elongate ovate in shape. The shell is rather thin and glossy. _

No. 26192, U. S. National Museum collection, set 4, taken November
27, 1892, measures .83 by .58, .82 by .69 and .79 by .58 inches.

No. 26193, set 3, taken December 10, 1892, measures .79 by .58 and
.75 by .59 inches.

No. 26194, set 2, taken November 13, 1892, measures .80 by .56, .81
by .56 and .81 by .57 inches.

No. 26195, set 4, taken December 10, 1892, measures .81 by .55 and
81 by .55.

ROUGETIUS ALDABRANUS, Gunther.

This rail is represented by 2 nests and several probably incomplete
sets of eggs. Nest No. 26180, U.S. National Museum collection, the

type taken on December 17, 1892, is very loosely constructed of small —
twigs and plant stems, and was placed in a dense clump of long grass —

and scrub 18 inches from the ground. The nest measured 10 inches in

outer diameter by 7 inches in depth, and the cavity 445 by 3? inches in -
depth, so that only the head of the female protruded from the nest as_

she sat upon the eggs.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 41

“

Nest No. 26179, U. 8S. National Museum collection, taken December
20, 1892, is composed of finer materials, principally dry grasses. It
was placed on the ground in a cavity of coral rock, which, according to
Dr. Abbott, appears to be the favorite nesting site for this species, the

remaining sets of eggs having all been taken in such situations, these

cavities being usually nearly filled with small twigs and dry grasses,
and the nests were usually concealed by long, tangled bunches of
growing grass.

The shell of these eggs is strong, finely granulated, and moderately
glossy, and in shape they vary from ovate to elongate ovate. The
ground color is creamy white, sparingly dotted with fine spots of liver-
brown, vinaceous and lavender, which are usually heaviest about the
larger end of the egg.

The measurements of these eggs are as follows:

No. 26178, U. S. National Museum collection, set 4, taken December
22, 1892, 1.60 by 1.19, 1.69 by 1.22, 1.73 by 1.20, 1.69 by 1.23 inches.

No. 26179, set 3, taken December 20, 1892, 1.67 by 1.15 and 1.70 by
1.11 inches.

No. 26180, set 2, taken December 17, 1892, 1.68 by 1.19 and 1.69_by
1.15 inches.

No. 26181, set 4, taken December 13, 1892, is 1.75 by 1.17 and 1.87 by
1.15 inches.

No. 26182, set 3, taken December 18, 1892, is 1.67 by 1.17, 1.65 by

1.05. and 1.68 by 1.16 inches.

NOTES ON THE CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHID IN
THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

By Mary J. RATHBUN,
Aid, Department of Marine Invertebrates.

IN THIS paper two new genera and eight new species are described.
No attempt has been made to give a complete list of the specimens
in the Museum. Only those described species are noticed for which it
was possible to record new localities or add notes to supplement origi-
nal descriptions and aid in identification. The repetition of matter
which has already appeared in the proceedings of the Museum and
the bulletins and reports of the U.S. Fish Commission has been
avoided. The following is a list of species which appear in this paper.
Those marked with a * are species described by Stimpson, the types
of which were destroyed in the Chicago fire, and which were unknown
from that time until rediscovered by the Albatross:

List of species.

-Leptopodia sagittaria, (Fabricius). Anamathia crassa, A. Milne-Edwards.

debilis, Smith. | hystrix, (Stimpson).

Metoporhaphis calcaratus, (Say). | umbonata, (Stimpson).

Achezus tuberculatus, Miers. Trachymaia cornuta, A. Milne-Edwards.

trituberculatus, new species. | Lispognathus thomsoni, (Norman).

Podochela riisei, Stimpson. HOLopPLITES armatus, (A. Milne-Edwards).
spatulifrons, A. Milne-Edwards. | Chorinus heros, (Herbst).
*hypoglypha, (Stimpson). | Trichoplatus huttoni, A. Milne-Edwards.
* lamelligera, (Stimpson). Anomalothir furcillatus, (Stimpson).
macrodera, Stimpson. | * Mocosoa crebripunctata, Stimpson.
gracilipes, Stimpson. Sphenocarcinus corrosus, A. Milne-Edwards.
spinifrons, new species. | Simocarcinus simplex, (Dana).

Collodes depressus, A. Milne-Edwards. | Ecutnascus pentagonus, new genus and species.

Epialtus bituberculatus, Milne-Edwards.
productus, Randall.
(Antilibinia) dentatus, (Milne-Edwards).

robustus, Smith.
leptocheles, new species.
(doubtfulspecies. )

*Batrachonotus fragosus, Stimpson. marginatus, (Bell).
brasiliensis, new species. nuttallii, (Randall).
nicholsi, new species. Pugettia gracilis, Dana.

-Euprognatha rastellifera, Stimpson. richii, Dana.
rastellifera spinosa,new subspecies. | quadridens, (De Haan).

gracilipes, A. Milne-Edwards. foliata, (Stimpson).

Arachnopsis filipes, Stimpson. Acanthonyx petiverii, Milne-Edwards.
Apocremnus septemspinosus, A. Milne-Edwards. | Neorhynchus depressus, Bell.
Tnachoides intermedius, new species. Pyromaia cuspidata, Stimpson.
Anasimus latus, new species. | Loxorhynchus grandis, Stimpson.
5 Eurypodius latreillei. Guérin. crispatus, Stimpson
_ Oregonia gracilis, Dana.
’ Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 984.

3 43

44 CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHID.E—M. J. RATHBUN. — vou. xvn.

Family INACHID &.
Subfamily LEPTOPODIIN @&.
LEPTOPODIA SAGITTARIA, (Fabricius).
Cancer sagittarius, FABRICIUS, (Entom. Syst., 1, p. 442, 1793).
Leptopodia sagittaria, LEacu, Zool. Misc., 1, p. 16, pl. LX vit, 1815.—A. MILNE-
Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, p. 172, 1878 (partim), and synonymy, except
L. sagittaria, MLINE-EDWARDS and Lucas, and FL, debilis, SMrvit.
Localities.

From off Cape Hatteras to the Caribbean Sea; U. 8. Fish Commission steamer
Albatross :

| | Fath. | Temp. Materials.

‘ |

| fe) 1 Mt o) ] “ ° F.
6934 2142! 93015| 76 20 30 “Og see gn. DE. 8)... Fee
17524 | 2311 | 3255 00| 77 54 00 79.| 59:1) |sers.S.DkiSp-.s5 2 sss )
9459 9315 | 242600] 81 48 15 Birdel beet Cone iin ee eee
9464 2316 | 242530] 81 47 45 BOS Ta: Ua ae ee ee
9467 9317 | 242545 | 81 46 45 | 450 095 Co: = lee eee
9475 2318 | 242545) 81 46 00 | 45: (at \iCows..0. eS ee
14975 2354 | 205930] 862345| 130]...---.. C0 i320 aha ee

| 17401 2362 | 220830 /| 86 53 30 Bel eee oir CooS.2 ict
17405 2363 22 07 30 87 06 00 Ois|| eee Wh.R: OO) ie. s ee eee eee
17374 9365 | 221800! 87 04 00 OA et Bley Whisk. Cots.s asses ca
9602 2370 | 2918151 85 32 00 D5 aeee ers. gy. S. brk. Sh
9613 9372 | 291530) 85 29 30 OTE eek oe Goi Ee eae Ge!

| 14976 9373 | 291400} 85 29 15 | Sf | ae C0: =. 2.234 gep ea aoa
17525 2374 | 29 11 30 85 29 00 26; see SiG. brk. Shas eae
9689 2387 | 2924 00 | 88 04 00 BONE ete S. G. brk. Shine ee
17402 9390 | 292730) 87 48 30 S0ileeteo crs. S. bk. Sp. Sh
17403 2405 | 28 45 00) 85 02 00 ETON ieee ated By. Sebrke Cone eee 15
17375 2406 | 284600 84 49 00 9Gs| shes ors. 8:'Go.0s- ee 15 |
17404 2411 | 26°33 30| 83 15 30 in| ae ae fie. wh, S. bk Spess ee 18 |
11303 2413 | 260000} 82 57 30 DAR Ee yay fne. S. bk. Sp. bris. Sh... 19
9862 2417 |. 331830! 77 07 00 95(|-° 65.8 ine -ays S02) aaa Apr. 2'!
17373 2596 | 350830] 75 10 00 A0y |e By. Sii-ce nee Oct. 17
11219 9604 | 343730] 75 39 45 Ye heen ve yl Sulbrk Shien eee 18 |
17526 2616 | 33 42 45 | 177.31 00 igh lle $. Pes. ce sae ae 20 |
11227 2617 | 333730] 77 36 30 re Se eee crs. z 2S. brk qSheeseem 20
11232 2621 | 3334 00| 77 42 00 Onieeeae fy. Sabrks Cosssese eee 20

| 1886.

11379 | 2640 | 25 05 00) 80 15 00 {a aera Cou'S 2.40. eee Apr. 9

St. Thomas; steamer Albatross (7653).
Brazil; Hartt Explorations:
Maranhao, 2 fathoms, pebbly; Derby and Wilmot, 1870.
Mar Grande, Bay of Bahia; Richard Rathbun, 1875-’77.
Periperi, Bay of Bahia; R. Rathbun.
Bay of Rio de Janeiro, dredged, shallow water; R. Rathbun.

LEPTOPODIA DEBILIS, Smith.

Leptopodia debilis, SMrru, Rept. Peabody Acad. Sci. for 1869 and 1870, p. 87, 1871.

Twenty specimens were collected by the steamer Albatross on the
coast of Lower California.

These specimens agree in having the hand shorter and broader than
in east coast specimens of L. sagittaria, and the fingers proportionally
longer. The propodus is usually about twice the length of the dactylus
and varies to 24 times that of the dactylus in the largest specimen; i
L. sagittaria the propodus is usually about 2% times the length of the
dactylus, but varies from 25 to 35 times. The ambulatory legs ar

1394, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 45

shorter in the west coast forms. Those of the first pair are from 6 to
74 times the length of the carapace, while in the Atlantic species they
are from 8 to 5% times the length of the carapace. The rostrum is
shorter in the specimens of JZ. debilis in this coliection than in most
of those of L. sagittaria. The rostrum is usually about the same
length as the carapace or exceeds it but little, in two instances
reaching a length of 15 times the carapace. Prof. Smith, however,
describes the rostrum of L. debilis as about twice as long as the
posterior portion of the carapace.
In our specimens the surface is more pubescent than in L. sagittaria,
especially the chelipeds of adult forms, and the carapace is usually
more swollen at the branchial regions and the rostrum more upturned.
A. Milne-Edwards considers the Leptopodie from the west coast of
Mexico and Central America as the same species as those from the
east coast, setting aside as distinct the Chilean form, the L. sagittaria of
Milne-Edwards and Lucas, and calling it L. modesta; consequently his
insertion on the same page of the L. sagittaria of Milne-Edwards and
Lueas in the synonymy of Leptopodia sagittaria is erroneous. Some
of the specimens from the Gulf of California so resemble the figure
given in d@’Orbigny’s “‘ Voyage” that it may be proved that a single
species inhabits the west coast of America, which, in the present
‘state of our knowledge, it seems best to consider distinet from ZL.
sagittaria,
The following are the dredging stations at which this species was
obtained :

Nf eee Or ee 7 OSHe 1889.
17322 3002 | 25 02 15 | 110 43 30 LO Semeae S. Sh. | Mar. 17 |
16024 3005 | 25 02 45 110 43 30 PA Nase ote 3 ote S. Sh. Coralline. | 17 |
18067 3014 28 28 00 | 112 04 30 | 29 62.9 | gy. S. 23 |
15544 3026 381 22 00 114 07 45 | 7 65.2 | G. brk. Sh. 25 |
| 17323 3041 | 24 35 30] 112 05 00 27! 64.5) fne. gy. 8. | Apr. 9 |

METOPORHAPHIS CALCARA'US, (Say).
Leptopodia calcarata, SAy, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 455, 1817.
Metoporhaphis calearata, Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vir, p. 198, 1860.—
SMITH, Rept. U. 8. Commr, of Fish and Fisheries for 1885 (1887), p. 620
(Metoporhapis calcaratus).—A. MILNE-EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 174, 1878 (calca-
ratus).—MIERs, Challenger Rept., xvul, p. 4, 1886 (Wetoporaphis).

The specimens of Metoporhaphis examined represent eleven localities
and agree in the characters given below.

Besides the four gastric tubercles and the large tubercle on the car-
diac region, there is a postorbital tubercle remote from the orbit and
‘Slightly in advance of the gastric tubercles; two hepatic tubercles, one
of which is marginal; three branchial tubercles, one marginal and the
other two nearly longitudinal; a subbranchial tubercle in advance of
the marginal tubercle; the pterygostomian ridge is provided with a

i“
<f
ey:

46 CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHIDE—M. J, RATHBUN: — youxvu.

tubercle, and there is a granule in front of the angle of the bueeal
cavity. The rostrum bears four or five slender spines, which project
outwardly in an alternate series from the opposite sides of the lower
surface; they are not always apparent in small specimens; two of these
spines are near together close to the extremity, and sometimes give the
rostrum the appearance of being trifid at the extremity. The basal
antennal joint has a spine below midway of its length and another at
its outer distal angle. The two last segments of the abdomen in the:
male are coalesced; on the sternum, in front of the abdomen, are
two or three spines on either side, which form converging lines parallel -
to the terminal segment of the abdomen. The second, third, and fourth
segments in the female abdomen are very short and about equal ine
length; the last three segments are coalesced. The merus of the
maxilliped is longer and less deeply cut than in A. Milne-Edwards’s
figure of MW. forficulatus; the first joint of the palpus is also mueh
longer.

Chelipeds in the male stout. The ischium and merus have sharp
spines on the outer margin which become obsolete near the carpus;
they have small spines on the inner lower margin, and the merus has
one long spine at the end of its upper surface. The carpus has a series
of sharp spines on its inner and outer margins, and one near each
extremity of its upper surface. The manus is broad and inflated, with
long spines above, and short ones below interspersed with long hairs.
Fingers about as long as the palm; the prehensile edges are furnished
with truneate denticulate teeth except at the extremities, where they
become closely fitting triangular teeth. The chelipeds of the female
are much feebler, the fingers much longer and more gaping, with sharp
spines on the preliensile edges.

Measurements (of adult male):—Length of carapace and rostrum,
19.5 min.; length of rostrum, 11; width, 8.2; length of cheliped about 21.5.

Localities.

Off Cape Hatteras, N. C., lat. 35° 08/30’ N., long. 75° 10’ W., 49 fathoms, gray
sand, station 2596; U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross, 1885; 1 female
with eggs (18068).

Off Cape Fear, N. C., lat. 338° 37 30” N., long. 77° 36/30’ W., 14 fathoms, coarse
yellow sand, broken shells, station 2617; 1 male (18069). i
Middle Sound, near Wilmington, N. C.; U. 8, Fish Commission, R. E. Earll,

April 18, 1880; 1 male (4384).

Key West, Fla.; U. 8. Fish Commission steamer Albatross, Mar, 27, 1886; 1 male
(11385).

Mareo, Fla.; U.S. Fish Commission schooner Grampus, Feb. 25, 1889; 1 femal
with eggs (15323); H. Hemphill, 1885; 1 female with eggs (18070).

Charlotte Harbor, Fla.; Union College collection (767) 1 female.

Sarasota Bay, Fla.; Union College collection (687) 4 males, 3 females.

West Florida; Henderson and Simpson; 1male, 2 females, 2 young (18071). ,

Off Mobile Bay, Ala., lat. 299° 24’ 80’ N., long. 88° O1/ W., 35 fathoms, yello r

sand, black specks, station 2388; U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross,
1885; 1 male (9695).

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF TH" NATIONAL MUSEUM. 47
ACHAUS TUBERCULATUS, Miers.
Acheus tuberculatus, Miers, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 25, 1879.—OrTMANN, Zool.
Jahrb., vir, 1, p. 34, 1893.

To this species I have referred a single, impertect, dried specimen (No.
18072) from Japan, collected by the Rey. H. Loomis. 'The cardiae and
gastric tubercles are granulate at the summit; there is a small low tuber-
cle on the branchial region near the inner angle, and another near the
posterior margin. The hepatic region is swollen; its projection is broad,
granulate on the margin, and somewhat bilobate; from it a granulate
ridge runs diagonally to the posterior extremity of the superior orbital
border. The inferior surface of the carapace bears several tubercles
and granules near the margin. The rostral teeth are granulate and
curved inwards, so that the interspace is almost oval; rostral grooves
deep. Secoad joint of antenna not quite equaling the rostrum. Eye-
stalks stout, bearing a small tubercle above near the extremity.
Abdomen of male very broad; terminal segment narrowing toward the
proximal end, distal angle bearing a smooth prominence; distal margin
arcuate in its middle half.

Chelipeds very large. Merus much larger than the palm, spinulous
on the margins and with a large. lobe at the distal end of the outer sur-
face. Carpus spinulous on inner margin, a few tubercles on proximal
half of outer surface, and a tuberculous lobe at the articulation with
the manus. Manus inflated, spinulous above; palmar portion exceed-
ing the pollex but little; digits with a longitudinal sulcus on the outer
surface, prehensile edges toothed and fitting together. The ambulatory
legs are for the most part missing. The dactyl of the last pair is long
and slightly curved.

Measurements.—Length of carapace, 13 mm.; width, 10.5; length of
dactyl of fourth ambulatory leg, 6.

This individual corresponds to Miers’s brief description taken from
imperfect specimens, excepting that he defines the eye-peduncles as
smooth, In the specimen at hand, the tubercle at the tip is so incon-
spicuous that it might have been overlooked.

ACHLEUS TRITUBERCULATUS, new species.

Carapace narrower than in A. japonicus, not constricted behind the
orbital area; regions well marked but not protuberant; gastrie and
branchial regions smooth; cardiac region with three low tubercles, the
posterior one on the median line; hepatic region with a broad obtuse
prominence. Rostral lobes spinulous on the margin, separated by a
V-shaped sinus which is narrower than either lobe. Rostral grooves
deep. Eye-peduncle with a sharp-pointed tubercle on the upper side
near the cornea. The peduncle widens toward the cornea, whichis very
oblique, directed downward and inward. Second joint of the antenna
equaling the rostrum. The abdomen of the male is narrower than in
the specimen I have named A, tuberculatus, and does not widen at the

48 CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHIDA—M. J. RATHBUN. VOL. XVIL.

terminal segment a as in in that species. ‘The cheliped is of moderate size,
spinulous. The palm is mutilated. The fingers have thin outer mar-
gins, concave surfaces, and denticulate inner edges. The first pair of
ambulatory legs is nearly four times the length of the carapace, the
second pair but little shorter than the first, third and fourth pairs
nearly equal in length, the Jast pair a little more than twice as long as
the carapace. The dactyli oc the last two pairs are faleiform.

Measurements.—Length, 10.5; width, 7.5 mm.

Locality —Kanada Bay, Japan; dredged in 10 fathoms, mud; 1
male (14463).

This species approaches A. lacertosus, Stimpson, in having no spines
on the carapace and in the form of the ambulatory legs, but that species
is narrower, without tubercles on the gastric region, or a tubercle on
the eye.

PODOCHELA RIISEI, Stimpson.

Podochela riisei, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vu, p. 196, pl. u, fig. 6,
1860.—A. MILNE-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, p. 193, pl. xxxv, fig. 1,
1879 (reisei).—MirErs, Challenger Rept., Zool., Xvu, p. 11, 1886.

Podonema riisei, StIMPSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1, p. 126, 1870.—Minrrs, Jour.
Linn. Soc. London, X1iv, p. 643, 1879.

Coryrhynchus riisei, KINGSLEY, Amer. Nat., x11, p. 585, 1879; Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., xxx1, p. 384, 1879.

The basal antennal joint is much more dilated at the postero-external
angle than is represented in A. Milne-Kdwards’s figure.

Measurements.—Length (of male), 14.6 mm.; width, 11.2. Length (of
female), 17.8; width, 13.8.

Localities.
Pensacola, Fla., 3 to 4 fathoms; James E. Benedict, July, 1893.

Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea at the following stations of the ateaiipe
Albatross:

Cat. No. Station. | Lat. N. Long. W. - Eaton ‘athoms. Nature of bottom. / Date.
|

| | . |
DAL a AU Mats oe feria | | 1885. |
18147 2363 | 22 07 30] 87 06 00 | 21 | wh. R. Co. Jan. 30)
15163 | 239) | 29 27 30| 87 48 30 | 30 | ers. 8. bk. Sp. Sh. | Mar, 4 |
18073 | 2405 | 28 45 00| 85 02 00 | 30 | gy. S. brk. Co. 15 |

e 9794 | 2406 | 28 46 00 | 84 49 00 | 26 | crs. 8. Co. 15

On account of the diversity of form presented by the rostra of the
various species of this genus, it seems best not to retain the name
Coryrhynchus as a subgeneric designation.

PODOCHELA SPATULIFRONS, A. Milne-Ed wards,

Podochelu spatulifrons, A. MLLNE-EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 192, pl. XXXIV, fig. 2, 1879,

The upper surface of the carapace resembles that of P. riisei; the
prominences are tuberculiform and not spiniform, as in adult specimens
of P. riisei. The basal antennal joint is rectangular at its anterior ex-
tremity and is of nearly equal width throughout its length, while in
P. riisei it is uarrowed and rounded anteriorly and expanded at the

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 49

postero-lateral margin. A tubercle in P. spatulifrons takes the place of
the pterygostoiian ridge in P. riisei. In the male the manus is swollen,
and the fingers are slightly gaping. The sternum and abdomen are
much like those of P. riise?.
Measurements.—Length (of male), 13 mm.; width, 9. Length (of
female), 20; width, 16,
Localities.

Harbor Key, Florida; Union College Collection (813). Labeled P. riisei.

Marco; H. Hemphill, (15161).

Sarasota Bay, Florida; Union College Collection (646, 708). Labeled P. riisei.

PODOCHELA HYPOGLYPHA, (Stimpson).
Podonema hypoglypha, Strmpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, 1, p. 127, 1870.
Podochela hypoglypha, A. MILNE EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 194, 1879.

Measurements.—Lenegth (of male), 20; width, 14 mm.

Localities.
Key West, Florida; D. 8. Jordan, Dec., 1885 (15162).
Cedar Keys, Florida; Lieut. J. F. Moser, U. 8. N., U.S. Coast Survey steamer
Bache, Fel. 1887 (18074).
West Coast of Florida; Henderson and Simpson (18075).

PODOCHELA LAMELLIGERA, (Stimpson).
Podonema lamelligera, STIMPSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 11, p. 126, 1870.
Podochela lamelligera, A. MILNE-EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 195, 1879.

_ Thisspecies is readily distinguished from the foregoing. The rostrum
is narrower and pointed, though hollow underneath. ‘The basal anten-
nal joint has a small acute tooth projecting forward from its antero-
external angle; the laminiform margins are very prominent, especially
the inner one, which is deepest at about the middle of its length, at
which point there is a transverse crest on the joint. The partition
between the antennular fossv is prolonged downward at the middle ina
sharp tooth. The two small tubercles present in the preceding species
at the extremity of the epistome are in 2. lamelligera much enlarged,
forming large triangular laminiform projections, the anterior one not far
behind the orbit, the posterior one lowerdown. The hepatic projection
forms a slender spine. The angle of the buccal cavity is cristate and
the pterygostomian crest bears a large tooth in the middle of its length.
At the base of each cheliped there are two thin plates projecting down-
ward and inward, aid two on the sternum at the extremity of the male
abdomen. The sternal plates are broad, thin, bearing spinules, their
posterior margins turned downward and overlapping the next plate.
The coxal joint of each ambulatory leg is furnished on the lower side
with a cup-shaped expansion.

Measurements.—Length (of male), 18 wm.; width, 12.5; length of
cheliped, about 18. Length (of female), 20; width, 16; length of
cheliped, 23; length of first ambulatory leg, 60; length of merus, 20;

Proc, N, M, 94——4

50 CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHIDA—M. J. RATHBUN, VOL. xvIL a

carpus, 7; . propodus, 2 255 5 dactylus, 6; length of second ambulatory leg,
2; length of merus,17; carpus, 7; pronoene: 13; dactylus, 3.5; length
of third ambulatory leg, 35; length of merus, 13.2; carpus, 6.5; pro-
podus, 10; dactylus, 3; length of fourth ambulatory leg, 52; length of
merus, 11.3; carpus, 6; propodus, 9; dactylus, 2.7.
This species was polenta in the Gulf of Mexico and Straits of Florida
by the steamer Albatross, 1885, as follows:

| | |
| F =| Fate | 7 Wis |
| | ie) i ” C / “ | 7
| 18076 2317 24 25 45 81 46 45 45 Co.
| 18077 | 2405, 28 45.00 | 85 02 00 | 30 gy. S. brk. Co. | .

PODOCHELA MACRODERA, Stimpson.

Podochela macrodera, STIMPSON, Ann. Lyc. i Eiist: N. Y., Vit, p. 196, 1860.—A.
MILNE-EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 191, pl. XXXIV, fig. 3, 1879.

In this species the rostrum is thick, Be | short, and not hollow be-
neath. There is a white tubercle on the median line at the end of the
first abdominal segment in the male; also two on the sternum in front
of the abdomen. The hands are much inflated and the fingers gaping.
The basal antennal joint in these specimens is narrower distally than
in A. Milne-Edwards’s figure, the lateral ridges are smooth and rounded
and coalesced for their anterior third. There is a small tubercle op —
each side of the epistome.

Measurements.—Length (of male), 15.2 mm.; width, 11.

Localities.
Key West, Florida; D. 8. Jordan; 1 male (6368).
St. Thomas, West Indies; U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross, 1884; 1 male
(18078)
PODOCHELA GRACILIPES, Stimpson.
Podochela gracilipes, SVIMPSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 11, p. 126, 1870.—A. MILNE-
EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 192, pl. Xxxv, fig. 1, 1879.

In the larger specimens the two small tubercles at either end of the
epistome, and also the projecting angle of the buceal cavity are visible
in a dorsal view.

Measurements.—Length of largest specimen, 12.5; width, 5 min.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 51

Localities,

Off South Carolina to the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea, U.S. Fish Commission
steamer Albatross, 1884-1886, at the following stations:

Cat. No. Station. | Lat. N. Long. W. Fathoms. Nature of bottom. Date.
| fe) , | fe} / aw | |

7789 2142 93015 | 76 20 30 42 | on. M.S. Mar. 23
18079 2311 32 55 00 | 77 54 00 79 | ers. §. bk. Sp. |} Jan. 5
18080 2360 22 08 30 | 86 49 00 26 | wh. Co. 30
18081 2363 22 07 30 87 06 00 21 | wh. &. Co. 30
18082 2365 | 22 18 00 87 04 00 24 | wh. R. Co. 30
18083 | 2370| 291815) 85 32 00 | 25 | ers. gy. S. brk. Sh. | Feb. 7
18084 2372 | 29 15 %0 85 29 30 27 | G. | 7
18085 23738 2914 00 | 6&5 29-15 | 25 | Co. | 7
18086 2388 29 24 30 88 01 00 | 35 ; yl. S. bk. Sp. | Mar. 4
18087 2390 | 29 27 30 87 48 30 | 30, crs. 8S. bk. Sp. Sh. i
18088 2405 28 45 00 85 02 00 | 30 | gy. S. brk. Co. 15
18089 2406 | 28 46 00 84 49 00 26 | crs. S. Co. 15
18090 2407 28 47 3 84 37 00 24 | Co. brk. Sh. 15
18091 2412 | 26183 83 08 45 27 | fne. gy. S. bk. Sp. brk. Sh. 19
18092 2413 | 26 00 00 82 57 30 | 24 | fne.S. bk. 8. brk. Sh. 1S
18093 2414 | 25 04 30 82 59 15 | 26 | fne. wh.S. brk. Sh. 19
11408 | 2639 | 25 04 50 | 80:15 10 | 56 | Co. S. | Apr. 9

PODOCHELA SPINIFRONS, new species.

OCarapace spinuliferous. Cardiac region with an erect spine; gastric
region with a spine directed forward and a spiny tubercle in front of
the latter. The rostrum is long and sharp, arched, with a median
spiniferous crest. Orbits with an erect spinuliferous crest, bearing two
siender spines. The antennal joint is largely visible from above and
carries a spine at its anterior angle. There is an oblong laminiform
postorbital tooth and behind and below it a flat triangular tooth; these
two teeth correspond in position to the small tubercles present in
P. gracilipes and other species. The hepatie spine is narrow, flattened
and obtuse, and the pterygostomian region has a similar spine. The
bueceal cavity is conspicuously crested at its anterior angle. The
antennal joint has a cristiform inner margin and an angular ridge on
its posterior half. The sternal crests in the male are flat, tuberculous,
and separated by deep sulci. The coxal joints of the legs bear crests
similar to those in P. lamelligera, but Jess prominent. The anterior part
of the sternum in the male is pubescent, and has two stout spines in
front of the abdomen, which project downward and forward. The
first segment of the abdomen bears a spiniform tubercle at its distal
extremity. The chelipeds in both sexes are slender, hirsute and
spinuliferous; fingers with prehensile edges in contact. Ambulatory
legs very hairy, except the slender yellow horny tips of the dactyli.
Propodal joints slender, dactyli slightly curved.

Measurements.—Leugth (of male), 22 mm.; width, 15; length of

_ cheliped, 26; length of merus of first ambulatory leg, 25; carpus, 8.5;
propodus, 54; dactylus, 11.5; length of merus of second ambulatory
leg, 23; carpus, 10; propodus, 21; dactylus, 5.7; length of merus of third
ambulatory leg, 20; carpus, 10.8; propodus, 15; dactylus, 4.5; length of.

fod

52 CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHIDA—4M. J. RATHBUN. vou. xvn.

merus of fourth ambulatory leg, 18; carpus, 10; propodus, 13; dactylus,
4; length (of female), 24; width, 16.5. Length (of female), 21; width,
13.5; length of rostrum, 5.

Localities.

West Indies and Caribbean Sea; U. 8. Fish Commission steamer Albatross, 1884,
1885, as follows:

‘Nature of bottom. Sex. | Date.

l l
Cat. No. , Station. | Lat. N. | Long. W. Fathoms.

OF” Sa | Dee | | |

| | |
6945 2167 | 23 10 40 | 82 20 30 | 201 | OO: Dhate ae coh oe h °) | May i
9510 2337 | 231039 | 82 20 21 199! ("Con cvardcc meee: 1¢ | Jan. 19
18094 2354 | 205930 | 86 23 45 180 | Oo. 2 tose sea 19 | 22 |
|

Subfamily INACHIN A.

COLLODES DEPRESSUS, A. Milne-Edwards.
Collodes depressus, A. MILNE-EDWARDS, Crust. du Mexique, p. 176, pl. XXXII, fig.
4, 1878.—SmitrH, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., v1, pp. 5, 8, 1883; Rept. U. 8. Fish
Commr. for 1885 (1887), p. 621.
Measurements.—Length (of largest male), 14; width, 11.5. Length
(of largest female), 12; width, 9.7 mm. ;
Localities.

Off Cape Hatteras, N. C., to the Gulf of Mexico; U.S. Fish Commission steamer
Albatross, as follows:

= = = = = —

Bottom.
Cate Nos "Station. «| ¢luate Ne, i) uOne Wis | cece tee aeecenna ae a rr Date ;
Fathoms. Temp. Materials. fs
cheater ten | Oy pet ty oF. 1885.
18095 23i1 , 32 55 00 77 54 00 | 79°) SOS |\érsyiS) Di Spieeae neem dan. 3
18096 2370 29 18 15 85 32 00 25 | ars. gy. 8. Drkvslieeeeees | Feb. 7
18097 2372 29 15 30} 85 29 40 27 | Gigs a eees oe Feb. 7
18098 2374 | 29 11 30 85 29 00 | 26 J S: Gi brik SDieseosee eee Feb. . 7
9783 2405 28 45 00) 85 02 00 30 gy. S. brk, Coun sees Mar. 15.
18099 | 2413 26 00 00 = 82 57 30 | 24 fne. S. bk. Sp. brk. Sh....| Mar. 19
18100 | 2596 35 08 30} 75 10 00 | 49 | BY. Sacsds cee eee | Oct. 17

This species is probably identical with C. trispinosus, Stimpson.

COLLODES ROBUSTUS, Smith.

Collodes depressus, SMiTH, Proc. U, 8. Nat. Mus., 10, p. 414, 1881. (Not A. MILNE-
EpWARDs).
Collodes robustus, SMITH, op. cit., VI, p. 5, 1883.
Localities.

Off Chesapeake Bay at the following stations of the U.S. Fish Commission steamer
Albatross: ;

Th ie
15152; 2422 | 37 08 30 | 74 33 30 | 85 | 52.5 | ers. gy.S. bk. Sp. brk.Sh..| June 3
| | !

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 53

COLLODES LEPTOCHELES, new species.

Collodes robustus, Smith, of the Atlantic coast of North America, is
replaced in the Gulf of Mexico by a closely allied species. The cara-
pace is similar in shape to that of C.robustus. Surface tuberculous, with-
out spines. Rostrum divided by a V-shaped notch into two acute teeth
shorter than in C. robustus, their outer margin convex. Postorbital
tooth broad and long, much exceeding the eyes. The abdomen of the male
is broader than in C. robustus, constricted at the fifth segment; a small
spine or tubercle on the first segment, and along spine on the fifth
directed downward and backward. The appendages of the first seg-
ment are more divergent than in C.robustus,and more slender at the tips.
There is a small spine on the fifth segment in the female. The cheli-
peds are weak in both sexes, about as long as the carapace; manus
slender, fingers as long as the palm. Ambulatory legs stouter than in
C.robustus, the first and second pairs nearly equal in length, the second
often exceeding the first, about twice as long as the carapace; dactylus
of last two pairs longer than the propodus. The color in alcohol is a
pale écru, while C. robustus is yellowish.

Measurements.—Length of carapace (of male), 16.5 mm; width, 12.7;
length of cheliped, 17; length of first ambulatory leg, 34.7; second, 35;
third, 31.5; fourth, 30.7; length of propodus of third ambulatory leg,
6.5; dactylus, 7.2; length of propodus of fourth ambulatory leg, 6.7;
dactylus, 7.7. Length of carapace (of female), 17.5; width, 13.2; length
of cheliped, 17; length of first ambulatory leg, 31.5; second, 35; third,
32.5; fourth, 30.

Localities.

Five stations in the Gulf of Mexico, as follows:

|
9 Te ea fe) i 1885.
18101 2378 |29 14 30 88 09 30 GSal pe Na soc ceek ell Feb. 11
9748 | 2400 |28 41 00 86 07 00 109) | Hoe ahs ete | Mar. 14
9751 | 2401 | 28 88 380] 8 52 3 142 |) on. ME brik. St.) ..2 | Mar. 14 |
18102 2402 |} 28 36 00 | 85 33 30 LO fend Bob eeaeeioeree Mar. 14
18103 2403 | 28 42 30 | 8 29 Ov ~ 88 gy. WIE Sein) deere Mar. 15

COLLODES, doubtful species.

Four small dried specimens frnm the Gulf of California are intermedi-
ate between C. tenuirostris and C. granosus. They lave a rostrum
intermdiate in length between the two, not fissured, but minutely
bifid at the tip. There are two cylindrical spines on the gastric and
eardiac regions, and a smaller more acute spine on the first abdominal
Segment. There are a few granules on the branchial and hepatic
regions. The eyes are large, exceeding the postocular tooth. The
carapace is proportionally wider at the hepatic regions than in C.
tenuirostris.

5A CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHIDA—M. J. RATHBUN. VOL. XVII.

Measurements.——Length (of male), 6.5; width at branchial regions, 4.5;

width at hepatic regions, 3.6 mm.
Locality.—Lat. 29° 30’ N., long. 112° 40’ W., 45 fathoms; Lieut.
Comdr, H. E. Nichols, U. S. N.; 2 males, 2 immature females (18104).

BATRACHONOTUS FRAGOSUS, Stimpson.
Batrachonotus fragosus, STIMPSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 11, p. 122, 1870.—A.
MILNE-EDWARDS, op. cil., p. 180, 1879.

Stimpson’s description was made from a single specimen. The basal
joint proves to have a terminal spine. The four protuberances of the
‘arapace and also the first abdominal segment are each terminated by
@ spine in the males, and there are two large tubercles just above the
posterior margin. In the females, of which there are two of smaller
size than the males, but bearing eggs, the cardiac prominence is con-
spicuously rounded, granulous, without a spine; the first ambulatory
leg is but very little longer than the second and about one and a half
times the length of the carapace, while in the male it is more than twice
as long as the carapace.

Measurements.—Length (of male), 7.8; width, 7. Length (of female),
5.3; width, 4.2 mm.

This species was collected by the Albatross at two stations in the
Gulf of Mexico, as follows:

Ta, ae een “i al ;
Cat. No. | Station. Lat. N. | Long. W. 'Fathoms. Nature of bottom. Date.
| |

|
°) I uv | °} / Wt 1885.
18105 2370 29 18 15 85 32 00 | 25 | ers.gy.S.brk.Sh..) Feb. 7
18106 | 2405 | 28 45 00] 85 02 00 | 30 | gy.
| | 83

S-brk: Cor. 422 | Mar. 15

BATRACHONOTUS BRASILIENSIS, new species.

This species is unfortunately represented by a single female specimen
with only three ambulatory legs present and those detached. ‘The spee-
imen resembles much the female of B. fragosus ; the depressions of the
‘“arapace are more shallow; the raised portions are covered with gran-
ules, but are without spines. The postocular spine is very small, as in
B. fragosus, and the hepatic region projects well beyond it, and has an
acute marginal tubercle. The rostral teeth are short and rounded, not
extending beyond the antennular fosse, and separated by a rounded
sinus as wide as each lobe. The inferior surface of the carapace and
the abdomen are set with tubercles. The three ambulatory legs are
very nearly the same length, less than one and a half times the length
of the carapace; dactyli long and slender, «s in the preceding species.

Measurements.—Length, 7 mm.; width, 6,

Locality — Dredged off Rio Janeiro by Mr. Richard Rathbun during
the Hartt explorations in 1875-77; 1 female with eggs.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 55

BATRACHONOTUS NICHOLSI, new species.

Female: Regions of carapace deeply marked, elevated portions with
coarse tubercles unequal in size; a tubercle on the summit of each
branchial region is larger than all others, resembling a short, stout
spine. The depressions of the carapace are smooth. The short rostral
teeth are slightly longer than in the preceding species and the inter-
space equals the tooth in width. Postorbital tooth shorter than the
ocular pedunele, as in the genus. depatic region advanced, subrect-
angular, the anterior margin almost at right angles to the median line.
On the margin there is a tubercle at the hepatic angle, one on the
pterygostomian region and two or three on the branchial region. Ridges
of the basal antennal segment tuberculous, the terminal spine blunt,
curved, and more produced than in other species, in this respect ap-
proaching the genus Huprognatha. Inferior surface tuberculous. Che-
lipeds tuberculous, the tubercles becoming spiniform on the inner mar-
gin of the merus. The first ambulatory leg (the only one attached) is
a little more than one and a half times the length of the carapace; the
dactylus is long, nearly equaling the propodus. :

Measurements.—Length, 5.3 mm.; width, 4.4.

This species is represented by two small dried specimens, females,
from the Gulf of California, lat. 299 30’ N., long. 112° 40’ W., 45 fathoms,
collected by Lieut. Commander H. KE. Nichols, U. 8. Navy. (18107).

EUPROGNATHA RASTELLIFERA, Stimpson.
Euprognatha rastellifera, STIMPSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 11, p. 123, 1870.—A. MILNE-
EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 183, pl. xxxu1, fig. 2, 1879.—Smrru, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
Wi, p. 415, 1881, and v1, p. 9, 1883; Rept. U.S. Fish Comr. for 1882, p. 347, pl. 1,
figs. 3, 3a, 1884; op. cit. for 1885, p. 621, 1887.
Collected by the Albatross at the following stations not before
recorded :

Bottom.
Cat. No. | Station. | Lat.N. | Long. W. | = ais = : —| Date.
| Fathoms.) Temp. Materials.
| | oF. | 1884.
7794 2152 | 24 miles NW.of Havana) 387 49 COMmeats seer eeerece sean ss Apr. 30
Light. ~ | | 1885.
15153 2420 | 387° 03! 20" | 74° 31! 40” | LOSS) AGT DRS: Greer ae eee ees Apr. 5
15154 2421 | 37 07 00 | 74 34 30° Ci Td aerate bis Laos bdo Bomar iariens 5 June 3
10092 2422 | 37 08 30 | 74 33 30 85 | 52.5 | ers. gy. S. bk. Sp. brk. Sh .| June 3
15155 2423 | 37 1015 | 74 3200 | 145) te On, Moines Si acccise seo see June 3
| 1886.
18110 2642 | 25 20 30 79 5800 | 217 AOE GU CVE Otto tol cee eee ese eee Api eo

EUPROGNATHA RASTELLIFERA SPINOSA, new subspecies.
(See Smiru, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vi, p. 11, 1883.)

Southern specimens of H. rastellifera are characterized by longer and
more slender spines, noticeably the orbital spines, by the sharper and
more prominent tubercles of the carapace, and by the unequal slender
spines of the merus and carpus of the chelipeds. The spine on the eye is
larger and more prominent than in typical FE. rastellifera, and the

meral joints of the ambulatory legs bear small spines.

Specimens from several stations off Havana agree in the above vari-
ations; also a small specimen from station 2313, off South Carolina, On
the other hand, a male from station 2642, off Carysfort Reef, is typical
in form, the dorsal prominences being reduced to tubercles. In a spee-
imen from station 2152, 24 miles northwest of Havana Light, the orbital
spines are broad and triangular, as in typical FE. rastellifera, but the
remaining spines are long and slender, and the legs are spinous.

Measurements.—Length (of male), 9 mm.; width, 6.8; length of
cheliped, about 14.5; of first ambulatory leg about 22. Length (of
second male), 9.7; width, 7.6; length of cheliped about 16.2; length of
second ambulatory leg about 19; third, 17; fourth, 15.

Localities.

EUPROGNATHA GRACILIPES, A. Milne-Edwards.
Luprognatha gracitipes, A. MILNE-Epwarps, op. cit., p. 184, pl. Xxxv, fig. 3, 1879.
This species has a deep median furrow on the rostrum. The prior;
bital teeth are directed upward and forward and are separated by deep

erooves from the rostrum. The hepatic spine is larger and much more>

produced than the postorbital spine. The median and branchial spines
are cylindrical and more prominent than in #. rastellifera. There are tive
tubercles in a transverse line on the gastric region, the outer and middle
ones being most prominent. There are a spine and several tubercles on
the margin of the branchial region; there is also a short pterygostomian
spine, the tip of which is visible from above behind the hepatic spine.
Measurements.—Length (of male),8 mm.; width, 6.2; length of cheliped,
10.2; length of first ambulatory leg, about 24; second 17; fourth, 12.

Localities.

Off Havana, Cuba; U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross at the following stations:

Nature of

Cat. No. Station. Lat. N. Long. W. | i athoms. | WoRtons Date 4,
Wom, Se ernest an | 1885. |
9433 2320} 231039] 8218 48 | 180!) fine. (Cor -)s.5,. | Jan. 17
18111 2322 | 23°10, 54 |) 982) 57,45, 115)| \Cols2s28 2-532 Jan. 17 |
9504 O3S1Ll 98 0 al) eens gam TTY CO gee cee ole Jan. 17 |
9509 2336 | 231048) &2 18 52 L5G MCOnene. teens | Jan. 19 |
18112 2342 | 231039] 82 20 21 SOM COrme on oeenieee | Jan. 19

by]
~]

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

ARACHNOPSIS FILIPES, Stimpson.
Arachnopsis filipes, STIMPSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 11, p. 121, 1870.—A. MILNE-
EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 181, pl. Xxx11l, fig. 1, 1879.

Localities.

Straits of Florida and Gulf of Mexico; U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross, as
follows:

sottom.

| Cat. No.| Station. | Lat. N. Long. W. | cain SSS: Date

| \Fathoms. Temp. Materials.

ab 22 ee b : z tas: 22k DRS Bee

(257) Mawes ie) rh >t | 1885.
18113 | 2315 24 26 00 81 48 15 lh! | Puate oir (Oy eae Syacets siiaitecie iets = Jan. 15
18114 2317 24 25 45 81 46 45 45 fete ee CO ae tere Satie ote a alee Jan. 15
18115 2318 24 25 45 | 81 46 00 45 Tied OY OO Shh ds ae Seer eee Jan. 15
18116 2370 | 291815) 85 32 00 Ed ieee ers. gy. S. brk. Sh.......- Feb. 7
18117 2405 | 28 45 00 | 85 02 00 OY) | fen cttae Cine VE SMD EK Ose eremicine as = Mar. 15
} | | |

APOCREMNUS SEPTEMSPINOSUS, A. Milne-Edwards.

Apocremnus septemspinosus, A. MILNE-EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 185, pl. xxxv, fig. 5,
1879. -

in the female the fingers are in contact throughout their length. The

abdomen has a prominent median carina; the lateral portion is irregu-

larly dotted with round pits, some of which touch each other; the ter-
minal portion is tuberculous.
Localities.

Gulf of Mexico; U. 8. Fish Commission steamer Albatross, as follows:

| Cat. No. Station. Lat. N. | Long. W. Fathoms. Nature of bottom. Date.
| ae es eel ee + sets est pen ee
SP |e, TN | | 1885.
15165 | 2372 29 15 30 85 29 30 | Dipit Ge i eaeeeen eter sees Mebo,
| 15164 2373 291400] 8d 29 15 | 2 OTs 3 | ei dineeeie aera ace fae Feb. 7
| 2405 28 45 00 85 02 00 SUM DY. Semen: CObs ears) n es -)= Mar. 15

| |

INACHOIDES INTERMEDIUS, new species.

Carapace entirely smooth above, punctate, regions well marked, ecar-
diac, branchial, and gastric regions protuberant. Rostrum tipped with
a spine, somewhat longer than in J. obtusus; base triangular, thick, with
two ridges from which the sides are inclined downward, much as in J.
obtusus. The postorbital tooth is very small. There is a tubercle on
the margin of the hepatic region, and one also on the pterygostomian
and the subbranchial region. Surface of abdomen of female smooth,
punctate, with a median carina. Basal antennal joint unarmed except
for a blunt tooth at the antero-external angle. Merus of maxillipeds
deeply notched at the inner angle; inner lobe triangular, obtuse. Cheli-
peds in the female a little longer than the carapace. Merus somewhat
angled, with a shallow tooth below near the carpal end. Manus
swollen, unarmed. Fingers as long as palm, widely gaping. The first
ambulatory leg is missing; the remaining legs decrease regularly in
length; dactyli almost straight.

58 CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHIDE—M. J. RATHBUN. vou. xvu.

Measurements.

Length of carapace, 5.8 mm.; width, 4.2; approxi-
mate length of cheliped, 6.5; of second ambulatory, 10.7; third, 9.5;
fourth 8.

Locality.—Dredged off Rio Janeiro by Mr. Richard Rathbun in the
Hartt explorations of 1875-77.

This species resembles J. obtusus and J. levis in its thick rostrum, but
it differs from all described species in its smooth dorsal surface, even
the cardiae region being without a tubercle.

ANASIMUS LATUS, new species.

Carapace almost as broad as long, elevated on the median line, the
posterior half semicircular in outline, the anterior half broadly trian-
gular. Surface covered with tubercles unequal in size. There are five
median spines; two gastric, the posterior the larger, one large on the
vardiac 1egion, one very small and pointing backward on the intestinal
region, and one long acuminate spine directed backward at the distal
end of the first abdominal segment. The anterior gastric median
spine is one of a transverse row of five. In front of the extreme
spines of this row are two longer and sharper. On the branchial
region there are three small spines forming a triangle. There are
three antero-lateral spines, one on the hepatic region and two on the
branchial region above the base of the cheliped. The rostrum is short,
sharp, triangular, and upturned. The supraorbital spines are promt
nent, separated by a deep depression. The postorbital spines are long,
exceeding the eye in large specimens, much less conspicuous in small
specimens. The basal antennal segment is long and narrow, terminat-
ing in aspine, and with a stout spine in front of the eye pointing down-
ward and forward. The flagellum is short, its second joint not attain-
ing the end of the rostrum. The pterygostomian region has a row of.
spines and spinules which is continued to the antennal segment and
includes a long spine at the angle of the buccal cavity. The merus of
the maxillipeds is strongly cordiform asin A. fugax. Sternum and abdo-
men tuberculous. Abdomen of female with median tubercles on the
third and fourth segments.

The chelipeds in the male are a little more than twice the length of
the carapace; ischium, merus, and carpus tuberculous; merus cylindri-
eal; propodus swollen, palm shorter than the pollex, with fine scattered
tubercles. Digits slender, curved inward, gaping at base only, their
fine regular teeth in contact. In the female the chelipeds are a little
longer than the carapace, are much smaller than in the male, and the
fingers touch throughout their length. Ambulatory legs all very long,
slender, cylindrical, armed except the dactyli with numerous small
appressed spines; propodi and dactyli with a double fringe of hair.

Young individuals are narrower, with proportionally longer dorsal
spines and rostrum and shorter postorbital spines.

¢
3
ie

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 59

Measurements.—Length (of large male), 25.5 mm.; breadth, 24;
length of cheliped, 58; length of first ambulatory leg, 106; length (of
young male), 11; breadth, 8.

Localities.

Off South Carolina to the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea, as follows:

| | Bottom. |

|
Cat. No. | Station. Lat. N. Long. W. ap : —————l" Date:
| Pee Temp. Materials.

ro) 1 wt fo) / ut | ie} F. | 1884. |

6904 | $2121 10 87 40 61 42 40 | 31 67 dk. slate-col. M ..| Feb. 3!

‘ | 22122 10 37 00 61 44 22 | 34 a8} dk. slate-col. M -.) Feb. 3 |

| | 1885. |

9437 2312 | 325400] 77 53 30 88 57-8 | Crs. S. De pte. Jan. 5 |
18120 2317 242545 | 81 46 45 CESS aati re] ln OL een see aee | Jan. 15
18121 2318 24 25 45 81 46 00 45 | 75 CORREA eas Psat Jan. 15
9656 2378 | 29 1430| 88 09 30 Gy igeecancs [a pase ep eee eee | Feb. il
18122 2388 29 24 30 | 88 01 00 BOM een VIES-bk Sps---= | Mar. 4
18123 2404) 28 4400 | 85 16 00 GOR eS oeeene LENG ten eines soe he Mar. 15
18124 2405 | 28 45 00 | 85 02 60 BU ee eacines gy.S. brk. Co....| Mar. 15
18125 2406 | 284600 | 84-49-00 | Phos ae ee | ers. S. Co. ....... | Mar. 15

| | | | | |

This species can be distinguished from A. fugax by its greater breadth
of carapace, shorter rostrum and epistome, and different arrangement
of spines.

EURYPODIUS LATREILLEI, Guérin.
Eurypodius: latreillei, GUERIN, (Mém. du Muséum, Xvi, p, 354, pl. xiv, 1828);
Icon. Crust. R. A., ii, pl. X1, fig. 1, 1829-44.—MikErs, Proc, Zool. Soc, London,
1881, p. 64, and synonymy.

Locality.x—Laredo Bay, Straits of Magellan, January 22, 1888; U.S.

Fish Commission steamer Albatross.

OREGONIA GRACILIS, Dana.
Oregonia gracilis, DANA, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., 1, p. 106, pl. 111, fig. 2, 1852.
Oregonia hirta, DANA, op. cit., p. 107, pl. 1, fig. 8.
Oregonia longimana, BATE, in Lord’s Nat. in Brit. Col., 11, p. 267, 1866.

This species is one of the most abundant of the North Pacific brachy-
urans. It was collected by the Albatross at 84 stations, from Bristol
Bay, Bering Sea, to Oregon, and in depths ranging from 5 to 135
fathoms; and by Mr. William H. Dall and others as follows:

CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHID.E—M.

Alaska ;

J. RATHBUN,

Localities.

Dall collection:

V@L. XVII.

| uti. No. | Locality. | Fathoms. Biya |
14705 | Anchorage, Cape Etolin, Nunivak TIsland.... 8 | St.
14707 | Ky ak, Marner 7) tatu ene be 7-14 | M.S |
14710 Bay OF LElANdS, ACR ne 6 cmon ae wie den eet ten 9-16 } M.S
14770 Naren Say wAtii. - 2 dee oe one nin en ee 10-16 | S.
12540 | Off Imagna Pinnacle, Captain's Bay, Unalaska | 8-20"). .- ~~ die c= a
919496) IROMCOISE WADE ea enk sea rane ee cee ce ses | 15-25 | Sh. G
T4733 | BortuLevasbeil..<. 42. soe. case leat ea [ei
14703 | Off Rownd Island, Coal Harbor, Unga........ 8-9 | S. St.
14769 Popoft Stralti 2.225% Si faa ope oak we eee ilela ara e lata se siete aie ee |
e14702 | Sanborn Harbor Nacar .c...2.22- 5-5- eee ae low water.,|.\.2f-..caseee
14709 | Anchorage, Big Koniushi Island, Shumagins. 6-20 | S. R.
1A7085)) Porth Moller sei. 2 foc teste ees ee ee 15) \) iss
19189\| SeminiTslands 2222.22- 22s. cde ce aceneene ne 12-28 | G.
14706)! Chajatka Cove! Kadiaks: 20>. 49-5. sees. ce os 12-14 | M.S
12501 | Chajatka Cove, Matliak 2:5... 2.220. .ene 5s 15-20 | G.
12495 | Chiniak ae Keadials. 220 oe Bice cadds.cthilguetiebe oe cel aoe enn
14711 | Kachekmak I day, Cook’ AWnlo6t: sc sccemenvee ee 20-60 | sdy. M
EVOL s) Port HtGnes 22.25 geen oc eee ead eee cece ee 5a18: |. 25 sie
14768 | West side of Middleton Island ............... 10-12 | G.S
LATA) | aya aie ao te cre cs ae Saree ieee ee ieee) a SN ie = SR -
12517 | Grantte Cove, Port -Althorpe-- 2. x oe-—-.-.- .-|eeue se ale oe eee
TACs |S O1lUK StH AT OLEs sacs caches eeees ease eee 15 | G. M.
T4714) Sitka. soo iie S83. h ee oe eS See ck olloaemar et aaeen eee eee

oo = eet S - =

Bering Island; L. Stejneger; young specimens (13510) : N. Grebnitski (14716).

Menzies Bay, Discovery Passage, B. C., 6 fathoms, soft bottom; Lieut. Comdr.
H. E. Nichols, U. S. N., U. S. C. 8. 8. Hassler (5778).

Port Orchard, Puget Burials O. B. Johnson (14971).

ANAMATHIA CRASSA, (A. Milne-
Plate I, fig. 4.

Edwards).

Amathia crassa, A. MILNE-EDWAkDS, op. cit., p. 203, Pl. xxvinl, fig. 2, 1879.

Amathia agassizii, Smiru, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., x, p. 1, pl. 11, figs. 2, 3, 1882;
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., v1, p. 3, 1883; Rept. U. S. Fish Commissioner for 1882,
p. 346, 1884.

Anamathia agassizii, Smiru, Proce, U. 8. Nat. Mus., vir,
Fish Commissioner for 1885, p. 624, 1887.

Several large specimens were dredged at station 2665. A female
gives the following measurements in millimeters: Length of carapace,
including rostral spines, 77; length of carapace, excluding rostral
spines, 70; width, including spines, 59; width, excluding spines, 57
length of cheliped, 107; length of first ambulatory leg, 199; second,
164; third, 140; fourth, 152,

p. 493, 1885; Kept. U.S

Localities.

Off the coast of South Carolina and Florida by the U.S
Albatross as follows:

. Fish Commission steamer

| Bottom.

Cat. No. | Station. | Lat. N. | Long W. | | Date
Fathoms. Temp. Materials. |
° , " . / " OF, | 1885
11213 2624 82 36 00 TT 2S te eee | gy. S. bk. Sp...... Oct. 21
| 1886
11392 2642 | 25 20 30 79 58 00 217 ACE yah otes eek Jae Apr. 9
11358 | 2665 | 29 47 CO 80 05 45 263 45:2.) Gne. fy. S <..-ee May 4.
11383 | 2660 | 30 47 20 79 49 00 270 AS 85) BV. Measeeeaeeenes | May 5]
11397 2667 | 30.53 00 | 79 42 00 aia 48°7 | gy. s. bk Spies | May 5

—

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL. MUSEUM. 61

ANAMATHIA HYSTRIX, (Stimpson).

Amathia hystrix, StTIMPSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 11, p. 124, 1870.—A. MILNr-
EDWARDS, op. cit., pp. 134, 200, pl. xxviul, fig. 1, 1879; Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., Vil, p. 2, 1880.

Anamathia hystrix, SmMivH, Rept. U. S. Fish Commr. for 1885, p. 626 (1887):

Briefly characterized by Stimpson as bearing a close resemblance to
A. rissoana, but differing in having four instead of three spines on the
gastric region. The specimen at hand is the same species as that
figured by A. Milne-Edwards, but differs in having much longer spines
and in the greater divergence of the rostral horns.

Locality—Two and a half miles northwest of Havana light, 387
fathoms, coral, temperature 49°, April 30, 1884, station 2152, ae amer
Albatross; one immature female (6940).

Measurements.—Length, measured from between rostral horns, 16
mm.; length of horns, 17.5; width without spines, 12; width with
spines, 27; distance between tips of horns, 13.

ANAMATHIA UMBONATA, (Stimpson).
Plate I, Figs. 1-3.

Scyra umbonata, STIMPSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., m1, p. 115, 1870.—A. MiLNu-
Epwanrps, Crust. du Mexique, p. 87, 1875, pl. Xxxr A, fig. 5, 1880; Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., vit, p. 2, 1880.

Scyramathia umbonata, A. MILNE-EDWARDS, Comptes Rendus, xcr, p.356, 1880.
(See Sars, Den Norske Nordhavs-Expedition, x1v, Crustacea, 1, p. 7, 1885;
also SMITH, Rept. U. 8. Fish Commr. for 188%, p. 625, 1887).

At Station 2415, off Georgia, were found four specimens of Stimpson’s
Scyra umbonata. The protuberances of the carapace are as described
by hin. Therostrumis composed of two slender divergent horns. The
basal antennal joint is concave beneath, rather narrow and unarmed,
except for the blunt tooth at the antero-external angle. The surface is
covered with a dense coat of broad setze similar to those described by
Sars as occurring on Scyramathia carpenteri. The legs are bordered by
longer club-shaped sete, while the gastric region and the margins of
the rostrum and branchial regions are furnished with long slender hairs
curved at the tips. There is a prominent prieorbital spine and a post-
orbital lobe.

The four specimens in the haul are alike in all essential particulars.
Three are females, two of them bearing eggs, and the fourth is a s:iall

male. In the latter the rostral horns are more divergent. The largest
female has a total length of 29 min.

Three other specimens occur at station 2668, off Fernandina, Florida,
The ambulatory legs of all are longer and more cylindrical than in the
individuals from station 2415. One (which I will call A) is a male,
26.5mm.long. This also is a typical wnbonata as regards the orbits att
ornamentation of the carapace, and is apparently mature, the chelipeds
being elongate, about 14 times the length of the carapace, the prope-
dus much longer than the merus and strong, its margins thin and sub-
parallel; fingers gaping for their basal half, dactylus with a basal tooth.
Ambulatory legs with the club-shaped sete reduced in size.

62 CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHID.E—M. J. RATHBUN. you. xvu.

The largest specimen (C) from this station is an ovigerous female,
31 mm.long. The carapace is much swollen and smoother than in those -
above described. There are but three flat-topped protuberances, the
cardiac and anterior branchial; their flattened tops are smaller than
their bases. The other prominences are simply tubercles, the gastric
one being elongate and smoothly rounded. The marginal spines are
tapering, and not broad and flat as in the specimens from station 2415,
the hepatic spine not erect but directed outward and slightly forward
and upward, and the branchial spine directed not forward but outward
and slightly upward. The ambulatory legs are conspicuously clothed
with long slender bristles among the short sete.

These characters are sufficient to make this specimen specifically dis-
tinet from those described above, were it not that the third specimen
(B) from this dredge haul is intermediate in character. It is a male,
28 mm. long, but with the chelipeds not strongly developed. The pro-
tuberances of the dorsal surface are as in C, excepting that the flat-
tened tops of the three prominences overhang their bases. The mar-
ginal spines are as in A. The ambulatory legs are as in ©, and the
carapace has more long fine bristles than in any other specimens.

In C (fig. 3) the orbits are widely open, more so than in A. crassa
(fig. 4); there is in fact no upper surface to the orbit. The outer
surface of the postorbital lobe is flat, and it is directed forward or in
a line almost parallel to the median line. The preorbital spine is
directed well outward; its posterior or outer margin is concave, directed
strongly inward from the tip and then slightly outward. In A (fig.
1) the outer margin of the postorbital lobe is inclined strongly inward;
the outer margin of the prieorbital spine is directed slightly inward
from the tip and is convex posteriorly. This disposition of the orbital
spines necessarily makes the opening of the orbit narrower as seen
from above, especially at the posterior end where the narrow sinus ~
gives it an appearance similar to that seen in A. carpentert, which Prof.
Sars considered to be allied to the genus Hyastenus (see fig. 5, H.
longipes). In the orbits of B (fig. 2) the intermediate character is
again seen, the postorbital lobes resembling those of A, the preorbi-
tal spines those of C.

A. carpenteri (Norman) is more pyriform than A. wmbonata, narrower
anteriorly, and the preorbital spine is reduced to a lobule.

Measurements in millimeters.

Cy CEE aee Sah A tee Sara eee Gore tea (eal: Skee a f(A) | (2G
SGADIOM 1 ire ert a ere ain Siw Geis bad erate aie ore rele eee ar eee | 2668 | 2668 — 2415
Total lenethiot. carapace... 01 -oe- = oeeae soe se = sate SBAG Fada
Length of rostral spine, inside measure. ...--..--- Bie aoe 7.3 7 6.8
Total widthiorcarapaces..-.1ns= Ass-p pence deve ees 19 | 200 | 22
Width withoutiepiness 22-2) <n cee oe salsa Rites te aaite 15 | 17.5 | 17.5
lene thor cheliped | ot aias once cre Rain pee ne eel 41.5 30 26
Leneth of first ambulatory leg......-......~.....------ | 42 | 49 | 38
Length of second ambulatory leg ..-..----------------- 33! ms AO eee
Length of third ambulatory lee i. 2s\. 4 -cn = «rere cise ee 27.5 SE '| se
Length of fourth anbulatory leg..-.---.---.----------- 26 32 20%)

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. |

ORBITAL VARIATIONS OF ANAMATHIA.

Fias. 1-3. Orbit and rostrum of Anamathia wnbonata X 34.
Fig. 4. Same of Anamathia crassa X 13.
Fic. 5. Same of Hyastenus longipes X 13.

ie mae | ste
ey

Tees ai ce iain’

Nios
Wh ery

" 1
"\ q

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 63

TRACHYMAIA CORNUTA, A. Milne-Edwards.
Trachymaia cornuta, A. MILNE-EDWARDs, Crust. du Mexique, I, p. 852, pl. XXx1
A, fig. 2, 1880.

The single specimen collected by the Albatross is larger than that
figured by A. Milne-Edwards. The carapace is rough with spinules,
and covered with soft bristles. The four spines on the gastric region
form a transverse diamond; there are two median spines close together
on the cardiac region; five spines on the branchial region, three near
the inner margin and two near the outer; one hepatic and one subhepatie
spine. On the posterior margin of the carapace is a line of twenty-five
small spines terminating above the first ambulatory leg; of this row the
median spine and two near the middle are larger than the others. On
the margin of the branchial region there is a line of four spines extend-
ing forward from above the first ambulatory leg. On the pterygostomian
region there is a cluster of four spines. The rostral spines are longer,
more slender, and more divergent than in A. Milne-Edwards’s figure.
The prorbital spine is acuminate; the postorbital is long, projecting
laterally much beyond the eye. The eyes are large and flattened
almost in a horizontal direction. There is a large suborbital spine, and
a spine at the angle of the buccal cavity. The basal antennal segment
bears a terminal and one lateral spine; the second joint of the flagellum
reaches half way to the end of the rostral spines, while the remaining
portion of the flagellum exceeds the rostrum by halfits length. In the
abdomen of the male the first segment has three spinules transversely
arranged; the second has two median and one lateral; the third and
fourth have a median tubercle. Sternum with four spinules in front of
the abdomen.

The chelipeds are nearly twice the length of the carapace; ischium,
merus, and carpus spiny. Manus broad; upper margin with a small
spine hear the carpus and at a little distance a minute spinule visible
with the glass; lower margin with a tooth near the articulation. Fin-
gers flattened laterally, broad, toothed on the prehensile edges, acute,
narrowly gaping for half their length. Ambulatory legs slender, with
scattered bristles, the first nearly three times the length of carapace,
the fourth about one-half the length of the first. Other legs missing.

Measurements.—Length, 18 mm.; width, without spines, 15; length of
rostral horns, 3.2; length of cheliped 33.5; length of first ambulatory
leg, 52; length of fourth, to articulation of dactylus, 21.

Locality.—Little Bahama Bank, lat. 27° 22’ N., long. 78° 07/ 30” W.,
338 fathoms, gray sand, temp. 47.59, May 2, 1886, station 2655; one
male (11400),

I have examined three small specimens from the Blake collection in
the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy and find that they agree with
the one above described in the very slender rostral spines and the rela-
tive length of the antennal joints, and also possess spinules on the
upper margin of the manus.

64 CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHIDA—M. J. RATHBUN. vor. xvik.

LISPOGNATHUS THOMSONIT, (Norman).

Dorynchus thomsoni, NORMAN, in Thomson, Depths of the Sea, p. 174, eut, 1873.

Lispoqnathus thomsoni, A. MILNE-EDWARDS, (Arch. Miss. Sei. Litt., 1x, pp. 16, 39,
1882). MuirErs, Challenger Rept., Zool., Xvi, p. 28, Pl. v, fig. 2 (variety),
1886, and synonymy.—Smiru, Rept. U. 8S. Commr. of Fisheries for 1885, p.
622, 1887, and svnonyny.

Locality. Off Georgia, lat. 30° 44’ N., long. 79° 26’ W., 440 fathoms,
coral, coarse sand, shells and foraminifera, temperature 45.6°, April 1,
1885, station 2415, U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross; 1 male,
1 female (18119).

These specimens have been compared with a female from station
2262, off Martha’s Vineyard (Smith, loe. cit.). They are about the same
size and apparently the same species.

HOLOPLITES, new genus.

Carapace pyriform, covered with sharp spines of unequal length.
Rostrum composed of two long, slender, divergent horns. Prorbital
spines long. Orbits open, spinous. Basal antennal segment very nar-
row, spinous. Antero-internal angle of the merus of the maxillipeds
oblique, not notched for the articulation of the palpus. Abdomen of
female with the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments coalesced. Chelipeds
and meral joints of ambulatory legs spinous.

This genus resembles Lchinoplax, Miers, in many respects, but does
not possess accessory spinules on the rostrum, It differs from Nibilia
in the very incomplete orbits, the narrow basal antennal segment, the
number of abdominal segments in the female, as well as in the form of
the maxillipeds.

HOLOPLITES ARMATUS, (A. Milne-Edwards).
Nibilia armata, A. MiLNE-Epwanps, Crust. du Mexique, p. 348, pl. xxx1 A, fig. 3;
1880.

One specimen (18126), a female with eggs, from station 2152, two and
a half miles nerthwest of Havana Light, 387 fathoms, coral, tempera-
ture 499,

The spine above the orbit is nearer the postorbital than the pre-
orbital, and is longer than represented in A. Milne-Edwards’s figure.
There is also a subhepatie spine. The rostrum of the Albatross speci-
men is longer proportionally than the one figured and is not divided
to its base. The first three segments of the abdomen in the female are
very narrow and have each a median spine, diminishing in length from
the first to the third; the second and third segments have lateral spin-
ules, which are almost imperceptible on the third; fourth segment very
large and smooth; terminal segment broadly rounded at the extremity.
The abdomen has scattered hairs like the rest of the surface.

Measurements.—Length, including rostrum, 23.5 mm.; length of ros-
tral spines, 8; width, without spines, 11; width, including spines, 16.

1894. . PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 65

CHORINUS HEROS, (Herbst).
Cancer heros, Hersst, Natur. Krabben und Krebse, 11, p. 165, pl. XLuI, fig. 1,
pl. xvuitl, fig. 102, 1796.
Chorinus heros, LEACH (Latreille, Encyc., t. 10, p. 139),—A. MILNE-EDWARDS, op.
cit., p. 86, and synonymy.

Localities—San Domingo, W. M. Gabb, 1878 (4176). Rio Vermelho,
Bahia, Brazil, February 6; Richard Rathbun, Hartt Explorations,
1875-77.

TRICHOPLATUS HUTTONI, (A. Milne-Edwards).

Trichoplatus huttoni, A. MILNE-EDWaRrps, (Ann. Sci. Nat. (6), Iv, art. 9, pp. 1-3,
pl. x, 18764, fide Zool. Rec., 1877.—MieErs, Jour. Linn. Soc. London, xrv, p.
647, 1879, (ELrichoplatus).

Halimus hectori, Miers, Ann. N. H. (4), xvi, p. 219, 1876; Cat. Crust. New Zea-
land, p. 4, 1876.

In a male from New Zealand, presented by the Otago University
Museum (16224), the chelipeds are very robust; in another from Bluff
Harbor, New Zealand (18127), the right cheliped is short and slender,
the left long and robust.

Subfamily ACANTHONYCHIN.

ANOMALOTHIR FURCILLATUS, (Stimpson).

Anomalopus furcillatus, StTIMPSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 11, p. 125, 1870.—A.
MILNE-EpDWarbDs, Crust. du Mexique, p. 188, pl. xxxv, fig. 4, 1879.
Anomalothir furcillatus, MrErs, Jour. Linn. Soc., London, xtv, p. 648, 1879.

Localities.

Collected by the Albatross at the following stations:

Sapa ba 5 Tancre
| Cat. No. | Station. | Lat. N. | Long. W. “Fathom as | Date.
| | ie} Ul Ml a 7 a i leg aay cles % 1885.
15166 | 2346 | 231039] 82 20 21 | 200 | Co. Jan. 20 |
18127 | 2401 | 283830] 85 52 30 | 142 | gn. M.brk.Sh | Mar. 14
18128 | 2601 | 343915] 75 33 30 | 107 | gy. S. Oct. 18
15156 | 2319-50 | Off Havana, Cuba. | 33-279 | Co. | Jan. 17-20

MOCOSOA CREBRIPUNCTATA, (Stimpson).
Mocosoa crebripunctata, STIMPSON, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 11, p. 128, 1870.—A.
MILNE-EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 137, 1878.

The large immovable eyes completely fill the circular orbits which
are provided with a small, inconspicuous tooth on the outer side. The
area above the orbit is thickened and protuberant, but without a pree-
ocular spine. The third, fourth, and fifth segments of the abdomen in
the male are coalesced. The chelipeds are stout, elongate; merus
cylindrical; manus slightly compressed, widening distally; fingers
very short and stout, little gaping, dentate. The surface of the crab is
everywhere punctate.

Measurements.—Length, 7; width, 6.2 mm.

Locality.—Gulf of Mexico, lat. 29° 15’ 30’ N., long. 85° 29! 30” W.,
27 fathoms, gravel, station 2372, steamer Albatross, Feb, 7, 1885; one
male (18129).

Proc. N. M. 94-5

66 CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHID.GU—M. J. RATHBUN. VOL. XVI.

SPHENOCARCINUS CORROSUS, A. Milne-Edwards.
Sphenocarcinus corrosus, A. MILNE-EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 136, pl. Xvu, fig. 5, 1878.
One female with eggs, from off Cape Fear, North Carolina, lat. 33°
20’ N., long. 77° 05’ W., 90 fathoms, gray sand, temperature 65,8°,
April 2, 1885 (15183).

In this specimen the rostrum is longer than in A. Milne-Edwards’s fig-
ure and the horns are divergent for their terminal half. The supraorbital
margin terminates anteriorly in a rounded lobe more prominent than is
indicated in the figure. The protogastric lobes are larger and more
broadly joined to the mesogastric. The middle portion of the cardiac
lobe is also deeper than represented in the figure.

SIMOCARCINUS SIMPLEX, (Dana).
Huenia simplex, DANA, Crust. U.S. Expl. Exped., 1, p. 183, pl. 6, fig. 3, 1852,
male,
Huenia brevirostrata, DANA, op. cit., p. 184, pl. 6, fig. 4, female.
Simocarcinus simplex, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Iv, p. 6, 1879.

Locality Western Indian Ocean; W. L. Abbott, 1 male (18130),

The rostrum is much longer and narrower than in the example fig-
ured by Dana.

ECHINCECUS, new genus.

Carapace subpentagonal, very convex in the antero-posterior direc-
tion. Rostrum triangular, flattened horizontally, strongly detlexed.
Eyes small, in circular orbits, concealed by the carapace and situated at
the indentation formed by the meeting of the antero-lateral and rostral
margins. Antenne very small, covered by the rostrum, the basal seg-
mentuarrow. Maxillipeds with the merus notched at its antero-internal
angle. Abdomen of female with 7 segments. Legs short.

ECHINGECUS PENTAGONUS, new species.

Carapace almost smooth, convex in both directions, especially so in the
antero-posterior directions; posterior margin straight, forming oblique
angles with the postero-lateral margins, which are directed forward and
outward. Antero-lateral angles rounded. Surface punctate. There are
a few round shallow depressions between the areas, and seven or eight
small low tubercles on the cardiac region. The rostrum is nearly as
long as its breadth at base, thin-edged, obtuse and slightly indented at
the tip. The eyes are withdrawn into small nearly circular orbits which
are bordered below by the small narrow basal antennal segment. ‘The
flagellum is short, not reaching to the middle of the rostrum and is
entirely concealed by it. The antennule are nearly longitudinal. Epis-
tome short. The lower surface of the carapace is conspicuously punctate.
Maxillipeds punctate; inner margin of merus convex, antero-internal
angle with a slight notch. Abdomen of female much longer than wide.

Chelipeds short and stout, punctate; ischium with a low tooth on
inner margin; merus trigonal, widening distally, with a stout tooth
on each margin near the carpus; carpus with two teeth on inner margin.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NA TIONAL MUSEUM. 67

When the chelipeds are folded close to the car: apace, 0 one carpal tooth
is just in front of the antero-lateral angle, the other just behind it.
Propodus deep, especially toward the fingers, where the upper margin
is produced much above the dactyl. Fingers short, irregularly and
feebly toothed along their prehensile edges which are in contact, the
tips crossing. Ambulatory legs unarmed, somewhat flattened; meral
joints rectangular; propodal joints tapering towards the dactyli which
are stout, and hairy beneath, with curved horny tips.

Measurements.—Length of carapace, 15mm. ; BL at antero-lateral
angles, 14.3; posterior width, 8; width at orbits, 5.5; ; length of rostrum,
4.8; length of cheliped, 14; lower margin of panbalite? (; greatest depth
of propodus, 3.7; length of first and second ambulatory legs, 15; third,

13.2; fourth, 12.5.

Locality.—Port Lloyd, Bonin Islands; from the anal end of the in-
testinal canal of Hchinothrix calamaria; one adult female (13889).

This species with its smooth broad carapace and short legs is adapted
for commensalism, and resembles superficially certain of the Pinno-
theride of similar habit.

EPIALTUS BITUBERCULATUS, Milne-Edwards.

Epialtus bituberculatus, MILNE-Epwarps, Hist. Nat. Crust., 1, p. 345, pl. xv, fig.
11, 1834.—A. MILNE-Epwakps, op. cit., p. 139, pl. xxvu, figs. 1, 2, and 3,
1878, and synonymy.

Epialtus dilatatus, A. MILNE-EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 140, pl. xxvu, fig. 4.

Represented in the collection by 10 specimens from 9 localities, A
larger series would probably show that EZ. sulcirostris and LF. longir ostris
Stimpson and FL. minimus Lockington are variations of the same species.

Sabanilla, United States of Colombia; U. S. Fish Commission; 1
male (18131) of the form shown by A. Milne-Edwards, op. cit., pl. xxv1r
fig. 3.

Pernambuco (?), Brazil; Richard Rathbun, Hartt Sects e.
1875~77; 1 male, 1 female, also of the brasiliensis form, and the male
with the heavy chelipeds figured by Dana.

Bird Key, Florida; U.S. Fish Commission schooner Grampus, April,
8, 1889; one female with eggs (15204) of the dilatatus form, the anterior
lateral lobes being more rounded than in A. Milne-Edw AGRE S figure,
and the rostrum narrower at base and less tapering.

Dry Tortugas, Florida; Dr. Edward Palmer; one immature female
(18132) of the dilatatus form, with lobes like the last.

Florida (?); one small maie, (14465) with lobes intermediate between
typical bituberculatus and dilatatus.

West coast of Florida; Henderson and Simpson; one immature female
(18133), with elongate, emarginate rostrum and rather prominent lateral
lobes, the anterior rounded, with its anterior margin sloping backward
and outward, the posterior lobe with a prontinent tubercle on its ante-
rior margin.

68 CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHID.A—M. J. RATHBUN. vou. xvn.

Key West, Florida; D. S. Jordan, December, 1883; one male (18134),
with rostrum similar to the last, and with acute somewhat spiniform
lateral lobes.

Panama(?) ; one small female (18135) with eggs, with entire rostrum,
and prominent lateral lobes, the anterior being rounded and its anterior
margin sloping backward and outward, the posterior lobe smaller and
acute.

Southern California; W. H. Dall; one male (18136); this specimen
shows a greater divergence from typical forms than any of those hitherto
described; the rostrumis broad and flat, widening toward the extremity
which is broadly emarginate; the preorbital lobes are small but acute ;
the hepatic lobes are enormously developed, their anterior margins
directed forward, outward and upward, their extremities being more
advanced than the eyes. The postero-lateral projections are stout,
acute teeth. The palms of the chelipeds are very long and terminate
in a strong prominence behind the dactyl. Length 11.3 mm., width
9 mm.

EPIALTUS PRODUCTUS, Randall.

Epialtus productus, RANDALL, Jour, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vit, p. 110, 1839.—
jiBBEs, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Ady. Sci., 111, p. 173, 1850.—DANA, op. cit., 1, p. 133,
pl. 6, fig. 2, 1852.—Srimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phita., rx, p. 219, 1857; Bost.
Jour. Nat. Hist., v1, p.457, 1857.—Ricuarp RarusBun, Fisheries Industries
of U.S., Sec. I, p. 778, pl. 268, 1884.

Localities.
Alaska:
Kyska Harbor, 9 to 12 fathoms, sandy mud; W. H. Dall (14797).
British Columbia:
Barelay Sound; U.S. Fish Commission (15521).
Beaver Harbor; U.S. Fish Commission (15519).
Victoria; C. F. Newcombe (15796).
Washington :
Straits of Fuca; D.S Jordan (3064).
Port Ludlow; W. H. Dall (14796).
Port Orchard; O. B. Johnson (14974); U.S. Fish Commission (15518).
California:
Tomales Bay (14853).
San Francisco; D.8. Jordan (3095).
San Trancisco (?); U.S. Exploring Expedition (2366).
Point Loma; U.S. Fish Commission (15522).
Monterey; A.S. Taylor (2054); D.S. Jordan (3129); H. Hemphill (2289, 3292).
Monterey Bay; U.S. Fish Commission (15520).
Santa Barbara; Shoemaker (2316); D. 8. Jordan (3048).
San Pedro; D.S. Jordan (3088).
Catalina Harbor, beach; W. H. Dall (14793).
San Diego; D.S. Jordan (3560); Rosa Smith (7633); Rosa 5. Eigenmann
(14652); H. Hemphill (18137).
Southern California; W.H. Dall (14794).
West coast North America; North Pacific Railroad Survey (2139).

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. §9

—— ae

EPIALTUS (ANTILIBINIA) DENTATUS, (Milne-Edwards).

Epialtus dentatus, MILNE-EpWarDs, Hist. Nat. Crust. 1, p. 345, 1834.—Brt1,
Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 11, p. 62, 1835.
Epialtus ( Antilibinia) dentatus, M1ERsS, Jour, Linn. Soc. London, x1v, p. 650, 1879.

Localities.

Panama (?); J. M. Dow; 1 female (2402).
West Coast of South America; Dr. H. E. Ames, U.S. N.; 1 female (18138).
Callao, Peru; U.S. Exploring Expedition; 1 female (2365).
Valparaiso, Chili; U.S. Exploring Expedition; male and female (2367).
The specimens collected by the United States Exploring Expedition,
although labeled by Dana, were omitted from his report.

EPIALTUS (ANTILIBINIA) MARGINATUS, (Bell),

Epialtus marginatus, BELL, op. cit., p. 62, pl. x1, fig. 4 (9), pl. x1 (4 ).—A.
MILNE-EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 1388, 1878.
Epialtus (Antilibiniag marginatus, Miers, loc. cil.
Locality.—Valparaiso; U.S. Exploring Expedition; male and female
(2372). Labeled but not recorded by Dana.

EPIALTUS (ANTILIBINIA) NUTTALLII, (Randall).

DBpialtus nuttallii, RANDALL, Jour, Acad, Nat. Sei. Phila., vim, p. 109, pl. 11,
1839.
Localities.

Santa Barbara, Cal.; D. 8S. Jordan, 1880 (3108).

San Diego, Cal.; H. Hemphill; 7 young females (18139).
Southern California; W. H. Dall; 1 young female (14798).

PUGETTIA GRACILIS, Dana.

Pugettia gracilis, DANA, op. cit., 1, p.117, pl. 4, fig. 3.—STIMPSON, op. cit., p. 456.
LOocKINGTON, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vil, p. 76, 1876.——Mirrs, Jour. Linn.
Soc. London, xtrv, p. 650, 1879; Challenger Rept., Zool., xv11, p. 40, 1886.

Pugettia lordti, SPENCE BATE, in Lord’s Nat. in Brit. Col., 1, p. 265, 1866.

Pugettia quadridens var. gracilis, ORTMANN, Zool. Jahrb., vi, 1, p. 43, 1893.

In many specimens the wing-like lateral expansion is strongly
upturned, and there are four tubercles on each branchial region, one
in line with the cardiac tubercle, one further back but nearer the
median line, while the other two are further forward on the branchial
region. Theupper surface and margins of the rostral horns and the
inner margin of the preorbital teeth are marked with lines of curled
sete. The carpus of the cheliped, besides the two carine above, has
a strong carina on the inner margin, and is irregularly ridged on the
outer surface. In large males, the hands are very wide, compressed,
with the upper carina very thin and prominent; fingers gaping at base,
with a short, stout tooth on the dactyl.

The color of dried specimens recently received from Dr. Newcombe
is red and green above, and red beneath.

Measurements.— Length of largest specimen, 53 min.; branchial width,
including spines, 40; length of cheliped, about 86; width of hand, 18.

70 CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHIDAI—M., J. RATHBUN. — vou. xvu.

There is nothing in the description or figure of P. lordii Spence
Bate to indicate that it differs from P. gracilis. Itis said te range south-
ward to San Francisco.

This species differs from P. quadridens in its greater proportionate
width at the hepatic regions. In P. quadridens the carapace is obviously
triangular, being much wider posteriorly than anteriorly, while in P.
gracilis the carapace is very little wider at the branchial regions than
at the hepatic. The anterior lateral expansion has its posterior lobe
produced much further forward than in P. quadridens; its outer or pos-
terior margin is very convex, while in P. quadridens it is concave except
near the end of the lobe. The prieorbital lobes are wider and the orbital
sinus narrower in P. gracilis than in P. quadridens. In P. gracilis the
four gastric tubercles (the anterior one is obsolete in old specimens)
form a Latin cross; in P. quadridens they form a rectangle. The ambu-
latory legs are more slender in P. quadridens.

Localities.
Alaska; William H. Dall:
Chichagoff Harbor, Atta, 5 to 7 fath., gravel, sand (14756).
Kyska Harbor, in pass, 10 fath. (14759).
Nazan Bay, Atka, low water (14757).
Off Imagna Pinnacle, Captain’s Bay, Unalaska, & to 20 fath. (12538).
Amaknak Island, shores (13151).
Belkoffsky Bay, 15 to 25 fath. (14754).
Popoff Strait, Shumagins, 6 fath. (14753).
Chirikoff Island, beach (15375).
Middleton Island, west side, 10 to 12 fath., gravel, stones (14758).
Port Mulgrave, Yakutat Bay, 6 to 40 fath. (14763).
Lituya Bay, 6 to 9 fath. (14764).
Alaska; other collectors:
Unalaska; 8. Applegate (12050).
Kadiak; W. J. Fisher (5747); U.S. Fish Commission (15571).
Sitka; Commander L. A. Beardslee, U. 8. N. (8171); F. Bischoff (2178).
Ward Cove, Revilla Gigedo Island; Dr. T. H. Streets, U. 8. N. (14761).
Alert Bay, Cormorant Island, beach; Dr. W. H. Jones, U.S. N. (5815).
British Columbia:
Tledoo Village, near Susk, northwest coast of Graham Island, Queen Char-
lotte group; James G. Swan (6611).
Barclay Sound; U.S. Fish Commission (15570).
Victoria; Dr. C. F. Neweombe (15795).
Washington:
Straits of Fuca (3400); D. 8. Jordan (3077).
Neah Bay; J. G. Swan (2396, 5771).
Port Angeles; U. 8S. Fish Commission (18140).
Port Townsend; U.S. Fish Commission (16033).
Port Ludlow; S. Bailey (14762); W. H. Dall (14755).
Puget Sound; D. 8. Jordan (3097).
Port Orchard; O. B. Johnson (14967).

1994. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. al

PUGETTIA RICHII, Dana.
Pugettia richti, DANA, op. cit., 1, p. 118, pl. 4, fig. 4.—SrTmpson, op. cit., p. 457.—
LOcKINGTON, loc. cit.—Mirrs, loc. cit.

This species is not larger than P. gracilis, and in adult specimens the
hands and fingers do not differ in the two species. P. richii is, however,
readily distinguished by the bilobate lateral expansion, the posterior
lobe of which is slender and almost transverse, and the anterior lobe
more transverse thanin P. gracilis. The merushas afew irregular teeth
above instead of the prominent carina of P. gracilis. Carpus witha single
carina above and one on the inner margin, and between them but a
slight trace of the diagonal ridge so prominent in P. gracilis. Ambula-
tory legs more slender and cylindrical than in P. gracilis.

Localities.

British Columbia
Barclay Sound; U. 8. Fish Commission (15572).
Victoria; Dr. C. . Newcombe.

California :
Monterey Bay; U.S. Fish Commission (15578).
Monterey; H. Hemphill (2276); D. S. Jordan (3058).
San Diego; Rosa Smith (14765).

PUGETTIA QUADRIDENS, (de Haan).

Pisa (Menethius) quadridens, De HAAN, Fauna Japon., Crust., p. 97, pl. XxIv, fig.
2, male, and pl. G, 1850.

Pisa (Menethius) incisus, Dk HAAN, op. cit., p. 98, pl. XxIv, fig. 3, female, and
DloGre

Menethius quadridens, ADAMS and WHITE, Voy. Samarang, Crust., p 20, 1848.

Menethius incisus, ADAMS and Wit, loc. cit.

Pugettia quadridens, STIMPSON, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., IX, p. 219, 1857.—
MIERS, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 23, 1879; Challenger Rept., Zool., xv,
p. 40, 1886.

Pugettia ineisa, STIMPSON, loc. cit.—MIERS, loc. cit.

After careful study of a large series of specimens of this genus
from Japan I find it necessary to unite De Haan’s two species. There
are specimens in the collection as distinct as those figured by De Haan.
In a lot of four examples from Yokohama Bay three represent the typ-
ical P. incisa, while one has the hepatic expansion more projecting and
more concave on the margin. Rev. H. Loomis has recently presented
to the Museum 60 dried specimens from Japan, exact locality not given.
Of these about 25 have the strongly produced lateral expansion with
a deep sinus separating the postorbital tooth from the sharp posterior
tooth. About 10 specimens have the narrower carapace, almost trun-
cate lateral expansion with a rounded posterior angle. The remainder
of the specimens are intermediate in width, with the hepatie margin
more or less concave and its posterior angle subacute. The prominence
of the median tubercles varies with the individual.

In male specimens of both varieties 25 mm. long the chelipeds are,
identical; the palms are slightly constricted behind the fingers, which
are evenly dentate and in contact for nearly their whole length. There

72 CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHIDM—M. J. RATHBUN. VOL. XVH.

are no larger examples of the P. incisus type in the collection, but speci-
mens of the P. quadridens type and of the intermediate grade, about 35
mm. long, have chelipeds proportionally much larger, hands of nearly
equal width throughout, fingers dentate for nearly their entire length,
in contact for their terminal half, gaping at base, and without the two
prominent isolated teeth at the base of the dactyl represented in De
Haan’s figure of P. quadridens. :

Aside from the characters on which De Haan’s two species were
founded—the shape of the carapace and the development of the cheli-
peds—there seem to be no specific differences.

Localities.

Yokohama Bay, Japan, 7 fathoms, kelp (13918).

Japan; H. A. Ward (18141); H. Loomis (18142); Dr. F. C. Dale, U.S. S. Palos
(13720, 18726).

Fusan, Corea; P. lL. Jony (12400).

PUGETTIA FOLIATA, (Stimpson).
Mimulus foliatus, Stimpson, Ann, Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vir, p. 200, 1860.

There seems to be no good reason for placing this in a genus distinet
from Pugettia. The antennie have the basal joint as in that genus and
the flagellum flattened and exposed at the sides of the rostrum. The
lateral expansion is bilobate, but the carapace is wider than in other
species of Pugettia. The breadth of the carapace does not always
exceed the length, as, for instance, in the specimen from Barclay Sound,
where the dimensions are: Length, 12.5 mm.; width, 12mm. The cheli-
peds present nothing distinctive; the manus is very broad and has thin
upper and lower margins. The maxillipeds, abdomen, sternum, and

ambulatory legs are almost exactly as in P. gracilis.

Localities.

Off Imagna Pinnacle, Captain’s Bay, Unalaska, 8 to 20 fathoms; W. H. Dall
(14894).

Barelay Sound, B. C.; U. 8. Fish Commission (15548).

Monterey, Cal.; H. Hemphill (3291).

ACANTHONYX PETIVERII, Milne-Edwards.
Acanthonyx petiverii, MILNE-EDWARDS; Hist. Nat. Crust., 1, p. 348, 18384.—A.
MILNE-EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 148, pl. Xxvu, fig. 7, and synonymy.
Localities.

Mar Grande, Bay of Bahia, Brazil, Richard Rathbun, Hartt explorations
187577; one female.
Pernambuco (?), same collector; male and female.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 13

Subfamily MIcRORHYNCHIN &.

NEORHYNCHUS DEPRESSUS, (Bell).
Microrhynchus depressus, BELL, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., u, p. 42, pl. 8, fig. 2, 1835.
Neorhynchus depressus, A. MILNE-EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 187, 1879.

Hitherto only the female of this species has been known. The abdo-
men of the male has a long, acute, horizontal spine on the first seg-
ment as in the female; the outer margins of the fifth and following seg-
ments are nearly parallel; terminalsegment rounded; sixth and seventh
anchylosed. The abdomen figured by Bell is that of an immature
female; in mature females the fifth or anchylosed segment is much wider
than long, the distal margin slightly concave. The chelipeds of the
male are weak as in the female. Of the ambulatory legs the second
pair is the longest and the first the shortest, fringed with long hairs;
second pair less hairy, third and fourth pairs slightly hairy. Last pair
shorter than the third. The basal antennal joint has the inner margin
irregularly dentate, the antero-internal tooth blunt, not so far advanced
as the antero-external, which is slightly incurved, rounded.

Measurements.—Length of carapace (of largest specimen, a female),
18; width, 17; length to tip of abdominal spine, 23 mm. Length of car-
apace (of male), 12.5; width, 11.5 mm.

Locality.—Gulf of California, lat. 24° 16’ N., long. 119° 22’ W., 21
fathoms, gray sand, broken shells, April 30, 1888; station 2822, U.S.
Fish Commission steamer Albatross (18143).

PYROMAIA CUSPIDATA, Stimpson.
Pyromaia cuspidata, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1, p. 110, 1870.—A. MILNE
EDWARDS, op. cit., p. 177, pl. XXXVI, fig. 2, 1879.
Apiomaia cuspidata, VON MARTENS, Zool. Rec., 1871, p. 182.—MieErs, Jour. Linn.
Soe. London, xiv, p. 651, 1879.

The Albatross specimens of this species are much larger than those
described by Stimpson and A. Milne-Edwards. The dorsal spines are
not short and tuberculous, but slender and prominent; of those on the
median line, the posterior gastric, the anterior cardiac, the posterior,
and the abdominal spine are longer than the others. There isan acute
triangular interantennular spine, pointing forward. The chelipeds of
the adult male are stouter than those figured by A. Milne-Edwards and
are spinulous. Merus with longitudinal rows of short spines with one
longer and very slender spine at its distal upper extremity. All the
spinules or spines of the carpus are short. The basal portion of the
propodus is tumid, longer than the fingers, which touch almost to their
base where there is a slight opening. The ambulatory legs are spinu-
lous; the meral joints have an erect spine near the ischial joint, and
short spines on the condyles articulating with the carpal joints.

In females and young the ambulatory legs are almost smooth to the
touch, but the spinules can be seen with the lens. A female, 27 mm.
long, bearing eggs, from station 2601, is unique in having no spine at

CRABS OF THE FAMILY INACHIDA—M. J. RATHBUN.,

VOL. XVII.

the base e of the merus of the ambulatory legs, a character which is
present in all other specimens of all sizes, more than thirty of which
have been examined.

Measurements.—Entire length of carapace (of male), 45; width, with-
out spines, 35; length of cheliped, 73; propodus, 33.5; pollex, 15;
depth of propodus, 8.5; length of first ambulatory leg, 152; second,
144; third, 136.5; eens 123.

Localities.

Off Cape
Albatross,

Lookout, N. C.,

as follows:

to the Gulf of Mexico; U.S. Fish Commission steamer

| Bottom.
Cat. No. | Station. | Lat. N. | Long. Wy. |= aa ase Date.
Fathoms.) Temp. See ials
— tS | — —~=: = = ~ ——
oF Aes Oa oF 1885.
9649 2377 29 07 80 | 88 08 00 210 67 Gy. Mien. s aaeenee Feb. 11
9745 2399 28 44 00 86 18 00 196 61,65) ayn hos sos oeeeeeee Mar. 14
18144 2400 28 41 00 | 86 07 00 WG9) 2 <clognar Oy. Mi. ooo eee Mar. 14
9750 2401 28 38 30 | 85 52 30 ge OAR eae rae on. M: brk. Sh: -2-. Mar. 14
9758 2402 28 3600! 285 33 30 Ue Grcpebarettare fy MS. Sto seee ae Mar. 14
18145 2601 34 39 15 75 33 30 ny tl eae (iy Bitsy eine eres Oct. 18
18146 2602 | 34 38 30 | 75 33 30 ty: el ee SR seca ees Oct. 18
{ |
LOXORHYNCHUS GRANDIS, Stimpson.
Loxorhynchus grandis, STIMPSON, Jour. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v1, p. 452, pl.

pelorcy cies Iai a eau chee a BS RS
Localities.
California:

Near San Francisco; Trowbridge (15376).

Off Santa Barbara, lat. 34° 19’ 30’ N., long. 119° 44’ 15’ W., 68 fathoms,
green mud, temperature 54°, February 11, 1889, station 2973; U.S. Fish
Commission steamer Albatross (17379).

San Diego; Dr. Kennerly (17572).

LOXORHYNCHUS CRISPATUS, Stimpson.

Loxorhynchus crispatus, STIMPSON, Jour.

XXII, figs. 2, 3, and 4, 1857.

In a large male the nine most prominent spines or tubercles are coy-
ered, excepting at the top, with very thick short hair, which makes
them appear hemispherical in shape with small shining points emerg-
ing from the hair. There are three less prominent spines arranged
transversely on the postfrontal region, and a number of smaller spines
scattered on the carapace. Rostrum covered above with stout curied
hair, which extends back from each horn across the gastric region; the
line is then broken and reappears lower down, and is continued alent
the branchial region. Chelipeds covered with short hair, except the
fingers and places where the hair has been worn off; merus midway
between the joints, almost rectangular; upper margin armed with two
Stout spines widely separated and a smaller one near the ischium;
upper surface with a large tubercle at the distal end between the con-
dyles; carpus with five or six spiny tubercles above; hand with two

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v1, p. 453, pl.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 15

spines above, one near the carpus on the upper margin, and the other
at a little distance just below the margin on the inside of the hand;
occasionally there are one or two additional spines on the margin;
fingers gaping at base with a large tooth on the dactyl in the gape and
about 15 small even teeth on each finger along their prehensile edges.

Smaller males have the spines of the chelipeds much less marked.

In the female the carapace shows twelve tubercles of about equal size,
those corresponding to the nine largest ones of the male, being smaller in
the female. Chelipeds small and weak; fingers slightly gaping at base,
with about 20 small teeth, the proximal one on the dactyl being slightly
enlarged. The female is much more hairy on the legs and underneath
the abdomen and margins of the iegs being thickly set with long club-
like sete.

Specimens in the National Museum collection show the following
measurements: Length of largest specimen, a male, from end of ros-
trum to overhanging posterior protuberance, 122 mm.; width, 84; length
of cheliped, about 272; of first ambulatory leg, about 205. Length of
largest female measured to posterior margin, the intestinal spine not
overhanging, 90; width, 57; length of cheliped, 95; of first ambulatory
leg, 80.

Localities.
California:

Monterey; D. 8. Jordan (5876).

Santa Barbara; D. 8. Jordan (3050).

Island of San Miguel; Trowbridge (2083).

Off southern California, 26 to 53 fathoms, at nine stations of the U.S. Fish

Commission steamer Albatross.

Pee i ci a) ie
oe * :

ON THE FORMATION OF STALACTITES AND GYPSUM IN-
CRUSTATIONS IN CAVES.

By GEORGE P. MERRILL,
Curator of the Department of Geology.

DURING the season of 1893 work in connection with the World’s
Columbian Exposition took the writer into a considerable number of
the limestone caverns of the eastern United States and afforded him
opportunity for observations regarding the methods of formation of the
interesting deposits noted in the title. The results of these observa-
tions are given herewith, it having seemed to me that, while no new
principle is involved, the subject as a whole has not received all the
attention it deserves.

Stalactites—The manner in which the carbonate of lime in the form
known as Stalactite and stalagmite is deposited is, in brief, as below:
Water filtering through the roof of a limestone cavern, is, in virtue of
the carbonic acid it contains, enabled to dissolve a small amount of the
lime carbonate, which is again deposited when the excess of carbonic
acid escapes either through relief from pressure or the evaporation of
the water. Conditions favorable to either process are furnished by the
water filtering through the roof and dripping slowly to the floor be-
neath. In cases where the water filters sufficiently slowly, or evapo-
oration is correspondingly rapid, the deposit of lime carbonate from the
roof takes at first the form of a ring around the outer portion of the
drop, a natural consequence of the evaporation of a suspended drop of
liquid, as may readily be shown by laboratory experiments. This
process may go on until the ring becomes prolonged into an elongated
cylinder, or tube, the diameter of which may not exceed five milli-
meters, though usually ranging from five to ten, and of all lengths up
to 50 cm. In exceptional cases this length may be exceeded, but
owing to the delicacy of the material, the stalactite usually breaks of
its own weight and falls to the floor before a length of even 100 or
150 mm. is reached, to become imbedded in the stalagmitic material
there forming. Lengths of even these dimensions are comparatively
rare for the reason that the tube becomes shortly closed, either at its

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 985, a7

78 FORMATION OF STALACTITES—MERRILL. VOL. XVII.

upper or lower end, usually the upper, and all growth from the ex-
tremity alone ceases, subsequent deposition being wholly exterior, and
taking place in the form of concentric coatings of the carbonate on the
outer surface and at the same time from the top. There is thus formed
around the original tube a compact cylindrical mass, in its typical
form constricted at point of attachment but thickening rapidly, and
then tapering gradually into an elongated cone. The material of the
stalactite is not always wholly carbonate of lime, but in some cases
thin intervening coats of iron disulphide are met with; these are rarely
more than a millimeter or so in thickness. Such forms have been
found in the caverns of Luray, in Virginia. The presence of a mag-
nesian carbonate in these deposits has not been detected in any amount.
Through a crystallization which must be nearly contemporaneous with
deposition, or at least while the stalactite is still saturated with the
carbonated waters, the mass of the material undergoes an arrangement
which is sometimes distinctly fibrous (aragonite), the fibers radiating
from the center outward, and not infrequently being curved downward
—that is, curved in such a manner that when the stalactite is broken
across it shows a concave and convex fracture, the concavity being
uppermost—toward the top of the stalactite. In other cases the strue-
ture is granular throughout, through the development of calcite rhombs,
In the stalactites from Weyer’s Cave, Shendun, Virginia, the entire
center is sometimes occupied by large (LO mm.) rhombs of clear calcite,
from which radiate horizontally elongated forms of the same mineral.
It is safe to assume that such crystallizations are wholly secondary.
It is a natural consequence of their method of deposition that stalac-
tites of the type described above are as arule nearly straight, and hang
approximately perpendicularly from the roof. Exceptions to this rae
will be noted below.
In the Wyandotte Cave, and to a less extent in some others, a pecul-
iar vermiform stalactite is found which is quite at variance with those
described above. They occur in clusters or groups both on the walls
and ceiling and are remarkable for their peculiar fantastic twistings
and turnings, which in extreme cases are almost Medusa-like. Their
appearance can best be understood by reference to Pl. I, the scale
being in inches. This shows a number of detached stalactites both
simple and branching. The point of attachment is uppermost in the
figures, with but one exception. In order that there be no misunder.
standing I have placed the numbers always at the brokenend. It will
be observed that the processes of deposition already described fail to
satisfactorily account for these forms, in which the law of gravity
seems to have been set at defiance. In fig. 2, it will be noticed, the sta-
lactite after growing irregularly downward for about 4 inches turned
upward and grew in this direction for halfits length. No.3 grew down-
ward for an inch or so, and then in a nearly horizontal and upward
direction for three or four inches. Number 4 is a singularly contorted

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS VOL. XVII PL. II

IRREGULAR STALACTITES, WYANDOTTE CAVE, INDIANA.

4 ate
'

|
Vy iy el ee

" Lun y

ey!

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. Ill

IRREGULAR STALACTITES, LURAY CAVES, PAGE COUNTY, VIRGINIA.

.
at :
7
’
'
wo ‘
‘ ) :
\
4 1‘
i
4
{
t
/,
{ t
Vi} ay g
aL Nov
NT Wes
{ { i
See WARN ek v OR H
A ee ale
Won ere 4 |
Yh hie 4
(ha betel Oa
j ) a h i!
if
b \ ey
fit 5a! i j
i rel aie
{ie “
i Le WN darts!
lai . Ole
. oa Dae
ris, a, } Theat i
t a ro
; }
t
en
f ur}
i :
4 r Pi Ho
f 4
V, ,
i
ah \
\ *
Mi ate f y

Sa
ey

'
tei

‘ Me st Fi
i), Ge eluate” ee SMTA PO
me i-9, 0 SP aaey

Tt (Ati

Me ny at : '
Ritohia)

ULE eal odile 4 |
Fee Aa eT ee

[Lhe oie

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 79

form, having turned on itself and grown irregularly upward till its free,
growing end, was within an inch and a half of the starting point, or
point of attachment. This stalactite weighs, entire, only some 21 grms
Number 5, after growing downward a short distance turned to the left
for about the same distance and then threw out three branches, which,
when the specimen was collected, had grown upwards until they nearly
touched the roof. (Cat. No. 68140.)

In the caverns of Luray, Virginia, are likewise oceasionaliy found
peculiar distorted forms, though of a nature quite different from those
of Wyandotte, as may be observed by reference to Pl. 11. These lack
entirely the vermicular forms characteristic of the last named, and may
be best compared with the peculiar wart-like excresences and knurly
branches which sometimes appear on trees, as a result of injury from
insects. Such have been called helictites (from the Greek ¢4:¢ a spiral.)

The cause of these singular distortions of form has not, so far as I
am aware, been satisfactorily determined. Dr. Hovey, in his Celebrated
American Caverns (p. 185) ascribes the Luray forms to “lateral out-
growths, having fungi for starting points,” or, in other cases to crystals
shooting from the side of a growing stalactite thus transforming it into
some grotesque shape. In his later writings he has seemed to incline
more to the view of considering them as “tricks of crystallization.”
Dr. C. 8. Dolley* was inclined to regard these horizontal off-shoots as
due to spider webs. He says:

After some time spent in a vain search for an explanation of this anomalous
structure, we happened to notice two specimens, the incipient branches of which
were directed toward one another; stretched tightly between the branches, and
entering the hollow tip of each, was a delicate thread, bearing a string of dew-like
drops glistening brightly in the candlelight. Further search revealed numerous
specimens in which the lime water trickling down the stalactite met a similar fila-
ment, and being partially diverted had formed a drop at point of junction; about
this drop beautiful aragonite spicules were forming the hollow horizontal branch,
the drop of water in the end being retained in position by the filament piercing it
and upon which it gradually pushed along as evaporation deposits the lime behindit.”

Dr. Brezina in his “‘Wie Wachsen die Steine” describes distorted
forms as due to currents of air, but inasmuch as those of Wyandotte
Cave radiate in every direction, it is obvious that they can not be thus
accounted for. Prof. Collett in describing these last, in 1878, speaks of
their growing from the bottom outward, t an error which can, I think,
be accounted for only on the supposition that at the time of writing
his thoughts were fixed upon the peculiar gypsum efflorescences (to be
described later) and which are thus formed.

* Proc. Acad. of Nat. Sciences, 1886, p. 351.

t‘*The Pillared Palace is entered by a broad doorway, flanked by stalacto-stalag-
mites, while within, ceiling, cornices, and shelves are fringed with stalagmites and
frosted with a never ending medley of strange, crooked, writhing, twisting unsym-
metrical sprigs of white limestone, pushed out of the solid rock, and still growing
by propulsion from the bottom; one cluster is a realization in stone of the horrible,
snaky tresses of Medusa.” John Collett, in Rep. Geol. Sur. of Ind., 1878, p. 475-76.

80 FORMATION OF STALACTITES—-MERRILL. VOL. XVII.

It is probable that the various forms of distortion and departure
from the straight tubular forms are to be accounted for in several
ways. An examination of the Medusa-like forms of Wyandotte reveals
the fact that they occur not as dependents from the naked limestone of
the roof, but are offshoots from a stalactitic crust which forms first, and
which varies from a mere film to several inches in thickness. They
occur sometimes singly, but more commonly in groups, or clusters of .
several, ranging in sizes from 3 to 10 mm. in diameter. Closer inspec-
tion reveals the fact that while in most cases tubular, the tube itself is
of almost microscopic proportions, being as a rule less than half a mil-
limeter in diameter. So small is it, in fact, that capillarity, not gravity,
is the controlling principle in giving direction to the lime-carrying solu-
tion. A small spicule of calcite crystalizing on the extremity is as
likely to point any other direction as downward: the direction of the
next drop is controlled in part by the first, where the same process is
repeated. Or on the assumption that the stalactite increases in length
by constant additions to the tube, on all sides, it is easy to imagine
that the deposit takes place, for a time, more rapidly on one side than
on the other, perhaps partially closing the orifice or giving it a differ-
ent direction. The essential fact is, however, that it is to capillarity,
and not to gravity, that is due the peculiar vermicular forms. Why,
at the outset, the stalactite should begin to form through many small
capillary tubes rather than through one larger, as is ordinarily the.
case, I will not pretend to say. It is to be noted, however, that in
Wyandotte, the roof forming limestones are nearly horizontal, while in
Luray and many other caves they are highly tilted. This results in a
more even percolation of the water in the first instance, the roof being
more homogeneous. It is possible, therefore, that the water gathers in
drops of smaller size, and very likely in smaller amounts. I have no
other than hypothetical data for this last assumption, however.

The peculiar warty and distorted forms shown on pl. 11, from Luray,
I believe to be also due to the action of capillarity. In this case, how-
ever, the side excrescences are of secondary growth, the stalactite
having first formed, in part at least, in the ordinary way. Through a
closing of the tube at the lower extremity, the water either oozed
through the wall or perhaps ran down over the outer. side until some
slight irregularity being met, it paused long enough for the necessary
precipitation to take place. Such forms are, in brief, but “tricks of
erystallization” due to ecapillarity.

Gypsum incrustations and rosettes.—As is well known, Wyandotte and
Mammoth Caves yield in their older, dry, chambers, not stalactites of
carbonate of lime, but incrustations of gypsum in botryoidal masses,
acicular. crystals, and sometimes in the form of beautiful snow-white
rosettes composed either of thin blades or acicular crystals of gypsum
grouped around a common center and curving outward. The appear-
ance and structure of characteristic forms may be best understood by

PL.

XVII

PROCEEDINGS, VOL.

NATIONAL MUSEUM

Ss.

GYPSUM INCRUSTATIONS, MAMMOTH CAVE, KENTUCKY.

,
*, f
.
‘
(oO :
Tea Oy
A wid
vs
j iy) baa
{ iP
i, ae
v4
, st
i’ i‘ i
ee
i
: ns
\ 7 {
we
pate ty
Poe aut oy sant}
i heNaL mr )
Bot Mae Ulan Pate pie eat hires Renee
ip, j | / = u : io
4 1 i af au M . ekg ipl
ony j

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. V

GYPSUM INCRUSTATIONS, WYANDOTTE CAVE, INDIANA.

ere
y

| ‘y
f Ore"
eat
We sie

h i oo ir
eld

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 81

reference to Pls.tvand vy. The individual blades are rarely more than
a few inches in length, six and eight inches being the maximum of the
Single curved blades such as are shown in Pl. tv. (Cat. No. 68142.)
In fig. 2, PI. v, the longer blades are 90 mm., by about 24 mm. breadth
and 5mm. thickness. This is in many respects the most remarkable
specimen of its kind I have ever seen. The method of growth of these
forms is plainly by additions to the bottom, or more properly, to the end
attached to the wall. They seem to have grown outward precisely as
does the hoar frost in loose soil, where the moisture, rising by eapil-
larity, freezes as soon as a certain level is reached, so that the older and
first formed portions are ever pushed upward so long as the supply
below is continued. -As in the formation of hoar frost, particles of
earth are lifted upon the tops of the ice spicules, so here the growing
gypsum having begun forming in a crevice not infrequently forces off
pieces of the limestone of considerable size. In fig. 2, Pl. v, the force
of the growing crystals has even ruptured the stone in three directions.
In fig. 1 of the same plate we have proof of two stages of growth.
The last formed crystals having pushed the first formed nearly an inch
out of place, the line of separation between old and new being indicated
by the smaller size of the later formed spicules. As the erystals form
and are pushed outward they are in most cases in a condition of strain,
which causes them to curl and twist in a remarkable manner, as shown.
The individual blades or spicules are but slightly attached to the walls
of the cave, and except under very favorable circumstances it is nearly
impossible to remove a rosette in a condition at all satisfactory.

Proc. N. M. 94 6

DESCRIPTIONS OF A NEW GENUS AND FOUR NEW SPECIES
OF CRABS FROM THE ANTILLEAN REGION.

By MARY J. RATHBUN,

Aid, Department of Marine Invertebrates.

THE CRABS described below were, with one exception, obtained in
the extended cruise of the United States Fish Commission steamer
Albatross to the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea in 1885. The spe-
cies of Actea formed a part of the large collection of invertebrates
brought from Florida by Dr. Edward Palmer in 1884.

Family PARTHENOPIDAE.
THYROLAMBRUS, new genus.

Carapace broader than long, deeply eroded. Frontal and antero-
lateral region strongly deflexed. Entire surface covered with stellar
granules, which unite to form ridges outlining irregular pits. Maxilli-
peds broad, fitting closely together and filling the buccal cavity;
ischium subrectangular posteriorly, slightly oblique anteriorly; merus
broader than long, with a slight notch at the antero-internal angle, in
which the first joint of the palpus is fitted in a transverse direction;
the remainder of the palpus is concealed beneath the merus. Chelipeds
of moderate length; manus much more slender than the merus and
armed on the inner or anterior side with 2 rows of long, sharp, curved
spines, which are continued on the fingers.

THYROLAMBRUS ASTROIDES, new species.

Carapace about two-thirds as long as wide, thick, slightly wider at
the postero-lateral than at the lateral angles; frontal and antero-lateral
regions almost perpendicular. Posterior margin directed slightly for-
ward and outward. Besides the small pits everywhere present on the
surface there are other larger depressions. A deep hollow between the

-orbits is continued backward by a shallow sulcus to the post-medial
region. Two deep depressions occur at the inner branchial angles.
The cardiac area is well defined and is bounded posteriorly by a trans.

[Advance sheets of this paper were published March 30, 1894.]

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 986,
83

84 CRABS FROM THE ANTILLEAN REGION—M. J. RATHBUN. Vol.xvu.

verse linear sulcus. The hepatic region is outlined by a series of
depressions. The ridges of the surface are elevated at intervals into
rough acute tubercles. Rostrum very broad, arcuate as seen from
above, produced downwards at the middle in a small, triangular, dentie-
ulate tooth which extends backward to the antennular cavities. Orbits
small, circular; eye-peduncles covered with stellar granules, and with
a row of 3 or 4 spinules next the cornea on the upper side. Hepatic
region with a triangular marginal tooth. Lateral margin of the bran-
chial region with about 7 small granulate teeth. Teeth of posterior
margin very Shallow. Antero-internal angle of the basal antennal joint
barely touching the front. Exognath of maxilliped slender; endognath
with a longitudinal row of 3 spinules. The pterygostomian groove is
continued on the subbranchial regions. The sternum in the male has
3 prominent ridges on either side of the abdomen, and is deeply hol-
lowed at the anterior end.

Merus of cheliped thick, with short spines on the anterior and upper
surfaces. Carpus with 3 spinules on inner margin. The spines of
the propodus and dactylus number 5 or 6 in the lower series and 6
or 7in the upper. They are curved inward and directed toward the
extremity of the fingers. ‘lhe fingers are slender, curved inward, their
tips prolonged in sharp spines; the stellar granules are arranged longi-
tudinally; prehensile edges armed with fine sharp irregular teeth or
spines. The ambulatory legs are very rough. The meral joints have
1 crest above and 2 below. Dactylishort and slender, armed with sharp
spines, and terminating in an acuminate horny tip.

Measurements.—Length of female, 16 mm.; width, 23:5; thickness at
epistome, 6; length of cheliped, about 32; length of merus, below, 11;
length of propodus, 14. Length of male, 14; width, 20; length of
cheliped, about 34; of merus, 12; of propodus, 15.

Locality.—Off Havana, Cuba, in lat. 23° 10/ 42” N., long. 82° 18’ 24”
W.., 67 fathoms, white coral, 2 females (No. 9507,U.S. N. M.); and in lat.
23° 10’ 40” N., long. 82° 20’ 15” W., 189 fathoms, coral, 1 male (No.
915,028. Ns Mi.)

SOLENOLAMBRUS DECEMSPINOSUS, new species.

Closely allied to S.typicus, Stimpson. Antero-lateral margin convex,
area between the gastric ridges narrower than in S, typicus, gastric and
cardiac prominences slender spines. There are 8 additional dorsal
spines: 2 on each branchial ridge, of which the marginal is the longer,
1 at each posterior angle, and 1 on the postero-lateral margin midway
between the last and the branchial spine. The punctures of the cara-
pace are very fine and scattered; in S. typicus they are coarse and
anteriorly crowded. The sternum (in the male) is smooth in front of
the abdomen. The terminal segment of the abdomen is much longer
ana narrower distally than in SN. typicus, its sides deeply concave. The
merus of the maxillipeds is narrower and more produced at the antero-
external angle than in S. typicus.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. R45

The chelipeds are similar in ornamentation to those of S. typicus; the
upper margin of the outer surface of the manus is furnished with 10
granulated teeth, the lower margin with about 12; as in S. typicus, the
surfaces of the palm have bunches of granules arranged in 2 longi-
tudinal rows. The immovable finger is shorter and more deflexed than
in S. typicus, and in consequence the dactylus is also more deflexed,
being, when closed, nearly at a right angle with the outer or upper
surface of the palm. Color of fingers in alcohol, red.

Measurements —Length of carapace of male, 6 mm.; width, 7.

Locality.—Gulf of Mexico, in lat. 28° 44’ N., long. 85° 16’ W., 60
fathoms, gray sand, station 2404, one male (No. 18157, U.S. N. M.).

Family CANCRID &.
ACTAA PALMERI, new species.

Carapace covered with 30 large, nodose prominences separated by
deep sinuses filled with long silky hair, which also conceals the pos-
terior portion of the carapace as well as the entire lower surface of the
erab. The nodules of the surface are very convex and are each com-
posed of a number of smooth, shining, bead-like granules crowded close
together. The frontal lobes or nodules are thick, with convex, entire
margins, and are separated by a deep sulcus. There are 6 orbital
nodules, one very small inner-orbital, followed by 1 large and 2
small, and 2 suborbital nodules. The basal antennal joint is also a thick,
shining, compound nodule. The carapace has 4 nodules on the lateral
margin which project upward and not outward, the margin itself being
entire. A small median lobule is visible near the posterior margin.

Chelipeds with merus smooth and hairy, carpus with 6 nodules, and
manus with 5, the remainder of the surface silky-hairy. Immovable
finger and distal half of dactylus smooth and shining, horn-colored,
with white tips. The fingers are broad, compressed and sharp-pointed.
The ambulatory legs have 2 small nodules on the carpal joints, 1 or 2
on the propodal joints, and 2 on the meral joints of the last pair.

Measurements.—Length of male, 16mm.; width, 21. Length of female,
14; width, 19.

Locality. Rodriguez Creek, Florida, Dr. Edward Palmer; 1 male, 1
female carrying alarge quantity of minute eggs, and 2 young specimens,
male and female (No. 13927, U.S. N. M.).

PILUMNUS DIOMEDE, new species.

Carapace of moderate width, beset with long yellow hairs arising from
low spinules. Front with 2 produced lobes, each bearing 4 slender
spines; a longer incurved spine is placed near the antenna. Orbital
spines 9,2 on the upper margin, 1 at the outer angle, and 6 below.
Of the suborbital spines, the 2 outermost are separated by a deep
fissure. There are 4 strong antero-lateral spines, including the orbital;
between the first and second there is a small spine, and the second

86 CRABS FROM THE ANTILLEAN REGION—M.: J. RATHBUN. vou. xvn.

spine has 10 or 2 accessory y spinules. The subhepatic and pter ygostomian
regions are spinulous. There are 2 small spines forming a longitu-
dinal line with the inner suborbital spine.

Chelipeds unequal, spinous and long-hairy. Merus with surface
minutely spinulous, margins spinous, the upper margin furnished dis-
tally with 2 spines longer than the others. Carpus with outer sur-
face spinous and spinulous, a strong spine at the inner angle. Manus
with 4 slender spines on upper margin, lower margin spinulous,
spines of outer surface arranged in longitudinal rows, inner surface
minutely granulous. Fingers spinulous and hairy proximally, horn-
colored, with teeth and tips almost white. Ambulatory legs very long,
slender and hairy; margins of meral joints and upper margin of carpal
and propodal joints spinous.

The type specimen has the posterior portion of the carapace and
sternum broken off and is without the last 3 pairs of legs. The only
other individual is a soft-shell female, very imperfect.

Measurements.—W idth of carapace, 16 mm.; width of front, 6; length
of longest hairs of carapace, about 6.

Localities.—Off Havana, Cuba, in lat. 23° 10’ 40” N., long. 82° 20°

15” W., 184 fathoms, fine gray and white coral, station 2345, type
(No. 9526, U.S. N.M.). Off Yucatan, lat. 20° 59’ 30” N., long. 86° 23’
45" W., 130 fathoms, coral, station 2354 (No. 18158, U.S. N. M.).

This species in its long ambulatory legs resembles P. gracilipes, A.
Milne-Edwards, which differs, according to that writer, in its unarmed
superior orbital margin and short hair.

THE FORMATION OF SANDSTONE CONCRETIONS.

By GEORGE P. MERRILL,
Curator of the Department of Geology.

MANY an interesting and instructive lesson in geological processes is
frequently to be gained by observation of what is going on almost at
our doors, but which is overlooked by the amateur because his atten-
tion has never been properly directed to it, and perhaps by the profes-
sional as well, because, as is so frequently the case, he is more inter-
ested in larger problems at a distance.

Such a lesson may be learned from the study of the globular and
irregular rounded masses or concretions of ferruginous sand, sometimes
quite hollow, or again partially filled with loose sand which falls out
when the concretion is broken, leaving but the empty, deeply convex
shells. As to what these are and what their method of formation may
be, one may consult his geology long and in vain for a satisfactory
solution.

The abandoned reservoir for the waterworks extension near Howard
University, in Washington, D. C., furnishes in all its details so plain
and interesting an explanation that he who runs may read, and I am
tempted to describe it in detail even at the risk of wearying those to
whom the illustration is neither new or needed.

The excavation above noted was made in the so-called Potomac divis-
ion of the Cretaceous, consisting here of rather loose beds of sand and
gravel, containing not infrequently fossilized logs of considerable size,
both silicified and in the partially carbonized state known as lignite.
It is with the last, only, that we have to do here.

In close contact with these lignites, either in the form of rounded
and irregular nodular masses or as veins in the mass itself, are numer-
ous globular aggregates of siliceous sand and iron disulphide in the
form known as marcasite. (See figs. 1, 2, 35, and 4 of Pl. v1). So
long as protected from atmospheric influences, such seem to have
preserved their mineralogical identity fairly well. When disturbed,
however, either in the work of excavation or through other means, so as

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 987.
87

88 SANDSTONE CONCRETIONS—MERRILL. VOL. XVII,

to be attacked by atmospheric agencies, they have undergone rapid
decomposition. When lying on the immediate surface this decompo-
sition (so far as the sulphide is concerned) consists mainly in the pro-
duction of sulphates which are rapidly removed in solution, or which
during the dry part of the year accumulate in the form of a thin, sul-
phur-yellow coating on thesurrounding surface. When, however, buried
in the loose siliceous sand the result is noticeably different. Here, owing
presumably to an insufficient supply of sulphuric acid, a considerable
portion of the sulphide passes into the condition of sesquioxide, which
segregates in a narrow zone about the nucleal pyrite, cementing together
the granules of siliceous sand and forming a crust or shell-like coating
which is often quite dense and hard. All stages of the process are to be
found, from those in which there is merely a thin crust of oxide (figs.
5 and 6) to those in whieh the sulphide has nearly disappeared (fig. 7).
As the original concretionary mass rarely consisted of pure pyrite, but
inclosed more or less sandy material, this last becomes liberated and
not infrequently remains as loose sand partially filling the geode-like
cavity.

The chemical processes involved in this change are presumably sim-
ple, though as we do not know for a certainty the exact conditions
attending either solution or precipitation we can not be expected to
describe them in detail. On the assumption that the iron was orig-
inally in solution as a ferrous sulphate, we can readily account for the
presence of the pyrite concretions through the reducing action of
gases given off by the decomposing wood. If, however, the iron
existed, as at first seemed more probable, as a ferrous carbonate, the
precipitation is less readily accounted for, since it seems doubtful if
the small amount of sulphuretted hydrogen liberated would be suffi-
cient for the production of so large a quantity of pyrite as is here
found.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Figs. 1,2, 3 and 4. Characteristic forms of concretions formed of granules of sili-
ceous sand cemented by marcasite. In fig. 4, there has been internal shrinkage, caus-
ing cracks suggestive of an intermediate stage in the formation of septaria.

Figs. 5,6 and 7. Nodules showing stages of oxidation. In fig. 5, the oxidation has
barely commenced, giving ared brown coating perhaps one-eighth inch thick on
the outer surface. This coating has been removed from the lower end, exposing the
marcasite. In fig. 6, the nucleal mass carries so much sand as to be distinctly
granular, but the line of demarkation between the oxidized and unoxidized portion
is plainly evident. In fig. 7, the loose sand fell away in process of cutting, leaving
the unoxidized portion as shown.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. VI

CONCRETIONS OF MARCASITE AND SILICEOUS SAND.

wy ;
ae we Re

MONOGRAPH OF THE GENUS GNATHODON, GRAY (RANGIA,
DESMOULINS).

[With plate VIT.]

By Wm. H. DALL,

Honorary Curator of the Department of Mollusks.

THE genus Gnathodon is one of those in regard to: which much inter-
est attaches, on account of its disputed place in the systems, its uncer-
tain nomenclature, and its zoological peculiarities. In working up the
Tertiary species it became necessary to review the whole group and
investigate its relations afresh with newly collected material. Out of
these researches, among other results, has grown the present mono-
eraph, which is believed to settle the systematic position and nomen-
clature of the genus.

Genus GNATHODON, Gray.

Gnathodon (GRAY MS.), SowERBY, Gen. Sh. No. 36, Dec. 1831 (Type G. cuneatus
Gray).—GRAY, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 104.—Gray, Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. 1, n.8.,
p- 376, 1838. —CoNnRAD, Medial Tert. No. 1, p. 23, 1838.—ANron, Verz. Conch.,
p. 10, 1839.—Spy, Man. Conch., fig. 83, 1839.—ConraD, Medial Tert., No. 2, p.
69, 1840.—SWwaAINsoON, Malac., p. 370, 1840.—ConraD, Am. Journ. Sci., XXXVIII,
p. 92, 1840.—REEVE, Conch. Syst. 1, p. 62, pl. 43, 1841.—Conrap, 2d Bull.
Nat. Inst., pp. 190, 192, 1842.—Drkay, Moll. N. York, p. 233, 1843.—HANLEY,
Descr. Cat. Rec. Sh., p. 35, pl. 10, fig. 22, 1843.—PoTiez & MIcu., Gal. de
Douai, 1, p. 194, 1844.—Gray, Gen. Moll. P. Z. 8., 1847, p. 186.—PHILIPPI,
Handbuch Conch., p. 317, 1853.—WoopwarbD, Man., ed. 1, p. 308, 1856.—DALL,
Bull. 37, U. S. Nat. Mus., p. 62, 1889.
Rangia, DESMOULINS, Actes Soc. Lin. de Bordeaux, v, No. 25, p. 50, Feb. 15,
1832 (Type R. eyrenoides Desm.).—CoNnRAD, Am. Mar. Conch., p. 56, 1833.—
H. & A. ApAms, Gen. Rec. Moll. 11, p. 380, 1856.—CoNRAD, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci., Phila., 1860, p. 232, 1861.—Conrap, Medial Tert. Index, p. 88, 1861.—
PRIME, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vu, p. 347, 1861.—Conrap, Am. Journ.
Conch. 111, suppl., p. 30, 1868.—F1scHER, Man. de Conchyl., p. 1095, 1887.
- Gnatodon, RANG, Nouy. Ann. du Muséum, II, p. 217, 1834.
Columbia (BLAINVILLE MS.), RANG, op. cit., p. 217, 1834.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XVIIT—No. 988.

Lapsus for Clathrodon, Gray MS., 1830.

Clathodon, SowERBY, Man., 2d ed., p. 108, 1842.

Perissodon, CONRAD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1862, p. 573, 1863 (Type P.
Grayi, CONRAD= Mactra clathrodonta, CONRAD, 1833).

Rangianella, CONRAD, Am. Journ. Conch. II, suppl., p. 30, 1867 (Type G.
trigonum, Pretir, Mazatlan, Mexico).

Shell trigonal, equivalve, closing completely ; umbones prominent, not
adjacent, smooth at the point of origin, erect or twisted forward; lunule
and escutcheon obscure or absent; shell-substance porcelain-white
internally; externally chalky, with a thin epidermis; anterior shorter
than the posterior end; the latter produced or rostrate; hinge compris-
ing a bifid triangular cardinal tooth in one valve over which fit two
lamellar divergent teeth of the opposite valve, an accessory lamella
sometimes rising from the anterior edge of the cartilage pit next the
cardinals; an anterior lateral tooth in one valve received between two
less prominent laminzw of the opposite valve, of which pair the dorsal
lamina approaches nearer the cardinal tooth than the ventral one,
leaving a gap into which the proximal end of the anterior lateral, when
adult, is more or less distinctly hooked; a longer posterior lateral in
the same valve as the anterior tooth, received between two subequal
less prominent laminz in the opposite valve; teeth crenulated or
granulose on their opposed surfaces; cartilage pit deep, persistent;
internal border of the valves smooth or faintly radiately striated;
adductor scars distinct, the anterior smaller; pallial line distinct, dis-
tant from the margin; pallial sinus small, rather irregular; cartilage
large, inserted on the ventral surface of the pit, persistent in its entirety,
so that its distal ends sometimes project from the eroded umbones;
ligament wholly internal, small, inserted on the dorso-posterior surface
of the pit and separated by a shelly ridge on each side from the cartilage
below it; mantle-edge smooth, simple, the lobes marginated, the inner
edge of the margin thicker and elevated, the lobes free edged from
below the anterior adductor nearly to the siphons; antesiphonal chan-
nel of the incurrent siphon longitudinally divided by an elevated raphe
arising from the inner surface of the mantle; siphons moderate, united
to their tips, their distal orifices sparsely papillose; the proximal orifice
of the incurrent siphon with an imperfect arched valve; gills two on
each side, the inner larger, suspended by its base; the outer smaller,
its line of attachment crossing the gill obliquely and forming of the
upper portion an “appendix” which is soldered to the mantle by most
of its dorsal surface; all four gills united behind the foot, their proxi-
mal portion forming a septum which is anchored to the anterior portion
of the siphonal septum, thus completely separating the anal and peri-
pedal chambers; palpi, four in number, narrow, long, internally striated,
externally smooth, the lower pair continuous medially in front of the
foot; foot small, compressed, short, angular in front, pointed behind,
ventral edge sharp, entire; byssus and byssal gland atrophied or absent
in the adult.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 91

Distribution.—Subtropical America, the Gulfs of California and Mex-
ico in shoal quiet water varying from salt to fresh, but preferably some-
what brackish, as in the case of oysters; range in time from the newer
miocene to recent seas.

The genus falls naturally into three sections, the typical group best
illustrated by G. cuneatus; a second, Miorangia, Dall, represented by
the miocene G. Johnsoni, a very small, extremely inequilateral type
with obsolete pallial sinus and the cardinals reversed, the superior pair
being in the left valve; the other, named Rangianella by Conrad, being
characterized by subequal faintly rugose lateral teeth, an obsolete pal-
lial sinus, and a more equilateral elongate and smaller shell.

The subgenus Rangianella forms the transition toward Mulinia, and
some of its species can only be distinguished from species of JMulinia
by the smaller pallial sinus and the inconspicuous “hook” on the
proximal end of the anterior lateral tooth. A number of small species
of Mulinia have been described under the name of Rangia or Gnathodon,
so close is the relation between them. Several species of Mulinia, if
not all of them, are denizens of brackish water, and to errors based on
these facts are due the statements which have represented Gnathodon
as being extra-American in distribution.

As far as I have been able to judge from the specimens I have seen,
the species described will be assorted as follows:

A: Gnathodon; typical group; G. cuneatus Gray, G. clathrodon Con-
rad, G. Grayi Conrad, G. Lecontei Conrad, G. minor Conrad.

B: Miorangia; G. Johnsoni Dall.

C: Rangianella; G. flexuosus Conrad, G. rostratus Petit, G. trigonus
Petit, G. mendicus Gould.

The other species hitherto described may be referred to Mulinia,
Tsocardia, and other groups external to the genus as properly restricted.

This genus has had singular nomenclatorial vicissitudes. The type
species was well known to the early conchologists of the United States,
and was regarded by them as identical with the problematical fossil
named by Lamarck Cyrena truncata. Gray, from a ballast heap left in
Canada by a vessel from the Gulf of Mexico, received two valves, which
he described under the name of Clathrodon, and sent the manuscript to
the editors of the American Journal of Science, to be published in
America, about 1830. Believing it to be the same as Lamarck’s species,
the editors suppressed Gray’s description. Later Gray substituted
Gnathodon for the ill-constructed name Clathrodon, and the former was
published by Sowerby in his “Genera of Mollusea,” Part xxxvr. This
was the first publication of the name Gnathodon, and appears to have
been made in the last quarter of the year 1831,* the number containing

*See Newton, Brit. Oligocene and Eocene Moll., p. 321, 1891. Since writing this
note the researches of Mr. C. Davies Sherborne, kindly undertaken at my suggestion,
show that No. XxxvI was received and entered on the donation book of the Lin-
nean Society, London, January 4, 1832; from which it may be inferred that the
number in question was printed in the last days of December, 1831.

09 MONOGRAPH OF THE GENUS GNATHODON—DALL. VOL. XvIt.

it having references in it to the number of the Zoological Journal pub-
lished September, 1831. In December, 1831, Desmoulins read to
the Linnean Society of Bordeaux a paper published by that Society
February 15, 1832, containing an excellent figure and account of the
species under the name of Rangia cyrenoides, which name was adopted
by Conrad iu his American Marine Conchology, who at the same time
mentioned the earlier unpublished Clathrodon of Gray. The “Genera”
of Sowerby and Conrad’s Marine Conchology were both rather obscure
publications, the dates of several parts of which are difficult to discover,
and both the authors, Gray and Conrad, appear to have forgotten
about these early publications. The former in 1847 gives the date of

his Gnathodon as “1837,” whichis possibly a misprint for 1831, Conrad —

in 1832 adopted Rangia; in 1833 he was disposed to revive Gray’s man-
useript name of Clathrodon on the ground of courtesy; in 1834 Rang
seems to have no doubt that the name Gnathodon had been published

before Desmoulins’s Rangia, and adopts the former. In 1838 Conrad —

adopts Gnathodon, and uses it again in 1840. In 1860 he reverts to

Rangia, and continues to use it in 1863, when he proposes a subgenerie —

name, Perissodon, for the fossil k, Grayi, and in 1868 another subgeneric

name, Rangianella, for a Pacific species. The latter of these names was

defined. It may be noted that Gnathodon was employed by Jardine
for a genus of birds in 1845, and Rangia by Agassiz, in 1860, for a
genus of Colenterates. The name Gnathodon is masculine, and the
specific names should take a masculine termination, Monographie
lists of the genus have been printed by Conrad (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei.
Phila. for 1860, p. 232); Prime (Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., Vil, p. 347,
1861); Fischer (Journ. de Conch., rx, p. 212, 1861); Conrad (Am. Journ.
Conch., 111, Suppl. Cat. of Mactrida, p. 30, 1868); and Reeve (Conch.
Teon., XIX, 1875). Singularly enough, neither of these authors has
given the synonymy of the generic name correctly. The date of 1831,
when Desmoulins’s paper was read, is assigned to Rangia, which, how-
ever, was not published until February, 1832. The date of 1831 is
assigned to Conrad’s mention of the genus in his American Marine
Conchology, though he adopts Rangia, which was not published until
1832, and it is highly probable that the part of Conrad’s work contain-
ing Rangia did not appear until 1833, since it was contained in the
fifth fasciculus, and the third fasciculus is dated May, 1832. At all
events it can not be earlier than the latter part of 1832. Gray’s man-
uscript name of Clathrodon was never formally proposed in print, and
Conrad’s earliest mention of it is in 1833.

Gray and Desmoulins both referred the genus to the Maetride, while
pointing out that in certain features it recalled Cyrenida. This view
has generally prevailed, though lately Dr. Paul Fischer concluded
(Manual, p. 1095) that it ismore nearly related to Cyrena. Rang’s notes
on the anatomy were probably made on defective material; at all events,
they contain several errors which tend to obscure the mactroid affini-

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 93

ties of the shell. Dr. Fischer also raised the group to family rank,
which, if it be compared solely with Cyrenide, is reasonable, but, if the
comparison is with the Mactride, and sufficiently full material is con-
sulted, it. will be seen that there are really no characters which remain
after the characters common to Mactras and Mulinias are excluded,
upon which even a subfamily can be based. The distinctive characters
of the genera of the Mactridw merge so gradually from one form into
another that we are forced to the opinion that Gray and Desmoulins
were right, and that the group can only be ranked as a genus, next to
Mulinia, in the Mactroid series.

In the endeavor to come to a well-founded conclusion in regard to
the affinities of Gnathodon, a careful examination was made of the soft
parts of G. cuneatus from Mobile and Texas; Mactra (Spisula) similis,
Say, Florida; M. (S.) polynyma Stm., Alaska; M. (Mulinia) lateralis
Say, Massachusetts; Cyrena carolinensis and Cyrena floridana Conrad,
from Florida. I received half a dozen Gnathodons from Mobile Bay
alive, by mail, through the kind intervention of Mr.G. D. Harris; and
others, in alcohol, from Port Lavaca, Texas, from Mr. J. D. Mitchell.
Severalerrors were found in Rang’s account of the macroscopic anatomy,
leading to the suspicion that he dealt with specimens which had already
been removed from the shell when he received them. The following
notes were made from the specimens:

The foot of Gnathodon cuneatus is like that of Mactra, but shorter and
more compressed. There is no external] indication of a byssal gland.
The retractor muscle of the foot on each side is attached to the under-
side of the cardinal border above and near the adductor.

The siphons of Gnataivon are short, but united to the ends, as in
Mactra. The incurrent-siphon is papillose at its orifice, the excurrent
siphon smooth-edged, or very finely papillose, differing in different
specimens. The external surface of the siphons is of a dark olive
color, nearly black where most intense, with a lighter line conforming to
the intersection of the vertical plane between the valves with the sipho-
nalcommissure. The mantle:margin is wide and smooth, the distal edge
thin, blending with the papery epidermis, the inner edge thick, smooth,
and somewhat elevated. The anterior commissure is in front of the
adductor, thence backward the lobes are separated three-fourths of the
way to the siphons, much as in Mactra. A short distance within the
margin, beginning in the posterior half of the shell and extending back-
wards to a point under the shade of the valve of the incurrent siphon
is an elevated raphe of tissue which divides the incurrent channel. A
similar arrangement is found in Mactra, but not in Cyrena. This ridge
is probably the seat of sensory tissue analogous to the osphradium of
Gastropods.

The palps are triangular, slender, rather long, the lower ones extend-
ing to the posterior fourth of the foot on each side, continuous below
the mouth, where they are soldered to the visceral mass, and joined

94 MONOGRAPH OF THE GENUS GNATHODON—DALL. VOL. XVII.

above with the inner anterior edges of the somewhat shorter upper pair.
The inner surfaces of both are striated, the outer surfaces smooth. |
Rang indicates the mouth below the lower palps, which is obviously
erroneous.

The gills are of moderate size, two on each side, the inner pair larger,
and hung by their upper edges from the visceral mass. The attach-
ment of the outer pair is about a millimeter higher, separated from the
suture of the inner gills by a fine very tender membrane; the line of
attachment divides the outer gill at its upper third, the upper portion
is more or less fixed upon the mantle by slender adhesions toward its —
middle third, and bent downward, but is more free before and behind. —
This reflected portion of the outer gill is what is often referred to as
the “‘appendix.” Both gills are joined by a delicate membrane behind
the retractor pedis (where the width of the two gills is approximately
equal) to each other, to the pair of the opposite side and to the
siphonal septum, forming a complete partition between the anal and
peripedal chambers. This is also found in the various forms of Mactra
examined and in Cyrena floridana, though in the latter the attachments
are extremely delicate. Below the septum in Gnathodon a thin arched
membrane forms an imperfect valve at the base of the incurrent siphon,
as in Mactra, but in Cyrena this was hardly perceptible. The whole
surface of the gills is finely striated, of a dull cream color, vertically
barred with about twenty dark brown transverse lines. In all the
other species examined the gills were colorless. In Rang’s figure the
anal and peripedal chambers are wrongly represented as communi-
cating behind the gills, which error was doubtless due to rupture of the
membranes. sis

So far as the soft parts are concerned, it will be seen from the preced-
ing notes that Gnathudon, Mactra, and Cyrena agree essentially in the
general structure and attachments of the gills, in having a separate
anal chamber, in the general form of the foot (shortest in Cyrena and
longest in Mactra), in the separation of the mantle lobes (somewhat
greater in Cyrena), and in the absence of a byssus.

Gnathodon agrees with Mactra in having the siphons united to their
ends and the ineurrent one furnished with an imperfect basal valve
and with an elevated raphe behind it. It agrees with the Mactride in
having an internal cartilage and with Mulinia in having both the
(ordinarily external) ligament and cartilage internal and contained in
the same socket. In all these features Mactra and Gnathodon differ
from Cyrena and its allies, all of which have only an external ligament
set in a groove and separated by an elongated fulerum, or nympha,
from the cardinal border.

In considering the evidence of the harder parts all the species of
Gnathodon must be examined, the typical species being more extreme
in its characters than any of the others. It is also necessary to exam-
ine very young specimens, which are extremely difficult to get hold of,
notwithstanding the abundance of the species on the Gulf coast,

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 95

My much regretted friend, the late Dr. Paul Fischer, in his Manual
has compared Rangia to a Cyrena with an internal cartilage, and has
regarded the cardinal teeth of the former as alternating, or Heterodont,
and those of Mactra as of the type which has been called Desmodont
by Neumayr. For these reasons he placed his family Rangiide immedi-
ately after Cyrenide in the Manual. If he had been able to study the
series which has been available for me I can not doubt he would have
changed this opinion. A study of the young shows that the hinge of
Gnathodon in its early stages is as typically Desmodont as that of
Mactra and that the truncation of the A-shaped teeth is a dynamic
feature due to the exigencies of growth, which may be observed in
Mulinia as well as Gnathodon. As a matter of fact neither Mactra nor
Gnathodon has genuine Desmodont dentition. The hinges of both are
really Heterodont.

In the young Gnathodon cuneatus 10 mm. long, the hinge possesses
the following armature:

Left valve: Anterior lateral tooth slender, slightly arched, crenulate
above, behind without the characteristic hook from which Gray derived
his name for the genus; cardinal tooth thick, A-shaped, with a pro-
nounced depression on each side of it; anterior border of the cartilage-
pit with a small accessory lamella; the upper part of the anterior
border showing a small blunt projection corresponding to the hiatus
between the cartilage and the ligament above; this is probably a relic
of the shelly bridge which roofed the pit before the ligament descended
into it; pit deep, its ventral border projecting asin Mactra; the inser-
tion sears of ligament above and cartilage below entirely separate, with
a small shelly ridge rising between them; posterior lateral long, thin,
slender, arched, crenulate above.

Right valve: Furrow for the anterior lateral tooth narrow, crenulate
on both sides, the lamina below it not much thickened; cardinal teeth
two simple lamellz closely approximated (but not joined) at their upper
ends, with a A-shaped pit below them, into which is received the car-
dinal tooth of the opposite valve; (this arrangement is exactly paral-
leled in Mulinia iateralis); posterior groove for the lateral of the left
valve narrow, crenulate on both sides; the lower lamina slightly more
prominent than the upper one; other features as in the left valve.

At this stage the pallial sinus is proportionally larger and rounded
anteriorly as in Mactra, in short all the distinctive characters of the
young shell, in which it differs from the adult, are Mactroid.

Looked at from the standpoint of dynamic evolution, the hinge of
this group and the other Mactride in its development offers much that
is of interest. The various stages of immersion of the ligament in the
different genera and subgenera illustrate well the manner in which
it has been ingulfed. So too the changes between the juvenile hinge
and that of the full-grown adult when regarded from a dynamic stand-
point are more easy of explanation than from any other point of view,

96 MONOGRAPA OF THE GENUS GNATHODON—DALL. VOL. XVII.

Gnathodon seems to be indifferent as to the salinity of the water in
which it lives, as it is found both in the sea outside of the lagoons and
in the brackish water of the lagoons, while the living specimens received
by me from Mobile Bay seemed to maintain perfect health for some
four or five days in perfectly pure fresh water. But there is no doubt
that it is, by preference, like the oyster; an inhabitant of waters the
salinity of which has been diluted by their proximity to the mouths of
rivers or creeks. In common with the majority of pelecypods inhabit-
ing fresh or brackish water, it has acquired the habit of secreting a
very heavy shell whichis almost always eroded a good deal by the free
carbon dioxide of such locations.

The peculiar hooked or jaw-shaped anterior lateral, which, in connec-
tion with the longer posterior lateral, is the most marked characteristic
of the genus, results from the inequality of the two laminz between
which it is inserted in the opposite valve. In Mulinia (from which Gnath-
odon seems to be an off-shoot) the laminz and teeth are alike short and
somewhat removed from the vicinity of the cardinal teeth. In Gnathodon,
however, the lamine are prolonged until they are very close to the car-
tilage pit behind and to the cardinal teeth in front. The lower anterior
lamina, for some unknown reason, did not attain the same length and
there is a gap between the cardinal tooth and the end of the lower lamina.
In Gnathodon, as in other pelecypods, the surface of the mantle is
produced in such a way as to secrete and deposit the shelly matter
demanded by the growth of the hinge. The ventral exposures of the
hinge and its lamin are those upon which deposition is most profuse
and direct, cousequently the gap referred to was rapidly filled by depo-
sition from below on the ventral face of the projecting part of the
upper lamina. The process may be seen in its successive stages in
any good series of Gnathodon cuneatus. Once the “hook” is formed,
it molds to a greater or less extent the form of the tooth impinging
upon it, and is preserved, among other reasons, because the triangular
buttress which it finally becomes is the most efficient obstacle. which
the hinge possesses to the rotation of the valves on the cartilage as a
center. The tendency to this rotation, potentially very injurious, has
been promoted by the degeneration and immersion of the ligament.
Consequently it is not at all improbable that the “ hook” is a character

which would be enlarged and preserved by natural selection. The.

oldest species (clathrodon) has it least developed, the most abundant
recent species (cuneatus) most so. It is distinctly present in all the
known species, but not always conspicuous. In the adult the efficient
action of the hinge is promoted by distinct, usually transverse, crenu-
lations on opposed surfaces. Where the surfaces are flat the crenula-
tions are usually parallel grooves, but on rounded surfaces, such as the
point of the lower anterior lamina in the right valve, they may be
wavy, granular, or irregular. The end they serve is that of decreas-
ing the tendency to any wobbling of the hinge, and these crenule are

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 97

~ — ~%

merely the result of the same processes which developed the original
hinge teeth in the prionodont ssetion of the Paleopeleceypoda. Where
the motion is purely to and fro, giving rectilinear friction of the opposed
surfaces, the rug must be parallel and regular, corresponding to the
direction of the movement. Where the motion may be slightly irreg-
ular, corresponding irregularities will appear in the rugosities. The
tendency of the development of ruge is to confine and limit the range
of motion in the interest of the safety of the mollusk, a tendency which
culminates in the interlocking rigid hinge of Plicatula and Spondylus.
Contrary to the supposition of Neumayr, I believe there is no funda-
mental distinction between the groups possessing Desmodont and Het-
erodont hinge teeth, but that both are developed according to the par-
ticular circumstances of the case; the immersion of the ligament and
development of a cartilage may occur in some genera of any natural
group.

Typical species.
GNATHODON CUNEATUS, Gray.
Plate VII, figs. 1 and 10.

Gnathodon cuneatus, GRAY, SOWERBY, Genera of Sh., Part Xxx xXv1, figs. 1-3,1831.—
GRAY, P. Z.S. 1836, p. 104; Loudon’s Mag. N. H.,n. s.,1, p. 376, fig. 34, 1838.—
CoNnRAD, Medial Tertiary, No. 1, p. 23,1838.—ANTON, Verz.Conch., p. 10, 1839.—
SOWERBY, Man. Conch., Ist ed., fig. 83, 1839; 2nd ed., p. 154. fig. 83, 1842.—
SWAINSON, Malac., p. 370, 1840.—REEVE, Conch. Syst., 1, p. 62, pl. 43, 1841.—
ConraD, 2nd Bull. Nat. Inst., pp. 190, 192, 1842.—Dr Kay, Zool. N. York, Moll.,
p. 233, pl. 25, fig. 267, 1843.—HANLEY, Descr. Cat. Rec. Sh., p. 35, pl. 10, fig.
22, 1843.—GRray, Gen. Moll. P. Z. 8. 1847, p. 186.—Puitippi, Handb. Conch.,
p. 317, 1853.—HoLMEs, Post Pl. Fos. S. Car., p. 41, Pl. vii, fig. 10, 1860.—
DALL, Bull. 37, U. S. Nat. Mus., p. 62, 1889.

Rangia cyrenoides, DESMOULINS, Actes Soc. Lin. de Bordeaux, v., p. 57, figs. 1-3,

Feb. 15, 1832.—Conrap, Am. Marine Conch. pp. 56, 57, Pl. x11, 1832.—H. &

A. Adams. Gen. Rec. Moll., 0, p. 380, Pl. 100, figs. 4, 4a, 1856.—Conrap, Proce.

Acad. N. Sci. Phila. 1860, p. 232, 1861; Medial Tert. U. S., Index, p. 88, 1861.—

Prime, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., vil, p. 347, 1861.—Conrapb, Am. Journ. Conch.,

Ill, app., p. 30, Cat. Wactride, 1868.—FISCHER, Man. de Conchyl., p. 1096, Pl.

XXI,fig. 2, 1887.

Gnathodon Grayi, TUOMEY & HOoLMEs, Pleioc. Fos. 8. Car.. p. 99, pl. 23, fig. 11,
1857; not of Conrad; Jbid., Post Pl. Fos., p. 41, 1860.

Gnathodon minor, HoLMEs, Post Pl. Fos. 8. Car., p. 41, 1860; in synonymy.

Clathradon cuneata, (GRAY Ms.) CONRAD, Am. Marine Conch., p. 57, 1833; Am.
Journ. Sci., lst ser., XX11I, p. 340,1833.

Pliocene of the Carolinas and of Florida (Caloosahatchee beds).
Pleistocene of Cornfield Harbor, Chesapeake Bay, and Wailes’ Bluff.
Potomac River; of South Carolina; of Florida; of the whole north coast
of the Gulf of Mexico and on the north coast of South America (?), Lea;
Pleistocene (?) of Matamoras, Mexico, Dugés; Living in Mobile Bay,
Alabama, and westward on the north shore of the Gulf to Vera Cruz,
Mexico, in shallow water, either brackish or perfectly salt. I have re-

Proc, N, M. 94-—-——7

98 MONOGRAPH OF THE GENUS GNATHODON—DALL. VOL. XVII.

ceived frorti Mr. ai D. Mitchell, of Texas, a living specimen upon which
an oyster, at least two years old, and several specimens of Mytilus
hamatus were firmly attached.

Details in regard to this species will be found under the discussion
of the genus. Iam informed that on the Texas coast it has been
extensively preserved for food in cans under the name of ‘“ Little Neck
Clams,” and has met with some favor, gastronomically.

The dimensions of an adult specimen are as follows: Length 75,
height 60, diameter 50 mm.; but the proportions vary somewhat with
the amount of rostration of the individual.

The epidermis of G. cuneatus is normally of an ashy gray color, some-
times with a tinge of greenish or brownish, and of a papery consistency. _
When worn it has a more brownish tint, and some specimens display _
streaks of a light ferruginous brown when the epidermis is thick and
worn. There is sometimes shown a smoother and more translucent
area of epidermis in the region where the lunule and escutcheon of
bivalves usually occur, though these areas are not set off by any groove;
but they are chiefly visible in adolescent specimens and often absent
entirely. Toward the posterior end of the shell the epidermis is often
raised in fine wrinkles, and it is usually more or less eroded on the
beaks. The sculpture of the exterior of the valves is chiefly incre-
mental and irregular, but many specimens show traces of radiating
raised threads, especially in the rostral region. A wide obscure
depression extending from the beaks to the margin and, with the valves
closed, circumscribing a cordate area, is visible on the anterior end of
many specimens. It corresponds nearly to the lower part of the
anterior adductor scars within the valves. No umbonal sculpture like
that of many unios can be observed on the uneroded beaks. They
are always smooth, as.in JMactra.

In common with most brackish water shells this species has a con-
siderable range of variability in form. In this case it chiefly arises
from a difference in the height of the umbones, and especially from the
shape of the posterior extreme of the shell, which normally is somewhat
produced and evenly rounded at the margin, but in other cases is
somewhat rostrated, with the basal margin somewhat concavely flex-
uous. This is carried to an extreme in a variety which may be ealled

GNATHODON CUNEATUS var. NASUTUS, Dall.
Plate VII, fig. 8

In salt water at Port Lavaca, Texas, Mitchell.

Length 35, height 27, diameter 24 mm., in the typical specimen.
This form was found by Mr. Mitchell, with others of the typical char-
acter, in pure Salt water on the Texas coast. The specimen is small
compared with the adult of the type form, but seems mature and is
quite thick. It has nearly the form of G. flecuosus, but can at once be

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 99

discriminated from the latter by the presence of a deep though small
pallial sinus and a long, arched, posterior lateral tooth.

GNATHODON CLATHRODON, Conrad (emended).
Plate VII, fig. 9.

Mactra clathrodonta, CONRAD, Am. Journ. Sci., Ist ser., XXIII, p. 340, 1832.

Gnathodon grayi, CONRAD, Medial Tert., p. 23, pl. 15, fig. 1, 1838; Jbid., second ed.
by Dall, 1893.—Emmons, Geol. Rep. N. Car., p. 298, fig. 226a, 1858.

Gnathodon minor, CONRAD, Medial Tert., p. 69, pl. 39, fig. 6, May, 1840 (Testa
junior). Am. Journ. Sci., 1st ser., xL1, p. 347, pl. 2, fig. 14, Oct., 1841.
Not of Whitfield.

Rangia minor, Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., x11, p. 282, 1861.

Rangia clathrodonta, CONRAD, op. cit., XII, p. 232, 1861.—PRIME, Proc. Bost. Soc.
N. Hist., vu, p. 347, 1861.

Rangia (Perissodon) clathrodonta, CONRAD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. for 1862, p. 573,
1863.—MEEk, Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 183, Checkl. Inv. Fos. Mioc. N. Am.,
p. 11, 1864.

Rangia (Perissodon) minor, CONRAD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei., Phila. for 1862, p. 573,
1863.—MEEK, Checklist, p. 11, 1864. -

Chesapeake Miocene of James and York rivers, Virginia and North
Carolina, Conrad, Ruffin, and Yarrow; Pliocene of the Croatan beds
in North Carolina, Johnson.

The dimensions of an adult specimen are: Length, 70; height, 54.5;
diameter, 40 mm.

This is the oldest species of the genus, and appears in the Chesa-
peake Miocene of Virginia, but seems to be very limited in its distri-
bution. I have seen no specimens from south of North Carolina. It
may be discriminated from G. cuneatus by its thinner and more com-
pressed shell, its slender and straighter lateral teeth, its more shallow
and open cartilage pit, its less prominent and more adjacent beaks. The
pallial sinus is small but angular. The lateral teeth are crenulate,
especially above; the posterior end of the shell, though not rostrate, is
rather pointed.

A subgenus Perissodon proposed for this species by Conrad, but
never defined, seems to have been based on the specific differences
above referred to. There are certainly no features of more than spe-
cific value separating this form from G@. cuneatus. I am quite confident
that Conrad’s G. minor, described from the same beds as G. clathrodon,
is merely a young stage of the latter. Conrad’s figure agrees with such
young shells very well, and his description affords no differential
characters.

100 MONOGRAPH OF THE GENUS GNATHODON—DALL. VoL. XVI.

GNATHODON LECONTEI, Conrad.
Plate VU, fig. 4.

Gnathodon Lecontei, CONRAD, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d Ser., u, p. 273,

pl. 24, figs. 1-3, Jan., 1853; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., vu, p. 31—GouLp, in Pae. —

R. R. Rep., v.; appendix, p. 230, 1855.

Rangia Lecontei, CONRAD., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1860, p. 232, 1861.—

Merk, S. I. Check]. foss. N. Am., Miocene, p. 11, 1864.

Fossil in the upper Tertiary (Phocene?) rocks on Carisco Creek, Col-
orado desert, Arizona, Dr. Leconte. Type in the National Museum,
Reg. No. 6833.

Length, 22 mmn.; height, 20; diameter, 16.

This species, which is said to occur in great abundance at the locality
mentioned, most nearly resembles G. cuneatus but is a more trigonal
shell than specimens of cuneatus of the same length, has a smaller pual-
lial sinus, and is a considerably smaller and less heavy species. There
are also differences in the arrangement of teeth on the hinge line. It
differs from G. trigonus Petit in having long lateral teeth and in being
proportionately more elevated. The beaks are high and more closely
adjacent than in G. cuneatus. Carpenter (Rep. Brit. Assoc. Moll. W.
C. N. Am., 1863, p. 592) correctly distinguishes this species from G.
mendicus or trigonus, and recognized its greater resemblance to the
G. cuneatus. No specimens seem to have been collected by any one
since Dr. Leconte, who described them as found in a layer of rock two
feet thick in the bank of the creek, where they occurred in the greatest
profusion. The small pallial sinus in this species is a step in the direc-
tion of Rangianella.

Section MIORANGIA, Dall.

GNATHODON JOHNSONI, Dall.
Plate VII, fig. 7.

Gnathodoi Johnsoni, DALL, Science, Vol. Xx, No. 502, p. 165, September 16, 1892
(name only); Trans. Wagner Inst. 111, p. 337, pl, 22, fig. 18, December, 1892.

Venus mobiliana, JOHNSON, Science, Vol. xx, No. 501, p. 151, September 9, 1892
(name only).

Fossil in the Miocene of the Pascagoula clays at Shell Bluff, Pasca-
goula River, Greene County, Miss.; also at a depth of 700 feet in the
artesian well at Biloxi, Miss., and of 735 feet in the artesian well at
Mobile, Ala.; L. C. Johnson.

Shell small, rather compressed, ovate-triangular to submytiliform in
outline, rather thin for the genus, externally smooth or marked only
with lines of growth when perfectly normal, but frequently concentri-

cally tluctuate owing to irregularities of growth; beaks prominent, com- —

pressed, anterior, close to the hinge line; margin of the shell entire,
with no circumscribed lunule or escutcheon; interior smooth, muscular
impressions small, distinct; pallial line with a shallow incurvation
behind, hinge very asymmetrical, the anterior lateral tooth in the left

— >

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 101

valve, short, A-shaped, received in the right valve into a corresponding
sulcus, below which a triangular pustule represents the anterior lateral
of that valve; cardinal teeth of the left valve diverging, lamellar, the
anterior lamella situated above the anterior lateral tooth, fitting above
a triangular cardinal tooth grooved or partly split at the apex, in the
right valve; posterior lateral tooth in the left valve long, arched, finely
crenate above, received in the right valve between two slender lamine,
of which the lower one is most prominent; pit for the ligament and
cartilage narrow, oblique, roofed over by a very thin shelly layer gen-
erally worn off in rubbed specimens. Length of shell 17.5; height 1.15;
double diameter of valve, 10mm. Fragments indicate that the species
reaches a length of at least 25 mm.

This species differs from the young of G. ‘cuneatus in the fact that the
A-Shaped cardinal tooth is in the right valve when the valves are closed,
while in G. cuneatus it is in the left valve, as well as in clathrodon, Lecon-
tei, mendicus and flecuosus. In G.Johnsoni the anterior lateral tooth is
Shorter: relatively, than in any other species, and the shell is more
drawn out behind the beaks.

The geological age of this species is somewhat in doubt. It is asso-
ciated with Hydrobia mobiliana Dall, and with a large oyster and Mulinia
lateralis var. corbuloides Reeve. The latter is a living species and is
not otherwise known below the newer zones of the Chesapeake Miocene.
The Pascagoula clays were referred to the Grand Gulf beds by Hilgard,
and overlie them. There is no doubt that the typical Grand Gulf beds
are included between the Hawthorne beds, at the base of the older Mio-
cene, and certain beds of the Chipola series; at present it seems im-
probable that the Pascagoula clays can be correlated with anything older
than the Chesapeake. I am disposed to consider them as correspond-
ing to the aluminous clay above the Chesapeake clay-marl in the Alum
Bluff series.

Subgenus RANGIANELLA, Conrad.
Rangianella, CONRAD, Am. Journ. Conch., U1, Suppl. p. 30, 1867
Rangia, CARPENTER, Mazatlan Shells, p. 53, 1857.

Lateral teeth short, subequal, about equidistant from the beaks,
feebly striated or smooth; shell of moderate size, subelongate or ros-
trate, longer than high; pallial sinus inconspicuous or obsolete.

Type: Gnathodon trigonus, Petit=G. mendicus, Gould.

The hook of the anterior lateral tooth is almost obsolete in this
species, especially in the young, and it was chiefly upon this character
that Conrad separated it, leaving G. fleruosus with the typical species;
but the sum of all the characters, if taken into account, would modify
this view. Carpenter saw the difference ten years earlier, and would
have utilized the name Rangia for the short-toothed species; but this
proceeding would be contrary to the accepted rules of nomenclature,
since Rangia was based solely upon the same species as Gnathodon, and
must stand or fall with the priority of application to that special type.

102 MONOGRAPH OF THE GENUS GNATHODON—DALL. VOL. XVII.

GNATHODON (RANGIANELLA) MENDICUS, Gould.
Plate VII, fig. 2.

Mactra mendica, GOULD., Proe. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,1v, p. 88, Nov., 1851; Journ. B.
S.N. He, Vi, Pp. ogasebl. sve. A Oct leas,

Gnathodon mendicus, CARPENTER, P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 200; Mazatlan Sh., p. 549, 1857;
Rep. Br. Assoc. 1863, pp. 535, 543, 592.

Gnathodon trigonum, Perit, Journ. de Conchyl. lv, pp. 84, 166, Pl. v1, figs. 13-15,
1853.—CARPENTER, P. Z. 8.1856, p. 200; Rep. Br. Assoc. 1857, p. 227; Rep. Br.
Assoc. 1863, pp. 535, 543, 576, 592, 633.

Gnathodon trigona, CARPENTER, Mazatlan Sh., p. 52, 1857.

Gnathodon truncatum, Prrrr, Journ. de Conchyl. tv, p. ii, of expl. pl., 1853.

Gnathodon Lecontei, CONRAD. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei., vu, p. 31, 1854; not of
Conrad, Journ. Acad. 1853.

Rangia trigona, ADAMS, Gen. Rec. Moll. 11, p. 380, 1858.

Rangia mendica. Prime, Proc. B. 8. N. H. vit, p. 347, 1861.

Rangianella trigona, CONRAD. Am. Jour. Conch., 11, suppl., p. 30, 1868.

Mazatlan, Mexico, Lieut. Green, Rolland de Roquan, Reigen, ete.;
living in brackish water. |

Thaveexamined authentic specimens of both G. mendicus and G. trigonus
and there seems to be no doubt of their identity.

The epidermis of this species is of a straw color, varying to greenish
yellow, darker on the posterior slope, where it often becomes fibrous,
and having a paler lozenge-shaped area over the hinge, which, however,
is not circumscribed by any groove. Internally the shell is polished
outside of the area inclosed by the pallial line. The Jatter is feebly
waved, but hardly indented. The lateral teeth are nearly equal, feebly
eranulose, the anterior with the “hook” almost obsolete. Although
the shell usually has a smooth internal margin it is sometimes radiately
striated, especially above the hinge, and the lines of growth are often
beaded here and there with short radiating threads much more regular

and distinct than those sometimes notable on G. cuneatus. <A. faint

wrinkled sculpture is constantly present on the posterior slope and
seems characteristic of the species. The umbones are quite smooth.
The specimens I have seen average about 25 mm. (1 inch) in length,
18 mm. in height, and 12.5 mm. in diameter.

GNATHODON (RANGIANELLA) FLEXUOSUS, Conrad.
Plate VII, figs. 3, 6.

Gnathodon flecuosus, CONRAD, Am, Journ, Sci., Ist ser., XXXVII, p. 92, fig. 1839;
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vu, p. 31, 1855

Gnathodon rostratum, Prrir, Journ, de watiened: Iv, pp. 84, 164, Pl. v., figs.
1-3, 1853. é

Rangia flexuosa, CONRAD, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1860, p. 232; Am.
Journ. Conch., 111, supplem., p. 30, 1868.

Rangia rostrata, PRIME, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. Hist., vil, p 348, 1861,—ADAMs,
Gen. Ree. Moll., u, p. 380, 1858.—Conrav, Am. Journ. Conch., 111, suppl.,
p. 30, 1868.

Living on the coast of the Gulf of Mexico from northern Florida to
Vera Cruz, Mexico, in suitable places. Apparently a denizen of pure
salt water.

=. - Ge. bees aoe

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 103

Length, 43; height, 30; diameter, 26 mm. in the adult.

This is apparently arare species. I have never seen a perfectly
fresh specimen. It can be distinguished from any other Atlantic spe-
cies by its short, subequal, lateral teeth, rostrate shape, and obsolete
pallial sinus. The crenulations of the teeth are very feeble and, in
worn specimens, sometimes invisible; but this is a character which
varies much in individuals, as can be observed in any good series of
G.cuneatus. The shell is much heavier than G. mendicus, and has the
lateral teeth more unequal, the anterior lateral being strongly hooked.
The pallial line has no reéntrant angle, but a recess is formed by the
base of the adductor scar and the vertical extension of the pallial
impression. The epidermis is straw yellow. I have observed no bead-
ing along the lines of growth, and no sculpture, on the posterior slope,
except incremental lines, on any of the specimens I have examined.
The shell varies a good deal in height relative to its length, and the
posterior end may be flexed upward or downward or produced horizon-
tally. It is perceptibly rostrate. I have called attention to the fact
that G. cuneatus has a rostrate variety, of which the outline simulates
that of G. flecuosus, and must now add a peculiar variety of G, flecuosus
which tends in the opposite direction.

GNATHODON FLEXUOSUS var. PETITIANUS, Dall.
Plate VII, fig. 5.

In this variety the shell has a height of 50 and a length of 36-5 mm.
compared with a height of 29 and a length of 43 mm. for the typical
Jflexuosus; the posterior slope is convex and the rostrum short, rounded,
and bent downward, the pallial Jine has a faint sinuation, and the “‘ hook”
on the anterior lateral is obsolete. The diameter of the shell would be
about 21 mm. The valve is lighter than any specimens of G. fleruosus
which have come to my notice and considerably more swollen. It
is possible that it may represent a distinct species, but this can not be
determined without a good series of fresh specimens. <A single some-
what worn left valve was obtained by the Mexican geographical com-
mission at Vera Cruz, and is now in the National Museum (No. 57668a).

Thave referred it to G@. flexcuosus on account of the short lateral
teeth and feeble pallial sinus; if additional material should prove it to
be distinct, the varietal name now given may be taken as specific. No
indication of external sculpture except incremental lines is visible; the
epidermis is absent from the specimen.

G. flecuosus possesses more constantly than any other species a
character occasionally found in each of them, namely, the presence
at the anterior border of the cartilage pit of a thin accessory lamella
between the pit and the deltoid cardinal tooth of the left valve. This
lamella, when perfect, looks like an additional cardinal tooth, and 1s
always best developed in the left valve, but it is usually more or less
absorbed or even absent. It is common to all the Mactridw. The mar-

104 MONOGRAPH OF THE GENUS GNATHODON—DALL. VOL. XVII.

gin of the valves, especially near the hinge, sometimes shows faint
radiating striation, as already noticed in G. mendicus.

Spurious or Doubtful Species.
MULINIA GUADELUPENSIS, Recluz.

Maetra guadelupensis, RECLUZ, Journ. de Conchyl., 111, p. 249, pl. 10, figs. 4, 4’,
1852; Journ. de Conchyl., 1v, p. 414, 1853.—Brau, Cat. Sh. Guad., p. 26, 1858.—
Kress, W. I. Marine Sh., p. 105, 1864. :

Gnathodon guadalupensis, REEVE, Conch. Icon., x1x, No. 2, 1873.

Mactra donaciformis, KreBs, W. I. Mar. Shells, p. 105, 1864; not of Gray or Reeve.

Gnathodon Cantrainei (RECLUZ ms.), REEVE., Conch. Icon., x1x, Gnathodon, fig. 3,
Oet., 1873.--GUNDLACH, Ann. Soc. Esp. de Hist. Nat., x1, pp. 280, 322, 1883.

Beach at Aguadilla, Porto Rico, dead shells cast up on the shores of
the creek, Gundlach; Nevis, Sowerby; Guadelupe, Recluz, Beau;
Guaivea on the coast of Venezuela, Blume in Swift Coll.

Gray described a shell in 1837 under the name of donaciformis, but
his deseription was inadequate. It was later figured by Sowerby in
the zoology of the voyage of the Blossom, Capt. Beechey, and on this
figure the name must rest, as there is no other means of identifying the
shell. It represents a species found on the west coast of middle Amer-
ica from Panama to the Colorado River. It is quite a variable shell
but normal specimens agree well with Sowerby’s figure. It was stated
by Gray to come from the ‘South Seas” (then a term including most
of the Pacific); Sowerby gave the locality as “‘ Nevis,” an island in the
West Indies where Beechey did not touch; later Reeve figured a shell,
probably young, said to be from New Zealand, under Gray’s name.
The reference to ‘‘Nevis” led Krebs and others to identify a rather
similar but smaller species named guadelupensis by Reeluz with the
donaciformis of Sowerby and Gray. Recluz’ species was subsequently
figured by Sowerby (1873) in his continuation of Reeve’s Iconica as a
Gnathodon, a not unnatural mistake, since these Mulinias and Rangia-
nella can barely be separated generically. At the same time another
Mulinia, probably a mere variety of guadelupensis, is figured by Sow-
erby under the (ms.?) name of Cantrainei Recluz, and also referred: to
Gnathodon. From an examination of authentic specimens there seems
to be no question of the identity of G. Cantrainet with G. guade-
lupensis, while it is absolutely certain that both belong to the genus
Mulinia of Gray.

This, however, is not the final disposition of the matter. The small
Mulinia, named lateralis by Say, is well known, chiefly from northern
specimens. It extends from Massachusetts Bay to the Antilles. The
northern specimens are rather rude, but a series showing the geograph-
ical range also shows that, as we follow the species south, it becomes
more delicate, lighter, and develops several varieties, one of which

was named Mactra rostrata by Philippi (not of Spengler) and Mactra .

corbuloides, by Deshayes. This rostrate form is connected with the type
by insensible gradations. The species under favorable circum-

sane

——— = - ——-

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 105

stances attains the length of an inch and is quite variable in form, as
are all these small Mulinias. It is my opinion that a complete geo-
graphical series will show that M. guadelupensis is merely a well-
grown local race of the M. lateralis. Both have a preference for brackish
water.
GNATHODON? VALDENSIS, Dunker.
Cnathodon valdensis, DUNKER, Monog. Norddeutsch. Wealdenbild., p. 57, taf. x11,
Figs. 5 a-e, 1846.—SANDBERGER, Land und Siisswasser conchyl. der Vorwelt,
p. 54, Pl. 11, Figs. 10, 10a, 1870.

Wialderthon des Gravinghagener stolleus bei Bielefeld, Germany;
Wealden formation of North Germany.

This species has the aspect of a Cyrena. The interior and hinge are
unknown. It was referred to Gnathodon by Dunker because the speci-
mens give no evidence of an external ligament. It is highly improba-
ble that the shell will finally prove to belong to Gnathodon, both on
account of its age and its locality, but it will certainly be a matter of
interest to determine its proper place and it is to be hoped that this
will soon be accomplished.

SPISULA? QUADRICENTENNIALIS, Harris.
Gnathodon, new sp., HARRIS, Fourth Ann. Rep. Texas Geol, Survey, Table of
species Galveston well, 1893.
Gnathodon quadricentennialis, Harris, Fifth Ann. Rep. Texas Geol. Survey.
[In press].

From the upper Miocene, 2100 to 2250 feet, in the Galveston arte-
sian well, Galveston, Texas; State Geological Survey.

After a careful examination of specimens of this species kindly fur-
nished by Prof. Harris, I am inclined to refer this to Spisula, notwith-
standing the inequality of the lateral teeth. The ligament appears to
have been partly external, which would remove the species from Gna-
thodon, unless this feature is due to wear, which seems unlikely. The
shell is nearly smooth externally, rather elongated, evenly rounded at
each end, quite inequilateral, the longer posterior part having long
curved laterals, transversely striated. The hinge seems otherwise like
that of Spisula; the pallial sinus is well marked, the beaks adjacent,
low, and inconspicuous, 1.5 mm. from the anterior end. Lon. 8.5, alt.
5.0, diam. 4.0 mm.

MULINIA MINOR, Whitfield?

Rangia? (Perissodon) minor, WHITFIELD, Moll. and Crust. of the Miocene form
of N. J., p. 84, pl. 15, figs. 4-6 [in press]; not of Conrad.

Miocene marl of Shiloh, N. J., Burns.

This species doubtfuily referred to Conrad’s R. minor [= G. clath-
rodon, jr.|, and well figured by Prof. Whitfield, is a young Mulinia
allied to M. lateralis, but too young to identify. Thetype is in the col-
lection of the National Museum. Only one specimen was obtained by
Mr. Burns.

106 MONOGRAPH OF THE GENUS GNATHODON—DALL. VOL. XVII.

SPISULA? PARVA, Petit.
Gnathodon parvum, Prtir, Journ. de Conchyl., Iv, p. 358, pl. 13, figs. 9-10, 1853.—
RreEVvE, Conch. Icon., X1x, Gnathodon, fig. 6, 1873.
Rangia parva, ADAMS, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 380, 1858.—CONRAD, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila. for 1860, p. 232; Am. Journ. Conch., 111, SupplL., p. 30, 1868.
Mactra rostrata, REEVE, Conch. Icon., vit, Mon. Mactra, Pl. x1Xx, fig. 104, 1854;
not of PHILIPPI, Zeitschr. Mal., 1848, p. 152, nor of SPENGLER, 1802.

Brisbane River, Moreton Bay, Australia, Petit.

Specimens of Petit’s shell in the National Museum received from H.
Cuming were named by the latter Mactra rostrata, Spengler. Spengler
cites for a figure of his species the Conchylien Cabinet, vol. 12, tab. 242,
fig. 4197, but there is no such plate or figure in the volume referred to,
though he may have had proofs of a plate which never was published.
His species is quite distinct, but Reeve has figured our shell, as iden-
tified by Cuming, under Spengler’s name. The shell is a Spisula, the
ligament being externally visible, though partly inserted in the earti-
lage pit. The laterals are very sharply striated. In the specimen
received from Cuming the lateral teeth proper are in the left valve.

ISOCARDIA? TENUIDENS, Whitfield.

Gnathodon? tenuidens, WHITFIELD, Lam. Raritan Clays, p. 27, pl. 11, figs. 7-10,
1885.

This species is only known as an internal cast from the Cretaceous
beds known as the Plastic Clays of New Jersey. It is a thin-shelled
salt water bivalve, having much the appearance of an Isocardia. It
was but doubtfully referred to the genus Gnathodon by Whitfield, and
I believe it should be referred to the Jsocardiide. It has nothing but
the prominent and distant beaks to connect it with Gnathodon.

IXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Gnathodon cuneatus, Gray, exterior of adult specimen 60 mm. long. Mus.
Reg. No. 60793, p. 93.

Fig. 2. Gnathodon mendicus, GOULD, interior of specimen 23.5 mm, long. Mus. Reg.
No. 103899, p. 98.

Fig. 3. Gnathodon flecuosus, CONRAD, exterior of an adult specimen 43 mm. long.
Mus. Reg. No. 6134, p. 98.

Fig. 4. Gnathodon Lecontei, CONRAD, one of the typical specimens, the hinge some-

what weatherworn, length 22 mm. Mus. Reg. No. 6833, p. 96.
5. Gnathodon flexcuosus var. Petitianus, DALL, from the typical specimen 36.5 mm.
long. Mus. Reg. No. 57668a, p. 99.

Fig. 6. Gnathodon fleruosus, CONRAD, interior, the shell a little worn, the same speci-
men is figured at fig. 3; p 98.

Fig. 7. Gnathodon: Johnsoni, DALL, type specimen 17.5 mm. long. Mus. Reg. No.
107033, p. 96.

Fig. &. Gnathodon cuneatus var. nasutus, DALL, interior of type specimen 34 mm. long,
Mus. Reg. No. 106988, p. 94.

Fig. 9. Gnathodon clathrodon, CONRAD (em.), interior of specimen 40 mm. long, from
the Croatan beds, Pliocene of North Carolina. Mus. Reg. No, 112296, p. 95.

Fig 10 Gnathodon cuneatus, GRAY, interior of valve 60 mm, long. Mus. Reg. No.
60793, p. 93.

=
uh
or

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. VII

GNATHODONS OF NORTH AMERICA.

ON THE NOMENCLATURE AND CHARACTERISTICS OF
THE LAMPREYS.

By THEODORE GILL, M. D., PH. D.

In 1870, Dr. Giinther took up the name Petromyzon branchialis for
what was before generally called P. planeri. In 1882, assuming the
correctness of that determination and that there were good reasons for
the identification, I accepted it and also the name Ammocetes, based on
the P. branchialis, for the genus called Lampetra by Gray. It was with
much reluctance that I took such a step, and only in deference to the
rues of nomenclature regulating such cases, common among the aca-
lephs, especially the hydroids, but rare among vertebrates. The relue-
tance to adopt the name Ammocetes with this new range has, | am sure,
been shared by many others, and expression has lately been given to
it by Prof. Gage in his valuable memoir on “The Lake and Brook
Lampreys of New York” (Wilder book, p. 437). Prof. Gage’s own
researches appear to furnish a perfectly legitimate way out of the
dilemma.

According to Prof. Gage (op. cit., p. 456), “up to the present time
there has been no way discovered of distinguishing the larvie of the
lake and of the brook lamprey. As the two species occupy the same
spawning ground and sometimes spawn in the same nest great care is
necessary in order not to confuse the two. After the larvie leave the
nest they apparently go to the same sand bed.” *

* The after life of the species is, however, quite different.

“The brook lamprey does not apparently increase in length after transformation,
for many of the transformed ones at the spawning season are of less size than the
just transformed ones.”

“The lake lamprey upon transforming is only about one-half to one-fourth the
length and probably not one-tenth bulk of the spawning ones.” (Gage, op. cit., pp.
452, 453.)

A lamprey half the length of another would equal an eighth of the bulk, and one
afourth the length would only reach one-sixty-fourth the bulk, if the proportions
corresponded.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. X VIT—No, 989.
107

108 NOMENCLATURE OF THE LAMPREYS—GILL. VOL. XVII.

As Prof. Gage had unusual opportunities for investigation, and
‘since 1875 lost no opportunity of studying the lampreys at all stages
of life” (op. cit., p. 425), his conclusions are especially valuable, and
may be safely used in a reconsideration of the question of nomencla-
ture.

Why has Ammocetes branchialis, then, been identified specifically
with Petromyzon planeri, thus necessitating the restoration of the former
name ?

AMMCECETES COMMON TO ALL ARCTOGH AN LAMPREYS.

The memorable researches of Dr. August Miiller, resulting in the
discovery that an Ammocetes was simply a larva of a lamprey, hap-
pened to be conducted where the Petromyzon planeri was the species at
hand, and, inasmuch as the larve in his possession developed into
Petromyzon planeri, the identification was correct. The mistake (if it
can be considered as such) was in assuming that every Ammocetes was
a larval Petromyzon planeri, and that the Ammocetes or P. branchialis
of Linné was specifically identical with P. planeri and with that alone.

It now appears that what would be determinable as an Ammocetes
branchialis may be the larva of any arctogean lamprey, inasmuch as
the lake lamprey (Petromyzon marinus var.) and brook lamprey (Lam-
petra sp.*) are most distinct from each other. Inasmuch also as the sea
lamprey (Petromyzon marinus) ascends fresh-water streams to breed,
there was no reason for identifying P. branchialis with one rather than
another species, the definition applying to one as well as to another, and
doubtless the larve of the three European species (P. marinus, P. fluvia-
tilis, and P. planeri) have been frequently, if not habitually, confused.
It follows, therefore, that P. branchialis (Linné) and Ammocetes are
generic rather than specific synonyms and should be so treated. The
name Lampetra may be, consequently, revived for the fresh-water
lampreys of Europe and eastern America and the synonymy digested
as follows.

SYNONYMY.
Genus PETROMYZON.

< Petromyzon, LINNZUS, Syst. Nat., ed. 10., v. 1, p. 230, 1758.

< Petromyzon, (DUMERIL) CuviER, Régne Animal, t. 2, p. 118, 1817.

< Ammocetes, (DUMERIL) CUVIER, Regne Animal [1° éd.], t. 2, p. 119, 1817 (based
on larval form).

= Petromyzon, GRAY, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pt. 19, pp. 235, 236; List Specimens
Fish Brit. Mus., pt. 1, p. 187, pl. 1, f. 1 (mouth), 1851.

= Lampetra, MALM, Forhandl. Skand. Naturf., 8. mide, p. 580, 1860.

< Petr OmeECR; GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., v. p p. 500, 1870.

*The specific asain of ee the Parehean Een ieee or im fluviatilis with
an American species is very doubtful and at least requires verification.

1994. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 109

Genus LAMPETRA.

2? Lampreda, RAFINESQUE, Analyse de la Nature, p. 94 (without description or
typonym), 1815.

2? Pricus, RAFINESQUE, Analyse de la Nature, p. 94 (without description or typo-
nym), 1815.

= Lampetra, GRAY, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pt. 19, pp. 235, 237, 1851; List Speci-
mens Fish Brit. Mus., pt. 1, pp. 137, 140, pl. 1, f. 2 (mouth) |
1851.

? Scolecosoma, GIRARD, Exp]. and Surveys for R.R. Route to Pacific Oc., v. 10.
Fishes, p. 384, 1858 (based on larval form).

= Petromyzon, MALM, Forhandl. Skand. Naturf., 8. méde, p. 580, 1860.

= Ammocetes, GILL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., v. 5, p. 523, 1883.

Petromyzon sp. auct. pl.

Ichthyomyzon sp., GIRARD.

FAMILIES.

In 1870 Dr. Giinther united the genera Caragola and Mordacia of
Gray, the former of which was based on specimens with the lateral
corneous lamelle preserved, while the latter was founded on a specimen
in which they were lost and only exhibiting a single papillary prom-
inence for each. For the combination he prefered the second name of
Gray (Mordacia), based on a mutilated individual. In 1882 I used in
preference the first name (Caragola), based on a perfect individual. I
have since been led to believe that the precedence of one name by such
a little margin as Caragola has over Mordacia has no value, and that
aptness of diagnosis, however desirable, is not necessary to secure prior-
ity, and I have therefore followed Dr. Giinther in accepting the name
Mordacia instead of Caragola. I have also deemed it proper to elevate
the subfamily Caragoline to family rank, and named it Mordaciide.
References follow.

Family MORDACIID &.

= Caragolina, GIL, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., v. 5, p. 524, 1882.
= Mordaciide, GiLL, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sc., v. 6, p. 129, 1893.
Petromyzontide pt., auct. pl.
Hyperoartia with two distant lateral tuberculigerous lamine devel-
oped from the upper arch of the annular cartilage.
The only known genus is Mordacia.
With this is to be contrasted the family Petromyzonide as thus
restricted, viz:

Family PETROMYZONID &.
< Petromyzontide, GILL, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., v.5, p.521, 1882. (Full syn. given.)
= Petromyzontide, GILL, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sc., v. 6, p. 129, 1893.
Hyperoartia with a single median tubereuligerous suproral lamina
developed from the upper arch of the annular cartilage.
It behooves those who may object to these families to consider why

110 NOMENCLATURE OF THE LAMPREYS—GILI., VOL. XVII.

union or separation of lower pharyngeal bones and like modifications
generally used.

ORTHOGRAPHY.

In common with almost all other zoologists, | have used the name
Petromyzontide for the lampreys. It only lately occurred to me that
the form was a suspicious one at least, and, on investigation, I have been
obliged to believe that it was due toa false analogy. Certainly the
analogous Greek word poFwy has poswvos in the genitive, and the cor-
responding Latin equivalents are mywxon and myxonis. The first to
use the form Petromyzontide appears to have been Prof. Agassiz, in
1850, in Lake Superior (p. 249), and the Edinburg New Philosophical
Journal (v. 49, p. 242). It is probable that he was led to this form,
without sufficient reflection, by being misled by analogy with words
ending in —odon (Tetraodon, Diodon, etc.). Bonaparte had long before
given the better form, Petromyzonide, and this should be revived.

KXOMEGAS.

The genus Exomegas, proposed in 1882 (Proc. U.S, Nat. Mus., v. 5, p.
524) for the Petromyzon macrostomus of Burmeister, has been justified by
the recent publication of a memoir on the species by Dr. C. Berg,* who
has, however, referred it to the genus Geotria. I have recently called
attention in Seience for January 19, 1894 (v. 23, p. 30, “A South
American lamprey”), to certain discrepancies between the description
and figure and the advisability of reexamining the animal.

A detailed comparison of the contrasting skeletal peculiarities of
Petromyzon and Lampetra is very much needed. It may be hoped that
Prof. Gage will extend his investigations and give us the requisite
information.

*Anales del Museo de la Plata [ete.]. Seccion zoologica I. Geotria macrostoma
(Burm.) Berg y Thalassophryne montevidensis Berg.—Buenos Aires—1893.

ie i

THE NOMENCLATURE OF THE MYLIOBATID® OR AETO-
BATID.

By THEODORE GILL, M. D., PH. D.

In 1888, President Jordan proposed, for very plausible reasons, to
revive Blainville’s name Aetobatus (used in the form Aetobatis) for the
genus long known as Myliobatis.* I hastily followed him and have
repented at leisure. My reasons for now dissenting are as follows:

AETOBATUS.

Blainville, in 1816, published a new scheme for the classification of
the “Selaca” or Plagiostomes (which he had studied with Mr. Prevost)
and divided them into three genera or families: “I. Gen. aut Fam.
Raia;” “If. Genus aut Fam. Squatina,” and “III. Genus aut Fam.
‘ Squalus.” The rays were subdivided into 7 groups bearing generic
names: Dasybatus |=Raiide|, Trygonobatus |= Dasybatide without
Urolophus|, Aétobatus |= Myliobatide|, Dicerobatus |=Mantide)|, Leio-
batust {= Urolophus|, Narcobatus |= Torpedinide|, Rhinobatus | = khino-
batide|, and Pristobatus [= Pristide+ Pristiophoride}.

Blainville gave a full and excellent diagnosis of Aetobatus, and
included “11 nominal species of Myliobatids in the genus. They were
as follows:{ Vulgaris (J. aquila?); Obtusus (?); Flagellum (Ae. flagel-
lum); Lobatus (Rhinoptera?); Sinensis (?); Nichofii (M. Niewhofit) ; Pili-

* President Jordan was perfectly logical in his conclusions. dAetobatus was prior
to Myliobatis and covered exactly the same group. Remembering this, but not having
Blainville’s memoir on hand at the time, temporarily forgetting the entire course
of reasoning which had previously influenced me (herewith outlined), and fearing
that prejudice in favor of accepted usage might have-unduly prevailed in my mind,
I noted the change, intending to consult Blainville’s papers before publication, but
the work could not then be found. The only reason why Aetobatus had not been
revived before was because it was supposed to be subsequent to Myliobatis. (See
Gray’s List, p. 128, and synonymy, where Myliobatis is erroneously attributed to
“ Dum. Zool. Anal., 1806.’’)

tLeiobatus Bl. was anticipated by Leiobatus Raf. (Car., p. 16, 1810) —Rhinobatus.

tThe initial capitals are repeated from Blainville’s memoir.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. X VII— No. 990.
111

Lig NOMENCLATURE OF THE MYLIOBATIDE—GILL. VOL. XVII.

caudatus (); Hamatus (?); Ocellatus (Ae. narinari?); Narinari (Ae.
narinari) ; Forsteri(?)

The only species of this list that can be cer tink y identified by name is
the narinari, the type of the Miillerian genus Aetobatis. By assum-
jng that Nichofii is a misprint for Niewhofsii, we are led to another prob-
able identification. The other specific names are new and can only
be guessed at; the results of such guesses are given in brackets after
the several names, when there are good grounds for guessing. But
the genus must be determined by the known species named and those
belong only to the genus Aetobatis, M. & H.

MYLIOBATIS.

Cuvier in 1817, adopted from manuscript of Duméril the name
Myliobatis for the same group called by Blainville Aétobatus. In this
course he was followed by almost all succeeding naturalists.

GENERA OF MYLIOBATIDES.

Miiller and Henle in 1838 distributed the species combined under the
names Aétobatus or Myliobatis into three genera, Myliobatis, Aetobatis,
and Rhinoptera (Cuv., 1829). They ascribed to themselves the name
Aetobatis. This arrangement was generally adopted by later writers.

AGASSIZ’S VIEWS.

Agassiz in 1843 (Poiss. Fos., 11, p. 325), took the correct view of
nomenclature in the following passage:

20, Dw genre Aetobatis M. et H,

M. de Blainville désigna sous le nom générique, d’ Aetobatis ensemble des Mourines
connues 4 l’époque ow il publiait son ouvrage. Ce genre n’était done alors qu’un
simple synonyme du genre Myliobates de M. Duméril.*. Plus tard MM. Miiller et Henle
‘subdivisérent ce groupe en plusieurs genres, il conservérent le nom Myliobates au
genre dont le Raja aquila des auteurs peut étre considéré comme le type, et ils re-
streignirent le nom de detobatis au genre dont le Narinari de Margrat est l’espéce
la plus anciennement connue.

This, it seems to me, is a perfectly legitimate view and use of the
two names. Both names, Aétobatus and Myliobatis, might have been
retained for different sections of the old genus, if no other considerations
had forbidden. Both of those names, however, as President Jordan has
reminded me, were anticipated by a name given by Rafinesque in 1810.

CEPHALEUTHERUS.

Rafinesque, in his “Indice d’Ittiologia Siciliana,” has a genus Cepha-
leutherus interposed between his Mobula (=Cephaloptera Dum.) and
Uroxis (Trygon auct. My which, according to Dr. J on is a Myliobatis.

, an less eaienoen expression eons be that Mylisbatis was a synonym of Aetobatis
since the former name (1817) was subsequent to the latter (1816).

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 113

It is not, however, mentioned by Doderlein in his very full synonyms of
the Myliobatids of the Mediterranean, and the book in question cannot
be found. While I have little doubt that Dr. Jordan is correct in his
identification and that the name Cephaleutherus should be taken. for
Myliobatis, I defer doing so until I am able to consult the Indice or a
copy of it. Meanwhile I retain the name Myliobatis, but adopt for the
family Aétobatide.

SYNONYMY.

The principal synonyms of the family and its primary divisions are
as follows:

Family AETOBATID &.

°
=Myliobatides, MULLER & HENLE, Syst. beschreib. Plagiostomen, p. 176, 1841.
= Myliobatida, ADAMS, Man. Nat. Hist., p. 87, 1854.
= Myliobatide, RicHARDSON, Encycl. Brit., 8. ed., v. 12, p. 328, 1856.
—Myliobatoidei, BLEEKER, Enum. Sp. Piscium Archipel. Indico, p. xili, 1859,
= Myliobatoide, GILL, Cat. Fishes E. Coast N. America, p. 62, 1860.
—=Myliobatides, A. DUMERIL, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v. 1, pp. 469, 631, 1865.
< Myliobatide, GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., v. 8, pp. 435, 488, 1870.
= Myliobatw, F1ITzINGER, Sitzungsber. K. Akad. der Wissensch. (Wien), B. 67,

1. Abth., p. 57, 1873.

=Aetobatide, JORDAN, Man. Vert. An. N. U. S., 5. ed., p. 22, 1888.
=Rajide gen. or subf. early authors.

Subfamily MyYLIOBATIN A.

< Myliobatini, BONAPARTE, Nuovi Annali delle Sci. Nat., t. 2, p. 130, 1838; t.4, p.

182, 1240.
<Myliobatina, Gray, List Fish B. M., part 1, p. 127, 1851.
=Myliobatine, AGASsi1z, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 6, p. 385, 1861.

= Myliobatinw, Git, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New vor. v. 8, p. 1386, 1865.
<Myliobatina, GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., v. 8, pp. 435, 488, 1870.
=Cephaleutherine, JORDAN, Mss.

Genus MYLIOBATIS.

=Cephaleutherus, RAFINESQUE, Ind. Ittiol. Sic., p. —, 1810. (Fide Jordan Mss.)

<Myliobatis, (DUMERIL) CUVIER, Régne Animal, vy. 2, p. 137, 1817.

=Myliobatis, MULLER & HENLE, Mag. Nat. Hist., v. 2, p. 90, 1888.

= Myliobatis, MULLER & HENLE, System. eee Plagiostomen, p. 176, 1841.

<Holorhinus, Git, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v. 14, p. 331, 1862. [ Holorhinus
may hereafter be restored to generic r nik, and is at least a

good subgenus. |

=Myliobatis, Git, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, v. 8, pp. 186, 137, 1865.

= Aetobatis, JORDAN, Man. Vert. An. N. U.S., 5 ed., p. 23, 1888.

Aétobatus sp., BLAINVILLE.

Subfamily AETOBATIN®.

=Aétobatinw, AGAssiz, Proc, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 6, p. 385, 1861.
—Aetobatine, GILL, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, v.8, pp. 135, 136, 1865.
Myliobatina gen. Auet. pl.

Proc. N. M. 94 8

114 NOMENCLATURE OF THE MYLIOBATIDA—GILL. von

Genus AETOBATIS.

< Aétobatus, BLAINVILLE, Journal de Physique, t. 83, p. 262, 1816.
=Aetobatis, MULLER & HENLE, Mag. Nat. Hist., v. 2, p. 90, 1838.
<Zygobates, AGASSIZ, Rech. Poiss. Foss., v. 3, p. 328, 1843,
—Stoasodon, CANTOR, Cat. Malayan Fish., p. 434, 1850.

< Goniobatis, AGASSIZ, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 6, p. 385, 1861.
Myliobatis sp., DUMERIL, ete.

ORIGINAL DIAGNOSIS OF AETOBATUS.

As the works in which Blainville published his descriptions of Aéto-
batus are inaccessible to many investigators, the description published
in the Journal de Physique (vol. 83, p. 263, 1816) is here reproduced.

3°, Aétobatus aut KR. Aquila.

Car. Corp. cum P. P. aquilie formi; Capite crasso non rostrato, appendice simplici
antice instructo; Oculis lateralibus; Dentibus latis, levibus, polygonis, coalitis,
palatinis; P. P. acutis, margine antico convexo, postico concavo; P. V. ut in
precedente [7rygonobatus]; P. S. unica ad radicem caud. sepe longissime, flag-
elliformis, aculeo serrato armativ, extremitate impennis.

Spec. Vulgaris; Obtusus: Flagellum; Lobatus; Sinensis; Nichofii; Filicaudatus;
Hamatus; Ocellatus, Narinari, Forsteri,

THE NOMENCLATURE OF THE FAMILY PQO@CILiIIpDA Ok
CYPRINODONTID.

By THEODORE GILL, M. D., PH. D.

In my “Families and Subfamilies of Fishes” (1893, No. 135) I have
adopted Peciliide instead of Cyprinodontide for the family at present
generally known by the latter name.

It is quite true that Prof. Agassiz was the first to recognize the fam-
ily so called, but he simply gave the plural form of Cyprinodon, and
not a name with the patronymic suffix now almost universally used to
denote families, and he did not define it, but simply gave it to the
residuum left after defining the Cyprint. Little later Bonaparte gave
a regular family name (Pecilide) derived from the earliest established
name of a genus of the family and that name was several times employed
by him and others while the nathe Cyprinodontes remained in abeyance;
he also regularly defined it. The first regular use of the latter name
with a patronymic suffix (Cyprinodontide) was by Sir John Richardson
in 1856.

Another objection to the name Cyprinodontide which may reconcile
us to its abandonment is that it expresses a taxonomic falsehood and
is even now constantly misleading persons. In the part of the great
‘New English Dictionary,” lately published (v. 2, p. 13806), a “ Cyprino-
dont” is defined as ‘Sa malacopterygious fish of the family Cyprinodont-
ide, of which the typical genus is Cyprinodon; they differ from the
Cyprinids in having the jaws more projecting and toothed.” In the
recent manual of Moreau (1892, p. 479), the ‘*Cyprinodontides” and
“ Cyprinides” are approximated in an analytical table and simply con-
trasted on account of the presence of jaw teeth (‘‘machoires dentées”)
in the former and the absence (machoires “non dentées”) in the latter.
It certainly is time for trained ichthyologists to have learned that there
is no affinity between the two types, and that they differ so radically in
all essential features of organization that they should be referred to
different orders. Yet Valenciennes, in the penultimate volume of his
great work (Hist. Nat. Poiss., xx1, p. 455), attempted to justify the

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 991.
115

116 NOMENCLATURE OF THE PEC GILL. VOL. XVI.

retention of the Cyprinodonts in the same family with the Cyprinids
and their natural allies! The Cyprinodonts or Peciliids are really
related to the Esocids and Umbrids, and to them they should be approx-
imated in the suborder Haplomi.

The chief synonymy of the family and the type contain subfamily
is given in the following summary, from which the usage of various
naturalists may be learned:

Family P@c1rLuiip#.

= Cyprinodontes, AGASSIZ, Mem. Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Neuchatel, t.1, p. 35, 1834;
Poiss. Foss., v. 5, pt. 1, p. 12, pt. 2, p. 47.

= Pecilide, BONAPARTE, Nuovi Annali delle Sci. Nat., t. 2, p. 132, 1838; t. 4, p.
194, 1840.

= Pecilide, BONAPARTE, Trans. Linn. Soc., v. 18, p. 299, 1840-’41.

= Pacilide, BONAPARTE, Cat. Met. Pesci Europei, p. 5, 1846.

= Cyprinodontes, MULLER, Archiv Naturgesch., 9. Jahrg., B. 1, p. 320, 1843,

> Anablepide, ApaAms, Man. Nat. Hist., p. 107, 1854.

> Peciliide, ADAMS, Man. Nat. Hist., p. 107, aoe

< Cyprinodontidw, RICHARDSON, Encyl. Brit., v. 12, p. 252, 1856. (Includes also
Diplopterus i Fala and Vandellia.)

= Cyprinodontidw, GIRARD, Expl. and Surv. for R. R. Route to Pacifie Oc., v. 10,
Fishes, p. 302, 1858.

< Cyprinodontoidei, BLEEKER, Enum, Sp. Piscium Archipel. Indico, p. xxix, 1859.

= Cyprinodontide, GUNTHER, Cat Fishes, Brit. Mus., v. 6, p. 299, 1866.

= Cyprinodontide, Corr, Proc. Am. Assoc. Ady. Sci., v. 20, p. 333, 1872.

= Cyprinodontes, FiTzINGER, Sitzb. K. Akad. der Wissensch., (Wien), B. 67.
1, Abth., p. 38, 1873.

= Peciliide, GILL, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sc., v. 6, No. 133, 1893.

Cyprinoides gen., CUVIER, DUMERIL (1856), et al.

Subfamily PascrLiin as.

< Pecilini, BONAPARTE, Nuovi Annali delle Sci. Nat., t. 2, p. 132, 1838; t. 4, p.
195, 1840.

< Pacilini, BONAPARTE, Trans. Linn. Soc., v. 18, p. 299, 1840-741.

< Peciline, SWAINSON, Nat. Hist. and Class. Fishes, etc., v. 2, pp. 190, 311, 1839.

< Peciliini, BONAPARTE, Cat. Met. Pesci Eur., p. 5, 1846.

= Cyprinodontida limnophoge, GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes B. M., v. 6, pp. 300, 339, 1866.

=Peciliinw, JORDAN & GILBERT, Syn. Fishes N, Am., p. 327, 1882,

THE DIFFERENTIAL CHARACTERS OF THE SALMONIDA#
AND THYMALLID 4.

By THEODORE GILL, M. D., Pu. D.

In 1885 the name Thymallide was published, but without definition.
I have on several occasions been requested to give the distinctive char-
acters of the family, and have done so orally. A detailed exposition
has been postponed in the hope that [ might be able to study the anat-
omy of the related forms. As no immediate prospect of doing so is
offered, however, I submit diagnoses of the Salmonida as now restricted
and the Thymallida.

In 1871 Prof. Cope, in his system of teleostomous fishes, named as
families of his order of Isospondyli, among others, the families Salmonide
and Coregonide. The Isospondyli with a diphycereal tail and “basis
cranii double” are divided among those with ‘(a@) parietals united,”
and ‘(aa) parietals separated by supraoccipital.”. The former (a)
include the Hyodontide, Albulida, Elopide, Aulopide, COREGONID A,
Lutodiride, Sauride, and Gonorhynchide ; the latter (aa) compose the
Alepocephalide, SALMONID &, Chirocentride, and Clupeida.

I at first adopted the Salmonide and Coregonide in my Arrangement
of families, but, on examination of a skuil of Coregonus shortly betore
receiving proofs of that article, found that it did not have the “ parietals
united,” but ‘separated by supraoccipital,” and thus agreed with the
salmonids. I consequently replaced the name Coregonide by Micros-
tomide, but the printers retained the reference to Coregonide of Cope.

As thus intimated, the trne Coregoni have the same relations of the
supraoccipital, parietals and frontals to each other as the typical sal-
monids, but there is a genus which manifests the character erroneously
attributed to Coregonide by Cope, and that genus is Thymallus.

Thymallus is not only distinguished from the true Salmonine and
Coregonine fishes by the junction of the parietals at the middie; it has,
in addition, supracostal spines entirely wanting in the others; further-
more, the dorsal is distinguished by its greater development, both in
extension and the number of rays, as well as its structure; instead of
only one or two simple anterior rays, as in the Salmonines and Corego-

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XVI—INo. 992. 7
11

118

nines, there are in Thymallus many (7-11) unbranched rays and the
rays in the posterior half are mostly simply bifid. The view generally
prevalent (that Thymallus is intermediate between the Salmonines and
Coregonines, or that it is a member of the latter group), is thus nega-
tived by both the osteological peculiarities and external characteristics.
The family Thymallide is well distinguished.

The diagnostic characters which separate the two families, Salmonide
and Thymallida, and the two subfamilies of the former are now pre-
sented. The genera and their principal synonyms are also added.
The desirability of exhibits of exact. references to the first introdue-
tion and uses of the various synonyms will be evident to those who
are conversant with recent works in which the genera have been
treated, and will show why the various names here used are employed.

THE SALMONIDH AND THYMALLIDA—GILL. : - VOL. XVIt

Family SALMONID&.

< Dermopteres, DUMERIL, Zool. Analytique, p. 146, 1806.

<Salmonidi, RAVINESQUE, Indice d’Ittiolog. Siciliana, p. 32, 1810.

<Dermopteria, RAFINESQUE, Analyse de la Nature, p. 87, 1815.

<Salmonoides, Risso, Hist. Nat..de l'Europe Mérid., t. 3.

<Salmones, CUVIER, Régne Animal [1° éd.], t. 2, p. 159, 1817; 2° éd., t. 2, p.
301, 1829.

<Salmonides, LATREILLE, Fam. Nat. Regne Animal, p. 119, 1825.

<Salmones, AGASSIZ, Sel. Gen. et Sp. Piscium q. coll. Spix., p. 56, 1829.

<Salmonacei, NiLsson, Prod. Ich. Scand., p. 1, 1882.

< Salmonida, BONAPARTE, Giorn. Accad. di Scienze, v. 52 (Saggio Distrib. Metod.
Animal. Vertebr. a Sangue Freddo, p. 37,) 1832.

<Salmonidew, SWAINSON, Nat. Hist. and Class. Nishes, etc., v. 2, pp. 184, 283, 1839.

<Salmonida, BONAPARTE, Nuovi Annali delle Sci. Nat., t. 2, p. 132, 1838; t. 4. p.
272, 1840.

<Salmones, MULLER, Archiv Naturgesch., 9. Jg., 1. B., p. 323, 1843.

<Salmondides, VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, t. 21, p. 153, 1848.

<Salmonidw, ADAMS, Man. Nat. Hist., p. 109, 1854.

<Salmonida, RICHARDSON, Encyel. Brit., 8th ed., v. 12, p. 245, 1856.

<Salmonoidei, BLEEKER, Enum. Sp. Piscium Archipel. Indico, p. xxxi, 1859.

<Salmonide, GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., v. 6, p. 1, 1866.

<Salmonide, Corr, Proc. Am. Assoc. Ady. Science, 1871, p. 333, 1872.

<Salmonide, G1Lu, Arrang. Fam. Fishes, p. 16, 1872.

<Salmones, FITZINGER, Sitzungsber. K. Akad. der Wissensch. (Wien), B. 67, 1.
Abth., p. 37, 1873.

=Salmonidw, GILL, Rep. Smiths. Inst. 1884, p. 619, 1885.

Diagnosis.—Salmonoideans with a short dorsal fin of normal strue-
ture, epipleural appendages not developed, and parietal bones separated
at middle by the intervention of the supraoccipital which connects with
the frontals, and ripe ova first discharged within abdominal cavity.

Subfamily SALMONIN Aj.

<Truites (Trutiformes), LATREILLE, Fam. Nat. du Regne Animal, p. 119 (tribe).
1825.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 119

<Salmonini, BONAPARTE, Giorn, Accad. di Scienze, v.52 (Saggio Distrib. Metod,
Animal. Vertebr. a Sangue Freddo, p. 37,) 1832.

<Salmonina, SWAINSON, Nat. Hist. and Class. Fishes, ete.. v. 2, pp. 5, 288, 1839.

<Salmonini, BONAPARTE, Nuovi Annali delle Sei. Nat., t. 2, p. 132, 1838; t. 4, p,
273, 1840.

<Salmonini, BONAPARTE, Conspectus Syst. Piscium, 1850.

<Salmoniformes, BLEEKER, Enum. Sp. Piscium Archipel. Indico, p. xxxi, 1859.

<Salmonina, GUNTHER, Cat, Fishes Brit. Mus., v. 6, p. 2, 1866.

<Salmonine, GILL, Canadian Naturalist, n. s., v. 3, p. 258, 1865.

< Salmonine, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fishes N. Am., p. 289, 1882.

=Salmonine, GILL, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sc., v. 6, p. 131, 1893.

Salmonids with a deeply cleft mouth, long lower jaw articulating
with the quadrates behind the eyes, and rather narrow supramaxillaries
with incurved adoral margins.

The subfamily thus limited includes the genera Salvelinus, Cristi-
vomer, Hucho, Salmo, Oncorhynchus, and Brachymystax.

Genus SAL VELINUS.

=Salvelini, NILSSON, Prodr. Ich. Scand., p. 7, 1832. (Group of Salmo.)

=Salvelinus, RICHARDSON, Fauna Bor.-Am., Vv. 3, p. 169, 1836. (Subg. of Salmo.)

=Baione, DEKAY, Nat. Hist. N. Y., part 4, p. 244, 1842.

—Rédingar (Salvelini), Nutsson, Ofvers. K. Vet. Akad. Férhandl., 1848, p. 64, 1849.

x Salmo, VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v. 21, pp. 163, 165, 1848.

x Fario, VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v. 21, pp. 163, 277, 1848.

x Salar, VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v. 21, pp. 163, 314, 1848.

=Salmo, Rapp, Jahreshefte Ver. vaterl. Naturk. Wiirttemberg, 10. Jahrg., p.
162; Fische des Bodensee, p. 32, 1854.

=Salmo, SIEBOLD, Siisswasserfische von Mitteleuropa, p. 280, 1863.

=Salvelinus, GILL and JORDAN, Jordan’s Man. Verteb. N. U.S., 2. ed., p. 356, 1878.

Salmo, sp. auet.

5 Genus CRISTIVOMER.

=Cristivomer, GILL and JORDAN in Jordan, Man. Vertebr. N. U.S., 2 ed., pp.
356, 359, 1878.
Salmo, sp., auct. pl.
Genus HUCHO.

< Hucho, GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes B. M., v. 6, p. 140, 1866. (Provisional name for
subdivision of Salmo).

< Hucho, JORDAN, Man. Vertebr. N. U.S., 1. ed., p. 260, 1876.

=Epitomynis, ScuULZE, Fauna Pisce. Germ., p. 38, 1890. (Subg. of Salmo.)

Salmo sp. auct, pl.

yenus SALMO.

<Salmo [§]* Trutte, LINNE, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, v. 1, p. 308, 1758.

<Salmo, LACKPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v. 5, p. 152, 1803.

<Salmo, CUVIER, Regne Animal, y. 2, p. 160, 1817.

< Salmo (§ Truttew), Niusson, Prod. Ich. Seand., p. 70, 1832.

<Salmo, RICHARDSON, Fauna Bor.-Am., v. 3, p. 169, 1836. (Sube. of Salmo. )
<Salmo, NILsson, Ofvers. K. Vet. Akad. Forhand]., 1848, p. 64, 1849.

x Salmo, VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v. 21, pp. 163, 165, 1848.

x Fario, VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v. 21, pp. 163, 277.

x Salar, VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v. 21, pp. 163, 314.

120 THE SALMONID.E AND THYMALLIDA—GILL. VOL. 2

162. (Fische des Boden see, p. 27,) 1854.
—Trutta, SHEBOLD, Siisswasserfische Mitteleuropa, p. 280, 1863.
< Salmo, GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes B. M., v. 6, p. 2, 1866.

Genus ON COR AY NC Us:
< Oncorhynchus, SUCKLEY, Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., v. 7, p. 312, 1862.

—Oncorhynchus, GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes B. M., v. 6, p. 155, 1866.
Salmo sp. Pallas, Richardson et al.

Genus BRACHYMYSTAX.

= Brachymystax, GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes B. M., v. 6, p. 172, 1866.
Salmo sp., duct. pl.

This genus appears to be represented in Europe by the Salmo obtusi-
rostris of Heckel or Thymallus microlepis of Steindachner (Sitz. K. Akad.
Wissensch., 1. Abth., v. 70, p. 367, 1874),* which must therefore be
called Brachymystax obtusirostris. That species, at least, does not ap-
pear to belong to the genus Salmo or Thymallus as generally defined,
and no generic differences between it and Brachymystax are evident
from the excellent figure and description.

Subfamily COREGONIN &.

(Synonyms as subfamily.)
=Coregonini, BONAPARTE, Conspectus Syst. Piscium, 1850.
—=Coregonine, GILL, Johnson’s New Universal Cyclopedia, v. 4, p. 1651, 1878.
—Coregonine, JORDAN & GILBERT, Syn. Fishes N. Am., p. 289, 1882.
(Synonym as family. )
2? Coregonide, Cork, Proc, Am. Assoc. Ady. Sei., v. 20, p. 333, 1872. (Name; not
dingnosis. )

Salmonids with a small mouth, short lower jaw articulating with the
quadrates under the eyes, and broad supramaxillaries with convex
adoral margins.

The subfamily, besides the type genus, Coregonus, is generally made to
inelude Stenodus or Luciotrutta, but I have not been able to examine
a skeleton of the latter. It probably represents another subfamily.

Genus COREGONUS.

<Salmo [§] *** Coregoni, LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, vy. 1, p. 310, 1758,

> Tripteronotus, LACKPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v. 5, p. 47, 1803.

< Coregonus, LA.cPiDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v. 5, p. 239, 1803.

<Les Ombres, Coregonus, CUVIER, Regne Animal, v. 2, p. 162, 1817.

—Les Lavarets (Coregonus), CUVIER, Réegne Animal, 2, ed., v. 2, p. 306, 1829.
—Coregonus, VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, t. 20, p. 454, 1848.

*The identity of Salmo (or Salar) obtusirostris of Heckel and Thymallus microlepis
was recognized by Dr. Steindachner in 1882 (Sitz. K. Akad. Wiss., 1. Abth., v. 845
Ich. Beitr. xii, p.15). Nevertheless, in 1886, Dr. Seeley in ‘‘The Fresh-water Fishes
of Europe,” retained the two nominal species, Salmo obtusirostris (p. 286) and Thy-
mallus microlepis (p. 358). If the genus Brachymystax is accepted the species in
question should apparently be referred to it.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. T3i

> Coregonus, AGASSIZ, Lake Superior, p. 336, 1850.

>Argyrosomus, AGASSIZ, Lake Superior, p. 336, 1848.

— Coregonus, GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes in Brit. Mus., v. 6, p. 172, 1866.

> Prosopium, (MILNER) JORDAN, Man. Vertebr. N. U.S. 2. ed., p. 381, 1878,

>Allosomis, JORDAN, Man. Vertebr. N. U.S. 2. ed., p. 361, 1878, (subg. of Argy-
rosomus).

Salmo sp., auct. vet.

Subfamily STENODONTIN &.

Salmonids, with a deeply-cleft mouth, long lower jaw, articulating
with the quadrates behind the eyes, broad supra-maxillaries with
convex adoral margins, and bands of teeth on the broad head of vomer
and on the palatines.

Genus STENODUS.

=Stenodus, RICHARDSON, Narrative, Artic Land Exp., p. 521, 1856.
= Stenodus, RICHARDSON, Encycl. Brit., 8. ed., v. 12, p. 245, 1856.
= Luciotrutta, GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes B. M., v. 6, p. 164, 1866.
Salmo sp., RICHARDSON olim.

The genus Stenodus was originally proposed by Dr. (afterwards Sir
John) Richardson in an appendix to Back’s ‘Narrative of the Arctic
Land Expedition to the Mouth of the Great Fish River,” ete., pub-
lished in 1836. In his remarks on the “Fish,” allusion is made (p.521)
to “the Salmo Mackenzti, which ascends from the Arctic Sea, and does
not exist in the more southern waters. This fish [he continued], though
agreeing with the trouts in the structure of the jaws, differs from all
the subgenera established by Cuvier in the Régne Animal in having

.the teeth disposed in velvet-like bands, and broader on the vomer and
palatine bones. From the crowded minute teeth, the name of Stenodus
may be given to the subgenus, of which the inconnu, or Salmo Mac-
kenzii, is the only ascertained species.” In 1856 an elaborate descrip-
tion of the genus was published by the same author. The name Lucio-
trutta was proposed for the same type thirty years after Stenodus by
Dr. Giinther, who was apparently unacquainted with Richardson’s
propositions.

Family THYMALLIDA.

= Coregonide, Cork, Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Science, 1871, p. 333, 1872. (Diagno-
sis only.)

= Thymallide, GILL, Rep. Smithson. Inst., 1884, p. 619, 1885.

= Thymallidw, CopEx, Syl]. Lect. Geol. Pal., p. 23, 1891.

Salmonide gen., Auct. pl.

Diagnosis.—Salmonoideans with a rather long dorsal fin whose ante-
rior half is composed of graduated simple rays and posterior half of
bifurcate or little branched rays, epipleural spines to anterior ribs, the
parietal bones meeting at middle and excluding frontals from supra-
occipital, and ripe ova first discharged within abdominal cavity.

122 THE SALMONIDEX AND THYMALLID#Z—GILL. VOL. XVII.

Genus TH YMALLUS.

< Les Ombxes (Coregonus), CUVIER, Regne Animal, v. 2, p. 162, 1817.

= Les Ombres (Thymallus), CUViER, Réegne Animal, 2. ed., v. 2, p. 306, 1829
= Thymallus, Nitsson, Prodr. Ich. Scand., p. 12, 1832.

= Aesche, Choregon, MINDING, Lehrb. Naturgesch. Fische. p. 119, 1832.

The history of Thymallus is somewhat complicated with that of
Coregonus.

In 1816, Cuvier gave the name ‘Les Ombres (Coregonus. Art.)” to a
group composed of the graylings and whitefishes.

In 1829, Cuvier divided the ‘“* Ombres” into two genera (or subgenera),
naming the “Ombres” or graylings, Thymallus, and the whitefishes
Coregonus.

In 1832, Minding gave the name ‘‘Aesche, Choregon,” * to a genus of
which the only species mentioned was the ‘‘Thymus-Aesche, C. Thy-
mallus.”. The name was evidently given as a substitute for Coregonus
of Artedi and Cuvier (1817).

Inasmuch as Cuvier, Fleming, and others simply adopted Coregonus
from Artedi and Linnzus, I do not think that the fact that they
brought into such prominence the Thymallus is sufficient to insure the
acceptance of that species as the type of Coregonus.

Thymallus was preceded by Thymalus, a Coleopterous genus named
by Latreille in 1802. Those who think that the two conflict may take
the name Choregon in place of Tha amie t

2 Oe eS, ich fiihre men Chor an. 3
+The name Choregon is distinct etymologically and’in form from Coregonus.
Artedi, the author of the name, in his Philosophia Ichthyologica (p. 72), gave the
following etymology:
““COREGONUS a Kopy pupilla oculi & ywvia argulus quia pupilla anteriore parte in
angulum acutum procurrit.”

ON THE RELATIONS AND NOMENCLATURE OF STIZOSTE-
DION OR LUCIOPERCA.

By THEODORE GILL, M.D., PH.D.

In a valuable article on Lucioperca marina, C. & V.,* Mr. Boulen-
lenger has raised two questions of interest, viz:

1. The point to which I now wish to draw special attention is the close affinity
which the Black Sea and Caspian species bears to the North American, and especially
to L. canadensis.

2. Lucioperca should date from the first edition of the ‘Regne Animal’, 1817, where
Cuvier (p. 295) does use the Latin name (‘‘ce qui leur a fait donner le nom de lucio-
perca”’), although indirectly and without a capital.

The former involves an important question of zoogeography. Is the
form in question really related more nearly to the American than
to the other European species?

The second involves a question of nomenclatire affecting important
economical species. is the passage of Cuvier cited the expression of
a historical fact or a nomenclatural proposition ?

The great and deserved reputation of Mr. Boulenger calls for an
extended consideration of the questions involved, and this I have ven-
_ tured to attempt.

CLASSIFICATION,

In 1877 I was led to investigate, 1n company with Dr. Jordan, the
interrelationships of the species of Stizostedion, and both of us were
struck by the contrast between the European and American species,
and jointly elaborated the characteristics which we observed, in an
analytical synopsis published in the second number of Dr. Jordan’s
“Contributions to American Ichthyology.”t

I have lately reviewed the specimens of the four species in the National
Museum in connection with the description and figure of Lucioperca
marina given by Mr. Boulenger, and the conclusions to which I haye

*Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1892, pp. 411-4138, pl. 25.
t Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 10.
Proceedings National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 993.

124 NOMENCLATURE OF STIZOSTEDION—GILL. VOL. XVII.

come are embodied in the following analytical synopsis, slightly modi-
fied and extended from our early one.

*, Dorsal fins well separated, the interspace between them more than the diameter of
eye; anal fin II, 11-14, longer than high; second dorsal I, 17, to I, 21; spines
of the second dorsal and anal closely attached to the soft rays; last dorsal
spine scarcely erectile, more or less firmly bound down by the membrane;
ventrals separated by an interspace equal to width of their base; canine teeth
strong (American species) :

t. Soft dorsal comparatively short (its base one-fourth shorter than that of spinous
dorsal) and with about 17 soft rays; cheeks, opercles, and top of head more or
less closely scaled; body scarcely compressed; size small; pyloric ceca form-
ing two groups, the primary one of four, unequal, moderate, much shorter than
the stomach; the secondary of few (1-3) rudimentary ones...---. CANADENSE,

tt. Soft dorsal rather long (one-sixth shorter than spinous dorsal, with about 20 soft
rays; cheeks and upper surface of head sparsely scaled; body more com-
pressed; size large; pyloric caca three, subequal, all long (about as long as
SHOMACHIE. oe es ae oe tee ee ee eas ake i,

** | Dorsal fins Sone eyes AlatGat connec val by ripe ine, the interaneen being
much less than the diameter of the eye; spines of second dorsal and anal
loosely connected with succeeding rays; last dorsal spine erectile; ventrals
separated by an interspace about two-thirds the width of their base; second
dorsal I (11,16) 22 or 23; anal fin at least as high as long; body compressed ;
(European species with the body more or less distinctly transversely barred):

{. Soft dorsal considerably (one-fifth) shorter than spinous dorsal; anal tin IT, 11-12,
as long as high; canine teeth strong; ‘‘ pyloric ceca 4 to 6”_..-. LUCIOPERCA.

tt. Soft dorsal somewhat longer than spinous dorsal; anal fin short and high; its
length two thirds its height; its rays II, 9-10; canineteeth weak, not much dif-
ferentiated; body strongly compressed as in the genus Perca; ‘pyloric coca
three” (Gather) ce teat a oe cis scenes See ee eee eee eee WOLGENSE.

tt}. Second dorsal shorter than spinous dorsal (First D. XII-XIIT; Second D. I-II
16-17); anal fin II, 11-12, about as short as high; canine teeth developed;
body compressed and banded like a perch; pyloric ceca 5; the longest as long
as stomach, the shortest only half as long (oulenger)....---..----- MARINUM.

The relations of Stizostedion to other genera appear to me to have
been much misunderstood. Dr.Giinther and Prof. Seeley have arranged
the fresh-water European genera of perciform acanthopterygians in the
following manner:

GUNTHER, 1859 (1886 *). SEELEY, 1886.
1. Perea. 1. Perea.

4, Labrax. 2. Labrax.

9. Acerina. 3. Perearina.

10. Percarina. 4, Acerina.

11. Lucioperea. ; 5. Lucioperea.

14. Aspro. 6. Aspro.

Most of these genera are undoubtedly related, and belong to the
family Percida, but Labrax (including Dicentrarchus, Roecus, and

aT ‘he | same eee sequence was Raueten in ne Havent dee lchihyelaaies but
without numbers.

<< =

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Ts

Morone) is probably a member of a different family. The European
Percids seem naturally to fall into the following groups:

Perearina.

Perca.

Stizostedion. :
Acerina. )
Gymnocephalus. )
Cingla. " |
Aspro. §

The relationship of Perca and Stizostedion is especially close.
The order of the differentiation of the genera from a primitive type
may be expressed by the following genealogical tree.

Perearina.

ep) >
‘a 5
Perea. Stizostedion. = ee
E S)
E ©

ia’)

—

ee (e)

EZ oo

Aspro appears to be the nearest European relation to the American
Etheostomines; at least it resembles them most in appearance and the
form of the ventrals.

It will be noticed that the character first appreciated by Mr, Boulen-
ger (the relative width of the interspace between the ventral fins as com-
pared with the width of the bases of these fins) is coordinate with the
characters previously recognized by Dr. Jordan and myself and there-
fore corroborates the approximation of the European species and their
segregation from the American forms. The evidence therefore appears
to be strong in favor of the differentiation of the genus into two pri-
mary sections, one including the European fishes and the other the
American. The Lucioperca marina or Stizostedion marinum conse-

*Gymnocephalus (Bloch) Blkr. Arch. Néerland Sce., vi. 11, p. 266,—Leptoperca (Gill
Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Phila., 1861, p. 502) is distinguished from Acerina by the slender
body, prolonged snout, and longer, many-spined (17—19) dorsalis. Its species are
G. schretzer (ex Linn) and G. tanaicensis (ex Giildenstedt). :

126 NOMENCLATURE OF STIZOSTEDION—GILL. vos aces

quently is associated with the representatives of the genus belonging
to its own fauna rather than to those of the American fauna.

THE PROPER NAME OF THE PIKE-PERCHES.

The scientific name generally given to the pike-perches by the
American naturalists is Stizostedion, or some orthographic modification
thereof. Under any form, it is so objectionable to me that I would
like to see it displaced, especially by so euphonious and appropriate a
name as Lucioperca. I therefore long ago sought to find a date for
the latter which would anticipate Stizostedion, and called attention to
the publication of the French name (Les Sandres) in 1817.* I was,
however, unable to find any but the French name and between that and
the formal bestowal of the latin Lucitoperca two or three others inter-
vened, Stizostedion, Sandat, and perhaps Sandrus. Although I had
come to such a conclusion I was nevertheless disposed to welcome Mr.
Boulenger’s recent interpretation of Cuvier’s words in proposing a sub-
generic isolation of the pike-perches, in the hope that Lucioperca might
be legitimately revived. But another review of the case compels me
to adhere (most reluctantly) to my former conviction. That the strain
of the interpretation proposed by Mr. Boulenger is too great is rendered -
evident by the consideration of Cuvier’s language, and the action of two
of his compatriots and others with regard to it.

In 1817, Cuvier distinguished from the “ Cenxtropomes” (including
Centropomus and Lates) a new division in the following terms:

Je distingue des CENTROPOMES.
LES SANDRES, Cuv.

Qui ont aussi des dentelures au préopercule, sans piquans a l’opercule, mais dont
le téte entitre est dépourve d’écailles, et la gueule armée de dents pointues et ecar-
tées, ce qui leur a fait donner le nom de lucio perca. (Brochet perche.)

I had always interpreted this statement to mean that the pointed
distant teeth had procured (from others) for the species the name
of pike-perch and that the name Lucioperca was not formally given to
the genus, and in fact that the genus was not really scientifically
named. Thus had most others also interpreted the paragraph. An
analogous paragraph in the work of Cuvier and Valenciennes (vol. 2,
p. 110) seems likewise to support such an interpretation.

Both passages taken together clearly show that Cuvier simply stated
a historical fact and did not formulate a nomenclatural proposition.

In 1820, Rafinesque described a pike perch as Perca salmonea and
proposed a subgenus for it in the following terms:

The Perca Salmonea may also form a peculiar subgenus, or section distinguished
by the cylindrical shape of the body, long head and jaws, large teeth, and a second

spine outside of the opercule over the base of the pectoral fins. It may be called
Stizostedion, which means pungent throat.

*See Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Phila., 1861, p. 47.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 127

No good objection can be offered against this differ entiation as it
is pertinent and diagnostic, save as to the second spine, which is. sim-
ply the extension of the proscapula and is no more evident in the pike-
perches than in the typical perches. Rafinesque’s diagnosis is, in fact,
better than Cuvier’s.

In 1819, Bosc* detined the names Sandat and Sandre in the following
words, neither name being used as a scientific or Latin designation of
an accepted genus.

Sandat. Synonyme de Sandre. (B.)

Sandre. Poisson de nos riviéres que Linneus avoit placé parmi les PERCHES (perca
lucioperca), et que Lacépede a porté dans son genre Centropome. Cuvier vient de le
faire servir 4 l’etablissement d’un sous-genre. Ses caractéres sont: téte dépourvue
@écailles; gueule armée de dents pointues et écartées; des dentelures au préoper-
cule; des piquans & l’opercule.

La Sciéne coro et de l’Te-de-France paroit devoir faire part de ce sous-genre. (B).

In-1827, Cloquett defined the genus under the head of “ Sandre;”
gave, aS a pseudoscientific equivalent, the name ‘“ Sandat,” and de:
fined it as follows:

Sandre, Sandat. (Ichthyol.) M. Cuvier a distingué sous ce nom un genre de pois-
sons qu’il a séparé de celui des Centropomes de Lacépede, et de celui des PERCHES de
Linneus.

This was defined in the following terms:

Corps oblong, épais, comprimé, écailleux; opercules dentelées sans piquans; téte
alépidote; deux nageoires, dents pointues et écartées.

Two species were recognized:

(1) “Le Sandat, Sandat lucioperca, N. [i. e. Cloquet]; Perea lucioperca Linneus,”
=Stizostedion lucioperca.

(2) Le ‘“‘Sandre coro, Sandat coro”—=Conodon nobile.

In 1828 and 1829, Bory de Saint Vincent, in the Dictionnaire Clas-
sique d’Histoire imatretio: adopted as a subgeneric name Sandat.
Under the head Perche (vol. 13, p. 204) he detined the subgenus:

tt t t t Sandre, Sandat. Les Poissons de ce sous-genre, formés aux dépens deg
Centropomes de Lacépéde, ont des dentclures au préopercule, mais point de
piquans a lopercule; leur téte est entierement dépouryne d’écailles, et la gueule est
armée de dents pointues et écartées.

Under the heads of Sandat and Sandre, simple cross-references were
given, viz:

SANDAT. Pois. V.SANDRE et PERCHE, sous-genre CENTROPOME
(vol. 15 p. 97.)

SANDRE. Sandat. Pots. Sous-genre de Perche. V. ce mot. (B.)
(vol. 15, p. 98.)

In 1828, Stark { defined the genus as follows:

* Nouveau Dictionnaire d’ Histoire Naturelle, n. ed., vol. 30, pp. 126, 129.
t Dictionaire des Sciences Naturelles, v. 47, p. 173,
t Elements of Natural History, vol. 1, p. 465,

Tvs NOMENCLATURE OF STIZOSTEDION—GILL. VOL. xvii.

Gen 75.* Sandrus, Cuy.
Head entirely destitute of scales; jaws armed with pointed and distant teeth;
preoperculi dentated, but opereuli without spines.

S. lucioperca and S. coro were the adinitted species.

In 1828 Cuvier and Valenciennes? for the first time formally devolved
on the pike-perches, the name Lucioperca. This they did in the follow-
ing manner:

Des Sandres (Lucioperca, nob.).

Ce sous-genre se distingue des autres par la réunion qwil présente des nageoires
et des préopercules de la perche, avec des dents pointues qui rappellant celles du
brochet, et c’est qui a fait donner, par Conrad Gesner, 4 Vespéce d’Europe le nom
composé de lucioperca (brochet-perche).} ;

The history thus detailed is summarized in the following synonymy:
STIZOSTEDION.

Synonymy.

—Les Sandres, CUVIER, Regne Animal, vol. 2, p. 294, 1817.

=Stizostedion, RAFINESQUE, West. Mag. and Misc. Mag., vol. 1, p. 371, Jan. 1820;
Ich. Oh., p. 23, 1820.

=Lucioperca, FLEMING, Phil. of Zool., p. 394, 1822.

=Sandat, CLOQUET, Dict. Se. Nat., vol. 47, p. 178, 1827.

=Sandrus, STARK, Elem. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, p. 465, 1828.

==Lucioperca, CUVIER and VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poissons, vol. 2, p. 110, 1828.

—Schilus, KRYNIcKk1I, Nouv. Mém. Soc. Nat. Moscou, vol. 2, p. 441, 1832.

=Centropomus, BLEEKER, Arch. Néerland. Sc., vol. 11, p. 265, 1876. (Vix Centro-
pomus Lacépede, 1801.)

=Stizostethium, JORDAN, Cont. to N. Am. Ich., 11, p. 43, 1877.

=Stizostedium, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fishes N. Am., p. 525, 1882.

Subgenera.

<Cynoperca, GILL and JORDAN, Jordan’s Cont. to N. Am. Iech., 11, p. 45, 1877.
<Stizostethium, GILL and JORDAN, Jordan’s Cont. to N. Am, Ich., 11, p. 45, 1877.
< Lucioperca, GILL and JORDAN, Jordan’s Cont. to N. Am. Ich., m1, p. 45, 1877.
<_ Mimoperca, GiLu and JORDAN, Jordan’s Cont. to N. Am. Ich., 11, p, 45, 1877.

*Gen. 75 of Acanthopterygii.
t Histoire Naturelle des Poisson, vol. 2, p. 110.
}Gesn., Paralip., p. 28 et 29.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF COTTON RAT (SIG-
MODON MINIMA) FROM NEW MEXICO.

By EpG@ar A. MEARNS, M. D.,
Surgeon, United States Army.

AMONG the small mammals collected by Mr. F. X. Holzner and myself
on the Mexican border, in connection with the operations of the Inter-
national Boundary Commission, are two specimens of a species of cot-
ton rat, which, in my opinion, is distinct from any heretofore described.

In the grassy hollows and flats between the most southern spurs of
the Apache Mountains, in an arid, treeless region, having an altitude
of 1,500 metres (exactly 1,496 at the monument), it was a surprise to
find any species of Sigmodon. Many of their old runways were seen,
however, in the dry and dusty grass; but nearly all of the holes were
abandoned. Industrious trapping, persisted in for several weeks,
resulted in the capture of but two adult male specimens. Mexican
miners in the vicinity told us that only a few months before the species
had been abundant, but seemed to have died off; indeed, we frequently
saw their remains in the grass and picked up parts of skeletons and
one or two additional skulls.

This new species has many points in common with Sigmodon ful-
viventer, recently described by Dr. J. A. Allen, from Zacatecas, Mex-
ico.* It is still smaller than that species, being about the size of De
Saussure’s ‘“* Hesperomys toltecus” (=NSigmodon hispidus toltecus).t On
capturing these specimens I was at once struck by their resemblance to
S. fulviventer, the type of which I had closely examined in the American
Museum of Natural History in New York, the resemblance consisting
not only in the fulvous tone of coloring, especially of the under parts,
but in the distinctly bristly character of the hairy coat and the dense
hairiness of the ears and tail, in all of which particulars it differs

* Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 11, No. 3, p. 180, October 21, 1889.
TAlen. L2+¢.5,111, 1891,, p: 207.
* Proceedings National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 994.

129
Proc, No Mt 94-9

130 A NEW SPECIES OF COTTON RAT—MEARNS. VOL. XVIL.

radically from its geographically nearest neighbors—Sigmodon hispidus
tewianus, (Aud, and Bach.) and S. hispidus arizona, (Mearns).

SIGMODON MINIMA, new species.

Type.—No. 21187, U.S. N. M. (Coll. International Boundary Commis-
sion). Adult male, from Upper Corner Monument, New Mexico, on the
Mexican boundary line, 100 miles west of the initial monument on the
west bank of the Rio Grande, Collected by Edgar A, Mearns and
Frank X. Holzner, April 26, 1892.

Description of type.—Coat bushy and hispid; under-fur darker plum-
beous than in S. hispidus texianus or S. hispidus arizone; coarse outer
coat more bristly, especially on sides of head and neck; ears, feet, and
tail densely hairy; tail not distinctly bicolor. Color above grayish, the
individual hairs being ringed with gray and brown, the brown annuli
being blackish in their middle portion, fading to light-yellowish brown on
their edges; under surface of body clayey buff; feet yellowish gray;
»ars densely clothed with grayish hairs on inner surface, with their
convex surface black anteriorly and buff posteriorly; tail brownish
black, somewhat lighter below, the hairs almost concealing the annuli.

Another specimen (No. 1760, male adult, from the same locality, col-
lected by Mearns and Holzner, May 13, 1892) differs only in being
ochraceous buff below, with a little more of the fulvous tinge on rump
and flanks, thus approaching more closely to the coloration of Sigmodon
Sulviventer.

Dimensions.—Measurements (in millimeters) of No, 21187, adult male:
Length, measured from nose to end of vertebrae of tail, 223; tail, measured
from root to end of vertebrie, 94; to end of hairs, 104; height of ear above
crown, 14; distance between eyes, 12; diameter of eye, 5; length of
longest whisker, 30; from tip of nose to eye, 16; to center of pupil, 18.5;
to ear, 30; to tip of ear, 46; to occiput, 37; to end of outstretched hind
limb, 183; fore limb, measured from olecranon to end of longest claw, 33;
length of fore-foot, 15; longest claw of fore-foot (chord), 3.9; hind limb,
measured from knee-joint to end of longest claw, 53; length of hind-foot,
28; longest claw of hind-foot, 3mm. Measurements of No. 1760, adult
male: Length, 223; tail to end of vetebrie, 91; to end of hairs, 97; height
of ear above crown, 12; above notch, 16; distance between eyes, 12;
diameter of eye, 5; longest whisker, 26; from top of nose to eye, 16; to
center of pupil, 19; to ear, 30; to tip of ear, 46; to occiput, 34; to end of
hinder extremity, 180; fore limb from olecranon, 33; length of fore-foot,
14; longest claw of fore-foot, 3; hind limb from knee-joint, 53; length of
hind-foot, 27; longest claw of hind-foot, 4.2 mm.

Cranial and dental characters.—As compared with 8S, hispidus texianus,
the only species before me for comparison, the brain-case is higher and
narrower, the skull more constricted between the orbits, with shorter
nasals, their bases being nearly even with the posterior border of the
incisive foramen instead of well behind it. The dentition is very much
heavier-

NOTES ON THE INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF THE DAKOTA
FORMATION, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW MOLLUSCAN
FORMS.

| With plate VIII. |

By CHARLES A. WHITE,
Honorary Curator of Mesozoic Invertebrate lossils.

ALTHOUGH the Dakota formation is of great geographical extent,
and, stratigraphically, one of the most clearly defined of the divisions of
the North American Upper Cretaceous, comparatively little is known
of its contemporary fauna. Of its flora, however, which is a great and
varied one, much more is known, and remains of its numerous specific
forms are generally used in the paleontological characterization of the
formation. Those remains consist largely of angiospermous leaves,
and a greater or less number of species have been found in all the dis-
tricts where the formation has been recognized.*

The discovery of vertebrate remains in Dakota strata was, some
years ago, publically announced, but it has since been ascertained that
they came from the underlying Jurassic strata. It is, therefore, not
yet certain that remains of land animals of any kind have been found
within the proper limits of this formation, which fact, in view of the
evidence we have of the contemporaneous prevalence of a great and
varied land flora, is quite remarkable.

Notwithstanding the great geographical extent of the Dakota forma-
tion, only three discoveries of invertebrate remains have, so far as I am
aware, been made in its strata. The first of these discoveries was
made by Dr. F. V. Hayden in the valley of the Missouri River, at a
few localities within a small district which embraces the mouth of the
Big Sioux River. The second discovery was made by Prof. B. F.
Mudge in Saline County, Kansas, and the third by Prof. L. E. Hicks in
Jefferson County, Nebraska.

Those which were discovered by Dr. Hayden are described and
figured by Mr. F’. B. Meek in Volume 1x of the U.S. Geological Survey
~ *See The Flora of the Dakota Group, by Leo Lesquereux; Monog. XVU, Wie tS
Geological Survey. Washington: Government Printing Office, 1891. This is a post-
humous publication, edited by Prof. F. H. Knowlton.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 995.

131

132 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF DAKOTA FORMATION—WHITE. you. xvu.

of the Territories. A part of those discovered by Prof. Mudge are
described and figured by Mr. Meek in the volume just mentioned, and
a part of them by myself in volume 11 of the Proceedings of the U. 8.
National Museum. Those which were discovered by Prof. Hicks are
described and figured in this article.

Prof. Hicks made his collection about ten years ago and deposited it
in the cabinet of the Nebraska State University in 1885. In that year
he referred to it in a paper which he read before the American Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Science as representing a marine fauna,*
but further study showed it to have been of nonmarine origin. The
following description of the locality at which Prof. Hicks discovered
these fossils has been given me by him:

Jefferson County, Nebraska, 5 miles west of north from Fairbury, about 1 mile
from the Little Blue River. The exposure is a comparatively sight one and occurs
upon the north side of a deep ravine, about half way up the slope. This ravine
opens into Whiskey Run, and the latter empties into Little Blue River.

The Dakota strata at this locality, as is usually the case in all that
district, consists of ferruginous sandstone, the fossiliferous layers con-
sisting largely of impure, partly oolitic, limonite. Fragments and masses
of these layers constitute the collection made by Prof. Hicks. These
specimens contain an abundance of fossil remains, all of which are
either vegetal or molluscan, and all are in the condition of natural casts,
molds, or imprints. All the molluscan forms which have been recog-
nized are described and figured on following pages. The plant remains
embrace well-known Dakota species. The following have been iden-
tified by Prof. F. H. Knowlton, the editor of Lesquereux’s work on
the Dakota flora, already referred to: Salix meekii, Newberry, Diospyrus
primeva, Heer, Sapindus diversifolius, Lesquereux, Magnolia ———?
(probably new), Platanus primeva, Lesquereux.

All the specimens of the collection being in the condition of natural
casts, imprints, and molds, the greater part of the studies recorded on
the following pages, and all the figures on the accompanying plates,
have been made from artificial casts taken from the natural molds.
Because of this condition of the specimens the studies of all the species
which they represent have been far from complete. So much interest,
however, naturally attaches to the division of the Dakota fauna which
they represent that, notwithstanding their imperfection, I have thought
it desirable to publish them. I have also thought it desirable to give
a specific name to each form for purposes of convenience in geological
studies, rather than as indicating a satisfactory biological classifica-
tion. :

Iam indebted to the authorities of the Nebraska State University,
through Prof. Erwin H. Barbour, for the opportunity to study and
publish this small but interesting collection. All the specimens used
in this study are returned to the cabinet of the University at Lincoln,

*Proc. A. A. A. S., vol. 34, pp. 217-219,

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 133

together with the artificial casts used in the preparation of the descrip-
tions and figures. A duplicate set of these casts, however, is deposited
in the U.S. National Museum at Washington.

Class CONCHIFERA.
Family UNIONID A.
UNIO BARBOURI, new species.
Plate VIII, Figs. 1, 2, 3.

Shell elongate-subelliptical, as viewed laterally, narrowly subellipti-
cal, as viewed vertically, and ovoid as viewed in front. Dorsal margin
gently convex, abruptly rounded to the front margin; the latter margin
gradually rounded to the broadly convex basal margin; posterior
margin abruptly rounded or subangular, its most prominent part being
above the midheight of the shell; beaks not prominent, situated near
the front, but they are not so nearly terminal as is often the case with

_Cretaceous species of Unio. Cardinal teeth moderately small; lateral
teeth slender; postero-dorsal ridge of each valve slightly prominent and
ending, as usual, at the most prominent part of the posterior margin.
Surface marked by the ordinary lines and imbrications of growth.

Length, when perfect, of the principal specimen from which the
foregoing description is drawn, about 75 mm; height, 35 mm; con-
vexity, 25 mm.

All the known specimens of this species being in the condition of
natural molds of the exterior and casts of the interior, the foregoing
description, and also the figures illustrating it, have been made from
the natural casts and from artificial casts taken from the natural molds.

One of the artificial casts shows that the beaks had become consid-
erably eroded, a condition extremely common in the case of living spe-
cies of Unio in the waters of the Mississippi drainage system, but
quite uncommon among North American fossil species of Unio.

This species has the general shape and aspect of the living Unio
anodontoides Lea, of the Mississippi drainage system, and it is in all
respects a modern type of Unio. Indeed, it so nearly resembles
some individual varieties of the species just mentioned that it is diffi-
cult to choose words which shall diagnose it as specifically different.
Still, I think it inexpedient, even from a biological point of view, to
apply the name of any living species to a Cretaceous form and, that
from a geological point of view, it is especially undesirable to do so.

I have chosen the specific name of this form in honor of Prof. Erwin
H. Barbour. of the Nebraska State University.

UNIO, doubtful species.
Plate VIII, figs. 4, 5.

The collection made by Prof. Hicks contains an internal cast of a small
specimen of Unio, probably a young example, which differs too much

134 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF DAKOTA FORMATION—WHITE. vou. xvu.

in form and proportions from the one just described to allow its refer-
ence to that species. Indeed, it differs so much from the other that it
seems to belong to the type of Unio atatus, Say. Still, the specimen is
too imperfect to allow of a satisfactory specific description, but it is fig-
ured on plate viii for the purpose of giving as complete a representation
as possible of the meager fauna of the Dakota formation, as it is now
known.
Family CORBULID &.

CORBULA HICKSII, new species.
Plate VIII, figs. 6, 7, 8.

Shell of medium size, elongate-subtrihedral in marginal outline; pos-
terior end prominent and narrow; valves of moderate convexity, not
strongly unequal; beaks high and narrow and turning forward; basal
margin broadly convex; posterior margin narrowly rounded; postero-
dorsal margin slightly convex and sloping downward from between
the beaks to the narrow posterior end; front margin regularly rounded

from the basal margin to the inter-umbonal space; surface marked by -

the usual distinct lines of growth; hinge having the typical character-
istics of Corbula.

Length of the largest example in the collection, which is a left valve,
26 mm; height from base to umbo, .16 im; convexity of the single
valve, 6 mm. ,

The collection contains an abundance of specimens of this species,
all of which are in the condition of natural molds and casts. The fore-
going description has been made from those molds and casts and from
artificial casts taken from some of the natural molds. The figures on
plate v1 are drawn from artificial casts.

This form is of the same general type as that of the Laramie Corbula
to which Mr. Meek gave the name C. crassitelliformis, but it is some-
what more gibbous and also broader in front. The specific name is
given in honor of Prof. L. EK. Hicks, its discoverer.

Class GASTEROPODA.
Family CERIPHASIIDA.
GONIOBASIS JEFFERSONENSIS, new species.
Plate VIUI, fig. 9.

Shell small, slender, sides of the spire approximately straight; volu-
tions apparently about 10 in number, gradually increasing in size from
the apex to the front; sides of the volutions nearly straight or flat,
thus forming the nearly straight sides of the spire; suture linear; sur-
face nearly or quite smooth.

Length of the only specimen discovered, 13 mm; breadth of the last
volution, 5 mm.

—- ~~ +

1994. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 135

This species is represented by only a single, somewhat imperfect,
natural mold of the exterior of the shell, and which does not show the
character of the aperture. It is therefore referred to Goniobasis
because of its external form and features. It bears a general resem-
blance to G. macilenta White, of the Bear River formation, but it differs
in lacking certain of the surface markings of that species.

GONIOBASIS, doubtful species.

Plate VIII, fig. 10.

Another specimen, evidently referable to Goniobasis, was found asso-
ciated with the foregoing. It resembles that species in certain respects,
but the apical angle is considerably greater and the shell is therefore
less slender. It possibly belongs to the same species with the forego-
ing, but I am inclined to regard it as representing another form.

Family MELANIIDA.
PYRGULIFERA MEEKIII, new species.
Plate, VIII, fig. 13.

The collection contains a single specimen, in the condition of a nat:
ural mold, which I have little, if any, doubt represents a species of
Pyrgulifera. The form and character of the aperture are not shown,
but the surface features agree well with those of typical species of that
genus, and they are much like those of some individual varieties of
P. humerosa which were found by Mr. T. W. Stanton in western
Wyoming. The volutions, however, are more regularly convex, and
the revolving lines finer and more numerous than I have found them
to be on any specimens of P. humerosa. I therefore give it a new
specific name, selecting that of the founder of the genus.

The discovery of Pyrgulifera in the Dakota formation is of special
interest, not only because that genus has not hitherto been found in
any other North American formation than the Bear River, but because
that formation is believed to be of nearly, if not quite, the same age as
the Dakota.

Family VIVIPARID A,
VIVIPARUS HICKSII, new species.
Plate VIII, figs. 11, 12.

The collection contains three or four imperfect natural molds of a
small species of Viviparus, artificial casts of two of which are figured’
on plate vil. ‘The species is a little more elongate, and the spire more
acute, than is usual with Viviparus, but a portion of the aperture
shown by one of the specimens indicates that it was like that of typical
forms of that genus.

Concluding remarks.—It is true that the collection of invertebrate fos-
sils described in this article does not add materially to our knowledge of
biological forms, but in several respects it possesses unusual interest.
It is, as has already been mentioned, one of only three collections of
invertebrateremains that have been made from the Dakota formation, the
strata of which we have abundant evidence to believe originally oceu-
pied many thousands of square miles. It indicates more distinctly
than any previously discovered facts have done, the nonmarine char-
acter of that formation. It embraces four genera which have never
before been recognized in collections from its strata. Although that
formation lies at the base of the Upper Cretaceous series, a majority
of the species which this collection contains belong to genera repre-
sentatives of which are among the characteristic members of the mol-
lusean fauna now living in the waters of the Mississippi drainage
system.

Of the few species that were discovered by Dr. Hayden a part belong
to genera which are generally regarded as indicating a marine habitat,
a part are such forms as usually inhabit estuarine or other brackish
waters, and one was referred by Mr. Meek, who described these fossils,*
to the genus Margaritana. I have no reason to doubt that this species
belongs to the Unionide, but the type specimens do not satisfactorily
show the hinge structure and other features upon the modification of —
which the different genera of that family are established.

Dr. Hayden did not find the forms which have just been mentioned
as indicating a marine habitat in immediate association with the shell
which Mr. Meek referred to Margaritana, its only associate having been
a form which he referred to Cyrena. According to our present knowl-
edge of the habitat of the different molluscan genera the association of —
Margaritana and Cyrena is incongruous, because the former genus is
never found living in saline waters, and the latter never in fresh. I
think, however, that the shell referred to Cyrena by Mr. Meek may be
properly referred to Corbicula, the shell characteristics of which genus
are so nearly like those of Cyrena that it is often difficult or impossible
to diagnose them as different in the fossil condition. Species of Corbi-
cula are not unfrequently found living in fresh waters, and we have
abundant evidence that fossil, if not living, forms of Unio and Corbicula
lived and thrived together. I therefore regard it as reasonable to infer
that the Dakota strata in which the two species referred to were dis-
covered were deposited in fresh, or at most, in brackish waters. The
discovery of remains of a couple of speciessof characteristic Dakota
plants commingled with these fossil molluscan forms leaves little or no
room for question as to the Dakota age of those strata. I have also
little doubt that the layers from which came the other molluscan forms
discovered by Dr. Hayden in the district just mentioned are near the

*For descriptions and figures of these species, see Vol. 1x, U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr.,
pl. 1, pp. 92, 114, 159, 206, 251.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 37

changing to the marine condition which prevailed during the succeed-
ing Colorado epoch.* ;

The invertebrate species collected by Prof. Mudgein Saline County,
Kans., consist wholly of forms which are regarded as indicating a
marine habitat, but they are all such as are generally understood to
indicate a littoral, or at least a shallow-water, condition. They were
described by Mr. Meek and myself, respectively.t I have never per-
sonally examined the stratigraphy of Saline County, Kans., but I
accepted Prof. Mudge’s identification of the Dakota formation there
when I published the description of the species referred to, and I have
since expressed the opinion that the formation changes from a non-
marine to a marine condition in its southward and southeastward
extension.

Although the generic characteristics of all the forms contained in
the collection of Prof. Hicks are not well shown by the specimens, I
have no reason to doubt the generic identity of any of them as indi-
cated by the names applied to them respectively in the foregoing
descriptions. I therefore regard the collection as unmistakably indiecat-
ing @ nonmarine origin for the strata from which it was made. Indeed,
I think the character of the collection as a whole indicates a purely fresh-
water origin. This opinion is supported by the following facts: Of
the five genera represented in the collection, representatives of three
of them, namely, Unio, Goniobasis, and Viviparus, have never been
found living in any other than fresh waters. It is true that species of
Corbula are usually found in saline waters, and often in those of full
marine saltness; but it is also.true that living species of that genus
sometimes range into fresh waters, and the fossil species have frequently
been found associated with Unio, Goniobasis, and Viviparus. The fos-
sil faunal associates of Pyrgulifera usually indicate a brackish-water
condition, but the type species of the genus, while sometimes found com-
mingled with shells of Ostrea, is oftener found associated with such
fresh-water forms as Unio, Viviparus, Campeloma, ete. Moreover, the
only known living species of the genus inhabit fresh waters.

The general prevalence of land plants in the strata of the Dakota
formation is also an indication of its nonmarine origin, as is the gen-
eral absence of marine remains. Indeed, the only discoveries of fossil
remains in Dakota strata which indicate a saline condition of the waters
in which they were deposited were made along a part of, or near, the
eastern border of the formation.

I do not think it is fully proved that the bulk of that portion of the
formation which occurs in the Missouri River valley in the vicinity of

*These remarks are based upon my recollection of a personal statement made to
me by Dr. Hayden.

tVol. rx, U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., pl. 2, pp. 80, 92, 109, 120, 163, 164, 170, 174, 195,
202, 253, 300, and 333; Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, vol. 2, pl. 5, pp. 295, 296.

tSee Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, No. 82, p. 122.

138 INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF DAKOTA FORMATION—WHITE. vou. xvu.

the mouth of the Big Sioux River was deposited in saline waters, but
there is no reason for questioning the marine origin of the collections
made by Prof. Mudge in Saline County, Kans. I have no reason to
doubt that the Kansas deposit holds the same stratigraphical position
in the Cretaceous series as does the Dakota formation, nor do I know
of any reason to doubt that it merges horizontally into the Dakota.
Still, I am disposed to exclude those Kansas deposits and their south-
ern and southeastern marine equivalents, when discussing the fauna
of the Dakota formation proper. Indeed, I think it is to be expected
that should any invertebrate remains be found in any of the Dakota
strata which are known to prevail in the great region westward and
northwestward from eastern Kansas and Nebraska, they will be such
as indicate a fresh-water habitat.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Unio barbouri, p. 133.

Fig. 1. Side view of an artificial cast from a natural mold.

Fig. 2. Dorsal view of the same specimen.
Fig. 3. Side view of an artificial mold of a natural cast of a right valve of another
specimen of the same species.
Unio (doubtful species), p. 133.
Fig. 4. Side view of a natural cast of the interior of the shell.
Fig. 5. Dorsal view of the same specimen.

Corbula hicksii, p. 134.

Fig. 6. Side view of the left valve; an artificial cast from a natural mold.
Fig. 7. Dorsal view of the same specimen.
8. Front view of another specimen; also an artificial cast of a natural mold.

Goniobasis jeffersonensis, p. 134.
Fig. 9. Side view of an artificial cast of a natural mold.
Goniobasis (doubtful species), p. 135.
Fig 10. Side view of an artificial cast of a natural mold.
Viviparus hicksii, p. 135.

Fig. 11. Side view of an artificial cast of a natural mold.
Fig. 12. Side view of another similar cast.

Pyrgulifera meekii, p.135. *

Fig. 13. Side view of an artificial cast of a natural mold.
All the figures on this plate are of natural size except fig. 9, which is slightly
enlarged.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. VIII

FRESH-WATER MOLLUSKS OF THE DAKOTA FORMATION.

THE SHELLS OF THE TRES MARIAS AND OTHER LOUCAL-
ITIES ALONG THE SHORES OF LOWER CALIFORNIA
AND THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA.

By RoBEerT E. C. STEARNS, PH. D.,
Adjunct Curator of the Department of Mollusks.

IN THE spring of 1876, Mr. W. J. Fisher, of San Francisco, who had
previously, in 1873, been connected as Naturalist with the U.S.S.
Tuscarora Telegraph Sounding Expedition, under Commander George
EK. Belknap. conceived the idea of chartering or purchasing a small
vessel and making an investigation of the shores and islands of Lower
California and the Gulf of California in the interest of natural history.
Through the generosity of Mr. Fisher, the greater part of the mollusks
collected by him were given to me, and became a part of the Stearns
Collection, now incorporated into the greater collection of the U.S.
National Museum.

Mr. Fisher’s collection, though made, as it will be seen, many years
ago, has not heretofore been brought to notice. Notwithstanding this
lapse of time, its value, through the importance of the information it
furnishes on the geographical distribution of most of the species enum-
erated, has not been impaired by delay in publication, as no subsequent
collector has touched at or visited so many localities around the shores
of the Gulf and of Lower California, or if any such collection has been
made it has not been made known. Many of the localities have not pre-
viously been mentioned, either by collectors or authors. The impor-
tance of Mr. Fisher’s collection, in its bearing upon the Mollusea of the
Tres Marias, is worthy of special mention; it would of itself justify the
publication of the list, for it exhibits more fully the mollusk-fanna of
this interesting and little-known group of islands, and includes a greater
number of species than any and all previous publications. Aside from
the few new species that he collected, much light was obtained as to
others that may be regarded as rare or little known, and again, the
detection of so many familiar forms, heretofore associated in our minds
with Indo-Pacific or rather Polynesian waters, is almost a revelation
and of exceeding interest. There are no currents setting eastward from

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 996.

139

140 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VoL. XVI.

the Pacific that might possibly transport drift material from the regions
where these species are known to live, and thus convey and enable them
to make a lodgment or gain a foothold on the western coast of the
continent. In the gulf region the currents sweep in the opposite direc-
tion, that is, to the westward. It is possible that these exotic forms
have been introduced as an incident of commerce.

For many years vessels seeking a return cargo from various places
in Indo-Pacific waters have visited the gulf region, especially the
Tres Marias islands, for the dyewoods that are found there, and which
at various periods have furnished quite a large business to vessels
seeking return freights. Vessels bound to the gulf ports in such cases
would be in ballast, and if from Indo-Pacific regions the ballast would,
it is probable, consist in the main of coral blocks or fragments of reef-
rock, the chinks of which ordinarily furnish a hiding place for mollus-
can species, and other small forms of marine life. Upon arriving at
the port or embarcadero before loading, the ballast would be dumped
overboard, and with it such animals, living or dead, as were secreted
among, attached to, or contained in it. The Tres Marias and Altata
are well known loading places for the dyewoods trade; the latter being
an embareadero for interior regions, where the dyewoods are cut. In
one instanee I collected several specimens of Orthalicus undatus and a
species of Bulimulus that had concealed themselves among the dyewood
and were transported with it to San Francisco. Upon discharging the
cargo, in throwing the freight ashore, the snails were jarred out. Some
of them were picked up on the wharf and others in the hold of the
vessel after the cargo was discharged.

Besides the dyewoods, salt from the Carmen Island works and orehilla
furnish export cargoes in whole or in part. The extent of the traffic
in these Mexican exports varies very much one year or period compared
with another. At the time of the Franco-Mexican war, or rather the
invasion of Mexico by the French, the commerce of the gulf was
greatly increased. It was during this period that large and important
additions were made to the Stearns Collection, through arrangements
made with parties employed in the coastwise trade between California
and west Mexican ports. No such opportunity for obtaining the shells
of the gulf region has occurred since, nor is likely to for many years.
In addition to the collection made by Mr. Fisher, I have, in a few
instances, added to the list localities visited by other friends and the
species collected by them. In this connection, the names of Capt. A.
Forrer, of Dr. William M. Gabb, whose collections, made at San Juanico
and Loreto, Lower California, in February, 1867, were published by
me in 1873,* and the late Henry Edwards, well known as an excellent
actor and in scientific circles aS an accomplished entomologist and
writer on entomological subjects, who contributed a few species that _
were found by him at Mazatlan and vicinity in 1873, appear occasion-

*Proc. Cal. Acad. Sciences, July, 1872.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. ay

ally, and the names of other friends—Mr. J. W. Towne, of San Fran-
cisco, Samuel Pillsbury, Henry W. Henshaw, and Henry Hemphili
occur. The latter, as well as Mr. L. Belding, of California, and Dr.
Edward Palmer, have added many species and examples of interest
and importance to the national collection.

All of the species credited to San Juanico, on the outer coast of the
peninsula, and Loreto were collected by Dr. Gabb. — All of those
referred to Altata were presented by Mr. A. J. Gove, of San Fran-
cisco, who received them directly from the parties who collected them
at the locality stated. With a few exceptions, all of the species herein
listed are contained in the National Museum, having formed a part of
the Stearns Collection. This list is, however, not quite complete. There
are several species, notably of Chitons, not yet determined, that should
be added, and doubtless a few small species may ultimately be found in
the general collection that were collected by Mr. Fisher.and have been
overlooked, for the department of mollusks in the National Museum has
reached such vast proportions, the registered numbers already exceed-
ing 126,000 trays, that omissions are likely to occur in a paper of this
character, through want of time to make a critical examination and
revision.

The latitude and longitude of the various localities referred to are
given below, commencing at the Coronado Islands, the most northerly
on the ocean side, off the peninsula of Lower California, and proceeding
southerly to Cape St. Lucas; thence northerly along the western shore
of the Gulf of California, including the islands; thence along the eastern
shore of the gulf, following the same and the mainland along the Mexi-
can coast to the last or most southerly locality, Acapulco, in latitude
16° 55’.

In my lists of the shells collected at San Juanico and Loreto by Dr.
Gabb, heretofore mentioned, I referred to San Juanico as being ‘on
the east side of the peninsula of Lower California in latitude 27° north.”
This was an error occasioned by my following the localities as given
in Prof. C. B. Adams’ list of the “Shells of Panama;” and due no
doubt to the fact of there being two places, one on each sideof the penin-
sula of the same name. To prevent mistakes, I have listed the San
Juanico of the eastern side as Point San Juanico (see San Juanico
Cove). Inconnection with Boca de los Piedras, frequently referred to,
see Estera de los Piedras in the list of localities.

Delays due to various causes have enabled me to add the collections
made by the Albatross naturalists, Prof. Leslie A. Lee and his assist-
ants, in 188788 at Ballenas and Pichilinque bays, ete., so far as the
same have been worked up at this date.

Several species of land shells inhabiting the Gulf region are included
in this paper; for further information, relating to those of Lower Calli-
fornia more particularly, attention is called to Dr. Cooper’s three papers
“On Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Lower California,” in Vol. III of

142

SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS.

VOL. XVIL.

the Proce. Calif. Acad. Sciences, also an article in Zoe, April, 1892, and to

the more recent paper by Mr.

Bulimulus in Lower California,” ete.
In this connection see the titles of various publications at the close
of this paper.

Localities.

Dall on the *‘Land Shells of the Genus

Lower California, western or ocean shore from vicinity of San Diego to Cape St.

Lucas:
| |
Locality. Lat. N. | Long. W.
|
oe. = e —-|———--—-—| a
Coronadoslands) 3.o2eheseees 6 acc seem eracies 32) 25"t Tala Ad:
"TODOS SAMOS PAY saris eine else ia ora 3150, 116 40
Shi itoiat Bier: deci sacnascdemcace aseaosbod5aees5 Solio 116 42
Shin A Gris Pay Sesececsconsesnscoscsoceaos 30 24 uta Ha y335)
Guadeloupe Island) ese se esse seeee nesses 29 00 118 20
Cerrosor Cednosmsland)= 2222. -e scene ee 28 10 115 15
Assuncion Tslandiee.- sate esse em eee eee er 27 06 114 18
Ballenas Bay .--....-.-------------+-------- 26 45 113 25
Sind limit nak pada boe sone ace asoemehceoss 26 04 112 17
Santa, Mania Bay sos -caece=e heen an ees 24 45 112 18
Miso al ena sisaiyjeeeerate ee eel ee 24 35 112 00
Margarita Bay ptecetse pincer case min tenes 24 25 111 40
i Cape SEP TIGHS NA AP eet eee er tree ae eee PBA SP} 109 55
|
Lower California, gulf side of peninsula and islands, from Cape St. Lucas
northerly.
Locality Lat.N. | Long. W.
> / | fo We] |
1S Ae Ga an aabOnbbeace bot oodacoseo sno Esk 24 10 110 20
Pichilingue Island ..----------------.------- 24 16 110 21
Sirk (sve; a Gs) bas es oe 53 Ge Sosa ah 25 00 110 40
Port PISCONG ICO eee =e eee eel ee 25 49 111 19
TOT AGO fee eee sees ae eee cee eee eee 26 00 111 21
Ganmmonwlislandes so) se seas a eee er 26 00 111 09
Sangbrunoepeescc hee a eee asian Ree eee 26 12 111 23
Saar TANGO OOO, tet eee a eee eee eee 26 29 111 26
Mulege Bay (anchorage) -------------------- 26 54 111 58
oan TCS COMO See binke oe. ee tear eae 27 12 112 13
Sani Manrcostisland’)--26s see. soe sae tenia 27-18 112 05
an @arlOseb avpsemeee = nee rie ere eee tere 27 51 112 47
|s Sin' dian Bays leale)s-ecn me, Stee 2802} 112 49
San/Mrancisquita Bay, 22o+e 2222-25 22-5- == 28 26 112 53
Los PARTI) SIS ES AN ele tee saat ete ae ar 28 50 113 20)
Am Pelosi aynenicser eer ae eee oe cee 2855 | 113 32
| Puerto Refugio north end of Angel dela .
Guardia Takanid¢e ears. 2c eu eee 29 33 | 113 34
Sanlnisaisland tee sane eee eee | 2958! 114 25

0
Gulf of California, eastern or main shore, and islands southerly to Acapulco on the

Pacific Ocean.

Locality.

River Yaqui, mouth
Estero 'de los Piedras sacsc-sco- renee ee
JA bata < 2c cat eewewe ce ten scatter ccinaseh eee ae ee
San: Blas 42 e ade ee eee eae: cee ieee
Tres Marias't cesses cscce eps leah tee oe eiamnt
Manzanillo
Socorro Island
Acapulco

Guaymas ..-..-.-------------+----+---------

Lat. N

|
‘Long. W.

Ol ie
110 53
119 40
109 25
107 57
106 26
105 30
106 25
104 30
111 00
100 00

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 148

The ‘islands constituting the Tres Mari laS group are known as the
Maria Madre, the San Juanita, the Maria Magdalene, and the Maria
Cleofas, the Maria Madre being the largest. They are situated due
west of San Blas, and “ consist of stratified rocks,” separated from the
mainland “ by a flat of not more than * thirty fathoms” in depth.

All or nearly all of the forms credited to this group are from Maria
Madre; or if collected upon the others, the fact has not been stated
by Fisher, or the other collectors as far as I am aware.

Of Socorro, the principal island of the more distant Revilla-Gigedo
group, we know but little or nothing. It was visited several years ago
by Grayson, the ornithologist. The few marine shells that have been
brought from there, are as would be supposed, familiar gulf forms. Of
the land shells nothing is known. These islands are situated in com-
paratively deep water, according to the Albatross, soundings from 1,500
to 1,800 fathoms.

Class PELECYPODA.
Family OSTREID &.
OSTREA PALMULA, Carpenter.

Rare (No. 74809, U. S. N. M.). Pond’s Island southern point of
Angeles Island, Gulf of California, Fisher; La Paz A. Forrer.

This species is number 357 in Carpenter’s Check-list of the Smith-
sonian Institution, and in the “Mazatlan Mollusca,” number “214 b:
Ostriea?? conchaphila, var. palmula.”

Judging from Carpenter’s description in his Te euee Shells, the
Fisher and Forrer examples belong to his species. The specimen before
me is much larger than the measurement given by Carpenter, and the
proportions are not the same; as oysters vary so much in this respect,
the individuals of one colony compared with the individuals of another,
this discrepancy may be allowed to pass without further comment.

The chief example (Fisher’s) measures 3:56 by 3:48 inches, a fine
specimen.

The Forrer specimen which is a thick, solid shell shows 2 inches in
greatest length by 14 inches in width.

Carpenter gives the proportions and size of his type, as ; “long. : 2°3,
lat. 1-6 [height!.” He says ‘“‘remarkable for the palmated foliations on
the outer margin, * * * and for the row of denticles within this
limb and within the nacreous border, fitting into corresponding depres-
sions in the other valve.” The palmated foliations radiate from just
beneath the cartilage in the under or lower valve to the margin. In
the upper valve these radiating ribs commence at a point about one-
third of the distance from the umbo; perhaps in a large number of
examples, some might exhibit this character as extending to the umbos.

* A, Agassiz,

144 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVI.

In the specimen before me, which resembles a large Plicatula, there
are from 19 to 20 of these ribs; these are sharply angulated and inter-
lock closely at the margin of the valves. For an oyster this is a well
marked species; it suggests Hanley’s Ostrea megadon.

Family ANOMIID&.

PLACUNANOMIA CUMINGII, Broderip.

One perfect example.
Off Lower California, at Station 2827; shelly bottom, in 10 fathoms;
Albatross.

Family SPONDYLID&.
SPONDYLUS PRINCEPS, Broderip.
Several examples, and odd valves.
Pichilinque Bay; also at Station 2828, off Lower California, in 10
fathoms; Albatross. The various colors exhibited by the shells of this
beautiful species are included in the collections at above places.

Family PECTENID &.
PECTEN SUBNODOSUS, Sowerby.

Loreto; Scammon’s Lagoon (No. 105625, U. S. N. M.), Hemphill;
Carmen Island (No. 63647, U.S. N. M.), Towne. Examples of this fine,
though not very rare species, frequently occur, that are neither nodose
or subnodose. Hemphill found it living on mud flats.

Pichilinque Bay (two odd valves), Albatross; also at Station 2827
(No. 102091, U.S. N. M.) and Station 2826, 10 fathoms (No. 102088.
U.S. N. M.); in 94 fathoms, off Lower California.

PECTEN VENTRICOSUS, Sowerby.

Several examples.

Pichilinque Bay, one good specimen, beach; Sta. Margarita Island
(one valve); Station 2828, 10 fathoms, off Lower California; all Albatross.
PECTEN (JANIRA) DENTATA, Sowerby.

Several examples.

San Juanico; St. Luis Bay; Guaymas, Palmer (No. 12508, U.S. N. M.),
Ballenas Bay (concave valve), and one good specimen at Station
2828, off Lower California, in 10 fathoms; Albatross.

Family AVICULIDA.
AVICULA PERUVIANA, Reeve.

One pair valves; beach. Sta. Margarita Island.

ah
Hy

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 145

MARGARITIPHORA FIMBRIATA, Dunker.
Valves only.
Pichilinque Bay; Station 2828, 10 fathoms, off Lower California;
Albatross.
PERNA JANUS. Carpenter.

Several examples.

La Paz, both Fisher and Forrer (No. 73560, U. 8S. N. M.).

I have three well-marked specimens before me, which agree with
Dr. Carpenter’s description in the Mazatlan catalogue, pp. 151,152.
The description says: ‘‘The sculpture of the valves, of which the under
is smooth, the upper ornamented with fine, radiating striz, etc.;” two of
the specimens, however, show the radiating strive on both valves. Car-
penter gives the measurement of his ‘‘the largest, long. (the diagonal
of the lozenge) 1.12; lat. 0.68, etc.” inch.

My largest example (Fisher’s) measured in the same way, gives the
following: Length, 2.25; breadth, 1.20 inch.

PERNA JANUS, Carpenter; variety.

Two examples. La Paz (No. 73561, U. S. N. M.), Forrer.

This is an interesting intermediate form, which unites in the individ:
ual before me the characters of Dr. Carpenter’s Janus and Orbigny’s
Chemnitzianum. The greater portion of the exterior, exhibits the
coarse, laminated growth of the latter generally exhibited in the species,
and is posteriorly produced and elongated as is common in said form.
The later growth, however, shows on the edge of the posterior side
near the dorsal line, as well as on the anterior side, towards and extend-
ing to the ventral margin, the radiating striz, which Carpenter refers
to as a characteristic of P. Janus. The specimen is foot or hatchet-
shaped, and measures 1.12 inches in length, 1.61 inches in breadth.

PERNA CHEMNITZIANA, Orbigny.
Several specimens.
Pichilinque Bay (one good example); Station 2828, off Lower Califor-
nia, in 10 fathoms (No. 102098, U.S. N. M.); Albatross.
Family MYTILID &.
MYTILUS MULTIFORMIS, Carpenter.
Several specimens. Tres Marias (No. 41623, U.S. N. M.).

SEPTIFER CUMINGIANUS, Dunker.

Station 2827, 10 fathoms shelly bottom off Lower California, Alba-
Proc. N. M. 94-10

146 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVI.

tross (No. 102104, U.S. N. M.). The specimen was attached to a Pla-
cunanomia valve.

MODIOLA CAPAX, Conrad.
One example.

La Paz, Forrer. Sta. Margarita Island (fragment), Albatross.

The late J. A. McNeil, so well known for the archeological material
collected by him in Chiriqui, etc., obtained the above species in the
Bay of Fonseca.

MODIOLA BRAZILIENSIS, Chemnitz.

Two examples.

La Paz, Forrer (No. 63706, U, S. N. M.); Hemphill has carried the
distribution much farther to the north, having collected it in San Igna-
cio Lagoon (No. 105601, U.S. N.M.). Dr. Edward Palmer found it quite
abundant near Guaymas, and the late J. A. McNeil obtained beautiful
clean examples at the more southerly locality of the Bay of Fonseca
(No. 63705, U.S. N. M.). It is a well marked species.

LITHOPHAGUS ? ARISTATUS, Solander.

T'wo examples.
Burrowing in Spondylus princeps, Station 2828, 10 fathoms off Lower
California, also fragments Sta. Margarita Island; Albatross.

Family ARCID &.
ARCA PACIFICA, Sowerby.

One specimen. San Juanico.
ARCA (SCAPHARCA) LABIATA, Sowerby.

Several specimens. Animas Bay (No. 41604, U. 5. N. M.).

This pretty species is represented in the Fisher collection by numer-
ous examples, all fresh and perfect; its geographical range extends
from Peru to the above locality, the most northerly thus far reported.
Gabb collected it at Loreto (No. 74836, U. S. N. M.), and Bridges
detected it at San Juan del Sur, in Nicaragua. (No. 74837, U. 8.
iN: ML.) .

ARCA (SCAPHARCA) TUBERCULOSA, Sowerby.

Two specimens. Magdalena Bay (No. 74813, U.S. N. M.); San Juan-
ico, Gabb; Guaymas, E. Palmer (No. 23617, U.S. N. M.).

ARCA (SCAPHARCA) MULTICOSTATA, Sowerby.

Numerous examples.
Scammon’s Lagoon on mud flats (No. 105596, U.S. N. M.), Hemphill;

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 147

San Quentin Bay, Belding; San Juanico, Gabb; Guaymas (No. 23616,
U.Ss N= M.)). Dr. Palmer.

ARCA (NOETIA) GRANDIS, Broderip and Sowerby.

A few examples. Guaymas (No. 23616, U.S. N. M.), Dr. Palmer; San
Juanico.

ARCA (BYSSOARCA) GRADATA, Broderip and Sowerby.

Abundant. Point Escondido; St. Josef Island; La Paz. Ranges
southerly to Ecuador.

ARCA (BYSSOARCA) SOLIDA, Sowerby.

Common. Point Escondido (No. 75012, U. S. N. M.); St. Josef
Island; La Paz; found nearly everywhere in the Gulf, and in South
America on the coast of Peru. The Albatross collection contained one
valve from Sta. Margarita Island.

ARCA (BYSSOARCA) REEVIANA, Orbigny.

Several specimens. Mulege Bay (No. 74825, U. S. N. M.); La Paz
(No, 34100, U.S. N. M.), Belding; San Ignacio Lagoon (No. 105612, U.
S.N. M.), H. Hemphill, ‘underside of stones.”

ARCA (BYSSOARCA) MUTABILIS, Sowerby.

One living example. Tres Marias (No. 102184, U.S. N. M.).

PECTUNCULUS (AXINAIA) MACULATA,: Broderip.

Three examples. La Paz (No. 63782, U.S. N. M.), S. Pillsbury.

PECTUNCULUS (AXINAA) TENUISCULPTUS, Carpenter.

. Several specimens. Carmen Island (No. 63776, U. S. N. M.), Towne.

PECTUNCULUS (AXINAZA) GIGANTEUS, Reeve.

Numerous examples. La Paz and San Josef Island; Guaymas (No.
23547, U.S. N. M.), Palmer; Carmen Island (No. 63777, U.S. N. M.),
Towne. An adolescent example at the first named locality was col-
jected by Capt. Forrer (No. 63781, U. 8. N. M.), and Fisher’s, from
St. Josef Island, were all young shells. Towne’s Carmen Island speci-
mens were very fine.

Family LEDID &.
LEDA (YOLDIA) LANCEOLATA, Lamarck.

Numerous valves. Gulf of California (No. 73667, U.S. N. M.).

148 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—S1EARNS. VOL. XVII.

This form is exceedingly rare; odd values are occasionally met with in
beach rubbish.

Family CARDITID &.
CARDITA PECTUNCULUS, Bruguiere.
+ C. affinis, SOWERBY.
+ C. Californica, DESHAYES.
Two specimens.
La Paz (No. 73610, U. S. N. M.); Loreto (No. 73611, U.S. N. M.),
Dr. Gabb. Sta. Margarita Island (two good examples), Albatross.

CARDITA (VENERICARDIA) FLAMMEA, Michelin, 1830.
+ C. varia, BRODERIP, 1832.
+ C. tumida of the same author.

Several specimens. Tres Marias (No. 73619, U. S. N. M.); Mulege
Bay (No. 73618, U.S. N. M.).

Magnificent examples of this fine species have been dredged by the
U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross. These are of a pinkish color
with whitish and darker markings, and measure 69 millimeters from
beak to ventral margin (about 23 inches).

CARDITA (VENERICARDIA) CRASSA, Gray.

One specimen. Tres Marias (No. 73625, U.S. N. M.).
The single example of this well-marked form obtained is about two-
thirds the size of the figure in Reeve’s monograph, species 34.

Family CRASSATELLID &.
CRASSATELLA GIBBOSA, Sowerby.
One adolescent specimen. ;
San Lucas Cove (No. 75033, U. S. N. M.). The example, though
small, is quite characteristic; it was obtained by dredging. This
species is exceedingly rare. Dr. Jones collected four odd valves at

Payta, Peru, in 1884, and Gabb detected it at Loreto in 1867 (No.
73522, U. S. N. M.); Guaymas, Dr. Palmer (No. 23548, U. 8S. N. M.).

«Family LUCINID &,

LUCINA (DIVARICELLA) DENTATA, Wood.

Examples. San Juanico and Loreto; Dr. Gabb.

An interesting form occurring in the Atlantic Dall gives the range
from Georges Bank off Hatteras, to the West Indies, thence southerly
to Brazil, in from six to fifty-two fathoms. The above is the Cyclas den-
tata of the older authors.

LUCINA BELLA, Conrad,

Fresh specimen, Gulf of California,

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 149

A single example in perfect condition. Precise locality not stated.
Not uncommon among Gulf material.

LUCINA CALIFORNICA, Conrad.

One specimen. La Paz (No. 41626, U.S. N. M.), A. Forrer.
LUCINA NUTTALLI, Conrad.

Numerous examples.
La Paz (No. 101750, U.S. N. M.); also at various places on the ocean
side of Lower California to California proper, San Diego, San Pedro, ete.

LUCINA (CODAKIA) TIGRINA, Linneus.

Several examples.

Pichilinqgue Bay (3 fresh valves); Albatross. Carmen Island (No.
73497, U.S. N. M.), Towne; Gulf of California (No. 73496, U.S. N. M.);
La Paz (No. 34094, U.S. N. M.), L. Belding. This is-another widely
distributed species, credited to various remotely separated regions.
Garrett * gives the Viti and Samoan islands as localities in the Indo-
Pacific province. Dallt gives the Atlantic range as St. Augustine,
Fla., Florida Keys, West Florida, Texas, Bermuda, to Aspinwall, and
it occurs fossil as far back as the Pliocene.

Family DIPLODONTID &.

DIPLODONTA ORBELLA, Gould.
Two examples.
Point San Quentin (No. 73632, U.S. N. M.); also, San Juanieo, col-
lected by Dr. Gabb; Gulf of California (No. 41603, U.S.N. M.).

DIPLODONTA (FELANIA) SERRICATA, Reeve.

Several examples.
. Mazatlan (No. 73635, U.S. N. M); San Ignacio Lagoon (No. 105621,
U.S. N. M.), Hemphill; Gulf of California, at head of the Gulf, Dr.
Palmer (No. 58335, U. S. N. M.).

Family GALEOMMIDA.,

SCINTILLA CUMINGII, Deshayes.

Two examples.

Gulf of California (No. 73628, U. S. N. M.); Cape St. Lucas (No.
41613, U.S. N. M). A very rare form. From Todos Santos Bay (No.
102187, U. S. N. M), the Museum contains what may prove to be another
species of this genus.

Family LASEIDA.

LASEA RUBRA, Mont.; var. SUBVIRIDIS, Carpenter.

Several examples.
Cape St. Lucas (No. 74018, U.S. N. M.); San Quentin Bay (No. 75032,

* Catalogue Iv, Museum Godeffroy, May, 1869.
+t Marine Mollusks S. E. coast of the United States, 1889.

150 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VoL. XVII.

U.S. N. M.), ‘found among Mytilus on rocks [Fisher], April 27, 1876;”
also at Monterey, Cal., two specimens. The foregoing was Dr. Car-
penter’s determination, copied from his label.

Family CHAMID &.
CHAMA PANAMENSIS, Reeve.
One example; La Paz, Capt. Forrer.
CHAMA? PRON DOSA, Broderip.

Three specimens.

Gulf of California (No. 74805, U.S. N. M.), attached to valve of
Meleagrina fimbriata. Altogether a fine series.

At Station 2828, off Lower California, in 10 fathoms (probably this
species), Albatross.

Family CARDIIDA.
CARDIUM SENTICOSUM, Sowerby.

Several examples.

San Juanico; also found in the Gulf of California at the head of the
Gulf (No. 36085, U. S. N. M.); Dr. E. Palmer (No. 63752, U.S. N. M.).
Very close to the more northern “ quadrigenarium” of Conrad, and
may prove to be the same.

CARDIUM PROCERUM, Sowerby.
One specimen.
Magdalena Bay (No. 63740, U. S. N.M); Guaymas (No. 23499, U.S.
N.M.), Dr. Palmer. Ballenas Bay (valves), and on good example at.
Pichilinque Bay, Albatross.

CARDIUM MACULOSUM, Wood.
One valve.
Gulf of California (No. 63744, U. S. N. M.), Stearns collection; an
exceedingly rare and characteristic species.

CARDIUM CONSORS, Broderip and Sowerby.

Several examples; common.

La Paz (Nos. 34091, 63748, U.S. N. M.); Mazatlan (No. 63747, U.S.
N. M.); Acapulco (No. 13783, U.S. N. M.); Carmen Island (No. 63746,
U.S. N.M.), Towne. This last is rather varietal than typical, being
not quite characteristic. The Albatross dredged two dead valves at
Station 2828, 10 fathoms off Lower California.

CARDIUM (PAPYRIDEA) ASPERSUM, Sowerby.

One example.
La Paz, Forrer (No. 63769, U.S. N. M.). The National collection has
the same species from Carmen Island (No. 63768, U. S. N. M.); La Paz

1804. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 151

(valve), L. Belding (No. 34092, U.S. N. M.); Gulf of California several
(No. 63767, U.S. N. M.); San Juanico, Gabb.

A rare species and closely approaching the Antillean P. bullatwm.
Cuming collected it at St. Elena, on the coast of Guayaquil, in lati-
tude about 2° south.

CARDIUM (LIOCARDIUM) APICINUM, Carpenter.
= ? Elenense, Carpenter’s Maz. Cat.

Numerous examples.

Boca de los Piedras (No. 63759, U.S. N. M.), fine examples. A va-
riety of this species was obtained at Mulege Bay (No. 63760, U.S. N.
M.), two specimens; Mazatlan (No. 63758, U.S. N. M.); Cape St. Lucas
(No. 63761, U. S.N. M.), Xantus.

CARDIUM (LIOCARDIUM) ELATUM, Sowerby.

Numerous examples.

Guaymas; Pinecate Bay (No. 23515, U.S. N. M.), Dr. E. Palmer; Gulf
of California (Nos. 63737, 34095, U.S. N. M.); San Ignacio Lagoon (No.
105398, U.S. N. M.), and San Diego (No. 63738, U.S. N. M.), Henry
Hemphill. A magnificent species. Our largest example, a single valve
measures 62 by 52 inches. Santa Margarita Island (one valve), Alba-
tross.

Family VENERID &.

VENUS MULTICOSTATA, Sowerby.

Several examples.

Escondido Bay (No. 63667,U. 8S. N. M.), Fisher; La Paz, Forrer,

The largest of Mr. Fisher’s specimens measured, length 4.75, height
3.87, breadth 2.63 inches. The young of the above might easily be mis-
taken for adolescent shells of V. reticulata or V. puerpera, Indo-Pacific
species. Notwithstanding the very great quantity of West coast mate-
rialt hat has passed under my examination, Mr, Fisher’s were the first
specimens that I had seen from the Gulf region.

VENUS CRENIFERA, Sowerby.
Several examples. Carmen Island (No. 63598, U. S. N. M.), Towne;

Cape St. Lucas (No, 23594, U. 8S. N. M.), Dr. Palmer; also same locality
(No. 13732, U.S. N. M.). A rare and beautiful species.

VENUS (ANOMALOCARDIA) SUBRUGOSA, Sowerby.
= No, 112. Carpenter’s Maz. Cat,

Abundant.

Mulege Bay; Gulf of California; Guaymas (No. 23589, U.S. N. M.)
Dr. Palmer; a single specimen, the smallest I have seen, only .36 inch
long by .29 inch in height, having every aspect of maturity; it would
lead a person, without a large series of all ages for comparison, to regard

152 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVII.

it as a different species. Adults measure from .97 inch to 1.53 inches
long, by .80 inch to 1.25 inches high, respectively. Though a strongly
characterized species, several individuals are requisite to properly rep-
resent it. The National collection contains a beautiful variety of the
above (No. 63567, U.S. N. M.) from Nicaragua, in which the rounded
concentric ridges are quite regular, and extend over the entire surface
of the valves to the ventral edge.

VENUS (ANOMALOCARDIA) SUBIMBRICATA, Sowerby.

One perfect example, several valves. Santa Margarita Island, Alba-
tross.
VENUS (ANOMALOCARDIA) KELLETTII, Hinds.

Numerous examples.

Mulege Bay (No. 41617, U.S. N. M.), one junior, less than half an ineh
(transverse) length; Guaymas (No. 23567, U. S. N. M.), Dr. Edward
Palmer; also numerous valves from the latter place (No. 103280, U.S.
iP ee

VENUS (CHIONE) UNDATELLA, Sowerby.

A single example. Tres Marias (No. 63605, U.S. NM):

A single specimen of this beautiful species, distinguished by its fine,
closely approximating concentric cost crossing rather broad, flat or
slightly rounded radiating ribs, more or less marked with light brown,
in zigzag waves, and spotted or blotched on the surface of the valves.
Lunule rounded cordate and dark brown. Ligamental area deeply
excavated and marked with brown bars on the left valve. Hinge line
very heavy. Muscular and pallial scars strongly impressed. Color
inside, light orange and purple.

The various forms of this genus are so profusely abundant on the.
West coast, and exhibit so much variation through the influence of
station, character of the sea bed, etc., that no doubt too many species
have been made. The West American group requires careful revision.

VENUS (CHIONE) FLUCTIFRAGA, Sowerby.

Two examples.

San Juanico (No. 74264, U.S. N. M.); Scammon’s lagoon; Colorado
River, Fort Yuma (No. 36409, U. S. N. M.); Guaymas (No. 23595, U.S.
N.M.), Dr. Palmer. Extends northerly along the coast to San Diego
and San Pedro.

VENUS (CHIONE) SUCCINCTA, Valenciennes.

Not uncommon. San Juanico; Loreto (doubtful). Guaymas (No.
23592, U.S. N. M.), Palmer; La Paz (No. 34084, U.S. N. M.), L. Belding.
VENUS (CHIONE) SIMILLIMA, Sowerby.

Several specimens.
San Quentin Bay (No. 34503, U.S. N. M.), Belding; San Juanico;
Todos Santos Bay (No. 74268, U.S. N. M.), Hemphill. C. swecineta and

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 153

C. simillima, are common species as far north as San Diego and San
Pedro. Pichilinque Island, numerous examples, living; Albatross.

VENUS (CHIONE) NEGLECTA, Carpenter.

Not uncommon.

Boca de los Piedras (No. 73917, U.S. N. M.); Magdalena Bay (No.
63604, U.S. N. M.); Cape St. Lucas (No. 23558, U. S. N. M.), Dr. Pal-
mer (?) Cerros Island (No. 13656, U. S. N. M.).

Hight, all juniors at the first place, numerous examples at the others.

VENUS (CHIONE) COLUMBIENSIS, Sowerby.

Several examples.

Mazatlan (No. 63594, U. 8S. N. M.), H. Edwards (No. 2431, U.S. N. M.).
Rich collection. Upon arevision of this group, the position of the above
species may have to be changed.

VENUS (CHIONE) GNIDIA, Broderip and Sowerby.

Numerous examples.

Guaymas (No. 25498, U. S. N. M.), Palmer; Mulege Bay (No. 2501,
U.S. N. M.); La Paz (No. 34083, U.S. N. M.), Belding; San Ignacio
Lagoon (No. 105597, U.S. N. M.), Hemphill. <A fine species and com-
paratively abundant.

CYTHEREA (CALLISTA) CHIONAEA, Menke.

Two adolescent examples.

La Paz (No. 63524, U.S. N. M.); Seammon’s Lagoon; San Juanico;
Loreto; Pichilinque Bay (common), and Sta. Margarita Island (valves) ;
Station 2828, two fresh specimens in 10 fathoms, Albatross.

This common species is found at a great many places in the Gulf and
on the outer shore of the peninsula of Lower California. Gabb col-
lected it at San Juanico, also at Loreto on the Gulf side (No. 63525,
U.S.N.M.). Itis frequently found in large numbers on Carmen Island,
east up on the beach after a storm. A rare and beautiful variety,
resembles in its color markings the Asiatic Cytherea petichialis, which
has led to said species being credited to the west coast of America.

CYTHEREA (CALLISTA) AURANTIA, Hanley.
Three valves in good condition. Pichilinque Bay, Albatross.
CYTHEREA (CALLISTA) POLLICARIS, Carpenter.

One specimen. Mulege Bay (No. 63538, U. S. N. M.).

The example collected at the above place by Mr. Fisher I refer to
Carpenter’s species, on the basis of form and sculpture. Carpenter’s
type was collected by Xantus at Cape St. Lucas (No. 12721, U.S. N. M.);
it is a large, white, smooth-surfaced shell, measuring laterally 63 mm.
by 57 mm. from umbos to the ventral margin of the valves; while

154 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VoL. XvIt.

Fisher’s shell is correspondingly but 20 and 15 mm. Fisher’s shell is
painted with light yellowish-brown markings, while the Xantus-Car-
penter shell has but a few slight indications of color. Another example
agreeing closely with the Mulege shell is in the National collection,
also a junior. A very rare species.

CYTHEREA (CALLISTA) VULNERATA, Broderip.

Two good specimens.

Station 2828, 10 fathoms, off Lower California; Albatross.

This is a beautiful species, but not uncommon at many places around
the shores of the Gulf and peninsula.

CYTHEREA (CALLISTA) NEWCOMBIANA, Gabb.

One specimen.
Boca de los Piedras (No. 41628, U.S. N. M.). Ranges to Catalina
Island and northward on the coast of California.

CYTHEREA (TIVELA) RADIATA, Sowerby.
One example. San Juanico. Common in the Gulf.
CYTHEREA (TIVELA) CRASSATELLOIDES, Conrad.

One junior only 22 mm. long. Ballenas Bay, Albatross. Abundant
farther north.

DOSINIA PONDEROSA, Gray.

Three specimens.

Gulf of California (No. 63511, U.S. N. M.); San Juanico. The above
is fully as common in the Gulf region and at various places on the
ocean side of the peninsula as D. Dunkeri, Philippi is in the neighbor-
hood of Panama. Carpenter’s species D. Annee seems to be of rather
rare occurrence. D. ponderosa is also reported from Scammon’s Lagoon.

DOSINIA PROSTRATA, Linnwzwus.

One valve (the left); beach. Gulf of California (No. 74235, U.S.
N-DL.).

Among the miscellaneous material in the Fisher collection was a
single valve, the left, of a species of Dosinia unlike either of the species
heretofore credited to this province or region. Isent it to the late Mr.
Tryon for comparison with the various forms of Dosinia in the collec-
tion of the Philadelphia Academy; he returned it with the comment
that it ‘‘exactly corresponds with D. prostrata from Coromandel (Chem-
nitz).”

The shell certainly differs from Anna, Dunkeri and ponderosa. I
should regard the occurrence of the above at any point in the Gulf

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 155

region as in some way fortuitous were it not for the other forms herein
mentioned, such as Cassis viber, Murex palma-rose Mexicana, Purpura
hippocastaneun, etc., some of which have been verified as to locality by
other collectors, ete.

Subfamily TAPESIN A.
TAPES GRATA, Say.

.Numerous specimens.

Los Animas Bay (No. 63587, U.S. N. M.); Loreto (No. 63586, U.S.
N. M.). This well known and pretty species is quite widely distributed
on the West coast; the National collection contains examples from a
great number of localities collected by Hemphill, Bridges, and others.
Several fresh valves were obtained at Sta. Margarita Island by the
Albatross.

Family DONACID &.
DONAX CARINATA, Hanley.

Three specimens. Altata, A. J. Gove (No. 63671, U. S.N.M.). A
rare and beautiful form.

74. DONAX TRANSVERSUS, Sowerby.

One specimen. Altata, Gove (No. 63672, U. S. N. M.). This is
another rare species.

DONAX PUNCTATOSTRIATUS, Hanley.

Three examples. Altata (No. 63673, U.S. N. M.).
DONAX FLEXUOSUS, Gould.
One specimen. San Juanico.
HETERODONAX BIMACULATUS, Orbigny.
= Tellina vicina, C. B. ADAMS.

Numerous large, fine specimens.

Angeles Bay (No. 73535, U. S. N. M.), and all around the Gulf of
Jalifornia, nearly everywhere up to northern California; southerly to
Panama; also in the Antillean waters. The Gulf shells exhibit in many
instances very beautiful coloration.

Family PSAMMOBIID &,

PSAMMOBIA REGULARIS, Carpenter.

Valves, beach. Tres Marias (No. 73516, U.S. N. M).

This form, described by the late Philip Carpenter in the Ann. and
Mag. of Natural History (third series) Vol. x111, 1864, is quite rare in
collections and only occasionally met with in fragments or odd valves

156 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVII.

in beach rubbish from the Gulf of California. It is barely possible
that it is only an extra limital, dwarfed, delicate aspect or southern
form, of P. rubroradiata of Conrad of the Northern Californian and
Vancouver province, where rubroradiata attains a large size.

Two examples of regularis give the following dimensions from ante-
rior to posterior margins: largest, 1.44, smallest, 1.21 inches.

TAGELUS CALIFORNIANUS, Conrad.

=Solecurtus Californianus, CONRAD.
—S, affinis, GF B. ADAMS.

Four examples. San Lucas Cove (No. 73474,U. 5S. N. M.); San
Juanico.

The individuals examined, are small compared with the average of
examples from Northern California localities; the largest measuring
only 2.10 inches from anterior to posterior extremities, but unquestion-
ably of this species.

SOLETELLINA RUFESCENS, Chemnitz.
Three specimens. Altata (No. 73547, U.S. N. M.), Gove.
SANGUINOLARIA KINDERMANNI, Philippi.
Several Examples. San Juanico.
Family TELLINID &.
TELLINA, doubtful species.

One example. La Paz, Capt. Forrer (No. 102182, U.S. N. M.).

TELLINA (TELLINIDES) PURPUREUS, Broderip.

=T. Broderipii, DESHAYES.

Valves beach. Altata, Gove (No. 73545,U. S. N. M.); Acapuico,
Jewett (No. 15994, U.S. N. M). A rare species.

MACOMA VIRIDITINCTA, Carpenter.

One specimen. La Paz, Capt. Forrer; Gulf of California, various
localities; rather rare.

Family SEMELID #&.

SEMELE BICOLOR, C. B. Adams.
One example. Loreto, Gabb.

SEMELE CORRUGATA, Broderip.

Valves and fragments. Sta. Margarita Island; Albatross.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 157

Family MACTRID &.
MACTRA (STANDELLA) PLANULATA, Conrad.
Specimens. San Juanico. Station 2828, 10 ayioice off Lower Cali-
fornia; Albatross.
LABIOSA UNDULATA, Gould.

= Raeta undulata, GRAY.

Valves only; rare. Loreto,Gabb. Occurs elsewhere in the Gulf and
up the coast northward to San Pedro.

Family ANATINID &.
THRACIA PLICATA, Deshayes.
= T. truncata, MIGHELS.

Very rare; valves only. La Paz (No. 73602, U.S. N. M.).

PERIPLOMA PLANIUSCULA, Sowerby.

+ F. lenticularis, SOWERBY.

= P. argentaria, CONRAD.

= P. alta, C. B. ADAMS.

= P. excurva + excurvata, CARPENTER.

Numerous examples.

San Juanico (No. 73518, U.S. N. M.); Loreto (No. 73517, U.S.N.M.),
Gabb. Common at many places on the ocean coast of the peuinsula;
northward to San Pedro; common in the “ fossil bank” at Spanish
Bight, Coronado peninsula, San Diego; perhaps northerly to Point
Concepcion.

Family CORBULID &.
CORBULA BICARINATA, Sowerby.

Numerous specimens.
Gulf of California (No. 73500, U.S. N. M.); Boca de los Piedras (No.
73641, U.S. N. M.); Mulege Bay (No. 73645, U.S. N. M.).

Class SCAPHOPODA.

Family DENTALIID &.
DENTALIUM FISHERI, provisional name.

One example. Los Animas Bay (No. 46204, U.S. N. M.).

158 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVI.

DENTALIUM SEMIPOLITUM, Carpenter.

Numerous specimens.

Mulege Bay (Nos. 46201, 46202, U. S. N. M.); Boca delos Piedras
(No. 46203, U.S. N. M.). Hemphill has collected this species at San
Ignacio Lagoon, Lower California (No. 105517, U.S. N. M.).

Class GASTROPODA.
Family BULLID A.
BULLA ADAMSI, Menke.

Several specimens.

Bocas de los Piedras and Loreto, Gulf of California.

Less globose and inclined to be heavier and more solid than B. nebu-
losa Gould. The latter averages much larger than Bb. adamsi.

Family APLYSIID &.

DOLABELLA CALIFORNICA, Stearns.

Dolabella californica, STEARNS, Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sei., 1878, p. 395, Pl. vu,
figs. 1, 2; Proce. U.S. Nat. Museum, Vol. Xv1, pp. 341-342, 1892.

Several examples (No, 75001, U.S. N. M.). Mulege Bay, Gulf of
California.

Superfamily MONOTREMATA.
Family HELICID &.
HELIX (ARIONTA) AREOLATA, Forbes.

= Euparypha* areolata, BINNEY.

Abundant (No, 58470, U. S. N.M.). Santa Maria Island, Lower
California.

*Whatever may be the subgeneric or sectional value of Huparypha, I do not
believe that any of the West American species can properly be assigned to it.
Environmental influences have brought about certain external facies analogous to
those exhibited by some of the terrestrial species that inhabit the Mediterranean
region, the Canaries and Madeira, where, to a certain extent, similar environmental
factors exist.

IT regard allof the west coast forms to which the names of Tryoni, areolata, Veatehii,
pandora, levis, etc., have been given as physiographical aspects or modifications of
Arionta, as this genus is represented on the west coast by the more northerly and
characteristic forms of central California, generally placed by systematists in H. and
A. Adams’s section Lysine.

Proceeding southerly from the regions of maximum or moderate rainfall or
humidity the extremes of external characters, exhibited by the Helices of southern
California and the peninsula, in color, solidity, elevation, etc., and general facies,
when compared with their congeners of the central region, seem to me, wheu a
large geographical series is examined, to be gradually approached. We should

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 159

Mr. Fisher found this species common on the shores of Santa Maria
Bay, which is a small bay indenting an island of the same name out-
side of Magdalena Bay. The ample quantity he collected includes
numerous solid shells of a pure opaque white with a somewhat glazed
surface; others spotted here and there with sienna yellow and brown.
Many examples are striped and ornamented with more or less conspic-
uous bands broken into squarish spots of the same color. Columella
generally showing a single blunt tubercle, sometimes not.

From the U.S. Fish Commission, collected by the Albatross natural-
ists, a magnificent series has been received from Margarita Island
(No. 10248, U. S.N.M). These are of exceeding interest as related to
the examples collected by Mr. Fisher, as the two lots illustrate how very
considerable is the variation in color, size, and elevation within a
comparatively limited area. The Albatross shells are, as a whole, nuch
the largest that I have seen of this species.

HELIX (ARIONTA) AREOLATA, Forbes.

Var. = Veatchii, NEWCOMB.

Numerous examples.

Helix Veatchti (No. 58504, U. S. N. M.), a form generally regarded as a
variety of H. areolata, occurs on Cerros Island. It was a specimen of
this that furnished an interesting illustration of the extraordinary
vitality of these insignificant animals. Dr. Veatch collected numerous
specimens on the island in 1859, and gave some of them to Thomas
Bridges. These ultimately passed into my hands. Oneday, uponexam-
ining them, I noticed that one was alive. I placed it in a box of moist
earth, and in a short time it commenced crawling about, apparently as
well as ever. After a fortnight’s furlough from its long imprisonment
in asmall box, I put it back again. Jt had lived six years without food.*
The famous British Museum example of Helix desertorum lived nearly
four years. This last species is from a region in which the physical char-
acteristics are in many respects like those of Cerros Island and Lower
California.
expect to find a wide range of modification within a territory so peculiar, practically
along and narrow belt extending through some 1,000 or 1,200 miles of latitude,
from aregion of anple, not to say excessive, moisture or humidity to one of extreme
aridity, to say nothing of other diverse characteristics which play their part in
jnfluencing or inducing variation.

Whatever may be the value of the characters of the soft parts in the land snails
asa basis for grouping or generic segregation, Binney has found in Tryoni, which
he has placed in Luparypha, certain characters in common with Arionta (Stearnsiana),
in others it is different. Whether this difference is of greater than specific weight
or anything more than varietal, remains to be investigated, for it is yet to be proved
whether the soft parts are out and out, less variable or more constant in their char-
acters than the hard parts, that is to say, the external inclosing shell,

* Proc. California Acad, Nat. Sciences, March 4, 1867,

160 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVII.

Besides the specimens of the above, received in the Stearns collection
the National Museum contains three of the original lot collected by Dr.
Veatch on Cerros Island (Nos. 8715, 8716, U.S. N. M.), two collected
by Lieut. Pond (No. 103610, U.S. N. M.), five received from Mr. Belding,
collected by him near San Quentin Bay (No. 34525, U.S. N. M.), one ex-
ample from an island in said bay (No. 73133, U.S. N. M.), numerous ex-
amples from Cerros Island (U.S. Fish Commission, No. 102421, U.S.N.
M.),. and two examples collected by Henry W. Henshaw on Cerros
Island (No. 63986, U. S. N. M.).

HELIX (ARIONTA) LAVIS, Pfeiffer.

= Huparypha levis, BINNEY.
+ Polymita levis, TRYON.

Abundant; dead. Ascunsion Island, Lower California (No. 58527,
Ss. M:).

This island is of small area; itis situated south of Cedros, or Cerros,
in latitude 27°. The above, as well as H. pandora Fbs., are probably
dwarfed varieties of areolata. A large number, all dead, were obtained
by Mr. Fisher. They exhibit a rather wide range of variation, par-
ticularly in elevation, and the tubercle on the columella is shown
to be an inconstant character; the color markings are variable, as
in areolata. From Fisher’s notes I learn that he found the fore-
going “on plateaus from 50 to 300 feet above the sea level, in great
numbers, embedded in sand mixed with guano. Found only four
plants, small shrubs (individuals), on the island, otherwise utterly des-
titute of vegetation.” In conversation Mr. Fisher informed me that
the specimens he obtained had been scratched out of the sand and
guano by the sea-fowls in excavating or making a hollow for nesting
purposes. Itis quite evident that the faunal and floral character of
the island has undergone a great change within quite recent times.
Not many years ago when these snails were living, and before the sea-
birds took possession of it, the surface of the island, which quite likely
was never very densely clothed with vegetation, exhibited, we may pre-
sume, about the same floral aspect as others in the same general region.
The birds, disturbed elsewhere, or from some’ other cause, invaded the
territory of H. levis, and in destroying the vegetation also extinguished
the snails and such other forms of animal life as were dependent upon
it for food. Fisher told me that he failed absolutely to detect a single
living individual of H. levis. Here we have an instance where the
extension of the specific area of one form or class of animal life, oblit-
erated or diminished the territory or specific area of another. It would
be interesting to know of similar instances, for doubtless such have
been observed and noted. Mr. Oreutt collected numerous examples of
this species, living and in fine condition, near El] Rosario Mission, in lati-
tude 29° 50’, He found them “ abundant under Agave Shaw, on high

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 161

mesa lands.” The Museum is indebted to him for an excellent series
(Nos. 98930, 98931, U. S. N. M.), which includes also a dark-colored
variety (No. 98932, U.S. N. M.).

HELIX (POLYGYRA) BEHRI, Gabb.

Several examples. Near Guaymas (No. 58514, U.S.N.M.); banks
of Yaqui River (No. 23766, U. S. N. M.), Gabb.

A few specimens (seven or eight), all dead and bleached, though
otherwise perfect, were detected as above by Mr. Fisher. The species
was described by the late Prof. Gabb, in volume 1 of the American
Journal of Conchology, 1865, p. 208, from specimens collected by the
lamented Auguste Rémond, near Guaymas, on the easterly side of the
Gulf of California. The specimens collected by Rémond were also
dead, as implied by Gabb’s description, wherein he says “colore
albo(?)”. When living they are probably of a pale horn color, like
others of this group found in the same genera} region. The Fisher
shells, though having the same number of whorls and agreeing with
Gabb’s description, vary in diameter from 0.49 to 0.67 of an inch. To
verify my determination, specimens were submitted to my esteemed
friend, the late Thomas Bland, of New York, whose kind services in
connection with the above and other critical West American forms,
are gratefully remembered and acknowledged.

HELIX (POLYGYRA) BICRURIS, Pfeiffer.

Ten examples.

Gulf of California region (No. 56957, U.S. N. M.); Monterey, Mexico
(No. 121028, U.S. N. M.); Texas, at Brownsville; also at mouth of the
Rio Grande (Nos. 123168, 123594, U. 8S. N. M.), William Lloyd.

HELIX (POLYGYRA) HINDSI, Pfeiffer.
One specimen. Near Guaymas (No. 97974, U.S. N. M.).
HELIX (POLYGYRA) ACUTEDENTATA, W. G. Binney.
Three examples. Mazatlan (Nos. 56942, 56943, U.S. N. M), Henry
Edwards.
. HELIX (POLYGYRA) VENTROSULA, Pfeiffer.
Several specimens. Mazatlan (Nos. 56944, 60614, U.S. N. M.), Henry
Edwards.
HELIX (POLYGYRA) PLATYGLOSSA, Pfeiffer.
Five examples.
Mazatlan (No. 56958, U.S. N. M.); City of Mexico (No. 56931, U.S. N.
M.) Puebla, Puebla (No. 56930, U.S. N. M.). Thelatter were presented
Proc. N. M, 94——11

162 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. —_ you. xvu.

to the Museum several years ago by the Mexican Geographical Com-
mission.
HELIX (STENOTREMA) HIRSUTUM, Say.

Examples. Banks of Yaqui River near Guaymas (No. 37282, U.S.
N. /M.).*

Of this form Mr, W. G. Binney remarks, in his ‘Manual of American
Land Shells,” page 279, a ‘“‘postpliocene species now found over the
northern and interior regions as far as Kansas and Virginia, and even
into Alabama.” Mr. Pilsbry, in his recent Check List of N. A. Land
Shells, credits it to the ‘‘ Eastern United States.”

Upon examining some shells collected on the west coast several years
ago by Dr. Edward Palmer, I found that he had obtained this form
on the banks of the Yaqui River. It is noteworthy how frequently of
late years species heretofore regarded as exclusively eastern or north-
eastern turn up somewhere on the West coast. A few years ago Dr.
Cooper sent specimens of what proved to be, on Dr. Dall’s identifica-
tion, Hyalina Binneyana Morse, from Vancover Island, B. C., previously
credited to the “Southern part of Maine, Michigan, Massachusetts,
Vermont,” and Mr. Hemphill found Helicodiscus lineatus, another of
Say’s species, several years ago in Oakland, on the eastern side of San
Francisco bay. This had previously been reported as far to the west
as the Rio Chama, New Mexico.

Dr. Cooper, in his recent paper before referred to, describes a varietal
form of the last named species, to which he has given the name of
Helocodiscus lineatus Sonorensis detected near San Miguel, in the State
of Sonora,

Family ORTHALICID &.
ORTHALICUS UNDATUS, Bruguiere.

One specimen. Tres Marias (No. 56975, U.S. N. M.).

The above example was collected living; the color pattern is of the
usual irregularly undulating zigzag wave, and clouds, with rather a
darker hue than the average of Florida specimens, and the aperture,
or around the aperture, exhibits more or less of the darker tint that
prevails over the general surface of the shell. The museum contains
several examples of this species from Altata (No. 56973, U.S. N.M.),and I
presume itis found at many points on the mainland in the timbered regions
of the Mexican States of Sonora and Cinaloa, from whence it is brought
in the dyewoods to the embareaderos along the gulf shore. The
Altata shells are on the whole somewhat lighter in general tone, though |
exhibiting the usual color pattern. The individuals of this form vary
greatly in proportions as well as in color markings; in the former

*Vide “‘ Nautilus,” November, 1889,

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 163

respect they are like the Bulimuli of Texas on the one side and Lower
California on the other.

ORTHALICUS UNDATUS, Bruguiere.

var. ?=0. melanochilus, VALENCIENNES.

One specimen. Tres Marias (No. 56974, U.S. N. M.).

A living example nearly white, upper whorl pinkish white; without
color markings save two narrow dark brown oblique varical lines on
the penultimate and final whorl. The parietal wall and the edge of
the outer lip blackish-brown as usual in the common dark colored
specimens from Central America. Length 2.20 inches.

I regard this as simply a variety of the previous form, and both
the same with the Central American and Florida shells so far as species
are considered. The albinoism of the foregoing specimen is of interest
when considered in relation to the environment and general character of
the region wherein it is indigenous.

Family BULIMULID &.

BULIMULUS (SCUTALUS) BAILEYI, Dall.

= B. Xantusi, var. Stearns, not Binney. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. x v1, 1893, pp.
640-641, pl. LXXx1, fig. 1.

Several examples.

Cape St. Lucas (No. 58649, U.S. N. M.); Guaymas, E. Palmer (No.
101756, U.S. N. M.); Ortiz, V. Bailey (No. 106004, U.S. N. M.). Five
specimens of what I regarded as a variety of Mr. Binney’s species were
given to me by Mr, Fisher. The precise locality not stated, or else the
label was mislaid. The smallest of the five is larger than Binney’s
figure in his Land and Fresh Water Shells of North America, part 1,
p. 210. The incremental lines are well marked, but the revolving lines,
an inconstant and quite uncertain character in West American Land
Shells, I have barely detected in some of the specimens, of which all
but one are dead. The largest measures 1.05 in length and .55 ineh in
breadth. They vary in solidity and opacity. This form is not confined
to the peninsula. The National collection has received examples from
the Department of Agriculture (No. 106004, U.S. N. M.), collected by
Mr. Vernon Bailey ‘“‘among rocks on the top of a hill 200 feet high,” at
Ortiz in the interior, a few miles back of Guaymas, in the fall of 1889;
this fact as to locality is of some importance, as heretofore our knowl-
edge of the distribution of these Mexican forms has been confined
almost exclusively to the peninsula.

The discovery of Mr. Binney’s type of B. NYantusi shows that the
shells collected by Mr. Bailey are not referable to said species even in
a varietal relation.

_ Mr. Gustav Hisen, of the California Academy of Sciences, has col-

164 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVIL.

lected B. Baileyi at Cape St. Lueas, thus verifying Fisher’s notes as to
habitat.

BULIMULUS (SCUTALUS) PALLIDIOR, Sowerby.

Five specimens. Carmen Island (No. 56591, U.S. N. M.), also Santa
Margarita Island (No, 101036, U.S. N. M.).

The above examples are of the typical form, and I believe that these
are the first of the species that have been reported from the islands or as
having been found at a locality not on the peninsula. The last were col-
lected by Mr. Townsend, of the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Alba-
tross, and it will be noticed that these islands (Carmen and Margarita,
are on opposite sides of the peninsula. The Santa Margarita specimens
are of the rather robust variety described by Dr. Gould as B. vegetus.

An interesting example from Carmen Island, which is registered as
B. pallidior Sby. (No. 58652, U.S. N.M), exbibits such characters as make
it a connecting link with Gould’s vegetus and the proteus of Broderip
so-called, in the tendency to that sculptural texture of the surface
which is called shagreened, or covered with fine granulation. This aspect
of sculpture is not uncommon in the land shells that inhabit insular
stations, or saline, sterile, and alkaline sandy regions. Many species
could be named which occasionally furnish individuals which exhibit
this peculiar facies. Examples of this species collected by Prof. George
Davidson at San Jose del Cabo (No. 58651, U.S. N. M.)in March, 1878,
were kept by me undisturbed in a box until June 23, 1875, when they
were taken out for examination. I placed themin a glass jar with some
chickweed and other tender vegetable food, and a little tepid water so
as to make a warm humid atmosphere. This hospitable treatment
induced them to wake up and move about after their long fast and sleep
of two years, two months, and sixteen days. Subsequently all died but
one, which was exhibited at a meeting of the Cal. Acad. of Sciences,
October 18, 1875. This latter example, it will be noticed, lived longer
than his fellows, viz, two years and nearly seven months. These San
Jose del Cabo specimens are now in the National Collection. The above
has been referred to as an introduced form, which I regard as altogether
improbable. The same aspects of variation that are seen in the shells
of the alternatus, Schiedeanus, and patriarchus bulimoids of Texas,
Louisiana, ete., are exhibited in a greater or less degree by their rela-
tives of the Gulf of California region, more particularly by the pallidior
form, which often exhibits great difference in the size of examples
from one colony as compared with specimens from another locality.
The roughened surface forms of pallidior have been named by Dall
var. striatula.

BULIMULUS (ORTHOTOMIUM) SUFFLATUS, Gould.
+ B. vesicalis, GOULD.

Numerous examples.

Point San Quentin (Nos. 9441, 9442, U. S. N. M.) Fisher, and La
Paz, Belding (Nos. 34116, 34118, U. S. N. M.), and same locality
Capt. Forrer. The National Collection has other examples from ** Lower

1804. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 2 £65

California” (Nos. 56945, 56946, U.S. N. M.). Some individuals are much
more globose than others; the juniors of the latter form suggest
“nilula ;” but this last is probably distinct. To the slenderer form of
sufiiatus Dr. Cooper has given the varietal name of insularis, resting on
on examples collected by Mr. W. KE. Bryant on Espiritu Santo Island.
Belding collected the same at La Paz, and a large series from various
localities show a regular graduation from one extreme to the other as
in many other species of Bulimulus.

BULIMULUS (DRYMAUS) ZIEGLERI, Pfeiffer.

Three examples, living. Altata ( No. 57227, U.S. N. M.).

The above bears a very close relationship to B. serperastrus Say, and
may prove to be a local variety of that species. The specimens were
carried to San Francisco in a cargo of dyewood; their actual habitat
is no doubt some distance back from the shore, as Altata is simply a
landing and Joading place for vessels in the Gulf trade. Mr. Lloyd, of
the biological division of the U. 8S. Agricultural Department, collected
three examples of serperastrus (No, 123595, U. S. N. M.) at Hidalgo,
Mexico, in 1889.

BULIMULUS (DRYMAUS) CALIFORNICUS, Reeve.
= Bulimus Californicus, REEVE, Icon. No. 378, Dec. 1848.—PFrrIrFER, Mon. Hel.
Viv., Ill, 422.

One example (No. 56955, U. 8. N.M.).

This species credited to California by Reeve has always, so far as
habitat is considered, been regarded with doubt by west-coast collec-
tors and authors, for two reasons; first, the occurrence of any form of
the group resembling Reeve’s figure and compatible with his descrip-
tion has never been verified either from California proper or the pen-
insula of Lower California; second, the California of the older authors
seems to have been a sort of geographical waste-basket, more conveni-
ent than authentic in matters pertaining to distribution.

That excellent conchologist, Dr. Gould, regarded the above species
as identical with Say’s B. serperastris;* it may prove to be the same.
Mr. W.G. Binney dissents from Dr. Gould. Having had occasion to
examine and determine several unlabeled specimens from the Gulf
region (Stearus collection) I detected a single example of Californicus.
The specimen exhibits less color. marking than is shown in Reeve’s
figure, but otherwise agrees satisfactorily. On the testimony of this
solitary example, I am of the same opinion as Mr. Binney.

Superfamily DITRHMATA.
Family ONCHIDIID ”#.
ONCHIDELLA BINNEY], Stearns.

Proc. U. 8. Nat. Museum, Vol. xvi, 1893, pp. 342, 343.

Several examples (No. 58824, U. S. N. M.). San Francisquita Bay,
Los Animas Bay, and Angeles Bay, in the Gulf of California.

* Binuey Terr. Moll. U.S. Vol. 111, p. 275.

166 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVII.

Family LIMN AID#.
PLANORBIS BICARINATUS, Say.

Many examples.

Mouth of Yaqui River (No. 53677, U. 8. N. M.), Dr. Edward Palmer;
Portland, Oreg. (No. 47600, U. S. N. M.), and Antioch, Cal., Henry
Hemphill.

It is interesting to note the wide distribution of this comparatively
well-marked form, to which I have heretofore and at greater length
called attention.*

Commencing at Cape Elizabeth, Maine; thence westerly through
Lake Simcoe, Canada; thence to Manitoba (Miller Christy), and Win-
nepeg Lakes (teste Bell), still westerly to Portland, Oreg.; thence south-
erly to the Yaqui River locality near Guaymas, Mexico; thence east-
erly through Kansas, Alabama, and Georgia nearly to the Atlantice
seaboard by the way of Virginia, the District of Columbia, Pennsyl-
vania, New York, and Massachusetts, to the starting point as above
given in Maine.

The west-coast localities are as yet ‘‘few and far between,” and the
number of examples limited. It will be observed that there is a great
stretch of territory between the Yaqui River locality and the Kansas
region, as well as between the Oregon locality and Manitoba. It is
not unreasonable to predict or anticipate the detection of P. bicarinatus
sooner or later at localities intermediate and connecting, when these
vast and sparsely-settled areas are more thoroughly explored or more
generally inhabited.

The occurrence of Helix (Stenotrema hirsuta) near Guaymas is else-
where referred to in this paper.

PLANORBIS CORPULENTUS, Say.

Several examples.

Cape St. Lucas, Prof. George Davidson, March, 1873. This species
is widely distributed and inhabits an extensive geographical area on
the western side of the continent, from the Columbia River in the north,
thence easterly to Lake Winnipeg. Binney says “ P. corpulentus is
catalogued from Guatemala by Mr. Tristram.”

Family SIPHONARIID &.

SIPHONARIA LECANIUM, Philippi.

+var. palmata, CARPENTER; +S. @quilirata, CARPENTER; +?S. pica, SOWERBY.
Abundant. Tres Marias (No. 60386, U.S. N. M.).
The typical form in all stages from adolescence to maturity. It is

* West American Scientist, September, 1889.

1294. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 167

evidently very abundant at these islands. In the younger or smaller
specimens there is a tendency to a serial or alternate arrangement of
prominent ribs with finer intermediate ones or riblets, as Carpenter
terms them in his reference to this species in the Mazatlan catalogue,
page 132, species 139.* The synonymy as above given is not
complete; it should include other specific and varietal names; as the
literature is not accessible by which I can verify the references and
allusions to many species made by Carpenter and other authors whose
comments I have read, I prefer to submit the above with my own notes
and observations.

The variety palmata (No. 60396, U.S. N.M.) is simply a flattened form of
lecanium occasionally met with. I regard equilirata asa less strongly
sculptured and a closely ribbed variety of lecantwm minus intermediate
riblets, or with smooth interspaces where riblets occur in typical
lecanium.

The number of species and varieties which have been made is owing
apparently to the excessive variability in the number of riblets as
well as to the varying prominence of the same, also to variation in ele-
vation or depression. Some individuals have 50 or more closely set
nearly equal ribs, as do some of my largest specimens which measure
1.03 greatest length with an elevation of .55inch; examples of these
would be regarded as Carpenter’s equilirata (No. 60395, U. S. N. M.).
Sometimes as many as 60 nearly equal ribs are exhibited in specimens
only .69 inch in length, and .29 inch elevation. In these closely and
equally ribbed individuals nearly or quite all of the ribs commence or
start at the apex, are present in the adolescent shell,and are developed
and maintained or continued with the growth of the shell through to
maturity.

There is also a rather rare flattened intermediate form between those
just described and the common coarsely ribbed ones, which connects
the two, that is to say, the @quilirate variety with the typical lecanium,
which has 30 to 40 nearly or quite equal ribs with only occasional
inconspicuous inter-ribs or lire; this variety probably Carpenter was
not familiar with, as it is not common.

In the typical lecanium which is, so far as my observation goes, the
most abundant in individuals, the prominent ribs vary in number from
as few as 11 in young shells to 25 or more in adults, the interspaces
being filled with fine strive; it is often the case that the number of the
coarse ribs in the same individual, in its earlier stages of growth, is
less than the adult shell exhibits, as the coarse ribs often bifurcate at
some incremental stage and continue, each part being of equal promi-
nence with the main rib from which they forked or branched. Such
instances of lecanium as exhibit the fewest ribs, when flattened make

*Mr. Fisher’s specimens, though numerous, were, as a whole, rather small; a lot of
about 70 not exceeding an average of .49 inch in length.

168 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVII.

the variety palmata,* of which six examples now before me display
from 24 coarse ribs in the largest specimen 1.03 inch in length to only
12 ribs in the smallest which measures only .47 of an inch in length;
the exceeding prominence of the ribs in this specimen, projecting
greatly beyond the margin, give the edge a digitated appearance,
suggesting in miniature some of the Indo-Pacific limpets; for illustra-
tion Patella saccharina Linneus.

The various aspects presented by lecaniwm in its numerous varieties
and intermediate forms are such, that to quote Carpenter,t ‘I have
found it impossible to separate them,” hence my inclusion of his wquili-
rata in the synonymy herein given.

If, as acute says,i ‘¢S. maura Sby., is one of the varieties of this
species,” and “8. ferruginea Rve., is probably described from the inter-—
mediate forms” between S. maura and S. palmata, then these should be
added to the synonymy. Carpenter regarded the form wquilirata as a
Lower Californian rather than a Gulf species.§ He credits it to the
northerly stations of Cerros Island (Ayres and Veatch’s collections),
also to Margarita Bay (Pease shells) where he gives ‘“leviuscula Sby.,
teste Cuming,” as a synonym of it, and he also reports it as from Cape
St. Lucas in the Xantus collection.

The Ayres, Veatch, Pease shells may be regarded as inhabiting
exterior or ocean stations, being the outer or western coast of the penin-
sula, while the latter place, Cape St. Lucas as well as the Tres Marias,
where both the typical lecanium and equilirata variety are found, may
be regarded geographically as well as biologically as intermediate
middle or common ground, hence the occurrence or presence of both of
these forms; or, again, if the equilirate form should be by some persons
viewed as an extra limital aspect of lecanium, then perhaps we should
include in the group as varieties and therefore synonyms of the southern
S. costata, a rather small, delicate, closely ribbed «quilirate shell, the
ribs fine rather than coarse; this form is reported from Guacomayo
(Cuming) Sowerby, and Panama (C. B. Adams); also in the Stearns
collection from Panama (Bridges), and Valparaiso (Brannan); Dr. Jones
obtained specimens at Payta. Some of the examples of costata, the
more coarsely ribbed specimens, are so close to the selected delicate
examples of equilirata from the Tres Marias as to make it difficult if
not impossible to satisfactorily segregate the two, were they mingled
without previous marking, many individuals of each run so closely
together. The southern S. costata is, aside from its inferior size and
more delicate sculpture and structure, more helcion-shaped, with the
apex more or less recurved and nearer the margin.

* §. lecanium, with variety palmata, was plentiful at Cape St. Lucas. (Xantus Col-
lection.) B. A. Report 1863, p, 621.

tMaz. Cat., p. 182.

{ Brit. Assn. Rept., 1863, p. 545.

§B. A. Report, 1863, p. 626. Id. 664, 666, and 676.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 169

In connection with the foregoing on the relations and variations of
the west American forms of Siphonaria, it will be found on examina-
tion that the species or forms of other faunal regions, more or less
remote, exhibit the same characters of variation, if not as extreme,
nevertheless in a greater or less degree. For this purpose among
numbers of specimens compare S.brunnea Hanley from Bermuda, ete.
(Jones); make a similar comparison with S. lewcoplewra Gmelin from
the Viti Islands.

Family TEREBRID 4.
TEREBRA (MYURELLA) VARIEGATA, Gray.

Many examples. San Jose Island (No. 56297, U.S. N. M.), La Paz
(ilo. 1017195. U.S. N. M.):

The specimens from the first locality are all young shells. Capt.
Forrer also reported the above species from La Paz, where Fisher
collected a varietal form (No. 101720, U. S. N. M.).

TEREBRA (SUBULA) STRIGATA, Sowerby.

= Buccinum elongatum, Woop. + T. zebra, KIENER. -+- T. flammea, LESSON.
One specimen, beach; Tres Marias.
Rarely known to occur so far to the north; ‘‘common at Panama,”*
Dr. Jones collected two examples at Payta, Peru, and Cuming collected
it at the Galapagos.

Family CONID &.
CONUS DALLI, Stearns.

Seven examples.

Tres Marias, Maria Madre (Nos. 37417, 37418, U. S. N. M.). Since
describing this form in April, 1873,t numerous specimens have passed
under my examination, and confirm the conviction which led me at the
time to regard this embroidered cone of the Mazatlan province as a new
species. I see no necessity for modifying the diagnosis or the comments
published at that time other than to add what is herein written.

In the collection of Mr. Fred. L. Button, of Oakland, Cal., is a remark-
ably fine series of young shells which are even more characteristic and
distinct from any other of the embroidered cones than are the average
adults of C. Dalli from C. textile, ete., which it occasionally somewhat
resembles in pattern and color of markings. Mr. Fisher collected two
living and several beach examples at the island of Maria Madre, the
principal of the Tres Marias group. The largest, though somewhat
rubbed and worn at each extremity, measures long. 2.35, lat. 1.29
inches; if perfect the length would be not less 2.65 inches.

Prof. Verrill refers, probably, to this shell in his ‘Contributions to

* Hinds, in Proc. Zool. Soc., 1843, p. 160.
tProc. Cal. Acad. Sciences.

170 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVII.

Zoology, ete.,” No. vt, in Am. Jour. Sci. and Arts, Vol. xL1x, March,
1870, p. 227.
CONUS VITTATUS, Lamarck.

Five specimens, Tres Marias (No. 88312, U.S. N. M.).

The National collection contains further examples of this beautiful
species. Mr. Fisher’s are of the beautiful pink variety, and his shells
range from juniors to adults.

Fine large specimens of the purple colored shells from Panama are
in the collection (No. 37435, U. S. N. M.). These were collected by
Bridges.

CONUS PURPURASCENS, Broderip.

Numerous specimens.

San Josef Island; Port Escondido (No. 37410, U. S. N. M.); Los
Animas Bay (No. 37416, U.S. N. M); Angeles Bay; Tres Marias (No.
37415, U.S. N. M.); also from Sta. Margarita Island (No. 10239, U.S.
N.M.). The Albatross collectors obtained numerous examples on the
beach at the latter place.

CONUS PURPURASCENS, Broderip.

Var.?—scalptus, REEVE.
One example (No. 37407, U.S. N. M.).
The above single specimen was in the Stearns collection from Aca-
puleo. Reeve’s species is apparently a variety of purpurascens.

CONUS GLADIATOR, Broderip.

Three examples, living. Tres Marias (No. 37438, U.S. N. M.).
In no respect varying from Panama specimens collected by the late
Thomas Bridges.
CONUS BRUNNEUS, Wood.

Two examples.

Tres Marias (No. 37445, U.S. N.M.). Altata (No. 37447, U.S. N.
M.). Mr. Fisher’s specimens of this species were in fine condition and
characteristic. The Museum also contains three other examples from
latter place.

CONUS BRUNNEUS, Wood.

Var. = tiaratus, BRODERIP.

Two specimens.

Tres Marias (No. 37449, U.S. N. M.). Found with the typical brun-
neus at the same time and in the same place. Agrees with Reeve’s
figure, Conch. Icon., 143. Reeve regarded it as a variety of the Indo-
Pacific C. minimus which is found at the Navigator Islands (Upolu) and
in the Viti group still further to the southwest, which implies that the
suite of C. brunneus examined by Reeve was rather limited in number
of individuals. See remarks in this connection in my paper on “The

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 171

Mollusk fauna of the Galapagos Islands, ete.,” Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Vol. XVI, pp. 384-385.
CONUS NUX, Broderip.
Five specimens.

Port Escondido and Tres Marias (No. 37458, U. S. N. M.). Santa
Margarita Island (1 specimen), Albatross.

CONUS PRINCEPS, Linneus.

A few specimens, Port Escondido (No. 37402, U. 8. N. M.); Tres
Marias (No. 37401, U. S. N. M.).

Mr. Fisher obtained a few examples of this beautiful shell at the fore-
going places. He found them “attached to coral blocks,” at Port
Escondido; several examples from Carmen Island were received from
the Stearns collection (No. 37403, U. S. N. M.), and a rare variety with-
out the usual linear markings, from the same collection, detected at
Panama by the well-known collector, Thomas Bridges (No. 37404, U.S.
Nie Mf).

CONUS REGULARIS, Sowerby.
Var. =C. monilifer, BRODERIP.

A few examples.

Port Escondido (No. 37391, U.S. N. M.); this form is found also at
Carmen Island (No. 37394, U.S. N. M.); and a variety at Pichilinque
Island (No. 37392, U.S. N. M.).

CONUS DISPAR, Sowerby.
Var.=C. monilifer, BRODERIP, var.

Two examples, Boca de los Piedras (No. 37437, U.S. N. M.).
CONUS ARCHON, Broderip.
Three examples (No. 37397, U.S. N. M.); Manzanillo.

CONUS LUCIDUS, Mawe.

Two specimens; beach. Sta. Margarita Island; Albatross. Ranges
southerly to the Galapagos Islands.

CONUS INTERRUPTUS, Broderip.
Three specimens, San Lucas Cove; Angeles Bay (No.37423,U.S5.N.M.).
CONUS CALIFORNICUS, Hinds.
One fresh example, Ballenas Bay; Albatross.
Family PLEUROTOMID &.
PLEUROTOMA PICTA, Beck.

Four specimens; dredged. San Lucas Cove (No. 55241, U.S. N. M.).
The above vary in length from 1% to 25% inches; this is a keeled

172 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVII,

form, the peripheral carina being the most prominent; between the keels
the surface is finely spirally threaded.

PLEUROTOMA (SURCULA) FUNICULATA, Valenciennes.

One specimen at each place.

San Lucas Cove (No. 55235, U.S. N.M.); Loreto. <A fine, large, dark,
chocolate-colored living example, 2.49 inches in length by .84 inch in
breadth, was found, with many other pleurotomids, as above. Though
not a rare form, it is apparently less common than its near relative, P.
olivacea Sby. P. funiculata, though a less robust shell and not as
coarsely sculptured as olivacea, exhibits in a striking degree the charac-
teristic sculpture of olivacea; it is generally darker colored, though
frequently of an olive green or greenish clay color, sometimes yellowish
brown and again dark chocolate. The color in many of the species is so
exceedingly variable as to be of little value as a specific distinction.

PLEUROTOMA (SURCULA) OLIVACEA, Sowerby.

One specimen (No. 55233, U.S. N.M.). Boca de los Piedras.
An adolescent example, dredged at the above place, -94 inch length,
of a clear white, without epidermis.

PLEUROTOMA (SURCULA) TUBERCULIFERA, Brod. and Sby.

One specimen. San Lucas Cove (No. 55228, U.S. N.M.).
_ An exceedingly fine example of this strongly characterized species
was obtained with the dredge. It is a rare form and seldom met with
in collections.

PLEUROTOMA (SURCULA) MACULOSA, Sowerby.

Five examples dredged (No. 55259, U.S. N. M.). San Lueas Cove.
One of these was a fresh, perfect shell.

PLEUROTOMA (DRILLIA) UNIMACULATA, Sowerby.

One specimen. San Lucas Cove (No. 55239, U.S. N. M.).

One example of the above was collected at this place, which seems to
be rather the metropolis of pleurotomid forms in this general region.
It closely resembles echinatus Lam., said to come from New Guinea.
P. unimaculata is a narrower shell, and has heretofore been credited to
the west coast of Central America. They both seem to be very close
to the P. gibbosa of Kiener. The specimen under review is much nearer
to echinata Lam. than to Kiener’s gibbosa, as these two species are rep-
resented in the figures given by Chenu, Manual, Vol. I, figures 646 and
650. Unimaculata is an unfortunate name, aS names based on color
markings frequently prove to be; for in the instance before me, there is
not only a large brownish spot on the basal whorl, but all of the numer-

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 173

ous nodes are spotted above and below, and there are revolving
bands of the same color, especially seen on the basal volution.
PLEUROTOMA (DRILLIA) INCRASSATA, Sowerby.
=D. Botte, Val., TRYON.

One example from each locality.

Mazatlan, Henry Edwards; San Lucas Cove, Fisher (No. 55252, U.S.
i MT.).

The Mazatlan example was collected and presented to the writer by
his esteemed friend, the late Henry Edwards, so well known as an
excellent entomologist and actor.

(His magnificent collection of insects hasrecently become the property
of the American Museum of Natural History, New York.)

PLEUROTOMA (DRILLIA) MAURA, Sowerby.

Several specimens.

San Lueas Cove, dredged off San Marcos Island (No. 55237, U.S.
N. M.). :

Five examples, imperfect and dead, were obtained by dredging at
this place. The largest measures 2.50 long., lat., .63, aperture 1.16
inches; the others, without making allowance for the erosion of the apex,
measure, respectively, 2.09, 2.06, 1.94, and 1.84 long. inches. A com-
parison of the specimens shows that they run quite closely in sculpture,
varying but little; in color they range,as do several of the related
forms, from dark chocolate to a yellowish or sienna-brown. The late
Mr. Tryon kindly compared the above with the specimens in the
Philadelphia Academy’s collection, and returned the following note:

“P]. maura, Sowb. Reeve, sp. 47, ‘Isle of La Plata;’ and exactly like
a specimen in our museum received from Sowerby.”

Worn specimens sometimes exhibit a whitish line following the suture,
on the upper whorls and just below the knobs on the body whorl. Reeve
gives a figure of this species in his Conchologia Systematica, but the fine
sculpture shown in said figure is not so clearly exhibited in heavy adult
specimens.

Family CANCELLARIID &.

CANCELLARIA (APHERA) TESSELLATA, Sowerby.

Several examples. La Paz Harbor, on a small island (No. 46273, U.
S.:N. M.).

Many specimens of this rare and peculiar form were obtained as
above indicated by Mr. Fisher. The figure No. 1841 in Chenu’s Manual,
Vol. I, is apparently drawn from a young specimen.

Family OLIVID &.
OLIVA VENULATA, Lamarck.

Numerous examples.
(Nos. 32401, 32402, 32416, 32431, U.S. N, M.) La Paz; Los Animas

174 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVII.

Bay; Mulege Bay and Tres Marias. Capt. Forrer collected the above
at La Paz; Loreto, Gabb.

This species exhibits extreme variation. In facet, the Olives from
the Gulf region with the exception of two or three species are not
easy to determine. Reeve makes the above as well as 0. araneosa
Lam., 0. Timorea, O. obesina, and O. pindarina as synonyms of 0. retic-
ularis, the well-known Antillean species. I have never met with an
example from the West coast that so closely resembled reticularis as
to suggest such a connection. Carpenter makes 0. Melchersi Mke.,
1851, include O. angulata junior, O. subangulata, O. Cumingii, and O.
polpaster. His O. intertincta is nothing but a variety of Melchersi and
three specimens recorded by him as “ ? intertincta” were found upon
examination to be, (1) elegans, and (2) irisans, both Indo-Pacific forms.
I am quite sure, however, that this must have been in some way a
blunder on the part of an assistant. The La Paz examples (No. 32402,
U.S. N. M.) are typical. O. venulata runs all the way from closely retic-
ulated zigzag waves or Vs on a lightish warm ground with a purple
or brownish-purple stain on the terminal part of the columella, to
shells that are a warm cream-yellow, sometimes without any of the
V-shaped pencilings and sometimes with the same, but subordinated
more or less to the general yellowish tone of the surface. Again the Vs
are absolutely wanting and the markings are longitudinal, having
somewhat of a ligneous aspect, resembling the graining of wood, with
darker umber-eclored zones blending and softening down to the lighter
tint of the ground work or general color. Examples thus colored are
the ligneola of Reeve (Mus. Steere), and the same author’s 0. Cumingii
is still another aspect. The opposite extreme of coloration is seen in
the beautiful dark, nearly black variety which has received the name
of oriole. In these the Vs can generally be seen under the rich glaze
that characterizes the numerous forms and varieties of this so-called
species. Often in the point of the VVs, there is a nebulous roundish
spot, such as would oceur in painting, by the paint or color running
oft of the brush and filling up the sharp angle on the inner side of the
point of the V. This gives a beautiful spotted effect in some examples,
and occurs as a feature more or less conspicuous in many of the West
Coast olives. The examples from Los Animas Bay (No, 32438, U.S.
N.M.) suggest Julietta by their dotted flames. At Boca de los Piedras,
Fisher obtained numerous examples (No. 32416, U.S. N. M.) of the short,
rather stumpy, light-colored variety, with rather obscure sienna-yellow
markings, (VVs) on a rich creamy yellow ground. Carpenter has com.
pared this variety to the reticularis of the Caribbean region, but the two
are readily separable by any moderately intelligent expert. Fisher’s
Boca shells vary in size from .36 ninimum to 1.12 maximum in length.
The purplish chocolate stain at the base of the columella is quite a

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 175

permanent character and is present.in the sinallest as well as the la
est individuals,

ro-
re

OLIVA ANGULATA, Lamarck,

Two specimens.

La Paz (No. 32420,U.S. N. M). Sta. Margarita Island (2 beach),
Albatross. Small examples sometimes exhibit a facies suggestive of
O. polpaster Duclos, or it may be said on the other side that occasional
heavy examples of O. polpaster resemble young individuals of 0.

angulata.
OLIVA SPLENDIDULA, Sowerby.

Two specimens. Tres Marias.

One of Mr. Fisher’s specimens measured 2 inches in length. This
is an exceedingly beautiful as well as a rare species, and easily dis-
tinguishable from any other of the genus. Of the large and beautiful
Oliva porphyrea, so highly prized by amateurs, and frequently used as
a mantel ornament, Mr. Fisher did not obtain any examples. It is quite
common, compared with splendidula.

OLIVA SUBANGULATA, Philippi.

Three specimens. La Paz; Mulege Bay.

OLIVANCILLARIA (AGARONIA) TESTACEA, Lamarck.

Two examples. Gulf of California (No. 32452, U.S. N. M.).

OLIVELLA GRACILIS, Gray.
Three young specimens. Mulege Bay (No. 47257, U. S. N. M.).
OLIVELLA UNDATELLA, Lamarck,
Five specimens. Altata (No. 47222, U.S. N. M.),

OLIVELLA DAMA, Mawe.

Numerous cxamples.
Mulege Bay (No. 47230, U. S. N. M.); Los Animas Bay; Loreto;
Angeles Bay; San Lucas Cove; La Paz.

OLIVELLA CYANEA, Reeve.

= 0. puelchana, ORBIGNY, Reeve’s Monog., Pl. xx1v, figs 70°, 70”, 70°.

Abundant, living. Tres Marias (No. 47254, U.S. N. M.).

Family HARPID A.
HARPA CRENATA, Swainson.

[not H. crenata Gray or H. crenata, REEVE, of authors. }
= H. scriba, Va. + H. gracilis, B. & S. + H. rosea crenata, Gray. + Buccinum
roseum, Woop. -+ Buceinum minus, Woop; [not Harpa minor, Marr.] -+- H.
Riviolina, Lesson. + H. rosea, var. KimNER. -+ H. Mexicana? Jay’s Cat.
+ H. testudinalis? Id.

Numerous specimens. Tres Marias.

176 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVI.

Collected here by Fisher; previously received by me from the islands
in all stages of growth. Harpa rosea, with which this Gulf shell is
sometimes confounded, is an African species, which in maturity nearly
always exhibits the rose-pink color which is generally confined to the
earlier stages of HH. crenata; in young shells of the latter it is appar-
ently aconstant character. The ribs in crenata are much less developed
than in the other Harps; fresh living shells are frequently met with of
a dull reddish-ashen surface, but very slightly enameled, while the
delicate waved markings are nearly obsolete. Highly colored and
glossy individuals are very beautiful, though even in such examples
the enamel is less brilliant than in most of the species. Carpenter (in
B. A. Report, 1863, p. 122), referring to the prices of certain West Ameri-
can shells as noted in the British Museum copy of the “Tankerville

catalogue,” 1825, quotes H. crenata 45s. = $11.25, and Conus regius
(= C. princeps) is given at £5 5s. = $26.25. The peculiar Lucina

(Miltha) Childreni Gray, a form that is rare even to this day, is quoted
at £10 10s. = $52.50.

Family MARGINELLID&.

VOLVARINA VARIA, Sowerby.

One example. Mulege Bay (No. 12260, U.S. N. M.).

Although Fisher’s collection contained only one, a dead shell, it is
not an uncommon form from the Gulf region. It it credited by Carpen-
ter to Cape St. Lucas and to the West Indies.

Family VOLUTIDA.

VOLUTA (ENTA) CUMINGII, Broderip.
-+ H. Pederseni, VERRILL.

Several specimens. San Lucas Cove (No. 46380, U.S. N. M.).

Mr. Fisher collected many examples of this interesting form at the
above place, which well illustrate the differentiation between the
mature and adolescent stages of growth. Numerous specimens col-
lected by various parties or procured from sailors employed in the Gulf
trade especially during the Franco-Mexican war, when the commerce
between San Francisco and west Mexican Gulf ports was at its height,
have passed under my examination. Prof. Verrill many years ago
described E. Pederseni from specimens collected by Capt. Pedersen, but
I am inclined to regard it as only a variety of Cumingii. Voluta
Cumingii has since been detected as far north as Magdalena Bay (No.
102548, U.S. N. M.) by Mr. C. H. Townsend, of the U. S. Fish Com-
mission.

Family TURBINELLID&.

MELONGENA (SOLENOSTEIRA) MODIFICATA, Reeve.

= Siphonalia modificata, REEVE, and of authors.
Many specimens.
La Paz; San Lueas Cove; Los Animas Bay; Angeles Island; Boca
de los Piedras; Tres Marias (No. 46754, U. S. N. M.).

1894. _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. eG

As to the relationship of the above form see Dall’s remarks in the
Transactions of the Wagner Institute, Philadelphia, volume 3, part 1,
p- 122, August, 1890, and my paper on Dr. Jones’ collection of South
American shells in Vol. xtv, Proc. U. 8. National Museum, p. 323.

Family MITRID”®.
MITRA LENS, Wood.

Common, between tide marks. La Paz; Tres Marias.

MITRA EFFUSA, Swainson.

Rare. <A solitary specimen.
Mulege Bay (No. 46409, U. 8. N. M.); Dr. Gabb also collected an
example somewhere on the Gulf side of the peninsula.

MITRA (CANCILLA) SULCATA, Swainson.

= WM. gigantea, SwAINSON. + M. Hindsii, REEVE. + M. attenuata, SWAINSON.
+ M. funiculata, REEVE.

Several specimens. San Lucas Cove (Nos. 46405, 46406, U.S. N. M.).
The synonymy as above is given by Tryon. (Manual, Monograph of
Mitride, p. 139.)

MITRA (STRIGATELLA) TRISTIS, Broderip.

Numerous fine specimens.

Mulege Bay (No. 46393, U.S. N. M.); Los Animas Bay (No. 46390,
Wj: Ne M.). ;

Fisher’s specimens were for the most part small or immature; his.
largest example measured long. 1.17, lat. .45 inch.

Family FASCIOLARID &A.
LATIRUS (LEUCOZONIA) CINGULATA, Lamarck.

One example, Tres Marias (No. 47124, U.S. N. M.).

Oceurs also at Mazatlan in the Gulf, thence southward to Panama
where it has been collected by Cuming, C. B. Adams, Bridges, and
others. This form varies considerably in height of the spire as well as
in the length of the horn. It has been erroneously placed in the genus
Monoceros, Lam. (= Acanthina, Fischer, in Adams genera), also by C.
B. Adams in his “ Shells of Panama,” and by Chenu (Manual, tome 1,
p. 169, fig. 832). Calkins in his Catalogue of the Marine Shells of
Florida, etc., Proc. Davenport Acad. Nat. Sci., Mach 29, 1878, has
erroneously included this species, confounding it quite likely through
general similarity of name with the very different Caribbean Latirus
eingulifera, Lam., and further added to the confusion by including the

Proc. N. M. 94 12

178 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVII.

‘venus Monoceras, Lam.,” in his catalogue and placing Leucozonia as
a subgenus thereunder. He remarks that “it is a Panama species
found by me at the southern extremity of Florida.”

The necessity for calling attention to this unfortunate ‘ muddle”
again at this late day, is apparent to any student who has observed
how persistently errors of this class find a lodgment in the literature,
long after they have been pointed out or exposed. It is well known
that neither Leucozonia cingulata nor any representative of the group
Monoceros have up to this time been detected on the Atlantic side of
the continents, and it is particularly remarkable so far as regards the
latter genus.

LATIRUS CERATUS, Wood.

Numerous specimens, living. ‘Tres Marias (No. 47125, U.S. N. M.).

Many fine examples were detected by Mr. Fisher living in the crevices
of the ledges and dead on the beaches. The average dimensions of the
Fisher shells is, long. 2.69, lat. 1.44 inches.

FUSUS DUPETITHOUARSII, Kiener.

Many specimens. .

La Paz and San Lucas Cove; Loreto (No. 32336, U.S. N. M.); Carmen
Island (No. 32334, U.S. N.M.). Of this fine species the examples range
from 1.76 to 7.50 inches in length. Compared with specimens of F.
multicarinatus from Yokohama, a form regarded by the late Mr. Tryon
as the sameas F’. Reevianus Phil., and which he further suggests as the
same as F’. Nova-Hollandie Rve., I find the sculpture rather finer and
the canal (not a fixed character in the spindle shells) proportionally
longer in the Japanese species. Though running very close, the two.
may be regarded as valid species. In some individuals of the Gulf
form the longitudinal ribs which extend from suture to suture on the
upper whorls become reduced to mere tubercles on the periphery of
the two last or larger whorls.

FUSUS AMBUSTUS, Gould.

Six examples.

San Lucas Cove (No. 32340, U.S. N. M.).

Since the publication of Mr. Dall’s paper* “On the Californian spe-
cies of Fusus” and Mr. Tryon’s Monograph,t I have carefully examined
the various species included therein that inhabit the region referred to
in this paper. Mr. Fisher collected eleven specimens of the form now
regarded as ambustus. In the various related material before me, I
found but little difficulty in segregating these. The two largest meas-

* Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., March 19, 1877.
t Manual of Conch, vol, 111, pp. 58-64,

tana PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 179

ure respectively 2 and 2.05 inches in length; placed side by side with
examples of F'. Dupethithouarsii of same length it will be seen that the
former is generally of slenderer habit and a more graceful form, as
Tryon remarks. Fine mature specimens are often bluish-white inside
of the aperture.

FUSUS CINEREUS, Reeve.

Several specimens. La Paz (No. 32354,U. S. N. M.); San Lucas
Cove (No. 32353, U. 8. N. M.).

The three La Paz shells are small, of the four Cove specimens, two
are adult and two juniors. Rather a rare shell in collections. The
National Collection contains examples received from other sources.
From Panama, collected by Bridges, several examples are registered
under the numbers 32356 and 32557, It is found at other places in the
Gulf region.

PISANIA (TRITONIDEA) INSIGNIS, Reeve.
= Pisania insignis, REEV®, in 8. I. Check List 1860, and Carpenter’s Mazatlan
Catalogue.
Not common; onespecimen. San Lucas Cove (No. 46736, U.S. N.M.).

The Fisher example from the above locality is destitute of the longi-
tudinal ribs. Sta. Margarita Island (two beach shells), Albatross.

PISANIA. (TRITONIDEA) GEMMATA, Reeve.

Three examples. Mazatlan (No. 46746, U.S. N. M.), Henry Edwards.
This species appears to be of infrequent occurrence.

ENGINA CARBONARIA, Reeve.

Three juniors, live shells. Mulege Bay (No. 46688, U.S. N. M.). A
rare species.

ENGINA CARBONARIA, Reeve; var. FUSIFORMIS, Stearns.

One specimen, living, dredged. San Lucas Cove (No, 102620, U.S,
IN: M.).

An elongated rather coarsely sculptured shell, quite deceptive at
first sight. Outer lip simple, as if immature; in strong contrast with
the ordinary chunky, solid, heavy-lipped type of the species.

MACRON ZTHIOPS, Reeve.

+ M. Kellettii, HINDS; Stearns, Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sciences, pp. 397, 398, PI.
vil, figs. 3, 4, 5.

Common; fine specimens. San Quentin Bay (Nos. 60074, 60075,
60076, U.S. N. M.).

Numerous living examples of this variable shell were collected by Mr.

Fisher on ‘‘mud flats” in said bay, which indisputably connect the

above forms. Reeve’s description and figure indicate an example in

180 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVI.

which the entire surface was broadly and deeply channeled or grooved,
agreeing perfectly with specimens in the National collection (60074)
which measure 2.9 inches in length by 1.92 inch in width; from this size
younger examples as small as 1 inch in length by 0.58 inch in width
(the outer lip thin at this age), show the same characters. In Kellettit
(60076) Hinds’ form, the shell exhibits only three of these channels,
near the base of the body whorl. Mr. Fisher’s specimens prove that
the grooving is an uncertain character. The number of individuals col-
lected by him was fortunately ample enough to settle all doubts and
prove that the two forms as above should be united under one specific
name; as Mr. Reeve’s appears to be the first in order of time, it must be
adopted. The National Museum series exhibits all of the intermediate
forms or varieties; the connecting links (60075) were received not only
with the Fisher shells but from Hemphill and other sources.

The shells of the foregoing when living or fresh are covered with a
thick blackish epidermis, which is apt to peel or flake off when very
dry. The epidermis has the same character in the rare Mitra Belcheri,
in common with other West American related forms, and we may pre-
sume it lives in similar muddy stations.

Examples of M. thiops of the form that is grooved throughout
have been collected at Cerros or Cedros Island, on the ocean side of
Lower California; it was collected years ago by Capt. Scammon, in
Seammon’s lagoon. The late Prof. W. M. Gabb found it at San Juanico,
on the ocean side of the peninsula, in 1867, and Henry Hemphill has
contributed specimens to the National Museum, collected by him at San
Ignacio lagoon (No, 105432, U.S. N. M.); Manuel lagoon (No. 105433,
U.S. N.M.); Point Abreogos “around rocks” (No. 105434, U. 8. N. M.)
also at Secammon’s lagoon (No. 105428, U.S. N. M.). Ballenas Bay (No.
102256, U.S, N, M.), U.S, Fish Commission, Albatross.

Family NASSIDA.,
NASSA TEGULA, Reeve.
=WN. tiarula, KIENER,

Abundant.

La Paz; Mulege Bay (No. 46616, U. S. N. M.). Los Animas Bay
(No. 46615, U.S. N. M.); Loreto. This variable species is exceedingly
numerous at many places in the Gulf region and elsewhere on the shores
of Lower California; it exhibits many interesting and suggestive varie-
ties. The usual Gulf form is of a pale, dingy yellow or yellowish-
white color, in some specimens running into an ashen-blue on the last
half of the final whorl, with sometimes two, more rarely, three dark
color bands, the upper one interrupted by the sculpture, which latter
consists of 8 or 9strong longitudinal ribs, interrupted and broken into
nodules by a transverse groove, just below the suture; the ribs evanesce
on the last third of the basal whorl, showing three or four strong nodules

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 181

only, with a nearly smooth area below. Otherwise sculptured with ten
or more sharp, revolving striz; the varying prominence of the longi-
tudinal and transverse sculpture, combined with variableness in form—
some Shells being robust or “chunky,” others elongated—produces, as
may be supposed, many varieties. A dwarfed form is often met with.
A variety occasionally noticed resembles one aspect of the Gulf of
Mexico Nassa vibex; specimens of these occur at La Paz.

In the more northerly examples from San Diego and thereabout the
longitudinal and transverse sculpture is less variable, being more nearly
equal in prominence; the shells are darker colored, with usually a con-
spicuous dark spot over the mouth. Some of the San Diego specimens
closely resemble certain occasional individuals of Nassa lirata Dkr.,
from Japan. In an interesting paper by F. P. Marat (May, 1876), “On
the variation of sculpture exhibited in the shells of the Genus Nassa,”
the author remarks:

N. tegula (Reeve pl. 15, fig. 99, a and b), is simply coronated at the sutures, but
when the ribs are completed it becomes the N. coronula, A. Ad. Some of my varie-
ties are only half ribbed, and others are scarcely ribbed beyond the tubercles.

NASSA CORPULENTA, C. B. Adams.

Several specimens. Tres Marias (No. 46606, U.S.N.M.). <A rather
rare shell.
NASSA LUTEOSTOMA, Broderip and Sowerby.

Several examples.
La Paz; St. Josef Island; Los Animas Bay (No. 46608, U.S. N. M.);
Francisquita Bay; Angeles Bay; Boca de los Piedras; Tres Marias.

NASSA COMPLANATA, Powis.

= N, scabriuscula, C. B. ADAMS.
Numerous (Nos. 46644, 46646, U.S. N. M.). Los Animas Bay; Mulege
Bay.
NASSA COMPLANATA; var. MAJOR, Stearns.

Abundant (No. 75155, U.S. N. M.). Los Animas Bay.

The above is a much larger form than the average of typical com-
planata and much coarser in sculpture, and some of the examples are as
large as small specimens of tegula; it suggests on a casual glance N.
vibex, of Floridan waters.

NASSA BRUNNEOSTOMA, Stearns.
Nassa brunneostoma, STEARNS, Nautilus, May, 1893; Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, Vol.
Xvi, 1893, pp. 344, 345.
Abundant.
Gulf of California near the mouth of the Colorado River (No. 37239,
U.S. N. M.); Guaymas (Nos. 23721, 55951, U. S. N. M.).

182 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL, XVII.

Collected by Dr. Edward Palmer. An exceedingly pretty and char-
acteristic species, allied in a general way to Reeve’s tegula and Powis’s
complanata.

Family COLUMBELLID A.
COLUMBELLA HASMASTOMA, Sowerby.
Not common; beach. San Lucas Cove.
COLUMBELLA FUSCATA, Sowerby.
Common, living. Tres Marias; Loreto.

COLUMBELLA MAJOR, Sowerby.

Common, living. Port Escondido; Tres Marias and elsewhere.
Fisher’s shells from the first locality are of the small variety.

COLUMBELLA (ANACHIS) CORONATA, Sowerby

A few examples. Mulege Bay; Tres Marias.
Compared with related forms this species is apparently rather rare,
not only at the above place, but throughout the Gulf region.

COLUMBELLA (ANACHIS) GASKOINII, Carpenter.

A. taniata, PHILIPPI.

Examples (No. 48256, U.S. N. M.). Mazatlan, Henry Edwards, Janu-
uary, 1873. A rare and very pretty species.

COLUMBELLA (ANACHIS ?) PARVA, Sowerby. |
Two specimens. Mazatlan, Hy. Edwards (No. 48270, U.S. N. M.).
COLUMBELLA (ANACHIS) LYRATA, Sowerby.
Examples, beach. Loreto.
COLUMBELLA (ANACHIS) NIGRICANS, Sowerby.
Examples. Loreto.
COLUMBELLA (ANACHIS) SERRATA, Carpenter.
Beach specimens. Loreto.
COLUMBELLA (NITIDELLA) CRIBRARIA, Lamarck.

Common.

La Paz; San Lucas Cove; Los Animas Bay, Angeles Island; Tres
Marias (Nos. 48333, 48334, U. S. N. M.); Boca de los Piedras.

Two well-marked varieties, one of a dark chocolate-red, with light
spots ; the other sienna yellow, with light spots; the latter appear to
be more truncated than the first ; both of them are on an average rather
larger than the usual run of Nicaraguan examples. Occurs also at

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 183

Panama, the Galapagos Islands, on the Florida Keys, in the Antilles,
and was found to be common at Porto Grande (No. 125323, U.S. N. M.),
Cape de Verde Islands by the Eclipse Expedition to West Africa, in
1889, |

COLUMBELLA (META) CEDONULLI, Reeve.

—Conella cedonulli, of authors.

Numerous examples.

Port Escondido (No, 48318, U.S. N. M.); San Josef Island; Loreto;
San Lucas Cove; Los Animas Bay; Mulege Bay; Tres Marias, also at
Carmen Island. This form is conspicuous from its numerous and fre-
quently beautiful color varieties. A portion of the Fisher specimens
came from the first locality, a single colony. They were all of the same
general color, being blotched and spotted with dark brown and yellowish
white in varying proportions. In fresh specimens the epidermis around
the spire has sometimes a plaited and tufted aspect coincident with the
incremental lines.

COLUMBELLA (STROMBINA) MACULOSA, Sowerby.

Seven specimens.

Tres Marias (No. 48306, U.S. N. M.); Loreto; Carmen Island (No.
48303, U.S. N. M.); fine examples of this graceful shell were collected
by Mr. Fisher, in some instances measuring 1.35 inches in length. It
is the commonest species of the genus on the West coast.

Family MURICID &.
Subfamily MURICIN A.
MUREX PLICATUS, Sowerby.
Three examples.
La Paz (No. 46757, U.S. N. M.); San Lucas Cove; Loreto; Mulege

Bay (No. 46758, U.S. N. M.).
Capt. Forrer obtained this species at La Paz.

MUREX (CHICOREUS) PALMA-ROSAD MEXICANA, Stearns.

Chicoreus palma-rose Mexicana, STEARNS, Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, Vol. xvi,
1893, pp. 345-346.
?= WM. palma-rosw, LAMARCK, var.
2— M, affinis, REEVE.
?— M. Steeriw, REEVE.
A single example (No. 46803, U.S. N. M.); in fair condition. Tres
Marias.

MUREX (PHYLLONOTUS) BICOLOR, Valenciennes.

Young shells; several examples. La Paz and elsewhere.
The specimens submitted to me by Mr. Fisher were young fresh

184 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVIL.

examples only from 1.14 to 1.23 inches in length. At this early stage
it is nearly impossible to determine under which of the following spe-
cific names to place them. While I am inclined to regard them as the
juniors of bicolor, first, from the general aspect leaning toward said
species, and, second, because bicolor is the more abundant of the three,
there is, nevertheless, a reasonable doubt. We have as closely related
forms, P. bicolor Val., P. brassica Lam., and P. erythrostoma Swains.

The latter is apparently a pale variety of P. bicolor, of which numerous
examples were in my collection and many more have passed through
my hands.

In paragraph 60, on page 559 of Carpenter’s “ Report (1863) to the
British Association,” he refers to Sowerby’s monograph with com-
ments thus “?—bicolor, var.” which it may be. 1 am ine‘ined to regard
it as a variety of M. (Phyllonotus) brassica.

MUREX (PHYLLONOTUS) PRINCEPS, Broderip.

Single example. La Paz (No. 47172, U.S. N. M.).

The solitary specimen before me is only 1.10 inches in length. The
sharpness of sculpture and the elaborate arborescent fringing of the
varices in adolescent specimens produce a general effect, which, when
compared with heavy adult individuats, is quite likely to mislead those
who are not familiar with the West American species in their various
stages, and the character of their variation. It is not unlikely that
many of the species made by the older authors are really immature
varietal forms or geographical varieties. Murex nitidus, Brod. (Conch.
Ills., fig. 4), Sowerby remarks as being ‘“ probably a variety of the last
[M. princeps| in a young state.”

The late Thomas Bridges collected numerous specimens of princeps
on the coast of Nicaragua at San Juan del Sur, or in that immediate.
neighborhood. Prof. C. B. Adams did not report it from Panama in
the catalogue of his collection from that place. The Nicaraguan exam-
ples, so far as I have observed, differ from those of the Gulf region in
the same general way as do the adult specimens of P. radix from
Panama from the Gulf forms of the same which the late Dr. Carpenter
catalogued in his “ Mazatlan Mollusca” as ‘‘ P. nigritus, Meusch.,” and
in the S. I. check list as *‘ P. nigritus, Phil.” The southern shells of
both princeps and radix are generally more stumpy and solid. Though
some of Prof. Adams’s specimens of P. radix, Carpenter says in his
review* of Adams’s catalogue, “are remarkably fine, more nearly
resembling the Gulf nigritus than the heavy stumpy shells usually
seen, * * * Phyllonotus radix and nigritus graduate into each other
almost as freely as the latter does into ambiguus.” The last is one of
Mr. Reeve’s species based on a variety of radix, which, being the older
name, must stand, and includes also as synonyms P. nigritus, Phil. of

*Proc. Zool. Society, London, June, 1863.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 185

Meusch., and P. ambiguus, Reeve. The number of varices, though con-
_ Stant within certain limits, is not so persistent and rigid a character as
to be of specific value as between the forms referred to by the authors
above quoted, some of whom seem to have held rather arbitrary notions
as to what constitute a species.

MUREX (PHYLLONOTUS) BRASSICA, Lamarck.

A few examples. Magdalena Bay; La Paz (No. 47172, U.S. N. M.).
Mulege Bay.
MUREX (PHYLLONOTUS) RADIX, Gmelin.
Var.= nitidus BRODERIP.

+ nigritus MEUSCH.
+ ambiguus REEVE.

Two beach shells. Sta. Margarita Island, Albatross.

OCINEBRA LUGUBRIS, Sowerby.

Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1832, p. 175.—Conch. IIL, fig. 26, REEVE, Icon. sp. 143.
Murex erinaceoides, VAu., Recueil d’observations, ete., 11, 302, 1833. = Murex Cali-
fornicus, HINDS, Proc. Zoél. Soc., London, p. 128, 1843, Voyage Sulphur t. 3,-f. 9,
10. = Murex Californicus, REEVE, Conch. Icon. sp. 144. = Murex (Ocinebra)
erinaceoides, VAL. ‘(= M. Californicus, HINDS), STEARNS, Proc. Phil. Acad., 1878,
pp. 395-396.

La Paz, Fisher (No. 46767, U.S. N. M.). Attention is called to my

remarks on the foregoing in the Proc. U.S. National Museum, Vol. xvi,

1893, pp. 346, 347.

OCINEBRA (MURICIDEA) SQUAMULIFER, Carpenter.

?— M. fimbriata, A. ADAMS, var.

Several fine examples (No. 46779, U. S. N. M.). Port Escondido;
San Lucas Cove.

Very close to M. hexagonus Lam. Tryon remarks it is undoubtedly
the same species. I have not seen a sufficient number of the Antillean
form to hazard an opinion.

EUPLEURA MURICIFORMIS, Broderip.
Common.
San Lucas Cove, opposite Marcos Island (No. 32310, U. S. N. M.).
One example measures 1.64 inches in jength.*

Subfamily PURPURIN&.
PURPURA PATULA, Linneus.

Two examples. Tres Marias (No. 32141, U.S. N. M.); also Socorro
Island (No. 32140, U.S. N. M.).

*In connection with this species attention is called to Dall’s paper in the Proc.
U. S. National Museum, Vol. xiv, pages 173-191, 1891.

186 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVII.

This last was collected by the late A. J. Grayson, the well known
ornithologist.
PURPURA COLUMELLARIS, Lamarck.

Many examples. Tres Marias (No. 32142, U.S. N. M.).

Very heavy solid specimens, of a dwarfed habit and rather elevated
spire, of a total length of from only 1.03 to 1.05 inches, were collected
at these islands, being about one-half of the size of usual adult examples,
which measure long, .2 inches or over.

A variety intermediate between columellaris and patula is sometimes
met with (No. 32143, U. S..N. M.). It is not so heavy or solid as the
former and heavier than patula, with the protuberance on the columella
less conspicuous than is usual in columellaris.

PURPURA KIOSQUIFORMIS, DucLos.

— Cuma kiosquiformis, DUCLos and of authors.

One exceedingly fine specimen. Boca de los Piedras (No. 60065, U.
S. N: M.).

The shells from the Gulf region compared with Panama examples
appear to have a more regular growth; the pointed knobs are less pro-
duced, and the adults, average, of larger size. Henry Edwards collected
some very fine specimens at Mazatlan, while at that place several years
ago collecting insects; examples of these he kindly contributed to my
collection.

PURPURA HIPPOCASTANEUM, Linneus.

One specimen living.* Mulege Bay (No. 89655, U.S. N. M.).

The black-mouthed variety generally known as P. bitubercularis La-
marek.

An Indo-Pacific species. How came it here?

The occurrence of Cassis vibex on the Tres Marias, beach, and subse-
quent detection at La Paz (crab shells), has led me to include the above
Polynesian purpuroid in Fisher’s list. Its occurrence here may be
accidental.

PURPURA BISERIALIS, Blainville.

Numerous examples. Loreto, Gabb. Ballenas Bay; Sta. Margarita
Island, Albatross.

The Santa Margarita specimens include both the coarsely-sculptured
form and the variety, wherein the principal transverse ridges are hardly
broken into knobs. This species seems to be very abundant at this
place, and exhibits all the varieties to which Carpenter has referred in
his Mazatlan Mollusea.

PURPURA TRISERIALIS, Blainville.

Four examples.

* Previously noted by me in Proc. U. 8. Nat. Museum, Vol. xvt, 1898, p. 347.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

187
Tres Marias (No. 32152, U.S. N. M.); La Paz, Capt. Forrer (No. 32151,
U.S. N. M.); also at Sta. Margarita Island (beach) Albatross.

PURPURA TRIANGULARIS, Blainville.

Examples. Loreto.
MONOCERAS TUBERCULATUM, Gray.

+ Purpura muricata, GRAY.

One example from each of the following places:

Tres Marias, Fisher (No. 60012, U.S. N. M.), and La Paz, Capt. Forrer.
Sta. Margarita Island, Albatross, three beach shells. This species ranges
southerly as far as Peru and extends also to the Galapagos Islands.
Two remarkable varietal specimens of this species have been brought
to my notice by Miss Cooke, of San Diego. One of these is 44 inches
long, the other nearly as large, and suggests a still greater range of
variation approaching the species known as M. grande. The variability
exhibited by different specimens in the prominence of the horn has
been previously mentioned.

A young individual which I have examined, measuring only .76 inch
in length shows the horn; in another over 2 inches in length it is
barely perceptible. Gabb collected this at San Bruno, and two exain-
ples from this locality are contained in the U.S. Nat. Museum; (No.
32154.)
MONOCERAS LUGUBRIS, Sowerby.

Several specimens.

Tres Marias (No. 60017, U.S. N.M.). Ballenas Bay, Albatross, abun-
dant; it occurs also at Sta. Margarita Island. Many examples of a
rather elongated, less solid and*robust form than those usually seen from
other localities in the general region. These have a rich purple mouth
merging into dark chocolate. The largest measured long., 1.05; lat., 58;
long., 0.97; lat., 0.61; the latter the smallest. The above is rather a
variable species.

SISTRUM FERRUGINEUM, Ree v e.
Common. Point Escondido; St. Josef Island; Los Animas Bay;
Loreto.
Subfamily CORALLIOPHILIN &..
CORALLIOPHILA (RHIZOCHILUS) NUX, Reeve, ex Carpenter.

—=Murex nuz, REEVE, Conch. Icon. pl. 38, sp.,181. + R. aspera, REEVE. — M.

(Ocinebra) nux, H. and A. ADAMS. Genera Vol. 1, p. 75. —= Purpura costata,
BLAINVILLE. Corralliophila costata, BLAINVILLE; CAkPENTER, Mazatlan shells,
p. 484. = Cuma costata, AUCT.

Four examples (No. 32167, U.S. N.M.). St. Josef Island; San Lueas
Cove; Tres Marias.
The spire which in young specimens is short becomes elevated

188 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVII.

in adults, and shows three revolving keels or ribs on the basal whorl,
varying in prominence in different individuals, and traversed and more
or less interrupted by 11 to 12 longitudinal ribs, which, at the points of
intersection with the transverse keels, produce moderately rough spinose
processes; in fine and old specimens these are quite sharp, otherwise
sculptured with narrow, close, scabrous revolving ribs. A rather rare
form, undoubtedly purpuroid. Compare with Purpura gallea from
Cuba. Large specimens look very much like some of the so-called
Cumas. Tryon’s figures do not represent such fine examples as these
collected by Fisher, though the national. collection contains specimens
that agree with the figures referred to, that have been received from
other sources.

Superfamily PTH NOGLOSSA,
Family SCALID &.
OPALIA CRENATOIDES, var. INSCULPTA, Carpenter.
One example. Angeles Bay (No. 46260, U.S. N. M.).
Superfamily "TAX NIOGLOSSA,.
Family TRITONID.,
TRITON (LAMPUSIA) VESTITUM, Hinds.

One specimen, dead. Tres Marias (No. 32329, U. S. Ni.) Satine
Panama, T. Bridges (No. 32320, U.S. N. M.). Two examples.

Likely to be confounded with the Indo-Pacific pileare, which it much
resembles. A rare species.

RANELLA NANA, Broderip and Sowerby.

REEVE, Conch. Icon; Monog. Ranella, Pl. vi, figs. 29a, 29.

One specimen; San Lucas Cove (No, 32315, U.S. N. M.).

A rare species, heretofore reported from San Blas, Hinds; Mazatlan,
Melchers; Panama Cuming; also at the latter place by C. B. Adams,
who found two examples, both crab shells; one specimen in the Stearns
collection was collected at Panama by the late Thomas Bridges (No.
32314, U.S. N. M.).

Family CASSIDID&,
CASSIS (CASMARIA) VIBEX-MEXICANA, Stearns.

Casmaria vibex-mexicana, STEARNS, Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, Vol. x v1, 1893, p. 348.
One example, a crab shell (No. 88831, U.S. N. M.); Maria Madre,
Tres Marias; La Paz, Belding.
CASSIS (LEVENIA) COARCTATA, Sowerby.

Numerous specimens.
Tres Marias (No.47146, U.S. N. M.). Sta. Margarita Island (common),

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 189

Albatross. This form is rather common in the Gulf of California region,
but really fine exainples are rare.
ONISCIDIA TUBERCULOSA, Reeve.

One example. Tres Marias (No. 47143, U.S. N. M.).

A common form in the Gulf region. Occurs also in the Galapagos
Islands.

Family DOLIID#.
DOLIUM (MALEA) RINGENS, Swainson.

One perfect example; many fragments.

Sta. Margarita Island, Albatross. The above example, though only
12 inches long, is mature. This species is apparently common at this
place. It has been reported from the Galapagos Islands.

Family CYPR ID &.
CYPRHA (LUPONIA) ISABELLA-MEXICANA, Stearns.

Luponia Isabella—Mexicana, STEARNS, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1893, pp. 348-349,
fig. 5, pl. 50. —=C. controversa, GRAY, STEARNS, in Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci.
1878, p. 399.

Several specimens. Tres Marias (Nos. 46581, 46582, U.S. N. M.).

CYPRAA (LUPONIA) ALBUGINOSA, Mawe.

Several examples. Tres Marias, Fisher (No. 46587, U.S. N. M.). La
Paz, Forrer. Fisher collected many fine living specimens at the former
place.

CYPR#A (LUPONIA) SOWERBYI, Kiener.
=C. zonata, LAMARCK.

Several specimens.

Port Escondido; Loreto; Los Animas Bay (No. 46593, U.S. N. M.).
Santa Margarita Island (beach), Albatross.

Many fine examples were collected at the above places by Mr.
Fisher. Adults vary in size from long .91 to 1.81 inches.

CYPRAA (ARICIA) ARABICULA, Lamarck.

A few living specimens.
Port Escondido; and Maria Madre, Tres Marias. Extends south-
ward to Acapulco, thence to Payta, South America.
CYPRHA (TRIVIA) SANGUINEA, Gray.

Not common, beach. Tres Marias (No. 46307, U.S. N. M.).

This species has a southerly range as far as Panama and the Gala-
pagos Islands.

CYPRAA (TRIVIA) SOLANDRI, Gray.
A few examples. .

190 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVII.

Magdalena Bay; Loreto. Sta. Margarita Island, living, Albatross,
Ranges from Santa Barbara Islands to Acapulco and Panama, ?

CYPREA (TRIVIA) RADIANS, Lamarck.

A few specimens.

Tres Marias (No. 46320, U.S. N.M.); also from Altata, on the Gulf
(No. 46321, U.S. N. M.), A. J. Gove. Reported from Guacomayo and
said to extend to “ Eeuador and Peru.”

CYPRAHA (TRIVIA) PULLA, Gaskoine. .

Rare, beach, three examples.

Tres Marias (No. 46312, U.S. N.M.); Mazatlan (No. 46313, U.S. N. M.).

The single specimen from Mazatlan was collected by the late Henry _
Edwards. <A rare species. Also credited to the Galapagos Islands.

CYPRMA (PUSTULARIA) PUSTULATA, Lamarck.

Six examples,
Tres Marias (No. 46334, U. S. N. M.); also Altata (No. 46335, U.S. N.
M.), A. J.Gove. Ranges southerly to Acapulco and Panama.

ERATO COLUMBELLA, Menke.

Rare, living, two examples. Mulege Bay (No, 46346, U.S. N. M.).

This locality carries the above further up the Gulf than before
reported. Its northerly limit appears to be Monterey, Cal. Occurs
also at Acapulco, to the south,

Family STROMBID#.
STROMBUS GALEATUS, Wood.

Three examples, immature, beach, fresh. Tres Marias (No. 55644,
U.S. N. M.):

In the adolescent stage the above, like other strombs, resembles the
cones. The young of this species, as seen in the foregoing example, is
beautifully mottled with white, on a warm yellowish-brown ground.
In point of size this is the west coast analogue of the Antillean 8S.
gigas; the largest specimen of galeatus that I have seen is much smaller
than the average of the West Indian form; they are entirely unlike in
specific characters, such as sculpture, color, etc., the Antillean species
far surpassing its west coast relative in beauty of coloring as well as
in size. SS. galeatus is less numerous in the region where it occurs
than is S. gigas in Antillean waters.

STROMBUS GRANULATUS, Swainson,

Several specimens.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 191

Albatross.
STROMBUS GRACILIOR, Sowerby.

Three beach shells. Pichilinque Bay, Albatross.

Family CERITHIIDA.

CERITHIUM MACULOSUM, Kiener.

Common.

Tres Marias (No. 32265, U.S. N. M.); La Paz, Fisher, Forrer. Pichi-
linque Bay, Ballenas Bay, and Santa Margarita Island, Albatross. Many
fine examples with the sculpture prominent, and the knobs sharply
pointed. Has a wide geographical range, extending northerly on the
outer shore of the peninsula of Lower California, midway to the bound-
ary line of California; thence southerly to Ecuador and the Galapagos
Islands. Altata is another locality; (No. 32254, U.S. N. M.)

CERITHIUM STERCUS-MUSCARUM, Valenciennes.

Abundant (No. 32276, U.S. N. M.).
San Lueas Cove and Los Animas, Fisher; La Paz, Forrer. Pichi-
linque Bay, Albatross.

CLAVA GEMMATUS, Hinds.

=Vertagus gemmatus, HINDS, Carpenter’s check list, ete., and authors.

Not infrequent.

Tres Marias (No. 32294, U.S. N. M.), Cape St. Lucas, and La Paz.
This form is quite common at Acapulco, where I obtained numerous
examples in 1868,

CLAVA (LIOCERITHIUM) INCISUM, Sowerby.

Numerous specimens.

La Paz; San Lucas Cove; Los Animas Bay; Loreto; Angeles Island;
Mulege Bay; San Francisquita Bay (No. 32291, U.S. N. M.); Boca de los
Piedras, and the Tres Marias; the latter locality somewhat doubtful.

Fisher collected many fine, large specimens of this. When full grown
itis a rather rare form. Immature examples are not uncommon in vol-
lections, and do not exhibit the special character which indicates
Pyrazus. Fig. 1895 in Chenws Manual, Vol. I, is a poor representa-
tion of this species. Individuals vary in measurement as follows:
Long., .94, lat.,.25 inch, with 10 whorls; long., .69, lat., .26 inch, with 8
whorls; long., .50, lat., .20 inch, with 8 whorls.

The short, stumpy fellows suggest another or different species. These
have been named C. curtum Sby., or C. euros Bayle.

CERITHIDEA MAZATLANICA, Carpenter
Common,

192 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VoL. XVII.

La Paz and elsewhere in the Gulf region. Ballenas Bay, abundant,
Albatross.

CERITHIDEA ALBONODOSA, Carpenter.

Several examples.

San Juanico, and other points on the outer coast of Lower California.
Both this and mazatlanica may be varieties of the more northern form
sacrata Gould.

Family MoDULID#&,
MODULUS CERODES, A. Adams.

Numerous examples. Tres Marias (No. 46953, U.S. N. M.).

This pretty and not very common form is apparently rather numer-
ous at these islands, and at a few other points on the shores of the
Gulf; obtained at Pichilinque Bay by the Albatross collectors. It
occurs at the Galapagos Islands.

MODULUS DISCULUS, Philippi.

A few specimens.

Tres Marias (No. 46957, U.S. N. M.), not numerous; the foregoing
species appear to be distinct, without connecting varieties. IM. disculus
is by far the more restricted in distribution. It is found also at
Mazatlan, Acapulco, and Panama.

MODULUS CATENULATUS, Philippi.
A few examples. Tres Marias. Less common than the others,
Occurs at Mazatlan, Guaymas, ete.
Family VERMETID2Z.
VERMETUS (PETALOCONCHUS) MACROPHRAGMA, Carpenter

Two specimens. Tres Marias; Los Animas (No. 9502, U.S. N. M.).

VERMETUS (SERPULORBIS) SQUAMIGERUS, Carpenter.

Two specimens.
Sta. Margarita Island (No. 102398, U. S. N. M.), and at Pichilinque
Island (No. 117971, U. S..N. M.), Albatross.

VERMETUS (SERPULORBIS) PELLUCIDUS, Broderip and Sowerby.
One example. Pichilinque Bay, Albatross, on Pecten subnodosus.

VERMETUS (SERPULORBIS) PELLUCIDUS, Bre day and pia bs
Var. = eburneus, REEVE.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 193

Station 2828, 10 fathoms, off Lower California, attached to Spondylus
princeps; Albatross.

BIVONIA COMPACTA, Carpenter. (?)
Examples. Sta. Margarita Island, Albatross.
Family TURRITELLID&.
TURRITELLA GONIOSTOMA, Valenciennes.

Several examples.
San Josef Island (No. 9485, U.S. N. M.); San Juanico; also at La
Paz, Capt. Forrer.

TURRITELLA TIGRINA, Kiener.
Two examples. San Juanico; Altata (No. 9472, U.S. N. M.).
Family LITTORINID &.

LITTORINA ASPERA, Philippi.
Abundant. Santa Maria Bay (No. 46963, U.S. N. M.).
The specimens from this locality are numerous, typical, and fine;
many of them strong, heavy shells.
LITTORINA CONSPERSA, Philippi.

Numerous examples.

Santa Maria Bay; Tres Marias (No. 47001, U.S. N. M.). Not com-
mon at the first place, but abundant at the latter. A variety, appar-
ently of this species, occurs at Payta, South America.

Family SOLARIID &.

SOLARIUM GRANULATUM, Lamarck.

Three examples.

La Paz (Nos. 46293, 42694, U.S. N. M.); also at Loreto and Magda-
lena Bay (No, 46307, U. S. N. M.).
: TORINIA VARIEGATA, Lamarck.

A few specimens.
Port Escondido; Boca de los Piedras; Tres Marias (No. 46299, U.S.
N.M.). La Paz, Forrer.

Family CALYPTR AID &.
CRUCIBULUM IMBRICATUM, Sowerby.

Not uncommon.
Tres Marias (Nos. 60241, 60245, U. S. N. M.); Santa Margarita

Proc: N. M. 94———-13

194 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVII.

Island, common on beach, Albatross; San Juanico; Galapagos Islands,
and coasts of Ecuador and Peru.

A dark brown specimen of this fine species, 0.80 inch in len th from
the first locality. The collection contains examples which measure
2.39 inches long. In such large specimens the sculpture is very strong
and the somewhat irregular radiating ribs are proportionately more
conspicuous than in small specimens; in the latter, however, the details
of the finer, wrinkled sculpture are more distinct. A great number of
synonyms have been made that I will not here repeat, but refer to Car-
penter’s Mazatlan Catalogue, p. 287, and to my paper on the Galapagos
(Albatross) shells, in the Proceedings, U. S. National Museum, 1893,
Vol. xvi, 398 et seq.

CRUCIBULUM SPINOSUM, Sowerby.

Common (No. 60229, U.S. N. M.).

Tres Marias; Loreto; common everywhere. Santa Margarita Island,
common on beach, Albatross. From Monterey, Cal., to Peru, and in the
Galapagos Islands this species is found; it is a generally and widely
distributed form. -

CREPIDULA UNGUIFORMIS, Lamarck.
Common.
Tres Marias (No. 12485, U.S. N, M.); La Paz (No. 12497, U.S. N. M.);
Captain Forrer.
Particularly fine examples from the inside of the mouth of Oliva
venulata.

CREPIDULA DORSATA, Brod.; var. LIGULATA, Gould.

One example. Tres Marias (No. 60259, U.S. N. M.); frequent in the
Gulf at many places.

CREPIDULA RUGOSA, Nuttall-Reeve.

Two specimens. Altata (No. 12496, U.S. N.M.). The above is ob-
ably a varietal aspect of Sowerby’s Crepidula onya.

GALERUS MAMILLARIS, Broderip.

One example from each place.

Tres Marias (No. 60253, U.S. N. M.); Altata (No. 60255, U.S. N. M.).
‘Recently detected at Long Beach, on the coast of Los Angeles County,
Cal.

Family AMALTHEID &.
AMALTHEA BARBATA, Sowerby.

Two specimens.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 195

Tres Marias (No. 52566, U.S. N.M.). Occurs also at the Galapagos
Islands and on the coast of Ecuador.

AMALTHEA SERRATA, Carpenter.
Four examples. Tres Marias (No. 32575, U.S. N. M.).
Ranges northerly along the coast of California proper, and southerly
to (?) Panama.
Family NATICID 2.
NATICA CATENATA, Philippi.

Five specimens. Gulf of California (No. 46455, U.S. N. M.).

NATICA CHEMNITZII, Pfeiffer.
Eight specimens. Mazatlan, common in many places.

NATICA EXCAVATA, Carpenter.

One specimen, beach. Tres Marias (No. 46546, U.S. N.M.). This is
a decidedly rare species.

NATICA ZONARIA, Recluz.

Several examples living. Tres Marias (No. 46443, U.S. N. M.); Car-
men Island (No. 46441, U.S. N. M.).

NATICA PRITCHARDI, Forbes.

. Numerous specimens.

La Paz; San Lucas Cove; Los Animas; Angeles Island; Boca de los
Piedras; Tres Marias; Loreto, etc. A widely distributed form. Car-
penter has included under the name of “ maroccana Chemnitz,” the
above, as well as N. unifasciata Lamarck and zonaria Recluz. It is
probably true that these are all varieties of one and the same species,
but itis a matter of uncertainty as to which of these specific names
was first applied to West American shells. NN. maroccana is credited
to the Galapagos Islands.

POLYNICES BIFASCIATA, Gray

Numerous specimens.

La Paz; San Lucas Cove, opposite Marcos Island (Nos. 46453, 46454,
U.S. N.M.); Pichilinque Bay, Albatross.

Mr. Fisher reported the above as common at La Paz. A fine species,
not always bifasciate. Occasionally the space between the usual bands
on the latter part of the body whorl is filled in with white, thus uniting
and forming a single broad band.

POLYNICES UBER, Valenciennes

Common, living and on the beaches.
Mulege Bay (No. 46436, U.S. N. M.); La Paz (No. 46461, U.S. N. M.);

196 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVI.

Boca de los Piedras (No. 46459, U.S. N. M.); Loreto; Panama; Payta;
Manta; Galapagos Islands. It has a more northerly distribution than
herein given.

POLYNICES (LUNATIA) OTIS, Broderip and Sowerby.

Several examples.

Boca de los Piedras (No. 46546, U.S. N. M.); La Paz; Tres Marias;
Payta, Peru; Galapagos Islands. At the latter a variety is found
which has received the name of galapagosa, Recluz, it is pretty close
to if not absolutely the same as the following.

POLYNICES (LUNATIA) OTIS, var.—FUSCA, Carpenter.

One specimen at each place Tres Marias (No. 46547, U.S. N. M.);
Acapulco (No. 46545, U.S. N. M.). The first example somewhat the
worse for the rubbing it got in the surf, resembles the Indo-Pacific
form “N. somie Chemnitz, New Zealand and Viti Islands,” etc., so
closely that Tryon thought it was that species. It does not approach
very closely to somia, but the importance of an extensive geographical
and varietal series was seen in this case, as well as hundreds of others,
for it enabled us to connect it without trouble with its geographical
congeners. It is with barely a doubt the variety to which Dr. Car-
penter gave the name of * fusca.”

POLYNICES (NEVERITA) RECLUZIANA, Reeve.

Two examples from each of the following places:
La Paz (No. 46533, U.S. N.M.); Tres Marias (No. 46535, U. 8. N. M);
Boca de los Piedras (No. 75000, U.S. N. M.); San Juanico; Loreto;

and elsewhere northerly and to the south. Pichilinque Bay, also fossil.

on Cerros Island, Albatross.

SIGARETUS DEBILIS, Gould.
.nfrequent.
La Paz, living (No. 46555, U.S. N.M.); Altata (No. 46553, U.S. N. M.).
The nucleus, nuclear whorls, and general aspect of this species is very
much like S. perspectiva Say of the Florida region.

Superfamily DOCOGLOSSA.
Family ACM 41D &.

ACMA DALLIANA, Pilsbry

Manuel Conch., Vol. x1, p. 138, Pl. vu, figs. 57-60.
Several examples (No. 32614, U.S. N. M.).
Angel Island, Pt. Refugio; also at (?) San Francisquita Bay and (?)
Los Animas Bay. Chief examples measured 2,15 long, 1.55 lat. milli-

sell

1894 : PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 197

meters. Seulpture closely resembling Te ie i ihe ‘Nutt. —Rve.,
which also occurs in the Gulf region. The above is much longer in
proportion to breadth, more ovate and flatter than scabra of same size,
and the apex is less central than in the latter species.

It may prove to be an extreme varietal aspect of scabra.

ACMAA PATINA, Eschscholtz
Two juniors.

These are the young of a common varietal aspect of patina and were
detected at Santa Margarita Islan d (No. 102523, U.S. N. M.), Albatross

ACMA ASMI, Middendorff.

Common living. Ballenas Bay, Albatross.

The above three species may be regarded as northern forms and
their southerly limit is probably in this vicinity. So too with Lottia
gigantea, referred to below.

The following species of the group may on the other hand be con-
sidered as more southerly forms and their northerly limit, in a general
way in this region.

ACMA PEDICULUS, Philippi.

One example. Tres Marias (No. 32612, U.S. N. M.).

ACMA FASCICULARIS, Menke.

Several specimens. Tres Marias (No. 32664, U.S. N. M.); Loreto.

ACMA DISCORS, Philippi.

Abundant. Tres Marias (No. 32628, U. S. N. M.); San Bruno, Gabb
(No. 32645, U.S. N. M.).

ACMA ATRATA, Carpenter.

Two specimens.

Tres Marias (No. 32649, U. 8S. N. M.); one adult and one junior.
Acapulco Dall (No. 59671, U.S. N. M.); Cape St. Lueas (No. 59666,
eS. N.M.).

LOTTIA GIGANTEA, Gray,

One beach shell. Ballenas Bay, Albatross.

SCURRIA MESOLEUCA, Menke.
Three specimens. Tres Marias (No. 32664, U.S. N. M.).

SCURRIA MESOLEUCA, Menke; var.?= ACMAA VESPERTINA, Reeve.

Two examples.
Tres Marias (No. 32629, U.S. N. M.); Ventosa Bay, Tehuantepec

198 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVI.

(No. 60443, U.S. N. M.), Sumichrast. Common in many places, and
more highly colored than is usual with mesoteuca.

Family PATELLID#A,
PATELLA MEXICANA, Broderip and Sowerby.

One example at each place. Altata (No. 47189, U.S. N. M.), Tres
Marias (No. 75002, U.S. N. M.).

Superfamily RHIPIDOGLOSSA.
Family PHASIANELLID2&.
PHASIANELLA PERFORATA, Philip pi.
One specimen. Tres Marias (No. 55440, U.S. N. M.).

Family TURBINID&.

TURBO (SENECTUS) SQUAMIGER, Reeve.

Two specimens. Tres Marias (No. 59908, U.S. N. M.).

The geographical range of the above extends southerly to Ecuador
and Peru, and it is said to occur at the Galapagos Islands. Itisarare
species.
TURBO (CALLOPOMA) FLUCTUOSUS, Wood.

= T. fluctuatus, REEVE; + T. Moltkianus; = T. Fokkesi, JONAS; = T. assimilis,

KGQENER, + I. tessellatus, KIENER; ? = T. depressus, CARPENTER; ? = T. funi-
culosus, KIENER, CARPENTER.

Numerous young specimens.

Tres Marias (No. 59905, U.S. N. M.), Point Escondido and St. Josef
Island. This species was collected by the Albatross naturalists at
Pichilinque Bay (beach), at Santa Margarita Island, where it was found
to be abundant, both the simple corded form as well as the strongly
sculptured and nodose variety; also at Ballenas Bay.

Dr. Jones collected the above species on the coasts of Keuador and

Peru.
ASTRALIUM (UVANILLA) INERMIS, Gmelin.

One example.
Point San Quentin (No. 59910, U. S. N. M.). The most northerly
point at which this form has been detected.

ASTRALIUM (UVANILLA) REGINA, Stearns.

One specimen, living.
Guadalupe Island (No. 135314, U.S. N. M.), Capt. George D. Porter.
A beautiful and characteristic species.*

POMAULAX UNDOSUS, Wood.
Not uneommon.

“Preliminary description in ‘‘The Nautilus,” 1892. Described and figured in the
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xv1, 1893, p. 350.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 199

Ballenas Bay (one junior) and Cerros Island 2 fossil examples Alba-
tross. Common in the vicinity of San Diego and San Pedro, as well
as on Catalina Island.

Family TROCHID®.
CHLOROSTOMA GALLINA, Forbes.

Three examples. Tres Marias (No. 60040, U.S. N. M.).

The above are young specimens, about one-third mature size.

Also detected at Santa Margarita Island and Ballenas Bay, Albatross.
An abundant form on Catalina Island and elsewhere at more northerly
localities on the mainland.

CHLOROSTOMA GALLINA, var. MULTIFILOSA, Stearns.

One example, living.

Guadalupe Island (No. 125315, U.S. N.M.). <A fine large form ;*
entire surface covered with close-set, rather coarse thread-like ridges,
that follow the whorls spirally.

CHLOROSTOMA (OMPHALIUS) GLOBULUS, Carpenter.

Abundant. Tres Marias; Point Escondido; St. Josef Island.

Particularly numerous at the Tres Marias. Shell rather flattish when
young; transversely finely ribbed; middle portion of whorls somewhat
angulated and in some instances carinated, the upper edge of angle or
keel broken into roundish nodules. Umbilicus open, large, generally
stained with a bright green, otherwise color Variable; in this latter
respect like Gibbula varians Phil., or Omphalius canaliculatus Lam.,
from Europe.

CHLOROSTOMA (OMPHALIUS) FUSCESCENS, Philip pi.

Two examples.

San Juanico. Common at Catalina Island and elsewhere along the
mainland to the north.

The above is probably the ligulatum of Menke, a varietal aspect of
viridulum.

CHLOROSTOMA (OMPHALIUS) AUREOTINCTUM, Forbes.

Several specimens. :
Santa Margarita Island and Ballenas Bay, Albatross. Common on
Catalina Island.

CALLIOSTOMA VERSICOLOR, Menke.

Living specimens.

*Described and figured in Vol. xv1, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 351. Prelimi-
nary description in ‘‘The Nautilus,” 1892.

200 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVII.

30ca de los Piedras (No. 32505, U.S. N. M.); Cape St. Lucas (No.
32506, U.S. N. M.), and elsewhere in the Gulf region.

Family NERITID &.
NERITA SCABRICOSTA, Lamarck

Several examples.

Pichilinque Bay; Santa Margarita Island, Albatross; Common also
at the Galapagos Islands. Often of very large size; varies much in
elevation.

NERITA BERNHARDI, Recluz.

Abundant.

Tres Marias; also Mulege Bay (Nos. 32702, 60337, U.S. N. M.), where
it is exceedingly numerous; also at Pichilinque Bay, Ballenas Bay, and
Margarita Island, Albatross. Common at Panama.

NERITINA PICTA, Sowerby.
Common.
La Paz; Loreto, and elsewhere in the Gulf; frequently exhibits very
beautiful color varieties; extends up the outer coast of Lower Cali-
fornia, and south to Panama and beyond. Pichilinque Bay, Albatross.

Superfamily ZYGOBRANCHIATA,
Family FISSURELLID &.

FISSURELLA NIGROCINCTA, Carpenter.

One example. Gulf of California (No. 59241, U.S. N. M.).

FISSURELLA VOLCANO, Reeve.
= F, ornata, NUTTALL.
Abundant.
Tres Marias (No. 48166, U.S. N.M.). San Juanico, Gabb (No. 48165,
U. S. N. M.); Ballenas Bay, Albatross; Ventosa Bay, Tehuantepec,
Sumichrast (No. 60440, U.S. N. M.). Though darker colored than the
more northerly Monterey specimens of F. volcano, which are nearly
white inside and show more or less of a reddish or pinkish color exter-
nally, | regard the specimens from the two localities as belonging to
the same species. Specimens in the collection from intermediate points
seem to connect them.

FISSURIDEA MURINA, Carpenter.

Several examples.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 201

Tres Marias; La Paz, Forrer. Not uncommon elsewhere in and
around the Gulf.

[This is the Glyphis densiclathrata of Californian conchologists, but
not of Reeve; G. saturnalis of Pilsbry (Nautilus, v., p. 105), not of Car-
penter, and G. densiclathrata var. murina of Carpenter.—W. H. D.|*

FISSURIDEA INAXQUALIS, Sowerby.

= Glyphis inequalis, SOWwERBY.
Frequent.
Tres Marias (Maria Madre), numerous, Fisher (No. 48191, U.S. N. M.);
La Paz, Fisher, and Forrer.

FISSURIDEA INZQUALIS.
Var. — PICA, Sowerby.

One example. Tres Marias (No. 48190, U.S. N. M.).

FISSURIDEA ALTA, C. B. Adams.

=Glyphis alia, C. B. ADAMS.

Five specimens. Tres Marias (No. 48195, U.S. N. M.); also Panama,
Bridges (No. 48194, U.S. N. M.).

Superfamily HOPLACOPHORA.
Family ISCHNOCHITONID &.
ISCHNOCHITON CLATHRATUS, Reeve.

=Lepidopleurus pectinulatus, CARPENTER, Mss. and of authors.

Numerous examples.

Assuncion Island (No. 58852, U.S. N. M.); Todos Santos Bay, Hemp-
hill (No. 58779, U.S. N. M.); Lower California (Nos. 58805, 125596, U.S.
N. M). Besides the above the collection has been enriched by a fine
series of this species from Mr. Hemphill, who collected them along the
ocean Shore of the peninsula.

ISCHNOCHITON MACANDREI, Carpenter.

=C. muscarius, REEVE, fide CARPENTER.

One specimen, imperfect.

Mazatlan (No. 58879, U.S. N.M.). The foregoing was determined by
Carpenter; it is quite rare in collections.

ISCHNOCHITON (STENORADSIA) ACRIOR, Carpenter.

Six examples.
San Juanico (No.58710, U.S. N. M.), also same place (No. 58750, U.S.

* Dall in Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, Vol. xiv, p. 197-198.

202 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. Vor. xvi

N. M.); the first collected by the late Dr. Gabb in 1867, the last by Mr.
Fisher, who also collected it in Magdalena Bay (No. 58845, U.S. N. M.).
The National Museum contains, in addition to the foregoing, a very
fine series collected by Mr. Henry Hemphill on the outer coast of Lower
California.

PALLOCHITON LANUGINOSUS, Carpenter.

Two examples. Loreto (No. 58863, U.S. N. M.) Gabb.

CHATOPLEURA BEANII, Carpenter.
One example.
Mazatlan (No.58874, U.S. N.M.), off of Patella mexicana; it was deter-
mined by Dr. Carpenter.

Family LOPHYRID&.

CHITON ALBOLINEATUS, Sowerby.

Several examples.

Mazatlan (No. 59230, U. S. N. M.), collected by Henry Edwards;
also three specimens Stearns collection (No. 58765, U. S. N. M.), Todos
Santos Bay, Lower California.

A very distinct and beautiful species. Reported also from Acapulco. .
This species shows considerable variation in color markings, some
plates being unicolored, others on the same individuals beautifully
picked out with white. ?

Superfamily OPSICHITONIA.
Family MOPALIID &.
ACANTHOCHITES EXQUISITUS, Pilsbry.

Several examples.

Los Animas Bay (No. 58826, U.S. N. M.) very large specimens (Nos.
58874, 58829, and 58828, U.S. N. M.). A fine series of these extraor-
dinary forms all from the same locality, of a delicate lightish sea-green ;
a beautiful variety of a pale salmon-color or reddish-buff is illustrated
by one example (No. 58830, U.S. N. M.); the branches or tufts of long
fibrous spicule resemble spun glass. This remarkable form is rarely
met with in collections and its exact habitat has heretofore been uncer-
tain. Pichilinque Bay, one example on Margaritiphora fimbriata, Alba-
tross.

To facilitate reference, the species above listed as occurring at the
Tres Marias Islands have been brought together on p. 205.

1894.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

203

ONM IPF wWd

29.

MOLLUSKS OF THE TRES MARIAS ISLANDS.

Mytilus multiformis, Cpr.

. Byssoarca mutabilis, Sby.

. Venericardia flammea, Mich.
. Cardita crassa, Gray.

. Chione undatella, Sby.

. Psammobia regularis, Cpr.

. Orthalicus undatus, Brug.
O. undatus var. =? O. melanochei- |

lus, Val.

. Siphonaria lecanium, Phil.
. Conus Dalli, Stearns.
. Conus vittatus, Lam.

Conus purpurascens, Brod.

. Conus gladiator, Brod.

. Conus brunneus, Wood.

. Conus brunneus var.=tiaratus, Brod.
. Conus nux, Brod.

. Oliva venulata, Lam.

. Oliva splendidula, Sby.

. Olivella cyanea Reeve, var.

. Harpa crenata, Rumph.

. Solenosteira modificata, Rve.

. Mitra lens, Wood.

. Leucozonia cingulata, Lam.

. Latirus ceratus, Wood.

. Nassa corpulenta, C. B. Ad.

. Nassa luteostoma, Brod and Sby.
. Columbella fuscata, Sby.

. Anachis coronata, Sby.

Nitidella cribraria, Lam.

. Meta cedonulli, Rve.
. Strombina maculosa, Sby.
. Chicoreus palma-rose mexicana,

Stearns.

. Purpura patula, Linnzus.

. Purpura columellaris, Lam.

. Monoceras tuberculatum, Gray.
. Monoceras lugubris, Sby.

. Rhizochilus, nux, Rve.

. Triton vestitum, Hds.

. Cassis vibex-mexicana, Stearns.
. Levenia coarctata, Sby.

. Oniscidia tuberculosa, Rve.

. Cypra isabella-mexicana, Stearns.
. Cyprvea albuginosa, Mawe.

. Cypreea arabicula, Lam.

46.
47.
48,
. Strombus galeatus, Wood.

. Cerithium maculosum, Kien.

. Cerithium incisum, Sby.

. Clava gemmata, Hinds.

. Modulus cerodes, A. Ad.

. Modulus disculus, Phil.

. Modulus catenulatus, Phil.

. Petaloconchus macrophragma, Cpr.

. Littorina conspersa, Phil.

. Torinia variegata, Lam.

. Crucibulum imbricatum, Sby.

. Crucibulum spinosum, Sby.

. Crepidula unguiformis, Lam.

. Crepidula dorsata var. ligulata, Ged.
3. Galerus mamillaris, Brod.

. Amalthea barbata, Sby.

. Amalthea serrata, Cpr.

. Natica excavata, Cpr.

. Natica zonaria, Cpr.

. Natica Pritchardi, Fbs.

. Lunatia otis, Brod and Sby.

. Lunatia otis var. fusca, Cpr.

. Neverita Recluziana, Rve.

. Acmza pediculus, Phil.

. Acmea fascicularis, Mke.

. Acmzea discors, Phil.

. Acmzea atrata, Cpr.

. Scurria mesoleuca, Mke.

. Scurria mesoleuca var. ?=—vespertina,

Trivia sanguinea, Gray.
Trivia radians, Lam.
Trivia pulla, Gask.
Pustularia pustulata, Lam.

Rve.

. Patella Mexicana, Brod and Sby.

. Phasianella perforata, Phil.

. Senectus squamiger, Rve.

. Callopoma fluctuosus, Wood.

. Chlorostoma gallina, Fbs.

. Omphalius globulus, Cpr.

. Nerita Bernhardi, Recluz.

85.

86.

87.

88.
89.

Fissurella volcano, Rve.

Fissuridea murina, Cpr.

Fissuridea invequalis, Sby.
Fissuridea inzequalis var. pica, Shy.
Fissuridea alta, C. B. Ad.

It will be seen that the foregoing segregation includes 89 species and
varieties of the 294 contained in the general catalogue.

The island list

is apparently small compared with the latter, and still smaller when
compared with the number of species known to exist in the Mazatlan

and Panama province.

It should, however, be borne in mind that no

special effort was made to investigate the Mollusk fauna of the Tres
Marias and that the species collected in this little group of islands

Y0A4 SHELLS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA—STEARNS. VOL. XVII.

were incidentally ‘obtained, > the random colle ctions made, during a
very brief stay. Some of ae forms are quite rare; these, tosether with
the probability of obtaining other equally rare and desirable species,
and the presumption that by systematic search a very large addition
may be made to the number now known as occurring, offer a promising
return to whoever will make a thorough exploration of these islands.
The following papers, published chiefly in the Proceedings of the U.
S. National Museum, will be found to contain more or less information
relating to the distribution of the species above recorded, as well as to
many others that occur on the west coast between Point Conception,
California, and the South American coast as far south as 7° 30/8:

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Dati, Wm. H.: Preliminary report on the collection of mollusca and brachiopida
obtained in 1887~88 by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X11, pp. 219-362, pls. v-xv, 1889. (No. 773.)

On some new and interesting West American shells obtained from the dredg-
ings of the U. 8. Fish Commission steamer Albatross in 1888, and from
other sources.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X1v, pp. 173-191, pls. v-vi, 1891. (No. 849.)

Land shells of the genus Bulimulus in Lower California, with descriptions of
several new species.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Xvi, pp. 689-647, 1893. (No. 958.)
WILLIAMSON, Mrs. M. B.: An annotated list of the shells of San Pedro Bay and
vicinity, with a description of two new species by Wm. H. Dall, ete.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Xv, pp. 179-219, 1892. (No. 898.)
STrarns, Rost. E. C.: Descriptions of new West American land, fresh-water, and
marine shells, with notes and comments.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x11, pp. 205-225, 1890. (No. 813.)

List of North American land and fresh-water shells received from the U.S.
Department of Agriculture, ete.

Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., x1v, pp. 95-106, 1891. (No. 844.)

List of shells collected on the west coast of South America, principally between
latitudes 7° 30’ S. and 8° 49’ N. by Dr. W. H. Jones, surgeon U. S. Navy.

Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., xiv, pp. 307-335, 1891. (No. 854.)

Preliminary report on the molluscan species collected by the United States
expedition to West Africa in 1889-90.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Xv1, pp. 317-339, 1893. (No. 940.)

On rare or little-known mollusks from the west coast of North and Soufh
America, with descriptions of new species.

Proce. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Xvi, pp. 341-352, 1893. (No. 941.)

Report on the mollusk fauna of the Galapagos Islands, with descriptions of
new species.

Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Xvi, pp. 353-450, 1893. (No. 942.)

Report on the Land and eae water Shells collected in California and Nevada
by the Death Valley Expedition, ete., by Dr. C. Hart Merriam and assist-
ants, etc.

North American Fauna, No. 7, pp. 269-283, 1893.
OrcuTT, CHARLES R.: ‘The Colorado Beskee. 4
Tenth Annual Report of the State Mineralogist of California, pp. 899-919,
1890.
Yares, Dr. L. G.: ‘The Mollusea of the Channel Islands of California,”
Ninth Annual Report of the State Mineralogist of California, pp. 175-178,
1890.

NOTES ON A JAPANESE SPECIES OF REED WARBLER.

By LEONHARD STEJNEGER.

In a recent paper on a collection of Japanese birds submitted to me
for examination by the authorities of the Science College Museum,
Tokyo, * I described what I considered a new species as Locustella
hondoensis. At that time the volume for 1889 of the Proceedings of the
Zoological Society of London belonging to the Museum was at the Gov-
ernment bindery, and consequently inaccessible to me. Since the publi-
cation of the above description, however, I have had access to another
copy and find that the naming of this species had already been antici-
pated by the late Dr. L. Taczanowski. Three males in greatly abraded
plumage, collected near Chemulpo, Korea, on July 15, 1887, were at first
recorded by him as Locustella fasciolata.t The following year, however,
he corrected this mistake and named the birds Locustella pleskei in
honor of Dr. Th. Pleske, the distinguished director of the zoological
museum of the St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences.

Notwithstanding the fact that his types, as stated, were adult birds
in greatly abraded plumage and that mine (Sc. Coll. Mus., No. 1669) is
_a young bird, the description furnished by Dr. Taczanowsk1 is sufficient
to warrant the conclusion that the two names refer to the same species.

It will be noticed, however, that Taczanowski lays considerable stress
upon the alleged larger size of L. pleskei as compared with L. ochoten-
sis, while, on the other hand, I have regarded them as practically of the
same size; but it must be remembered that my bird was a young one,
while Taczanowski’s types were adult males, and that on account of
the abraded state of their wings and tail he allowed for their consequent
smaller dimensions.

To supplement the measurements given by me?{ so as to make them
more comparable with the dimensions given by Taczanowski, I may
state that in the type of L. hondoensis the bill from tip to angle of
mouth measures 185 mm., and from tip to nostril 105 mm., consequently

*Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvi, 1893, No. 957, p. 633.
t Proce. Zool. Soc., London, 1888, p. 455.
t Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvi, 1893, p. 635.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 997.
205

206 A JAPANESE REED WARBLER—STEJNEGER. | VOL. XVII.

agreeing pretty closely with Taczanowski’s data, especially if we bear
in mind what an unreliable measurement the former is.

It will be remembered that in my description I stated that the bird
in question probably belongs to that group of the genus which has no
subapical blackish bar across the tail-feathers, the specimen at my
command showing no trace of it, but that I did not venture to be posi-
tive about it, as the character is less developed in young birds than in
the adults. As Taczanowski’s description contains no mention of any
subapical black bar, I take it now for granted that the species has none,
and the character may be inserted in the diagnosis.

From the above it follows that the Japanese bird must stand as
Locustella pleskei, Taczan., with the following synonymy :

1888.—Locustella fasciolata, TACZANOWSKI, Proc. Zool, Soc., London, 1888, p. 455
(not of Gray).

1889.—Locustella pleskei, TACZANOWSKI, Proce. Zool. Soc., London, 1889, p. 620.

1893,—Locustella hondoensis, STEJNEGER, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Xv1, 1893, No. 957,
p. 633.

A REVIEW OF THE FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA, WITH
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

By F. H. KNOWLTON,
Assistant Curator of the Department of Fossil Plants,

I HAVE recently had occasion, in studying a collection of leaves from
Herendeen Bay and interglacial wood from beneath the Muir Glacier,
to go over all of the literature relating to the fossil flora of Alaska. As
the literature is somewhat widely scattered, a list of all the species of
fossil piants heretofore reported from Alaska was compiled as a matter
of personal interest and convenience. This was used in determining
the collections above mentioned, but after completing the identifications
and descriptions of new species detected it was decided to present, in
connection with them, a complete compilation of the fossil flora. It
was done also with the hope that it might stimulate further investigation
of the paleobotany, for from what we know of the distribution of the
plant-bearing beds, some of which are represented by single examples,
much must remain to be accomplished. This is further shown by the
fact that every collection contains a good proportion of new species.

Ihave first prepared an historical review of works and papers relating
to the fossil flora of Alaska, which incidentally shows the geographical
distribution of the plant beds. This is followed by a systematic enu-
meration of the fossil plants, with descriptions of the new species from
Herendeen Bay, a table showing the distribution of the plants in other
parts of the world, and finally a discussion of the geological age of the
beds as indicated by the plants.

HISTORICAL REVIEW.

One of the first accounts of fossil plants in Alaska is given by Dr. C.
Grewingk* in his classical history of the Northwest coast of America.
This, however, is in the main a compilation, but the sources from which
he derived his information are obscure, and I have not been able to find
them. Itis hardly probable that if found they would prove of much
value. Hereports coniferous wood from the islands of Kadiak and Unga
and the Alaskan peninsula, and dicotyledons (Alnus) and conifers

* Beitrag zur Kennt. d. Orographischen u. Geognostischen Beschaffenheit d. Nord-
West Kiiste Amerikas mit Anliegenden Inseln. Verhandl. d. Russ-Kais. Mine-
ralog. Gesell. St. Petersb. 1848-1849, St. Petersb., 1850, pp. 41, 93, 97, 124

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 998.
207

208 FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON, VOL. XVII.

mentions a fern from Unga which he supposed to have some resemblance
to Neuropteris acutifolia. It is probably the same as Osmunda Dorosch-
kiana of Goppert, as there is no Carboniferous known from Unga.

A year later, Grewingk again referred* to fossil plants in Alaska,
especially to the fossil trunks on Unga Island, but nothing beyond this
appears to have been noticed.t

In 1861 Géppert reportedt upon a small collection of fossil plants
obtained in August, 1859, by Lieut. v. Doroshin§ from the islands of
Kadiak (lat. 574°), Uyak|| (lat. 574°), Atka 4] (lat.52°), and Kootznahoo**
(lat. 574°). The last of these, Kootznahoo, is in the vicinity of or is
a part of Admiralty Island, near Sitka. It afforded 2 species of
dicotyledons and a single conifer. G6ppert enumerated 11 species,
from the combined localities, a number of which were new, but did not
give descriptions of them. ‘i

In 1866 this same collection was again referred to by Géppert,tt but,
unfortunately, the descriptions were not even then supplied, and con-
sequently most of the names of new species remain nomina nuda.

In December, 1867, Prof. Oswald Heer, of Zurich, wrote a letter
relating to Alaskan plants to Prof. A. E. Nordenskiéld, in Stockholm,
which was published in the following year.it It was an enumeration of
the plants brought back by Furuhjelm, and may be considered as an
outline of Heer’s larger work which appeared in 1869, The plants are
arranged according to localities and most of the new species briefly
characterized.

In many respects the most important paper on the fossil plants of
Alaska was Heer’s Flora Fossilis Alaskana,§§ which was published in
1869. It was based, as stated above, upon collections brought back by
Hjalmar Furuhjelm, of Helsingfors, Finland, who,as governor of the -

*Heidlb. Jahrb. Lit., 1851, p. 235.

tFor the modern designations and orthography of Alaskan localities I am greatly
indebted to Mr. Marcus Baker, of the U. 8. Geological Survey.

tUeber d. Tertiiirfl. d. Polargegenden: Abhandl. d. Schles. Gesell. f. Vaterliind-
Cult., 1861, Heft. 1, pp., 201-204.

This paper is also published under the same title in Mélanges Physique et Chimi-
ques tirés du Bulletin de ’Acad. Imp. des sc. de St. Petersbourg. Tome Iv, 1860-61,
St. Petersb., 1861, pp., 695-712.

§ This name is written Doroschkin by Géppert, but is an obvious German rendering
of the Russian Doroshin.

||This is probably from a bay of this name on the northwest coast of Kadiak, but
as there are several unnamed islands in this bay it is possible that it may be one of
them.

q This was written Atha by Géppert, but Atka is the modern spelling.

**Given as Hudsnoi by Géppert, which is one of the earlier of the many renderings
of the word Kootznahoo.

tt Abhandl. d. Schles. Gesell. f. Vaterliind-C ult. 1865-66. Breslau, 1867, p. 50.

tt Utdrag ur ett bvef af Professor Oswald Heer rovande fossila vexter fran Nord-
vestra Amerika, insamlade af Bergmiistaren Hj. Furuhjelm. Ofversigt af Vetens-
aps-Akad, Férhandl. 1868. No. 1, pp. 63-68.

§§ Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akad.Handl. Vol. vitt, No. 4, 1869, pp. 1-41, Pl. 1-x.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 209

Russian-American possessions, peal eel for nearly ten years in Liners
He made, it appears, a very large collection, most of which was lost on
the Mexican coast by the stranding of the ship in which they were
being sent home. The specimens which finally reached Europe were
obtained from the island of Kuiu,* near Sitka, and from the east side
of Cook Inlet, a part coming from English Bay, now better known as
Port Graham (lat. 59° 21’; long. 151° 52’), and the rest from near a
small stream known as the Neniltschik (lat. 60° 9’), The latter place
is about 50 miles north of Port Graham. This paper enumerates 56
species, of which number: 19 were then new to science.

In 1871 Eichwald+ made a re-examination of the plants collected by
Lieut. v. Doroshin that had first been studied, as above pointed out, by
Goppert in 1861. Géppert, it will be remembered, did not give figures
or descriptions of these plants in his paper. These were supplied by
Kichwald,; who also made use of Heer’s Flora Fossilis Alaskana in
working over the collection. He enumerated 9 species, 3 of which were
newly named, although they had been recognized by Géppert or Heer.
Hichwald also gave a list of the species reported from all parts of
Alaska by Heer.

In 1882, Lesquereux published a paper entitled “Contributions to
the Miocene Floraof Alaska,” {which was based upon material brought
back by Dr. William H. Dall, then of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic
Survey. The plants, which according to Lesquereux, were finely pre-
served, came from Coal Harbor, Unga Island; Kachemak Bay, § Cook
Inlet, and Chignik Bay, Alaskan Peninsula (Lat. 564°). It enumer-
ated 21 species of which 7 were regarded as new to science. This
paper was republished but without the illustrations, in Lesquereux’s
“Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras,”’ 1883, pp. 257-263.

In 1882, Dr. J. S. Newberry also described new species of fossil
plants from Alaska in his paper entitled ‘“‘ Brief Descriptions of Fossil
Plants, Chiefly Tertiary, from Western North America.” || They were
collected by Capt. Howard, U.S. Navy, in Cook Inlet, and Admiralty
Inlet, {] and by the U.S. 8S. Saginaw, in the Kootznahoo Archipelago
(Lat. 57° 35’, long. 134° 19’), the last on February 18, 1869. The tigures
illustrating these plants were prepared and the plates have been
engraved and printed since 1871, but have not yet been formally issued.
They were designed to form the illustrations of a monograph of the
Hayden ‘Geological Survey for which the text was never supplied.
A poetponious work, which will embrace them, is being prepared by

% Written Kuju by riser: :

t Geognostisch-Paleontologische Bemerkungen Uber die Halbinsel Mane eeliake
u. die Aleutischen Inseln. St. Petersb., 1871, pp. 107-116, Pl. rv.

{Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. v, 1882 (1883), pp. 443-449, Pl. vi-x.

§ Often called Chugachik Bay and so written by Lesquereux.

|| Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. v, 1882 (1883), pp. 502-514.

q This is presumably an error for Admiralty Island, there being no ies of this
name in Alaska.

Proc, N. M,. 9414

210 : FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON. VOL. XVII-

Dr. Newberry’ S successor, ‘Dr. Arthur Hollick, of ( ‘olumbia College.
They are quoted in the present paper as ‘* Plates.”

In 1887, Lesquereux published a paper entitled ‘“ List of Recently
Identified Fossil Plants belonging to the U. 8. National Museum, with
descriptions of several New Species.”* This comprised a large amount
of material that had been accumulating in the department of fossil
plants sinee the founding of the Smithsonian Institution. Among
them were a few species recorded as having been collected in the vicin-
ity of Sitka, by E. W. Nelson,? and at Cape Lisburn by H. D. Woolfe.
The specimens from the latter place appear to have been a part of the
collection that was described from the same locality in the following
year, they having been accidentally separated.

In 1888, as stated above, Lesquereux published { an enumeration of
plants obtained at Cape Lisburn by H. D. Woolfe. This collection
included 10 species of which number only one was regarded as new to
science.

The last paper dealing with pre-glacial fossils is one by Felix§ in which
he describes two species of silicified wood. The one obtained by Dr.
Krause of Berlin on a basalt mountain south of Danadéka|| and the other
from Copper Island,{] a small island in the Southwestern part of the
Bering Sea.

Mr. F. H. Herrick is the only one, so far as 1 now know, who has iden-
tified any of the interglacial wood. His paper, ‘‘ Microscopical Exami-
nation of wood from the Buried Forest, Muir Inlet Alaska” is published
as Supplement 111 to Harry Fielding Reid’s paper “Studies of Muir
Glacier, Alaska.”** Mr. Herrick identified the wood submitted to him
with the tide-land spruce (Picea Sitchensis, Carr.) now living about the
glacier.

A number of pieces of wood from the buried forest Muir Glacier,
obtained in 1892 by Mr. Reid, were submitted to me for examination.
The report on them will be published also as an appendix to Mr. Reid’s
paper, soon to appear in the National Geographic Magazine. The spe-
cies observed are recorded in their proper systematic position in the
present paper. J

The latest work dealing with fossil flora of Alaska, and this only
ree is the U. 8S. Geological earpie® correlation paper on the

sy Prbe: U. S. Nat. Neue: CALNE! ae xX, 1887, pp. 21-46, pl. I-Iv.

+I am informed by Mr. Nelson thet he never visited Sitka and did not bring back
any fossil plants from Alaska. This throws doubt on the specimens so recorded,
and their locality, and collector remains unknown. I have retained them, however,

as recorded by Lesquereux.

tProc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. x1, 1888, pp. 31-33, Pl. xv1, Figs. 1-6; x, Fig. 4.

§ Zeitschr. d. D. geol. Gesell. Vol. XXX vim, 1886, pp. 483-485.

|| Fifty miles north of the head of Lynn eanal, in Southwestern Alaska,

q This is really extra-limital, but has been included as being more nearly related to
the Alaskan province than to any other.

** National Geographic Magazine, Vol. 1v, 1893, pp. 75-78, figs. 4, 5.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 211

Neocene by Dr. Wm. H. Dall and G. D. Harris.* These authors review
at length all fossil-bearing horizons in Alaska, and on a map accom-
panying the work have colored each locality geologically. They speak
of plant beds in various places.

Herendeen Bay, the locality affording the specimens that form the
basis of this paper, is on the northern side of the Alaskan Peninsula
and forms a branch of Port Méller (Lat. 55° 40’, long. 160°, 40’ +.)
The plants were collected July 28, 1890, by Mr. Charles H. Townsend,
resident naturalist of the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer Albatross.
Mr. Townsend has furnished the following copy of his notes relating
to their occurrence:

July 28, 1890.—In making a tramway to the new coal mine just opened here (Heren-
deen Bay), one of the slaty cuttings exposed a large deposit of fossil leaves and ferns,
about a mile from the beach, at the head of a little valley among the hills and within
a few hundred yards of the mine itself. We visited the place twice and succeeded
in getting a considerable quantity of specimens. Coal veins crop out in several
places in the region of this bay. The first output of the new mine is now being used
in the furnaces of the Albatross, but it is from near the surface and rather slaty.

Mr. Townsend further adds:

The country is mountainous and treeless, but covered with bushes and smaller
vegetation. It is in general voleanic and there are lofty peaks, one of which, Pay-
loff, has been seen smoking.

The material in which the plants are preserved is a fine argillaceous
sandstone, very well fitted for retaining the impressions. The vegetable
remains are in most cases very numerous, even on small fragments of
matrix.

SYSTEMATIC ENUMERATION OF SPECIES.
ALG.
CHONDRITES FILICIFORMIS, Lesquereux.
LESQUEREUX, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. x1, 1888, p. 32, Pl. xvi, fig. 1.t
Cape Lisburn; H. D. Woolfe.

CHONDRITES HEERI, Eichwald
EICHWALD, Geognost.-Palzeontolog. Bemerk. ii. Halbinsel Mangischlak und
Aleutischen Inseln, St. Petersb. 1871, p. 111, Pl. rv, fig. 1.
Chondrites sp. Her, Fl. Foss. Alask., p. 21, Pl. x, fig. 5.

Kachemak Bay; H. Furuhjelm.

The specimens at Heer’s disposal were not regarded by him as of
sufficient distinctness to permit of specific determination. He remarks
that it appears very similar to C. liasinus of the Swiss Tertiary, and also
resembles forms in the Trias and especially C. Targionii of the older
Molasse. Hichwald, however, had secured better material and took
the opportunity to confer Heer’s name upon it. Eichwald’s specimens
were preserved on the same kind of dark carbonaceous shale as Taxo-

*Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, No. 84, pp. 232-268, Pl. m1.
tThe bibliographical citations refer exclusively to the occurrence of the various
species in Alaska, and are not to be regarded as indicating the synonymy.

19 FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON. VOL. XVII.

dium Tinajorum and he hence regarded the species as belonging to the

Miocene, suggesting that it may have been a transition form from the

Cretaceous, |
EQUISETACEA.

EQUISETUM GLOBULOSUM, Lesguereux.

LESQUEREUX, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 444; Cret. and Tert.
Fliyp, 222, Pl. Xbvinn, fig. 3:

This species was obtained by Dr. Wm. H. Dall, but the exact locality
is not given. As the only localities from which he obtained fossil plants
were Cook Inlet, Unga Island, and Chugachik Bay, it most probably
came from one of these. It was also obtained in the Bad Lands of
Dakota, from which specimens the above-mentioned figure was made.

CALAMITES AMBIGUUS, Eichwald.
E1cHWALb, Geognost.-Paleontolog., Bemerk. ii. Halbinsel Mangischlak und
Aleutischen Inseln, St. Petersb., 1871, p. 114, Pl. Iv, fig. 9.

Northeastern coast of Alaska north of Cape Jaklék,-and south of a
small stream of that name; Eichwald.

This is a small fragment only 2 inches Jong and 1 inch wide, showing
12 longitudinal ribs. It appears to prove, if it is really a calamite, the
presence of true Carboniferous strata in Alaska, but it is so very frag-
mentary that I can not but look upon it with question. Géppert, who
first recognized its nature, also claimed to have observed leaves of
Sigillaria, but this, too, requires confirmation.

FILICES.
PECOPTERIS DENTICULATA, Heer.
edema Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. x1, 1888, p. 32.
Cape Lisburn; H. D. Woolfe.

PTERIS SITKENSIS, Heer.

Herr, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 21, Pl.1, fig. 7a; EICHWALD, Geognost.-Paleontolog.,
Bemerk. ii. Halbinsel Mangischlak, und Aleutischen Inseln, St. Petersb.,
187s peu:

Island of Kuiu, near Sitka; H. Furuhjelm.
OSMUNDA DOROSCHKIANA, Giéppert.

G6prrerT, Abhandl. d. Schles. Gesell. f. Vaterlind—Cult., 1861, Pt. 11, p. 203;
EICHWALD, Geognost.-Palzontolog., Bemerk. ii. Halbinsel Mangischlak, und
Aleutischen Inseln, p. 112, Pl. Iv, figs. 2, 3.

Osmunda Torelli, HEER, LESQUEREUX, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883),
p. 444, Pl. vi, figs. 3-6.

Unga Island; Lt. v. Doroshin. Coal Harbor, Unga Island; Dr. Wm.
H. Dall.

This species was named by Géppert (1. ¢.) but not adequately de-
scribed. It must, however, be the same as the O. Torelli, of Lesque-
reux, from the same place, since both these authors speak of the numer-

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 213

ous detached leaflets, occurring embedded in bowlders of carbonate of
iron. Lesquereux describes it as follows:

‘‘ Most of the leaflets are simple, not lobate, oblong, or ovate-lanceolate
entire or merely crenulate on the borders by the impressions of the
veins. These leaflets are rarely preserved entire; the borders are often
lacerated; they vary frem 3.5 cm. to 6 cm. long and 1—2.5 em. broad.
They evidently represent leaflets from Osmunda.”

I have ventured to restore Gé6ppert’s name, which until now has
been a mere nomen nudum, for it is almost beyond question the plant
that he gave the name to.

ASPIDIUM OERSTEDI, Heer.

LESQUEREUX, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. x1, 1888, p. 32.
Cape Lisburn; H. D. Woolfe.

ASPLENIUM FOERSTERI, Debey and Ettinghausen.

LESQUEREUX, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. x1, 1888, p. 32.
Cape Lisburn; H. D. Woolfe.

ASPLENIUM DICKSONIANUM, Heer.

LESQUEREUX, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. x1, 1888, p. 32.
Cape Lisburn; H. D. Woolte. ;

CONIFER.
PINUS! STARATSCHINI, Heer.

LESQUEREUX, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. x1, 1888, p. 32.
Cape Lisburn; H. D. Woolfe.

PINUS, species.

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 23, Pl. 1, fig. 11.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

SEQUOIA LANGSDORFPII, (Brongniart) Heer.

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 23, Pl. 1, fig. 10.

Port Graham and Neniltschik; H. Furuhjelm. Herendeen Bay;
Chas. H. Townsend.

There are a considerable number of specimens in the collection from
Herendeen Bay that are referred with little hesitation to this species.
They are seemingly very well preserved, but when examined closely it
is found to be difficult to make out the manner of attachment of the
leaves. They much resemble some of the branchlets of Taxodium dis-
tichum miocenum with which they are abundantly associated, but by a
study of certain exceptionally well-preserved specimens itis found that

OLA FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON. VOL. XVII.

the leaves are decurrent, which clearly separates them trom Taxodium.
No cones belonging to conifers were found.

SEQUOIA SPINOSA, Newberry.

NEWBERRY, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 504; Plates, Pl. LiII.
figs. 4, 5, ined.

Cook Inlet, Capt. Howard, U. 8. Navy.

This species is described as follows, by Dr. Newberry:

‘“‘ Branches slender, foliage open, rigid; leaves narrow, acute (acicular),
arched upward, appressed or spreading, spirally divergent; staminate
flowers in slender terminal aments 2 inches long, two lines wide,
anthers few, under peltate connective scales; cones ovate or subcylin-
drical, composed of rhomboidal or square peltate scales.”

The manuscript name on the plates above mentioned is 8. acicularis,
but this is an obvious error.

TAXODIUM DISTICHUM MIOCENUM, Heer.

HEER, Fl. Foss. Alask., p. 21, Pl. 1, fig. 6; 111, fig. lle; Iv, fig. 5 f. ¢.
Port Graham and Neniltschik; H. Furuhjelm. Near Sitka; Lieut. v.
Doroshin. Herendeen Bay; Chas. H. Townsend.

TAXODIUM TINAJORUM, Heer.

HEER, F). Foss. Alask., p. 22, Pl. 1, figs. 1-5.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjeim.

TAXODIUM TINAJORUM, Heer; var.

EICHWALD, Geognost.-Palzeontolog. Bemerk. ii. Halbinsel Mangischlak und
Aleutischen Inseln. St. Petersb., 1871, p. 116, Pl. rv, fig. 4.
Port Graham (English Bay) and Neniltschik; Lieut. H. v. Doroshin.
“The needles are 6 lines long, 1 line broad, and stand 2 lines from
each other. The thickness of the leaf-bearing twig is hardly 1 line,

being scarcely the width of the leaves.”
This form differs from the ‘typical form, according to Eichwald, by
the smaller leaves placed at a greater distance from each other and

by the well-defined midrib.

GLYPTOSTROBUS EUROP.EUS, (Brongniat) Heer.

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 22, Pl. 1, fig. 7 b-f; 111, figs. 10, 11.
Kuin Island, near Sitka; Lieut. v. Doroshin. Neniltschik; H.
Furuhjelm. Herendeen Bay; Chas. H. Townsend.

TAXITES OLRIKI, Heer.

HEER, Fl. Foss. Alask., p. 23, Pl. 1, fig. 8; 1, 5d.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 215

THUITES (CHAMACYPARIS) ALASKENSIS, Lesquecreux.
LESQUEREUX, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 445, Pl. vi, figs. 7-9.
Coal Harbor, Unga Island; Dr. Wim. H. Dall.
GINKGO MULTINERVIS, Heer.

LESQUEREUX, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. x1, 1888, p. 31, Pl. xvi, fig. 6.

Cape Lisburn; H. D. Woolfe.
GINKGO ADIANTOIDES, (Unger) Heer.

LESQUEREUX, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. x, 1887, p. ade
Sitka; EH. W. Nelson (7).
A single small doubtful fragment from Herendeen Bay. Collected
by Chas. H. Townsend.

BAIERA PALMATA, Heer.
LESQUEREUX, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.. Vol. x1, 1888, p. 31, Pl. xv, figs, 4, 5.
Cape Lisburn; H. D. Woolfe.
PICEA SITCHENSIS, Carr.

HeErRIck, National Geogr. Mag., Vol. 1v, 1892, pp. 75-78, figs. 4, 5. KNOWLTON,
Notes on the Examination of a Collection of Interglacial Wood from Muir
Glacier, Alaska, MS.

Muir Glacier; Harry Fielding Reid.
TSUGA MERTENSIANA, Carr.

KNOWLTON, Notes on the Examination of a Collection of Interglacial Wood
from Muir Glacier, Alaska, Ms.
Muir Glacier; Harry Fielding Reid.
CUPRESSINOXYLON ERRATICUM, Mercklin.

FELIX, Zeitschr. d. D. geol., Gesell. Vol. Xxx vit, 1886, p. 484.
Copper Island, southwestern part of Bering Sea; Dr. Krause.

PINITES PANNONICUS, (Unger) Gippert.,

G6OpPERT, Abhandl. d. Schles. Gesell. 1861, p. 203.—Hurr, Fl. Fos’. Alask., p. 23.
Southwestern end of Unga Island; Lieut. vy. Doroshin.

PITYOXYLON INE QUALE, Felix.
FELIX, Zeitschr. d. D. geol., Gesell. Vol. xxxviit, 1886, p. 483, Pl. xu, fig. 3.
Basalt Mountain, south of Danaaku; Dr. Krause.
CYCADACE.
ZAMITES ALASKANA, Lesquereux.

LESQUEREUX, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. x1, 1888, p. 32, Pl. x, fig. 10.
Cape Lisburn; H. D. Woolfe.

216 FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON. VOL. XVI,

PODOZAMITES LATIPENNIS, Heer.
LESQUEREUX, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. x1, 1888, p. 31, Pl. xv1, figs. 2, 3.
Cape Lisburn; H. D. Woolfe.
GRAMINE.
PHRAGMITES ALASKANA, Heer.
HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 24, Pl. 1, fig. 12.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelin.
POACITES TENUE-STRIATUS, Heer.

Herr, Fl. Foss. Alask., p. 24, Pl. 1, fig. 14; ErcHwaLp, Geognost.-Paleontolog,
Bemerk. ii. Halbinsel Mangischlak und Aleutischen Inseln. St. Petersb., 1871,
p14; Pll atv, ne. Wi.

Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm. Herendeen Bay; Chas. H. Townsend.

CYPERACE™.
CAREX SERVATA, Heer.
HEER, F1. Foss. Alask., p. 24, Pl. 1, figs. 18, 13 e. d.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm. Herendeen Bay; Chas. H. Townsend.
CAREX, Leaves of.

LESQUEREUX, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. x, 1887, p. 36.
Sitka; E. W. Nelson (?).
It is possible that this may be the C. servata of Heer, but as it is
neither figured nor described I have retained it as probably separate.

ALISMACE/#.

SAGITTARIA PULCHELLA, Heer.

HeEr, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 25, Pl. 1, fig. 15.
Neniltschik; H. Furuhjelm.

SAGITTARIA, species.

LEeSQUEREUX, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. x, 1887, p. 37.
Sitka; EK. W. Nelson (?).

IRIDACE.

IRITES ALASKANA, Lesquereux.

LESQUEREUX, Proc., U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. x, 1887, p. 36.

Cape Lisburn; H. D. Woolfe.

“Leaves thickish, linear-lanceolate, tubulose at apex, narrowed to
the base, falcate, wqui-nerved; median nerve obsolete; lateral nerve
broad, equal.

“The leaves are comparatively narrow; the best preserved, appa-
rently nearly entire, is 13cm. long, 15 cm. broad in the middle; nerves

1894, PROCKEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. OTT

about i: min. in width, not very prominent, eam: not separated Dy inter:
mediate veinlets, very distinct; surface smooth, covered by a thin
pellicle of coaly matter, some fragments showing the tubulose point
and base. The median nerve is slightly marked in places.”

“Comparing these leaves with those of cultivated species of Iris,
the essential characters, thickness of leaves, serration, ete., are the
same.”—{ LESQUEREUX. |

SALICACEA.
POPULUS LATIOR, Al. Braun.

Heer, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 25, Pl. 11, fi. 4.

Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.
POPULUS GLANDULIFERA, Al. Braun.

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 26, Pl. 11, figs. 1, 2.

Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.
POPULUS BALSAMOIDES, Gippert.

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 26, Pl. 1, fig. 3.
Populus exima, GOPPERT, Tert. fl. v. Schossnitz, p. 23; AbhandI. Schles., Gesell.,
1861, p. 203.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm. Kutznahoo near Sitka; Lieut. v. Dor-

oshin.
POPULUS ZADDACHI, Heer

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 26, P]. 11, fig. 5a.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelin.

POPULUS LEUCOPHYLLA, Unger.

HEER, FI]. Foss, Alask., p. 26, Pl. 11, fig. 6.
Populus acerifolia, Newby., Later extinct floras of North America, p. 65.

Reported by Heer, but no locality given for Alaska.
POPULUS ARCTICA, Heer.
LESQUEREUX, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 447, Pl. 1x, fig. 2.
Chignik Bay; Dr. Wm. H. Dall.
POPULUS RICHARDSONI, Heer.
LESQUEREUX, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 441, Pl. 1x, fig. 1.
Chignik Bay; Dr. Wm. H. Dall.
SALIX VARIANS, Goéppert.

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 27, Pl. 1. fig. 8; 111, figs. 1-3.
Salix Wimmeriana, GOPPERT, Tert. fl. v. Schlossnitz, p. 26; Abhandl. Schles.,
Gesell., 1861, p. 205.
Port Graham and Neniltschik; H. Furuhjelm.

SALIX MACROPHYLLA, Heer.

HEER, Fl. Foss. Alask., p.27, Pl.u, fig.9.—E1CcHWALD, Geognost.-Paleontolog.
Bemerk. ii. Halbinsel oar und Aleutischen Inseln. St. Petersb., 1871,
p. 113, Pl. 1v, fig. 5

Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

218 FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA —KNOWLTON. Vo. XVII.

SALIX LAVATERI, Heer.

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 27, Pi. 1, fig. 10.

Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

SALIX RACANA, Heer.

LESQUEREUX, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 447, Pl. vil, fig. 6.
Cook Inlet; Dr. Wm. H. Dall.

SALIX INTEGRA, Géppert.
GOpPERT, Abhandl. Schles. Gesell., 1861, p. 202; op. cit., 1867, p.50.
Neniltschik ; Lieut. v. Doroshin.

SALIX MINUTA, new species.
Plate EX, fos e

Leaf small, nearly circular (11 mm. long, 9mm. wide), slightly heart-
shaped at base and very slightly pointed at apex; margin entire below,
with few distant teeth in the upper portion; nervation very obscure,
consisting of 4-5 pairs of secondaries emerging at a low angle (40°),
thence curving along the borders.

This species is founded upon the single specimen figured, and it is
with much hesitation that it is described as new. The leaf appears to
have been rather thick and firm as are some of the living species found
in polar lands.

It is possible that it may not belong to the genus Salix, but as it
approaches most closely to some of the forms of S. polaris Wahlbg.,*
from the diluvial deposits of Spitzbergen, I have decided to describe
it under this genus, and wait for future discoveries to prove the truth
or error of this disposition. As stated above, the nervation is nearly
obsolete, and all that can be made out of the 4 or 5 pairs of secondaries.

The leaf is found associated on the same piece of matrix as speci-
mens of Taxodium distichum miocenum, Paliurus Colombi,and Zizyphus
Townsendt.

Salix minuta was obtained at Herendeen Bay by Mr. Charles H.
Townsend, of the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross. Type, No.
a1G6L U.S. NM.

CUPULIFER.

FAGUS ANTIPOFII, Heer.

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 30, Pl. v, fig. 4a; vit. figs. 4-8; vuil, fig. 1.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

*Fl. Foss. Arct., Vol. 1, Mioc. Fl. u. Fauna Spitzbergens, p. 90, Pl. Xv1, figs. 57,
59 f.

1994. PROCEEDINGS OF THF NATIONAL MUSEUM. 219

Five forms may be distinguished according to Heer, embracing ye
lancifolia, Heer,* F. pristina, Sap.,t and F. emarginata, Hees

FAGUS MACROPHYLLA, Unger.
HERR, F1. Foss. Alask., p. 31, Pl. vim, fig. 2.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

FAGUS FERONIA, Unger.
HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 31, Pl. v1, fig. 9.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

FAGUS DEUCALIONIS, Unger.

LESQUEREUX, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 447.
Kachemak Bay, Cook Inlet; Dr. William H. Dall.

CASTANEA UNGERIT, Heer.
HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 32, Pl. vu, figs. 1-3.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm; Keku Island, Indian Archipelago?

QUERCUS PSEUDOCASTANEA, Géoppert.
HEkER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 32, Pl. v1, figs. 3-5
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

QUERCUS FURUHJELMI, Heer.
Heer, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 32, Pl. v, fig. 10; vi, figs. 1, 2
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

QUERCUS PANDURATA, Heer.
HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 33, Pl. v1, fig. 6.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

QUERCUS CHAMISSONIS, Heer.
HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 33, Pl. vi, figs. 7, 8.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

QUERCUS DALLII, Lesquereux.
LESQUEREUX, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 446, Pl. vu, figs.
2-5; Cret. and Tert. Fl., p. 259.
Cook Inlet; Dr. William H. Dall.

CORYLUS MACQUARRII, (Forbes) Heer.
Plate IX, fig. 4.
HEER, Fl. Foss. Alask., p. 29, Pl. 111, fig. 9, rv, figs. 1-F, 8.—E1CHWALD, Geog-

nost.-Palzeontolog. Bemerk. ii. Halbinsel Mangischlak und Aleutischen
Inseln, St. Petersb., 1871, p. 113, Pl. rv, fig. 6.

Port Graham and Neniltschik; He, Furahjelm. Kuiu Island near

eer: Ofversigt af Kone eeieashave Aju Foérhandl, 1868, p. ea
tSaporta: Flore de Manosque; Ann. d. Sci. Nat., 1867, p. 69, Pl. v1, figs. 1-3.

220 FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON. VOL. XVII.

Sitka; Lieut. v. Doroshin. Unga Island; Dr. William H. Dall. Her-
endeen Bay; Charles H, Townsend.

CORYLUS MACQUARRII var. MACROPHYLLA, Heer.

TIEER, FI]. Foss. Alask., p. 30, Pl. rv, figs. 6, 7.

Port Graham: H. Furuhjelm.
CARPINUS GRANDIS, Unger.
HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 29, Pl. 1, fig. 12.—LESQUEREUX, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 446.
Kachemak Bay, Cook Inlet; Dr. William H. Dall. Port Graham; H.
Furubjelm.
ALNUS KEFERSTEINII,.(Goppert) Unger.

HEER, FI]. Foss. Alask., p. 28, Pl. 111, figs. 7, 8.

Neniltschik; H. Furuhjelm.

ALNUS KEFERSTEINII, (Gippert); var.

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 28, Pl. v, fig. 9.
Port Graham? H. Furuhjelm.

ALNUS ALASKANA, Newberry.

NEWBERRY, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 509; Plates, Pl. xLvim,
fig. 8. )

Kootznahoo Archipelago, latitude 57° 35/, longitude 134° 19’; U. S.
Steamer Saginaw, Feb. 18, 1869.

“Leaf large, oblong-ovoid, acuminate, rounded or slightly heart-
shaped at base; nervation crowded, 16 to 18 branches on each side of
the midrib, margins set with very numerous, small, uniform, acute
teeth.”,—[ NEWBERRY. |

ALNUS GRANDIFOLIA, Newberry.

. NEWBERRY, Proc., U.S. Naf. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 509.

Cook Inlet; Capt. Howard, U.S. Navy.

‘“‘Leaves 4 or 5 inches in length by 3 inches in width, ovate; rounded
or wedge-shaped at the base; blunt-pointed at the summit; margins
coarsely dentate; nervation strong, crowded; 12 or more parallel
branches on either side of the midrib, the intervals between these
crossed by numerous parallel, mostly straight nervules, dividing the
surface into oblong, quadrangular areoles.”—| NEWBERRY. |

ALNUS CORYLIFOLIA, Lesquereux.

LESQUEREUX, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., Vol v, 1882 (1883), p. 446, Pl. vu, figs. 1-4;
Cret. and Tert. Fl., p. 258.

Kachemak Bay, Cook Inlet; Dr. William H. Dall.
ALNUS RUBRA, Bongard.

A branch of this species found protruding from a gravel bank
beneath an ice-sheet 70 feet in thickness, on the eastern moraine of

‘i804. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 2921

the Muir Glacier. Collected by Miss E. R. Scidmore, of Washing-
ton, D. C.
BETULA PRISCA, Ettingshausen:

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask.. p. 28, Pl. v, figs. 3-6.
Port Graham and Neniltsechik; H. Furuhjelin.

BETULA GRANDIFOLIA, Ettingshausen.,

HEER, F]. Foss. Alask., p. 29, Pl. v, fig. 8.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

BETULA ALASKANA, Lesquereux.

LEQUEREUX, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1283), p. 446, Pl. vi, fig. 14;
Cret. and Tert. FI., p. 258.

Chignik Bay, Alaska Peninsula; Dr. William H. Dall.

“Leaves small, round in outline, rounded or truncate at base, deeply,
obtusely dentate all around except at the base, turned back or recurved
on a short petiole; median nerve distinct, the lateral obsolete; catkins
short cylindrical, oblong or slightly inflated in the middle.

“Except that no glands are perceivable upon the stems, this species
agrees in all its characters with Betula glandulosa Michx. I consider
it as identical.”—{ LESQUEREUX. |

MYRICACES.
MYRICA BANKSL#HFOLIA, Unger,
HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 28, Pl. u1, fig. 11.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjeln.

The affinities of this species, according to Heer, are with J. Califor-
nica Cham., a species living in California.

MYRICA (COMPTONIA) CUSPIDATA, (Lesquereux) Dawson.

Comptonia cuspidata, LESQUEREUX, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p.
445, Pl. vi, figs. 10-12; Cret. and Tert. FI., p. 258.

Myrica (Comptonia) cuspidata, LESQUEREUX Dawson, Trans. Roy. Soc., Canada,
1890, p. 80, fig. 9.

Coal Harbor, Unga Island; Dr. Wm. H. Dall.

‘Leaves long, linear or gradually tapering upwards to a terminal
narrowly elliptical lobe, pointed or apiculate by the excurrent median
nerve; pinnately lobed, lobes coriaceous, convex, subalternate, free at
base, irregularly trapezoidal or oblique-oblong, inclined upwards, and
sharply acute or cuspidate; primary nerves two, or three in the largest
lobes, oblique, the upper curving in ascending to the acumen and
branching outside, the lower parallel and curving along the borders,
anastomosing with branches of the superior ones, generally separated
by simple secondary, short nerves.

“Comparable to Comptonia acutiloba Brongt., and other European

PIS FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON. VOL. XVII.

Tertiary species of this group, but distinct from all by the large cuspi-
date lobes turned upwards, ete.”—[ LESQUEREUX. |

MYRICA (COMPTONIA) PRASMISSA, Lesquereux sp.
Comptonia premissa, LESQUEREUX, Proe. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882, p. 445, pl. vi,
fig. 13.

Coal Harbor, Unga Island; Dr. Wm. H. Dall.

‘Leaves long, linear in their whole length, 5-10 em. long, 12-15 mm.
broad; deeply equally pinnate-lobate; lobes very obtuse or half round,
cut to the middle and slightly decurring in their point of connection,
the terminal lobes very obtuse; nervation obsolete, substance some-
what thick but not coriaceous.

“This species has its greatest affinity with the living | Myrica| Comp-
tonia asplenifolia Ait.”—[ LLESQUEREUX. |

MYRICA VINDOBONENSIS, (Ettingshausen) Heer.

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask, p. 27, Pl. 111, figs. 4, 5.
Neniltschik: H. Furubjelm.

J UGLANDACE.
JUGLANS ACUMINATA, Al. Braun.
HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 38, Pl. 1x, fig. 1.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.
JUGLANS NIGELLA, Heer.
HEER, F1. Foss. Alask., p. 38, Pl. 1x, figs. 2-4.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.
JUGLANS PICROIDES, Heer.
HEER, F]. Foss. Alask., p. 39, Pl. 1x, fig. 5.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.
JUGLANS WOODIANA, Heer.

LESQUEREUX, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 449.
Chignik Bay; Dr. Wm. H. Dall.

JUGLANS TOWNSENDI, new species.
Plate IX, Fig. 5.

Leaf thick, evidently coriaceous, oblique, margin entire; nervation
prominent, consisting of a thick midrib and alternate or subopposite
secondaries, those on the narrower side of the leaf emerging at a right
angle, or even falling below a right angle, those on the other side

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 223

emerging at an angle of about 20°, all arching around to near the
margin along which they curve until joined to the one next above, the
union being affected by a series of simple loops; nervills prominent,
approximately at right angle to the secondaries, except when they

-emerge from the midrib and join the secondary next below, producing

triangular or quadrangular areas; ultimate nervation obsolete.

The fragment figured is the only one detected in the collection, and
although it appears distinct, is hardly sufficient for proper characteriza-
tion. It appears to differ markedly from all of the species of this.genus
described by Heer, from Alaska. (Seecabove.) Itis most like J. nigella
Heer, but differs absolutely in having a perfectly entire margin. J.
acuminata has an entire margin, but differs widely in nervation, while
the remaining species, J. picroides, differs in having the margin sharply
serrate.

The only fossil species with which I am at present able to compare it
is J. egregia Lx.,* from the auriferous gravels of California. It much
resembles a segment taken from near the base of one of these nearly
entire leaves of this species. The nervation is practically the same in
both. The margin of J. egregia has sometimes a few small teeth, but
there is no indication that such was the case in the form under discus-
sion.

Herendeen Bay; Charles H. Townsend. Type, No. 3762, U.S. N. M.

URTICACEA.
FICUS ALASKANA, Newberry.

NEWBERRY, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 512; Plates, Pl. Li, fig.
Lvs tips. ll 2.
Cook Inlet and Admiralty Inlet; Capt. Howard, U.S. Navy.
“Leaves large, reaching 8 to 10 inches in length and breadth; trilobed,
generally unsymmetrical; lobes pointed, usually obtuse; margins entire
or locally undulate; nervation strong, conspicuously reticulate; princi-
pal nerves three, giving off branches which divide near the margins,
sometimes connecting in festoons, sometimes craspedodrome; tertiary
nervation forming a coarse network of usually oblong meshes filled with
fine polygonal reticulation; upper surface of the leaf smoothe and
polished, lower roughened by the reticulation of the nerves.”—{NEw-
BERRY. |
FICUS MEMBRANACEA, Newberry.

NEWBERRY, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 512; Plates, Pl. Lux,
tig. 2.
Cook Inlet; Capt. Howard, U.S. Navy.
‘Leaves sensile, 4 to 6 inches in length by 24 to 34 in width; ovate,
abruptly and usually blunt-pointed, narrowed to the base, generally
unsymmetrical, margin entire, nervation delicate, open, camptodrome;

*Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. v1., No, 2, p. 36, Pl. 1x, fig. 12.

224 FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON. VOL. XVII.

10 or more branches given off on either side of the midrib, curving
upward, and forming a festoon near the margin.”—{ NEWBERRY. |

PLANERA UNGERI, Ettingshausen.

HEER, FI]. Foss. Alask., p. 34, Pl. v, fig. 2.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

ULMUS PLURINERVIA, Unger.

HEER, F 1. Foss. Alask., p. 34, Pl. v, fig. 1.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

ULMUS SORBIFOLIA, Gippert.
LESQUEREUX, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 447, Pl. 1x, fig. 3; Cret.
and Tert. F1., p. 260.
Kachemak Bay, Cook Inlet; Dr. Willian H. Dall.

KBENACE,
DIOSPYROS STENOSEPALA, Heer.

HEER, F]. Foss. Alask., p. 35, Pl. vi, figs. 7, &.

Neniltschik, H. Furuhjelm.
DIOSPYROS ALASKANA, Schimper.

Diospyros Alaskana, SCHIMPER, Traité d. Pal. Vég., Vol. 11, p. 945.
Diospyros lancifolia, LESQUEREUX in Heer, F1. Foss. Alask., p. 35, Pl. 11, fig. 12.

Neniltschik, H. Furuhjelm.

The name given this species by Lesquereux is preoccupied by a liv-
ing species. It has consequently been changed by Schimper to D.
Alaskana.

DIOSPYROS ANCEPS, Heer.

LEXQUEREUX, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 448; Pl. x, figs. 1, 2;
Cret. and Tert. Fl., p. 261.

Cook Inlet; Dr. William H. Dall.

OLEACKA.
FRAXINUS HERENDEENENSIS, new species.
Plate IX, Fig. 7.

Leaflet membranaceous (4 em. long, 2 em. wide), nearly regularly ellip-
tical in outline, rounded, almost truncate at base, rapidly narrowed
from above the middle to an acuminate apex; margin entire below,
sparingly toothed above the middle; midrib strong; secondaries 6-8
pairs, alternate or subopposite, emerging at an angle of about 40°,
camptodrome, each one joined to the one next above it by a series of
regular loops just inside the margin; slender nerves from the outside

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 225

of these loops enter the teeth in the upper part; nervilles mostly pereu-
rent, at right angles to the secondaries; finer nervation obsolete.

This species is represented by two fine leaflets, the one figured being
in some respects the more perfect. They appear to have been membra-
naceous or possibly a little firmer. They are almost regularly elliptical
in outline with a few distinct teeth above the middle. As both lack
the complete base it is impossible to state anything as to the petiole or
manner of attachment. They are very slightly if at all inequilateral at
the base.

This species is undoubtedly closely related to Fraxinus denticulata,
Heer,* from the Miocene of Greenland. Heer’s species differ from this,
however, in being clearly wedge-shaped at base, in having the margin
toothed from near the base, and in having the secondaries usually oppo-
site and at a more acute angle of divergence. It is possible that if there
were a larger number of specimens of the species from Herendeen Bay
they might be shown to grade more closely into F. denticulata, but in
absence of these I have preferred to keep them separate.

Among living species the form under discussion approaches closely
to some leaflets of F. Ornus, L., especially the terminal ones. Itis also
somewhat like some of the broader leaflets of F’. excelsior, L., from north-
ern Europe.

Herendeen Bay; Charles H.Townsend. Type, No. 3763, U.S. N. M.

ERICACEA.

ANDROMEDA GRAYANA, Heer

Heer, FI. Foss., Alask., p. 34, Pl. vitt, fig. 5.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

VACCINIUM FRIESII, Heer.

HeEeER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 35, Pl. vii, fig. 4.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

VACCINIUM RETICULATUM, A]. Braun.

LESQUEREUX, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 448, Pl. x, figs. 3-5;
Cret. and Tert. F1., p. 261.

Cook Inlet; Dr. William H. Dall.
CAPRIFOLIACE.
VIBURNUM NORDENSKIOLDI, Heer.

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 36, Pl. 111, fig. 13.
Neniltschik; H. Furuhjelm.

* Fl. Foss. Arct. Vol. 1, p. 118, Pl. xvi, fig. 4.
Proc. N. M. 9415

225 FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON. vor. XVII.

CORNACE.
NYSSA ARCTICA,? Heer,
LESQUEREUX, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.. Vol, v., 1882 (1883), p. 447; Cret. and Tert.
Fl, p. 261.
Unga Island; Dr. William H. Dall.
CORNUS ORBIFERA, Heer.

LESQUEREUX, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 448, Pl. x, fig. 65
Cret. and Tert. Fl., p. 262.

Cook Inlet; Dr. William H. Dall.
ARALIACEA.
HEDERA AURICULATA, Heer.
HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 36, Pl.1x, fig. 6.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.
ONAGRACE.
TRAPA BOREALIS, Heer.
Heer, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 38, Pl. vii, figs. 9-14.
Port Graham; H. Puruhjelin.
HAMAMELIDACEE.
LIQUIDAMBAR EUROPAEUM, Al. Braun.
Hmprs Hi oss: Alaske, 7.125, dele tl, lot.
Port Graham; H, Furuhjelm.
ROSACE LE,
SPIRAA ANDERSONI, Heer.

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 39, Pl. viii, fig. 3.
Port Graham; HH. Muruhjelins
The affinity of this species is with the living W. fomentosa, L., of the

Eastern United States.
PRUNUS ¥ARIABILIS, New berry
NEWSERKY, Proc: U. S. Nat. Mis., Vol. v, T882 (IS8BY, >. 509; Plates, Pl. oir
figs. 3-5.

Oook Inlet; Capt. Howard, Us S. Navy.
“Leaves short petioled, very variable in form; lanceolate or broadly

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 290%

summit, wedge-shaped at base; margins thickly set with minute, acute,
appressed teeth.”—| NEWBERRY. |

SAPINDACEA.
ACER MACROPTERUM, Heer.

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 37, Pl. 1x, figs. 7-9.

Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.
ACER TRILOBATUM PRODUCTUM, (Al. Braun) Heer.
Plate IX, fig. 3.

Herendeen Bay; Charles H. Townsend.

The single leaf figured is the only one found in the collection that
can be referred to this species. It is a small leaf about 3 em. long and
2-5 em. wide, and agrees very closely with some of the figured European
specimens referred to this form. It is, for example, especially like figs.
5 and 6 of Pl. cxiv and fig. 7 of Pl. cxv of Heer’s Fl. Tert. Helv.
These are small leaves with short lateral lobes and a prolonged central
lobe. The margin is cut by sharp irregular teeth and the nervation,
as nearly as can be made out, agrees perfectly with the European
forms.

ANACARDIACE.

RHUS FRIGIDA, new spevies.
Plate IX, fig. 6.

Leaflets firm, thickish, broadly lanceolate in outline, rounded, heart-
shaped at base, bluntly acuminate at apex; margin sparingly toothed
above the middle, teeth pointing upward; midrib distinct, straight;
secondaries 7-8 pairs, alternate or subopposite, emerging at an angle
of 50°, camptodrome, arching in regular bows just inside the borders,
and thus joining the one next above; nervills percurrent, usually
approaching a right angle to the midrib, but some also at right angles
to the secondaries in the lower part of the leaflet; finer nervation
obsolete.

Herendeen Bay; Charles H. Townsend. Type, No.3764, U.S. N. M.

The leaflets of this species vary in size from 3:5 em. to 5:25 em. in
length and from 1:25 ecm. to 2 em. in width. They are all broadly
lanceolate in shape, with few teeth above the middle, and well marked
camptodrome nervation. —

These leaflets were at first supposed to belong to what has been
described as Fravrinus Herendeenensis, n. sp.; but after careful consid-
eration they have been separated. They ditfer from the above species
in being much narrower, lanceolate in fact, with a heart-shaped base,
and the secondaries emerging at more acute angle, The characters of
the nervation and arrangement of teeth aré precisely the same in both,

228 FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON. VOL. XVII.

A larger series (the present species is represented by three and the
Fraxinus by only two specimens) might show them to approach more
closely than now appears to be the case.

The fossil species that they approach most closely is Rhus Meriani,
Heer,* from the Tertiary of Switzerland, from which it is almost
impossible to distinguish them. The outline, shape of the base, and
nervation are the same, almost the only difference being in the teeth,
and even this is but slight. Ordinarily this would by no means be
considered a character of sufficient weight to separate species, but
unless they agree in every particular it seems to me that the ante-
cedent probabilities are greatly in favor of plants so widely separated
geographically being different. I have therefore assumed that the
plant from Herendeen Bay is very closely allied to but specifically
distinct from the one from Switzerland.

Among living species Rhus frigida is not greatly unlike some of the
leaflets of R. typhina, L., particularly the terminal leaflets. It is also
quite like some of the leaflets of RK. glabra, L., especially a form in the
National Herbarium from Deer Park, Lower Arrow Lake, British Co-
lumbia. These are slightly heart-shaped at base and have the same
general outline, but the teeth are-larger and more irregularly placed
than in the fossil. It would seem that this form of Rk. glabra might
well be the descendent of the species that inhabited arctie countries in
Eocene or Miocene time.

VITACEA.
VITIS CRENATA, Heer.

HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 36, Pl. vimt, fig. 6.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

VITIS ROTUNDIFOLIA, Newberry.

NEWBERRY, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 513; Plates, Pl. 11, fig.
Dye TONLs Whites

Admiralty Inlet; Capt. Howard, U.S. Navy.

“Leaf broadly rounded or subtriangular in outline, cordate at the
base, with an acute point at the summit and at the extremity of each of
the angles; intermediate portions of the margin coarsely and bluntly
toothed; strongly three-nerved; tertiary nervation distinct and flexu-
ose.”—| NEWBERRY. |

CELASTRACE.
ELZODENDRON HELVETICUM, Heer.
LrEsSQUEREUX, Proc. U. S. Nat.’ Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 449, Pl. 1x, fig. 45

Cret. and Tert. F1., p. 263.
Coal Harbor, Unga Island; Dr. William H. Dall.

*FI. Tert. Helv. 111, p. 82, Pl. cxxv1i, figs; 5-11.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 929

CELASTRUS BOREALIS, Heer.
HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 37. Pl. x, fig. 4.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjelm.

ILICINE®.
ILEX INSIGNIS, Heer.
Heer, F). Foss. Alask., p. 37, Pl. x, fig. 1.
Port Graham; H. Furnhjelm.

RHAMNACEA.

ZIZYPHUS TOWNSENDI, new species.
Pl. IX, figs. 8, 9.

Leaf thin, elliptical-lanceolate in general outline, rounded or slightly
heart-shaped at base, extending above into an acuminate apex; petiole
slender, 9 mm. long; margin of leaf cut into numerous sharp, usually
outward-poipting teeth, which are separated by rounded sinuses; three-
ribbed trom the base; midrib straight, lateral ones of the same size as
the midrib, equally dividing the distance between it and the margin,
and, curving around, enter the apex; finer nervation obsolete.

This fine species, which I take pleasure in naming in honor of the
collector, is well shown in the two figures given. The leaves appear to
have been thin but firm. They are narrowly elliptical in outline, with a
rather slender petiole about 1 em. long. In size they vary from 3:5 em. to
5 em. in length and from 1-5 em. to 2-2 em. in width. They are well
characterized by the teeth and the three ribs of equal size from the base.
Figure 9 differs from all the others in having a very thin fourth nerve
outside of the prominent ones. Unfortunately, nothing of the ultimate
nervation can be made out.

This species approaches closely to the living Zizyphus Japonica,
Thunbg., of Japan, which differs in being less regularly elliptical and
in having only weak teeth.

Among fossil species this species has many that are seemingly
closely related. It is, for example, very similar to Z. serrulatus, Ward, *
from the Fort Union Group, near the mouth of the Yellowstone River,
Montana, which differs in being broader, with finer, more numerous
upward-pointing teeth. Prof. Ward’s species also shows a tendency to
be five-nerved by the addition of slender nerves outside of the more
prominent ones. Z. cinnamomoides, Lx.,+ from the Green River Group
in Colorado is also similar, but differs in being wedge-shaped at base,
with fewer, sharper teeth. Some of the forms of Z. paradisiacus, Ung.,i
are quite suggestive of this species, and differ in being wedge-shaped at
base, with fewer, sharper teeth. Z. hyperboreus, Heer, § from the Miocene
of Greenland, which might be expected in Alaska, is not particularly

*Types of the Laramie Flora, p. 73, Pl. Xxx111, figs. 3, 4.
t Vert. Fl., p. 277, Pl. ui, figs. 7, 8.

t Cf. Pilar, Foss. Fl. Susedana, p. 107, Pl. xiv, fig. 14.

§ Fl. Foss. Arct. vu, p. 130, Pl. Lxvu, fig. 6.

930) FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON. VOL. XVII.

close, as it differs i in being mineh broader, with an acuminate apex and
five nerves. Z. Meekii, Lesquereux,* fom the Post-Laramie beds of
Colorado has similar teeth, but differs in being much broader and in
having five nerves.

The species is represented by about half a dozen specimens in a
fairly good condition, except as relates to the finer nervation.

Herendeen Bay; Chas. H. Townsend, for whom it is named. Type,
No. 3765, U.S. N. M.

PALIURUS COLOMBI, Heer.
Plate IX, fig. 2.

Herendeen Bay; Chas.-H. Townsend.

The only specimen of this species is the one figured, which agrees
closely with certain of the examples figured in the Arctic Flora.t The
figure here referred to agrees almost exactly in size and nervation with
our specimen. Fig. 4 of the same plate is also similar, being only much
larger.

TILIACEAS.
TILIA ALASKANA, Heer,
HEER, FI. Foss. Alask., p. 36, Pl. xX, figs. 2, 3.
Port Graham; H. Furuhjeln.

MAGNOLIACE2.
MAGNOLIA NORDENSKIOLDI, Heer.
LESQUEREUX, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. v, 1882 (1883), p. 448, Pl. x, figs. 7-9;
Cret. and Tert. F1., p. 262.
Chignik Bay; Dr. te H. Dall.

PHYLLITES ARCTICA new species.
Plate FX, figs. 10, 11.

eat thickish, firm, approaching deltoid in general outline; deeply
heart-shaped at base, 5- (possibly 9-) lobed, or 3-lobed, with the termi-
nal larger lobe again 5- (possibly 7-) lobed; lower lobes at right angles
to the midrib, above them being a central lobe which is provided with
five (or seven) smaller lobes; margin all around provided with coarse
blunt teeth; midrib straight, thick; secondaries, 4 pairs, the lower pair
at right angles to the midrib or falling a little above or below a right
angle; upper pairs at an angle of 45°, all entering the points of the
lobes; lower pair of secondaries provided with about 5 pairs of terti-
aries, which either enter or send branches to the teeth; upper secon-
daries sending out as many branches on the outside as there are teeth;
nervills mainly percurrent, forming regular quadrangular areas between
the secondaries and their branches; finer nervation mostly obsolete.

The collection contains numerous specimens of this very interesting
plant, some of them being nearly perfect. The largest Speen appears

*Tert. Fl. p: 275, Pl. 1, figs: 10-14.
t Fl. Foss. Arct. 1, Pl. xix, fig. 3.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 93 1

to have been 10 cm. or more long and 6 or 7 em. wide. The smaller
examples appear to have been about 8 cm. in length and nearly or quite
§ cm. in width, as measured at the points of the lower lobes. As stated
above, they are 7 to 9 lobed, or, with two prominent lower lobes and a
central or terminal lobe, that is again provided with 5 or 7 smaller lobes.
The leaves are deeply heart-shaped at base, with the lower lobes usually
at right angles to the midrib, or in some cases falling below, but rarely
rising above, a right angle. The upper secondaries, which all enter
lobes, so far as can be made out, are at an angle of about 45°. They
are opposite or subopposite. The margin all around is provided with
coarse, rather blunt teeth, which are entered by the tertiaries or their
branches.

Tam unable at the present time to refer these leaves generically with
any degree of satisfaction. They have, it is true, a vague resemblance
to a considerable number of well-known genera, but when these are
carefully investigated the fossil leaves are excluded from them for one
cause or another. The leaf shown in fig. 11 is quite unlike the other
more typical form, being less heart-shaped at base in having the lower
lobes at an angle of about 20°, they being also more pointed and with
smaller teeth; the general character, however, is the same.

Figure 11 is very much like Acer trilobatum patens, Heer, Fl. Tert.
Hely., 111, pl. cx1n, fig. 11, but differs in the nervation, there being no
nerve running up to and forking under the principal sinuses, a well-
known character in Acer. The teeth also differ, as also does the termi-
nal lobe.

It has been suggested that this may represent an extreme, or anom-
alous form of Corylus MacQuarrii, a very variable species well known to
be common in arctic countries, especially Alaska. The base of the
larger specimen (fig. 10) does have a strong likeness to some of the
forms of this species, but the lobation is much more pronounced than |
have ever observed and, moreover, the borders are merely toothed and
not doubly serrate as are the margins of C. MacQuarrii.

- It has been also suggested that it may belong to Vitis, and it has
something of a Vitis-like appearance, but it does not appear to me to
approach close enough to any species of this genus known to me. I
have therefore adopted the non-committal name of Phyllites, and can
only express the hope that some one may be able to more satisfactorily
determine it.

Herendeen Bay; Chas. H. Townsend. Type, No. 3766, U.S. N. M.

232 FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON.

VOL. XVII.

Distribution of the fossil flora of Alaska.

Distribution in Alaska.
: | &
| & g
| oil Sys =|
Species. ; | | 3 x 7, et
=| cI o - | oS
Bld |e | a ays Ais
Bele lelelala a|3
mia) elela |S) see
His ls (/f£IF/S/Sle]e1o
o | o | io 4 a fo] ene
Bef se | ed | |e -| eo |p Onl eee ees
aja | |S 1S. jee le tee omnes
O/OlHiaAlO;/A IP IO | la
|
@nondrites flicitormis ux so. s ese =e ease eae eee Kelis eoles celle Selo eee ee Bs |
@hondritesMeert Wich wares pyres eee eee eee cere er peerpeed eerie ej =
Equisetum globulosum, Lx ..........-..-.------.-------- Bac Boro eee pace soscls =o] e= sc |se sel See
Calanittes ambiguus, Eichw..-.--..--..------.------------ Aaeallpese lta aiava | says onset eee
Pecopreris dentieulaia,paeCOMe siete = ame eee emieeee > alee eae 2 = hclostestete eae
Pteris/Sitkensis pheers fect nee eee eee ee eee oe [eer Seale Lod |e SOE ears ar ee
Osmunda Doroschkiana, Goppe- a... <2 == aa a ne i eet aoe See Pe Pecicleee sion -
PASiprdauira CH rsted i, jE @et se tems ee aoei = lane em weer ein |e se cel seule eee
Asplenium Foersteri, Deb. and Ett..-..-.---..-...--.------ ies Eo neee Lee Sposa oes ees
Asplenium Dicksonianum, Heer ..--..--..--..----------- allan ae ban bowels SP BAM Fre ees bcos
PINUS SCALAtSC MIMI HCO cms eat ne eens ee eee at x See acleesee Bera etisg oe d ois coc
IPSS HSS ores ee ee ae sete tae e meer eicioe Se ram clare al Sratetetesall areas sterme Bee seed Bene aa RSP Beas ike oc ois
Sequoiaduangsdorti (Brongn.)) e+ sere aa la melee rae ee live, ccslleerata ears PO amir ei Xess
Dequaigs ApIDOSa NEW DY see. oneal ces ate = ye aire ota inf etertetae is eater esa esse Weel (rion sce (se | mnhccc
(RaxOdiund 18 b- NIOGONUM SHGOR - oat ye eas la ears =n oleracea oat yy RD OP Sl ese ce clP os |e =
denies bie y yey) si) is oe ae a aereosen ose conde sco bass sor SHES. eee [lou oee eee
Jim bib yarn iad he BBA S Ae eta ee oscorsoc|en sa scte ee eal ecac BP PIGA Bast) sos s5-
Glyptostrobus Europzus, Bronginart ...--....-...--.---- lSpadbooe A ie | eect teteins eee rare iri >-43 |
“Urponiere Oshoi ia Jaleo Ob OR RRR Soap ea Scesaroncaonarcosnsad Sse osnlenen acai RS=t V1 temo a eee
AN OIE AW ERI hyn Db gaeror Maso sa patra obecacecceeronebadls aca losse Sisal ae ae ol OX AU ee hee
Ginko miultinenyis, (Ce reeesra =m eer see cer erie o¢ Wasocteeecleocuidocs|leecd tos BPs |S AL
Ginkgo adiantoides, Heer ....-.-. Meier aoe aepee weemiecioe.« Seep orice fen paealeasalsecc gee ese ties ie
aera palmaa, (Winer) TEOM erste lial a eneten elon lens 24 [Sete :s||baterel| a See eee Seat
lelieemfemide any Gh (Chime had cen hemarisctierogeaococcoespoceeds Ree Gaeta Good orc Gens ost clecos | eerie
Atsu DAP Merienstana sO abr eo cere cea sa eee a alia eee Ee ee rs Ser eee Ps SIRS AS le 5 x
Cupressinoxylon erraticum, Merck *.......----..-------- Bae dallacics|e errel em melee ane) cota reas
Pijites pannonicus, (Ung.), Goppert .-- i. --------------- Linwtel ee Se|se.sa||b22s wacl Xa eoersl ares ere
Pitvoxylonjinsquale wi elix tac. - 22 eco sen ese oneee see now woa|oee)| Sha) 2h ee ee re
ZS Mbes Alas am ase! se he ee oe Ciena Ae eon eie series Sols See eras ealce oil cet aac leila
Podozamites Jatipennis,, Meers-ce--ce.ose eee eee eee oS sos |'beccle Seale eee| eee pees eee eee
Phragmites Alaskana, Heer. .---.-----.--2--------------.|....|---- a PS fe <i 8 etal oetarel eee
Peacites tenve-striabus: Hleeriiec secs ao eae se bee seer tererets |\svatac{ie.atavs|lebon's|lace-= 61] Ss derek cee en ee
@arex servation socee soe eee eee ee eee een eee eee Veale oodles anol Oe ee ea | gS see
WANOXESD -\ Josie oes elites SU a cena som cote fee Seer eae evesel lies les Bee Pane Lele eee
Sarittaria pulchella, Heer: 22.5524). s5..-s8ess- scm ans = reel seas Sepals all cree aoe] (O80 | Cs eee ers eee
SECATTE VAS) Joe mae e Neneh ee Shara aac ean ss Sires hemp ye reine ee ae Se Be eye (er (3 BES US sc
Imites#Avas kama lisse) cbt e s eee cten soee sete amtn sence X lease sis. s scallec ct Mle oheso ll cast an eee
Populus latior, Al.,.Braun -....----------.- BeOS Rea eine wavavalia cvc'slls zee eve 2's] SEES | Se ee eee ee
Populus glandulifera, Heer ........-...-..--- A ln duchanae t's plata 3,crare| Sieserey ote lo. 5)] tvs ints atime Na perk eee tol ean
Populns balsamoides: Meer: 2) -. 2.2.6. fies - 086 e cs cep Bee SPA AP ie. ese ele elec) sijicc So
Populus Zaddachi, Heer. 5!s- sano acssce es cose eclos ee ecane edie al sbeied sae Beeps mre) jadi fe Sel es
POpULUS LEACOp hiya a, Om ts see ler eiae ete eeeelteielee eee Pe me em eran [ode Jlis sane
Populussaretica, Weert. soa. ema ciaetentein elm iaieiaiaala aie facials ete Pree eer rere bree lh Sells on.
Populus Richardsoni; Meer! sst.--sa-ceces = oes ee ea eee eee SP Bees eee ese bose sed poe >-< iS ec8ilscae
Dali -Varians; Gop piesa) <n ioinis'= asa te/epeaieree = alate as teres Bae z Be ee eae Pencil ere ce seacl ess
Salix macrophylla; Heer 2. -.ci.c-cie<- cane sceecccee ssdeels ef laces lomceteeee |e cecliocel ene epee ene eee
Balixs Davaterl, Ween.) 5. 2tc-son-conemism ance seep sates 2 bleu|le bike [eraiee| sere’ fereren| | ON Bereta Sea tenes ae
Salixiaana: Heer bey. 3-8 2 istic ee eae. Saree Jy Se le Senne | Xj [sds te alias eee eee
Salimantegra|GOpp © sacec ccna uae ene tines Sele eee ee eee 2 S anei[teco oi Sheetal ee ais
Salisaminntasn jAD- see ee oe ete ee ee eee re eae eee ae 3 : fed) i Se a ee ee
Haris An tponi: Meer. ~ 22-1. = sect wee cece ce sae seta omantton alan ae eee ete solixXs sede Seealeee dese
Parusmacrophy lla sUn geo ecieseaes. ose cee eee sen eeenee Beil eral Sane [oss -}en eel OX Giaeee eee eee eee
A OTS erOnlee., UN Pesca ce sete cece aaen cee aoe ere eee BAA eee Wesel seers ico sc lscc5
Hasus Deucalionis: (UN. . 6 s-/egeecties eee eee oem ate 8) FS Passe] Pree 2) eee sce Oscin Sills
Castanea Ungeri, Heer....-.....-...- Sb dra cet ee e -- sisi] OR econ! OS. e el ees | eterna eee
Quercus pseudocastanea, GOpp- +). ...-25-.-2- cc cecs cess eel or pees sacl] POSE] Erm eee capers | teres
Quercus Hurubjelmi) Heer > .c-2 sac cess aaee aoe deme anee- bean Ske | creas ae Oe! (> Gages) eee coll -
Quercus pandurata, Heer: osc - so 2hec os oes ee eee eee oe Nap eH eel bee cata OR eit | Sars leases tee
Oeeren CBhamiasoni; Heer 3 22)523 tas--lnce cee netieneeene eel eee ste eo edbe esc] KE retell eer eee eens
yaercus Dally ae cass = c= aoest eee ninete eee caine Pee ae | ee BANS Gall NEES Ii cl)" BE Sakseticics
Corylus Mac Quarrii, (Forbes) Heer ........---..-..----.|---. % fawenle see) Xd DMs eee eee
Corylus Mae Dae Var, macrophylla; Weer seers el eis el rare er talielte etter pda eee cy tea ll ie

* This species is extra-limital.

|This species comes from south of Danadiku, in southeastern Alaska,

233

Distribution of the fossil flora of Alaska.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1894.

o a oA ie
¢ a g a¢ =3
| e a $e 25
& 2 eo ete . £2
; 5 5 os Os c = a
z Z = ge ER S va
Fi i i SF BE. oa ae =
= 5 eee Se ee 5 ae &
5 2 2 aires PE $
ms = ; =3 5 F099 ia bf
2 ai ke =—SaosEs 4S ats Go)
SS a a a.26 4.5 ql ao =I
=} a} SPSS 5 ‘aS =)
3 2 Goa ase x ae ra
= 2) Aq ao a AS A
ousoont | i iifaiiiiiii ii ttix | eles eo eer a
reso) Gee ae ae en a, Oa em REMC RONEN de reo Ons Fron :
enemy | jit: beim alcX (iii lit hebrs thie me & Oe x
rer Ui Eatclennteap tc aiance tea VAG tte gees Vad cis tauk tanta Aiea) De MUO nn ca a seats
ends 24G 0) || OU ie ee SE a ee Cte ’ . Fat f Git Vat kee ee a ‘ — ttt :
SaOODTIY OTTER | tetany ter eK neat K a) HEC cue ry eer Peles nar ‘
dj nN —— ————————ee = - :
i “(Ayeqy) BBSMIG | eK AK Xx Ne as JW7ap AL fy yoeatems re tae Ingle cease ean ge Enc trast ath SUMS i ‘
s = a SO = zs a —— ;
4 BGs OTe FES) BCT 4 1 Oe] <p ae ee ape ee a Ger cer eat aL att i Laeger eatin be aPeThe Tptp trans Ch goth Pmrein aL s Me GuMUneneN. yas :
es Lie TOV EUSA RT rs Sean ne: Ga aT He Ae US MU ee ae Rea : Sink Salen Sian
° *((S) urqosyua Ae Me aE rae ae ae a eon ar aaa renee ;
r= | -e99) eues0ry Uessoqzgtdg | titi tii PAT ae eae ais See Sy ins SS eee os i ala snes ei etiae
ie ‘(YN prleyeury Vy ‘puvysy Hecke oe ten pe epimagees ‘ esate se Ri Sanita mer erate ee yy ixex Rit iKx!
= Li CG at af ‘ ‘ Th he CO 4a) ‘
Gal PouMrcr) MAROC TAUB OMTUROON | 4 th fo tut Ne yee Sateen O28 Sea ce jee ule enc ata eae! i" pees
Bt ress Mem remota | cS et ec Re ee ce
=o aaieas Par Pr sl So OD a er
; arte a ta ea a eats gue eaarerne a are Ne Hc hae mp a Meir sta etter phn go cae ray sca aha cua Set
5 SUOLOFTING) BIUsOsTBO OYTO gee Setter eS ot ery te eres im fo Hea Rn areca shh aN De eat Mesa ie waee
nm Si Ciel We (Ue Se fd er LP al tes ' tower OR a ee ere es a Cee een ee kw e Oya ee 10 re ‘ ee ey Grats Ste ee onan
S| wows ayemeer| fii iP eee fie Ge ea
3 DS Lee, Ci eee eerie a ees SBE ae aus Carotene cera a rect Chore camel e time Co) uhedt See else
ey <TR ae aC aa CNC ECC CC CC SSS Ss
8 Behe CSAC: G00 Ol meer a earemiee R Gecaariae e rr eh terete tae atc 10 WAHL ets 4 ocle argh este See ed ese thai ry, NTT
3 Sarre arn aE gt mee aa SG ee ga PTE OE Na
ido) ‘dnory rary weed) BUENO Dedect athe tues eGuide ne Sorts test COO UHeD <DAUSC Out Dee pS ed Deo <a Sr He GeTPSD MUON OB: O74.
HOP ATOM sas lu noun pO Rut R OG lotr Men don eis raneras hn ih Mt ee On Wa enrages
Sara r foo Bar ' cl Ge Oe ae it (Sates rer TTT irae iT ’ . ‘GEDeIOL at, (hatin mus
‘spog WossurATyT |; Q Of eee Got Ta Sees Pew SR Ss CS HUE leah SHE ne esrinieer Sto trtey Writs este torsd att
‘opesojog joormesey ysog | i iii ii iiiiiixix tix Hen pera s Nate Oe Th athe ORumttere an ora. aot TTR Tipe SRD tae
Catster: WeUpCs tL iet AU MM Magrtera gt ot kris Bag tet atten astm Cat rc ae Tas Mi er Rae Raa es tn
*OLUIBIV'T Beha) Kee eR MOMO APT One Or USE TO cy coat IR PLONE rhystrany te te Sh OSL Ge TOMO gc De tne hans Ui DDD A? ap Lorn

234

FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON.

Distribution of the fossil flora of Alaska—Continued.

VOL, XVII.

Distribution in Alaska.
| | ad |
| | 74
| a | %
o ~
Bl sS | fe
| n ~ a
Species. | q p3} is, ES
5 r ce) .
Ela#{2|4 E|s ag
an | i aS I ale
S\elelalslelalalsie
Hie) oe) Byam |e eee
B/2/S/2i sla] S| 2 ala
a = ~ ~ yS P= |
Olol/a)|4a)]o | > lose
Gara ayiarre| fami bk pure Be spe an aaonsasshong san sauseonoss aeei lee wes |S |ance leer terete eee
Alnus Kefersteinii, (G6pp) Unger-..----.-.-----.--------- weee|sicick|soa-|cme|s ace] 2 alstmel eee ae
5 |
(Alnus Wefersteimiivar., Peers =-aa--secnccmectcee nae en eee ee Ae eer ee eae ce Ke 2 S| eee eee eee
Ini StAlaekana, Mk ofa kstioee aw eeee se wee sete ates Weare) pesos Gl lacselsecte BE eee saa em feo.
Alnus) prandifolia. (Newby 2252. 2 ~~ sane cee eo aie a|ecaie|cinu dhaaee| OX. || eee: ote sere eee es
Alnus GORY IIEOMd ay NOW Divs te = te east ete eerie aia Bope eee seecisasat elaccciaoccloo-|.---i|-c--
PAUSE CDRAs ON Cee ae eee aeein eee eer abet Gaesseussnoassole SPA ee sAcnlescaasessas| sei saccl< asc)
Betula prisca, Ett ..... See ae Rietae ek lo cierereleisitelerem as este retarel Bal eSolSe Selle =:<is],e/e10|) 2X0 || erect | tears een ane
Boetwlarcranditolia pubiessasse. ts ac ewet eee eee tee oeee Sec ees eee ee 22i|cccu) 5¢ Wedse| eae eee eee
Betula Alaskana, Lx..-.........- iknctilebinee deced Gacecalee setts meabte ee eriee hz |aeesleoeee batt eee ne
Muricalbankeiseroliay Wing eases nce tecseo ences oeeeeioels |X levees |e |e ee
Myrica cuspidata (Lx.), Dn ais 5.8 eee | See eee
Myrica premissa (Lx.), Kn | = oe | oe il eres teat oe
Myrica vindobonensis, (Ett.) Heer--.......-.-....-.-.---|--=-|-<-- Heder Mice REP hese ees oecile csc). ae
Platanus nobilis; New byt = <c sche cei oesoeee meas emcee Bl pose mone meet oars a's s|aldcse fate eee aes
Juglans acuminata, Al, Br..... Pocog aguas Jas seHagodoscaaec sae 2 uy =| slsiere||, 960] 22 ee eee ae
DUglans nie], HUGO 22 cele tslajacyas > als/aiciersis)aieisis! saiciereiereteiss Baul baae|sece eaacis- pS Mets rec iey- - ae:
Means PiCrOldes, HM GOLicausss saat aot se eel sewers sae ne eee la= Sales calgeer De eed bases fe RSE ee
duslans: Woodiana, Heer’.\1)2 42.052) 26 so disci sense sss Scie = Bria lh wna |sael Se a/R eal ee |e
US ANS MEO WAS ONGTS TS Decisis es ein ye et Pansat a sila) liar = ata] Svove:s [am teeel Sim.ete lens ate ere eee
FUCHS tAlaskanan iNew Disses che ule stine steerer ee cre Visco Stererc te rere hed ose | eevee rare Sul oees aes
Micusimembranaces, NOw Dy. ----1 sae. so. seemisene ane |\st=.e=|\5.512/5|(etalmo| eS me] Nell sae =e ee eee
Planera Ungeri, Ett ..... Sakae slate eaters Sa e cleeBameine an aen Bsa peed peer) seen Seca |i eS eeisc csc) see |! >= -
| | | |
| | |
|
| | |
Ulmus plurinervia, Ung..... aor Aces a acaeesviccseamn eros : Be) Be ccl asa ased Les fete ceee|eceefeeee
WimusisonbitohiayGoppertessce-<oenses- eee nene seers eee rel Ae aoe ky shee | X foeniln anoles wal-= aclob a=
Diospyxros'stenosepala, Heers- =: -/--)-.c6)-2 2-1 ane oso ee wale | - eats fees Pa Re (ee ( 2) Sa
Diospyros Alaskana, Schimper.-.--...-----..------------- et |e ed (a Pett jones nes Jol Sea eat
IDiospyxros anceps Heleer Ale esc hb ote ieee ese e coe: [eeles le eae sees aeee Pd RAE eRe rele cl. =
Mra xis Weerend Crucnsis; NASP) === = --ensse see teeea eee eel Prey leer eed See bares Voces J -
Andromeda: Grayanas Heer sists eee eee eee cee aeele ealleertal| Capea ees BE Padi) See asec |osocilasoe
Wiacrininmubniesiipeeer seas. sce se = see ea sete he eecee eee le Ee ee oo cel Xo] 25 Sa eee aee ee
Wactinromireticulatum WAI Bro. =. 0 essecenaee acetone SHeAS Sela ee erties Secc ce c
Viburnum: Nordenskioldi Heer ss ee-cense seco econ ema tnaes ea 22 le AAS eee
INS VSB) AECTICAM AELGOIs tems Satan (aa ostyeniee (er te eae tere Sa ey : Cl peices
Comms orbifera sHOer yee yee pain cece eras eee een ‘ walin oe ale oes] SX” [2S Lal ee Ree
Hedera‘auriculata, Meer !.22 5. s222-css ee aera oes eee signals : we] XM [esee]eeee|eeee)e ee
rapa borealis: Heer oi 22 fs 2s han ce ecoe cs aacene cece Bee Pee Bee besser sascisrc- a5:
hiqnidambar Hropmuam, All iBr ose son secon ear a= nee ree oe SIN sacl sto) Sp] Serle eee ee
Spirwa/Andersoniveleertss.cse tecaceeee ee eee eee acter e | eee Joule swehee -ctcte| <a) hese | eee ee
IPrunms variabilis {New Dyi-so- <> soe e's cee aes sane on eens [oer rear alssee Xo lei sol eects ee SA Ss eae
ACermacropterum, Heer 225 ...2226 soon se ce se deen aeanlee es Sekine fa necelion oo] (OS le metel| 6 tate erates nea
Acer trilobatum productum, (Al. Br.) Heer ............-.|..-. Be es eee wae Sees Beles | fh S
IRNUS ITIP day NSD sccm - aes cacnw ete sraesee Kose lom ee Rn We ett ier 225) 02 Cees ot kala
iV UIS crenata Heer sss Scho tse fat ole awe nee ee lee | aera epee eres een aes lic iter ett f
Watis rotun ditolia: INGw bye a. cess so 2 oe oan scence emcee lees sal somal OX) [ec s]eoas| Cees eee Be aa A
Misodendron HelveticumiHeerscs .<. ss etal se eee nae eee | BE eel es awd) eta] OX | bere eee eee
Celastras borealis teeer! 24. 20e Sty k oe eee eee eee eee Ee ee ere beets, x Be (Se ees eens oes
Dlisinslomis; CH66r 2 sete seein k <2 aha eee so te eae ee | eee ees |e wo ol OS ee Sh ee ara ete lee
ZAZy PRUs VOWNSONAT, Ne SP= oc 2 a2 2-sen see eee ee tee ee |eiee Sas Sotelo aac |B). atl eee Kiss
Pahume!Colombi; eleer..:.. 25 ss essen alee eee eee eal ace As es Bens 2 Oo. \2e S822 ee Xie
Mili Alaskana wher: we sac 2S seeur ate wee ee ele eee oe wee | Benes eae OCUSe alee tseeleaee
Maenoha/Nordenskioldi,Mecr. 2s) seemee tains see eee elena BSE incite Oe oe Sera Sao tases
‘Phyllives arctieg: ma i8 pose ec eeepc ane ae oe eel tea ee| Se ee | es : ve talelea loa Kil Maat
{

* From Topanica beds of Norton Sound (ef. Dall and Harris, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 84, p. 246).

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 9385

Distribution of the fossil flora of Alaska—Continued.

Geological distribution outside of Alaska.

Spitzbergen Miocene (Sta-

Eocene, Alum Bay, ete.

Remarks.

gravels).
ratschin [S}).

| Sachaline (Siberia).

Greenland Miocene (Disco

British Columbia.
Laramie (L), Miocene (M).

California (auriferous

Post Laramie of Colorado.
Island, Atanekerdluk).

Laramie.
Livingston Beds.
Fort Union.

Green River Group.
Mackenzie River.
Sinigalia (Italy).
Baltic Miocene.
Oligocene.

Miocene.

Pliocene

| Gningen.

'
i
|
|
|
|
|
|

Birch Bay, Orcas Isl-
and. Eocene, rare;

x
a
5
x
nN
x
v4
x

mainly Miocene.
eee ary eset OX | teal Secs ec X |----| K | X | X |.--.] X] xX |X |X| X| Few Eocene, butmainly
Miocene.
Se ae ee sa eps Bolas i i 2) ee Be cal a
| |
oo Hall seed) seal seeloooe ee Bap|lcred lace BStiosscPedliee we, moollaas
| | :
<2), ee cleteulce ees [Sacey ee eed dno oe, ie ea
- becieeedene| Pen 6S eallanse meseerege eoeefere=lseee] 8 | (XxX TS) Keke K---| Hew localities in) Ko-
| | cene, but mostly in
Miocene.
2 bop Sao Sees Geass pee Perle Sa See eek ot p aera | See aes eee |x...) Distinctly Miocene, but
| Saf | not abundant.
x

A Miocene species very
close to J. rugosa of
United States.

Also Vancouver.

xX} Very abundant in

Greenland Miocene;
mainly Miocene in
other distribution.

x | Largely Miocene in
Europe.

Also Vancouver.

Abundantin the Green-
land Miocene,

Sidr alle a So eae! Pe ae ; 1. .[---|-2-.[-22|---|---] Laramie of Canada.
220) Bers [Sete Aree eel Asc oon DOF soe |e eee ar) eel |e a chom to | Mrostiny Magcene:

| Miocene.

936 FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON. VOL. XVh.

EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE.

A few words as to the manner in which the table was compiled may
be of assistance in understanding its scope. I have given in the first
ten columns the distribution of the fossil plants in Alaska itself These
columns also show the plants that are confined in their distribution to
Alaska so far as now known. The remainder of the table is devoted
to those having a distribution outside of Alaska, with the exception of
those from Cape Lisburn. As those belong clearly to a much older
horizon (Neocomian) about which there is little or no doubt, it has
been thought unnecessary to increase the size of the table so as to
show them.*

The next eight columns are devoted to the distribution of the Tertiary
plants of Alaska in the United States and British Columbia. I have
then selected a number of typical localities in different parts of the
world at which placesan abundant upper Tertiary flora is developed, such
as Disco Island and Atanekerdluk, Greenland, Spitzbergen, Sachalin,
Sinigalia, Giningen, ete. The last three columns are reserved for Olig-
ocene, Miocene, aud Pliocene, when the species under discussion is not
found in any of the selected typical localities, yet occurs in these hori-
zons in other localities.

DISCUSSION OF THE TABLE.

The fossil flora of Alaska as presented in this paper embraces 115
forms. Of this number 1 is regarded as extra-limital and 3 are inter-
glacial, being found also living about the Muir Glacier. Of the 111
forms remaining no less than 46 are peculiar to Alaska, leaving 64
forms having an outside distribution. On removing the 9 species
found at Cape Lisburn about which, as pointed out:above, there is little’
question of age, we have remaining only 55 species or a little less than
50 per cent upon which to depend for the determination of the bearing
of the plants on the question of. age.

An examination of the table yields the following numerical results:
The Laramie has 3 species, of which 1 is doubtful; the Post Laramie
beds of Colorado 10 species; the Livingston beds of Montana 6 species;
the Fort Union beds 16 species, of which 1 is doubtful; the Green River
Group 9 species, of which 3 are in doubt; the Wackonee River 11
species; British Columbia has 7 species in the Miocene and 4 in the
Laramie, with 2 common to both; California, represented by the aurif-
erous gravels and allied formations, has 17 species, of which 3 are in
doubt; the Eocene (Alum Bay, etc.) 6 species; the Greenland Miocene,
as represented at Disco Island, Atanekerdluk, ete., has 29 species;
the Miocene of Spitzbergen 20 species; the island of Sachalin (Siberia)
23 Species ; Sues (Taly) 12 species; the so-called Baltic Miocene

*The Cape Lisburn crete al Be ieeatea by Prof. Teeter F. Wants in his forth-
coming paper on the correlation of the fossil plants of the Lower Cretaceous.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 237

13 species; Ciningen 20 species; Oligocene ant species; “Miocene 33
species; Pliocene 15 species.

By combining a number of the above localities which may be legiti-
mately taken together we have still more impressive results. Thus by
the combining of the Post Laramie beds of Colorado with the Livings-
ton beds of Montana, we have 13 species common to Alaska. The
union of the Mackenzie River and Fort Union deposits gives 21 species
common to Alaska, while Greenland, Spitzbergen, and Sachalin have
no less than 39 species out of the 55 species from Alaska. This last
result shows, if we are to place any dependence in fossil plants, that
the floras of Alaska, Greenland, Spitzbergen, and the island of Sachalin
are so Closely related as to lead to the unavoidable conclusion that they
grew under similar conditions and were synchronously deposited. The
localities ennmerated show that the cireumpolar flora at that time was
practically similar and continuous.

The coal-bearing beds of southeastern Alaska, to which Dall has
given the name of the Kenai group, are perhaps best exhibited on the
shores of Kachekmak Bay, Kenai Peninsula, and Cook Inlet. They
appear, however, to be widely spread over British Columbia and over
the coast of Alaska and its neighboring islands. According to Dall*
the sequence of the rocks when undisturbed appears to be in descend-
ing order, as follows

1. Soil and Pleistocene beds.

2. Brown Miocene sandstone, with marine shells, cetacean bones, and water-worn,
teredo-bored fossil wood. (Astoria group, Nulato sandstones, Crepidula bed. )

3. Beds of conglomerate, brown and iron-stained, alternating with gravelly and
sandy layers, the finer beds containing fossil leaves of Sequoia and other vegetable
Temains. (Kenai group, Unga beds.)

4. Bluish sandy slates and shales with a rich Miocene plant flora, interstratified
with beds of indurated gravel, fossil wood, and lignitic coal. (Kenai group.)

5. Metamorphic quartzites and slaty rocks, illustrating the geologic series prob-
ably from the Jurassic to the Upper Cretaceous, with perhaps part of the Lower
Eocene. (Chico-Tejon.)

6. Granite and syenite in massive beds, usually without mica and apparently in
most instances forming the ‘‘ backbone” of the mountain ridges or islands, but
occasionally occurring in intrusive masses. (Shumagin granite.)

The geological age of these coal-bearing rocks, from which most of
the plants enumerated in this paper came, has usually been regarded
aS Miocene. Heer, who worked up the first considerable collection of
plants, referred them unhesitatingly to this horizon, and regarded
them as the equivalent of the Miocene beds of Greenland, Spitzbergen,
the Braunkohl of East Prussia, and the lower Molasse of Switzerland.
Lesquereux and at first Newberry do not appear to have seriously
questioned their Miocene age. Of the 73 species enumerated by
Lesquereux in his latest publication on Alaskan plants, 21 are found
in Greenland and Spitzbergen and 31 in the Miocene of other parts of
the world. These considerations BHOM as already pouubed out under

+ Bull. U: 8. Geol: Garvey. No: 8, p. 233.

238 FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON. VOL. XVII.

the discussion of the table, that the fossil flora of Alaska is inseparably
connected with that of the Disco Island and Atanekerdluk beds
of Greenland and the so-called Arctic Miocene of Spitzbergen and
Sachalin. Whatever is decided. concerning them must apply with
equal force to Alaska.

Mr. J. Starkie Gardner appears to have been the first to question the
Miocene age of the Greenland beds,* or rather of the Arctic floras in
general. The sequence of British Eocene floras is almost unbroken,
and in studying them and their relations to the Miocene flora he was
lead to important conclusions. He says:

There is no great break in passing from one to the other (Eocene to Miocene) when
we compare them over many latitudes, and but little change beyond that brought
about by altered temperature or migration. But if Tertiary floras of different ages
are met with in one area, great changes on the contrary are seen, and these are
mainly due to progressive modifications in climate and to altered distribution of
land. Impreceptibly, too, the tropical members of the flora disappeared; that is to
say, they migrated, for most of their types, I think, actually survive at the present
day, many but slightly altered. Then the subtropical members decreased, and the
temperate forms, never quite absent even in the Middle Eocenes, preponderated.
As decreasing temperature drove the tropical forms south, the more northern must
have pressed more closely upon them. The Northern Eocene, or the temperate floras
of that period, must have pushed, from their home in the far north, more and more
south as climates chilled, and at last. in the Miocene time, occupied our latitudes.
The relative preponderence of these elements, I believe, will assist in determining
the age of Tertiary deposits in Europe more than any minute comparisons of species,
Thus it is useless to seek in the Arctic regions for Eocene floras, as we know them
in our latitudes, for during the Tertiary period the climatic conditions of the earth
did not permit their growth there. Arctic floras of temperate, and therefore Mio-
cene, aspect are in all probability of Eocene age, and what has been recognized as a
newer or Miocene facies is due to their having been first studied in Europe in lati-
tudes which only became fitted for them in Miocene times.

This change of view as to the age of the so-called Arctic Miocene, as
proposed by Gardner, has already received considerable confirmation
from American paleobotanists, and while it can hardly be regarded as
settled, it may be accepted as extremely probable.

Dr. J. 8S. Newberry, in one of his latest publications, said :+

I called the Fort Union Group Miocene because I identified it with the plant-
bearing beds of Mackenzie River, Disco Island, Greenland, ete., of which the flora
had been studied by Prof. Oswald Heer and was by him called Miocene. This flora,
to which I shall again refer, has since been shown by Mr. J. Starkie Gardner to be
Eocene. The Fort Union flora has many species in common with the Eocene beds of
the Island of Mull, Bourenemouth, ete., and holds undoubtedly the same position.

On this same point Sir William Dawson says :t

I have, also, while writing out the above notes for publication, received the paper
of the same author (Gardner) on the Hocene beds of Ardtun, in Mull, and am fully
confirmed thereby in the opinion derived from the papers of the Duke of Argyll and

tTrans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. vol. 1x, p. 1 of reprint,
{Trans. Roy. Soc, Canada, 1887, p. 36,

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 239

Laramie. The Filicites Hebridica of Forbes is our Onoclea sensibilis. The species of
Ginkgo, Taxus, Sequoia, and Glyptostrobus correspond, and we have now probably
found a Podocarpus, as noted above. The Platanites Hebridica is very near to our
great Platanus nobilis. Corylus MacQuarrii is common to both formations, as well as
Populus arctica and P. Richardsoni, while many of the other exogens are generically
the same, and very closely allied. These Ardtun beds are regarded by Mr. Gard-
ner as Lower Eocene, ora little older than the Gelinden series of Saporta, and nearly
of the same age with the so-called Miocene of Atanekerdluk, in Greenland. Dr. G.
Dawson and the writer have, ever since 1875, maintained the Lower Eocene age of
our Laramie, and of the Fort Union group of the Northwestern United States, and
the identity of their flora with that of Mackenzie River and the upper beds of
Greenland, and it is very satisfactory to find that Mr. Gardner has independently
arrived at similar conclusions with respect to the Eocene of Great Britain.

Dr. Dall is rather more cautious in adopting the Eocene age of these
beds. He says:*

Ihave already pointed out the probability that, if Miocene at all, the leaf beds
of Greenland referred to would be synchronous with that geological epoch during
which the old Miocene warm-water invertebrate fauna of the Atlantic coast pene-
trated as far north as New Jersey. Since that time it is highly improbable that any
temperate conditions, such as the flora would indicate for the Atane period, have
obtained in the latitude of Greenland. In other words, the Greenland beds ate not
later than the old Miocene, though this does not preclude a reference of them to an
older horizon than the Miocene, for during the Eocene also the conditions in the
extreme north might have been favorable to such a flora.

In Alaska, at Cooks Inlet, at Unga Island, at Sitka, and at Nulato, inthe Yukon
Valley, we find the leaf beds of the Kenai group immediately and conformably over-
lain by marine beds containing fossil shells, which are common to the Miocene of
Astoria, Oregon, and to middle and southern California,

It is then certain that the Kenai leaf beds immediately preceded and their depo-
sition terminated with the depression (probably moderate in vertical range), which
enabled the marine Miocene fauna to spread over part of the antecedently dry land.
Further researches along the Alaskan coast will doubtless enable us to determine
whether the leaf beds themselves are underlain by marine Eocene beds or not. We
know that the Aucella beds underlie the Kenai series, but whether there are any
beds representing the marine phase of the Eocene between them is yet uncertain,
though very probable.

What may be considered as reasonably certain is that the period during which
in the Aretie regions the last temperate flora flourished was in a general way the
same for all parts of the Arctic. It would seem highly improbable that a temperate
climate should exist in the Spitzbergen and not at the same time in Greenland and
Alaska, or vice versa. If Alaska was covered by the sea at this time, we should
find a temperate marine fauna; if it was dry land, a temperate flora; and so with the
other Arctic localities; and these indications should, it would seem, represent an
identical and synchronic phase of geological history in the Arctic regions.

The distribution and character of this group have been somewhat fully discussed
because, up to very recently, authorities were practically unanimous in referring it
to the Miocene, a view which can vet be said to be definitely refuted. But when we
consider how the Eocene Astoria bed is immediately and conformably overlain at
Astoria by shales and sandstoties, and that the latter gonformably and immediately
in like manner overlies the Kenai group, it must be conceded that the view that the

QAO FOSSIL FLORA OF ALASKA—KNOWLTON, VOL. XVII.

Following out the argument suggested by Newberry and Dawson,
that is, the relation existing between the plants of Alaska and Mae-
kenzie River, and these in turn with the ‘Canadian Laramie and the
Fort Union group, we have important confirmatory evidence. The
flora of the Mackenzie River beds, as worked out by Heer,*-Schreeter,t
and Dawson, {t now numbers 30° species, and of these no less than
12, or 40 per cent, are found in Alaska. The 12 species common to
Alaska are not rare or poorly defined in the Alaskan flora, but are in
the main well marked and readily determinable forms, most of which
are very abundant in individuals, as for example Sequoia Langsdorfit,
Taxodium distichum miocenum, Glyptostrobus Europeus or Ungeri,
Corylus MacQuarrii, Populus arctica, ete. A single species, Pteris
Sitkensis, is confined to these two localities, and a number of other
species, though known by different names, are closely allied, if not
identical. There can be, therefore, little doubt as to the close rela-
tionship between the Alaskan and the Mackenzie River deposits. .

The Mackenzie River flora, as already suggested, is in like manner
closely related with the Canadian Upper Laramie, or Fort Union
group, as it is called in the United States, about 30 per cent of the
Mackenzie species being common to the two.

On turning to the table we find that 16 of the 55 Alaskan species
are found in the Fort Union of the United States. By combining the
species common to the Mackenzie River, Canadian Upper Laramie, and
Fort Union, we have 22 or 23 of these species also found in the
Alaskan beds.

Without going further into the subject, which indeed the present
state of our knowledge will hardly warrant, it is safe to say with Sir
William Dawson that ‘‘ There can scarcely be any doubt that the flora
of the Upper Laramie, of the Atanekerdluk series in Greenland, and
of the Spitzbergen and Alaskan Tertiaries corresponds with the
Eocene of Europe, and is also identical with Fort Union flora of the
Missouri region, formerly regarded as Miocene.”

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Salix; minuta, 0. SPs. 3 scene ewe se beese cee eer: Sheen
| Paliurus/Colombi, Heer=.:. 2.5.42 fhe es coee eee oo eee
3. Acer trilobatum productum, (Al. Br.) Heer
4, Corylus MacQuarrii, (Forbes) Heer
Juglans Townsendi, n. sp
g. 6. Rhus frigida, n. sp

~
ST ed

bj bef hy Ped}
9
Cl m & bO

ig. 7. Fraxinus Herendeenensis, n. sp

Figs. 3,9. Zizyphus Townsendi, nm. spc. = -- sees 2 eee a = oe ee

Bigs, 10) Giese hvillitesmnchiea.m. specs sete eee eee
> ) e

*F I]. Foss. Arct. Vol. vi. 1 Abth., 3d Nr. Beitriige zur Miocene FI. vy. Nord-Canada.
t Op. cit. Vol. vt. 1 Abth., 4th Nr. Untersuchung ii. foss. Hélzer d. Aret. zone.
t Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, 1889. Fossil plants from Mackenzie and Bow rivers.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. IX

FAK Ad Nak del.

FOSSIL PLANTS FROM HERENDEEN BAY, ALASKA.

a Ey
f os vie

DIAGNOSES OF NEW NORTH AMERICAN MAMMALS.

By FREDERICK W. TRUE,

Curator of ithe Department of Mammals.

IN CONNECTION with certain studies of North American mammals
which I have recently undertaken, I find it desirable to separate out a few
forms under new names. A mole from Fort Klamath, Oregon, presents
certain cranial and dental differences from described species which seem
to me worthy of recognition, and I regard it necessary to piace Brew-
er’s mole in a new genus. I desire in addition to publish diagnoses of
an undescribed race of Abert’s squirrel, a new lemming, and a lemming-
like mouse, representing a new genus.

SCIURUS ABERTI CONCOLOR, new subspecies.

Similar to S. aberti, but with no rufous area on the back, all the upper
surfaces being gray throughout. - Tail alike on both sides; the hair
annulated with gray and white proximally, with a rather broad subter-
minal black ring and pure white tips. Ears gray within; externally
gray and rufous, as in the typical form of S. aberti; furnished with
long terminal pencils, which are black, more or less mixed with gray
and rufous. Under surfaces of body and limbs pure white; the hairs,
however, gray in the basil third, except on the under side of the front
legs, where they are white to the base. Backs of feet gray; toes white.

Dimensions (from the dry skin; type)—Head and body, 280 mm.;
tail vertebre, 215 mm.; ear from the occiput (without pencil), 22 mm.;
hind foot (without claw), 61 mm.

Type.—No. 34423, U.S. i. M, female, Loveland, Larimer County,
Colo. Collected by William 8. Smith.

A male from the same locality is melanistic. All the melanistic spec-
imeus of Abert’s squirrel in the study collection of the National Museum
are from Colorado.

The variety above described shows a remarkable resemblance to
Sciurus fossor, but the latter is without ear-tufts.

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 999.
[Advance sheets of this paper were published April 26, 1891. ]

Proc. N. M. 94 16 241

942 NEW NORTH AMERICAN MAMMALS—TRUE. VOL. XVI.

SCAPANUS DILATUS, new species.
Exterior unknown. :

Dental form ula.—l. 3, C. +, PM. ?, M.%. Penultimate premolar with
a posterior cusp.

Size of skull moderate. Maxillary above the first molar broad (equal
in bread th to the interparietal bone), with a strong ridge separated from
the root of the zygoma by an emargination. Antero-external angles
of the interparietal not rounded off. Angular process of the mandible
narrow, strongly uncinate. ,

Dimensions of skull (ty pe).—Greatest length, 34 mm.; basilar length
(Hensel), 28.5 mm.; greatest breadth across maxille, 10.5; greatest
zygomatic breadth, 14 mm.; length of tooth-row, 15 mm.; length of
parietals, 11.1 mm.; breadth of interparietal, 10.5 mm.

Type.—No 1286, Merriam Collection, Fort Klamath, Oreg. (Skele-
ton.) Collected by Capt. C. E. Bendire.

PARASCALOPS, new genus.

Premolars, {. Molars with a trilobed internal basal projection
extending across the bases of both externals cusps. Tympanie bull
incomplete and annular. Pelvis with no osseous bridges opposite or
posterior to the acetabulum, connecting the sacral vertebre with the
pelvis. Extremity of the spinous processes of the sacral vertebra
connected by a continuous band of bone, but the intervals between the
spines themselves not filled in with bone.

Tail hairy. General color black.

Type.—Scalops brewerit, Bachman. *

MYODES NIGRIPES, new species.

Upper surfaces nearly uniform cinnamon-gray, without bands or
spots. Sides, including the lower part of the cheeks and neck, clear
tawny brown. Under surfaces paler tawny, which tint is gradually
merged into the stronger color of the sides. Nose black. Fore feet
black above, tawny below. Hind feet black both above and below.
Tail bicolored, black above, pale tawny below.

Dimensions (from dry skin; type).—Head and body, 130 mm.; tail
vertebrae, 15 mm.; hind foot (without claw), 17.5 mm.

Type.—No. 59152, U. S. N. M., male, St. George’s Island, Alaska.
Collected by Charles H. Townsend, August 18.

MICTOMYS, new genus.

General appearance that of Synaptomys. Ears moderate. Tail
short, hairy. Thumb with a strap-shaped nail, asin Myodes. Mamme,
4 pairs.

Skull similar to that of Synaptomys. Incisors obliquely beveled and
broadly grooved on the bevel. Molars rootless. Upper molars as in

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 243

Synaptomys. Lower molars resembling those of Phenavomys and

Synaptomys, but with the external border of enamel merely crenulate,

with no external reéntrant angles, or triangles of dentine, except in

the middle of the last tooth, where there is a short indentation.
Type.—M. innuitus, as below.

MICTOMYS INNUITUS, new species.

Size moderate. Ears well developed, rounded, about as long as the
fur immediately in front of their base. Five tubercles on the hind
feet; soles hairy. Claws well developed, compressed. Upper surfaces
grayish brown, as in Synaptomys. Under surfaces gray. Face pale
brown. Lips, end of nose, and chin, white. Feet pale brown. Tail
bicolored, pale brown above, white below. Ears clothed with rather
long and sparse brown hairs.

Dimensions (from alcoholic specimen ; type).—Head and body, 88 mm.;
tail vertebrae, 15 mm.; terminal pencil, 5mm.; ear, from base of orifice,
9.5 mm.; hind foot (without claw), 15 mm.

Type.—No. 14838, U.S. N. M., nursing female, Fort Chimo, Ungava,
Labrador. Collected by L. M. Turner; spring, 1884.

; Aires Pariest
Pa fs ree UF ae act eR wh pass:

‘ : | i
He ; ; ; : é Miat cork a. dks Nahe Pe f Deatiats) a Mi
. Tain bs ot hare An

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF STARFISHES AND
OPHIURANS, WITH A REVISION OF CERTAIN SPECIES
FORMERLY DESCRIBED; MOSTLY FROM THE COLLEC.
TIONS MADE BY THE UNITED STATES COMMISSION OF
FISH AND FISHERIES. ~

By A. E. VERRILL.

In THE following list the serial arrangement adopted by Sladen in
the Voyage of the Challenger has been followed pretty closely, partly
as a matter of convenience, but also because it probably represents,
in most cases, the real affinities of the genera more nearly than any
other published classification. Iam not prepared, however, to adopt
all the families and subfamilies proposed by him.

ASTERIOIDEA.
Family ARCHASTERID &, (Viguier, 1878) emended, Sladen.
BENTHOPECTININA:, new subfamily.

Disk small; rays elongated, angular. Marginal plates large, spinif-
erous; anodd one, above and below, in the interradial angles. Dorsal
surface covered with simple flattened plates usually bearing few spines;
no paxille. Papule simple, arranged on the baso-median part of the
rays and on the adjacent parts of thedisk. Adambulacral plates, with
a Salient inner angle bearing spines. Pectinate pedicellariw are some-
times present. No superambulacral plates. Dorsal pore very evident.

BENTHOPECTEN SPINOSUS, Verrill.

Benthopecten spinosus, VERRILL, American Journal of Science, xxvitl, p. 218,
1884,
Pararchaster semisquamatus, var. occidentalis, SLADEN, Voyage of the Challenger,
XXx, p. 10, 1889.
Pararchaster armatus, SLADEN, op. cit., p. 19, pl. 1, figs 5, 6; pl. 4, figs 5, 6, 1889.
A comparison of a large series of this species, of various sizes from
those that are 15 mm. up to large ones 260 mm. in diameter, shows that

Proceedings National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 1000.
245

246 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVI.

the two forms described by Sladen from off the American coast are
probably both identical with that described by me.

This species varies considerably in several details of its structure,
according to its age. None of Sladen’s specimens were full grown
(largest size given is 74 mm. in diameter). Moreover there is often
considerable variation in specimens of the same size and from the same
locality, in the size of the disk, number, size, and arrangement of the
spires on the marginal plates, etc. Some few examples have the disk
at least one-third broader than others having the same length of rays,
and such specimens naturally have large inferior interradial areas,
with the plates more numerous than usual, as many as twenty to twenty-
five being present in some cases. The papule often extend out on the
rays, in large examples, as far as the fifth pair of marginal plates; they
cease sooner in the median line than to either side of it. They are often
present on the central area of the disk, among the large primary spines.
The actinal and adambulacral spines on the largest specimens are more
numerous and longer than Sladen’s descriptions indicate, but the half:
erown specimens agree well with his examples, in most respects.

The pectinate pedicellariv described by Sladen as characteristic of
P. armatus are commonly lacking entirely on our specimens, or exist
only in very small numbers. The dorsal plates of the rays are rounded
and ovate, unequal, and most commonly isolated in the integument.
They usually bear only a single, small, slender, acute spine, rarely two.
The large disk-spines are variable in number and length, but they are
always restricted to the central area of the disk, and the largest are
borne on the primary plates. The large single spines on the odd inter-
radial marginal plates are usually long, tapered, acute, and distinctly
larger and longer than those on the disk. The lower marginal plates
generally bear, in large specimens, one large, primary, acute spine, and
one -or two, rarely three, secondary ones below it, besides several small,
slender, divergent, rough spinelets scattered around their bases. The
adambulacral plates, in such specimens, generally have two or three long,
slender, rough spines on the actinal side, besides several small, slender,
spinelets on the outer margin; the angular and salient inner margin
usually bears about seven slender spines in a Y-shaped group.

I have seen a few regular four-rayed specimens, and also one pecul-
iar monstrosity, in which a small supplementary ray buds out from the
side of the regular ray, near the base. This species occurred at many
stations in 721 to 2021 fathoms.

PONTASTERIN @, new subfamily.

Rays long; disk of moderate size. Papulie arranged in a group at
the base of each ray, and sometimes on the disk. Dorsal surface cov-
ered with spinopaxille and protopaxille. Marginal plates all paired,
usually spiniferous. Pedicellarix often present, mostly compound, two

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. QPAT

to four-valved; or pectinate. Superambulacral plates are lacking.
Fascioles rudimentary or lacking.

PONTASTER HEBITUS, Sladen.

Pontaster hebitus, SUADEN, Voyage of the Challenger, xxx, p. 33, pl. 8, figs. 1, 2;
pl. 12, figs. 1, 2, 1889.

Archaster tenuispinus, VERRILL, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 11, p. 203, 1879; Rep. Com’r
of Fish and Fisheries, x1 [for 1883], p. 543, pl. 13, fig. 38, 1885 (probably not
of Diiben and Koren).

In my former papers I considered this species identical with P.
tenuispinus of northern Europe, but Mr. Sladen describes it as distinct.
The two forms are certainly very closely related, but, as I have not had
the European species for comparison, I follow his decision.

Our specimens, however, in many cases, approach nearer to the [Ku-
ropean form than does the type of P. hebitus, as described by Sladen;
for in our series the marginal and adambulacral spines are often mostly
long and acute (not truncate as described) and the disk is often as large
as in P. tenwispinus. But the pedicellariv, characteristic of the latter,
seem to be absent in the American form.

Most of the specimens have been taken by the Gloucester, Mass.,
fishermen from the fishing banks off Nova Scotia and Newfoundland,
in 128 to 250 fathoms.

PONTASTER FORCIPATUS, Sladen.

Pontaster forcipatus, SLADEN, Voyage of the Challenger, xxx, p. 43, pl. 8, figs. 3,
4; pl. 12, figs. 3, 4, 1889.
Archaster tenuispinus, VERRILL (part), op. cit., X1, p, 543, 1885 (not Dub. and Koren).

This species was also included by me, in some of my former articles,
under the name of Archaster tenuispinus, of which it was at first sup-
posed to be a variety.

It is easily distinguished from P. hebitus by the presence of only a
single large spine on the actinal surface of the adambulacral plates.
The peculiar four-valved to six-valved pedicellariz are usually present
in considerable numbers on the ventral surfaces; sometimes, on the dis-
tal part of the ray, pedicelled, three-valved ones occur. The central
spine of the dorsal plates is larger and longer than in P. hebitus, and so
are the marginal spines of both series. The papular areas are smaller,
more rounded, and have but few pores. This species was taken at
many stations, in depths ranging from 956 to 1,396 fathoms.
PONTASTER SEPITUS, Verrill.

Archaster sepitus, VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, XXIX, p. 151, Feb., 1885.

This species is a true Pontaster. It is very distinet from both the
preceding, and is easily distinguished by the relatively larger, broader,
thicker, and more convex marginal plates, with deeper sutures between
them. The marginal spines are more conical, with enlarged bases, but
not so long as in the last species. The dorsal spinopaxille and para-

YAS NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVII.

paxille are larger than in either of our other species; many have a
slender central spine. The papular areas are small, rounded, and have
few large pores. The genital openings are far apart, about opposite
the distal third of the first pair of marginal plates and close to them.
The upper marginal plates of the first pair are rounded and smaller
than those that follow them, but the corresponding lower ones are dis-
tinctly larger and more swollen on the under side than those that sue-
ceed them. There is only one large stout spine on the actinal side of
the adambulacral plates.
This occurred in 368 to 858 fathoms.

Subfamily PLUTONASTERIN&, Sladen.
DYTASTER GRANDIS, Verrill.

Archaster grandis, VERRILL, Amer, Journ. Science, XXVIII, p. 218, 1884.
Dytaster madreporifer, SLADEN, op. cit., p. 70, pl. 3, figs. 3, 4; pl. 32, figs. 5, 6,
1889.

This species is clearly identical with that so well described and
figured by Sladen, but his specimens were not full grown.

Our large series includes all sizes from the young 10mm. in diameter
up to large ones 260 mm, in diameter. The very young specimens are
widely different from the adults, but specimens 50 mm. in diameter
have the general characters of the adults.

This species, and probably others of the genus, have well-developed
superambulacral plates, which would, perhaps, indicate special affini-
ties with the Astropectinide were not such plates present in several
other widely different genera.

A few regular four-rayed examples have been taken. This species
was taken in 384 to 2,620 fathoms.

PLUTONASTER AGASSIZII, Verrill.

Archaster agassizii, VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, Xx, p. 403, 1880.
Plutonaster rigidus, SLADEN, op. cit., p. 91, pl. 14, figs. 3, 4; pl. 15, figs. 3, 4, 1889;
also var, semiarmata, op. cit., p. 94.
Plutonaster bifrons (part), SLADEN, op. cil., p. 88, 1889 (very young example).
This species is closely allied to P. bifrons of Europe and P. interme-

dius (Perrier sp.)* of the West Indian region. It varies greatly in
respect to the armature of the marginal plates. In one large series
there are among the adult specimens all gradations from those having
no marginal spines whatever to those that have a large spine on nearly
every marginal plate of both series. Therefore it is useless to recog-
nize varieties based on this character, like the variety semiarmata of
Sladen.

*Nouvelles Archives du Museum d’Hist. Nat., Ser. 2, vol. 6, p. 251, pl. vu, figs. 1,
2; pl. Iv, fig. 4, 1884.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 249

This species has distinct though short superambulacral plates at the
base of the rays and withinthe margin of the disk, but they are lack-
ing in the distal part of the rays. The papule are confined to a star-
shaped area, occupying the center of the disk and the basal median
part of the rays.

A few regular six-rayed specimens were taken by the Albatross.

The young, when very small, differ greatly from the adults in
structure and appearance.

This is one of the most abundant of the deep-sea starfishes taken
by the U.S. Fish Commission, as well as one of the most beautiful.

It occurred at many stations in 182 to 1,594 fathoms.

This and the other species of Plutonaster would be included in the
genus Goniopecten, as defined by Perrier, but as his first species (G.
demonstrans) appears to be a distinct generic type, perhaps allied more
nearly to Psilaster, and apparently belonging to the Astropectinide, his
name should be restricted to that type.

Subfamily PSEUDARCHASTERIN ®, Sladen.

PSEUDARCHASTER INTERMEDIUS, Sladen.

Pseudarchaster intermedius, SLADEN, Voyage of the Challenger, xxx, p. 115, pl. 19,
figs. 3,4; pl. 42, figs. 5, 6, 1889.

Archaster parelii, VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, vil, p. 500, 1874 (not Diiben and
Koren); XX1II, p. 140, 1882; Rep. U. 8. Com’r Fish and Fisheries, x1, p. 543,
pl. 18, fig. 37, 1885 (var. with narrow rays).

According to Sladen, this is distinct from the allied European parelii,
with which I formerly identified it, but without a direct comparison
of specimens.

Our numerous specimens show considerable variation, especially in
the size of the marginal plates as compared with the breadth of the
dorsal area of the rays. In some examples the upper marginal plates
are so broad that the dorsal area is much reduced in breadth. In
others the marginal plates are comparatively narrow, while the dorsal
area is wider.

These differences are not correlated with any others of importance,
so that they can hardly be taken as characteristic of permanent vari-
eties.

The papule are confined to the central part of tle disk and baso-
median part of the rays.

Distinct fascioles are present in our specimens between the plates
next to the adambulacral series, as in P. discus, but Sladen states that
they are wanting in his examples. Moreover, in all our specimens there
is a median row of several enlarged spinules decidedly larger than the
rest, on each of the inferior marginal plates, which was not the case in
Sladen’s specimens. Similar enlarged spinules occur on most of the
actinal interradial plates. In consequence of these differences our
examples approach much nearer to P. discus Sladen, from the west coast

250, NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVII.

of S liApaentcat on 45 P. tessellatus, from off CG ‘ape of Good Hope, than is
indicated by Sladen’s decerignnns:
It ranges from 110 to 1,608 fathoms, off our coast.

PSEUDARCHASTER CONCINNUS, new species.

A large, regularly stellate, five-rayed species, having a broad flat
disk and a rather thick margin with the interradial border regularly
incurved. Rays broad at the base tapering regularly to slender sub-
acute tips. Lesser to greater radius as 1 to 3.5,

Abactinal area covered with regular hexagonal and rounded paxii-
liform groups, those in the center of the disk and along the middle
of the rays, decidedly larger than the rest, slightly convex, with a
central group of from 20 to 30 obtuse, slightly elevated granules or
papilla and a marginal series of from 20 to 30 smaller and more slender
divergent papille.

Upper marginal plates are nearly vertical and slightly convex and
encroach but little on the disk. They are much higher than long on
the margin of the disk, and are covered with rather large, rounded gran-
ules. Lower marginal plates nearly horizontal, confined largely to the
actinal surface, and thickly covered with acute, imbricated spines, those
on the middle largest.

Actinal interradial areas large, occupied by closely united plates, of
which the outlines are indistinct. Mach plate bears one to three or
more acute fusiform spines in the middle, and a marginal series of
much smaller and more slender spines of similar form or more clavate.
The adambulacral plates project inward nearly half across the furrow,
leaving deep angular notches between them. The furrow series of
adambulacral spines arise from the margins of the projecting portion of
the plate, and each angular group contains eight to ten rather slender,
moderately long, obtuse spines, of which the middle ones are a little the
longest.

The largest specimen, from station 2706, had, when dried, the radius
of the disk, 34 mm.; of the rays, 105 to 110 mm.; breadth of rays at base,
40 mm.; height or thickness of interradial margin, 12 mm.; height of
largest superior, marginal, interradial plates, 11 mm.; their length, 2.5
to 3mm.; diameter of the large paxille of the median radial series,
3 min.; diameter of madreporic plate, 2 mm.

The central area of the disk is occupied by rather close set, roundish —
parapaxille. The anal pore is small but distinct, nearly central.
The madreporic plate is small, nearer to the center than the margin
(distance from the center, 12 mm. in the largest specimen). The ten
radial and interradial primary plates scarcely differ in size and form
from the adjacent plates. Three to five rows of large hexagonal
paxillee extend along the middle radial areas of the disk and bases of
the arms, becoming smaller and less regular beyond the middle of the
arm. On the disk these are bordered on each side by several rows of

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 251

similar paxilliform groups, which become smaller as they approach the
interradial margin; owing to this arrangement the largest and most
regular paxille form a star-shaped area, in which the papule are
situated. The larger hexagonal paxille often bear 50 to 60 granules
and papillxe; nearly the whole of the round and slightly convex summit
is occupied by the central group of somewhat elevated, blunt granules,
which are not closely crowded; the extreme margin is bordered by
about the same number of smaller, longer, and more slender papille,
which spread outward, so that those of adjacent paxille are nearly or
quite in contact, except at the angles, where the papule are situated.
These paxilliform groups are borne upon round, convex, columnar or
somewhat clavate elevations of the plates. In the triangular inter-
radial areas and along each side of the rays the plates are smaller and
closely united, without papulary pores, and their central elevations
become smaller and lower as they approach the margin, those near the
marginal plate becoming oblong or elliptical and closely crowded
together side by side in rows perpendicular to the marginal plates;
usually two of these rows start inward from each marginal plate along
the sides of the arms, but toward the center of the interradial area
three rows often correspond to a single plate. Similar plates occupy
the entire breadth of the dorsal area of the arms beyond the middle,
where no papulary pores exist, but those of the median row can be
distinguished even to the tip of the arm by their larger size and
broader form.

The papulary pores are small, and about six surround each plate;
they are wanting in the triangular interradial areas and along the
sides and on the distal half of the rays. In each dorsal interradial
area there are two larger pores, which are usually quite easily distin-
guished in dry specimens even without removing the granules. They
are situated opposite each of the second pair of plates, counting from
the interradial angles, and are at a considerable distance. from the
marginal plates; they appear to be the genital pores, which are larger
and much wider apart than usual.

Our largest specimen has thirty-nine upper marginal plates on each
radial side and a corresponding number of inferior marginal plates; the
former stand nearly vertically and project but httle upon the disk, but
along the sides of the rays they advance more and more on the abactinal
surface. At first their height is more than three times the length, but
the length rapidly becomes greater and the height less, until on the distal
haif of the ray the form is squarish, with the height only a little greater
than the breadth. All the upper plates are covered with rather large,
rounded, cylindrical, capitate, unequal granules; the sutures are
bordered by a marginal series of small, slightly elongated, clavate
papille, forming distinct fascioles continuous with those between the
lower marginal plates; the granules on the upper part of the plates
are but little elevated, but toward the lower end become larger and

259? NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVIL.

more elevated, until close to the lower end some of those on the middle
of the plate are relatively larger, higher than broad, with distinetly
enlarged or capitate, rounded ends. The lower marginal plates
correspond to the upper ones in number and nearly in breadth, but the
sutures along the sides of the rays are not always closely coincident.
The plates occupying the interradial regions are nearly horizontal
and somewhat wedge-shaped, with the breadth radially more than three
times the transverse length, but along the sides of the rays they rise
upward more, and the length increases in proportion to the height, as
in the case of the upper ones. Their outer surface is covered with
rather stout, mostly fusiform, very acute spinules, equal in size; the
larger ones in length are about equal to one-half the lesser diameter
of the plate, and form three or four irregular radial rows, with the
smaller and more slender ones interspersed. All the spines are loosely
appressed to the plates and directed upward and outward in the pre-
served specimens, but they are not closely crowded and are scarcely
imbricated. In smaller specimens, about half grown (radius, 60 mm.),
the spines on the lower marginal plates are mostly not fusiform, but slen-
der and regularly tapered, and they form but three regular rows on the
middle of the plates, while the smaller and shorter spinules are very
slender and much more numerous. The edges of these plates are bor-
dered by one or two rows of small, slender, elongated, short, curved
spinules or papillee, which meet across the rather deep sutures, thus
forming distinct but loose fascioles. The actinal interradial areas are
large and covered with a close pavement of plates, with their outlines
concealed by the integument in well-preserved specimens; when the
spinules are removed, the plates are squarish with rounded corners,
strongly convex, with deep, groove-like sutures between them; they are
somewhatirregularly arranged, and form a pavement-like area, in which
the rows next the adambulacral plates are parallel with the latter and
the outer ones are parallel to the marginal plates, and slightly imbri-
cated; the inner ones are smaller and more numerous than the adam-
bulacral plates, usually one, but frequently two, corresponding to each
adambulacral plate; in general they are arranged so that two rows start
from each marginal plate, and each row runs to a single adambulacral
plate, but an additional row is interpolated in some cases. The row
of these plates next to the adambulacral extends out to about the mid-
dle of the ray, the distal plates becoming small and narrow. Hach of
the interradial plates, except those next to the adambulacral series,
bears on the middle, one to three, or more, rather large, fusiform, acute
spinules, similar to the larger ones on the lower marginal plates, and an
irregular open marginal series of much smaller and more slender spin-
ules of nearly the same form, but the plates next the adambulacral
have their lateral margins bordered by a regular close series of flat-
tened papille, forming distinct fascioles; and occasionally similar fas-
cioles appear on a few of the other plates of the second row. The

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 253

adambulacral plates are narrow on the actinal surface, but their inner
margin near the adoral end projects into the groove, forming there a
prominent angle and leaving deep and broad incurved notches between
them; the actinal portion of the projection is rounded and convex, and
from its margin arises the furrow-spines, which are nine or ten in num-
ber and form an angular group corresponding to the actinal outline of
the plate; these spines are subequal, rather slender, elongated, often a
little bent outward, and usually laterally compressed and blunt at the
tip; they are more or less united at base by a web-like membrane. The
small convex actinal surface of the plates bears a central group of about
three or four longer, thicker, round or fusiform, usually acute and
rough spines, similar to the larger ones of the adjacent interradial
plates; beside these there are several much smaller, slender spinules
on the outer margin in a curved row. The jaw-plates are rather large
and thick, with sharp, nearly vertical, high inner angles, and with a
thick, moderately elevated, actinal keel, separated by a rather wide,
elongated median suture. Each jaw-plate bears a row of numerous
(about eight) slender spines along the edge, next the groove; these are
continuous, with a row of four to six similar spines on the inner, vertical
margin. Hach actinal keel of the jaw bears two irregular rows of
slender, excurved, rough spines, ten or twelve in each row; these spines
are similar to the larger ones of the interradial plates, but are rather
more slender. The ambulacral feet are very large, furnished with
a terminal sucker, and occupy the notches between the projecting
adambulacral plates.

Taken by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross in 1886 at
station 2706, off George’s Bank, N. lat. 41° 28’ 30’, W. long. 65° 35/
30’, in 1,188 fathoms, 7 specimens (No. 14944, U.S. N. M). Also at
other stations in 1883, in 123 and 1,255 fathoms.

Variations.—The variations, so far as observed, are probably all due
to difference of age. The smallest specimen has the lesser radius,
12 mm.,; the greater, 35mm. This has 27 marginal plates, both above
and below. The granulations on the upper marginal plates are more
uniform than in the large specimens, those near the lower end of the
plate not being much longer than the upper ones, but otherwise they
have the same character and are pretty evenly spaced. The paxille
of the dorsal surface are much smaller and mostly circular, or nearly
so; the larger ones have three to nine central granules and twelve to
eighteen marginal papillae. The madreporic plateis very small, about
midway between the center and the margin. The spinulation of the
inferior marginal plates and interradial region is similar to that of the
larger examples, except that the spinules are smaller and more slender.
In the furrow series each group contains seven or eight spines, which
are slender and slightly excurved, but they are arranged as in the adult;
the actinal surface of the plate often bears one or two larger central
spines, with four or five smaller and more slender ones on the outer

295A NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVII.

margin. The jaw-spines are slender, ‘but three or four of them, at the
inner end of the incurved jaw, are much stouter than the rest; the
inner end of the jaw is prolonged inward and upward to an acute tip.

This species is more closely allied to P. intermedius, Sladen, than to
any other species hitherto found off our coast. The latter has a smaller
disk, with the upper marginal plates projecting farther inward, thus
producing a broader margin and a narrower paxillary area along the
rays; its paxille are smaller in specimens of the same size, more closely
crowded, and have the granules closely crowded together and angular,
the whole set forming a compact group, in which the marginal papillae
differ but little from the other granules. The upper marginal plates
are also much more closely and uniformly covered with granules,
which are so closely crowded together that they have a polygonal form,
especially on the upper portion of the plates, where they are smaller
than below.

The lower marginal plates are also much more densely spinulated and
usually have but a single series of a few enlarged, median spinules, not
much larger than the rest, while the others are small, short, appressed,
crowded, and more or less closely imbricated; those on the lower part
of the plate are ovate and often subacute, while those at the upper end
of the plate become polygonal and granule like, and similar to those of
the upper plates; their marginal papillie are also characteristic, being
short, thick, angular, and very closely arranged in a regular row. The
interradial areas are relatively smaller, with more numerous, closer, and
smaller, shorter spinules, of which one, a little larger and longer,
usually occupies the center of each plate, while the others mostly
surround the margin and form distinct fascioles between most of the
plates in our numerous specimens (though, according to Sladen, no
fascioles existed in his specimens). The adambulacral spines are more
equal and form more regular and more prominent groups, the outer
marginal ones being more numerous and forming a more regular, diver-
gent, curved series, while the central ones form a group of five to seven
larger ones, about equal in length and size to the furrow series; the
latter form an angular group of seven to nine, which are usually
strongly transversely compressed and blunt. The jaw-spines are much
nore numerous, stouter, and more crowded; they form a conspicuous,
broad-ovate group on the actinal surface of each jaw, with the narrow
suture in the middle,

This species has a striking resemblance to Tsaster bairdii in form
and in the character of the abactinal region and upper marginal plates.
The disk, however, is somewhat smaller and the rays relatively longer.
The paxille are a little smaller and the granulations somewhat finer in
specimens of the same size; moreover, their marginal granules are finer
instead of coarser, as in the latter. However, the strong spinulation
of the lower surface and inferior marginal plates is widely different
from the even granulation of J. bairdii. The angular groups of adam-

ot. ti

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 955

surface.
Family ASTROPECTINID & (Gray, 1840) emended.

ASTROPECTEN AMERICANUS, Verrill.
Archaster americanus, VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, Xx p. 402, 1880.

This abundant species appears to be a true Astropecten, although a
dorsal pore is visible. It has well-developed superambulacral plates.
It is more nearly allied to the Kast Atlantic species, A. mesactus, than
to any other species described by Sladen. It differs from that species
in having longer arms and a much smaller disk; in having longer and
more slender marginal spines, and of these usually but two, sometimes
three, on each of the inferior row of plates, instead of four or five; in
the numerous long, slender spinules of the rest of the surface of the
inferior marginal plates; in the long, slender spinules of the dorsal
paxillee, and in the longer and more numerous adambulacral spines.

LEPTOPTYCHASTER ARCTICUS, Sladen

Leptoptychaster arcticus, SLADEN, op. cit., p. 189.

Astropecten arcticus, M. SARs, Reise, Lofoden and Finmarken, Nyt. Mag. Nat.,
vi, p. 161, 1851.

Archaster arcticus, VERRILL, Amer, Journ, Science, XVI, p. 214, 1878

Leptoptychaster arcticus, var. elongatus, SLADEN, op. cit., p. 189.

Our series of specimens show various gradations in the relative length
of the rays, some of them agreeing in this and other respects with the
form described as a variety by Sladen. His variety was taken off New
Jersey, in 1,350 fathoms. [am unable to make out any definite diag-
nostic characters for this form.

This species has been taken at many stations off our coast, in 50 to
547 fathoms, but always in small numbers.

PSILASTER FLOR, Verrill.

Archaster flore, VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, vol. 16, p. 372, 1878. Rep.
U.S. Com’r Fish and Fisheries, x1, p. 542, pl. 13, fig 36, 1885

This species clearly belongs to the genus Psilaster, as defined by
Sladen. It is closely allied to P. andromeda, of Northern Europe, and
may eventually prove to be only a variety of that species.

It approaches nearest to those specunens of the latter, mentioned by
Sladen, having broad superior marginal plates and well developed
spines in a submarginal row on the lower series. Some of the larger
examples have a single, enlarged, acute spinule, like those of the lower
series, on some of the superior marginal plates.

This species has been taken at numerous stations by the U.S. Fish
Commission in 72 to 984 fathoms.

A considerable number have also been received from the Gloucester

256 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL, XVII.

fishermen, taken on the fishing banks off Nova Scotia and Newfound-
land, in 84 to 230 fathoms.

BATHYBIASTER ROBUSTUS, Verrill.

Archaster robustus, VERRILL, Amer. Journ, Science, XXIX, p. 383, 1885.
Phoxaster pumilus, SLADEN, op. cit., XXX, p. 236, pl. 15, figs. 3-6; pl. 40, figs. 7-11,
1889 (Young). :

This species is evidently very closely related to B. pallidus, of North-
ern Europe, the type of the genus Bathybiaster. It is even possible
that they may prove to be identical when a full series of each can be
compared.

The form described as Phoxaster pumilus by Sladen, which was taken
off the North American coast, in 1,240 to 1,700 fathoms, appears to be
identical with the young of our species. His specimens were only
62 mm. in diameter. The genus Phowaster in this case becomes a syno-
nym of Bathybiaster.

Fully grown examples of 6. robustus are often 250 to 280 mm. in
diameter.

In the young specimens, up to about 75 mm. in diameter, the cen-
tral *‘epiproctal cone” is still visible as a low wart-like elevation, with
an aperture in the tip, but in the large specimens it disappears entirely
and the central area of the disk becomes flat, or even concave, and
covered with crowded paxilliform plates much smaller than those on
the rays, but the small central pore is persistent. The peculiar purse-
like or bursiform pedicellariz of the large inner adambulacral spines,
characteristic of Bathybiaster, are often entirely wanting in our speci-
mens, especially when small, and usually, when present, there are but
few of them even in the large specimens. Possibly they may have
been destroyed by rough usage in the dredges and washing sieves.
The squamiform spinules and pedicellarie of the actinal and marginal
plates are like those of Bathybiaster pallidus. The two rows of spinules
on each jaw-plate are peculiar, for the opposite spines of each pair
press their tips together something like the valves of certain pedi-
cellarize, but this seems to be the case in the European form also.
These spines are subequal in length—short, with flattened blunt tips;
those of the actinal series, in large specimens, are stoutest, often with
enlarged, truncate, bilobed, or rough ends; there may be 15 to 20 in
each row. The two close parallel rows of spines on the first adambu-
lacral plates are similar in form and arrangement. Of these there
may be 10 to 12 in each row. The adambulacral plates, except the
first pair, correspond in number to the marginal plates. The actinal
iuterradial plates form short, simple rows running from each plate to
a corresponding marginal plate; their marginal scales form narrow
fascioles, which become more distinct and regular in the narrow, con-
tinuous vertical grooves between both series of marginal plates. The
longitudinal sutures between the upper and lower plates are very

;

of each of the superior plates is relatively shorter and stouter in the large
specimens than in the smaller ones; sometimes there are two of them
side by side. Taken at many stations, in 705 to 1,467 fathoms.

Family PENTAGONASTERIDA, Perrier.*
PARAGONASTER FORMOSUS, Verrill.

Archaster formosus, VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, XXV1II, p. 383, 1884.

? Paragonaster cylindratus, SLADEN, op. cit., p. 314, pl. 51, figs. 3, 4; pl. 53, figs. 3, 4,
1889.

Our species appears to be very closely allied to the form well described
and figured by Sladen from off the Cape Verde Islands. Our species
appears to have the adambulacral plates more salient and angular on
the furrow-margin, and the notches between them deeper; the furrow-
spines appear to be more slender and form a more strongly curved or,
angular group, which is continued by three to five shorter ones in a
fasciole-like row on the proximal and distal edges of the plates; there
are about five on the furrow-edge proper; the spines on the actinal
surface are more elongated and more regularly stellate, with a longer
one in the middle of the group.

The spinules of the lower marginal plates have the same arrangement
as in Sladen’s species, but are slightly more slender and acute than
shown in his figure; of the larger median series there are usually two
or three irregular, indefinite rows in the larger specimens, instead of a
single definite row. These differences are, however, so slight that the
two forms may eventually prove to be the same species.

Narrow, imperfect fascioles occur between the marginal and actinal
plates in our species. :

The distinction between Paragonaster and Pseudarchaster seems to
me very slight, depending almost entirely upon the narrow abactinal
area of the rays in the former.

This species was taken at several stations in 1,396 to 2,031 fathoms,

ISASTER, new genus.

It seems necessary to institute a new generic group for the elegant
starfish formerly described by me under the name of Archaster bairdii.
It cannot be placed in any of the numerous genera proposed by Sladen
without changing the definitions considerably. It appears to be most
nearly allied to Mediaster, Paragonaster, and Nymphaster. It might be
defined as a Nymphaster with broad rays having wide abactinal areas.

The form is stellate, with a rather broad disk and tapering rays, having
rather wide abactinal areas. The marginal plates are well developed
in both series, but the upper ones are flattened above, or bevelled, and
de not form a wide margin on the disk; they are all paired, and those
_ of the two series are nearly opposite each other. They are everywhere

*Goniasterid@ is an earlier and better name for this group.
s

Proe. N. M. 94 Li

258 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVI.

granulated, without spines, and have differentiated marginal granules
along the sutures, forming narrow fascioles. The abactinal ossicles are
mostly parapaxille, regularly arranged in several longitudinal rows
along the middle of the rays, with the central row clearly defined;
they are closely and evenly covered with angular granules, those
around the edge differentiated. The papule are restricted to the
central part of the disk and the baso- median part of the rays.

The actinal interradial areas are large and covered with many more
or less rhombic plates closely arranged in regular rows parallel with
the ambulacral grooves. The plates are covered with even granules
similar to those of the upper surface.

Some of the actinal plates usually, but not in all specimens, bear
small valvate pedicellariw, usually with two or three valves, similar in
size to the granules; similar pedicellaria may occur in small numbers
on the marginal and abactinal plates.

The armature of the adambulacral plates is in longitudinal rows.
usually three rows to a plate.

The jaws are not prominent on the actinal side; they have marginal
and actinal rows of spines. The ambulacral feet have terminal suckers.

This genus differs from Nymphaster chiefly in having broad abactinal
areas on the rays. From Paragonaster it differs in that character and
also in having the actinal plates evenly granulated, and the furrow-
spines in a straight row.

The pavement-like arrangement of the actinal plates, the granulation
of the plates, and other characters indicate that it belongs to the family
Pentagonasteridie, as limited by Sladen.

ISASTER BAIRDII, Verrill.

Archaster bairdii, VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Sci., XXIII, p. 139, 1882. ;
Disk broad, flattened, or moderately convex, with the interradial
margins broadly curved, and the edge evenly rounded, owing to the
faint elevation of the upper marginal plates. Rays broad at base,
rapidly tapered to rather slender tips. Lesser to the larger radius
about as 1 to 2.5. Lesser radius of one of the largest specimens, 23 mm.;
greater radius, 54 to 56 mm. Another specimen has the lesser radius
18 m.; greater, 53 mm.

Abactinal area of the disk and rays closely covered with rather large
crowded parapaxille, which are round or polygonal according to the
amount of crowding, with a median row along the rays slightly larger
than the others. The parapaxille consist of a round, convex, cylin-
. drical or slightly clavate column, arising from the center of each of the
plates. On the middle region of the basal portion of the rays, the
plates are united by more or less stellate processes so as to leave large
intervening pores for the papule; but in the triangular interradial
areas the plates are closely united, without pores between them. On
these areas they become protopaxillee, and are closely crowded in rows

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 259

parallel to the marginal plates; next the marginal plates they become
much smaller than elsewhere and squarish or hexagonal in form, while
the central column becomes reduced to a slight elevation of the surface.
These small plates, without interspaces, also extend along the margins
of the rays and fill up the entire abactinal area of the arms beyond the
distal fourth, where there are about five rows. In the central area of
the disk the central and ten primary plates are larger and more rounded
than those upon the rays; and the papular pores are smaller and less
numerous than upon the rays, so that the areas having pores form a
five-rayed star upon the disk and arms, which is conspicuous when the
granules are removed. The petal-like groups of papular pores are also
often distinctly visible in dry specimens without the removal of the
granules.

Each of the dorsal plates bears a very even and regular flat or concave
group of papilliform granules; each group consists of a central cluster
of from twelve to twenty-five rather small rounded granules, slightly
separated from each other, and of a marginal series of fifteen to thirty
or more, somewhat longer, very even, flattened, blunt papille, which
are somewhat divergent, so that those of the adjacent groups are nearly
or quite in contact, except where the papule come forth. Owing to the
somewhat greater length of the marginal papille the central area of
the whole group is lower than the margin. Someof the smaller groups
towards the sides of the rays contain but six to ten granules in the
central cluster, in the midst of which one, slightly the largest, is cen-
tral and the others form a circle around it. Close to the marginal
plate, in the interradial areas, where the plates are most crowded, the
granules become very uniform in size and elevation, so that the separate
groups are scarcely distinguishable and the granulation is nearly iden-
tical with that on the marginal plates.

On several of the largest specimens many of the dorsal plates, both
of the disk and rays, bear a single, small, subcentral or marginal
bivalved pedicellaria, which is a little higher than the adjacent gran-
ules and two or three times as broad; seen from above the outline is
oblong; each one appears to take the place of from two to four gran-
ules. Sometimes two such pedicellariz occur on the same plate, and
occasionally they have three valves. Those that occur near the inter-
radial margins are smaller than those on the central area. The valves
are flat, invurved, and truncate at the end.

The madreporie plate is small, with few branched gyri, and is sit-
uated.much nearer to the center than to the margin; in a specimen
having the lesser radius 22 mm. the madreporic plate is 7 mm. from the
center. The central or anal pore is usually small and inconspicuous,
but in some specimens it is very evident and is surrounded by a con-
vergent group of numerous small spinules. In the papular areas at
the bases of the arms the pores are large and each has a single papula;
usually each plate is surrounded by six pores.

260 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVII.

The upper and lower marginal plates closely correspond in number
and elevation. The superior ones are scarcely raised above the level
of the disk, so that they are not conspicuous, as seen from above. In
the interradial areas they are nearly twice as high as long, but beyond
the middle of the arm they become squarish in form; their surface is
but slightly convex; they are separated from each other and from the
inferior plates by shallow and narrow grooves, which are bordered by
a row of small granules or papille a little longer than those that cover
the rest of the plate, so as to form simple fascioles. In the largest
specimens there are about twenty-five superior marginal plates on each
side of aray. The inferior plates are nearly the same as the superior
ones in size and form and in the furrows or fascioles between them, but
the sutures do not always correspond precisely with those of the upper
series. The entire outer surface of the marginal plates of both series
is covered with small granules separated by intervals less than their
own diameters.

The interradial areas beneath are rather large, triangular, and occu-
pied by groups of closely united, convex, polygonal, and squarish plates,
similar in size to the larger ones of the dorsal surface and covered by —
even groups of granules, much like those of the dorsal surface, but a
trifle larger and higher. These plates form four or five regular rows
parallel to the adambulacral plates on each side, beside a small tri-
angular group next the center of the interradial margin; their regular
arrangement and squarish form allows narrow furrows to run from
between the adambulacral plates to the marginal plates in both direc-
tions. Those in therow next the adambulacral plates correspond nearly
to the latter in number and breadth; this row extends to a point about
opposite the eighth marginal plate of the ray, the distal plates becom-
ing small and irregular and only filling the angles between the adam-
bulacral and marginal plates; but within the limits of the disk the plates
of.this row are nearly square, with rounded corners. The granules coy-
ering these actinal plates are somewhat elevated, with rounded and
somewhat swollen tips, the marginal series on each plate being some-
what longer and more divergent than the rest, so as to form rudimentary
fascioles between the plates. The number of granules on the larger
plates is usually from fifteen to twenty, of which three to six occupy the
center ofthe group, while the others are often arranged so as to form
pretty regular square or rhombic groups, giving a very even and sym-
metrical arrangement to the whole area. On some of these plates, near
the mouth, one of the central granules is replaced by a small bivalved
pedicellaria, similar in size and form to the adjacent granules, but they
do not appear to be present on all specimens. In some specimens these
pedicellariz become decidedly larger and are furnished with three,
four, and even five valves surrounding a central or subcentral pore in
a plate; in this case they take the place of the central group of granules
and become more numerous and occur on about one-third of all the

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 261

interradial plates. On such specimens more or less similar two-valved
pedicellariz are found on the marginal plates and on the abactinal
plates of both the rays and disk. The adambulacral spines consist, in
the larger specimens, of an inner or furrow-group of five or six rather
slender elongated spines, which arise from a curved and prominent
base line and project inward in a more or less divergent group, in which
the middle spines are somewhat longer than the rest; these spines are
mostly flattened in a direction transverse to the rays and are subacute
at the tip; external to these, on the actinal side of the plate, there is a
somewhat curved longitudinal row of about six spines, which are much
shorter than the inner ones, their length being less than half, while the
three middle ones are also somewhat stouter than the inner or furrow-
spines, and considerably larger than those adjacent to them in the same
row; each plate bears also an outer, incurved marginal series of short,
blunt spinules, scarcely larger than and similar to the granules of the
adjacent plate. They form a marginal row around the outer portion of
the plate, and often form, with the median series, a more or less circular
or elliptical group, external to the furrow series; but in other speci-
mens the two sets appear rather as parallel, longitudinal rows. The
furrow ends of the adambulacral plates are broadly curved and promi-
nent and project somewhat into the furrow, leaving rather deep inden-
tations between them, which form rudimentary fascioles.

The jaws are furnished with numerous rather stout, flattened spines,
of nearly equal size; of these, about three projecting inward from the
angle of the jaw are a little the longest, and the median one is a little
more prominent than the others. Distal to these, on each margin there
may be eight to ten somewhat smaller, blunt, transversely compressed
spines standing in a single row. The actinal surface of the jaw-plates
is slightly convex and but little prominent, the two plates forming
together a broad oval, upon which, proximally, there is a pair of short,
rather stout, angular spines, which form the apex of an oval group of
smaller and shorter spines, formed by two rows on each half of the jaw;
the more distal of those of the outer row, and all those of the inner rows,
are similar in size and form to the granules of the adjacent interradial
plates.

This species was taken by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Alba-
tross in 1882 at station 1122, off Martha’s Vineyard, in 351 fathoms, and
at five stations, in 1885, between N. lat. 42° 55’ 30’, W. long. 50° 51’,
and N. lat. 39° 47’ 07’, W. long. 70° 35’, in 471 to 721 fathoms.

Most of the specimens, including all the larger ones, were taken at
stations 2429 and 2552, in 471 and 721 fathoms.

Variations.—The essential characters of this species do not vary
largely in specimens much smaller than those described. The smallest
specimen seen has the radius of the disk 8 mm. and that of the rays
18mm. This specimen agrees closely with the largest in general appear-
ance and most of the details of structure. But the dorsal parapaxille

2962 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XV.

are naturally smaller and are occupied by a much smaller number of
granules, there being on the median row of the rays about ten or twelve
marginal and three or four central granules. The primary plates are
relatively larger than in the adults. The larger ventral interradial
plates have about seven to ten marginal granules, and usually but one
in the center. The spines of the adambulacral plates form three pretty
regular longitudal rows; those of the inner or furrow-series are long
and slender and form a divergent group, usually of four on each plate;
in the second row there are mostly four, which are much stouter, on
each plate; the outer row consists of from three to five on each plate,
similar to the adjacent granules. On the young specimens up to 50 mm.
in diameter no pedicellariz have been observed. <A few often oceur
on specimens 70 mm. in diameter, but they are often absent from the
largest sized specimens.

Most of the specimens from station 2429 have the arms somewhat
longer and more attenuated distally than in the typical specimens.
One of these, having the radius of the disk 14 mm., that of the rays
42 mm., has the rays 6mm. in the breadth in the middle, measuring
from the mouth.

A single six-rayed specimen occurred at station 2429, This is 54mm.
in diameter; radius of the disk 10.5 mm. It agrees pretty closely with
the five-rayed specimens of similar size, but the granules of the actinal
plates are smaller and more numerous than usual, and many two-valved
pedicellariz occur upon both the dorsal and ventral plates. In this
specimen the furrow-series of adambulacral spines consists of groups
of six and sometimes seven on each plate.

Genus ODONTASTER, Verrill.

Odontaster, VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, Xx, p. 402, 1880.
?Gnathaster, SLADEN, op. cit., p. 185, 1889.

This genus has a broad, stellate form, usually five-rayed. The abac-
tinal surface is covered with elevated, round parapaxille, bearing spin-
ules. The papule occupy the ceuter of the disk and the median part
of the rays. Marginal plates convex, the two series about equally
developed with an odd interradial one in each series. Imperfect fascioles
occupy the sutures. Upper marginal plates covered with fine spinules;
lower ones with larger spines, similar to those of the lower surface of
the disk. Actinal plates numerous, pavement-like, in rows parallel to
the furrows, each with a group of erect spines. The adambulacral
plates are rather rectangular, with a furrow series of few large spines
in a simple row, and an actinal group of similar large spines. Each
jaw has on the actinal side and near its inner end a large, sharp
median spine or tooth-like process, which is directed outward. The
jaws have marginal and actinal rows of spines similar to those of the
adjacent plates. No pedicellarize have been observed.

In most respects the genus Gnathaster of Sladen is identical with

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 263

Odontaster. The large, median, sharp, recurved spine or “keel” of the
jaw is the same in both, and the same is true of the general structure
of the skeleton. But Odontaster is much more spinose, both above and
below, than any of Sladen’s species. The latter have more evidently
paxilliform plates on the actinal surface, bearing small spinules or
papilliform granules, while in the type of Odontaster all the ventral
plates are densely covered with long, robust, erect spines, nearly equal
im length.

ODONTASTER HISPIDUS, Verrill.
Odontaster hispidus, VERRILL, op. cit., p. 402, 1880.

This form is regularly stellate, with a rather broad, flat disk and
tapering, subacute rays, which are usually 5, but sometimes 6. The
dorsal surface of the disk and rays is covered with spinulated para-
paxille; over most ot the surface these have a rather high, round, cen-
tral column, convex at summit, and covered with a dense radiating
group of long, slender, sharp spinules, often 20 to 26 on each; the
marginal spinules are smaller and mostly divergent. Toward the mar-
gins of the interradial areas and rays the central column of the
plates becomes gradually smaller and shorter, becoming verruciform
and quite small on the outer plates, which are closely crowded and
without intervening papular pores.

The papulz, in specimens 20 to 30 mm. in diameter, are arranged in a
broad ovate group at the base of each ray, and in a disconnected cen-
tral group on the disk, but in large specimens the central group becomes
connected with the others by a narrow median band; the papule do
not extend quite to the end of the rays in the largest examples, but
reach to about the distal third. The madreporic plate is of mediun
size, with fine gyri, and is surrounded by aring of about 6 paxillie.

The marginal plates are all convex, with deep rounded sutures, in
both directions; the upper ones rest largely on the dorsal side. There
is an odd interradial marginal plate in each series, very similar to
the others, but a trifle more wedge-shaped. There are usually 17 to
19 plates in each series, in the larger specimens; they are opposite each
other. The apical plate is small and pear-shaped.

The upper marginal plates are densely covered with small, slender
spinules, like those of the dorsal paxille, and the marginal ones are
smaller and form narrow fascioles.

The inferior marginal plates are densely covered with similar spines,
which are alittle more acute, but they have very slender spinules along
the sutures, forming imperfect fascioles. The actinal plates are numer-
ous, thick, rather squarish, but with rounded angles and a convex
surface, with pits where the spines are removed; they are arranged in
rows parallel to the furrows, except close to the margin, where they
become small, irregular, and crowded; those in the first row are longer
radially than the adambulacral plates, so that they are fewer than the

264 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVIL

latter; those in the other rows have a tendency to stand opposite those
of the first series, those in each succeeding row being smaller, but this
arrangement is not entirely regular. The first row of actinal plates
extends to within a short distance from the end of the rays, only the
last 4 pairs of marginal plates being without them, but they become
small and narrow distally.

The adambulacral plates are rectangular, shortest radially, convex,
separated by well-marked sutures. The larger specimens have either
2or 3 rather long and nearly equal, erect, furrow-spines, on each
plate, and about 5 or 6 similar, but slightly larger, erect spines on its
actinal surface; these spines are all pointed and quite identical, in size
and form, with those of the adjacent plates.

Specimens of ordinary size have the smaller radius about 16 mm.;
the larger radius 40 to42 mm. A few 6-rayed specimens have occurred.
This species was taken at a large number of stations by the U. 8S.
Fisk Commission, in 43 to 1,230 fathoms, between N. Lat. 35° 14’ 20”
and 40° 10/15”,

PENTAGONASTER EXIMIUS, new species.

A small, flat species, with a broad, pentagonal disk, nearly rectilinear
on the interradial margins, and with small, short, narrow rays, which
are obtusely rounded at the end, owing to the presence of a rather
large apical plate. The lesser to the greater radius, as 1 to1.75. Les-
ser radius of the best specimen, 16 mm.; greater radius, 25 mm.; eleva-
tion of the margin of the dry specimen, 3mm.; length of the largest
marginal plates, 2 mm.; diameter of the largest dorsal paxille of the
rays, 1.2 mm.

The abactinal surface is closely covered by nearly flat, rather large,
closely granulated plates, which, in the radial areas, are regularly hex-
agonal at summit, a central median series being distinguishable, though
scarcely larger than those adjacent. The central area of the disk is
occupied by angular plates, moreirregular in size and form, among which
all the central and the 10 primary radial and interradial plates can
be easily distinguished by their much greater size and more numerous
granules, their diameter being about 2 mm., and the number of granules
more than 100. The large triangular interradial areas, destitute of
papule, are occupied by very closely arranged angular plates, some of
which are rhombic, others trapezoidal, and some subtriangular, those
nearest the marginal plates being smaller than the others, but all are
covered with a uniform granulation. On the larger radial plates there
is a central group of 15 to 20 closely packed, rounded granules and a
marginal series of from 20 to 25 angular ones. On the distal part of the
rays the median plates become smaller and more irregular, and have no
intervening papulxe, and between the last three pairs of marginal plates
they are absent. The madreporic plate is small, angular, and nearer
to the center than the margin (distance from center, 6mm.); it has
rather few convoluted gyri.

’

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 265

Of the upper marginal plates there are 8 on each radial margin, and
of the lower plates, 9, including a very small one next the apical plate.
The larger plates of the upper series are nearly rectangular in outline,
but rather higher than long; as they approach the end of the rays they
become relatively shorter, until, near the end of the ray, the length is
about one-half the height. The inferior plates are about equal in size
to the upper, and stand nearly opposite to them, but the sutures do
not correspond closely; the larger part of their surfaces extend upon
the actinal side of the interradial region. The entire surface of the
plates of both series is densely covered with small polygonal granules,
except a small, rounded, or oval, bare spot on the upper end of each
superior plate, and near the lower margin of each inferior plate; but
these smooth bare spots are occasionally wanting, and vary in size,
indicating that they may have been caused by injury before capture,
for the plates are pitted where the granules have subsequently been
removed.

The large interradial areas of the actinal side are occupied by aclose
pavement, mostly of rhombic plates, which are mostly arranged in rows
parallel to the ambulacral groove. Each plate is covered by a compact
group of angular granules, usually 10 to 15 on each plate; these granules
are coarser and more elevated than those on the surface of the mar-
ginal and dorsal plates, but they are all similar and of the same height,
producing a very even surface. The adambulacral plates are arranged
in 3 nearly regular longitudinal rows; the furrow-series consists usu-
ally of 3 nearly equal spines which are moderately stout, not very long,
mostly flattened, and obtuse; the next series is formed by 2, somewhat
flattened, blunt spines, side by side, on the actinal side of each plate;
these are alittle shorter, and decidedly stouter than the furrow-series;
the outer series is formed by 3 small, equal, angular, granule-like spi-
nules on the outer margin of each plate; they are similar to and only
slightly longer than the granules of the adjacent plates. The jaws bear,
on each side, a row of 8 or 9 rather stout and short angular spines of
which the innermost are a little the largest and also a row of similar
spines, of about the same size, on each actinal border, with a few
smaller ones in a group at the distal end. The jaws have no distinct
actinal keel.

This species was taken by the steamer Albatross in 1883, off La Have
Bank, at station 2064, N. lat. 42° 25’ 40’, W. long. 66° 08/ 35’, in 122
fathoms, and in 1885 off Nova Scotia at station 2507, N. lat. 44° 27/30”,
W. long. 62° 33/ 30’, in 80 fathoms. A single specimen was obtained
at each locality.

This species is closely allied to P. granularis, which is also found in
the same region. The latter differs in having the interradial margin
more regularly incurved, with the rays relatively longer and more reg-
ularly tapered and the tip less acute, owing to the smaller size of the
apical plate; the granulations of the abactinal marginal plates are also

266 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVII.

coarser and less even, and not so numerous; the primary interradial
plates are relatively much smaller and less distinct from the others;
the madreporic plate is finely cancellate; the adambulacral plates bear
more numerous, stouter, and more angular spines; in the furrow-series
there are usually four or five spines; on the middle of the actinal sur-
face three to five stout, blunt, angular spines; and on the outer margin
usually three or four short, thick, angular, granule-like spines.

Remarks on the characters of the preceding families.

The preceding families Archasteride, Astropectinide and Pen-
tagonasteride, as limited by Mr. Sladen,* are not well defined, nor
do the few characters given by him hold good in ail cases.

The existence of superambulacral plates has been supposed to be
characteristic of the Astropectinide only, but they exist in several of
the genera referred to Archasteridi, viz., Dytaster, Plutonaster, and
Pseudarchaster.

The aproctous condition, supposed to be characteristic of the same
fainily, is unreliable, for in nearly all the genera referred to it by Mr.
Sladen there is a perfectly well defined dorsal or ‘‘anal” pore appearing
just as in the Archasteridie, and in some of the genera the pore is even
elevated on the summit of a dorsal cone or chimney (Psilaster, Ilyaster,
etc.). This pore serves in each of these families (and in Asterioidea
generally) for the discharge of the secretion of branched dorsal glaudu-
lar organs, probably nephridial in function, situated above the stomach.

Whether the central pore serves as a true anus in any of these star-
fishes is very doubtful, for the intestine is usually nearly or quite abor-
tive. In any case it is impossible to ascertain this point without actual
dissection of alcoholic or fresh specimens, which are often not available.

The distinctions between the Pentagonasteride and Archasteride
are also very faint and indefinite, for although the typical genera of
each group appear to be very different, there are many intermediate
genera now known, so that there is probably not one diagnostic char-
acter that can be given to separate the two groups as limited by Sla-
den. If the two families are to be preserved, it will probably be nec-
essary to change their limits and to transfer some of the genera.

It would, perhaps, be more in accordance with a natural classification
to drop the family Archasteridz and distribute the genera referred to
it among those of the other two families. In sucha system those genera
having distinct fascioles between the marginal plates and between the
infero-radial plates would belong with the Astropectinide, while those
without fascioles would be placed in the Pentagonasteridz or Gonias-
teridie.

By this rearrangement the former family would include mostly those
genera covered with true paxille and parapaxilli, and the latter would

* Voyage of the Challenger, Xxx, pp. XXVIII-XXXI, 1, 174, 260, 1889.

“oem

104. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 267

include mostly genera covered with spinous or granulated plates, pro-
topaxille, or pseudopaxille.*

The various kinds of abactinal ossicles pass into each other by vari-
ous intermediate forms, so that it is impossible to draw any very strong
or Sharp family lines on this character alone, though the character of
the plating may generally be taken as of generic value.

The existence of definite fascioles of specialized spinules or papille
on the margins of the plates, so as to form covered channels along their
sutures, is evidently a character both of morphological and physiolog-
ical importance. The existence of fascioles is correlated with the mode

of life. Such forms as have them appear to live more or less buried in

soft mud or sand and the fascioles are evidently for the purpose of pro-
viding a free circulation of water around the whole surface of the body,
both to provide for respiration and to keep the surface of the body free
from dirt. The paxilliform plates also contribute to both these fune-
tions.

The typical Astropectinide are among those best provided with
fascioles and with the most highly developed forms of paxille. They
are also those that are eminently dwellers in and beneath mud and
sand. The pointed form of the ambulacral feet is correlated with the
same habit.

The family Porcellanasteride includes Ctenodiscus, Porcellanaster,
and allied genera, which have similar, but even more specialized, struc-
tural adaptations for the same purposes.

Within the limits of the family Archasteride Mr. Sladen made four

*Tt seems desirable to have special terms to designate these various forms of dermal
ossicles, which are generally included rather indefinitely under the terms paxille
and pseudopaxille. As understood by me, true paxillw are columnar or hour-glass-
shaped ossicles with narrow, usually isolated, bases, which bear at summit a group
of small spinules, of which the marginal series are usually different from the rest
and divergent, so as to cover the intervening spaces between the spines. These are
highly developed in most species of Astropecten.

Spinopaxille are of the same general structure, but the center of the summit is
occupied by a distinct spine, or by more than one. Such forms occur on Luidia,
Pontaster, etc.

Parapaxille are lower and broader, rounded ossicles, or angular plates with a
raised central portion, or like a low column; they may be either isolated or articu-
lated by their bases; the summit is covered with small, short, differentiated spinules,
much like those of true paxillee. Those on the dorsal surface of Plutonaster are
examples. They sometimes bear a central spine.

Protopaxille are similar, but less elevated convex ossicles or plates, covered with
round or angular granules, with the marginal series differentiated and more or less
covering the grooves between the plates. As in the preceding, there may be a cen-
tral spine in some cases. This form occurs on Plutonaster, and on many species of
Pentagonasteride. The transition from this last kind to simple, uniformly granu-
lated plates is easy, when the grooves between the plates become obsolete.

Pseudopacille are plates with flattened, often lobed or branched, and mostly over-
lapping bases, which bear a group of slender, fascicled spinules, on the more or less
raised central or subcentral area. These have no differentiated marginal series of
spinules. This form is well seen in Solaster, Cribrella, ete.

268 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVI,

subfamilies. These are mostly small groups of genera that have more
or less close relations to each other, but the distinctions between some
of them seem to me too slight for even subfamily groups. Every new
genus discovered is likely to break down some of the distinctions made
between such groups. Moreover, some of the distinctive characters
given by Mr. Sladen do not hold good for the genera classified by him.
Thus, the subfamily Pararchasterine is said to have the papule ‘ con-
fined to a limited area at the base of the rays,” while the subfamily
Plutonasterinz is said to have them “distributed over the whole abac-
tinal area.” But, as a matter of fact, scarcely any of the genera
referred to either of the subfamilies have the papule so distributed,
and in many of the genera they can be best described as confined to
the central part of the disk and to the median or radial areas of the
basal part of the rays and disk. They are almost always lacking on
the distal and submarginal parts of the rays, and on more or less exten-
sive dorsal interradial areas of the disk. This is the case in Plutonas-
ter, Dytaster, Pseudarchaster, etc., and is also the usual arrangement in
the Pentagonasteride.

The genus Pararchaster, Sladen= Benthopecten, Verrill has essentially
this same arrangement of papule, only they are absent from a somewhat
greater portion of the distal part of the ray, but different specimens ot
the same species vary widely in this respect according to theirage. In
fact, there is nothing very peculiar in their arrangement in this genus,
as compared with various other species formerly included in the genus
“ Archaster,” so that when the genus Benthopecten was first briefly
described by me I did not consider it necessary to refer to this feature,
there being various other characters of much greater value. —

The special arrangement of the papule in Pontaster is, however, a
character of importance. But there is surely no very close affinity
shown between Pontaster and Benthopecten by the arrangement of the
papule.

My own view is that Benthopecten may be more closely allied to some
of the genera referred to the Pentagonasteride by Mr. Sladen, for it
has neither paxille nor fascioles, but it does have large, odd, interra-
dial marginal plates, a feature found in some of the other genera of
the latter family. Probably there should be a special snbfamily, Ben-
thopectinine, established for it.

On the other hand, a special subfamily, Pontasterine, may well be es-
tablished for the genus Pontaster and allied genera, which are evidently
closely related to the more typical genera of Archasteride.

A very remarakable new genus of this group, and apparently closely
allied to Pontaster, though it has large papular areas, exists on the
Pacific coast. It has the following characters:

ACANTHARCHASTER, new genus.

Rays usually five, long, angular, tapered. Disk small; actinal inter-
radial plates very few, spmous, confined to the disk; marginal plates

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 269

of moderate size, more or less alternate, spiniferous; those of the
upper series smaller than those of the lower, rounded, with a central
eminence bearing a single large movable spine, with a group of small
spinules around its base. The plates of the lower series may bear two
or more similar large spines surrounded by spinules. The upper mar-
ginal plates form a narrow margin along the rays.

The dorsal surface is covered with small, unequal plates in the form
of protopaxille and spinopaxille; the latter have a low, round column
and bear a large, central, articulated spine surrounded at base by a
circle of small spinules; they are found on the disk and along the
median part of the rays. The protopaxille are smaller and part of
them bear only small spinules; others have a small central spine.

The papulz cover most of the disk and the entire basal part of the
rays.

Peculiar double pectinate pedicellariz exist on the dorsal surface of
the rays and disk, and a single one, of larger size, occupies the center
of each actinal interradial area; in one case a similar structure re-
places the two upper marginal plates in the interradial angle. These
large actinal compound pedicellariz may have ten to twelve incurved
papille on each side, while those of the dorsal surfaces have, usually,
three to six. Some of the latter have three convergent groups of
curved papille. The central dorsal pore is very evident and _ sur-
rounded by papille.

The adambulacral plates have a salient inner angle, and bear a diver-
gent group of furrow-spines and a transverse actinal row of long
spines.

The jaw-plates are large, and bear simple marginal and actinal series
of long spines.

The type (Acantharchaster dawsoni, Verrill), originally described*
as Archaster dawsoni, Verrill, was taken in 111 fathoms off the Queen
Charlotte Islands.

Family STICHASTERID®, Perrier.
NEOMORPHASTER FORCIPATUS, new species.

Rays five, high and rounded at the base, tapering rather rapidly to
the slender, acute tips, and in the dry specimen showing a distinct,
elevated median row of large plates and four lateral rows of some-
what smaller plates on each side. Interbrachial angles subacute; disk
rather small, swollen, in the dry specimen depressed in the center.
The lesser to the greater radii are about as one to five. Smaller
radius of the type specimen, 16 mm.; greater radius, 85 mm.; breadth of
arms at base, 19 mm.; height of the arms at base, 16 mm.; diameter of
madreporic plate, 4 mm.

The disk and the principal rows of dorsal plates of the rays are

* Report of Prog., Geol. Survey of Canada, 1878-1879.

270 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVIL.

covered with short, thick, blunt, almost granule-like spinules and with
a great abundance of comparatively large crossed pediceliarix, which
are also scattered over all the plates, both of the dorsal and lateral
surfaces of the arms and disk; many of these pedicellariz are nearly
as large as the adjacent spinules and about half as thick as the larger
spinules of the dorsal series. The rows of plates along the sides of the
arms are destitute of spinules, but are thickly covered with pedicellariz.
Adjacent to the adambulacral plates there is a row of stout ventral
plates, each of which bears two stout, obtuse, club-shaped spines placed
side by side and forming a somewhat irregular row, which terminates
before reaching the middle of the arm. Outside of these there is another
row of prominent plates, each of which bears one or two small spines
toward the base of the arms, but beyond the middle of the arm each
bears two spines or sometimes three, like those of the inner row. The
surface of these large ventral plates is covered, like the dorsal and lateral
ones, with large crossed pedicellarie. Each adambulacral plate bears
two or sometimes three moderately long, round, blunt, and often
slightly clavate spines, so arranged as to form two pretty regular rows.
Near the mouth each plate usually bears a single spine forming a
simple row. Attached to the adambulacral spines and in the ventral
interradial spaces are many acute, ovate, forcipate pedicellariz, often
mixed with crossed pedicellarixe and scarcely exceeding the latter
in size; along the inner edge of the adambulacral furrow there are
numerous smaller pedicellarize similar in shape. Many of these are
raised on slender pedicles; they often form a group of three or four on
the inner end of each plate. Jaws elongated, with three or four rather
long, round, subacute spines in a row along each side, and with four
longer convergent spines at the inner end, two of which are directed
upward and inward.

The central part of the disk is covered by a system of rather large
primary plates, which form a more or less distinct rosette. The mad-
reporic plate is near the center, moderately large, flattish or somewhat
concave, and surrounded by numerous spinules like those of the neigh-
boring plates. It occupies the whole upper surface of a large primary
basal plate. The plates of the median dorsal series are rather large
and prominent, ciosely united in a continuous series; their prominent
crests are transverse and bear about 10 to 12 spinules, which are
arranged in about two irregular transverse rows, intermingled with the
pedicellarie; another row of similar but somewhat sinaller plates
extends from the dorsal interradial angle to the tip of the arm on each
side; this row, at first dorsal, becomes median-lateral at about the
middle ofthe ray. Toward the base of the arm these plates usually bear
a transverse row of 2 to 4 small spinules on a distinct crest or
ridge, but these mostly disappear before reaching the middle of the
arm; between this row of plates and the median dorsal row on the
basal part of the arm there is an intermediate row of smaller plates,

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Ae |

most of which bear a small group of spinules and pedicellariz, but this
row becomes indistinct at about the middle of the arm, yet continues
tothe end. The sides of the arms at the base are occupied by about
three rows of large, close plates, mostly without spinules. These
longitudinal rows of plates are united by short, stout, transverse proc-
esses, so that they leave small rounded interspaces, each of which
bears a group of 3 to 6 or more papul on the dorsal surface; on the
lower lateral and ventral surfaces the interspaces become much smaller,
and the papule often stand singly. All the plates are very firmly united
together, both transversely and longitudinally, so that their outlines
ean not be distinguished in the dry specimen without maceration.

The ambulacral sucker-tubes form 4 close rows, and are furnished
with small terminal suckers.

Two specimens (Nos. 11131 and 11425, U.S. N. M.) were taken in 1885
at stations 2530 and 2531, off George’s Bank, in 956 and 852 fathoms;
and another in 1886 (No. 14859, U. S. N. M.) at station 2681, off Martha’s
Vineyard, in 990 fathoms.

The generic position of this singular species is somewhat doubtful.
It appears to be more nearly allied to Neomorphaster eustichus, Sladen,
from off the Azores, in 900 to 1,000 fathoms, than to any other described
form. It differs, however, in having more numerous pedicellarie scat-
tered over the surface, in the greater number of papulie, in the trans-
verse arrangement of the dorsal spinules, and in having longer and
more slender furrow-spines.

Family SOLASTERID ”®, Perrier.
SOLASTER SYRTENSIS, new species.

Rays usually 9, well rounded above, high at base, regularly tapered,
moderately long, the length about equal to the diameter of the disk.
Interradial angles subacute, occupied by close psuedopaxille. Disk
flattened or convex, according to the mode of preservation. Radii
about as 1to 3. In one of the type specimens, the diameter is 165 mm.;
lesser radius, 28 mm.; greater radius, 80 to 85 mm.; breadth of rays
at base, 15 mm.; height of rays at base, 16 mm.; diameter of dorsal
pseudopaxillee, about 0.75 mm; diameter of madreporic plate, 3 mm.

The whole dorsal surface and the sides of the rays are closely and
evenly covered with rounded, flat-topped pseudopaxille, larger and
more even than those of S. endeca. Those covering the central area of
the disk and middle of the basal part of the rays are largest, the size
regularly decreasing toward the ends and outer sides of the rays.
The spinules on the largest pseudopaxillie are often 30 to 40 in num-
ber, of which 20 to 25 or more surround the margin, while 6 to 12 or
more form acentral group. They are all similar—small, slender, of
moderate length, and rough at the blunt tips, and seem to be united
at their bases by a membranous web.

272 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL XVII.

When the spinules are well preserved those of adjacent pseudopax-
ille are nearly in contact, giving the surface an even and somewhat
tessellated appearance. The pseudopaxille on the sides of the rays
form regular oblique rows, diverging downward and outward.

The papule are large and occur either singly or in groups of two or
three in each small interspace between the dorsal plates of the disk
and arms; on the sides of the arms they mostly occur singly. No
papule were found below the marginal plates. Madreporic plate of
moderate size, covered with fine, much convolutee gyri Upper mar-
ginal plates small, bearing pseudopaxille slightly larger than those
above them on the basal part of the arms, but becoming much more
distinct toward the tips, where the adjacent lateral pseudopaxille are
small. The inferior marginal plates are much larger and somewhat
prominent; the elevated portion is compressed, elongated transversely
to the ray, and bears an oblong group of numerous small, crowded
paxilliform spinules, similar to those of the dorsal pseudopaxille.
About 55 lower marginal plates occur on each side of a ray.

The inferior interradial spaces are of rather small size and are closely
covered by plates which bear mostly elliptical or oblong paxilliform
clusters of small, slender, crowded spinules, similar to those of the
marginal plates, but larger than those of the dorsal pseudopaxille.

A row of 6 or 8 interradial plates, bearing paxille, extends a short
distance out on the arms between the marginal and adambulacral
plates.

The adambulacral spines are long and slender; in the furrow-series
each plate bears a group of 4 (sometimes alternately 3 and 4, or 5 and
4) rather long, tapering subacute, somewhat divergent and nearly
equal spines, which stand in a line slightly oblique to the edge of the
furrow and are connected together by a web, often extending to half
their length in dry specimens and further in alcoholic ones. In alco-
holic specimens all the spines are invested in a rather thick mem-
brane. Each adambulacral plate bears, also, a transverse series of 4
or 5 spines of about the same length as, but somewhat thicker than,
the furrow-series; they differ but little in length, but the outermost
ones are Slightly smaller than the inner ones.

The jaw-plates are large and broad; each pair jointly bears an
inwardly directed group of 6 rather stout tapered spines, of which
the 4 central ones are largest; each plate also bears a marginal row
consisting of 7 or 8 somewhat smaller spines, the innermost ones being
the largest; a curved row of 8 or 9 similar spines is borne on the
central crest of each jaw plate; those of the 2 rows usually cross each
other over the elliptical, naked, intermediate space.

Off Cape Cod, station 264, in 80 fathoms, 1879; off Nova Scotia, sta-
tions 85 and 86, 101 fathoms, 1877; also taken by the Gloucester fisher-
men on George’s and Western Banks, in 45 to 80 fathoms.

This species is allied to S. endeca, but differs widely from that species

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 273

in the much longer and more numerous furrow-spines; in the larger
and more evenly spined dorsal pseudopaxille; in the much smaller
and more spinulated ventral areas; and in the shorter and broader jaw-
plates and shorter mouth-spines.

SOLASTER BENEDICTI, new species.

Rays usually nine, moderately long, well-rounded, tapering rapidly
to the narrow acute tip; rather high at base; in length about equal
to the diameter of the disk; the lesser to the greater radii are as 1 to
2.75. Greatest diameter of the largest type specimen, 220 mm.; lesser
radius 38-42 mm.; greater radius, 105-115 mm.; breadth of arms at
base, 25 mm.; height of arms at base, 15 mm.; diameter of dorsal paxillz,
about 5 mm.; diameter of madreporic plate, 3 mm.; distance from the
center of the madreporic plate to anus, 11 mm.; length of the crests of
the marginal plates transversely, 3 mm.; height, including spinules,
about 2mm. Jaws broad, truncated, with four subequal oral spines
and numerous small lateral spines.

The disk is thick, swollen, usually convex. The whole dorsal and
lateral surfaces of the disk and arms are covered with small, well sepa-
rated, conical pseudopaxille which bear a small group of tapering,
acute, divergent spinules. The pseudopaxille on the central region
of the disk are larger than elsewhere and bear about 5 to 7 spinules,
of which 1 is central and sometimes longer than the others.

On the sides and towards the ends of the arms the pseudopaxille
decrease regularly in size until they bear but one or two small spinules
near the tips of the arms. On the sides of the arms they are arranged
in quincunx and form regular oblique rows. On the dorsal surface
they are arranged regularly, but do not form very distinct rows. The
papule are rather small and mostly occur singly in each interspace’
between the plates, which are rather firm and form a closely reticulated
skeleton. The madreporic plate is small, inconspicuous, partially con-
cealed by several special pseudopaxille larger than the rest; it is
situated decidedly nearer to the center than to the margin. Anal open-
ing conspicuous, nearly central. The upper marginal plates are very
small and bear pseudopaxille similar to, and only slightly larger than,
those of the plates above them. Inferior marginal plates much larger,
with a prominent, much compressed, transverse crest which bears a
row of small conical spinules, of which there are 10 to 12 or more
on the plates near the base of the arms, where they mostly form a sin-
gle row, but on the distal portion of the arm, where the plates become
thicker and more rounded, the spinules are shorter, stouter, and form
two rows; the spinules near the lower margin of the plate are the
longest; when well preserved these spinules usually taper to an acute
tip. In the interradial angles the crests of the marginal plates become
very thin, and the spinules are more slender, more numerous, and often
form asingleregularrow. The actinal interradial areas are moderately

Proc. N. M. 94-18

274 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVI.

wide and closely covered with concealed plates, each of which bears, on
a small conical elevation, one or two tapering acute spines, similar to,
but smaller than, the adjacent adambulacral spines. A row of inter-
mediate actinal plates extends out on the rays nearly to the tips,
between the lateral and adambulacral plates; each of these usually
bears a simple acute spine similar to the adjacent adambulacral spines.
In younger specimens a similar row of plates and spines extends out a
short distance along the ray. Each of the adambulacral plates bears
an inner or furrow-group of 4 or 5 moderately long, rather stout,
tapered, acute spines, of which the central ones are a little the longest;
these spines are firmly united by a web for more than half their length
in dry specimens, in some of which they closely interlock across the
grooves. Each plate also bears a transverse row, usually of 3 mod-
erately stout, much tapered, acute, usually somewhat curved spines.
These are about equal in length and are longer than, and about twice
as thick as, the furrow-spines.

This species was taken in 1885 at station 2530, off George’s Bank, in
956 fathoms, one specimen (No. 14848, U.S. N. M.); at station 2550, off
Martha’s Vineyard, in 1,081 fathoms, one specimen (No. 11816, U.S.
N. M.), and in 1886 at station 2682, off Martha’s Vineyard, in 1,004
fathoms, three specimens.

CROSSASTER HELIANTHUS, new species.

Rays about 15, rather short, their length less than the diameter of
the disk, rounded above, rapidly tapered. The proportion of the radii
of the type specimen is as 1 to 2.10.

The greatest diameter is125mm.; the lesser radius, 30 mm.; the greater
radius, 63 min.; the diameter of the madreporic plate, 4mm.; breadth of
rays at base, 13 mm.; length of rays, 30 to 38mm. The disk is large
and swollen. The whole dorsal surface is covered with moderately large
and somewhat elongated paxilliform prominences or pseudopaxille,
which are rather regularly arranged and well separated, plainly show-
ing in dry specimens the rather firm and closely reticulated skeleton
and the small but well-defined interspaces, so that the surface has a
rough appearance when dry. The skeleton plates are stoutest opposite
the interradial angles on the disk. The pseudopaxille are the broad-
based somewhat conical central summits of the plates; each of the
larger ones bears a compact fascicle of 6 to 12 or more small somewhat
elongated erect spinules, of which 2 or 3 in the middle of each group
are a little the longest, causing the clusters to have a rounded apex.
Toward the end of the arms the clusters of spinules are much smaller.
The papule are small and very numerous, 6 to 9 usually occurring in
each of the larger dorsal interspaces. Madreporic plate rather large,
situated about midway between the center and margin, not surrounded
by specially large pseudopaxille.

The inferior marginal plates are prominent, well spaced, not very
numerous, about 16 to 18 in the type specimen. Those near the base

1994, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 275

of the ray are transversely oblong, with a curved summit, and bear
20 to 30 small slender spinules mostly arranged in 2 rows; the up-
per ones are smallest and similar to those of the dorsal pseudopaxille.
Beyond the middle of the ray the marginal plates become short and
bear an irregular group of crowded paxillary spinules. The upper mar-
ginal plates are small and bear paxilliform groups scarcely different
from those of the dorsal surface of the rays; on most of the rays there
is an irregular row of small pseudopaxille just below the inferior mar-
ginal plates, but usually terminating before reaching the end of the
Tay.

Actinal interradial spaces narrow, elongated, and covered with a thick
skin which is radially striated and bears small scattered fascicles of 2
to 6 rather long, slender, paxillary spinules, while some similar spinules
stand singly, leaving much of the surface bare. The adambulacral
plates are crowded and each bears a furrow-group of 3 or 4 rather long,
tapering, acute spinules, which stand in a somewhat curved row, the
central one being larger and somewhat farther inward than the others;
outside of these, each plate bears a transverse row of about 10 to 12
closely placed spines, similar in size to the furrow-spines; some of these
‘spines are forked at the tip, others are obtuse, but most are acute, and
the outermost are somewhat smaller and more slender than the others.
In alcoholic specimens these spines, as well as all the furrow-spines,
are united by a web. The jaw-plates are narrow and elongated; each
bears 4 large, inwardly directed terminal spines, of which the 2 central
are decidedly larger and longer than the others, and also a row of
smaller acute spines on each side. The ventral surface of each jaw
forms a sharp, elongated carina inclosing a narrow elliptical space.
On each carina there are about 10 to 12 slender elongated spines.

This species appears to be a true Crossaster, but differs widely from
C. papposus in the stouter and closer skeleton plates, smaller and more
numerous dorsal pseudopaxille, with much shorter spinules, and in
the much more numerous and shorter adambulacral spines.

It was taken in 1880 by the Gloucester fishermen, near George’s
Bank, in deep water (schooner Martha C. Young.)

Family PTERASTERIDZ, Perrier.
PTERASTER (TEMNASTER) HEXACTIS, new species.

Disk broad, very high, evenly convex, with a rather large central
opening surrounded by circles of prominent, imbricated, and webbed
spines. Rays six, short, broad, tapered to blunt tips, their lateral
margins convex. Lesser to greater radii, about as 1 to 1.5. Lesser
radii, 22 mm.; greater radii, 32 to 35 mm., in the alcoholic specimen;
height of disk, 30 mm.

The surface of the disk is covered with very numerous small spin-
ules, covered more or less completely with a thick skin-like membrane
and arranged in irregular, divergent groups.

276 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVII.

The integument between the spinules is thick, smooth, firm, and
everywhere perforated by numerous very small, round pores.

In each interradial region there is a narrow, radiating groove, lined
with thick naked integument, destitute both of spinules and pores, but
showing a wrinkled surface. These grooves commence at about one-
fourth the distance from the dorsal center to the margin. In some
cases there is only a small slit-like opening in the upper end of the
groove, communicating with the space beneath the dorsal membrane,
but in some of the interradii the slit is much larger and longer, reach-
ing nearly or quite to the margin, and communicates with a large
marsupial pouch, containing well-formed young, some of which were in
the act of escaping when preserved. Apparently the slit-like openings
are formed, or at least much enlarged, when the young are ready tu
come forth, and after their birth the edges of the slits may become
again united.

The dorsal spines or pseudopaxille beneath the integument are
large, stout, rather long, and surmounted with a large divergent group
of long, slender spinules. In the interradial region, within the mar-
supial pouch, there is a group of several lobed or branched papule at
the base of each paxilliform spine. The large spines situated along
each side, within these cavities, have rudimentary spinules at the sum-
mit, which do not reach the outer membrane so that they stand free
within the cavity, thus leaving the membrane unsupported along the
slits. On the ventral side the rays are nearly flat, and the disk around
the mouth is deeply concave.

Each ray is broadest at the margin of the disk. The transverse
combs are numerous and covered with a thick, firm skin, which entirely
conceals the spines in alcoholic specimens. On the broadest part of
the ray, opposite the margin of the disk, there are mostly four, rarely
five, spines of moderate length in each comb; of these the one next the
groove is somewhat shorter than the two or three which succeed it,
while the outermost is still shorter and directed more outward, so that
the group has a somewhat rounded, but not very elevated, scolloped
margin, the membrane receding somewhat between the points of the
spines. The spines, when exposed, are rather slender, flattened, rough,
and truncate at the flat tip; beyond the outer spine the web rapidly
becomes less elevated and each comb lies somewhat obliquely over the
one next beyond it, and becomes only a slightly elevated broad fold
before reaching the margin. These folds entirely conceal the trans-
verse, ventral spines, which extend to the margin of the ray, but pro-
ject beyond it very little, if at all, so that the margin is only crenulate
or separated into small blunt lobes, separated by slight notches.

Between the outer ends of the combs of webbed spines there is a
small, oval pore, which is sometimes covered by an oval operculum,
but in some cases it gives exit to a group of two or three short, blunt
papuliform organs.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. pagal

The jaws are surrounded bya marginal group of long, slender, webbed
spines, of which there are about four or five on each side; the two inner-
most are somewhat the largest; on the actinal side of the jaws there
are also two much larger, isolated spines, one on each plate; these are
entirely covered by a thick skin; when this is removed the spine is
flattened, tapered, and blunt at the tip, with a rough surface, but not
hyaline.

The ambulacral feet are large and in two regular rows.

Color of the alcoholic specimen dull purple above, darkest on the
central part of the disk and interradial region; beneath yellowish.

Taken at station 2433, off Newfoundland Bank, N. lat. 43° 05’, W.
long. 50° 43’, in 57 fathoms; one specimen (No. 12004, U. S. N. M.).

This species not only differs from other known forms in having six
rays, but appears to be peculiar in the presence of naked interradial
grooves and genital slits. This last character may be sufficient to war-
rant its separation.as a distinct subgenus (Temnaster, Verrill), or even
asa genus. It differs from our other species also in having fewer and
stouter spines in the ventral combs; in the broader and flatter ventral
surface of the shorter rays; in the much thicker skin of the ventral
combs, and in the less evident comb of spines along the margins of the
rays. The dorsal membrane is also firmer and not at all granular; the
spinules over its surface are much more numerous, and the pores
between them are smaller and more numerous.

The several young ones taken from the interradial slits all have six
rays, rendering it probable that this is the normal number.

HYMENASTER MODESTUS, Verrill.
Hymenaster modestus, VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, XxXIx, p. 151, 1885.

Body small, pentagonal, with concave borders, rays short, broad,
subacute. The dorsal membrane is thin, translucent, with minute
granule-like specks; the spiracular pores are few and minute; the dor-
sal cavity, beneath the membrane, is relatively large. Each adambu-
lacral plate bears three very slender, acute, rough spines; two are
placed obliquely at the inner edge, and of these the distal is usually
much shorter than the other; the third, which is external to the others,
but close to them, on the actinal side of the plate, is more erect, longer,
and slightly larger; on the middle part of the rays there are often two
sinilar spines on the actinal side of the plate, close together.

The actinal radial spines are very slender, not crowded, 16 to 18 on
each side; the longest ones are the fifth and sixth; these and those
beyond reach the margin, which is scalloped between them. The pores
between the inner ends of the actinal rays are round, and protected by
an opercular spine or papilla, which is flat and expanded at the base,
but thin and slender at the tip. The dorsal pseudopaxille are rather
large and few in number, with long terminal spinelets, which project
through the dorsal membrane as small spinelets; they are pretty uni-
formly distributed, and there are no defined radial areas.

278 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL, VOL. XVII.

The jaws have a salient inner angle and an elevated actinal promi-
nence, on Which there is, on each plate, a small, short spine near the
inner end (others may have existed, but, if so, were rubbed off in the
dredge); on each side of the jaw there is a marginal series of about
five slender spines.

Color, in alcohol, pale buff above, pink beneath.

Greater radius, 10 mm.; lesser radius, 7 mm.

Stations 2052 and 2096, in 5,098 and 1,451 fathoms, 1883.

Family ECHINASTERIDA, Verrill.
CRIBRELLA PECTINATA, new species

Rays five, elongated, rounded, thick at base, tapering evenly to the
small tips. Disk moderately swollen, the lesser to the greater radii as
1:4.4.

The lesser radius of the type-specimen is 15 mm.; the greater radius,
66 mm.; breadth of rays at base, 18 mm.; diameter of madreporic plate,
3 mm.

The whole dorsal surface and sides of the rays are evenly covered
with small well-spaced pseudopaxillw, each of which bears a fascicle,
or more rarely a comb-shaped group of four to eight or more small
slender spinules, which stand nearly erect, and are nearly equal in
length. The pseudopaxille arise from elevations of the plates and are
so spaced as to leave intervals greater than their own diameters, thus
giving the surface a rough papillose appearance; the pseudopaxille
are more closely arranged on the center of the disk than on the arms.
The madreporic plate is large and covered with rough spinules in comb-
like groups.

Each of the interspaces on the arms bears a single large papula, equal
in diameter to or exceeding the pseudopaxille; similar papule occur
between the ventral plates, where they form regular longitudinal rows.
On the ventral surface of the rays there are three regular longitudinal
series of plates corresponding in number to the adambulacral plates.
The plates in the two outermost rows are oblong at the summit, and
each bears an oblong group of slender paxilliform spinules, arranged
in two rows, and similar to those of the back. The plates of the outer
row are somewhat smaller than those of the next, and the spinules are
about twelve to fifteen in number toward the base of the rays, while in
the next series there are from twenty to twenty-five spinules, which
form pretty regular comb-like groups; these extend to the tips of the
arms. Each of the interspaces between these rows of plates (which
probably represent marginal plates) contains a single large papula.
Closely adjacent to the adambulacral plates there is a row of smaller
plates, each of which bears a round group of small paxilliform spinules,
ten to fifteen in number, similar in size and form to those of the mar-
ginal plates. This row of intermediate plates extends from the angle of

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 279

the jaw nearly to the tips of the arms, and is not separated from the
adambulacral plates, with which they correspond in number, by any
papule,

Each of the adambulacral plates bears a single small spine, situated
deep within and directly across the furrow, forming a single longitudi-
nal series, and also a transverse group, consisting of eight to twelve
round, blunt spinules, in two rows; the three inner ones are decidedly
longer and larger than the rest, the innermost odd one being the largest
of the three, and standing erect on the extreme inner angle of the plate,
and therefore nearly at right angles to the small spine within the
furrow. The outermost spinules of these groups are similar in size to
those of the adjacent ventral plates, from which they are separated by
a distinct continuous groove, The jaws are covered with numerous
erect spines, which are similar in size and form to those of the adam-
bulacral plates, but the adambulacral plate nearest the mouth bears a
group of small blunt spinules deep within the furrow.

Eastport, Me., in shallow water, 1870. (A. E. Verrill.)

This species is similar to C. sanguinolenta in form and general appear-
ance, though the dorsal surface is more uneven and papillose, owing
to the larger size of the pseudopaxille and the more regular inter-
spaces; the pseudopaxille are generally more in the form of roundeé
fascicles, instead of regular comb-like groups. The differences are
much more marked on the ventral surfaces, where the three regular
rows of larger ventral plates give a very different appearance to this
region, for in the former species the plates are scarcely distinguishable
in size, form, and spinulation from those of the lateral and dorsal plates
of the rays. The adambulacral and jaw-spines are also shorter and
more crowded than in the common form; the papulie are more regularly
arranged and not so numerous.

Family ASTERIID 2, Gray, 1840 (emended).
HYDRASTERIAS OPHIDION, Sladen.
Asterias (Hydrasterias) ophidion, SLADEN, Voyage of the Challenger, xxx, p. 581,
pl. 99, figs. 3 and 4; pl. 103, figs. 3 and 4, 1889.

A broken specimen was found at station 2573, in 1,742 fathoms. Its
structural characters appear to me to be worthy of generic rank.

Family BRISINGID &, Sars.
ODINIA AMERICANA, Verrill.

Brisinga americana, Verrill, Amer, Journ. Sci., x1x, p. 139, 1880; Rep. Com’r.
Fish and Fisheries, x1, p. 636, pl. 17, fig. 52, 1885.
Freyeila americana, SLADEN, Voyage of the Chailenger, xxx, pp. 616, 617, 834,
1889.
This large species is furnished with an abundance of long papul on
the swollen genital region of the rays, as stated in the original descrip-
tion. It belongs, therefore, to the genus Odinia. It is not easy to un-

PRO NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL, XVII.

derstand why Sladen should have referred it to Freyella, unless by
inadvertence.
BRISINGA COSTATA, Verrill.

Brisinga costata, VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Sci., XX VII, p. 382, 1884.

The original type from station 2210, in 991 fathoms, has the following
characters:

The disk is firm, round, roughly spinulose, the spines small, sharp,
standing singly or in groups of two, three, or more. Interradial plates
nearly concealed, the exposed part verruciform. Madreporic plate
moderate, with many radiating gyri. Arms very long, strongly de-
pressed, somewhat swollen toward the base, but broad and angular
and carinated farther out, gradually tapering. The basal portion is
crossed by 20 to 25 curved or sinuous, very prominent, strong, narrow
ribs, or carine, some continuous and some interrupted, and surmounted
by a simple row of small, short, acute spinules. Smaller transverse
raised bands of pedicellariz and small spinules alternate with the ribs.
The adambulacral plates bear usually three, or alternately two and
three, slender, fluted, glassy spines in a transverse row at about the
middle of the plate. The two actinal ones are longer and larger than
the other, which is small, nearly erect, and situated on the proximal
angle. In addition to these there is a smaller, more slender, inner fur-
row-spine, situated at the distal end of each plate and projecting hori-
zontally more than half-way across the groove. Sometimes on alternate
plates there are two of these transverse spines toward the base of the
arms. The outermost large spine on alternate segments stands raised on
a tubercle on a separate lateral plate, which appears to become consoli-
dated with the adambulacral plate on the distal half of the ray. The
alternate lateral plates are elongated, radially narrow-oblong, spineless,
and in contact with the adambulacral plates. These lateral plates agree
nearly with the adambulacral in number, but not in length. All the
spines are sharp and bear swollen sheaths covered with minute pedi-
cellarie.

The jaws bear, on each half, a slender transverse spine on the inner
angle and a large one on the outer angle; sometimes the two outer ones
are consolidated into a single larger median one. The adoral end is often
without spines, but sometimes bears one small spine on each half or
one on one side directed orally. The lips close to the mouth are slightly
verrucose.

Diameter of disk, 28 mm.; breadth of arms, near base, 11 mm.; length
of longest spines, 12 mm.

Station 2210, in 991 fathoms (No. 7820, U.S. N.M.). It was also taken
at station 2533, in 828 fathoms, and at station 2734, in 841 fathoms, a
single specimen at each locality.

BRISINGA MULTICOSTATA, new species.

Rays 15 in the type specimen. Disk 27 mm. in diameter when
dried; round, flat, densely covered with small, rounded, convex plates,

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. YR1

which are in contact or somewhat imbricated over the greater part of
the surface and have a small conical elevation in the middle, upon
which there is generally 1, but sometimes 2 or 3, small, slender, very
acute spines of nearly uniform size over the entire surface, except at
the origin of the rays, where both plates and spines are smaller. The
madreporic plate is small, situated close to the margin, and has promi-
nent radiating gyri.

Between the bases of all the arms and standing obliquely on the
margin there is a rather large, oval, interradial plate, with the surface
concave and bare of spines, except around the margin, which is more
or less encroached upon by small spinous disk-plates. On the central
part of each interradial plate there is a small group of pedicellarie
having very slender, curved jaws. A few similar pedicellarie occur
scattered on the disk between the spines. Opposite the base of each
ray, near the margin of the disk, there is a pair of small pores each in
the middle of a small naked membrane.

The jaw-plates are narrow and elongated, the two together being
somewhat hour-glass shaped. Each jaw usually bears a pair of very
slender, sharp spines on the oral edge, directed inward; sometimes
there is also a much larger median spine in the same plane; on the
extreme inner angle on each side there is also a very small, slender
spine directed transversely, but the relative size and even the number
of these spines varies on the different jaws of the same specimen; on
the outer end each jaw bears a pair of much larger lateral spines which
stand more erect; sometimes an additional smaller spine occurs just
below one or both of these. On some of the jaws an additional large
lateral spine is occasionally found at about the middle and near the
margin of one plate and occasionally a pair of such spines appears.
All the jaw-spines are covered with groups and clusters of pedicella-
rie, and the larger spines are inclosed in a sacculated membrane.

The rays aré very long, rather large; in the basal-genital region the
ray is somewhat swollen and evenly convex, but is here broader than
high in the dry specimen; farther out the rays gradually become slen-
der and angular, with a strong dorsal carina due to the ambulacral
plates beneath the thin membranous integument. The genital region
is usually prolonged and is crossed by a very large number of consid-
erably elevated, thin, acute, transverse ribs or carine, composed of coni-
cal and oblong elevated plates, and surmounted by a simple row of
numerous very slender, sharp spines, mostly arranged in comb-like
groups along the crest of the plates. Ina well-grown specimen there are
on some of the rays upwards of 60 transverse ridges, besides a number
of irregular ones at the proximal and distal portion. The ridges, how-
ever, are not very regular, many of them being crooked and more or
less interrupted, while a very few extend entirely across the ray, and
the number varies considerably on different rays. Where best devel-
oped these ribs are alternately larger and smaller; the larger ones cor-

282 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVII.

respond with and are opposite to the adambulacral plates and have a
large lateral spine at their origin on each side; the smaller ribs are
irregularly interpolated between the larger, but have the same kind of
plates and spinules, but have no large lateral spines; close to the base
of the ray the plates are often irregularly scattered on the dorsal sur-
face and form imperfect rows only on the sides. The number and
closeness of the transverse ribs varies on different arms of the same
specimen, but in all cases they are more numerous (45 to 60) and closer
together than is usual in the genus. <A series of round brownish spots,
alternating with the larger transverse ribs on each side, apparently
indicate the position of the genital pores.

In contact with the adambulacral plates there is a row of small,
alternately unequal, lateral plates, two of them corresponding to each
adambulacral plate. Toward the base of the rays these plates are
about as broad as long, but distally they become narrower and more
oblong and much smaller. On the tumid part of the ray, except close
to the base, those lateral plates nearly opposite the middle of the
adambulacral plates are elevated, and have a central tubercle, bearing
a long, slender, strongly fluted, acute spine similar to the outer ones
of the adambulacral plates; toward the extreme basal part of the ray
these lateral spines decrease in size, until on the first 4 or 5 seg-
ments they are nearly abortive. The long lateral spines continue on
the distal part of the ray, but the lateral plates which bear them often
become consolidated with the adambulacral plates. The alternate
lateral plates are flat and bear no spines.

Theadambulacral plates are numerous and short, excavated at the
middle of the inner margin. On the middle of the swollen reproductive
region each plate may bear as many as 5 or 6 spines; of these, 2,
forming the transverse furrow-series, are very slender and situated 1
at either end of theinner margin of the plate extending more than half
way across the furrow; another slender spine of similar size often
stands above each of these, but one or both of these may be absent, on
alternate plates, especially on the more distal part of the ray. On the
actinal side, and at about the middle of each plate, there are 2 much
larger and longer spines, one external to the other, the outer one being
considerably larger and longer than the inner, its length being equal
to the breadth of the ray; these two, with the similar lateral ones, form
an oblique transverse row. Close to the basal part of the ray, the two
outermost of the adambulacral spines become much stouter and are
columnar in form; the tip becomes swollen with a truncate or convex
papillose summit. The apical papille apparently correspond to the
terminations of the lateral flutings.

The transverse spines within the furrows bear, sometimes singly
and some times in clusters, more or less numerous rather large pedicel-
lari with very slender, strongly curved jaws. Similar pedicellariz
occur between the larger spines on the adambulacral plates. The larger

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 283

spines, in alcoholic specimens, are covered with a loose sacculated
integument, which is densely covered with minute, crossed pedicellariz.
The ambulacral feet are large with well developed terminal suckers;
each one is usually separated from the next in the same row by two
transverse furrow-spines, but frequently only one of these is developed.

A good sized specimen in alcohol has the radius of the disk, 14 mm.;
length of the longest remaining ray, which is broken at some distance
from end, 220mm.; breadth of the rays at base, 6 mm.; at the widest
part, 8mm.; length of the disk-spines, 1 to 1.5 mm.; length of longest
arm-spines, 14 mm.

Taken in 1885, at station 2573, off George’s Bank, in 1,742 fathoms,
3 specimens (No. 12074, U.S. N. M.); also in 1886, at station 2685, off
Martha’s Vineyard, in 1,137 fathoms, 1 specimen (No, 14858, U.S. N. M.).

BRISINGA VERTICILLATA, Sladen.
Brisinga verticillata, SLADEN, Voyage of the Challenger, xxx, p. 604, pl. 109, figs.
9-11, 1889.
A number of disks and loose arms have been taken off our coast, from
N. lat. 41° 13’, W. long. 66° 50”, to N. lat. 36° 34’, W. long. 73° 48’,
in 906 to 1,374 fathoms.

FREYELLA ELEGANS (Verrill) Sladen.

Brisinga elegans, VERRILL, Amer. Journ. Science, XXVIII, p. 382, 1884.
Freyella bractiata, SLADEN, Voyage of the Challenger, xxx, p. 629, pl. 114, figs.
1-4, 1889.

Rays nine to fourteen, but in the majority of specimens twelve, very
long and slender, with the reproductive region considerably prolonged
and only slightly swollen. Radiias1to36+. Diameter of the disk ofa
large specimen, about 25mm. Disk small with rather acute interradial
notches. The surface is densely covered with small, unequal, somewhat
imbricated plates, most of which are rounded in outline, while others
are angular; all have an elevated, conical, central tubercle, and bear
from one to three, or four, small sharp spines, much the greater num-
ber having only one spine. Madreporic plate close to the margin,
prominent, with few deep grooves separated by broad ridges. Inter-
radial plates not distinct, dorsal pore nearly central, usually very dis-
tinct and surrounded by a group of small spinules, borne on small angu-
lar plates somewhat smaller than those on the rest of the disk. The
spinules of the disk are numerous and uniform in size, so that it appears
to the naked eye rather closely and evenly spinulated. Numerous small,
delicate pedicellariz are usually scattered over the disk between the
spines and around their bases, but in some specimens these are mostly
wanting. The peristome is very large and the buccal membrane is
smooth and delicate. The jaws are rather narrow, longer than broad,
with prominent inner and outer angles with incurved sides and a distinet
median suture; each half bears two transversely directed spines, one
at the extreme inner and the other at the outer angle of the furrow;

284 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVII.

the inner end usually bears also a pair of very slender, acute spines
directed orally, one on each plate, but sometimes some of the jaws have
three or four inner spines, and sometimes but one, in the same specimen;
each half of the jaws also bears a much larger and longer spine on the
actinal surface at the extreme outer end, corresponding in size and
position with the adjacent adambulacral spines. Al the mouth-spines
are covered with membranous sheaths, often sacculated, and bearing
large numbers of minute pedicellariz, among which are some of much
larger size with strongly curved jaws.

The slightly tumid genital region of the rays extends about one-
fourth the total length; this portion is evenly rounded on the upper
surface and densely covered with angular imbricated scales, each of
which usually bears a transverse group of small, sharp spinules, simi-
lar to those on the disk (the number varies from one or two to six or
eight); they frequently form comb-like clusters on the sides of the arms,
where they are most numerous. Insome of the larger specimens some
of the large plates on the sides of the arms bear, here and there, a
single spine three or four times as large as usual. Beyond the genital
region the ray is somewhat triangular, with a strong bilobed dorsal
carina due to the ambulacral plates showing through the thin dorsal
membrane. The rays taper very gradually to a long attenuated distal
portion. The carinated portion of the ray is crossed by broad bands
of minute pedicellarize corresponding with each adambulacral plate.
The ray terminates with a rather conspicuous plate at least twice as
wide as the ray near it; seen from above it has an obovate form swollen
in the middle and bilobed on the proximal end; on the rounded aboral
end there are six long, slender spines, of which the two median ones
are smallest and the lateral ones as long as, or longer than, the length
of the plate; at the extreme outer end of the plate there is a projection
beneath which the eye is situated.

The adambulacral plates are numerous, rather short, and narrow;
the furrow side is strongly concave in the middle opposite the suckers,
and the distal angle is narrow and prolonged so as to touch or slightly
overlap the proximal angle of the succeeding plate. The sutures
between the plates are rather wide and moderately oblique. Toward
the base of the rays, in the larger specimens, each plate usually bears
a single, long, transverse spine on its distal angle; these spines, extend-
ing more than half across the groove and overlapping the spine of the
opposite side, serve to separate the pairs of suckers. Along the
thickest part of the ray some of these plates have two similar trans-
verse spines, one just above the other, but the extra spine seldom
occurs on the smaller specimens. On the prominent actinal surface
each plate bears a much larger, long, slender, acute, strongly fluted
spine; back of this there is another row of similar large spines one-
half as numerous, which often appear to stand on the outer distal angle
of the adambulacral plate, but on certain parts of the ray the small

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 285

plate which bears them is distinct, and may be recognized to belong to
a separate series of small lateral plates which lie in contact with the
outer edge of the adambulacral plates and between which there are,
alternately, one or two small plates without spines; close to the base
of the rays these lateral spines are entirely obsolete. On the distal
half of the ray the plate bearing the lateral spines is usually consoli-
dated with the distal end of the adambulacral plate. Owing to this

_ arrangement the adambulacral plates appear to bear, alternately, one

or two long actinal spines on prominent basal tubercles. The longer
spines on the distal part of the rays are often as long as three or four
adjacent arm-segments; on the basal part they are usually equal to
about two arm-segments. All the large spines are covered with sac-
culated integument which is completely covered with minute pedicella-
rie. The furrow-spines bear clusters of somewhat larger pedicellaric
near their tips.

A rather large, dry specimen has the radius of the disk, 12 mm.;
length of the longest ray, which is broken at the end, 200 mm.; breadth
of ray at base, 5mm.; at the widest portion, 7 mm.; height, 7 mm.; length
of dorsal spines, about 1 mm. Another dry specimen has the radius of
the disk, 9 mm.; length of the longest ray, which is broken at some dis-
tance from the end, 175 mm.; greatest breadth of ray, 5 mm.; length of
the longest spines, 6 to 7 mm.

Taken at several stations in 1,374 to 1,434 fathoms.

FREYELLA ASPERA, new species.

Rays, thirteen. Diameter of the disk, when dried,20mm. The dorsal
surface of the disk is covered with rather large, irregular, often rounded,
somewhat thickened plates, which are imbricated on the central portion
of the disk, but separated more or less by naked integument toward
the margin, and imbricated immediately around the margin. Each
plate bears a group of ratner stout, conical, acute, divergent spines
about 15 to 20mm. long; they often form somewhat stellate groups, but
in other cases stand in one or two transverse rows. Each plate usually
bears from three to eight spines and also some rather large crossed
pedicellariz, with slender, strongly curved jaws. The dorsal pore is
subcentral and surrounded by a group of spines a little larger than
those over the rest of the disk. Madreporic plate, small, prominent,
with a few rather wide, deep, convoluted grooves.

The jaws are short and wide, about as broad as long, with prominent
inner angles and somewhat incurved lateral margins. Hach jaw nor-
mally bears six spines at the adoral end; usually there are four of
these, arising from the inner edge and directed inward, which are small,
rather slender, and subequal, their length being equal to about one-half
the width of the jaw; eachinner angle bears a larger, rather short, robust
spine, which projects obliquely about half way across the furrow; each
outer angle bears a rather long robust spine on the actinal surface;

286 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVII.

on some of the jaws there is a similar spine on the middle of each lateral
margin, but these are more frequently absent. Some of the jaws also
vary in the same specimen by having only two small spines on the
inner edge; others have three.

All the jaw-spines are covered with loose membrane, which bears
clusters of numerous pedicellariz, those on the longer actinal spines
being very minute, while those on the oral spines are much larger, with
slender, strongly curved jaws.

All the arms are broken off in our type specimen, only the three basal
segments remaining on any of them; on these segments each adambu-
lacral plate bears a slender, transverse furrow-spine on the prominent
distal angle of the margin, and a rather long, slender, acute, fluted
spine on its actinal surface; the latter are covered with minute pedi-
cellarie, while the transverse furrow-spines carry clusters of large
pedicellariz like those of the oral spines.

The dorsal plates of the bases of the arms, so far as eae are
similar to those of the disk, but rather smaller, and carry similar, but
smaller, spines in small groups.

Taken in 1883 at station 2097, off Chesapeake Bay, in 1,917 fathoms
(No. 6301, U. S. N. M.).

This species resembles the coarser spined variety of Brisinga multi-
costata in the spinulation of the disk, but the jaws are much broader
and their spines quite different.

FREYELLA MICROSPINA, new species.

tays in the type specimen, thirteen, slender, and of moderate length,
evenly rounded and a little swollen on the genital region, angular and
slender beyond. Itadii, about as 1 to10. Dorsal surface of the disk is
thickly covered with ened rounded plates, each of which bears a cluster
of numerous very minute spinulesin more or less stellate groups, mostly
of six to twelve. Interradial plates indistinct or showing but little of
the surface. Jaws very short and broad, the breadth about equal to
the length; the oral end usually bears six small divergent spines, three
on each half, but sometimes only four or five are developed; of these
the two outermost, situated on the angles, are directed nearly trans-
versely and are usually blunt or bilobed at the end; the other four,
which are directed orally, are smaller, the two central ones very small
and papilliform. The actinal surface of the jaw usually bears a pair of
rather short, robust spines situated on the somewhat prominent outer
angles; these spines are more or less clavate and often flattened at the
end, which is usually divided into two to four short prongs or papill,
and in some cases it is deeply fissured; they agree nearly in size and
structure with the succeeding spines on several of the basal adambu-
lacral plates.

The genital region of the ray occupies rather more than one-fourth
the total length, and is considerably swollen on the upper side, so that

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 287

the height, where best developed, is greater than the breadth. The
dorsal surface of this portion is completely covered by flat, imbricated,
rounded, and angular plates, each of which bears a large number of
very minute, sharp, conical spinules, which are closely arranged over
most of the surface, but on the sides of the rays they often form two or
three small transverse rows on each plate.. With these spinules on the
plates there are also many minute pedicellariz.

Low down on the sides of the rays, and especially on the distal por-
tion of the genital region, the plates form regular transverse series or
bands with naked integument between them; each of these bands
corresponds with one of the adambulacral plates. The last of the bands
are imperfect, or represented by only a few plates on the dorsal surface,
and cease entirely opposite about the twenty-fifth adambulacral plate.
On the distal part of the arm the thin membrane is crossed by a broad
band of minute pedicellariz, a band corresponding to each adambu-
lacral plate. Apical plate not much enlarged, short, obovate, obliquely
truncate at the end, about as long as broad; its spines have been
rubbed off from the only one preserved.

Along each side of the ray there is a row of long, slender, lateral
Spines apparently arising from small tubercular marginal plates, which
are mostly coalescent with the outer end of the adambulacral plates
and usually might be described as a part of them. These marginal
spines, on the distal part of the rays, occur opposite the alternate
adambulacral plates, but along the genital region they occur only oppo-
site every third plate.

The adambulacral plates are somewhat longer than broad, except at
the base of the ray, and but little emarginate on the furrow-margin.
Each plate bears a long, slender, fluted spine on the actinal surface,
similar to the adjacent marginal spines, and on alternate plates there
is usually a much smaller, acute, more or less inclined furrow-spine
standing just in front of the larger one, but these are mostly absent or
rudimentary on the distal half of the ray. There are no transverse
furrow spines, unless the spines just described be considered as such.
On nine or ten of the basal adambulacral plates the large actinal spine
is stout and columnar, with swollen or clavate tips, concave on the
summit, and bearing about four to eight blunt papillae around the mar-
gin; those nearest the base are shortest and stoutest, the length
_ increasing and the size of the terminal enlargement decreasing gradu-
ally on those farther out.

Radius of disk, 10 mm.; of longest rays (which may have been regen-
erated), 95 mm.; length of longest spines, 8 mm.

Taken in 1884, at station 2220, off Martha’s Vineyard, in 1,054 fath-
oms, one specimen (No. 7821, U.S. N. M.).

This peculiar species, in having a more or less distinetly banded
arrangement of the plates on the genital region of the rays, approaches
the restricted genus Brisinga, but its affinities are decidedly with

288 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVI.

Freyella in other respects. The stout, clavate or mushroom-shaped
spines at the base of the arms are similar to those of Brisinga multi-
costata, but the end is concave and the papille of the terminal crown
are fewer and larger. In the absence or rudimentary condition of the
transverse furrow-spines it differs from most of our other species, as
well as in the minuteness and great number of the dorsal spines of the
disk and rays.
OPHIUROIDEA.

Family OPHIURID &.

OPHIOGLYPHA SAURURA, new species.

A five-rayed species with very convex, angular, unequal disk-scales
and radial shields, the latter with prominent outer ends nearly or quite
in contact. Arms high and somewhat carinate, each dorsal plate with
acentral and distal prominence, thus appearing serrate in profile. Three
short arm spines. Mouth-shield broad, shield-shaped, pointed within.
Mouth-papille numerous, regular, pointed. Arm-comb absent or rudi-
mentary.

Diameter of the disk, 17 to 18 mm.; length of arms (broken at tip),
somewhat more than 40 mm.; breadth of arms at base, 3 mm.; height,
3.5 mm.

Disk flattish, moderately thick, pentagonal, with prominent corners
and a small angular notch at the base of the arms. The disk-scales are
very irregular in size and form, imbricated and mostly angular, with a
prominent central or distal conical or rounded elevation on each.

The primary plates are only slightly larger than many of the others;
the central plate is round and easily distinguished. In each inter-
brachial space there are four or five plates somewhat larger than those
on the central part of the disk—one in the center of the margin is
the most conspicuous; radial shields irregularly triangular, longer than
broad, with the inner ends acute and widely divergent, the outer ends
and sides obliquely rounded. The surface at the distal end rises into a
conical or rounded prominence. In some cases the distal ends are in
contact or slightly overlap one another. The divergent proximal ends
are separated by four or five angular plates, of which one or two are
large and prominent. The arm-comb appears to be entirely wanting.

Mouth-shields rather large, thick, convex, broad, shieid-shaped;
length, 3.5 mm.; breadth, 4 mm.; the outer margin is slightly rounded
or subtrunecate; the outer angles rounded; sides nearly straight, and
the proximal edges straight or slightly incurved, forming an obtuse
inner angle. The side mouth-shields are elongated, narrow, curved,
with the inner ends somewhat spatulate. The interbrachial areas
beneath are covered with convex, thick, angular plates similar to those
of the back, but more regular; of these there are about twenty-four in
each area, besides small ones in the angles between them. Mouth-
papille are numerous, regular, closely arranged, acute, conical, with
two at the angle of the jaw a little longer than the rest.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 289

The genital slits are long and large, bordered along their distal por-
tions by a long conspicuous genital plate. The papille are minute and
granule-like along the proximal part of the slit, but become larger,
flattened, and squarish at the distal end, where they are about two-
thirds as long as the upper arm-spines.

The papille around the first tentacle pores are a little larger and
blunt; of these there are from six to eight to each pore. The second
pair of pores have four or five much smaller papillee on each side. The
third and fourth have about four. The next two have about three on
each side; then, on about three or four joints, there are about two or
three on the inner side; beyond that, only one.

The arms are of moderate length, regularly tapered, angular, higher
than broad, with a more or less evident dorsal carina. In the typical
specimens the dorsal plates are very much thickened and prominent;
each one is crossed by one, or sometimes two, deep transverse grooves,
so that the upper surface is divided into two, and sometimes three,
elevations, of which the distal one is the most marked and forms the
outer margin of the plate; the other one forms a more or less irregular
central prominence whicb:at the base of the arms forms a blunt trans-
verse ridge, but farther out it becomes a rounded or ovate elevation of
the median portion only. In the largest specimen the prominence at the
base of the arms is divided into two by a secondary transverse groove;
seen from above the dorsal plates, near the base of the arms, have a
more or less regular hexagonal outline. The first seven plates are
broader than long; the next six or seven are more regularly hexagonal;
farther out they become more and more elongated, until the jeeth
becomes nearly double the breadth. The side arm-plates are thick with
prominent distal margins. The arm-spines, which are three (rarely
four) toward the base of the arms, are small, short, papilliform, nearly
equally spaced, though the upper one is often somewhat removed; they
are not more than one-fourth as long as the side arm-plates. In one
specimen there are regularly four arm-spines on about three arm-joints
near the edge of the disk. The first under arm-plate is pretty regu-
- larly pentagonal, about as broad as long; the second and third are
larger, longer than broad, with the outer end broadest and the outer
margin curved; beyond this the plates become broader than long, with
the outer margin strongly curved and the sides slightly convergent;
beyond the middle of the arm the form becomes transversely elliptical.
Beyond the fifth or sixth under arm-plates the lateral plates meet
beneath, and they become relatively longer in BEoperton as they
approach the tips of the arms.

Variations.—A specimen from station 2528, of somewhat smaller size,
having the diameter of the disk 14 mm., differs slightly from the type
specimens. The disk scales are more rounded and evenly convex and
the characteristic elevations on the dorsa! arm-plates are much less
conspicuous, owing to the transverse groove being broad and shallow,

Proe, NM. 94 19

290 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVI.

nevertheless the entire margin of each plate rises into a very evident
transverse ridge, very much as in the typical specimens. The arm-
spines are a little larger and longer, about one-third as long as the side
arm-plates near the base of the arms. The mouth-shields are also
relatively broader and shorter, though they preserve the same general
form. The scales on the ventral interbrachial areas are more numerous,
smaller, and more equal, there being about forty of the larger ones.

Station 2429, south of Grand Bank, in 471 fathoms (No. 11500, U. 8.
N. M.,) two specimens; station 2528, off George’s Bank, in 677 fathoms
(No. 11499, U.S. N. M..), one specimen, 1885.

OPHIOGLYPHA TESSELLATA, new species.

A large species allied to O. confragosa Lyman. Disk pentagonal, with
small notches at the bases of the arms, and without any distinct arm-
comb. Radial shields irregularly ovate, or subtriangular, well sepa-
rated. The rest of the disk is covered with pavement-like scales,
irregular in size and form, among which the primary plates can usually
be distinguished. <A large plate lies in the center of the interbrachial
margin. Mouth-shields pentagonal, bordered distally by another plate
nearly as large.

Arm-spines, generally three, papilliform, very small and slender, the:

upper one widely removed from the others. Tentacles apparently con-
fined to a few of the basal joints of the arms. Arms somewhat thick-
ened at the base, with swollen joints, rounded above and regularly
tapered, appearing rather rigid.

The disk is flattened or moderately swollen, with the interradial
margins slightly curved or nearly straight. In young specimens, 6 to
8mm. in diameter, the primary plates form a pretty regular rosette, and
the large marginal interradial plates are in contact with the radial
shields at each end; the radial shields are separated by a wedge of
three plates in a single row.

In the largest specimens, which are about 22 mm. in diameter, with

the arms about 65 mm. long, the disk-plates are much more numerous |

and irregular; the primary plates are rounded, about 1.75 to 2 mm. in
diameter, but most of the intervening plates are angular, many of
them appearing as if broken, with very small, irregular ones between
the larger ones. The disk-plates are slightly thickened, but nearly flat,
separated by narrow, rather deep grooves, in which the membrane
appears wrinkled. In alcoholic specimens, the disk-scales are more or
less obscured by a thin skin. The radial shields are about 4 mm. long
and nearly as broad; their inner ends are divergent and form a some-
what acute angle; they are separated by six to eight scales, of which
two or three are largest, and by two or three inner dorsal arm-plates.
The large median interradial plate occupies most of the margin between
the radial shields, but has a small supplementary plate at each end.
The interradial area, beneath, is largely occupied by the large trap-

. ae

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 291

ezoidal or pentagonal plate adjoining the distal end of the mouth-
shield, by two large, elongated genital plates, and by a submarginal
row of about three or four angular plates, of which one or two, in the
middle, are much smaller than the rest.

The mouth-shields are large, pentagonal, rather longer than broad,
the length in the larger specimens being about 3.5 mm. and the breadth
about 3mm.; the distal margin is straight, or somewhat incurved; the
lateral margins nearly parallel, and the inner edges are nearly straight,
meeting nearly at a right angle. The side mouth-shields are narrow
and oblong, with nearly parallel sides. The genital papillae commence
at the mouth-shields as a single row of small irregular granules, but
become more numerous distally, and at the edge of the disk, near the
base of the arms, form an elongated, triangular group of rather large,
unequal granules, about twelve to fifteen in number.

The teeth are short, stout, angular, and blunt. The mouth-papille,
in specimens 10 to 13 mm. in diameter, form a nearly regular close row
of six to eight; they are small, short, blunt, flattened, and usually
squarish in outline, though some are oblong, and twice as broad as
high; toward the distal end of the mouth-slits more or less of the
papille are often soldered together. In the largest specimens the
mouth-papille become more irregular and often form two rows, besides
a row of granules above them; those of the lower row are stout, blunt,
conical, unequal in size; those of the upper series are much smaller,
rounded or conical.

The inner tentacle-pores, in the large specimens, are bordered by six
or seven short, blunt, squarish scales on each side; the second pair has
three or four very small scales on each side; the third, about three
minute seales on each side; and the fourth pair has two on the proxi-
mal, and one, more minute, on the distal side; beyond the fourth pair
of pores, which are minute, no pores are visible, though a distinct pit
exists, bordered by a single minute spiniform tentacle-scale on the
proximal side, and by the lower arm-spine.

The arm-spines are usually three, very minute, and nearly equal; the
uppermost is near the upper distal angle of the side arm-plate and
widely Separated from the others; the lowest is usually close to, or in
contact with, the tentacle scale; the arm-spines are not more than one-
fifth or one-sixth the length of the side arm-plates.

The dorsal arm-plates are thickcaed, but not much swollen, and are
separated by rather wide and deep grooves; the two or three basal
ones in the notch of the disk are short and small; the first free plate
is shorter than broad, somewhat lunate; the plates succeeding this
become constantly longer in proportion to their breadth; for a short
distance from the base of the arms they are trapezoidal and have a
strongly curved outer margin, straight convergent sides, and a narraw
incurved proximal margin; beyond the middle of the arm they become
triangular or wedge-shaped with the distal margin strongly convex

249 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVII.

plates meet more and more between them.

The side arm-plates are large, thick, and prominent, separated by
deep furrows; on the ventral side they begin to meet at about the third
arm-joint beyond the margin of the disk, and their length increases
rapidly until it becomes twice that of the ventral plates near the ends
of the arms; on the upper side they begin to meet at about the four-
teenth or fifteenth free arm-joint.

In many of the larger specimens the dorsal plates are divided by an
irregular median furrow into two parts, and in many specimens they
are again irregularly divided into smaller portions by one or two more
or less transverse furrows, so that they often appear as if composed of
four or five irregular pieces; but in other specimens of similar size the
plates are entire.

The first ventral arm-plate consists of two small wedge-shaped pieces
between the innermost tentacle-pores; the next is much larger, about
as long as broad, a little thickened, somewhat shield-shaped, or pen-
tagonal, with rounded corners; the next is broad triangular, with the
outer margin strongly curved and the middle of the lateral margins
excavated for the second pair of tentacle-pores, and the inner end nar-
row and slightly truncated; those following become relatively wider,
broad triangular, with a strongly curved outer margin, incurved sides,
and more or less acute inner angle; beyond the middle of the arm they
become relatively smaller, widely separated, and the inner margin forms
a very obtuse angle.

Color, in alcohol, dull grayis) or dirty brown.

Variations.—There is considerable variation, even among the adult
specimens, while the young, 8 to 10 mm. in diameter, differ in many
respects from the large ones. The umber and form of the mouth-
papille and tentacle-scales vary somewhat in specimens of the same
size. The mouth-shields are sometimes more top-shaped or pear-shaped
than in the specimens described; the lateral margins being convex
with the corners rounded. The large plate at the distal end of the
mouth-shield is sometimes divided into two or three parts, most fre-
quently by the separation of the two inner corners as small triangular
plates. The two lower arm-spines are not always close together, and
sometimes four spines occur, the extra spine appearing either just below
the upper one or just above the second.

In the young specimens, 8 to 10mm. in diameter, the scaling of the
disk is much more regular, and the relatively large primary plates form
a pretty regular rosette. The mouth-shields are relatively shorter and
more top-shaped. The mouth-papillwe and tentacle-scales are very reg-
ularly arranged and less numerous than in the specimens described.
The first complete ventral arm-plate is prominent and rounded; all the
ventral plates beyond this are separated by the side arm-plates. The
next three or fonr later.i arm-plates are broadly turbinate, with the

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 993

outer border evenly curved, and the lateral margins form an obtuse
angle. In some of the young specimens of this size there are four
minute arm-spines on the proximal joints, three of them being placed
together near the tentacle-scale.

Taken off the eastern coast of the United States at fourteen stations,
between lat. 389° 35’ and 41° 47’, in 250 to 1,106 fathoms, most tre-
quently between 400 and 1,000 fathoms. <A single specimen was taken
off Delaware Bay in 2,033 fathoms, at station 2,038, in 1883,

This species, when first discovered, was referred to O. confragosa
Lyman, from off Patagonia, Mr. Lyman himself having made this iden-
tification after having examined one of our specimens; but the subse-
quent acquisition of a much larger series leads me to consider the two
forms distinct, though closely related. Our form is easily distin guished
by the single large plate external to the mouth-shields; by the more
regular and more closely arranged disk-scales; by differences in the
mouth-papille and tentacle-scales, and by the somewhat different form
of the under arm-plates. In O. confragosa the radial shields are repre-
sented as being decidedly smaller and much more widely separated
than in our species, while the large. plate in the interbrachial margin is
also much smaller. In the latter there are generally but three arm-
spines, while in the former there are usually four.

OPHIOGLYPHA GRANDIS, new species.

A very large species with a swollen, pentagonal disk, covered with
irregular, angular scales and rather small, short, irregular, widely sep-
arated radial shields. Arms high, with pentagonal dorsal plates and
transversely elliptical ventral plates. Arm-spines three, small, sub-
equal; the upper one considerably separated from the two lower ones.
Mouth-shields broad, shield-shaped; about as broad as long. Tentacle
scales numerous at the base of the arms.

Disk, in the type specimens, from 25 to 30 mm. in diameter; length
of the longest arms, all of which are broken at the tips, more than 90
mm.

The disk is generally considerably swollen and plump, with the inter-
brachial margin nearly straight, or a little convex, and with only a
slight notch at the bases of the arms, where there are usualiy no dis-
tinct arm-combs, but in those few specimens in which they occur they
consist of a single row of from six to eight small, flattened, squarish,
scale-like papille on each side, which decrease in size from below
upward.

The central and otber primary plates of the disk are distinguishable,
but are only slightly larger than the intervening scales, which arenumer-
ous, irregular in size and form, often triangular, and more or less con-
vex; the larger ones vary in diameter from 1 to 2 mm.; the primary
plates are about 2 mm. in diameter. The radial shields are divergent

294 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVII.

and rather widely separated by a group consisting of two large me-
dian and several smaller scales on each side; the radial shields are
irregular. polygonal, or somewhat triangular in form, about as long as
broad, with the outer end subtruncate or broadly rounded, and the
inner end bluntly pointed and strongly divergent. The interbrachial
areas beneath are covered with thick imbricated scales, similar to those
of the back, and about 15 mm. in breadth.

The mouth shields are pretty regularly shield-shaped, the breadth
about equal to the length, the outer margin broadly rounded or sub-
truncate, the lateral margins nearly straight, and the inner margins
convergent to a point and forming sometimes a right angle, but usually
an obtuse angle; side mouth-plates narrow, with nearly straight, some-
what divergent edges, with the widest end toward the jaw. Mouthi-
papillae numerous and regular, acute conical, seven or eight in number,
increasing in length as they approach the end of the jaw.

The genital slits are very long, extending from the mouth-shields to
near tie underside of the arms; they are bordered externally by a row
of short, thin, wedge-shaped, or squarish papille, which stand close
together in a regular row; those nearest the mouth shields are much
the smallest and shortest, and are often nearly square, but in many
cases are twice as broad as high; their height usually increases distally
to the outer end of the slit, where they are sometimes flat, nearly
square, and as long as the arm-spines. In many cases they are more
or less soldered together into a continuous series, and in the larger
specimen they are often partially wanting.

Innermost tentacle-pore very large, elongated, with about eight regu-
lar, flattened, obtuse papille on each side; on the next two pairs of
tentacle-pores the papille are smaller, but nearly as numerous; on
the fourth pair there are about four on each side; and on two or three
succeeding pairs there are two; beyond that, only a single papilliform
tentacle scale. At the base of the arms there are three small, papilliform
arm-spines, nearly equal in size, the upper one separated from the two
lower ones, which are close together; sometimes three spines appear
in the lower group. They are about one-third the length of the side
arm-plates; the upper one is often a little larger than the others.

The first under arm-plate is small and pentagonal; the second and
third are considerably larger, pentagonal, about as long as broad; the
third to the sixth separate the side arm-plates and are transversely
elliptical, with an inner angle, broader than long; beyond this the
plates gradually become shorter and relatively broader, and the side
arm-plates come more and more broadly in contact. The upper arm-
plates are strongly convex and prominent, but not much thickened;
the three at the base of the arms are short and broad; the fourth is
hexagonal, broader than long; beyond this the form becomes regularly
hexagonal and the length becomes greater than the breadth, and dis-

= ae <i, te D- leo Bee eee,

ys er

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 290

tally the outer end becomes rounded and the form somewhat wedge-
shape.

Station 2573, off George’s Bank, in 1,742 fathoms (No. 12026, U.S. N.
M.), 23 specimens, U.S. F. C., 1885.

OPHIOGLYPHA BULLATA, Thomson.

Ophioglypha bullata, Wyv. THOMSON, Nature, vil, p. 400, 1875; Voyage of the
Challenger, Atlantic, 1, p. 400, fig. 7.—LYMAN, Rep., 1 Ophiuroidea, Voyage
of the Challenger, v, p. 57, pl. 38, figs. 14 to 17, 1882.—VERRILL, Rep. U. 8.
Com’r Fish and Fisheries, x1, p. 543, 1885,

The large series of specimens of this species taken by the Albatross
shows that it is much more variable, especially in respect to the disk-
scales, than Mr. Lyman’s description indicates. The disk is generally
very convex, but sometimes it is nearly flat. The disk-seales and radial
seales are usually strongly convex and rough, with small granulations,
but sometimes, in specimens from the same lot, they are almost or quite
flat and nearly smooth, and in our large examples the large disk-scales
and the radial shields are even concave in the middle. Usually the
central and five radial primary plates form a regular and prominent
rosette of large polygonal scales, without any small ones between them,
but in some specimens several small, angular scales are interpolated
between the large primary ones in various ways, and the latter are
more or less obscured, so as to appear smaller and rounder. In the
small specimens, with the disk 4 to 8 mm. in diameter, the six central
plates are always conspicuous, thick and convex, and rise above the
rest of the disk. There is usually a single, large, inferior, interradial
plate, outside the mouth plates, but it is often divided in large speci-
mens. The mouth plates are pretty constant in form. This species was
taken at several stations in 1,608 to 2,620 fathoms.

ASTROSCHEMA CLAVIGERA, new species.

Disk small, with prominent radial shields extending to the center; the
whole dorsal surface and that of the arms is covered with small smooth
granules. Under surface of the arms and sometimes of the disk, nearly
destitute of granules. First two tentacle pores without scales: third
and sometimes the fourth with one spiniform; those beyond the fifth
and sometimes the fourth with two spines, of which the inner becomes
large and long, clavate, aud rough with spinules distally.

The disk in the type specimen is concave in the middle, with strongly
incurved interbrachial spaces, and large, prominent, rounded ribs. Di-
ameter of disk, 8 mm.; breadth of arms at base,3 mm. The arms are
very long, and closely coiled around the branches of a gorgonian.
Toward the base they are moderately stout, about as broad as high,
then taper gradually to very slender tips; each of the joints is marked
by an obtuse, elevated ridge, more or less divided dorsally into two
prominences by a longitudinal depression along the median line. The

296 NEW STARFISHES AND OPHIURANS—VERRILL. VOL. XVII.

entire dorsal surface of the disk and arms is closely covered by small
rounded granules, which vary but little.in size, but those upon the
radial shields are a little the largest. The under surface of the disk
and arms of one specimen is covered with a smooth skin entirely
destitute of granules, but another specimen of the same size from
the same locality has the entire under surface of the disk, jaws, and
basal part of the arms covered with minute granules, decidedly smaller
and more spaced than those on the back; similar granules cover the
lower part of the sides of the arms and the intervals between the plates
beneath. The teeth arerather large, stout, somewhat spear-head shaped.
In vne specimen there is a row of three or four small, rounded, subacute
mouth-papillze; but in the other, the sides of the jaws are covered with
many small granules like those of the disk.

The genital openings are large and wide, and together form a large
pit in the middle of the interbrachial area, in the dry specimen; but in
the alcoholic specimen they are large, oblong, rounded at both ends,
converging somewhat below, and separated by a granulated depressed
area, about twice as wide as their own breadth.

In both specimens the first two pairs of tentacle-pores are destitute
of spines or scales; the third pair has but one, rather large spiniform
scale; the fourth pair, indifferently one or two, on different arms of the
same specimen; the fifth, sixth, and following pairs have two spines,
which differ but little in size, but the inner is longer and rapidly in-
creases in size, until it becomes more than twice as long and three or
four times as thick as the outer one, on the middle portion of the arm,
where a third small, short, spinule sometimes occurs above the two
regular ones.

The large inner spine is round and usually somewhat swollen, or
club-shaped, with a blunt end; the outer half is thickly covered with
minute, sharp, rough spinules. The outer of the two spines is slender,
and tapers gradually to a rather sharp point, which is more or less
spinulous. Toward the tips of the arms the two spines become very
small, slender, acute and nearly equal.

Variations.--The two specimens obtained differ considerably, as men-
tioned in the above description, in several characters. They are both
from the same locality, attached to the same kind of gorgonian, and have
the same size, color, and appearance. ‘The most important difference is
in the granulation of the under surface of the disk, which is entirely

ranting in one specimen and well marked in the other: and in the pres-
ence of small mouth-papillie in the former, which are entirely wanting,
or represented only by granules, in the other.

Color in alcohol, salmon brown; the intervals between the arm-plates
are darker brown than the plates, and the arm-spines are tipped with
dark brown.

Station 2530, off George’s Bank, in 956 fathoms (No. 11852, U.S. N.

SS ee

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 297

M.), 2 specimens, clinging to a species of Paramuricea. Taken by the
U.S. F. ©. steamer Albatross,.1885,

This species is more nearly allied to A. intectum, Lyman, from oft
Havana, than to any other described species. It differs, however, in
the character of the granulation, in the number and arrangement of
the proximal tentacle-scales, and in having much larger and clavate
spines on the middle portion of the arms.

NOTES ON THE ANATOMY AND AFFINITIES OF THE
CQEREBIDA AND OTHER AMERICAN BIRDS.

By FREDERIC A. LUCAS.
Curator of the Department of Comparative Anatomy.
?

SoME FIVE or Six years ago I planned a paper on the Coerebidie which,
for lack of time and material, has lain at a standstill until the present
time. Itis brought forward now, not because the necessary amount of
material has been obtained, but because it seems probable that ifdelayed
until the needed specimens are secured it will never be written, and
also in the hope that these notes and figures may be of some service to
other students and save the trouble of again going over the entire
ground. It may, to some extent, be considered as a brief supplement
to Dr. Gadow’s paper on the Structure of certain Hawaiian birds, as
comparisons are made with some of the species therein described.

One in search of the relatives of any passerine bird has before him,
if not exactly a thankless task, something very nearly akin to it, and

one in which even comparatively small results can be reached only by

the expenditure of much time and labor. The birds which perch at the
top of the avian tree are so many in number and so exasperatingly
interrelated that any attempt at sorting them out is fraught with
much difficulty, or, as Dr. Gadow puts it, “‘the examination of a smal]
twig of the passerine branch of the Avine tree shakes and disturbs the
whole branch, if not the whole top, of the famous ideal tree.” So it has
been in the present case. Representatives of the Mniotiltidw, Melipha-
gide, Drepanidide, Tanagride, and Fringillide, have been examined
in the hope that the affinities of the Coerebidee might be made apparent;
and I am compelled to confess that, on the whole, the result has been
unsatisfactory, and that the examination of a considerable number of
specimens has rather lessened my hopes that anatomical, and especially
osteological, characters may be relied upon to show relationship among
the passeres.

Of course one trouble lies in the fact that the so-called families of
passeres, at least very many of them, are not families at all, or not the
equivalents of the families of other groups of vertebrates. Itis my belief
that any group of vertebrates to be of family rank should be capable

Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 1001.
299

300 ANATOMY AND AFFINITIES OF C@REBIDA—LUCAS. VoL. Xvit.

of skeletal diagnosis, and this test applied to the passeres reduces them
to a family or two, as has been done by Huxley and Fiirbinger.

It would almost seem that, aside from purely negative results, the
skeleton can be relied upon to show but two things, very general and
very close affinities, for the variation of parts is so infinite that between
any 10 given birds we may find every intermediate stage and establish
relationships in all directions.

Then, too, characters which would be of much importance among
mammals appear, from their instability, to be of but little value in birds.
An example of this is found in the condition of the presacral vertebre.
In a large number of Passeres there are 4 presacrals, the third and
fourth being fused and having a common transverse process; in others
there are 5 presacrals, the fourth and fifth being fused. Such char-
acters as these would seem to be of some importance, and yet Himatione
parva has the third and fourth presacrals fused, while H. sanguinea has
the fourth and fifth united. And these birds are undeniably closely
related.

The same thing occurs again and again in other closely related spe-
cies, such, for example, as Merula migratoria and Turdus musicus, while
the instability of the character is well shown by the fact that it is by
no means uncommon to find sacra in which, on one side, the third and
fourth vertebre are fused and on the other the fourth and fifth.

The degree of value to be assigned the pterylosis is yet unsettled, and
this can only be done by accumulating and comparing the facts in the
case. It would bea great service if some one with ample time and unlim-
ited patience would plot the pterylosis, or even the configuration of the
dorsal tract, in as many small birds as could be obtained, for it would

then be possible to ascertain what correlation, if any, there is between

tract pattern and other characters.

Between the continuous dorsal tract of a thrush and the inverted Y
of a swallow there is a great difference, and this difference should have
some definite meaning, exactly what meaning, is to my mind, not yet
evident.

All the birds examined during the preparation of this paper have an.

uninterrupted dorsal tract whose shape appears to be specifically subject
to great variation, but these variations are so slight and so innumera-
ble that, except for general purposes, the pattern appears to be of little
service.

The convolutions of the intestine are in very much the same case
as the pterylosis for, judging by Dr. Gadow’s figures aud my own lim-
ited number of dissections, they are subject to great specific variation.
There is certainly a decided difference between the alimentary canal
(including the stomach) of.birds so nearly alike as Cereba cyanea and
C. cerulea, and the genera of tanagers vary widely.

The indications are, as might not unnaturally have been expected,
that such parts as the tongue and alimentary canal are-subject to great

)
‘
:

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 301

variation, so that the skeleton would seem to offer the most stable char-
acters for classification, although, as has so often been said, it is by
the resultant of characters that we must be guided.

The members of the Coerebidw herein discussed are Cwreba cyanea,
0. cerulea, Certhiola caboti, C. bahamensis,* and Glossoptila campestris.
The palatal regions of the skulls of these genera are figured, and refer-
ence to them will be better than any detailed description.

Fic. 1.—Views of palatal region of (1) Cereba cyanea; (2) Certhiola cabdoti; (3) Glossoptila campes-
tris; all enlarged.

The crania agree in the following particulars: the prepalatine bar
is slender, the postpalatine portion produced backward and overhang-
ing the anterior ends of the pterygoids. The anterior, interpalatine
angle is small, almost abortive; the transpalatine process slender and
spine-like. The more noticeable differences are as follows: In Cwreba
the prepalatine is carried forward beneath the premaxillary ; in Certhiola
and Giossoptila it abuts upon and interlocks with the posterior, ventral
part of the premaxillary. In Cereba the palatine and pterygoid are
completely fused; in Certhiola and Glossoptila they are separate. The
pterygoids are anteriorly in contact, or very nearly so, in Cereba and
Certhiola; in Glossoptila they are separated by the sphenoid.

Certhiola and Glossoptila have septomaxillary splints united with the
vomer. Dr. Parker figures them in Chlorophanes atricilla, and they
are present in Cereba cerula, although I failed to find them in C. cyanea.

The tendinal perforations of the upper end of the tarsus, while
‘arranged on the same general plan in those passerine birds examined,
show a number of variations in the executions of details, some of which

* Also crania of C. tricolor and C. portoricensis. This last has the angle of jaw most
produced of any species of Cerihiola examined.

302 ANATOMY AND AFFINITIES OF C@REBIDA—LUCAS. vou. xvu.

are shown in the figures. Tbeir arrangement in the Coerebide is very
much that shown by Myadestes, except that in Certhiola 4 and 5 are
merged in one.

Fig. 2.—Hypotarsi of (1) Pheornis obscura; (2) Merula migratoria; (3) Myadestes solitarius; (4)
Hemignathus olivaceus; all very much enlarged. The numbers in (2) refer as follows: [1] Foramen
for tendon of flexor longus hallucis; [2] flexor perforatus digiti IV and slip to base of first phalanx of
digit III; [3] flexor perforatus digiti IIL; [4] flexor perforans digitorum profundus; [5] flexor perforans
et perforatus digiti Il, and flexor perforatus digiti IT.

The tongue is forked in Careba and Certhiola, brushy in Certhiola,
laciniated or feathered in Careba. There is a decided difference
between the tongues of Cereba cerulea and C. cyanea, as is Shown by
the figures.

Fic. 3.—Greatly enlarged views of tip of tongue of (1) Glossoptila campestris; (2) Acanthorhynchus
tenuirostris; (3) Coereba cyanea; (4) Cereba coerulea; (5) Certhiola bahamensis; number one is viewed
from below, the others from above.

Coereba cerulea comes near having a tubular tongue, but although
the edges approach one another they do not meet except at the lacini-
ated tip. In Certhiola the tongue is simply grooved down the center. *

Glossoptila is noteworthy, from the fact that it has a trifid tongue, a
thin, flat, pointed strip being produced between the laciniated branches.

~ It makes a decided difference whether the tongue is examined in a moist or dry
condition, for in drying the outer edges curl upwards and render the tongue more
tubular, or gutter-like, than in its natural state, The specimens from which the
figures in this paper were made were all kept wet while they were being drawn.

:
4
P
‘
;
,
4
5
§

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 303

Certhiola has no crop, Cereba has a well-marked crop-like dilatation
of the cesophagus, and Glossoptila has a good-sized crop. The stomach
is small in Certhiola, a little larger in Glossoptila, and largest in Cereba
cerulea. In all, the intestine is long and slender. There are many con-
volutions in Certhiola, comparatively few in Cwreba, while Glossoptila is
somewhat intermediate between the two. In C. cyanea the intestine is
‘090 mm. long, in C. cwrulea 125 mm.; both have two small ceca a short
distance above the anal opening. The food of Certhiola, as indicated
by the stomach contents, consists of small insects and spiders, that of
Cereba and Glossoptila consists of small berries, containing numerous
small seeds.

Ce,

Fic. 4.—(1) Pterylosis of Certhiola caboti, a little more than half natural size; (2) Dorsal tract of
Glossoptila campestris, natural size.

The feather tracts and apteria are, with trifling variations, as shown
in the figure-of Certhiola caboti. The pattern of the dorsal tract varies
slightly according to the species, and the lengths of the median apteria,
especially that on the under side of the neck, vary according to the
length of the neck.

Glossoptila is different from the other Coerebide in having a narrower
dorsal tract, and much longer and looser feathers.

Professor Baird, in his ‘‘ Review of North American Birds,” considered
the Cerebide as nearly related to the Mniotiltide, being apparently
largely influenced by the slender beaks of this last group, and by the
peculiar tongue of Dendroica tigrina.

Dr. Gadow, in the “Birds of the Sandwich Islands,” considers the
Ceerebide as the nearest allies of the Sandwich Istand Drepanidide,
this family being formed to accommodate the slender-billed brush-
tongued birds peculiar to those islands.

Dr. Sclater* places the Cwrebide just before the tanagers, remarking
that it is difficult to separate them from the tanagers on the one hand
and the Mniotiltide on the other, and this position is that generally
accepted.

* British Museum Catalogue of Birds.

304 ANATOMY AND AFFINITIES OF COREBIDS—LUCAS, vou. xvu.

In considering the relationships of the group, the pterylosis may be
left out of the question, as it will not help us any. The figure showing >
the pterylosis of Certhiola might, with trifling alterations, do duty for’
Cereba, Dendroica, Geothlypis, Acanthorhynchus, and some of the
Fringillide, and since the same pattern is found in so many genera,
including those but distantly related, it may be considered as very gen-
eralized.

The palate of the Mniotiltide differs from that of the Corebide im
having the interpalatine process well developed, the
transpalatine short and bluntly angular, and the —
palatines not produced backward over the ptery-
goids.

In the general pattern of the palate, the shape
and development of the interpalatine and trauns-
palatine spurs, and in the amount of exposureof the
sphenoid between the palatines, some of the tana-
gers agree very well with the Carebide. Others
of the tanagers differ considerably in their palate
from the Coerebidie, and there seems to be in the
Tanagridz more of an approach towards the union
of the palatines beneath the sphenoid.

The Drepanidide, as represented by Vestiaria,
Oreomyza, Hemignathus, and Himatione, agree with
Fic.5.—Palatal regionot the Coerebidie in the character of the transpalatine
Uniotilta varia, eularsel. 44 interpalatine processes, and exceed them in the
depth and production of the postpalatine. This feature is carried to its
extreme in the Drepanididze, and the same is true of the compression
of the palatines, the free ventral edges of these bones approaching one
another very closely, being in Himatione sanguinea almost in contact.
The Drepanididz have the sphenoid covered by the palatine, a feature
which is not found in the Coerebide, but occurs in some, although by
no means all, or even in a large majority, of the Fringillide.* Among
the skulls examined, those of Certhiola and Himatione bear the closest
general resemblance to one another. Careba and. Glossoptila have a
small palato-maxillary, and so do some of the Mniotiltide. On the
other hand, Certhiola and some species of Dendroica do not have this
little bone.t It is wanting in Dendroica discolor, coronata, pennsylvan-
ica, Melospiza fasciata, melodia, Loxia curvirostra, Zonotrichia albicollis,
Pipilo erythrophthalamus, Leucosticte griseonucha, Ammodromus and
Parula americana. Its exact value remains to be shown, for it appears in
forms which are not related, at least closely, and drops out in some that

* That is, in the species which have come under my observation.

+The following species have a palato-maxillary: Dendroica maculosa, vigorsi,
estiva, Cardinalis virginianus, Habia ludoviciana, Plectrophenax nivalis, Calcarias lap-
ponicus.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 305

are nearly allied. Itis present in the Swallows, but notin the Flycatch-
ers or Thrushes; is well developed in such stout-billed Finches as Cardi-
nalis and Habia, missing in Coccothraustes. It appears as a slender
splint in Plectrophanes and Calcarias, and reaches a considerable size
in Rhamphocelus and Pyranga, while it is lacking in Phenicophilus.
None of the Drepanidide and Meliphagide examined have a palato-
maxillary.

None of the Mniotiltide or Tanagride have the angle of the jaw pro-
duced, nor do the genera Cereba and Glossoptila. In Certhiola, how-
ever, the angle of the jaw is slightly produced, and this occurs in
Oreomyza, Vestiaria, Himatione, and to a less extent in Hemignathus.
The production of the angle is marked in Acrulocercus, and reaches a
maximum in Anthochera carunculata, Acanthorhynchus and Tropido-

>
Fic. 6.—Tongues of Dendroica tigrina; (2) Dendroica coronata; (3) Glossoptila campestris; (4)
Acanthorhynchus tenuirostris; (5, 6) Coereba cyanea; (7) Coereba cerulea; all enlarged.

rhynchus do not have the angle of the jaw produced, although they are
“tenuirostral” birds, and the character is one that seems to have no
correlation with length of bill. Like many other points in the anatomy
of the Passeres, more observations are needed regarding the occurrence
of this character, although it would seem that it should be of some
importance. It does not occur in many birds, but is found in some of
the Icteridz.

The tongue in the Mniotiltide is of moderate length, with very slightly
upturned margins, cleft a little at the tip, and slightly brushy. Den-
droica maculosa and D. tigrina represent the extremes so far as speci-

Proc. N. M. 94———20

306 ANATOMY AND AFFINITIES OF CQ@REBIDA—LUCAS. Vou. xvu.

mens have been examined. The tongue shown in fig. 5, page 163,
“Review of North American Birds,” is unfortunately not the tongue of
Dendroica tigrina. There has evidently been a transposition of speci-
mens, and fig. 4, which is said to be that of Daenis, is probably that
of D. tigrina. As the shape of the tongue was the principal character
of the genus Perisoglossa, the genus would for this reason, if for no
other, be untenable; but even had the tongue been as figured, it would
hardly seem a character of sufficient importance for the establishment
of a genus.

The tongue of the Tanagrid may be slightly bifid as in Pyranga,
Tanagra, and Rhamphocelus, or thick, fleshy, and fringed, as in Salta-
tor atriceps, but so far l have found no species in which the tongue
bore any resemblance to that of Cereba.

Among the Drepanidide, Himatione, Hemignathus, and Vestiaria have
very perfect tubular tongues, the upturned edges meeting or even
lapping over one another slightly, being so firmly apposed that it is
often a difficult matter to force them apart. A few filaments at the
end, and here and there along the edge, constitutes the entire feather-
ing of the tongue.

Oreomyza has the commencement of a tubular tongue, but, owing to
its shortness, the tubular structure is not carried out. None of these
tongues are deeply cleft or widely feathered at the tip, as in the Cere-
bid, and none approach the peculiar condition found in Certhiola,
which has a two-branched tongue, with a twisted brush on either
branch, and a shallow groove down the center of middle third of the
tongue.

The general pattern of this tongue is very much like that of the
Australian Meliornis while the nearest approach to such a tongue as
that of Cereba cerulea is found in the Australian
Acanthorhynchus tenuirostris, and in this bird the
ceerebine pattern is carried to the extreme, the
tongue being extremely long, slender, bifid, feath-
ered at the tip, and tubular for a part of its
length.

The alimentary canal of the Mniotiltid is, as a
rule, comparatively simple, but in Dendroica coro-
nata the convolutions of the intestine are almost ex-
actly the same asin Cereba. The stomachs of all

Fig. 7.-Intestina! Muniotiltide examined contained insects. There is
convolutions of Tan no crop in this group and the stomach is large and
ees aes somewhat pyriform in shape.

The tanagers are fruit-eaters, are devoid of a crop, and. have
the largest intestine and simplest convolutions of any birds exam-
ined.

In the complexity of the alimentary canal there is a parallel

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 307

between Certhiola and the Drepanidide, and the convolutions of
Hemignathus olivaceus very nearly coincide with those of C. caboti.*
But in both groups there is varying complexity of convolution among
the different species, and in neither is there any adherence to a given
pattern. Among the Sandwich Islands birds there is, in the majority

Fig. 8.—Intestinal convolutions of (1) G@lossoptila campestris; (2) Coreba cyanea; (3) Dendroica
coronata; (4) Certhiola caboti; (4a) Certhiola caboti, central portion; (5) Careba cerula; (6) Hemigna-
thus olivaceus; (6a) Hemignathus olivaceus, with coil opened out to show convolutions; (7) Acanthor-
hynchus tenuirostris .

of specimens figured, a slight peculiarity in the manner in which the
intestine begins to uncoil from the center. When looking from below
at the right side of the viscera, the intestine is seen, roughly speaking,
to star‘ from the stomach and in a decreasing spiral or series of loops

* There is at first sight an apparent discrepancy between Dr. Gadow’s figure and
that shown in fig. 8 (6), of this paper, but this is due to the fact that Dr. Gadow’s
specimen has a longer and more closely twisted intestine, so that the point of rever-
sion is different in the two.

308 ANATOMY AND AFFINITIES OF C@HREBIDA—LUCAS. VOU. Xvu.

coil into a knot or ‘short loop, whence it uncoils 0 or unfolds i in an increas-
ing spiral. In Lovioides, Psittacirostra, Himatione, Vestiaria, and Hemi-
gnathus the first turn of the intestine from the center is te the left, while
in the American species figured it is to the right. The point is one of
little or no value, but among the species figured the difference exists.

My only specimen of Acanthorhynchus was doubly unfortunate; first
in being neatly shot through the palate, completely destroying that
region; and, secondly, in having the intestine in so tender a state that it
was difficult to trace its convolutions. Hence I do not feel quite posi-
tive that the figure is entirely correct, although it is very nearly so, and
i! there is any error it lies in the portion beyond the central knot and
consists in the omission of some convolutions. It is much simpler than
in Certhiola, but not unlike Careba, while a little more complexity
beyond the central knot wouid make ie general aves of the intestine
very much like that of Glossoptila.

To sum up: In the character of their palate the Coerebidz differ
from the Mniotiltidee and resemble in some points the Drepanididze
and some of the Tanagride.

The Drepanidide differ from all the above-mentioned groups except

Certhiola in the production of the angle
SO of the jaw.

In their tongue the Cerebide are
markedly different trom the Mniotilti-
SES dw, but it is largely a difference of

eon degree ratherthanof kind. They differ

in toto from the Tanagride, are quite

: distinct from the Drepanidide, and find

ee ae a) their nearest homologue in Acantho-

Z 3 iS rhynchus.
Fig. 9.—Lower mandible of (1) Coreba As regards the Drepanidida, it may

cwrulea; (2) Certhiola portoricensis; (3)
Oreomyza bairdii; all twice natural size-

be thought that this distinction is very
much a matter of opinion, but to me
the two patterns of tongue seem quite different, though both derivable
from such a tongue as that of Dendroica.

It would, perhaps, require less modification to derive the tongue of
the Drepanididie from such an one as that of Icterus icterus, as this is
considerably upcurved along the edges, is not greatly feathered, and is,
considering its size, less fleshy at the basal portion than that of Den-
droica.

It must be borne in mind, too, that there are three distinct types of
tongue among the Ceerebide and that no comparison can be made with
them in this particular as a group.

In complexity of alimentary canal they much exceed the Mniotiltide
(except Careba cyanea, noted previously), bear no resemblance at all to
the Tanagrid, and are approached by the Drepanidide.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 309

As groups of birds are constituted the Coerebidie are certainly suffi-
ciently distinct to stand apart, and the gap between them and the
Mniotiltide seems widest, although this may be due to a tendency on
my part to place considerable weight on the general pattern of the
palate.

The relationship with the tanagers is not very close, although such
short-billed forms as Chlorophanes and Dacnis, which unfortunately
were not available, might bring the two groups a little closer.

In size, form, pterylosis, structure of tongue, and pattern of convo-
lutions of alimentary canal, there is a strong resemblance between
Cereba and Acanthorhynchus, and so far the two forms exhibit a most
interesting case of parallelism. The palate, too, on superficial exam-
ination, looks not unlike that of Glossoptila, but as Dr. Parker points
out in the second part of his memoir on the Skull of A githognathous
Birds, there is a striking dissimilarity in the fact that in Acanthor-
hynchus the palatines run outside the palatal process of the premaxillary
instead of along the inner side, as in passerine birds generally.

Finally, it must be said that the members of the Coerebidie do not
form a homogeneous group, for the family contains at least three well-
marked types, Careba, Certhiola, and Glossoptila, and these types
differ from one another in a very marked degree. While Dacuis and
Chlorophanes have not been examined by me, the figures of skulls and
tongues of these genera indicate that they beiong near Careba. These
genera form a well-marked group containing those species nearest to
the Mniotiltide and characterized by a long, cleft, feathered, but not
suctorial tongue, small crop-like dilatation of the @sophagus and simply
convoluted intestine. -

Certhiola has a bifid, brushy tongue, no crop, extremely complicated
intestine, and produced angle to the mandible. The tongue resembles
that of some of the Meliphagide; the other characters are like some
found in the Drepanididz. Glossoptila, with its loose ptilosis, decided
crop and unique, trifid tongue, is equally well characterized and cer-
tainly should stand apart, seeming to hold with respect to Coereba much
the same position that Chamea does with the wrens.

The Anatomy and Affinities of Certhidia.

At the suggestion of Mr. Ridgway I have examined three specimens
of Certhidia salvini, kindly provided by Dr. G. Baur, with a view of
ascertaining whether or not the suggestion of Coerebine affinities pre-
sented by its external appearance was borne out by its anatomy.

The pterylosis is of the orthodox passerine pattern and the dorsal
tract has a diamond-shaped outline, similar to that found in Dendroica
and many other small birds. The testimony of the skull is unmistak-
able, for it has the short, subangular, transpalatine processes, and well

310 ANATOMY AND AFFINITIES OF C@REBIDA—LUCAS. vot. xvii.

developed interpalatines characteristic of the Mniotiltide, and well
shown by the common warbler of this Galapagos group, Dendroica
aureola.

The Ceerebine skull, on the other hand, is characterized by the fining
down of the palatal region, the transpalatines being reduced to mere
spikes, while the interpalatine spur is abortive or small. The cranium
of Certhidia is a trifle shorter than that of the majority of the Mniotil-
tide examined and has a little more material in the palatines. The
hypotarsus is also like that of Dendroica in its configuration, slight
but perceptible differences existing between it and the corresponding
region of any of the Ceerebidie. There is apparently nothing specially
characteristic in the shoulder muscles, their arrangement being prac-
tically similar in Certhidia, Dendroica, Cereba, and many other small
birds.

The tongue is warbler-like in shape and character, being moderate
in length and slightly cleft and bifid. It is a trifle thicker and more
fleshy than in such a bird as Dendroica aureola and not at all gutter-
shaped. All this is in direct contrast to the elongate, feathered, hol-
lowed-out tongue of Cereba, and not at all like the cleft, brushy tongue
of Certhiola, although all three forms agree in one respect: long or short,
plain or feathered, the tongue is not suctorial, for even in long-billed
Cereba the hyoid stops low down on the base of the skull and lacks the
elaborate arrangement of muscles found in truly suctorial birds. The
intestinal convolutions are quite simple, much as in Cereba and Den-
droica coronata and aureola, but not exactly like either, although,
curiously enough, precisely similar to the convolutions of Cinnyris
bifasciata. There is, however, no crop-like dilatation of the cesopha-

gus as in Cwreba. The coeca are moderate, and in the best specimen

examined the bursa fabricti was very large.

Allin all, the anatomy of Certhidia points to a very near relation-
ship with Dendroica, and indicates that the genus surely belongs
among the Mniotiltide.

Remarks on the Affinities of Myadestes and Pheornis.

The skull of Myadestes is rather short, and on its superior aspect
bears a considerable resemblance to that of Ampelis. The maxillary
process of the nasal is short, not expanded distally, and abuts upon,
but does not fuse with the maxillary. In the thrushes this process is
wider and continued for a little distance along the maxillary, but does
not unite with it. Phwornis resembles the thrushes in these particu-
lars. In Tyrannus the descending process of the nasal is narrowest
near its origin, expands distally, and ankyloses with the maxillary.

The prepalatine bar of Myadestes is narrow, as in Ampelis, the trans-
palatine angle much like that of Phwornis. The interpalatine angle is
blunterin Myadestes than in Ampelis, in this respect resembling that of
Pheornis and the thrushes.

~— e

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. STt

Tyrannus differs from the genera mentioned above in the early and
complete fusion of the prepalatines with the premaxillaries. Ampelis
is peculiar in the large symmetrical ossifications of the anterior trabec-
ule which articulate with the vomer.

Fig. 10.—Palatal region of (1) Merula migratoria; (2) Phaeornis obscura; (3) Myadestes solitarius;
all enlarged.

Myadestes, like Tyrannus, has a flat non-pneumatic maxillo palatine,
although that of Myadestes is the less hooklike and more expanded of
the two. Pheornis has a maxillo palatine
like that of a thrush.

The manubrium of Myadestes is rather
wide and low, similar to that of Phwornis,
these birds in this particular departing from
the thrushes as well as from Ampelis.

The cesophagus is large and there is no
crop. The stomach is large, with strong
walls. The intestine is very short, measur-
ing but 0.145 m.in length. Thestomach was

i (A
full of small berries mingled with a few p) Ul IN
remains of insects. ei) a

The dorsal tract is almost straight in
Myadestes, slightly different from what occurs

in Turdus pallasii.
Myadestes was placed by Gray with the

Ampelide, but is included among the

thrushes by Dr. Stejneger. ; Fic. 11.—Palatal region of Tyrannus
While the bird has some leanings toward carolinensis, enlarged.

the Ampelide it seems to have more decided affinities with the thrushes,

342 ANATOMY AND AFFINITIES OF C@REBIDH—LUCAS. vou. xvu.

although it is by no means a typical thrush. It certainly has no near

relationship with the Tyrannide.

Neither Myadestes nor Phawornis have any trace ot a
metapterygoid, but while this little process is quite
generally present in thrushes, it varies greatly in the
amount of development. Itis best developed in Merula
aurantia and M. migratoria, is small in Turdus musteli-
nus and pallasi, rudimentary or even wanting in swain-
soni and fuscescens. When the metapterygoid is small
it is occasionally difficult to decide whether a minute
process is present, or merely a prolongation of the
sphenoid foot.

Fic. 12.—Doraay Lhe turdine resemblances of Phwornis have already
tracts of (1) My. been pointed out by Dr. Gadow, although he seems to
Bena end have had doubts about positively placing the birds
sii; reduced. together. Working over the question anew my own

observations corroborate those of Dr. Gadow, but I would go a step

farther and until it was shown to be otherwise definitely place Phwornis
with the Turdide. Certainly if Myadestes is to be considered a thrush

Phacornis is doubly one,

Remarks on the Affinities of Phainopepla Nitens.

Phainopepla was placed by Gray near Ampelis, and here is where it
undoubtedly belongs. The skulls of the two are very
much like, particularly in the palatal region, and both
possess a large, free, swollen lachrymal, this last being a
point of much importance, since such a lachrymal is of
rare occurrence among birds. The quadrates of Ampelis
and Phainopepla agree with each other in minute as well
as general characters, as do also the pneumatic maxillo
palatines.

The characters which separate Myadestes from. Ampelis
separate it also from Phainopepla.

The very marked resemblances between the skulls of
Phainopepla and Ampelis reuder it, in this instance, un- Bete
necessary to go into further details, but it may also be said gai tract of
that the general contour of the dorsal tracts in the two Pemopeplant-
species agree very well also, although the outer angles of warer ee
the tract are a little more rounded in Phainopepla than in Ampelis.

;

DISCOVERY OF THE GENUS OLDHAMIA IN AMERICA.

By CHARLES D. WALCOTT,
Honorary Curator of Paleontology.

In 1865 Prof. James Hall referred a fossil found associated with
Buthograptus in the Trenton Limestone at Plattville, Wis., to the genus
Oldhamia, under the specific name of fruticosa.* He described this
form as “stems of corneus or carbonaceous texture, frequently branched,
the branches again dividing and sometimes, if not always, in whorls,
in one of which six divisions were counted.” Prof. Hall’s reference to
Oldhamia was tentative and, from the study of Dr. J. R. Kinnehan’st
beautiful illustrations of the genus Oldhamia, | am led to think it
exceedingly doubtful if the species /ruticosa should be referred to it.

Prof. Charles Lapworth mentions the occurrence of an Oldhamia in
the purple slates of Farnham, Province of Quebec, like O. radiata,
but does not describe or illustrate it.t It is placed in the horizon
of the Upper Cambrian. Dr. R. W. Ells, of the Geological Survey of
Canada, writes me that the Farnham slates belong to the Sillery for-
mation. A poorly preserved specimen, received from the Survey,
proves the presence of Oldhamia, but does not afford data for a specific
determination.

During the field season of 1893, Mr. T. Nelson Dale, while surveying

the areal geology of the Troy sheet of the U. S. Geological Survey,
collected, in a belt of reddish shale that extends north and south,
west of the Rensselaer plateau, a lot of annelid trails and plant-like
impressions, which were sent to me with other material for determina-
tion. The only form that I can identify is a species of Oldhamia that
is closely eee to Oldhamia antiqua of the Cambrian rocks of Ireland.

4 icameaen ‘Goa Reatiee. Deena LY 1865, p. 49.

t Trans. Royal Irish Acad., xx111, 1859, p. 547.

¢{ Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., 1v, 1877, Table A, p. 183.
Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 1002.

313

are: THE GENUS OLDHAMIA IN AMERICA—WALCOTT. VOL. XVU.

No other fossils were identified; and the determination of the geologic
horizon is somewhat uncertain.

Genus OLDHAMTIA, Forbes.*

The best illustrations of Oldhamia are given by Dr. J. R. Kinnahant
. and Mr. J. W. Salter.t Prof. Brady§ discussed the genus and its rela-
tions to living forms, in 1865. He proposed to limit the genus to the
O. radiata, and to refer the O. antiqua to a new genus—Murchisonites.

OLDHAMIA (MURCHISONITES) OCCIDENS, new species.

Frond with a jointed, slightly flexuous stem; fan-shaped fronds,
formed of numerous simple filaments or attached to the upper end of
each joint; the filaments being somewhat longer than the joints and
giving the entire frond the appearance of a succession of tufts of fila-
ments, each springing from the summit of the tuft below.

The specimens are preserved as casts on the surface of a smooth sili-
ceous slate. No trace of cells or vesicles appear; and the position of
Oldhamia in the classification of organic forms is not advanced. The

GAZE Uy Ae, te LZ
£ = ee =— =

Fia.1. Oldhamia(M.) occidens. View of asingle frond from the gorge of the Poestenkill. Naturalsize.

suggestion that it is a caleareous alga appears to be as satisfactory as
any. This species differs from Oldhamia (M.) antiqua Forbes|| in the
form of growth and arrangement of the tufts of filaments.

The specimens are from the Cambrian (?) slates.

The Oldhamia was first found in reddish shales associated with green-
ish shales and beds of quartzite, ranging from one to nearly twenty-two
inches in thickness, at a saw-mill dam midway between Burden Lake
and Nassau Pond in the township of Nassau; again in similar rocks
about 2 miles farther up the same stream and 14 miles SSE. from the
south end of Burden Lake. It occurs also on the Moordener Kill,

* Journ. Geol. Soc. Dublin, 1848, vu, p. 184.

tTrans. Royal Irish Acad., xx111, 1859, pp. 547-561.

{Mem. Geol. Soc. Great Britain; Geology of North Wales, 2d ed., 1881, pp. 471,
472, pl. 26.

§ Geol. Mag., 11, 1865, p. 6.

|| Trans. Geol. Soc. Dublin, 1848.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 315

about 14 miles NE. of Schodack depot, in the township of Schodack,
and in great abundance in the gorge of the Poestenkill, 13 miles east
of Troy, near the Eagle Mills road, along the right bank of the river,
which there flows south. The Oldhamia is here associated with various
trails, and both cover large surfaces of the rock.

The slates are post-Lower Cambrian and pre-Trenton, but their exact
stratigraphic position is not fully determined. They are either Upper
Cambrian or Lower Ordovician.

NOTES ON REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS COLLECTED IN
FLORIDA IN 1892 AND 1893.

By EINAR LO:NNBERG, PH. D.,
University of Upsala, Sweden.

THE following notes are based upon a collection made during a sojourn
in Florida from September, 1892, to July, 1893, during which time I
wasengaged in general zoological collecting and research. The list con-
tains the greater majority of the species recorded from that part of the
United States, besides a number of additions to the herpetological
fauna of Florida. The distribution of other species within the penin-
sula has been extended, or better defined. The biographical notes may
not contain any strikingly new facts, but as such observations are not
very commonly recorded, and as mine are based on personal experience
they may possess some value as corroborative evidence.

I wish, finally, to express my grateful acknowledgment for kind
assistance received trom the authorities of the U.S. National Museum.

REPTILIA.
TESTUDINES.
PLATYPELTIS FEROX (Schneider).

The soft-shelled turtle abounds in all lakes and ponds in south Florida.
It is caught with nets and seine and readily takes the hook. It is very
savage and bites ferociously.

DERMOCHELYS CORIACEA (Linneus ).

“his turtle seems to be known to some of the people living at Key
West, but it is very rare. I have only seen one specimen in Florida,
which had been caught near St. Augustine.

CHELONIA MYDAS (Linneus).

Green turtles are still common along the coast of south Florida, but
the time of extermination will soon come, as they are caught in great

Proceedings of the U. 8. National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 1003.
317

318 FLORIDA REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS—LG@:NNBERG. vou. xvu.

numbers with nets, harpoons, pegs, etc., in the water, as well ason the
beach when laying their eggs, the eggs being secured at the same time.
The meat is sold at 10 cents a pound, and a good many are shipped
North alive from the Key West market. The largest specimens reach
a weight of 800 pounds. |

ERETHMOCHELYS IMBRICATA (Linnexus).

The hawksbill turtle is caught at Key West, where I have seen some.
It is not common, and very high in price on account of the shell. It is
said to reach a weight of 150 to 200 pounds, but specimens of that size
are very scarce.

THALASSOCHELYS CARETTA (Linneus).

The loggerhead turtle is common all round the coast of south
Florida, especially among the Keys. It is used for food in some
places, for instance at Key West, although not so palatable as the
green turtle, and the eggs are eaten whenever they can be found.
The eggs are laid in May and June. During the latter month I found
them on the Coronado beach at New Smyrna. Although the animals
themselves are not always caught, the custom of taking their eggs is
as destructive in the long run, and they are going to be exterminated
on the coast of Florida sooner or later. They do not grow larger than
300 pounds.

DEIROCHELYS RETICULARIA (Latreille),

This species is not common so far as I know. I have only seen 2
specimens in south Florida, both of which were caught at Clarcona,
Orange County, by C. ©. Allen, who generously presented one of them
to me.

‘PSEUDEMYS RUBRIVENTRIS (Leconte).

The red-bellied terrapin, or cooter, is not so common in south Flor-
ida as Pseudemys concinna, but I have seen it in several localities, viz,
in the St. Johns River; at Clay Springs, Orange County; SilverSprings,
Marion County, ete. Itis to be found not only in the rivers, but I have
caught it with the seine in small lakes in the neighborhood of Apopka,
and have likewise received from Mr. C. C. Allen a specimen from Clar-
cona, Orange County. The plastron is sometimes uniform red; some-|
times marbled with black. |

PSEUDEMYS CONCINNA (Leconte).

This is the common cooter ot Florida, in which country it is abun-
dant in alllakes andrivers. They are very often seen in great numbers”
basking on old logs in the water, even in the middle of the winter.
They feed on vegetable matter. The meat is white and very palatable.

:
4

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 319

: MALACLEMYS CENTRATA (Latreille).

The valued diamond-back terrapin is caught in the salt marshes along
the east coast. I obtained several specimens at Hillsboro River, out-
side New Smyrna, Volusia County.

TERRAPENE CAROLINA (Linneus),.

The box-turtle is not very common in the southern part of Florida. I
saw only two specimens in Orange County, viz, at Apopka and Clarcona.
It is said to be more abundant around St. Augustine.

GOPHERUS POLYPHEMUS (Daudin).

The “gopher” is common in the dry woods of south Florida. It is
diurnal in its habits and is often seen walking about feeding between
lla.m.and3p.m. When disturbed it retracts its head and feet with
a hissing sound, like that ofa snake, and sometimes tries to bite. The
people do not use these animals for food, but sometimes chop them up
and give them to the chickens. It is said that the holes are dug down
to the ground water. A good many animals, as rabbits, snakes, frogs,
ete., seek a refuge in the gopher holes, which are of particular pro-
tection to them when the grass in the woods is burnt off.

Lately there was discovered a quite interesting fauna of insects, partly
blind, which live in these holes. *

KINOSTERNON BAURII (Garman),

At three different places in Orange County I collected this little tur-
tle, which is new for the peninsula, but has been found at Key West
and in Cuba before. I saw it first in Fern Creek, near Orlando, later
at Apopka and Oviedo, in the same county. It is easily distinguished
from K. pensilvanicum by the different development of the plastron
and the color, etc. On the head there are always two pale yellow
streaks, one from the tip of the nose backwards through the upper
margin of the eye, the other one from the inferior margin of the eye and
backwards. Below there are two broader bands of the same color on
the inferior surface of the mandibula. The carapace shows three pale
longitudinal bands. The shell is not smooth, but worn and eroded by
parasitic algie.

One of the specimens collected in Orange County is now in the U.S.
National Museum (No. 21526).

KINOSTERNON PENSILVANICUM (Gmelin).

This species is quite common in some localities in the small lakes and
creeks, etc.; for instance, in Fern Creek, near Orlando, Orange County.
It is sometimes called the mud turtle.

“HENRY HUBBARD, Science, xxu, August 4, 1893, pp. 57-58.

320 FLORIDA REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS—LONNBERG. vou. xvu.

AROMOCHELYS ODORATA (Daudin).

The musk turtle is common in ponds and creeks in south Florida. In
Fern Creek, for instance, it is abundant, and I have also found it in
several other places in Orange County. One of my specimens from the
above mentioned creek is very interesting on account of several anoma-
lies of the plates of the plastron. The gular plate is divided by a very
distinct suture and there is a pair of plates between the femoral and anal
plates representing the anterior portion of the anals. The plastron is
thus covered by 14 plates. Otherwise this specimen is typical in color

and shape.
CHELYDRA SERPENTINA (Linneus).

The alligator turtle is not very common in south Florida. I know of
specimens from St. John’s River, Lake Apopka, and the neighborhood
of Oviedo, Orange County. As the head is very large, some ignorant
people call it the “loggerhead,” which name properly belongs to Chelonia
caretta.

SAURL.

ANOLIS PRINCIPALIS (Linnzus).

The ‘‘chameleon” is common all over south Florida. It often enters
the houses and frequently you can see this charming little animal climb-
ing on the curtains in your room. It is interesting to see them run
about in the sunshine and suddenly change color from brown to the
most resplendent emerald green and to observe the males how after
some nodding movement with the head they inflate the rudy colored
gular sac. They are very fond of running on the thistles, where they
readily find their way between the spines and prickles, being at the
same time well protected by them against their enemies. The shape of
the head varies considerably, but I am not able to draw any line between
the short-snouted and the long-snouted ones, as there are all degrees
of intermediates.

SCELOPORUS UNDULATUS (Daudin).

These lizards are very common in south Florida, in the pine woods and
among the oaks in dry places, on old fences and houses, ete. When
running on old burned stumps and logs in the pine woods, which used
to be burned every winter to get better grass for the cattle, they are
able to turn perfectly black. On light ground, for instance on oak
bark, they resume their gray color with the brown undulations on the
back, thus showing themselves possessed of a great faculty of adapting
their color to that of the surroundings. They are sometimes called |
‘‘alligator lizards,” on account of the roughness of their scales.

OPHISAURUS VENTRALIS (Linneus).

The “glass snake” has received its name because the tail is so very
brittle. Ignorant people believe that the broken pieces are able to join

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. ook

together again, and therefore cali it “joint snake.” This harmless
lizard is also considered by them to be a very ‘poisonous snake.”
Ophisaurus is not searce in south Florida, and I have found it in all
kinds of places, in the dry pine woods, in hammocks, and under old
logs at the border of lakes. It is a burrowing animal, and is therefore
sometimes plowed up.

CNEMIDOPHORUS SEXLINEATUS (Linneus).

This swift 1s extremely abundant on Key West, and the largest and
nicest specimens in my collection were caught there. Although so
abundant, it 1s hard to collect, as it is so very quick and active, running
through the shrubs and disappearing ‘ quick as a flash of lightning.”
In other parts of south Florida it is very common, too, in dry places in
the pine lands, and on warm and sunny days may be seen all over the
country in such places as, for instance, around Orlando and Oakland,
Orange County, etc., but it does not seem to do as well anywhere as at
Key West on the warm lime rocks and in the dense serub.

EUMECES FASCIATUS (Linneus).

This lizard is rather common in south Florida under rotten logs and
stumps and similiar places. It is not confined to the hammocks, out
is also found in the pine woods, in suitable localities, and I have seen
a large specimen on the island south of Hog Island outside of Clear
Water Harbor, Hillboro County. Strange to say, it is called ‘“scor-
pion,” “blue tail scorpion” or “big scorpion” and regarded as “awfully
poisonous.” The bright blue tail is very brittle and breaks always if
one tries to catch the animal by that member.

LEIOLOPISMA LATERALE (Say).

This lizard is one of the smallest in south Florida, where it is abun-
dant in hammocks under old leaves, ete., or on the shores of lakes under
logs and stumps. The localities frequented by this skink are always
more or less moist; the tail breaks off easily and is as easily reproduced.

RHINEURA FLORIDANA (Baird).

The “blind worm” or ‘‘blind snake,” as it is called, is not scarce in
sandy places in Orange county. It is often found by people digging or
grubbing in the gardens or plowing in the orange groves.

SERPENTES.
CEMOPHORA COCCINEA (Blumenbach).

The amount of individual variation displayed by the present species
seems to be considerably greater than one would suspect from a peru-
sal of the literature. Baird and Girard * indicate a variation in the

*Catalogue of North American Keptiles, 1, Serpents, p. 118.
Proc. N. M. 94 21

322 FLORIDA REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS—L@NNBERG. vou. xvu.

nasal plate, a point brought out fuller by Garman,* who describes it
as “entire, sometimes grooved or half divided, occasionally divided.”
The former authors also indicate a certain variability in the size of the
supraocular. Finally, Jan has described a specimen as a separate
subspecies which had the loreal extending to the orbit beneath the
preocular.t My specimen, which is from a hammock near Lake Charm,
Orange County, the only one obtained by me, has the nasal completely
divided. In addition it has 7 upper labials, third and fourth entering
the eye, the center of the eye above the fourth, and 9 lower labials,
instead of normally 6 supralabials and 8 infralabials. It will be
noticed, however, that Jant{ figures a specimen from New Orleans
with 7 supralabials like mine, and Dr. Stejneger informs me that the
U.S. National Museum possesses several specimens with the same num-
ber, for instance, No. 10741, from Clear Water, Fla., and No. 6298, from
Fort Jesup, La. He also mentions 3 other interesting specimens, viz:
No. 5221, from northern Alabama, which on one side has a rather large
subpreocular wedged in between the second and third supra labials; No.
2387, from Anderson County, 8S. C., in which the rostral extends so far
backward as to entirely separate the internasals; and No. 14828, from
Georgiana, Fla., with the loreal and supraocular so small as to allow
the prefrontals to separate them and enter the eye between them.

The size of the supraocular is not particularly small in my speci-
men; the number of temporals are 14+2+42; the number of gastro-
steges about 180. The number of the latter is given by Garman§ as
varying between 157 and 174. In my specimen there are 17 pairs of
black rings on the body and 6 on the tail, nearly the normal num-
ber. The specimen described by Jan and referred to above has an
unusually large number of black rings, but Dr. Stejneger informs me
that the U. 8. National Museum specimen No. 6298 mentioned above
has quite as many, but with the loreal normally related.

My specimen was obtained by digging in the ground. The burrowing
habits of this species are evidently the cause of its comparative rarity.
FARANCIA ABACURA (Holbrook).

I obtained several small specimens in Lake Eola, at Lake Brantleg,
and at other places in Orange County. Two larger ones were dug up
in a “ bay-head” at Oviedo, in the same county, in spite of the fact
that the people there did not know it and had no name for it.

The U.S. National Museum has received a specimen from Arlington,
Fla., No. 9583, collected in 1878 by Francis C. Goode.

ABASTOR ERYTHROGRAMMUS (Dau din).

I have not found this species in south Florida, but have seen a speci-
men caught not far from St. Augustine.

*GARMAN, S., Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambr., 1, p. 78 (1883).
t Iconographie des Ophidiens, livr. 11, pl. v, fig. 3.

tLoe. cit., fig. 1.

§ Loe. cit.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 323

CONTIA PYGAHA (Cope).

I have but rarely found this little snake out of the water, and in
such cases only under some log or board near the water’s edge. It is
common around the borders of the small lakes in Orange County, where
Ihave seen and caught specimens in Lake Eola, Orlando, in and around
some small lakes near Clarcona, Toronto, Apopka, and other places.

The number of supralabials is variable. In most cases there are 8,
but I have two specimens with only 7, and one with only 6 on one side.
In these cases of reduction the posterior ones have become fused, as
Shown by their size and the frequent presence of an incomplete section.
The rows of scales are always 17 on all my specimens. The color of the
upper surface is sometimes a little lighter on the sides, showing con-
Spicuously on the three lowermost rows, at least, a narrow light stripe
along the middle of each series. The belly is salmon-red without any
spots, but in some specimens there is on the side of each gastrostege a
Short stripe extending to about a fourth or a fifth of the belly, forming
the beginning cf cross-bars.

STILOSOMA EXTENUATUM, Brown.

This rare and recently described snake* was hitherto known from
one specimen only, the type. The three specimens obtained by me

Stilosoma extenuatum (twice natural size).

Fic. 1. Head from above (No. 21327, U. S. N. M.). Fie.2. Head from above. Coll. Zool. Mus.
Univers. Upsala, Sweden. Fia. 3. Head from the side; same specimen as fig. 2.

in Orange County, viz, one at Lake Charm, near Oviedo, the others
at Oakland, deviate in their scutellation of the head to an extraordi-
nary degree from the type, which appears greatly abnormal, so much
so in fact that the generic determination became one of great uncer-
tainty. One of the specimens has been presented to the U. S. National
Museum (No, 21327), and submitted to the curator of reptiles, Dr. L.
Stejneger, who is responsible for the identification as well as for the
following remarks:

The type specimen of Stilosoma extenuatum is described as possessing no separate
prefrontals (these being fused with the internasals), no loreal, and no preoculars.
The large internasals join the supralabials and enter the eye, and the parietals
join the supralabials behind the postoculars, excluding the temporals from the latter.

The three additional specimens seem to prove that the only normal and stable
characters among the above are the absence of the loreal and the joining of the pari-
etals and supralabials. The absence of the preocular is only found in the type, while
the fusion of the internasals with the prefrontals is found in the type and in one of
the Orange County specimens as well, but not in the other two, in which they are
normally separated.

* Brown, A. E., Proc. Phila. Acad., 1890, p. 199.

324 FLORIDA REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS—LENNBERG. vot. xvu.

imme nnectes of the preoc aeiee in ae ne of Stiigeena extenuatum, or Pyahen its fusion
with the prefrontals, at first led to suggestion of even more thaw specific difference,
but a reflection upon the fact that the difference between the additional specimens
themselves is fully as large as between them and type, coupled with the otherwise
complete agreement with Brown’s original description, soon led to the abandonment
of such an idea.

The following additional remarks are derived from the specimen in
the U.S. National Museum:

Hypapophyses absent in the posterior dorsal vertebre ; maxillary teeth eleven, all
smooth, in a continuous series, the anterior and posterior ones siightly shorter than
the others; pupil round; two pairs of well-developed, long chin-shields in contact on
median line; preocular rather small, square, in contact with supraocular, prefrontal,
second and third supralabials; six supralabials; temporals 1 + 2, the anterior one
separated from postoculars by parietals which are very tong; caniroste cent 260; anal,
1; urosteges #9 4+. 1. Total length, 330 mm.; tail, 23 mim.

Mr. Brown compares the coloration of the present species with that of Rhinocheilus
lecontii, while Cope* states that it ‘‘ has the coloration of the type of Hypsiglena or
Sibon.” None of these comparisons seem particularly happy, while on the other
hand the similarity of Stilosoma extenuatum, so far as color and pattern, both above
and below, is concerned, to Lampropeltis calligaster is very striking indeed. Even
the head markings are almost identical.

On the whole the totality of the characters seems to place this genus among the
coronelline snakes rather than with the calamarines, in spite of the marked tendency
to a reduction of the number of head-shields by fusion, and it may be well in this
connection to call attention to the unusually great number of gastrosteges, viz,
235-260.

LAMPROPELTIS GETULUS (Linne us).

Rather common in south Florida, where it is sometimes known under
the name of “king snake,” and is then said to kill and devour the rattle-
snake. Sometimes it is called “rattlesnake pilot,” and is then regarded
as the guide of that snake!

My specimens have the normal number of 21 rows of scales while
Cope has examined some Florida specimens with 23 rows. The colora-
tion varies greatly. Sometimes the yellow centers of the scales result
in more or less well-defined crossbands on the back and the yellow
color on the interspaces is less conspicuous. Sometimes there are no
distinct crossbands and then the snake looks brown or yellow, depend-
ing upon the development of the yellow centers of scales, which some-
times occupy nearly their entire surface. The crossbands, when pres-
ent, often bifureate on the sides, embracing darker areas. In this
variety the crossbands and forks are narrow, becoming broader infe-
riorly, often as broad as the dark areas.

Most specimens of mine from Florida have yellow centers on the scales,
more or less, even if they are crossbanded. A more typical L. getulus
black with whitish crossbands, was caught at Savannah, Ga., by Capt.
C. Eckman, and presented to the Upsala Museum. Lampropeltis
getulus is of a rather gentle disposition. When caught they never

* Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x1v, 1891, p. 595 (1892).

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 325

- tried to bite, only one opened its mouth, but they wind themselves
round one’s arm, showing great muscular strength. When they get
alarmed they often rattle with the tip of the tail, trying to scare the
enemy.

I have seen eggs laid by an ZL. getulusin captivity. They were rather
large, whitish and with soft skin.

All my specimens were taken on dry land.

OSCEOLA ELAPSOIDEA (Holbrook).

I have one specimen of this beautiful snake from Key West, and
another from the neighborhood of Toronto, Orange County. In both
there is on one side a small rudimentary loreal, but on the other side
the prefrontal extends to the upper labials. One who has seen both
Cemophora and Osceola can not well confound them afterwards. The
shape of the head is entirely different. Osceola deserves well the
cognomen ‘elapsoidea.” The form of the head is very similar to that
of an Hlaps, and so are the colors, black, red, and yellow, although
arranged differently. On the specimen trom Toronto the seventeenth *
pair of black rings is situated over the anus and there are five
pairs on the tail, the last not complete. On the specimen from Key
West the sixteenth* pair is situated over the anus. On the latter
specimen the black rings are broader and cover 4-5 scales, and in the
middle of the back they have a tendency to extend into the red spaces,
so that, for instance, the posterior one of the twelfth, thirteenth, and
fourteenth pairs extend through the red, meeting the anterior band of
the thirteenth, fourteenth, and fifteenth pair respectively. It is
remarkable that the yellow 1ings, although narrower, are never in-
truded upon. The fact that in Hlaps fulvius the red, but never the
yellow, is very often dotted with black, forms an interesting parallel.

DIADOPHIS PUNCTATUS (Linneus).

Having obtained this snake only once, not far from Apopka, Orange
County, in April, 1893, | must regard it as rather uncommon in that
part of the State.

My specimen has two anterior and three posterior oculars instead of
2-2, but is otherwise typical as to scutellation and color.

There are nine specimens of this species in the U. S. National Museum
from Florida, included under the following catalogue numbers: No.
10585 from Clear Water, collected by S. T. Walker; and Nos. 11984,
13667, 13702, from Georgiana, by Win. Wittfield.

OPHEODRYS ASTIVUS (Linneus).

This beautiful and gentle little snake is to be found all over south
Florida down to Key West in “ hammocks” and “ serubs.” It is often

“Including that on the neck.

326 FLORIDA REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS—LG@NNBERG. vou. xvu.

seen in orange trees. I have never observed it on the ground. It
never tries to defend itself in any way.

BASCANION CONSTRICTOR (Linnveus).

The black snake is the commonest snake in South Florida and may
be seen every where—in the dry pine woods, in the small prairies, at the
borders of the lakes, on the ground, or climbing trees, or escaping down
into the “‘ gopher” holes.

At Acadia, De Soto County, I captured a small black snake which
was crawling on the upper leaves of a palmetto, and as it presents some
peculiarities it may be well to describe it in detail. It was very slender,
being 600 mm. in total length, with a tail measuring 180 mm.; body
compressed and head much broader than neck. The color of the upper
surface is as black as in any full grown B. constrictor; the belly is like-
wise black, but with a narrow median stripe of small, whitish, cloudy
spots; chin, throat, and upper labials whitish; this color extends back
over the first 17 gastrosteges, the posterior ones of which are spotted
with black. When killed the belly was speckled all over with round
orange-red or rusty spots of a diameter of 1 to 2 mm., but these have
disappeared in alcohol. Tip of tail underneath, yellowish. Scale
rows, 17. Eight supralabials instead of 7 as usual in B. constrictor.
Three postoculars, a peculiarity shared in by another full-grown speci-
men in my collection. On the whole there seems to be a great varia-
tion in the number and relation of these scales and in the temporals, of
which there are 6 on one side and 7 on the other in my specimen.

According to Dr. Stejneger, to whom I have submitted the specimen
for examination, it is a young one in transition to the adult coloration,
which it has not yet quite fully acquired.

BASCANION FLAGELLUM (Shaw).

This species is not so abundant as the foregoing one, and is mostly
found in dry pine woods in which the soil is rich enough to allow oak
trees to grow. It is common around Oakland, Orange County.

It is known as the ‘‘coach whip” and sometimes the larger ones are
called “chicken snakes,” like several other of the larger colubrine snakes.
Although a bold fighter and sometimes even found to be the attacking
party, it is, of course, perfectly harmless, though some of the ignorant
natives fear it greatly, believing that with “a blow of its tail it can break
the arm of the largest man.”

CALLOPELTIS GUTTATUS (Linneus.)

I have specimens of this snake from Ozona Hillsboro County,
Orlando, Oakland, Apopka, Oviedo and other places in Orange County;
from the dense scrub at Coronado beach, New Smyrna, in Volusia
County, and from Key West. It is known by different names in dif-
ferent places; for instance, ‘chicken snake” at New Smyrna and Key

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. See

West; “house king-snake” at Oakland, ete. It rattles its tail when
offended, and one of my specimens tried to defend itself by biting. Like
the following species, it often enters into the houses to hunt rats. The
_ color is different in different specimens. I have not obtained any typi-
eal C. g. sellatus (Cope), though on the specimen from Key West the
head bands are more obscure and the lateral spots not well defined,
some of them—the posterior ones—being rather faint and disappear-
ing on the tail; many of the dorsal spots are open on the sides, having
only anterior and posterior dark borders; only the anterior part of the
lower surface is regularly tessellated with black spots; further back there
is only a trace left of each black square, and the abdomen thus becomes
finely mottled with blackish seales not keeled.

Another specimen from Orlando shows variations in the direction of
Callopeltis rosaceus (Cope). The belly is checkered and the head is
banded in the normal way, but on the back two dark brown stripes
extend all the way through the dorsal spots. On the anterior part of
the body the lateral black borders of the dorsal spots, as well as the
upper black borders of the lateral spots, extend longitudinally from one
spot to another, in this way forming longitudinal stripes. A littlefurther
back this double black stripe is interrupted, but a less sharply defined
brown stripe connects the lateral black border of an anterior dorsal spot
with the next behind. Still further back even that brown stripe disap-
pears, and the spots have thesame appearance asin a common C. guttatus.
Even in a young specimen from Ozona, Hillsboro County, there is a
tendency to a longitudinal connection of the spots on the sides of the
anterior part of the Dody, but there are no longitudinal dorsal stripes
to be seen. The above-mentioned variations are very interesting, and
in the future, I suppose, there will be found more connecting links
between the various forms clustering around C. guttatus.*

CALLOPELTIS QUADRIVITTATUS (Holbrook).

I have obtained specimens of this form from different places in
Orange County. It is often found in trees, being a very good climber.
It enters very often the houses to hunt rats. Caged birds frequently
become its prey on such excursions. Why thelarger specimens are
called “chicken snakes” is easy to understand.

The young ones are spotted, and sometimes these spots remain con-
spicuous in older specimens, too. LI once saw quite a large specimen
shot in a packing house, where it had been a regular guest for some
time. This snake measured nearly two meters and had large yellow
saddle blotches on its back. It was too much damaged to be preserved.

SPILOTES CORAIS COUPERII (Holbrook).

This snake, which is generally called ‘‘ gopher snake” in south
Florida, is not very common. I have obtained only one specimen from

*From Savannah, Ga., Ihave aspecimen of Callopeltis spiloides but I have not seen
this species in Florida.

328 FLORIDA RUPTILUS AND BATRACHIANS—L@NNBERG. vou xv

the neighbor hood a Orlando, Orange County. It had 7 superior labials
on the right side and 8 on the left, showing plainly that this character
is not constant.

The red on the throat is more or less developed in different speci-
mens. The gopher snake is one of the largest snakes in Florida, and
one often hears of specimens of extraordinary size. I have seen some
stuffed specimens in St. Augustine which were about 10 feet in length.

I do not know much about its habits, but it seems to prefer high and
dry land. It is said to be rather slow moving.

PITUOPHIS MELANOLEUCUS (Daudin).

The common form of this snake in South Florida has large, reddish
saddle blotches on the back, becoming anteriorly more and more obsolete
and finally showing only aslight mottling on the yellowish gray ground
color. I have a smaller specimen on which the dorsal spots are
blackish or dark brown, corresponding with Holbrovk’s figure.* The
number of spots on the body is about 25, but the anterior ones are dis-
solved into smaller ones and difficult to distinguish. Two faint bands
can be seen from the eye to the seventh supra-labial and from eye to
eye in a curved line across the posterior part of the prefrontals.
Supralabials, 8; ocular, 1-4 on the left side, 1-3 on the right.

From its loud hissing it is called “‘ bull snake,” and ‘pine snake” from
its living in the pine woods. All the specimens observed by me are
from dry, sandy pine woods in Orange County.

The skin of a very large specimen measured, without head and tail,
170 c. m. and must have been at least 2m. This skin was given to me
as the skin of a “chicken snake.”

A very large specimen when caught hissed loudly and opened its
mouth, but did not bite. It rattled its tail at the same time.

HETERODON PLATYRHINOS, Latreille.

The spreading adder is very common in South Florida. I have seen
it most frequently in dry places in the pine woods, “highland ham-
mocks,” orange groves, ete. In the last named it is often plowed up.

Although the spreading adder is not a poisonous snake, it is very
much dreaded as such. If it should bite it would probably inflict a
considerable wound with the large posterior teeth. I have heard of
two or three cases in which spreading adders are said to have bitten.
These may, nevertheless, be regarded as rare exceptions. In one of
these cases it was said that the hand of the bitten man swelled up con-
siderably. He believed that the snake was poisonous, and so did the
doctor, therefore the patient was ordered to drink so much whisky that
he was nearly killed, and the doctor applied digitalis and other strong
poisons. The man was a strong fellow and survived me treatment.

*HoLsrook, J. E., North Guan ican He aeioeEe 9 Ay TVs Diets

1894 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 329

reasons: (1) Common blood poisoning that can happen with any wound;
(2) poisoning with the poison from the skin of toads, in cases of bite
by species feeding on these animals, as | often have observed that itis
possible for some of the secretions from the poison glands in the skin of
the toad to remain in the mouth of the snake among the teeth, especially
the larger posterior maxillary teeth which inflict the wound; (3) fear
that the snake is poisonous and consequent self-suggestion.

A large specimen of the black spreading adder Heterodon platyrhinos
niger (Daudin) that I received in Orlando, Orange County, from Mr. L.
Robinson, did not act quite like the gray specimens of the same species.
It flattened the head and the neck, but not the body, and made itself
very thick. The gray ones used to keep the head down to the ground
during their contortions, but this one raised the head, moved it forward
and backward, hissing very loudly but without biting. The hissing
sound was produced at the time of expiration; at the time of inspira-
tion there was a weak snoring sound,

THAMNOPHIS SIRTALIS (Linne us).

This beautiful snake called ‘“‘Grass snake,” or sometimes ‘‘ Garter
snake,” is quite common in wet places in south Florida, where I
have obtained several specimens from different places in Hillsboro,
Orange, and Osceola counties. They vary in color, some being more
brown, others more green or bluish green; in some the spots are more
distinct, in others the stripes, but in all my grown specimens stripes as
well as spots are conspicuous, and all belong to the typical form.
A young specimen caught at Lake Kola, Orange County, has no stripes,
but two rows of square spots on each side, and is thus similar to Tham-
nophis sirtalis ordinata (Linneus).*

The grass snake is ill-tempered and even a small one will bite fero-
ciously.

A big female of this species, kept in captivity by a taxidermist, one
night gave birth to about 40 young ones that were scattered all over
the floor when the owner entered the store in the morning.

THAMNOPHIS SACKENII, Kennicott.

This species is said to be characteristic for Florida. I obtained 3
specimens at Oviedo, Orlando, and Apopka, in Orange County. All
were caught in the grass in wet places. A specimen in the Upsala
Museum, collected by Capt. C. Eckman, at Savannah, Ga., has 8 labi-
als on one side, but 7 on the other, and another specimen from the
same place has only 7 on each side. They are olive green but approach
Th. saurita so much that I hardly think Th. sackenii can be maintained
except as a southern variety.

* Tropidonotus ordinatus, HOLBROOK, North American Herpetology, 2 ed., Iv, pl. xii.

330 FLORIDA REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS—LG@NNBERG. vou. xvu.

LIODYTES ALLENII (Garman).

In a cypress swamp a few miles south of Kissimmee, Osceola County,
I killed a big moceasin (Agkistrodon piscivorus), and found in its
cesophagus a smaller snake which it had probably just swallowed. It
was well preserved, except in one place on the middle of the body,
where it had probably been bitten by its devourer. This is the only
specimen of Liodytes allenii that 1 have happened to find, and I sup-
pose it is scarce. It corresponds with the description given by Cope,
viz:* Color dark brown with two brownish-yellow stripes on each side;
below straw color; to which I can add a median row of blackish-brown
spots, one on each gastrostege and a median zigzag stripe of the same
color underneath the tail between the scutella. The single internasal
and the five rows of keeled scales on the tail are very characteristic.
The fact that the scales on the tail are keeled, as well as the cireum-
stances under which I found it, indicate that it is a water animal.

Oculars 2-3 in my specimen, but in another in the Upsala Museum,t
caught by forest inspector Westerlund, probably at Oakland, Orange
County, the oculars are 1-3 (now No. 21388 U.S. N. M.).

NATRIX COMPRESSICAUDA (Kennicott).

Wading through a mangrove swamp at Key West I met, one day, with
a blackish looking snake that came rapidly swimming through the
water. I caught it and have classified it as belonging to this species,
but the color is different from the “subspecies” Cope gives.i

1 will describe it, and if a name should be needed “obscura” is a good
and suitable one. Scales in twenty-one rows. The color of the back
is dark blackish gray, “‘soot color.” On this ground the three series of
spots can scarcely be distinguished, except on the anterior part of the
body, where they form transverse bands; the head is too dark to show
any postocular bands; upper and lower labials as well as mentals, with
yellowish spots; the ground color of the belly is gray, a little reddish.
On each side on the dorsal margin of the gastrosteges there is a small
light spot, a median black band extends from the first gastrosteges to
the tip of the tail. On the anterior part there is a yellowish spot on
each gastrostege in this black band and the thirty anterior spots cover
this band nearly completely, but further back they become smaller and
less distinct, disappearing on the tail.

Two of Cope’s subspecies have twenty-one rows of scales, viz, V. ¢.
compsolema and N. c. compressicauda. The former is very different from
this form, having “numerous dark crossbands, narrowed on the side;
three gular yellow bands; a postocular band.” The latter has ‘three
rows of dorsal brown et forming lene bands on neck; one

: opie tr S, nee cite , XIV, 1891, p. 666 (1392).
t Since presented to the U.S. Maton Museum and catalogued as No. 21388.
¢ Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xiv, 1891, p. 669 (1892).

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 331

row of gular spots; no postocular bands.” This one resembles some-
what the specimen from Key West, which is an intermediate form, but
is darker than either.

NATRIX FASCIATA (Linnezus).

This snake is very variable in several respects. The typical speci-
mens of Natrix fasciata have the back with dark, nearly black, cross-
bands, or broad transverse spots on a lighter ground, usually brown or
reddish brown; the black transverse spots are mostly bordered (at
least on the sides) with narrow, yellowish stripes; the belly in different
ways spotted or crossbanded with black. This is the commonest form
in south Florida. Next to this type comes another, in which the ground
color is more grayish brown or dull-brown, with narrow transverse
(yellowish) lighter bands, which are surrounded or margined with
broader blackish borders. Sometimes these bands are less distinct.
Of this form I obtained several specimens from Orange and Osceola
counties. A single specimen from Lake John, Orange County, had
the back uniform brown (about chestnut color), but when the old skin
was removed it was seen that onlythe back was marbled with black,
which did not extend toward the sides, there being on the flanks a
single row of large red spots. Belly spotted with red, denser on
the posterior part and the underside of the tail. Only a small black
spot on each side indicates the postocular band.

Another variety, still more distinct, is the one I found in February,
1893, at St. John’s River, not far from Lake Jessup; if more specimens
of the same kind should be found it may be regarded as a subspecies,
for which I would propose the name Natrix fasciata atra. It may be
described as follows: Head rather large and broad; body stout,
with very strongly keeled scales in 23 longitudinal rows. Preocular,
one; postoculars, two. Supra-labials, on one side, eight; on the
other, nine. Above, uniform black; only a few scales on the pos-
terior portion, with yellow centers; underneath, yellowish white, with
the anterior part of each gastrostege black, thus forming narrow CrOss-
bands. The habitus is so different from Natrix fasciata that it struck
me at once, and when first seen it reminded me strongly of a moccasin.
It did not attempt to escape, but coiled up ready to strike. I was not
quite sure about its non-poisonous nature until I had caught it and
opened the mouth. It was 78 em. long, of which the tail measured
22 cm.

The various forms of Natrix fasciata are often called ‘‘ water mocca-
sins” and regarded as poisonous and dangerous snakes. Although
they are harmless they are “‘unpleasant and ill-tempered,” as Jordan
says.* In some lowland swamps in south Florida they are extremely
abundant. At Arcadia, De Soto County, for instance, I once saw half
a dozen in less than a minute. They used to stay at the borders of

* JORDAN, D.S., Manual of the Vertebrate Animals of the Northern United States.
5 ed., Chicago, 1888. p. 194.

332 FLORIDA REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS—LO@NNBERG. vot. xvu.

ditches and ponds or lie, resting, o on floating boards, stumps, ete. At
the approach of a person they dive and hide in the mud, but if they
can not escape they bite wildly.

NATRIX CYCLOPION (Duméril & Bibron).*

I obtained only one specimen of this rare snake, and that one is
small, though it is easily recognized. Scales in 29 rows; two small
subocular plates, or scales, on each side. Temporals, 1-2, and a third
one behind these, not touching the anterior one. The temporals indi-
cate the difference from N. taxvispilota, and the number of scale rows
the difference from the N. fasciata group. The color is light grayish
brown, with numerous narrow, dark crossbands, which are partly broken
up into six series of spots. My specimen is from Orange County.

NATRIX TAXISPILOTA (Holbrook).

Of this big water snake I saw quite a number on the shores of Lake
Apopka, Orange County. They may be seen resting on objects float-
ing in the water, or on grass and branches overhanging the water,
always diving when approached. I could not catch any alive, but
had to sboot them in order to obtain specimens.

One large female had on the right side the normal number of oculars,
viz, 1-2, but on the left side 1-3. Another had on both sides 2-3 oeu-
lars, and the same is the case with a smaller male specimen. When
the oculars are 1-2 the eye rests on one of the labials, but when there
are 5 postoculars the lowest one separates the eye from the labials.
The number of oculars is consequently quite variable and seems to be of
but little use as a specific character. The reduced size of the parietals,
however, as well as the number of temporals, shows that my specimens
belong to N. taxispilota. The male specimen has 29 rows of scales.
The ground-color is mostly grayish brown, with alternating darker
dorsal and lateral square spots which do not touch each other. Other
specimens are darker, nearly black, and then the spots become less con-
spicuous.

STORERIA DEKAYI (Holbrook).

At Kissimmee, Osceola County, near the shore of the Lake Tohope-
kaliga, I found a specimen of this snake. It was in February, and,
although the day was warm and sunny, the snake was hidden under a
piece of board. The upper part of the forehead, extending backwards
over the greater part of the parietals, and the cheeks to the posterior
margin of the eye, are of a dark brown color. The posterior part of the
head is of a yellowish gray clay color, with the exception of two large,
nearly triangular, black patches on the sides of the occiput. The light-
colored stripe formed by the interspace between those two patches
eS forwards to the parietals, nicking into the brown color. The

* DUMERIL et BiBRON, Erpétologie eae VEL Oe 576 (1854).

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 333

back of the body is of a grayish clay color, with two rows of small ill-
defined black spots, one on each side of the median line. These spots
gradually become still less distinct backwards and disappear on the
tail, which is more brown. On the sides some of the scales are dark-
edged, particularly on the anterior part of the body. The belly is pale
gray, with a dirty yellowish tinge. The sides of the gastrosteges are
finely mottled with very small black dots.* The total length was
245 mm., the head and body 190 mm., and the tail 55 mm.

I wish to call attention to the fact that the number of scale rows of
this specimen is 15, the same as in the one recently described by Dr.
O. P. Hayt as Storeria victa from Oklawaha River, Florida, some dis-
tance to the north of Kissimmee. In other respects my specimen shows
no special agreement with Hay’s description or disagreement with that
of typical S. dekayi. With only these two specimens thus far ob-
tained in Florida the status of S. victa must remain doubtful, as it will
require more material to decide whether the difference in the scale
formula is constant or not.

STORERIA OCCIPITOMACULATA, (Storer).

Mr. 8. Robinson, of Orlando, gave me, last April, a small red snake
which he had caught at Oklawaha River, 10 miles southeast from Ocala,
Marion County. The color of the living snake was as follows: Back,
uniform dark red or ‘cherry-red;” belly, salmon or rather minium-
colored; snout and anterior portion of head, brownish yellow; on the

“upper part of the neck a yellow half collar; tip of snout and chin,
whitish; head underneath reddish, mottled with black; a narrow black
mottled stripe on each side extends along the upper part of the gas-
trosteges, but becomes more and more faint posteriorly until it is no
longer conspicuous 20 mm. behind the head; a small light spot on the
fifth upper labial; mouth, brown; total length, 190 mm. In alcohol a
faint light stripe extends from the yellow collar some distance back-
wards, but soon disappears. Although the color seems to be more
brilliant than usual, I have no doubt it is a Storeria occipitomaculata,
as the scutellation is the normal one of this species.

TANTILLA CORONATA, Baird and Girard.

In a rotten stump at Oakland I obtained a little Tantilla, and another
one in the neighborhood of Apopka, Orange County. The last-men-
tioned is a typical Tantilla coronata in most respects, only the color is a
little lighter than Baird & Girard describe it,i as it is light yellowish
gray, with a faint brown tinge along the back; below, whitish; head,

t Science, x1x, April 8, 1892, p. 199. (
} Barrp and GirsrD, Catalogue of North American Reptiles, 1, Serpents, p. 131.

334 FLORIDA REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS—LONNBERG. VOL, XVu.

plates of the head are normal, except that the first pair of infralabials
do not come in contact on the middle line, although very close together.
The specimen from Oakland gave me at first much more trouble in
classifying, as the prefrontals are completely fused with the preorbitals
into one large plate on each side, extending down in front of the eye
to the labials and separating the eye from the post-nasal. The color

is the same as in the above-mentioned specimen. I take this to be —

only an individual variation.
ELAPS FULVIUS (Linnezus).

This is the only species of Elaps I have found in south Florida, where
itisrather common. It is known under several names, as “ coral snake,”
“American cobra,” ‘“ garter snake,” and ‘‘candy-stick.” It is perhaps
the most dangerous snake in Florida, because it is not so much dreaded
as the big rattlesnake or moccasin, though being quite as poisonous.
As the last-mentioned names show, it is regarded as a ‘pretty little
snake.” Few people know or believe that it is poisonous, it looks so
harmless, and as a consequence they catch it and handle it rather
roughly; the snake gets angry, bites, and a human life is endangered.
I know personally of such a case. A Swede at Oakland, Orange Coun-
ty, found an Hlaps, and because of its very beautiful color he caught
it and tried to put it into a bottle of alcohol. The snake bit him, but the
wound was not large, and as it did not swell he did not care much
about it at first. After awhile he was taken very sick, went to bed, asked
for a physician, and drank whisky; but it was then too late. He died
next morning, about 12 hours after the snake had bitten him. During
the last hours he was unconscious, but before that he suffered most
excruciating pains. I have heard of several other cases of boys dying
from the effects of an Hlaps bite.

In other cases people have been bitten by an EHlaps fulvius wikeont
suffering from it in any way, but I suppose that in such cases the Hlaps
had not been able to ‘inject any poison into the wound, as it has a
rather small mouth. However that may be, I cannot agree with Cope*
that the bite ‘“‘of the smaller ones (meaning smaller species of Hlaps)
is innocuous to man and the larger animals.” It is to be observed that
the Hlaps bites differently from the Crotalids and Viperids. The
latter snake throws its head forward, in striking, and draws it back
againimmediately. The Hlaps fulvius, I have seen and heard about, have
acted in an entirely different manner. The poor Swede above men-
tioned had to pull the snake from the wound, and other specimens that
I induced to bite into sticks kept the stick in the mouth for a good
while. This habit probably signifies an intention to press as much
poison as possible into the wound, which makes the snake the more
dangerous. pies Sulvius is, however, a good-natured snake, and it ai

“Proc. ue Ss. Nat. noe XIV, 1891, p- 680 (1892).

ile

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 335

not bite unless it is very much provoked. If not handled too roughly
an Hlaps may be allowed to crawl on one’s hands from one to the other.
I have allowed it myself once, but I hardly think I would do it over
again, and would not advise anybody else to try it.

J have found Hlaps fulvius under logs and digging in the ground as
well as crawling about on the surface, but I think it prefers dry land.

The largest specimen I have seen was from Oakland, Orange County,
and measured exactly 1 meter from the tip of the nose to the anus, and
the tail was 90mm. This big specimen had 14 black rings on the body
and 3 on the tail. Other specimens have but 12 black rings on the body
and 35 on the tail, but one of these has 4 on the tail. The yellow rings
cover from one to two rows of scales.

SISTRURUS MILIARIUS (Linneus).

The ground rattlesnake is not rare in south Florida. Ihave obtained
specimens from different places in Orange and Hillsboro counties. The
specimens from the latter place, near the Gulf coast, are darker and have
no reddish brown between the black dorsalspots. The latteral spots,
too, are larger and more distinctly black. Even the rattle is darker and
larger, and the tip of the tail is not yellowish as in the others. The
ground rattlesnake likes dry ground.

CROTALUS ADAMANTEUS, Beauvois.

In the interior of the country the diamond-backed rattlesnake is
scarce, but not so along the coast and on some of the Florida keys.
In the neighborhood of Ozona, in Hillsboro County, I heard of the
killing of nine rattlesnakes within two weeks in October, 1892. It
evidently prefers the neighborhood of the water, and is a good swim-
mer, not afraid to cross over from ‘“ key” to “key.” If not too often
disturbed this species is slow and does not rattle unless offended. I
saw one in the latter part of October in the pine woods near Toronto,
Orange County, coiled up under a palmetto bush. A dog following us
went up and sniffed at him, with his nose hardly a foot from the snake.
We called the dog back and aman ran forward with a whip and struck
the snake several times. After the second blow the snake began to
rattle and made himself ready to strike. This shows plainly the slow
nature of the snake. In other cases they are more easily offended.
Those kept in boxes and cages often begin to rattle as soonas they see
anybody approaching. They are easy to keep aliveand take food with-
out trouble. I saw one that was kept in a small box and was fed with
toads; it did so well there that it changed its skin twice in a summer.
They are often kept in the shops of taxidermists and in “ curiosity
stores,” where Northern tourists buy them, paying good prices. The
skin is often used for ornaments or for the manufacture of pocketbooks
and similar objects.

People are very seldom bitten by rattlesnakes in Florida. The
rattling, the strong odor, and the slowness of the snake are protective.

336 ‘FLORIDA REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS—LG@INNBERG. vou. xvu.

This snake is often caught by placing an empty barrel over the coils
after which a board is shoved under the snake and the whole thing
turned over.

AGKISTRODON PISCIVORUS (Lacépede).

‘¢ Moceasin,” ‘* Watermoccasin,” “ Stump-tail moccasin,” and ‘Cotton-
mouth moceasin” are the names by which this much-dreaded snake is
known in south Florida. It is rather common where it has not been
exterminated by man, and has been still more abundant around the -
lakes and in the swamps. It is a very ugly-looking animal, and very
slow. It prefers to lie on the river banks, or on logs and stumps near
the water. I once saw one on the St. John’s River, at Lake Jessup,
which had filled its lungs with air and basked in the sun, floating on
the surface with the entire body out of the water. The young ones
have brighter colors and are then sometimes mistaken for A. contortrix,
the “Copperhead,” but this snake is not found in Florida. I once
caught a young moccasin which was being attacked by a butcher bird.

A very interesting fact which I have observed is that a moccasin,
when itis angry and ready to bite, rattles with the tail like a rattle-
snake. That other snakes have acquired this habit of scaring their
enemies by making them believe that they are dangerous rattlesnakes
is not so difficult to understand. But why does the moccasin rattle?
That the rattling with the tail even by other snakes has something to
do with the rattlesnake seems plain; for, why do not the non-American
snakes rattle with the tail when excited? If the rattling only was
something analogous to the playing with the tongue, why do not
all snakes do it?

General remarks.

If we regard the Florida snakes observed by me, from a biographical
point of view, under the heads of burrowing, climbing, crawling, and
swimming species, the result may be tabulated as follows:

Burrowing species. Crawling species.
Cemophora coccinea. Lampropeltis getulus.
Farancia abacura. Diadophis punctatus.
Osceola elapsoidea. Bascanion constrictor.

. :
Stilosoma extenuatum. Bascanion flagellum.
Heterodon platyrhinos. Callopeltis guttatus.
Tantilla coronata. Callopeltis quadrivittatus
ae :
Elaps fulvius. Spilotes corais.
Total, 7 species Pituophis melanoleucus.
c , We
Thamnophis sirtalis.
Climbing species. Thamnophis sackenii.
Storeria dekayt.
Opheodrys estivus. Storeria occipitomaculata.
(Bascanion constrictor ). Sistrurus miliarius.
(Callopeltis quadrivittatus). Crotalus adamanteus.

Total, 1 (+2) species. Total, 14 species.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. bat
Swimming species. Swimming species—Continued.

Contia pygea. Natrix fasciata.

(Farancia abacura). Natrix cyclopion.

Liodytes allenii. Vatrix taxispilota.

Natrix compressicauda. Agkistrodon piscivorus.

Total, 7 (+1) species.

It will be seen that there are as many burrowing species as there are
water snakes, the light soil of Florida being very well adapted for sub-
terranean life. Between the different categories there are, of course, no
sharp limits.

The following species of snakes seem to be peculiar to Florida:

Contic pygewa, Cope. _ Natrix compressicauda (Kennicott).
Stilosoma extenuatum, Brown. | Thamnophis sackentt (Kennicott).
Callopeltis rosaceus (Cope). | Liodytes allenti (Garman).

Natrix usta, Cope.

Of the genera of snakes, only Stilosoma and Liodytes appear to be
peculiar.

BATRACHIA.

CAUDATA.

MANCULUS QUADRIDIGITATUS (Holbrook).

I have found this animal under old logs at the border of a small lake
at Clarcona and at Lake John, and caught it in my dipnet in Fern
Creek, near Orlando, Orange County. On land it is rather swift-
running, and lives in localities similar to those which are frequented
by Leiolopisma laterale. These two animals are also similar in color.
Several of my specimens had well-developed cirri. One specimen in
the U. 8S. National Museum (No. 21328).

DESMOGNATHUS AURICULATA (Holbrook).

I have only found one specimen of this species under a log in a wet
hammock near Lake Jessup, Orange County. It is found in Georgia,
but I do not know that it has been reported from Florida before.

DIEMYCTYLUS VIRIDESCENS, Rafinesque.

In a small but deep pond, with clear water and steep slopes all
around, I caught a number of larve which, according to Dr. Stejneger’s
opinion, belong to this species. I have not seen it at any other place
in Florida except in this pond, situated between Oakland and Lake
John, in Orange County, but here many specimens were seen.

AMPHIUMA MEANS, Garden.

It is known under the name of “mud eel” or ‘‘mud puppy,” and is
not rare in Orange County, where I have caught specimens at Oviedo,
Proc. N. M. 94——22

338 FLORIDA REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS—LG!NNBERG. vou. xvu.

Apopka, and Orlando. People digging in the “muck” find them fre-
quently in such soil, and I have taken them with my net in ponds and
small lakes.

SIREN LACERTINA, Linneus.

A man living at Oakland, Orange County, told me that he once had
taken two specimens of the “gray mud puppy” on hook and line ip
Lake Apopka. I did not see any myself.

ECAUDATA.
BUFO LENTIGINOSUS, Shaw.

This is the most common toad in south Florida. It is seen in great
numbers about the houses and other places in the evening. In the
daytime it hides under old logs, boards, etc., at the shores of lakes
and other moist places.

BUFO QUERCICUS, Holbrook.

This is a very active little animal considering the fact that it is a
toad. It is seen in all kinds of places and at all times of the day, even
in the brightest sunshine, but especially after rain. I have seen it
very abundant on the dry sandhills about Oakland, Orange County, as
well as in the “ flatwood” about Kissimmee, Osceola County, and in
Hillsboro County. The specimens from the latter place are a little
different, as the frontal ridges are less prominent, straight behind, and
the coler of the back is redder.

ENGYSTOMA CAROLINENSE, Holbrook.

I have found this peculiar little animal under old logs, dry palm-
leaves and such things, near iakes and in moist places in Orange County,
for instance, in the pineland at Clarcona, and in the hammocks bor-
dering Lake Jessup. It is not very common.

ACRIS GRYLLUS (Le Conte).

In south Florida, along the borders of ponds and swamps, this frog
is abundant though not commonly seen. All my specimens show the
triangular black spoton the head. The median dorsal stripe is always
reddish brown, and I have never seen it green. The posterior femoral
stripes are very conspicuous. The light stripe from the orbit to the axilla
is constant, but the other blotches are not always light bordered.

HYLA SQUIRELLA, Latreille.

I take this to be the most common Hyla in south Florida. My
specimens are from Hillsboro and Orange counties.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 339

HYLA FEMORALIS, Latreille.

I obtained several specimens of this species in Orange County. I
think it is the Hyla of the pine woods.

RANA CATESBEIANA, Shaw.

Very abundant in south Florida in ditches, ponds, swamps, and other
wet places. It seems to like sluggish water and muddy bottom. My
largest specimen was caught at Lake Eola, Orange County. It was
when alive only 10 mm. smaller than the largest one in the UO. S.
National Museum, recorded by Cope.*

RANA PIPIENS, Schreber.

This is the most common frog in south Florida and is found every-
where in wet places. Some specimens come nearer to R. p. spheno-
cephala, others to typical R. pipiens, and it is difficult to draw any
definite line. It is called “Spring frog.” It has a great faculty of
changing color between grass-green and brown. When it has turned
green it is very beautiful.

RANA CLAMATA, Daudin.

Common near some ponds and small lakes in Orange County, but I
could not catch any as they used to jump into the water with a cry long
before | reached them.

RANA ASOPUS, Cope.

Of this species I have collected one specimen at Ozona, Hillsboro
County. It was caught with hook and line in a small pond, and was
called “snake frog” by the population there. I have seen it but rarely,
and must conclude that it is either scarce or else that its habits are
such as to prevent it from being observed. It agrees with Cope’s
description in every essential, but the throat is spotted with numerous
elliptical or rounded spots of dark brown color. Two smaller specimens
of the same kind were caught in Orange County, at Lake Jessup and
Clarcona.

* Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxxIv, p. 426 (1889).

ON THE RODENTS OF THE GENUS SMINTHUS IN KASHMIR.

By FREDERICK W. TRUE,
Curator of the Department of Mammals.

ON AN earlier page of the present volume of the Proceedings,* I referred
two specimens of Sminthus, collected in central Kashmir by Dr. Abbott,
to the species recently described by Dr. Biichner,t under the name of
S. concolor. I have since had access to Mr. Thomas’ description of a
new species (S. leathemi) from Wardwan,t and find it necessary to
revise my previous statements. I am now of the opinion that Dr.
Abbott’s specimens should be regarded as distinet from both S. concolor
aud S. leathemi. It may be known from the toilowing description :

SMINTHUS FLAVUS, new species.

Ears prominent. Tail one and one-half times as long as the head and
body. Claws moderate. The thumb with an elongated convex nail.

Upper surfaces dull ochraceous gray, which color is produced by the
mingling of the gray of the basal portion of the under fur, the ocher-
color of its tips and the black ot the longer and coarser hair. On the
sides the coarse black hairs become less and less abundant, leaving the
color nearly pure ochraceous yellow. Upper lip and all under surfaces
cream-white, the hair being of this color at the extremities and gray
at the base. Sides and top of muzzle, and also the ears, chocolate-
brown. Backs of the fore feet dusky brown; toes white. Hind feet
entirely white. Tail bicolored, brown above and white below, except
in the terminal 12 or 15 mm., where it is brown both above and below.
Claws white.

Nasal bones of the skull long. Interparietal a little more than twice
as wide as long. Incisive foramina ending posteriorly opposite the
middle of the premolar. Posterior extremity of the palate on a line
with the hinder margin of the last molar, aud furnished with a median
spinous projection.

*Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvil, 1894, p. 9.
t Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, new ser., 111, 1892, p. 107.
¢ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th series, x1, 1893, p. 184.
Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 1004.
341

342 RODENTS OF THE GENUS SMINTHUS—TRUE. VoL. Xvi

Upper premolar a little proader than long. Last molar larger than
the premolar, the crown forming an equilateral triangle with convex
sides. First upper molar with two outer and two inner cusps, and a
small anterior one. Second upper molar with four cusps. Last lower
molar elongate.

Dr. Abbott’s measurements of one of the skins (No. 32449 , 4, type)
are as follows: Head and body, 22 inches (69.8 mm.); aa + niohes
(107.9 mm.). The ear, measured from the base of the outer margin, is
12.5 mm. long.

Dimensions of skull of type specimen.

a / Length in |
Skull. | et,
peels | =e
Greatestilenmthtess s4-pees2 seeks eee ace Pee pee ee me Pe ee eee 21.3
Basilar length (Hensel) 16.0
Zy gomatic ‘preadth......------- 10.0
Interorbital breadth. -.....------ 4.5
iLengthvof nasals)t 2) 22oe see se 8.5
Le ngth of interparietal 2.5
Breadth of, interparietals #220 occ cce dae ee geen seas eee ees 7.0
Menorbh rot palate. eeeee nee ae Sere eae ee eae ere eis ee ae 8.3
Length of palatine foramina: - 2222... 322 026 25.58 feaes a. tabs eee ae 4.6 |
HWenethvo imp per am 0larySOries ieee cetera sae eae mie nee er ee eee 3.2

—1

This species differs from S. subtilis in the absence of the black dorsal
line and the greater length of the tail. I have no skulls of the latter spe-
cies at command, but from Brandt’s figure* and the remarks made by
Mr. Thomas in connection with his description of S. leathemi, it appears
that S. subtilis has the palate much prolonged posteriorly, which is not
the case in the species herein described.

From S. concolor, Biichner,t the present species differs in the buffy
color of the sides of the body and head, the white under surfaces, the
brownish fore feet, the white claws, and the coloration of the tail. The
whiskers are longer than in S. concolor. The upper premolar and last
molar are in line with the other molars; and the last molar is also
elongated. The nasals are longer. Whether the characters of the
palate are the same in S. concolor and the species herein described can
not be determined at present, as Dr. Biichner makes no mention of
this part of the skull.

From the species described by Mr. Thomas, under the name of 8.
leathemi, the present species appears to differ in the yellowish, rather
than rufous, coloration of the body, the brown color of the backs of the
fore feet, and the uniform brown color of the extremity of the tail on
both upper and under surfaces.

Mr. Thomas gives the length of the ear in S. leathemi as 8.3 mm., but
as he does not specify from what points the measurement is taken it is
impossible to say whether the ear in S. flavus is shorter or longer,

* BRANDT, J. F.—Untersuch. Craniolog. Entwickelungsstufen der Nager, pl. ii, figs.
15-21.

+ The description of this species was not at hand when I revised my article on Dr.
Abbott’s Kashmir collection for publication, and I was led into the mistake of re-
garding the Chinese and Kashmir species as identical.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 343

though it appears to be the latter. The length from the base of the
outer margin is about 12.5 mm., which is practically the same length
as in S. concolor.

The tail is approximately of the same length in S. flavus and 8S. con-
color, or about one-half longer than the head and body. This propor-
tion is much exceeded in 8S. leathemi, which has the tail one and four-
fifths times the length of the head and body.

Dr. Abbott’s two specimens were obtained in central Kashmir, at an
elevation of 11,000 feet, in July, 1891, about a year earlier than the
types of S. leathemi were collected. To Dr. Abbott, therefore, is due
the first discovery of representatives of this interesting genus in British
India.

rs
nh :
a
ee )
‘
y
I
4
'
* =
{
t
; i
}
. e }
[ Ay :
¥
i > f
‘
. ‘
- ;
;
Ly
-! i
’ , >?
We }
‘
Pe
0

ak
.

. y fae Or

THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE LACERTILIAN GENUS ANNI
ELLA, GRAY.

By G. Baur, Pu. D.

Assistant Professor of Paleontology, University of Chicago.

THE GENUS Anniella was created by Gray* in 1852. It was based on
a specimen collected by J. O. Goodridge, Surgeon R. N., in California,
and placed among the Scincidi, section Siaphosinw, near Soridia
tuneata, Gray (Lygosoma prepeditum, Boulenger). The species was calied
Anmeella pulchra, Gray.

In 1864 Prof. E. D. Copet established a special family for this genus
under the name of Anniellidie, which, together with the Anelytropi-
dx and Acontid, was placed in the tribe Typhlophthalmi.

The characters given were the following: t

TYPHLOPHTHALMI.

Temporal bone [squamosal} superior plate elongate.

Arches incomplete or wanting. A

Articular and angular confluent. Suspensoria one or two.

Dentary, inferior process elongate.

Premaxillary single or double.

Clavicles very slender, transverse rudimentary or wanting.

Mesosternum and other sternal pieces wanting.

Tongue squamous or papillose, simple. —ANELYTROPID&, ACONTIID, ANIELLID&.

The families of the tribe Typhlophthalmi were thus characterized:

a Two suspensoria; nostril in the rostral shield. Tongue squamous.

Eye concealed by epidermis; occipital segment loosely attached. No frontal under-
PIPEN - shoe ches naed cecsosose Sse csSsso ne eee sosmoce ones Gude see ondees ANELYTROPIDZ

Eye distinct; occipital closely articulated; two premaxillaries.......... ACONTIIDA

f# One suspensorium; nostril in a nasolabial plate; tongue papillose.

Eye distinct; occipital closely articulated; one premaxillary; an inferior frontal
AIC Meares oe otek o Sie Sk Sera eons Sieeenns oe Se eae Sees, «ao baer oae eee eo asee ANIELLID 2

*GRAY, J. E.—Descriptions of several new genera of reptiles, principally from the
collection of H. M.S. Herald. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2 ser., x, 1852, p. 440.
tCorr, E. D.—On the characters of the higher groups of Reptilia Squamata and
especially of the Diploglossa. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1864, pp. 228-230.
tI have to thank Dr. Leonhard Stejneger for a copy of these notes, the Proceed-
ings of the Philadelphia Academy being not at hand.
Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 1005.

345

346 RELATIONSHIP OF THE GENUS ANNIELLA—BAUR. vou. xvu.

The Anelytropide contain Typhlosaurus, Feylinia, (and Anelytrops);
the Acontide the genus Acontias; the Anniellide the genus Anni-
ella. Cope continues:

The remarkable genus Anniella lacks the squamosal [quadratojugal] and columella,
and has a single premaxillary. The parietal is continuous with the superior plate
of the temporal [squamosal], and is much decurved toward the sphenoid; the frontal
encloses the olfactory lobes below; these characters are the most amphisbznian
in the order. There are small pre- and postfrontal bones, and a slender ligamentous
postorbital arch. I have as yet found no sternal pieces, and the splenio-mental
groove is closed, as in Acontias.

The same view is held by Cope* in 1871 and 1875,

Boulengert in 1884 adopted the families Anniellide and Anely-
tropide, but united the Acontiide with the Scincide.

The Anniellide are placed between the Anguidz and Heloderma-
tide, and the following characters are given:

No interorbital septum, no columella cranii, no arches.

The year following the family was characterized thus: ¢

Teeth large, few, fang-like, with short swollen base. Palate toothless. Skull
approaching the Ophidian type, i. e., lacking the prasphenoidal vacuity and conse-
quently the interorbital septum, and the bones which constitute the brain-case
firmly united; no columella cranii, no squamosal; postorbital arch ligamentous;
pterygoids in contact with sphenoid; an infraorbital fossa; premaxillary single;
nasal and frontal divided; parietal single; pre-and postorbital in contact, sepa-
rating the frontal from the border of the orbit; scales soft.

Of Anniella, he says:

It appears to be a strongly degraded form of the Anguide, similarly as the Anely-
tropide and Dibamide are to the Scincide.

Gill,§ reviewing Boulenger’s classification of the Lacertilia, places
the Anniellide in a superfamily Annielloidea, between the Heloderma-
tide and Anguide.

Shortly after, Cope || created for the Anniellide a special suborder,

Anguisauri, which he placed after the Typhlophthalmi, in a special
group, including the Opheosauri (Amphisbeenians). The characters of
this group were given as “ Prootic bone produced beyond arched body;
one suspensorium (=opisthotic [squamosal]) wanting; pelvic arch rudi-
mentary or wanting,” and the characters of the Anguisauri: “ Frontal
bone underarching olfactory ey Ges eeu gomphosis internal,

*Copr, EK. D. ae the one RS some of the ane pees of Revue and on
the systematic arrangement of the class. Amer. Assoc, Adv. Science, x1x, 1871, p.
237.

Corr, E. D.—Check-list of North American Batrachia and Reptilia. Bull. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1, p. 44. 1875.

+ BoULENGER, G. A.—Synopsis of the families of the existing Lacertilia. Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. (5), xtv, London, 1884, pp. 117-122.

t BoULENGER, G. A.—Catalogue of Lizards in the British Museum, II, pp. 299-300.

§ Gitt, TH.—Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Inst. to
July, 1885, Part 1, pp. 799-801. 1886.

|| Copr, E. D.—Catalogue of the Batrachians and Reptiles of Central America and
Mexico. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxx11, 1887, pp. 25-26.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 347

no orbitosphenoid.” Nothing is added to the family characters of the
Anniellidee.

The same view is held in 1889* and in 1891.t Gill’sname Anielloidea
is substituted for Anguisauri.

In 1892 Copeit gave a description of the osteology of Anniella, figur-
ing the skull, hyoid and pelvic arch, and reaches the following con-
clusion:

The further knowledge of its [Anniella’s] structure brings out more clearly its
true position. This is, I think, in the Annulati or Amphisbenia. The characters
which indicate this reference are: (1) The continuity of the parietal with the
petrosal and supraoccipital elements. (2) The absence of epipterygoid. (3) The
absence of ceratohyal elements. (4) The hypophyses of the cervical vertebrae,
which are continuous with the centra. (5) The partially open chevron bones,
which are also continuous with the centra. (6) The sublongitudinal ileopectineal
bone and absence of other pelvic elements.

He now places the Anniellide as a very distinct family among the
Amphisbeenia.

We have therefore the following views in regard to the systematic
position of Anniella:

1852. Gray: Anniella belongs to the Scincide and is closely related to Soridia
lineata, Gray. ;

1864, 1871, 1875. Cope: Anniella is the representative of a special family Anniel-
lid, which, together with the Anelytropide and Acontiide, forms a
special tribe of the Lacertilia.

1884, 1885. Boulenger: The Anniellide form a family between the Anguide and
Helodermatide; Anniella seems to be a strongly degraded form of the
Anguide.

1886. Gill: The Anniellide have to be placed in a distinct superfamily Anniel-
loidea, between the Anguide and the Helodermatide.

1887, 1889. Cope: The Anniellide belong to a special suborder Anguisauri; the
Anguisauri and Opheosauri (Amphisbenia) constitute a natural group
of the Lacertilia.

1891. Cope: The name Annielloidea, Gillis substituted for Anguisauri.

1892. Cope: The Anniellide form a very distinct family of the Amphisbenia.

Having lately been engaged in a detailed study of the morphology of
the skull of the Amphisbenians, of which I shall report in another place,
it became necessary to examine Anniella, which, according to Cope’s
latest researches, is considered a member of the Amphisbenians. My
material consists of 2 skulls prepared by myself from alcoholic speci-
' mens, which were given me by Prof. J. J. Rivers, of Oakland, Cal., and
of a completely macerated skeleton of Anniella pulchra, (No. 3185,
U.S.N.M.), from San Diego, Cal., collected by Dr. J. L. Le Conte. I

*Copr, E. D.—Synopsis of the families of Vertebrata. Am. Nat., Oct., 1889, pp.
19-20.

+t Corr, E. D.—Syllabus of lectures on Geology and Paleontology. Philadelphia,
1891, p. 48.

t{Copr, E. D.—The Osteology of the Lacertilia. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., xxx,
May 10, 1892, pp. 215-217, Pl. 11, fig. 4; Pl. vi, fig. 438.

Copr, E. D.—On Degenerate Types of Scapular and Pelvic Arches in the Lacertilia.
Journ. Morphol,, vi, No. 2, p. 240, Pl. x1, fig. 7. Boston, 1892.

348 RELATIONSHIP OF THE GENUS ANNIELLA—BAUR. vou. xvu.

am indebted to Prof. Rivers and Dr. L. Stejneger for the great kindness
they have shown me, by furnishing these valuable specimens.

From the study of this material, I reach the following conclusion:
Anniella has to be placed in a separate family, very close to the Angui-
dz, and has its closest relative in Anguis itself. Boulenger’s opinion
is nearest to the truth. Reasons: (1) There is a distinct epipterygoid
(columella). (2) There is a well-developed squamosal [supratemporal,
Parker and Bettany, Cope]; but the quadrato-jugal [paroccipital, Cope]
is absent. (3) The jugal is present, but rudimentary at its upper end,
being connected with the postorbital by ligament only. (4) The lachry-
mal is present. (5) There is a well-developed supraorbital. (6) The
caudal vertebre are segmented, the segmentation being placed in the
anterior portion of the centrum. (7) Osteodermal plates are present.

I shall now give a description of the skull and the other most impor-
tant elements of the skeleton, from which it will be evident that my
opinion about the relationship of Anniella is the only one which agrees
with the facts. Figures will be published in a paper, now in prepara-
tion, ‘On the morphology of the skull of the Amphisbzenia.”

OSTEOLOGICAL CHARACTERS OF ANNIELLA.

The skull—The premaxillary is single, sending a median process
between the nasals. There are three processes on the lower side; one
median, two lateral ones. The median process extends between the
anterior ends of the vomer; the lateral processes are connected with
the maxillaries, by which they are embraced on the outer side. The
nasals are distinct; they are in connection with the premaxillary, fron-
tals, maxillaries; they are separated above from the prefrontals by a very
slender anterior process of the frontals. There are two frontals, in con-
nection with the nasals, prefrontals, postfrontals, and parietals; the
descending processes are strong and meet below, underarching the olfae-
tory lobes. The parietal is single and very large; it is in connection
with the frontals, postfrontals, petrosals, squamosals, paroccipitals, and
supraoccipital. There is no pineal foramen; but the dark pineal eye is
quite distinct in the anterior portion of the parietal, and the pineal
fossa is present on the lower side of the parietal. The parietals are
bent down strongly. There are two small processes behind close to the
median line. The outer and posterior ends of the parietal show short
processes, which are placed on the petrosals, and on which the anterior
end of the squamosal rests. The supraoccipital is closely united by
suture with the parietal. There is amedian process and two lateral proc-
esses, on each side of the median, all united with the parietal. Two
very small vacuities between parietal and supraoccipital, close to the
median line, are present. The supraoccipital is connected, besides, with
the exoccipitals, paroccipitals, and petrosals. The foramen magnum is
bordered by the basioccipital, exoccipitals, and supraoccipital. The con-
dyle is convex, quite simple, and formed by the basioccipitals and exoce-

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 349

cipitals. In oneof the specimens before me, the sutures between these
elements are quite distinct, also the suture between the basioccipital
and basisphenoid. The paroccipital processes of the exoccipital are
broad, not much developed, connected on the outside with the squamo-
sal and parietal, and touching the posterior slender process of the
quadrate. The basisphenoid sends processes on each side backwards,
over the basioccipital, joining the epiphyseal process between basioc-
cipital and basisphenoid. The basipterygoid processes of the basi-
sphenoid are welldeveloped. Thepetrosalshows a long anterior process,
which nearly reaches the epipterygoid. ‘The maxillary is in connection
with the premaxillary, nasal, frontal, prefrontal, supraorbital, lachry-
mal, jugal, ectopterygoid, vomer, and palatine. There are 5 maxillary
foramina, 2 above and 3 below; the number of teeth is 7, and they show
a groove on the anterior and inner side at the top. The prefrontal* is
slender, placed along nearly the whole lateral border of the frontal, sepa-
rated from the parietal only by a slender posterior outer process of the
frontal; the descending process of the prefrontal is well developed. The
prefrontal is in connection with frontal, supraorbital, palatine, and post-
frontal. The postfrontai is small, in connection with frontal and parie-
tal, and the very small postorbital, which is attached to it at its pos-
terior and lower end. The frontal is therefore completely excluded
from the orbit; a condition which is found also in Chameleo, Heloderma,
Pygopus, and in Trachysaurus, Tyliqua of the Scincide.t

The supraorbital is a large bone, placed above the eye in the anterior
region of the orbit; itis in connection with the prefrontal and maxillary
asin Anguis. The lachrymal is very small, in connection with maxillary,
jugal on the outside, and the prefrontal on the inside. The jugal is a
slender element; it becomes ligamentous in its upper posterior portion,
where it joins the postorbital. It is in connection with maxillary,
lachrymal, and ectopterygoid.t The conditions of these elements are
very much like those seen in Anguis.

The squamosal [opisthotic, paroccipital, Cope; supratemporal, Par-
ker and Betany; mastoidien, Cuvier] is a small splint-like bone, stand-
ing on the quadrate and connected with the parietal, paroccipital, and
touching the petrosal. There is no trace of a quadratojugal (squamo-
sal, Parker; supratemporal, Cope).§

* Cope says—‘‘ The prefrontal is above the eye, and is cut off from the postfrontal
by an entrant angle only.” Osteol. Lacert., p. 215. Instead of postfrontal it ought
to read parietal.

tSIEBENROCK, FRIEDRICH—Zur Kenntniss des Kopfskelettes der Scincoiden,
Anguiden und Gerrhosauriden. Ann. K, K. Naturhist. Hofmus., vi, 3, p, 181, Wien
1892.

{The description of these elements and the figures given by Cope are not correct.
He states, p. 186, that the jugal in Anniella may include the lachrymal; and, p. 215,
“No jugal.” No mention is made of the supraorbital. In the drawing it seems to be
indicated, but the prefrontal is not figured. All the drawings given on PI. II are very
poor and quite useless.

§ Cope states—No distinct supratemporal [quadratojugal] or paroccipital [squamo-
sal].

350 RELATIONSHIP OF THE GENUS ANNIELLA—BAUR. you. xv.

The stapes has a very large disc and a short columella; it is placed
between the paroccipital, petrosal, and basioccipital. —

The vomers are united in the median line, at about three-fourths ef
their length; posteriorly they diverge. In the middle they show a deep
groove, which is bordered on each side by a keel placed on each vomer.
Each vomer is pierced by a foramen. In front they are united with the
premaxillary, outside with the maxillaries, and behind with the pai-
atines. The maxillary processes are well developed and cover par-
tially the posterior nares. The palatines are separated in the middle
line; they are in connection with the vomers, maxillaries, ectopterygoids,
pterygoids, and prefrontals. The pterygoids are completely separated
from each other. They show three processes, one posterior one attached
to the inner side of the quadrate and extending a little behind its poste-
rior border. This process is deeply hollowed out at its lower and inner
side. Two processes are directed in front; the inner broad one is con-
nected with the palatines, the outer slender one with the ectopterygoids.
The foramen ectopterygoideum (suborbitale) is bound by pterygoid,
ectopterygoid, and palatine. The quadrate is simple, hollowed out some-
what externally; it shows a distinct upper and posterior process, which
extends above the stapes to the paroccipital and supports the squa-
mosal. The epipterygoid, which was stated to be absent by all authors
in Anniella, is present; it is a slender, short columellar ossicle, which
stands vertically on the pterygoid and nearly reaches the descending
process of the parietal. The mandible consists of 5 pieces, articular and
supra-angular being ossified. There are 7-8 teeth, which also show the
grooves. The hyoid system is very simple, and has been correctly
described by Prof. Cope. It consists of a single glosso-basihyal, which
is divided behind, and gives attachment to a very slender first hyo-
branchial; more slender than figured by Cope.

The vertebrw.—There are 74 presacral vertebre in two specimens
examined. by me; 73 in Prof. Cope’s specimen. All of these bear ribs,
with exception of the two first ones. One specimen had even a cervical
rib on the second vertebra, but only on one side. The seventy-fifth
vertebra has a simple sacral rib united with the centrum; the seventy-
sixth vertebra has the sacral rib distally split, forming a lymphapo-
physis; the seventy-seventh is of the same form and shows the first
chevron, the lateral pieces being not united distally; the seventy-eighth
shows only on the right side an indication of splitting at the distal end
of the transverse process; the chevrons are not united distally; the
seventy-ninth exhibits single caudal ribs, and the chevrons are united
distally. At the eighty-first vertebra the transverse splitting of the
centrum commences; the split is in the anterior portion of the centrum
and cuts off a small anterior portion of the caudal rib. Cope errone-
ously states the caudal vertebre are not segmented. I consider the
seventy-fifth and seventy-sixth vertebra as the true sacrals, to one of
which the rudimentary pelvic arch is attached by ligaments. The

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 351

chevrons are placed centrally. There are ten “cervical” vertebra,
showing lower processes, which are placed in the center and contain
both catapophyses* and intercentra.

The neural spines are developed in the tail, but very little; in the
dorsal region they are short, vertical ridges, which are somewhat more
developed in the cervical region.

The shoulder girdle and pelvis.—No trace of a shoulder girdle could
be found. The pelvis was represented not only by arudimentary ileum,
as stated by Cope, but also by an ischium and pubis, which are united
proximally. The pubis has an obturator foramen. These bones I only
found in the macerated skeleton.

Dermal ossifications.—By all authors it is stated that dermal ossifica-
tions in the skin are absent; this is not correct; they are well developed.

I now give the osteological characters of the family Anniellide:
Teeth large, few, fang-like, with short, swollen base, and indications
of grooves. Palate toothless. Skull approaching the Amphisbenian
type; no interorbital septum; parietals suturally united with supraoc-
cipital; petrosal greatly produced in front; an epipterygoid ; squamosal
present, but small; quadratojugal absent; postorbital arch ligamentous;
a supraorbital bone; pterygoids not in contact with basicranial axis,
except by the basipterygoid processes; an infraorbital fossa; pramax-
illary single; nasal and frontal divided; parietal single; pre-and post-
frontal in contact. Caudal vertebree segmented; osteodermal plates.

The Anniellid are in the same relations to the Anguide, as are the
Acontiide to the Scincide; but they are still more degenerated, for in
the Acontiid we still find a very rudimentary quadratojugal.

I shall discuss the relationship of all these degenerate families more
fully in my paper on the Amphisb:enia.

“I call catapophysis the lower process in the cervicals, to which the intercentra
(hypapophysis) are attached; the lower processes in the vertebr of snakes, for
instance, are catapophyses and not hypapophyses.

ERS FIM:

DIAGNOSES OF SOME UNDESCRIBED WOOD RATS (GENUS
NEOTOMA) IN THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

By FREDERICK W. TRUE,
Curator of the Department of Mammals.

THE FOLLOWING diagnoses were drawn up in connection with a
study of the Wood Rats of the United States, in the National Museum,
which I have recently completed. It is my intention to publish further
descriptions of these forms, together with notes on other species which
inhabit the United States, in a subsequent paper.

NEOTOMA SPLENDENS, new species.

Size of N. fuscipes; tail as long as the head and body. Ears large,
moderately clothed with long hairs.

Upper surfaces tawny, shaded with black, especially along the spine.
Sides clearer tawny-brown. Head more or less grayish. Throat, breast
and space between the hind legs white, the hairs being of this color
throughout. A line on the lower sides of the cheeks, the sides of the
breast, and the whole belly more or less bright tawny-buff, which color
is continued on the flanks. Tail unicolor, black throughout, as in XN.
Juscipes. Fore feet white; hind feet dusky to the toes. Ears dusky

Skull (No. 24231, U.S.N.M.), with the nasal processes of inter-
maxille not extending greatly beyond the nasals posteriorly (about 2
mm.). Incisive foramina long, reaching to the line of the anterior
molar. Palate ending posteriorly in two small capsules, with an emar-
gination betweentbem. Anterior palatal spine straight. Interparietal
narrowly pentagonal, without an angle behind. ;

Dimensions of type (No. 19693, U.S.N.M., male).*-—Total length,
438 mm.; tail, 215 mm.

Dimensions of skull (No. 24230, U.S.N.M.).—Total length, 47 mm.;
basilar length (Hensel), 38; zygomatic breadth, 24.2; length of nasals,
17.6; length of incisive foramina, 10.

Type.—No. 19693, U.S.N.M., male, Marin County, Cal. Collected
November 25, 1887.

* Collector’s measurements.
Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, Vol. XVII, No. 1006.
[Advance sheets of this paper were published June 27, 1894.]
353

Proc. N, M. 9423

354 SOME UNDESCRIBED WOOD RATS—TRUE. VOL. XVII.

NEOTOMA MACROTIS SIMPLEX, new subspecies.

Similar to NV. macrotis, but all the under surfaces and the feet white,
the hairs being of this color to the roots. Tail rather sharply bicolored.
Ears very thinly clothed with whitish hairs.

Skullasin NV. macrotis, but the extremity of the anterior palatal spine
touches the vomer.

Dimensions of the type (No. 3651, U.S.N.M.).*—Head and body,
213 mm.; tail vertebre, 167; hind foot (without claw), 35; ear, from
orifice, 27.

Dimensions of skull (No, 3598, U.S.N.M.).—Total length, 48 mm.;
basilar length (Hensel), 38; zygomatic breadth, 24.3; length of nasals,
18.5; length of incisive foramina, 9.5.

Type.—No. 3651, U.S.N.M., Fort Tejon, Cal. Collected by J. Xantus.

NEOTOMA VENUSTA, new species.

Size moderate Ears large and thin. Tail as long as the head and
body.

Upper surfaces mingled buff and pale gray. Sides clearer buff,
sharply marked off from thecolor of the under surfaces, which together
with the feet are pure white. Hairs white to the base on the throat,
sides of cheeks, breast, inside of fore legs, inguinal region, and feet.
A tuft of pure white hairs at the base of the outer margin of the ears.
Kars thinly clothed with long, whitish hairs. Tail gray above, pure
white below.

Skull thick and massive. Nasals shorter than the intermaxille and
much contracted posteriorly. Interparietal large, with a convex pos-
terior margin. Incisive foramina short and broad, reaching posteriorly
about to the line of the molars. Tympanic bulle large. Foramen
magnum low and wide. Posterior termination of palate concave.

Incisors very broad and convex. Molars long and broad.

Dimensions of the type (No. 33426, U.S.N.M.),t—Total length, 364
mm.; tail, 173; hind foot, 35.

Dimensions of the skull of type.-—Total length, 43 mm.; basilar length
(Hensel), 36; zygomatic breadth, 23.4; length of interparietal, 6.2;
length of incisive foramina, 8.2; length of molars (alveole), 9.4;
breadth of incisors, together, 4.0; breadth of foramen magnum, 7.9.

Type.—No. 23828, male, Carrizo Creek, California. Collected by F.
Stephens.

NEOTOMA OCCIDENTALIS FUSCA, new subspecies.

Back blackish, sides tawny-gray, belly soiled white. Under side of
neck tawny-gray. A small area of entirely white hairs between the
fore legs. Upper portion of legs gray both above and below. Fore

*From the dry skin. t Collector’s measurements.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 355

feet white. Hind feet with the proximal half of the metatarsus, and
also the base of the toes, dusky. Tail black above, buffy-gray below.
Ears dusky.

(Skull wanting.)

Dimensions of the type (a dry skin, No. 3370, U.S.N.M.).—Head and
body, 215 mm.; tail vertebra, 180; hind foot (and claw), 44.

Type.—No, 3370, U.S.N.M., Fort Umpqua, Oreg. Collected by E. P.
Vollum.

Dr. Merriam has recently stated* that the skulls of the bushy-tailed
Wood Rats, which constitute the genus Teonoma of Gray, are without
vacuities at the sides of the presphenoid, and regards this as a charac-
ter of importance. The bushy tailed species of the Rocky Mountains
(N. cinerea), however, has large vacuities. They are absent only in
N. occidentalis and its varieties. Hence this character is not corre-
lated with the condition of the tail. There is, furthermore, much
variation in the Size of the vacuities in the secaly-tailed species, those
ot N. floridana and varieties being very small.

A Neotoma from Fort Liard, British America, has the skull similar
to N. occidentalis, and Richardson’s N. drummondi is perhaps a variety
of this species, with no close relationship to N. cinerea of the Rocky
Mountains of the United States.

*Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vii, p. 112, 1893.

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWENTY-TWO NEW SPECIES OF BIRDS
FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

By RoBEeRtT RIDGWAY,
Curator of the Department of Birds.

THE VERY large and valuable collection of Galapagos birds made by
Dr. G, Baur and Mr. C. F. Adams, in 1891, was referred to me for deter-
mination of the species soon after the return of those gentlemen from
their highly successful exploration of that remarkable island group,
but various circumstances have prevented an earlier publication of the
results of my study of the collection. Many of the specimens having
been obtained on islands never before visited by a collector, it is to be
expected that novelties would be found among the rich material which
it has been my privilege to study. One box contaiming more than one
hundred specimens of small birds collected on Charles, Hood, Barring-
ton, and South Albemarle islands was unfortunately stolen at Guaya-
quil. Had these specimens been received, there can be no doubt that
the number of new forms to be here characterized would be still greater.

Perhaps the most interesting result of Messrs. Baur and Adams’
explorations is the discovery of species which absolutely bridge the
previously existing gap between the so-called genera Geospiza and Cae-
tornis, thus necessitating the suppression of one of these names (the
latter, according to the rule of priority). This matter will be fully dis-
cussed and illustrated in a much more detailed paper which will be
published as soon as practicable.

1. NESOMIMUS BAURI, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to NV. personatus, Ridgway * of Abingdon
Island, but much lighter colored above. Dimensions averaging less,
and flanks more narrowly streaked with dusky; wing, 4.30-4.45; tail,
3.95-4.30; exposed culmen, 0.95-1; bill from rictus, 1.25-1.27; tarsus,
1,25-1.35; middle toe, 0.78-0.85.

Habitat.—Tower Island (type in Dr. Baur’s collection, Sept. 2, 1891).

“Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xu, No. 767, p. 104, February 5, 1890 (Abingdon Island, Gala-
pagos).
Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Vol. XVII, No. 1007.
357

358 NEW BIRDS FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS—RIDG WAY. vou. xvu.

In coloration of the upper parts this form resembles N. melanotis
much more than N. personatus; otherwise, however, it is easily
distinguished, the bill being much larger (sometimes quite as large as in
smaller-billed examples of V. personatus), the light-colored tips to middle
wing-coverts much wider, white terminal spots of rectrices smaller and
differently shaped, and dusky streaks much narrower.

Three specimens are in Dr. Baur’s collection.

2. NESOMIMUS BINDLOEI, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to N. bauri, Ridgway, but smaller and
with proportionally longer tarsus; ear-coverts solidly black, tips to
lesser wing-coverts paler (usually nearly white on posterior row), and
white on rectrices more extended. Wing 3.85-4.20; tail, 3.50-390;
exposed culmen, 0.83-0.91; bill from he 1.15-1.20; ‘acer 1.52-1.39;
middle toe, 0.75-0,81.

Habitat.—Bindloe Island (type in Dr. Baur’s collection).

Five specimens, all separable from N. bawri by the above-mentioned
characters.

3. NESOMIMUS ADAMSI, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to N. macdonaldi, Ridgway,* in color, but
very much smaller, and differing in some respects as to coloration.

Habitat.—Chatham Island. (Tvpe in Dr. Baur’s collection; ¢ ad.,
Chatham Island. June 13, 1891.)

This very distinct species, while about the size of V. melanotis, clearly
belongs to the same group as NV. macdonaldi, having the same brownish
gray band across the chest and broken belt of dusky spots across the
lower breast. The ear coverts are more extensively and solidly black
than in that species, nearly as much so as in NV. melanotis, which perhaps
has caused it to be referred to that species. The white tips to the
outer rectrices are much more extensive and more abruptly defined
than in N. macdonaldi, being very much as in N. melanotis.

Compared with 16 specimens of N. melanotis from James Island, the
11 adults of the present species from Chatham Island differ in the
much lighter color of the pileum, the ground color of which is brownish
gray relieved by mesial streaks of blackish, which never, at any sea-
son, equal the gray in extent; the feathers of the dorsal region are
much more broadly edged with gray, and the lower parts are markedly
different, as described above.

4, CERTHIDEA SALVINI, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to C. olivacea, Gould, but much yellower
below, the upper parts more decidedly and uniformly olivaceous, under
parts much more yellowish, and the bill larger; adult male with throat,
etc., ochraceous-buff instead of tawny.

*Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. x11, No. 767, p. 103 rohenarys: 1890 (Hood Island, Galapa

gos).
.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 359

Habitat.—Indefatigable Island, Galapagos Archipelago.

Adult male (Type, No. 438, coll. Dr. G. Baur, Indefatigable Island,
August 6, 1891).—Above brownish olive (decidedly browner than C.
olivacea), the pileum and hind-neck quite uniform with the back, ete.,
but the rump and upper tail-coverts brighter, more tinged with tawny-
olive; wings and tail dusky, the feathers edged broadly with the color
of the back, inclining on greater wing-coverts to wood-brown. Supra-
loral streak, orbits, chin, and throat, soft ochraceous-buff, the latter
slightly mottled with buffy whitish; rest of under parts pale buff.
yellow, deepening on sides and flanks into a more brownish tint.
Upper mandible, dark brown; lower, brownish white; “iris, dark
brown;” legs, dark horn-brown; feet, dusky; length (skin), 3.60; wing,
2.10; tail, 1.38; exposed culmen, 0.40; tarsus, 0.81; middle toe, 0.48.

Females and immature males are much more olivaceous above than
those of C. olivacea, and the under parts are conspicuously more yellow-
ish.

All of the seven examples, two of which are in the National Museum
collection, have the under mandible pale brown or whitish.

5. CERTHIDEA BIFASCIATA, new species.

Specific characters.—Most like C. cinerascens, Ridgway,* of Hood
Island, but still whiter (entirely almost pure white) beneath, and wing
with two broad, whitish bands across tipsof greater and middle coverts.

Habitat.—Barrington Island, Galapagos.

Adult (type, No. 593, coll. Dr. G. Baur, Barrington Island, July 9;
1891).—Above brownish gray, becoming very much paler on the rump;
wings and tail dusky, the feathers broadly edged with grayish brown;
middle wing-coverts broadly tipped with pale, dull buffy. and greater
coverts with dull white, producing two conspicuous bands across the
wing. Lores, orbits, cheeks, and entire under parts uniform dull white.
Upper mandible dark brown, edged with whitish; under mandible
whitish; legs and feet brownish black. Length (skin), 3.40; wing, 2;
tail, 1.40; exposed culmen, 0.40; tarsus, 0.78; middle toe,.0.48.

Three specimens from Barrington Island agree in the above char-
acters.

6. CERTHIDEA MENTALIS, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to C. fusca, Selater and Salvin, of Abing-
don Island, but rather smaller, color darker and less olivaceous, the
under parts dull light olive-grayish, becoming pale buffy on chin and
under wing-coverts.

Habitat.—Tower Island, Galapagos.

Adult (type, No. 594, coll. Dr. G. Baur, Tower Island, Sept. 2, 1891).—
Above uniform deep grayish olive; chin, throat, and under wing-coverts
pale buff, deepest on chin, that of throat changing gradually on chest

*Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x11, No. 767, p. 105, Feb. 4, 1890.

360 NEI BIRDS FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS—RIDGWAY. vou.xvn.

to to buffy ; gray, W hich covers whole chest, upper breast, sides, and flanks;
belly dull whitish; under tail-coverts buffy white: An indistinet
whitish supraloral panei! Wing, 2.05; tail, 1.58; exposed culmen, 0.40;
tarsus, 0.80.

There are five specimens in Dr. Bauv’s collection, one of which has
the under mandible apparently black, one dark brown, the other three
brownish white.

7. CERTHIDEA ALBEMARLEI, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to C. olivacea, Gould, of James and Jervis
islands, but under parts nearly clear pale buff, and tips of middle and
greater wing-coverts deeper rusty. :

Habitat.— Albemarle Island, Galapagos.

Adult? (type, No. 595, coll. Dr. G. Baur, Albemarle Island, July 21,
1891).—Above uniform dull grayish brown, slightly tinged with olive;
wings and tail dusky, the feathers broadly edged with the color of the
back; middle and greater wing-coverts rather broadly tipped with
cinnamon; under parts cream-buff, paler on belly, more brownish on
sides and flanks. Upper mandible light brown, darker on culmen;
lower mandible brownish white; tarsi pale horn-color, toes somewhat
darker. Wing, 2.05; tail, 1.45; exposed culmen, 0.40; tarsus, 0.83.

Another specimen from Cowly Bay, East Albemarle (August 10), is
quite like the one described above.

8. CERTHIDEA LUTEOLA, new species.

Specific characters.—Most like C. olivacea, Gould, of James and Jervis
islands, but much brighter olivaceous above and (except in very
abraded plumage) distinctly buff-yellowish beneath.

Habitat.—Chatham Island, Galapagos.

Adult male (type No. 56, coll. Dr. G. Baur, Chatham island, June
17, 1891).—Above uniform paca olive or buffy-olive; wings ai tail
dusky, feathers broadly edged with the color of the back, the tips of the
middle and greater wing-coverts (rather broadly) pale olive-buff, pro-
ducing two indistinct bands across the wing. Superciliary streak
extending from nostrils to above posterior angle of eye, eyelids, and
entire under parts light buff-yellowish, deepest on throat, elsewhere
tinged with olive, especially on sides and flanks; under wing-coverts
and under tail-coverts, pale yellowish buff. Bill wholly deep black;
“iris brown”; legs and feet dark brown. Wing, 2.13; tail, 1.52;
exposed culmen, 0.40; tarsus, 0.82; middle toe, 0.45.

There are seven specimens of this very distinct form in Dr. Baur’s
collection, and six in the National Museum collection. None of the
latter are in perfect plumage, however, and I have accordingly been
obliged to select one of Dr. Baur’s specimens as the type.

Two of Dr. Baur’s specimens (both adult males, obtained June 17 and
18, while “in full song”) and one of the National Museum specimens
(obtained March 30,and in greatly worn plumage) have the bill entirely

i an

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 361

deep black. All the rest have the under mandible pale brownish, the
upper, deep brown or dusky. Among the latter are apparently adult
birds of both sexes, obtained April 5, and June 16-18; but they may
be young birds which have just assumed the adult plumage.

GEOSPIZA ASSIMILIS (Gould?2).

Indefatigable Island (7 specimens) ; Albemarle (1?) ;* Cowly Bay, East
Albemarle (1?) ;* Jervis (5).

Without a specimen of true G. assimilis, trom Bindloe Island, for
comparison, I am not sure as to the correctness of this identification.
Whether G. assimilis or not, however, it certainly can not be referred
either to G. scandens or G. abingdoni, being much larger-billed than the
former and smaller-billed than the latter; in fact, it is about interme-
diate between the two, without, however, grading into either, so far as
is indicated by a series of thirty-two specimens.t

It may be remarked that the color of the bill is the same in the three
forms, when specimens of corresponding sex, age, and season are com-
pared. Thus, although the adult male of C. scandens is described as
having the bill varied with yellow, all of the six adult males in Dr.
Baur’s collection from James Island (the type locality) have the bill
wholly black, as do also two males in striped plumage and an adult
female. The plumage appears to be quite the same in the three forms.

Should this form prove to be different from G. assimilis, I propose for
it the name G. intermedia (type No. 115916, U.S. N. M., Charles Island,
April 8; C. H. Townsend).

9. GEOSPIZA BARRINGTONI, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to G. abingdoni, Salvin, but a much
stouter, with tip less compressed and less acute. Wing, 2.70-2.80; tail,
1.58-1.62; culmen, 0.79-0.80; tarsus, 0.90; middle toe, 0.70.

Habitat.——Barrington Island. (Type, No. 596, in Dr. Baur’s collec-
tion, obtained July 9, 1891.)

Dr. Baur’s collection contains three specimens of this form, two adult
males and a specimen in the streaked plumage.

10. GEOSPIZA PROPINQUA, new species.

Specific characters.— Very similar to G. conirostris, Ridgway,t of Hood
Island, but bill still narrower, with-the under mandible no broader
than the upper; wing slightly shorter.

Measurements Or type (No. 597, coll. Dr. G. sie epte 2, 1891).—Wing,

“The specimens ae Albemarle ad aS ly Bays Bi ast Albemarle, eee young
birds, are very doubtfully placed here.

iThe National Museum collection contains the following specimens of this form:
Charles Island (10 specimens); Indefatigable (6); Chatham (1?)—the last doubt-
fully referred here.

t Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xu, No. 767, p. 106, Feb. 5, 1890 (Hood Island, Galapagos).

36 2 NEW BIRDS FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS—RIDGWAY. vou. xvu.

3. 10; tail, 1. 90; “culmen, 0.85; width of lower > mandible at angle, 0.23;
of upper at ater 0.23 ; jade 0.95; middle toe, 0.68.*
Havin Tower Taian: (aispanes

11. GEOSPIZA BAURI, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to G. media, Ridgway.,t of Hood Island,
but slightly larger, with bill much higher at base. Wing, 3.20; tail,
2; culmen, 0.80; depth of bill at base, 0.68; tarsus, 0.93.

Habitat.—James Island, Galapagos. (Type, No. 562, ¢ ad., coll. Dr.
G. Baur, James Island, August 7, 1891.)

One adult male, an immature eee, and an immature female are in
Dr. Baur’s collection.

This form approaches G. strenua in the size and form of the beak,
but the gap between them is very considerable. The bill is also pro-
portionally much more compressed than in G. strenua.

12. GEOSPIZA ALBEMARLEI, new species.

Specific characters.—Intermediate between G. media, of Hood Island,
and G. dubia, Gould, of Chatham.

Habitat.—Albemarle Island, Galapagos.

Measurements of type—(No. 115977, U.S.N.M., immature ¢, Tagus
Cove, Albemarle Island, April 10, C. H. Townsend), Length (skin), 5;
wing, 2.80; tail, 1.85; culmen, 0.70; gonys, 0.35; width of lower man-
dible at base, 0.41; depth of bill at base, 0.52; tarsus, 0.85; middle toe,
0.60.

The plumage of the type specimen is about half-way between that of
the young male and the perfectly adult bird, the head and neck being
nearly uniform dull blackish, the feathers of the dorsal region black,
broadly margined with olive, the under parts (except throat) dull buffy
whitish (marked with buffy olive laterally); the entire breast and fore
part of sides heavily spotted (longitudinally) with blackish.

An adult female (No. 115978, U.S.N.M., same locality, etc.), is
exactly like the immature male in coloration; its measurement being
as follows: Length (skin), 5; wing, 2.82; tail, 1.70; culmen, 0.75;
gonys, 0.40; width of under mandible at base, 0.42; depth of bill at
base, 0.55; tarsus, 0.90; middle toe, 0.65.

Another female (No. 115975, U.S.N.M., same locality, ete.), evi-
dently nota very young bird, since its bill, like that of the two above-men-
tioned specimens, is very hard and chiefly black in color, has the top of
the head grayish olive, broadly streaked with dusky, the cheeks, chin,
throat, etc., xory pale grayish buffy, obsoletely ae with darker,

+The fora measurements of a series of 5 adult males are as follows: Wing,
2.95-3.15; tail, 1.85-1.95; culmen, 0.82-0.90; width of under mandible at angle,
0.23-0.26; of upper at notch, 0.22-0.26; iaxanes 0.90-0.95; middle toe, 0.68-0.75.

tProc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x11. No. 767, p. 107, Feb. 4, 1890.

lt ta onli nl

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 363

and the breast rather indistinctly marked with dusky. Length (skin),
4.70; wing, 2.78; tail, 1.70; culmen, 0.70; gonys, 0.38; width of under
mandible at base, 0.40: depth of bill at base, 0.52; tarsus, 0.90; middle

toe, 0.62.
13. GEOSPIZA FRATERCULA, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to G, fortis, Gould, of Charles Island, but
smaller, the bill narrower and with culmen more convex. Adult males:
Wing, 2.50-2.65; tail, 1.60-1.65; culmen, 0.65-0.67; depth of bill at
base, 0.43-0.49; tarsus, 0.78-0.80.

Habitat.—Abingdon Island, Galapagos. (Type, No. 116110, U.S.N.M.,
Abingdon Island, April 16; C. H. Townsend.

Five adult males in the National Museum collection from Abingdon
Island agree in the above character, by which they may readily be dis-
tinguished from G. fortis, of Charles Island. There are four young
birds in the collection, but no adult females. Mr. Salvin says that
“the females from Abingdon Island are darker than those from the
other two islands” (Indefatigable and Bindloe).

14. GEOSPIZA DEBILIROSTRIS, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to G. fortis, Gould, in size, but feet larger
and stouter, and bill conspicuously smaller. Wing, 2.93; tail, 1.75;
culmen, 0.60; depth of bill at base, 0.35; tarsus, 0.95; middle toe, 0.67.

Habitat.—James Island, Galapagos. (Type, No. 116003, U.S.N.M.,
éad., James Island, April 11; ©. H. Townsend.)

Of this very distinct species I have seen but one specimen. The
plumage is “solid” black, varied by a shght admixture of buffy whitish
on the middle of the abdomen, and broad terminal margins of the same
to the longer under tail-coverts, becoming tinged with bright rusty ante-
riorly. The bill is wholly deep black, the legs and feet brownish black.

The bill is shaped exactly as in G. fuliginosa. but is slightly larger.

15. GEOSPIZA ACUTIROSTRIS, new species.

Specific characters.—Simnilar to G. parvula, Gould, but bill longer, with
straighter outlines, and extremely acute at tip.

Measurements of type.—Wing, 2.45; tail, 1.58; culmen, 0.55; depth of
bill at base, 0.30; tarsus, 0.75; middle toe, 0.53.

Habitat.—Tower Island, Galapagos. (Type in Dr. Baur’s collection.)

The form of the bill in this species 1s conspicuously unlike that of
any other, being almost exactly that of Carduelis.

There are 7 specimens in Dr. Baur’s collection, 4 of. which are in the
black plumage.

16. CAMARHYNCHUS ROSTRATUS, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to C. habeli, Sclater and Salvin, of
Abingdon Island, but larger, with the bill much deeper and broader
with much more strongly arched culmen.

364 NEW BIRDS FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS—RIDGWAY. vou.xvu.

Habitat.—James Island, Galapagos; Indefatigable Island (?).

Adult male (type, No. 116006, U.S.N.M., James Island, April 11;
C. H. Townsend).—Head, neck, and chest dull black, passing into
dusky sooty brown on forehead; rest of upper parts dull grayish olive,
much lighter on rump and upper tail-coverts; lower parts from breast
backward dull white, tinged with buff posteriorly, especially on under
tail-coverts; breast, particularly on sides, indistinctly but rather ©
broadly streaked with dusky. Bill black, brownish on gonys; tarsi
deep horn-brown; toes dusky. Length (skin), 5.30; wing, 3; tail, 1.80;
culmen, 0.62, very strongly arched; depth of bill at base, 0.48, from
base of culmen to angle of gonys, 0.50; width of under mandible at
base, 0.37; tarsus, 1; middle toe, 0.70.

Immature male (No. 116039, U.S.N.M., Indefatigable Island, April
12; C. H. Townsend).—Above light grayish olive, the top of the head
rather grayer, broadly but rather indistinctly streaked with dusky, the
feathers of the back still more broadly but much less distinetly darker
medially. Supraloral region, malar and suborbital regions and entire
under parts dull grayish white, faintly tinged with yellowish buff,
especially on chest and breast; the former and sides of the latter
broadly but very indistinctly streaked with grayish dusky. Bill dusky
horn-color, light brown on edge of upper and terminal two-thirds of
under mandible; tarsi and toes brownish black. Length (skin), 5.30;
wing, 2.90; tail, 180; culmen, 0.60, very strongly arched; depth of bill
at base, 0.45; from base of culmen to angle of gonys, 0.47; tarsus, 0.90;
middle toe, 0.62.

This bird, although from James Island, can not be the same as C.
psittaculus, for, although I have not been able to compare it with an
adult male of the latter, the dimensions are much too great and the
form of the bill far too different.

17. CAMARHYNCHUS PRODUCTUS, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to C. pauper, Ridgway, of Charles Island,
but bill longer, with culmen more arched, and gonys less convex, the
sides of the under mandible with several oblique ridges; wing and tail
decidedly and tarsus slightly longer. Wing, 2.90; tail, 1.80; culmen,
0.70, exposed portion, 0.55; depth of bill at nostril, 0.32; tarsus, 0.90;
middle toe, 0.60.

Habitat.—Albemarle Island, Galapagos. (Type, No. 404, 2, coll. Dr.
G. Baur, Albemarle Island, July 31, 1891.)

The form of the bill in this species is so exactly intermediate between
that of the thin-billed Camarhynchi and the Cactorni of the C. pallida
group that it may almost be as well placed in one “ genus” as the
other!

18. CAMARHYNCHUS SALVINI, new species.

Specific characters.—Most like C. prosthemelas, Sclater and Salvin, but
adult male without black on head, neck, or chest, the latter, together

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 365

with sides and flanks, being broadly streaked with dusky. Immature
birds, of both sexes (and adult females ?), much more yellowish beneath
(usually strongly buff-yellow), always distinctly streaked with dusky
on chest, sides, and flanks.

Habitat.—Chatham Island, Galapagos. (Type, No. 125977, U.S.N.M.,
Chatham Island, March 30, 1891; C. H. Townsend.)

In addition to the 11 specimens in the National Museum collection,
collected by Mr. C. H. Townsend, naturalist of the U.S. Fish Commis-
mission steamer Albatross, Dr. Baur’s collection contains 7 examples
of this very distinct species from the same island.

19. CAMARHYNCHUS AFFINIS, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to C. psittaculus, Gould, from James and
Jervis islands, but smaller and with the chest rather broadly and dis-
tinctly streaked with dusky.

Habitat.—Albemarle Island, Galapagos.

Adult? (type, No. 598, Dr. Baur’s collection, Cowly Bay, on mount-
ains, August 10, 1891).—Above light brownish olive, hghter on rump,
rather grayer on top of head, where indistinctly streaked with dusky;
superciliary stripe (passing to a little behind eye), malar region, and
under parts light grayish buff, tinged with brownish on sides (almost
Isabella-color on flanks), and nearly white on abdomen, the chest and
sides of breast broadly and rather distinctly streaked with dusky.
Bill light brown, paler and yellower on under mandible; legs and feet
dusky horn-color. Length (skin), 4.15; wing, 2.75; tail, 1.70; culmen,
0.55; depth of bill at base, 0.40; width of under mandible at base, 0.35;
tarsus, 0.90; middle toe, 0.55.

Two other specimens in Dr. Baur’s collection measure as follows:
Wing, 2.50-2.60; tail, 1.50-1.70; culmen, 0.50-0.55; depth of bill at
base, 0.40; width of under mandible at base, 0.30; tarsus, 0.82-0.85.

20. PYROCEPHALUS CAROLENSIS, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to P. nanus, Gould (from James Island),
but female deep buff beneath, instead of clear, light Naples yellow,
and upper parts browner.

Habitat.—Charles Island, Galapagos.

Adult male (No. 115926, U.S.N.M., Charles Island, April 8; C.
H. Townsend).—Lores, ear-coverts, occiput, hind neck, and remain-
ing upper parts uniform blackish brown,* becoming lighter, more gray-
ish, brown on lower rump, upper tail-coverts, and tips of wing-coverts,
the edges of the secondaries still paler, and tips of secondaries, inner
primaries and tail-feathers pale grayish brown, passing on terminal
margins into brownish white; outermost tail-feathers pale grayish
brown, its outer web slightly paler and faintly tinged with pink.
Entire pileum glossy dark vermilion; lower parts scarlet-vermilion,

~A little darker and warmer than ‘‘ clove-brown.”

3866 NEW BIRDS FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS—RIDGWAY. vou. xvu.

paler posteriorly (flesh-color on under tail-coverts), deepest on breast,
and on throat somewhat broken by exposure of white bases of the
feathers; under wing-coverts and axillars flesh-color, the former mixed
with dusky. Bill black, under mandible somewhat brownish basally;
legs and feet black. Length (skin), 4.85; wing, 2.50; tail, 2; exposed
culmen, 0.42; tarsus, 0.72; middle toe, 0.40.

Immature male (No, 115927, U.S.N.M., Charles Island, April 8; C. H.
Townsend).—Above dusky brown* (very much paler than in adult),
paler and grayer on rump and upper tail-coverts, many of the feathers
of lower back and scapulars showing very indistinct and narrow paler
tips; wings and tail as in the adult, but the former rather paler; fore-
head and fore part of crown whitish, tinged with flesh-pink (especially
near nostrils), each feather marked with a rather broad mesial streak
of dusky brown, the hinder part of crown nearly uniform dusky,
but the feathers light vermilion or flesh-red beneath the surface.
Lores and orbits dusky, the ear-coverts paler and faintly tinged with
flesh-pink; chin, throat, and malar region white, very faintly tinged
with flesh-pink, especially on chin; rest of under parts flesh-color,
deepest on flanks, paler on chest and breast, where narrowly streaked
with dusky. Bill and feet as in adult. Length (skin), 5; wing, 2.60;
tail, 2.03; exposed culmen, 0.45; tarsus, 0.71.

Adult female (No. 115928, U.S.N.M., same date, etc.).—Above gray-
ish olive, becoming gradually paler and more grayish (nearly “ hair
brown”) on rump and upper tail-coverts; crown somewhat streaked
-with paler; forehead, superciliary region, and malar region, whitish,
tinged with buffy yellowish. Chin and throat buffy white; rest of
under parts, deep buff-yellow, the chest marked with a few very indis-
tinct dusky streaks. Bill and feet asin the male. Length (skin), 4.80;

wing, 2.50; tail, 2.05; exposed culmen, 0.48; tarsus, 0.70; middle toe, .

0.40.

An adult male in more worn plumage (No. 125988, U.S.N.M., Charles
Island, April.1; C. H. Townsend) is, through fading, a more pro-
nounced brown color above than the example described above. The
two other adult females show no trace of streaks on the chest.

21. PYROCEPHALUS INTERCEDENS, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to P. nanus, Gould, (from James Island),
but female much brighter yellow beneath, browner above, and top of
head more tinged with yellow.

Habitat.—Indefatigable Island, Galapagos.

Adult male (No. 418, coll. Dr. G. Baur, Indefatigable Island, August
5, 1891).—Similar above to males from Charles Island (P. carolensis)
but still darker (brownish black rather than blackish brown); beneath
similar on chin, throat, and chest, but from breast back the color of a

* Much ‘‘ warmer” than sepia.

—-. =

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. "S67

decided orange-red or flame-scarlet hue. Wing, 2.58; tail, 2.18; exposed
culmen, 0.47; tarsus, 0.75; middle toe, 0.38.

Adult female (No. 439, coll. Dr. G. Baur, Indefatigable Island,
August 6).—Color above quite the same as that of females from
Charles Island, but top of head with a decided yellowish tinge; super-
ciliary stripe, extending from nostrils to posterior angle of eye (broad-
est anteriorly), light buft-yellowish; malar region, chin, and throat very
pale maize-yellow; rest of under parts light chrome, or deep Naples-
yellow—very different from the buff-yellow of Charles Island speci-
mens. Wing, 2.38; tail, 2; exposed culmen, 0.40; tarsus, 0.70.

Immature male (No. 463, same collection, Indefatigable Island,
August 7).—Very similar to the adult female, but rather darker above;
chin and throat white, faintly tinged with maize-yellow; rest of lower
parts rather deeper and decidedly ‘‘ warmer” yellow than in the adult
female (a very pale tint of ‘“‘ deep chrome”), rather paler on the chest,
where marked with very narrow shaft-streaks of dusky. Wing, 2.52;
tail, 2.05; exposed culmen, 0.45; tarsus, 0.71; middle toe, 0.40.

An immature male (No. 77764, U.S.N.M., Indefatigable Island,
August 25-Oct. 16, Dr. A. Habel) is similar to that described above,
but has the yellow of the chest equally deep with that of more pos.
terior under parts (the whitish throat being thereby more abruptly
defined) and the fine dusky streaks nearly obsolete. Wing, 2.40; tail,
2.02; exposed culmen, 0.45; tarsus, 0.70; middle toe, 0.39,

Young (No. 116053, U.S.N.M., Indefatigable Island, April 12; C.
H. Townsend).— Above dark grayish brown, the feathers of the back,
the scapulars, and the lesser wing-coverts narrowly and rather indis-
tinctly margined with paler; those of the rump and upper tail-coverts
much more broadly margined with brownish buff, which constitutes
the prevailing color; top of head broadly streaked with dusky on a
whitish and pale buffy ground, the forehead chietly pale buffy; middle
and greater wing-coverts broadly tipped with pale brownish buffy,
producing two wing-bands; tail feathers also broadly tipped with pale
dull buffy; remiges rather broadly margined at tips with whitish.
Supraloral region, malar region, chin, and throat whitish, tinged with
dull yellowish; rest of under parts light Naples-yellow, the chest,
sides, and flanks longitudinally flecked with grayish brown.

22. PYROCEPHALUS ABINGDONI, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to P. carolensis, Ridgway, in color of
back, etc., but red of under parts very different—flame scarlet or
orange-chrome instead of vermilion. (Female and young unknown.)

Adult male (type, No. 116134, U.S.N.M., Abingdon Island, Gala-
pagos, April 16, 1888; C. H. Townsend).—Pileum intense scarlet or
searlet-vermilion, paler, more orange-red, on forehead; entire under
parts orange-red (‘“‘orange-chrome”), the under tail-coverts paler,
inchning to salmon-color; ear-coverts, hind neck, back, ete., clove-

368 ‘NE W BIRDS FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS—RIDGWAY. vou. xvu.

brown (very nearly same color as in P. carolensis). Length (skin),
4.95; wing, 2.55 (?)*; tail, 2.10(?); exposed culmen, 0.48; width of
bill at base, 0.23; tarsus, 0.75.

Another adult male (No. 116135, U.S.N.M., same date, ete.) is similar,
but has the pileum deeper red (intense vermilion) and the fore neck and
chest slightly tinged with vermilion. Exposed culmen, 0.45; width of
bill at base, 0.25; tarsus, 0.73. (Wing and tail too imperfect for meas-
urement.)

An adult male from Bindloe Island, in Dr. Baur’s collection, is simi-
lar in color of back, ete., to these Abingdon examples, but the under
parts are very different, the anterior half being pure scarlet and the
posterior half, very abruptly pale saturn-red. The bill is also extremely
narrow. Whether the differences are of an individual character or char-
acteristic of the locality can not be determined from only one specimen.

Measurement.—Length (skin), 4.40; wing, 2.48; tail, 2.12; exposed
culmen, 0.40; width of bill at base, 0.20; tarsus, 0.67.

PYROCEPHALUS DUBIUS, Gould.

Pyrocephalus dubius, GOULD, Zool. Voy. Beagle, Birds, 1841, 46.

Pyrocephalus nanus, AUCTORUM, part, not of GOULD.

Pyrocephalus minimus, RipGway, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xu, No. 767, p. 113, in text,
Feb. 5, 1890 (Chatham Island, Galapagos).

This very distinct form was separated by me, provisionally, from P.
nanus, as P. minimus, in the paper above cited, without being described
in detail. The fourteen specimens subsequently received bring out
very strongly its distinctive characters, and show it to be very different
indeed from P. nanus and its nearer allies, from which, in any plum-
age, Specimens may be distinguished at a glance. The different plum-
ages represented in the series before me may be described as follows:

Specific characters.—Decidedly smaller than P. nanus Gould and
other Galapagoan forms; adult male with lower parts conspicuously
paler and duller red than pileum; back, ete., lighter and browner
than in other forms; adult female with conspicuous superciliary stripe
and under parts deep ochraceous-buff, the throat paler, but scarcely
approaching white.
Habitat.—Chatham Island, Galapagos.

Adult male (No. 72, coll. Dr.G. Baur, Chatham Island, June 18, 1891),—
Entire pileum glossy dark vermilion, exactly as in other forms; lower
parts pale scarlet, deepest on breast, much paler on throat, and still
more so on chin, which inclines to reddish white. Lores, ear-coverts,
and upper parts in general deep brown (intermediate between “seal”
and ‘“‘clove”), decidedly lighter and browner than in other forms; tips
of wing coverts, edges of secondaries, and whole of outer tail-feathers
paler, more grayish, brown. Length (skin), 4.35; wing, 2.23; tail, 1.90;
exposed culinen 0.38; tarsus, 0.65; middle toe, 0.35.

“The molt is nearly completed, but the longest primaries and rectrices may not
be fully grown.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 369

Nearly adult male (No. “B,” coll. Dr. G. Baur, Chatham Island,
June 16).—Much like the fully adult male, as described above, but red
of pileum paler afd mixed with many partly brown feathers, that of
under parts very much paler (deep salmon-color, very much paler on
chin and throat), and upper parts decidedly lighter warm grayish
brown. Wing, 2.28; tail, 2.05; exposed culmen, 0.36; tarsus, 0.65;
middle toe, 0.35.

Adult female (No. 63, coll. Dr. G. Baur, Chatham Island, June 17).—
Forehead and broad superciliary stripe, extending from nostrils to
occiput, ochraceous-buff; rest of pileum nearly same color, but broadly
streaked with deep hair-brown, these streaks so broad on hind part of
crown as to nearly conceal the buffy edgings. Ear-coverts, hind neck,
back, scapulars, and lesser wing-coverts uniform hair-brown, the
rump, upper tail-coverts, and broad tips of greater and middle wing-
coverts paler and tinged with buffy; secondaries edged tor terminal
half with pale buffy grayish, and broadly margined at tips with buffy
grayish white. Malar region, chin, and throat pale buff, deeper later-
ally; rest of under parts deep buff, becoming rather clearer and
brighter posteriorly, and everywhere devoid of the least trace of
streaks. Length (skin), 4.25; wing, 2.21; tail, 1.88; exposed culmen,
0.58; tarsus, 0.65; middle toe, 0.32.

Immature male (No. 123, coll. Dr. G. Baur, Chatham Island, June
25).—Much like the adult female, as described above, but top of head
nearly uniform grayish brown, like back, though showing indistinetly
defined broad streaks of darker and lighter, with a few concealed
bright yellow spots on center of crown; anterior part of forehead and
superciliary stripe, however, deep buffy, as in the female; buff of
under parts deeper and yellower. Length (skin), 4.25; wing, 2.30;
tail, 1.92; exposed culmen, 0.39; tarsus, 0.63; middle toe, 0.38.

The adult male described is the brightest colored one in a series of
eight, the remainder being more or less paler scarlet beneath. This
conspicuous difference of intensity between the red of the pileum (which
is exactly as in other forms) and that of the lower parts is, next to the
small size, the most striking character of the present species.

Two other females in Dr. Baur’s collection differ from that described
in having an appreciable (though in case of one very faint) yellow tinge
to the posterior under parts.

Another immature male, also in Dr. Baur’s collection, is quite
decidedly yellowish on the posterior lower parts, the under tail-cov-
erts and malar region being nearly maize-yellow.

There can be little doubt, [ think, that Gould’s Pyrocephalus dubius
was based on a female or immature male of this form, but the question
can be determined positively only by examination of the type, now in
the British Museum. The original description certainly fits the female
very well, and the measurements of the type, recently made for me by

Proc. N. M. 94 24

est in the series of sixteen specimens from Chatham Island.

Dr, Sclater’s measurements are materially different from those given
by Gould, as the following will show. For convenience of comparison,
the fractions of the latter are changed from duodecimals to decimals:

Measurements of Pyrocephalus dubius.

age vty, el eras | Exposed | iste eG
| Authority. | Wing.| Tail | Sainenee ‘Tarsus. Specimen.
| |
Es ; Lae |- re aear| $26 ee =
Goulds sees5---eee-eee ene 2. 26 1 iy || © ee Sees | O60 ATi peer Soke
Salatarseccece a he eos tee | 9.15 1. 60 | (0. 40 0,60 | 5 Type of P. dubius, Gould.
Smallest female from Chat- 2. 20 SO 0. 45 0.62 || No. 125989, U.S. N. M.
ham Island. | be

DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW BIRDS FROM ALDABRA,
ASSUMPTION, AND GLORIOSA ISLANDS, COLLECTED
iB Dh, Wt: ABBOTT.

By ROBERT RIDGWAY,
Curator of the Department of Birds.

In the last volume of these Proceedings* descriptions were published
of seven new species of birdst collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott on the
above-mentioned islands, an eighth new formy having been later char-
acterized in The Auk.§ Other species in Dr. Abbott’s collection were
identified with forms already described, though some of them were
doubtfully determined, no specimens of the birds they were supposed
to represent being available for comparison. Duplicates of some of
these were sent to Prof. Alfred Newton, who has made a special study
of the birds of the Madagascar subregion. Prof. Newton has kindly
informed me that they are in reality new forms, and has most generously
sent me specimens of the species to which I had referred them in order
that I might see wherein they were different. Iam thus under the
necessity of describing six more new birds which have been brought
to light by Dr. Abbott’s careful explorations.

A more elaborate paper on the avian fauna of these interesting islands,
together with the Seychelles, Amirantes, ete., based primarily on Dr.
Abbott’s collection, but including also the results of the work of previ-
ous collectors, is nearly completed and will in due time be published.

1. ZOSTEROPS ALDABRENSIS, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to Z. palpebrosa (Temminck), but
supraloral region (sides of forehead) distinctly orange-yellowish, under
parts with yellow of chest extending farther backward and tinging the
median line of the belly; chest and sides less tinged with gray (some
specimens having instead a faint brownish wash), and under tail-coverts

*Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvi, pp. 597-600, No. 953, published August 16, 1893.
tIxocincla madagascariensis rostrata, Buchanga aldabrana, Foudia aldabrana, Rou-
getius aldabranus, Ibis abbotti, Sula abbotti, and Turtur saturatus.
tRougetius abbotti.
§ The Auk, January, 1894, p. 74.
Proceedings of the U.S, National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 1008.

372 NEW BIRDS FROM ALDABRA ISLAND—RIDGWAY. VOL. XVII.

very different in color from chest (vary ying from maize- to chrome: Ae
the throat being canary-yellow).

Habitat.—Aldabra Island. (Type, No. 128702, U.S.N.M., ¢ ad.,
Aldabra Island, October 3, 1892; Dr. W. L. Abbott.)

Measurements of type-—Length (before skinning), 4.25; wing, 2.12;
tail, 1.62; exposed culmen, 0.35; tarsus, 0.70; middle toe, 0.37. ‘Upper
mandible, black; lower, leaden; feet, leaden; irides, light brown.”
(ABBorT, MSS.)

2. ZOSTEROPS MADAGASCARIENSIS GLORIOSA, new subspecies

Characters of subspecies—Very similar to true Z. madagascariensis
(Gmelin), but larger (?), upper parts less vivid olive-green, and under
tail-coverts brighter yellow.

Habitat.—Gloriosa Island. (Type, No. 128706, U.S.N.M., ? ad.,
Gloriosa Island, January 25, 1893; Dr. W. L. Abbott.)

Measurements of pepe enath (before skinning), 4.50; wing, 2.17;
tail, 1.42; exposed culmen, 0.40; tarsus, 0.65; middle toe, 0.38. “ Bill,
black; base of lower mandible, leaden; irides, pale brown; feet, leaden.”
(ABBoTT, MSS.)

‘Having only one specimen of true 4. madagascariensis for compari-
son, I am not quite satisfied of the propriety of separating the Glori-
osa eid: which I do more in deference to Prof. Newton’s views than
to my own convictions.

3. CINNYRIS ALDABRENSIS, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to C. sowimanga (Gmelin), but pectoral
band much broader and bright maroon-bay instead of chestnut; sooty
breast-patch much more extensive, reaching, medially, to middle of
belly; sides and flanks light yellowish gray, and lower belly very pale
sulphur-yellow (whole belly canary-yellow in C. sowimanga). Female
much grayer above and darker below, anteriorly, than that of C. soui-
manga.

Habitat—Aldabra Island. (Type, No. 128673, U.S.N.M., ¢ ad.,
Aldabra Island, October 1, 1892; Dr. W. L. Abbott.)

Measurements of type-—Length (before skinning), 4.36; wing, 2.10;
tail, 1.50; exposed culmen, 0.70; tarsus, 0.65; middle toe, 0.40, ‘Bill
and feet black.” (ABBoTT, MSS.)

4, CINNYRIS ABBOTTI, new species.

Specifie characters.—Similar to C. aldabrensis, but with under parts
posterior tomaroon-bay pectoral band alinost entirely sooty black, with
flanks more or less extensively light yellowish gray; upper tail-coverts
glossy violet-black, tipped with metallic greenish blue. Female simi-
lar to that of C. aldabrensis.

Habitat.—Assumption Island. (Type, No. 128680, U.S.N.M., 6 ad.,
Assumption Island, September 18, 1892; Dr. W. L. Abbott.)

BW is)
tail, 1.62;

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Measurements of type.—Length (skin), 3.90; wing, 2.22;
exposed culmen, 0.70; tarsus, 0.67; middle Oy 0.40.

5. CENTROPUS INSULARIS, new species.

Specific characters.—Quite identical in nuptial plumage with C. toulow
(Miiller); in other plumages, however, very much paler, the posterior
under parts barred with pale brownish buff and dusky, in nearly equal
“quantity (uniform greenish dusky in corresponding plumage of C.
toulou. )

Habitat.—Aldabra and Assumption islands. (Type, No, 128715, U.
S.N.M., 2 ad., Aldabra, October, 1892. “Upper mandible, horny brown;
lower pale horny; irides, red; feet, bluish black.” (ABBortT, Mss.)

Measurements vary so, both in this form and in C. towlow, that I have
been unable to derive any satisfactory character from them. The pres-
ent bird appears, however, to have almost invariably smaller feet than
C. toulou, as the following measurements show:

Measurements of Centropus toulou.

-| Assumption -
|

6. CAPRIMULGUS ALDABRENSIS, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to C. madagascariensis, Grandidier, but
averaging larger; scapulars marked with grayish white instead of buff;
foreneck without collar of buffy spots, and white of tail more extensive
(that on lateral feathers extending 1.70 inches from tip in adult male).

Habitat.—Aldabra Island. (Type No. 128668, U.S.N.M., ¢ ad.,
Aldabra Island, September 29, 1892, Dr. W. L. Abbott.)

Measurements of type.—Length (before skinning), 9.25; wing, 6.2
tail, 4.35; middle toe, 0.65.

A REVISION OF THE FISHES OF THE SUBFAMILY SEBAS-
TINA OF THE PACIFIC COAST OF AMERICA.*

By Caru H. EIGENMANN and CHARLES H. BEESON.

THE primary object of the present paper is to present analytical
keys, synonymy, and bibliography of the viviparous genera of Pacific
Sebastine. For the sake of convenience the oviparous genera of
Sebastinz have also been added. The Scorpzenidie fall naturally into
two groups or subfamilies: the tropical Secorpzninie with twenty-four
vertebree, of which Scorpzena is found in all tropical seas; and the
much more numerous Sebastine inhabiting both of the temperate and
both of the colder zones, and which invariably have an increased nuin-
ber of vertebree. While this subfamily has a wide distribution, the
number of species found 1 the north temperate regions of the Pacific
Ocean is much larger than that of all other regions combined.

The Scorpenine in the region covered by this paper are all shore
fishes in the most restricted sense of the word. The Sebastinze, on the
other hand, are rarely found in less than 100 feet of water, except
while young, and much more frequently are found in a depth of 600
feet. Some of the species live in more than twice this depth. The
horizontal as well as vertical distribution of any given species is usually
quite limited; but a single species, Sebastosomus ruber, seems to range
from San Diego to Alaska, and only one species, Sebastolobus macrochir,
a deep sea form, is found off the coasts of both Japan and the United
States. The widest range is that of Sebastomus capensis, found in
Chilean and Cape seas. The following notes by Prof. EKigenmann on
the habitat of the San Diego species describe their vertical range :t

The members of this family ~*~ * * seem to live at definite depths, and on bot-
tom peculiar to each species or group of species. This does not imply that their
distribution is narrowly limited, but that a given species may or may not be found at

peculiar interpretation of the importance of certain structural characters. The
arrangement and nomenclature proposed will not be, at present at least, followed in
the National Museum.—EDITor.
tProc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2nd ser., 11, 1890, 11 p.
Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, Vol. XVII-—No. 1009.

376 REVISION OF SEBASTINEI—EIGENMANN AND BEESON. vot. xyu.

given depth are fitted for it or not. To this cause is to be attributed, in part, the
fact that so many northern forms have but lately been added to the fauna of San
Diego, and that a given species may be caught for several days in succession, and
then not appear again for some time. As the different rock-cod boats have found

new conditions, even within a few hundred yards of their usual fishing grounds,

they invariably have brought novelties. Thus on one day, S. proriger [= macdonald],
rufus, eos and melanostomus * * * were all brought by one boat which had acci-
dentally found new conditions. [All were new to science.] * * * SS. ruber and
levis are frequently associated, while rubrivinctus, clongatus, chlorostictus, constellatus,
rosaceus, vexillaris, chrysomelas and serriceps form another group.

The Sebastinz are seemingly as abundant on the coast of Japan as
they are on the coast of the United States. Few species extend
further south than the boundary of the United States and they are
entirely absent from Mexico and other tropical coasts, but reappear
ou the coast of Chile in Sebastomus oculatus, which is synonymous
with S. capensis of the Cape seas.

We have examined most of the American species, but none of the
Japanese forms. We are fully aware of the hazardous nature of
attempting a generic subdivision of a large number of species when a
good percentage of the whole number is not available for study, and
especially when the absent members practically all belong to a partic-
ular region; but an examination of the skeletons of a large number of
species warrants us, in the absence of other evidences to considerably
increase the number of genera heretofore admitted. The condition of
the parietals has been taken as the primary character for generic
division and the constant presence or absence of certain cranial spines,
associated with a number of minor characters, have been drawn upon
to furnish definitions for the genera heretofore united under the names
Sebastodes, Sebastomus, Sebastosomus, and Sebastichthys.

The cranial spines used in generic definitions are located as follows:
(1) The preocular is the continuation of the upper posterior angle of
the prefrontal into a spine. It is usually present. (2) The supraocu-
lar, (3) the postocular, and (4) the tympanic are always near the outer
border of the frontal. The last of this series of spines always over-
arches a mucous pore and is present and homologous throughout the
_group. The postocular, on the other hand, is absent in several genera.
(5) The coronals are also on the frontals, but nearer their middle and
directly in front of the parietal ridges. They are developed in but few
species. There seems to have been a confusion of this name in the
Scorpeninze and the spine called coronal in Scorpena does not seem
homologous with the spinecalled coronal in Auctospina, which has just
been described.- (6) The parietals (occipital of Jordan and Gilbert), as
their name implies, are on the parietal bones and form the spineat the
end of the ridge running near the middle of these bones. (7) The
nuchals are much less constant and their taxonomie value consequently
much less than that of the other spines. They are formed by the
transverse division of the parietal ridges.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 377

This revision is based:

(1) On a collection made by Prof. Eigenmann during a three years’
stay in California. Many of the species were here examined in large
numbers as they were brought to the markets. Collections were made
at San Diego, Cortes Bank, Monterey, and San Francisco. A nearly
complete series of these were presented to the National Museum.

(2) On many of the specimens collected by Jordan and Gilbert,
which now belong to the National Museum and to the Indiana Uni-
versity.

(3) A series of skulls and skeletons belonging to Mrs. Eigenmann’s
collection formed the basis for the classification into genera.

We are indebted to Dr. G. Brown Goode for the use of species
belonging to the National Museum and not otherwise accessible to us.

To Messrs. Gilbert and Test we are indebted for examinations of
otherwise inaccessible specimens, and to Messrs. Gill and Jordan for
suggestions and criticisms.

HISTORICAL NOTE ON THE VIVIPAROUS GENERA.

The species of Sebastodes, Sebastichthys, etc., were originally included
in the long known genus Sebastes. Dy, Gill first distinguished between
genera in the following historical sequence:

1. Sebastodes, GILL, Proc. Phila. Acad. Sei., 1861, p. 165 (Sebastes paucispinis, AYRUS).

2. Sebastichthys, GILL, l. c. 1862, pp. 278, 329 (S. nigrocinctus, AYRES, type; -S. nebulosus,
AYRES, S. auriculatus, GIRARD, S. ocellatus, CUVIER, S. helvomaculatus, AYRES, S.
melanops, GIRARD, and S, rosaceus, AYRES.

3. Sebastosomus, GILL, 1. c. 1864, pp. 59, 147 (S. melanops, GIRARD), to include also
Sebastosomus pinniger, GILL.

4, Sebastomus, GILL, 1. c. 1864, pp. 59, 147 (S. rosaceus, GIRARD).

In the last paper quoted, Dr. Gill says:

In conclusion, the genus Sebastichthys includes at least three genera. The Sebas-
tichthys nigrocinctus is somewhat related to Scorpena, and is distinguished by ele-
vated, serrated coronal [parietal] crests. Other California species represented by
the Sebastes melanops, seen by me, differ so much that they may be separated and
combined for the present under a genus Sebastosomus, of which the Sebastes melanops
of Ayres may be taken as the type. Still others, distinguished by the texture of
the bones of the skull, armed orbital ridges, prefrontals, etc., and represented by
Sebastes rosaceus, Girard, may be named Sebastomus.

In 1880 Jordan and Gilbert* retained Sebastodes as a distinct genus,
but united all the other known species under the name Sebastichthys,
retaining Sebastosomus as a subgenus.

These genera, Sebastodes, Sebastichthys, Sebastosomus, Sebastomus,
were again united by Jordan and Gilbert? in 1882, under the generic
name Sebastodes, with the remark, ‘‘the species differ greatly in form
of armature, but the genera based. on these differences intergrade too
closely to be worthy of retention.”

*Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 111, 1880, p. 287 (1881).
tBull. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvi, 1883.

378 REVISION OF SEBASTINU—EIGENMANN AND BEESON. vot. xvii.

In 1885 Dr. Jordan* again separated the genus Sebastodes from the
other species which remained united under the name Sebastichthys.

More recently Kigenmann,t after describing S. goodei, remarked ‘the
genus Sebastodes will either have to be merged with Sebastichthys or
the latter divided into other genera.” The material for this further
division was not at hand at the time and Sebastodes was adopted as
defined by Jordan and Gilbert. The present examination of skulls has
shown that the intergradation of the armature of the head noticed by
them is of secondary importance only, and largely due to their arrange-
ment of the species to emphasize this intergradation in armature, and
that, as soon as the large number of species are separated on the more
essential relation of the parietals to the supraoccipital, the intergrada-
tions largely vanish, and the groups originally defined by Gill come to
the foreground as valid genera, with the addition of several other
genera. An outline of the classification, here more fully treated, was
published by us in the American Naturalist for July, 1893.

The interrelation of the various genera is complex. Our conception
of it may be illustrated by the following diagram, the genera with
united parietals being marked with an asterisk.

Auctospina.
Sebastichthys* Pteropodus Sebastomus
Sebastodes
autome * | ;
Acutomentum | Sebastosomus*
sae | 3
— Primospina*

The last general account of these forms to appear was that of Jordan
and Gilbert in the Synopsis of the Fishes of North America. At
that time only about 30 species were known. Since then about 20
species have been described. This large increase in the number of
known species, and the observed incongruity of grouping were the
chief agents leading to the present revision, which we hope to be a
step in the right direction. The synonymy is all simple, and the species
have been for the most part well described. We have therefore omit-
ted any further discussion of the former and confined the descriptions
to the keys.

*Cat. Fish. N. Am., 1885; Rept. U.S. Comr. of Fish and Fisheries, 1884 (1885).
tProc. Cal. Acad. Sei., 2nd ser., 111., p. 12, 1890.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 379

ANALYSIS OF THE PACIFIC COAST GENERA OF SEBASTIN.E,

a. tae DY Oe WHOIS 3-4 3258 04.60 Bsctibepa aue. dase coc peer eneacoeese (SEBASTIN 2).
. Dorsal spines 14-16; the lower Phan rays thickened, unbranched, and pro-
duced; ventrals directly uuder pectorals. Suborbital stay
StLOno, Spiniterous =~ -.2:..---- --.. ----SEBASTOLOBUS, I.
bb. Dorsal spines 13; vertebree 27.

Palatines with teeth. Lower pectoral rays unbranched, their tips projecting.
d. Parietals meeting above the supraoccipital,* except sometimes in Primo-

spind.

e. Jaws equal; head narrow above; high and prominent cranial keels end-
inginspines. Preocular, supraocular, tympanic, and parie-
tal present. Gill-rakers usually short, spatulate or clavate,
their broadened tips spiniferous. Scales usually very
strongly ctenoid; accessory scales numerous; suborbital
stay directed obliquely downward and backward; second
anal spine much heavier than and at least as long as third.
Body short and deep, back arched, mouth very large but

rather narrow, head heavy. Inter- and sub-opercle without
spine. Branchiostegals and lower jaw naked. Three or
four large pores along each ramus of the lower jaw. Species
asualliyswibh Cross PANGS =22y == so sce == SEBASTICHTHYS, II.
ee. Lower jaw much projecting; head broad, skull usually convex; cranial
ridges when present usually low. Gill-rakers very long and
slender; scales usually smooth, few if any accessory scales.
Branchiostegals and lower jaw scaled. Pores of lower jaw

concealed except in some species of Acutomentum.

f. Preocular spines well developed. Peritoneum black.

g. Postocular spine present. Supraocular, tympanic and occipital spines
well developed. Second anal spine stronger and usually
longer than the third. Symphyseal knob strong, projecting
forward. Dorsal low. Lower pectoral rays normal, not
thickened. No spines on inter- and sub-opercles. (Mandi-
ble and maxillary scaled)......-------- ACUTOMENTUM, III.

gg. Postocular spines not developed. Supraocular and tympanic some-
times present, always concealed by the skin. Occipitals
ending in spines or not. Interorbital wide, convex. Lower
pectoral rays thickened, their tips projecting beyond the
membrane. Bones of the skull striate and pitted. Mouth
small, narrow. Spines on inter- and sub-opercle sometimes
present. Peritoneum black — 22-222. -2-. =. Primospina, LY.

ff. Preocular without spine; skull smooth, witheut spines. Lower pec-
toralraysnormal. No spines on inter- or sub-opercle. Per-
LiboneuM UsWalllys whites = S22 .-522ss-72-5< SEBASTOSOMUS, V.

dd. Parietals separated by the supra occipital.t
Cranium with parietal ridges only. Lower jaw much projecting,
entering the profile; a prominent symphyseal knob directed
3 forward. Head broad, convex. Interorbital convex, nearly
smooth. Lower pectoral rays normal; no spines on inter-
and sub-opercles. Exposed branchiostegals, maxillary and
mandibles densely sealed. Pores of lower jaw concealed
by the se ales See ee eee re Bola SEBASTODEsS, VI.

* See Se bastomus « wreus sand. elongatus.
{Except in wreus and sometimes in elongatus.

380 REVISION OF SEBASTIN—EIGENMANN AND BEESON. vou. xvn.

hh. Cranium with many ridges all ending in spines. Branchiostegals
(except in 4. aurora, S. proriger, and S. rufus) and usually
the lower jaw naked. Pores of lower jaw, except in Aucto-
spina, very large, conspicuous, slit-like.

i. Postocular and tympanic spines both present. Lower pectoral
rays thickened (except in Sebastomus rufus). Interopercle
and subopercle usually with spines.

j. Coronal spines, nuchal spines; a spine below, another in front
OT@yie tier, sae Genus. (?) (single species MATZUBARZ), VII.
jj. Coronal spines not developed - -------- ---- SEeBASsTOMUS, VIII.

ii. Postocular spine not developed; interopercle and subopercle
each with a spine at their approximated corners,

k. Coronal spines not developed; lower pectoral rays usually
thickened; interorbital usually with a groove in its middle.
The large pores (4) along each ramus of the lower jaw open.
Maxillary, mandible, and branchiostegals usually naked or
with minute embedded scales...-..------ PrERopopuS, IX.

kk. Coronal spines developed; interorbital with amedian ridge;

gill-rakers long; lower pectoral rays normal, not thickened

and fleshy. Pores of lower jaw (in auriculatus) entirely

closed by a thin membrane-...-..-.--..----. AUCTOSPINA, X.

ce. Palatines without teeth. Preocular, supraocular, postocular, tympanic,
parietal, nuchal, and coronal spines developed. Suborbital

stay with a sharp spiniferous ridge. ...--. SEBASTOPSIS, XI.

I. Genus SEBASTOLOBUS, Gill.
Sebastolobus, GILL, Rep. Smithsonian Institution, 1880 (macrochir).
Typr.—Sebastes macrochir, GUNTHER.

This genus is known from two species found in deep water. It is
characterized by the position of its ventrals and by the peculiar shape
of its pectorals. The upper rays are the longer and the lower five are
thickened and prolonged beyond the membranes much as in many
species of Pteropodus, Sebastichthys, and other genera.

ANALYSIS OF THE SPECIES OF SEBASTOLOBUS.

a. Second anal spine one-seventh of the length; highest dorsal spine, 24 in the
head; eye 14 times as long as snout; a large black spot on the posterior half
of the spinous dorsal, and another between the anal spines. D. XV, 6-9; A.
TW. Aaah sy Gad) (Grim er tee eer eee tease MACROCHIR, 1.
aa. Second anal spine one-fifth of the length; highest dorsal spine three in head; eye
twice as long as snout; a dark blotch on membranes between first and third
dorsal spines, and one from sixth to eleventh spine (Bean) -- .--- ALASCANUS, 2.

1. SEBASTOLOBUS MACROCHIR (Giinther).

Sebastes macrochir, GUNTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xx, 434 (Japan); id.,
Challenger shore fishes, p. 65, pl. xxvii, 1880 (Inland Sea of Japan, off Inosima,
345 fathoms). This species, first described from Japan, has been found to
be quite abundant off the coast of the United States.

2. SEBASTOLOBUS ALASCANUS, Bean.

Sebastolobus alascanus, BEAN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xu, 1890, p. 44 (1891). (Off
Trinity Island, West Long. 154°, North Lat. 56°, at a depth of 159 fathoms.)
It is probable that this is only the young of macrochir.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 381

Il. Genus SEBASTICHTHYS, Gill.

Sebastichthys, GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1862, p. 278 (nigrocinetus).

Sebastichthys, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc, U. 8. Nat. Mus. 111., 1880, p. 287 (sp.)
(1881).

Typr.—Sebastes nigrocinctus, AYRES.

When originally defining it Dr. Gill included in this genus the types
which he afterwards* separated under other generic names. <As here
understood it comprises three species which are well separated from all
other related genera by the prominent characters set forth in the key.
The parietals in all three species cover all but a small posterior part
of the supraoccipital. A fourth species which I have not seen (diploproa)
seems to form an aberrant member of the genus.

ANALYSIS OF THE SPECIES OF SEBASTICHTHYS.
a, Gill-rakers short spatulate or clavate, their broadened tips spiniferous. Lower
pectoral rays thickened and fleshy. Sides with cross bands.

b. Cranial ridges very rough, spinous; frontals with high crests between the eyes

which sometimes end in coronal spines. Orange red, with 5 jet black ver-

‘ee ah cette ig AL Rr AR ES. UL) Tt 5 ene eer sare NIGROCINCTUS, 1.

bb. Cranial ridges smooth; frontals without crests.

ce. Scales of head ctenoid; cranial ridges very high, their spines isolated, high

and heavy. Nuchal spines distinct from parietal spines. Dark olive, with

about 7 oblique black cross bands. A. III, 5; D. XIII, 13....seRRIcEps, 2. |

ec. Seales of head cycloid; cranial ridges very low and long, the spines slender,

acute. No nuchal spines. Pink or rose red with brilliant crimson cross

DRTC Sensi eens ae dees OE chet se ey are ga) Li eau aot LPN ie RUBRIVINCTUS, 3.

aa. Gill-rakers long, slender, the longest half length of eye. Lower pectoral rays
not enlarged.

d. Premaxillaries produced on each side of median line, forming two forwardly-pro-
jecting dentigerous lobes in the deep emargination, between which fits the
tip of the mandible. Preorbital one-third pupil, with two strong diverging
spines. Eye larger, 3-34 in head; interorbital, 1% in orbit, slightly coneave.
Longest dorsal spine, 2} in head, Second anal spine longer and stronger than
third, 2}-3 in head. Seales large, minutely spinous, and readily deciduous,
very small and cycloid on maxillary, mandible, and breast. Fin membranes
thick and sealed. Uniform rose-red above, bright silvery below, sparsely
black-punctate. Peritoneum jet black. Spinous dorsal with dusky margins,
the fins otherwise unmarked. Depth, 23; head, 24. D. XIII, 12 or 13; A. IU,
emu eS eretey (GL GIst) «1 02 ot Se ae par ee Ps atte Sool adhe Sh Ao = DIPLOPROA, 4.

1. SEBASTICHTHYS NIGROCINCTUS (Ayres).

Sebastes nigrocinctus, AYRES, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 11, 1859, pp. 25, 217, fig. 54.

Sebastichthys nigrocinctus, GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, pp. 278, 329.—
JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 111, 1880, p. 455 (1881) (Puget
Sound, Monterey Bay).—JorDAN and Jouy, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 1881, p-
7, IV (1882) (Monterey and Puget Sound).—JorpAaNn and GILBERT, I. Greps
59.—BEAN, I. ¢., p. 264 (Puget Sound, Vancouver Island); Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus. VI, 1883, p. 360, (1884), (Near St. Mary Island, Alaska).— JORDAN, Cat.
Fish. N. Am., 1885, p. 108 (California).

Sebastodes nigrocinctus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 677, 1883,
(San Francisco to Vancouver Island),—E1G@ENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann.
N. Y. Acad. Sei., 1892, p. 355 (Monterey, San Francisco. Puget Sound).

Haprrat.—Monterey to Alaska. Rare.

“Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1863, p. 147,

382 REVISION OF SEBASTINE—EIGENMANN AND BEESON. vou. xyn.

The spines of the cranium in this species are as high as those in
serriceps. To those of serriceps are added median frontal ridges.
With age the spines, as well as the frontal ridges, become broken into
a large number of tubercles or spines so that the individuals of the
primary spines can hardly be separated from each other. The frontal
ridges in this way sometimes give rise to a tubercle corresponding in
position to the coronal spines of Auctospina. The mucous canal
system is very highly developed in this species. The specimens exam-
ined are from San Francisco and Monterey.

2. SEBASTICHTHYS SERRICEPS, Jordan and Gilbert.

Sebastichthys serriceps, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 111, 1880, p.
38 (1881) (Santa Catalina; Santa Barbara); op. cit., p. 455 (San Francisco,
Monterey, Santa Barbara, San Pedro, San Diego).—JORDAN and Jouy,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1v, 1881, p. 7, (1882).—JoRDAN and GILBERT, I. c., p.
59 (San Diego to San Francisco).—JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 108, 1885
(name).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Notes, San Diego Biol. Lab. 1, p. 7,
1889 (San Diego).

Sebastodes serriceps, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 676, 1883 (San
Francisco to Cerros Island).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus. xv., 1892, p. 168 (1893), San Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, 355
(San Diego, Cortes Bank, San Pedro, Santa Barbara, Monterey, San Fran-
cisco).

HaBiTat.—San Diego to San Francisco.

This is one of the smaller species and is abundant in shallow water.
On the Cortes Bank I have taken it in 15 fathoms.

3. SEBASTICHTHYS RUBRIVINCTUS, Jordan and Gilbert.

Sebastichthys rubrivinctus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U. 8, Nat. Mus., m1, 1880,
p- 146 (1881), (Monterey) ; op. cié., p. 291 (Santa Barbara, Monterey, San Fran-
cisco); op. cit., p.455-—JORDAN and Jouy, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Iv, 1881, p.7
(1882), (Monterey)—JoRDAN and GILBERT, 1. ¢., p. 57—KEIGENMANN and
EIGENMANN, Notes San Diego Biol. Lab., 1, p. 7, and u, p. 1, 1889 (San
Diego).

Sebastodes rubrivinctus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 670, 1883
(Santa Barbara to Monterey)—JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 108, 1885
(name)—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1892, p. 167
(San Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 355 (San Diego, Cortes Bank,
Santa Barbara, Monterey).

HABITAT.—San Diego to Monterey.

This species is only occasionally taken. The specimens examined
are from San Francisco, San Diego, and Cortes Bank.

4, SEBASTICHTHYS DIPLOPROA, Gilbert.

Sebastichthys diploproa, GILBERT, Proce. U. 8. Nat. Mus., xu, 1890, p. 79 (1891),
(coast of California, south of Point Conception).

Sebastodes diploproa, FIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sei., 1892,
p. 355 (Santa Barbara).

HaBirar.—Coast of California, south of Point Conception,

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 383

This species has not been seen by us, and we place it in this genus
with some hesitation. Dr. Gilbert informs us that the parietals are
united.

III. Genus ACUTOMENTUM, Eigenmann and Beeson,

Acutomentum, EIGENMANN and BrEson, Amer, Nat., July, 1893 (ovalis).
Typr.—Sebastodes ovalis, AYRES.

This genus is composed of about four species. While these agree
with each other in the technical characters distinguishing the genus,
they show considerable variation in other characters. A. melanostomus
approaches Sebastichthys in shape of head and body. A. ovalis, on the
other hand, is a compressed fish with narrow head. In this last spe-
cies the sharp chin from which the genus derives its name is most
conspicuous.

ANALYSIS OF THE SPECIES OF ACUTOMENTUM.

a. Nuchal spines; skull wide, concave between the large postocular spines. Lin-
ing of mouth and of gill-cavity black. Short and deep; head heavy; mouth
large; lower jaw projecting, maxillary reaching to below posterior border of
pupil. Eye equal to snout, 5? in head. Interorbital 43 in head, preorbital 3
in orbit, with an anterior simple and a posterior many pointed spine. Maxil-
lary, mandible, preorbital, and snout scaly. Scales of opercle rather large;
scales of the sides very large; accessory scales few. Gill rakers 34 in orbit.
Dorsal spines very low, about 4 in head; anal spines graduated. Scarlet,
shading into madder brown or blackish red above the lateral line. Fins ver-
milion, the first dorsal, with its membranes, narrowly black edged. All other
fins more or less black on distal half, the caudal most so. Head vermilion,
tinged with black. Head 3} in the total length; D. XIII, 13; A. III, 7;
Weegigb a Wee 22} oa NA a aN el oe a Spe MELANOSTOMUM, 1.

aa. Nuchalspines or none; gill cavity dusky. Elongate. General appearance of Sebas-
tomus proriger. Head -pointed, lower jaw projecting, maxillary reaching to
below posterior margin of eye, 2 in head. Interorbitalslightly convex, with-
out ridges. Cranial ridges low, obscure, but all terminating in sharp spines;
pre- supra- and postocular, tympanie and occipital spines present. Eyesmall;
orbit 12 in snout, 423 in head, 14 in interorbital. Preorbital ? of an orbital
diameter, with 3 retrorse spines below, the posterior the smallest; a retrorse
spine just below the orbit. Opercular spines simple and strong. Mandible,
maxillaries, suborbitals, and entire snout sealed. Scales of the head small and
strongly ctenoid, those of the body larger. Outlines of spinons dorsal regu-
larly arched, the 4th and 5th spines highest, 3 in the head; highest articulate
ray 32 in the head. Anal spines graduated, the second being stronger but
considerably shorter than the third, which is 54 in the head; highest ray 3 in
the head. Pectorals extending somewhat beyond the ventrals. Peritoneum
black. Top of head and back chiefly black, lateral line vermilion; a blackish
bana just below the lateral line becoming much wider forward and extending
on the sides below the fifth dorsal spine. <A large opercular spot, a broad
band downward and backward from eye, a narrow one across cheeks below
the eye, lips and tip of lower jaw chiefly black; the rest of the head and sides
chiefly vermilion, Anal and ventrals vermilion; pectorals and candal black-
ish; dorsals nearly black. Axils dusky. Head 3in the total length; depth
ENE" AD) DG) UN sa Bs) Set NR DUP ce och a at a ea eee ers aa MACDONALDI, 2.

aaa. No nuchalspine; skull convex between the postocular spines. Lining of mouth
and of gill-cavity pale. Cranial ridges low. Dorsals low. :

384 REVISION OF SEBASTINE—EIGENMANN AND BEESON, vou. xvu.

Lower spines of preopercle short and flat, the second not reaching base of third.
Highest dorsal spine 2} in head. Oval, deep, compressed. Lower jaw with
an acute, antrorse symphyseal knob. Preorbital narrow, with a sharp retrorse
spine. Gill rakers long, 1} in orbit. Eye little longer than snout. Second
anal spine Jonger and stronger than third, 2$in head. Maxillary and man-
dible scaly. Peritoneum black. Head olivaceus, strongly tinged with creamy
red, especially below; membrane of both dorsals covered with many small,
round, black spots; similar spots usually on the body. Head 3; depth 22; D.
MII, .14; A. TELS; twhes 10s ee ee eee ee eo ee OVALIS, 3.

bb. Lower spines of preopercle large, the second reaching beyond base of third.

ale

Second anal spine enlarged, much stronger and longer than third, 24in head;
highest dorsal spine 2? in head. Caudal peduncle 4+ the depth; maxillary
extending to middle of pupil, 24 in head; interorbital space flat, 14 in orbit.
Eye 3} in head. Preorbital very narrow, lobate, but without spines. Seales
small, rough; those above lateral line much smaller than others and irregu-
larly disposed; those on breast, snout, maxillary, and mandible smooth. Gill
rakers 2 in orbit. Dusky above, with faint traces of darker blotches along
back. <A dark bloteh on opercle, one on subopercle, and one on upper half of
axil. Topof head, including membrane of premaxillary, dusky. Spinous dorsal
with a dark marginal band; other fins, except pectorals, margined with
black. Peritoneum black. Head 33; depth 3}; D. XIII, 15; A. III, 8; tubes
50) [Gilbert] -2- =~ 222 -\cee coea oie i nae ew ALUTUM, 4.

ACUTOMENTUM MELANOSTOMUM, Ei enmann and Bi genmann.

Sebastodes melanostomus, EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. Cal., Acad. Sci. 2d
Ser., 11, p. 17, 1890 (San Diego); id. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., xv, 1892, p. 164,
(1893), (San Diego); id. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 1892, p. 355.

Sebastichthys introniger, GILBERT, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., x11, 1890, p. 81 (1891)
(coast of California south of Point Conception).

Sebastodes introniger, EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892,
Wood.

HapiraT.—Coast of California south of Point Conception.

2, ACUTOMENTUM MACDONALDI, Eigenmann and Beeson,

Sebastodes proriger, EIGENMANN and EIrGENMANN, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d
Ser. ur, p. 15 (San Diego), not S. proriger, JORDAN and GILBERT.

Acutomentum macdonaldi, EIGENMANN and Beeson, Amer. Nat., July, 1893 (San
Diego).

HaBitTaT.—Off San Diego in 100 fathoms.

This species is known from a single specimenin the National Museum.
In general appearance it resembles S. proriger, with which it was for a
time confounded. The original description is reproduced in the key.

3. ACUTOMENTUM OVALIS (Ayres).

Sebastodes ovalis, AYRES, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1862, p. 212, fig. 65—JORDAN and
GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 660 (coast of California)—EIGENMANN
and E1GENMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xv, 1892, p. 163 (1893), (San Diego) ;
id., Ann, N. Y. Acad. Scei., 1892, p. 355 (San Diego, Cortes Bank, Santa Bar-
bara, Monterey).

Sebastichthys ovalis, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc, U. S. Nat. Mus., tr, 1880, p. 143
(Monterey Bay); p. 455 (Monterey Bay, Santa Barbara)—JORDAN and Jouy,

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 385

l.c., p. 56; JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N.Am., p. 107, 1885—KE1GENMANN and EIGEN-
MANN, Notes Sen Diego Biol. Lab., 1, p. 7, and 11, p. 1, 1889 (San Diego),
HabsiratT.—San Diego to Monterey.

4. ACUTOMENTUM ALUTUM, Gilbert.

Sebastichthys alutum, GILBERT, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x11, 1890, p. 76 (1891)
(coast of California south of Point Conception).

Sebastodes alutum, EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892,
p. 304.

HabBriratr.—Coast of Southern California.

This species seems to resemble S. rufus. If the parietals are separate
it must be transferred to Sebastomus. The species is known from the
types only.

IV. Genus PRIMOSPINA, Eigenmann and Beeson.
Primospina, EIGENMANN and Berson, Amer. Nat., July, 1893 Gnystinus).
Typr.—Sebastichthys mystinus, JORDAN and GILBERT.

This genus is composed of only two variable species. The skull is
thick, and there is greater variation in the presence or absence of spines
in different individuals of the same species, than in any other genus.
Preocular spines are always developed, but supraocular and tympanic
spine are present in some individuals and not in others. The parietal
ridges end in spines in one species but notin the other. From this
genus as a center have been developed in one direction the genera
Sebastosomus, Sebastodes, and Sebastomus. In another direction Ptero-
podus, Auctospina, and still in another Acutomentum and Sebastichthys
have become differentiated.

ANALYSIS OF THE SPECIES OF PRIMOSPINA.

a. Parietal ridges not terminating in spines. Oblong, depth 23; slaty black, paler

below the lateral line; sides more or less mottled --.-...---.---- MYSTINUS, 1.
aa. Parietal ridges ending in spines. Oblong elongate, depth 3}; dull olive green;
sides with obscure round, rusty spots ....--..----..----..----- ENTOMELAS, 2.

1. PRIMOSPINA MYSTINUS (Jordan and Gilbert).

Sebastes variabilis, AyrES, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1, p. 7, 1854 (San Francisco).
[not of Pallas. ]

Sebastodes melanops, AYRES, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 11, p. 216 (in part).

Sebastichthys melanops, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., U1, 1880, p.
287.—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Notes San Diego Biol. Lab., 1, p. 5, and
i, p. 1, 1889 (Cortes Bank, San Diego).

Sebastichthys mystinus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1, 1880, p.
455 (1881), (Puget Sound, San Francisco, Monterey, Santa Barbara, San
Pedro, San Diego).—JORDAN and Jovy, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Iv, 1881, p.
8 (1882), (Monterey, San Francisco).—JORDAN and GILBERT, I. ¢., p. 70.—
BEAN, l. c., p. 265 (Puget Sound).—Jorpan, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 107, 1885
(California).

Sebastodes mystinus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 659, 1883 (Puget
Sound to San Diego).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Pree. U. 8, Nat. Mus.,

Proe. N, M. 94 25

386 REVISION OF SEBASTINAI—EIGENMANN AND BEESON. vot. xvu.

XV, 1892, p. 163 (1893), (San Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 355
(San Diego, Cortes Bank, San Pedro, Santa Barbara, Monterey, San Fran-
cisco, Puget Sound).

Hapbirar.—San Diego to Puget Sound.

This species varies more than any other in its armature and in the
degree of convergence of the parietals, facts which lend weight to the
supposition that it is the central species about which the others are
grouped. The specimens examined are from San Francisco and show
the following variations:

Individual variations in Primospina mystinus.

N Catalogue Parienals: | Inter- and sub-opercular Postocular Tympanie
No. of specimen. | spines. spines. spines.
HOSS See see eee sae ne Separate. -- | Joa Soa eeces veuleask ober eee Gees ce cae eee Knob.
Tle cosaeecna- Joined...--- | Slight. --..-- Presentis: seach ae seseee Do.
AI IE Ss oe ene ane =22100 42 tcf leans esee ea. Slight. 2s22b|es5-coussoe soe Do.
TELS Meee Sea es \Seedoyy acne | Slishitsese. sence Fi (ogee 5a ie) (ES 3 nate | 1 spine.
TOS: se ancien ee ore (fee @Ole aot | Present :.-.. | Present: ---- Presents. ---2 Knobs.
VOQQR ee oe ceeeeE es Separate: 25.|- 2222-62-50 = beeesseec aos 1 present --.-. Do.
TOC pretest | Joined 22: | Rte gee ee Present. .--. } dokrieb: - to<'52a4 Knob.
OO e esas eS Peres ay pee eae | Present... ---|---- G0 ee |) Sead praca sana | 2 spines.
1G SAE aS Sane |"Separaten: s2)o) dO eeececlt te dO 322 27 2 short spines. 2 knobs.
|

2. PRIMOSPINA ENTOMELAS (Jordan and Gilbert).

Sebastichthys entomelas, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., m1, 1880, p.
142 (1881), (Monterey Bay); op. cit., p. 455 (San Francisco, Monterey Bay).—
JORDAN and Jovy, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., rv, 1881, p. 8, (1882), (Monterey ).—
JORDAN and GILBERT, l. c., p. 56.—JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 107, 1885.

Sebastodes entomelas, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 659, 1883
(Monterey).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann. N. Y. Acad. -Sci., 1892, p.
35 (Port Harford, Monterey, San Francisco).

HapiratT.—Port Harford to San Francisco, Cal.

This species is only provisionally placed here. We have not exam-
ined it, but Mr. F. C. Test informs us that the parietals are united, and
that the parietal ridges end in minute spines. In the last point this
species agrees with the genus Acutomentum, but the absence of postocu-
lar and the occasional absence of supraocular and tympanic spines
unite this variable species with the variable Primospina.

V. Genus SEBASTOSOMUS (Gill).

Sebastosomus, GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 147 (melanops).—EIGEN-
MANN and BEEson, Amer. Nat., July, 1893 (redefined).
Tyrr.—Sebastes melanops, Girard.
This genus differs from all others in the fact that no cranial spines
are developed.

ANALYSIS OF THE SPECIES OF SEBASTOsSOMUS.

a. Peritoneum white.
b. Snout acuminate, the lower jaw strongly projecting, entering the profile. Anal
truncate or subtruncate.
c. Eye large, lin snout, 1 in interorbital, 4 in head. Tips of nasal spines free.
Parietal ridges well developed. Highest dorsal spine 23-22 in head. Pala-

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 387

tine band of teeth of nearly uniform width. Olivaceous, yellowish on sides,
lighter below. Sides with rusty spots usually near the tips of scales. Base

of spinous dorsal sometimes spotted. Second dorsal, caudal, and anal bright
orange, margined with black. An orangestreak down and back from eye,

a broader one back from eye, a narrow one on maxillary. Pectorals and
ventrals orange or brassy, blackish tipped. Head 3; depth about 3; D. XIII,
Ae ep At ellie ur eeet seyaretatetrs ater cterna iaiit' a fa As 1s 22) cccioae esas oa = FLAVIDUS, 1.

ec. Eye smaller, 14 in snout, 14-1} in interorbital, 44 in head. Tips of nasal
spines concealed. Highest dorsal spine 24-3 in the head. Band of palatine
teeth usually much narrower at the middle than at the ends. Gray, darker
above, with a series of large light spots on the back. Fins colored like the
body, the second dorsal, the candal, and anal yellowish. Head 3; depth

Apa ore) CMM ele AG LL: Queens eae aetna os 1 SURRANOIDES; 2:

bb. Snout blunt, lower jaw scarcely projecting. Anal rounded. Eye slightly
more than 4 in the head. Highest dorsal spine 24-3 in head. Pectorals
rounded, not reaching tips of ventrals. Dark gray, with small darker spots.
Black spots on base of spinous dorsal. Head 3; depth 3-32; D. XIII, 133;

Apa wat peen pace olan Liseneiaijel ina eit soos ees eee shine Same ahae MELANOPS, 3.

aa. Peritoneum black. Mouth smaller than in melanops, the maxillary reaching to
below posterior margin of pupil; lower jaw somewhat projecting but with-
out prominent knob at the symphysis; preorbital narrow without spine;
lower jaw fully scaled; highest dorsal spine a little less than half head.
Gill rakers numerous, very long and slender, nearly as long as the eye.
Head 34; depth 34; D. XIII, 153; A. III, 83. Blackish green, the sides rather
pale, much mixed with darker; fins dusky, the upper mottled; dark shades
from eye backward. (Jordan and Gilbert)....-.....---...-..-. CILIATUS, 4.

1. SEBASTOSOMUS FLAVIDUS (Ayres).

Sebastodes flavidus, AYERS, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., p. 209, fig. 64, 1862.—LOCKING-
TON, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vil, p. 81, 1876 (San Francisco).—JORDAN and GIL-
BERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 657, 1882 (coast of California).—EIGENMANN and
EIGENMANN, Notes San Diego Biol. Lab., 1, p.5, 1889, in part (San Diego) ; id.,
Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d ser., 111, p. 36, 1890 (San Diego); id., Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 1892, p.163 (San Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 354 (San
Diego, Cortes Bank, Santa Barbara, Monterey, and San Francisco).

Sebastichthys flavidus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 111, 1880, p. 455
(San Francisco, Monterey, San Pedro, San Diego). —JORDON and Jouy,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, p.8 (Monterey, and San Francisco).—JORDAN
and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1881, p. 55 (San Diego to Cape Mendo-
cino, Monterey).—JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 107 (California).

HABITAT.—San Diego to Puget Sound.

2. SEBASTOSOMUS SERRANOIDES (Eigenmann and Kigenmann).

Sebastodes flavidus, EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN,. Notes San Diego Biol. Lab., 1,
p- 5, 1889 (San Diego), in part [not flavidus of Ayres]; id., Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 1892, p.163 (San Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p.354 (San
Diego).
Sebastodes serranoides, EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d
seI., Ill, p. 35, 1890 (San Diego); id., Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 1892, p. 163 (San
Diego); id., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 354 (San Diego, Cortes Bank, Monterey,
San Francisco).
Habitatr.—San Diego to San Francisco, in rather shallow water.

The specimens examined are from San Diego and San Francisco.

388 REVISION OF SEBASTINA—HIGENMANN AND BEESON. vou. xvu.

3. SEBASTOSOMUS MELANOPS (Girard).

Sebastes melanops, GIRARD, Proce, Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1854, vit, p. 135.—GiRarRD,
U.S. Pac. R. R. Sury., 1858, x, p. 81 (Cape Flattery to Astoria).—GUNTHER,
II, p. 98, 1860 (copied).—SuckLry, U.S. Pac. R. R. Surv., 1860, x11, p. 354
(Puget Sound).—AYREs, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., fig. 66, 1862.—LOCKINGTON,
Proce. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1876, p. 81 (San Francisco).

Sebastichthys melanops, GIRARD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei., Phila., 1862, p. 278.—Jor-
DAN & JoUY, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Iv, 1881, p. 8 (1882) (Neah Bay, Wash-
ington, Monterey, San Francisco).-—JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., tv, 1881, p. 56 (1882) (Monterey northward).—BEAN, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., Iv, 1881, p. 252 (1882) (Monterey, San Francisco, Puget Sound, Sitka);
and p. 269 (Alaskan peninsula to or beyond San Francisco).—JORDAN, Cat.
Fish. N. Am., p. 107, 1885 (California).

Sebastodes melanops, EIGENMANN and E1GENMANN, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., v1, 1892,
p. 354 (Monterey, Alaska).

Sebastosomus simulans, GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1864, p. 147 (Cape
Flattery).

Hasiratr.—Monterey to Alaska.

We have been unable to recognize S. simulans from the following
note constituting its sole description ““* * * two species are appar-
ently confounded by Girard and the name Sebastes melanops, one
with ‘a small spine upon the suprascapular bone, two others upon the
edge of the opercle,’ and another from Cape Flattery with the lower
opercular spine as well as the supraorbital ridges obsolete, and the
forehead between the eyes perfectly arched.”

4. SEBASTOSOMUS CILIATUS (Tiles).

Epinephelus ciliatus, TILES, Mém. Acad. Sci., St. Petersburg, tv, p. 474, 1810.

Sebastichthys ciliatus, JORDAN and Jouy, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., rv, 1881, p. 8 (1882)
(Kodiak).—BEAN, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., rv, 1881, p. 252 (1882) (Aleutians;
Kodiak); and pp. 267 and 271 (Alaska); op. cit., 1883, p. 359 (Mary Island;
Tolstoi Bay, Alaska; Nakat Harbor, Pt. Chester, Alaska).—JORDAN, Cat.
Fish. N. Am., p. 107, 1885 (Alaska).

Sebastodes ciliatus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 658, 1883(Alaska).—
EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 355 (Alaska).

Perca variabilis, PALLAS, Zoogr. Rosso. Asiat., 11, p. 241, 1811.

Sebastes variabilis, CUVIER and VAL., IV, p. 347, 1829.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit.
Mus., 1, p. 99, 1860.

HapBitar.—Alaska,

VI. Genus SEBASTODES, Gill.

Sebastodes, GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1861, p.165 (paucispinis) ; EIGEN-
MANN and BEESON, Amer. Nat., July, 1893 (redefined).
Tyrr.—Sebastes paucispinis, AYRES.

Dr. Gill rightly insisted that Sebastes paucispinis, Ayres is generically
distinct from S. nigrocinctus, etc. Such a separation is, however,
admissible only if the heterogenous species, usually lumped under the
generic name Sebastichthys, are relegated to their respective genera.
The genus approaches Sebastomus through 8S. goodei. The genus Se-
bastomus, on the other hand, closely approaches this genus through S.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 389

elongatus. In the weak cranial arihature it Glosely a appro: aa Se oa
tosomus flavidus, ete.

ANALYSIS OF THE SPECIES OF SEBASTODES.

a. Preopercular spines radiating, the two lowest directed downward. Head heavy,
broad, the lower jaw not greatly projecting. Posterior angle of mandible
below middle of orbit. Clear vermilion, no black anywhere; fins vermilion,
membranes of dorsal dusky. A. III, 8; tubes in lateral line 54..-. Goop«I, 7.

aa. Preopercular spines all directed caudad, the two lower ones remote from the rest
and much smaller. Head long, pointed, the lower jaw much projecting. Pos-
terior angle of mandible behind the orbit orange red, darker above, many
irregular dark blotches and dots; young olivaceous. A. III, 9; tubes in lateral
linesha=- SOs scales:G0 00's eee oe See eee Se Seek oe PAUCISPINIS, 2.

1. SEBASTODES GOODEI, Eigenmann and Eigenmann.

Sebastodes goodei, EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d ser., 111,
12, 1890 (San Diego), p.36 (San Francisco); id., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xv,
1899, p. 163 (1893) (San Diego); id., Ann., N. Y. Acad. Sei., 1892, p.354 (San
Diego, Monterey, San Francisco).
Sebastichthys goodei, GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x11, 1890, p. 75 (1891) (Coast
of California, south of Point Conception). “
HapBitratT.—San Diego to San Francisco. Locally abundant.

2. SEBASTODES PAUCISPINIS (Ayres).

Sebastes paucispinis, AYRES, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sei., 1, p.6, 1854 (San Francisco).—
GIRARD, U.S. Pac. R. R.Surv., vt, p. 15, pl. xxiia, figs. 1-4, 1855 (San Fran-
cisco); op. cit., X, p.83, pl. xiia, figs. 1-4, 1858.—-GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit.
Mus., 11, p. 98, 1860.

Sebastodes paucispinis, GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1861, p. 165.—Ayres,
Proc. Cal. Acad. Sei., 1862, p. 215.—GiLL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila.,1862, p.
278 (California).—JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., m1, 1880, p. 455
(1881) (San Francisco, Monterey, San Luis Obispo, Santa Barbara, San
Pedro).—JORDAN and Jouy, Proce. U.S. Nut. Mus., rv, 1881, p. 8 (1882) (Santa
Barbara, Monterey, San Francisco).—JORDAN and GILBERT, l.c., p. 55 (from
San Francisco to the Santa Barbara Islands).—Bran, l.c., p.472 (Port
MeLaughlin, Brit. Columbia).—JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p.
656, 1883 (Coast of California).—JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 107, 1885.—
EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN Note, San Diego Biol. Lab., 1, p.5, 1889 (Cortes
Bank); id., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xv, 1892, p. 163 (1893) (Cortes Bank, San
Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 354 (San Diego, Cortes Bank, San
Pedro, Santa Barbara, Port Harford, Monterey, San Francisco).

HABITAT.—San Diego to British Columbia. Abundant.

VII. GENUS ALLIED TO SEBASTOMUS.

Perca variabilis, PALLAS, Zoogr. Rosso. Asiat., 111, p. 241, 1811 (in part).

Sebastes matzubarew, HILGENDORYE, Sitzber. Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde
Berlin 1880, p. 170.

Sebastodes matzubara, JORDAN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1883, 291.

Habitat. —Aleutian Islands.

This species is known to us from descriptions only. It seems to
form the type of a genus related to Sebastomus, but we leave the

390 REVISION OF SEBASTINE—EIGENMANN AND BEESON, vou. xvu.

determination of its generic relationships to some one who has speci-

mens.
VIII. GENUS SEBASTOMUS, Gill.

Sebastomus, GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1864, p. 147 (rosaceus).
Typr.—Sebastes rosaceus, Girard.

The species of this genus are all closely related. The armature of
the skull varies but little. S. ruber, with broken cranial ridges, stands
at one extreme, S. levis at theother. The bulk of the species have sev-
eral pale spots on the sides which are similarly arranged in the differ-

ent species.
ANALYSIS OF THE SPECIES OF SEBASTOMUS.

a. Cranial ridges entire.

b. Median portion of interorbital with a convex ridge. Cranial ridges low, bones
of cranium striate or granular; symphyseal knob project-
ing nearly as in Sebastosomus flavidus ; second anal spine
little longer or stronger than third.

c. Gill-rakers very long, 14 in orbit; scales all ctenoid.

d. Supraocular, postocular, and teaetene spines tubercular or pyramidal,
very broad and short, directed upward more than back-
« ward. Dorsal spines 2?in head. Symphyseal knob very
sharp. Numerous accessory scales above lateral line and
on tail. Anal spines graduated, slightly more than 3 in
head. Outlines of spinous dorsal little arched. Com-
pressed, elongate. Maxillary reaching to middle of eye.
Interorbital slightly convex, as wide as orbit or little
wider. Eye longer than snout3}-4 in head. Preorbital 4
in orbit, with 2 small, backward directed spines. Head
entirely covered with moderate-sized scales, body with
larger ones. Rufous, variously marked with brown.
Lateral line rufous. Upper angle of opercle, a line from
eye to upper half of pectoral, another parallel to it from
upper angle of maxillary backward, and tips of jaws
dark brown. Axil black. Margin of spinous dorsal and
greater part of membranes of soft dorsal black. Caudal
dusky. Membranes of remaining fins chiefly black.
Head 8; depth 34; D. XIII, 14; A. III, 8. Tubes in lat. 1.
HI aaoeeaaeennauontocusadee sea acsmeniicnd sacsa RUFUS, 1.
dd. Supraocular, postocular and tympanic spines all slender, conical, their
acute tips directed backward more than upward. Dorsal
spinesabout2}in head. Symphyseal knob blunt. Acces-
sory scalesfew. Head broad, the interorbital 3 in the dis-
tance from tip of snout to base of occipital crest. Man-
dible, maxillary, and tip of snout scaly. Membranes of

spinous dorsal not greatly incised,

e. Scales of mandible very rough; color chiefly brick red. ..-- MINIATUS, 2.
ee. Scales of mandible smooth; color chiefly orange. .-.------- PINNIGER, 3.

ce. Gill-rakers short, not more than three times as high as wide. Scales of head
cycloid, those of body weakly ctenoid; accessory scales
numerous. Head narrow, the interorbital 4? in the
distance from tip of snout to base of occipital crest.
Mandible, maxillary, and tip of snout naked, Highest
dorsal spine little less than half length of head, the mem-

1804. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. BO1

brane of the first three spines meeting the succeeding
spines at their basal fifth. Second anal spine thick:
Pink. Four interrupted crossbars of black. .-.-- LEVIS, 4:

bb. Median portion of the interorbital deeply grooved; bones of cranium smooth
polished; gill-rakers rather short; accessory scales num-
erous; second anal spine usually much stronger and
longer than third. Upper parts (except in gilli and
rupestris) with three to five pink blotches, one below end
and one below origin of soft dorsal; one below middle of
spinous dorsal just above the lateral line, frequently a
smaller one above this near the base of the fin; usually one
at the base of the fourth dorsal spine.*

J. Dorsal spines moderate, considerably less than half length of head.

g. Preorbital with three flat spines. Maxillary and mandible entirely
scaled; second anal spine little longer than third, consid-
erably shorter than the rays, 24in the head. Pink over-
laid with bronze; top of head, and back above lateral
line bronze, the five spots pink. Sides below the lateral
line finely vermiculated with bronze, which occupies more
space than the ground color. Dorsal light bluish-pink
clouded with bronze, the rays of all the other fins pink,
the membrane bronze. D.XIII, 12-13; A.III, 6; tubes 37-
Eee Sateen tee Sala sa Aas wiser alte sje aod EREUS, 5.

gg. Preorbital with two flat spines.

zn. Upper half of body everywhere with conspicuous small round pink
spots. Scales of the cheeks all minute, a few scales on
upper part of maxillary and at angle on lower jaw. Inter-
orbital narrow and very deeply concave .CONSTELLATUS, 6.
hh. Not marked with small round white or pink spots.

i, Gill-rakers two in orbit; both jaws with smooth, small scales,
interorbital { width of eye, supraocular ridge low. Many
accessory scales. Pectoral not reaching vent. Light
orange, everywhere overlaid with blackish, the latter color
forming fine reticulations on lower part of sides. Light
spots of sides large, ill defined. Head, 22; depth, 23;
ND NST 2 AT UE NG ite be ya ee Stee Sets tee UMBROSUS, 7.

ii. Gill-rakers three or more in orbit.

Sebastes capensis, LINN-ZUS GMELIN, IJ, 1219.—CUuVIER and VALENCIENNES, Hist.
Nat. Poiss., Iv, p. 341.—Quoy & GAIMARD, Astrol. Poiss., p. 690, pl. ii, fig. 3.—
SmiTH, S. Afr. Pisc., pl. 22, fig. 1.—Gti1THER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 11, 96, 1860
(Cape seas).—STEINDACHNER, Ichthyol. Beitr., x, 38, 1881 (Chilian and
Jape seas). :

Sebastes oculatus, CUVIER and VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 1x, p. 466, 1833
(Valparaiso).—JENYNS, Zool. Beagle Fishes, p. 37 (Valparaiso).—Gay, Hist.
Chil. Zool., u, p. 178 (Coast of Chili). —Cuvirr, Regne Anim., I11. Poiss., pl. 23,
fig. 3.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., U1, 105, 1860 (copied).

Sebastes maculatus, Smiru, l. ¢., fig. 2 (not of Cuvier and Valenciennes).

HapBiratT.—Chilian and Cape seas.

Dr. Steindachner has, after direct comparison of specimens from Chili and from the
Cape seas, identified the S. oculatus with 8. capensis.

Head 3 in the total length; depth about 32; D. XIII, 14; A. 111.6. The interocular
space equals rather more than half the diameter of the eye, is concave, with two
longitudinal ridges. Second anal spine longest and strongest. Red, back brownish,
with five round, red spots.

392 REVISION OF SEBASTINE—EIGENMANN AND BEESON. vot. xv.

j. Without bronze spots.
k. Mandible naked; second anal spine moderate; pale blotches
on sides surrounded by purple. Orange red, tinged or
mottled with golden yellow. Fins rosy, mottled with
orange; head with radiating stripes of orange and rosy;
nape with alternating bars of yellowish and deep red.
Second anal spine 24in head; head, 23; depth,3; D.XIII,
a Seven Oo ie ee aa rae SAS Sen ROSACEUS, 8.
kk. Mandible finely scaled near its base; second analspine equal
to maxillary, 2in head. Bright rose red; region above
lateral line with much deep green, the green replaced by
golden below the lateral line. Top of head with eross
bars of greenand red. Green streaks radiating from eyes.

Head, 24; depth, 3; D.XI1II, 14; A.III, 6; tubes, 58:
SSO SGSE SeScos Sods oe Scag sSsSceesoe< RHODOCHLORIS, 9.
jj. Dorsal surface rather closely covered with small, round, bronze
spots, which extend upon the membrane of the soft dorsal.
Series of confluent bronze spots form radiating streaks on
sides of head; lower lip and anterior part of maxillary
dusky. A few conspicuous spots on base of pectoral. A
light spot under last dorsal spine, one on opercular flap.
Mandible entirely naked; maxillary with a few scales
medially. Preorbital with an anterior and a posterior
spine. Interorbital nearly evenly concave, the median
groove shallow, Upper three preopercular spines directed
backward, Second analspine3}in head. Lower jaw pro-
jecting; nosymphysealknob. Head, 3; depth, 3; D.XIII,
131; A.III, 74. Pores in lateral line, 44 or 45 -_.. Grn, 10.
ggg. Preorbital very narrow, its least width less than one-fourth pupil,
lobate and without spine. Jaws equal, maxillary reach-
ing beyond middle of pupil; eye 23 in head, longer than
snout or interorbital, whose least width is one-half the
orbit. Nuchal spines present. Longest dorsal spines 3
in head, second anal spine 2} in head. Pectorals short,
12-2 in head. Snout naked or nearly so. Scales on max-
illary and mandible minute and smooth, little evident.
Fins with a thick membrane covered with fine scales.
Five dark bars on back, two elongate black streaks below
lateral line. A black blotch on middle of ventrals, a bar
at base of pectoral and in axil. Head, 24; depth, 23-3;

D. XIII, 13; A.HI, 7. Pores in lateral line, 31. -

IE RAE Se eas) TSA eye ais - RUPESTRIS, 11.

Ff. Dorsal spines little if any less than half length of head.

1. Mandibles sealed, except about the pores; maxillary evenly
sealed. Preorbital with a posterior spine only; interorbi-
tal flattish, with a deep median groove, 12 in orbit; orbit
4 in head; second anal spine 23-3 in length of head.
Peritoneum white or dusky. Spinous dorsal deeply in-
cised, the membrane of the fifth spine meeting the sixth
spine near its basal fourth. Highest spine 2-24 in head.
Headand body intenserose pink. Backand dorsal finindis-
tinetly marked with raw sienna, fins colored like the body.
D. XIII, 13; A. III, 16; tubes in lateral line, 37... 0s, 12.

ll. Mandibles entirely naked; maxillary with a few seales
above; preorbital with an anterior simple spine, or a pos-

ee ee

sy. * - |

1994. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 393

terior sinuate 8 to 4-pointed spine. Saeearostiots Wl deeply
soncave with a deep median groove, 1% in orbit; orbit 34
in head. Second anal spine 2} in length of head. Peri-
toneum very dark, olivaceous above, sides pinkish and
golden; four pink spots placed as in rosaceus but less dis-
tinct. Body above lateral line with numerous well-de-
fined spots of olive green. Fins nearly plain red; base
of dorsal spotted with olive. D.XIII, 15; A.III; 6;
UVES MOO Tes ss. Pee CHLOROSLICLUS- plo:
. Cranial ridges of the adult broken and eae Ww ae accessory spines. Gill-rakers
short clavate. Accessory scales numerous. Second anal spine little larger or
longer than third. Jaws naked. Interorbital with a median groove. Color
chiefly deep vermilion. D.XIII, 14; A.III, 7; tubes in lateral line, 50.RuUBER, 14.

1. SEBASTOMUS RUFUS (HKigenmann and Eigenmann).

Sebastodes rufus, EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., 2d
ser., III., p. 13, 1890 (San Diego) ; id. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xv, 1892, p. 163, 1893
(San Diego); id. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1892, p. 355 (San Diego).

HABITAT.—San Diego.

This species is known from the types only. In many of its characters
it greatly resembles Acutomentum. The parietals are nearly touching
- for a considerable distance in the single specimen at hand. Itis prob-
able that the parietals are normally united and that this species should
be placed near Acutomentum ulutum, Gilbert.

2. SEBASTOMUS MINIATUS (Jordan and Gilbert).

Sebastichthys miniatus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 111, 1880, p. 70,
(1881) (Santa Barbara, Monterey, San Francisco); op. cit., p.455 (San Fran-
cisco, Monterey, San Pedro, Santa Barbara).—JORDAN and Jouy, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., rv, 1881, p. 8 (1882) (Monterey, San Francisco).—JORDAN and GIL-
BERT, l.c., p.57 (Santa Barbara to San Francisco).—JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N.
Am., p. 108, 1885.—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Notes San Diego Biol. Lab.,
I, p. 5, 1889 (Cortes Bank).

Sebastodes miniatus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 663, 1882 (San

. Francisco to San Diego).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. U.S, Nat. Mus.,
XV, 1892, p. 164 (1893) (San Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 355.
(San Diego, Cortes Bank, San Pedro, Santa Barbara, Port Harford, Mon-
terey, San Francisco).

HaBirat.—San Diego to San Francisco.

This species is very abundant in the waters of southern California.
The specimens examined are from San Diego and San Francisco.

3. SEBASTOMUS PINNIGER (Gill).

Sebastodes rosaceus, AYERS, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1862, p. 216, fig. 62 (not Sebastes
rosaceus, GIRARD).

Sebastosomus pinniger, GILL, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1864, pp. 59, 147.

Sebastichthys pinniger, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 11, 1880, pp. 72,
455 (1881) (Puget Sound, San Francisco, Monterey ).—JORDAN and Jovy,
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1881, p. 8 (Monterey, Neah Bay, San Francisco, Puget
Sound).—JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Iv, 1881, p. 57 (1882)
(Monterey northward).—BEAN, I. ¢., 1881, p. 265 (Puget Sound).—JORDAN,
Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 107, 1885.

394 REVISION OF SEBASTINA—EIGENMANN AND BEESON. vou. xvi

Sebastodes pinniger, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 662, 1883. (Mon-
terey northward).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2d
ser., UI, p. 16, 1890 (San Diego); id., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xv, 1892, p. 164
(1893) (San Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 355 (San Diego to
Puget Sound).

HaBITAT.—San Diego to Puget Sound.

This species is the northern form of miniatus. It is rare in the South
but abundant northward.

4. SEBASTOMUS LEVIS (Eigenmann and Eigenmann).

Sebastichthys levis, EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Notes San Diego Biol. Lab., I, p.
6, and 11, p. 1 (Cortes Bank, San Diego).

Sebastodes levis, EIGHNMANN and EIGENMANN, Proce. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d Ser.,
Ill, p. 36 (Monterey); id., Proc. U. S. Nat. Nat. Mus., xv, 1892, p. 165 (1893)
(San Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1892, p. 355 (San Diego, Cortes
Bank).

HABitTaT.—San Diego north to San Francisco.

This is the largest of the rock cod, reaching a weight of 50 pounds.
e 9 a ° ]

It is abundant on the coast of southern California.
5. SEBASTOMUS ASREUS (Eigenmann and Kigenmann),.

Sebastodes cereus, EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d ser., III, p.
20 (San Diego); id., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xv, 1892, p. 165 (1893) (San Diego) ;
id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 355 (San Diego).

HABITAT.—San Diego. ,

This species is rather rare at San Diego. In all characters but the
parietals the single specimen now in the National Museum agrees with
this genus. The parietals are, however, unquestionably united in this
specimen. The other specimens we have not been able to examine in
this respect. For the present we have thought best to place this spe-
cies in the genus Sebastomus.

6. SEBASTOMUS CONSTELLATUS (Jordan and Gilbert).

Sebastichthys constellatus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 11, 1880, p*
295 and 455 (1881) (Santa Barbara Channel, San Francisco, Monterey ).—
JORDAN and Jouy, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1v, 1881, p.8 (1882).—JORDAN and
GILBERT, l. ¢., p.57.—JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 108 (1885).—IGENMANN
and EIGENMANN, Notes San Diego Biol. Lab., 1, p.7 (Cortes Bank).

Sebastodes constellatus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 655, 1885 (Coast
of California, San Francisco southward).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN,
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xv, 1892, p. 165 (1893) (San Diego); id., Ann. N.Y. Acad.
Sci., 1892, p.355 (San Francisco, Monterey, Santa Barbara, San Diego),

Hapitrat.—San Diego to San Francisco. Abundant.

The specimens examined are from San Diego, Santa Barbara, and
San Francisco. ;

7. SEBASTOMUS UMBROSUS (Jordan and Gilbert).

Sebastichthys wmbrosus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., v, 1882, p.
410 (1883) (Santa Barbara).—JoRDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 108, 1885 (Cali-
fornia).

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 395

Sebastodes umbrosus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 950, 1883 (Santa
Barbara).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 355
(Santa Barbara).

Hasirat.—Santa Barbara.

This species is known from the types only.
8 SEBASTOMUS ROSACEUS (Girard).

Sebastes rosaceus, GIRARD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1854, p. 146; U.S. Pac. R.R.
Surv., vi, 1855, p.14, pl. xxi (San Francisco); l. ¢., x, 1858, p. 78, pl. xxi
(poor figure from specimen in bad condition).—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit.
Mus., 11, p. 98, 1860 (copied).—LocKINGTON, Proc. Cal, Acad. Sci., 1876, p.79
(San Francisco).

Sebastichthys rosaceus, GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1862, p. 278.—JORDAN
and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 11, 1880, p.455 (1881) (San Francisco,
Monterey, Santa Barbara).—JORDAN and Jouy, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., rv,
1881, p. 8 (1882) (San Francisco, Monterey).—JORDAN and GILBERT, l. ¢., 1881,
p.57 (San Francisco to Santa Barbara).—JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 108,
1885 (California).—E1IGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Notes San Diego Biol.
Lab., I, p.7, and 1, p.1, 1889 (Cortes Bank, San Diego).

Sebastodes rosaceus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 666, 1882 (Coast
of California). —EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xv, 1892,
p- 164 (1893) (San Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 355 (San Diego,
Cortes Bank, Santa Barbara, Monterey, San Francisco).

Sebastes helvomaculatus, AYRES, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., U, p. 26, 1859, fig. 8.—
LOcKINGTON, Proe. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1876, p. 79 (Sam Francisco).
HasitTat.—San Diego to San Francisco.

The specimens examined are from San Diego and San Francisco.

9. SEBASTOMUS RHODOCHLORIS (Jordan and Gilbert).

Sebastichthys rhodochloris, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 11, 1880,
p. 144 (1881) (Monterey); and p.455 (San Francisco and Monterey Bay).—
JORDAN and Jouy, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Iv, 1881, p. 7 (1882) (San Francisco,
Monterey).—JORDAN and GILBERT, /. ¢., 1881, p. 57 (Monterey and Faral-~
lones).—JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 108, 1885 (California).

Sebastodes rhodochloris, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 667, 1882 (Mon-
terey and San Francisco).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann. N.Y. Acad.
Sci., 1892, p.355 (Monterey, San Francisco).

HapitatT.—Monterey to San Francisco, off the coast.

This species is abundant in the San Francisco markets, where it is
confounded with the closely allied rosaceus.

10. SEBASTOMUS GILLI (R.S. Eigenmann).

Sebastodes gilli, R.S. EIGENMANN, Amer. Nat., xxv, p. 154, 1891 (Point Loma).—
EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xv, 1892, p. 165 (1893)
(San Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sei., 1892, p. 355 (San Diego).

Hapitat.—San Diego, in about 100 fathoms. Known from the types only.

11. SEBASTOMUS RUPESTRIS (Gilbert).

Sebastichthys rupestris, GILBERT, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., xu, 1890, p. 76 (1891)
(Coast of California, south of Point Conception).

396 REVISION OF SEBASTINE—EIGENMANN AND BEESON. vot. xyu.

Sebastodes rupestris, EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann.N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p.
abe

Hapirar.—Oft southern California, in deep water. Known only from the col-
lections of the U.S. F. C. steamer Albatross.

12. SEBASTOMUS EOS (Eigenmann and Kigenmann).

Sebastodes eos, ELGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1890, 2d ser.,
Iu, p.18 (San Diego); id., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xv, 1892, p.165 (1893) (San
Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sei., 1890, p.355 (San Diego).

Hapirat.—Off San Diego in deep water; not rare.

13. SEBASTOMUS CHLOROSTICTUS (Jordan and Gilbert).

Sebastichthys chlorostictus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 111, 1880, p.
294 (1881) (Monterey); and p. 455 (San Francisco and Monterey) ; op cit., 1881,
p. 57 (Monterey and Farallones).—JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 108, 1885
(California).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x1, 1888, p.
465 (1889) (San Diego); id., Notes San Diego Biol. Lab., 1, p.7 (San Diego).

Sebastodes chlorostictus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 668, 1882 (Mon-
terey and San Francisco).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., xv, 1892, p. 165 (1893) (San Diego); id., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1892,
p. 355 (San Diego, Cortes Bank, Port Harford, Monterey, San Francisco),

HABITAT.—San Diego to San Francisco; abundant.

14. SEBASTOMUS RUBER (Ayres).

Sebastes ruber, AYRES, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1854, pp. 5, 7 (San Francisco); id.,
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1855, p. 97; id., Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1862, p.
215.—LOCKINGTON, Cal. Acad. Sei., 1876, p. 79.

Sebastichthys ruber, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 11, 1880, p. 455
(1881) (Puget Sound, San Francisco, Monterey, Santa Barbara).—JORDAN and
Jouy, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Iv, 1881, p.8 (1882) (Monterey, San Francisco,
Puget Sound).—JORDAN and GILBERT, I. c., 1881, p. 57 (Santa Barbara north-
ward).—BEAN, l. ¢., 1881, p. 252 (Santa Barbara, Monterey, San Francisco,
off Port Bingham, Jacob’s Island, Gulf of Alaska) and pp. 269, 271, 472
(Alaska to or beyond San Francisco; Kygani St., Alaska).—JORDAN, Cat.
Fishes N. Am., p. 108, 1885 (California).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN.
Notes San Diego Biol. Lab.,1, p. 6, and 11, p. 1, 1889 (San Diego).

Sebastodes ruber, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 665, 1882 (Pacific
Coast, Santa Barbara northward).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., xv, 1892, p. 164 (1893) (San Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci.,
1892, p. 355 (San Diego, Cortes Bank, San Pedro, Monterey, San Francisco,
Alaska).

HapiratT.—San Diego to Alaska; abundant, and one of the largest species.

IX. Genus PTEROPODUS, Bigenmann and Beeson.

Pteropodus, E1GENMANN and BrEson, Amer. Nat., July, 1893 (maliger).
Typr.—Sebastichthys maliger, JORDAN and GILBERT
This genus is composed of a number of species showing consider-
able variations in the gill-rakers and in the cranial structure. The
gill-rakers are shortest in rastrelliger and longest and slenderest in
maliger. The cranial spines are.lowest in rastrelliger and highest in
nebulosus. In the shape of the body elongatus is closely related to saxt-
colla and proriger. The latter species are long and slender and have

a ae 2 ee br, Ae

————— eS

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 397

thin pectoral rays. They probably live off the bottom. Those with
thickened pectoral rays are, for the most part, heavy, and probably
live on the bottom much of the time. The genus approaches Sebas-
tichthys in its cranial armature, usually naked branchiostegals and
lower jaw, and in the large mucus pores of the lower jaw. It differs
from that genus in its separate parietals.

ANALYSIS OF THE SPECIES OF PTEROPODUS.

a. Lower pectoral rays not thickened. Maxillary, mandible, and branchiostegals
more or less scaled.

b. Buceal and gill cavities and peritoneum jet black. Pale below, dusky above,
blotched with reddish and black; a blackish blotch
on opercle; fins dull reddish, irregularly marked
with blackish, caudal mostly red, sometimes with a
black terminal bar. Short and deep, heavy anteri-
orly with slender caudal peduncle. Maxillary reach-
ing beyond pupil, 24 in head; jaws equal, the
lower mostly included, but with a projecting sym-
physeal knob. Eye, 23-3 in head; snout, 43-6. The
two lower preopercular spines directed downward
and backward, the others back. Two or three strong
preorbital spines. Gill-rakers short, 5 in orbit.
Highest dorsal spine, 24in head. Second anal spine,
2 in head. Scales small, not regularly imbricated,
smooth and cycloid, except those on occiput and a
few along the lateral line on posterior part of body;
snout naked, maxillary and mandible only partly
scaled. Head, 24; depth, 3; D.XIII, 12; A.ILI, 5;
huibess 40=45 a (Gilbert) pease ae ce cose se ISENENSIS: i,

bb. Buecal and gill cavity white.

c. ‘Three or four brownish bars on sides, reduced to dorsal blotches in the adult;
one on occiput, one including front of dorsal, one
under posterior rays of dorsal, one under soft dorsal,
and one on back of tail. Conspicuous olive-brown
spots on caudal, usually confined to base and upper
lobe of fin. Maxillary reaching to posterior margin
of pupil, 24 in head. Eye, 23-34 in head, much
longer than snout or interorbital width. Interorbital
flattish, without ridges. Preorbital one-third pupil,
with two strong triangular lobes ending in spines.
Cranial ridges low. Preopercular spines directed
backward. Gill-rakers slender, 24 in orbit. Highest
dorsal spine, 241n head. Second anal spine, 2-24 in
head. Seales rough-ctenoid on breast, maxillary,
mandible, and snout. Head, 22-23; depth, 3-34 in
the length. D.XIII, 12 or 13; A.III, 7; tubes, 45.
(Gallbent)hestert SoG seks Le ees SRA SAXICOLA, 2.

cc. No crossbars.

d. Olive-green, marbled with darker; sometimes brownish; no red anywhere.
Body oblong, not tapering rapidly. The lower jaw
somewhat projecting. Maxillary extending to be-
yond pupil, 2 in head. Eye, 34.in head. Cranial
ridges low. Preorbital very narrow, with two stout
spines. Second preopercular spine longer and slen-

398 REVISION OF SEBASTIN/—EIGENMANN AND BEESON. vou. xvu.

derer than the others. Interorbital space broad and _
slightly convex, widened backward, a little depressed —
on each side next the superocular spine. Gill-rakers
slender, 3 in eye. Preorbital scaly; maxillary partly
scaly; mandible with some smooth scales. Dorsal
deeply emarginate, the highest spine 2inhead. Head, -
3; depth, 24; D.XIII, 14; A.III, 6; Lat.

1, OR ot kes he Sets See aes ATROVIRENS, 3.

dd. Interrupted longitudinal, olive-green bands on the sides over a ground of

light red; upper fins blotched with olive, lower pale
red. Maxillary reaching to posterior part of orbit,
24+ in head. Eye, 34} in head; interorbital concave.

Gill-rakers about 3 in eye. Highest dorsal spine, 23

in head. Second anal spine, 2 in head. Peritoneum

dusky. Head, 23; depth, 34; D.XIII, 18;

AU Geo 2 eo cicc te ce clas aie eee ELONGATUS, 4.
aa. Lower pectoral rays thick and fleshy.
e. Elongate, lower jaw projecting and with a strong symphyseal knob. |
Maxillary, mandible, and branchiostegals densely —

scaled. Light red blotches under third dorsal spine
and under the first and last dorsal rays. -General
color bright light red, mottled above with dusky
olive-green; opercle with a dusky bloteh; caudal
bright red, speckled with dark olive. Mouth small, .
the short maxillary extending to beyond the middle
of the eye, 24 in head. Eye very large, longer than |
snout; preorbitalnarrow. Interorbital convex, nearly

as broad as eye. Gill-rakers slender, 2 in orbit.
Highest dorsal spine, 3 in head.
f. Second anal spine much longer and stronger than the third, 24 in the
head. Peritoneum black. Head3; depth33; D. XIII,
NBs SAC IT 2k ket 23-28 ba a ee PRORIGER, 5.

Sf. Second anal spine shorter than the third; peritoneum white.
BREVISPINIS, 6.
ee. Body short and deep; lower jaw scarcely projecting, or, the jaws equal.
g. Gill-rakers long, about 2 in orhit. :

h. Peritoneum jet black; dorsal spines low, 24-2} in head. Elongate,
caudal peduncle 33 in depth of body. Maxillary reach-
ing vertical from middle of pupil, 24 in head. Lower
jaw slightly thelonger. Eye much longer than snout,
3-34 in head. Interorbital somewhat concave, 1} in
diameter oforbit. Preorbital withoutspines, extremely
narrow, its least width two-sevenths pupil. Preoper-
cular spines directed backward. Second anal spine
very long, 14-1} in head. Scales rough ctenoid, those
on maxillary, mandible, and breast smoother. Five
vaguely defined black bars on back. Two black
streaks backward from eye, the upper terminating in
a conspicuous blotch on opercle. Head 24; depth
34; D. XIII, 14 or 15; A. III, 7 or 8; tubes 42 (Gile
Dertinei 2s! cee 2 ie ae OS eee ZACENTRUS, 7.

hh. Peritoneum pale; median part of interorbital with a deep grooye.

i. Dorsal spines high, little less than head less opercle, their mem-
branes deeply incised. Jawsequal. Yellowish brown,
anterior part of the back and sides usually clear yellow;
breast yellow; anterior part of body closely covered

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 399

with round spots of orange. Soft fins slaty black, the
pectorals and dorsal paler at base and speckled, Head
23; profile steep; depth 2}. D. XIII, 13; A. IG:
Dubes-im lateral line 47 ~... 2. 225 222 2 MALIGER, 8.
vi. Dorsal spines moderate, 2 in head; lower jaw projecting. Three
straight dark crossbars, one from nape across base of
pectoral, one from between sixth and seventh dorsal
spines toward anus, a half one from eighth to tenth
dorsal spines to lateral line, a broader one below soft
dorsal. These bars extend onto the dorsal fin. A few
smali dark spots on base of pectorals and on shoulder;
sides of tail more or less mottled. Dark streaks radi-
ating from eye. Maxillary extending beyond eye,
about 2) in head. Eye equals snout, 3 in head; con-
siderably more than interorbital width. Interorbital
concave; two strong ridges dividing it into a median
and two lateral grooves, Preorbitalnarrow, with two
flat processes. Preopercularspines direeted backward,
Gill-rakers about 2 in orbit. Second anal spine 24 in
head. Maxillary, mandibles, and snout naked, Seales
mostly cycloid. Head 3; depth 3; D. XIII, 144; A.
LT Gd Pa ser een eee see bee oak oe eh i DALLII, 9.
gg. Gill-rakers, four or more in eye.
Jj. Interorbital nearly flat, the supraocular ridges scarcely raised,
cranial ridges all low, the spines directed backward.
k, Gill-rakers higher than wide. Peritoneum white. Dorsal
spines 2 in head or longer.
l. Dark brown varied with light brown.....-_.. CAURINUS, 10.
ll. Lemon yellow to dark brick red, color variable. Frequently
light biotches arranged asin ebrysomelas. D. XIII, 16;
NCP DE Ose ore ge a GA a hs VEXILLARIS, 11.
kk, Gill-rakers scarcely higher than they are wide. Peritoneum
brownish. Dorsalspines about 24 in head. Blackish
green, spotted with darker and with lighter. D.
eG a is HOP Nol Go ep ly a RASTRELLIGER, 12.
Jj. Interorbital deeply concave, the supraocular ridges high.
Cranial ridges all high, the spines directed backward
and usually upward and outward.

m. Dorsal spine a little more than half length of head;
parietal ridges very high; pale blotches on sides, form-
ing a continuous lateralband. Body and fins profusely
speckled with pale; dark markings black, pale mark-
ings yellow. Head 3; depth 23; D. XIII, 13; A. II,
GEA IISA) Si al lac Shey SE a NEBULOSUS, 13.

mm. Dorsal spines not more than half length of head; pale
blotches on sides not forming a continuous lateral
band, Occipital ridges moderate. A series of four
light spots along the base of the dorsals.

n. Pale markings flesh-color; dark markings olivaceous.
Scales rougher, cranial ridges lower, parietal spines
lower and narrower. Spinous dorsal higher, 2 in head,
its membranes more deeply incised than in chryso-
CCAIR) Sb Ge rh AR a A CARNATUS, 14.

nn. Pale markings yellow, dark markings blackish. Dorsal
spines 2} in head. Head 23; depth 22; 1D. XIII, 13;
ING TUL GOs iri eyecie Rete ee et CHRYSOMELAS, 15.

400 REVISION OF SEBASTIN.U—EIGENMANN AND BEESON. vou. xvu.

1. PTEROPODUS SINENSIS (Gilbert).

Sebastichthys sinensis, GILBERT, Proce. U. 8. Nat. Mus., xt, 1890, p. 81 (1891)
(Santa Barbara).

Sebastodes sinensis, EIGENMANN 2nd KIGENMANN, Ann. N. Y, Acad. Sci., 1892, p.
355 (Santa Barbara).

HapiratT.—Santa Barbara.

This species is known only from the types collected by the Albatross.
2. PTEROPODUS SAXICOLA (Gilbert).

Sebastichthys saxicola, GILBERT, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., xii, 1890, p. 78 (1891)
(Coast of California south of Point Conception).

Sebastodes saxicola, EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p.
355 (Santa Barbara).

Hapbitar.—Coast of southern California; known only from the types.

3. PTEROPODUS ATROVIRENS (Jordan and Gilbert).

Sebastichthys atrovirens, JOKDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 111, 1880,
pp. 27, 289, & 455 (1881) (San Diego, Catalina Island, San Pedro, Santa
Barbara, San Luis Obispo, Monterey, San Francisco)—JORDAN and Jouy,
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1v, 1881, p. 8 (1882) (San Pedro, Santa Barbara, Mon-
terey, San Francisco)—JORDAN and GILBERT, l. ¢., p. 561 (San Francisco to
San Diego)—JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 107, 1885.

Sebastodes atrovirens, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 662, 1883 (Coast
of California)—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., xv,
1892, p. 164 (1893) (San Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 355, (San
Diego, Cortes Bank, Santa Barbara, Port Harford, Monterey, San Francisco).

HABitat.—Coast of California from San Diego to San Francisco.

We are indebted to Mr. F. C. Test for an examination of the skull of
this species.
4. PTEROPODUS ELONGATUS (Ayres).

Sebastes elongatus, AYRES, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1859, p. 26, fig. 9.

Sebastichthys elongatus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 111, 1880, pp.
143 & 455 (1881) (Monterey, San Francisco)—JORDAN and Jouy, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., Iv, 1881, p. 8 (1882) (Monterey, San Francisco)—JORDAN and
GILBERT, l. ¢., p. 56—JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 108, 1885 (California)—
EIGENMANN and EKIGENMANN, Notes San Diego Biol. Lab. 1, p. 7 & w, p. 1,
1889 (Cortes Bank, San Diego).

Sebastodes elongatus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 668, 1883 (Mon-
terey and San Francisco)—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., xv, 1892, p. 165 (1893) (San Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p.
355 (San Diego, Cortes Bank, Monterey, San Francisco).

HABITAT.—San Diego to San Francisco; abundant,

This is one of the smaller species.

5. PTEROPODUS PRORIGER (Jordan and Gilbert).

Sebastichthys proriger, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 11, 1880, pp.
327 and 455 (Monterey, Farallones, San Francisco)—JORDAN and Jouy, Proce.
U.S. Nat. Mus., rv, 1881, p. 8 (1882) (Monterey, San Francisco)—JORDAN and
GILBERT, I. c., p. 56, (Monterey and Farallones)—JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am.,
p. 107, 1885.

1884. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. AO1

Sebastodes proriger, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., pp. 661 & 950, 1883
(Coast of California)—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann. N. Y. Acad, Sci.,
1892, p. 355 (Monterey and San Francisco).
HaBiTatT.—Monterey to San Francisco.
The specimen recorded by us as Sebastodes proriger from San Diego
is Acutomentum macdonaldi.

6. PTEROPODUS BREVISPINIS (Bean).

Sebastichthys proriger brevispinis, BEAN, Proc, U. 8. Nat. Mus., vi, 1883, p. 359,
(Hassler Harbor).
Sebastichthys brevispinis, JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 107, 1885 (Alaska).
Sebastodes proriger, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 950, 1883 (Alaska).
Hapiratr.—Alaska.
This species replaces proriger in Northern waters,

7. PTEROPODUS ZACENTRUS (Gilbert).

Sebastichthys zacentrus, GILBERT, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., x11, 1890, p. 77 (1891),
(Santa Barbara).

Sebastodes zacentrus, EIGENMANN ana EIGENMANN. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p.
355 (Santa Barbara).

HABITAT.—Santa Barbara.

This species is known only from the types.

8. PTEROPODUS MALIGER (Jordan and Gilbert).

Sebastichthys maliger, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1880, 111, pp.
222 and 455 (1881), (Farallones, Monterey Bay, Straits of Fuca).—JOoRDAN and
Jouy, Proc, U.S. Nat. Mus., 1881, p. 7 (1882), (Puget Sound, Monterey, San
Francisco).—-JORDAN and GILBERT, /. ¢., p.58 (Monterey northward).—BEAN,
l. ¢., pp. 252, 269, 271-472 (Sitka, Port McLaughlin, B. C.)—Bran, Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vi, 1883, p. 360 (1884), (Safety Cove, B. C.).—JoRDAN Cat.
Fish. N. Am., p. 108, 1885.

Sebastodes maliger, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 673, 1883 (Mont-
erey to Sitka),—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p.
355 (Monterey, San Francisco, Puget Sound, Alaska).

HaBitatT.—Monterey to Alaska.
This, one of the prettiest of the Scorpenide, is not rare at San Fran-
cisco. The specimens examined are from that place.

9. PTEROPODUS DALLII (Eigenmann and Beeson).

Pteropodus dallii, ELGENMANN and BreEson, Amer. Nat., 1894, p. 66 (San Francisco),

The single specimen of this species known is 200 mm.long. It belongs
to the Indiana University and was probably collected by Mr. W. G. W.
Harford, of the University of California. It is labeled S. auriculatus,
var., and in general appearance it resembles that species. The sculp-
turing of the skull and absence of coronal spines separate it distinetly
from Auctospina. In coloration it seems to approach P. saxicola, but
it differs from that species in the naked snout and mandible, in the
grooved interorbital. etc. In its gill-rakers, white peritoneum, grooved

Proc. N. M, 94 26

A402 REVISION OF SEBASTINA—EIGENMANN AND BEESON. vou. xvu.

interorbital it approaches P. maliger, from which it differs in many

teatures. :

We have taken the liberty to name this species for Mr. William
Healey Dall, of the U. S. Geological Survey, who has been intimately
identified with west-coast zoology for many years.

10. PTEROPODUS CAURINUS (Jordan and Gilbert)

Sebastes caurinus, RICHARDSON, Voy. Sulph., p. 77, pl. 41, fig. 1, 1845.

Sebastichthys caurinus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 11, 1880, pp.
455, 466 (1881), (Puget Sound).—JORDAN and Jouy, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., rv,
1881, p. 7 (Puget Sound).—JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. ry, 1881,
p.58 (Puget Sound northward).—BEAN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,1v, 1881, pp.
252, 271, and 472 (1882), (Puget Sound, Old Sitka, Departure Bay, B.C., Rose
Harbor, Queen Charlotte Island, Chacan, Alaska); Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., v1,
1883 p. 360, (Duneans Bay, B. C., Departure Bay, St. Mary Island, Alaska).—
JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p-108, 1885.

Sebastodes caurinus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 672, 1883
(Puget Sound to Sitka).—E1GENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann. N. Y. Acad.
Sci., 1892, p. 355 (Puget Sound, Alaska).

Hapitat—Puget Sound to Alaska.

11. PTEROPODUS VEXILLARIS (Jordan and Gilbert).

Sebastichthys vexillaris, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 11, 1880, p. 292
(1881), (Santa Barbara Channel).—JORDAN and Jovy, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Iv, 1881, p.7 (1882), (Monterey, San Francisco).—JORDAN and GILBERT, l. ¢.
p.58 (San Diego to Puget Sound).—EHIGENMANN and EKIGENMANN, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., XI, 1888, p. 465 (1889), (San Diego).

Sebastichthys caurinus vexillaris, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 111,
1880, pp. 455, 466 (1881), (Puget Sound).—JoRDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 108
(California).

Sebastodes caurinus vexillaris, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 672, 1883
(California).

Sebastodes vexillaris, EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proce. U.S. Nat. Mus., xv, 1892
p. 167 (1893), (San Diego).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann. N. Y. Acad.
Sci., 1892, p. 355 (San Diego, Cortes Bank, San Pedro, Santa Barbara, Mon-
terey, San Francisco).

Sebastichthys carnatus, EIGENMANN and EKIGENMANN, Notes San Diego Biol. Lab.,
I, p. 7, 1889 (Cortes Bank) not carnatus of JORDAN and GILBERT.

HaBiraT.—San Diego to Puget Sound.

Everywhere abundant and very variable. The specimens examined
are from San Diego.

12. PTEROPODUS RASTRELLIGER (Jordan and Gilbert).

Sebastichthys rastrelliger, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 11, 1880, pp.
296, 455 (1881), (San Francisco, Monterey, San Luis Obispo, Santa Barbara,
San Pedro, Santa Catalina Island).—JORDAN and Jouy, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., Iv, 1881, p. 7 (1882).—JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Iv,
1881, p. 58 (1882), (Humboldt Bay).—JorpaNn, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 108, 1885.

Sebastodes rastrelliyer, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 671, 1883, (Coast
of California).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proe. U.S. Nat. Mus., xv, 1892,
p. 167 (1893), (San Diego); id., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 355 (San Diego,
San Pedro, Santa Barbara, Port Harford, Monterey, San Francisco).

HABITAT.—San Diego to Humboldt Bay,

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 403

This is an aberrant species with very short gill-rakers and very thick
lower pectoral rays. In its gill-rakers it approaches some of the species
of Sebastomus. The specimens are from San Francisco and San Diego.

13. PTEROPODUS NEBULOSUS (Ayres).

Sebastes nebulosus, AYRES, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1854, p. 5, (San Francisco).—
AYRES, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1854, p. 96.

Sebastichthys nebulosus, GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 278.—JoRDAN
and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1, 1880, p. 455, (Puget Sound, San Fran-
cisco, Monterey).—JORDAN and Jouy, Proc. U. S, Nat. Mus., 1881, 1v. p.7
(1882), (Neah Bay, Monterey, San Francisco, Puget Sound).—JORDAN and
GILBERT, l. c., p. 58, (Monterey to Puget Sound).—BEAN, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., 1881, p. 265, and 1883, p. 360, (Puget Sound, Vancouver Island, near
St. Mary Island, Alaska).—JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 108, 1885.

Sebastodes nebulosus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am,, p. 676, 1883 (Van-
couver Island to Monterey ).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann. N. Y. Acad.
Sci., 1892, p. 355 (Monterey, San Francisco, Puget Sound).

Sebastes fasciatus, GIRARD, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 146; id., U.S. Pac.
R. R. Surv., vi, p. 15, 1855 (San Francisco); op. ‘cit., p. 78, pl. Xx, 1858, (Pres-
idio Bay, San Francisco).—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 11, p. 104, 1860.

Sebastichthys fasciolaris (LOCKINGTON), JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., 11, 1880, p. 297 (1881), (San Francisco).

Hasirat.—Port Harford to Puget Sound.

The specimens examined are from Port Harford.
14. PIEROPODUS CARNATUS (Jordan and Gilbert).

Sebastichthys carnatus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 111, 1880, pp. 73,
455 (1881), (Monterey, San Francisco, San Luis Obispo, Santa Barbara, San
Pedro).—JORDAN and Jovy, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., rv, 1881, p. 7 (1882), (San
Francisco, Monterey).—JORDAN and GILBERT, l. c., p.58.—JORDAN, Cat. Fish.
N. Am., p. 108, 1885.

Sebastodes carnatus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 674, 1883 (Coast of
California).—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xv., 1892, p.
168 (1893), (San Diego): id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1892, p. 355 (San Diego,
San Pedro, Santa Barbara, Port Harford, Monterey, San Francisco).

HABITAT.—San Diego to San Francisco.

The specimens examined were collected at San Francisco and San
Diego.

15. PTEROPODUS CHRYSOMELAS (Jordan and Gilbert).

Sebastichthys nebulosus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 11, 1880, p.
73 (1881) (not S. nebulosus of AYRES).

Sebastichthys chrysomelas, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 111, 1880,
pp. 455 and 465 (1881) (from San Nicolas to Cape Mendocino)—JORDAN and
Jouy, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Iv, 1881, p. 58 (1882) (Santa Barbara, San
Francisco). ;

Sebasticthys carnatus chrysomelas, JORDAN, Cat. Fish. N. Am., p. 108, 1885.

Sebastodes chrysomelas, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fish. N. Am., p. 672, 1883.
(San Francisco to San Diego)—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proce. U. S.
Nat. Mus., xv, 1892, p. 167 (1893) (San Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci.,
1892, p. 355 (San Diego, San Pedro, Santa Barbara, Monterey, San Fran-
cisco).

404 REVISION OF SEBASTINE—EIGENMANN AND BEESON. vot. xvu.

Sebastichthys aM es purpureus, EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN. Notes San

Diego Biol. Lab. I, p. 8, 1879 (Cortes Bank).
HaBiTat.—San Diego to San Francisco. Abundant and variable.

The specimens examined are from San Francisco.
X. Genus AUCTOSPINA (Eigenmann and Beeson).

Auctospina, E1iGENMANN and BEESON, Amer. Nat., July, 1893 (awriculatus).
Typr.—Sebastes auriculatus, Girard.

This genus is now known from two species. One of these inhabits
the shallow bays and generally shallow waters not frequented by other
species of this group. The other is as yet known from deep water only,
260 fathoms.

The genus seems to us to be well characterized by the presence of
coronal spines, a pair of spines on the frontals anterior to the origin of
the parietal ridges. In auriculatus there is a blunt knob on the fron-
tals between the coronal spines and the parietal ridges.

ANALYSIS OF THE SPECIES OF AUCTOSPINA.

a. Peritoneum black; maxillary nearly reaching vertical from posterior margin of
orbit, 24in head; eye large, 34in head, much longer than snout or interor-
bital width; interorbital with a pair of strong ridges. Preopercular spines
radiating ; highest dorsal spine, 2} in head; mandible scaled; scales very rough
ctenoid, those on breast, branchiostegal rays, and mandible rough. Uniform
light below, a narrow black streak along edge of spinous dorsal, the trian-
gular incised portion of membrane above it white (?). Depth, 2%; head, 24;
Td, XE, 13 0nd; A. Tal: 6.° Wats line;292 - 22 2 ee cel ROR

aa. Peritoneum white; maxillary reaching beyond eye, 24 in head; eye, 44 in
head, little longer than snout; interorbital with a median ridge; preopereu-
lar spines all directed backward; highest dorsal spine 2 in head; mandible
naked; few scales on breast and maxillary. Blackish brown, mottled; flushed
brownish red: Depth, 24; head, 3}; D. XIII, 13; A. III, 7. Lat. line, 45.
SSE See cise etea Slane Sale oe toiee anes ome tee cea Oe Ee eee ce eee AURICULATUS, 2.

1. AUCTOSPINA AURORA (Gilbert).

Sebastichthys aurora, GILBERT, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xr, 1890, p. 80 (1891)
(Point Conception ).

Sebastodes aurora, EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Ann. N, Y. Acad Sci., 1892, p.
355.

HABITAT.—Coast of southern California in deep water.

This species is known only from the Albatross’ collections.

2. AUCTOSPINA AURICULATUS (Girard).

Sebastes auriculatus, GIRARD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1854, pp. 131, 146;
id., U. S. Pac. R. R. Surv., vi, p. 14, 1855 (San Francisco); id., x, p. 80, 1858
(Presidio, San Francisco)—AYREs, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 186’, p. 215, fig. 68.

Sebastichthys auriculatus, GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1862, p. 278—JORDAN
and GILBERT, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 11, 1880, p. 455 (1881) (Puget Sound, San
Luis Obispo, Santa Barbara)—JORDAN and Jouy, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1v,
1881, p. 7 (1882) (mouth Russian River, Santa Barbara, San Francisco,
Puget Sound)—JORDAN and GILBERT, l. ¢., p. 58 (Santa Barbara to Puget

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 405

Sound)—BEAN, l. ¢., p. 265 (Vancouver Island)—JOoRDAN, Cat. Fish. N.
Am., p. 108, 1885 (California).

Sebastodes auriculatus, JORDAN and GILBERT, Syn. Fishes N. Am., p. 670, 1882
(Vancouvers to Cerros Island)—EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., xv, p. 1892, 167 (1893) (San Diego); id., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xv,
1892, p. 167 (1893) (San Diego); id., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 355 (San
Diego, Santa Barbara, Port Harford, Monterey, San Francisco, Columbia
River, Puget Sound).

Sebastes ruber var. parvus, AYRES, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1854, p. 7 (San Francisco).

HaBitraT.—San Diego to Puget Sound, in shallow water. Cerros Island.

The specimens examined are from San Diego, Monterey, and San
Francisco.

XI. Genus SEBASTOPSIS, Gill.

Sebastopsis, GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1862, p. 278 (polyiepis), 1863, p.
207, Sauvage Nouv. Arch. Mus. (2), 1 p.—Ann. Sci. Nat. (5), xvu, art. 5,
1875 (minutus).

Typr.—Sebastes minutus, CUVIER and VALENCIENNES = Sebastes polylepis, BLEEKER.

1. SEBASTOPSIS XYRIS, Jordan and Gilbert.

Sebastopsis xyris, JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., v, 1882, p. 369 (1883)
(Cape San Lucas)—JorRDAN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vit, 1885, p. 387 (1886)
(name),

Head, 24; depth, 34; D. XIII, 10; A. III, 5; lat. 1., 24 (pores). Mouth large,
oblique, the maxillary extending to beyond pupil, its length 13 in head. Jaws
naked. Preorbital narrow, its edge lobate, not spinous. Eye about 34 in head.
Cranial ridges very short, sharp, and high. Interorbital space narrow, very deeply
concave, with two longitudinal ridges. Preocular, supraocular, postocular, tym-
panic, parietal, nuchal, and coronal spines present. Suborbital stay forming a
sharp elevated ridge, with a sharp spine near its front, under the eye, and another
near its junction with the preopercle. Gill rakers very short. Dorsal fin deeply
notched, the longest 2% in head. Second analspine much longer than third. Verti-
cal fins with bands and blotches of dark brown; a large dark blotch on last dorsal
spines. (Jordan and Gilbert.)

HISTORICAL LIST OF SPECIES AND THEIR PRESENT EQUIVALENTS.

1810. Epinephelus ciliatus, Tiles—Sebastosomus ciliatus.
1811. Perea veriabilis, Pallas=Sebastosomus ciliatus.

1845. Sebastes caurinus, Richardson—Pteropodus caurmus.
1854. Sebastes auriculatus, Givard=A uctospina auriculatus.
1854. Sebastes melanops, Girard—Sebastosomus melanops.
1854. Sebastes rosaceus, Girard—Sebastomus rosaceus.

1854. Sebastes fasciatus, Girard=Pteropodus nebulosus.
1854. Sebastes nebulosus, Ayres—=Pteropodus nebulosus.
1854. Sebastes ruber, Ayres—Sebastomus ruber.

1854. Sebastes paucispinis, Ayres—Sebastodes paucispinis.
1854. Sebastes parvus, Ayres—Auctospina auriculatus.
1859. Sebastes nigrocinctus, Ayres—Sebastichthys nigrocinctus.
1859. Sebastes helvomaculatus, Ayres—Sebastomus rosaceus.
1862. Sebastodes flavidus, Ayres=Sebastosomus flavidus.
1862. Sebastodes ovalis, Ayres=Acutomentum ovalis.

1864. Sebastosomus pinniger, Gill=Sebastomus pinniger.
1864. Sebastosomus simulans, Gill=Sebastosomus melanops.

406

REVISION OF SEBASTIN.E—EIGENMANN AND BEESON. vou. xvu.

SYSTEMATIC LIST OF THE SPECIES OF SCORPZNIDA, BASED UPON

1880.
1880.
1880.
1880.
1880.
1880.
1880.
1880.
1880.
1880.
1880.
1880.
1880.
1880.
1880.
1880.
1880.
1881.
1882.
1882.
1885.
1889.
1889.

1890.
1890.
1890.

1890.
1890.
1890.
1890.
1890,
1890.
1890.
1890.
1890.
1891.
1893.

1893.

i(3

Sebastes matzubare, Hilgendorf= matzubare.

Sebastes machrochir, Giinther=Sebastolobus machrochir.

Sebastichthys serriceps, Jordan and Gilbert=Sebastichthys serriceps.

Sebastichthys miniatus, Jordan and Gilbert=Sebastomus miniatus.

Sebastichthys carnatus, Jordan and Gilbert=Pteropodus carnatus.

Sebastichthys entomelas, Jordan and Gilbert—Primospina entomelas.

Sebastichthys rhodochloris, Jordan and Gilbert==Sebastomus rhodochloris.

Sebastichthys atrovirens, Jordan and Gilbert=Pteropodus atrovirens.

Sebastichthys rubrivinctus, Jordan and Gilbert=Sebastichthys rubrivinctus.

Sebastichthys vexillaris, Jordan and Gilbert=Pteropodus vexillaris.

Sebastichthys chlorostictus, Jordan and Gilbert=Sebastomus chlorostictus.

Sebastichthys constellatus Jordan and Gilbert=Sebastomus constellatus.

Sebastichthys rastrelliger, Jordan and Gilbert= Pteropodus rastrelliger.

Sebastichthys fasciolaris, Lockington—Pteropodus nebulosus.

Sebastichthys maliger, Jordan and Gilbert=Pteropodus maliger.

Sebastichthys proriger, Jordan and Gilbert=Pteropodus proriger.

Sebastichthys chrysomelas, Jordan and Gilbert=Pteropodus chrysomelas.

Sebastichthys mystinus, Jordan and Gilbert—Primospina mystinus.

Sebastopsis xyris, Jordan and Gilbert—Sebastopsis xyris.

Sebastichthys umbrosus, Jordan and Gilbert—Sebastomus wmbrosus.

Sebastichthys brevispinis, Bean—=Pteropodus brevispinis.

Sebastichthys levis, Kigenmann and Eigenmann=Sebastomus levis.

Sebastichthys purpureus, Kigenmann and Eigenmann= Pteropodus chry-
somelas.

Sebastodes goodei, Kigenmann and Eigenmann=—Sebastodes goodei.

Sebastodes rufus, Eigenmann and Eigenmann=Sebastomus rufus.

Sebastomus melanostomus, Eigenmann and Eigenmann—Acutomentum
melanostomus.

Sebastodes eos, Kigenmann and EKigenmann—Sebastomus eos.

Sebastodes wreus, Eigenmann and Kigenmann=—Sebastomus wreus.

Sebastodes serranoides, Eigenmann and Eigenmann=—Sebastosomus ser-
ranoides.

Sebastolobus alascanus, Bean—Sebastolobus alascanus.

Sebastichthys alutus, Gilbert—Acutomentum alutus.

Sebastichthys rupestris, Gilbert—Sebastomus rupestris.

Sebastichthys zacentrus, Gilbert=Pteropodus zacentrus.

Sebastichthys saxicola, Gilbert—Pteropodus saxicola.

Sebastichthys diplaproa, Gilbert—Sebastichthys diplaproa.

Sebastichthys aurora, Gilbert=Auctospina aurora.

Sebastichthys introniger, Gilbert=Acutomentum melanostomum.

Sebastichthys sinensis, Gilbert—Pteropodus sinesis.

Sebastodes gilli, R. S. Eigenmann—Sebastomus gilli.

Acutomentum macdonaldi, Eigenmann and Beeson—Acutomentum mac-
donaldi.

Pteropodus dallii, Eigenmann and Beeson=Pteropodus dallii.

THE PRESENT REVISION.

SEBASTOLOBUS, Gill.
Sebastolobus macrochir (Giinther).
Sebastolobus alascanus, Bean.
SEBASTICHTHYS, Gill.
Sebastichthys nigrocinctus (Ayres).
Sebastichthys serriceps, Jordan and Gilbert.
Sebastichthys rubrivinctus, Jordan and Gilbert.
Sebastichthys diploproa, Gilbert.

1894.

Ill.

IV.

WAT

WAH UIs

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 407

ACUTOMENTUM, Eigenmann and Beeson.

Acutomentum melanostomum (Eigenmann and Eigenmann)
Acutomentum macdonaldi, Eigenmann and Beeson.
Acutomentum ovalis (Ayres).

Acutomentum alutum (Gilbert).

Primospina, Eigenmann and Beeson.

Primospina mystinus (Jordan and Gilbert).
Primospina entomelas (Jordan and Gilbert).

SEBASTOSOMUS, Gill.

Sebastosomus flavidus (Ayres).

Sebastosomus serranoides (Eigenmann and Eigenmann),.
Sebastosomus melanops (Girard).

Sebastosomus ciliatus (Tiles).

SEBASTODES, Gill.

Sebastodes goodei, Kigenmann and Eigenmann.
Sebastodes paucispinis \ Ayres).

GENUS ALLIED TO SEBASTOMUS.

? matzubare, Hilgendorf.

SEBASTOMUS, Gill.

Sebastomus capensis (Linneeus).

Sebastomus rufus (Eigenmann and Eigenmann).
Sebastomus miniatus (Jordan and Gilbert).
Sebastomus pinniger (Gill).

Sebastomus levis (Eigenmann and Eigenmann).
Sebastomus cereus (Kigenmann and Eigenmann).
Sebastomus constellatus (Jordan and Gilbert).
Sebastomus umbrosus (Jordan and Gilbert).
Sebastomus rosaceus (Girard).

Sebastomus rhodochloris (Jordan and Gilbert).
Sebastomus gilli (R. S. Eigenmann).

Sebastomus rupestris (Gilbert).

Sebastomus eos (Eigenmann and Eigenmann).
Sebastomus chlorostictus (Jordan and Gilbert).
Sebastomus ruber (Ayres).

IX. Preropopus, Eigenmann and Beeson.

Pteropodus sinensis (Gilbert).

Pteropodus saxicola (Gilbert).

Pteropodus atrovirens (Jordan and Gilbert).
Pteropodus elongatus (Ayres).

Pteropodus proriger (Jordan and Gilbert).
Pteropodus brevispinis (Bean).

Pteropodus zacentrus (Gilbert).

Pteropodus maliger (Jordan and Gilbert).
Pteropodus dallii, Eigenmann and Beeson.
Pteropodus caurinus (Jordan and Gilbert).
Pteropodus vexillaris (Jordan and Gilbert).
Pteropodus rastrelliger (Jordan and Gilbert).
Pteropodus nebulosus (Ayres).

Pteropodus carnatus (Jordan and Gilbert).
Pteropodus chrysomelas (Jordan and Gilbert)

X. AucTosPINA, Eigenmann and ‘Beeson,

Auctospina aurora (Gilbert).
Auctospina auriculatus (Girard).

XI. SEBASTOPSIS, Gill.

Sebastopsis xyris, Jordan and Gilbert.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE NATIVE TREES OF THE
LOWER WABASH VALLEY.

By RoBERT RIDGWAY.

SINCE the publication of my ‘Notes on the Native Trees of the
Lower Wabash and White River Valleys in Illinois and Indiana,” * and
the additions and corrections to the same article,t a considerable
amount of further information has been gathered, partly through my
own observations during occasional visits to that region, but chiefly
through investigations made by Dr. J. Schneck, of Mount Carmel,
Ill., who having been appointed by the State authorities to make an
exhibit of linois woods at the New Orleans Exposition, was enabled
to take measurements of many species which, for one reason or another,
I had not measured, Dr. Schneck having kindly furnished me with
these measurements and given me permission to publish them, they are
presented in the following notes, except in those cases where figures
already published are not affected.

After the lapse of so many years, it is to be expected that additions
are to be made to the list, that some statements are to be modified,
and that errors are to be corrected. These will be found under appro-
priate headings at the end of this paper.

Before proceeding to take up the species in regular order, it may be
well to explain that the first number corresponds with the numeration of
my first paper, while the number in parentheses prefixed to the name of
a species corresponds in each case with that given in the octavo edition
of Prof. Sargent’s “Catalogue of the Forest Trees of North America,”
published in 1880,¢ and not with the numeration of the large quarto
“Report on the Forests of North America (exclusive of Mexico),”
published in 1884.

*Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., v, 1882, pp. 49-88, (1883). (Actual date of publication of
edition of “separates,” June 12, 1882.)

tAdditions and corrections io the list of native trees of the Lower Wabash Val-
ley. Botanical Gazette, vu, No. 12, Dec. 1883, pp. 345-352.

{ SARGENT, CHARLES 8S.—A Catalogue of the Forest Trees of North America; Tenth
Census of the United States, Govt. Printing Office, Washington, 1880.

§ SARGENT, CHARLES S.—Report on the Forests of North America (exclusive of
Mexico); Tenth Census of the United States, 1x, Govt, Printing Office, Washington,
1884, J

Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Vol. XVII, No. 1010.
409

410 TREES OF THE WABASH VALLEY—RIDGWAY. VOL, XVII.

Measurements of girth are always taken above the swell at the base
of the tree, or at a height usually of 2 to 4 feet, though sometimes 5 or
6 feet from the ground. The height is always measured from a felled

tree with a 100-foot tapeline. Unless otherwise stated, all trees meas- —

9°

ured were found in the immediate vicinity (within 3 miles radius) of
Mount Carmel, Lll., though sometimes on the opposite side of the
Wabash River, in Knox and Gibson counties, Indiana.

2. (8.) LIRIODENDRON TULIPIFERA, Linnewus. Tulip Tree; ‘ Poplar.”

A large poplar cut for shingles 8 miles eastof Vincennes measured 8
feet across the top of the stump, which was solid to the center; the
last cut was 63 feet from the first, and the trunk made 80,000 shingles.

3. (10.) ASIMINA TRILOBA (Linneus) Dunal. Pawpaw.

The largest specimen measured by Dr. Schneck was 48 feet high and
27 inches in circumference.

4, (14.) TILIA AMERICANA, Linnzeus. American Linden. ‘ Lin.”

Dr. Schneck’s largest measurements are, girth, 174 feet; height, 135

feet.
6. (—.) “ILEX VERTICILLATA. Black Alder.”

This should read ‘Ilex decidua, Walter. Deciduous Holly.” J.
verticillata occurs also, but it is only a shrub.
7. (40.) ASCULUS GLABRA, Willdenow. Smooth Buckeye.

A tree of this species measured by Dr. Schneck was 83 feet high and

35 inches in circumference.
11. (53.) NEGUNDO NEGUNDO (Linneus) Karsten. Box Elder.

A tree measured by Dr. Schneck was 60 feet high and 94 feet in cir-

cuinference.
13. (—.) RHUS GLABRA, Linneus. Smooth Sumae.

Dr. Schneck measured a specimen of this species which was 20 feet
nigh and 9 inches in girth.
16. (65.) GYMNOCLADUS DIOICUS (Linnzus) Koch. Coffee-bean; Coffee-nut.

Height, 129 feet; circumference, 74 feet, are the dimensions of a tree
measured by Dr. Schneck.

17. (66.) GLEDITSIA AQUATICA, Marshall. Water Locust.

The known size which this tree attains is considerably increased by

Dr. Schneck’s measurements, which show that a height of 90 feet is

sometimes reached, the specimen measured being only 43 feet in cir-
cumference.

18. (67.) GLEDITSIA TRIACANTHOS, Linneus. Honey Locust.

The largest specimen measured by Dr. Schneck was 156 feet high and
18 feet in circumference.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. AV

19. (58.) ROBINIA PSEUDACACIA, Linnaeus. Black Locust.

A cultivated specimen, growing in Wabash County, Il, measured
by Dr. Schneck, was 95 feet high and 114 feet in circumference.

21. (76.) PRUNUS AMERICANA, Marshall. Wild Plum.

The tree from which Dr. Schneck’s specimens of the wood were taken
measured 28 feet high and 27 inches in circumference.

22. (78.) PRUNUS ANGUSTIFOLIA, Marshall. Chickasaw Plum.

Dr. Schneck’s specimen was 20 feet high and 21 inches in cireum-
ference.
23. (81.) PRUNUS SEROTINA, Ehrmann. Wild Cherry.

A wild-cherry tree measured by Dr. Schneck was 135 feet high by
104 feet in circumference.

25. (87.) PYRUS CORONARIA, Linnezus. Crab Apple.

Dr. Schneck’s specimen was 28 feet high and 26 inches in circum-
ference.

28. (96.) CRATZZGUS CRUS-GALLI, Linnzus. Cockspur Thorn.
Height, 32 feet; circumference, 20 inches (Schneck).
30. (102.) CRATZGUS TOMENTOSA, Linnewus. Black Thorn.
Height, 29 feet; circumference, 21 inches (Schneck).
31. (105.) AMELANCHIER CANADENSIS, Medicus. June Berry.

Height, 38 feet; circumference, 28 inches (Schneck).

32. (106.) LIQUIDAMBAR STYRACIFLUA, Linnzus. Sweet Gum.

Articles describing this species refer to the corky excrescences to
the branchlets as if they were a constant feature. So far is this from
being true that it is probably no exaggeration to say that not 5 per
cent. of the total number of trees possess them, or at least they are not
conspicuously developed in a greater proportion. Indeed, so far as my
observation goes (and I have examined many hundred trees), these
excrescences are decidedly exceptional.

37. (124.) VIBURNUM PRUNIFOLIUM, Linneus. Black Haw.
Height, 21 feet; circumference, 11 inches (Schneck).
41, (154.) FRAXINUS PUBESCENS, Lamarck. Red Ash.
Height, 138 feet; circumference, 16 feet (Schneck).
44. (157.) FRAXINUS VIRIDIS, Michaux, f. Green Ash.

Height, 92 feet; circumference, 5 feet (Schneck).

412 TREKS OF THE WABASH VALLEY—RIDGWAY. a

45. (165.) CATALPA SPECIOSA, Warder. Catalpa.

number of small but abi ishing catalpa trees which had sprouted from —
fence posts. The latter had been split and put into the ground while
ereen and sprouted at the ground, the sprouts forming well-shaped
trees 10-15 feet high with stems of proportionate thickness. Isupposed—
they had been planted inside the fence, and wonld not have suspected
their curious origin had not my attention been called to it.

While near Fairfield, Wayne county, Ill., in May, 1890, I was showna .

47. (176.) ULMUS ALATA, Michaux. Winged ‘Elm.

a. a

Height, 55 feet; circumference, 27 inches (Schneck). In the town of”
Fairfield, Wayne county, [lL, are some beautiful examples of this
handsome tree planted as shade trees along some of the streets. They
have assumed a symmetrical spreading form and display conspicuously —
the curious corky winged appendages to the branches. This species is—
abundant in bottom lands of Wayne, Richland, Edwards, and adjoining
counties in Ilinois. :

49. (179.) ULMUS PUBESCENS, Walter. Slippery Elm.

A tree measured by Dr. Schneck was 83 feet high and 7% in cireum-
ference.

50. (183.) CELTIS MISSISSIPPIENSIS, Bosc. Mississippi Hackberry.

This is surely a distinct species from CO. occidentalis in the region
under consideration, being always easily distinguished by the con-
spicuously different foliage, bark, and fruit—the latter not only differ-
ent in size but in color also. I found it abundant in creek bottoms in
the southern portion of Richland county, Ill., where some of the trees
were taller than I had seen them elsewhere, apparently 100 feet or
more in height.

A specimen measured by Dr. Schneck was 95 feet high and 54 in
circumference.

59. (202.) HICORIA GLABRA (Miller) Britton. Pig-nut; Broom Hickory.
Height, 120 feet; circumference, 85 feet (Schneck).

60. (203.) HICORIA SULCATA (Willdenow) Britton. Big Shell-bark; Bot-
toms Shell-bark.

Height, 119 feet; circumference, 8 feet (Sclineck).
—. (200.) HICORIA AQUATICA, Michaux, f. Water Hickory.

This species was not included in my list, although referred to in the
introduction (p. 50) as having been, with H. myristiceformis, mentioned
by Prince von Wied, in the list of trees observed by him at New Har-
en Ina:* Unaes date of December 15, 1883, Dr. hi wrote me

= ieeeae in das innere Nord- Antena » p. 209.

“1801. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSLUM. A413

that he had lately received specimens of H. aquatica from Mr. W. F.
Tortune, collected at Equality, Gallatin county, Il, adding that it
was sent to him as H. Pecan, ‘‘ which the foliage much resembles, but
the nuts are much flattened, and ridged, and the meat is as bitter as
that of H. minima.”

In view of this virtual confirmation of Prince von Wied’s record of
H. aquatica, H. myristiceformis should be looked for in the lower
Wabash bottom-lands.

65. (218.) QUERCUS DIGITATA (Marshall) Sudworth. Spanish Oak.

A specimen of this oak measured by Dr. Schneck was 97 feet high
and 6 feet in circumference.

In the White River bottoms there occurs a very strongly marked
variety of this species or possibly a tree that is specifically distinct, dis-
tinguished from the true Q. digitata, which is especially a tree of thin-
soiled uplands, by its much larger and taller growth and distinctly
light-colored bark. In fact, although it has the bristle-pointed, acute-
lobed leaves of the black-oak group, and moreover has the lobes shaped
as in Q. digitata and the under surface of the leaves densely tomentose
as in that species, the bark of the trunk is so light-colored as to cause
the tree to be easily mistaken for one of the white oaks, as, for example,
Q. alba or Q. Muhlenbergti, which it further resembles in habit. So very
different is it, in these particulars, from Q. digitata that I feel quite
certain it will prove, on investigation, to be at least subspecifically
distinct.

The first specimen met with by me was growing in the White River
bottoms, about five miles above the mouth of that stream, on the south-
ern side. It measured 14 feet in circumference, with the trunk free of
branches for at least 70 feet, but rather crooked. Other trees quite
identical in characters were afterward examined by Dr. Schneck and
myself near White River Pond, several miles southwest of the tree
above mentioned, but neither of us have seen it elsewhere than in the
bottom-lands lying between the extreme lower portions of White and
Patoka rivers, where the typical black-barked Q. digitata seems not to
occur at all, being, as previously stated, apparently confined to thin-
soiled or clayey uplands.

66. (222.) QUERCUS IMBRICARIA, Michaux. Laurel Oak; Shingle Oak.
Height, 100 feet; circumference, 8 feet (Schneck).
67. (226.) QUERCUS LYRATA, Walter. Swamp Post Oak; Overcup Oak.

This tree grows in the bottoms of all the streams tributary to the
Wabash, at least as far north as Jasper county, Ill., where I found it
in the vicinity of Rafe’s mill, in July, 1887. In Fox River bottoms,

414 TREES OF THE WABASH VALLEY—RIDGWAY. VOL. XVM,

immediately west of Sugar Creek prairie, Richland county, this oak
was the prevailing species over considerable areas of Swampy woods.

69. (1.) QUERCUS MICHAUXI, Nuttall. Michaux’s Oak; Basket Oak.

More recent investigations have shown this tree to be a common one
in rich bottom-lands, and certainly specifically distinct (in our district)
from Q. platanoides (Q. bicolor).

ee de. | bed

70. (228.) QUERCUS MUHLENBERGII, Engelmann. Yellow Oak; ‘‘Chinquapin.” :

Height, 155 feet; circumference, 12 feet (Schneck).

71. (229.) QUERCUS NIGRA, Linneus. Black Jack; Jack Oak.
Height, 65 feet; circumference, 34 feet (Schneck).

75. (235.) QUERCUS MINOR (Marshall)Sargent. Post Oak.

While my estimate of “about 50 to 80 feet high, and 2 to 3 feet in
diameter’’ as the ‘usual size of the heavier growth” is probably very
nearly correct, larger trees occur, one measured by Dr. Schneck being
103 feet high and 10 in circumference.

79. (244.) OSTRYA VIRGINIANA (Miller) Willdenow. Hop Hornbeam.
Height 25 feet, girth 26 inches (Schneck).

82. (249.) BETULA NIGRA, Linnezus. Red Birch; River Birch.

Height 105 feet, circumference 10 feet (Schneck).
84. (—.) SALIX DISCOLOR, Muhlenberg. Glaucous Willow.
Height 15 feet, circumference 9 inches (Schneck).

—. (—.) SALIX LONGIFOLIA, Muhienberg. Long-leafed Willow; Sand-bar
Willow.

Height 70 feet, circumference 20 inches (Schneck).
85. (261.) SALIX NIGRA, Marshall. Black Willow.

My maximum measurement of 874 feet is exceeded by one by Dr.
Schneck of a tree which was 95 feet high and 74 feet in circumference.

88. ““POPULUS TREMULOIDES. Aspen; Quaking-Asp.” (= P. grandidentata
Michaux. Large-toothed Aspen!).

Dr. Schneck measured a tree of this species which was 97 feet high
and 42 feet in circumference.
P. tremuloides apparently does not occur in our region.

89. (277.) JUNIPERUS VIRGINIANA, Linneus. Red Cedar.

A specimen growing in Saline County, IIL, measured by Dr. Schneck,
was 75 feet high and 5 feet in circumference.

1394. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 415

90. (—.) JUNIPERUS COMMUNIS, Linnwus. Juniper.

A Saline County specimen measured by Dr. Schneck was 25 feet
high and 18 inches in circumference.

APPENDIX.

A.—NUMBER OF SPECIES OF NATIVE TREES ASCERTAINED TO OCCUR
INDIGENOUSLY IN THE LOWER WABASH VALLEY.

The total number of species given in my catalogue is 94; but from
this number the following are to be deducted, as being more properly
classed as shrubs than trees:

1. Rhus glabra. Smooth Sumac. 3. Viburnum dentatum. Arrow-wood.
2. Amorpha fruticosa. False Indigo. | 4. Salix lucida. Shining Willow

The number would thus seem to be reduced to 90; but the additions
far outnumber the reductions, the following having been omitted from
my list:

“1, Ptelea trifoliata, Linnwus. Hop Tree.
*2. Euonymus airopurpureus, Jacquin. Burning Bush; Wahoo.
3. Rhamnus Caroliniana, Walter. Carolina Buckthorn.
4. #sculus octandra, Marshall. Sweet Buckeye.
5. Rhus Vernix, Linneus. Poison Sumac; Poison Dogwood; Poison Elder.
*6. Crategus spathulata, Michaux. Small-fruited Haw.
*7. Hamamelis Virginica, Linnzus. Witch Hazel.
8. Nyssa aquatica, Marshall. Tupelo.
9. Vaccinium arboreum, Marshall. Farkle-berry.
10. Bumelia lanuginosa, Persoon. Gum Elastic; Shittim wood.
11, Bumelia lycioides, Geertner. Southern Buckthorn.
12. Mohrodendron tetraptera (Linneus) Britton. Silver-bell Tree; Snow-
drop Tree; Calico-wood.
“13. Forestiera acuminata, Poiret. Water Privet.
14. Planera aquatica, Gmelin. Water Elm.
15. Hicoria aquatica (Michaux. f.) Britton. Water Hickory.
16. Castanea pumila (Linnieus) Miller. Chinquapin.
“17. Salix longifolia, Muhlenberg. Sandbar Willow.

Of the above, those marked with an asterisk have been identified in
the immediate vicinity of Mount Carmel, the others being mainly more
southern, or occurring only farther down the river. No. 6, Crataegus
spathulata, is not included in Dr. Schneck’s list and has not been met
with by him or myself during recent years. Specimens in fruit were
found by us, however, near Mauck’s Pond, Gibson County, Ind., in
September, 1871.* There is some doubt as to No.16, Castanea pumila,
which is given on Prof. Sargent’s authority; but there is a possibility
of an error having been made from the circumstance that the name
‘“‘chinquapin” is in that region almost universally applied to the fruit
of Quercus Muhlenbergii.

*See American Naturalist, December, 1872, p. 728,

416 TREES OF THE WABASH VALLEY—RIDGWAY. VOL. XVII.

The actual number of indigenous species of trees in the Lower Wa-
bash Valley (from the mouth of White River southward) would thus
appear to be 107, but the total may be still larger through the probable
addition of Ilex opaca, quoted from southern Indiana, Crataegus arbo-
rescens (Union and Jackson counties, Ill.), Hicoria myristicaformis
(Posey County, Ind., fide Prince von Wied), and a few of more general
distribution (as Ulmus racemosa) which have not yet been reported
from the area under consideration.

B.—NUMBER OF SPECIES GROWING IN RESTRICTED AREAS.

Some interesting additions, or additional observations, may be made
to the lists given on pages 50 to 53 of my catalogue. Regarding list
“(2)”, for example (pp. 52, 53), it may be stated that the piece of woods
in question consisted wholly of low flat ground, much of it under water
in wet weather. Much valuable timber had been culled over the whole
area, while from considerable portions nearly all the large growth had
been destroyed, two species (the Western Catalpa and Black Walnut,
easily identified from the stumps) having in fact been quite extermi-
nated. If these latter had been still growing, the total number of
species growing on the 75 acres would apparently be 54, instead of 52,
as given in the list. A subsequent examination, however, revealed
the presence of two additional species, viz: Fraxinus quadrangulata
(Blue Ash), and Hicoria microcarpa (Little Shellbark), making the
actual total 56 species. During a later examination (made in Octo-
ber, 1882), which was restricted to 22 acres of the same piece of woods,
no less than 43 species of trees were detected, notwithstanding one
piece of 8 acres had been wholly deprived of the undergrowth and
most of the large trees, while more or less timber had been cut from
the whole tract. This gives about two additional species of trees
for each separate acre of the whole area. The species noted are the
following:

1. Liriodendron tulipifera. Common. 16. Fraxinus Americana. Common.
2. Asimina triloba. Common, 17. Fraxinus quadrangulata. Common.
3. Acer rubrum. Common. 18. Sassafras sassafras. Common.
4. Acer saccharum. Common. | 19. Ulmus Americana. Abundant.
5. Rhus copallina. Common, growing | 20. Ulmus pubescens. Common,
20 to 30 feet high. | 21. Celtis occidentalis. A few small trees,
6. Gleditsia triacanthos. A few small | 22. Morus rubra. Common.
trees. 23. Platanus occidentalis, Common.
7. Gymnocladus dioicus. A few smal] 24. Hicoria ovata. Abundant.
trees. 25. Hicoria microcarpa. Common.
8. Cercis Canadensis. Common. | 26. Hicoria sulcata. Common.
9. Prunus Americana. Common, | 27. Hicoriaalba, Common.
10. Prunus serotina. Rare. | 28. Hicoria glabra, Common.
11. Liquidambar Styraciflua. Common. | 29. Hicoria minima, Common.
12. Cornus florida. Common. | 30. Quercus alba. Abundant.

14. Viburnum prunifolium. Abundant. 32. Quercus macrocarpa. Rather common.

13. Nyssa sylvatica. Common. 31. Quercus platanoides. Common.
15. Diospyros Virginiana. Common. 33. Quercus coccinea. Common.

Se eee ee ey ee ae eee

ll tat hi eal Mh

1894.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

417

34. Quercus velutina. Common.

35. Quercus rubra. Common.

36. Quercus palustris. Common.

37. Quercus imbricaria. Common.

38. Fagus atropunicea. Common.

39. Carpinus Virginiana. Common.

40. Salix nigra. Most
along edge of swamp.

| 41. Populus heterophylla.
along edge of swamp.

42. Populus monilifera.

edge of swamp.

| 43. Populus grandidentata. Sparingly

scattered through woods.

Abundant

Common along

abundant tree |

On a tract of 40 acres, partly cleared, 1 mile southeast of Olney,
Richland County, [1L., the following species were recognized during an

imperfect survey of the woods:

. Asimina triloba. Common.

. Acer saccharinum. Common.

. Acer rubrum. Rare?

. Acer saccharum. Common.

. Gleditsia triacanthos. Common.
. Cercis Canadensis. Abundant.
. Prunus Americana. Common.

. Prunus serotina. Common.

. Pyrus coronaria. Common.
Cornus florida. Abundant.

. Nyssa sylvatica. Common.
Diospyros Virginiana. Common.
. Fraxinus quadrangulata. Common.
14. Catalpa speciosa. Common.

. Sassafras sassafras. Common.

. Ulmus Americana. Common.

. Ulmus pubescens. Common.

. Morus rubra. Rather common.

. Platanus occidentalis. Common.

. Juglans nigra. Common.

For the sake of comparison of v

Common.
Common.

Common.

Abundant.

Quercus platanoides.. Rathercommon.

. Quercus minor. Common on_ high
grounds with thin soil.

21. Hicoria ovata.
22. Hicoria minima.
. Hicoria glabra.
. Hicoria alba.
Quercus alba.

| 28. Quercus macrocarpa. Common.
29. Quercus coccinea. Common,
30. Quercus velutina. Common.
31. Quercus rubra. Common.

| 32. Quercus palustris. Common.
33. Quercus imbricaria. Abundant.

. Betula nigra. Rather common along
bank of stream.

. Salix nigra. Rather common in wet
places.

. Populus monilifera. Rather common
along bank of stream.

ariety of tree-growth between the

foregoing Mississippi Valley localities and localities of equal or greater
area east of the Alleghanies, in the same latitude, the following lists

are presented:

(1) Near Falls Church, Fairfax County, Va.; locality, a 200-acre farm and vicinity.

1. Liriodendron tulipifera. Common.

*2. Ilex opaca. Rare.
3. Acer rubrum. Common. |

*4, Robinia pseudacacia. Abundant, but |
perhaps spread from cultivation.

Prunus serotina.

Cornus florida. Abundant.

Nyssa sylvatica. Rather common.

Diospyros Virginiana. Common. |

. Chionanthus Virginica. Rather com-
mon.

Fraxinus (Americana?). Rare.

. Sassafras sassafras. Abundant.

Ulmus Americana. Rare.

Proc. N. M. 94

Rather common. | *

13. Juglans nigra. Very rare.

14. Hicoria alba. Rather common.

15. Quercus alba. Abundant.

16. Quercus platanoides. Commononlow
grounds.

“17. Quercus prinus. Abundant on high
grounds.

“18. Quercus Phellos. Common on low
grounds.

19. Quercus nigra. Common on high
grounds.

20. Quercus digitata. Common on high
grounds,

21. Quercus rubra. Rather common.

418
22. Quercus velutina. Rather common.

: :
23. Quercus palustris. Common. |
*24, Castanea dentata. The most abun- |

TREES OF THE WABASH VALLEY—RIDGWAY. VOL. XVIL.

*26. Juniperus Virginiana. Abundant.
*27. Pinus rigida. Common.

*28. Pinus Virginiana. Abundant, often
covering almost exclusively con-

siderable areas.

dant tree on higher grounds.
*25, Castanea pumila. Abundant.
The species marked with an asterisk are not included in any of the
western lists. Two of them (Nos. 9 and 25) did not assume the size and
searcely the habit of trees, and ought, in fairness, to be omitted.

(2) Bottoms of the Patuxent River, Maryland, from Laurel 4 miles southward.

*1. Magnolia glauca. Common locally. 25. Hicoria glabra. Occasional.

2. Liriodendron tulipifera. Abundant, 26. Hicoria minima. Occasional.

3. Asimina triloba. Common locally. 27. Betula nigra. Common.

*4. Ilex opaca. Common. 28. Carpinus Caroliniana. Abundant.

5. Acer saccharinum. Rare. 29. Quercus alba. Common.

6. Acer rubrum. Very abundant. 30. Quercus minor. Occasional on up-

*7. Robinia pseudacacia. Common on lands.
higher grounds but perhapsescaped | 31. Quercus lyrata. Common locally.
from cultivation. 32. Quercus platanoides. Common.

8. Prunus Americana. Rare. 33. Quercus Michauxi. Common locally.

9. Prunus serotina. Rather rare. *34. Quercus prinus. Common on uplands,

10. Pyrus coronaria. Rare. 3d. Quercus rubra. Common.

11. Crataegus Crus-galli. Rare. 36. Quercus velutina. Common,

12. Amelanchier Canadensis. Rare. 37. Quercus palustris. Abundant.

13. Liquidambar Styraciflua. Very abun- | 38. Quercus digitata. Common on up-
dant. lands.

14. Cornus florida. Abundant. 39. Quercus nigra. Common on uplands.

15. Nyssa sylvatica. Common. 40. Quercus phellos. Abundant.

16. Viburnum prunifolium. Occasional. “41. Castanea dentata, Abundant on up-

17. Diospyros Virginiana. Common. lands.

18. Fraxinus Americana. Rare. 42. Fagus atropunicea. Common locally.

19. Sassafras sassafras. Common. 43. Salix nigra.

20. Ulmus Americana. Rather rare. 44. Populus grandidentata. Occasional

21. Morus rubra. Rather rare. on uplands.

22. Platanus occidentalis. Common. *45, Pinus rigida, Common.

23. Juglans nigra. Rare. “46. Pinus Virginiana. Abundant.

24, Hicoria alba. Rather common. “47, Juniperus Virginiana.

The above seemingly large list includes every species of tree which
I was able to recognize in any portion of the extensive area (at least 5
square miles), which included besides ordinary bottom land, swamps
and uplands, with varying conditions of soil. If the count had been

restricted to an area of say 100 acres, in any portion of the larger area, |

the list would have been reduced about one-third. The district having
been carefully explored on very numerous occasions (much more thor-
oughly than I have been able to explore any western tract of equal
extent), it is probable that the list is very nearly complete,

eee ee

THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 419

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF
C.—CLASSIFIED MEASUREMENTS.
(1) Additions to the “list of trees attaining a height of 100 feet or more.”
N rans Maximum ascertained |,. z
0. Species. oeht Girth of tree measured.
ght.
35 | Quercus Michaunxi ....-.--. 119 feet (R. R.)-.-.---- 13 feet.
30)| Quercus minor =... --6--46< 103 feet (J.S.) -.------ 10 feet.
87.| Hicoria glabra .....--.----- 115 feet (R.R.); 120 | 7} feet (R.R.); 84 feet
feet (J.S.). (J.S.).
38 | Hicoria microcarpa ..------ 134 feet (RAR) os 225. 9 feet 10 inches.
39: | Hicoria suleata ...-------.- TIO Peat (SIS:) se2- 22 8 feet
40 | Betula nigra .....-..---..-- 105 feet (J.S.) -------- 10 feet
41 | Prunus serotina...---...... 135 feetiGs.S:)\ -- 2-4-2 104 feet.
42 | Fraxinus pubescens ..-.--.- TAS HeSt (diss) soe cs cox 16 feet.
(2) Increased maximum height as determined by subsequent measurements.
lation of Maximum height as | Maximum height by
a | eg ae PS ey subs é -
ane Species. | given in original list. bp Se eae ans e
2 | Lilia, Americana. .:...--.--< 130 feet (R. R.).--..--- | 135 feet (J.S.).
6 | Gymnocladus dioicus -.-.--- 109 feet (R. R.).--..--- 129 feet (J.S.).
7 Gleditsia triacanthos ..-.--- | 137 feet (R.R.)2.------ 156 feet (J.S.).
15 | Celtis occidentalis -.-....-. 134 feet: (i. W.)ic=-ss- 6 136 feet (J.S.).
28 | Quereus Muhlenbergii -..--. 1224 feet (R. R.).-.----- 155 feet (J.S.).
19 | Quercus palustris.----...- 120 feet (J.S.) ..------ | 185 feet (J.S8.).
|
(3) Trees which apparently do not reach a maximum height of 100 feet.
| \| | |
No. Species. Height.) Girth. || No. Species. Height.) Girth.
Feet. | Inches. Feet. | Inches.
1| Msculus glabra .....--.--- 83 35 || 21 | Populus grandidentata. - - .| 97 57
2| Amelanchier Canadensis... 38 | 28 || 22 | Populus heterophylla... --. 92 90
3 | Asimina trilcba -....--..-.. 48 32
4 | Carpinus Caroliniana. ----- 32 54 ||) 23 | Prunus Americana. .....-- 28 27
5 | Celtis Mississippieusis- --- 95 132 || 24 | Prunus angustifolia .-.... 20 21
6 | Cercis Canadensis. -------- 54 66 25 | Ptelea trifoliata........... 15 12
7 | Cornus florida....-..-..--. 50 50 || 26 | Pyrus coronaria...-..-.-.. 38 26
8 | Crateegus Crus-galli--..--. 32 20 |! 27] Quercus digitata-.-.......- 61 72
9 | Cratzegus mollis. ...-..---.- 37 27 |) 28 | Quercus lyrata..........-- 61 54
10 | Cratzegus tomentosa --.--.- 2b 21 29 | Quercus nigra....-.----.-- 65 42
11 | Evonymus atropurpureus- 20 15 30 | Rhus copallina......-..... 324 29
12 | Forestiera acuminata. --.--. 22 18 ale} Rhus typhina--2.--.2--2-- 35 12
13 | Fraxinus sambucifolia .- --. 83 56 32 | Robinia pseudacacia (culti-
14 | Fraxinus viridis ----.--.--- 92 60 Wail Gane te ee eee ee are 95 138
15 | Gleditsia aquatica ..-...-.. 90 57 33 | Salix discolor.........-...- 15 9
LG eblexdecidua-'-\-.2<= 2-22, 28 37 34 | Salix longifolia.....-.....- 70 20
17 | Juniperus Virginiana. ...- 75 605}}/ 535) | Salix migra. oo 5+. ct.ci.. 4 95 108
18 | Juniperus communis...... 25 18 || 36] Sassafras sassafras-.-.-...-- 95 144
IMONUS PUDEA asc a= sceces 68 124 a | Wilmius*alata- 225. .2 le ses.. 55 27
19 | Negundo Negundo........ 60 114 38 | Ulmus pubescens....--.--- 83 88
20 | Ostrya Virginiana ..-...-.- 25 26 || 39 | Viburnum prunifohum. -.. 21 11
1

In the case of a number of the above-named species only one speci-
men was measured, and it is therefore highly probable that larger indi-

viduals oceur.

As a result of these additional measurements the last paragraph on
page 56 (continued on page 57) of my first paper requires material

modification. Compared with
growth which are cut down an

the vast number of trees of mature
d destroyed even in a single year, the

number of trees from which these measurements were taken is insig-
niticant indeed, and it is quite certain that in not a single instance has

420 TREES OF THE WABASH VALLEY—RIDGWAY. Vou. XVI.

the largest individual of any species of tree growing in the Wabash
Valley within the last twenty-five years been measured.

From the meager data that have been gathered, however, we are
able to show that the species may be grouped, according to ascertained
maximum height, as follows:

(4) Number of species reaching 100 feet.

‘is ere : | Number of | LO die : Number of
Maximum height attained. species. Maximum height attained. species.
Weep onesccoaSecacssedoe AD MAO tee a= eee eee ee 14
105 feet..---.-----..--------- Sia Wai Wawee ie Shgeacess sack dase seer 3!
PLO POC a er sein sree atete tate oe == a= 36) Ibb Geeta se - 6 eee ee eee 11
(Woteet....ceeecceem es eet eee ae 84 i M60MeSts--.S2=-cctec cee aoe xg
ADO Meta me atin 7 2 iby Weise saeadedodeessesso+5= +6
125 feCbe = em eee Anal OMOC tame aete te eet eer tet +4
NBG bs es coscee soa a 2) ai eC base aete mere eae 83
IRS eooecogsasnacfocdoss 20) ASO eet en eereeee maa =a \|2
140ifeethes-seeee sere eit 5) || 90 teeteeessenress acre. mea 1

* Liriodendron tulipifera, Liquidamber Styraciflua, Platanus occidentalis, Hicoria Pecan, Quercus
macrocarpa, @. velutina, Q. coccinea, and Populus monilifera.

t Liriodendron tulipifera, Platanus occidentalis, Hicoria Pecan, Q. coccinea, ). macrocarpa, and Popu-

lus monilifera.
+ Liriodendron tulipifera, Hicoria Pecan, Quercus coccinea, and Populus monilifera.
§ Liriodendron tulipifera, Hicoria Pecan, and Quercus coccinea.
|| Liriodendron tulipifera and Quercus coccinea.
{| Liriodendron tulipifera.

(5) List of trees of which no measurements have been taken,

1. Aralia spinosa. Angelica Tree; Her- | 8. Cratagus spathulata, Small-fruited
cules Club; Devil’s Walking-stick. Hawthorn.

2. Hicoria aquatica. Water Hickory. 9, Magnolia acuminata. Cucumber Tree.

3. Castanea dentata. American Chestnut. | 10. Pinus echinata. Yellow Pine.

4. Castanea pumila, Chinquapin. 11. Pyrus angustifolia. Narrow-leafed

5. Chamecyparis thyoides. White Cedar, | Crab-apple.

6. Crataegus coccinea. Scarlet Hawthorn. | 12. Quercus Phellos. Willow Oak.

7. Cratwqus cordata. Washington Haw- | 13. Tilia heterophylla. White Basswood.
thorn.

In the list of species ‘‘usually classed as shrubs,” on page 58 of my
original paper, those numbered 1, 2, 3, 6, and 7 are to be canceled and
transferred to the list of trees. Their measurements are given in table
3 of this paper, on page 419.

In the table which immediately follows the above-mentioned list
No. 1 should read Ilex decidua instead of ‘ Ilex verticillata,” and to
the species (trees and taller shrubs) whose measurements are there
given may be added the following:

(6) Measurements of larger shrubs.

No. Species. Locality. height Girth.
Feet. | Inches.

5 | Cephalanthus occidentalis.......------ Mount Carmel, Ill........-. 8 12

6) | Cormusipamie ml ities e a= a etere eee etter) rere i aeesnrooaseneScsegen 15 8

7 | Forestiera acuminata. .....-.--..------|--.--- (See ed Saleiciece net 22 18

8 | Juniperus communis ..-.--..--.---.---- | Saline County, Il ....--.--- 25 18

9. | Salix sericea..- 224 -:---= ..-| Mount Carmel, Ill.-......-.- 15 11

10) |Staphylea tiritoligess. see semse see nese tac Ove ee out ebisse meee: 18 11

es . eee. Se

a ar 2 oe, aes

aes eed.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 4?1

The specimens from which the above measurements were taken
formed part of the fine collection exhibited by the State of Illinois at
the New Orleans Exposition.

It may be of interest in this connection to give the following meas-
urements of the larger growing woody climbers, for which also I am
indebted to Dr. Schneck:

‘ (7) Measurements of larger woody vines.

No. Species. eens Girth.
Feet. | Inches.

Me PATASTO OC NIG hOMOREOSA) 2) acalais i mloleiajaia2 aisrs/atn a] els side ea/oiaieie a= a=) lel aie) iatele = si= = 83 | 10
PaCS LORICOUCNMTONs 4-2-6 Nese eae ns co meie ae tease cen oe eeeds 2 acticin 97 18

Si MROCOMe FACIGARS ena - ane te jana San oases aloes co tjeee aie aa ccce 87 *19

An PieelUIS CONMILOM AE Mn eaemais te cat cies See anaes eee se oenia site sinicicle'sss 115 $26

Ba PVATMIAU TIP ATs es ee oe rine oe Meee sca ae See Sains Sardine seca eeat sc cecete 60 12
GaikCissus ampelOpsis-- --o5-02 .se-e- seor tence cionc cea =< eee Sonic cee 50 12

Ma PE IONONIS CAPTCOl Abaca. == ace sae s-Sens=sassiac sc siontcesietelciee sec ccne F(R) ecesapece

* The average circumference of four stems measured by me was 394 inches, the largest being 41
inches in girth. One of 40 and another of 35 inches girth climbed the same tree.

1 The largest vine of this species measured by me was 36 inches in circumference. Four vines of
V. estivalis averaged 30% inches in girth at 3 feet from the ground, the largest being 38 inches around.

t This, though climbing high, is a very slender vine, few stems much exceeding J inch in diameter ;
one which I pulled loose from the trunk of a large tree measured 55 feet to its first ramification.

RES

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

7]
2
&

A LARGE TULIP TREE.

Liriodendron Tulipifera, Linnezeus.

Knox County, Indiana.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XI

5 Cle LELABE BP

A GIANT SYCAMORE.
Platanus occidentalis, Linneeus.

Gibson County, Indiana.

Nat ike Uae
Aart Me
1 ah eae.

PL. XII

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

ane har

A GIANT SYCAMORE.

Platanus occidentalis, Linneeus.

Gibson County, indiana.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XIII

A TALL SYCAMORE.

Platanus occidentalis, Linnzeus.

Richland County, Illinois.

h
wt Sith

é
ee Can
‘lhl ioe
iret
i

‘eueipuy ‘{juNoD xXouy
"“ASTIVA HSVEV/AA YSMO7 ‘LS3SYO4 GNV1df] WOldAL

AIX “1d IIAX “10A ‘SONIGASOOud WNASNW IVNOILVN ‘S “nN

a La " ~~
‘ake @ a
*, 9
'
it ek ) <—
¥ if
7 { , |
y ; 7

if Ley 1
: iy ‘
Th
yy =
j i
‘ hee
Al at y
fat a
La ed ;
As Fe
| \*
i
¢] ‘ ’
f . - |
‘y Tee nt i
‘ Baby is
i ¢ i
1 YY at
yl 1
y i dat t i ‘
| i
j ' t
t u
~ f , F }
f : ’
a i
in { r
eet aa pare
; “ i Laie?
wh
j We She | fh
ae
f Wh OLE era
Fi ys iy ew LN
tid My rey it 1
Le ein Vee 1)
hh han
wi Pus Mo OH i
7 - ta),
mat ene hh,
x j Loa
‘ ip oP - 1
“ t
- i
i f
\ ¢ @ ht .
j
i }
" wey r
. i i j
e 1 aasy ‘ i
i ral b 1 i DF, H re
‘ . n ; ii iw wv
a ‘ie aa a c Ns
iy F
‘ ' n Aas last
f We pa i
“tt pee!
: Aes (ore
i j
> i

- wy 7 erry / Z i
Pe Creer oe |) \ ie

PL. XV

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

TYPICAL BOTTOM-LAND FOREST, LOWER WABASH VALLEY.

Gibson County, Indiana.

DISTRIBUTION OF THE LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOL-
LUSKS OF THE WEST INDIAN REGION, AND THEIR
EVIDENCE WITH REGARD TO PAST CHANGES OF LAND
AND SEA.

By CHARLES TORREY SIMPSON.
Aid, Department of Mollusks.

THE West Indian archipelago lies almost wholly within the tropics,
and extends from latitude 10° to 27° 30’ north, and between longitude
59° and 85° west, and embraces an area of about 95,000 square miles.
It presents an example of an astonishingly rich and diversitied land
snail fauna; in fact no other area of the globe of equal extent can
be compared with it. Within this region there are about 1,600
species of terrestrial mollusks, belonging to some 65 genera, a num-
ber almost as great as that found on the mainland of the entire
continent of America. The structure of the Greater Antilles is very
different from that of the lesser archipelago,* or from that of the
Bahama group. Each of the four large islands is believed to consist
of a nucleus of igneous and metamorphic rock, that forms the sum-
mnits of the higher mountains, which are flanked by Cretaceous, Tertiary,
and Post Tertiary beds. The loftiest peaks of eastern Cuba attain a
height of 8,400 feet; those of Haiti and Jamaica a little over 7,000,
while Puerto Rico’s greatest elevation is slightly less than 4,000 feet.
These mountain chains run, for the most part, lengthwise of the islands,
and from a glance at the map one can not help thinking that Haiti—
which leoks something like an enormous letter Y, with one arm point-
ing toward Cuba, the other in the direction of Jamaica, while the
stem is directly in line with Puerto Rico—is a sort of connecting link
in the great archipelago. The channel between Cuba and Haiti is 875
fathoms in depth, the one dividing the latter island from Jamaica is
about 1,000, while that between Puerto Rico and San Domingo is 260
fathoms deep.

*In the following pages the term Lesser Antilles or Windward Islands will be used
to include all the islands south of the Anegada Channel, beginning with Sombrero,
Anguilla, and St. Martin, and including Trinidad. The islands lying north of and
along the coast of Venezuela wiil be called the Leeward Group. Cuba, Haiti,
Jamaica, Puerto Rico, the Isle of Pines, and the Virgin Islands are included in the
general term Greater Antilles.

Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Vol. XVII, No. 1011.
423

424 WEST INDIAN MOLLUSKS—SIMPSON. VOL. XVII.

Betwe cen Cuba and Jamaica there i isa g great trough some 3,000 fath-
oms in depth, known as the Bartlett seep. Running nez da due west
from Cape Cruz on the south side of Cuba, and north of the profound
abyss is a shoal on which are the Cayman Islands, but which deepens
to 1,500 fathoms before reaching Belize. To the southwest of Jamaica
a wide shoal extends to the coast of Honduras, forming the Mosquito,
Baxonuevo, Savanilla, Rosalind, and Pedro banks, along which are seat-
tered low islets, and which, with an elevation of 500 fathoms, would
connect Jamaica with the continent. The western end of Cuba points
directly toward Cape Catoche, from which it is separated by a strait
130 miles wide and 1,164 fathoms deep. The 100-fathom line would
unite Cuba to the Bahamas. At the southeast the Greater Antilles are
separated from the Lesser by the Anegada Channel, which carries in a
depth of 1,100 fathoms from the Atlantic, ending in a deep basin between
Santa Ga and St. Thomas of 2,400 fathoms. East of this a ridge
erosses it which comes within 900 fathoms of the surface.

The Lesser Antilles have not a central nucleus of igneous or meta-
morphic rock. In referring to this subject Alexander Agassiz says :*

The position of the most recent Pliocene and Post Pliocene beds seems to indicate
that some of the volcanoes now active in the West Indies date back to the Pliocene
period, and others to the Post Pliocene. The islands to the north of Guadeloupe form
two parallel chains, the western consisting of Saba, St. Eustatius, St. Kitts, Nevis,
Redonda, and Montserrat, all of which are volcanoes of Post Pliocene date; while to
the eastward is a chain of voleanoes of Tertiary age— Sombrero, Anguilla, St. Martin,
St. Bartholemew, Barbuda, and Antigua. At Guadeloupe the recent islands are
directly united with the voleanic chain, and the still more recent limestones are
found on its western shores.

Agassiz and other authorities agree that the northern portion of the
Lesser Antilles is of much more recent origin than the greater archi-

pelago, and the voleanic chain no doubt rests upon a submarine plateau. |

The Bahama group is also believed to be of somewhat modern origin.
Agassiz thinks that it was formed on an extensive shoal, from the
remains of marine animals deposited at a time when the current from
the Gulf of Mexico flowed over the area of the present archipelago with
very much less velocity than it does at present.t All the islands are
low, and many of them are of coral formation.

Before entering into details as to the distribution of genera and
species it may be well to say a few words as to the means of dispersal
of the land and fresh-water mollusks. Where closely related forms
or groups are found in lands separated by the sea, I think we may
generally conclude that they have reached their present distribution by
one or more of the following means:

First:—By former land connection which hasexisted within the life-
time of present species or groups.

Second:—By the sea, by means of oceanic currents, winds, or storms.
It is Ai well understood now that many land, ne some fresh-water

* Three cruises of ihe ince De 109.
top. cit., p. 75.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 425

plants and animals are carried across nore or less wide spaces of ocean
from shore to shore in various ways on the surface of the sea. In trop-
ical countries especially, heavy rains swell the mountain streams to
torrents, which tear up trees and masses of earth held together with a
network of roots, and bear them swiftly to the ocean. These are often
peopled with land snails, or carry their eggs, and in their course to the
sea may frequently plow up mud from the bottom which contains fresh-
water mollusks. Or fresh-water snails may inhabit the surface and
crevices of such trees, that become stranded on their way down, or lay
their eggs on them, the whole to be carried onward at the next flood.
In many places, notably the northern shores of South America, the sea
is constantly encroaching on the land, and large areas of forest bound
together by matted roots and tangled vines are being undermined and
Swept away.

Of course if the distance from land to land is short, and there are
winds that blow, or tides that run in the right direction, the probability
of such mollusks being safely carried across is much greater than if
they have far to travel, have head winds, or contrary currents. Darwin
has shown that some of the land snails will live for considerable periods
of time in sea water, and many of the fresh-water species will remain
alive for some time in the air under favorable circumstances, and others
are found living in water more or less brackish. One who has noticed
much of the drift in the West Indian region—trees and bamboos, often
carrying masses of earth and stones—can easily believe that they might
bear with them snails for quite a voyage without wetting them to any
considerable extent.* I think I shall be able to show that most of such
migrations in and about the West Indies have been accomplished
under favorable circumstances, that long stretches of unprotected sea,
head winds, and contrary currents have generally proven fatal to dis-
persal by the ocean.

Third:—The agency of man. It is hardly necessary to mention the
well-known instances where man is known to have been the means of
carrying from one country to another different animals or plants.
Many mollusks are known to have been transported through his agency.
Helix similaris is a native of eastern Asia, but is now naturalized in
most of the warmer parts of the world. Helix aspersa and lactea, com-
mon edible snails of Europe, are colonized in a number of foreign coun-

*The hollow stems of dead bamboos are a favorite retreat for many species of ter-
restrial and arboreal snails. These gigantic tufts of grass are particularly abundant
along the streams in tropical countries, and are often washed out in time of floods,
and scattered along the banks. Between rainy seasons the upper joints become
more or less broken and decayed, and peopled with mollusks, and another freshet
sweeps them with their living cargo into the sea. The lower joints, being more
solid are perhaps air-tight, and serve to buoy up the whole mass; the roots weighted
with earth and stones depress the lower end of the clump, and throw the upper and
inhabited end out of water. I have seen just such floating rafts, and nothing could
be-more admirably contrived for transporting land snails safely across the sea.

426 WEST INDIAN MOLLUSKS—-SIMPSON. VOL. XVII.

tries, as well as Rumina decollata, and many others. I have little doubt
that Subulina octona has been introduced into a number of the West
Indian islands in this manner, for C. B. Adams mentions that in 1849
it was found only in a single locality in Jamaica, in a garden near
Kingston,* while now one can not pick up a handfal of shells anywhere
on the island without finding it.

Orthalicus undatus, a Mexican species now found in south Florida,
Cuba, Jamaica, and some of the Windward Islands, is another case in
point, no doubt.t

Fourth:—By birds. Small mollusks or their eggs may be, and no
doubt are, sometimes carried from one locality to another in mud
attached to the feet or feathers of birds. And lastly, it is possible that
such mollusks or their eggs might be transported moderate distances
by windstorms, though such migrations are probably very rare.{

A number of eminent biologists have regarded the Antillean region
as an independent one, and among these are De Candolle, Schouw,
Martins, Berghaus, Hinds, Woodward, Baird, Griesbach, Brown,
Sclater, Wallace, Engler, Packard, Drude, Hartlaub, and Fischer.
These men studied the plants, forests, animals in general, birds, and
mollusks. Others, among whom are Agassiz, Heilprin, and Merriam,
have regarded it as a subregion of the American tropical province,
and still others have united it with the tropical American region.
Whether the evidence of the land and fresh water mollusks of the
Lesser Antilles goes to prove it a separate province may well be
doubted, since it is peopled so largely with South American species
and genera, but I believe that the character of this fauna in the
Greater Antilles is very distinct from any other, and that the peculiar
generaand subgenera of land mollusks have been developed in the locali-
ties where they now preponderate.

Bland, whose exhaustive studies of the distribution of the land shells
of this region are well known, and whose conclusions are considered
authoritative, says:§

* Contributions to Conchology, 111, p. 48.

t Land and fresh-water mollusks may be often carried from one country to another
in the cargoes or ballast of vessels. Ampullarias are frequently imported alive into
Europe or North America in the crevices of mahogany logs and several African
Achatinas have been carried with coffee plants to Mauritius and other islands of
the Indian Ocean, where they flourish as vigorously as the native snails. No doubt
many species are introduced on plants. It may be well to mention that it is known
that the young of some of the Unionid attach themselves by hooks to the fins and
gills of fishes, where they become encysted, and in this condition may be transported
long distances.

¢{ Small fresh-water bivalves have been found attached to the legs of flying aquatic
insects and they may thus be borne from one body of water to another.

§On the Geographical Distribution of the Genera and Species of the Land Shells
of the West India Islands; with a Catalogue of the Species of each Island. Ann,
Lyc. N. Y., Vu, p. 335, 1861.

ee ee Ee ee

—-- vem

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 427

Seeing, moreover, the greater number of both genera and species, absolutely and
proportionately in the islands under consideration, it may not unreasonably be sug-
gested that the insular stamp has rather been impressed on the fauna of the con-
tinent than the reverse.

Since the time of Bland’s studies the discovery of many new species,
a better knowledge of their distribution, the great progress made in
classification, and in the soundings of the Caribbean, the Gulf of Mex-
ico, and the adjoining parts of the Atlantic, the added knowledge of
the currents and winds, as well as the advances made in the study of
the geology and paleontology of this general region go to confirm the
above statement, and in the direction of proving that the land molluscan
fauna of the greater archipelago is largly a peculiar oney that it devel-
oped in part in the region it now occupies, and that it has spread, to
some extent, to Florida, the Bahamas, Mexico, Central and South
America, and the Lesser Antilles, by some of the means I have men-
tioned above.

Some 28 genera and subordinate groups of land mollusks are con-
fined strictly to the Greater Antilles, and no less than 24 more have
here their metropolis, or greatest numerical development of species.

It has been claimed that there has never been land connection
between the islands of this archipelago, and that the homogeneousness
of its land and fresh water molluscan fauna could be accounted for by
supposing that many of the species had been carried from island to
island, by storms or currents, or that they had been transported by other
means. While no doubt a small proportion of the forms have thus
migrated, yet the number of species common to two or more islands is
so small, and the distribution of many of the genera and subordinate
groups is so peculiar, that I believe we are not justified in explaining
the present distribution by such an hypothesis. Cuba, with nearly 700
species of land and fresh-water mollusks, has only 53 not confined to the
island; Jamaica, with over 500 species, has 41; Haiti, with 270 species,
has only 30; and Puerto Rico, with 130 species, has 34 stragglers to
other localities.*

Now, itis very remarkable that while many species of non-operculate
land snails are common to the Greater Antilles and the continent, as
well as to several of the different Lesser Antillean islands, not a single
operculate is known to inhabit both the greater archipelago and the
mainland of tropical America. Two species, Chondropoma dentatum aud
Helicina subglobulosa, and possibly a third, Ctenopoma rugulosum, all
Cuban forms, are colonized in the extreme southern end of Florida,

* Haiti—and under this name I include the whole island—has an area of 28,000
square miles, yet only about one-half as many terrestrial and fluviatile mollusks are
known to belong to it as are foundin Jamaica. With a very diversified surface, an
abundance of forest and rainfall, and a large area of limestone, it is probable that
when it is fully explored the number of its land and fresh water mollusks will be
doubled, and many interesting points of geographical distribution will be brought
to light.

428 WEST INDIAN MOLLUSKS—SIMPSON. VOL. XVII.

and although nearly half the species of land snails of these four larger
islands are operculates, not more than 9 or 10 of them are found outside
of a single island. This might be taken as evidence that the non-oper-
culate forms were of much more ancient origin than the others, many
of them reaching back to a time of former land connection, while the
operculate species were of more recent development, which I suspect
may be the case; or that the former are better adapted to migration
across the ocean than the latter.

The fact that the operculates form so large a proportion of the
Antillean land snail fauna, that a majority of the genera are found on
two or more of the islands and the mainland, while nearly every species
is absolutely restricted toa single island appears to me to be very strong
testimony in favor of a former general land connection.

I believe that all the evidence of the terrestrial and fluviatile mol-

lusean fauna of this region indicates that in the early Tertiary Period, -

perhaps, there was a general land elevation of the Greater Antilles, and
possibly of some of the adjacent area; that Wallace’s theory of a land

connection of the greater islands is correct; that during some part ofthis -

time a landway extended across to the continent;* that the species and
groups of this then connected territory migrated to some extent from
one part of it to another, and that a probable connection existed over
the Bahama plateau to what was at that time no doubt the island of
Florida. It would appear that at this time the volcanic islands of the
Lesser Antillean chain were not yet raised above the sea, or that if
there was land in that region it has since been submerged, and there
seems to be no good evidence in favor of any land connection with the
Greater Antilles since the lifetime of the present groups and species
of West Indian land and fresh-water mollusks.

We have not as yet a sufficient knowledge of the geology and pale-
ontology of this general region, or a large enough acquaintance with
the distribution of the terrestrial and fluviatile mollusks in Central and
South America to at all fully trace the past history of the region, or of
the forms of life in question, and, therefore, most of these theories and
speculations are advanced with the utmost-caution, and rather as sug-
gestions, subject to modification by future discoveries, than as absolute
explanations of the facts. Yet enough is known to make many points
reasonably certain.

Bland has divided the Greater Antilles into five different sub-prov-
inces: t(1) Cuba, with the Isle of Pines, the Bahamas, and Bermuda;

*It is quite probable that at this time Mexico and most of Central America formed
an island; that the sea flowed through what is now the Isthmus of Panama; and
that there was connection by a strait from the Gulf of Mexico through or around to
the northern end of the Gulf of California. In using the expression ‘a landway
across to the continent” I mean to what is the continent now.

t‘‘Geographical distribution of the West India land shells.” Am. Lye. Nat.
Hist. of N. Y., vil., p. 346.

PS see

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 429

(2) Jamaica; (3) Haiti; (4) Puerto Rico, with Vieque, the Virgin Islands,
Sombrero, Anguilla, St. Martin, St. Bartholomew, and St. Croix. The
islands south of the latter, to and including Trinidad, he places in a
fifth province. Fischer follows essentially this arrangement,* except
that he places the Bahamas in a separate division and adds Bermuda to
that of North America, though he thinks the latter group of islands
shows about equal malacological affinities with Florida and the Antilles.

While the mollusecan faunas of each of the four large islands of the
Greater Antilles contain much that is peculiar, yet I believe that the
relationship of the genera and species is much closer than has generally
been supposed. Among genera that are restricted to this archipelago
only five are confined to Cuba—Glandineila, Diplopoma, Blesospira,
and Xenopoma, each having but a single species, and Polymita, with
four species; one is restricted to Haiti—Rolleia, with one species—and
. two to Jamaica—Zaphysema, with six species, and Jamaicia, with two.
Of genera of wide distribution that are found only on a single island
there are three in Cuba—Cionella, Gundlachia, and Vivipara, each with a
single species—and four in Jamaica—Carychium, Strobilops, Hemisinus,
and Valvata, each with one representative—while Puerto Rico has a
single Clausilia, and three Peltellas.

Nearly all the peculiar genera, and those of wide distribution that are
at all numerously represented, are found in three, if not all four, of the
larger islands. The following table exhibits the distribution of all the
terrestrial and fluviatile genera. The marine Neritinas, the semi-aquatic
Auriculidae, and the Truncatellas, which are distributed in the same
way as the ordinary salt-water Gastropods, are not included. There
are no peculiar fresh-water molluscan genera in the West Indies.
The lists of this paper are as accurate as I can make them. The fact
that so many changes have recently been made in the literature and
classification, and that no two authors agree as to specific and generic
values, make it well nigh impossible to give lists that are correct.

* Manuel de Concholiologie, p. 269.

WEST INDIAN MOLLUSKS—SIMPSON.

VOL. XVII.

Distribution of genera of West Indian land and freshwater mollusks.

Genera and groups.

Glandina:
Glandina
MiG iil papeeeooncccose
Varicella
Melia) +5222 se-case-

WoldtexIS cae eees. co sees

Streptostyla

Hyalinia.....--------------
Selenites.-:-.----.-------<-
Thysanophora
Sagda:
Sagda...-...-----------
Hyalosagda..----------
Odontosagda..-..------
Zaphysema
Polymita
Polygyra-.---------+-------
Hemitrochus:
Hemitrochus ...-------
Cysticopsis .-----------
Plagioptycha
Dialeuca...--------+---
Cordya
Jeanneretia-------.-----
Cepolis
Pleurodonte
Pleurodonte
Wargedluss.-cose--2-—-—
Thelidomus. -----------
Polydontes -..---------
Parthena
Luguillia
Eurycratera
NULODUODS == see
Bulimulus
Simpulopsis
Liguus
Orthalicus
Cylindrella:
Apoma
Thaumasia
Callonia
Gonglyostoma
Mychostoma..-...--..--
Siophina. oo... 2 -e
Anoma
Trachelia s.+=-2.--401- --
Vendryesia*
Maeroceramus.--2-.<--.-2-

Pineria

Pseudobalea

Pete at eeac setae eee |

Stenogyra
BiladbiGmesep set coccsdossee
(O}UIERRL ssonocesconbesosgorere
Spiraxis

Glandinella-4-s. 4th ss - |

Melaniella

MO Pi ANIA eee ea

Pupa
Vertigo
Cerion

Geostilbia
Glausilides-cscceccssce- + mea
ute bitet Scpeesoanoa os ssa.
Vaginula
@ionella. pose sscs.2-2- eee
Carychium
Limnwa
PIANOTDIS* seas snc ceee Sees
Ancylus

Cuba.

=
ae

Haiti.

Ja-

maica.

Puerto

'|Mexico; Central America; a few spe-

| Mexico, 35 species; Central America, 12;

| 1in Central America; 1 in Peru.

\|'7 in Mexico;

Elsewhere.

cies in South America and the Lesser
Antilles; 1 in Southern Europe.

Mexico, 10 species; Guatemala, 1.

Peru, 1.
‘World-wide.
American Continent.
3 species in Mexico and Southern States

Mexico; southern United States.
A few in the Bahamas,

Bahamas.

Lesser Antilles; northern S$. Am.

2 in Lesser Antilles.

Mexico; United States.

Tropical America; Lesser Antilles.
Mexico and northern South America.
Florida, 1 species.

Mexico to Brazil.

4 in Guatemala; 3 in

northern South America.

lin Guatemala; 3in Mexico; lin Texas;
1 in Honduras; 2 in Florida.

2 in Isle of Pines; 1 in St. Bartholomew;
1 in Guadeloupe.

| Brazil.

Warm regions in general.
Warm regions.

Tropical America; a few in East Indies. —

17 species on American Continent; a few
in Old World.

a Thomas; Bahamas; Florida; Trini-

dad.

South America, 6; Guatemala, 2; Lesser
Antilles.

World-wide.

Do.
Bahamas; 1 in Florida; a few in Cay-
man Islands: 1 in Curacoa.

Europe; Asia; Peru.

World-wide.
Widely distributed.
0

Do.

*Tia and Leia are both preoccupied, and at the suggestion of Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell I gladly
bestow on this beautiful genus the name Vendryesia, in honor of Mr. Henry Vendryes, of Kingston,
Jamaica, who has made a lifelong study of the shells of that island,

-~?

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 431

Distribution of genera of West Indian land and freshwater mollusks—Continued.

|
Genera and groups. Cuba. | Haiti. af by Falerio Elsewhere.
Gundlachia ...-...-.----.-. Le Saaretec|ecemaee classes. Widely distributed.
Pasa seees Sea eas sncen's ail Si coataeie 1 1 Do.
PAT lOX aise sles is se = <= 1 1 1 1 Do.
Potamopyrgus ..----------- DRE acaac Seicseeae 1 Do.
EOD seer ee eee] - == -—- Ble Boel ee 7 \loockens Do.
Wath tiie? Seo meee aes Hi ease Bsedllaebedech|-setrase Do.
Pachyeheilus -...----.----- Ae eeyteeralate UW pnemesee American tropics.
TS STI UIS HRS eS gee OPE eS eS Bie eee dale soe Do.
Ammpullaria -=-=--.-.------.« 83) SonE EOE De safataere Do. :
Wialvauauscoe os se bes cose Leet leoactaaie DEN Etec Ee: Widely distributed.
NSH TA Se ak es se aoapauapoe 4 3 5 2 | Warm regions.
IBSORCL PINGS. 6. se esmee === bl eerepaey orate (3 \lsebeccos Mexico, 2.
Geomelaniat.-.......------ 4 1 ZIG ee eae e
Neocvyclotus: | ; :
Neocyclotus -..-..----- 1 Reese Dect osu 24 species on mainland from Mexico to
Venezuela; Lesser Antilles.
Riychecochlis io e— sm i4|--- 0-5-1 lino Seiooe orale Senate
ING. 5 Grae Ser eee cep ocee| ketone 31g Bee ene [Sas cee ise
Crocidopoma-.-----..-.:-.<: iL 3 ity Sea oe
Megalomastoma -..-----.--. 13 1 Si Moses soe Guatemala, 1.
Choanopoma. ...----------- 24 | 19 12 3 | 2 in Mexico.
JI (sseeedeSeSep cose.) Sieadedcd ESSResos PN reesei
G@lemopomai- 2.) .-5-<.--- 30 1 al Sacer 1 in Florida; several in Bahamas.
CONSE) oto ebotitscoceecoceeee 15 3 3 3 | 4 in Central America; 2 in Yucatan; 2
; | or 3 in South America (?); a few in
| Lesser Antilles.
Chondropoma...-.---------- 57 BE or Scoe0 4 Florida, 1; Equador, 1; Venezuela, 4;
Mexico, 2; Central America, 3.
I pLOUGHIA ome ein ~~ 1S eepsas| Soesoel bacesese
J Gn?) = See asepaapeceeat il Sos So nbn teccecse
J UROLOIT SSE eS Sese ces acoseaie 7 5 Till tcreterssram 1 in Mexico; 1 or 2 in South America
and the Leeward Islands.
Colobostylus............--- 4 5 1 eoomboe 1 in Honduras; 1 in Trinidad.
PS eSOSPITA sevens s--s/s oe. Da See eels ots celal acioieee
SMONOPOM A) eo siaee. = cece we sm DV ecits eheac ee cle craeecs
JAG ECCS EN EL ee ete 14) PePae pe ees 2in Guatemala; 3 in South America (?)
Eutrochatella.-.....---2.<. 21 6 (Se eee 1 in Honduras.
PACA i air ents cre ele o> =o ore 9 4 1B ee pare A few in the Bahamas.
PeNGINa S-/22 i532 5-522 58 23 16 9 | World-wide in the tropics.
LITORGUGIIE = See ee ae ee Se Bese Aran 1 if scae eke
SUGMSIIIE 5 355 bee eeee ee eral see secee 1 -80 1
SUIS Senses tnereee A ea aneae 1 1 | World-wide.
ISUGPOM: 92 less ace cee se 2) Rae tee i iy let Do.

+ The species included in this genus, from Cuba and Haiti, were placed by Pfeiffer in Truncatella in
asection which he called Montanze (Mon. Pneum. Viv. Sup. , p. 3), on account of their habitat in
the mountains, away from the sea. Crosse has placed them in the sub-genus Blandiella (J. de Couch,
XXX., p. 303) and states that, so far as is known, they differ from true Geomelanias only in the absence
of a prolongation of the anterior part of the aperture. Some of the latter have this development at
the base of the aperture, others at the right margin, and a few are scarcely, if at all, produced. B.
Jilicosta, and lirata of Cuba are in the National Museum collection, and some specimens of these show
this peculiarity to a slight degree, and I should pronounce them both to be Geomelanias on concholog-
ical evidence without the slightest hesitation.

} Platystoma Klein, applied by Fischer and Crosse in a generic sense to this group of peculiar
Jamaican forms typified by Neocyclotux jamaicensis Chemnitz (Miss. Sci. au Mex. 7th part, p. 149), has
been several times preoccupied. Klein was not a binomial author.

The name, therefore, can not stand, and I would substitute that of Ptychocochlis in place of it. The
group on conchological characters seems to be nearly related to Neocyclotus Fischer and Crosse, in
which, for the present, I think it had better remain as a subgenus.

It will be seen from the above table that no less than 57 genera are
either peculiar to the Greater Antilles or have here their principal
developement. These are Thysanophora, Sagda, Zaphysema, Polymita,
Hemitrochus, Pleurodonte, Cepolis, Liguus, Cylindrella, Vendryesia, Mac-
roceramus, Pineria, Glandinella, Melaniella, Cerion, Proserpina, Geome-
lania Neocyclotus, Rolleia, Crocidopoma, Megalomastoma, Choanopoma,
Jamaicia, Ctenopoma, Cistula, Chondropoma, Diplopoma, Licina, Tudora,
Colobostylus, Blesospira, Xenopoma, Adamsiella, Eutrochatella, Alcadia,
Lucidella, and Stoastoma, and they are represented in this region by

432 WEST INDIAN MOLLUSKS—SIMPSON. VOL. XVII.

1,023 species. Seven of these genera are found in all four of the larger
islands; Thysanophora, Hemitrochus, Pleurodonte, Cylindrella, Maero-
ceramus, Choanopoma, and Cistula, with 514 species in this region;
while twelve more, Sagda, Cerion, Geomelania, Megalomastoma,
Crocidopoma, Ctenopoma, Chondropoma, Tudora, Colobostylus, Eutro-
chatella, Alcadia, and Stoastoma, represented by 401 species, are found
in three or a majority of the islands.

Of the remainder of the Greater Antillean genera nine are found in
two islands, Cepolis, Liguus, Vendryesia, Pineria, Proserpina, Neocyclo-
tus, Licina, Adamsiella, and Lucidella, with only 84 species, and 9 are
limited to a single island, Zaphysema, Polymita, Glandinella, Melaniella,
Rolleia, Jamaicia, Diplopoma, Blesospira and Xenopoma, with but 24
species. ;

Of the widely distributed genera whose metropolis is elsewhere, and
which we may suppose have entered this region by some of the means
I have previously mentioned, 16 are found in all four of the islands,
represented by 371 species; 6 are met with in three of the islands, with
33 species; 10 in two of them, with 51 species, while only 7 genera are
found limited to a single island, six of them having but 1 species each,
and one having 13 species.

From the above figures the remarkably homogeneous character of the
terrestrial and fluviatile mollusean fauna of the Greater Antilles may be
understood, for out of 78 genera here represented by about 1,400 spe-
cies, 22, nearly one-third of them, are met with in all four of Hie islands,
having 885 species, or more than 60 per cent of the whole number; and
18 others are common to three of the islands, with 434 species. It will
thus be seen that nearly all the important genera have a general dis-
tribution in this region, and are largely represented in species.

Now, while it is true that certain genera and minor groups are pecul-
iar in some cases to a single island, as, for example, the typical Pleuro-
dontes, Zaphysema, and Ptychocochlis to Jamaica, Polymita, and Diplo-
poma to Cuba, Rolleia to Haiti, or Luquillia to Pasre Rico, yet it is no
doubt equally true that the relationship between them and certain
groups found on other islands of this archipelago is quite close. The
toothless or slightly toothed Pleurodontes of Jamaica are not very far
removed from Carocolus; Dialeuca, also a Jamaican group, is very closely
allied to the Cordyas of Cuba and Haiti, and Pilsbry has shown* that
Zaphysema, Thysanophora, and Sagda are quite intimately related. Such
alliances between the species of the different islands are very com-
mon, especially among the Helicidse, Cylindrella, Macroceramus, the
Aleadias, and Helicinas. In short, there can be but little doubt that
all or nearly all the special groups contined to one or more of these
islands are much more nearly related to other Greater Antillean groups
than to those of any other part of the world.

This pees of elevation in the West Indies was followed wee one of

— ee a — ————

‘ pManaal of Ganenolor Rovere series, IX, p. 60.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 433

subsidence. It continued until only the summits of the mountain
chains were above the level of the sea, and probably reached its culmi-
nation sometime in the Miocene period. During this time such groups
of terrestrial and fluviatile mollusks as then existed were driven higher
and higher up the mountain sides, and crowded into ever-narrowing
quarters, and it is quite probable that some of the genera and many
species were drowned out or perished for want of room and food. As
Puerto Rico consists mostly of low, comparatively level land, witha
single not very lofty mountain range, it is possible that the limited area
left above the sea accounts for the absence of many genera found in the
other islands, and which may have been abundant within its borders at
the time of a former land connection.

During a visit to Jamaica the past winter the writer, in company
with Mr. John B. Henderson. jr., of this city, obtained three large boxes
of fossil marl, which we dug from a bed some two feet in thickness, in
what is called the White Limestone Series of the Miocene at Bowden,
near the east end of the island. This marl, which was brought to the
Smithsonian Institution, has proven to be astonishingly rich in fossils,
especially marine mollusca, and in it were found six species of land
shells, consisting of a Ptychocochlis, a Lucidella, a Pleurodonte, a Thy-
sanophora, an Opeas, and a Succinea. The first two and the last named
were in good condition, and nearly perfect; the Pleurodonte was repre-
sented by two fragments, an apex with three whorls, and an aperture
containing the teeth. The Thysanophora was in a crumbling condition
and the two specimens of Opeas were broken. At Bogwalk, at the foot
ofa Miocene limestone ledge, the writer found fragments of fossil Sagdas,
but not in a condition for identification. These shells were no doubt
washed down by rains and streams and deposited in the marine strata,
as we found in several cases an abundance of recent forms in the bays
and thrown up along the shores. I consider the evidence of these fossil
land shells with regard to the past history of the groups, and of the
Greater Antilles, quite important. They show that in the Miocene
period, at a time when perhaps all but the summits of these islands was
submerged, several of the great characteristic groups of this region
were in existence; that no change whatever has taken place in their
characters beyond the differentiation of species; for, with the exception
of the Succinea, which does not seem to differ from S. latior, an abun-
dant species on this land, and the Opeas (0. striata, also very common)
all these forms are probably extinct. The Bowden beds are believed to
be the equivalent of the Chattahoochee formation of the southeastern
United States, and were no doubt laid down in the earlier part of the
older Miocene. The stratum from which these fossils were dug is only
a few feet above sea level, and is overlaid with shales and marls to the
summit of the hill, some 300 feet above. Succinea is world-wide as well
as Opeas, and neither are distinguished in the West Indies by any
specialcharacters. Thysanophora is distributed throughout the Greater

Proc, N, M, 94 28

434 WEST INDIAN MOLLUSKS—SIMPSON. VOL. XVII.

Antilles, and has a few representatives on the mainland, the Bahamas,
and the Lesser Antilles.

All the species of the subgenus Ptychocochlis agree very closely in
their corrugated shells and the character of the opercula; and this
group, together with the typical Sagdas and Pleurodontes, are confined
to the island of Jamaica. It isnot unreasonable to suppose that during
the period of general elevation certain forms from the widely distributed
genera of land and fresh-water mollusks crossed over to the Greater
Antilles from the continent, that such genera as Glandina, Streptostyla,
and others whose metropolis is on the mainland also migrated across,
and that species of a number of genera whose greatest development
is in this archipelago spread out and reached the shores of America.
Most of the subordinate groups of Glandina and Streptostyla, and several
of those of Cylindrella were then in existence, for we find their species
to-day alike on the continent and the different islands of the archipelago.
During the subsidence, which must have been gradual, Jamaica was first
separated from the rest of the Greater Antilles, and between the time
of separation and the date of laying down the Bowden mar! it is probable
that the typical Pleurodontes and Ptychocochlis were developed from
some less differentiated, ancestral stock. The separation of Cuba, which
occurred sometime after that of Jamaica, gave rise to the special Cuban
groups, or no doubt to such of them as are dominant and abundantly
represented on the island; while Haiti and Puerto Rico, being longer
united, have a much more closely related fauna.

In his catalogue of the terrestrial and fluviatile mollusks of Haiti*
Crosse divides the island into four subregions—one on the north, taking
in the Sierra de Monte Christi; another south of this, extending from
the Mole St. Nicholas through the island to Cape Engano; a third
embracing the southeast peninsula, and the fourth situated between
the arms of the Y, and he remarks significantly :

It is remarkable that the purely geographical considerations on which some
authors regard Haiti as a link that formerly united the four islands are confirmed
and corroborated by the existence in each of the four regions of a kind of small
malacological fauna, independent of species which are scattered throughout the
island and which comprise the common fauna.

Every species of Colobostylus known on the island, the group Thau-
masia of the genus Cylindrella, and the representatives of Vendreysia,
Stoastoma, and Lucidella, all of which have their metropolis in Jamaica,
are found in the southwest peninsula, while the great Helices of Cuban
groups are met with in the northwestern arm of the island, and the
species of the east end show an alliance with the forms of Puerto Rico.

In the Miocene silex beds of Tampa, Florida, there have been found
a number of land shells which probably belong to the same fauna as
that which existed during that epoch in the Greater Antilles. These
consist of six Helices of the section Plagioptycha, a group at present

* Jour. de Conch., Xxx1, 1891, pp. 195, 197,

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 435

confined to Haiti, Puerto Rico, and the Bahamas, a Cerion, not differ-
ing greatly in appearance from C. incana, but wholly destitute of teeth,
a Cylindrella much like some of the recent Cuban species, and four
Bulimulus. The Miocene silex beds of Tampa and the Bowden marl
are believed by Dr. Dall to be nearly or quite synchronous. These
forms, or their ancestors, may have migrated from Cuba across the
Bahama plateau and what is now the bed of the Gulf Stream. An
elevation of 344 fathoms would join the Bahamas to Florida.

If, then, a land connection existed between the Greater Antilles and
Central America during the period of elevation it would not be difficult
for species of Glandina, Streptostyla, Volutaxis, Polygyra, Bulimulus,
Orthaticus, Neocyclotus, Ampullaria, Pachycheilus, and Hemisinus—
genera whose metropolis is on the continent—to pass from the latter to
the former, or forms of widespread genera to migrate across to the
islands. And on such a landway it seems more probable that the
species of Thysanophora, Cylindrella, Macroceramus, Megalomastoma,
Choanopoma, Cistula, Chondropoma, Tudora, Colobostylus, Adamsiella,
and Hutrochatella, passed over to Mexico and Central America than
that they were carried by currents or any of the other agencies I have
mentioned.

In the present state of our knowledge it is a little difficult to tell how
long the period of subsidence lasted, and we can not determine with
certainty how much of the area of the islands was submerged. An
elevation of some 3,000 feet above present sea level probably marks the
limit in Jamaica, as the stratified Miocene rocks are believed to reach
to about that height.

In another part of this paper I have attempted to show something of
the close relationship of the molluscan faunas of the different islands of
the Greater Antilles. Jamaica, by the evidence of its land snails,
stands the most isolated of any of the islands; Cuba is the next most so,
while those of Haiti and Puerto Rico are much more nearly related to
each other than to those of either of the first two. About 20 genera and
minor groups are confined to or have their metropolis in Jamaica; alike.
number belongs to Cuba, 7 to Haiti, and 1 to Puerto Rico. Of the spe-
cial Jamaican groups, Sagda, Pleurodonte restricted, Geomelania, Colobo-
stylus, Tudora, Ptychocochlis, Adamsiella, Alcadia, Lucidella, and Stoas-
toma are abundantly represented throughout the island, and highly char-
acteristic, forming the major part of the land-snail fauna. In Cuba,
Liguus, Macroceramus, Cerion, Choanopoma, Ctenopoma, and Chondro-
poma are generally distributed and characteristic; while Carocolus and
Parthena stand in the same relation to the Haitian fauna.

Now, as bearing directly on this subject, it may be mentioned that
the strait between Haiti and Jamaica is deeper than that between any
of the other islands, being nearly 1,000 fathoms in depth, that between
Cuba and Haiti is slightly more shallow, being only about 875 fathoms,

436 WEST INDIAN MOLLUSKS—SIMPSON. TOR

while the one between the latter island and Puerto Rico carries but 260
fathoms. Supposing these islands to have been united at a former time,
then during a period of gradual subsidence, Jamaica would be separated
sometime before the rest of the Antillian island would be broken
up, then Cuba would be isolated, while Haiti and Puerto Rico would
remain united for a longer time. The distribution and character of the
land-snail faunas of these islands agree exactly with just what would
be the result of such a subsidence and separation.

When this region was revisited with a period of elevation—a period
which seems to be still in progress—a large area of limestone was
uncovered, which, with a warm climate and an abundant rainfall, was
soon overspread with forests and cut into innumerable gullies and
ravines, furnishing the very best of conditions for the development of
forms, and the multiplication of individual land-snails, and the genera
and groups which had been huddled together on the reduced peaks
of these islands gradually spread out and took possession of the new
territory. I regard these facts as the probable explanation of the
‘enormous development of terrestrial molluscan life in the Greater
' Antilles.

RELATIONS OF THE LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF
THE GREATER ANTILLES WITH THAT OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL
AMERICA.

It is, | believe, acknowledged that the terrestrial and fluviatile mol-
lusean fauna of the Greater Antilles has certain rather intimate relation-
ships with that of the adjoining mainland of Central America and Mexico.
The great genus Glandina, which at present has its metropolis in the
latter region, is represented in the archipelago by a number of species
almost equal to that found on the continent. Only a single recent
species exists outside of the warmer parts of America—G. algira of
southern Europe and northern Africa—though the genus is abundantly
represented in the Tertiary beds of Europe. Not only is it found in
the Greater Antilles, but several of the minor groups are there repre-
sented. The section Oleacina is mostly Antillean, but has 4 species on
the mainland; Varicella has 7. on the continent and 21 in the islands;
Melia has two species in Mexico and 13 in thearchipelago, and the
section Glandina, which is abundantly represented on the mainland,
has a single species in Haiti. Streptostyla, another Mexican genus, has
9 Antillean species—4 in Cuba, 2 in Haiti, and 3 in Puerto Rico. Volu-
taxis, a third group belonging to the American mainland, has 1 species
in Cuba and another in Haiti, and Orthalicus, whose metropolis is in
the warmef parts of America, has 1 species common to Cuba and
Jamaica. 7

Fischer and Crosse* divide the Stenogyridie into two subfamilies—

* Miss. Sci. au. Mexique, 7th part, p. 585.

1994. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 437

Caecilianellinz, with Geostilbia and Caecilianella, and Subulinine, with
Azeca, Ferussacia, Loweia, Opeas, Rumina, Stenogyra, Pseudobalea,
Melaniella, Spiraxis, Leptinaria, Subulina, and Glessula as genera.’
Among these Opeas, though represented in the isles of the Indian Ocean,
the East Indies, and Polynesia, has its greatest development on the
American Continent from Mexico to Venezuela, but it also has several
species in the Greater Antilles; while Spiraxis, another genus of this
family, mostly American, is about equally represented in this archi-
pelago and on the continent. The genus Leptinaria, as defined by
Fischer and Crosse, is confined to America, and includes all the species
of the Antilles hitherto placed in Tornatellina, the latter being by
‘them restricted to the Old World. The former is about equally repre-
sented in middle America and the Greater Antilles. Simpulopsis is
another genus with its metropolis in America, and with a distribution
much like Leptinaria. To these may be added the continental Bulim-
ulus, with 74 species in Central America and Mexico, which is well
represented in Cuba, Haiti, Puerto Rico, and Jamaica, and Polygyra
(restricted), with its metropolis in Mexico and the southern United
States, but which inhabits Cuba and Jamaica.

On the other hand, we find that the peculiar terrestrial molluscan
fauna of this archipelago has, as Bland has expressed it, ‘‘made a
strong impression” on the mainland. The following table will show the
continental distribution of these Antillean genera:

Distribution of genera of Antillean land mollusks.

Species | Species | Svegies a
Genus or group. Greater | 4 of ; Gente Species found elsewhere.
Antilles.) “~©™1© | America.
Thysanophora----2-.-=-2-.--=- 52 by Ronee eer | 2 in Southern States.
Capos so see erste se secs ee hi sae ae 1 | 1in Peru.
Hemiiroehisest. S22 coe sees S22 12 OA ee aDor Several in the Bahamas.
Macroceramus ...-.----------- 54 Shel BSsbeeccre 2 or 3 in Lesser Antilles.
Oylindrillaw oes. sset so. o0- 168 | 7 4 | 3in northern 8S. Am. and Lesser Ant.
EYOSCL PING see - son Ce ASOEE 6 | Chel tec
INE OC YGIObNISHs: Jer ete, sea st 34 2 2? | Northern South America. 20 sp.
Megalomastoma -......-------- Migs see cease i
Choanopomas=2-- =. -s=~).5---5-- 58 Dike soa erteeles
MUG OTR Seema: (ac scnececssase 29 Ac Scrtaetevei cs 1 or 2 in South America; Leeward
Islands.
Chondropomal.---.2-+2-.----- 80 2 3 | South America, 4.
Colobostywiastes- re. 2-2 4222-5 EM nine sees 1 | lin Trinidad.
@iIsGilaeneneeee eee cece eee 24 | 2 4 2inSouth America(?); afew in Lesser
Antilles.
JAG ESR E3258 Sao eet 21836 ae es 2 3 in South America(?).
Eutrochatella* .-.----..--.--=- Bl or BS A 1

«Several other species of Pnewmonopomata are found in Mexico, Centraland South America, which
have been referred to Adamsiella, Cistula, Tudora, and Chondropoma, which doubtfully belong to
these genera.

Among the fluviatile mollusks there are no genera common to the two
regions whose metropolis is in either of them, save Pachycheilus and
Hemisinus; but quite a number of species inhabit both the mainland
and the archipelago. The same is true of a good many terrestrial forms,
The following list gives these species and their distribution:

438 WEST INDIAN MOLLUSKS—SIMPSON. VOL. XVII,

Land and fresh-water mollusks i biting the Greater Antilles and the continent.

| i
1 6 | @ =
| g oe
hehe re is Be) | §
Species. Be ests) ° Ss | ss a S$ Elsewhere.
o De! a a3 aml lela am
= “
6) es] 5 -¥ aA |o R
Thysanophora incrustata, | X |-.-.---..|.----.|------ PSs isSaeSe \nesiace Texas; Florida.
Poey. | | |
Tiyeanophyrs plagioptycha, |--.--.|..--.-|------ Xx bt eso |e seer Vieque.
Thysanophora dioscoricola, |... --- poser x x DGS Baleares Vieque; Florida.
Ad.
Zonites indentatus, Say...---|------ XG Uses x imal see United States.
minuscula, BIN See) se) Waetee mcs x Riel tall gee Gere United States; Bermuda.
pundlaghi. Ff prtoce x x 6 lregias:|jazosas | Be elesbenc Florida; St. Thomas.
arboreus, Say ...---- 28 \iscoace||osssen){ssas8- 26 |Resos¢ |sccear United States; Guade-
| lupe. .
Bulimulus liliaceus, Fer ..--.).----- CEH erate lene a Xx Kildeer St. Kitts.
Macroceramus gossei, Pfr ...| |.-..--- eA Gets > |e-- 20 ..----| Texas; Florida.
poutificus;Gld)) XxX is-522-|---=-.- Hsdalsoe S68 Oechacallyoncae Florida.
Pipa contractay Say. <2 eq-- = mi4|=ec- anes om el > eed eric oa fal Bae ed beeen Texas; United States.
pellucida, Pfr........-- i de Sy) BBeooc, x Xx oe) bacesellncose Texas; Florida; Vieque;
St. Thomas; St. John.
Vertigo ovata, Say-..--.....-- ee All fester core teeter ate taee ss XN i|seenel eerie United States.
Orthalicus undatus, Brug..-.| Xx |.----- On tse Sane Xx x XxX | Trinidad.
Subulina octona, Ch........-. x Xx x x x x OG Lesser Antilles.
Spiraxis subula, Pfr........- x ssace Xx x Mog |e eeesseaoe ee Mobile; Florida; Matrti-
nique; St. Thomas;
; Cochin China.
Opeas caracasensis, Reeve ---).----- >) Eeeserileccons x x x Grenada ; Trinidad ; Lesser
: Antilles.
Limnzea cubensis, Pfr.--...-. See Nemes »< x x > an eee | St. Croix; United States
‘ as L. wmbilicata, Adams.
Planorbis caribeeus, Orb ..--.- if ieeeetee bacace » KX Abeec ese
tumidus, Pfr ---..-. SH a ee Vaepeeee x x DS (Seas ns Texas; Florida.
Navan ensiseee hts. seen eee eee aesecre x Gn [Gas oats Bahamas.
Potamopyrgus coronata, Pfr.| x |..---- 26 llensa6e x 2 |lSsonat Guadelupe.
Neritina reclivata, Say -----. Sar ni lQc een pnoced looaoae x ES illaSasicic Texas; Florida.
punctulatia, bamys: 3) 3G oleae. S| Besa SC Ky Tih ees 4
Carychium exile H. C., Lea ..|......|------ | OS Yecesse BE Bane sia) bonne United States.
SPisiditim aoc ealdsen |) Se wile = een} see eee ee x Se ee ee 0.
Sphzerium cubense, Pme.---- Pe VN soSobdlidasiosalfeecec Sas Possery (shee Texas; Florida.
Unio scamnatus, More...-.--.- Sigil se te tae elas Seen emeeee Sree te
gundlachi, Dkr .....--. Be paced seseee }sescac|sceces D4 nara Se

*This species is distributed over nearly all the United States and as far south as Honduras:
Prime states (American Corbiculide, p. 76), that P. consanguinewm, Prime, of Cuba can searcely be
separated from P. abditum Hald.,and on carefully comparing authentic specimens in the National
Museum I believe them to be the same.

I am not prepared to believe that so extensive a relationship—the
exchange of so many genera, subordinate groups, and species—could
have been brought about merely by ocean currents and winds. Since
the gulf stream was turned into its present course—probably during
the later miocene, when the Isthmus of Panama was elevated—its tend-
ency would be to sweep any species that might fall into it, from the
Antilles or the continent, up into the Gulf of Mexico, and away from

either shore. The prevailing winds of the region have no doubt been —

from the east-north-east in the past, as in the present, and would favor
the landing of Antillean species in Yucatan, though their effect would
be largely neutralized by the current. We find that very nearly as
great a migration has taken place from the mainland to the archipel-
ago asin an opposite direction. The depth of the Yucatan Channel
would seem to preclude the likelihood of a former landway running
west from Cuba, but the presence of Streptostyla, with eight species
scattered through Cuba, Haiti, and Puerto Rico, and Volutaxis with two

a re ee

eel Nia eee

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THii NATIONAL MUSEUM. 439

species, one each in Cuba and Haiti, while neither of the genera are
found in Jamaica, appears to favor a more northern as well as a southern
landway. j :

RELATIONS OF THE GREATER ANTILLEAN LAND SNAIL FAUNA WITH
THAT OF THE BAHAMAS.

I next pass to the relationship of the land snail fauna of the Greater
Antilles with that of the Bahamas. - On this extensive archipelago,
with some 3,000 islands and an area of nearly 6,000 square miles, there
are only about 80 species of land snails known. The climate of the
islands is warm, the structure of most of them is coral limestone, and
there is a plentiful rainfall, with sufficient vegetation to furnish shelter
and food for an abundance of snail life; in fact the number of individ-
uals is in many cases great. All the groups with the exception of the
Mexican genus Schasicheilus, represented by a single species, are Cuban
and Haitien, or are such as are found in those islands; and a number.
of the species are common to the Greater Antilles. In many genera,
especially Hemitrochus and Cerion, there is an almost endless amount
of variation, with few breaks sufficient for the proper separation of
species. The islands of the Little and Great Bahama Banks being
nearest to Cuba, and lying in the course of the currents that flow by
that island, partake most largely of its fauna, while those to the north
of Haiti bear more strongly the impress of itsforms. Yet when we come
to carefully consider the manner in which this archipelago must have
been colonized with land snails, we need not be surprised at its com-
parative poverty of species, or that it has no peculiar genera. Whether
in time past this area arose above the sea and had land connection
with Cuba and Florida does not matter so far as its present terrestrial
molluscan fauna is concerned. As the highest point in the archipelago
is only abuut 300 feet above sea level it is quite probable that the entire
Bahaman region was submerged during the general period of subsid-
ence,and whatever species may have existed were doubtless destroyed.
We may suppose that during the period of elevation which followed,
as soon as these islands began to appear above the sea, and were fitted
for the abode of land snails, those nearest to Cuba, Haiti, and the gulf
stream received occasional stragglers which drifted across the not very
wide channel.*

*The north-east trade winds, and the drift of the water of the Atlantic to the
westward, force a strong current along between Haiti and the small, southernmost
islands of the Bahamas. Part of this is carried through the windward passage
between Haiti and Cuba into the Caribbean, the rest is pressed on past Great Inagua,
and up the old Bahama Channel, and finally it mingles with the gulf stream. No
doubt part of the water of that great ocean river, crowded in between Cuba, the
Bahama Bank, and Florida, spreads out more or less to the eastward among the
islands. Thus land snails washed into the sea on the north side of Cuba or Haiti
would probably in some cases be carried out and landed among the Bahamas.

AAO WEST INDIAN MOLLUSKS—SIMPSON. VOL. XVII.

This migration by currents and in some cases, no doubt, by winds
from the Greater Antilles to the Bahamas, has not been of long contin-
uation, for the reason that the last elevation of this latter archipelago
above the sea has been comparatively a recent one and therefore there
has not been time for the formation of new genera or subordinate
groups, and only for few valid species. Many of the forms are so
slightly differentiated that they can not be separated with any degree
of accuracy, and others have broken into endless variations, which
may be taken as an indication that the region has not been very long
colonized and that species are multiplying.

Had this land been connected with Cuba or Haiti since it was last
elevated above the sea it is probable that it would now be far richer in
genera and species than it is.

THE TROPICAL LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF
SOUTHERN FLORIDA, AND ITS RELATION TO ‘THAT OF THE
GREATER ANTILLES, MEXICO, CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA.

In southern Florida some 28 or more species of land and freshwater
mollusks occur, nearly all of which are now living in Cuba, while a few
belong in Mexico, 1 possibly in South America, 2 are found in the Baha-
mas, and 1 perhaps came from Trinidad.*

This terrestrial and fluviatile population of southern Florida is in
all probability the result of recent migration, mostly by means of winds
and currents. Most of the species are confined to the lower chain of
keys or the extreme southern part of the peninsula. Chondropoma
dentatum extends a short distance north of Cape Sable, Bulimulus multi-
lineatus reaches Caximbas, and Liguus fasciatus has been doubtfully
reported as far north as the Caloosahatchee River. Guppya gundlachi
and the two Macroceramus no doubt extend their range to at least the
middle of the State. Bulimulus dormani, Polygyra cereolus, Planorbis
tumidus, and Spherium cubense probably inhabit the entire peninsula,
and Ampullaria depressa, which is a form of A. caliginosa, extends into
Georgia.

“The following isa list of the species: Thysanophora caca, Gup., Trinidad; Thy-
' sanophora vortex, Pfr., Cuba, Haiti, Puerto Rico, St. Croix, St. Thomas, Bermuda; Thy-
sanophora dioscoricola, C. B. Adams, Jamaica, Puerto Rico, Mexico, Vieque; Stro-
bilops hubbardi, Brown, Jamaica; Hemitrochus varians, Mke., Bahamas}; Polygyra cere-
olus, Muhl, Bahamas, Bermuda, Cuba?; Guppya gundlachi, Pfr., Cuba, Puerto Rico,
St. Thomas; Orthalicus undatus, Brug., Mexico, Jamaica, Trinidad, Central,America;
Orihalicus melanocheilus, Val., Mexico; Liguus fasciatus, Mull., Cuba; Melaniella gra-
cillima, Pfr., Cuba, St. Thomas, Bahamas; Subulina octonoides, Orb., Cuba, Jamaica,
Puerto Rico, Vieque, St. John, Barbados, Grenada, St. Thomas; Spiraxis subula, Pfr.,
Jamaica, Cuba, Barbados, Antigua, Puerto Rico, St. John, St. Thomas; Macroceramus
gossei, Pfr., Cuba, Jamaica, Texas, Mexico; Macroceramus pontificus, Gld., Cuba,
Mexico; Bulimulus marielinus, Poey, Cuba; Bulimulus dormani, W. G. B., New Gre-
nada?: Bulimulus multilineatus, Say, Yucatan, Guatemala, northern South America;
Cylindrella poeyana, Orb., Cuba; Cylindrella jejuna, Gld., Cuba; Cerion incana,
Binn., Cuba; Helicina subglobulosa, Poey, Cuba; Chondropoma dentatum, Say, Cuba;
Ctenopoma rugulosum, Pfr.?, Cuba; Planorbis tumidus, Pfr., Cuba, Mexico, California;
Ampullaria caliginosa, Rve., Mexico; Gundlachia ancyliformis, Pfr., Cuba; Spherium
cubense, More., Cuba; Mexico, Texas.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 44]

It scarcely seems necessary to enter into any argument to show that
these tropical forms now found in Florida are not the lineal descend-
ants of the Helices and Bulimulus, the Cylindreila and Cerion or other
species of the Miocene silex beds of Tampa. The living land and fresh-
water mollusks of Florida of tropical origin are absolutely identical with
forms at present found in Cuba, Jamaica, and the continent, while those
of the Tampa beds are all extinct, and we can not for a moment sup-
pose that their descendants would be specifically identical with Antil-
lean and Mexican forms that had come from another line of descent.
I believe that the present species have been colonized but a short time
in Florida, and the fact that, although the soil, contour, and climate of
the country are quite different from those of tropical America, net a
single introduced form has as yet changed specifically, aud only one
possibly varietally, is strong evidence in this direction.

It is most likely that tropical land snails have been cast on the shores
of the peninsula with the jetsam and flotsam of the sea ever since the
Gulf Stream has had its present course, an amply sufficient length of
time for the development of species from some of the original wander-
ers, aS that great ocean river was probably turned into the Gulf of
Mexico and past the State of Florida during the latter part of the
Miocene, when the Isthmus of Panama is believed to have been raised
and North and South America were joined together. I would suggest
that the reason why no such new species exist there might be that in
all probability any forms that were colonized on the pevinsula prior to
the time of the Glacial Epoch were destroyed by the change of climate,
which swept out of existence, and drove to the southward so much of
the animal and vegetable life of North America.* The presence of a
great cap of ice coming down to the latitude of 40°, within 10° or 600
miles of the northern part of the State, would, especially at certain
times in winter during the prevalence of northerly winds, be likely
to destroy by cold such species as might be landed by the Gulf Stream.
Even now, with a much milder climate than this region possessed dur-
ing Glacial times, an occasional unusually severe winter almost annihi-
lates the tropical fishes of this region, and kills in part, or even entirely,
many forms of West Indian vegetation as far south as Cape Sable.
Several of these Cuban land snails are only met with on the lower
keys, an area practically free from frost.

We know that a very slight difference in latitude or climate may
often set a bound on the distribution of different forms of animal and
vegetable life. Thus, nearly all the immigrant West Indian vegetation
now found in Florida is confined to the southern half of the peninsula,
though there are no apparent reasons so far as soil, food, and moisture

*It may be claimed that the continual addition of fresh individuals from Cuba by
the currents has kept the species already landed in Florida from becoming specifi-
cally changed. But the same addition of fresh specimens must have occurred in the
Bahamas and yet we there find a number of new species and countless varieties,

442 WEST INDIAN MOLLUSKS—SIMPSON. VOL. XVII.

are concerned why it should not extend north indefinitely. The tropical
land snails of Mexico come north in the low lands for the most part
only to the northern border of that Republic, and many other instances
of a like restriction by climate could be given. It is probable that a
decrease of a very few degrees in temperature would destroy the Antil-
lean land and fresh-water mollusks in Florida.

It is believed by many of our ablest glacialists that the Ice Age
lasted down to within from 6,000 to 10,000 years of the present, and the
period which has elapsed since its close would probably be too short to
allow for any considerable variation in mollusks. The Bahamas being
protected on the north and west by the Gulf Stream, and lying gener-
ally in a lower latitude, no doubt enjoyed during the Glacial Epoch a
milder climate than Florida, and have been peopled longer with immi-
grant forms; a sufficient time to allow for the development of numer-
ous varieties and species, but no groups or genera.

I think there need be no difficulty in accounting for the presence of
tropical land and fresh-water mollusks in Florida by means of the trans-
porting agency of the sea. The Gulf Stream sweeps up past northern
South and Central America, part of it eddying around in the Gulf of
Mexico. A branch of it, however, flows along the north shore of
Cuba, and by the shoal in latitude 24° is thrown in close to the lower
chain of Florida Keys. Alexander Agassiz says:*

The curve of the Florida reef along the Gulf Stream is due in great measure, as
Hunt shows, to a counter current along the reef running westward. This current
is known to all navigators, and though ill defined at Cape Florida becomes stronger
and wider as it goes west. It has a width of at least 10 miles at Key West and 20

miles at Tortugas. This is clearly shown by the mass of surface animals driven along
upon this westerly current by the southeasterly winds. The tides set strongly across

the reefs and through the channels between the keys, the flood running north and _

the ebb south.

Mollusks washed down with trees, bamboos, or masses of drift from
the northern shore of Cuba would be swept along by the strong cur-
rent of the Gulf Stream to the eastward and northward, and many of
them, carried by the southeast winds into this counter current, might
be landed by the inflowing tide among the lower keys within a few
days after leaving their native island. Species from Honduras might
at long intervals be drifted by westerly winds across to the eastern
part of the Gulf Stream, and so be carried around and landed in the
way I have described; or they might possibly sometimes survive a
passage around the eddy in the gulf. The fact that there are more forms
from Cuba found in Florida than there are from Middle America, and
that only asingle very doubtful South American species is known in
that state,t illustrates the comparative difficulty which these wanderers

*Three cruises of the Blake, I, p. 57.

+t Bulimulus dormani, W. G. Binney, is thought to be the same as B. maculatus, Lea
of Cartagena, Colombia, but this is not certain. ZL. multilineatus, Say, formerly
believed to be an immigrant from South America, is now known to be found in Cen-
tral Ainerica and Yucatan.

*;
“4

Nebo |

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 443

experience in being drifted to our shores. I may mention in passing
that every strictly Cuban species—I think without exception—now
known to be living in Florida is an inhabitant of the western end of
the island, and most of them are known to have a general distribution
throughout the western part of it, and especially on its northern shore.

RELATIONS OF THE TERRESTRIAL AND FLUVIATILE MOLLUSCAN
FAUNAS OF THE GREATER ANTILLES AND THE WINDWARD ISLANDS.

A careful examination of the lists of genera, subordinate groups, and
species of these two areas will reveal the fact that while there is a rela-
tionship between the two faunas it is not nearly so close as the one
between the faunas of the former region and the continent.

Land Snails common to Puerto Rico and the Lesser Antilles.

Sh ieee) <
SI Es £ 5 3 Ne yall a a pales
sf |PeesalescImencn Aeel es iO ON eg eta es
Species. =i) l= sell ers) I Vpcotan) d= eal eS ete el TSU Il ep pel ir:
Seis (Shel ahalLe |e he )a |S
tei Wet rol a Va YRShPa Vote Sie t= tel hee Lt la
~~ | | ey] — ~— ~ »
NIAI/\A/HI/AlAlwailnliaAlalole
Vaginula occidentalis, Guild......-...-----.----- Socu|SoBe|sa5shio<oleeeel| exalt ercl os
Mhysanophora Vortex, ie Myre 22). tase <2 asc ecities -'~ Bee lame Sa ee erie ale ee deca
HOTS LACTIS. eM Oe es eee alee eens alee wale imi Dale ae ea is te Sie PRD ee NI eal ada
PT ABOLC ULES PHO Deen occas oes ar Pl Seal lose! S<albaael eae! Soe] Hees bare
We EE, IN oa arene see Saspedc | Beatetall des zea| artes eval enna ey tall Stereo |S
oats (Chin Ty Qoeoc acer esssbos Sse sone JBABAl >. ral lal teu) nal ee ee
PIMeLI VAC UCNSINWE IT 92 2 22c- cies. cicysine wasceeiciee sel contigs (Paes. a\ eee me al | GR | A
Opead subulaybtrtes. 22 sosce tas aes -oneeeee ce ae BE 5 Pe SETA es aales cal aren |
POO MeV epee a= sete o se on ke sane o ones SEA ae Galle acl hee Sa Ceodl Deore Aer
pubulunsoctona Chem. .c22- 5 f.<-\-252 -- 5255 es Tere bce lee ail (ib 6
OCLONOICES 4 Cobar risnc cece Soaeeeen ac etal seal ease eacel see eel eal:
Leptinaria antillarum, Shutt ..........----..--..| SAE NS cl Evel eX |e yeoman less
upapeuucidawh tl). s2. 52 2h scenes scenccscece pote et exe elie I | eal hr BA stony [hisees
Succinea approximans, Shutt --...--.------------ RS £8) Acs Hal ae foceae[ereel Mea ae cae memes [ea sorcidlis neve ieee

* Also found in the island of Buen Ayre, of the Leeward Group.

1 French Guiana also.

; Several of these Stenogyrida and some other species have probably been introduced through the
agency of man.

Fresh-water Mollusks common to Puerto Rico and the Lesser Antilles.

Species. : uade- | Martin- Domin-
oupe. ique. ica.

IAnOTbIs, ZUsdalOUpOnsls, OOWD. is. sc. 2 s-ee oe ce ses cate ene eb esnses x De | Reese

Schramm}, Crosse. setae a sas cee ce aie ee eo ae eee oe STO NEA oh N23 2A AE

HORE CIEE 21 ORS SS et ae ra nd ae Mes ee een tele poke ee
PNAC VASP OAM SOULS tanek ons a oacretee eee aioe ae oe he ek eae eee 5 EO ER SEEN? Sener
JAS DIETH MET Se OWE I. CLO he ca ee pee el ee ne mn oe OS ee SSE oan See eesce ac
GMO pyETUS COLON Ata KE MMe teresa sa ced neta Ne moto eee teen ee Mel so ane sa Sublease x

From the above lists it will be seen that there are 14 species of terres-
trial and 6 fluviatile mollusks common to Puerto Rico and one or more
islands of the Lesser Antilles, while no less than 24 land mollusks
belong to that island and some of the other Greater Antilles, and 13
fresh-water species. The following tables show the specific relationship
between these molluscan faunas of Puerto Rico and the other islands

444 WEST INDIAN MOLLUSKS—SIMPSON. VOL. XVII.

of the more northern group; all of them being found in the last-named
island :*

Land Mollusks common to Puerto Rico and other Greater Antillean Islands.

Species. Cuba. | Haiti. Samal, Elsewhere.
Vaginula occidentalis, Guild. .....--- Xx OK | Syaeeretn | Guadelupe; Martinique; St. Vincent.
Zonites gundlachi, Pfr.-.-------- ae x x x Florida.
minusculus; Binn = .7--..---- Pe | peswacice x United States; Mexico.
Glandina terebreformis, Shutt...---|.--..--- > a eeese, |
Vhysanophora vortex, Pfr.....--.--. x 38 aeeeserze Florida; Barbados.
dioscoricola, iG. UBS \s2.ee eee ae x Florida.
Adams.
euclasta, Shutt ..----. Mo bceecetral Seas
Pleurodonte marginata, Gmel ... ---. x XP g|acnecses
Sulimulus nitidulus, Pfr....-- ------ x x
Inltaceus): Ber; ~.22--5-1-)|asecnne- Olesen
exilis.\Gmeli 222 .-c52sece sion bee/. Ko ial senate
TVseudobalea dominguensis, Pfr... --- x Xi ence ear
Uylindrella pallida, Guild..----...---|---..--.|-------- Xx
Opeas:subnla Pine ge pcos seer sree x Xx <x | Lesser Antilles; Florida.
woodallie Mallee =o sana ee ese > ens SAS oee x Lesser Antilles.
Subnilina octons, Chant. -..2--ss-ss-= x x x Mainland; Lesser Antilles.
octonoides, C. B. Adams -.. x x x Florida; Mexico; Lesser Antilles.
Spiraxis paludinoides, d’Orb ..-..--- DC Mi aoanwlenrs x
Stenogyra terebraster, Lam. --.-.-.-- 2A al AE ts lakdoaaoe
Papa pellucida etre. sccm <2 sn- ies x ae we Xx Texas; Mexico; Florida; Lesser An-
tilles.
hexodons CBs tA dams... - 22-4) -|acese-eclase ee ce 4
Gerion striatella; Mer’. 2.25-----)-=2- < Sb Sith pe Anes
microstoma, Pfr. s.-- ~~~ x nan | Stee Gs
Succemea mist Me fre sat toe- ace heel eeee eee > Oa teed EP ete
Helicina phasianella, Sowb ..........|-------- S60 UF |sScuestec

Fresh-water mollusks common to Puerto Rico and other of the Greater Antilles.

anno CUVDENSIS its coo ties as neces SX, jolesees aoe lame see
Planorbis guadelupensis, Sowb.-.--. SO aces oe cele a cote Mexico; Guadelupe.
TUMIGUS Vets. see pecs Lee > Sad 4] se taatsAG] Somme Oo Mexico; Texas; Florida.
PIS WOK awe eee eel ee tale eee x
retuleens, Dkr wssccocc eee aeeee ee x x
hatdemant, CoB vAdams 22 |S cocee el oeee cee x a
lacidusmb ini: see secre see eee aoe eee x Guadelupe.
macnabianus, CB Adams=| es. e 7 |eaecae ce x
circumlineatus, Shutt..---.|..-..--. p Saket eet St. Thomas.
albicans Bir! se se eae SCARE | Seven sarees Do.
AMC YlUSTODSCULUS:) Halen. one eee | eee ene eet x St. Thomas; United States.
Aplecta sowerbyana, d’Orb....-..--- eh ttl Ree Xx St. Thomas; Guadelupe.
Potamopyreusicoronata, Bites ssss|--5-- se eee eere x Guadelupe; Martinique; Central
America; Mexico.

It will be seen that so far as species are concerned the relation-
ship between the land and fresh-water mollusks of Puerto Rico is much
closer with the Greater than with the Lesser Antilles. It is, however,
among the genera and minor groups that the break in the molluscan
faunas of the two archipelagoes is most noticable. Among the Helices
the genus Pleurodonte,t which includes all the sections of the old and
well known Carocolus, is distributed throughout the West Indies,
northern South America, and Central America. The section Carocolus,
consisting of lenticular toothless species, is confined to the Northern
Archipelago, and is found in Cuba, Haiti, and Puerto Rico. The section

* Helix nemoralina is common to Haiti, St. Thomas, St. John, Tortola, and the
Virgin Islands, but is not found in Puerto Rico.

tI follow essentially Pilsbry’s arrangement of the West Indian Helices, in IXx.,
series 2, pp. 54 and 84, and v., p. 5, Manual of Conchology.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 445

Pleurodonte, better known as Lucerna, is limited to Jamaica, as igs
EHurycratera. The section Polydontes is Cuban; Parthena and Luquillia
are confined to Haiti and Puerto Rico, while Gonostomopsis, with a
single species, belongs in Martinique, and Caprinus, better known as
Dentellaria, is a characteristic group of the Lesser Antilles, extending
into South America, but is not found in the Greater Antilles. Theli-
domus with a metropolis in the Greater Antilles has three species
in the Lesser Antilles and South America. Not a species of the genus
Pleurodonte is common to the two regions.

Another great genus found abundantly in all the islands of the
Northwestern Archipelago, Hemitrochus, is absolutely wanting in the
Windward Islands, as are also the smaller Cuban genus Polymita, the
Jamaican genera Sagda, Lucidella, and Neocyclotus, and Cepolis of Haiti
and Puerto Rico; though the latter genus has a single species in Cen-
tral America, and another in Peru.

Macroceramus,* Liguus, Cerion,t Vendreysia, Geomelania, Proser-
pina, Ctenopoma, Adamsiella, Megalomastoma, Colobostylus, Alcadia,
Stoastoma, and Eutrochatella, Greater Antillean genera, are entirely
wanting in the Lesser group; while Cylindrella, Glandina, Cistula,
Choanopoma, Chondropoma, and Tudora, all highly characteristic of the
Northwestern Archipelago are but feebly represented by a few strag-
glers, mostly in the northern end of the chain. Three genera only
are peculiar to the Windward Islands; two with a single species each;
Rhodonyx in Martinique; Amphibulima in Dominica, Guadeloupe, and
St. Kitts; and Pellicula with two species in Guadeloupe.

The fact of the rather recent formation of these northern volcanic
islands, built upon an old submarine plateau, that of the comparative
poverty of the species and genera of this archipelago, and of their slight
relationship to those of the northwestern group, all go to indicate that
the Anegada Channel has not in the lifetime of the present land-snail
fauna been bridged. A few species, however, have passed, no doubt
by way of the sea or other means, from one group to the other, more
from the northern islands to the southern than the reverse, as might
be expected from the comparatively richer fauna of the former. The
current which flows from the Atlantic through this channel would not
probably favor the drifting of species from either archipelago to the
other, and this with the prevailing wind from the east-northeast would
naturally carry most of the land snails washed into the sea out into the
open water of the Caribbean, where they would perish.

I do not think that anyone who at all carefully studies the land and
fresh-water molluscan fauna of the Lesser Antilles can doubt that it is

* One species M. signatus is found in Anguilla. This island and St. Bartholomew
haying each only a few species, though south of the Anegada Channel, have a some-
what mixed land-snail fauna, partaking of the characters of those of both the
Greater and Lesser Antilles. That a few species might have drifted to these islands
from the abundantly stocked Northern Archipelago is not strange. Bland groups the
two with Puerto Rico.

tOne species is found in Curacoa, one of the Leeward Islands.

446 WEST INDIAN MOLLUSKS—SIMPSON. VOL. XVII.

for the most part derived from South America. At Trinidad—which
is merely a detached fragment of Venezuela—more than half the species
are common to the mainland, and among them are one or more of the
continental Borus, an Ampullaria, a Marisa, and an Anodon.*

Borus is found in St. Vincent, Barbados, Guadeloupe, St. Kitts, and
Montserrat,t and Bulimulus, another most characteristic South Ameri-
can genus is abundant throughout the Lesser Antilles. The 500-fathom
line will be found to divide the Lesser Antilles into three groups; the
most northern embracing every island from Sombrero and the Saba
bank south to and including Dominica. Between the latter and Mar-
tinique is a channel 575 fathoms in depth, and south of it is another of
548 fathoms. Beginning with St. Lucia, which is separated from St.
Vincent by a depth of 486 fathoms, all the islands to the southward are
united to the mainland by the 500-fathom line. Barbados is somewhat
isolated, and is surrounded by comparatively deep water, being sep-
arated from the chain by 1,403 fathoms, while Trinidad, Tobago, Mar-
earita, and Tortuga are all within the 100-fathom line. Several South
American Bulimus typified by B. auris-silent are found in the islands
from St. Vincent southward, and Martinique, which is separated from
the islands north and south of it by channels over 500 fathoms in depth,
has no Pineria, Chondropoma, Choanopoma, or Cistula, which are Greater
Antillean genera found in the Windward Islands north of it. As a proof
of the comparative poverty of the Lesser Antilles it may be stated
that the whole archipelago does not contain 300 species of terrestial
and fluviatile mollusks; scarcely more than half the number belonging
to Jamaica.

One group is found in nearly all the Windward Islands, Caprinus
(better known as Dentellaria), a section of the genus Plewrodonte, which
seems to bear about equal relationship to the sections found in the —
Greater Antilles, and to Labyrinthus of northern South America. There
is another division of the genus, Zsomeria, which is confined for the most
part to the higher Andean regions of Peru, Equador, and Colombia,
characterized by a lesser development of teeth in the aperture than Laby-
rinthus, and which may have sprung from the latter. The distribu-
tion of these groups is a little peculiar. We may suppose the Greater
Antilles to be the site whereon Pleurodonte developed, from the fact that
six out of the eleven of its sections are wholly confined to that region, as
is another, Thelidomus, with the exception of a couple of species, while a
majority of the species of the genus are also found there. It would seem
strange that some ancestral form which had migrated to the Lesser

*The latter is a Glabaris no doubt. Ihering has shown (Archiv fiir Naturges-
chichte Jahrg 59, 1 Bd., 1 Heft., p. 52), that all the South American Anodons, so
called, are anatomically quite distinct from the Unionide, and that they belong to
the Mutelidie. This form, 4. leotandi, Guppy, is no doubt derived from some of the
continental species.

t Introduced into the more northern islands, probably on coffee trees,

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 447

Antilles should develop into the group Caprinus, not a species of which
should be found north of this archipelago, and that not one of the six
other Greater Antillean groups should be represented in the Windward
Isles; that it should develop a few species on the mainland and pass into
Labyrinthus, no species of which is found outside the continent.

It appears to me a not unreasonable solution of this rather curious
phase of distribution, in view of the very slight relationship that other-
wise exists between the land and fresh-water mollusks of the Greater
and Lesser Antilles, and of the fact that many of the latter islands are
of such recent date, that it is more probable that ancestral forms of
Pleurodonte migrated from Jamaica across the old landway to Honduras;
that the subsidence of some 400 miles of this ancient bridge destroyed
the connecting links so that Pleurodonte restricted developed in the
island and Labyrinthus on the continent; that the latter (extending
now as far north as Central America) spread out over the lower regions
of northern South America, and developed into Zsomeria in the moun-
tains; that from this stock descended Caprinus, which is now repre-
sented by a few species in Guiana, and probably in the adjacent terri-
tory, and which migrated northward among the Lesser Antilles to St.
Kitts and Barbuda, its farthest limit.*

To briefly recapitulate, a considerable portion of the land snail fauna
of the Greater Antilles seems to be ancient and to have developed on
the islands where it is now found. There appears to be good evidence
of a general elevation of the Greater Antillean region, probably some
time during the Eocene, after most of the more important groups of
snails had come into existence, at which time the larger islands were
united, and there was land connection with Central America by way of
Jamaica and possibly across the Yucatan Channel, and there was then
a considerable exchange of species between the two regions. At some
time during this elevation there was probably a landway from Cuba
across the Bahama platean to the Floridian area, over which certain
groups of Antillean land mollusks crossed. At this time it is likely
that the more northern isles of the Lesser Antilles, which seem to be
voleanoes of later Tertiary and Post Pliocene date, were not yet ele-
vated above the sea or if so they have probably been submerged since.
After the period of elevation there followed one of general subsidence.t

* Cistula, which has its metropolis in the Greater Antilles, has a somewhat similar
distribution. Several species are found in Mexico, Central and northern South Amer-
ica, with one species in Trinidad, but not north of that until we reach Antigua, near
the upper end of the chain. Neocyclotus, with a great development in the more
northern archipelago, is also abundant on the continent, and is found in the Lesser
Antilles as far north as Martinique; and Colobostylus, with a similar distribution,
extends northward only into Trinidad.

t Just how extensive this disturbed area was can not now be told. It is well known
that along the north shore of Cuba, back of Matanzas and Havana, there are raised
beaches, some 1,200 feet above the sea, which have been supposed to be recent, but
Mr, R. T. Hill, of the U, S. Geological Survey, who has recently visited the island

448

During this the island of Jamaica—as the character of its land-snail
fauna shows, as well as the depth of the channel between it and Haiti—
was first to be isolated, then Cuba, and afterwards Haiti and Puerto
Rico were separated. The connection between the Antilles and the
mainland was broken, and the Bahama region, if it had been previously
elevated above the sea, was submerged; the subsidence continuing
until only the summits of the mountains of the four Greater Antillean
islands remained above water. Then followed another period of eleva-
tion, which has lasted no doubt until the present time, and the large
areas of limestone uncovered (of Miocene, Pliocene, and Post Pliocene
age) in the Greater Antilles have furnished an admirable field for the
development of the groups of land snails that survived on the summits
of the islands. The Bahamas have appeared above the surface of the
sea, either by elevation or growth, and have been peopled by forms
drifted from Cuba and Haiti, and a number of land and fresh-water
species have been recently colonized in South Florida, probably since
the Glacial epoch. The Lesser Antilles have been peopled for the most
part from South America, possibly receiving from that region the group
Caprinus, so characteristic of the former region, as well as several
genera of land operculates, while a few stragglers have been carried
by sea no doubt from the Greater Antilles and colonized on the more
northern of the Windward Islands.

WEST INDIAN MOLLUSKS—SIMPSON. VOL. XVII.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF RECENT AND FOSSIL LAND
SHELLS FROM THE ISLAND OF JAMAICA.

I.— Recent species.
SAGDA MAXIMA, new species.
Plate XVI, figs. 7, 8.

Shell large, pyramidal in form, with nearly straight sides and obtuse
summit, moderately striated, and covered with a thin, horn-colored
epidermis; whorls, 84 to 9, moderately convex; suture distinet and
well impressed, sometimes slightly margined; last whorl wide, well
rounded; aperture large; base rather flat, not deeply excavated at
the umbilical region; the latter covered with a light, glazed callous,
which joins the outer edge of the aperture. Interior entirely destitute
of a lamella. Greater diameter 30; lesser 27 mm.; height 28 mm.
Near Petersfield, Westmoreland, on a mountain, in heavy forest.

This species resembles 8. epistylioides somewhat, but has a broader,
less excavated base, and from one to one and a half less whorls, which
are wider than those of the latter, and the shell has not so pointed a
summit. Some 25 specimens (all dead) were obtained, varying from

has brought shells from these beaches and submitted them to Dr. Dall, who pro-
nounces them to be Miocene, and probably of the same general age as the Bowden
beds of Jamaica. It would seem most likely that the elevation and subsidence
would extend to some extent through the Bahamas and into the South Floridian
regions.

1894. _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 449

young to adults, and though several were broken open no vestige of a
tamina was observed at any stage of growth.

PLEURODONTE (EURYCRATERA) JAMAICENSIS, Chemitz, var. CORNEA.

A variety of this species was found at Mandeville, Manchester,
rather more delicate in structure than the type, and entirely destitute
of color, the epidermis being horn-colored.

ADAMSIELLA GRAYANA, Pfeiffer, var. AUREOLABRA.

A large number of specimens of what may prove to be a new species
were found at Rio Novo, in St. Mary. The aperture is smoother than
that of the type, and is of a rich, reddish-orange color; the body of the
shell is shining, and very finely decussated under a glass. The species
is exceedingly variable, and this may be only a strongly marked variety.

LUCIDELLA AUREOLA, Ferussac, var. INTERRUPTA.

This variety is covered with interrupted and slightly wavy, revolv-
ing strive, the lire blotched with white. Duncan’s, Trelawney.

IIl.—Fossil species.

NEOCYCLOTUS (PTYCHOCOCHLIS) BAKER], new species.
Plate XVI, figs. 1, 2.

Shell large, depressed, with 5 well-rounded whorls; nuclear whorl
wanting in the only specimen found; second, third, and fourth whorls
covered with delicate, radiating, zigzag corrugations, which become
very much coarser on the last three fourths of the body whorl; the
periphery of the latter being almost smooth, the upper surface becom-
ing very strongly and irregularly waved toward the aperture; the
base and umbilical region having strong folds, which sweep forward
obliquely toward the periphery; umbilicus rather wide, extending to
the summit of the shell, and exhibiting the volutions; umbilical keel
almost entirely wanting, there being two very slight revolving eleva-
tions, one at the outer edge of the umbilicus, the other farther out on
the base, the area between them being flattened so that the shell
seems to have two taint keels; aperture moderately large; operculum
unknown. Greater diameter 25, lesser 21 mm., height 12 mm.

Locality and position: stratum of marl in the Miocene beds at Bow-
den, St. Thomas, Jamaica, associated with marine fossils.

I take pleasure in naming this fine species in honor of Capt. L. D.
Baker, president of the Boston Fruit Company, who gave us permission
to excavate in the beds, and furnished us men and every facility pos-
sible to make our work a success.

LUCIDELLA COSTATA, new species.
Plate XVI, fig. 6.
This is a small species, about one-half the diameter of the average
I. aureola. There are 5 whorls which are moderately rounded; the
Proc. N. M, 94——-29

450 WEST INDIAN MOLLUSKS—SIMPSON, vOL. XVII.

suture being shallow and somewhat canaliculate, with about 10 strong,
revolving cost on the body whorl and 5 on the penult whorl, and
between these are smaller revolving lire. The center of the base for
about two-fifths of the diameter of the shell is perfectly smooth, and
slightly hollowed in the umbilical region. The upper part of the aper-
ture of the only specimen found is broken away, leaving only the basal
tooth, which is slightly compressed parallel with the outer edge of the
basal lip.

Diameter 33, height nearly 3 mm.

Found with Neocyclotus bakeri and other fossil shells.

PLEURODONTE BOWDENIANA, new species.
Plate XVI, figs. 3, 4, d.

Two fragments of this shell were found, an apex with 3 whorls and
about one-third of the base of a body whorl with the aperture in perfect
condition. The fragment containing the nucleus shows the upper sur-
face of the whorls perfectly plain, the suture being only marked by an
elevated line; it has a wide umbilicus and a very sharp keel. The other
fragment shows a rather sharply defined peripheral keel; the aperture
is very oblique and rather compressed, with two strong teeth, which
are somewhat like those of P. lucerna, but are set more obliquely with
the aperture, the outer one being somewhat flattened on the upper ex-
tremity; the lip is thin, not reflected above, reflected and joined solidly
to the base along its inner half, the outer basal half is free and well
reflected. Back of the basal lip there is a deep, somewhat oblique,
oval pit, corresponding exactly with the shape of the outer tooth, and
extendipvg within if to its summit. The large umbilicus of the young
shell is completely closed by the flattened callous of the lower lip in

the adult. The diameter of this shell if perfect would probably be

about 40 mm., the height about 15 mm. It was found in company with
the other fossils in the Bowden beds. The basal pit behind the aper-
ture is a remarkable character, and I know of no other Plewrodonte
which bas it developed in such a manner.

The Thysanophora found with the above fossils is, I believe, new, but
it is not in fit condition to describe or figure.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Neocyclotus (Ptychocochlis) bakeri, new species; from above.

Neocyclotus (Ptychocochlis) bakeri, new species; dorsal view.

Picurodonte bowdeniana, new species; aperture, front view.

Pleurodonte bowdeniana, new species; base.

. Pleurodonte bowdeniana, new species; upper view, fragment.

). Lucidella costata, new species; front view; upper portion of outer lip broken.
. Sayda maxima, new species; front view.

. Sagda maxima, new species; basal view.

We de 02 93

ve Js 0s

—
wie tte

3
CO

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XVI

New SPECIES OF MOLLUSKS FROM JAMAICA.
Fig. 6. Lucidella costata (Fossil).
Fig. 7, 8. Sagda maxina (Recent).

Figs. 1, 2. Neocyclotus bakeri (Fossil).
Figs. 3-5. Plewrodonte bowdeniana (Fossil).

4 ee
Ral cate
ee es 4)

Woe

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF EXPLORATIONS BY THE U.S.
FISH COMMISSION STEAMER ALBATROSS.

[Published by permission of Hon. Marshall McDonald, Commissioner of Fisheries. }

No XXVIII.—ON CETOMIMIDA AND RONDELETIID2, TWO NEW FAMILIES
OF BATHYBIAL FISHES FROM THE NORTHWESTERN ATLANTIC.

By G. BRown GOODE and TARLETON H. BEAN,

In ovR forthcoming work entitled ‘‘ Oceanic Ichthyology” the three
species here noticed will be described and figured. The publication of
this work will probably be delayed for several months, and it is thought
proper to publish in advance some account of these very interesting
forms, each of which is represented by a single specimen.

These are Malacopterygian fishes, belonging to the group set aside
by Gill under the name Intomi. Their relations to the other members
of the order are not well understood by us, but they are somewhat
closely allied to the Synodontide, though lacking scales and the adi-
pose dorsal fin, and having granular teeth arranged in bands.

The family Rondeletiide is distinguished from Cetomimide by the
presence of ventral fins, and the incompleteness of the opercular
apparatus.

CETOMIMID &, new family.

Malacopterygian, with body somewhat compressed, scaleless. Head
naked. Lateral line conspicuous. No barbels. No photophores.
Mouth exceedingly large; the margin of the upper jaw formed by the
premaxillaries only; the lower jaw strongly curved, and slightly pro-
jecting beyond the upper. Teeth in jaws in bands, granular. The
vomer, the palatines, the pterygoids, and also the first gill-arch and
the lingual bones (which are greatly enlarged), as well as the upper
pharyngeals, are covered with teeth of a similar character. Opercular
apparatus incomplete; its bones very thin, membrane-like. Mesocora-
coid wanting. Post-temporal connected with back of cranium, near
sides. No adipose fin. Dorsal fin far back, short, high, inserted oppo- |
site the anal which it resembles. Pectorals short, placed rather low.

Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 1012.
451

45? NEW BATHYBIAL FISHES—GOODE AND BEAN. VOL. XVII.

Ventrals absent. Gill-opening immense, the membranes deeply cleft,
free from the isthmus. Gills 5. Pseudobranechize absent.

CEKETOMIMUS, new genus.

s0dy oblong, compressed, scaleless; similar in its vertical outline
and proportions to that of the right whales (Balenidie), a resemblance
which is greatly enhanced by the shape of the enormous mouth, and in
the lower jaw strongly curved, projecting slightly beyond the snout.
Teeth in granular bands, covering all the bones of the mouth, tongue,
and throat. Mucous pores sometimes present on the back. Nostrils
far forward, open slits without flap. HKyes very small, and placed far
below the dorsal profile. Gill-membranes deeply cleft, not attached to
the isthmus. Gill-rakers absent, replaced by granular tooth-like sur-
face upon the arch. Gills 3; noslit behind the third. Branchiostegals
9. Opercular apparatus incomplete, bones thin and membranous.
Dorsal short, high, inserted very far back, directiy opposite the anal,
which it resembles in shape and size. Caudal pedunele short and
slender. Ventrals absent. Pectorals broad and short, placed low.
Caudal small, weak, probably emarginate or truncate. Lateral line
broad, consisting of two furrows connected vertically by numerous
short cross-grooves.

CETOMIMUS GILLII, new species.
Plate XVII, fig. 2.

The height of the body is a little less than one-fourth of the total
length; length of head a little less than one-third. Eye minute; con-
tained about 23 times in the length of head, and about eight times in that
of snout; inserted midway between the margin of the jaw and the
dorsal profile, distant from the former a space contained about 24 times
in the length of the snout. The maxillary reaches very far back,
extending to a point behind the orbit equal to 14 times the length of
the snout. The origin of the dorsal is directly above that of the anal,
which is inserted a short distance behind the vent; distance from the
snout equal to more than four times the length of its own base, and
the distance of its termination from the root of the upper rays of the
caudal equal to its own greatest height. The anal fin is similar in
shape and extent to the dorsal, but has the thirteenth to the fifteenth
rays the longest, while the eighth to the eleventh are the longest in the
dorsal. The length of these longest rays is about equal in the two fins,
and is contained slightly less than three times in the length of the
head, The pectoral fin is inserted somewhat below the middle of the
body and close to the extremity of the opercular flap. It is broadly
lanceolate, and its length is contained about 54 times in that of the
head. Ventrals lacking. Color, blue-black. The lateral line sweeps
in abold curve from a point above the upper angle of the gill-opening
to a point in the middle of the body between the origin of the dorsal

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 453

and anal fins, and thence in a straight median line to the base of the
caudal.

Radial formula: B.9; D.16;°A.16; P. 16.

A single specimen (No. 35529, U.S.N.M.), five inches in length, was
taken by the Albatross, August 20, 1884, at station 2206, in 39° 35’ N,
Lat., 71° 24’ 30” W. Long., at the depth of 1,043 fathoms.

CETOMIMUS STORERIT, new species.
Plate XWII, Fig, 3.

The height of the body is a little more tian one-fourth of the total
length; the length of the head is contained three and one-third times in
that of the body. Diameter of the eye contained about eighteen times
in the length of the head, and about seven times in that of the snout, the
eye being inserted nearer to the dorsal profile than to the jaw, its posi-
tion in the vertical being twice as far from the line of the upper jaw as
from the dorsal lines, it is nearly in the line of the vertical erected from
the middle of the upper jaw to the right angles of its edge. The lower
jaw is strongly curved, and projects far beyond the upper. The origin
of the dorsal fin is a little in advance of that of the anal, which is
inserted at a distance from the vent equal to three or four times the
diameter of the eye. Thedorsal fin is longer than the anal, the termi-
nation of the latter being under the fifth ray from the end of the dorsal.
They are about equal in height, and the direction of the rays when
erected is backward, and at an acute angle with the axis of the body.
The longest rays are contained about two and one-half times in the
length of the head. Pectoral fin is inserted very far down, the lower
portion of its peduncle almost on the abdominal line; the fin is lanceo-
late, and although mutilated, is believed to have been about half as
long as the head. The lateral line sweeps in a sinuous curve from a
point above the upper angle of the gill-opening to a point somewhat in
advance of the insertion of the dorsal, and thence in a straight line to
the base of the caudal. <A line of mucous pores on either side of the
median dorsal line iu advance of the dorsal fin.

Radial formula: D. 19; A. 16.

A single specimen (No. 35634, U.S.N.M.), 42 inches in length, was
taken by the Fish Commission steamer Albatross at station 2222,
December 5, 1884, in 39° 03/15” N. Lat., 70° 50’ 45” W. Lon., at a depth
of 1,535 fathoms.

This species is provisionally described from a careful drawing made
by Miss M. M. Smith, December 11,1884, under the criticism of Dr. Bean,
the type specimen having been inaccessible at the time this study was
made.

The species is named in honor of Dr. David Humphreys Storer, who
died in Boston at the age of eighty years, in September, 1891, in token
of our appreciation of the distinguished services of this pioneer in
American ichthyology, who began systematic work upon the fauna of
the western Atlantic more than half a century ago.

454 NEW BATHYBIAL FISHES—GOODE AND BEAN. VOL. XVII.

RONDELETIID & new family.

Body more or less compressed, scaleless. Head naked. No barbels.
Mouth large. Margin of the upper jaw formed by the premaxillaries
only. Teeth coarsely granular. Opercular apparatus complete; its
bones very thin, membrane-like. No adipose fin. Dorsal fin far back;
short and low; inserted opposite the anal. Pectorals short, placed
rather low. Ventrals present, abdominal. Gill opening very wide;
membranes deeply cleft, free from theisthmus. Pseudobranchie absent.

RONDELETTIA, new genus.

Body oblong, compressed, scaleless. Mouth large; lower jaw slightly
projecting. Teeth in bands, coarsely granular in the jaws; vomer and
palatines toothless; a row of large mucous pores on the lower surface
of the mandible and extending upward on the preoperculum. Posterior
nostril with a slender filament anteriorly. Eyes moderate; near the
dorsal profile. Snout rather long, obtuse. Supraoccipital bones with
a pair of strong spines projecting horizontally forward over the orbit.
Gill-membranes entirely separate; gill-rakers numerous, rather long and
slender. Gills 4; a narrow slit behind the fourth. Branchiostegals 7.
Opercular bones thin, membranous. Dorsal short, rather low, opposite
and similar to the anal. Pectorals and ventrals small. Caudal small,
probably forked. No vestiges of a lateral line.

This genus is dedicated to Rondelet, the French ichthyologist of the
seventeenth century.

RONDELETIA BICOLOR, new species.
Plate XVII, Fig. 1.

The height of the body is a little less than one-third of the total
length; length of the head nearly one-half. Diameter of the eye con-
tained six times in the length of the head, and twice in the length of
the snout. The maxillary reaches to below the hind margin of the eye,
and the intermaxillary about as far. Origin of the dorsal fin nearly
opposite the vent. The anal origin immediately behind the vent, the
terminations of the two opposite. The fins are low, the rays pointing
horizontally backward; the longest ray in the dorsal fin about one-fifth
of the length of the head, and the longest in the anal, one-fourth. The
pectoral fin inserted below the middle of the body, and under the end
of the operewlar flap; its length nearly one-fourth that of the head.
Ventrals inserted behind the middle of the total length, and still farther
behind the tips of the extended pectorals; their length about two-ninths
that of the head, and when extended reaching beyond the vent.

Color, purplish-black, with cherry-colored margins to the fins; whit-
ish in spirits.

Radial.formula: B. 7; D. 14; A. 14; P. 9; V. 5.

A single specimen (No. 38202, U.S.N.M.), 44 inches in length, was
taken by the Fish Commission steamer Albatross at station 2724, Lat.
36° 47’ N., Lon. 73° 25/ W., at a depth of 1,641 fathoms.

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XVII

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

New SPECIES OF BATHYBIAL FISHES.

Rondeletia bicolor, Goode and Bean.

il.
Fig. 2. Cetomimus gillii, Goode and Bean.
Cetomimus storeri, Goode and Bean.

Fig. 3.

Fig.

S te Tee
cata’ s ALE Oe
| a ae 4 ,
N, ive fi x 5 2 tif
| eee tt
. ¥ ane A a ai
onthee Ph ee
7 7 _ i
4 fre Va
‘ a ee y)
ff. vt i Ne
‘ oy any
‘wu ai
Lhe
.
; -
t \ .
Fost
\ VW
oe | |
r.
1 py ee
- Aan |
W j
: Mb a i { i
. 4 wae j j j
; af)
f ( i yy [ Vex’ ia
| : ' Di 4 ’ f i 4
( ; : i te I a
Plaats | ‘
ME eG TVG ) ; hu
i i y ht ie / i t ue ;
| Ay ue tl?
evi ae
: ‘ Nad ye . ees
f ’ ie
}
ai
( é ‘ea i
vy Paats |
bby r
t i arr iy al
Wee
Fr 4 ' ’ s
? o Pine
Ih lay 1.44 ee)
‘ in ay F A
; a ar - | 7 Pan
- I i i) 1 He. : is 1G ia a
iy s i y, lf iy } vn. A : Piet si
i oe iw Wid Nae es oa
i) i YY
Fret a Vale
al ob (afi
. Pps ae

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF EXPLORATIONS BY THE U. S.
FISH COMMISSION STEAMER ALBATROSS.

[Published by permission of Hon. Marshall McDonald, Coinmissioner of Fisheries. ]

No. XXIX.—A REVISION OF THE ORDER HETEROMI, DEEP-SEA FISHES,
WITH A DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW GENERIC TYPES MACDONALDIA
AND LIPOGENYS. :

By G. Brown GOODE and TARLETON H. BEAN.

[Abridged from advance sheets of Oceanie Iehthyology.]

THE collection of heteromous fishes obtained by the U.S, Fish Com-
mission includes representatives of three of the five known genera of
the order. The first species was taken in 1880 by a New England fish-
ing vessel from the stomach of a ground shark on the Grand Bank of
Newfoundland. The Albatross secured its first specimen (a Maedon-
aldia) in 1884 off the coast of New Jersey, and again, in 1887, dredged
a Second specimen of the same species in nearly the same locality.

In 1886 this vessel collected several examples of Notacanthus analis
west of the Bermudas, and in 1887 Lipogenys was dredged off the Mary-
land coast.

Heteromi have been recorded from the Arctic, the Mediterranean,
north and sonth Atlantic, and north and south Pacific, in depths rang-
ing from 100 to upward of 1,800 fathoms.

Order HETEROMI.

Notacanthi, BLEEKER, Tentamen, 1859, xxut. (In part.)
Heteromi, Git, American Naturalist, November, 1889, p. 1016.

Teleosts with the scapular arch formed by the proscapula and post
temporal (or posterotemporal), the latter detached from the sides of
the cranium, and impinging on the supraoccipital; the hypercoracoid
and hypocoracoid coalesced into a single lamellar imperforate plate;
the actinosts normal; the cranium with the condyle confined to the
basioccipital (ill defined); the exoccipitals coalesced with the epiotics
and opisthotics; the vomer obsolete; the opercular apparatus complete,
but the preopereulum slightly connected with or discrete from the sus-
pensorium; the suborbitals suppressed; the jaw bones complete and
little aberrant; the palatines, entopterygoids, and ectoptyergoids well
developed; the anterior vertebre separate, and the ventrals abdomi-
nal. (Gill.)

Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 1013. ee
oo

456 REVISION OF HETEROMI—GOODE AND BEAN. VOL svi

Alltheheteromous teleosts have asubfusiform, moderately compressed
body, with head and snout protruding, and sometimes produced and
proboscis-like as in Polyacanthonotus.

Family NOTACANTHIDAE.

Notacantini, RAFINESQUE, Indice d’Ittiologia Siciliana, 1810, p. 34.

Notacanthini, BONAPARTE, Cat. Metodieo, 1846, p. 72.

Notacanthoidei, BLEEKER, I. ¢.

Notacanthi, GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., m1, 1861, p. 544.

Notacanthide, Grui, Arr. Fam Fish., 1872, p. 21; Johnson’s Cyclopzedia, 111, 1883,
Century Dictionary, 1v,4022.—JorDAN and GILBERT, Bull., U.S. Nat. Mus.,
XVI, p. 370.

Heteromous teleosts, with elongate, subfusiform, moderately com-
pressed body. Head short and snout protruding, sometimes produced,
proboscis-like (as in Polyacanthonotus). Mouth moderate, horizontal, or
inferior, suctorial (as in Macdonaldia). Scales small on body and head;
lateral line present. Teeth slender, closely set, in a single series in
each jaw. Gill-openings wide, the membranes separate and free from
the isthmus.

Dorsal fin median, with short and free dorsal spines, and with soft
rays very few or absent. Anal fin long, rather high, extending from
the middle of the body to the caudal, with which it unites, and with
numerous spinousrays. Ventralsabdominal, often confluent, with 1-5
spines and 4-8 soft rays. Pectorals short and high. Pseudobranchie,
none.

The elaborate anatomical description of Notacanthus sexrspinis given
by Giinther* with numerous excellent figures, applies in its general
features to all the members of this family.

In the discussion of the genera and species below, little attention has
been given to the degree of connection of the ventral fins. In every
instance these are connate or confluent, but the degree of connection
depends not so much upon their proximity to each other as upon the
extent of the connecting membrane in the several forms, and we ques-
tion whether the character can be so defined as to serve even for
specific distinctions.

All the species examined by us have the peculiar modification of the
posterior extremities of the maxillary, and the sharp spine more or less
hidden by the fleshy fold of the lips at the angle of the mouth on either
side.

KEY TO THE GENERA OF NOTACANTHIDA AND LIPOGENYID#.
I. Jaws normal. Dorsal spines separated. Teeth in both jaws.
A. Dorsal spines 6-12. Teeth in upper jaw compressed, and obliquely triangu-
lar; , Venitrals’connate oriconfiluent22-" =~. --4-> ---- NOTACANTHID &.
1. Origin of spinous dorsal far in advance of vent. Mouth lateral. Ventral

fins conwate' or coniuentias. .) 2225) 425 sense es eee NOTACANTHUS.
2. Origin of spinous dorsal in vertical from vent. Mouth subinferior, cres-

centic. Jaws each with 22 teeth. Ventral fins united....GIGLIOLIA.

* Challenger Report, XX1i, p. 243-8.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. AAT

B. Dorsal spines 27-38. Teeth in jaws erect, fine. Ventrals separated. ----
Se ee ine Cay = a en Said oS ot td Ss is oe POLYACANTHONOTIN 4.
1. Snout proboscis-like. Dorsal and anal spines long, flexible, the latter

not exceeding 30 in number. Lateral line strongly arched. .----.
Se ee eet atten state See tte tan ince ass 3 POLYACANTHONOTUS.
2. Snout not very elongate. Dorsal and anal spines low and strong, the
latter 50 or more in number. Lateral line straight.... MACDONALDIA.
II. Jaws modified to form a suctorial mough. Dorsal spines close together, united
by membrane to form a high triangular fin.......----- LIPOGENYID#.

A. Dorsal spines 5, with 5 soft rays.

epliateralelimerOsOleuees= +s: s so cas ss uae oh ns 2 hie o-oo oes = LIPOGENYS.

Genus NOTACANTHUS, Bloch.

Notacanthus, BLocu, Abhandl. Bohm. Gesellsch., 1787.—LActrkpr, Hist. Nat.
Poiss., 1804.—Goode, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 111, 1880, p. 555.

Acanthonotus, BLocu, Ichthyologia, x11, 1797, p. 113, pl. ccccCxxx1. (No descrip-
tion separate from that of species A. nasus.)—SCHNEIDER, Bloch, Syst. Tehth.,
1801, p. 390, pl. XLVII. :

Campylodon, FABRICIUS (Jide GUNTHER).

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF NOTACANTHUS AND GIGLIOLIA.

I. Origin of dorsal considerably in advance of that of anal. Lip normal,continu-

OLE Es tat a oe eee lara ay See a Oe 2 eat rere a ots NOTACANTHUS.
A. Body much higher over ventrals than over pectorals, and comparatively
short.

1. Lateral Jine in front of dorsal spines, following profile of back, then sink-
ing to median line of body. D. X-XI.
a. First dorsal spine behind vertical from axil of ventral. A. XIII-

EXOT isin ONC) creas teense cree einty=\ sea ae Side ssa eee N. NASUS.

b. First dorsal spine in front of vertical from insertion of ventral. A.

EXOV SIN ierees ae atetew satya res Maples ratats Soveta Fe Se eet re) cee eet N. ANALIS.

B. Body little higher over ventrals than over pectorals, and comparatively
elongate.

1. Lateral line inconspicuous, nearer to dorsal than to ventral outline
throughout, not arched anteriorly. D. VI-VIII.
a. Last dorsal spines over anterior part of soft anal. A. XII.
2 N. BONAPARTII.
b. Dorsal and soft anal not passing same vertical. A. XIII-XIV.
N. SEXSPINIS.
2. Lateral line slightly arched above pectoral, sinking to median line of
body in advance of first dorsal spines. D. X.
a. Last dorsal spine over fifth from last anal spine. Fins low. A. XIX.
N. PHASGANORUS.
II. Origin of dorsal over the vent. Lip absent in middle portion -.----- GIGLIOLIA.
A. Body much higher over ventrals than over pectorals; comparatively short.
1. Lateral line arched over ventrals and pectorals. D. VIII.
a snoutthick swollen: ) Ay xX V—=xX VIL. 22.0y2--- 2222502 G. MOSELEYI.

NOTACANTHUS NASUS (Bloch), Jordan and Gilbert.

Acanthonotus nasus, BLocu, Ausl. Fische, xu, p. 114.—ScHNEIDER, Bloch’s Sys-
tema Ichthyologi, 1801, p. 390.

Notacanthus nasus, Buocu, Fische, vu, p. 118, pl. 431.—Cuvirr and VALEN-
CIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., vu, p. 467, pl. ccxxi1.—Liirken, Vid. Med.,
1878, p. 145.—GitinrHeER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 11, p.54; Challenger Report,
XXH, p. 248.—GIGLIOLI, Elenco, 94.—VaAILLANT. Voy. Travailleur and Talis-
man, p. 317.

A58 REVISION OF HETEROMI—GOODE AND BEAN. VOU. XVII.

Campylodon fabricii, REINHARDT, Vidensk. Selsk. Afhand]., 1838, p. 120.
Notacanthus chemnitzii, BLocn, (Abh. Bohm. Gesellsch., 1787).—JorpAN and
GILBERT, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvi, p. 370.

A Notocanthus with elongate body, whose greatest height lies between
the pectoral and ventral fins and is contained about four and one-half
times in the distance from the vent to the tip of the snout. Head short,
compressed, its length not quite three and one-half times in the distance
from vent to snout. Mouth large, extending backward to a point nearly
under the eye; the maxillary nearly to the vertical from the anterior
margin of the pupil. The mouth does not lie entirely on the under
portion of the head, but is sublateral. There are thirty-five teeth
in the intermaxillaries on each side. The distance between the upper
profile of the head and the eye is about equal to the diameter of the
eye, which is slightly greater than one-third the length of the snout
(certainly not more than one-half the length of the snout) and about
one-eighth the length of the head. [In this connection it is taken for
granted that the hole in the skin of the head represents the size of the
eye. If, however, we assume that the entire portion free of scales is
the eye, the diameter is greater and equal to one-sixth the length of the
head. It is, at any rate, considerably less than the width of the inter-
orbital space.| The gill-cover appears to be divided to below the syin-
physis of the operculum (with hyomandibular), and is free from the
isthmus.

Seales are lacking only about the mouth and eyes; about forty rows
of small scales (2 mm. broad, 4 mm. long) between the ventral outline
and the lateral line; smooth and imbricated.

Of the eleven dorsal spines, the first (overlooked by Bloch and Val-
enciennes) is very Small and only visible as a point; placed close to
this (1mm.) is the second, which is also very short and feeble. The
third, though also short, is thicker. The vent lies behind the fifth
spine. Of the fifteen anal spines, which have their origin immediately
behind the vent, the first (overlooked by Bloch and Valenciennes) is
very small; it does not extend beyond the profile; the second and third
but slightly. The spines which are longest and placed farthest back
still bear traces of a connecting membrane, and are probably only worn-
off rays. The pectorals are inserted somewhat farther back from the
gill-covers than shown by Bloch; the end is surely broken off, but yet
it ean hardly be doubted that this fin is too long in Bloch’s figure; its
base is less than one-sixth the length of the head. The ventral fins,
connected together behind the median line by a membrane, terminate
considerably in advance of the vent (they are apparently worn off a
little behind).

Radial formula: D. 11; A. 15+118. C?; P.19; V.3+ 7 (), 8 @);
Branchiostegals Vit. (r)—IXx. (1).

Totallength(restored),85em. Lengthofhead, about 10.7¢m. Height
of body, about 8em. Length of caudal, about 47.5 em.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 459

The full diagnosis given above was furnished by our friend Dr. Franz
Hildgendorf, custos of the zoological collections in the Royal Museum
of Natural History, Berlin, who also gives the following notes on the
present condition of the type:

The original Bloch specimen (Cat. gen. No. 1409) is still in existence (our museum
possesses in addition to this only a single specimen of Notacanthus, Notac. sexspinis),
but it is in a very unsatisfactory condition. It was perhaps injured in transporta-
tion from Paris. The jar has not been opened for more than thirty years. Very
likely Bloch received it in a poor state of preservation—a large cavity in the belly
between the pectorals and ventrals, a dilapidated left cheek, injured eyeballs, intes-
tines wanting, etc. In addition to this, there are other defects of a later date, such
as the loss of the caudal, the tip of the snout, the maceration of the frontal bones.
The gill arch is almost entirely gone; the intestines altogether. The frontal bone is
crushed and the first vertebra is disconnected. There is a long gap in the dorsal fin.

The actual length is now 82 cm.; in addition to this should be added at the most
1 em. for the snout and $ em. for the caudal fin. This makes its former length about
85 cm. (Bloch says 2} feet. This would be according to the Rhenish, i. e., Prussian,
measure only 78} cm. Perhaps Bloch had a longer foot, or he gave only an approxi-
mate measurement.) As we have no other specimen which we might have con-
founded with that of Bloch, and ours still bears the label (apparently in Troschel’s
handwriting), ‘“‘ Notacanthus nasus, Iceland, Bloch,” I have no doubt that No. 1409
is the type specimen. Nor can there have been another in Paris.

How much of the end of the caudal is missing is difficult to say. The point of the
fracture is hard and the fin bones are soft. If Valenciennes’s account is accurate, the
caudal jin only is missing, and one or two rays of this are still attached. If Bloch’s
description is correct, there were 149—(13, 8, or 10? spines for the caudal),—126-128
rays in the anal; consequently a caudal end, with at least 10 rays, in addition to the
caudal fin, was lost, and the fish would have been somewhat longer than 8 em. I
presume there was an oversight on Bloch’s part.

The material now classed by authors under the name of N. nasus is
the following: (1) A specimen described by Fabricius in 1798 under
the generic name of Campylodon, obtained in 1794 from Greenland; (2)
Bloch’s type in the Berlin Museum, believed by him to come from the
West Indies, described under the names JN, chemnitzti (?), N. nasus,
and Acanthonotus nasus; (3) a specimen, obtained off Iceland by La
Recherche and brought by Gaimard to the Paris Museum, figured in
the Réegne Animal, and said to have been figured also in the Voyage
in Seandinavia; this, as has already been stated, is possibly a typical
N. nasus; (4) a specimen, 3 feet long, obtained in South Greenland, and
brought in 1877 to the Copenhagen Museum. This also is possibly
not a characteristic representative of the species.

Both Canestrini and Giglioli enumerate Notacanthus nasus among
Mediterranean fishes, but entirely without warrant.

NOTACANTHUS ANALIS, Gill.

Notacanthus analis, GILL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., v1, 1838, p. 255.—GUNTHER, Chal-
lenger Report, XXII, p. 248, note. —VAILLANT, Voy., Travailleur and Talisman,

p- 318, et seqg.— JORDAN and GILBERT, Cat. Fish. N. Amer., 1885, p. 58.
A Notacanthus, with its body much higher over ventrals than over
pectorals, and comparatively short. Its height equal to one-third of
the distance from the vent to the tip of the snout, and nearly equal to

spines, following profile of the back, and then sinking to the median
line of the body. First dorsal spine in front of vertical from insertion
of ventral.

The snout is compressed, pointed, much produced beyond the moder-
ate mouth. The cleft extends nearly to the vertical through the middle
ofeye. The length of the snout is one and one-half times the diameter
of the eye. The width of the interorbital area is slightly less than the
diameter of the eye. The projection of the snout beyond the mouth
equal to the diameter of the eye, or nearly so. The snout is compressed,
not swollen. Mouth narrow, transverse, its width about one-fourth the
length of the head. The eye is placed some distance below the upper
protileand in the line of the lateral line continued to the nostrils. Gill-
opening wide; the membranes confluent and slightly in advance of the
vertical from the upper end of the gill-opening; not attached to the
isthmus. Scales very minute, imbricated, adherent.

All the dorsal spines are short, the anterior very short; the second
and first nearly over the origin of the ventrals, the fifth above the vent,
and the sixth slightly behind the origin of the anal. The longest about
one-half as long as the eye. The last (eleventh), which is followed by a
single ray attached to it by membrane, is over the fifteenth spine of the
anal. The dorsal spines are distant from each other, and behind each
is a narrow angular membrane. The anal begins immediately behind
the vent and in its middle portion is considerably elevated; the length
of its longest rays are about equal to that of the snout, from which
point it slopes rapidly to the tip of the tail. The pectoral, placed high
up in the middle axis of the body, is inserted at some distance behind
the gill-opening and is broad and nearly oval in shape. Ventrals con-
fluent, some distance in advance of the vent, stout, broad, ovate in form,
not extending to the vent but separated from it by a distance equal to
half their own length. Color uniform light brown.

Radial formula: D. x1; A. XvI+.

This description is prepared from the types of Gill, (No. 57856, U.S,
N.M.) from Albatross station 2677, N. Lat. 32° 39’ W. Lon., 76° 50/ 30”,
in 478 fathoms. The types, two in number, measure 113 and 124 inches,
respectively. Another specimen (No. 44246, U.S.N.M.) was obtained
by the Albatross from station 2676, in 32° 39/ N. Lat., 70° 01’ W. Lon.,
at a depth of 407 fathoms.

NOTACANTHUS BONAPARTII, Risso.

Notacanthus bonaparti, Risso, Wiegm. Archiv f. Naturgesch., 1840, p. 376, pl. Xx.

Notacanthus bonapartii, Frripp1 and VERANY, Mem. Ace. Sci. Torino, XVIII, 1857,
p. 190, Notad 6.—CANESTRINI, Pesci d'Italia, p. 118.—Morkavu, Hist. Nat.
Poiss. France, 1881, p. 161.—GIGLIOLI, Elenco, 33.

Notacanthus mediterraneus, Firtppr and VERANY, Mem. Ace. Sci. Torino, 2d series,
Xvul, 1859, p. 190 (nota supra); Aleuni Pesci del Mediterraneo, 1857, p. 3.—
Giinrumr, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 11, p.545.—CANESTRINI, Pesci d'Italia, 1872,
p. 118..-Morrau, Hist. Nat. Poiss. France, 1881, 111, p. 158 (wood 2nt).—VAIL-
LANT, Voy. Travailleur and Talisman, p. 317; p. 325, pl. XXVIII.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 461

A Notacanthus, with body slender, comparatively elongate, little
higher over ventrals than over pectcrals; with its lateral line incon-
spicuous, nearer to the dorsal than to the ventral outline, not arched
anteriorly. Snout produced and compressed. Palatine teeth in a
single series. Ventrals joined by a membrane of considerable width
between the internal rays. The height of the body is about one-thir-
teenth of its length; its thickness, about one-twentieth. The tail does
not appear to be in the least truncated, though so described by certain
authors, one of whom in his figure shows a tail carried to an acute
point, making the length of the body considerably greater in propor-
tion to its height than is indicated in his own description. Color yel-
lowish, with silvery reflections; the limb of the operculum, the margin
of the orbit, and the mouth darker.

Radial formula: D. vi-vir; A. x11-100+; v. U1, 11-6 (Iv-8 according
to Filippi and Verany).

This form was carefully figured and described by Risso in 1840. He
had a single specimen 148 millimeters long, which he recognized as an
inhabitant of abyssal depths (Sejewr abymes marines vaseux). By some
error his description and figure, otherwise perfectly consistent, disa-
greed in respect to the number of spines in the dorsal fin, the figure
showing 7, the description 9. Misled by this, Filippi and Verany
redescribed the same fish in 1859, and to justify their course proposed
the theory that Risso’s descriptions and figures were based on different
specimens—a theory accepted without criticism by later writers, but
which we can not believe a true one.

Risso was a careful and experienced worker, and it would be unjust
to the memory of one of the best Italian ichthyologists to admit that
he could be guilty of such an error. Then, too, he states positively
that he had only a single specimen. Itis much more probable that the
German typesetter in the office of Wiegmann’s Archiv mistook a “7”
for a ‘‘9” in Risso’s manuscript.

Risso’s figure is a good one of a young N. mediterraneus and his
description agrees with it perfectly with the exception of this one
figure in type.

The specimen described and figured by Giinther under the name N,
mediterraneus is not a Mediterranean form, but one from the Southern
Pacific, and has been referred by us to a new genus and species.

Moreau is in error in referring the figures of Bloch and Cuvier
and Valenciennes to this species. (See discussion under Notacanthus
NASUS. )

N. bonapartit was described under the name N. mediterraneus by

. Filippi and Verany in 1857 from a specimen obtained at Nice, and pre-

served in the Zoological Museum at Turin. Two others from the same
locality, referred by Moreau to this species, are in the museum in Paris.
The Travailleur and Talisman obtained four additional individuals,
one from the coast of Soudan, at a depth of 1,232 meters, and another

462 REVISION OF HETEROMI—GOODE AND BEAN. VOL. XVII.

from the same region at 932 meters; two from the Bane D’Arguin at

1,495 meters. These last have been made the subject of an elaborate

description by Vaillant, who also publishes a good figure.

This species is distinguished from NV. sexspinis, (fig. 192A—B),
described by Richardson from Australian Seas* and subsequently
described by Giinther, who also gives an excellent figuret by the various
characters, most striking of which is the difference in the relationships
of the position of the dorsal spines and the soft anal fin. In N. sexspinis
the dorsal and soft anal do not pass the same vertical, whereas in N.
mediterraneus the last three dorsal spines are placed over the anterior
part of the soft anal. The National Museum is indebted to Dr. Giin-
ther for a specimen of Notacanthus sexspinus from New Zealand (No.
12625, U.S.N.M.). It is a small specimen, and does not exhibit any
inflation of the cheeks, such as is shown in the plate in the Challenger
report. It has eight dorsal spines.

The type of NV. mediterraneus from Nice was examined by Giglioli at
the Turin Museum in 1882. Its total length is 203 mm., and its radial
formula D.6 /1; A. 12 / 132?; V. 3-4 / 8; C. 52.

Prof. Giglioli informs us that in his “ Central Collection of Italian
Vertebrates” at Florence he has four specimens of NV. bonapartii, as
follows:

a. Nice, August 11, 1882. Total length, 153 mm. D.8/1; A. 6-7/120; V.3/ 6-7;
P. 9-10; C. 3-4 ?. A large curved spine in upper corner of mouth on either
side.

b. Nice, March 7, 1891. Total length, 205 mm. D. 7/1; A. 14 / 120; V.3/7.
P.12. C.4?. Buccal spines hidden in skin,

c. Nice, June 15, 1892. Total length, 2083 mm. D.7 /1. A.8?/140. V.3/ 5-7.
P. 10/12. Buccal spines large and prominent.

d. Syracuse, 1855-60?. D.7 /1. A.11 /25. P.9-10. V.3 / 5. Tail broken off.
Buccal spines conspicuous.

Another specimen, collected by Bellotti at Messina, December 12,
1882, and now in the Museo Civico at Milan, was examined by Giglioli,
who states that it was 104 mm. long,and had D.7/1. A.7/% VY.
3/6. P.10-12. C.5 2.

NOTACANTHUS PHASGANORUS, Goode.

Notacanthus phasganorus, GOODE, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 111, p. 535, Apr. 18, 1881.—
GUNTHER, Challenger Report, Xxu, p. 249.—JORDAN and GILBERT, Bull. U.S.
Nat. Mus., Xvi, p. 900.—VAILLANT, Voy. Travailleur and Talisman, p. 318 et
8éq.

A Notacanthus, with its body a little higher over the ventrals than
over pectorals, and comparatively elongate; with its lateral line slightly
arched above the pectorals, sinking to median line of body in advance
of first dorsal spines, and its last dorsal spine over the fifth from the
last anal spine.

*Voyage Erebus and Terror, Fishes, p, 54, pl. xxxu, figs. 4-11.
t Voyage of the Challenger, xxu, p. 243, pl. LX1I, fig. a.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 463

Its body is much compressed, its greatest width slightly more than
one-third height of the body at vent.

Scales round, thin, flexible, very small upon the head (not wider than
the diameter of one of the dorsal spines), but upon the anterior half of
the body about three times as large, decreasing in size upon posterior
half, until upon tail they are smaller than upon head. Number of
scales in lateral line not far from 400. (In the partially digested speci-
men before me it 1s impossible to make an exact enumeration.) Num-
ber between lateral line and dorsal fin, about 20; between lateral line
and anal fin, about 36. Head covered in every part, even the lips, with
small scales, of which there are about 40 between eye and end of oper-
cular flap. Scales deeply embedded (in life are probably hidden
beneath a slimy epidermis).

Length of the head about 74 in that of body. Bones are all flexible,
and their outlines are invisible without dissection, the whole being cov-
ered with a leathery skin. Width of interorbital space appears to be
(in the mutilated head) somewhat greater than length of snout and
about one-fourth length of the head. Diameter of orbit appears to be
about one-half width of interorbital space. Length of postorbital por-
tion of head nearly three times that of snout. Length of mandibular
bone slightly exceeds twice diameter of eye; that of upper jaw consid-
erably greater. Teeth in upper jaw blunt, acicular, set side by side
like the teeth of a comb, about 32 on each side. In lower jaw shorter,
slenderer, and in double rows. Villiform teeth upon palatines.

Dorsal fin begins at a distance from snout not far from two and
three-fourth times length of the head, and nearly over the one hundred
and tenth scale of lateral line; it consists of ten low, widely separated
Spines, unconnected by any membrane. Distance between first and
tenth spine nearly double length of head.

Spines from fourth to ninth about equidistant, while the other inter-
Spaces are shorter.

Distance from snout to anal fin equal to about four times length of
head. Anterior spinous portion of anal resembles dorsal and is devoid
of connecting membrane, (The membrane is also absent from the pos-
terior half of the fin, but may possibly have been destroyed.) Anal
rays extend to tip of tail and number about 130, the number of spines
being 19. Anal begins immediately behind vent, and its length of base
is Slightly less than half that of body (less by a length about equal to
the distance from the angle of the mouth to the gill-opening).

Pectoral fin placed at a distance behind the gill-opening about equal
to width of its own base (its length is at least double this distance—
how much more can not be determined, but the fin is evidently short
androunded in contour, the upper rays longest). Its base is stout-pedun-
cular, and thickly covered with scales.

Distance of the ventrals from snout equal to that of the dorsal,

464
though its insertion is slightly in advance of that of dorsal. Ventrals
closely adjacent, separated by narrow groove, broad, with peduncle-
like bases, thickly covered with scales, and are provided with two
spines and eight or nine (as nearly as the specimen will permit deter-
mination) rays.

Radial formula: D. x; A. xIx (130);-C. 03, Pi(17)30 Ve 11,°8=9%

The U.S. Fish Commission received the type from the schooner Gath-
erer, of Gloucester (Capt. Briggs Gilpatrick), which had been taken
from the stomach of a Ground-shark (Somniosus brevipinnis), on the
Grand Bank of Newfoundland.

REVISION OF HETEROMI—GOODE AND BEAN VOL. XVII.

GIGLIOLIA, new genus.

A genus of Notacanthida, distinguished from Notacanthus by the less
advanced position of the dorsal, the first dorsal spine being placed in
the vertical over the vent and close to the vertical from the first anal
spine. Dorsal spines6-9; anal spines 15-18, these being longer and more
slender than in Notacanthus, enveloped nearly to their tips in a mem-
brane, and grading imperceptibly in length and size into those of the
anal, which is comparatively high. The greatest height of the body is
in the region of the ventral fins, and the lateral line, which is conspicu-
ous, is arched over the pectorals and ventrals, but follows closely the
dorsal outline until it passes beyond the dorsal spines, after which it is
directed in a straight line to the tip of the pointed tail. Head com-
paratively broad, mouth inferior, almost suctorial; teeth in each inter-
maxillary 20-22; snout thick, swollen, much produced, nostrils large,
conspicuous, covered by a membranous flap. Pectoral short, broad,
rounded. Ventrals placed low down and completely united, extending
to the vent.

In general appearance and proportions this form resembles the high-

backed division of the genus Notacanthus, to which belong N.nasus and
N. chemnitzii. Its mouth, however, is placed more on the under surface
of the head than even in JN. sexspinis, and resembles in some respects
that of our new genus Macdonaldia.

This genus is named in honor of Commendatore Enrico Hillier Gig-
lioli, professor in the University of Florence and founder of the Cen-
tral Museum of Italian Vertebrates, who has been identified with all the
efforts of the [talian Government in deep-sea research, and whose thor-
ough works upon the geographical distribution of Italian vertebrates,
both terrestrial and aquatic, are of an importance which can not be
overstated.

The only species assigned to this genus is that obtained by the Chal-
lenger off the southwest coast of South America, and referred by Giin-
ther to Notacanthus bonapartii. For this form, represented by a single
individual 114 inches long, froma depth of 400 fathoms at station 1310,
we propose the specific name moseleyi, in memory of the lamented Henry

tn li tl

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 465

professor in the University of Oxford.

GIGLIOLIA MOSELEYI, new species.
Plate XVIII, fig. 1.

Notacanthus bonapartii, GUNTHER, Challenger Report, xxu, 248, pl. Lxi, fig. e.

The following excellent description is by Dr. Giinther:

Body moderately elongate, its greatest depth opposite to the ventral fin, and con-
tained twice and two-thirds in distance of the vent from the end of the snout; the
length of the compressed oblong head is contained twice and one-third in the same
length. The snout is thick, swollen, much produced beyond the narrow transverse
mouth, which is opposite to the front margin of the orbit, and quite at the lower
sidesof the head. Twenty teeth on each side of the upper jaw. The eye is close to
the upper profile, two-thirds of the length of the snout, one-fifth of that of the head,
and,less than the width of the interorbital space. Gill openings of moderate width,
the gill membranes being confluent in the vertical from the upper end of the gill
opening, and not attached to the isthmus.

The whole body and head are covered with minute, smooth, imbricate, and adher-
ent scales.

All the dorsal spines are short, the anterior very short, the second opposite to the
vent. The anal spines commence immediately behind the vent and increase in
length posteriorly, passing into the flexible rays, which are of varying.and indefinite
number, The pectoral is inserted at the usual distance from the gill opening and
has a base of moderate width. Ventrals united and extending to the vent (Giinther).

Radial formula: D. VITI-IX; A. XV-XVIII, 150; C.3; P.9; V. I, 7; Cwxe. pyl. 5.

Genus POLYACANTHONOTUS, Bleeker.

Polyacanthonotus, BLEEKER, GUNTHER, Challenger Report, XxX11, 1875, p. 248 (as
subgenus.

Zanotacanthus, GILL, Johuson’s Cyclopedia, 111, 1876, p. 883.

Paradoxichthys, GIGLIOLI, Nature, XXV, p. 535, 1882.

Teratichthys, GIGLIOLI, /. e.

Notacanthids, with very slender, elongate body, and inferior mouth,
and the snout prolonged into a proboscis-like tip, resembling that of
Mastacembelus, its length at least one-third that of the head. Dorsal
fin represented by numerous slender, curved, flexible, disjoined spines,
the first of which is placed some distance behind the vertical from the
origin of the pectoral. Anal composed of a smaller number of longer,
slender, flexible spines, passing at a point some distance behind the
last of the dorsal spines into a low, short, anal fin. Pectorals moderate,
slender, placed above the median line of the body, and close to the
lateral line. Ventrals slender, entirely separate, not reaching to the
vent. Scales inconspicuous or probably absent. Lateral line con-
spicuous, descending from the angle of the operculum in a strong, broad
curve, to below the middle region of the body at a point not far from
the vent. Teeth very fine, in rows upon each jaw; stronger teeth upon

Proc. N. M. 94 30

466 REVISION OF HETEROMI—GOODE AND BEAN. VOL. XVII.
the palate, arranged in the form of a horseshoe. The ventral with one
spine. Type, Notacanthus rissoanus (Filippi and Verany.)

POLYACANTHONOTUS RISSOANUS (De Filippi and Verany), Giinther.

Notacanthus rissoanus, DE FriLrepr and VERANY, Mem. Acc. Sci. Torino, 2d
ser., XVI, 1859, p.6; Nota Sopra aleuni Pesci del Mediterraneo, 1857, p. 3.—
GUnTuHeR, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 1, p. 545.—CANESTRINI, Pesci d’Italia,
p. 118.—GIGLIOLI, Elenco, 34; Nature, Xxv, p. 535.—MOoREAU, Hist. Nat.
Poiss. France, p. 162,—VAILLANT, Voy. Travailleur and Talisman, 335, pl.
Xxvii, fig 1.

[ Notacanthus (Polyacanthonotus) rissoanus, GUNTHER Challenger Report, XxXU,
p. 250 (description and figure relate to another species). ]

Paradoxichthys garibaldianus, GIGLIOLI, Nature, XXv, p. 535.

A Notaeanthid fish, slender and elongate in form, its greatest
height above the anus and near the middle of the body, one-fifteenth
of the length of the body; its height at the shoulders about one-
twentieth. The length of the head is about one-eighth of that of the
body. Snout very elongate, one-third of the length of the head; as
long as the height of the body at the shoulders and three times the
diameter of the eye. In form resembling that of Mastacembelus. ‘The
condition of the type,” remarks Vaillant, “‘does not allow us to esti-
mate the size of the mouth, but its connature does not reach the
anterior edge of the orbit. Its form is analogous to that in other
species of the genus, that is to say, its inferior teeth are exceedingly
fine and closely set in the jaws, while there are stronger teeth upon
the palate, where they are arranged in the form of a horseshoe.”

Hye moderate in size, its diameter one-eighth the length of the
head; interorbital space‘very narrow, not one-half the diameter of the
eye. Branchial opening large. Operculum truncated posteriorly.

Vent in front of the middle of the body.

No traces of scales. The lateral line, however, is conspicuous, and
it descends from the upper angle of the operculum to the middle of the
body, or a little below it, in the vicinity of the region of the vent.
The first dorsal spine is placed two-thirds times its own length back of
the vertical from the axil of the pectoral, and its length is less than
the diameter of the eye. The highest dorsal spines, those in the pos-
terior third of the fin, are twice as long as the diameter of the eye.
The spines are all slightly curved backward, and there is a soft, supple-
mentary ray behind the last. The anal spines are longer than the
dorsal spines, the longest two and one-half times the diameter of the
eye. The first, which is somewhat longer than the first dorsal spine,
situated immediately behind the vent under the eighteenth dorsal spine.

In the specimen figured and described by Vaillant there is a sem-
blance of a minute, separate caudal fin, but it is by no means certain
that this exists. The pectoral is placed a considerable distance from
the operculum, nearly equal to the length of the snout, and its lower
axil is in the median line of the body, or nearly so. Its length is
about equal to that of the snout, The ventrals, situated at a distance

1804. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 467

from the snout equal to about one-third of the length of the body, do

not reach the anus, and are the same size as the pectorals. “In Vail-

lant’s specimen they appear to be separate, and.he was able to observe
but a single spine. The color, in fresh condition, was milky white;
the head and iris being black.

Radial formula: D. 29-37; A, 34-41.

This species was known to Risso, who had in his collection the speci-
men which afterwards served De Filippi as a type and which is now
in the Turin Museum. A sketch by Risso of this fish, to which he
never gave a name, is given in ‘* Oceanic Ichthyology.” The Turin speci-
men was examined by Prof. Giglioli in 1882; it is 160 mm. long and has
the following radial formula: D. 29/1; A. 35.

Prof. Giglioli has three specimens in his collection at Florence. We
are indebted to him for the following details concerning them:

a. Nice, August 5, 1881 (type of Paradoxichthys Garibaldianus): Total length, 199 mm.
D. 32/0; A. 38/100; P.9-10; V.1-10; C.4?. This specimen has along, straight
spine, pointed backwards, above the maxillary bone on either side.

b. Nice, March 1, 1891: ‘Total length, 186 mm; D. 30/1; A. 41/150; P. 10; V. 1/10;
C.4?. Found dead and partly decomposed. The peculiar maxillary spifte is
small in this and in the following specimen.

e. Nice, January 27, 1892:.'Total length, 160mm. D. 30/0; A.34/;? Found partially
digested in the stomach of Galeus canis.

In addition to these specimens one other was taken by the French
expedition off the coast of Morocco, station 40, at a depth of 2,212
meters. Its radial formula was D. 37/1; A. 27/?.

MACDONALD TIA, new genus.

Notacanthids, with elongate body and inferior mouth. Body and
head covered with minute, imbricated scales. Dorsal fin represented by
numerous short, straight, robust, and disjoined spines, 27 to 34 in num-
ber, the first in advance of the insertion of the pectoral. Anal as in
Notacanthus but lower, and with a longer portion of low, short, slightly
curved, disjoined spines, from 35 to 55 in number, which under the final
dorsal spines pass into flexiblerays. Lateral line straight, conspicuous.
Pectorals moderate, placed far back, below the middle line of the body
and remote from the lateraldine. ‘Teeth in jaws erect, small; and also
in series on the vomer and palate. A line of pores on the inner edge
of the mandible. Ventrals moderate, entirely separate. Type, Nota-
canthus rostratus, Collett.

This genus is named in honor of Col. Marshall McDonald, U. S.
Commissioner of Fisheries, in commemoration of his liberai policy in
furthering ichthyological research.

MACDONALDIA ROSTRATA (Collett) Goode and Bean.
Plate XVIII, fig. 2.
Notacanthus rostratus, Collet, Bull. Soe. Zool. France, 1889, p. 307.

The body is greatly compressed, its outlines tapering rapidly in both
directions from the origin of the vent. Its greatest height is con-

468 REVISION OF HETEROMI—GOODE AND BEAN: VOL. XVII.

tained 34 times in the distance of the vent from the tip of the snout, or
about four-fifths the length of the head, which is contained 94 times
in the total. The snout is compressed, pointed, snake-like, produced
beyond the mouth a distance less than the diameter of the eye, and
contained three times in the length of the head. The mouth is small;
its cleft scarcely reaches to the anterior nostril. Each jawis armed with
a series of minute teet hand a similar series on vomer and palate. Theeye
is moderate in size, placed not far from the dorsal profile, distant about
24 diameters from the end of the snout, more than three times from
the end of the opercle. Gill opening wide. The body and head coy-
ered by minute, imbricated scales. A line of mucous pores extends
from the anterior end of the lateral line forward under the eye and
thence to the end of the maxilla.

The dorsal spines are short, distant from one another, the first being
over the end of the opercle, the fifth slightly behind the vertical through
the origin of the pectoral, the twelfth slightly in advance of the origin
of the pectoral, the fifteenth almost over the origin of the anal, and the
last (twenty-eighth) a little behind the middle of the length of the tail.
In another individual the fourth spine is immediately over the pecto-
ral insertion, the thirteenth over the ventral origin, and the whole 1um-
ber of spines is 30, but there is behind the thirtieth a minute spine
almost united by membrane. The anal begins immediately behind the
vent, and after the fifth spine the height of the fin remains uniform
until the length of the rays gradually decreases near the tip of the tail.
The pectoral is inserted at a distance from the gill opening nearly
twice its own length. The ventrals have a broad base, are not conflu-
ent and reach to the vent or slightly beyond it.

DD, KRVIIAX KN + (AY KLIS

The types are No. 35601, U.S.N.M., and were obtained by the
steamer Albatross at station 2216, latitude 59° 47’ N., longitude 70° 30/
30” W., in a depth of 963 fathoms. They measure 165 and 16 inches,
respectively. Another specimen, 17 inches long, was obtained by the
same steamer at station 2553, latitude 39° 48’ N., longitude 70° 36’ W.,
in a depth of 551 fathoms.

Closely allied to M. rostrata is Notacanthus challengeri (Vaillant)
(Notacanthus rissoanus, Giinther, Challenger Report, Xx, 250, pl. LXI,
Fig. B: not Filippi and Verany), renamed by Vaillant in the report of
the Travailleur and Talisman, page 387. This is distinguished by the
larger number of its dorsal rays, the less anterior position of the ori-
gin of the dorsal, the lesser height of the body in comparison with the
distance from the vent to the snout, comparatively longer snout and
larger eye, and the absence of the suborbital row of mucous pores.

Dr. Giinther states that although the species is a matter of some cer-
tainty, the diagnosis of NV. rissoanus “applies sufficiently well to
his specimen;” further remarking that ‘‘ since a number of Mediterra-
nean fishes are identical with Japanese, and at least one other species

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 469

of Notacanthus, N. bonapar tit, shows | a wide geographic al range, he
should not feel justified in giving a distinct name to the fish described.”
We can not help feeling that Dr. Giinther has departed from his cus-
tomary cautious and scientific method in this case, and are satisfied that
he would not have done so had he seen the specimen obtained by the
French Exploring Expedition on the coast of Moroceo, and described
and figured by Vaillant. Coming as it does from the Mediterranean
region, and having a proboscis-like character of the snout, much more
emphasized than in the Japanese form, the presumptions in favor of
its identity with NV. rissoanus are very strong. We therefore not only
adopt the identification of Vaillant, in preference to that of Giinther,
but accept the new name which Vaillant has proposed for the Japa-
nese form.
; Family LIPOGENYID.

Lipogenyide, Gill, MS.

Heteromes with a roundish, inferior, suctorial mouth; imperfect lower
jaw with its rami separated at middle, connected with the correspond-
ing sides of the upper jaw, and invested ina thick, transversely plicated
horseshoe-shaped lip, reflected upward behind on the cheeks; no teeth;
short row of four or five partially connected graduated dorsal spines,
and five to seven branched rays, forming a regular fin. (Gill)

The anomalous and unexampled modification of the lower jaw and
mouth deserves a detailed anatomical examination; but the existence
of only one specimen for the present, at least, is deemed to render such
an investigation inadvisable.

LIPOGENYS, new genus.

Head and body compressed, the body elongate as in Notacanthus.
Snout produced, compressed, obtuse at tip. Cleft of the mouth infe-
rior, suctorial, circular in front, surrounded by rugose, contractile lip,
with cleft posteriorly flanked by wing-like flaps, containing the modi-
fied mandibulary bones which articulate with the end of the maxilla,
and are free behind. A concealed spine at the end of the maxilla. No
teeth. Anterior nostril in short tube, the posterior oblong, under a
short flap. Dorsal fin short, but normal and well developed, with a
distinct soft portion. Anal fin normal in position, high, with many
spines, and with some of the rays spine-like, though forked. A dis-
tinct though very small caudal fin. Ventrals normal, well developed,
with several spines. Scales minute, very numerous. Lateral line con-
spicuous.

LIPOGENYS GILLII, new species.

Plate XVIII, fig. 3.
Body compressed, its greatest width one-half its height, which is

about-one-tenth of the length. The length of the head is contained
83 times in that of the body and twice in the distance from the origin

470 REVISION OF HETEROMI—GOODE AND BEAN. VOL. XVIL

of the pectoral to the vent. The width of the interorbital space is about
equal to the diameter of the eye, which is one-fifth the length of the
head. The length of the snout is about one-fourth that of the head.
The postorbital portion of the head is twice as long as the snout. The
peculiar form of the jaws and mouth has been described under the head
of the genus. he diameter of the circular opening is about one half
the diameter of the eye. The dorsal fin begins at a distance from the
snout equal to about three times the length of the head. It consists
of five graduated spines, of which the first is minute and the longest
as long as the snout, and five rays, of which the second is longest, nearly
one-half as long as the head. The spines and rays are all compactly
arranged ina strong triangular fin. The length of the dorsal base
equals one-half that of the head. The anal begins under the fourth
spine of the dorsal; it contains 41 spines and 88 rays, of which the
anterior 10 are stiff, though articulated, and divided at the tip. The
longest ray is longer than the iongest spine, about as long as the snout.
The ventral consists of seven spines and seven rays. The two fins
almost meet in the median line, but are disconnected. ‘The fin reaches
to the vent. Its distance from the tip of the snout is about 24 times
the length of the head. The pectoral is placed below the median line
of the body, at a distance from the head about equal to the diameter
of the eye; its length is a little greater than the postorbital part of the
head. The lateral line is well developed anteriorly, becoming obsolete
at a distance from the end of the dorsal about equal to 25 times the
length of the head.

The color is uniform light brown. The under side of the gill covers
dark, showing dark at the edges of the opercular bone.

The type measures 17 inches in length. It is No. 39212, U.S.N.M.,
and was taken by the steamer Albatross at station 2742, in N. lat. 37°
46’ 30’; W. lon. 75° 56/ 30”, from a depth of 865 fathoms.

UL PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XVIII

U. S, NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII

ee.
ALOR)

XS \\ <A NN :

PDD SDD!
ey Py E

o H ai ee yy)
Pe Ree

eset

GENERIC TYPES OF MACDONALDIA AND LIPOGENYS.

Fig. 1. Gigliolia moseleyi, Goode and Bean.
Fig. 2. Macdonaldia rostrata, Goode and Bean.
Fig. 3. Lipogenys gillii, Goode and Bean.

é RENEEUSSSRE A Crea ss § ; Y cae ez
rr Repo RS ABLE, Tag RY II 7 PRES, ES E - EY a cies sia om = ;
6, earpae Fay ae ep od aod ASIII TID BIS i WIS IGY ae Haz} Dy : eae ARG TTT TE Pe

/
j

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF EXPLORATION BY THE U.S.
FISH COMMISSON STEAMER ALBATROSS.

[Published by permission of Hon. Marshall McDonald, Commissioner of Fisheries. |

No. XXX.—ON HARRIOTTA, A NEW TYPE OF CHIMAROID FISH FROM
THE DEEPER WATERS OF THe NORTHWESTERN ATLANTIC.

By G. BRowWN GOODE and TARLETON H. BEAN.

A REMARKABLE type of Chimeroid fish was obtained by the U.S.
Fish Commission steamer Albatross while engaged in deep-sea explora-
tion in the northwestern Atlantic.

Four specimens were taken, two of them young, and with propor-
tions quite unlike those of the adults.

The limits of range are, of course, by no means determined by the
capture of these isolated specimens, all of which came from between
latitudes north 36° 45/ and 39° 44’, and longitudes west 70° 30/ and
74° 28’, each specimen being from a distinct locality. The habitat of
the genus must then be described as western North Atlantic, 707 to
1,080 fathoms, off the coasts of Virginia, Maryland, and Delaware.

In the present notice no attempt is made to discuss the relationships
of the new form, except to say that it is allied to Chimera, Hydrolagus,
and Callorhynchus. Dr. Gill is disposed to form a subfamily of the
Chimeridie for its reception, and it is not unlikely that as a result of
more thorough study it may be found necessary to place it in a family
by itself. The descriptive notes which follow are from the advance
sheets of our memoir, entitled “Oceanic Ichthyology,” and were pre-
pared six years ago. Fearing still further delay in the publication of
our book, we present them, together with figures of both old and
young.

HARRIOTTA, new genus.

Snout exceedingly elongate, with a cartilaginous midrib and folia-
ceous lateral expansions of the skin at its base. Two dorsal fins, the
anterior with an immense triangular spine, finely serrated upon its
lateral edges. Anal fin reduced to a cutaneous fold, Longitudinal axis
of the tail nearly the same as that of the trunk, very elongate, with

Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, Vol XVII—No. 1014.
471

Aq? THE GENUS HARRIOTTA—GOODE AND BEAN. VOL. XVII.

filamentous tip, the fin below much more extensive than that above.
No cephalic organ. Gill-openingss lateral; separated by a wide isthmus.
No spiracles. Teeth as in Chimera, Claspers small and simple.
a HARRIOTTA RALEIGHANA, new species.

; Plate XIX.

Tail extended in a very long filament in the older individuals, want-
ing in the young. The first dorsal fin separated from the second by an
interval nearly equal to the diameter of the eye in the older individuals,
very much greater in the younger ones, in which the cartilaginous por-
tion is exceedingly narrow and high. The second dorsal fin long and
low, its height about equal to the diameter of the eye, its length equal —
to that of the head. The spine preceding the first dorsal fin is very
strong; its length in the older individuals equal to the distance from
its own base to the origin of the second dorsal; it is proportionately
much longer and stouter in the young, and there is also a double row
of strong spines in advance of the second dorsal, and in the notch
between the second dorsal and its continuation upon the upper
part of the tail; and there is also a similar group of at least six
strong spines upon the top of the head back of the interorbital space,
and surrounded by the curve of the forward extension of the lateral
line. Faces of these spines may be felt beneath the skin in older
individuals of both sexes. Claspers in the young male examined,
small and simple, in length scarcely equal to two-thirds of the long
diameter of the eye. Pectoral fins immense, wing-like, rounded in
the young, subfaleate in the older individuals; inserted slightly in
advance of the origin of the first dorsal, and extending in the older
forms beyond the root of the ventral. Ventrals also subfaleate; similar ~
in form and appearance to the pectoral, and extending to a point at two-
thirds of the distance from the origin to the end of the second dorsal;
in length little less than half the snout. In the young, the ventrals are
placed somewhat farther back, and reach to a point under the origin
of the third section of the dorsal fin. The tail is prolonged in a
slender filament, and in the older individuals the cutaneous flap upon
its lower edge is three or four times as deep as that above, and
extends beyond it anteriorly and posteriorly. In the younger speci-
mens the upper and lower flaps are about equal in height, and the
upper flap extends far in advance of the insertion of the lower one.
The lateral line extends in a straight line from a point beneath the
origin of the first dorsal approximately to the middle of the lower
caudal lobe, which it follows along its base for the remainder of its
course; in advance of the dorsal fin it bends downward in an elliptical
curve, and then rises vertically from the occiput to join its counterpart
from the other side; bridle-like extensions of the same system extend
on the sides of the head under the eye, curving upward in front of the
eye, then downward and joining on the under side of the snout to a
branch running from beneath the eye downward to the base of the

} PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XIX

ATIONAL MUSEUM

u. S. N
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XIX

Te a

Ss 5 SBS DPT EAA aOR NET a aaa

New SPECIES OF HARRIOTTA.

Figs. 1,2. Harriotta raleighana, Goode and Bean. (Adult.)
Figs. 3,4. Harriotta raleighana, Goode and Bean. (Young.)

oe 43 a

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. A73

pectoral fin in the young, or under the throat to a junction in the older
ones, and also forward from the same point under the eye to join on
either side the circle which surrounds the mouth. An elaborate sys-
tem of mucous pores upon all sides of the snout; on the under surface
of the snout in four longitudinal series. In the older individuals there
is an extension of the lateral line system on either side of the midrib
on the snout to its tip, and there are also symmetrical continuations of
the same upon the under surface of the snout. Color, brown; caudal
filament, pale.

The diameter of the eye is contained 54 times in length of the snout
in the older specimens, and the distance between the eyes is equal
to their diameter.

Of this species we have seen four specimens: The largest, a female
(No. 39415, U.S.N.M.), 25 inches in length, from 39° 44/ 30” N. lat.,
70° 30! 45” W. long., in 1,081 fathoms, taken by the steamer Albatross.
Another, a male (No. 38200, U.S.N.M.), 194 inches in length, was
taken by the Albatross in 36° 45’ N. lat., 74° 28’ 30” W. long., at a
depth of 781 fathoms. A third, a young individual (No. 25520, U.S.N.
M.), 4 inches in length, was obtained by the Albatross in 39° 37/45” N,
lat., 71° 18’ 45’’ W. long., in 991 fathoms. Still another, No. 35631,
was taken at station 2235, lat. 39° 12’, long. 72° 03’ 30’, in 707 fathoms.

This species is named in honor of Sir Walter Raleigh, philosopher
and explorer, by whom the first English scientific expedition was sent
to the New World.

OVERLAYING WITH COPPER BY THE AMERICAN
ABORIGINES.

By Otis T. MASON,
Curator of the Department of Ethnology

IN a recent paper* Prof. F. W. Putnam gives an account, with fig-
ures, of several objects made of wood and covered with copper. Ina
later report tis an account of copper objects sheathed with silver, a
pendant of copper sheathed with gold, ear ornaments of copper sheathed
with silver and meteoric iron, and bracelets of copper sheathed with
silver. Since that time Prof. Putnam has found many other specimens
from Ohio, and calls attention to Atwater’s statement, in Archeologia
Americana, describing objects as being overlaid with silver.

Numerous specimens have been discovered by others, notably by Mr.
Warren K. Moorehead, in his explorations of mounds near Chillicothe,
Ohio. These examples are quite sufficient to show that the American
aborigines in the Mississippi valley and in South America had the art
of cold-hammering copper, of beating it to overlie and fit upon a warped
or curved surface, and of turning the edges under.

This process must not be confounded with the mere hammering out
of implements, nor with that other process of making a sheet of copper
as thin and uniform as a ship’s sheathing and then producing figures
by rubbing or pressure. Some doubt had been expressed concerning
the genuineness of such work, but Mr. Cushing’s late experimentst
change the status of the problem. But of the overlaying and turning
under there can be no reasonable doubt. It is entirely within the com-
pass of tools known to have been used. That there might be no mis-
take about this, Mr. Joseph D. McGuire has hammered out a nugget of
Lake Superior copper into a sheet as thin as the one figured, and by
grinding the surface with common sand has removed all marks of the
stone hammer and stone anvil. These experiments were conducted in
the National Museum by the simplest processes. No attempts were
made to do the overlaying. This is to be regretted, as the warping of
the sheet so as to lie close to the uneven surface must have required
great skill.

* Report of the Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Mass., 1881.
t Op. cit., 1883, p. 171.
tf Am. Anthropologist, I, 1894.

Proceedings of the U. 8. National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 1015.
475

A476 OVERLAYING WITH COPPER—MASON. VOL. XVIT.

To compare with the overlaying of wood and bone by sheet copper,
discovered in the mounds and described by Putnam, the U.S. National
Museum has received from Lieut. G. T. Emmons, U.S. Navy., two figures
of huinming birds in wood, well carved and painted red. Dlustrations of
these are given below. Each wing and the tail of each bird is overlaid
with a covering of sheet copper, pressed down to fit and turned under
at the margins so as to be held fast. The surfaces are adorned with
the conventional wing and eye signs of the Haidas. Especial attention
is called to the carving on the copper. The furrows and ridges are all
cut with steel tools. The effects are produced by first making a nar-
row, deep furrow and then scraping the metal away from one edge.

BIRDS OF WOOD, WITH WINGS AND TAIL OVERLAID WITH COPPER,

Metal working by the American aborigines.

The author does not remember whether any engraving appears on the
Ohio mound specimens. Such as the Haidas and the Tlingets now make
with jewelers’ tools would have been above and beyond the ability of
the aboriginal metallurgists of the Mississippi valley.

Figure 1 shows the first example of a bird (No. 165,677, U.S.N.M.)
neatly carved from wood. The work has been very cleverly done, and
the specimen gives evidence of having been used for along time. The
tail and each wing are separately overlaid with a sheet of copper,
closely fitting. The ornamentation upon the surfaces are the abbre-
viated symbols for eyes and wings. Figure 2 represents the under side

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 4U7

of the same object and exhibits more graphically the manner in which
the edges of the copper plates are thinned out and turned under all
round to prevent their falling off:

Figure 3 shows the second bird with one wing cover removed. Here
is to be observed the careful manner in which the upper
surface of the wing was carved to shape and smoothed
down. The copper plate is warped so as to lie in con-
tact with this surface at every point. The removal of
the plate and the examination of the reverse side, shown
in figure 4, reveal the metallurgic processes employed.
It will be seen that neither punch nor severe pres-
sure produced the marks on the outer surface. The
marks on both examples were cut with metal tools.
These specimens have both been examined by a skill-
ful engraver and they have given evidence of having copper wine
been cut and scraped as indicated above. > eae ea

4 eal “ee
eo Weare
Pi 7 O

Re eee

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF EXPLORATIONS BY THE U. BS.
FISH COMMISSION STEAMER ALBATROSS.

[Published by permission of Hon. Marshall McDonald, Commissioner of Fisheries. |

No. XXXI.—DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF CRABS OF
THE FAMILY LITHODID®, WITH NOTES ON THE YOUNG OF LITHODES
CAMTSCHATICUS AND LITHODES BREVIPES.

By JAMES E. BENEDICT,
Assistant Curator, Department of Marine Invertebrates.

CRUSTACEA of the convenient suborder of Decapoda known as
Anomura, from the North Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea, a region pro-
lific in representatives of this group, have been gradually accumulating
in the Museum. Recently large collections have been received from
the U.S. Fish Commission from dredgings made by the steamer Alba-
tross in Bering Sea and on the voyage to and from that locality. In
these collections are many fine specimens of the family Lithodida, which
contains the largest of known crabs, with the exception of the giant
maioid crab of Japan, Macrocheira kaempferi of de Haan. Though
the following descriptions and notes are based principally on Fish Com-
mission material from the above region, one species of Lithodes is
described from the North Atlantic and one from the South Pacific.

LITHODES GOODEI, new species.

Lithodes agassizii, SMITH (part), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., x, p. 8 (part), pl. I, figs.
2 and 2a, 1882; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., v1, 1883, p. 25 (part); Rept. Comr. of
Fish and Fisheries, 1882, p. 351 (1884); Rept. Comr. of Fish and Fisheries,
1885, p. 607 [3], p. 638 [34], pl. m1, figs. 1 and 2 (1886).—VERRILL, Rept.

Comr. of Fish and Fisheries, 1883, pp. 521, 553 (part), pl. XxX x11, figs. 15la
151b (1887).

An examination of the specimens of Lithodes taken by the Albatross
in deep water off the eastern coast of the United States, shows a wide

difference between those from south of Cape Hatteras and those from
more northern waters. The average range in depth of the northern

form is about 900 fathoms, of the southern 500 fathoms. The southern
form, Lithodes agassizii, was described by Prof. S. 1. Smith from the
dredgings of the Blake.* Prof. Smith also describes and figures in the
same place the young of the northern form as the young of L. agassizti.

* Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, X, p. 8.

Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 1016. 479

A480 CRABS OF THE FAMILY LITHODIDA—BENEDICT. VOL. XVII.

A series of specimens from both localities convinces me that the two
forms constitute good species.

These two species and the species described next in order constitute
a group having in common a rostrum with a Jong median spine and
two basal spines and lacking the subrostral spine or horn usual in the
genus.

The carapace of L. goodet is much more convex than that of L. agas-
siz. The spines arise from the summit of large tubercles, and the sur-
face altogether lacks the small spines so thickly sprinkled over the
latter species. The spines of the rostrum like those of the carapace
are much longer than those of L. agassizii, and while the horn is want-
ing, its position is indicated by a slight protuberance. The antennal
seale is rudimentary, with the exception of a specimen from station
2203 on which it is rudimentary on the left side and well developed on
the right.

On the second segment of the female abdomen there are about twelve
spines ranging in length from 12 to 20 mm.. The large plates on the left
side of the abdomen are but little calcified in LZ. agassizti; in L. goodei,
they are much more firm. The conical tubercles are also better calcified
and fewer in number on the leathery portion.

Another marked difference between the two species les in the very
much longer spines of the chelipeds and ambulatory legs. In the adult
specimen before me from station 2193, several spines on the carpal and
propodal joints reach the great length of 43 mm.; on another specimen
they are but 30 mm. In our largest specimen of LZ. agassizti the spines
on these segments measure but five or six mm. <A no less striking dif-
ference is seen in comparing the ambulatory legs of the two species, the
subeylindrical legs of L. goodet contrasting with the flattened legs of
LT. agassizii, the former free from spinules between the spines and the
latter thickly sprinkled with them.

Young: In L. goodei the variation in length of spines from the young
to the adult is extreme. In a young specimen 70 mm. in length the
length of one of the spines at the base of the rostrum is 44 mm,; the
spines of the carapace are from 32 to 38mm. in length,

Type.—No. 8047, U.S.N.M.; female; off Nantucket Shoals; station
2196; 1,230 fathoms.

LITHODES DIOMEDEA, new species.

This species is very close to J. goodei, but it is not difficult to sepa-
rate the two. Good specimens were obtained by the Albatross from
station 2789, off the southern part of Chile, in latitude 42° 36’5S., No.
18526, U.S.N.M. Numerous young Lithodes taken at station 2788, in
latitude 45° 35’ S., No. 18527, U.S.N.M., I have also referred to this
species.

The spines of the carapace are not so long as those ef L. goodei, but
are more slender and similarly placed; their tubercular bases are not.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. A481

so large and swollen as in the Atlantic species. The rostrum is of the
same character as in L. goodei. The chelipeds are much the same, but
the fingers are a little more slender and the tubercles on the prehensile
edges of the right hand are much smaller. The ambulatory feet have
a few spines twelve mm. in length on the carpal and propodal segments.
One of the largest spines of the ambulatory feet projects from the
ischium, while the spines of the coxal joints alone are sufficient to dis-
tinguish this species from any other species of Lithodes that I have seen.
These spines project from the distal lower margin and vary from eight
t» eleven mm. in length.

The numerous young taken at station 2788 are similar to the adult,
except that where spines are barely indicated in the adult there are
short sharp spines in the young.

LITHODES AQUISPINUS, new species.

Carapace, rostrum, chelipeds, and ambulatory legs with conical
spines subequal in length. The range in length is from about four to
sixmm. The longest spines of the carapace are scattered along the
lateralmargins; the longest spines of the cheliped are at the inner distal
margin of the merus and the spines on the middle point of the inner
margin of the carpal segment. The areolations of the carapace are
well marked, but not so bold as in some species. The rostrum is on a
line continuous with the gastric region, and consequently a little
depressed. A line of seven spines runs along the median line of the
gastric region to near the bifurcate tip of the rostrum. The two spines
on the rostrum are larger than those of the gastric region. The ros-
trum is armed with nine spines, arranged as foliows: Two on each side,
two above, two at the end forming the bifurcate tip, and the lower spine
or horn, which is the largest spine on the species.

Locality.x—Bering Sea, stations 3332, 3489, and 3502; 184 to 406
fathoms.

Type.—No. 18528, U.S.N.M.; station 3352; 406 fathoms. ,

LITHODES COUESI, new species.

This species reminds one of L.maia. The largest spines of the cara-
pace are arranged about the margin; they are slender and sharp. The
longest are situated at the outer orbital angles, the antennal angles,
the hepatic regions, and three on the margin of the branchial regions.
The spines on the intervening spaces of the margin are more numerous
and muchsmaller. The surface of the carapace is set with short, sharp,
conical spines. The gastric region is swollen and well defined. The
cardiac region is barely indicated between the confluent branchial
regions. The depression between the gastric and cardiac regions is
very deep. The rostrum is 20 mm. long, and made up as in L. maia,
but the terminal portion beyond the distal lateral branches is slender
and bifid rather than bifurcate, as in Z. maia; the basal branches are

Proc, N. M, 94-31

482 CRABS OF THE FAMILY LITHODIDE—BENEDICT. Vou.xvu.

alittle further forward. The scale is rudimentary; the spine at the
outer angle is branched at the base, the branch consisting of a single
short, sharp spine on the outer surface. The abdomen is without spines;
the spines of L. mata are replaced by tubercles; those of the first seg-
ment are very much closer together than the corresponding spines in
L.maia, The tubercles on the lower margin of the second segment are
low and somewhat oblong at base; those in the center of the segment
are larger.

The chelipeds are slender and weak. The armature of the fingers of
the right hand is slight; the fingers gape. The fingers of the left hand
are long and slender and gape at base. The spines of the chelipeds
and ambulatory legs are numerous and arranged about as in L. maia,
but are shorter.

Locality and type.—At station 3329, in399 fathoms, north of Unalaska,
a single male (No. 18531, U.S.N.M.) was taken; also at station 3338,
off Shumagin Bank, in 625 fathoms, three young specimens (No. 18532,
U.S.N.M.) which I refer to this species without hesitation. The ros-
trum differs in being bifurcate as in LZ. maia. It is possible that addi-
tional specimens of the adult form might show the rostrum to be bifur-
cate rather than bifid.

LITHODES RATHBUNI, new species.

Carapace of male armed with long spines on the different regions;
also with longer spines on the margins. There are four on the gastric;
two short and two long on the cardiac region. The branchial region
has six spines of various lengths. The postero-lateral margin has the
longest spine, it being 26 mm. in length on one side and 23 mm. on the
other. Both have lost their points. Anterior to this there are three
spines, the shortest unbroken one being 17 mm. long; on the margin
posterior to the longest spine there are four spines, the longest of which
is14 mm. in length and the shortest eight mm. The rostrum is composed
of five branches; the main stem is sharply bent upward and is strongly
bifurecate; the Jower horn is almost on the horizontal line of the body,
and projects forward more like the usual main portion of the rostrum;
the lateral branches arise at the base and project forward. The moy-
able spine of the antenna is very long and slender; there is a short
branch or spine on its outer and upper margin near the base.

The right cheliped is slender.and rather weak. Its longest spine is
situated on the distal upper margin of the merus. ‘There are upwards
of twelve spines on the carpus. On the median outer surface of the
palm there are two rows-of four spines each. ‘The fingers gape at the
base; their prehensile edges are tubercular. The left cheliped is smaller
and more slender than the right. The cutting edges of the fingers run
back to the gape, or a little more than one-half their length. The
ambulatory legs are slender and very spiny; the spines are from three
to five nm, in length,

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 483

Locality.—Station 3191, off San Simeon Bay, California, in 211
fathoms.
Type.—No. 18533, U.S.N.M.

LITHODES CALIFORNIENSIS, new species.

This species is remarkably like the preceding, except in the relative
length of its spines and the form of the rostrum. It comes from about
100 miles farther south. There are two specimens, both females, while
the only representative of the preceding species is a male. As the
differences between them are not known to bé sexual, L hesitate to unite
them.

The spines of the carapace are much shorter and stouter, but occupy
the same relative position. On the lateral margin there are two long
spines; the one above the third ambulatory foot equals in length, but
is much stouter, than the one similarly placed on the preceding species.
The most marked difference between the two species is in the rostrum;
in both specimens of L. californiensis the rostrum is bifid, while in Z.
_rathbuni it is bifurcate, the tip being composed of two well-developed
divergent horns. The subrostral spine extends out almost as far as
the rostrum proper. The chelipeds are as in L. rathbuni, except that
the spines are shorter and there is less gapein the right hand and more
in the left.

Locality.—Station 2949, off Santa Cruz Island, California, in 155
fathoms.

Type.—No. 18534, U.S.N.M.

LITHODES CAMTSCHATICUS (Tilesius).

Maja camtschatica, Titestus. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci., St. Petersburg, v, 1812, p.
336, pls. v and vi (1815).
Lithodes camtschaticus, LATREILLE in Cuvier’s Regne Animal, 2d ed., Lv, p. 65.
Lithodes spinosissimus, BRANDT, Bull. Phys. Math. Acad., St. Petersburg, vn,
1849, p. 172 (Young).—Stimpson, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., v1,sp. 478, 1857.
The measurements and description of L. spinosissimus given by
Brandt indicate that the thorax sent him by Wosnessenski was that
of ayoung specimen of Lithodes. The Alaskan collections contain many
young Lithodes that come well under Brandt’s short description, except
that the rostrum proper is bifid, while Brandt describes it as simple.
One specimen from a lot taken at station 3233, 74 fathoms, Bristol
Bay, answers his description in this respect. I believe this specimen
to be abnormal, as the other young from the same station have the bifid
rostrum. The spines on the carapace of the young are placed asin the
adult, but are proportionally much longer. A large amount of dredg-
ing has been done in Alaskan waters, and nothing that I have seen
approaches the description of L. spinosissimus except the young Lithodes
which | have confidently referred to L. camtschaticus,

484 CRABS OF THE FAMILY LITHODIDA—BENEDICT. VOL. XVI.

LITHODES BREVIPES, Milne-Edwards and Lueas.
Lithodes brevipes, MILNE-EDWARDs and Lucas, Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, u,
p. 465, pls. XXtv-xXxviI, 1841.

Lithodes camtschaticus, RICHTERS, Abh. Senck. Natur. Ges., x11, p. 404, figs. 9
and 10.

In the work cited Dr. Richters describes and figures young Lithodes
as the young of L. camtschaticus. There are four specimens of the same
form in the collection; one obtained by Mr. William Palmer at St. Paul
Island, where Dr. Richters’ specimens were collected; two by Dr. L.
Stejneger at Bering Island, and one dredged by the Albatross at station
3558 in 25 fathoms. The largest specimen is a cast shell washed up by
the tide; itis 34 mm. in length and 31 mm. in width. The smallest spec-
imen is 16 mm. in length by 14 mm. in width. In most respects the
largest of the young is a miniature of the adult L. brevipes, but contrary
to the rule in seven species of Lithodes the young of which are in the
collection, the young of L. brevipes, if I have not mistaken it, have but
a bare indication of spines, or rather of the place where spines are to be,
the spines being indicated on the carapace of the smallest by small
granules better seen with a lens, while in the largest specimen the
spines are indicated by tubercles, and at the summit of the tubercles
there is not the slightest indication of the sharp, horny-tipped spine
of the adult L. brevipes. The movable antennal spine of the adult is
bifurecate; in the young it is bifid.

LEPTOLITHODES, new genus.

Paralomis (part), HENDERSON, Challenger Report, xxvul, p. 44, 1888. Not Para-
lomis, WHITE and STIMPSON.

White established the genus Paralomis in 1856 by thus designating
Lithodes granulatus of Hombron and Jacquinot. An examination of a
single specimen of that species from Sandy Point, Straits of Magellan,
shows it to belong to White’s previously established genus Hchinocerus.
The name Paralomis as a synonym of Hchinocerus being no longer
available, I propose the name Leptolithodes for those species having
long and angular ambulatory legs and comparatively stout chelipeds.
The species of the genus will then be as foliows, in the order of descrip-
tion: Leptolithedes aculeatus (Henderson), L. asper (Faxon), L. longi-
pes (Faxon), and the two species here described from the west coast
of the United States and British Columbia.

LEPTOLITHODES MULTISPINUS, new species.

The carapace is about as broad as long; the areolations are well
defined On the median line at the summit of the gastric region there
is a Sharp spine about four mm. in length. The lateral margins are
armed with from twelve to sixteen spines about three mm. in length.
In the young and in some of the adults there are small spines on the
branchial region, A semicircular line of six or seyen spines marks the

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 485 -

limits of the branchial and intestinal regions. The carapace is thickly
studded with blunt spines, each terminating in a flattened face or sur-
face cut obliquely to the surface of the carapace; this face is encircled
by a fringe of short stiff bristles. The rostrum consists of a simple
median spine with two basal spines. Under the rostrum proper there
is a very Short conical spine homologous with the subrostral spine of
Lithodes; behind the spine are one or more spinules. The abdomen
in the male is composed, after the second segment, of several rows of
leathery plates; the second segment is better calcified and harder.
The abdomen of the female is twisted to the right as in Lithodes,

The chelipeds are moderately slender and extend almost to the distal
end of the carpal joints. The spines on the inner margin of the carpal
segments are the most prominent. The ambulatory legs are long and
slender and thickly set with spines. The spines of the merus are not
so distinctly arranged in rows as on the carpal and propodal segments;
there is, however, a distinct row on the upper margin. The spines of
the carpus are arranged in eight more or less distinct rows; on the pro-
podal segment the spines are arranged in six full rows and two half
rows. There are four short rows of spines on the proximal end of the
dactylus. Thedactyliare compressed, slightly bent and a little twisted.
An average-sized specimen measures 80 mm. in length, 78 mm. in
breadth, and the distance from tip to tip of the ambulatory legs is 360 mm.

Types.—No. 18535, U.S.N.M., off Queen Charlotte Islands, British
Columbia, station 2860, 876 fathoms.

LEPTOLITHODES PAPILLATUS, new species.

From the Albatross dredgings off Lower California, or perhaps south
of that region, there is a male specimen of Leptolithodes without a label.
It is much larger than any other species in the collection, and while
differing materially is yet very closely related.

The carapace is broader than long; the areolations are well marked.
The gastric region has no spine, and is not protuberant as in LD. multi-
spinus. The cardiac region is much shorter; the depressions run into
one which extends to the margin of the carapace at the middle of the
posterior border. In ZL. multispinus the grooves run separately back to
‘the posterior border, with the posterior point of the cardiac region
between them. There are no spines on the dorsal surface or margin of
the carapace; even the anterior angles lack spines. From the spines
at the external orbital openings to the posterior margin there are small
tubercles or papillze on the margin. In the center of some of these
tubercles by the aid of a lens a very small horny point can be seen sur-
rounded by bristles. The surface of the carapace is thickly set with
these small papillz which bear stiff setze irregularly scattered over the
summit. In L. asper (Faxon),* the papille are encircled with a crown
of stiff sete.

~Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxiv, p. 164, 1893.

A8G CRABS OF THE FAMILY LITHODIDA—BENEDICT. VOL. XVII.

The rostrum is simple with two very small basal spines. Beneath
the rostral spine there is a swelling where in L. multispinus there is a
short spine. The eyes extend far beyond the basal spines of the ros-
trum, while in Z. multispinus the spines extend much beyond the eyes.

The chelipeds are much stouter than those of L. multispinus, and the
fingers of both hands are more curved.

The ambulatory legs are similar to those of L. multispinus, but the
spines are not so long and are broad at the base; the dactyli are com-
paratively shorter, stouter, and broader at the tips.

Type—No. 18536, U.S.N.M., off Lower California (?).

PRISTOPUS, new genus.

The rostrum, antennal scale, and the character of the abdomen are
substantially as in Leptolithodes. The legs are much compressed; the
anterior and posterior margins are set with sharp spines. In Leptoli-
thodes the legs are angular, not at all compressed, and the spines are
arranged in rows on the angles or ridges. Paralomis formosus, Hen-
derson, belongs to this genus. ;

PRISTOPUS VERRILLI, new species.

The carapace is verrucose, the areolations prominent. The gastric
region is much elevated and is surmounted by a smallspine. On each
side, on the border of the branchial region, there is a deep pit. A
eroove runs from the pits to the depression between the gastric and
eardiae regions. There are about twelve spines, two to three mm. in
length on the lateral border of the carapace. The posterior boundary
of the intestinal region is marked by a semicircular row of tubercles.
The cardiac region is triangular; the apex of the triangle cuts well into
the intestinal region where the depression that marks it runs into a deep
slit or oblong median depression. The frontal margin is broad and
straight. Thespines of the anterior angles and the orbital spines point
forward; the orbital spines are a little the longer. Between the spine
on the angle and the orbit there is a row of smaller spines and one or
two granules. The trispinose rostrum is composed of a_ bifureate
rostrum proper and the subrostral spine which extends much beyond
the two upper rostral spines. The antennal scale tapers to a sharp
point and has threesharp spines or branches on each side. The lateral
plates on the left of the abdomen in the female are fringed with short,
slender, blunt spines.

The chelipeds extend a little beyond the middle of the propodal
segment of the first pair of ambulatory feet. The right cheliped is
stouter than the left. The prehensile edges of its fingers are strongly
tubercular. The upper margin of the palm is spiny; there are also
some small spines on the middle and on the lower margin. There are
three long spines on the inner margin of the carpus. The left cheliped
is similar but smaller, and the prehensile edges of the fingers are sharp.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. A487

The ambulatory feet are wide and much compressed. The anterior and
posterior margins are armed with sharp spines, alternating in general
large and small. On the upper surface of the proximal end of the
merus of the fourth pair of feet there is a row of fine spines; the corre-
sponding spines on the third pair of feet are smaller, and on the second
pair still smaller. |

Type.—No. 18537, U.S.N.M. Off the Pribylof Islands, Bering Sea,
station 3501, 688 fathoms.

CDIGNATHUS, new genus.

Similar to Dermaturus, but with the terminal joints of the outer
maxillipeds much dilated as in Hapalogaster. The outer margin of the
antennal scale is expanded and thin; the inner margin is coneave, giv-
ing the scale a half-moon shape.

(EDIGNATHUS GILLI, new species.

Carapace longer than wide, convex in both directions. The areola-
tions are not well marked but can be made out. There are no spines
on the margin behind the antero-lateral angles. The surface is set with
flattened plates moderately large, and of a deeper color than the sur-
face; these plates are surrounded by rows of short curled bristles; on
the anterior side of the plates are patches of holes larger than those
from which the hair arises; they may be the follicte holes caused by
some larger form of bristle that has disappeared from the old dry speci-
mens from which this deseription is written. The lower surface of the
broad moon-shaped antennal scale is smooth, the upper surface is rough,
the outer edge has three or four short triangular teeth. The spine at
the external angle of the orbit is very small; the rostrum is simple,
short, and pointed. The distal ends of all the joints of the mavyillipeds
are swollen, but in the ultimate and penultimate remarkably so. The
abdomen is as in Dermaturus mandti. The chelipeds are thickly set
with granular tubercles. The right one is very large and reaches much
beyond the ambulatory feet. The fingers gape widely from the palm
to the tips. The left cheliped is much smaller, and the hand in propor-
tion to the large one reminds one of Gelasimus among the Brachyura.
The fingers are spoon-shaped; they have some very small tubercles on
the edge, but the edge for the most part is black horn color. The am-
bulatory feet are rounded, short, and strong, without spines; the dac-
tyli are compressed and armed with spinules beneath.

Types.—No. 18525, U.S.N.M.; locality unknown, 2 ¢.

Locality.—Alaska, W. H. Dall; one claw, without label, No. 18524,
.S.N.M.

LEPEOPUS, new genus.

Rostrum simple, triangular. Penultimate and ultimate joints of
maxillipeds not dilated. Antennal scale short, flattened. Abdomen of
female much twisted to the right; first segment very small, second very

A88 CRABS OF THE FAMILY LITHODIDI—BENEDICT. VOL. XVII.

large; third, fourth, and fifth segments represented on the left margin
by large plates; sixth and seventh segments very small. In the male,
the third, fourth, and fifth segments are soft, without plates; the sixth
segment is central, and the seventh difficult to distinguish. The cheli-
peds are subequal, the fingers long and spoon-shaped. The dactyli of
the three pairs of ambulatory feet shut against two spines situated on
the distal under surface of the propodus, giving the feet a prehensile

character.
LEPEOPUS FORCIPATUS, new species.

The carapace is flattened, broader than long; the areolations are but
slightly marked. . The anterior angles of the carapace are produced to
a point reaching much beyond the line of the points of the prominent
orbital spines or points. The rostrum is triangular, produced and bent
downward. The antennal scale is short, flattened, and squamose. The
carapace and abdomen are thickly set with rows of short bristles situ-
ated in transverse, straight depressions. The ambulatory legs are also
set with rows of short bristles, but the depressions are semicircular
and imbricated. These, with the markings of the carapace, give the
crab a very Squamose appearance. The squame of the chelipeds are
much smaller and less conspicuous. The chelipeds are not so long as
theambulatory feet, reaching to about the middle of the propodal joints.
There are four or five spines on the inner and upper margins of the
merus, and one on the inner margin of the carpus. The fingers are
long and weak, broadening ous into spoon-shaped tips. The outer
or contact edges are armed with very small tubercles and bunches of
bristles, while the inner edges are armed only with the bristles. The
merus of the ambulatory legs is armed on the anterior margin with five
or six short conical spines; it is broad and much flattened; its anterior
margin is semicircular and its posterior margin straight. The carpus
is much narrower than the middle of the merus and is about the same
width as the propodus. The propodus has straight margins and is
much flattened; onits distal under surface are two spines which receive
the dactylus; right behind on the central line is a third sharp spine.
The dactyli are short and flattened, terminating in a sharp, spine-like
tip; the inner margin is thin and armed with spinules.

I know nothing of the habits of this crab, but from its lightness and
soft texture, the shell being calcified merely enough to keep its form, I
believe it may be found among seaweed, when its subprekensile ambu-
latory legs may assist it to hold its position,

Types.—No, 6608, U.S.N.M.; Parry Passage, Graham Island, British
Columbia, J. G. Swan; 24,19.

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF EXPLORATIONS BY THE U.S.
FISH COMMISSION STEAMER ALBATROSS.

{Published by permission of Hon. Marshall McDonald, Commissioner of Fisheries. ]

No. XXXII.—REPORT ON THE CRUSTACEA OF THE ORDER STOMATOPODA
COLLECTED BY THE STEAMER ALBATROSS BETWEEN 1885 AND 1891,
AND ON OTHER SPECIMENS IN THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.

By ROBERT PAYNE BIGELOW, PH. D.,

Bruce Fellow in the Johns Hopkins University.

THE material which forms the subject of this report is derived from
various sources. I[t consisted at first of the Stomatopoda collected by
the Albatross on her voyage around to the Pacific during the winter of
_ 1887-88. This had been referred to Prof. W. K. Brooks for a report,
and it was at his request that I undertook the task. Subsequently
the later collections-of the Albatross were turned over to me, including
the specimens collected during the expedition of 1891 under the diree-
tion of Dr. Alexander Agassiz. The Crustacea of that expedition had
been referred to Dr. Walter Faxon, and Iam indebted to him for the
Stomatopoda. I have had, moreover, free access to the collection of
Stomatopoda in the U.S. National Museum, including the earlier collee-
tions of the Albatross, specimens collected by the U. S. Fish Commis-
sion schooner Grampus, and specimens sent in by naval officers and
others. Many of these specimens had already been identified by Mr.
Richard Rathbun. I have been able to make also a small addition to
the collection, consisting of four species collected by me in the Bimini
Islands, Bahamas, while there, during the summer of 1892, in connec-
tion with the marine laboratory of the Johns Hopkins University.

The collection as it now stands before me consists of adults and larvee,
the former representing 34 species, distributed through 5 genera, as
follows: Gonodactylus, 2; Odontodactylas, 2; Pseudosquilla, 6; Lysio-
squilla, 5; and Squilla, 19. Of all these 14 are new species. They com-
prise inhabitants of tropical and temperate waters of both hemis-
pheres. The collection of larve is large, but it contains nothing
like acomplete series of stages of any one species and almost no larva

that can be referred with any certainty to its adult form. It does con-
Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 1017.
489

490 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. ~ vot. Xvit.

tain, however, a few specimens of unusual interest, which will be
described in the concluding section of this report.

As it has not been my intention to expand this report into a mono-
graph of the group, | have gone into the matter of classification only
so far as seemed necessary to indicate my views as to the relationships
of the species with which I have had to deal. Ihave not used the
comparatively recent classification of Gerstaecker (1889), because it does
not seem to me at all satisfactory, but have followed Miers and Brooks,
avoiding changes unless there appeared to be strong reasons for making
them. In a preliminary paper, however (1893a), IL pointed out that
the species of the genus Gonodactylus, as it stood then, fell naturally
into two groups, which I ranked provisionally as subgenera, and for
one of which I proposed the name QOdontodactylus. It seems better
now to regard them as distinct genera, of which one retains the old
name, while the other is described in this report under the new name
just mentioned. It is possible that the latter will be found on future
investigation to merge into the genus Coronida, but they appear to be
distinct at present. The genera Leptosquilla and Pterygosquilla have
been inserted in the key to the genera, although there seems to be
hardly sufficient ground for separating them from the Chloridella sec-
tion of the genus Squilla.

An analytical key is the best form in which to convey a general idea
of the distinguishing characters of a group of species, but it can not
always be made to show the natural affinities. Nevertheless I have
endeavored to do so as far as possible, and with that end in view have
rearranged the species of Lysiosquilla and Squilla, It will be noticed
that the principal divisions that I have made in these genera do not
correspond with the old divisions into Lysiosquilla and Coronis on the -
one hand, nor into Squilla and Chloridella on the other.

This work has almost all been done in the biological laboratory of
the Johns Hopkins University, and I desire to express my thanks to
Prof. Brooks fer his advice and supervision. I am, however, alone
responsible for any errors or omissions that it may contain. I have also
to thank Mr. James I. Benedict and Miss Mary J. Rathbun, of the
National Museum, for valuable assistance, and Mr. Baldwin for his care
in making the greater part of the drawings.

Order STOMATOPODA.

This order may be defined as a group of malacostracous Crustacea
in which the stalked eyes and the first pair of antennz are borne upon
distinct movable segments; the rostrum in the adult is separated by a
movable joint from the carapace, which is small and does not cover the
last four distinct thoracic segments; the first five of the eight pairs of tho-
racic limbs arenot biramous and are adapted to serve as accessory mouth
parts, the second pair being strongly developed into the large raptorial

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 491

limbs in which, as in the three following pairs, the terminal segment
(dactylus) closes upon the next segment (manus) like the blade of a
pen-knife; the last three pairs of thoracic limbs are biramous, having
a lateral appendage upon the penultimate segment, and are adapted
for walking; the abdomen is very strongly developed; tufted gills are
carried upon the exopodites of the first five abdominal appendages and
the sixth pair (uropods), which act with the telson as a powerful tail
fin, are strengthened by a stout process from the basal segment ending
in one or two spines.

Family SQUILLIDA.

We may regard the Stomatopoda as comprising a single family with
the characteristics of the order. For the sake of avoiding cireumlocu-
tion it has been found desirable to use certain technical expressions.
They are mainly those already used by Brooks, but it may be well at
this point to indicate briefly their meanings. According to our present
morphological ideas the thorax of the Malacostraca consists of eight
somites, and those which are usually left uncovered by the carapace in
the Squillide are therefore the fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth, and
sometimes the fourth is also exposed (fig. 15). In the posterior half of
the carapace there is often an irregular transverse depression, known
as the cervical suture, and there is always besides a pair of longitudinal
sutures (pl. xxt). In the genus Squilla there are often five longitudinal
earine upon the carapace—an unpaired median one, an intermediate
pair, and a lateral pair. The lateral carinz are often continued into
the anterior lateral spines, while the intermediate ones usually extend
as marginal carinze around the edges of the posterior lateral lobes
(pl. xx1). The eyes are often flattened and have the corneal portion
divided into two lobes. In that case there are two principal axes—
the peduncular axis (ab, fig. 14), rmmning from the base of the peduncle
to the line between the lobes, and the corneal axis (ed, fig. 14), coin-
ciding with the greatest diameter of the corneal portion. The three
distal segments of the great raptorial limb are known as the carpus,
manus, and dactylus (ce, m, and d, fig. 7). In the higher species of
Squilla there are eight principal ridges or carine upon the abdominal
somites described as submedian, intermediate, lateral, and marginal
(fig. 9, se, ie, le, and me). The seventh abdominal! somite, or telson, usu-
ally has a dorsal median carina, that I shall speak of as the crest, and
there is sometimes a ventral one that may be called the keel. The pro-
jecting points on the margin of the telson fall into two series. The
larger ones are the marginal spines, of which there are usually six
(figs. 9, 16, sm, im, and /), with sometimes indications of an additional
pair (fig. 16, al); the smaller ones are the denticles, of which there are
Six Sets (fig. 16, sd, id, and Id). The arrangement of the denticles for
each species is often characteristic and may be expressed in a formula.
The formula for Squilla mantis is 3-4, 4-8, 1; which means that in this

492 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW., VOL. XVII.

species one may expect to find on each side of the median line of the
telson three or four submedian denticles, from four to eight interme-
diate ones, and one lateral one.

ANALYTICAL KEY TO THE GENERA OF SQUILLIDE.

I. Sixth abdominal somite more or less completely fused with the telson.
The dactylus of the raptorial limb dilated at the base and withont lateral teeth.
PROTOSQUILLA, Brooks.

II. Sixth abdominal somite separated from the telson by a flexible joint.
1, Dactylus of the raptorial limb dilated at the base, and the manus without

pectinations.
a. Antennary scales and uropods not unusually small.
Hind body strongly convex; raptorial dactyli withont lateral teeth.

GONODACTYLUS, Latreille.
Hind body moderately convex; raptorial dactyli armed with lateral

téeth,- jst US oe ee ee ee ee ODONTODACTYLUS, new genus:
b. Antennary scales and uropods very small; hind body depressed ; raptorial
dactyliwith lateral teeth.---------5-2-.22-- CoronipDA, Brooks.

2. The dactylus of the raptorial limb, as a rule, not dilated at the base (dilated
in Leptosquilla) and the manus provided with minute pectina-
tions on the inner margin.

a. Telson with 6 marginal spines and never more than 4 denticles between
the submedian and intermediate spines.

Body compact and convex; dactylus of raptorial limb not dilated and
with not more than 3 lateral teeth or unarmed.

PSEUDOSQUILLA, Guérin.

Body loosely articulated and flattened; dactylus of raptorial limb not

dilated and with at least 5 lateral teeth... Lys1osquILia, Dana,
b. Telson with 6 (rarely 8) marginal spines and, as a rule, with more than
4 intermediate denticles.

* Lateral margins of the first 5 abdominal somites expanded to equal
three-fourths of the width of the median portion, measured
between articulations.

Raptorial dactylus not dilated, with 10 to 11 teeth; abdomen, except
the sixth somite, without submedian carine.
PTERYGOSQUILLA, Hilgendorf.

** Lateral margins of the abdominal somites not greatly expanded,
about one-fourth the width of the median portion.

Ophthalmic segment greatly elongated and prolonged beyond the
rostrum for more than half its length; raptorial dactylus dilated
at the base; abdomen, except sixth somite, without submedian

caring seyesicylimadricall te =s- =e seeenee LEPTOSQUILLA, Miers.
Ophthalmic segment not greatly elongated; raptorial dactylus not
dilated, or very slightly:sosss e+. eesee soc SQUILLA, Fabricius.

Genus GONODACTYLUS; Latreitle:.

Gonodactylus, LATREILLE, Enecyel. Méth. Hist. Nat. , X, p. 478, 1825; Cr. in Cuvier,
Régne Anim., Iv, p. 109, 1829.—MILNE-EDw en Hist. Nat. Crust., 1, p. 528,
1837.—pbE HAAN, Siebold’s Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 220, 1949,—Daieie Wists
Expl. Exp., xu, p. 615, 1852.—Mrirers, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v, p. 115,
1880.—Brooks, Voyage of the Challenger, XVI, ii, p. 55, 1886.

Diagnosis.—Stomatopoda having a movable joint between the sixth

abdominal segment and the telson; the hind body convex; the dacty-
lus of the raptorial claw enlarged at the base and with a sharp inner

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 493

edge that fits into a groove on the manus, and is without lateral teeth;
and no pectinations upon the manus.

Remarks.—This genus, as it was defined by Miers (1880), included all
those species in which the raptorial claw is without pectinations on the
penultimate joint and has the dactylus dilated at the base. From this
Brooks (1886) has separated two groups of species. One, the genus
Protosquilla, includes forms having the dactylus unarmed and the tel-
son fused with the sixth abdominal segment; the other, the genus
Coronida, is composed of those species having the hind body depressed,
the dactylus armed with spines on the inner edge, and possessing very
small antennary scales and uropods. The forms that have remained
up to this time in the genus Gonodactylus fall naturally into two groups,
one clustered around the well-known G. chiragra, Latreille, and the
other around G. scyllarus, Linneus. These two groups are so distinct
that I am convinced that they should be given the rank of distinet
genera. The first group forms the genus Gonodactylus proper and cor-
responds exactly to Brooks’s definition, while the other, for which I pro-
pose the name Odontodactylus, would be excluded by his definition, and
will be described below.

ANALYTICAL KEY TO THE SPECIES OF GONODACTYLUS.

* Telson with 3 rounded longitudinal prominences on the dorsal side.

Whole dorsal surface of telson beset with fine prickles, only the submedian
marginal spines well developed, the other 2 pairs obsolete; sixth abdomi-
nal somite with 6 smooth caring. ..-.-.-.-------.-..---- SPINOSts, Bigelow.

Like the above, but with only 4 distinct carinze on the sixth abdominal somite,
the whole dorsal surface of which is covered with prickles.

SPINOSISSIMUS, Pfeffer.

Dorsal surface of telson without prickles; two pairs of marginal spines well
developed, only the lateral pair obsolete. -..-.....--.-. CHIRAGRA, Fabricius,

** Telson with more than 3 narrow carine on the Dorsal side, and all 6 marginal
spines developed.

The 5 narrow carinw of the telson grouped together on a hemispherical promi-
NEWCO 4 Cotes Seabee ae a See ae eee HSER oe es EE ae ie os GLABROUS, Brooks.

Seven closely packed dorsal carinz on the telson......--.---. GRAPHURUS, Miers.

GONODACTYLUS SPINOSUS, Bigelow.

Gonodactylus spinosus, BIGELOW, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., 106, p. 101, June,
1893.

Diagnosis.—A Gonodactylus having cylindrical eyes, a transverse ros-
trum, with a long median spine and subacute antero-lateral angles;
a smooth carapace, nearly oblong, the posterior margin being straight,
but the rounded antero-lateral lobes projecting forward; the hind
body strongly convex; the lateral margins of the first exposed thoracic
segment not produced, of the next three segments rounded; the first five
abdominal segments smooth above and with lateral marginal carine,
the sixth segment with six broad and smooth dorsal carinze, each end-
ing in a spine; three high, rounded, longitudinal dorsal prominences on

494 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW, vou. xvi.

the telson, the whole dorsal surface beset with numerous minute prickles;
two large submedian marginal spines, with minute movable tips, the
intermediate and lateral spines being obsolete, and the basal prolonga-
tion of the uropod ending in two flattened curved spines, of which the
outer is the longer.

General description.— Except for the telson, this species corresponds
in structure almost exactly with the well-known G. chiragra, Latreille.
The telson also resembles that of the last-named species, but it has
striking and characteristic differences. The three central dorsal promi-
nences are higher than in G. chiragra, broader and more closely pressed
together. The vertical diameter of the telson exceeds half the hori-
zontal diameter, which is not the case in the other species. The basal
earine of the submedian and intermediate marginal spines are repre-
sented by broad, rounded, longitudinal prominences, separated from
each other and from the central ones by narrow grooves. The lateral
marginal pair of carinte is inconspicuous. But what is most charae-
teristic is that the whole dorsal surface of the telson, except the bot-
tom of the grooves, is roughened by minute projecting spines. The
telson appears at first sight to have but a single large pair of marginal
spines. Closer examination, however, reveals two small teeth on each
side that are evidently homologous to the intermediate and lateral
spines of such a form as G. graphurus, for instance. The submedian
spines have a large number of minute denticles on their inner margins.

The first antenne are short, the second joint not extending beyond
the eyes. The second antenne are nearly as long as the first pair,
but the antennary scale is small, not larger than half the short cara-
pace. The basal prolongation of the uropod is broad and flat and the
spines are curved inward. The outer one has no tooth on its inner
margin. The distal segment of the exopodite is about half as long
as the proximal one, which bears nine movable spines.

When I published my preliminary description of this species I had
not seen Pfeffer’s paper (1889) in which he describes a very similar spe-
cies from Zanzibar, G. spinosissimus. It is possible that the two forms
may prove finally to be merely varieties of a single species, but at pres-
ent they appear to be distinct in spite of the fact that they disagree in
very few particulars. The chief differences are in the fifth and sixth
abdominal somites. In our specimens there is but a single pair of carine
on the fifth somite, and the sixth bears six prominences with smooth and
shining surfaces, the spaces between being somewhat pubescent. Each
prominence or carina is tipped with a spine. The outer pair are the
longer, the other four are of more nearly the same length, the inter-
mediate pair being smaller and atrifle shorter than the submedian pair.
The other form, on the contrary, has, according to Pfeffer, two pairs
of carinz on the fifth abdominal somite, and on the sixth there are
four rounded knobs, the middle pair near one another and separated
from the lateral by a deep furrow, The last-mentioned pair 1s also

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 495

separated by furrows from the lateral portions of the somite, which are
hardly at all elevated. Both these lateral portions and the knobs are
thickly beset with strong upright independent spinules. In the absence
of any intermediate form, G. spinosus may be regarded as a distinct
species.

Size.—Length of the body, 2 em.

Locality.x—Two female specimens, No. 4295, U.S.N.M., were collected
by Col. N. Pike at Mauritius.

GONODACTYLUS CHIRAGRA (Fabricius).

Mantis: marina barbadensis, PETIVER, Pterigraph, Americ, pl. Xx, fig. 10.

Squilla chiragra, Fasricius, Ent. Syst., U, p. 5138, 1793. Desmarest, Consid.
Crust., p. 201, pl. xii, 1825.

Cancer (Mantis) chiragra, HERBST, Naturg. Krabben, 11, p. 100, 1796.

Gonodactylus chiragra, LATREILLE, Encycl. Méth., x, p. 473, 1825.—Mrrrs, Ann,
and Mage. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 118, 1880.—Brooks, Voyage of the Challenger,
XVI, 11, p. 56.

Gonodactylus smithii, Pocock, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xi, 1893.

The collections of the U.S. Fish Commission and the National Museum
contain a large number of specimens of this species from numerous
localities among the Florida Keys, in the Gulf of California and the
Abrolhos Islands. One specimen (No. 9493, U.S.N.M.) was collected
by the Albatross at station 2325, off Havana, Cuba, at a depth of 163
fathoms, and I have added to the collection specimens taken in a foot or
two of water on the sand flats in the Bimini Islands, Bahamas. They are
common there, hiding among the alge and under shells and stones. One
specimen was found in a red sponge. When disturbed they move from
one shelter to another with great rapidity. The coloring is distinctly
protective, varying from a mottled green and white toa nearly pure
green. I have also to record the occurrence of this species in burrows
in the rock at Port Henderson, Jamaica.

In addition to these there is a single small specimen collected by W.
L. Abbott in the Indian Ocean (No. 18457, U.S.N.M.) and a number
of small specimens collected by Col. N. Pike at Manritius (No. 2202,
U.S.N.M.). These differ from the G. chiragra of our coast in that the
carine of the sixth and terminal abdominal segments are narrow
instead of being broadly rounded.

ODONTODACTYLUS, new genus.

Odontodactylus (subgenus), BiGELOW, Johus Hopkins Uniy. Cire., 106, p. 109,
June, 1893.

Gonodactylus (part), LATREILLE, Encycl. Méth. Hist. Nat., x, p. 473, 1825.—BErR-
THOLD, Abhandl. k. Gesellsch. Wiss. Géttingen, 111, p. 30, 1847.—bDE HAAN,
Siebold’s Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 225, 1849.—WHiITE, Proc. Zool. Scce., 1850.
p. 96.—A. MILNE-EDWarps, Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat., 1v, p. 65 (foot-
note), 1868.—MirErs, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 115, 1880.—von Mar-
TENS, Sitz.-Ber. Gesel. Naturf., Berlin, 1881, p. 93.—Pocock, Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist. (6), x11, 1893. .

Diagnosis.—Stomatopoda having a movable joint between the sixth
abdominal somite and the telson; the hind body moderately convex;

496 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. VOL. XVIL

the dactylus of the raptorial limb dilated at the base and provided with
lateral teeth; the rostrum more or less triangular but not produced
into a spine; the telson strongly resembling that of the genus Pseudo-
squilla, and as a rule with not more than two intermediate denticles.

Remarks.—This genus, which occupies an intermediate position be-
tween Gonodactylus and Pseudosquilla, was described by me in a pre-
liminary paper (1893) asa subgenus of Gonodactylus, but it is sufficiently
distinct to merit the rank assigned to it here.

ANALYTICAL KEY TO TILE SPECIES OF ODONTODACTYLUS. *

*Dactylus of raptorial limb with 2 lateral teeth.
Rostrum transverse and subtriangular ; median crest of telson elevated.
SCYLLARUS, Linneus.

Rostrum enlarged at the base and ending in a point ; median crest of the telson
lamellate, but much less elevated than in the next.
BLEEKERLU, A. Milne-Edwards.
Rostrum quadrilateral; median crest of the telson lamellate and with a vertical
height nearly equal to its distance from the lateral margin.
CULTRIFER, White.
Dactylus but little ventricose at the base; rostrum somewhat transverse, not
acute; telson as broad as long dorsally, nearly smooth, with an acute crest
ending in! aspinule Jaetee Seen cas oe te tec cect ELEGANS, Miers.
**Dactylus with more than 2 lateral teeth.
Dactylus with 3 teeth; rostrum pentagonal with a short median point.
TRACHURUS, von Martens.

Dactylus with 3 teeth; rostrum ovately convex, its extremity bent downward;

eyes very large and globular 2.5 3. 252. eee, coma CARINIFER, Pocock.
Dactylus with 5 to 7 small serrations on its inner margin; rostrum sinuate at the
sides, tip obtuse and strongly incurved -......-.....-.. JAPONICUS, Berthold.
Dactylus with 6 small lateral teeth; rostrum not sinuate but transverse and
rounded in outline; eyes very large --..-...---.----- HAVANENSIS, Bigelow.
Dactylus with 9 teeth; rostrum with evenly convex anterior border and evenly
rounded anclesjeyes largenss oa... a2 eee eee eee HANSENI, Pocock.
Dactylus very little ventricose at base and with abont 8 teeth on its inner mar-
gin; rostrum transverse............. sibwieaMenscuelcwien sie BREVIROSTRIS, Miers.

ODONTODACTYLUS SCYLLARUS (Linneus),

Squilla arenaria prona, SEBA, Thesaurus, I, p. 5, 1758.

Cancer scyllarus, LINNZUS, Syst. Nat. (ed. x11), p. 1054, 1766.

Squilla scyllarus, FABRICIUS, Ent. Syst., U., p.512, 1793. Lamarck, Hist. Anim.
sans Vert., Vv, 1818, p. 189.

Cancer (Mantis) scyllarus, HERBST, Nat. Krabben, etc., 11, p. 99, 1796.

Gonodactylus scyllarus, LATREILLE, Encycl. Méth., x, p. 473, 1825. etc.—MIERS, _
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 115, 1880.

* All of the‘species in this key, except havanensis, have been described previously
as species of Gonodactylus,

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. A97

There is a female specimen in the National Museum, collected by A.
B. Steinberger, at Samoa (No. 5147, U.S.N.M.).
Length of the body, 14 em.

ODONTODACTYLUS HAVANENSIS, Bigelow.
Plate xx.
Gonodactylus havanensis, BIGELOW, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., 106, p. 101, June,
1893.

Diagnosis.—-An Odontodactylus, having large, subspherical eyes;
large antennal scales; the dactylus of the raptorial claw strongly
dilated at the base and provided with six small marginal teeth besides
the terminal one; a transverse rostrum without angles; a nearly square
carapace with rounded corners; three exposed thoracic segments with
rounded margins; six spies on the sixth abdominal segment; a dorsal
erest and four other carinz on the telson, six margin | spines, the sub-
median pair with mobile tips, and numerous minute submedian dentt-
cles, two intermediate, and one lateral one on each side; rather large
uropods with two simple basal spines, the outer one the longer.

General description—A single specinpien of this interesting species
was found in a bottle with a young G. chiragra both having been col-
lected by the Albatross in the Gulf of
Mexico, off Havana. The body is short
and broad, and is convex on the dorsal be
side (pl. xx). The sides of the carapace,
thoracic segments, and abdomen form \
nearly a straight line. The width of the iA
carapace at the anterior end equals one-
fifth of the length of the body, while the i
width of the abdomen at the fifth seg-
ment equals about one-fourth of it. The ZG
rostrum is twice as broad as it is long — yy F
and is evenly curved in front. The car- fp»
apace is almost perfectly square. It is eke
a little narrowed in front and the pos- 4} \
terior and anterior margins are slightly ay
ineurved. Only three thoracic segments ‘G; yf, i
are exposed. These have rounded mar- aby
gins and like the carapace and the first

Fig. L.

RIGHT UROPOD OF ODONTODACTYLUS

five abdominal segments are devoid of HAVANENSIS.
earine. The third, fourth, and fifth ab- Ventral side, five times natural size.

dominal segments have posterior lateral

spines. The sixth segment has six carinwe ending in spines and two
additional tubercles on each side, oie between the submedian and
-intermediate carinz and another between the intermediate and lateral
ones. There are no spines at the articulations of the uropods (fig. 1).
‘The telson has a narrow elevated dorsal median crest ending in a

Proc. N. M. 94 32

498 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. VOL. XVII.

spine. The distance through the posterior part of the crest to the
ventral surface of the telson is about equal to one-fourth of the
width of the telson. The other four carinw are less elevated. The
marginal spines are prominent and the movable tips of the subme
dian pair are much longer than. in O. scyllarus. The basal prolonga-
tion of the uropod (fig. 1) is continued into two simple spines of which
the outer one is the longer but is not so long
as the exopodite. The distal joint of the lat-
ter is about.two-thirds as long (measured on
the ventral side) as the proximal one, which
bears eleven movable spines. The eyes are
very large, but are subspherical and not at
all triangular. The width of the cornea equals
0.09 of the length of the body. The first
antenne are short, the first three segments
hardly extending beyond the eyes and almost
equaling the flagella in length. The second
antenne reach almost as far forward as the
first pair. The antennary scales are large, very
nearly equaling the carapace in length and
halfas wide. The raptorial claw is rather small.
When folded it only reaches backward to the
cervical suture of the carapace, and the dae-
tylus is only three-fourths as long as the
manus. The latter is devoid of spines or pec-
tinations of any kind, and is provided with
a simple continuous groove for the reception of the dactylus when
closed. The dactylus is strongly dilated af the base, and is provided
with six very small and thin teeth on its inner edge. The appendages
to the pleopod are linear. A remarkable peculiarity of the specimen
before me is that while it is a male it is like a female in having no
clasping organs on the exopodites of the first abdominal appendages,
which are just-like the succeeding ones (fig. 2).

It is probable that this is a very young specimen, and some of its
characters may be due to its youth, but a young G. chiragra of the same
size possesses the clasping organs and exhibits all the adult features.

Color.—The alcoholic specimen has a dark spot on the carapace and
black markings on the uropods.

Size—Length of body, 2 em.

Locality.x—The unique specimen was taken by the Albatross in 1885 at
station 2323 at a depth of 163 fathoms off Havana, Cuba. (No, 17997,
U.S.N.M.)

Fig. 2.

ENDOPODITE OF ODONTODAC-
TYLUS HAVANENSIS.

Endopodite from first abdominal
limb. Nine times natural size.

Genus PSEUDOSQUILLA (Guérin).

Squilles trapues, MILNE-EDWARDS, Hist. Nat. Cr. 11, p. 525, 1837.

Squille (sect. iii) parallele, DE HAAN, Siebold’s Fauna Japonica, Cr., p. 221, 1849.

Pseudosquilla, GUERIN (ined.), Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp., x1, Cr., 1, p. 615, 1852.—
Mirrs, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 108, 1880,—BRrooks, Voyage of
the Challenger, XVI, 11, p. 53, 1886,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XX

ODONTODACTYLUS HAVANENSIS.
About six times natural size,

1894. _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 499

Diagnosis.—Stomatopoda, with the sixth abdominal segment not fused
with the telson; the hind body smooth, very convex, and narrow; the
dactylus of the raptorial claw not dilated at the base and possessing
not more than three lateral teeth, or in some cases none; the subme-
dian spines of the telson long and having movable tips; not more than
four intermediate denticles, usually one.

Remarks.—This genus is, as a whole, compact and well defined, but
the three species that I have placed under B in the key are of doubtful
affinities. P. monodactyla, Milne-Edwards, may prove to be an imma-
ture form; P. stylifera, Milne-Edwards, approaches Gonodactylus very
closely; and Gonodactylus ensiger, Owen, seems to be closely related to
the last.

ANALYTICAL KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PSEUDOSQUILLA.
A. Pseudosquilla, proper. Hind body narrow and thick; raptorial claw armed with
a few marginal spines.
a. Basal prolongation of the uropod ending in 2 spines; dastylus with 3 teeth.

‘Melson with erestamd 4 other caring... 222.2522. 222: ? eEMPUSA, De Haan.
** Telson witha crest and 6 other carine.
Hivesisimallrands Gylimednicale 26 2. cnc a=) ee ee a) eee a CILIATA, Miers.
Eyes flattened, club-shaped, 2 eye-spots on carapace....ORNATA, Miers.

*** Telson with crest and 8 other carine.
Eyes flattened, club-shaped; rostrum with small median spine.
OCULATA, Brullé,
Eyes very large and triangular; rostrum without a spine.
MEGALOPHTHALMA, Bigelow.
b. Basal prolongation of the uropod ending in one long terminal spine having
2 other spines on its inner margin, ‘Telson with crest and 10 other
carine.
* Dactylus with 3 teeth.
Rostrum with a long median and 2 short lateral spines.
LESSONI, Guérin,
Rostrum with prominent median spine but no lateral ones.
CERISI, Roux,
** Dactylus with 4 teeth; telson wider than long.....-.. PILAENSIS, de Man,
B. Doubtful position, Dactylus with a single terminal spine,
Telson smooth except for crest; many very minute submedian denticles; rostrum

almost subtriangular, acute... ~~ -- MONODACTYLA, Milne-Edwards,
Telson with crest and 2 other carinwe; rostrum longer than wide, narrowed
DbubulKeera Cleaver tos gk LU) 22 ee STYLIFERA, Milne-Edwards,

Rostrum trispinose, median spine obsolete.
(? GONODACTYLUS) ENSIGER, Owen.

PSEUDOSQUILLA CILIATA, Miers.

? Squilla ciliata, FABRICIUS, Ent. Syst., 1, p. 512, 1793.

Squilla siylifera, LAMARCK, Hist. Anim. sans Vert., v, p. 189, 1818.—LATREILLE,
Eneyel. Méth., x, p. 472, 1825.

Pseudosquilla stylifera, DANA, U. S. Expl. Exp., xm, Cr., 1, p. 622, 1852.—? von
MarRTEns, Archiv. f. Naturg., XXXvItl, p. 146, 1872.

Pseudosquilla ciliata, Mires, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, (5), v, p, 108, 1880.—
Brooks, Voyage of the Challenger, XVI, ii, p, 53,

500 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. VOL. XVII.

This species is represented in the National Museum by a large num-
ber of specimens fromthe Florida Keys; one from Bermuda (Dr. F. V.
Hamlin) (No. 5136, U.S.N.M.), and another from Honolulu (7) (No.
6584, U.S.N.M.). I found it also in abundance at Bimini, in the Baha-
las, associated with Gonodactylus chiragra and resembling that species
very closely in habits and coloring.

PSEUDOSQUILLA ORNATA, Miers.

? Pseudosquilla oculata, HELLER, Reise der Novara, Crust., p. 124, 1865, not BRULLE.
Pseudosquilla ornata, Miers, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 111, 1880.
The National Museum contains one specimen of this species, pur-
chased from H. A Ward (No. 15629, U.S.N.M.).
Localityx—Mauritius.
Length of body, 7.5 em.

PSEUDOSQUILLA OCULATA (Brullé).
Squilla oculata, BRULLE, in WEBB and BARTHELOT, Iles Canaries, Zool. Crust.,
p. 18, 1836-744.
Pseudosquilla oculata, Miers, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 110, 1880.

There is a small specimen in the National Museum that seems to
belong to this species. It was collected by Col. N. Pike, U.S. Consul
at Mauritius (No. 5137, U.S.N.M.).

The localities for this species given by Miers are the Canaries and
Madeira.

PSEUDOSQUILLA MEGALOPHTHALMA, Bigelow.
Pseudosquilla megalophthalma, B1GkLow, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., 106, p. 101,
June, 1895.

Diagnosis.—A Pseudosquilla with very large triangular eyes, the cor-
neal axis being transverse; a very long, slender dactylus on the raptorial
claw, with three teeth; a nearly heart-shaped rostrum without spines;
harrow, rounded lateral processes on the first exposed thoracic seg-
ment, the lateral margins of the next two segments truncated; poste-
rior lateral spines on the,abdominal segments from the second to the
fifth, and the usual, six,spines on the: sixth segment, with a smaller addi-
{ional one on the inner side of each intermediate spine; a crest and
eight other carine on the telson, six marginal spines, the submedian
pair being the longest and mobile; two simple spines on the basal pro-
longation of the uropod, and ten movable spines on the exopodite.

General description.—In the collection of the U. S. National Museum
we have three specimens.of Psexudosquiila from Mauritius, representing
as Many species. One of these-may be identified as P. ornata, Miers,
another as P. oculata, Brullé, and the third (No. 18003, U.S.N.M.) is
a new species related to the other two, perhaps more closely to oculata
than to the other. It is easily distinguished from both by its large
triangular eyes. The conical axis is at right angles to the peduncular

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 5O1

one, which is eight-elevenths as long as the former and equals six one-
hundredths of the total length of the body. ‘The carapace is twenty-
two one-hundredths of the total length and about two-thirds as wide
as itis long. The abdomen is a little wider and the telson a little nar-
rower. Its width is about equal to its length, leaving out the mobile
spines, and this is about fourteen one-hundredths of the total length.

The rostrum is of a broad heart shape, truncated at the base. It is
therefore intermediate in shape between the rostrum of P. ornata and
P. oculata. The length equals five-sevenths of the width. It covers
the ophthalmic segment completely. The carapace is relatively longer
than in P. ornata, and is perfectly smooth and without angles. The
lateral margins of the exposed thoracic segments are rounded and with-
out spines—of the first they are narrow and of the next two broad
and truncated. There is a pair of slight projections on the ventral
side of the first segment corresponding to the ventral spines in Squilla,
and there is a similarly placed pair of larger somewhat conical pro-
jections on the next segment. The abdominal segments from the first
to the fifth have each a stout spine pointing downward and backward
on the ventral median line. All but the first of these segments have
the posterior lateral angle. produced into short spines. The sixth seg-
ment has six. broad dorsal carine ending in stout spines, and there is
a small additional spine on the inner side of each of the regular inter-
mediate ones. There is no spine in front of the articulation of the
uropod. The.telson is most nearly like that of P. oculata. It has the
same number of carine, eight besides the crest, and the basal carine
of the submedian and intermediate spines, but while in P. oculata the
carine of the pair next the lateral marginal pair are parallel to the axis
of the body, and point toward the intermediate spines, in this species
they are oblique and continue out to the tips of the lateral spines. ° The
submedian carinz are serrated. The ventral surface of the telson is
perfectly smooth. There are no submedian denticles, two intermediate,
and one lateral one. ‘The outer one of the two spines of the basal pro-
longation of the uropod is the longest, and is very nearly as long as the
exopodite, the distal segment of which is larger than in P. ornata. The
antenne are much longer than in the other two species. The first
three segments of the first pair are three-fourths as long as the cara-
pace, and the flagelle are-also of about this length. The antennary
Segment bears a truncated collar-like process on each side. The
second antenne are about three-fourths as long as the first.

The antennary scale is three-fifths as long as the carapace. The
raptorial claws are very long and slender. When folded the limb
reaches from the eyes to the most posterior part of the carapace. The
pectinations are confined to the proximal half of the penultimate joint.
The appendages to the walking legs are linear.

Size.—Length of the body, 6.8 em.

5O2 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. VOL. XVIi.

Locality —The single specimen, a male, was purchased from js Pe:
Ward, and it was collected at Mauritius.
PSEUDOSQUILLA LESSONII (Gu érin).

Squilla cerisii, GUERIN, Voy. Coquille, Crust., p. 40, 1830 (S. lessonii on plate).

Squilla spinifrons, OWEN, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 6, 1832.

Squilla lessonii,, MitNE-EDwanrps, Hist. Nat. Crust., m, p. 527.—WHITE, List
Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 84, 1847.

Squilla monoceros, MILNE-EDWARDS, Hist. Nat. Crust, 0, p.526, 1837.—Gay, Hist.
Chile Zool., 111, Cr., p. 224, 1849.

Pseudosquilla lessonii, DANA, Crust. U.S. Expl. Exped.,x1u, i, p. 622, 1852.—Mimrs,
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 113, 1880.

Pseudosquilla marmorata, LOCKINGTON, Proe. Cal. Acad. Sei., p. 33, 1877.

A female individual is in the National Museum, collected by D.S.
Jordan at Wilmington, Cal. (No 3081, U.S.N.M.), and several smaller
specimens were taken by the Albatross with the Tanner combination
towing net at the surface at Surface station 29 in 8. Lat. 00° 46’ 00”,
and W. Long. 89° 42’ 00” (No. 18481, U.S.N.M.).

Length of largest specimen, 13 cm.

PSEUDOSQUILLA STYLIFERA (Milne-Edwards).

Figure 3 (p. 505).
Gonodactylus styliferus, MILNE-EDWARDS, Hist. Nat. Crust., 0, p. 530, 1837.—Gay,
Hist. Chile, p. 225, 1849.
Pseudosquilla stylifera, Mrmrs, Ann. and Mag. Nati. Hist. (5), v, p. 112, 1880.

A specimen undoubtedly belonging to this species is in the possession
of the Johns Hopkins University, having been sent by F. W. Simonds.
It was caught by a fisherman in a gill net off Dead Man’s Island, San
Pedro, Cal. This specimen corresponds exactly to Miers’s description,
except that the telson can hardly be said to have “8 large mar-
ginal teeth.” It has the usual six marginal spines, the submedian pair
having small movable tips, and a broad rounded denticle between the
submedian and intermediate spine on each side. (See fig. 3, p. 505.)
An additional minute movable spine should appear on the raptorial
manus of this figure, and also a minute denticle on the outer edge of
the basal prolongation of the uropod.

The color of the living animal, according to Mr. Simonds’s memoran-
dum, was violet.

The length of the body is 14.5 em.

Genus LYSIOSQUILLA, Dana.

Coronis, LATREILLE, Encyel. Méth. Hist. Nat., x., p. 474, 1825; Crust. in Cuvier’s
Régne Anim., 1V., p. 109, 1829.-—MILNE-EDWarps, Hist. Nat. Crust., 1, p.
530, 1837.—GERSTAECKER, Arthropoda, in Bronn’s Klass. und Ord. des Thier-
reichs, V, ii, p. 743, 1889.

Squilla (§), Mitnr-Epwarps, Hist. Nat. Crust., 1, p. 518, 1837.

Squilla (sect. i, Maculatw), pk HAAN, Fauna. Japon. Crust., p. 220, 1849.

Lysiosquilla, DANA, Crust. U.S. Expl. Exped., x11, p. 615, 1852.—Mirrs, Ann. and
Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 5, 1881.—Brooks, Voyage of the Challenger, XVI, ii,
p. 44, 1886.

1804. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 503

Diagnosis.—Stomatopoda having the sixth abdominal segments sepa-
rated from the telson by a movable joint; the hind body depressed,
loosely articulated, and wide; the dactylus of the raptorial claw with-
out a basal enlargement, but with not less than five marginal teeth; no
more than four denticles, and often only one, between the intermediate
and submedian marginal spines of the telson, which is usually wider
than long; and the outer spines of the basal prolongation of the uropod
usually longer than the inner one.

Remarks.—Although the name Coronis antedates Lysiosquilla, the
latter is the proper name for this genus, because the former was used
first by Hiibner in 1816 for a genus of Lepidoptera. The species of
Lysiosquilla may be separated into two subgroups; one, corresponding
to Latreille’s genus Coronis, includes those in division A and B a of the
following key. They all have small eyes and broad appendages to the
walking legs. The three species in B a, however, have characters which
place them in anintermediate position between A and B 0, the latter
division corresponding to Dana’s genus Lysiosquilla proper, which is
characterized by the possession of large triangular eyes and linear
appendages to the walking legs. Brooks has pointed out the relation-
ship between Coronis and the lower forms of Squilla.

ANALYTICAL KEY TO THE SPECIES OF LYSIOSQUILLA.

A. Telson with a transverse row of dorsal spines in addition to the marginal ones,
eyes as a rule cylindrical.
a. Dactylus of the raptorial limb with 6 or 7 teeth.
* Five dorsal spines on the telson.
Telson with about 12 minute submedian denticles; rostrum quadrate
with lateral angles right angles; dactylus with 6 teeth.
ACANTHOCARPUS (Gray) Miers.
The same, but dactylus with 7 teeth.
ACANTHOCARPUS Var. SEPTEMSPINOSA, Miers.
Telson with 12 minute submedian denticles; lateral angles of rostrum
rounded; dactylus with 6 teeth; transverse markings without eye-
SPOLSM ewer a Rese se le gene Sani eae ects SARACINORUM, F. Miiller.
Telson with 6 to8 submedian denticles; not minute, transverse markings,
with eye-spots on carapace and telson; dactylus with 6 teeth.
BIMINIENSIS, Bigelow.
* * Seven dorsal spines on the telson.

DACoy MUS owiibliOweGth = ssteie = aoe ame ae sate a/e sehen ae BRAZIERI, Miers.
Dacivinsewithe 1 veGune set easssscs ceo aes Sac ses eee LATIFRONS, de Haan,

b. Dactylus with 10 or 12 teeth.
Telson with 3 dorsal spines.............----------..-SPINOSA, Wood-Mason.
Telson with 8 scarcely discernible dorsal spines ------.----- EUSEBIA, Risso.

[Norr.—Squilla indefensa, Kirk (1879), and Squilla tridentata, Thomson (1882) ,
are probably Lysiosquillae belonging in this section (Cf. Miers, 1880, p. 125),
while Squilla levis, Hutton (1879), appears to belong in this section or the next. ]
B. Telson without dorsal spines.
a. Kyes small.
* Dactylus with 10 teeth. Eyes small, with cornea oblique and somewhat
flattened; telson with 6 marginal spines, the submedian mobile, and
on each side 7 to9 minute submedian denticles, 4 intermediate and 1
Jateralis2ss2o2- We eRe at ears 2 et eae wes state ARMATA, Smith.

504 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. vou. xv.

** Dactylus with 12 teeth. Eyes nearly globular; telson nearly square,
without (?) teeth or spines -.............- SCOLOPENDRA, Latreille.
** * Dactylus with 15 to 16 teeth. Eyes cylindrical; telson nearly square,
with a pair of mobile submedian spines and 10 submedian denticles.
EXCAVATRIX, Brooks.
b. Eyes large and subtriangular.
~ Dactylus with 5to7 teeth. Telson smooth, witha slight median elevation
and 6 marginal spines, only the lateral pair acute.
GLABRIUSCULA (Lamarck) Meyers.
** Dactylus with 9 to 10 strong teeth.
Hind body smooth and telson like the preceding.
MACULATA Fabricius,
Hind body with longitudinal wrinkles; sixth abdominal somite gro-
tesquely sculptured; telson smooth--...-.--.-.---- MIERSII, De Vis.
Telson roughened with fine granulations on each side of-the flattened
shield-like crest; 6 strong and acute marginal spines; submedian
denticlesituse diseecur sae seis ree eee SCABRICAUDA, Lamarck.
** * Dactylus with 11 teeth. Telson like the preceding, but more spinous.
DESAUSSUREI, Stimpson.
**** Dactylus with 20 teeth. Telson nearly as in maculata, eyes (?).
POLYDACTYLA, von Martens.

LYSIOSQUILLA BIMINIENSIS, Bigelow.
Lysiosquilla biminiensis, BiGELOw, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., 106, p. 102, 1893.

Diagnosis.—A Lysiosquilla having cylindrical eyes; 6 teeth on the
dactylus of the raptorial claw, the terminal one the strongest; broadly
ovate appendages on the first 2 pairs of pleopods and strap-shaped
ones on the third pair; a nearly quadrate rostruin with a median spine;
a smooth carapace without angles; the angles of the segments of the
hind body rounded, except the posterior lateral angles of the sixth
abdominal segment, which are produced into spines; a long spine cury-
ing backward on the anterior edge of the articulation of the uropod; a_
transverse row of 5 dorsal spines on the telson, and 6 marginal spines,
the submedian pair being mobile; on each side 3 to 4 submedian
denticles, not minute, 4 intermediate and 1 lateral one.

General description.—This species from the Bahamas may prove to
be identical with the Australian L. acanthocarpus, but Miers does not
mention the very striking coloring of our species, and the raptorial
claw and the telson seem to differ.

The body (fig. 4) is rather flat, generally smooth, and somewhat
loosely put together. The carapace and the exposed thoracic region
each occupy a little less than one-fifth the total length of the body.
The width of the carapace is about seventy-five-ninetieths of its
length on the median line, while this is equaled by the greatest width
of the abdomen. The length of the telson is three-sevenths its width
and one-third the length of the carapace. The eyes are small and
cylindrical and their bases are covered by the rostrum. The latter is
nearly square and has a sharp median spine that reaches forward to
the proximal edge of the corneal parts of the eyes. The carapace has

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 505

rounded anterior and posterior lateral lobes. The cervical suture is
faintly marked on the outer side of each of the two longitudinal sutures.

The exposed thoracic and first five abdominai segments are deyoid
of carine or spines. The sixth abdominal has a short spine at each
of its posterior lateral angles and a larger spine curved backward in
front of the articulation of each uropod (fig. 5). The telson is per-
fectly smooth except for a transverse row of five spines on the dorsal
side near the posterior margin (figs. 4 and 6). The mobile submedian

————

PSEUDOSQUILLA STYLIFERA.

LYSIOSQUILLA BIMINIENSIS.

Drawn by W. F. Simonds. About half natural size. About twice natural size.

pair of marginal spines are placed a little toward the ventral side and
are curved upward (figs. 5 and 6). They are not much longer than
the adjoining denticles. Judging from Miers’s figure, the marginal
spines in our species as well as the submedian denticles are consider-
ably larger than in L. acanthocarpus, and there appears to be no median
sinus in the latter species, while there is a small one in the former.
The basal segment of the uropod (fig. 5) bears two stont spines, of
which the inner is much the longer. The endopodite is cleaver-shaped.

506 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. vot. xvtt.

The distal segment of the exopodite exceeds in length the proximal
segment, which bears six movable spines. The antennz of the first’
pair are about equal to the carapace in length. The three basal seg-

TELSON AND UROPODS OF LYSIOSQUILLA BIMINIENSIS.

Seen from below. Five times natural size. mm —Movable spine,

ments do not reach much beyond the eyes. The antennary somite is
armed with a pair of sharp lateral spines. The second antenne are
about as long as the first. The antennary scale is very small, about
one-third as long as the carapace. The raptorial limbs are well
developed, but are not very long (fig. 7).
The carpus has a simple ridge on its an-
terior side ending distally in a spine.
The manus is stout and bears four movable
spines. The dactylus is slender and grace-
ful. The terminal spine is much larger
than the other five but the one next to it is
not very small, as itisin L. acanthocarpus.
The appendages to the first two pairs of

6abid

Fig. 6. walking legs are almost circular in outline,
SIDE VIEW OF TELSON OF LYSIO- while they are strap-shaped on the next
SQUILLA BIMINIENSIS. .
About 445 times natural size, pal Tie
.—Dorsal median spine. Color.—The coloration of this species is
m.—Submedian momle spine, a . fe
ENE a ae oe peculiar and characteristic. The ground
caiapol: color is an opaque white and this is

marked by transverse bands, one on the
rostrum, two or three on the carapace, and one on each of the segments
posterior to it (fig. 4). On one of my two specimens, a male, these bands
were fawn-colored, on the other one, a female, they were pink, and in
addition to this fawn color or pink, as the case might be, the band was
marked by a fine dark reddish brown stippling. In both specimens

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 507

the posterior lateral lobes of the carapace are bordered by a narrow
band of deep black, separated from the rest of the carapace by a similar
band of bright lemon yellow, form-
ing conspicuous eye-spots. There
are also two pairs of yellow and
black stripes on the last thoracic
and on the fifth abdominal segments
bordering the posterior margin for
some distance inward from the
angle, and the telson has a pair
of black eye-spots edged in front
with yellow, one on each side of the
median line, just in front of the
dorsal spines. All except the black

LEFT RAPTORIAL CLAW OF FEMALE LYSIOSQUILLA

markings wash out in alcohol. BIMINIENSIS.
Size.—Length of body, 4.8 em. About 445 times natural size.
Locality.—_Two speci mens, a ce. Carpus. m. Manus. d. Dactylus.

male and a female, were found
by me in a burrow in the sand at Nixies’ Harbor, Bimini Islands, Baha-
mas (No. 17999, U.S.N.M.).

LYSIOSQUILLA ARMATA, Smith.
Lysiosquilla armata, Smiru, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 111, 1881, p. 413.

The collection contains a female and a mutilated male from the
stomach of a flounder. They were dredged by the U.S. Fish Commis-
sion steamer Fish Hawk, at stations 1247 and 1251, southwest of Gay
Head, Martha’s Vineyard, at a depth of 27 and 17 fathoms, bottom sand
(No. 12787, U.S.N.M.). Although these specimens were identified by
Prof. Smith himself, as shown by the label, they differ somewhat from
his description. The eyes in both specimens are not large and are only
a little more than half as broad as the rostrum. The posterior part of
the body of the male is destroyed, but in the female the posterior mar-
gins of the fourth, fifth, and six abdominal segments and the lateral
margins of the telson in front of the lateral spines are smooth, entirely
devoid of the slender spines or spinules described by Smith. It may
be that the possession of these spinules is a sexual character of the
male. The telson of the female has six well-developed marginal spines,
the submedian pair being very slender and mobile. There are seven to
nine very small submedian denticles on each side, four intermediate
ones, two of them being very large, flattened, and rounded in outline,
and two others alternating with them, being very small and acute, and
there is one small lateral denticle on each side. The rostrum is tipped
with a small spine. .

Size.—Length of body, 5.8 em. Width of rostrum, 5 mm. Length
of corneal axis of eye, 2 mm.; peduncular axis, 2.5 mm.

5OS8 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. VOL. XVII.

LYSIOSQUILLA GLABRIUSCULA, Miers.
? Squilla glabriuscula, LAMARCK, Hist. Anim. sans Vert., v., p.188, 1818.—
LATREILLE, Encyel. Méth. Hist. Nat., x, p. 470, 1825.—MILNE-EDWARDS,
Hist. Nat. Crust., 1, p. 519, 1837.
Squilla vittala, MILNE-EDWarps, Hist. Nat. Crust., 0, p. 519, 1887.—Wurre, List
Crust. Brit. Mus., p.83, 1847.—G1BBEs, Proc. Amer. Assoc., p. 199, 1850.
Lysiosquilla glabriuscula, Mirrs, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 7, 1880.
There are two specimens of this species in the National Museum, col-
lected by Dr. Whitehurst at Garden Key, Tortugas, Fla. (No. 2052, U.
S.N.M.). They are a male and a female; the latter is the larger and
is 21.5 em. long. The dactyli of the raptorial claws of the male have
six very long teeth. The female, on the contrary, has but three very
short lateral teeth in addition to the long terminal one.

LYSIOSQUILLA MACULATA (Fabricius),

Squilla arenaria, RuMPH, Amboin. Rarit., p. 6, 1705.
Squilla maculata, FABRICIUS, Ent. Syst., 0, p. 511, 1793.
Cancer (Mantis) arenarius, HERBST, Nat. Krabben u. Krebse, 01, p. 96, 1796.
Lysiosquilla maculata, MiERS, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 138, 1877; Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist. (5), v, p.5, 1880.—Brooks, Voy. of the Challenger, xvi, ii, p. 45, 1886.
This species is represented by three specimens in the National Museum,
a male collected by Dr. William H. Jones, U. 8. Navy, of the U.S. S.
Wachusett, at Tawhae, Marquesas, in 1884 (No. 6593, U.S.N.M.), and
a female collected by A. B. Steinberger at Samoa (No. 5148, U.S.N.
M.). The latter is 30 cm. in length and exhibits the same peculiarity of
the raptorial claws that Miers describes. The dactylus has a stout ter-
minal tooth and seven or eight very small lateral teeth. The third
specimen (No. 3392, U.S.N.M.), also collected by Steinberger, is the—
raptorial claw of a male from Samoa and exhibits ten well-developed
teeth (including the terminal one) on the dactylus. This is evidently a
true case of sexual dimorphism.

LYSIOSQUILLA SCABRICAUDA (Lamarck).

Squilla scabricauda, LAMARCK, Hist. Anim. sans Vert., V, p. 188, 1818.—LATREILLE,
Encycl. Méth. Hist. Nat., x, p. 470, 1825.
Squilla hoeveni, HeRKLOTS, Addit, Faun. carein. Afric. occident., p. 17, 1851.
Lysiosquilla inornata, DANA, U.S. Expl. Exped., x1, Crust., 1, p. 616, 1852.
Lysiosquilla scabricauda, Mimrs, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 7, 1880.
There are two specimens, a female and a young male, in the Museum,
collected by Henry Hemphill at Johns Pass, Fla. (No. 6471, U.S.N.
M.), one male specimen collected by D. S. Jordan at Key West, Fla.
(No. 14112, U.S.N.M.), a female from Galveston, Tex. (M. Wallace,
No. 2268, U.S.N.M.), and another from Pensacola, Fla. (Silas Stearns,
No. 5150, U.S.N.M.), and a male collected by James D. Dana at Rio de
Janeiro (No, 2115, U.S.N.M.). The dactyli of the raptorial claws seem
to be a little smaller in the females than in the males, but there is
nothing like the difference seen in L. glabriuscula and L. maculata.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 509

Genus SQUILLA, Fabricius.

Squilla, FABRICIUS (part), Ent. Syst., m1, p. 511, 1798.—LATREILLE (part), Hist.
Nat. Crust., vI, p. 271, 1803; Encycl. Méth. Hist: Nat., x, p. 467, 1825.—
LAMARCK (part), Hist. Anim. sans Vert., v, p. 186, 1818.—MILNE-EDWaRps
(part), Hist. Nat. Crust., 11, p. 517, 1837.—pr HAAN (part), Fauna Japon.
Crust., p. 220, 1849.—Dana, Crust., U. S. Expl. Exped., x11, i, p.615, 1852.—
Miers, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 16, 1880.—Brooks, Voyage of the
Challenger, XVI, ii, p. 23, 1886.—GERSTAECKER, Bronn’s Klass. u. Ord. des
Thier., v, ii, p. 742, 1889.

Chlorida, EyDoUX and SOULEYET, Voy. de la Bonite, Zool., 1, Crust., p. 264, 1841.

Chloridella, Miers, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 13, 1880.—GERSTAECKER,
Bronn’s Klass. und Ord. des Thier., v, ii, p. 743, 1889.

Diagnosis.—Stomatopoda having the telson attached to the sixth
abdominal segment by a movable joint; the hind body depressed and
wide; the dactylus of the raptorial claw with usually not more than
six teeth; as a rule, more than four intermediate denticles on the
telson, which is usually longer than wide; and the inner basal spine
of the uropod the longer of the two.

Remarks.—This is by far the largest and most diversified of the
genera of Stomatopoda. I have followed Brooks in ineluding within
it the old genus Chloridella (Eydoux and Souleyet) Miers, the chief char-
acteristic of which is the shape of the eyes. The species that Miers
referred to are contained in division B @ of the following key, but no
Sharp line can be drawn between these and those species having the
small eyes (e. g., S. dubia), which have been placed in different divisions
of the genus, where many other characters indicate that they belong.

ANALYTICAL KEY TO THE SPECIES OF SQUILLA.

A. Submedian spines of the telson with movable tips.
a. Submedian carinw absent or obsolete on the first five somites of the abdomen.
*Dactylus of the raptorial limb with 4 teeth, including the terminal one.
Lateral process of the fifth thoracic somite very short and acute; no keel

Onywbhestelsomae ease nase soe QUADRIDENS, Bigelow.
Lateral process of the fifth thoracic somite broad, curved slightly for-
ward, and blunt; telson with a keel....-. POLITA, Bigelow.

** Dactylus with 5 teeth. Lateral process of the fifth thoracic somite flat-
tened antero-posteriorly, short, straight, and blunt.
DESMARESTI, Risso.
***Dactylus with 10 teeth. Telson nearly smooth, with denticles 13, 18, 1.
; GRACILIPES, Miers.
b. Submedian carinx present on all abdominal somites, except the telson.
Dactylus with 4 teeth; 5 longitudinal-crests on the telson..-. - MILES, Hess.
Dactylus with 7 to 9 teeth; telson with crest and keel, and curved lines of
pits; denticles 0,10-11,1....... ARMATA, Milne-Edwards.
B. Submedian spines of the telson with immovable tips.
a. Hind body without submedian carine except the sixth abdominal somite;
eyes small.
a. Raptorial dactylus with 4 teeth.
“Anterior lateral angles of the carapace rounded. ROTUNDICAUDA, Miers.
**Anterior lateral angles of the carapace produced into spines.
Rostrum semioval .............-- MICROPHTHALMA, Milne-Edwards.
Rostrum emarginate ............ LATREILLEI, Eydoux and Souleyet.

510 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. vou. xvu.

a", Dactylus with 5 teeth.
Rostrum wider than long.
CHLORIDA, Brooks. [==? DECORATA, Wood-Mason. ]
a", Dactylus with 6 teeth, eyes nearly cylindrical.
Telson with crest and obsolete curved lines of pits; denticles 0, 6-7, 1.
LATA, Brooks.
Telson with 4 or 5 carinz on each side of the crest; denticles 4, 8, 1.
, FASCIATA, de Haan.
b. 8 distinct carine on the first 5 abdominal somites, the dorsal surface of the
telson on each side of the crest either smooth or marked by
symmetrically curved lines of pits.
b’. Lateral process of the fifth thoracic somite on each side a single spine, a
pair of ventral spines also present.
1. Eyes small.
Eye stalk dilated; lateral spine of the fifth thoracic somite promi-
nent, flattened dorso-ventrally, and acute; denticles on tel-
BONsH=3)) SaaS ae Chetek eet DUBIA, Milne-Ed wards.
Eyes triangular, stalk not dilated; lateral spine of the fifth thoracic
somite short, flattened antero-posteriorly, and blunt; den-
ticles on the telson 3-4, 8) I 2. 22-. 22.5222- PARVA, Bigelow.
2. Eyes large and triangular.
* Dactylus with 4 teeth. Denticles on the telson 12, 12,1.

LEPTOSQUILLA, Brooks.
* * Dactylus with 5 teeth.

Lateral spine of the fifth thoracic somite straight and acute.
DUFRESNII (Leach), Miers=PRASINOLINEATA (Dana), Ives.
Lateral spine of the fifth thoracic somite longer and slightly

GMEyje ess mse ae ee see PRASINOLINEATA (Dana ?), Miers.
Lateral spine of the fifth thoracic somite strongly falecate and
ACU es Eee Sa ctaicalts secce uses vccees SCORPIO, Watrenlle:

* * * Dactylus with 6 teeth.

Corneal and peduncular axes of the eye at right angles; lateral
spine of the fifth thoracic somite short, straight, and acute;
denticles on the telson 5-6, 11-12, 1.... MANTOIDEA, Bigelow..

Corneal and peduneular axes of the eye nearly at right angles;
lateral spine of the fifth thoracic somite curved forward and
acute; marginal spines of the telson enormously developed
in the males; denticles 3-4, 5-7, 1.......ACULEATA, Bigelow.

Corneal and peduncular axes of the eye distinctly oblique to
one another; lateral spine of the fifth thoracic somite curved
forward and acute; no thickening of the telson in males;
denticles*456-8, 1223) o22 eos oe te ee eee EMPUSA, Say.

Lateral spine of the fifth thoracic somite straight and acute,
margin of telson slightly thickened in males; denticles 3 or

A BecNe, al st Aeris a ot Sa he oa eres MANTIS, Latreille.
Lateral spine of the fifth thoracic somite spatuliform, otherwise
like S..mantis 2.2 wee Ae eee NEGLECTA, Gibbes.

Lateral spine of the fifth thoracic somite curved forward and
acute; margin of the telson much thickened in males, the
thickening being interrupted on the outer side of each of
the 6 marginal spines; denticles 5, 10-11, 1-2.

PANAMENSIS, Bigelow.

Lateral spine of the fifth thoracic somite very strongly curved
forward; marginal thickening on the telson of the males
continuous between the intermediate spines; denticles 4-6,
RO=1S. Be a a Sarees B Say pee, ie INTERMEDIA, Bigelow.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. oii

Males with a continuous thickening all around the outer margin
of the telson; keel produced into a sharp spine; denticles 5

Lito lista IS) WSS eee BIFORMIS, Bigelow.
**=** Dactylus with 8 teeth. Manus of raptorial limb with numer-
ous immobile marginal spines -..---- RAPHIDEA, Fabricius.

b’. Lateral processes of the fifth thoracic somite bilobed; no ventral spines
on this somite.
1. Eyes small. Median carina of the carapace deeply bifurcated.
NEPA, Latreille.
2. Eyes large.
* Dactylus with 5 teeth. Lateral processes of the sixth and seventh
thoracic somites bilobed.-.- Zoeae Ue) DENTATA, Brooks.
** Dactylus with 6 teeth.
Lateral processes of the sixth and seventh thoracic somites
Dilobedi safe ee ea selec AFFINIS, Berthold.
Lateral processes of the sixth and seventh thoracic somites not
bilobed, posterior lateral pies of the carapace simply
MO UNCC C spe eras ae ee eee elses ers eye ADB AUDIO CLO We
Lateral processes of the sixth and sev ean thoracic somites not
bilobate, posterior lateral angles of the carapaee project as
rather prominent lobes ..........---- LEVIS (Hess) de Man.
ce. Eight or more carinze on the first 5 abdominal somites, the dorsal surface of
the telson marked by ecarine in addition to the median crest
and the carine at the bases of the marginal spines and
denticles.
ce’. Eight abdominal carine.
* Dactylus with 3 teeth. Telson with 1 carina on each side of the

GHATS AS Aa ect ae ey at ee er ees Ss ee eee FERUSSACH, Roux.
*~* Dactylus with 6 teeth. Telscn with 10 carine on each side of the
COS IG ASE SS ROP a See Bea cpa oOue cere RUGOSA, Bigelow.

ce’. More than 8 abdominal carine.
* Dactylus with 5 teeth.

Nine carine on the hind body -.--..--...---- SUPPLEX, Wood-Mason.
Very many carinw on the hind body ; lateral processes of the exposed
thoracic somites bilobate.......--. MULTICARINATA, White.

** Dactylus with 6 teeth. Hind body with 5 median and 6 lateral
carinee ; lateral processes of the exposed thoracic somites
DILOb EGY ee eee ere ee eee eee cosTaTA, de Haan.
SQUILLA QUADRIDENS, Bigelow.

Squilla quadridens, BiGELOW, Johns Hopkins Uniy. Cire. 106, p. 100, 1893.
Diagnosis.—A. Squilla with small triangular eyes having the corneal
axis slightly shorter than the peduncular and somewhat oblique;
dactylus of raptorial claw short, with four teeth; rostrum nearly flat
and ovate; carapace without carine except at the posterior lateral
angles, which are rounded, anterior lateral angles nearly right angles
and subacute; exposed thoracic segments without sudmedian carine,
lateral process of the first very short and acute, of the second and of the
third broadly rounded; without submedian carinz on abdominal somites
except the sixth; telson having a low crest ending in a spine and shal-
low symmetrically curved furrows on each side, no ventral keel, six
marginal spines, the submedian with mobile tips, and between them
on each side four to five submedian teeth, six to eight intermediate, and

512 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. vou. xv.

one lateral; uropod having four to five movable spines on its outer edge;
its basal prolongation with six long teeth on its inner edge and a large
rounded lobe on the outer edge of the inner spine.

General description.—Unfortunately this species has to be described
from a single small specimen. The general form of the body is flat
tened and rather compact. The greatest width of the abdomen equals
the length of the carapace and one-fourth of the total length of the -
animal, measured trom the anterior extremity of the ophthalmic segment
to the base of the median marginal sinus of the telson. The greatest
width of the carapace equals nine-elevenths of itsl ength. The antero-
lateral angles of the carapace are slightly less than right angles and
are without spines, while the posterior corners form rather prominent
rounded lobes. The only carinze on the carapace are an incompletely
circular marginal carina at each posterior lateral lobe and within this
a Short longitudinal carina representing the posterior portion of the
lateral carina of some of the other Squille. The exposed thoracic
segments have well-marked intermediate carine. The lateral spines
on the first segment are compressed antero-posteriorly and are distinct
from the ventral ones, which are acuminate and bent slightly forward.

The sixth abdominal segment is ‘the only one that bears a pair of
submedian carine; allthe others have well-marked intermediate, lateral,
and marginal carine. All six carine of the fifth and sixth segments
end in spines. There are no spines on the sixth segment in front of
the articulations of the uropod.

The width of the telson at its base nearly equals the length of the
sixth abdominal segment and the telson taken together. The telson
has six prominent marginal spines without a trace of an additional
anterior lateral pair. The submedian spines in this specimen do not
have movable tips, but microscopical examination shows articulations
which indicate that they did possess movable tips, which have been
broken off. The marginal teeth are long and sharp. The upper sur-
face of the telson is ornamented by a longitudinal crest ending pos-
teriorly in a spine and about five shallow furrows running from the
crest outward and backward to the posterior margin. There are also
some irregular furrowings near the lateral margin. There are faintly
marked carine at the bases of the marginal spines, the lateral pair
being continued forward along the margin to the base of the telson.
The ventral surface is very faintly marked by furrows corresponding.
to the dorsal ones. The uropod has the two joints of the exopodite
of equal length; on the external edge of the first joint there are five
movable spines. The remarkable teeth on the inner edge of the pro-
longation of the basal joint are long and slender.

The eyes of this animal are rather small. The corneal region is
elongated and slightly bilobed. The corneal axis nearly equals fourteen
fifteenths the peduncular one, and is set somewhat obliquely to it.
The peduncle is not dilated and is much narrower at its base than the

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 513

corneal region, so that the eye as a whole has a triangular outline.
The ophthalmic segment bears a truncated process at the base of each
eye.

The antenne of the first pair are long, equaling about half the
length of the body. The marginal spines of the first body segment are
acuminate. The second antenne are about two-fifths as long as the
first. The antennary scales of this specimen have been lost. The

aptorial claw when folded does not reach to the posterior margin of

the carapace. The carpus has no spines. The dactylus is short and

its outer margin has a simple curve broken only near the articulation —
by a small tubercle. It bears four slender teeth, of which the proximal

one is much smaller than the others. The appendages of the walking

legs are linear.

Color.—The aleoholic specimen is marked by a few dark pigment
cells arranged symmetrically on the carapace and hind body.

Size.—Total length, 22 mm.

Locality.x—The type specimen was taken by the Albatross in 1886,
with a trawl at a depth of 26 fathoms, in N. Lat. 26° 5’ 0” and W.
Long. 80° 15’ 0”, off Key Largo, Fla.; bottom, coral sand. (No. 11547,
U.S.N.M.) .

Remarks.—It is with considerable hesitation that I found a new spe-
cies upon this single specimen, which very closely resembles the next
species, S. polita. I should have placed it in that species if I had not
been able to compare it directly with a specimen of the same size.

Such a comparison showed that in this species the eyes are smaller
and the thoracic segments much wider, and there is an entire absence
of the keel on the telson which the other possesses.

SQUILLA POLITA, Bigelow.
Squilla polita, BIGELOW, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., 88, 1891.

Diagnosis.—Eyes of medinm size, triangular; dactylus of raptorial
claw with four teeth; rostrum ovate without carinwe; carapace without
carine, except on posterior lateral lobes, which are rounded, cervical
suture obsolete on the median line, anterior lateral angles acute; lateral
spine of the fifth thoracic segment broad, blunt, and curved forward,
lateral margins of the next two segments rounded; hind body without
submedian carine except the sixth abdominal segment; telson with a
dorsal crest and ventral keel and a few curved lines of pits on each
side; six large marginal spines, the submedian pair having movable
tips, and on each side of the median sinus two to three submedian
denticles, nine to twelve intermediate, and one lateral one.

General description.—This species is closely related to Squilla des-
marestii, Risso, and has many points of resemblance to S.armata. The
body is well arched, but somewhat less compact. The carapace is
longer than the exposed thoracic segments, and a little less than half
as long as the first six abdominal segments and about twice as long as

Proc. N. M. 94——-33

514 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. VOL. XVII.

the telson. The whole dorsal surface of the animal has a highly pol-
ished appearance that suggested the name which I have given to the
species. The rostrum is ovate, without carini, and it covers the first
antennary segment. The carapace has a polished surface and is devoid
of carinze, except on the posterior lateral lobes, where the intermediate
and lateral carinwe are present. The posterior median tubercle is obso-
lete. The cervical suture is obliterated for some distance on each side
of the median line. The anterior lateral angles are short, acute spines.
The posterior lateral lobes are evenly rounded. The distance between
the anterior lateral angles equals twice the length and exceeds half the
posterior width. The carapace differs from that of S. armata chiefly in
the disappearance of the cervical suture on the median line and in the
small depressed anterior lateral spines.

The exposed thoracic segments have no submedian carine, but the
intermediate carine are prominent. The ventral spine of the fifth seg-
ment is elongated, curved forward, and acute. The lateral process is
broadly flattened dorso-ventrally, slightly curved forward, and blunt.
The margins of the next two segments are broadly rounded and without
spines. Submedian carine are entirely absent in the abdomen, except
on the sixth somite. Intermediate lateral and marginal carine are well
marked and end in spines, except in the first two abdominal somites,
where there are no spines.

The telson (fig. 5) is relatively smaller than in S. desmarestii, and
is much wider than long, There are 6 long and sharp marginal
spines, each having at the base a slightly
raised carina; the spines of two outer pairs
curve somewhat toward the median line. The
submedian spines are jointed, and the mova-
ble distal part is longer than in S. desmarestii.
The denticles are long and acute and extend
along the outer edge of each submedian spine
nearly to the joint. There are no anterior
lateral carine.

The crest has a sharp edge and rises rather
abruptly from the general surface. It is in-
terrupted by a depression near its anterior
end, and its posterior end is extended into a
long acute spine. The dorsal surface of the
telson is polished, asin S. desmarestii, but in this species thereare dis-
tinct symmetrically curved depressed lines and some shallow circular
pits, showing in arudimentary condition the same sculpturing found
in S. mantis and its allies. The ventral surface is Smooth except for
obsolete curved depressed lines and along prominent keel.

The eyes are of moderate size. The corneal portion, which is slightly
constricted in the middle, is about equal, not longer, than the interior
margin of the eye, and its long axis is at an angle of about 45° to the

Fig. 8.

TELSON OF SQUILLA POLITA.

Three times natural size.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSECM. 515

long axis of the eye stalk. The anterior process of the segment is acute.
The lateral processes are broad, flat, and truncated.

The first antennze equal in length the distance from the end of the
rostrum to the posterior end of the thorax.

The second antenne reach to about the base of the flagella of the
first pair. The exopodite is smail.

The distal joints of the raptorial limb are short. The dactylus has
four curved teeth and has a well-marked tubercle on the outer edge close
to the articulation. The manus bears three movable spines, the middle
one being much the smallest. The carpus has one blunt spine on the
anterior side.

The prolongation of the basal joint of the uropod is not deeply ser-
rated on the inner edge, but simply undulating. The inner process of
the prolongation is not twice as long as the outer one and bears on its
outer side at about the middle of its length a very conspicuous rounded
tooth. There are five movable spines on the exopodite.

No secondary sexual differences appear.

Color.—An alcoholic specimen is marked in a way very similar to 8.
mantis excepton thetelson. There is a dark V-shaped spot at the end
of the crest of the telson, and lines of pigment cells follow the line of
pits.

Size.—The largest specimen is 6.5 cm. in length and the smallest 2.2
cm.

Locality— All the specimens in the collection were taken by the Alba-
tross; two males and one female from Santa Rosa Island, California
(No. 18494, U.S.N.M.), one small male from off Abreojos Point, Lower
Cailfornia (No. 18475, U.S.N.M.).

SQUILLA DESMARESTI, Risso.

Squilla desmarestii, Risso, Crust. de Nice, p. 114, 1816.—Mirrs, Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist. (5) v, p. 28, 1880.

There are two males in the collection from the Channel Islands con-
tributed by Edward Lovett, Esq., of London, England (No. 6542, U.S.
N.M.). Miers fails to mention the eyes in his description. They are
triangular, but small as compared with a specimen of S. panamensis, for
example, of the same size.

SQUILLA ARMATA, Milne-Edwards.

Squilla armata, ? MILNE-EDWaRpDs, Hist. Nat. Crust., 0, p. 521, 1887.—? Gay, Hist.
de Chile, Zool, 111, Crust., p. 228, 1849.—Mirrs, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5)

V, p. 26, 1880.—BIGELOw, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., 88, 1891.
Diagnosis.—Eyes large, triangular; dactylus of the raptorial limb
with seven to nine teeth; rostrum narrowed in front with a slight
median elevation; carapace with median carina obsolete or entirely
absent, intermediate and lateral carine present only on the posterior
lateral lobes, anterior lateral angles produced into acute spines; lateral

516 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. vou. xvii.

spines of the fifth thoracic segment narrow, straight, and acute, the
lateral processes of the next two segments broadly rounded and pro-
duced into spines that point backward; eight carinz on the abdominal
segments; telson with a crest and a keel and a series of curved lines
of pits on each side, six marginal spines, the submedian pair with
movable tips, no submedian denticles, ten to eleven small intermediate
ones, and one lateral one.

General description.—The carapace is twice as wide behind as it is
in front. The exposed part of thorax is as long as the carapace; and
the abdomen, leaving out the telson, is twice as long. Theabdcmen is
about the same width for its whole length. The telson is about as
long as wide.

The rostrum is triangular, a little wider than long. The apex is
blunt and rounded. In one specimen the apical margin is indented so

SC. tine ---6m

TELSON AND UROPODS OF SQUILLA ARMATA.
Twice natural size.

b.—Basal prolongation of uropod.
im., 1.—Intermediate and lateral marginal spines.
sc., tc,, lc,, cm.—Submedian, intermediate, lateral, and marginal carine,

as to have four short teeth. The median and marginal carine are
obsolete or entirely absent, and the dorsal surface is smooth except for
a slight roughness in old specimens.

The carapace has generally a smooth, polished appearance. There is
a well-marked transverse suture, but it makes only a slight depression
across the median line. The posterior lateral lobes are evenly rounded,
not angled.

The exposed thoracic segments possess submedian and intermediate
carine. The fifth segment has a pair of short and acute ventral spines
and a pair of much longer lateral processes that are straight, evenly
tapering, and sharply acute.

On the lateral margins of the next two segments there is no trace of

_an anterior lobe. The marginal process is evenly rounded to the

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, i ee

posterior lateral edge where it is suddenly produced into a shar p spine
directed backward and outward.

The segments of the abdomen, except the sixth, and the telson are
all provided with submedian, intermediate, lateral, and marginal carine;
the latter are absent in the sixth segment. AI] the carine end pos-
teriorly in sharp spines except the submedian ones in the first five
segments. In the posterior margin of the fifth segment on each side,
half way between the submedian and intermediate carinw, there are
from one to four spines grouped together.

The telson (fig. 9) has little or no indication of an anterior lateral
carina or spine. The submedian spines are jointed so that they have
each a short and acute movable tip. The ventral surface has a keel
which is deepest just posterior to the anus. The rest of the surface .is
smooth except for an obsolete series of curved lines corresponding
with those of the dorsal surface. Between the submedian spines the
margin is divided by a deep median sinus into two rounded lobes very
much as in S. lata, and there are no teeth present except sometimes
very minute dentations on the posterior edge. Between a submedian
and intermediate spine there are ten or eleven conical teeth and
between each intermediate and lateral spine there is one. These are
very small elevations at the base of each tooth and spine.

The eyes are triangular, the corneal portion equals in length tlie
distance along the inner pda of the eye from the.anterior end of the
corneal part to the anterior edge
of the hard part of the stalk.
The median process of the ocu-
lar segment is subacute. The
jateral processes are rounded
laterally, but the anterior mar-
gin of each gives rise to a stout,
straight, rounded spine which
points forward and slightly out-
ward opposite the inner edge of
the eye. The first antenne are

nearly as long as the carapace Bie. Ue
and exposed thoracie segments RAPTORIAL CLAW OF SQUILLA ARMATA.
taken together. The antennary Nearly three times natural size.

segment bears a pair of stout
lateral processes curved forward and sharply acute.

The flagellum of the second antenna does not reach quite to the base
of the flagellum of the first antenna.

The raptorial claw (fig. 10) is stout. The dactylus is armed with
seven to nine teeth, rarely six. There are three movable spines and a
row of pectinations on the manus as usual. The anterior edge of the
carpus has one tooth-like projection.

518 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOT. VOL. XVII.

The mropods (fig. 9) a are very much as in Ss. panamensis. tr general
the spines are more conspicuous, except the outer one of the prolonga-
tion of the basal joint, which is not half so long as the inner one. The
small tooth (large in small specimens) is beyond the middie of the
spine. The two joints of the exopodite are equal in length and the
first one bears on its outer edge seven movable spines. The endopodite
is narrowly spatulate, relatively a little broader than in S, panamensts.

There are no secondary sexual differences and no peculiarities of
coloring in my specimens.

This species conforms to Miers’s description of S. armatain every
essential point that he covers.

Size.—The largest specimen in the collection is 12.2 cm. in length.
Most.of the specimens, however, are smaller, about 6 em long.

Locality.—This collection of specimens consists of a good number of
both sexes from four stations off the coast of Patagonia, viz., station
2769, off the Gulf of St. George (No. 18470, U.S.N.M.); station 2757,
off Port Otway (No. 18472, U.S.N.M.); station 2783, off the west coast
of Patagonia (No. 18505, U.S.N.M.); and Island Harbor (No. 18471,
U.S.N.M.), the depth bene from 51 to 122 fathoms.

SQUILLA DUBIA (Milne-Edwards?) Miers.

Squilla mantis, DESMAREST, Consid. Crust., p. 250, 1825.

Squilla dubia,? MitnE-Epwarps, Hist. Nat. Crust. 11, p. 522, 1857.—? GiBBEs,
Proc. Amer. Assoc., v1, p. 200, 1850.—Mrrrs, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)
V, p. 24, 1880.

? Squilla rubrolineata, DANA, Crust., U. 8. Expl. Exped., x11, i, p. 618, 1852.—
VON MARTENS, Arch. f. Naturgesch., 37, p. 144, 1872.

The National Museum possesses three specimens of this species, a male
collected. by Dr. G. H. Macon, at Savannah, Ga. (No. 2524, U.S.N.M.), -
a young male collected by C. C. Leslie, Charleston, 8. G. (No. 3139,
U.S.N.M.), and a female found by Dr. W. H. Jones, U. S. Navy, in a
salt lake near Guayaquil, Ecuador (No, 14113, U.S.N.M.).

The specimen from Sarvannali corresponds exactly to Miers’s deserip-
tion. The lateral spine of the first exposed thoracic segment is straight
-in front but rounded behind. In the Charleston specimen it is curved
forward a little as in S. empusa.

The specimen from Guayaquil is practically identical in form with
the one from Savannah, except that there are one or two more denticles
on each side of the telson. A character common to these specimens,
and not mentioned by Miers, is the shape of the eyes. They are very
small. The eye stalk is dilated in the middle and the corneal axisiof
the eye, while oblique, is shorter than the peduncular one.

SQUILLA PARVA, Bigelow.
Squilla parva, B1iGELOow, Johns Hopkins Uniy. Cire., 88, 1891.
Diagnosis.—Squillae with narrowly triangular eyes, the corneal part
being shorter than the total length; dactylus of the raptorial claw
having six teeth; triangular rostrum rounded anteriorly and provided

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 519

with median and marginal carine; five carine on the carapace, its
anterior lateral angles produced into spines and posterior corners
evenly rounded; lateral process of the fifth thoracic segment very
short, flattened antero-posteriorly and obtuse, of the sixth and seventh
without spines and rounded; submedian earine on all segments of the
hind body behind the first exposed thoracic; the telson ornamented
dorsally by a crest and curved lines of pits, and having six marginal
spines and a pair of anterior lateral carinve, and on each side three to
four submedian teeth, eight intermediate, and one lateral.

General description.—All the specimens of this species seen so far are
small. The carapace is rather short, being 0.22 of the total length and
seventeen-eighteenths of the greatest width of the abdomen. The
greatest width of the carapace is about 0.77 of its length. The telson
on the other hand is relatively large and is broader than long, its
length being about 0.16 the total length and 0.92 of its width at the
base.

The carine on the rostrum (fig. 11) are small, but can be made out
distinetly with a lens. In the anterior fourth of the carapace the
median carina is obsolete or com-
pletely lost, but the lateral cari-
ne pass directly into the ante-
rior lateral spines. Each of the
four exposed thoracic segments
(fig. 12) has four dorsal longitudi-
nal carine except the first, which
has nosubmedian ones. The lat-
eral process of the fifth segment
is drawn out into a very short ob-
tuse spine that is flattened ante-
ro-posteriorly and is connected
by aridge with the short acute

ventral spine of the same side. Fig. 11.
The sixth and seventh segments CEPHALIC REGION OF SQUILLA PARVA.
have on each side a broad, evenly Three times natural size,

rounded, lateral lobe pointing

obliquely a little backward. In front of this on the sixth segment
there is a slight projection common to most species of Squilla, but on
the seventh this projection is somewhat larger and flattened and
approaches the condition found in S. nepa. The eighth segment pos-
sesses a similar lobe. The carine of the abdomen, like those of the
thorax, are well developed. None of these end in spines on the first,
second, and third abdominal segments, while all but the submedian ones
do so on the fourth, and all of them on the fifth and sixth. Besides the
six dorsal spines on the sixth segment there is a stout marginal spine
in front of each uropod. The telson has a low, sharp crest, ending in
a prominent spine and six small carine at the bases of the six marginal
Spines, together with a pair of anterior lateral carin in front of the

520 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. VOL. XVII.

carine et ihe L ton ul spines. ‘The: oe of the Hgeeal surface is marked
by about ten curved rows of fine shallow pits on.each side of the crest.
The ventral surface is smooth, except for similar but somewhat fainter
lines. The six marginal spines are prominent and acute and are immo-
bile. The median sinus is very deep. The submedian teeth are obtuse,
while the intermediate ones are acute.

Returning tothe anterior part of the body (fig. 11), the eyes immediately
strike one as out of keeping with the other characters, for while the
corneal part of the eye is flattened and set ob-
liquely to the peduncle, it is relatively small,
the corneal axis being only about four-fifths as
long as the pedunecular one. The ophthalmic
seginent is emarginate in front. The first an-
tennie are about halfas long as the body, while
the second pair are not quite half as long as
the first. The antennary scale is about half as
long as the carapace. The carpus of the rap-
torial claw has on its anterior edge a longi-
tudinal crest, the distal extremity of which is
an acute angle, and beyond this there is a small
blunt tubercle. The outer (posterior) edge of
the dactylus is a compound curve, being slightly
SAS IMTETON TG + SCE sinuate near its base, but there is no basal
STOR aan jouer coe tubercle. The six teeth are well developed and
progressively longer toward the distal extrem-
ity. The appendages of the walking legs are
linear. The first joint of the exopodite of the uropod is much longer
than the second, and bears eight or nine movable spines. The inner
margin of the basal prolongation of the uropod is serrated, and there
is a large rounded lobe on the outer side of the inner spine.

Color.—The alcoholic specimens have the body covered with a mottled
pattern of dark pigment cells.

Size.—The length of the largest specimen in the collection is 4.15 em.

Locality.—The collection contains six males and one female collected
by the Albatross in March, 1888, from the stations not over 13 miles apart
in the Bay of Panama where the depth was from 7 to 16 fathoms, and
the bottom green mud (Nos. 18477-18479, U.S.N.M.). There is also
one poorly preserved specimen from off Manzanillo, Mexico (No. 18480,
U.S.N.M.), that seems to belong to this species although the telson is
somewhat different from the Panama specimens.

aoe

Four times natural size

SQUILLA PRASINOLINEATA (Dana?) Miers.
Squilla prasinolineata, ? Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., xi, p. 620, 1852.—
Miers, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v, p. 19, 1880.
A specimen in the collection (No. 11290, U.S.N.M.) corresponds
pretty closely to Miers’s description of a specimen that he doubtfully
refers to Dana’s species of thisiame. Unfortunately the source of this

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 521

specimen is not recorded. According to Ives (1891) this species should
be described under a new name for he regards S. prasinolineata, Dana,
as identical with S. dufresnii (Leach) Miers, the first name having the
priority. He records (1891) a specimen corresponding to Miers’s deserip-
tion of S. dufresnii from the coast of Yucatan.

SQUILLA MANTOIDEA, Bigelow.

Squilla mantoidea, BiGkELow, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire. 106, p. 101, 1893.

Diagnosis.—Hyes triangular, but with the corneal axis at right angles
to the peduncular one; dactyius of raptorial claw with six teeth, outer
margin not sinuate; rostrum subquadrate, carinate; carapace with five
carine, the median one bifureated, and with strong anterior lateral
spines; lateral spine of the fifth thoracic segment short, straight, acute,
and flattened obliquely, lateral processes of the next two segments
strongly produced and acute; submedian carinz on thoracic and abdom-
inal segments without spines, except the sixth abdominal; telson with
a crest and a long ventral keel, twelve or more lines of pits on each
side, six marginal spines; denticles 5-6, 11-12, and 1.

General description.—The collection contains but a single specimen of
this species, a female from Borneo. Judging only by the published
descriptions of S, mantis one would refer this specimen to that species,
but on comparing it with specimens from the Mediterranean it is seen
at once to be specifically distinct.

The body is compact and broad and the carine are all well marked.
The greatest width of the abdomen equals the length of the carapace,
which makes up nearly one-fourth of the
total length of the body. The telson is one-
sixth of the total length, and its width is
14 times its length. The rostrum is four-
fifths as wide as it is long; it is broadly
rounded in front, with nearly parallel sides,
and has well-marked marginal and median
carine.

The carapace is narrowed anteriorly; its
smallest diameter being a little more than
half the greater, which is a little less than
four-sevenths ofits length. The five carine

Fig. 13.
and the cervical suture are well marked.
7 Any 7 . : « ap y EXPOSED THORACIC SEGMENTS
The median carina incloses a narrow oval Gut Sauna Ge Men ORE
area in its anterior quarter. The lateral bie Mere
carine are continued into prominent spines 4-8 Fourth to eighth thoracic segments,
: . é a ae .—First abdominal segments.
that are alittle way in from the anterior lat- e—Carepace,

eral angles. The posterior lateral lobes are

prominent, but are not distinctly angied. The lateral spines of the first
exposed thoracic segment (fig. 13) resemble those of S. mantis, being

Straight and acute, but they are small and flattened obliquely. The

599 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. vot. xvi.

two segments are longer than in S. mantis and acute, and on the first
ore there is asmall additional anterior lobe. The submedian caring are
well marked, and the first five abdominal segments have eight carina,
all of which end in spines except the submedian ones and the intermedi-
ate of the first two segments. Thesixth segment has six carine ending
in spines and a spine on the anterior side of each uropod. The telsonis
quite different from that of S. mantis. The crest is low and narrow, and
ends ina spine. The general suriace of the telson is smooth except for
eight or ten lines of very small, shallow pits,

arranged symmetrically on each side of the

b median line. It has a rather long ventral

: keel. There are six marginal spines, rather

long and slender, and with basal carine.

The anterior lateral carinz also end in a small
projecting angle. There is scarcely any ele-
vation at the bases of the denticles, while
in S. mantis there is a distinct ridge border-
ing the telson in both sexes. Another dif-
ference of importance between these two spe-
Vig. 14. cies is in the eyes. In S, mantoidea, while

the corneal axis is longer than the peduncu-

lar one (6:5), it is unlike S. mantis in being

nach ae te nade transverse instead of oblique, giving the eye
Cun ena a very different shape (fig. 14). The antenne

are rather long, the first three segments equaling the carapace in length,
The second antenn only reach a little way beyond the second joint of
the first. The antennary seale is a little over six-tenths the length of
the carapace. The raptorial claw is long, when folded reaching back
as far as the median posterior edge of the carapace, and is more slender
than in S. mantis. The antepenultimate joint has but one spine, not
two. The dactylus is not sinuate on its outer margin, and the distal
ones of the six teeth are very long, much longer than the proximal
ones, the length decreasing gradually towards the base of the dactylus.
The appendages of the walking legs are linear. The inner basal spine
of the uroped is twice as long as the outer one, bears a small lobe on its
outer margin and is finely serrated on its inner margin. The distal
joint of the exopodite is shorter than the proximal one, being ten-
thirteenths of its length when measured on its ventral side, while in
S. mantis the two joints are equal, measured in the same way. ‘The

proximal joint bears eight movable spines.

Color.—The alcoholic specimen shows a dark band on the rostrum,
three irregular bands on the carapace, and a band on each segment of -
the hind body except the sixth abdominal. The posterior half of each
uropod is black.

Size.-—Length of body, 12 cm.

EYE OF SQUILLA MANTOIDEA,

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. - 593

Locality.—There is in the collection a single female from Borneo, pur-
chased of H. A. Ward, No. 18504. U.S.N.M.

SQUILLA ACULEATA, Bigelow.

Squilla aculeata, BiGELOw, Johns Hopkins Uniy. Cire., 106, p. 101, 1893.

Diagnosis.—A species having small but triangular eyes, the corneal
axis not exceeding the peduncular and nearly transverse; the dactyli
of the raptorial claws very strong, with six teeth: 1 broad rostrum
provided with median and lateral carinw; five carine upon the cara-
pace, the lateral ones passing into the anterior lateral spines, and the
posterior lateral margins angled; the lateral processes of the first
exposed thoracic segment curved forward and acute, of the second and
third acuminate; submedian carine present on all the segments of the
hind body except the first exposed thoracic, but not ending in spines
except on the sixth abdominal, all the other carinve ending in spines
on the third, fourth, and fifth segments, and the lateral ones on the
first and second; in the male a thickened crest on the telson ending in
a small spine, the surface of the telson on each side marked with curved
lines of pits, six marginal spines, of which the submedian and interme-
diate are very large and curved, and, like the lateral ones, have thick-
ened basal carinw, and between these three to four submedian teeth, five
to seven intermediate, and one lateral tooth, no trace of a ventral keel;
the inner spine on the basal prolongation of the uropod much longer
than the outer and with a rounded lobe on the outer side near its base.

General description.—At first sight this species appears to be identi-
cal with S. empusa except for its smaller eyes and the heightened topog-
raphy of its telson, but a careful comparison of the specimens reveals
many minor points of difference. Ishall base the following description
upon a large male specimen from Chile and afterward compare with it
a small female from Panama.

The body is strongly and compactly put together. The carapaceis
nearly 0.22 of the total length of the body and 0.97 of the greatest
width of theabdomen. The width of the carapace is about
0.83 of its length. The telson takes up 0.17 of the total
length of the animal, and its width at the base is 1.06 times
its length. ;

The eyes (fig. 15) are strikingly small, their width (length
of the corneal axis) being 0.033 of the length of the body,
but this is very nearly equal to the length of the pedun-
cular axis, and the eye is flattened in the usual way and

issubtriangular. The ophthalmic segment is rounded and EBON

2 < ; SQUILLA
entire in front, and the processes at the bases of the eyes ACULEATA.
are short and rounded. The processes on the antennary Twice natural

size,

segment are also rounded. The first antenne appear to be
about two-fifths the length of the body, while the second pair reach to
the end of the third joints of the first pair. The antennary scales are

524 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. — vou.xvu.

of about the usual size—a little more than half the length of the car-
apace. The raptorial claws are rather short when folded, only reach-
ing back as far as the angle on the side of the carapace. The carpus
has no spines, but is armed with a sharp crest that ends distally in a
rounded angle. The outer edge of the dactylus describes a curve which
if slightly changed might become either a simple or a compound curve.

The rostrum is nearly as broad at the tip as it is at the base, cnd the
lateral and median earinw are well marked. The median carina of
the carapace is bifurcated in front
but is only faintly marked in this
region. The angle on each posterior
lobe is well marked. The ventral
spines on the first exposed (fifth) tho-
racic segment are strong, sharp and
pointed obliquely forward, and there
is a low ridge running from each one
to the nearest marginal process.
There is a small projection on the
second segment in front of each lat-
eral lobe. The submedian carinze
are nowhere very prominent, but
the others on the abdomen become
more and more pronounced toward
the telson, The sixth segment has

Fig. 16. . z
a small spine on the same side ip
TELSON OF SQUILLA ACULEATA. front of the uropod.
Ls iphae aD The long submedian and interme-
ale. Two-thirds natural size. = :
al.—Anterior lateral angle andcariny, diate spines, curved like the horns
+) 7M, sm.—Luteral, intermediate, and submedian y]
wid ¢d., sd—Latera, tuteriediate, sad duboreliea of a cow together with the thicken-
denticles,

ings at the bases of the spines and
teeth, give the telson (fig. 16) a very striking appearance. There is a
separate elevation at the margin corresponding to each denticie and
spine, and there is also a distinct pair of anterior lateral carine.
The general surface of the telson is unusually smooth, but the pits
are unusually well defined. They are arranged in about eight rows.
The ventral surface is perfectly smooth except for a corresponding
series of pits and a small carina on each side running in a short way
from the extreme anterior lateral angle. The denticles are all blunt.
The uropods present nothing remarkable except that the lobe on the
inner spine of the basal projection is a little nearer the base than
usual. The inner margin of the projection is bluntly serrated and the
second joint of the exopodite is about two-thirds the length of the first
joint. The latter bears eight movable spines.
S. empusa, Say, differs from this specimen in having wider eyes (0.043

times total length); the processes on the antennary segment acute; -

two.small spines on the anterior edge of the carpus of the raptorial

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 525

claw; the outer edge of the dactylus, a compound curve, and the median
carina of the carapace distinct in front. The lateral processes of the
sixth and seventh thoracic segments in S. empusa are acute, but hardly
acuminate, and the submedian carine of the fourth and fifth abdominal
segments end in spines. The marginal spines of the telson are also not
unusually long, and on the ventral surface there is a distinct postanal
carina, or keel; while the two joints of the exopodite of the uropod are of
equal length, and there is no lobe on the inner spine of the basal pro-
jection.

The small female specimen from Panema, referred to above, occupies
an intermediate position between the larger specimen I have just
described and S. empusa. The eyes are the same size as in the latter,
relatively to the length of the body, but the ratio of the length of the
peduncle to that of the corneal axis is greater than in S. empusa and
like that of the type specimen. The outer edge of the raptorial dacty-
lus is a compound curve and the dorsal surface and the margin of the
telson closely resemble the condition found in S. empusa, but in ali
other respects this specimen agrees with the type. As the females and
the young of both sexes are known to differ from the mature males in
several species of Squilla, I think it most probable that this small
specimen represents an immature condition of the larger one.

Color.—The larger specimen has completely faded, but the smaller
one has a symmetrical mottled arrangement of dark pigment cells,

Size.—Length of body, 15 em. and 6.85 em.

Locality—The large specimen was collected by W. H. Jones, U.S.
Navy, then on board the U.S.S. Wachusett at Iquique, Chile (No. 11198,
U.S.N.M.). The smaller one was taken at Panama and was pur-
chased from H. A. Ward (No. 15626, U.S.N.M.).

SQUILLA EMPUSA, Say.

Squilla empusa, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 250, 1818.—MILNE-
Epwarps, Hist. Nat. Crust., 0, p.525, 1837.—Dr Kay, New York Fauna, v1,
Crust., p. 32, 1844.—Mrrrs, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v, p. 23, 1880.—
Brooks, Voyage of the Challenger, Xv1, p. 25, 1886.

Diagnosis.—Eyes triangular and with oblique corneal axis equal to
peduncular axis; six teeth on the dactylus of the raptorial claw, the
outer edge of the dactylus sinuate; rostrum variable, generally a little
longer than broad, subquadrate or hemiellipsoidal and possessing lat-
eral and median carine; carapace with five carine, the median one
bifurcated, the lateral ones produced into large anterior lateral spines,
the posterior lateral margins angled; the fifth thoracic segment with
separate ventral and lateral spines, the latter being slightly curved for-
ward andacute; the lateral processes of the next two segments strongly
produced and acute or mucronate; eight carine on the first five abdomi-
nal segments; telson with crest and curved lines of pits, six marginal
spines and-eight basal carinv and on each side three to four submedian,

526 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOYT. VOL. XVII.

six to nine intermediate, and one lateral denticle; the carinz and the
elevations at the bases of the denticles always distinct; never any
thickening of the margin of the telson or of the abdomen in the males.

Remarks.-—Say’s description of this species is very brief, and like
Gibbes, his conception of S. mantis seems to have been derived from a
figure given by Herbst that was, I think, intended to represent S. nepa,
Latreille. His description is colored by this idea. De Kay’s figure is
very poor, but indicates that the outer edge of the dactylus is sinuate.

Miers pointed out that this species is extremely close to S. mantis,
but may be recognized by the lateral processes of the first exposed
thoracic segment being elongated and curved forward, instead of being
straight. Brooks has described and figured the first abdominal append-
age of the male. AJl of these authors, however, neglect characters
which separate this from closely related species. In order to compare
them we need to start with an adequate definition of S. empusa, and it
is with the hope of supplying this that I have introduced the abeve
diagnosis, founded upon the study of specimens from Beaufort, N. C.,
preserved at the Johns Hopkins University, and on others from various
localities in the National Museu.

This species is So very near to S. mantis that Miers was at first
inclined to regard it as a mere variety, and it seems to me that this
is probably the correct view. Although very slight, there are, how-
ever, differences, which are constant in the specimens that I have
examined. As stated above, the lateral spine of the first exposed
thoracic segment is more curved than in S. mantis. The rostrum in
full-grown specimens of S. empusa is broader in proportion to its length,
and the corneal axis of the eye very nearly equals the peduncular one,
while in S. mantis the corneal axis is about six-fifths the length of the
peduncular one. Large specimens of S. mantis, of both sexes, have a
slight thickening at the margin of the telson that is almost altogether
absent in S. empusa.

Size—Leneth of body of a large specimen, 18 em.

Locality.—There are specimens in the National Museum from numer-
ous stations between Woods Holl, Mass., and Pensacola, Fla.

SQUILLA MANTIS, Latreille.
Squille mante, DE GEER, Mém. pour servir & I’hist. des Insectes, Vu, p. 533, 1778.
Squilla mantis, LATREILLE, Hist. Nat. Crust., vi, p. 278, 1802; Eneyel. Méth.
Hist. Nat., x, p. 471, 1825.—Mirrs, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 21,
1880.

Of this species, common in the Mediterranean, the Museum possesses
two males collected by Dr. D. S. Jordan at Venice, Italy (No. 5151, U.
S.N.M.), and a male and female from Naples, received from Rey. A. M.
Norman (No. 14552, U.S.N.M.).

SQUILLA PANAMENSIS, Bigelow.
Squilla panamensis, BiGELOW, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., 8&8, 1891.
Diagnosis.—Squillee with large triangular eyes having a slender stalk ;
six teeth on the dactylus of the raptorial claw; an ovate or ellip-

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 527

soidal rostrum with median aid marginal carine; a carapace having
five carinze, very small spines at the anterior lateral angles and angled
at the sides posteriorly; the lateral spines of the fifth thoracie seg-
ment curved a little forward and acute, the lateral processes of the
next two segments obliquely truncated and subacute; eight carine on
the abdominal segments, all on the last three of these segments end-
ing in spines; a crest and curved lines of pits on the telson, a long
ventral keel, six or eight marginal spines and five submedian, ten to
twelve intermediate and one to two lateral teeth; the crest and margin
of the telson as well as the lateral margins of the abdomen thickened
in the male, the thickening being greatest at the bases of the marginal
spines.

General description —A female specimen of this species is difficult to
distinguish from S. empusa, Say, but an adult male is easily recog-
nized by the thickenings of the telson and sides of the abdomen, there
being no trace of these sexual characters in S. empusa. The typical
form exhibits other points of difference from that species, which will be
mentioned farther on.

The carapace occupies about two-tenths of the total length of the
body and is a little longer than the telson, which is about 0.16 or 0.18
of the total length. The width of the telson at
its base nearly ecuals its length and the greatest
width of the carapace. The carapace is nar-
rowed in front so that the distance between the
anterior lateral angles only slightly exceeds half
ofthe greatest width. The diameter of the body
just behind the carapace is less than half the
greatest width of the abdomen.

The rostrum is ovate or subtriangular and
faintly marked by median and marginal carine.

The carapace las five longitudinal carine, the
median one being bifureated at each end, so as
to inclose a lozenge-shaped area, and the lateral

ones ending in a minute spine at each antenior Fig. 17.
lateral angle.
All segments of the hind bedy are provided THORACIC REGION OF

j ; . We : SQUILLA PANAMENSIS.
with submedian carine, except the fifth thoracie.

This segment, fig. 17, nas a pair of acute ven-

tral spines, and its lateral spines are acute and slightly curved for-
ward. In my preliminary description of this species (1891) I spoke
of the margins of the next two segments as bilobed, whichis some-
what misleading, for in the first of them, while there is an anterior
lateral process exactly homologous to the one found in S. nepa, still it
‘is so small and the posterior process is so much larger, that the term
tends to convey a false impression, which I wish to correct. The lat-
eral processes of the second of these segments had better be described
as indented or sinuate. In both cases the posterior processes are

Natural size.

528 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW, You.xvn.

rounded and mucronate or subacute in the typical form. All the eari-
ne on the fourth, fifth and sixth abdominal somites end in spines, and
there is a spine in front of the articulation of each uropod. In the
first abdominal somite only the marginal carine end in spines; the
second has spines terminating the lateral carinz as well as the mar-
ginal ones, and the third has also spines
on the intermediate ones. There is a
very slight median tubercle on all but
the first and sixth abdominal segments.
In full-grown males the marginal carine
are thickened. This thickening extends
as a broad elevation along the posterior
margin and involves the greater part of
the lateral carine. There is no trace of
any such thickening in the females.

In the female of the typical form the

and behind it there is a small tubercle.
The six marginal spines are slender and
acute and have basal carine. There is
also a distinct anterior lateral pair of
carine. The denticles are large and
rounded and have smaller elevations at their bases. The dorsal surface
is marked on each side by a row of shallow pits, running nearly parallel
to the crest and a series of about a dozen curved lines of pits, running
outward and backward. The ventral surface has an exactly similar
arrangement of these sculpturings. There is also a keel extending
about half way from the anus to the median sinus, and there is a pair
of lateral carine. In full-grown males the crest and the dorsal side
of the margin of the telson are very much thickened (fig. 18). The
basal elevations of the denticles on the medial side of each carina

Fig. 18.

TELSON OF SQUILLA PANAMENSIS.

Male. Slightly enlarged.

form with it a continuous ridge, while there is a distinct furrow sepa-.

rating the carina from the elevations on its lateral side. The marginal
thickening is greatest at the bases of the spines.

Theeyes are broadlytriangular. The corneal axis is oblique and about
one-fifth longer than the peduncular axis, while it is about five one-
hundredths of the total length of the body. The spines atthe bases of
the eyes are erect and truncated. The first three joints of the first
antenne are about equal in length tothecarapace. Thesecond antennie
are about as long as this and the antennary scale is very nearly
two-thirds aslong. The raptorial claw is strongly developed. The
sarpus has a series of teeth on its anterior margin. The outer margin
of the dactylus is not sinuate and has no tubercle or one that is hardly
perceptible near the articulation. The appendages on the walking
legs are slightly spatulate or sinuate. The basal prolongation of the
uropod is finely serrated on the inner side and the inner spine is twice
as long as the outer one, and has a minute lobe on the outer side in the

crest of the telson ends in a small spine.

Ae ee

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 529

middle of its length. The terminal joint of the exopodite is about
two-thirds the length of the first joint, which bears eight or nine mov-
able spines.

Varieties—Animals answering to this description appear to be very
abundant in the Bay of Panama. There are three other groups of speci-
mens in the collection that are distinct from these, but the differences
are so slight that they may all be regarded as varieties of one species.
First, there are a number of specimens from off Cape Lobos, Mexieo, and
from Point San Fermin to Consag Rock, Lower California, that are evi-
dently of the same species as those I have described as S. panamensis,
but which differ from them in having the lateral spine of the fifth tho-
racic segment more curved and the anterior lateral carine of the telson
produced into short spines, so that there are eight marginal spines on the
telson. This form may be designated as variety A. the Panama form
being taken as the type of the species. Wariety Bis represented by a
few specimens from the southeast of Tiburon Island, Mexico. It agrees
with the first in that the telson has but six marginal spines, while it
differs from this and agrees with the last in having a well-marked tooth
upon the outer side of the inner spine of the basal prolongation of the
uropod, and it differs from both the otheis in having the proximal seg-
ment of the exopodite not Jonger than the distal segment. The mar-
ginal spine of the fifth thoracic segment is large and curved forward
into a strongly sickle-shaped, acute process. The margins of the next
two segments are-rounded on the anterior side and have their points
directed farther backward, and are more sharply acute than in the
other varieties. ‘This variety is also very different in its color markings,
if we may judge from alcoholic material. It is much less like the type
than variety A, and it may be found eventually to rank as a separate
species, for the only male specimens in the collection are very sinall and
immature, so that until adult males have been found we ean not tell
whether or not this form possesses the characteristic telson of S. pana-
mMensis.

It is also with some hesitation that I refer to this species, a single
young male specimen from off Cape Frio, Brazil. In the shape of its
body, the arrangement of pigmented areas in the integument, and the
form of its eyes it resembles S. panamensis very much, and the edge
of the telson appears to have begun to thicken, so it is probably better
to regard it as belonging to this species rather than to S. empusa. If
this view be accepted this specimen will represent a third variety, 0.
It differs from the type in having the rostrum elongated so that it
partly covers the ophthalmic segment. The anterior lateral spines of
the carapace are longer. The lateral angles of the second and third
exposed thoracic segments are longer and more acute. The first
abdominal segment carries lateral spines and the second one has inter-
mediate ones. Moreover, there is a good-sized lobe on the outer side
of the inner spine of the basal prolongation of the uropod.

Proc. N. M. 9434

530 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. — vou.xvut.

Color.—In alcoholic specimens there is a line of dark pigment fol-
lowing both of the longitudinal sutures of the carapace and bordering
its anterior margin, except the middle third. The posterior margin of
the carapace and of most of the exposed segments of the body are
marked each by a dark line. There is also a very dark triangular spot
on each side of the telson near the crest. Variety B has in addition a
large transverse dark spot on the second and fifth abdominal segments
and faintly marked transverse bands on the carapace and other segments,

Size.—The largest specimen measures 14 em. in length.

Locality.—The specimens of the type-form, of which there are a large
number of both sexes and of various sizes, were all taken by the Alba-
tross in Fanama Bay at a depth of between 26 and 47 fathoms (Nos.
18458-18460, U.S.N.M.). Of Variety A about 20 specimens were taken
off Cape Lobos, Mexico (Nos. 18461, 18462, U.S.N.M.), 2 off Consag Rock,
Lower California (Nos. 18465, 15466, U.S.N.M.), 5 off Diggs’ Point,
(18467, U.S.N.M.), and 10 off Cape San Fermin (Nos. 18463, 18464, U.S.
N.M.). The depth varied from 12 to 76 fathoms. Three females and
two young males of Variety B were taken in 29 fathoms of water at
station 3014 southeast of Tiburon Island, Mexico (No. 18468, U.S.N.M.),.
A single male specimen of Variety C was captured off Cape Frio, Brazil,
in 59 fathoms (No. 18469, U.S.N.M.). |

SQUILLA INTERMEDIA, Bigelow.

Squilla intermedia, BiGkLOW, Johus Hopkins Univ. Cire., 106, p. 102, 1893.

Diagnosis.—A Squilla having very large nearly T-shaped eyes; very
large and strong raptorial claws, with six teeth upon the dactylus; the
rostrum narrowed in front and provided with well-marked median and
lateral carine; five strong carine on the carapace, the median one bifur-
sated in front and behind, and the lateral one ending in spines at the
anterior lateral angles, posterior lateral margin angled; the lateral
margin of the fifth thoracic segment produced into a strongly. sickle-
shaped acute spine, of the sixth and seventh obliquely truncated and
very acute; eight prominent carinz on the abdominal segmentsall ending
in spines except the submedian of the first four segments; alow crest on
the telson ending in a smail spine, a post-anal keel without a spine, the
dorsal and ventral surfaces of the telson marked by numerous curved
lines of very fine pits, six marginal spines, and four to six submedian den-
ticles, ten to thirteen intermediate and one lateral one; the crest and dor-
sal side of the margin of the telson very much thickened in the male, the
marginal thickening being continuous between the intermediate spines.

General description.—This species stands in an intermediate position
between S. panamensis and S. biformis. The body is compactly and
strongly put together. The exposed thoracic region is about two-thirds
the length of the carapace. The latter occupies a little less than one-
fourth the total length of the body, while the telson is just one-fifth the
total length. The length of the telson is the same as its width at the

‘
,
¢

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 531

base, and also equals the greatest width of the carapace. The greatest
width of the abdomen is about one-tenth greater than the length of the
carapace. The eyes are of somewhat different proportions in the two
specimens before me, for in the female the corneal axis exceeds the
peduneular one by 0.45 of its length and is 0.068 times the length of the
body, while in the male the corneal axis exceeds the other by only 0.15
and is 0.060 times the length of the body.

The rostrum is narrowed and rounded in front, and besides the mar-
ginal carine has a prominent median carina in its anterior half. The
earine on the carapace are very well
marked, and the cervical suture is very dis-
tinct. Ateachof the anterior lateral angles
the lateral carina is continued into a strong
projecting spine. There is a marked exter-
nal angle on each posterior lateral lobe.
Submedian and lateral carine are present
on all the exposed thoracic segments. The
first one has a strong, acute pair of ventral
spines, besides the sickle-shaped lateral
spines. The lateral processes of the next
two segments resemble those of 8. biformis,
but are more acute. The abdominal carine
are very prominent and the spines are strong TEEEDS OF BRU te
and sharp. Thereis asmallspine in front of ae pe ae ee
the articulation of the uropod. In the male
the marginal carine are very slightly thickened. The telson of the
female is very similar to that of the female S. biformis. The crest rises
gradually from the general surface, which is smooth except for about
a dozen curved lines of very shallow pits, the lines branching at the
periphery. The carine at the bases of the marginal spines are smail
and Jow. There is also a pair of anterior lateral carinz separated from
the posterior pair by only a slight dorsal notch. There are slight ele-
vations at the bases of the denticles. This specimen differs from a
female of S. biformis in having fewer and larger denticles on the telson,
larger marginal spines, a higher crest, and no spine on the short ven-
tral keel. In the male (fig. 19) the crest and'the margin of the telson
are much thickened on the dorsal side. But it differs from the male
S. biformis in having the marginal ridge interrupted in two places on
each side. One of these marks the end of the anterior lateral carina,
and the other is just behind the lateral denticle. Except for these,
the ridge is smooth and continuous and therefore quite different from
the condition found in S. panamensis.

The basal prolongation of the uropod is finely serrated on its inner
margin, and the inner spine has a rounded lobe in the middle of its
outer side. The proximal joint of the exopodite is but a little longer
than the distal one and bears seven movable spines. The eyes are large

processes at the bases of the eyes, while in the female they are acute.
The ophthalmic segment is emarginate in front. The next segment
is completely covered by the rostrum and bears a pair of acute spines.
The first three joints of the first antenne are longer than the carapace.
The second antenne are about as long as the carapace, and the anten-
nary scales are three-fourths as long. The raptorial claw is so long
that when folded it extends as far back as the most posterior point of
the carapace. There are two short spines on the outer margin of the
carpus. The pectinations on the inner margin of the manus have an
undulating outline. The dactylus has six strong teeth. It is angled
near the articulation, but from the angle to the tip of the terminal
tooth its outer edge forms a simple curve. The appendages on the
three posterior pairs of thoracic legs are linear or narrowly spatulate.

Size.—Length of the largest specimen, 10.5 em.

Locality —There are but two specimens in the collection, both collected
by the Albatross, One, a male, was taken in 1885 at station 2378, in
the Gulf of Mexico, near the delta of the Mississippi (No. 9658, U.S.
N.M.). The other, a female, was taken in 1886 at station 2655, in the
Atlantic, north of Little Bahama Bank (No. 11543, U.S.N.M.).

SQUILLA BIFORMIS, Bigelow.
Plates

Squilla biformis, BIGELOW, Johns Hopkins Uniy. Cire., 88, 1891.

Diagnosis.—Eyes large, subtriangular or nearly T-shaped; dactylus
of the raptorial claw with six teeth; rostrum ovate, with median and
marginal carine; carapace provided with five well-marked carine,
anterior lateral angles produced into small acute spines, posterior
lobes angled at the sides; lateral spines of the first exposed thoracic
segment strong, well curved forward, and acute, lateral processes of
the next two segments obliquely truncated and acute; eight prominent
carine on the first five abdominal segments; telson with a crest, a short
ventral keel produced into a stout spine directed backward, and the
general surface marked by many symmetrically curved lines of shallow
pits, the dorsal surface in males elevated into a continuous smooth
thickening around the entire free border; in females no elevations at
the bases of the denticles and very small carine at the bases of the
Six marginal spines; five to seven submedian denticles, 15 to 19 inter-
mediate, and one lateral, all small.

General description.—This 1s a large species, about 17 cm. long. The
carapace (pl. XX1) equals in length the exposed thoracic segments and
the telson measured from its base to the tip of the submedian spines,
and is somewhat less than half as long as the first six abdominal seg-
ments. The body widens gradually from the posterior margin of the

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XXI

e
ok
¢
ie
t

SQUILLA BIFORMIS.
Male. About three-fourths natural size.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 533

carapace to ine second abdaninel segment, then hee eps 5 about the same
width back to the telson.

The rostrum is as broad as it is long and is broadly rounded in out:
line anteriorly. It extends over the first antennary segment. The
median and marginal carine are well marked, the former extending,
however, only along the first half of the rostrum. The length of the
carapace equals nearly the posterior width and is about twice the width
between the anterior lateral angles. All five carinz are well marked.
The median is bifurcated fore and aft, and it and the intermediate are
interrupted by the transverse suture. There is a median tubercle on
the posterior margin. The anterior lateral angles are rounded except
at the point of termination of the intermediate carina, where a sharp
spine arises abruptly. The posterior lateral lobes are obtusely angled
laterally.

The exposed thoracic segments are provided with well-marked sub-
median and intermediate carine. The ventral spine of the first exposed
segment is obliquely flattened and acuminate. the lateral one is flat-
tened dorso- ventrally, curved forward, and acute. The lateral margins
of the next two segments are obliquely truncated and acute.

The first five abdominal segments have submedian, intermediate,
lateral, and marginal dorsal carine. The sixth has all but the latter,
and the second, third, fourth, and fifth
have double median tubercles. The mar-
ginal and lateral carine of the first ab-
dominal somite end posteriorly in spines.
This is true of all but the submedian in
the second, third, and fourth, and in the
fifth and sixth they all end in spines.

The telson is a little shorter than broad
and generally rounded in outline. There
are six relatively small marginal spines
which in the female (fig. 20) are continued
into very slightly elevated carine. The
anterior lateral carine are distinct, but
not prolonged into spines. The subme-
dian spines are divergent. Between each
submedian spine and the shallow median
sinus there are five or seven blunt teeth.
Between a submedian and an intermediate there are 15 or 17, and there
is one between the intermediate and lateral spines. The crest is rather
broad and terminates in a very small spine. On the ventral surface there
is a short prominent keel, which is drawn out into a stout and sharp
spine, pointed directly backward. Both dorsal and ventral surfaces are
marked by numerous symmetrical curved lines of shallow pits, and the
dorsal surface is slightly roughened between them. In the adult male
(pl. xxt) the crest is thickened and whole margin of the telson is very
much swollen on the dorsal side, so that all the carine run together.

Fig. 20.

TELSON OF SQUILLA BIFORMIS.

Female, Slightly enlarged.

534 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW, — vou. xvit.

The eyes are very large and nearly T-shaped. The corneal part is
very prominent, is more than twice as long as the stalk, and is divided
into two parts by a slight groove. The anterior process of the ocular
segment is emarginate. The lateral processes are flat, broad, and
obtuse. The first antenne are rather long, about the length ot the last
five abdominal segments. The spines of the corresponding segment are
short, straight, and acute. The second antenne reach a little beyond
the base of the flagella of the first pair. The antennary scale is iarge.
The raptorial claw is strong. The dactylus has six long claws. The
pectinations on the manus are in a slightly undulating line. The carpus
has two or three short processes on the anterior edge. The appendages
to the thoracic appendages are linear. The inner spine of the basal
prolongation of the uropod is more than twice as long as the outer one,
and has a very small tooth on its outer side, about the middle of its
length, and the inner edge is serrated. The endopodite has its sides
nearly parallel. The terminal joint of the exopodite is nearly three-
fourths the length of the first joint. On the outer edge of this joint
there are eight to ten movable spines, usually nine. In fully mature
specimens the difference between the sexes is very marked. In the
adult male, besides the thickening of the crest and the margins ef the
telson, the marginal carine of the other abdominal somites are very
broad and thick, and each one is connected along the posterior margin
of the somite with the lateral carina, which is a little broader than
in the female. The general shape of the abdomen differs in the two
sexes, the first, second, and third segments being much wider in the
male (pl. Xx).

The young males in the collection (e. g., two 5.4 and 7.4 em. long,

respectively) are in general like mature females, but differ in certain

peculiarities of the telson. The crest is sharp and ends in a prominent
spine. The marginal spines are relatively much larger than in the
adult. Between the submedian spines and the median sinus there are
next the spine two or three ordinary teeth, then for the rest of the dis-
tance to the sinus it appears as if the teeth were fused and their outer
edges produced into a number of very fine teeth. This is most marked
in the younger specimens. In a nearly ftll-grown female the pair of
teeth next the sinus were found to possess similarly serrated borders.

Color.—The alcoholic specimens have no characteristic coloring.

Size.—The largest specimen is a male 17 em. long.

Locality —The Albatross, in 1889, captured three large males, two
small ones, 2nd two large females, in the Gulf of California, off La Paz
Harbor, at a depth of 112 fathoms (No. 18493, U.S.N.M.). The Alba-
tross expedition of 1891, under the direction of Dr. Alexander Agassiz,
took 66 specimens of both sexes and various sizes at stations 5389,
3391, 3396, and 3397 (No. 18474, U.S.N.M.), in Panama Bay, the depth
varying from 85 to 259 fathoms.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 535

SQUILLA RAPHIDEA, Fabricius.

Squilla arenaria marina, SEBA, Thesaurus, UI, py. 50, 1758.

Squilla raphidea, FABRICIUS, Ent. Syst. Suppl., p. 416, 1798.—LATREILLE, Encycl.
Méth., x, p. 471, 1825.—MILNE-Epwarps, Hist. Nat. Crust., 11, p. 524, 1837.—
Wuitet, List Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 84, 1847.—Miers, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.
(5), V, p- 27, 1880.

Squilla mantis, var. B. major, LAMARCK, Hist. Anim. sans Vert., v, p. 187, 1818.

Squilla harpax, D& HAAN, Fauna Japon. Crust., p. 222, 1849.

The Museum contains two specimens, one from Hongkong, China,
collected by W. Stimpson on the North Pacific Exploring Expedition
(No. 2108, U.S.N.M.), the other collected by the U. S. 8. Palos, no
locality given (No. 5146, U.S.N.M.).

SQUILLA NEPA, Latreille.

2? Cancer (mantis) digitalis, Hprest, Naturg. Krabben und Krebse, p. 93, pl.
XXXII, fir. 1, 1796.

Squilla nepa, LATREILLE, Encycl. Méth. Hist. Nat., x, p. 471, 1825.—MILNE-
Epwarps, Hist. Nat. Crust., 1, p. 522, 1837.—BERTHOLD, Abhandl. d. kon.
Gesellsch. d. Wiss. Géttingen, 111, 1845.—pr HAAN, Siebold’s Fauna Japonica,
1850.—BIGELOw, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., 106, p. 102, 1895. i

? Squilla nepa, HELLER, Reise der Novara, Crust., p. 124, 1865.—Minrs, Cat. New
Zeal. Crust., p. 89, 1876; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 25, 1880.

? Squilla oratoria, DANA, Crust. U.S. Expl. Exped., x1, i, p. 621, 1852.

? Squilla Edwardsii, GiEBEL, Zeitschr. f. d. gesammt. Naturwiss., XvilI, p. 319,
1861.

? Squilla Massavensis, KOSSMANN, Zool. Ergeb. einer Reise in dem Kiisteng. des
Rothen Meeres, 01, p. 99, 1880.

Diagnosis.—A NSgquilla with very small eyes, the corneal axis being
about three-fourths the length of the peduncular one and at right
angles to it, and 0.029 times the length of the body; the dactylus of
each raptorial claw deeply sinuate on its outer margin and provided on
its inner margin with six teeth, including the terminal one; an ovate
rostrum with marginal carinze and a small median tubercle; five carine
on the carapace, the median one bifurcated for nearly or more than half
its length; spines at the anterior lateral angles of the carapace extend-
ing farther forward than the suture between the carapace and rostrum,
the posterior lateral angles being evenly rounded; no ventral spines on
first exposed thoracic segment but instead an additional lateral process,
making two on each side, the anterior one being curved forward and
acute and the posterior one much smaller, narrow, straight, and blunt;
the lateral margins of the next two segments bilobed, the two lobes on
the first one being of equal length and rounded or subacute, but the
posterior one broader than the other, while on the second one the ante-
rior lobe is very much the smaller; eight submedian carinze on all the
segments of the hind body except the first exposed thoracic; acrest and
a keel on the telson and symmetrical lines of pits on each side; six
marginal spines and eight basal carine and between the former two
to three submedian, eight to ten intermediate, and one lateral denticle.

53 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELCYTW., VOL. XVII.

Locality.—The collection contains two female specimens. One of
these is from Singapore (No. 2120, U.S.N.M.), and was collected by
J.D. Dana while with the U. 8. Exploring Expedition under Wilkes.
The original label bears the name “ Squilla rhetorica, 8S. & M.” The
other one is labeled Borneo (No. 15627, U.S.N.M.), and the name of
the colleetor is not given.

Remarks on synonymy.—I\n the collection of the National Museum
Thave found two sets of Specimens, either of which corresponds perfectly
with the description of Squwilla
nepa, Latreille, as given by
Miers, but which are evidently
distinct. The most striking
differeuce is in the eyes. Of
one set, these are small and of
the Chloridella type; of the
other, they are large and of the
type found in S. mantis. Fur-
ther comparison shows other
points of difference. The ques-
tion immediately presents it-
self, which of these is the form
that was originally described
as Squilla nepa? and this sug-
gests the further question, is
the other form a new species,
or has it been described under
one of the several names now

No 9 .
Wig. 2 regarded as synonymous with.
CEPHALIC REGION OF SQUILLA NEPA. nepa ?
Slightly enlarged. Latreille’s original deserip-

tion of Squilla nepa is based ona
single specimen from China, is very short, and applies equally well to
either of our forms; but he refers to the figure given by Herbst (1796) of
Squilla digitalis, and in this the animal is represented as having small
eyes, the corneal axis not exceeding the peduncular one. This would
indicate that the original S. nepa was our small-eyed form. Miers
says, to be sure, that this figure seems intended for S. mantis, but this
does not seem to me to be true. Although Herbst gives Squilla
mantis, De Geer, etc., aS a synonym of his “Cancer (mantis) digitalis,”
itappears to me that he had chiefly in mind the East Indian form, and
took it for granted that the Mediterranean one was the same, for in
his figure (Tab. 33, fig. 1) the margins of the thoracic segments are
bilobed, thus plainly showing the chief characteristic that separates
the two species, and in the text he says:
Das Vaterland ist Ostindien; auch findet man ihn hiiufig im Adriatischen Meere

und im Liburnischen Meerbusen, woselbst er Canochia genannt wird.

Except in a few points, however, the description given by Herbst

— a oe

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 537

would apply equally well to any Squilla related to S. mantis, and it seems
to be the general opinion of the zoologists that followed him that his
figures are unreliable. We may, therefore, follow the general. usage
and give to Latreille the credit of first clearly distinguishing the Medi-
terranean from the Indian species.

Turning now our attention to S. oratoria, De Haan, the most promi-
nent synonym of S. nepa given by Miers, we find that Heller (1868)
separates forms under these two names, but as noted by Miers, does
not give his reasons for doing so. Dana (1852) reports this species
from Singapore, but his short description contains nothing to dis-
tinguish it from S. nepa. De Haan’s original description (1850) is a
short one in Latin and contains nothing that is not also true of S. nepa.
In his analytical key he separates the two by the difference in the
length of the anterior lateral angles of the carapace. So far Miers
appears to be right in regarding the two as synonyms, but De Haan’s
figure differs from the one of Herbst referred to by Latreille in represent-
ing the animalas having large triangular eyes. Moreover, De Haan
gives 8. affinis, Berthold, as a synonym of NS. oratoria and when we
refer to Berthold’s paper (1845) we find what we were seeking, a clear
distinction between the large-eyed and small-eyed forms of S. nepa.

Berthold founded his species, 8. afinis, upon some specimens that he
purchased from a ship that had been to China. In his museum he
found an old specimen marked SW. digitalis that corresponded to the
descriptions of S. nepa given by Latreille and by Milne-Edwards.
Comparing the two he found the following differences:

Squilla afiinis, BERTHOLD. | Squilla nepa, LATREILLE.
The cornea measures obliquely 24/". | Only 14/”.
The upper end of the peduncle reaches | The upper end of the peduncle hardly

nearly. to the upper end of the cornea so | reaches any farther forward than the
that the latter is placed obliquely above | other, so that the cornea is placed directly
or below the peduncle. in front of the peduncle.

The rostrum has an upturned outer | The rostrum has no such upturned
margin. border. (See marginal carina shown in

| fig. 21).

The anterior bifurcation of the median | This bifurcation reaches backward
carina of the carapace reaches backward | nearly half the length of the carapace.
only one-fifth of its length. |

The anterior lateral angles of the cara- | These angles are strongly produced so
pace do not extend beyond its anterior | that they extend beyond this border.
frontal border. |

The denticles on the telson are swoller | The denticles have no swollen eleva-
and are arranged obliquely anterior pos- | tion and point directly backward.
teriorly. _ The body is more slender, less high

The whole body is thicker, relatively | and broad.
to its length broader and higher.
The last joint of the raptorial claw is The last joint of the raptorial claw has
shghtly bent, but not sinuate. the proximal half of its outer margin
| Strongly sinuate.
Both sets of my specimens have rostra with carinated margins, and
I fail to find any essential differences between them in the denticles on

538 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. vou. xvu.

the telson or in the general proportions of the body. Otherwise, the
distinguishing characters given by Berthold hold for my specimens and
I am convinced that they represent two distinct species. As Berthold
was the first to separate these species we should undoubtedly follow
his nomenclature, regarding the small-eyed form as S. nepa, Latreille,
and giving his name 8S. affinis to the other. Berthold’s description of
the latter is very complete, is accompanied by measurements and fig-
ures, and was published five years before de Haan’s. I can not see that
de Haan had any warrant for replacing Berthold’s name for this species
by one of hisown, and the latter should be dropped.

The similarities and differences between these two species as exhibited
in the collection before me are expressed briefly in the definition given
above and in the one which follows.

SQUILLA AFFINIS, Berthold.
Squilla afinis, BERTHOLD, Abhandl. kin. Gesellsch. Wiss. Gittingen, m1, p. 26,
1845.—BIGELOw, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., 106, p. 102, 1893.

Squilla oratoria, DE-HAAN, Siebold’s Fauna Japon. Crust., p. 223, 1850.

? Squilla oratoria, HELLER, Reise der Novara, Crust., p. 124, 1865,

? Squilla nepa, Miers, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v, p. 25, 1880.

Squilla nepa, BROoKs, Voy. of the Challenger, Xv, ii, p. 25, 1886.

Diagnosis.—A Squilla with large triangular eyes, the corneal axis

being oblique and as long as or usually longer than the peduncular one
and 0.05 times the length of the body;
the outer margin of the dactylus of the
raptorial claw not sinuate or only
slightly so; six teeth on the dactylus;
the rostrum slightly truneated and
provided with marginal carine and a
median tubercle; five carine on the
carapace, the median one not biftr-
cated for more than one-fourth its
length, and the lateral ones continued
into the anterior lateral spines, which
do not reach as far forward as the
suture between the rostrum and cara-
pace, the posterior lateral angles evenly
rounded; no ventral spines on the first
exposed thoracic segment, its lateral
processes and those of the next two seg-

: Fig. 22 ; . ;
ments bilobed as in S. nepa; submedian
CEPHALIC REGION OF SQUILLA AFFINIS. earine present on all except the first
Slightly enlarged. segments of the hind body; crest, keel,

and symmetrical lines of pits on the
telson and six marginal spines, eight basal carinee, and between the
former four to five submedian, seven to nine intermediate, and one lat-
eral denticle.*

* See remarks on Synonymy under S. nepa.

1804 >" PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 539

Locality.—There are in the collecticn one male and three females,
brought by J. B. Bernadou, U.S. Navy, then of the U.S. S. Alert,
from Nagasaki, Japan, and supposed to be from Korea (No. 14116, U.S.
N.M.); two males collected by P. L. Jouy in 1885 at Fusan, Korea (No.
12426, U.S.N.M.); a small female from Japan, purchased of H. A. Ward
(No. 15628, U.S.N.M.), and a much smaller one from Yokohama, Japan
(No. 9347, U.S.N.M.); two specimens from the U. 8. 8. Palos (No. 5145,
U.S.N.M.), and a number collected by R. Hitchcock in Japan (No.
13940, U.S.N.M.), and by W. Stimpson at Hongkong (No. 2004, U.S.
N.M.).

SQUILLA ‘ALBA, Bigelow.

Plate XXII.
Squilla alba, BIGELOW, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., 106, p. 103, 1893.

Diagnosis.—A_ species possessing very large triangular eyes, the cor-
neal axis being oblique; a pair of iarge raptorial claws with six teeth
on the dactylus; an ovate rostrum with obsolete carmie; a carapace
with five carine, the median one not bifurcated in front, with the
anterior lateral angles produced into spines, and the posterior lateral
angles rounded; no ventral spines, but two lateral lobes on each side
of the first exposed thoracic segment, the anterior one being large,
strongly curved forward and acute, the posterior one short and rounded ;
rounded lateral margins on the next two segments, not bilobed; eight
carine on the abdominal segments; a nearly smooth telson with a low
crest ending in a spine and a few curved lines of confluent pits upon
its dorsal surface; six marginal spines and between them five to six
submedian, twelve intermediate, and one lateral denticle; a large
rounded lobe on the inner tooth of the basal prolongation of each uro-
pod and one in the angle between the two teeth.

General description.—This is a well-marked and_ striking species.
The color of the living specimens at once attracts attention. Except
for the corneal region of the eyes, which is yellowish, the whole animal
is a pure opaque white, marked by only a few symmetrically and defi-
nitely placed minute black spots, the positions of which are shown in
pl. xxu. The shape of the animal is also peculiar. The carapace and
the exposed portion of the thorax are equal in length and together
make up about four-ninths of the total length of the body. The seg-
ments in front of the carapace are also elongated so that the rostrum
does not completely cover the first antennary segment. Moreover, the
eyes are unusually large, so that the whole cephalothoracic region has
a drawn-out appearance, not well shown in the figure. The rostrum
is.ovate and nearly smooth, the median and lateral carinwe being only
faintly marked. |

The general surface of the carapace is smooth and polished; the
median carina is not bifurcated in front, but stops short some distance
before it reaches theanterior edge of the carapace. The lateral carinze

5AO REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW, — vou.xvu.

run forward very close to the edge and pass into the anterior lateral
angles. The first exposed thoracic segment has submedian and lateral
carine as well as the rest. Its lateral processes recall the condition
found in S. nepa, Latreille. There are no ventral spines and there is a
strong and sharp lateral one curved until it points directly forward
and bearing on its posterior side a flattened rounded lobe. The lateral
processes of the next two segments are, however, not bilobed, but are
broad and reunded and only slightly emarginate on the anterior side.
The small lobe on the fourth segment is rounded.

The abdomen is rather compactly put together. Only a small num-
ber of carine end in spines, namely, the usual six on the sixth segment,
all but the submedian on the fifth, and the lateral and marginal ones
on the fourth. The spine in front of the articulation of the uropod is
very minute or absent. The length of the telson is five sixths of its
width at the base. It has an acute median crest ending posteriorly in
astout spine. Of the six marginal spines the intermediate pair is much

the longest and stoutest. They all have short low carine at their -

bases. The anterior lateral carinze form no angles at their posterior
ends, but taper off gradually. The lateral denticles are very acute
and without elevation at their bases. There are about six oblique,
faintly marked rows of confluent pits on the dorsal surface of the
telson on each side of the crest, besides the row of pits on each that
runs nearly parallel to it. The ventral surface has a corresponding
series of obsolete pits and there are faint carinze also on the bases of
the submedian and intermediate spines, an unusual feature, other-
wise the ventral surface of the telson is perfectly smooth, there being
no keel nor lateral carine.

The basal prolongation of the uropod is serrated along its inner
margin, and besides the large rounded lobe in the middle of the outer
side of the inner spine there is another similar lobe in the angle between
the two spines. The first joint of the exopodite is a little longer than
the distal one and bears six movable spines.

The corneal portion of the.eyes is unusually large in proportion to
the size of the body, and is much greater in bulk than the pedicle.
The pedicle is small and inversely conical, while the corneal region is
voluminous and reniform. The ophthalmic segment bears a short
rounded process at the base of each eye. The lateral processes on the
next segment are subacute. The first antenne reach nearly half the
length of the body, the first three joints being as long as the carapace.
The second antenne are as long as the carapace, and the antennary
scale is about half as long. The raptorial claws, when folded, do not
reach to the posterior extremity of the carapace. The carpus has
merely a slightly elevated ridge on its anterior margin. The dactylus
has a minute projection on its outer margin near the articulation.

The appendages of the walking legs are linear.

Color.—The eyes are yellowish, while the rest of the body is opaque

Eee eee

tt re, mle

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XXII

SQUILLA ALBA.
Nearly three times natural size.

1894. ' PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 541

white, with a few symmetrically placed black spots. (See pl. xx11.)
The same nuinber of spots is not always present.
Size.—The largest of the two specimens is 4.1 em. in length.
Locality.—Two females were collected by me in Bimini Harbor, Baha-
mas, where they were found burrowing in the calcareous sand. (No.
18495, U.S.N.M.).

SQUILLA RUGOSA, Bigelow.
Squilla rugosa, BIGELOW, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., 106, p. 102, 1893.

Diagnosis.—A Squilla having large triangular eyes with oblique cor-
nea; long raptorial claws, their dactyli armed with six teeth; a sub-
triangular truncated rostrum, slightly raised
at the margin; five longitudinal carine upon
the carapace, the median and intermediate
being interrupted by the cervical suture, and
the median one not bifureate in front; the an-
terior lateral angles of the carapace produced
into acute spines, and the posterior angles
rounded; six carinz on each of the exposed
thoracic segments, the lateral process of the
first of these segments being lanceolate and
acute, with the second and third rounded in

front and produced backward into an acute TELSON OF SQUILLA RUGOSA.
spine; eight carine on the first five abdominal About twice natural size.

segments, all the abdominal carinwe ending in

spines except the submedian of the first four segments and the interme-
diate on the first two; three to four teeth on the posterior margin of
the fifth and sixth abdominal segments between the submedian and
intermediate spines; ten prominent carine on the dorsal surface of the
telson on each side of the crest, which ends in a spine, six marginal
spines, and on each side five submedian teeth, ten to twelve intermedi-
ate, and one lateral one; the basal prolongation of the uropod with
eight to twelve long teeth on its inner margin, and a rounded lobe on
the outer side of the inner spine.

Generai description.—The first impression one receives on handling
a specimen of this species is the marked prominence and sharpness of
all its carinze ard spines. The general proportions of the body are
very similar to those of S. quadridens. The length of the carapace is
very nearly equal to one-quarter of the total length of the body and to
the greatest width of the abdomen. The greatest width of the cara-
pace is equal to three-fourths its length. The telson is very nearly as
long as it is broad at its base.

It is in the uropod, the telson and the adjoining segments that we
find the most striking peculiarities of this species. The most promi-
nent of these is the seulpturing on the dorsal surface of the telson
(fig. 23). The median longitudinal crest is high and narrow and ends
behind in « very sharp spine pointing directly backward. There 1s a

ay REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOIW/V. VOL. XV.

tubercle beneath the spine. On each side of the erest there is a
shorter carina running nearly parallel with it. Outside of this there
is another carina taking a similar course but extending to the base of
the submedian spine, where it ends abruptly. The proximal two-thirds
of this carina is repeatedly interrupted, so that this part of it consists
of a series of seven or eight elongated tubercles. Then next outside
of this one there is a series of six parallel carine running obliquely
outward and backward. The fifth one of these extends on to the inter-
mediate spine and tapers gradually to its tip. Then two more carine,
one beginning at the posterior edge and running along the lateral mar-
gin and another parallel one just inside of this. They both taper off
on the lateral spine.

The ventral surface of the telson is nearly smooth except for a low
keel and two small tubercles, one each side of the anus. The sixth
abdominal segment has, besides the usual six dorsal spines, a small
marginal spine on each side on the front edge of its articuiation with
the uropod.

The presence of three or four sinall teeth on the posterior margin of
the fifth and sixth abdominal segments between the submedian and
intermediate spines on each side is one of the
unusual features of this species. Another one is
the presence of from eight to twelve or perhaps
more jong slender teeth on the inner edge of the
basal prolongation of the uropod. The lobe on
the inner spine is at about its middle. The prox-
imal joint of the exopodite is but slightly longer
than the distal one and it bears from eight to
thirteen movable spines; eight is probably the
usual number.

eee The rostrum in this species is provided with
EXPOSED THORACIC SEG- marginal earine, but has no median one. The
MENTS OF SQUILLA a : : .
RUGOSA. lateral carinz of the carapace are continued into
Moon lae tines batarat gece the antero-lateral spines. The lateral spine of the

fifth thoracic segment (fig. 24) extends outward

prominently at right angles to the body. It is very much compressed
dorso-ventrally and 1s lance-shaped. The ventral spines are distinct and
triangular in outline. They are compressed obliquely and are straight.
The Jateral spines on the next two segments point strongly backward.
The eyes are large and broadly triangular, the corneal axis being ten-
sevenths the length of the pedunecular one and oblique to it. The
ophthalmic segment is not at all covered by the rostrum, is acute in
front and only very slightly produced into lobes at the bases of the
eyes. The lateral lobes of the first antennary segment are acute. The
first antenne are considerably longer than half the length of the body.
The second antenne only reach a little beyond the second joints of the
first. The antennary scale is a little more than equal to half thelength
of the carapace. The raptorial claw is long, and when folded reaches

Se es

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 543

as far back as the most posterior portion of the carapace. The carpus
is without spines. The manus has the usual three movable spines, and
the marginal pectinations form a slightly undulating line. The dae-
tylus is rather slender and its outer edge is a simple curve except for a
scarcely perceptible tubercle near its base. It is armed with six teeth
that gradually increase in length from the base outward. The appen-
dages of the walking legs are linear. -

Size-—Length of body, 7.7 em.

Locality.—The single female specimen in the collection was taken by
the Albatross in 1885 in the Gulf of Mexico off Charlotte Harbor, N.
Lat. 26° 18’ 30’, W. Long. 83° 8’ 45” at a depth of 27 fathoms (No.
9835, U.S.N.M.).

THE LARVA.

The ontogeny of the Stomatopoda includes a remarkable metamor-
phosis, and the animals while in the larval stage bear so little resem-
blance to their adult form that it was but natural that the earlier
zoologists should suppose them to be adults of another family and
should give to them generic and specific names. We are indebted to
the researches of Claus (1871), Faxon (1882), and Brooks (1879, 1856,
‘and 1892) for our knowledge of the true relationship of these forms.
While they are now only entitled to bear the names of adult species of
which they are the immature representatives, it is still convenient in
speaking of them to use the old generic names, and Brooks (1886)
extended this terminology at the same time that he pointed out distin-
guishing characters of the representative larval forms of most of the
genera, so that now for each one of the principal adult genera we havea
corresponding larval type. The ontogeny of Protosquilla, Pterygo-
squilla, and Leptosquilla is unknown. The chief characteristics of the
larval forms of the other genera are displayed in the following:

ANALYTICAL KEY TO THE TYPES OF STOMATOPOD LARV.E.

I. Eyes sessile; appendages I-x developed and xrv-xvit also budded in older
stages..... ERICHTHOIDENA, Claus. (An early stage; adult form
unknown).

II. Eyes stalked; appendages I-v1i and X1V-XVII, present in earliest stages.

* Erichthus Form: Telson usually quadrate or hexagonal in general outline,
with never more than 4 intermediate denticles.
+ Body elongated; carapace narrow without prominent ventro-lateral angles
and with posterior lateral angles near the dorsal surface.

Telson slightly wider than long, and notched on the median line; pos-
terior lateral spines of carapace long; never any trace of lateral
teeth upon the raptorial dactylus.

GONERICHTHUS, Brooks. (Larva of GONODACTYLUS).

Like the above, but the dactylus of the raptorial limb showing traces of

- lateral teeth in the oldest stages.
ODONTERICHTHUS, new type. (? Larva of ODONTODACTYLUS).

Hind body very long; telson longer than wide, sometimes ovate in gen-
eral outline; carapace narrow and short with short rostrum and
short postero-lateral spines:

PSEUDERICHTHUS, Brooks. (Larva of PSEUDOSQUILLA),

544 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOMW. VOL, XVII.

t + Body short; carapace large and wide, infolded on the ventral side, with
prominent ventral angles, and posterior lateral angles widely sepa-
rated from the median line.

Hind body wide and flat; telson wider than long.
LysriorricutTuus, Brooks. (Larva of LYSIOSQUILLA).

Alima Form: Telson usually octagonal in general outline with numerous
intermediate denticles.

t Basal spines of each uropod small and equal.

Body short and broad, nearly covered by the carapace, whic h is folded
downward and inward.
ERICHTHALIMA, Brooks. (? Larva of CORONIDA).

+ + The inner one of the basal spines on each uropod the longer.

Hind body short and broad; carapace broad, covering all but the last
thoracic segment, but not folded in at the sides.
ALIMERICHTIIUS, Claus. (? Larva of SQUILLA [CHLORIDELLA]).
Body greatly elongated; carapace flattened, elongated, and narrow
(about + as wide as long); usually several thoracic segments
exposed() sett eet ete naee ALIMA, Leach. (Larva of SQUILLA).

x oO

General remarks on the collection.—The collection of larvee is of consid-
derable size, but it is not worth while for us to linger over it, for it con-
tains but few forms of special interest, no consecutive series, and no
stages that can be assigned with certainty to any adult species. The
most striking features are the quantity of large Lysioerichthi from the
Atlantic and the number of very large Alimze from the Bay of Panama.
The former resemble the specimen figured by Brooks (1886) in pl. x, fig.
7, and which he regards as the young of Lysiosquilla maculata, The
latter are of two species, one with a very wide carapace and the other
with a narrow one. It seems probable that these will be found to be the
larvie of the two large species of Squilla that are common at Panama—
S. panamensis and S. biformis.

The larve of stomatopods are sometimes to be found in immense
schools. While with the Johns Hopkins University Marine Labora-
tory at Bimini in the summer of 1892 I found a few stomatopod larvee
of various kinds and stages almost every time that the towing net was
used, but after dark on the evenings of July 19, 20, and 21 the towing
nets were crowded with an immense number of very small Goneriehthi,
apparently identical with the form represented by Claus (1871) in his
fig, 2 22 B.

THE ODONTERICHTHUS LARVA.

Two specimens among the larvie from the Atlantic are of especial
interest. They are probably in the last larval stage and exhibit most
of the characters of Gonerichthi except that lateral teeth are to be
seen beneath the larval skin on the dactylus of the raptorial limb. It
is evident that they can not be larvee of Gonodactylus, but, if Brooks
isright in regard to the relations of the larval forms, the specimens
before us must belong to a genus very closely related to Gonodactylus.
The nearest one is Odontodactylus, and it seems probable that these

ere

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 545

larvee belong to two unknown species of that genus. They therefore
represent a new larval type for which I propose the name Odonterichthus.

One of them (No. 9958, U.S.N.M.) was taken by the Albatross Octo-
ber 3, 1883, at station 2101, off Nantucket. It is represented in fig, 25.
A comparison of this figure with Brooks’ fig. 5, pl. x11, which repre-
sents a Gonerichthus from St. Vincent, Cape Verde, will show a strik-
jng similarity. They both exhibit the form of body, the shape of the
carapace, and telson, that Brooks has shown to be characteristic¢
of the Gonodactylus larve. An examination of fig. 25 will convey a
better idea of this interesting form than pages of description. It will
be seen that the specimen before us differs from Brooks’ in having a
somewhat shorter rostrum with five or six small spines on the ventral

Fig. 25.
ODONTERICHTHUS LARVA,

Two teeth on the rostrum are hiddén by the eye, Drawn with a camera lucida X 14,

side, and in having a minute additional secondary spine on the ventral
edge of the carapace. The dactylus of the raptorial limb is much
more developed and shows five lateral teeth beneath the larval skin.
The similarities are so much greater than the differences that the latter
may be due merely to a difference in age, the one being an older stage
of the other. These forms would appear to belong to a species in which
the larvie can be distinguished from Gonerichthi only after the teeth
begin to form on the raptorial dactylus.

The other species, however (fig. 26), is not so similar to the Gone-

_Tichthus type, but approaches the Pseuderichthus form, and this is just

what we should expect if my view be accepted that this is a larva of
Odontodactylus, because this genus is distinctly intermediate in some
Proc. N. M. 94 35

HAG REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOTW. VOL. XVI.

of its characters between Gonodactylus and Pseudosquilla. Compare
Odontodactylus havanensis (pl. XX) with Gonodactylus chiragra on the
one hand and with Pseudosquilla ciliata on the other, and then compare
this larva (fig. 26) with a typical Gonerichthus and a typical Pseude-
richthus, as, for instance, the forms figured by Brooks* on pl. X11, fig. 6,
and on pl. Xv, fig. 11, respectively. It will be seen that this larva

ODONTERICHTHUS LARVA.

Drawn with the camera lucida X 13,

(No. 4393, U.S.N.M.), which was
taken at Woods Holl, Mass., August
22, 1876, has the elongated body and
short carapace of Pseudosquilla, but
the carapace bears the long rostrum
and long postero-lateral spines of
a Gonerichthus, while the dactylus
of the raptorial limb shows traces
of seven or eight lateral teeth. It
is thus excluded from either of the genera with which we have been
comparing it. Odontodactylus havanensis, however, has six lateral teeth
upon the dactylus and O. hansenii, recently described by Pocock (1893)
has nine distinct teeth, so that our larva may well belong to this genus.
It probably belongs to some West Indian species, was swept north by
the Gulf Stream and then driven into Woods Holl by a southerly wind,
for such has been the fate of many tropical creatures.

Brooks also found in the Challenger collections ‘ larvee which closely
resemble Pseuderichthus, although they may be Gonodactylus larvee;”
perhaps they are younger stages of Odonterichthus.

THE METAMORPHOSIS OF SQUILLA QUADRIDENS.

At Bimini on the 7th of July, 1892, several Alim were taken in the
tow net. The two largest ones appeared to be alike on a superficial
examination and were distinguished from the rest by the great elonga-
tion of the body in proportion to its width. One of these was preserved

* Voyage of the Challenger, xv1, part 45, 1886.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. FAT

in aleohol and is represented in fig. 27. The other was left in the
aquarium, and on July 9 it molted in the form seen in fig. 28. Unfor-

Fig. 27.

LAST ALIMA STAGE OF SQUILLA
QUADRIDENS.

Drawn with a camera lucida X 8.

tunately the two larve
were not compared care-
fully before the molt, but
I have no doubt that they
were identical in form, for
there was no difference in
general appearance, and
a careful comparison of
the specimen represented
in fig. 27 with the older
one in fig. 28 shows so
many features in common
that one can hardly doubt that the one form is
derived from the other, and this opinion is con-
firmed by the entire absence of any characters
inconsistent with such a view. Of course, these
two forms are separated by the critical change
from the larval to the adult form, and there is
more difference between them than between any
other two stages.

The adult form (fig. 28) appears to be iden-
tical with Squilla quadridens, Bigelow, the type
specimen of which was found on the Florida
coast not far from where these larvee were cap-
tured. A comparison of the figure with the de-
scription of the species (p. 511) will show that
it corresponds in all the chief characters, al-
though it probably would not assume its fully
matured form and detail of structure until after
several more molts. In the passage from the
larval to the adult form the body becomes
broader and more compact at the expense of its
length, so that shortly after the molt it is but
1.1 em. in length, while before it was 0.5 em.
longer. Another specimen which may have
undergone another molt since assuming the
adult form was captured by .the towing net
four days later. :

The dactylus of the raptorial limb in the larva
(fig. 27) is unarmed, but one can see three
lateral teeth in-addition to the terminal one
lying beneath the larval skin. In this way it
corresponds to the adult form, and at the

Same time recalls Brooks’s description (1886, pp. 90-93), of Squilla
_(Alima) bidens, Claus, but a comparison of this description and the

548 REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW. vou. xv.

accompanying figures with our form shows so many differences that the —

two must be distinct.

Our larva, Squilla (Alima) quadridens, is in the first place much
smaller than Alima bidens at the stage with three lateral teeth on the
dactylus, the later being an inch in length while the length of the
tormer is but 1.6 em.

Then in our form the carapace is relatively shorter and narrower,
aking with the rostrum less than two-fifths of the total length of the
body measured along the median
line. The rostrum does not ex-
tend beyond the shafts of the first
antenn and does not equal half
the length of the rest of the cara-
pace. The anterior lateral angles
are not so, prolonged, and the pos-
terior lateral spines reach only so
far as the boundary between the
second and third of the four pos-
terior thoracic segments, which
are left exposed by a deep incision
in the posterior margin of the cara-
pace. There isa single secondary
spine. at the base of each posterior
lateral process and three or four
minute ones on the side of the ear-
apace in front of the mouth. The
hind body is more elongated than
in Alima bidens and comprises
more-than three-fifths of the total
length from the tip of the rostrum,
but, as in that species, all of the
posterior lateral angles of the first
five abdominal somites end in acute
spines, and there are two submed-
ian spines on the sixth. The shape
of the telson is very similar to that
of the other species, but it has a

different number of secondary den-

mee Ce tea Pe EDs ticles, there being on each side
fifteen submedian, eight to nine

intermediate, and no lateral ones,

while in A. bidens they are 20+-, 12-13,0. The basal prolongation of the
uropod shows beneath the larval skin the characteristic form of the
adult, including traces of the acute teeth on the inner side. Theraptorial
claw is more slender than in A. bidens, and the manus bears two equally

Drawn with the camera lucida X 8,

ee ee ree

1894.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 549

large curved teeth on its proximal portion instead of 1 large one, and
has numerous minute teeth on its distal portion.

A number of Alimz were found at the same time in earlier stages.
They are all of one species which is very similar to or identical with
Alima gracilis, Milne-Edwards, and they may be the earlier stages of
the form that I have just described, but no decision can be reached on
this point, as the necessary intermediate stages are wanting.

LIST OF PRINCIPAL AND RECENT WORKS TO WHICH REFERENCE IS

1850.

1880.

1881.

MADE, ARRANGED IN CHRONOLOGICAL ORDER.

. DE GEER, CHARLES.—Mémoires pour servir 4 Vhistoire des insectes. Stock-

holm.

. HERBST, JOHANN F. W.—Versuch einer Naturgeschichte der Krabben und

Krebse. Berlin und Stralsund.

. Say, THomas.—An account of the Crustacea of the United States. Jour. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, part 11, p. 250.

5. LATREILLE, P, A.—Squilla. Encyclopédie méthodique, Histoire naturelle,

Xx, p. 471.

. MILNE-Epwarpbs, H.—Histoire naturelle des Crustacés. Paris.
. DE Kay, JAMEs E.—Crustacea. Natural History of New York, Zoology, Pt. v1.
. BeRTHOLD, A. A.—Ueber verschiedene neue oder seltene Reptilien aus Neu-

Grenada und Crustaceen aus China, Abhandl. d.kén. Ges. d. Wiss. zu Gottin-
gen. 3. Bd., pp. 3-33.

GiBpBEs, LEwis R.—On the carcinological collections of the United States.
Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Scei., 1850, p. 199.

DE Haan, W.—Crustacea. Siebold’s Fauna Japonica.

MILNE-EDWARDs, H.—Les Crustacés. In Le Regne Animal, par Georges Cuvier.
Edition accompagnée des planches gravées. Paris. pp. 151-163.

. DANA, JAMES D.—Crustacea, part 1. U. 8. Exploring Expedition under

Wilkes, XIU,

. Hess, W.—Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Decapoden-Krebse Ost-Australiens.

Arch. f. Naturg., xxx1 pp. 126-173.

. HELLER, C.—Crustaceen. Reise der oesterreich. Fregatte Novara, zool. Theil,

2. Bd., 111 Abth.
MILNE-Epwarps, A. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., 1v, p. 65.

. CLAus, C.—Die Metamorphose der Squilliden. Abhandl. d. Gesel. Wiss.

Gottingen, XVI, p. 1.

. VON MARTENS, E.—Ueber Cubanische Crustaceen. Arch. fiir Naturgesch., 1

Bde palai.

3. MILNE-EDwWaARDs, A.—Description de quelques Crustacés. Jour. des Museum

Godeffroy, 1, Ifeft 4, p. 77, Taf. 12 and 13.

. Woop-Mason, J.—On new and little known Crustacea. (Abstract.) Proc.

Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1875, p. 231.

. Kirk, T. W. —On additions to the carcinological Fauna of New Zealand. Trans.

Na Aelnst:, XI, ps 394.

Brooks, W. K.—The larval stages of Squilla empusa. John Hopkins Univ,
Studies Biel. Lab. 1, No. 3, p. 148.

Miers, E. J.—(a) On the Squillide. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vv, pp.
2-30 and 108-127. (b) Malaysian Crustacea, 1. c., pp. 458-460.

IKkossMANN, R.—Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in dem Kiistengebiete des
Rothen Meeres. Leipzig: Engelmann. Heft 2, p. 99.

Muigrs, E. J.—Crustacea. In the survey of H. M. 8. Alert. Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, p. 61.

550

REPORT ON THE ORDER STOMATOPODA—BIGELOW, VOL. XVI.

1881. ,

1882.

1884.
1886.
1887.

1888.

1889.

1891.

1892.

1893.

SuirH, 8. I.—Preliminary notice of the Crustacea dredged off the south coast
of New England by the U. 8. Fish Commission, in 1880. Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., U1, pp. 413-452.

voN Martens, E.—Vorlegung einiger Squilliden aus dem zoologischen Mu-
seum in Berlin. Sitzungs-Berichte der Gesel. Naturf. zu Berlin, Jahr. 1881,
pp. 91-94.

Faxon, W.—Crustacea, in Selections from Embryological Monographs, com-
piled by Alexander Agassiz, Walter Faxon, and E. L. Mark. Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., 1x, No. 1.

Dr Vis, C. W.—Description of a species of Squill from Moreton Bay. Proe.
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales., Vil, p. 321.

HAswELL, W. A.—Catalogue of the Australian Stalk- and Sessile-eyed Crus-
tacea. Sydney.

Tuomson, G. M.—Additions to the crustacean fauna of New Zealand. Trans.
N. Z. Inst., X1V, p. 230.

Miers, E. J.—Crustacea. In Report on the Zoological Collections made in the
Indo-Pacific Ocean during the voyage of H. M.S. Alert, 1881-1882. London.

Brooks, W. K.—Report on the Stomatopoda, voyage of the Challenger. Zool.,
X Vi; iI.

pE Man, J. G.—Ind. Arch. Decapoden und Stomatopoden. Arch. f. Natur-
gesch. I, Heft 3, p. 571.

Mi.ier, F.—Zur Crustaceenfauna von Trincomali. Verh. nat. Ges. zu Basel,
Theil vi, 2. Heft, p. 470.

pE Man, J. G.—Report on the Podophthalmous Crustacea of the Mergui
Archipelago. Jour. Linn. Soc., London. Zool., xxi, p. 295.

Pocock, R. I.—Crustacea of the China Sea. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser.
6, V, pp. 72-80. .

GERSTAECKER, A.—Arthropoda, in Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-
Reichs, V. Bd., 11. Abth., pp. 686-751, Taf. 64-68.

Prrerrer, G.—Uebersichte der von Herrn Dr. Franz Stuhlmann, in Aegypten,
auf Sansibar, und dem gegeniiber-liegenden Festlande gesammelten Rep-
tilien, Amphibien, Fische, Mollusken und Krebse. Mitteilungen aus d.
naturhist. Mus. in Hamburg, vi. Jahrg., 5. (Aus dem Jahrb. der Hamb.
wiss. Anstalten, VI.)

Bicrtow, R. P.—Preliminary notes on some new species of Squilla. Johns
Hopkins Univ. Cire., 88.

Ives, J. E.—Crustacea from the northern coast of Yucatan, ete. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1891, p. 184.

Brooks, W. K.—The habits and metamorphosis of Gonodactylus chiragra, in
Brooks and Herrick, The Embryology and Metamorphosis of the Macrura_
Memoirs Nat. Acad. Sci., v, No. 4, chap. 3, pp. 352-360.

31GELOw, KR. P.—(a) Preliminary notes on the Stomatopoda of the Albatross
collections and on other specimens in the National Museum. Johns Hop-
kins Univ. Cire. 10€, June 18938, p. 100.

(b) The Stomatopoda of Bimini, /. ¢., p. 102.

Pocock, R. I1.—Report upon the Stomatopod Crustaceans obtained during the
cruise in Australian and China Seas of H. M. 8. Penguin, Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist., series 6, x1, No. 66, June, 1893, pp. 473-479, pl. xx, B.

THE PTERYLOGRAPHY OF CERTAIN AMERICAN GOAT-
SUCKERS AND OWLS.

By HUBERT LYMAN CLARK.

A RECENT examination of a number of Caprimulgi and Striges for the
purpose of studying their pterylographical characteristics has proved of
such interest that the results seem worthy of publication, although t1e
work is necessarily only preliminary. In the carrying on of these studies
I have been placed under great obligation to Dr. R. W. Shufeldt and
Mr. I’. A. Lucas, of Washington, for many helpful suggestions, and to
the National Museum for much of the material. For the rest of the
material [ am indebted to Mr. F. A. Ward, of Rochester, and especially
to Mr. Frank B. Armstrong, of Brownsville, Tex., who has given me
invaluable assistance. I am also under great obligations to Dr. W. J.
Holland, of Pittsburg, for the use of his valuable scientific library,
without which I should have been placed at great disadvantage.

All of the specimens examined have been birds in the flesh, either
fresh or alcoholic, as the use of skins for the study of pterylography
seems to be of questionable value. Owing to the fact that Striges have
eleven primaries while Caprimulgi have only ten, I have adopted the
somewhat radical change advocated by Wray* of numbering the
primaries from the wrist outward instead of from the tip of the wing
inward, as is usual. Although I do not consider the plan wholly free
from objections, it has been necessary to do this to avoid inextricable
confusion in comparing the primary formule in the two groups, for
the real first primary of the owls is wanting in the Caprimulgine wing.
For the same reason the central pair of tail feathers is designated as
number one and the outer pair five or six, as the case may be.

As the four genera of North American Caprimulgi have all been exam-
ined, I give first as complete a review of the pterylosis of this group
as the material at hand will warrant, with particular reference to
each genus. After this is given an account of such owls as have
been obtainable, and this is followed by a comparison of the pterylog-
raphy of the two groups and the conclusions to which I have been led.
The work is, as already stated, only preliminary, and, of course, can
only be completed by a study of all the important species of both

* Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1887, p. 343.

Proceedings of the U. 8. National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 1018.
5d1

552 PTERYLOGRAPHY OF GOAT-SUCKERS AND OWLS—CLARK. Vou. xvu.

groups, but it is hoped that the present: article may not only serve as
an introduction to such a work, but may also arouse more interest in
the study of comparative pterylography.

CAPRIMULGI.

In Nitzsch’s ‘“‘System der Pterylographie” there is given a fairly
complete account of the pterylosis of Caprimulgus europeus and further
remarks on OC. longipennis, forcipatus, and spalurus, Afgotheles nove
hollandie, Podargus gigas, and Nyectornis wthereus, but apparently the
celebrated German had not examined our North American species.
Dr. Shufeldt has carefully described the pteryloses of Antrostomus
and Chordeiles in his memoir on the Macrochires,* and the former is
figured. So far as I know these are the only important papers which
have yet appeared bearing directly on the pterylography of the group
unless we include Steatornis, which has been examined and the ptery”
losis figured by Garrod,t although it is not improbable that others may
have escaped my search.

The Caprimulgi are remarkable for the variations shown in the
pteryloses of the different genera, but the plan is similar in all the
North American species and may be briefly summed up as follows:
The whole head is fully covered with feathers, which are, bowever,
arranged in more or less complete and often parallel longitudinal rows,
forming on the forehead and crown definite patterns, each genus hav-
ing its own peculiar arrangement. From the head there extends back-

ward dorsally the upper cervical tract which, dividing between the
shoulders into two strong forks, extends to the end of the shoulder
blades. The dorsal tract, which begins immediately behind this fork,
shows great variation in its distinctness and extent, but is usually
more or less forked at first and then, uniting into a single tract, runs
backward to the rootof the tail. Anteriorly it may unite its two branches
with those of the cervical tract, thus inclosing a diamond-shaped
spinal space, as best shown in Phalenoptilus, or it may spread out more
decidedly toward the sides and even send forward a few feathers almost
to the humeral tracts, as is well shown in Chordeiles virginianus. The
humeral tracts are strongly defined, and the upper surface of the wing
is very completely feathered, except for an evident apterium at the
outer end of the humerus. The parapterum is not always very evident,
but usually connects the humeral tract with the feathers of the forearm, |
of which there are seven or eight more or less complete rows, the lower
three or four being the secondary coverts, while there are also two very ‘
strong rows of primary coverts. Directly at the knee-joint is a promi-—
nent femoral tract, which, after crossing the tibia diagonally, extends —
part way along the posterior edge of the femur, although it never reaches
as far as the dorsal tract. The pterylosis beneath is more uniform. The —

* Jour. Linnean Soc., xx, pp. 299-394.
t Proe. Zool. Soc., 1873, p. 526.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 553

lower cervical tract forks at about the middle of the neck and each
branch extends down over the side of the breast, where it is very broad
and strong, and then (as it enters on the surface of the abdomen, or a
little before) suddenly contracts to a strip only two rows broad, which
curves inward and ends a little in front of the anus. The hypopterum
is generally very evident and connects the sternal tract with the incom.
plete fourth row of under wing coverts. The lower surface of the wing
is very Slightly feathered, but there are two complete rows of primary
and three of secondary coverts and an incomplete fourth row of the
latter. The four genera agree also in ‘the following details:

Aftershafts present but weak. True.down wanting. Oil gland not
tufted. Primaries, 10. Rectrices, 10. Alula feathers, 3. Seconda-
ries, 12 or 13, but the wing is aquincubital.

The larger wing and tail feathers are all peculiar in the length of the
quill (calamus) and the corresponding shortening of the shaft (rhacis)
which ends with the vexille. The four genera fall naturally into two
groups, as follows:

I. Secondaries, 12; tail not forked, the central pair of rectrices longest; rictal bris-
tles very prominent; infra-mandibular region sparsely feathered; no inner
branch or tooth on the lower cervical tract.

A. Only 8 complete longitudinal rows of feathers on the crown. Tarsus not
ReaD MORE Cea ralllly Seti cycters cia ne Mae Hat a eciaise IME ce ski ciba whaee 5 PHALZNOPTILUS.

B. Eight complete rows, but tarsus feathered halfway down in front.
ANTROSTOMUS.
C. Ten complete rows and tarsus not feathered ................. NYCTIDROMUS.

II. Secondaries, 15; tail forked, central pair of rectrices shortest; rictal bristles not
evident; inframandibular regioa well feathered; lower cervical tract with
a prominent inner tooth.

A. Ten complete rows on crown. Tarsus feathered in front ..._-. CHORDEILES.

Genus PHALMNOPTILUS.

Of this genus I have only had the opportunity'to examine one speci-
men, but as that wasiu good condition, it probably illustrates correctly
the pterylosis of the genus. As the primaries had been cut off, the
formula for their comparative lengths cannot be given, but there were
12 secondaries. On each side of the head, along the edge of the rictus,
there is a single row of long, stout, bristle-like feathers. Above this
is a second row of smaller contour feathers and above this a third
incomplete row of the same. From the base of the culmen (fig. 1)
there run backward on each side two rows of contour feathers, so near
together as to almost make a single row. Fora short distance these
double rows are about parallel, and then curving inward they unite
for a short distance into a band three rows broad. On the crown they
separate once more into four distinct rows, which, although somewhat
curved, are almost parallel* for some distance, but unite again at
the commencement of the cervical tract. Another row begins on each

* Used in the sense of being equidistant at all points.

554 PTERYLOGRAPHY OF GOAT-SUCKERS AND OWLS—CLARK. VOU. Xvu.

side just behind the nostrils and runs backward into the cervical tract
almost parallel to those first described. The fourth complete row on
each side commences under the eye, near the angle of the mouth, and
atter running forward a little way curves up and back and runs par-
allel to the others into the cervical tract. There is another incomplete
row on each side, which begins about the middle of the upper eyelid
and runs down the back of the head behind the ear, but does not seem to
join in the cervical tract. The rows are closer together than in any of
the other genera and curve as shown in fig. 1. The upper cervieal tract
is quite broad and is clearly and widely forked at the end. The dorsal

Figs 1. Fig. 2.

PTERYLOSIS OF PHALZNOPTILUS NUTTALLI.

tract extends forward from the oil gland, in a rather narrow band which
is forked in front and unites plainly with the cervical tract, thus inclos-
ing a diamond-shaped spinal space. There are on each side of this
fork a few scattered contour feathers, but they are not very evident.
The femoral tract is clearly defined, but is not peculiar in any way,
though on the femur between it and the dorsal tract there are many
scattered contour feathers. There are also a few such feathers on the
tibia, but there are none on the tarsus. The humeral tracts are strong
and extending clear across the shoulders unite with the ventral tracts.
The feathers on the chin and throat (fig. 2) are widely separated and are
arranged in more or less longitudinal rows which converge in front to

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 555

unite at the base of the gonys. The lower cervical tract is broad and
divides near the middle of the neck. The ventral tract contracts on
the breast some distance before reaching the posterior edge of the
sternum and ends a little in front of the anus. There are scattered
contour feathers on the belly and on the sides of the breast anterior to
the hypopterum.

Specimen examined,

No.

Name. | Collection.

|
|
|
|
|
|

| iL | Phalenoptilus nuttalli -....-.......-. | U.S. National Museum.

Genus ANTROSTOMUS.

In general, this genus seems to agree very well with Phalenoptilus.
The ten primaries give the following formula in comparative lengths:
8—9, T—10, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2,1, and there are 12 secondaries. The pattern

Fig. 3. Fig. 4.

PTERYLOSIS OF ANTROSTOMUS VOCIFERUS,

_of the head-feathering (fig. 3) differs from the preceding genus in the
absence of the third row along the rictus; in the greater curvature and
wider separation of the rows and in a few other minor details easily seen
on an examination of the plates. The upper cervical tract is broad at
the start but becomes rapidly very narrow, while the rest of the upper

556 PTERYLOGRAPHY OF GOAT-SUCKERS AND OWLS—CLARK. vou. xvn.

surface agrees with Phalenoptilus, although the dorsal tract is much
broader, and there appear to be no scattered contour feathers on the
back. Ventrally Antrostomus differs from the “ Poor-wills” in a much
greater sparseness of feathers on the chin (fig. 4) and in the continued
breadth of the sternal tracts, which become narrower only as they enter
on the surface of the abdomen. The feathering of the tibia does not
end at the joint, but extends down on the tarsus in front, more than
half way to the toes.

Specimens examined,

No. Name. | Collection. | Condition. |

| re |

1 | Antrostomus vociferus.-.-.-..- U.S. National Museum ....| Alcoholic. |

| Ph large GO nt sec aideesiectetewsseuse Brownsville, Dex: ...-...:=- i Fresh. |

It will at once be seen from the above description and figures that
my observations on the pterylosis of this genus differ radically from
those of Dr. Shufeldt.* In regard to this difference, Dr. Shufeldt
assures me that he has compared his figure, since its publication, with
other specimens and has found no changes necessary. He has, how-
ever, very kindly permitted me to examine his original drawings, and
itis only fair to say that they do not differ so much from mine as do
the figures in the plate. The latter seems to have been very carelessly
executed, and so it is desirable to have a more accurate figure, which I
hope is to be found above.

Genus NYCTIDROMUS.

In this genus the wing is very much like Antrostomus, as there are
twelve secondaries, and the ten primaries give the following formula:
Sater d 0.20, Bea ia, 2.1L,

On the head (fig. 5) we find an arrangement of the rows quite different
from the other three genera. There is the usual double row running
from the foot of the culmen over the middle of the head, back to the
cervical tract. Beside this and parallel to it are two single rows some
distance from it and from each other. There is then a fifth complete
row, running from the angle of the mouth beneath the eye, forward,
then up and back over the upper eyelid, and finally into the cervical
tract with the other four. From the inner side of this row a branch
runs forward for some distance along the superior edge of the eye
cavity. The row of rictal bristles is prominent, and there are a num-
ber of contour feathers, filling the space between it and the fourth
longitudinal row. The upper cervical tract is very narrow, while the
dorsal tract is rather broad. The spinal space is not very clearly
defined, and there are several rows of strong contour feathers (with
weaker ones scattered about) running at almost right angles to the
dorsal tract, extending out from its anterior end. The femoral tracts
are unusually well developed, and the tibiw are feathered very

= ——

* Journal of the Linnean Society, Xx, p. 299.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 5D7

sparsely, but the tarsus is wholly bare. The humeral tract shows the
remarkable peculiarity of not reaching entirely across the shoulder,
but becomes almost obliterated at its anterior end. This was clearly
shown in all the specimens examined. In the infra mandibular region
the feathering is even more scattered than in Antrostomus, so as to

Fig. 5. Fig. 6.

PTERYLOSIS OF NYCTIDROMUS ALBICOLLIS MERRILLI.

leave two very distinct and complete apteria (one on either side) and
a less evident one in the center. The lower cervical tract (fig. 6) is
very narrow and is deeply forked. The parapterum is not very strong,
and in one specimen the hypopterum nearly failed altogether. In all
other respects, however, it seems to agree with Phalenoptilus.

Specimens examined,

No. | Name. | Collection. | Condition. |
| ate, = | RE Sie y é
1 | Nyctidromus albicollis -........---. | U.S. Nat. Mus......- Alcoholic. |
2 |) Nyetidromus albicollis merrilli-.-.. Brownsville, Tex..-.. Fresh.
a Geese Gilt) these bESscnonosenbnsacons ee easee: Gin ce Seneceo sane Do. |
C8 ee cos DO Wee Seem atcee sac cr site satee| ac «aa Wee SSE eee Do
ay et ee GO ee ee ee ee ee nt oe eh ctatereatera erate SE Gopssearesanece ss Do
Gresik ees OWN See ay See toes Cee ees Te COL eS ISR rece ae Do
UelaeAess Ole weteee eee eee oe cea COtseee e se Reais Do |
| | |

Genus CHORDEILES.

In all of the specimens examined the primaries had been cut so that
their formula can not be given, but there were 13 secondaries. On the
head we see that the rictal bristles are so insignificant as to leave in

558 PITERYLOGRAPHY OF GOAT-SUCKERS AND OWLS—CLARK, Vou. xvu.

the plucked bird very little trace of their presence. There is on each
side of the crown the usual double row of feathers running backward
trom culmen to cervical tract, and beside this, but at some distance from
it, two widely separated parallel longitudinal rows. <A fifth row runs
across the extreme upper part of the eyelid with an outer branch down to
the eyelid proper. The upper cervical tract is very broad in C. virginia-
nus (fig. 7), butin C. tevensis itis as narrow asin Antrostomus. In C. vir-
ginianus the fork of the cervical tract is very strong, but that of the
dorsal tract is very indistinct, while from each side of the latter there

Hep Fig. 8.

PTERYLOST; OF CHORDEILES VIRGINIANUS,

extends a broad tract out and up over the back so as to connect very
slightly with the broad humerals. In C. tevensis the dorsal tract is much
like Antrostomus, and there are no traces of the peculiar tracts, just
described, on the sides of the back. In both species of Chordeiles, how-
ever, the femoral tracts are normal and the feet are feathered half-way
down on the tarsus in front. On the lower surface (fig. 8) the two species
agree with Phalenoptilus, except that the infra-mandibular region is
very well feathered and the lower cervical tract, dividing very far up
on the throat, bears on its inner edge, close by the furcula, a very
noticeable branch or tooth, while the sternal tracts are remarkably

broad and strong.
Specimens examined.

No. Name. | Collection. Condition.
1 | Chordeiles virginianus.......-....- | U.S. Nat. Mas-..2.-- Alcoholic.
Do.

2 Chordeiles virginianus henryi .....|....-.- ile SeSaBoe Ren see
3 | Chordeiles texensis........-2..-.../...--- Oye emeenta tenet Do.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 5959

In regard to the differences in the dorsal tract as above given
between C. virginianus and C. texensis, it is probable that an examina-
tion of fresh material, which it was impossible for me to obtain, will
show that they are not so great as I have indicated. Indeed, it is
likely that good specimens of C. tevensis will show dorsal tracts similar
to C. virginianus, as Dr. Shufeldt found them so in the specimens
which he examined.*

STRIGES.

In his System des Pterylographie, Nitzsch has given an account
of the pterylography of some 21 species of owls, of which at least
five are American, namely: Strix virginiana (Bubo virginianus), S. bra-
chyotus (Asio accipitrinus), S. asio (Megascops asio), S. nyctea (Nyctea
nyctea), and WS. cunicularia (Speotyto cunicularia). Besides these, &.
lapponica is closely allied to our Scotiaptex cinerea and Hybris jflam-
mea is represented in our Strix pratincola. Aside from Nitzsch’s work
the only contribution to the pterylography of the owls which I have
found is contained in some ‘Notes on the Anatomy of Speotyto cuni-
cularia hypogea” by Dr. Shufeldt,+t in which is given a very complete
and accurate account of the pterylosis of the burrowing owl; important
differences between that form and the other owls being pointed out.
As arule, however, it may be safely said that the owls show a striking
uniformity in the arrangement of the feathers, of which the general
plan is as follows: The head is more or less fully feathered above, and
especially densely in front. The upper cervical tract usually com-
mences broad, but rapidly becomes narrow, and forks between the
shoulders more or less deeply. The dorsal tract is very incomplete
anteriorly and is only indistinctly connected with the cervical forks,
but posteriorly it becomes a strong single band, which forks behind
so as to more or less surround the oil gland. The humeral tracts are
‘strong and usually broad and the parapterum is very evident. There
are two complete rows of primary coverts, and on the forearm there are
seven or eight rows of feathers, of which the lower three or four are true
secondary coverts. The femoral tract is very strong and evident, run-
ning obliquely across the upper end of the tibia from the knee, along on
the posterior edge of the femur. The tibia and tarsus are usually very
completely covered with feathers, and often the toes also. At the base of
the gonys the infra-mandibular region is very thickly feathered, but this
dense patch divides abruptly and either passes up on each side and runs
along the ear-conch, as in those owls in which this conch is fully devel-
oped, or, as in other species, disappears on the rami of the lower jaw.
The rest of the chin and throat are very sparsely feathered in most owls,
but in others it is fully covered. The lower cervical tract is narrow and
is divided on the neck so as to pass down on either side to form the strong
sternals. It is also connected with the humerals, and especially with the

* Jour. Linn. Soc., xx, p. 341.
t Jour. of Morph., June, 1889.

560 PTERYLOGRAPHY OF GOAT-SUCKERS AND OWLS—CLARK. Vou. xvi.

triple row of small feathers on the lower edge of the patagium, while all

of the upper outer corner of the breast is usually more or less feathered.

From the lower end of the sternal tract there runs a strong hook over

to the hypopterum, which is itself very evident. There are two rows of

primary and three or four of secondary under coverts. The ventral tracts
commence on the breast, usually near the fureula, and seem to be fused
with the sternals at first, but soon separate from them and run down on
either side almost to the anus, becoming very narrow on the belly.

Strix shows a very peculiar modification of this typical form, in the

fusion again of the sternal and ventral tracts at the posterior end of

the former. The post-anal tract, comprising the under-tail coverts, is
strong and very conspicuous in the larger species. All of the speci-
mens of Striges examined agreed in the following details:

Aftershafts wanting. True down wanting. Oil gland not tufted.
Primaries 11, the eleventh very small. Rectrices 12 (except Micropallas).
Alula feathers 4. Wing aquincubital. '

As only nine species, representing eight genera, have been available
for study they can not be very satisfactorily arranged in groups ptery-
lographically, but when all the genera are examined such an arrange-
ment may be possible. For the sake of convenience I have, however,
divided the eight genera as follows:

I. Head uniformly and thickly feathered above and sometimes below, although the
lateral neck spaces reach nearly to the ears and the infra-mandibular
region is sometimes sparsely feathered, often showing apteria along
the rami of the lower jaw.

IAG SROEGLIIGES AO? trast ntteto oe ee eres sae\e eee sce iee aeh ae ee eeeee MICROPALLAS.
B. Rectrices 12.
a. Upper cervical tract well forked ; ninth, eighth, and seventh primaries

1ONGESb! Ph eiGienw ahethatns oatdcmine sees Seen SPEOTYTO.
b. Upper cervical tract slightly forked; seventh, sixth, and eighth primaries
UGS 2!) ee eee Se ea oie Mer E LOPE Abo Isitige GLAUCIDIUM.

II. Head not uniformly feathered, but usually showing longitudinal rows on the

crown, and the infra-mandibular region is very sparsely feathered.

A. Sternal tract free from ventral at posterior end ; outer pair of rectrices shortest.

a. Linear arrangement of feathers near the center of the crown between the

eyes, but on account of their nearness to each other not showing

any very definite pattern; lower cervical tract clearly defined on the

chim 5225 22 3.2 cede cai sise eee tne os ese eel a ee eee SYRNIUM.

b. Linear arrangement of feathers on the crown forming a definite pattern

between the eyes or else not evident at all; lower cervical tract

indistinct on the chin; ninth, eighth, and seventh primaries longest.

. AsIo.

ec. Linear arrangement of feathers on the sides of the crown, back of the eyes.

1. Tarsus fully feathered; seventh, sixth, and eighth primaries longest.

; MEGASCors.

2. Tarsus only feathered in front halfway to the toes ....GYMNOGLAUX

B. Sternal tract fused with ventral behina as well as in front; middle pair of
rectrices shortest.

a. Ninth, eighth, and tenth primar.es longest -............--.-2-.2% STRIX.

Notr.—The above arrangement is not intended to show any affinities between

these genera, but simply to set out more prominently some of the differences.

ee a

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 561

Genus MICROPALLAS.

Unfortunately, Ihave only had the opportunity to examine one speci-
men of this very interesting genus of little owls, but Mr. Lucas and
Mr. Ridgway have very kindly examined the skins of both VM. whitneyi
and M. graysoni in the National Museum, and have thereby confirmed
its chief peculiarity, namely, the presence of only ten rectrices. Indeed,
the specimen which I examined had only nine, but there is a possibility
that one had been lost accidentally. The primaries had been cut, and
so their formula can not be given, but there were only 15 secondaries.
In the general pterylosis this genus differs from Asio accipitrinus
(figs. 9 and 10) in the uniform feathering of the head above and below,
except the naked space over the eye; in the narrowness and weakness
of all the tracts, but especially the femoral; and in the somewhat less
complete feathering of the toes, where the feathers are very hair like.
The dorsal tract and the posterior end of the cervical were not easy to
make out, but seemed to be like Asio. In fresh specimens, however,
I should expect to find the cervical tract scarcely forked and the dor-
sal extending forward so as to almost meet it, as in Glaucidiwn.

Specimen examined.

| No. | Name. Collection. Condition. |
|

1 | Micropallas whitneyi .-.----......-. | U.S. Nat. Mus......2. Alcohole. |

Genus SPEOTYTO.

Although this genus shows some modification of the typical Strigine
pterylosis, it did not seem necessary to publish a figure, as one has
already appeared with a full account of these differences in the Journal
of Morphology for June, 1889, by Dr. Shufeldt. All the specimens
which I have examined agree with the description there given,
although really the width of the tracts is not so especially noteworthy
when compared with our other owls as in comparison with the figures
of Nitzsch. Indeed, I have not noticed in any of the owls which I have
examined the extreme narrowness of the tracts to which Nitzsch called
attention, although they may be narrower than those of the hawks and
some other birds. The chief peculiarity of Speotyto lies in the uniform
feathering of the whole head, more complete than in any other owl I
have seen. This was especially clear in the young bird from the
National Museum, where the sides of the head were more fully clothed
than in the adults. The lateral neck spaces are broad and do not reach
quite to the ear, as in other owls, but permit, instead, a slight union
of the upper and lower cervical tracts on the sides of the head. In all
other respects Speotyto agrees with Asio, except that the tarsus is only
feathered to the base of the toes, and that only in front. The eleven
primaries rank as follows in length: 9=8, 7, 6=10, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 11.

Proc. N. M. 94-36

562 PTERYLOGRAPHY OF GOAT-SUCKERS AND OWLS—CLARK. Vou. xvn.

There are fifteen secondaries and twelve retrices, but of the latter one
bird from the National Museum (No. 85253) possessed thirteen.

Specimens examined,

No. Name. Collection. Condition.
1 | Speotyto cunicularia hypogeea ...-....-. U.S. Nat. Mus ....| Alcoholic.
DAY seek (eee SD Se eepen eStart Sa ee Meant. eee ocr Soe ci 2 dos
3 | Speotyto cunicularia hypogzea (young). .--..- GOs eeee ae do.
4 | Speotyto cunicularia hypogeea .--. 2
9 Se cee eer et Ct Ss Bee er Oe a ee
Gils is OLY wane on Sees Demme eee aceon thea e m

Nitzsch says of S. cunicularia that “it has twenty-four remiges, of
which ten are on the hand; the first equals the fifth; the second
between the fourth and fifth; the third somewhat longer than the
fourth.” Since he does not mention the real first primary, it is neces-
Sary to add one to each of these figures in order. to get the formula as
he meant it. Reversing the notation, it then becomes 8, 7, 9, 6=10, 5,
4, 3, 2, 1, 11, which agrees substantially with what I have given.
Although Nitzsch allows the genus only fourteen secondaries, both Dr
Shufeldt and I found fifteen.

Genus GLAUCIDIUM.

The pterylosis of this genus is very similar to that of Micropallas and
Speotyto, but the infra-mandibular region is not at all thickly feathered
and there are distinct apteria along the rami of the lower jaw. The
upper cervical tract is broader than usual and posteriorly divides so
very slightly that the fork is not clearly defined at all, while the dorsal
tract extends farther forward than in Asio, although it does not quite
reach the end of the cervical. The humeral tracts are not very broad,
being narrower than the upper cervical. The femoral tract is well
developed and the tarsus is feathered only as far as the somewhat hairy
toes. Beneath Glaucidium agrees closely with -Asio, although the ven-
tral tracts are not quite so clearly marked on the breast. The formula
for the primaries is as follows: 7, 6, 8, 5, 4=9, 3, 2,1, 10,11. Two of
the specimens examined had fourteen and the other two fifteen, second-
aries, while there are, as usual, twelve rectrices.

Specimens examined.

No. Name. Collection. Condition.
1 | Glaucidium phalenoides ....--...--. Brownsville, Tex ..--. Fresh.
DN acres OO ccc cote aos oe coeaien ee aetna lasmeeye Go-ct fa seehecs eas do.
3 liberia CLO) s'shmrs Wad Salven te Sia eaaieis Bisel per ots GO} oes teoten oat do.
re eee Os ccttecaneees gee ooebsaee usecase es G0 -hsscse cereead do.

Genus SYRNIUM.

The only specimen of this genus which I have examined agrees very
well in the general pterylosis of the body with Asio accipitrinus, but dif-

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 563

fers on the head in a . few details, The lower cervical tract is clearly
defined on the chin instead of being indistinctly scattered, while on
the crown the longitudinal rows are so close together and so similar
that the general effect is like the uniform feathering of Speotyto. The
feet are fully feathered to the base of the toes and the latter are more
or less feathered above. The wings had been clipped but there were
apparently sixteen secondaries.

Specimen examined.

No.

Name. | Collection. Condition.

Genus ASIO.

This genus seems to me to show, best of all the owls I have exam-
ined, the typical Strigine pterylosis, and this is especially true of A.
accipitrinus. The dense feathering of the anterior part of the head;
the apterium above tne eye; the four distinct longitudinal rows on the

Fig. 9. Fig. 10.

PTERYLOSIS OF ASIO ACCIPITRINUS.

crown, a pair on each side; the broad upper cervical tract rapidly nar-
rowing and deeply forked; the strong humeral tract and parapterum
on each wing; the rather weak dorsal tract indistinct at first, but clearly
defined posteriorly and forking to include the naked oil gland; the
Strong femorals with numerous scattered feathers between them and
the dorsal; the feathering of the feet almost to the claws; the very
'Sparsely Pesticred infra-mandibular space; the deeply fone lower
cervical tract; the very evident contour feathers on the upper outer

564 PTERYLOGRAPHY OF GOAT-SUCKERS AND OWLS—CLARK. Vou. xvi.

part of the breast, and chiefly the complete separation on the breast
of the sternal and ventral tracts, all make up the typical pterylosis of
the owls and are clearly shown in figs. 9 and 10. Asio wilsonianus
does not show these points as well, or at least the specimens which I
was able to obtain did not show them, but as they were not in very
good condition it is possible that perfect material will show more com-
plete agreement with Asio accipitrinus. The species of wilsonianus
examined did not show clearly the longitudinal arrangement of
feathers on the crown, although the head was not uniformly feathered
as in Speotyto; the femoral tract was no longer a true femoral, but
scarceiy reached the femur at all, being confined to the back of the
tibia (this may be easily understood by imagining the femoral tract in
fig. 10 to be moved down on the tibia one-eighth of an inch nearer the
tarsus); on the front of the tibia the feathering was so very dense that
there was a very distinct tract there. The two species agreed in pos-
session of fifteen secondaries and in the following formula for the prima-
Ties: (9,8, 7,,10=—6; D, 4,07 2,4 de

Specimens examined.

| No. Name. Collection. Condition.
| |

-. Fresh.
do.
«lo.
do.
do.

Nitzsch says of Strix brachyotus: ‘Twenty-four remiges, the second
the longest, the first somewhat shorter than the third.” Making the
same addition and reversion as we found necessary under Speotyto, this
formula becomes 9, 8, 10, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 11, which is almost the same
as that I have given. He only credits the genus with fourteen second-
aries, while I have always found one more.

Genus MEGASCOPS.

Except for the peculiar difference in the arrangement of the longi-
tudinal rows on the head, the pterylosis of this genus is very much’
like that of Asio. This difference is very
well shown in the plates and may be briefly
characterized thus: In Asio the longitudi-
nal rows are central, while in Megascops
they are lateral. On the infra-mandibular
space the feathers are more numerous in
the screech owls, but other distinctions are
not obvious. There are fourteen second-
aries, and the eleven primaries rank as fol- —
lows: 7=6, 8, 5,9, 4,3, 2, 10=1, 11. The ©
feet were more heavily clothed in feathers, though the same surface was |

Fig. 11.

HEAD OF MEGASCOPS ASIO.

Showing arrangement of Jongitudinal rows.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 565

covered, in the specimen from New York State than in kennicotti, and
in the latter more than in me callii.

Specimens exam ined.

No Name. Collection. | Condition.
fg | MMIO Sas COPS \ASIO) a. - soe. 022 = le oe = Rittsburps hans eee Fresh.
7st ie Gop eter esas losaeince nae Rochester. Ne We 2215: do.
3 | Megascops asio me eallii --.-....--. Brownsville, Tex..-.- do.
4 | Megascops asio kennicotti..-.....,.| U.S. Nat. Mus....... | Alcoholic.

Nitzsch says of Scops asio: ‘‘Twenty-two remiges * * * the
fourth the longest, the third equal to the sixth, the second to the
seventh, and the first scarcely to the ninth.” This gives the formula
7,6,8=5, 9=4,3,2,10,1,11, which isabout what [have given. He only
allows twelve secondaries, while I have always found fourteen.

Genus GYMNOGLAUX.

Among the other owls from the National Museum, there was a rep-
resentative of this genus from Puerto Rico, but its specific identity was
not known. It agreed in nearly all particulars with Megascops, the
only important difference being in the feathering of the feet. The
longitudinal rows on the head were arranged as in Megascops, although
they were not quite so clearly defined. The tibia was heavily feathered
in front, but the tarsus was only clothed about half-way down and was
bare on the sides and behind, so that it was more extensively denuded
than in any other owl examined. The primaries had unfortunately
been cut, so that their formula can not be given, but there seemed to
be only thirteen secondaries, a small number for an owl.

Specimen examined,

No. | Name. Collection. | Condition.
ia ——S = — +--+
| al

1A | Rea ritesd Chi bath ca eee seeonetenee OCG Gis; Nat. aviuis!= staan | Alcoholic.

Genus STRIX.

This genus shows a greater variation from the normal owl-type than
any other of which I know and would deserve a figure if it had not already
been so well figured by Nitzsch. It differs from Asio in the following
particulars: The head is more uniformly feathered above and shows no
signs of longitudinal rows, but the infra-mandibular region is scarcely
feathered at all, except for the very narrow lower cervical tract, which
begins at the base of the gonys and extends nearly to the furcula before
forking widely. It is, however, slightly divided for some distance
before it actually forks, so that the upper part of each branch is abruptly

566 PTERYLOGRAPHY OF GOAT-SUCKERS AND OWLS—CLABRRK. vou. xvi.

wider than the lower, although there is no true inner branch given off.
The upper cervical tract is very narrow, while the humerals are nar-
rower than in any other genus and the parapterum is weak. The
femorals are strong, but very diffuse, and are scattered over most of the
femur. The feet are not feathered quite to the toes, but the latter are
very hairy. The sternal tract is fused with the ventral, not only at its
origin near the furcula, but also at the other end of the breast, so that
the tracts are really one; very broad on the sternum, and containing a
longitudinal apterium, and becoming abruptly narrow on the belly.
The hypopterum is very strongly marked, and the hook connecting it
with the sternal tract is composed of larger feathers, and they are much
more numerous than in the other owls. Indeed, the whole breast is
much more thickly feathered than in Asio. Another remarkable
peculiarity is the formula for the comparative lengths of the rectrices.
In all the other owls the middle pair of tail-feathers is the longest and
the external pair shortest, so that the formula is.1, 2, 3,4,5,6. In Stria,
however, this is exactly reversed, the outer pair being the longest and
the formula reading 6, 5,4, 3,2,1. There are fifteen secondaries and
the primaries rank as follows: 9, 8, 10, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 11.

Specimens examined.

No. Name. Collection. Condition.
if |eStrixspratincolase esses eee ee | Brownsville, Tex ...-. Fresh.
2 |------ Ome enact ar NS emanate aon | Aerie (IN Sess eosoneacdcr do.

(

Nitzsch says of Hybris flammea: ‘Twenty-four remiges, the three first
about equally long, but the second is really the longest.” This formula
is the same as what I have just given. There are, however, fifteen
secondaries, instead of fourteen, as Nitzsch says.

COMPARISON OF THE TWO GROUPS.

Before entering on a detailed comparison of the two groups which
we have been examining, it will set some of the facts more clearly
before us if we arrange them in tabular form.

Comparison of the groups.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 567

Comparison of the genera.

. |
Genus. Pterylosis of the crown. tictal bristles. Primary formula.
| |
Phalenoptilus. .-.. tong itudinal rowel. osee-kesceeeeete Present .......
Antrostomus -.---- | lorcta oie TOY ee microti See eee ia areata Sala COs oes hoo, T—=105655, 4 Oke).
Nyctidromis ...--- ee OMe Rete eh ee ds mn tU oostacees. 2 8, 9, 7, 10, 6,5, 4,3, 2.1.
RSHOTCCWES =. 2225-10) =--6- GRASS soe ane eee e ance toes sane Wiamrtin «= 22 10, 9,8: '7,.6,.5, 4, 3, 2.1.
Micropallas.....-.. Wonforms. pose sce asec cee oad F :223d0) seeste es |
RIEOU DOr oy 4,o- (<= — 5 |e =": Oe eee a Ste rane na ete see | A igs epee, a4 9—8, 7, 610.5. 4, 3,2, 1. 11.
Gianerditim::.62<..6.2)a2< 5.5 CO eR ae eb er ee ee een eS e. (UO piacere | 7. (ayers we, ee a a Hs (0 by [
PMRID Ete ce see ee Hon rtm Mal VOM a see as wean an G0r ee | O18. Te LO—6.5) 4; ayy deel
PAR UEUIONN oe Ss cies teehee (hele) AR ee eke CE Pee ena (eas dose: 8:
MetasGOpS. = -22.2.-|.-=~-- Cho PES Se sa ar tsaisoenone corre! aeae (3 Ua Wiese ae ate NW ERE SBE BHO s (09 ie litle
Gymuoglavxc--.-\< }52-.2- OP te aa seen ae GR aies ss
“1 TL ed ORT ae el eat JUDIE On OSes eee ea ee ete Wepre Oi es 25h | 9.8, 10;'7, 6,5. 4..3,.2, 1 11.
|
Number Number jy laf
Genus. of second Pterylosis of the feet. of rec- ee es hs
aries. trices. pecueAge
Phalenoptilus ...-. IPO) Fels} Ae aan Re eS Rea ae nee ESS Ee aes esas sare 10) ees ia be
Antrostomus ...--- 12 | 'larsus feathered halfway down in front. -.---. | 10 | 1, 2,3, 4,5.
Nyctidromus --.--. 12) || WAS aonoes a5 sss0 os soobe sees Se Res sacs ooeeemeCe 10 | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Chordeiles ......--. 13 | Tarsus feathered halfway down in front..-.-.-. 10 | 5, 4,3, 2,1.
Micropallas....-.-- 13) lly teahherediss" 2 -- hc ages- eet Borne bea ceeway 10)} 1:2:324 6:
Speotvto-..-.----.. 15-| Feathered to base of toes. .-..2--..2-----+----- 12} A. 2,3; 45,6:
Glaucidium..-..--- 14 or 15) |\--=-=- Oy Ss sae an en ee eo ees hoacee isl 12) S253, 4, 5565
BAUER te ceteyale aie ig rere an TSM eonliy teanheredes 5-6 succ-- we en encesesaceece= 12 | 1,2,3,4, 56.
Soo EI ee ees 16) Almostatully feathered. - 2.22552 2. 25seceeee 125 |) e208 5 AG:
Megascops:.....--. 14 Hnllivteathered.. es. ochnose cess on tes ce ee (PAs ale epee i as
Gymnoglaux....-.. 13 | Tarsus feathered halfway down in front... --. IPAM | IB Se eae
Sl bee ee ee Ls" |sheatheret! te toes... =... 25- = Sancta cee eo ee 1 Ory aeoseale

Having thus set the more important facts before us in a condensed
and therefore convenient form, let us see what inferences, if any, can
be drawn from them. In order to estimate correctly the vaiue of like-
nesses and the weight of differences, one must first consider the rela-
tive importance of the different pterylographical characters in any
two groups. We may safely assert that the most importance attaches
to the fundamental plan of the pterylosis, while slight variations carry
little weight. ‘lhis is to be inferred from the uniform pterylosis of
clearly defined groups such as the Grouse or even the Passeres. Next
to this I should rank the condition of the wing, whether aquincubital
or not, and the number of rows of coverts and then the condition of
the oil-gland tuft, aftershaft, and down. The number of rectrices,
remiges, and feathers in the alula are much more variable and depend
to some extent perhaps on the size of the bird, but of course agreement
in these details would carry more weight than differences. Less valu-
able would be the denudation of the tarsus and tibia, which is more or
less dependent on the habits of each species, while the least impor-
tant of all characters is the presence or absence of peculiar feathers
or crests, because these often differ even in the two sexes of the same
species. Estimating the value of the characters in this way, let us
now examine, under the following four heads, the comparative ptery-
lography of the two groups before us: (1) fundamental plan of. ptery-
losis, together with its variation in detail; (2) arrangement of the
feathers of the wing; (3) aftershafts, oil gland, and down; (4) tail.

—

568. PTERYLOGRAPHY OF GOAT-SUCKERS AND OWLS—CLARK, Vou. xvu.

Fundamental plan and variation in detail—In regard to the funda-
mental plan of the pterylosis, it needs only a glance at the figures to
show us that while dorsally the two groups are very similar, there
is ventrally at least one important difference. On the head the
feathering is much more dense and uniform in Striges than in Capri-
mulgi, but there are nevertheless signs in the former group of a
tendency towards a less uniform covering, as witness the longitudinal
rows of Asio and Megascops. Furthermore, in Chordeiles, there is
a much more uniform feathering of the infra-mandibular region than
in any owl except possibly Speotyto. There is no constant differ-
ence between the two groups in the upper and lower cervical tracts
which are always narrow and clearly forked. The dorsal tract is prac-
tically the same in both, varying indeed in the different genera as to
its extent and its union with the forks of the upper cervical. The
strong humerals with an evident parapterum are also common to the
two groups and the peculiarly placed femoral tract is likewise charac-
teristic of both, which is the more remarkable as the tibia is always
much more heavily feathered in Striges. As a rule, too, the owls have
the feet much more fully clothed, but as much of the tarsus is bare in
Gymnoglaux as in Antrostomus so that this slight difference is by no
means constant. On the ventral surface the two groups agree in sey-
eral minor details such as a strong hypopterum and hook, connecting
with the sternal tract, and the numerous scattered feathers on the
upper outer corner of the breast and on the shoulder, including a
connection between the lower cervical and the humeral tracts. But it
is on the breast that we find the first real difference in.the fundamental
plan, and this demands a careful examination. In the Caprimulgi, the
lower cervical after forking continues on each side as a single tract,
forming on the breast a broad and strong sternal, and on the belly,
after narrowing abruptly, the much weaker ventral tract. In the Stri-
ges on the other hand, the lower cervical, after forking, forms on each
side of the breast the well-marked sternal tracts, but does not continue
down on the belly to form the ventrals. These are, on the contrary, in
the typical Strigine pterylosis, entirely separate from the other tracts
at least as far up as the furcula and owing to their weakness at that
point their union with the sternals is often very indistinct. It willbe —
at once seen that this difference is really important, but when we con- —
sider the condition of these tracts in Strix, we find an arrangement
that is really intermediate between the two groups, and this gives us
a hint as to how the Caprimulgine form may have been derived from
such an arrangement as occurs at present in theowls. In Strix, as has
already been pointed out; not only do the ventral and sternal tracts
fuse clearly near the furcula, but owing to the slight outward curve of
the former and a more abrupt inward curve of the latter, the two
unite at the posterior extremity of the sternals so as to form in reality
one broad tract on the breast, containing a longitudinal apterium. It

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 569

will be easily seen that should this fusion increase at each end and
continue until the apterium had disappeared, we would arrive at the

- Caprimulgine condition. May it not be true that in this way the single

tract of the Caprimulgi has been formed? At any rate there is noth-
ing inherently improbable in the idea. If this be granted the conclu-
sion is inevitable that the fundamental plan of the pterylosis was
originally the same in both groups, and since in those minor points in
which they differ (such as the longitudinal rows on the head in the Cap-
rimulgi and the feathering of the tarsus in the Striges) there are numer-
ous intergradations, there is certainly reason to admit the possibility of
some relationship. It may be mentioned here that Strix shows
another peculiarity which is not unlike one of the features of Chor-
deiles. It will be remembered that the lower cervical fork of the latter
genus shows a prominent inner branch and although this is not found
in any owl, yet the peculiar formation of the tract in Strix gives us a
hint as to its possible origin. The above hypotheses in regard to the
origin of the single sternal-ventral tract in the Caprimulgi and the
inner cervical tooth in Chordeiles seem to indicate greater specialization
on the part of this group and it is worth while to bear this in mind as
we consider the other characters to be compared.

Arrangement of the feathers of the wing.—Since the wing is one of
the most characteristic organs of a bird, and since variations in the
arrangement of its feathers are almost endless even within the limits
of well-defined groups, similarities in these points must carry con-
siderable weight, especially when these likenesses are in such details
as the comparative length of the primaries. If we compare the
wing of an owl with that of one of our goatsuckers, we find sub-
stantial agreement in several points, but some apparently important
differences in others. Both agree in being aquincubital, a character
which seems to be of the greatest importance. They agree further
in the number of rows and distribution of the coverts and even fairly
well in the comparative lengths of the primaries. Thus among the
Caprimulgi, the eighth and ninth are about equal and are longest;
then follow the seventh and tenth (about equal), and the sixth, very
little shorter, and then 5, 4,3,2,1. Chordeiles (according to Coues) has
the tenth equal to the ninth and the rest in regular succession. Among
the owls examined there are three groups; Asio and Speotyto agreeing
very closely with the whip-poor-will as above given, the eighth and ninth
being about equal, seventh next, sixth and tenth (equal), and the rest
in regular order; Strix differing from these and approaching Chordeiles
in the greater length of the tenth primary, which is longer than the
seventh and almost equals the ninth; Glaucidium and Megascops show-
ing a very different arrangement with the seventh longest and the
tenth about equal to the first. Striges, however, possess the eleventh
primary in arudimentary condition, while it has completely disappeared
in the Caprimulgi. The latter have only three feathers in the alula,

570 PTERYLOGRAPHY OF GOAT-SUCKERS AND OWLS—CLARK, Vou. xvu.

while the owls have four. The number of secondaries varies in the
different genera, but it is almost always greater in the owls. It will be
noticed that these differences are all numerical and that the smaller
number is always the characteristic of the Caprimulgi. It is well
known that in the evolution of birds there has been a distinct tendency
towards a reduction of the number of remiges and this tendency has
been very marked in the specialization of many groups of small land

birds. This reduction takes place not only at the upper or inner end ~

of the forearm, thus decreasing the number of secondaries, but also
at the outer end of the hand, thus decreasing the number of primaries.
The former is much the more common and extensive method, so that
the number of secondaries may vary between six and forty; while the
latter is limited to one or two feathers only, the number of primaries at
least in Carinate birds, varying between ten and twelve.* We thus see
that in the structure of the wing, the Caprimulgi show a greater spe-
cialization than the Striges, although the arrangement of the coverts,
the absence of the fifth secondary, and the comparative lengths of the
primaries would seem to indicate that the original plan of the wing
was the same in both groups. This is in line with the conclusion to
which our examination of the general pterylosis had brought us and
the consideration of the remaining characters may throw still more
light on the subject.

The presence of aftershafts, oil gland, and down.—In the general
structure of the plumage there is a superficial resemblance between the
owls and goatsuckers, but a careful examination does not altogether
bear this out. The greatest difference lies in the presence of an after-
shaft on the feathers of the Caprimulgi which is entirely lacking in
Striges. Although stronger in Vyctidromus than Chordeiles, it is, even
in that genus, very weak, although I have always found it present.
In the owls, however, it is uniformly absent and I have found no trace
of itin any of the specimens which I have examined. This difference
can not, therefore, be easily explained away, at least not until we know
more of the origin and function of the aftershaft and are better
acquainted with the pterylography of all the genera. I have already
spoken of the peculiar length of the calamus in the large wing and tail
feathers of the Caprimulgi, but I did not find the same structure clearly
shown among the owls, except in Glaucidium, where it was as evident
as in Nyctidromus. Down feathers are very rare in both groups, if
present at all, and I found no trace of an oil-gland tuft in either,
although Nitzsch speaks of finding a trace of it in Strix.

Number and length of feathers in the tail—What has been said above
in regard to the reduction of the number of remiges in birds is also
true of the rectrices, although the evidence is less satisfactory. How-
ever, it will hardly be disputed that the presence of ten rectrices in the
Caprimulgi indicates greater modification than the presence of twelve

*See Dr. Gadow’s interesting article in Proc. Zool. Soe., 1888, p. 655.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 571

in the owls. This difference in number might have been something of
a difficulty in showing any connection between the two groups were it
not for the interesting discovery that Micropallas possesses only ten,
a fact which seems to have previously escaped notice. Another thing
of interest in regard to the tail is that while in both Striges and Capri-
mulgi it is the rule for the middle pair of rectrices to be longest, there
is an exception in each group; among the former Strix, and in the
latter, Chordeiles, has the outer pair longest.

CONCLUSIONS.

Having thus compared in detail the pterylographical characters of
both Caprimulgi and Striges, as far as the material at hand would
allow, I may justly be permitted to draw a few inferences from the
facts before me. It can hardly be denied that these facts indicate a
certain degree of affinity, and although to me this relationship seems
quite close, of course it is well understood that conclusions based on
one set of facts will often be overturned by another set and are, there-
fore, unreliable. Judging from the wings and tail, the united sternal
and ventral tracts, and the striking longitudinal arrangement of the
feathers on the crown, there can be little doubt that the Caprimulgi
are the more decidedly modified of the two groups. In each one of
these particulars, moreover, there are owls almost as fully modified, yet
they do not combine them as do allof the Caprimulgi. Thus, Micropallas
has only ten rectrices, but the head is uniformly feathered and the ven-
tral tract is distinct, while Striz shows a partial union of the sternal and
ventral tracts, but has twelve rectrices and a closely feathered crown.
We may thus reasonably conclude that the common ancestors of the
two groups were rapacious birds much more like owls than goat-
suckers and probably more or less nocturnal in their habits. They
had a well-feathered head, a widely forked upper cervical tract, sepa-
rate sternal and ventral tracts, a peculiarly situated femoral tract,
twelve rectrices, of which the middle pair were longest, and twenty-six
or more remiges, of which eleven were on the hand. The plumage prob-
ably possessed an aftershaft and the oil gland was bare, while the tarsus
may have been feathered. From this extremely hypothetical stem, there
soon arose birds more crepuscular than nocturnal and insectivorous
rather than carnivorous. These were the immediate ancestors, of the
Caprimulgi and soon lost the first primary, one pair of rectrices, and
several secondaries. In them also the ventral and sternal tracts fused
and the feathers of the head condensed into longitudinal rows, while
the feathers of the tarsus began to disappear. Thus the general
Caprimulgine pterylosis arose by what will at once be seen as a process
of condensation, possibly due to the need of greater lightness and
speed for the capture of their insect prey. Phalenoptilus shows the
most perfect development of this Caprimulgine form and so is the
most modern descendent of these hypothetical ancestors. Chordeiles

572 PTERYLOGRAPHY OF GOAT-SUCKERS AND OWLS—CLARK. VOU. Xvu.

seems to hav e branched off from the Caprimulgine form very -y early and
probably by becoming diurnal to a greater degree. Thus having lit-
tle need of sensitive rictal bristies, it lost them, while the wing and
tail were also modified. Among the owls the variation from the sup-
posed ancestral form has been more spasmodic and the direct progress
much less, but the pterylography of even the American forms is too lit-
tle known to draw any satisfactory conclusions. It is certainly a very
curious fact that Strix shows some variations which are completely
parallel to those of Chordeiles; thus, the outer pair of tail feathers is
the longest, the tenth primary almost equals the ninth, the peculiar
forking of the lower cervical tract gives a hint of the origin of the
inner branch of Chordeiles, and, finally, the partial fusion of the sternal
and ventral tracts is decidedly Caprimulgine. Whether this indicates
a nearer approach to that hypothetical, lost, parent form is, to say the
least, doubtful. More probably Strix has varied from the Strigine
stem in the same way, though to a greater degree, perhaps, than Clior-
deiles has from the Caprimulgine.

The conclusion, then, to which this study of their pterylography has
brought me is that the Caprimulgi are related to Striges, and not very
distantly either—probably a branch from the early part of the
Strigine stem. Dr. Sharpe, in his address at Budapest on “ Recent
Attempts to Classify Birds,” says that the idea that Caprimulgi and
Striges are nearly allied ‘‘is now scouted,” but he admits that the
nearest approach to the latter is in Steatornis. Garrod, in his very inter-
esting account of the latter genus,* concludes that it resembles Striges
much more than Caprimulgi, while Parker t considers its resemblance
to either group as being purely analogous, and so forming no connect-
ing link between the two. The weight of argument perhaps, of author-
ities certainly, is thus directly opposed to the conclusions to which
my observations had led me. It must be, therefore, as above stated,
that a conelusion based on one set of facts only is eminently unreliable
and should be set aside if the other characters are allagainst it. How-
ever this may be, I can only say that a comparative study of the ptery-
lography of the two groups as represented in North America most cer-
tainly shows some surprising similarities. Perhaps, however, it is only
an extraordinary case of what may be called ‘analogous variation.”

*Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1873, p. 526.
t Opp. cit., 1889, p. 161.

THE BOX TORTOISES OF NORTH AMERICA.

By W. E. TAYLOR.

IN THE discussion of the genus Terrapene* it is my purpose to pre-
sent, in detail, the osteological characters and the geographical distribu-
tion of the genus. In doing this I have had the privilege of examining
a great number of specimens, representing approximately the whole
distribution of the genus in the United States and Mexico.t

History and nomenclature.—F rom very early times systematic zoolo-
gists have mentioned the common box tortoise, under various names,
as occurring in North America. Over sixty authors have given one or
more species as found in various localities. But most of these writers
merely mention the names of the species, while localities, if given, are
indefinite. A full discussion of these writings would be out of place
in this article, and hence I content myself with barely mentioning a
few of the most important papers, the authors of which have reported
new species or proposed new names.

Edwards, in 1751, gives a good figure of Terrapene carolina.

Linneus, in his tenth edition of the Systema Nature, 1758, mentions
Testudo carolina as from Carolina. His description was taken from
Edwards.

Gray, in 1844, described Emys kinosternoides, which may be Terrapene
triunguis, Agassiz.

Gray, in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1849,
describes Onychotria mexicana as from Mexico.

Agassiz, in his Contributions to the Natural History of the United
States, 1857, describes Cistudo virginea (Gmelin), Cistudo triunguis,

*This is the generic name, which has to be used for the American box tortoises.
Cistuda, Fleming, 1822, is a synonym of Terrapene, Merrem, 1820.

+The author is under special obligations to Dr. G. Baur, Assistant Professor, Uni-
versity of Chicago, for material aid in the preparation of this paper, the synonymies
being, for the greater part, prepared from his manuscripts, and to the authorities of
the U.S. National Museum for the loan of valuable specimens. He has also to thank
the following gentlemen for specimens from various parts of the country, viz: Prof.
H. Garman, Prof. S. S. Maxwell, Prof. Benjamin B. Pentield, Dr. O. P. Hay, Mr. Gus-
tave Kohn, Mr. Julius Hurter, Mr. Roy R. Larkin, Prof. Theo. D, A, Cockerell, Prof.
H. B. Duncanson, Dr. Adolph Meyer, and Prof. J. D. Bruner.

Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 1019. ony

574 . THE BOX TORTOISES OF NORTH AMERICA—TAYLOR: vou, xv.

Cistudo ornata, and Cistudo major, the first being Testudo carolina of
Linnieus, while the jast three were recognized as new species.

Strauch, in his Vertheilung der Schildkréten, 1865, included all of
our American forms under Terrapene carinata, Linnzeus.

Cope, in his Check-List of North American Batrachia and Reptilia,
1875, recognizes Cistudo clausa, subspecies clausa (Gmelin and Hol-
brook), C. clausa, subspecies triunguis, and C.ornata, He placed Testudo
carolina of Linnzeus under the genus Testudo.

True, in Yarrow’s Check-List of North America Reptilia and Batra-
chia, 1883, recognizes Cistudo carolina, C. carolina triunguis, and C.,
ornata.

Boulenger, in his Catalogue of Chelonians in the British Museum,
1888, admits but two species, as follows: Cistudo carolina, C. carolina
var. kinosternoides, Cistudo carolina var. major, C. carolina var. mexicana,
and C. ornata.

Baur, in the American Naturalist, 1893, after making a study of the
osteology of Terrapene, adopts the following species: Terrapene major,
T. carolina, T. mexicana, T. triunguis, and T. ornata.

By continuing the work of Dr. Baur, and adding to the collections
already made by him, I am abie to confirm his observations, and, at the
same time, to add a new species.

I recognize the tollowing species: Terrapene major, T. bauri, T. earo-
lina, T. mexicana, T. triunguis, and T. ornata.

Not until within the last few years has the osteology of our forms
been carefully studied. Gray overlooked the rudimentary quadrato-
jugal in T. carolina. Agassiz, in his characterization of the genus,
speaks of the temporal arch as “either cartilaginous or only partially
ossified,” forgetting the fact that 7. major, described by him, possesses
a well-developed zygomatic arch.

3oulenger gives the absence of a bony temporal arch as character-
istic for Terrapene. |

Briihl gives a figure of the skull of Terrapene carolina, but overlooked
the quadrato-jugal.

Baur, in the Zoologischer Anzeiger for 1888, No. 296, first pointed out
the fact that 7. carolina possesses a rudimentary quadrato-jugal, con-
trary to the opinion held by Gray and others. Later, in Science, No, 426,
1891, he gave the osteological characters of Terrapene major, T. caro-
lina, and T. ornata; and still later, in the American Naturalist, 1893,
the complete osteological characters and general descriptions of T.
major, T. carolina, T. mexicana, T. triunguis, and T. ornata were given.

The geographical distribution of Terrapene has never been com.
pletely worked out. Most authors have merely given a few localities
or the range of each species in a general way.

Agassiz, in 1857, gives T. carolina (Cistudo virginea) as the north
eastern type and erroneously states that it “has the most extensive
range” of the genus. He also mentions Terrapene (Cistudo) triunguis

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 575

-as the western and southwestern type, and Terrapene (Cistudo) ornata
as the northwestern type. Owing to the limited data accessible he
failed to recognize that the last-named species is the western form, from
the Yellowstone to the Rio Grande. He also meutions Terrapene
(Cistudo) major as the southern and southeastern type of the genus.

Cope, in 1875, states that Terrapene carolina is found in the “ Kastern
region and Louisianian and Floridian districts;” 7. triunguis in the
‘austroriparian region to Georgia, eastern Pennsylvania,” and 7. ornata
in the “ Central region.”

Baur, in 1893, gives the geographical distribution of the species as
follows: T. major, “ Southern States;” 7. carolina, ‘* Kastern States to
Indiana;” 7. mexicana, ‘* Mexico;” T. triunguis, “ Louisiana, Arkansas,
Indian Territory, Mississippi, Georgia;” 7. ornata, ‘Central States.”

The writer’s notes on the geographical distribution of Terrapene will
be given under a separate heading.

Genus TERRAPENE, Merrem.

1820.—Terrapene, MERREM, Versuch eines Systems der Amphibien, p. 27 (type, Testudo
clausa, GMELIN—T, carolina, LINN®US).—BAUuR, Zool. Anz., 1888, No. 296;
Science, Xvi, 1891, p. 190; Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1892, p. 245.

1822.—Cistuda, FLEMING, Philosophy of Zoology, 1, p. 270.

1832.—Diclida (part), RAFINESQUE, Atlantic Journal, 1, p. 64 (in Analyse de la Nature,
1815, name only).

1835.—Pyxidemys (part), FITZINGER, Ann. Wiener Mus,., I, p. 123.

1844.—Hmyoides, GRAY, Catalogue of Tortoises in British Museum, p. 27.

1849.— Onychotria, GRAY, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1849, p. 17.

1857.— Cistudo, AGAssiz, Contributions to the Natural History of the United States,
I, p. 444. —BOULENGER, Catalogue of the Chelonians in British Museum,
1889, p. 114.—Baur, Proc. Amer, Philos. Soc., 1892, p. 44.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF TERREPENE.

I. Three digits on the hind foot.
1. Zygomatic arch complete. Webs absent. Phalanges on the fore foot 2-3-3-
SUMMING OOU 2a meee ceisler are ai lm sis cies oc eee Seine BAURI, p. 576.
2. Zygomatic arch incomplete. Webs absent.
a. Number of phalanges in the fore foot 2-3-3-2-2, hind foot 2-3-3-3-1.

Waraipace tectiiionithaa eis A osteo se S eta oo se Oe MEXICANA, p. 579.
b. Number of phalanges in fore foot 2-3-3-2-2, hind foot 2-3-3-2-1. Cara-
PACE NORMECUMORN a oa cea does aiied <= sais ariiaie ew wee TRIUNGUIS, p. 580.

Il. Four digits on the hind foot.
1. Zygomatic arch complete. Webs distinct. Phalanges in the fore foot 2-
3-3-3-2; hind foot 2-3-3-3-2 2222. 2.2 2222 ese cs Hep MAJOR, pi. 575.
2. Zygomatic archrudimentary. Digits slightly webbed. Phalanges in the fore
foot 2-3-3-3-2, hind foot 2-3-3-3-2. Carapace keeled. . CAROLINA, p. 577.
3. Zygomatic arch absent. Webs absent. Phalanges in the fore foot 2-2-2-2-
2, hind foot 2-3-3-3-1. Carapace not keeled ...........ORNATA, p. 581.

TERRAPENE MAJOR (Agassiz).

1857.—Cistudo major, AGASSIZ, Contributions to the Natural History of the United
States, 1, p.445 (type in Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass.; locality of
type, Mobile, Ala.).—GARMAN, Bull. Essex Inst., x v1, 1884, p. 10.

576 THE BOX TORTOISES OF NORTH AMERICA—TAYLOR. vou.xvn.

1865.—Terrapene carinata (part), SrRAUCH, Mém, Acad. Sci. St. Petersb. (7), vi11, No.
13, p. 46.

1870.—Cistudo carolina var. major, Gray, Supplement to the Catalogue of Shield
Reptiles, p. 19.—BoOULENGER, Catalogue of Chelonians in British Museum,
1889, p. 117.

1891.—Terrapene major, BAUR, Science, Xv, 1891, p. 190; Amer. Natural., xxvm,.
1893, p. 677.

Quadrato-jugai well developed; zygomatic arch complete, and always
present and relatively wider and more fully developed than in 7. bauri.
Maxille distinctly notched. Upper branch of the scapula considerably
longer than the inner branch (endo-scapula); digits with distinct well-
developed webs. Number of phalanges in the forefoot, 2-3-3-3-2;
hind foot, 2-3-3-3-2. Number of claws in the hind foot, 4.

Carapace oblong in horizontal outline; transverse outline semi-
circular. Anterior margin but slightly curved; moderately compressed
above and median ridge distinct. The width of the carapace com-
pared to length varies from 10-12 to 10-14. First pleural plate more
than half as wide as long. Ground color varying from black, yellowish
olive or dark brown to very light dingy brown. The yellow spots are
arranged in radiating lines but are not connected. The plastron is
usually of a straw-yellow color with the dermal plates more or less
faintly bordered with black or dark brown.

This species is found in regions adjacent to the Gulf coast of Florida,
Alabama, Louisiana, and Texas.

List of specimens.

Ltt (GeO h Nr ue ss <2 aa acer neetere crete onthe tee aire mete New Orleans, La.
2 | G. Kohn . -| Mandeville, La.
3
4

3 | G. Kohn ..- -| Galveston, Tex.
Dr. G. Baur* .- -| Nashville, Tenn.

* Not seen by the writer, but examined by Dr. Baur with reference to the points discussed in this
paper.

TERRAPENE BAURI, new species.

Quadrato-jugal well developed; zygomatic arch complete, though
not as wide asin JZ. major. Webs absent. Number of phalanges in
the forefoot, 2-3-3-3-2; hind foot, 2-3-3-2-1. Number of claws on the
hind foot, 3.

Carapace semicircular in transverse outline, imperfectly oblong in
horizontal outline. Median ridge and keel distinct. First pleural plate

more than three times as long as wide. Ratio of width to length of —

the carapace approximately 10 to 15.

Ground color of the carapace dark brown, sometimes slightly olive,
marked with yellow, arranged in radiating lines rather than single
spots; keel yellow. The markings of the carapace bear a very close
resemblance to the extreme western species 7. ornata, a species from
which it is entirely separated geographically. Plastron yellowish with
but few markings.

iii nine oth.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 577

The type (No. 8352, U.S.N.M.) was collected in Florida by F. B. Meek.

The species is named for Dr. Baur, who first noticed the peculiarities
of the type, but having only the one specimen considered it as an
exceptional individual of 7. triunguis.

List of specimens.

j ) |
No. | Collector. Collection. Tocality. |

|
| 1 | F. B. Meek ..-.--- leo: A521: SUN ME was 7 2... | Florida.

TERRAPENE CAROLINA (Linneus ).

1758.—Testudo carolina, LINNZUS, Systema Nature, 10 ed., 1, p. 198 (from EDWARDS;
locality, South Carolina); 12 ed., 1, 1766, p. 852.—SCHNEIDER, Naturge-
schichte der Schildkréten, 1783, p. 334.—GMELIN, Systema Nature, I, il,
1788, p. 1041.—BONNATERRE, Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique,
Erpétologie, 1789, p. 28.—DONNDORFF, Zoologische Bey triige, 11, 1798, p. 20.

1758.— Testudo carinata, LINN US, Systema Nature, 10 ed., I, p. 198; 12 ed., 1, 1766,
p. 353.—SCHNEIDER, Naturgeschichte der Schildkréten, 1783, p. 361.—
LACEPEDE, Histoire Naturelle des Quadrupedes Ovipares et des Serpens, I,
(Synops. méth.), 1788, p. 164.—BONNATERRE, Tableau Encyclopédique et
Méthodique, Erpétologie, 1789, p. 28.—DONNpDoORrFF, Zoologische Beytrige,
ul, 1798, p. 27.—SuHaw, General Zoology, 11, pt. i, 1802, p. 35.

1788.—Testudo clausa, GMELIN, Systema Nature, I, ii, p. 1042.—SCHOEPFF, Historia
Testudinum, 1792, p. 32, Pl. vil.—DoNNDORFrF, Zoologische Beytriige, U1,
1798, p. 27.—SuHaw, General Zoology, 11, pt. i, 1802, p. 36, Pl. vi1.—DaupIn,
Histoire Naturelle des Reptiles, 11, 1803, p. 207, Pl. xx1u1, figs. 1, 2.—LE
ConrTE, Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, 1, 1830, p. 124.

1788.— Testudo brevi-caudata, LACHPEDE, Histoire Naturelle des Quadrupédes Ovipares
et des Serpens, I (Synops. méth.), p. 169.

1789.—Testudo incarcerata, BONNATERRE, Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique,
Erpétologie, p. 29. ~

1789.— Testudo incarcerata- striata, BONNATERRE, Tableau Encyclopédique et Métho-
dique, Erpétologie, p. 29.

1803.—Testudo virgulata, DAUDIN, Historie Naturelle des Reptiles, 111, p. 201, Pl.
XXII, figs. 3, 4.

1812.—Emys clausa, SCHWEIGGER, Konigsberg. Arch. Naturwiss., 1, pt. i, pp. 315,
438.—WAGLER, Natiirliches System der Amphibien, p. 138.—SCHLEGEL,
Fauna Japonica, Reptilia, 1833, p. 65.

1812.—Emys virgulata, SCHWEIGGER, Kénigsberg. Arch. Naturwiss., 1, pt. i, pp. 316,
441.

1812.—Emys schneideri, SCHWEIGGER, Koénigsberg. Arch, Naturwiss., 1, pt. i, pp. 3:7,
442,

1820.—Terrapene clausa, MERREM, Versuch eines Systems der Amphibien, p. 28.—
FITZINGER, Neue Classification der Reptilien, 1826, p. 45.

1825.—Terrapene carolina, BELL, Zool. Journ., 1, p. 309.—Baur, Science, xvu, 1891,
p- 190; Amer. Natural., xxvu, 1893,-p. 677.

1825.— Terrapene nebulosa, BELL, Zool. Journ., u, p. 310.

1825.—Cistudo clausa, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., tv, pt. ii, pp. 205, 214.—
BonaParTE, Cheloniorum Tabula Analytica, 1836, p. 6. ©

1826.— Terrapene virgulata, F1tzINGER, Neue Classification der Reptilien, p. 45.

1827.—Cistuda clausa, HARLAN, American Herpetology, p. 73.

1830.— Emys (Cistuda) clausa, BONAPARTE, Sulla Seconda Edizione del Regno Animale
Osservazioni, p. 162.

Proc NM, 94-—==37

578 THE BOX TORTOISES OF NORTH AMERICA—TAYLOR. oi. xvu.

1831.—Lmys (Cistuda) caroline, GRAY, in Griffith’s Animal Kingdom, rx, Append., p. 7.

1831.—Cistuda carolina, GRAY, Synopsis Reptilium, 1, p. 18.—HoOLBROOK, North
American Herpetology, 2 ed., 1, 1842, p. 31, Pl. u.—DrE Kay, Zoology of
New York, pt. ili, 1842, p. 24, Pl. 1., fig. 1.—Gray, Catalogue of Tortoises
in the British Museum, 1844, p. 30.

1835.—Cistudo carolina, DUMERIL and BIBRON, Erpétologie Générale, 1, 1835, p. 210;
IV, 1854, p. 224.—DUMERIL, Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris, Cata-
logue Méthodique de la Collection des Reptiles, 1851, p. 7 (part).—WIED,
Noy. Acta Acad. Leop. Carol., xxxu, i, 1865, p. 1, Pl. 1, fig. 1.—Gray,
Supplement to the Catalogue of Shield Reptiles, 1870, p. 19; Hand-list of
Specimens of Shield Reptiles in the British Museum, 1873, p. 18.—TRURE,
in YARROW, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus, 24, 1883, p. 37.—BOULENGER, Catalogue of
the Chelonians in the British Museum, 1889, p. 115, figs. 32, 33.—STRAUCH,
Mém. Acad. Sci. St.-Pétersb. (7) xxxvul, No. 2, 1890, p. 62 (part).—BaAuR,
Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1892, p. 44.

1835.—Pyxidemys schneideri, FITZINGER, Aun. Wiener Mus., 1, p. 123.

1835.—Pyaxidemys virgulata, FITZINGER, Ann. Wiener Mus., 1, p. 123.

1835.-— Pyxidemys clausa, FITZINGER, Ann. Wiener Mus., I, p. 123.

1857.—Cistudo virginica, AGASsIz, Contributions to the Natural History of the United
States, 1, p. 445, Pl. iv, figs. 17-19; Pl. vu, figs. 10-14.

1362.—Terrapene carinata (part), STRAUCH, Mém. Acad. Sci. St.-Pétersb. (7) v, No.7,
p. 96; vur1, No. 18, 1865, p. 45.

1875.—Cistudo clausa, subsp. clausa, Copr, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No 1, p. 53.

1884.— Cistudo carinata, 8. GARMAN, Bull. Essex Inst., x v1, p. 10.

1892.—Cistudo carolina var. carolina, H. GARMAN, Bull. [1]. State Lab. Nat. Hist., 111,
p. 219.

Quadrato-jugal rudimentary, triangular in shape and connected with
the quadrate only. Zygomatie arch absent. Maxillary, distinctly
beaked but not notched. Cervicals and their processes relatively short.
Upper branch of the scapula somewhat longer than the inner branch
(endoscapula), but not so long as in T. major. Number of phalanges in
forefoot, 2-3-3-3-2 or 2-3-3-2-2; hind foot, 2-3-3-3-2. Digits slightly
webbed. Claws in the hind foot, 4. First pleural plate approximately
twice as long as wide.

Carapace ovoid in outline; ratio of width to length in adults, about
as 10 to 12. Not compressed above; keel distinct and median ridge
absent. Color dark brown or blackish, marked by yellowish or brownish
radiating spots and lines. Often the keel is marked by an interrupted
yellow or brownish yellow line.

Plastron oval in outline, with distinct shoulders on each side of the
hinge area. Ground color dull yellow, variously blotched and mottled
with lavendar brown.

Kentucky and Tennessee specimens are the most beautiful of our
North American forms, and may possibly be entitled to rank as a
variety of T. carolina. The carapace is ovoid in horizontal outline;
semiovoid in transverse section. The general color is black or very

dark brown, marked by bright yellow, sometimes the latter color pre- —

Vailing. The posterior portions of the second, third, and fourth ver-
tebral plates are marked by distinct but irregular quadrate blotches

— se

which are broadly bordered by bright yellow. The upper portions of

the first, second, and third costal plates are similarly marked. The

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

579

spaces in front of these blotches ¢ on n the vertebral plates and below them
on the costal plates are marked by spots and radiating blotches of
yellow. The presence of a distinct keel and the absence of a median
depression are points readily distinguished. The plastron is yellow,
irregularly blotched and mottled with much brown and black, broadest
across the femorals. The upper portion of the head and neck is brown,
slightly specked with yellow; a yellow line beginning at the posterior of
the eye runs back over the ear and the posterior of the skull. Mandible,
throat, and lower neck light yellow. Upper scales of the legs grayish;
lower scales mostly orange or reddish. The individual described is a
female collected at Midway, Ky., by Prof. H. Garman. Another speci-
men very similar but younger was sent me by Prof. S.S. Maxwell. This
one was collected at the mouth of Billingtons Creek, near Lovelaceville,
Ballard County, Ky., in the extreme western portion of the State, where
the writer has often observed other specimens. Prof. Benj. B. Penfield,
of Nashville, Tenn., sent me two specimens which agree with the Ken-
tucky individuals in every point except that a distinct triangular quad-
rato-jugal was present.

In general form and osteological characters this variety grades into,
if itis not identical with, typical specimens of T. carolina, and may be
regarded as the southern extension of this species. Hence the distri-
bution of 7. carolina may be given as eastern United States, south to
Carolinas, Georgia, Tennessee, and Kentucky, reaching the Missis-
sippi, west to eastern Illinois and Wisconsin, and north to Canada.

List of specimens.

z:
| No Collector. Collection. Locality.
jeep .| Indiana.
2 - do.
3 .| New Haven, Conn.
tillae 4 do.
Biloke ‘Stejneger SS RE Me ela icin ie mca ar ia elect siete Washington, D.C.
6) J.D. Figgins siete alee No. 20544, U.'S..N. M. ...---- Kensington, Md.
| THIER CO te Sassi w lies | ates ae ce sie fcickaai cents ane Lovelaceville, Ky.
| 8 | Prof. H. oar an PERSE EB AR HRS HRCI Soe ee ta Midway, Ky.
| Sr riOoe lave. Se iealiSsos cokes peeeine Gaccse hae Kentucky
10 Erok B.B. a poaade: Seo eee Risen a omchoee Eee Nashville, “Tenn.
A Opt oc sak Se yea Ree an cutee ie Se einees cas cee do.
PSE eMOUn GA sas: No. 11600, U.S. N. BMiets eee Rock Creek, DAG:
13 | Frank Burns...----- No. 14624, WAS Na Meee oe Darlington, 5.¢.
14 | J.D. Ridgway -.---- INo: 14670) U.S: N. M.2-- 3-2. Wheatland, Ind.
Ot eee Ofen ws eet see wien No. 14670, U.S. N. M Beene do.
OM aaa re 2 veces No. 8539 (2) Sheen coeseek ae Carlisle, Pa. |
Dee: Ax sBe@an.5 22,51 No. 13588, U.S. N. M...-.--- Bainbridge, Pa.
LUCY (CTD Otel By ib U es Se aL ee a a a re Albany, N.Y.
NOM eee Ofasteies sees ees Poee meee ee teas Seeman obcme do.
TERRAPENE MEXICANA (Gray).

1849.—Onychotria mexicana, GRAY, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1849, p. 17, Pl. 1 (type in
British Museum; locality of type, Mexico).—DuGks, La Naturaleza (2),
1888, p. 11.

1855.—Cistudo mexicana, GRAY, Catalogue of Shield Reptiles in the British Museum,
p. 40; Supplement to the Catalogue of Shield Reptiles, 1870, p. 19.—
Bocourt, Mission Scientifique au Mexique, Reptiles, fase. 1, 1870, p. 17
(part).—GUNTHER, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Reptilia, 1885, p. 1.—
Cops, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 32, 1887, p. 21.

580 THE BOX TORTOISES OF NORTH AMERICA—TAYLOR. vou. xvu.

1889.—Cistudo carolina var. mexicana, BOULENGER, Catalogue of Chelonians in the
British Museum, p. 118.

1891.— Terrapene mexicana, BAuUR., Science, XVU, 1891, p. 191; Amer. Natural , 1893, p.
677.

Quadrato-jugal very rudimentary; connected with the quadrate and
rather elongated. Zygomatic arch absent. Upper branch of the scap
ula as in 7. major. No webs between the digits and only three claws
on the hind foot. Number of phalanges in the forefoot 2-3-3-2-2; in
hind foot 2-3-3-3-1. Maxilla not notched.

Carapace oval in horizontal outline; rather triangular in transverse
outline. Ratio of width to length in adults approximately 10 to 13.
The additional plate found between the fourth and fifth vertebra] plates
seems to be characteristic. First pleural plate more than three times
as long as wide.

Color of the carapace brownish yellow marked by dark brown radiat-
ing lines and irregular spots. Head yellow, irregularly marked by
black or dark brown. Throat yellow, posterior neck light brown.

Plastron curved in the region of the abdominal and femoral plates,
and distinctly mucronate posteriorly. Color, whitish yellow, the pos-
terior border of each dermal plate bordered with smoky brown.

City of Mexico and Tampico, Mexico.

List of specimens.

1 | Dr. Herrera. .----- | DriGyBaursse soe eee eee Mexico.
|

TERRAPENE TRIUNGUIS (Agassiz).

1831.—? Emys kinosternoides, GRAY, in Griffith’s Animal Kingdom, 1x, Append., p.
12; Synopsis Reptilium, 1831, p. 32.

1835.—Emys cinosternoides, DUMERIL et BIBRON, Erpétologie Général, 11, p. 303; 1x,
1854, p. 227. Dumirit Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, Catalogue Méthod-
ique de la Collection des Reptiles, 1851, p. 12.

1844.—Emys (Emyoides) kinosternoides, GRAY, Catalogue of Tortoises in the British
Museum, p. 27.

1857.—Cistudo triunguis, AGAssiz, Contributions to the Natural History of the United
States, 1, p. 445, Pl. vu (type in Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass. ;
locality of type, Louisiana).—GARMAN, Bull. Essex Inst., x v1, 1884, p. 10.

1865.—Terrapene carinata (part), STRAUCH, Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb., (7) VIII,
No. 13, p. 45.

1875.—Cistudo clausa subsp. triunguis, Copr, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1, p. 53.

1883.—Cistudo carolina triunguis, TRUE in Yarrow, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 24, p. 37.

1889.—Cistudo carolina var. cinosternoides, BOULENGEP, Catalogue of Chelonians in
the British Museum, p. 117.

1890.—Cistudo carolina (part), SrRAucH, Mém. Acad. Sci., St. Petersb., (7) XXXVII,
2, p. 62.

1891.—Terrapene cinosternoides, BAUR, Science, XviI, 1891, p. 191.

1893.—Terrapene triunguis, BAuR, Amer. Natural., 1893, p. 677.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 581

Quadrato-jugal rudimentary and triangular; connected with the
quadrate only. Zygomatic arch absent. Scapula asin 7. major. No
webs between the digits, and only three claws on the hind foot.
Phalanges in the forefoot, 2-3-3-2-2; hind foot, 2-5-3-2-1. Maxillez
slightly notched. Cervicals and ne processes eae short. :

Carapace moderately oval, keeled, and slightly compressed. Ratio
of width of carapace to length in adults about 10 to 13. First pleural
plate similar to 7. bauri. Ground color dark-brown or olive-yellow,
much mottled with yellow.

Plastron oval. Ground color yellow, much mottled with brown.

The Louisiana form seems to be a dwarf variety of this species and
is peculiar to Louisiana. They were first noticed by Agassiz who
states: ‘“‘Had I not noticed a few larger specimens from the Osage
River and from Georgia, I should not hesitate to consider them as a
distinct species.” They are characterized by their relatively small size,
peculiar markings, and rather full development of the quadrato-jugal.
Some times the quadrato-jugal is sufficiently developed to come into
contact, if not uniting, with the jugal. These individuals are readily
distinguished by their small size, three toes, and general color. In color
they vary from pale yellow or dusky to dark brown, marked by small
radially distributed yellow spots, often only few in number. The fact
that they grade into larger forms of other localities prevents them from
being ranked as a separate species.

Mississippi, Louisiana, Arkansas, Indian Territory, southern mis
souri and Kansas, and Texas.

List of specimens.

No. Collector. | Collection. Locality.

1G iKohn s2222c25 See ape ty Sent ae New Orleans, La.

Pa RNG Oe aah Is | Seen Se amen Ac do.

SB ee OO enemas sciee ease aoc ce sant ae noe mae emaets do.

AS Pee AC Olesen. seen (een ta ana cietteeee ones a Seer Mandeville, La

GS lean (US RES aoe ee Gaon e ea nene ar Basen me Ser eae do.

6 EOL OMe ree | seers sa nhcoriee cl temiehe sone onc ee do.

4 “Dr. OSPRHay <-c\pant was oooas banks sueee sare senee Shubuta, Miss.

8 yeas iebrircters ae os ea ees ae ae St. Ruts; Mo.

Os Oe eae ee ea mes cies See os Cem ee eek camara

10 | Dr. Kennerly - ANONOS;) Wise Ney Mince cee esee Fort Inge to San An-

tonio, "Tex.

TMG ore Poses erate INO:7345> Ui Sa Nie Mle ayowcternic Wailes, Miss.

1 Oe ee ae ee ae No. 303 (7174), Mus. Phila. | Mill Creek, Chicka-
Acad. Sci saw Nation, Ind. T.

1S TN Sree ee Seg No. 304 aarp, Mus. Phila. | Fort Arbuckle, Ind.
Acad.S Ty.

14 | Dr. E. Palmer.-..| No. 305 (7192), Mus. Phila. | Fort Gibson, Ind. T.
Acad. Sci.

TERRAPENE ORNATA (A gassiz).

1857.—Cistudo ornata, AGAssiz, Contributions to the Natural History of the United
States, 1, p. 445, Pl. 111, figs. 12,13 (type in Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge,
Mass.; locality of type, Upper Missouri, Iowa).—Copgr, Bull. U. 8. Nat.
Mus. 1, 1875, p. 53; Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 17, 1880, p.13.—TRUE in Yarrow,
Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 24, 1883, p. 37.—GARMAN, Bull. Essex Inst., x v1, 1884,
p- 10.—BOULENGER, Catalogue of Chelonians in the British Museum, 1889,
p. 118.—H. GARMAN, Bull. Il. State Lab. Nat. Hist., m1, 1892, p. 220.

1891.-—Terrapene ornata, BAUR, Science, XVH, 1891, p. 191; Amer, Natural., 1893, p. 678.

THE BOX TORTOISES OF NORTH AMERICA—TAYLOR. vou. xvu.

582

Quadrato-jugal entirely absent, and hence zygomatic arch never
present. Postorbital arch much more slender than in other species.
Maxillee notched. Cervicals and their processes relatively very short.
Upper branch of the scapula of the same length as the inner branch
(endoscapula). Digits without distinct webs. Number of phalanges
in forelimb, 2—2-2-2-2; hind limb, 2-3-3-3-1. Number of claws in the
hind foot, 4.

Carapace in horizontal outline broadly oval; much compressed above;
medium ridge usually present, but the keel always absent, even in the
young. Interpleural foramine between the ribs of the first and second
dorsal vertebrie almost obsolete. Ratio of the width to the length of
the carapace in adults, never exceeding ten to twelve, rarely more than
ten to eleven. The depression of the carapace is usually so great as to
render the outline of a transverse section almost oblong in shape.

The ground color of the carapace varies from very dark-brown,
marked with bright-yellow radiating lines with a yellow medium line,
to very light colors with no markings. ‘Third vertebral plate less than
two-thirds as long as wide, being in all other species relatively longer.

Plastron widest across the abdominal plates. Ground color brown,
marked by irregular yellow lines. Posterior to the hinge ligament
these lines show a tendency to become longitudinal, while on the
anterior of the hinge ligament these lines are mostly transverse.

East of the Rocky Mountains to Wisconsin, eastern Illinois, central
Indian Territory, and eastern Texas.

List of specimens.

Collection. |

Collector. Locality.
1 Dr Gubsauretecs. boca: | here aac ane ee pene | Lawrence, Kans.
i eta CU Cae es Rare Semaaccrcea icidcceoossoec | Garber (( i).
Ves OOo as Se setncl seine elmer cece nee eieinte eee =| COM SSO oe CO mene
Hees ih) OE eea see a medl Waiscaoedesaons cc reas ones do.

4
poy) LM Sehr 55 sansa lerocosscnoocosopesoescqc do.

Gee fee dO cytsrisnk ec stece|l esesues seeemsersceee = Kansas.

7 ln rof (DAG Cockerells|seem yao ante reece nee Las Cruces, N. Mex.
CH ey nab i hot seb h6= ol seas ss sg ceacbesseqecsoee do,

9 ¥1 Paso, Tex.

Proto) OS Broner cekscn| ares ae ces seen es eae ait
William Lloyd.......-.. No. 16484, U.S. N.M ..| South of Devil’s River,
Texas.

Lilie oem tr CORSA SSS setae see No. 20959, U.S. N-M -.-.| Corpus Christi, Tex.

12") Dr: Kennerliyn i... 2<)=- INO352) De SSNaMuSee as San Antonio to Fort Inge,
Tex,

13) | Prof..oB: Duncanson <3))sn..-eeenseneee ee ene se Peru, Nebr.

aP Al MaS eile We seee Sauericin mr ci No. 7541, U.S. N.M .-..| Sand Hills, Nebraska.
15) | Kennicoth)-2--2s-o.-l5 6 No. U.S.N.M ...| Illinois.
Gs | (Mela dens= = aseee oceania UN Monee Yellombtgue (River).

0.
-| Kennedy, Nebr.

il
ie) | dBiitey soe se om
St. Louis, Mo.

19 | Julius Hurter .-.-

20) Palmers ceesa 5 ...| Old Fort Cobb, Okla.
20) Wa SuwWoed)- 3222: a6 .| Republican River, Nebraska.
PPA eae (oie ge Aaa cic Ni

2 do.
Fort Laramie, Wyo.

23) fi Oe: evan den = nee seen ae
Kankakee, Ill.

24, Drs Miever: Deccan se aes

GENERAL REMARKS.
The geographical distribution of Terrapene offers many interesting
phases for study. The relatively fixed habits of the species of the genus
render their variations more or less local in character. Good illustra-

tee ARs El Wk ie ee

;

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 583

tions of this fact are seen in the 7. ornata of Texas and the T. triunquis
of Louisiana and southwestern Arkansas and southeastern Indian
Territory. But, notwithstanding these conditions, the specifie char-
acters are maintained throughout the range of each species, as has
been shown.

Terrapene major may be said to be strictly a gulf species, having for
its range the gulf coast from the Rio Grande to Florida, possibly inelud-
ing southern Georgia. The specimens examined by me seem to be larger
in the average than individuals of other species, and in general osteo-
logical characters they certainly represent the primitive form of the
genus. They possess a well-developed quadratojugal, a complete zygo-
matic arch, and are distinguished from TZ. bauri by the number of
phalanges, color pattern, and webbed digits, there being four claws on
each hind foot.

Terrapene bauri may be said to belong to the peninsula of Florida,
possibly including southern Georgia. It resembles 7. major in having
a complete bony zygomatic arch and 7. triunguis in having but three toes
on the hind foot, while it differs from either in the number of its pha-
Ianges. The color markings of the type, excepting plastron, are almost
identical with 7. ornata, a species from which TZ. bauri is completely
separated both by osteological characters and geographically. The
Specimens mentioned by Agassiz as three-toed specimens of 7. caro-
lina from North Carolina, and 7. triunguis from Georgia may belong to
this species.

Terrapene carolina is found in the northeastern United States, extend-
ing from the St. Lawrence and Great Lakes south to the Carolinas and
Tennessee and west to the Mississippi River in Kentucky and to east-
ern Illinois.* This species seems to exist in greatest abundance in
New Jersey and adjacent regions, but Dr. Hinds informs me that it is
very common at Lebanon, Tenn. It seems to be, in a certain sense, the
mountain species, being found thoughout the mountains of Pennsyl-
vania, as well as elsewhere, and seems to be coextensive with the Alle-
gany range southward. It is characterized by its rudimentary quad-
rato-jugal, the hooked upper jaw, and the presence of a distinct keel
on the carapace, the number of phalanges, and its slightly webbed
digits.

* Unfortunately I am unable to speak definitely as to the precise western limit of
T. carolina north of the Ohio River. The specimens reported by Prof. H. Garman
as from various points in southwestern Illinois are inaccessible at the time of writ-
ing, owing to alterations now being made in the museum at Champaign, Ill. Prof.
W. K. Higley, in his catalogue of Wisconsin reptiles, mentions TJ. carolina as col-
lected at the following places in Wisconsin, namely, Walmouth County, two speci-
mens; Milwaukee; Pine Lake; La Crosse; and Green Bay. Not having had an
opportunity to examine Prof. Higley’s specimens, I have been unable to verify his
identifications. Mr. Hurter, in his catalogue of St. Louis reptiles, mentions one
specimen of T. carolina, but since it is the only one which has been found in that
locality he rather infers that it was brought into St. Louis. This inference is made
more probable by the fact that the individual was found in the elevator yards.

584 THE BOX TORTOISES OF NORTH AMERICA—TAYLOR. you. xvn.

On the south it adjoins or overlaps the territory of 7. bawri and T.
triunguis, while on the west it overlaps the 7. triwnguis and T. ornata
for a comparatively short distance. Its principal characters remain
constant whether the specimens be taken from the Atlantic coast, the
mountains of Pennsylvania and Tennessee, or the prairies of Ohio and
Indiana. Specimens from Kentucky and Tennessee exhibit certain
peculiarities in color markings. These peculiarities have been discussed
fully under the specific characters of 7. carolina.

Terrapene mexicana is at once distinguished by its tectiform carapace,
rudimentary quadrato-jugal, and the number of phalanges. Several
authors have reported this species from the City of Mexico, and Bocourt
mentions one specimen as from Tampico, Mexico—the most northerly
locality reported. These meager data would hardly justify me in out-
lining its range.

Terrapene triunguis in many respects shows a peculiar distribution.
Roughly speaking it may be said to occupy the swampy districts of the
Lower Mississippi and bordering territory. It is found in the southern
half of the State of Mississippi, and passing into the extreme sounth-
western portion of Illinois is found as far north as St. Louis, Mo.;
thence west in the Osage River Valley in eastern Kansas; thence south-
west to the Arkansas River and its tributaries in Indian Territory;
thence to Matagorda Bay bordering the gulf from the Rio Grande to
Alabama. This species is characterized by its rudimentary triangular
quadrato-jugal, its number of phalanges and webless digits, three claws .
on the hind foot, its keeled carapace with its slight median depression.

Both Dr. Baur and O. P. Hay inform me that in southwestern Arkan.-
sas and central and eastern Indian Territory specimens are often found
which are greenish yellow and without spots, but marked individuals
are also present in the same region. Specimens from Louisiana are
rather small, having a dwarfed appearance, and are somewhat peculiar
in their markings. Their osteological characters, also, are somewhat
variable. However, typical specimens of the species are found in this
region.

Terrapene ornata is found from the Rocky Mountains east to Lake
Michigan and Indiana, south to the Ozark Mountains, and east to west-
ern Indian Territory and central Texas, and from the Rio Grande River
north to the Yellowstone River. This species may be said to belong to
the plains and the table-lands. In Kansas, where it becomes extremely
numerous, Prof. Cragin speaks of it as so abundant as to become a
nuisance as a cumberer of the ground. It seems to subsist and thrive
in our most arid climates, being found in the sand hills of Nebraska
and the barren regions of New Mexico and Texas. In its geographical
distribution it seems to be governed more by soil, rainfall, and vegeta-
tion than latitude. Throughout all its range it is characterized by the
entire absence of the quadrato-jugal, the possession of only two pha-
langes in each digit in the forefoot, its broadly oval carapace, with a
median ridge but without keel, a plastron widest across the abdominal

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 5&5

plates, and the variegated markings of the carapace. Texas specimens
are somewhat stouter and more compact, and often individuals possess-
ing no color markings are found, but, notwithstanding these exceptions,
the species is remarkabiy constant throughout its range. It occupies a
’ larger territory than all other species combined.

In the taxonomy of Terrapene, as first noted by Dr. Baur, the modifi-
cation of the zygomatic arch occupies an important position. The
quadrato-jugal is well developed in primitive forms of the genus, rudi-
mentary in intermediate forms,
and absent in ZT. ornata, the most
specialized species.

The skull of a species belonging
to a closely related genus, Cy-
clemmys amboinensis, is represented
in fig. 1. In this species the elon-
gated quadrato-jugal (b) lies along
the anterior border of the quad-
rate completely separatin g the a.—Postfrontal. 6.—Quadrato-jugal. c.—Jugal.
latter, as well as the squamosal,
from the jugal (c) and postfrontal (a). The postfrontal is much elon-
gated and widened, and with the jugal and quadrato-jugal forms a
complete zygomatic arch.

Fig. 2 shows the zygomatic arch of T. major. The postfrontal has
retreated and in this species forms a narrow club-shaped bone just
posterior to the orbit and takes no part in the formation of the zygo-
matic arch. However, a complete arch is present, composed of the
somewhat quadrangular quadrato-jugal and the jugal.

Fig. 3 illustrates the structure of the zygomatic arch of T. bauri, a
form, in this respect, closely related to T. major. It will be noticed
that this arch is more slender than in 7. major.

In T. carolina (fig. 4) the quadrato-jugal is rudimentary and is not
connected with the jugal, and hence the bony zygomatic arch is incom-
plete.

In T. mexicana (fig. 5) the zygomatic arch is incomplete, and the
-quadrato jugal has been reduced to a very small remnant. The same
thing may be said of 7. triunguis (fig. 6), except that in this species
the quadrato-jugal is more nearly triangular. In TZ. ornata (fig. 7) the
zygomatic arch has completely disappeared.

In this connection the modification of the phalanges seems worthy of
our attention. In all species there are five digits in each foot, and on
the fore foot of each there are five well-developed claws. However, in
the fore foot the number of phalanges varies, the number being in
T. major, T. bauri, and usually T. carolina, 2-3-3-3-2; in T. mexicana,
T. triunguis, and sometimes T. carolina, 2-3-3-2-2, and in T. ornata,
2-2-2-2-2,

_ The hind foot of 7. major, T. carolina, and T. ornata possesses four
claws, while in the remaining species but three clawsare present. With

aff :
Br yen le

SKULL OF CYCLEMMYS AMBOINENSIS.

586 THE BOX TORTOISES OF NORTH AMERICA—TAYLOR. vou. xvu.

reference to the number of phalanges in each hind foot the species
are as follows: 7. major and T. carolina, 2-3-3-3-2, the same number
as in the fore foot; 7. ornata and T. mexicana, 2-3-3-3-1; T. bauri and T.
triunguis, 2-3-3-2-1.

The loss of the phalanges on the hind foot might be accounted for by
supposing that the distal phalange does nut develop. But in the case
of the fore foot, where the full number of claws are still present, the
distal phalange evidently does not disappear. Hence the reduction

6. 7
Figs. 2-7.

SKULLS OF TERRAPENE.

Showing modification of the zygomatic arch in different species.

a, Postfrontal, 6, Quadrato-jugal. c, Jugal.

(For explanation of figures see page 585. )

must take place either by the coossification of two phalanges, or a
phalange and a metacarpal, or by the disappearance of a phalange.
Zehuntner, 1890, after studying the development of the Alpine Swift,
Cypselus melba, concludes that the reduction in the number of pha-
langes takes place in this species by coossification. He states that in
the fourth digit the first phalange probably unites with the fourth
metatarsal, while the third and fourth phalanges unite with each other.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 587

Also the second and third phalanges of the third digit unite. Hence
in the Cypselus, notwithstanding that in the early stages of growth the
normal number of phalanges for birds, 2-3-4-5, is developed, in this
genus the number of phalanges in adults is 2-3-3-3,

Pfitzner, 1890, discusses the reduction of the number of phalanges
in the little toe of man. In embryos and young children he found the
normal number of phalanges 3, but in the case of older children the
middle and the end phalanges usually unite, though in some instances
the middle phalange disappeared.

In Terrapene I have not been able to determine the method of the
reduction in the number of phalanges since embryological material of
T. ornata has not been obtained. I hope to be able to investigate this
question further at a later date. But, in the examination of younger
specimens, I find no evidences of coossification such as would probably
be indicated by the disproportionate length of a phalange formed by
the union of two phalanges.

The distribution of the species of Terrapene presents several interest-
ing problems. It seems probable that all of our species are derived from
one form. The closeness of the relations of the species would seem to
indicate that our forms are varieties rather than species. However, at
least twodifficulties are in the way of this conclusion. First, there can
be no question but that if we take two extremes of development of the
species of the genus, for instance, 7. major and T. ornataor T. carolina
and T. ornata, we must recognize them as separate species. But since
other intermediate forms seemingly cunnect these species, if the close-
ness of relations be considered as indicating varietal characteristics
only, we are forced to consider all species as varieties, a conclusion that .
would seem to be erroneous. Second, while the relations indicated
by a study of the different species seems close, yet the distinctions
seem definite and fixed, even where the ranges of the species overlap.
The study of a number of specimens seems to indicate that the different
species are derived from one form, and that afterwards, by isolation,
caused possibly by geological and climatic agencies, they became dis-
tinct. When we remember the comparatively fixed abode of these
animals 1t seems reasonable to suppose that these changes might have
been brought about by relatively simple agencies which need not neces-
sarily have acted simultaneously. Hence, it would seem proper to
classify each form as a distinct species, each possessing certain fixed
osteological characters. If these conclusions be true then it would
seem most reasonable to suppose that 7. ornata has become more dis-
tinct from the other species by its comparatively longer isolation, aided
by the generally arid climate of its habitat.

It will at once be noticed that of the species found within the United
States each occurs in a district which, in certain geographical features,
is peculiar to itself. 7. ornata occupies a district peculiar in its arid
climate and, for the most part,sandy soil. 7. triunguis is found in the

588 THE BOX TORTOISES OF NORTH AMERICA—TAYLIOR. vou. xvu.

low swampy regions of the Mississippi and its tributaries, the climatic
conditions here being the reverse of the district occupied by T. ornata.
T. carolina oceurs in both the mountains and plains, yet its climatic sur-
roundings are somewhat uniform and peculiar to its region. T. bauri
inhabits the peninsula of Florida, while 7. major is found adjacent to
the gulf coast, the two species occupying districts each peculiar in
itself.

Another peculiar fact in the distribution of Terrapene is that, so far
not a single species has been reported west of the Rocky Mountains,
notwithstanding its great abundance on the table-lands east of these
mountains,

For an explanation of the cause of this fact we can only surmise. It
is well known that in the Alleghany Mountains 7. carolina ascends to
a height of several thousand feet, as high, probably, as any other
species of our chelonians. Prof. Cockerell and Mr. Ray R. Larkin
have sent us specimens of T. ornata, collected at Las Cruces, N.
Mexico, between five and six thousand feet above the sea level. Possi-
bly the true explanation of the fact that Terrapene has not been found
west of the Rockies may be accounted for by the great elevation and
consequent climate of the mountains. If this explanation be the true
one, then it is only a question of time when the Terrapene will finds its
way over the Rocky Mountain range.

The information extant and the material at our command, we regret
to say, does not permit us to accurately outline the limits of the species
either south or north of the United States boundary lines. It seems
probable that at least one or more of our species may extend into
Mexico, though no such record exists. Neither do we have any
authentic record of the existence of the Terrapene in British America,
though it is possible, if not probable that specimens will ultimately
be found there. However, if we judge from the comparatively small
number of specimens found on the northern borders of the United
States, the species can not be abundant north of the boundary line.

UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO,

Chicago, Illinois, June 1, 1894.

DESCRIPTION OF UTA MEARNSII, A NEW LIZARD FROM
CALIFORNIA.

By LEONHARD STEJNEGER,
Curator of the Department of Reptiles and Batrachians

THE accidental nature of reptile collecting is well illustrated by the
discovery of this very conspicuous and distinct species in a region
which has been visited before by some of our best collectors.

The trenchant character of the distinctions between the present spe-
cies and its nearest ally inhabiting the Cape St. Lucas region empha-
sizes the gap between the Cape region proper and the rest of the Lower
California peninsula.

This discovery, moreover, is quite important, ean as it bridges
over the supposed difference between Uta thalassina and the other spe-
cies of the genus Uta. Boulenger,in 1885,* established the genus Petro-
saurus for that species because of its small caudal scales, the smooth.
ness of the dorsal granules, and the absence of denticulation on the
border of the posterior gular fold. The present species, however, has
the caudal scales large, keeled, and spinose, in fact, exactly as in the
typical species of the genus Uta; the dorsal seales are larger, more
convex, nearly tubercular on the sides, thus approaching the other
Utas, while the question of denticulation to the collar is one essentially
of degree only. However, the species which I am dedicating to its
discoverer, Dr. E. A. Mearns, U.S. A., naturalist of the International
Boundary Commission (United States and Mexico), is undoubtedly
nearly related to U. thalassina and more so than to any of the other
species of the genus.

UTA MEARNSI, new species.

Diagnosis.—Dorsal scales uniform, small, smooth; edge of gular fold
without enlarged scales; four or five very long and pointed scales on
anterior border of ear-opening; tail with large, strongly keeled, spinose
Scales; scales on arms and er strongly keeled. One well-marked

-* Catalogue of the Lizards in sie British Museum, 11, p. 205.
Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 1020.
[Advance sheets of this paper were published November 30, 1894.]
589

590 A NEW LIZARD FROM CALIFORNIA—STEJNEGER. vou. xvit.

black line from shoulder to shoulder across the back; tail above, regu-
larly cross-barred with black.

Habitat.—fast slope of Coast Range on boundary line between
California and Lower California.

Type.—No. 21882, U.S. N. M., Summit of Coast Range, United States
and Mexican boundary line, California.

Description of the type—Female. Head moderately depressed, snout
narrow; canthus rostralis well marked; nostrils rather large, almost
superior, much nearer to the tip of the snout than to the orbit; ear-
opening large, with four very long, triangular, pointed scales and three
smaller ones in front; head-shields smooth; frontal divided trans-
versely; about eight of the posterior supraorbital scales enlarged, one
being particularly large, these separated from the frontals by a single
series of granules; superciliaries, particularly the anterior ones, very
long and narrow; a very long and narrow infraorbital; occipital as
large as ear-opening; supralabials six, and, like rostral, very wide and
low; infralabials scarcely higher, but considerably narrower; scales
on throat small, rounded, smooth, those on the middle and near the
edge of the gular fold somewhat larger; only one transverse gular
fold, not denticulated; sides of neck strongly folded; scales on back
and sides rather large, rounded and convex granules, those on lower
surface of body larger, flat, hexagonal; limbs with enlarged, keeled
scales, and rather long, the anterior when pressed to the side reach-
ing to the insertion of the thigh, the posterior when stretched forward
reaching to the orbit; twenty femoral pores on each side; tail depressed
at base, slender, its length more than one and three-fourths that of
head and body, covered with rings of rather large scales which, on the
upper surface and the sides, are provided with a very strong keel
ending in a projecting spine.

Color above olive, more brownish on head and tail, with irregular
dusky, nearly blackish, cross-bands; lighter spots, or marblings, on the
interspaces; avery distinctly marked, straight, and intensely black band
from shoulder to shoulder across the back; limbs irregularly cross-
banded with dusky; basal two-thirds of tail pale brownish olive with
wide black cross-bars, terminal third uniformly blackish; under sur-
face greenish white, bluish on flanks with lighter dots; chin and throat
with a network of bluish gray.

Dimensions.—Total length, 229 mm.; head and body, 79 mm.; tail,
150 mm.; fore limb, 37 mm.; hind limb, 61 mm.

Variation.—In addition to the type Or. Mearns’ collection contains
six other specimens which fully establish the characters of the species.
The individual variation is comparatively slight, and but few deviations
from the above description of the type are noticed. In some specimens
there seems to be a slight anterior gular fold, but it is not marked by
any difference in the scutellation. In one specimen the frontal is not
divided transversely, and in about one-half, the large supraoculars are

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 5OL

separated from the frontal by a double row of granules. Other dis-
crepancies will be noticed in the list of specimens given below.

The males have enlarged postanal scales.

The individual differences of coloration consist mainly in the outline
and intensity of the dusky cross-bars, while the black collar is equally
distinct in all.

The sexes are alike in color, except thatt he blue flank-patch is some-
what darker and wider in the males.

Comparison with Uta thalassina.—Although closely allied to Uta
thalassina, described in 1863 by Prof. Cope from specimens collected
at Cape St. Lucas, the present species differs in many essential points,
most of which have been indicated in the diagnosis.

In addition to these it may be remarked that the granules on the
back are larger in Uta mearnsi, but that the veutral scales are smaller;
it lacks the well-defined anterior gular fold of U. thalassina; the legs
and tail are comparatively longer, and the femoral pores are more
numerous; each of the latter, moreover, is bordered behind by two
granules, while in U. thalassina there are three. The last-mentioned
species appears also to be much the larger, as the specimens collected
by Dr. Mearns seem to be quite adult.

The most striking differences, however, are the long preauricular
spines and the large, strongly keeled, and spinous caudal seales of Uta
mearnsi, together with the absence of the two posterior dorsal black
bands so characteristic of U. thalassina.

Geographical distribution.—Dr. Mearns found this species ‘“‘extremely
plentiful” among the rocks on the eastern slope of the Coast Range of
California, near the Mexican boundary line, from the lowest water in
the canyon at the base to the summit. So far this is the only locality
where it is known to have been taken. I would suggest, however, that
it was most probably this species which Mr. Lockington has recorded
from Ensenada, Todos Santos Bay, Lower California, 75 miles south-
east of San Diego (Amer. Natural., 1880, p. 295), as Uta thalassina.

List of specimens.

|
= E
Getalogue Sex. Tcenlaty : oes Range, California, near Bods | Pail. ‘Femoral | Supra-
U.S.N.M. xican boundary. ena | | pores. | labials.
|
| mm. | mim.
Isso eMOMmaleeasn ll SuUmMIMN tOLeranpee aia «see tacones ekpsice ss ore 79 | 150 | 20 6
21883 | Female ...| Mountain Spring, eastern slope.-.--..----- Tilia iV otal 22 | 5-6
21884 Hemalevsss(pHastern paseieeccsee en sn Sse ab sce cee 78 (iin 20 5
21885 He mplenee ahs edo metcee: oie hee mee hae emir, 75 140) = 21-220) 5
21886 Male...-..- | Mountain Spring, eastern slope..-.-...----- 79 (#7 aa 2 28=25 5-6
21887 Malexcceacn eu Og annie ees Sree mee iain ete oa 88 (*) | 21-24 6
21888 Female ...| Lowest water, eastern base.......-....... 73 G3) 19-20 | 6

* Tail reproduced.

NOTES ON BUTLER’S GARTER SNAKE.

By LEONHARD STEJNEGER,
Curator of the Department of Reptiles and Batrachians.

THE garter snakes of North America constitute one of the most difti-
cult groups with which the ophiologist has to deal. The geographical
variation is recognized to be excessive, while at the same time the
individual variation is so great as to obscure the boundaries between
the species. The result is that there is a great diversity of opinion
among authors as to the number of species and the proper limitation of
the forms, and while one is inclined to recognize a long series of species,
another will only allow a very limited number indeed, though admitting
numerous ‘ varieties,” at least of some of the species.

While undoubtedly many a slight variety, or even individual freak,
has been designated as a species, on the other hand, some of the most
distinct species have suffered degradation to mere varieties or sub-
species..

The Thamnophis butleri of Cope is an example of this. In 1889
Prof. Cope described a single specimen from Richmond, Ind., under
the above name, dedicating it to Amos W. Butler. In describing it he
stated expressly that ‘it is remarkably distinct from everything which
occurs in the United States, and has only a superficial resemblance to
the H. flavilabris, Cope, of Mexico.” This statement alone should have
prevented it from ever becoming associated with Thamnophis sirtalis as
a subspecies until additional material should establish the incorrectness
of Prof. Cope’s standpoint, who, having himself endeavored to sub-
ordinate the various binominals under other forms as trinominals,
would have been able to discover the relationship with 7. sirtalis, if such
relationship existed. But no such additional material has been forth-
coming.

It is therefore with great satisfaction that I announce that a second
specimen has recently been obtained and added to the collection of the
National Museum. It was collected by Mr. P. H. Kirsch, of the
U. 8. Fish Commission, at Cedar Creek, Waterloo, Ind., on July 17,
1893. This specimen, No. 21692 U.S.N.M., corroborates everything
Prof. Cope said about the species in the original description and sub-

Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 1021.

Proc. N. M. 94 38 593

594 NOTES ON BUTLER’S GARTER SNAKE—STEJNEGER. you.xvu.

stantiates the characters relied upon for its separation. The number
and size of the temporals (1+1) is the same, and the lateral stripe
involves distinctly the second, third, and fourth scale rows. The size
and shape of the head is also quite characteristic, it being remarkably
small and conical. Moreover, the eye is proportionately much smaller
than in any of our Thamnophis species, with the exception of 7. leptoce-
phalus and T. vagrans.

This smallness of the eye is so striking, and it reminds one so much
of the last-mentioned species, that I have a strong suspicion that the
specimen which E. W. Nelson collected near Chicago, Ill, in 1874, and
identified with 7. vagrans,* was, in reality, a third specimen of the rare
T. butleri, about the geographical range of which we can at present
only guess. It is almost needless to add that 7. vagrans does not occur
in Illinois.

For the sake of completeness I add the synonymy of the species
which is the subject of the present article.
1889.—Lutenia butleri, COPE, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., x1, 1888, p. 399.
1892.—Eutenia butlerti, Copr, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xtv, 1891, p. 651.—Zutainia but-

lerii, Hay, Batr. Rept. Indiana, p. 120 (1892).

1893.—Tropidonotus ordinatus var. butleri, BOULENGER, Cat. Snakes Brit, Mus., 1,
p. 212.

*See Davis and Rice, Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci., 1, iii, 1883, p. 30.

— Te se ee

ON THE SPECIFIC NAME OF THE COACHWHIP SNAKE.

By LEONHARD STEJNEGER,
Curator of the Department of Reptiles and Batrachians.

THE NAME commonly applied to this species is Bascanion flagelli-
Jorme, and as authority for this name Catesby’s Natural History of
Carolina has been as frequently quoted. Catesby’s names antedating
Linneus’ tenth edition and, besides, not being binominal have no stand-
ing in zoological nomenclature. One subsequent to 1758 has therefore
to be adopted.

Curiously enough no one seems to have supplied a true binominal
name for this snake until after the beginning of the present century,
the first being apparently Shaw’s Coluber flagellum, * which is based
exclusively on Catesby’s, Vol. 1, plate LIV, consequently the species in
question, without the slightest doubt. I think it will also be found that
no one applied Coluber flagelliformis binominally to the present species
until Holbrook, in the first edition of his Herpetology (1836), adapted
it from Catesby’s Anguis flagelliformis.

The erroneous application of the specific name jlagelliformis to our
coachwhip snake is due to a misidentification of Laurenti’s Natrix
flagelliformis.t That he describes an entirely different snake will be
plain from a glance at his diagnosis, which is based on ‘ Seba 11. 23, 2”
as follows: “Supra ceruleo «quali, infra viridescente; capite angulato;
rostro producto tetraedro; dorso utrinque linea alba ab abdomine dis-
tincto; cauda pentaedra.”{ He then adds: ‘var /. (Catesby Carolin.
2.47) ;” but Catesby’s plate XLviI is not our coachwhip, being distin-
guished from Laurenti’s diagnosis chiefly, as he says: ‘¢Colore magis
ceruleo viridescente.” §

It will be seen that Laurenti’s snake is not the coachwhip snake,
neither in its entirety nor in part.

*SHAw, Gen. Zool., 111, pt. ii, p. 475 (1802).
tSynopsis Reptilium, 1768, p. 79.
tAbove uniform blue, below greenish; head angular; snout produced, tetrahedral;
back separated on either side from belly by a white line; tail pentahedral.
§ By the more greenish blue color.
Proceedings of the U. 8. National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 1022-

596 THE NAME OF THE COACHWHIP SNAKE—STEJNEGER. vou.xyu.

The next quotation often referred to our snake is Daudin’s Coluber
flagelliformis,* but with no better reason, as it is a snake “supra lete
viridis, subtus albidus,”+ which Daudin confounds with another of
Catesby’s green species, viz, pl. Lvit. This is, however, the Coluber
estivus of Linneus. As a matter of fact, Daudin refers Catesby’s
representation of the true coachwhip snake, viz, ““Anguis flagelliformis,
Catesby, Hist. nat. Carol. pl. 54,” to his Coluber filiformis which conse-
quently becomes in part a synonym of Bascanion flagellum.

* Hist. Nat. Rept., vi, 1803, p. 380.
t Above light green, below whitish.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SALAMANDER FROM ARKANSAS
WITH NOTES ON AMBYSTOMA ANNULATUM.

By LEONHARD STEJNEGER,

Curator of the Department of Reptiles and Batrachians.

AMONG some specimens recently received from Hot Springs, Ark.,
through Messrs. H. H. and C. 8. Brimley, there are two species of sala-
manders which are interesting in the highest degree, as one represents
a new species of Desmognathus, while the other is the second specimen
of Ambystoma annulatum, the first one which with certainty establishes
this species as North American, as the locality of the type and hitherto
unique specimen is unknown.

DESMOGNATHUS BRIMLEYORUM, new species.

Diagnosis.—Mandibular alveolar margin continuous and completely
toothed; tail compressed, keeled, finned; a tubercle in canthus ocuh;
_ 14 costal folds; gular fold absent, or very faint; parasphenoid patches
not separated anteriorly; vomerine series, when present, long and
oblique; underside pale with faint dusky mottling, if any.

Habitat.—Hot Springs, Ark.

Type.—U.S. National.Museum No. 22157.

Description—Head rather large; body long and slender; tail shorter
than head and body; limbs short, when adpressed not meeting by
four or four and a half costal interspaces; digits short, variable in pro-
portion, but outer finger usually considerably reduced.

Costal grooves, including the axillary and inguinal, 14; gular fold
absent, or but feebly indicated; a vertical groove behind the angle of
the mouth, and another a little distance in front of fore limb, the former
connected with the posterior angle of the eye, all very faint; a well-
marked papilla in the angle of the eye; a vertical groove from nostril
to edge of lip.

Maxillary and mandibular teeth small, numerous, and continuous
almost to the angle of the mouth, all very blunt, except those on the
premaxillaries, which are sharp and pointed; vomerine teeth, when
present, in two long series posteriorly nearly parallel but diverging
anteriorly outward toward the choane, from which they are separated

Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, Vol. XVII—No, 1023.
597

598 A NEW SALAMANDER FROM ARKANSAS—STEJNEGER. vot, xvu.

by about the same distance as from the parasphenoid patches; the
latter are quite continuous anteriorly, diverging backwardly, conse-
quently forming one apparently heart-shaped patch.

Outline of lower mandible, seen from below, rounded, with no anterior
narrowed prolongation.

Tail nearly cylindrical at base, tapering toa point and becoming com-
pressed posteriorly, with a keel, or low fin, along the upper median line.
Color variable; above, grayish-clay color, becoming pinkish on the
tail, more or less overlaid with dusky spots or mottlings; sides darker,
usually with a series of light spots; underside pale, mostly uniform,
sometimes mottled with very indistinct gray on the belly.

Dimensions of largest specimen.—Total length, 123 mm.; snout to
vent, 72 mm.; vent to tip of tail, 56 mm.; fore limbs, 13 mm.; hind
limbs, 17 mm.; snout to fore limbs, 21 mm.; width of head, 12 mm.

Variation — Among the specimens examined there is but little difter-
ence, except that in the larger ones the vomerine teeth are missing, a
rather common thing among the species of this genus.

The larger specimens are also duskier and less distinctly marked.
The young specimens have brighter colors and more definite markings ;
thus there is a double series of dusky spots down the middle of the
back and another double series on the sides, more or less inclosing the
lateral series of light spots, which therefore appear ocellated; there
is also a light line from eye to angle of mouth.

Comparison with other species—Having referred this interesting nov-
elty—which I dedicate to Messrs. H. H. and C. 8S. Brimley, from whom
the Museum has obtained much interesting material—to the genus Des-
mognathus, I need hardly remark that the vertebrie are opisthoc@lous

and that the premaxillaries are fused together. It will therefore only

need comparison with the three species of the genus hitherto recognized,
viz, D. ochrophea, D. fusca, and D. nigra. From the former it is at
once distinguished by the shape of the tail, as well as by well-marked
differences in the mandibular dentition. From D. nigra it can easily be
told apart by the number of the costal grooves, not to mention size and
color.

From all, including D. fusca, it differsin the almost complete obliter-
ation of the gular fold, and from the latter, with which it has the general
proportions and external habitus in common, by the faintness of the
grooves of the sides of the face and neck, as well as by the absence of the
marked glandular swelling on the sides of the neck, so characteristic of
D. fusca. The whole outline of the head, moreover, is different, it being
more rounded and proportionally wider, resembling much more that of
Plethodon glutinosus than a Desmognathus. The maxillary and mandi-
bular alveolar margins are straight, not undulating, and the anterior
glandular prolongation of the lower lip is absent. Finally, the palatal
dentition is considerably different.

In D. fusca the vomerine teeth when present are few, forming two

aa a:

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 599

short arched series behind the choane, slightly oblique, conver ging
behind, while the parasphenoid patches are separate their entire length;
in D. eon the vomerine series are much larger, nearly parallel
posteriorly, diverging anteriorly, while the parephonasd patches are
united in their anterior portion. The latter appears also to be a larger
species, although not so large as D. nigra, while the coloration
approaches closely that of D. fusca, except that the lower parts are
considerably paler.

AMBYSTOMA ANNULATUM, Cope.

This species was described by Prof. Cope from a single specimen in
the U. S. National Museum (No. 11564), the origin of which was
unknown. It was consequently not even known with certainty that
the species was North American. It was therefore highly interesting
to receive from Messrs. Brimley a well-preserved specimen collected at
Hot Springs, Ark., thus establishing the habitat of this striking
species.

A direct comparison with the type specimen shows the peculiar col-
oration to be identical, with the trifling exception that in the type the
light cross-band from arm to arm is interrupted on the middle of the
back, while in the new specimen it is continuous, like the other cross
bands. <A pale cross band between the eyes, not mentioned in Prof.
Cope’s description, is present in both specimens. The new specimen
is comparatively fresh, and the ground color appears to have been
black, the cross bands silvery gray.

‘There are several structural differences, however, between the two
specimens. Thus, in the new specimen, the tail is shorter and some-
what compressed terminally; the vomerine series are longer and extend
mesially farther forward. The fourth toe is comparatively shorter.

With only two specimens at hand, the exact locality of one of which
is unknown, these differences do not seem important enough to warrant
a specific separation, in view of the striking identity of the color pattern,
which is absolutely unique in the genus.

DIAGNOSIS OF A NEW GENUS OF TROGONS (HETERO.
TROGON), BASED ON HAPALODERMA VITTATUM OF
SHELLEY; WITH A DESCRIPTION OF THE FEMALE OF
THAT SPECIES.

By CHARLES W. RICHMOND,
Assistant Curator of the Department of Birds,

AMONG the many birds sent to the United States National Museum
from Mount Kilima-Njaro and other points in East Africa, by Dr. W. L.
Abbott, are four very tine specimens of the rare Hapaloderma* vittatum,
Shelley, the female of which is, apparently, as yet undescribed. The ~
Specimens sent by Dr. Abbott consist of one adult and one immature
female and two adult males, all obtained on Mount Kilima-Njaro,
between 6,000 and 7,000 feet altitude, during the years 1888 and 1889.

An examination of these specimens, and a careful comparison with
the common African trogon (A. narina) leads me to believe this species
should be removed from Apaloderma and recognized as representing a
' distinct genus. From Apaloderma narina, its supposed nearest rela-
tive, it differs in several important respects. The bill is very small and
slender, and much compressed from above downward, being, in fact, the
extreme in this direction, among the Old World trogons. The tomia
of both maxilla and mandible are without serrations behind the
subterminal notch, the presence or absence of which is an important
factor in the recognition of genera in this very homogeneous family.
Both A. narina and its close ally (probably subspecies), A. constantia,
have these serrations, they being the only known representatives of the
family in the Old World possessing this character. The pattern of col-
oration in the female of A. vittatum differs from that of A. narina in
that the color of the whole head is unlike that of the male; in the lat-
ter species the top of the head is similar to that of the male. Another
character, of probably not more than specific importance, is the differ-
ence in the pattern of coloration of the tail. In A. narina the three
outer retrices are white for their exposed portion, while in A. vittatum
these feathers are conspicuously marked with black and white bars.

In view of these very considerable differences existing between the
two species, fully enough, in my estimation, to warrant the adoption of

— ~ —— = —

* Originally spelled Apaloderma by Swainson.
Proceedings of t!e U.S. National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 1024.
\ : 601

602 A NEW GENUS OF TROGONS—RICHMOND. VOL. XVII.

anew generic term for A. vittatum, I am led to propose for this species
the name
HETEROTROGON, new genus.

Diagnosis.—Size medium; form siender; tail long; rectrices not trun-
cate. Three center pairs of rectrices, dark purplish-blue, with metallic
reflections, in both sexes; no black terminal bar on middle pair; three
outer pairs with black and white bars on their exposed portions. Bill
small, slender, and much compressed. Tomia of both maxilla and
mandible smooth, without signs of serrations posterior to subterminal
notch. Sexes unlike in coloration.

Habitat—Equatorial Africa, extending across the continent. Appar-
ently confined to the highlands.

Type.—Hapaloderma vittatum, Shelley.

The points of distinction between this genus and <Apaloderma,
Swainson, may best be seen by the following key:

a. Bill extremely small and slender; much compressed.
b. Tomia of maxilla and mandible without serrations posterior to subterminal
notch.
c. Three outer rectrices with bars of black and white.
d. Female differs decidedly from male on top of head.. HETEROTROGON,
Bill large and swollen. ;
b’. Tomia of maxilla and mandible with serrations posterior to subterminal
notch.

c’. Three outer rectrices white, for their exposed portions, without bars.
d', Female similar to male on top of head.............--APALODERMA.

The extreme rarity of Heterotrogon vittatus in collections, and the

absence of information respecting the female, probably account for its

non-separation from Apaloderma before the present time. It is unneces-
sary to compare this genus with Apalharpactes or Pyrotrogon* of the
East Indies, as they belong to a different section of the family.

The adult female obtained by Dr. Abbott on Mount Kilima-Njaro,
August 7, 1888, at an elevation of 6,000 feet (No. 117973, U.S.N.M.)
may be described as follows: Pileum Prout’s brown, somewhat darker
on lores, with a distinct coppery gloss, except on forehead; this gloss
most intense on sides of occiput, where it is reddish bronze; ear cov-
erts slightly darker, with slight greenish reflections, the feathers of nor-
mal length with filamentous terminations; suborbitai region blackish
slate without metallic gloss; back, rump, and upper tail coverts metallic
green, quite golden bronze on back, scapulars, and rump, but plain
grass green on upper tail coverts. Three inner pairs of rectrices dark

*The name Harpactes, Swainson, Class. Birds, 11, 1837, p. 337, commonly applied
to this genus of trogons, is preoccupied by Arpactus, Jurine, Hymen., 1807, and Har-
pactes, Templeton, Arachn., 1834. Cabanis and Heine (Mus. Hein. No. Iv, part 1,
1863, p. 154) long ago pointed out the untenability of the name Harpactles as used in
ornithology, but this fact has been quite generally ignored. Two other names,
having priority over Pyrotrogon, but preoccupied in other branches of zoology, are
Hapalurus, Reichenbach, 1850 (nee Hapalura, Cabanis, Weigm. Arch., 1847, p. 252),

and Duraucelius, Bonaparte, 1854 (nec Duvaucelia, Risso, [——?] 1826, and Duvaucelia,

Desvoidy, Dipt., 1830).

1994. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 603

purplish blue, with narrow metallic green edgings on the outer webs;
three outer pairs same color, but barred with white on exposed portions,
‘exactly asin the male. Throat, jugulum, and upper breast raw umber,
tinged with cinnamon, rather inclining to drab on the throat; sides of
neck metallic. green as on the back; lower breast russet, the color
sharply defined from the raw umber of upper breast and throat; abdo-
men and crissum geranium red, some of the russet feathers of breast
bordering the abdomen also tinged with this color; flanks and tibia,
slate; wing, as a whole, dull slaty black, a-slight greenish reflection
appreciable on tertials and wing coverts; outer edges of second, third,
fourth, fifth, and sixth primaries narrowly bordered with white for basal
half of exposed portions, and to their insertions; secondaries, tertials,
and greater coverts of wing with narrow zigzag bars of white, the bars
0.08 to 0.10 of an inch apart; primary coverts plain dull slate black ; mid-
dle and lesser coverts dull black, broadly margined with metallic green,
the greater coverts and tertials narrowly edged with the same color.
Bases of secondaries, tertials, and fifth, sixth, and seventh primaries
white, making an irregularly-shaped spot an inch long, on the under sur-
face of the wing; under wing coverts smoke gray. Wing, 4.90; tail, 6.60;
tarsus, 0.65; exposed culmen, 0.55; width of maxilla at base, 0.60 inches.
“Feet white” (light brown in dried specimen); bill yellowish buff.

Another female, immature, obtained in the same locality, at 7,000
feet altitude, June 10, 1888 (No. 117974, U.S.N.M.), differs from the
one just described in the following particulars: Pileum Prout’s brown,
some of the feathers broadly edged with metallic green, as on the back;
lower breast russet, with indistinct butfy edgings to the feathers on the
sides, and occasional buff feathers, tipped with dull black (theseare feath-
ers of the first plumage); abdomen pale geranium red, sparsely intermin-
gled with buff feathers near median line; under tail coverts cinnamon,
with faint mottlings or bars of greenish black (with metallic reflections)
on some of the feathers; bars on three outer rectrices irregular and
indistinct, the second and third pair with 1.25inches of unbarred white at
terminal end. A few white spots on greater wing coverts, secondaries,
and tertials are signs of immaturity; these spots are on the outer webs,
near the distal ends of the feathers. Maxilla blackish; mandible yel-
lowish horn color, tip black. Wing, 4.80; tail, 6.50; tarsus, 0.62; exposed
culmen, 0.55; width of maxilla at base, 0.55 inches.

The two adult malesin the collection agree with published deserip-
tions. They were obtained on Kilima-Njaro, altitude 6,000 feet, one on
August 8, 1888, and the other on October 9, 1889. -Their measurements
are given below:

Measurements of adult males of Heterotrogon rittatus.

i
| 119223 | 5.00 | 7.10 | 0.58 | 56 | .6

Dr ah ean Bae ic Say
he eT a lO »

ie 4 ite

ON THE BOTHRIOTHORACINE INSECTS OF THE UNITED
STATES.

_ By L. O. Howarp,
Entomologist, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture.

NO PUBLISHED attempt has been made to divide the large and
important chalcidid subfamily Encyrtine into tribal groups beyond
the suggestion of the writer* of the use of the name Tetracnemini for
the Encyrtine possessing branched antenne. There are, however, sev-
eral natural divisions of the subfamily to which tribal names should be
given in any revision of the group. One of these is the group under
consideration. The extraordinary sculpture of the head caused the
partial association of Bothriothorax and Phenodiscus in the synoptical
tables of Foerster, Thomson, and Mayr, and to these two genera are to
be added two others, Chalcaspis and Pentelicus, based upon undescribed
material in the U. 8. National Museum.

We unfortunately know nothing of the habits of the new genera,
since the few specimens known have all been collected by sweeping.
Of Bothriothorax, however, the habits are well known, and the species
are parasitic upon dipterous larvie, as follows:

Bb. clavicornis, Dalman, from Syrphus sp. and Anthomyia ceparum;
B. peculiaris, Howard, from Syrphid larva on oak; B. californicus, new
species, from larva of Catacomba pyrastri, Linneus, feeding on rose
aphis; B. noveboracensis, new species, from Syrphid larve preying upon
hop aphis.

We have as yet no American species of Phanodiscus; but P. cer-
copiformis and P. aeneus of Europe, are said to be parasitic upon
Coccide.

BOTHRIOTHORACINI, new tribe.

Short, stout-bodied Encyrtine, with very large, thimble-like puncta-
tion to the very broad and very short head; short, stout legs, with
five-jointed tarsit and broad wings; antennz inserted below the mid-
dle of face, eleven-jointed, funicle joints short, scape slender, or with
leaf-like expansion.

* Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xv, 1892, p. 361.

+ This seemingly unnecessary statement of the number of the tarsal joints is ren-
dered necessary by the discovery by Aurivillius of a trué Encyrtine with four-jointed
tarsi (dArrhenophagus).

Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 1025.
605

er)
=)
Sd

THE BOTHRIOTHORACINE INSECTS—HOWARD. VOL. XVII.

ANALYSIS OF THE GENERA.
Marginal vein very short or wanting.

Mesoscutum with a sculpture very similar to that of head.
Mesoscutum very short, only half as long as scutellum; antennal club as
long as all funicle joints together; postmarginal vein as long as stig-
MA] wotscoe.d sete ate Toe See se teks wae see ee eee ee alee eee CHALCASPIS.
Mesoseutum at least as long as scutellum; antennal club shorter than funi-
cele; postmarginal vein much shorter than stigmal ..---. BOTHRIOTHORAX,
Mesoscutum with punctures less dense than those of head, and with a plain
shagreening of the surface; antennal club shorter than funicle; postmar-

ginal and stigmal veins short, subequal --..---..----.-..-:. PENTELICUS.

Marginal vein long, rarely shorter than stigmal; mesoscutum shagreened, with sparse
SD o e Con) ’ oD ? I

PUNCTURES. Joke ates see ee cad, msec tate miners Rick, cere thera eee teens PHAZNODISCUS.

CHALCASPIS, new genus.

Female.-—Bodyv very short and very stout; head very thin antero-
posteriorly, very broad (laterally); eyes long oval, very widely sepa-
rated, faintly hairy; face very convex, not furrowed; oceipital border
very sharp; genal sulcus distinct, widely open at eye border; ocelli
indistinct, at the corners of a very obtuse-angled triangle, lateral ones
near the eye border. Antenne inserted at border of mouth; scape
slender, not broadened, rather short; flagellum rather longer than
seape; first funicle joint shorter than pedicel, remaining funicle joints
not longer than wide; club large oval, slightly obliquely truncated, as
long as all funicle joints together. Pronotum nearly covered by occi-
pital border of head. Mesoscutum very short. Mesoscutellum long
and broad, twice as long.as scutum, nearly flat, rather pointed, with
entire border emarginate; axillar sutures very indistinct, axille meeting
at tips. Abdomen very short and broad. Legs stout. Wings short
and broad; submargina! vein reaches costa at about one-half wing
length; marginal vein lacking; stigmal long, curved; radial angle nar-
row; postmarginal as long as stigmal.

CHALCASPIS PERGANDEI, new species.

Female.—Length, 1.3 mm.; expanse, 3.4 mm.; greatest width of fore-
wing, 0.59 mm. Punctation of head (except the smooth occiput), meso-
cutum, and mesoseutellum nearly uniform throughout, the punctures
round, lengthened somewhat posteriorly on scutellum; tegulz smooth,
with a shallow fovea at inner base; mesopleura finely shagreened; rest
of body smooth. Funicle joints of antenn short, all broader than long,
increasing in length and breadth from 1 to 6. Head, pronotum, and
mesonotum greenish or coppery in color, with strong metallic reflec-

tions; eyes dark red or black, mandibles black; antennal scape honey

yellow with black bulbus; pedicel and club: dark brown or black;
funicle joints honey yellow, joint 1 darker than the others. Pleura
and abdomen metallic with greenish or‘bluish luster. All coxe metal-
lic; all femora, tibix, and tarsi honey yellow. Entire forewing slightly
infuscated.

Described from four female specimens, two collected by Mr. Theodor

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 607

Pergande, in the District of Columbia, in July and August, 1878, one
taken by myself in September, 1884, and one captured by Mr. J. M.
Aldrich, in South Dakota. Allin the U.S. National Museum collection.
I have also seen two females in the collection of the American Entom-
ological Society at Philadelphia.

Genus BOTHRIOTHORAX, Ratzeburg.

Bothriothoraz, RATZEBURG, Ichnenmonen d. Forst-insekten, 1, 1844, p. 208.—
ForRSTER, Hymenopterologische-Studien 1, 1856, p. 32.—SUELLEN VAN VOL-
LENHOVEN, Schetsen, 1871, Tab. vir.—THOMSON, Hymenoptera Scandinavie,
IV (1875), p. 133.—Mayr, Die Furopaische Encyrtiden, 1875, p. 80 (754).

Female.—The body is rather broad and flattened. The antenne arise
not far from the border of the mouth; the scape is quite long and not
flattened; the pedicel is as long as or longer than the first funicle joint;
this Jast is as long as or longer than thick; the club is shorter than the
funicle or (with B. paradoxus) twice as long. The face is delicately
impressed; vertex and clypeus are very broad, and the ocelli form a very
obtuse-angled triangle. The thin (antero-posteriorly) broad (laterally)
head is very deeply punctured, as are also mesonotum and scutellum;
in the center of each puncture is a little papilla, from which springs
a delicate hair; besides this, there is a leather-like sculpture. The
mesoscutum and scutellum are rather strongly transversely arched, and
the lateral borders of the latter are quite sharp. The ovipositor is not
at all, or very slightly, extruded. The marginal vein of the hyaline
wings is very short, or is lacking; the stigmal is long, and the
postmarginal is short, or very short; radial angle wide.

Male.—Very similar to the female and only distinguished by the
antenne and by the sparser punctuation of the head. The pedicel is
short, somewhat longer than thick; the funicle quite lengthened, and
the joints small and strongly concave beneath, so that the funicle appears
somewhat toothed above; most of the joints have two half whorls of
long hair; the club is almost as long as the last two funicle joints
together.

ANALYSIS OF THE SPECIES OF BOTHRIOTHORAX.

Punctures of mesonotum deep but very irregular, giving a strongly rugose appear-

Bi COme ater. se eeatsnts eee ee IA) See Rosse ames esha ates 3 VIRGINIENSIS.
Pnnctures of scutum quite round and regular.
LASTS TENSE EN UT OS aes aR RS A i PECULIARIS.

Axille separated at tips:
Scutellum more or less emarginate at tip.
Seutellum nearly uniformly punctured.
Emargination of tip of scutellum faint; antenne rather long and
SLOT CTs ern others eater Ah ernst ns noises es eras NOVEBORACENSIS,
Emargination very distinct; antenne short and stout.CALIFORNICUS.
Normal punctation of scutellum ceases on posterior third, and is re-
placed by delicate longitudinal aciculation; emargination of tip
SIGS He BSS Sesh See 5 Sea is Se basa trier gt eee eae NIGRIPES.
Seutellum not emarginate at tip.
Notum transversely and longitudinally convex; vertex rounding up
Meu CelUNeeyesee eens Sen moe Meee. Bosse, Sie! ROTUNDIFORMIS.
Notmmmearly dati vertex flat: 222222: s2-5-assececes be PLANIFORMIS.

608 THE BOTHRIOTHORACINE INSECTS—HOWARD. _ vou. xvm-

BOTHRIOTHORAX VIRGINIENSIS. Howard.
Bothriothorax virginiensis, HOWARD, Bull. 5, Div. Entom., U.S. Dept. Agric., 1885,

p. 20

Female.—Length, 1.63 mm.; wing expanse, 3.96 mm.; greatest width
of forewing, 0.69 mm. Face and vertex with large, round, thimble-like
punctures, each with a central umbilicus, becoming sparser on lower
face and more elongate. Cheeks also faintly shagreened; punctation
of mesoscutum more irregular than on vertex, individual punctures
elongated and more or less irregular; mesoscutellum like seutum,
except that it is aciculate at base. Abdomen smooth; pleura smooth;
eyes faintly hairy; antenne regularly. clavate; pedicel longer than
first funicle joint, which is a little longer than broad; remaining
funicle joints increasing slightly in width and in length; club slightly
longer than sixth funicle joint. Color metallic greenish black; antennze
jet black; all cox metallic; all femora metallic, brownish at tip; front
and middle tibiz brownish yellow, hind tibie greenish black; all tarsi
yellow; wing veins light brown.

Described from one female specimen collected September 18, 1881, at
Arlington, Va. Type in the U.S. National Museum.

BOTHRIOTHORAX PECULIARIS, Howard.
Bothriothorax peculiaris, Howarp, Bull. 5, Div. Entom., U. 8. Dept. Agric.,
1885, p. 20.

Female.—Length, 1.75 mm.; expanse, 4.25 mm.; greatest width of
forewing, 0.7 mm. <Axillz meet at tips, face uniformly punctate, cheeks
behind genal sulcus impunctate, faintly shagreened; punctures of
mesonotum supplemented by faint granulation; scutellum nearly smooth
at tip, faintly emarginate; tegule faintly granulate, abdomen and
pleura smooth. First funicle joint of antenne somewhat shorter than
pedicel; funicle joints subeylindrical, increasing in diameter from one
to six; joint six as thick as long; club as long as three preceding funicle
joints together, much flattened and sharply, somewhat obliquely, trun-
cate at tip. General color blue green; basal half of antennal scape
heney yellow; distal half black above, yellowish below: flagellum
black with green luster; middle and hind femora honey yellow; front
and middle tibize honey yellow; hind tibiz black; all tarsi honey yel-
low; wing veins light brown.

Male.—Antenne much longer and more slender than those of female;
pedicel twice as long as thick; joint one of funicle three times as long as
thick, and one-third, or a little more, longer than pedicel; other funicle
joints subequal in length, about as long as pedicel, well separated
and increasing slightly in thickness; club flattened, very obliquely
truncate, and nearly as long as two preceding funicle joints together;
all joints clothed with short, close hair. In coloration’ similar to
female, except that the antenne and front femora are honey yellow
throughout.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 609

Described from three females and ten males, reared in November from
a Syrphid larva, found on an oak leaf at Arlington, Va. Types in the
U.S. National Museum.

BOTHRIOTHORAX NOVEBORACENSIS, new species.

Female.—Length, 1.6 mm.; expanse, 3.8 min.; greatest width of fore-
wing, 0.7 mm. Axille well separated at tips; punctation of head as
with preceding species; Same with that of mesonotum and seutellum.
Axille nearly smooth, scutelium faintly emarginate at tip, tegulae
smooth, eyes faintly hairy; marked depression at centrai hind border
of mesoscutum; abdomen faintly shagreened, mesopleura smooth,
antennze more slender than with preceding species; joint 1 of funicle
one-half length of pedicel; joints 2 to 6 increasing slightly in width
and length; club obliquely truncate, as long as the two preceding funi-
cle joints together. General color bright metallic blue-green; tegulie
light brown at tip, somewhat metallic at base; antennal scape honey-
yellow at base, brown toward tip; flagellum brown; all legs honey-yel-
‘low, front and middle femora brownish, hind tibize black, all coxze
metallic; wing veins brown.

Described from two female specimens, one collected on hop at Rich-
field Springs, N. Y., by Mr. Theodor Pergande, October 7, 1887, close to a
Syrphid larva, and the other by Mr. Koebele at Boscawen, N. H., Octo-
ber, 1884. The measurements apply to the New York specimen; the
New Hampshire specimen is considerably larger. Types in the U.S.
National Museum.

BOTHRIOTHORAX CALIFORNICUS, new species.

Female.—Length, 1.75 min.; expanse, 4.4 mm.; greatest width of
forewing, 0.8mm. Axil well separated at apex, scutellum distinctly
emarginate, eyes plainly hairy; head punctured as with preceding spe-
cies, facial depression shghtly marked. Scutum and scutellum simi-
larly punctured, the punctations on the side of the seutellum becoming
somewhat elongate, less so in the center, the punctations with sha-
greened center; punctures lacking at extreme tip of seutellum, but
shagreening persistent. Axille nearly smooth, with one or more
faint depressions; tegule shagreened on basal half. Abdomen smooth,
except second segment, which is faintly shagreened. Occiput rather
strongly shagreened, mesopleura smooth. Antenne short, stouter
than with preceding species; flagellum not more than one-third longer
than scape; first funicle joint one-half as long as pedicel; joint 2 equal
to joint 1, joints 3, 4, 5, and 6 becoming each a little longer and a little
wider than its preceding joint. Club flattened, obliquely truncate
nearly to base, and as long as three preceding funicle joints together.
General color metallic bluish-green, tegule also metallic, antene black
throughout, all legs dark brown, hind tibiz metallic, middle aud fore
tibiz lighter toward tip; all tarsi honey yellow; wing veins brown.

Proc. N. M. 94 39

610 THE BOTHRIOTHORACINE INSECTS—HOWARD. VOL. XVII.

Described from three female specimens reared by Albert Koebele at
Alameda, Cal., in July, from pupa of Catacomba pyrastu, Linnzeus,
among aphides on rose. Types in the U.S. National Museum.

BOTHRIOTHORAX NIGRIPES, new species.

Female.—Length, 2.2 mm.; expanse, 5 minm.; greatest width of fore-
wing, 0.93 mm. Axille well separated; eyes, naked, scutellum
slightly emarginate; head punctured as with preceding species, facial
depression not marked; punctation of scutum and scutellum like that
of head, except that posterior one-third of scutelluin bears no large
punctures, but is very finely and longitudinally shagreened or aciculate.
Axillee smooth, except for two large round punctures side by side on
the wider portion of each. Tegule as with preceding species. Entire
surface of abdomen faintly shagreened; pleura smooth; occiput as with
preceding species. Antenne as with the preceding species, except that
the first funicle joint is as long as the pedicel. General color metallie
bluish-green, with stroug bronze reflections on thorax, these reflections
being given off from the interspaces between the punctures. Base of
antennal scape brownish, remainder of antenne black; tegule black;
all legs black, except that the tarsi are honey-yellow, and fore tibiz
are light brown; wing veins light brown.

Described from two female specimens, one collected on cabbage at
Las Cruces, N. Mex., by Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell, and the other collected
at Los Angeles, Cal., by Mr. D. W. Coquillett. Types in the U. 8S.
National Museum.

BOTHRIOTHORAX ROTUNDIFORMIS, new species.

Female.—Length, 1.7 mm.; expanse, 4.3mm.; greatest width of fore-
wing, 0.85 mm. Seutellum not emarginate at tip; axilla well sepa-
rated at tips; notum of thorax transversely and longitudinally convex
(a character which this species possesses in common with, though in
rather more marked degree than, all the preceding species, but in which
it differs radically from the following species). Head punctured as
with preceding species, occiput transversely shagreened, facial depres-
sion well marked, transversely rugose; eyes faintly hairy. Secutum
punctured like head, scutellum similarly punctured anteriorly, pnne-
tures becoming fainter toward tip, which is delicately transversely
shagreened; axille with several small faint impressions; tegule
smooth; pleura smooth; abdomen smooth, ovipositor very slightly
exserted; antennie, as with californicus, not so thickly clothed with pile
as most of the other species. General color metallic bluish green;
tegulie dark brown, somewhat metallic at base; antenne dark brown,
with scape yellowish at base. All coxie metallic, hind femora metal-
lic, middle and front femora dark brown at middle, yellowish at tips;
front femora rather darker than middle. Front and middle tibiw honey-
yellow, hind tibiz nearly black, all tarsi honey-yellow, except apical

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 611
joints. Wing veins brown, with darker spot at juncture of submargi-
nal and stigmal.

Described from one female specimen taken in Placer County, Cal.,
by A. Koebele, in August. Type in the U. 8. National Museum.

BOTHRIOTHORAX PLANIFORMIS, new species.

Female.—Length, 1.8 mm.; expanse, 3.9 mm.; greatest width of fore-
wing, 0.8 mm. Axille nearly touching, scutellum not emarginate,
eyes plainly hairy; notum of thorax flat, mesoscutum and scutellum in
same plane. Head punctured as with preceding species on front and
vertex; facial depression very distinct, occupying nearly all of lower
half of face, depression irregularly shagreened; face between depres-
sion and genal sulcus, rugose; cheek behind sulcus faintly longitudi-
nally shagreened. Punctures of mesosecutum rather sina’) and less pro-
nounced than those of the head, but dense and accompanied by faint
shagreening; on mesoscutellum punctures become much sparser, and
the shagreening, which takes a longitudinal direction, much more
marked. Axille with many small punctures; tegule faintly .sha-
greened over entire surface; mesopleura distinctly shagreened, espe-
elally on anal half. Abdomen smooth at sides, faintly shagreened above
and below, ovipositor distinctly exserted. Both scape and flagellum
of antenne rather longer than in preceding species; first funicle joint
longer than second and rather shorter than pedicel; third and fourth
equal to second; fifth, and sixth equal to first; club as with preceding
species. General color black, faintly metallic, mesoseutellum with faint
coppery luster, facial depression with brilliant purple luster; tegule
black, somewhat metallic, middle tibix becoming lighter toward tip;
tarsi as usual yellowish, with black apical joints. Wing veins brown,
stigmal and short projection of submarginal darker than submarginal.

Described from one female specimen collected in Placer County, Cal.,
by A. Koebele, in August. This species resembles Phcnodiscus in
punctation of mesoscutellum, but in venation and other respects
belongs to Bothriothorax. Type in the U.S. National Museum.

BOTHRIOTHORAX PECKHAMII, Ashmead.

Bothriothoran peckhamii, ASHMEAD, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., x11, 182.—CRESSON.
Synopsis Hymenoptera North America, pt. 11, p. 240.
This species, Mr. Ashmead informs me, is not a Bothriothorax. He
has kindly allowed me to see the type, and it seems to form a new
genus near Comys, but lacks the scutellar tuft.

PENTELICUS, new genus.

Female.—In habitus this form is intermediate between Bothriothorax
and Chalcaspis, but has the shagreened mesonotum of Phenodiscus,
the round punctures of the mesonotum, however, being rather close
instead of sparse. It is not so short and broad as Chalcaspis. The

612 THE BOTHRIOTHORACINE INSECTS—HOWARD. VOL. XVIT.

head resembles that of Chalcaspis; the ocelli are similarly placed, the
eyes are shorter, more rounded, and hairy; facial depression well
marked, genal sulcus plain but not widely opened at eye-border, as in
Chalcaspis. Mesoscutum is nearly as long as scutellum; axille are
very difficult to distinguish and are widely separated at tips; scutum
and seutellum rather closely punctate, with plain shagreening in addi-
tion. Seutellum rather flat, margined round entire free border, and
with a delicate central longitudinal carina. Antenne resemble those
of Bothriothorax. Forewings broad and rather short, stigmal given
off before submarginal reaches costa, postmarginal about as long as
stigmal; both, however, short. Radial angle narrow. Abdomen
short, triangular, rather sharply pointed at tip.

PENTELICUS ALDRICHI, new species.

Female.-—Length, 1.5mm.; expanse, 2.8 mm.; greatest width of fore-
wing, 0.6 mm. Punctation of front divides at top of facial depression
and runs in a narrow band down below each eye. Walls of facial
depression faintly shagreened, the shagreening continuing in a longi-
tudinal manner upon the cheeks, each side of the genal sulcus and so
around upon the occiput. Mesoscutum with punctures lacking upon
its anterior border. Tegulee smooth; abdomen smooth; mesopleura
faintly shagreened. Antenne with indistinct joints, funicle joint one
nearly as long as pedicel; funicle joints subequal in length, but inereas-
ing in width to flattened and very obliquely truncate club, which is as
long as two preceding funicle joints together. General color somewhat
metallic greenish-black; face highly metallic, with greenish-bronzy
reflections, facial depression with bright green reflections; mesonotum
much duller. Tegule black, antennz dark brown or black, seapé honey-
yellow. All femora and tibize black, with yellowish extremities: tro-
chanters yellowish; tarsi light honey-yellow, with black apical joints.

Described from one female specimen collected in South Dakota by
Mr. J. M.Aldrich. Type in the U. 8. National Museum. |

Genus PH HZ NODISCUS, Foerster,
Phenodiscus, FOERSTER, Hymenopterologische Studien, 11., 1856, p. 144.
Discodes, FOurRSTER, Hymenopterologische Studien, 1, 1856, p. 32.—SUELLEN
VAN VOLLENHOVEN, Schetsen, 1871, Tab. vil.
Phanodiscus, THOMSON, Hymenoptera Scandinavie, Iv, 1875, p. 186.—Mayr,
Europaische Encyrtiden, 1875, p. 83.

No American species of this genus have yet been found. So many
European genera, however, have already been recognized that it 1s
probably only a question of time before species of this genus will be
found to occur in the United States. I know the genus only through
a single male specimen of P. @neus, Dalman, given to me by Dr. Mayr,
and am therefore obliged to repeat here this author’s comprehensive
description of the genus.

Female-—Body short, moderately broad; antenne inserted not far

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 613

from mouth border; scape rather short, with no leaf-like expansion;
pedicel is shorter or longer than first funicle joint; funicle moderately
compressed or almost entirely cylindrical; club as long as two or three
last funcicle joints together. Facial depression slight; genal sulcus
sharp, reaching from the eye to the mouth border; front and vertex
very broad; ocelli at the corners of an obtuse-angled triangle; head
thickly and very coarsely punctate: mesoscutum and scutellum rather
strongly shagreened, with sparse hair-bearing punctures; pleura sha-
greened, not glistening; axille of the slightly arched scutellum meet
at tips; ovipositor entirely or almost entirely hidden Wings wholly
or partly infuseated. Marginal vein is as long as or somewhat shorter
than stigmal, never very short; postmarginal variable in length.

Male.—Somewhat like the female; scape short, pedicel as long as
broad; funicle joints and club subequal in thickness, with short and
rather close pile; sculpture of the head is lighter and sparser than in
the female, the thorax also with finer sculpture; scutellum, especially
behind, more strongly arched than with female; wings not infuscated ;
venation like female.

ADDENDUM.

Walker’s genus Aenasius, just redescribed by the writer,* belongs to
this new tribe. It differs at once from the genera here described by
possessing a broad leaf-like expansion to the antennal scope. It is a
monotypical genus, and has been found only on the island of St. Vin-
cent, B. W. I.

* Journal Linnean Society, XXv, 1894, p. 88.

NOTES ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SCALE
INSECTS.

By i DvAYyCOCKHRELL:

IN THE preparation of a list of loealities from which Coccidie have
been recorded it becomes so evident that our knowledge is not merely
incomplete, but fragmentary, that further consideration of the matter
at the present time might seem useless. I do not. however, take this
view, but prefer to record the fragments of information so far aeecumu-
lated, hoping that those who read these notes may be in some eases
stunulated to assist in filling the gaps.

PALEARCTIC REGION.

Although Europe has been apparently well searched, new things are
turning up every few months, and I really believe that we do not know
the Coccide otf any European country so well as we do those of New
Zealand. There are two or three reasons why the European list, as
appearing in the books, must be considerably reduced. Oneis that there
is doubtless a good deal of synonymy not yet clearly made out, owing to
the formerly prevalent idea that it was safe to consider anything on a
new food plant to be a new species. Another is the number of imper-
fect descriptions of older authors, which, in the absence of certainty as
to what was intended, will have, eventually, to be dropped. The third
reason is that very many species described from Europe have been
found in hothouses on exotic plants, and certainly do not belong to the
palearctic fauna. When Signoret wrote, these hothouse species
already numbered 48, and they have been largely added to since by
Douglas and Newstead.

Making as good an estimate as I am able to at present, I find the
truly palearctic Coccidie to be as follows:

Porphyrophora, 5; Guerinia, 1; Paleococcus, 2; Nidularia, 1; Anto-
nina, 2; Nylococcus, 1; Gossyparia, 2; Yriococcus, 6; Rhizococeus, 1;
Bergrothia, 1; Oudablis, 2; Dactylopius, 11; Puto, 1; Phenacoccus, 12;
Ripersia, 4; Tetrura, 1; Cryptococcus, 1; Kermes, 9; Orthezia, 5; Aste-
rolecanium, 5; Pollinia, 2; Lecaniodiaspis, 1; Signoretia, 1; Fillippia, 1;

Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 1026. 6
15

616 THE DISTRIBUTION OF SCALE INSECTS—COCKERELL. vou. xvu.

Eri iopeltis, 3; Lichtensia, 1; Pulvinari it, Paige ; Cer oplustes, a Physo-
kermes,1; Lecanium, 32; Lecanopsis, 2; Spermococcus, 1; Aclerda, 1;
pci 1; Fairmairia, 1; Aspidiotus, 25; Diaspis, 8; Aulacaspis,

AE 9; Pinnaspis, 1; Chionaspis,9; Leucaspis,5; Fiorinia, 1;
ey 2.

Thus the palearctic region has about 200 species (some of doubtful
validity) which appear to be native to it. This is not a very good
showing when we remember that even in the nearctic region, where
we must have a lively sense of our ignorance, we recognize about 120,
although, it must be confessed, many of these can not be claimed as
native.

Turning, now, to the several portions of the palearctic region, the
facts are still more striking. The great majority of the species is from
France, the country of Signoret, Boisduval, Lichtenstein, and other
coccidologists. In early times Bouché described species from Ger-
many, and still earlier we have the “ Fanna Boica” of Schrank. The
species of Sehrank, being found in Austria, were in later days elucidated
by Loew. In Italy there was Targioni-Tozzetti, but this author fre-
quently omitted to give the descriptive information necessary for the
identification of names bestowed, these omissions, happily, being mostly
supplied by Signoret. At the present time Berlese, in Italy, and Giard,
in France, are publishing on Coccide.

In the Spanish peninsula, about ten years ago, some species were
described by P. Colvée, and later than that Mr. A. C. F. Morgan, resid-
ing at Oporto, has studied the group, though not adding very much to
the fauna of his locality.

In Greece some contributions have appeared from Gennadius, who
also favors us with a record of Aspidiotus curantii (his coccineus) from
the Island of Chios, off the coast of Asia Minor. The same insect has
been reported by Shipley from Cyprus, and is stated to occur in Syria.
The mainland of Asia Minor furnishes oné species, Dactylopius caricus,
described in 1883 by Gennadius.

From Egypt we know little, but Signoret described therefrom his
Ceroplastes mimose; and more recently we have the Icerya cegyptiaca
of Mr. Douglas, which may, however, be really a native of India.

Algeria has furnished two species of Asterolecanium on bamboo, but
these doubtless belong really to the tropics, where they have since
been found. Guerinia serratule, reported by Signoret, is more proba-
bly native there. Just lately M. Giard has named from Algeria two
species, Lecanium asparagi and Diaspis asparagi, but lam not aware
that the descriptions have yet appeared.

Madeira and the Canary Islands now furnish the imported Coccus
cacti, but their native coceid fauna is unknown. If my recoliection is
correct, Mytiluspis pomorum was found apparently native in the Canaries
by Mr. D. Morris recently.

Taking the more northern parts of Europe, there is the “scarlet

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 617

grain of Poland,” but I do not recall any records of native species in
Russia proper with the exception of Gossyparia mannifera. Itis also
reported from Egypt, Arabia, Armenia, and Algeria. Holland supplies
Briopeltis lichtenstenti. The Scandinavian peninsula, since Linnean
time, has been neglected, though we have the Chionaspis sorbi, Doug-
las, from Finland.

Germany was alluded to above, but a paper by R. Goéthe on the
Coccidee of the Rhine district, published in 1884, should be mentioned.
When I was in Jamaica, Mr. C. Schaufuss, of Neissen, Saxony, sent
we a number of Coccide because, he said, there was no one in Germany
who could identify them. Happily, since then, a new student has
arisen in Bohemia, Mr. K. Sule, and from his energy and zeal we may
look for great additions to our knowledge. Mr. Newstead has just
described Fiorinia sulci, found by him, which is the first undoubtedly
palearctic Fiorinia.

Finally, the British Isles have to be considered. Work done in earlier
times by Westwood, Curtis, Hardy, and a few others, was only frag-
mentary in its nature, and did not afford a basis for a good knowledge
of the insular coccid fauna. After the publication of Signoret’s Essai
in France, the way was clearly open for some student to elucidate the
British species; but instead of a new writer, Mr. J. W. Douglas, already
a veteran in entomology, came forward, and has for the last ten years
produced papers in rapid succession on the subject. Still more recently,
however, we have a new student in Mr. Newstead, and it is to him we
must look for the first revisional monograph of British Coecide.

Passing eastward into the Asiatic portion of the palearctic region,
we are met by a total absence of information, excepting the before
mentioned records from Asia Minor and Syria, and a Porphyrophora
long ago made known from Armenia. On the southern border, in a
region perhaps rather Oriental than palearctic, we have the lately
described Pollinia grandis, Newstead, from Beloochistan, where it was
discovered by Lieut. R. Tomlin.

At this point it seems desirable to urge the importance of getting
some knowledge of the Coccide of Japan. In California certain species
are said to have been imported from Japan, but we have 10 knowledge,
apparently, of the coccid fauna actually existing in that country.
Japanese fruits are now often imported into the United States, and the
possibility of importing Japanese Coccide must be carefully considered.
Prof. Gillette recently sent me an Aspidiotus found on a plum at Canyon
City, Colorado. I do not know the species, but think it may probably
be Japanese.

ETHIOPIAN REGION.

If, as seen above, our knowledge of palearctic Coecide is still small,
how absurdly small is that of the coccid fauna of the Ethiopian
region—a region which one might expect to teem with interesting

618 THE DISTRIBUTION OF SCALE INSECTS—COCKERELL. vou. xvn.

species. The known species are less than half the number of those
found in Jamaica.

From Tangier to Cape Town, all down the west coast, I find no
record by recent writers; only the Monophlebus raddoni, Westwood,
described from a male.

At the north, perhaps better recorded in the palearctic list, is
Aonidia blanchardi, Targioni-Tozzetti, on the date palms of the Sahara.

At the Cape we have the old Linnean Cereplastes myrice and the
Coccus diosmatis, neither of which are now positively recognized. RK.
Trimen, in 1886, wrote on a supposed species of Margarodes found with
termites and ants. More lately there are signs of awakening interest
from this part of the world, and new species are gradually falling into
the hands of coccidologists. Thus we have Ortonia natalensis, Douglas,
and Dactylopius graminis, Maskell, both from Natal.

On the eastern coast the same lack of information is found, although,
indeed, Dactyleprus bromelia comes from Zanzibar.

It need hardly be said, after this, that the central portions of the
continent are virgm ground, as likewise is Madagascar, though there
is a possibility that one or two of the hothouse species may really be
from tbat island.

For Mauritius we have Icery’s researches, dative trom 1864, and
made eyer famous by the name ZJcerya. In 1868 Guérin-Méneyille,
taking up the same subject, treated the Coccidie infesting sugar cane
in Mauritius and Réunion, He recognized three Coccidee and an Aley-
rodes. In 1872 Signoret added Ceroplastes vinsoni to the Mauritius
fauna.

Ieerya seychellarum, Westwood, the J. sacchari of Signoret, is found
in the Seychelles, Bourbon, Rodriguez, and Mauritius, and, it 1s said,
also in Madeira, of course there mtroduced.

There is still one more record, Mr. Butler’s Coccus cerateformis from
Rodriguez. Unfortunately, we do not know to what genus this insect
belongs. Itis no Coceus in the Signoretian sense. Vinsonia stellifera
is recorded from Réunion.

ORIENTAL REGION.

Putting aside the species of which the generic position is unknown
(that is, the last century of Coccidw of Anderson), I find deseribed
from the Oriental region the following:

Walkeriana, 1; Monophlebus, 4; Drosicha, 1; Dactylopius, 3 (inelud-_
ing two of Mr. Newstead’s species, about to be published); Coccus,
1 (introduced); Orthezia, 1; Tachardia, 1; Eriochiton, 1; Pulvinaria, 1
(not published, described by Newstead); Pseudopulvinaria, 1; Vinsonia,
1 (V. stellifera, said to come from Siam, also Réunion); Ceroplastes,
1; Pricerus,1; Lecanium, 4; Aspidiotus, + (1 of Mr. Newstead’s waiting
pubheation); Chionaspis, 2.

A total of 28, for such a region as the Oriental! It is less than half

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 619

of those known from Jamaica. Even adding eight unrecognizable
species of ** Coccus” (seven by Anderson, one by W. I. Kirby) the total
is only 36; still only about half the total for Jamaica.

The Jamaican total, however, includes species believed to have been
introduced; se, to make the comparison fair, we should add to the
Oriental list Diaspis lanatus (in Ceylon), Icerya agyptiaca (Madras,
possibly native), Dactylopius bromelic, as identified by Maskell (in Ben-
gal on mulberry), and Chionaspis braziliensis (in Ceylon), as well as
the long established Coccus cacti, which I had already included, thus
bringing the Oriental list to a total of 40,

Coming now to the several faunie, we may take first the islands.
The Malay region is almost totally unexplored for Coccidie, yet what a
rich harvest it would surely yield! From Sumatra we have the old
Monophlebus dubius, Fabricius (fabricii, Westwood), and from Jave
Monophlebus atripennis, Klug. We learn from Watt (Dictionary of
Economie Products of India) that Coceus cacti lias been introduced in
Java, and are there referred for further information on this point to a
work I have not seen, * Veth’s Woordenboek von Nederlandsch Indie-
Cochenille.”

Beyond these records I can not recollect a single species as mentioned
from any Malayan island; nothing from Borneo, Celebes, or the Philip-
pine Islands.

For the Laccadive Islands we have Maskell’s records of Dactylopius
cocotis and Aspidiotus destructor; but for the Andamans, Nicobars,
and Maldives I have seen nosrecords.

For Ceylon we have several records. In addition to the two above
mentioned, we may refer to Walkeriana floriger, Walker, ‘*Coecus”
laniger, Kirby, Lecanium coffee, Walker, L. mangifere, Green, L. viride,
Green, Orthezia nacrea, Buckton, Aspidiotus transparens, Green (?— A.
nerii, says Mr. Green), Aspidiotus thee, Green (which Mr. Green informs
me consists of a female Chionaspis biclaris, Comstock, and a male Chi-
onaspis sp.), and Aspidiotus flavescens, Green (which Mr. Green says in
a recent letter is a Diaspis). The last three were figured in a little
book on Insect Pests, by E. E. Green, published in 1890; they all
infest the tea plant. It may be well here to mention, also, that in 1886
Mr. Green published a four-page pamphlet, with a colored plate, treat-
ing of the three species of Lecanium infesting coffee, namely, L. nigrum,
L. coffee, and L. viride. It isto be remarked that this publication of
L. viride considerably antedates that by Mr. Green in the Entomolo-
gists’ Monthly Magazine (1889, p. 248), where it nevertheless appears
as a new species.

It is most fortunate for Oriental coccidology that within the last year
or so Mr. Green has commenced to work out the Coccidee of Ceylon in
earnest, so that inside of a reasonable time we may expect to be well
informed regarding the species of that island. As might be expected,
he has found many interesting new species, several of which he has

620 THE DISTRIBUTION OF SCALE INSECTS—COCKERELL. vot.xvu.

been so good as to send me. Such area Mytilaspis with a bright llae
male; a bright reddish orange Monophlebus on Autidesma ; a Lecanium
in nests on Cremastogaster dohrni, Mayr; an omnivorous Pulvinaria
resembling, but distinct from, P. cupaniw; a Ceroplastes on cocoanut,
and others. In a letter dated April 3, 1894, Mr. Green states that he
has already collected, figured, and described (in manuscript) more than
60 species. These, he adds, include the following genera:

Walkeriana, Monophlebus, Icerya, Eriococcus, Dactylopius, Pseudo-
coccus, Ortrezia, Pulvinaria, Vinsonia, Ceroplastes, Lecanium, Carteria,
Asterolecanium, Aspidiotus, Diaspis, Mytilaspis, Chionaspis, Fiorinia,
and Aonidia.

The mention of Asterolecanium reminds me that Mr. Green has sent
me four species from Ceylon. Three are new and the fourth is A. bam-
bus, new to the Oriental region, but very probably really native there.

A Ceroplastes, which he finds on tea and other shrubs, is thought by
Mr. Maskell to be C. rusei, but the identily is perhaps open to question.

Irom Ceylon we naturally pass to India. Here we have several
records, as in Ceylon, but no approximately complete information. In
the last century (1786-1789) Anderson, in his letters to Banks, described
the Coceidwe of Madras, but unfortunately none of his species can now
be recognized, except the Ceroplastes ceriferus described in L791. Per-
haps some may yet be identified when we know the Coccidee of India
better. For about a century the subject was allowed to drop in India,
though we have Westwood’s Malabar Monophlebus leachi, and references
to the lac and wax producing species, and likewise to those infesting
coffee. Mr. Atkinson, in 1889, gave us his Pseudopulvinaria sikkimensis
from Sikkim, and most probably, had he lived, he would have by this
time added considerably to our knowledge of Indian Coccidze. Irom Mr.
Atkinson and Mr. Cotes a few species have been sent to Mr. Maskell,
who has described and figured them.

Finally, Mr. Newstead has been studying some Indian Coccidie, and
although his work has not, so far as I know, yet appeared, he has
kindly sent me photographs of some very beautiful drawings which will
accompany it.

In this summary of Indian coccidology I may have overlooked some
publications which have appeared in that country and have not been
seen by me, but I am fairly confident that nothing unportant, such asa
new species, has been missed.

In Assam is found Aspidiotus thea, Maskell. This is not Green’s
Ceylon A. thew, but the name may remain, since the Ceylon insect is
not an Aspidiotus.

In the Transactions of the New Zealand Institute for 1891, Maskell
records Chionaspis aspidistra, Signoret from India (on Areca), a fact
which [ had overlooked when writing the above, and also gives Chion-
aspis thea, Maskell, as trom ‘the Kangra Valley, Assam.” It does not
appear, however, that C. thew is found in Assam at all, but in the

{

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 621

Kangra Valley, which, to the best of my knowledge, is in Punjab.
Aspidiotus thee is tound both in Punjab and Assain.

Except the Beloochistan record previously alluded to, I tind no other
information regarding Coccide of the oriental mainland, save one or
two from China.

Of course, the lac industry has quite a literature of its own, and it is
well known that all the lac does not come from India proper. I have
a copy of a manuscript written in 1840 by William Jones, fhe Jamaican
entomologist, alluding to the lac from Siam and Pegu.

From China we have Hricerus pe-la, the Chinese wax insect;
Aspidiotus gossypii ot Fitch, from Ningpo, apparently a Chionaspis;
Drosicha contrahens (Walker) Signoret. reported also as from Ceylon,
and Walker’s * Aspidiotus bicurinatus,” which is a dried caterpillar!

AUSTRALIAN REGION.

Here we pass from darkness into light, thanks to the untiring and
faithful labors of Mr. Maskell.

Putting aside Australia and New Zealand, we may commence with
the smaller islands, concerning which very little is known. From New
Guinea I find no records except that of JMuxolecanium kibara, the
description of which I have not yet had the good fortune to see. It
dates from 1877.

For New Caledonia we have another monotypic form, the Tessarobelus
guerinit.

From the Fiji Islands Maskell has received some species, and so
records Dactylopius cocotis, Lecanium chirimolie (= longulum), Diaspis
pinnulifera, Dactylopius calceolarie, and Planchonia bryoides. In Inseet
Life, 11, p. 253, Mytilaspis citricola is reported on oranges from Fiji.
From Tonga, Mr. Maskell records Chionaspis citri, found by Mr. Koebele.
From Samoa Aspidiotus cydoniev was received on oranges.

In Tahiti the Coccide are not known; nevertheless, Chionaspis
biclavis, Mytilaspis citricola, and Aspidiotus aurantii have been reported
as found on trees received from that island.

The Sandwich Islands, though singularly poor in insects, may be
found to yield a fair number of Coccide. Mr. Maskell has already
given us some information about Sandwich Island species, and one or
two other writers have alluded to the subject, so that we know of at
least the following species: Dactylopius citri, on orange trees from
the Sandwich Islands, Lecanium hesperidum, L. depressum. L. olew, L.
acuminatum, Asterolecanium pustulans, Pulvinaria psidii, and Sphero-
coceus bambuse. Only the last two were originally described from
Sandwich Island specimens.

From Tasmania we know a few species in Monophlebus illigeri, Aspi-
diotus acaciev, and Mytilaspis pomorum, the last, of course, introduced.
There are probably some other Tasmanian records, as I have not so far
made any great effort to distinguish them from those pertaining to
Australia.

622 THE DISTRIBUTION OF SCALE INSECTS—COCKERELL. vou. xvu.

The number of known species from Australia and New Zealand,
exclusive of those introduced from other countries, is shown in the
following table:

Summary of native species from Australia and New Zealand.

_ Number of species. _ Number of species.
ens Austra- New IESE Austra- | New |
* lia. Zealand. | lia. | Zealand.
Covlostoma -..--- 3 Bij Cena) 2 ea eee a ee eer
Paleococcus 22=<4\\/ee<-e ni 1 || Eriococeus..-.---- 9 | 8
Gossyparia .---- 2 1 || Callipappus ..---- T i ee eee
Rhizococeus - --.-| 13 6 || Rhizeecus-.-.---..- 8 | ace eee
Solenpphora ...-- rad Sa Geta 2 || Phenacoccus...-.. 2 ne
Dactylopius -..-- 9 8 || Kermes....-.....- pe Re Seasdoc
RIpersiais. 2)... 2 1 3 || Asterolecanium...- 1 1
Prosopophora. .. - A SE ee | Brachyscelis...--. 185| Seceeetiee
Machardiatesss.s: iM onsaaeene WS CENISS. sors see eee | sol OAR rte
Opiothoscelis --.. Pat Bera ce ree Spherococeus. ...- A healer
Hrenchia) -.-.--.- 1 Senor esc | Signoretia .-.---.. 1). eee
Cylindrococcus -. Bil eenee es ccl| eillvartamiars Sees os | 4. Eas
Pricchiton 42 522\ceo2s-e ee 2 Lecanaochiton....|..---....- >
Oenochitont-2as\2e2 tenes 11 || Ceroplastes-....-.. 2)... Semoner
In @ligia 22 4 1 5 | Aspidiotus ....... ) 4
ecanium:.-.---- 3 1 | Parlatoria .....--- 2) | oan
Digspisiewss tees: 1 1°|) Chionaspis *.-.--- 3 | 62 |
| Mytilaspis......- 7 Sal iorinias. 222-255 3 | *\ a
| Leucaspis.-....-. HS aa eee ee _—————————
MOMASHISEE ers: 1 1 || Totals ese ee | 108 | mi
Monophlebus . - - | 2D Sereinee see |

10One variety is recognized.

2Two additional varieties are recognized.

3On a palm introduced from New South Wales.

“Another described by Pepper, is really a psyllid.

5One variety is recognized.

6Counting C. minor, which may not be native of New Zealand, the number is increased to three.

7The native species of the two countries being in every case except one distinct, we have a total of
184 species for the two islands.

The description of the New Zealand species has been entirely the
work of Mr. Maskell; and except in the Brachyscelide, which have been
discussed by Schrader, Froggatt, and Tepper, he has described nearly
all the Australian species. The exceptions are a Diaspis described by
Tryon, a Ceroplastes (unrecognizable) by Walker, Callipappus of Guérin-
Méneville, Coccus blanchardi (see Signoret’s work), and Pulvinaria mas-
kelli of Olliff. The Rhizwcus was deseribed in 1878 by Kiinckel d’Her-
culais.

The late Mr. Frazer 8S. Crawford had collected a number of Australian
Coccide, and had given them manuscript names, but his death came
before he could attempt publication. These species were afterwards
described by Mr. Maskell, who duly cited Crawford’s manuscript names. |

In this connection, Mr. Koebele’s very successful second trip to
Australia should not be forgotten, as showing what may be done by a
good collector. In the Transactions of New Zealand Institute for 1892
Mr. Maskell describes the following new species, all collected in Aus-
tralia by Mr. Koebele: 1

* Diaspis fimbriata, Mytilaspis casuarine, Fiorinia synearpie, Ceroplastes
rubens, Lecanium scrobiculatum, Prosopophora eucalypti, Gossyparia cas- —
uarine, G. confluens, Eriococcus turgipes, BE. conspersus, Pseudecoccus |

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 623

nivalis, Celostoma rubiginosum (also found by Mr. French), Monophlebus
Fuscus, Icerya koebelei, Carteria decorella (also found by Mr. Olliff).
Total, 15 species.

NEOTROPICAL REGION.

I have given a list of the neotropical Coccid in the Journal of the
Trinidad Vield-Naturalists’ Club for 1894. Previously, in the Journal
of the Institute of Jamaica, a list of the West Indian species had
appeared.

Dactylopius calceolarie, Maskell was accidentally omitted from the
first-mentioned list; it is from Jamaica, not Mexico, as stated by Mr.
Maskell.* Aspidiotus bowreyi, Cockerell, Ceroplastes albolineatus,
Cockerell, Lecanium urichi, Cockerell, Margarodes vitium, Giard
(= vitis, Phillippi, sub. Heterodera), Aspidiotus latastei, Cockerell,
and Mytilaspis philococcus, Cockerell, have been described since the list
was written; the first two are from Jamaica, the third from Trinidad,
the fourth and fifth from Chile, and the last from Mexico.

Thus, all told, the neotropical list now stands at 124.

Anyone consulting the above-mentioned lists will see how very few
species are known from the mainland countries, with the exception of
British Guiana and Mexico, and even for these the lists are extremely
small in comparison to the presumably existing numbers. From Eeua-
dor we know only the one (Ortonia uhleri) found by Prof. Orton when
crossing the desert of Napo. This discovery was made on November 7,
1867, the locality being 6,600 feet above sea level.t From Guatemala
we know only one; from Peru apparently none; from Colombia only
LIcerya montserratensis at Colon.i

From the Argentine only Palwococcus brasiliensis (Walker), found
at Buenos Ayres. From Uruguay a couple of species found at Monte-
video. From Paraguay and Bolivia none; from Brazil about half a
dozen.

From Chile we knew nothing except the now lost Ceroplastes chilensis
of Gray, and a few introduced forms; but Mr. Lataste has become
interested, with the resulting discovery of two new species, mentioned
above.

From Trinidad we now know quite a number of species, mostly
collected by Mr. Urich.

Regarding the West Indian Islands I have already made some
remarks in Insect Life, vt, p. 100. From the Cayman Islands, we know
Diaspis lanatus and Chionaspis minor from Grand Cayman, collected by
H. MacDermot.

No addition has been made to the small list for Cuba, and Haiti is

* Trans. New Zeal. Inst. for 1893, p. 89.

tI have not here entered upon the question of the vertical distribution of
Coccide, the data being wholly insufficient. But I suppose that Orthezia occidentalis
and Pulvinaria bigelovie, from about 7,800 feet in Colorado, represent the highest
Coccidx so far known.

tInsect Life, 1894, p. 327.

624 THE DISTRIBUTION OF SCALE«INSECTS—COCKERELL. vot. xvu.

still without a record. In the Lesser Antilles we have one or two addi-
tional records due to Mr. Barber; thus Dominica now has two instead
of one, Montserrat six instead of four. Martinique has a record of
Diaspis lanatus (Insect Life, vu, p. 288). Puerto Rico still seems to be
without a record.

The recent visits to the West Indies of Dr. Riley and of Mr. Hubbard
who gave special attention to Coccide, will no doubt in due time lead
to many new records, for which we must wait until the material can be
worked over.

There now remains Mexico, which I will for convenience treat as a
whole, although parts of it are hardly neotropical. Until recently (and
now, so far as published records go) the Mexican list stood at 28, kay-
ing gradually attained that figure in the following manner:

Species known before Signoret’s ‘‘ Essai” (1818-1868)..........---..----2.-22--

Species added by Signoret in his <° EMssai? (1869=1876) 22 2 See 2 ree 3
Species added by Comstock (1883) ----..2-2--- 22-2. <u ee eo eel 2
Species added by Riley and Howard in Insect Life............- 2222222222 eee So
Species found by Dr. AY Duges! (1886-1894) 3-2 oe aoe ee ee 5
Species found by the present writer on journey through Mexico in 1893........ 12

Motals ures ce ehe See eS. es alee ee ae ele ate ice eee 28

Having in view this deplorable want of information as to Mexican
Coccide, the Department of Agriculture lately sent Prof. C. H. T.
Townsend into that country to collect these and other insects. I
examined the Coccidie collected, and may remark that they add con-
siderably to our knowledge; but beyond this, I do not now feel at
liberty to go, since they are the property of the Entomological Division,
which has the right of first announcing the discoveries made.

NEARCTIC REGION,

A catalogue of the nearctic species has appeared in the Canadian
Entomologist for February, 1894, and I understand that Mr. Ashmead
has in press a complete bibliographical list of all nearctic Heteroptera
and Homoptera, including also those of the northern portion of the
neotropical region.

In the Canadian Entomologist’s list, I was so unfortunate as to acci-
dentally omit Dactylopius ephedra, Coquillett, 1890, Lecaniwm tarsale,
Signoret, 1873, and Orthezia cataphracta, Shaw (Chiton, Zetterstedt).
The last mentioned has, according to Hart, been found in Greenland,
as well as in Ireland and Scotland.

Furthermore, since my list appeared, it has been shown that Aspi-
diotus convexus is not a valid species, and that A. abietis and A. pini are
synonyms of A. abietis (Schrank) of Europe. I do not think Mr. Pet-
tit’s manuscript A. abietoides can be any better distinguished from
abietis, and until he sets forth some reasons for maintaining its validity,
it had better be left out of account. Riley’s manuscript A. corticalis
must also be dropped until we are informed what specific characters it
exhibits; likewise his Ceroplastes artemisie. Lecaniodiuspis yucce can

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 625

bond

stand on the basis of Prof. lownsend’s description, which, though short
and informal, serves to distinguish it from anything else yet known.

Since the Canadian Entomologist’s list appeared, the following species
have been added: Ertococcus coccineus, Cockerell. (with form lutescens,
Cockerell), from Nebraska, Lecaniuwm phoradendri, Cockerell, from
Arizona; L. insignicolla, Crawford (should be insignicola), from Cal-
ifornia; Ceroplastodes dalew, Cockerell, from New Mexico; Tachardia
cornuta, Cockerell, from New Mexico; Dactylopius solani, Cockerell,
from New Mexico; Bergrothia steelii, Cockerell.and Townsend, from
New Mexico; Diaspis lanatus, Morgan and Cockerell, introduced in
Florida and District of Columbia, also in Georgia; Diaspis amygdali,
Tryon, introduced in California.* There have also been added two
varieties (var. pruni, Cockerell and var. albus, Cockerell) of *Aspidiotus
juglans-regie. The description of a very interesting Ripersia, the first
of its genus for our region, awaits publication.

With the above changes and leaving out the fossil species, the nearctic
list now stands at 127. Butif we exclude from it those species believed
to have been introduced by man it is reduced to 94 or even less.

Examining the list from a historical standpoint, we see that practi-
cally nothing had been done up to the time of Fitch. About 10 of the
Fitch species are now considered valid, but some of those in Lecanium
are even now very imperfectly known. From Fitch to Comstock (1860-
1880), that is, over a period of about twenty years, next to no progress
was made, and the few descriptions that appeared were singularly
imperfect. Prof. Comstock put the matter on a totally different basis.
W.hen he commenced his studies the coccidology of North America was
in about as chaotic a condition as could be imagined; when he left off in
1883 our knowledge, at least of the Diaspinz, had increased enormously.
No less than 29 valid species are now credited to Comstock.

One might have supposed that after this revival many new students
would have come forward; but from 1883 to 1893 was again a period of
comparative stagnation, although we have isolated descriptions at the
hands of Coquillett, Douglas, Riley and Howard, and Crawford. Never-
theless, during this period, the life histories and parasites of several
species were elucidated, and almost every number of Insect Life has
contained some new information.

At length in the present year, 1894, more is being done, and in many
places work is going on, which sbould, soon lead to valuable results.
Students have arisen in California, Illinois, Michigan, Massachusetts,
and New York, while others in Colorado, Arizona, Nebraska, etc., have
been on the lookout for material, though their studies did not include
the Coccidie.

NEw MEXxIco AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION,

Las Cruces, New Mexico, Oct. 27, 1894.

* Insect Life, vi, p. 290.
Proc. N. M. 94-40

Toy rh VE rsa ase SS

a. omy! Wart te ‘
i alae

vit es ae Nol) el PA ‘a
Gi ab SRE TRI bab! okey

ar
a

b
i

1<*
ney Be

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF ROCKFISH,
SEBASTICHTHYS BREVISPINIS, FROM ALASKA,

By TARLETON H. BEAN, M. D.,
Curator of the Department of Fishes.

In 1882 Capt. Henry E. Nichols, of the U.S. Navy, made a collec-
tion of fishes in Alaska and British Columbia for the U. S. National
Museum. A catalogue of the species obtained by him was published
in these Proceedings,* and among the number is a rockfish (No. 32004,
U.S.N.M.) from Hassler Harbor. In the catalogue referred to the
species was named ‘ Sebastichthys proriger, Jordan and Gilbert, subspe-
cies brevispinis, nov.” After comparison with S. proriger it was found
to differ from that form in having the peritoneum white and the second
anal spine shorter than the third.

The next notice of the fish was published by Dr. D. S. Jordan in
1884.+ In that notice it was mentioned as a distinct species, with
reference to the differential characters first brought to notice by the
present writer.

This species is fully distinguished from S. proriger and other known
forms of the genus, and may be characterized as follows:

SEBASTICHTHYS BREVISPINIS, Bean.
Sebastichthys proriger subspecies brevispinis, BEAN, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., v1,
p. 359, 1883.

The type of the species is No. 32004, U.S.N.M., the specimen being
370 millimeters (145 inches) in length, including the caudal fin.

In spirits the back is pale rusty brown; the sides below the lateral
line are paler; the belly is whitish. Traces of dark color on the mem-
brane of the spinous dorsal; the soft dorsal, pectorals, ventrals, and
anal pale. Some traces of brownish on the caudal membranes.

Body elongate, compressed, its greatest height two-sevenths of the
length without caudal; its greatest width one-third length of heag@.
The caudal peduncle is short, its least depth five-sixths of its length
from end of soft dorsal to base of middle caudal rays. The head is
similar to that of S. proriger in shape, its length being contained two
and two-thirds times in total without caudal.

* Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus:., vi, 1883, pp. 353-361.
t Rept. U. S. Commr. of Fish and Fisheries, 1884, p. 107.

Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 1027. 627

628 A NEW SPECIES OF ROCKFISH FROM ALASKA—BEAN. vou. xvu.

Cranial ridges almost obsolete, except on the occiput, where the
spines are long and depressed, nearly as long as the eye. Preocular
and supraocular spines present; no tympanic spines.

Mouth large, the broadly expanded maxillary reaching beyond the
middle of the eye. The length of the upper jaw (intermaxilla and
maxilla) almost one half length of head. The lower jaw much project-
ing, its length equaling that of eye and postorbital part of head. The
upper half of the maxilla is covered with very fine scales; the mandi-
ble also has fine scales along its middle and posterior portions. The
mandible has a well-developed knob at the symphysis. The eye is
three-fourths as long as the snout, rather more than one-fifth the length
of the head, and about equal to the width of the nearly flat interorbital
space. The width of the preorbital is less than one-half the length of
the eye. The preopercular spines are short and sharp; the second
longest, about one-third as long as the eye; the first, fourth, and fifth
very small; the points of the fourth and fifth are directed obliquely
downward aa backward. The gillrakers are moderately long and
slender; eleven above and twenty-three below the angle, the longest at
the angle one-half as long as the snout or two-thirds as long as the
eye. The scales are small—eighty-six or eighty-seven rows in a longi-
tudinal series, only fifty-one of which are pierced by tubes.

The spinous dorsal is low, the first spine two thirds as long as the
second and rather more than two-thirds as long as the eye; the fourth
to the sixth spines longest, rather more than one-third length of
head. The membrane of the soft dorsal and to some extent that
of the spinous dorsal scaly. The longest soft ray of the dorsal is rather
shorter than the longest spine; the last soft ray is as long as the first
spine. The first anal spine is very short. two-fifths as long as the
second, or one-half as long as the eye; the second spine is shorter and
stouter than the third, equal to the snout in length; the third spine is
nearly one and one-half times as long as the eye. The longest soft ray
exceeds the length of the longest dorsal spine and is nearly equal to
the postorbital part of the head. The pectorals are shaped very much
asin S. proriger; the lower four or five rays are slightly exserted at
the ends; the middle rays longest, slightly longer than the head with-
out the postorbital part. The ventrals do not extend as far back as the
pectorals; their distance from the vent equal to half their own length,
which is two-fifths the length of head. Peritoneum silvery white.

DD. ae oe au ar

In S. proriger the second anal spine is distinctly longer than the
third; the peritoneum is black; a tympanic spine is present; the gill-
pcan 40 in number and many of them club shaped at the end, the
longest rather more than one-half the length of the eye; the fourth and
fifth preopercular spines are directed horizontally backward, and the
scales are in seventy-five rows. These comparisons are drawn from the
type of S. proriger, No. 26980, U.S.N.M.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF FISH, BLEEKERIA
GILLI.

By TARLETON H. BEAN, M. D.,
Curator of the Department of Fishes.

THIS SPECIES of sand-lance is described from eleven examples belong-
ing to the U.S. National Museum. The locality is doubtful, the data
being lost, but it is probable that they belong to Dr. Stimpson’s collec-
tions from the Pacific. The largest example is five inches long, the
smallest three inches.

BLEEKERIA GILLI, new species.

Diagnosis.—D. 47; A. 22 to 24; P. 15. Scales 97, of which 90 are in
the lateral line; transverse rows 3 to 14. The scales are regularly
imbricated and the skin is entirely without longitudinal folds. The
lateral line is wanting on the last six or seven scales; it ascends
abruptly over the pectoral and follows not far from the dorsal outline,
terminating between the end of the dorsal and the origin of the caudal.

Gill-rakers numerous, smooth along posterior margin, long and slen-
der, the longest about as long as the eye. Branchiostegals 7. Pseudo-
branchiz large, about 20 laminz. The pectoral reaches to the thirteenth
row of scales, its length equal to length of eye and snout combined.
The maxilla extends to below the front of the eye; intermaxilla very
protractile, forming about two-thirds of the length of upper jaw.
Labial fold of mandible well developed. Head naked. Dorsal and
anal received in a deep sheath. A small, thin, ovate flap between the
anal and the genital opening, this flap covering the latter opening.

Hye large, one-fifth of head, greater than interorbital space. Tip of
preoperculum produced into a short, triangular flap. Suboperculum
with three well-defined radiating strie. Angle of preoperculum with
several raised tubular ridges. Many of the scales, especially posteri-
orly, with coarse denticulations around the exposed margin. Head
one-fourth of total length without caudal; greatest depth one-half
head, nearly one-eighth of the standard body length. ‘The distance of
the dorsal origin from the tip of snout nearly equals the length of the

Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Vol. XVII—No. 1028. 629

630 DESCRIPTION OF BLEEKERIA GILLI—BEAN. VOL. XVII.

head. Vent a little nearer root of caudal than to origin of pectoral.
* Caudal forked; the middle rays nearly two-thirds as long as the outer.

Back grayish brown; sides and lower parts silvery. General appear-
ance of Ammodytes.

Type.—No. 45384, U.S.N.M.

The species is dedicated to Dr. Theodore Gill, thereby associating
the names of two eminent ichthyologists, whose contributions to this
branch of zoology have in many respects followed along similar lines.

DESCRIPTION OF GOBIOIDES BROUSSONETI, A FISH NEW
TO NORTH AMERICA, FROM THE GULF OF MEXICO.

By TARLETON H. BEAN AND BARTON A. BEAN.

THIS SPECIES, originally described by Lacépéde from Peru, and
afterwards obtained by Brevoort from Para, South America, is now for
the first time recorded from North America. The species can not be
referred to the genus Amblyopus, which has for its type the A. her-
mannianus of Lacépede. The latter has rudimentary eyes, a short body,
and the dorsal and anal many rayed.

Diagnosis.—D. v1, 17; A. 1, 16.—The total length of the specimen
is 1445 inches, the caudal fin being 2? inches long.

The greatest depth of the body (see fig. 1) equals one-half the length
of the head, and is contained fourteen times in the total length without
caudal. The greatest depth of the head equals the length of the upper
jaw, or about one-half the length of head without snout. The body is
compressed. Its greatest thickness is contained one and two-thirds
times in its greatest depth. The teeth are in narrow bands in each jaw,

Fig. 1.

GOBIOIDES BROUSSONETI.

About two-sevenths natural size,

some of those in the outer row enlarged, canine like, and curved inward.
All of the teeth are more or less curved inward and depressible. The
vomer and palate are toothless. The mouth is oblique, the lower jaw pro-
jecting slightly beyond the upper. The maxilla extends well behind the
eye; its length is slightly more than half that of head without the snout.
It is not much expanded posteriorly. Eyes very small, their diameter
equaling half length of snout, about equal to width of interorbital
space. The snout scarcely equals more than a fifth of the head’s length.
Gill openings wide, the membranes wholly joined to the isthmus,

Proceedings of the U. 8S. National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 1029.
631

- Ne
632 A NEW FISH TO NORTH AMERICA—BEAN AND BEAN. vou. xvu.

Branchiostegals much curved, four in number. The dorsal begins at a
distance from the nape equal to the postorbital part of the head, the
origin being about over the end of the extended pectoral. The ventral
reaches fartber back than the pectoral, and is longer than that fin, its
length equaling postorbital part of head. The distance of the vent
from the tip of the snout equals somewhat more than three times the
length of the head; it is under the interspace between the last spine
and first ray of the dorsal, with a small genital papilla behind it. The
caudal is very long and tapering, one and two-thirds times as long as
the head. The dorsal spines are long and slender, the fifth nearly as
long as the post-orbital part of the head. The second dorsal ray is
slightly longer. The anal rays are about as long as those of the dor-
sal. The scales are thin, not imbricated, except on the posterior part
of the head, where they are long and elliptical in shape. The head
and breast are naked.

Color.—The colors have faded out in alcohol; the ground color
appears to have been light brown, with darker blotches on the median
line of the body under the spinous portion of the dorsal and the
anterior part of the soft dorsal.

The specimen here described was obtained in the Gulf of Mexico
and presented to the Museum by Mr. Robert 8. Day, of New Orleans,
La. It was received June 30, 1885, and is No. 38220, U. 8. National
Museum.

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF EXPLORATIONS BY THE U. S.
FISH COMMISSION STEAMER ALBATROSS.

[Published by permission of Hon. Marshall McDonald, Commissioner of Fisheries. ]

No. XXXIII.—DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW FLOUNDERS, GASTROPSETTA.
FRONTALIS AND CYCLOPSETTA CHITTENDENI.

By Barton A. BEAN,
Assistant Curator of the Department of Fishes.

THE U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross obtained ou January
15, 1885, at station 2317, lat. 24° 25/ 45” N., long. 81° 46’ 45” W., being
near Key West, Fla., in 45 fathoms of water, two specimens of a
handsome flounder, which appears to be new. The larger example, the
subject of the illustration (fig. 1), is eight inches long, while the smaller
one slightly exceeds six inches. A still larger specimen was obtained
near Apalachicola, at station 2373.

GASTROPSETTA, new genus.

This genus is closely allied to Ancylopsetta, from which it Ciffers in
form of body, and also in having entirely smooth seales, singularly
branched and produced anterior dorsal rays, and very short and broad
gill-rakers.

Diagnosis.—Body oblong-ovate, highly arched in front, covered with
sinall, cycloid, imbedded scales; lateral line arched in front, deflected
downward on caudal peduncle. Teeth small, in a single series in cach
jaw. Dorsal fin beginning in“advance of eye, its anterior rays pro-
duced, not connected by the irregular and broadly fringed membrane.
Gill rakers very short, almost as broad as long, few in number. Ven-
tral of eyed side produced, ending in a long filamentous ray in the
youns.

GASTROPSETTA FRONTALIS, new species.

Diagnosis.—Length of specimen, 209 mm. ; depth, 80mm.; head, 44mm. ;
middle caudal rays, 38 mm.; D. 60; A. 48; V.6; P.1,10. Eyes large,
33 in head; mouth of moderate size, axilla 24 in head, the jaws curved;
interorbital ridge prominent, very narrow. The dorsal begins in front
of eye on snout, its anterior rays singularly branched, the third and
fourth longest, almost equaling length of head. Anal fin beginning at

Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 1020.
633

634 DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW FLOUNDERS—BEAN. VOL. XVII.

vent, which is situated on blind side, its anterior rays scarcely produced.
Ventral of colored side much produced. Middle caudal rays long.

Color in spirits light brown; three black spots on body, two along
back, and one near anal base; fins with dusky blotches; several verti-
eal stripes across eyes.

GASTROPSETTA FRONTALIS.

About one-ha!f natural size.

The smaller specimen from station 2317 has D. 62; A. 52; V.6; P.1,
11. The gill-rakers short, broad lamin, 2+7. Teeth weak, uniserial.
Anterior rays of dorsai greatly produced, the third being one and one-
half times as long as the head. Ventral of eyed side very long, ending
in a thread-like filament. Color as in the preceding.

The example from station 2373 is 224 mm. long; its depth, 90 mm.
‘The ray formula is as follows: D. 60; A. 49; P.1, 10; V.6;C.15. The
vent is situated in a deep notch, which forms the front margin of the
abdomen, and not on the side, as in the other specimens. The color is
darker than that of the Key West examples, being dark reddish-brown.

Body spotted and fins blotched as in the preceding.

Type.—No. 37668, U.S.N.M.

Genus CYCLOPSETTA, Gill.

In the eleventh volume of these Proceedings* Dr. Gill gives the fol-
lowing diagnosis of a new genus of flounders, which he names Cyelop-
setta:

Psettines with the body oblong rhombo-ovate, covered with reguiarly imbricated

moderate cycloid scales; lateral line nearly rectilinear on both sides; snout convex; —

* Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x1, 1889, p. 601.

—

1894. | PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 635

mouth very large; jaws squarely truncated behind; teeth uniserial, those of the
upper jaws moderate, of lower jaws enlarged and largest at sides; dorsal and anal
almost symmetrical, dorsal commences in front of eye on snout, scarcely deflected on
blind side; caudal slightly pedunculate and convex; pectorals subequal and with a
subtruncate free margin; ventral nearly equal, the left on the preanal ridge, the
right lateral, both with the inner rays connected by membrane to the body; inter-
branchial membrane imperforate; gill-rakers tubercular and surmounted by blunt
denticles.

Type C. fimbriata The scales on the eyed side are regularly cycloid with the
nucleus some distance from the posterior margin and with numerous radiating
strie. The gill rakers are quite characteristic.

The species about to be described is distinguished from the type of
the genus by its shorter head, smaller and closely adhering scales,
larger teeth, the little-produced anterior dorsal rays, and by the oblique
posterior margin of the pectorals.

Wea
ine nals

i mo

CYCLOPSETTA FIMBRIATA.

About two-fifths natural size.

In OC. fimbriata the scales are rather large and deciduous, the teeth
small, the anterior rays of the dorsal considerably produced, and the
posterior margin of the pectoral is subtruncate. It has been thought
well to publish a drawing of the type of the genus (see fig. 2) in this
paper.

CYCLOPSETTA CHITTENDENI, new species.

On April 4, 1892, the Museum received from Dr. John F. Chittenden,
of the Victoria Institute, Port of Spain, Trinidad Island, a single
specimen of the species here described as new and named in his honor.

Diagnosis.—A single specimen. Extreme length, 197 mm. (73 inches.)
Greatest depth of body, not meluding vertical fins, 76 mm. (3 inches.)
D. 82; A. 62. Scales ca., 90. Gill-rakers 8+3 to 4, very short, tuber-
cular, almost as broad as long.

636 DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW FLOUNDERS—BEAN. VOL. XVII.

The length of the head is contained three and one-half times in that
of the body, and the depth of the body two and. one-fifth times in its
length, without caudal. The diameter of the eye is contained five
times in the head’s length. The mouth is widely cleft, oblique, the
jaws curved. The cleft of the mouth is contained less than twice in
the length of head. The teeth of both jaws in a single series, those of
the lower jaw are strong and sharp, curved inward and backward;
those of the upper jaw are not so large, and are very irregular in size.

The ventral fins are well developed, that of the eyed side being on
the abdominal ridge, and about three-fourths as long as the pectoral.
The pectorals are half as long as the head, their length equalling a
little more than one-third of the body depth; posterior margin oblique.

Fig. 3.

CYCLOPSETTA CHITTENDENI.

About one-half natural size,

Color brown; fins lighter, marked with blackish. Three small faint
blotches of black on the first half of the dorsal fin, and three rather
distinct blotches on the second half, the last blotch extending to the
caudal peduncle. Anal fin with three black blotches situated as and
similar to those of the dorsal fin. The ventral of the eyed side is
blackish, that of the blind side pale. Caudal fin with three black
spots at its extremity. Pectoral fin of colored side blackish; quite a
large blotch of black on body under this fin.

Type.—No. 44100, U.S.N.M.

NOTES ON SOME ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM GALLATIN,
JEFFERSON, AND MADISON COUNTIES, MONTANA.

By GEORGE P. MERRILL,
Curator of the Department of Geology.

THE ROCKS described below were collected by Dr. A. C. Peale and
the writer, mainly during the seasons of 1887, 1888, and 1889. The
writer’s own observations were limited to two brief seasons in 1887 and
1889. The region covered is quite extensive, comprising upward of
200 square miles as shown on the Three Forks sheet of the U.S. Geo-
logical Survey, and much of it difficult of access. In many instances
doubtful points regarding the occurrence and association of certain
masses could have been decided only by a second visit to the locality,
after the first series of specimens collected had been submitted to study
in the laboratory and we were in a condition to avail ourselves of the
knowledge thus gained. Unfortunately, this we have been unable to do,
and while in many instances we are led to infer that somewhat variable
rock types are but widely separated facies of the same magma, we
have no absolute proof of the same. Eruptive rocks of a wide geolog-
ical range and of widely varying character are abundant throughout
the region. Here I shall attempt to describe only those of greatest
petrological interest. A few of them have been noted in a preliminary
way in Bulletin No. 110, U. S. Geological Survey, 1894.

In describing the rocks they will be taken up as found along the
main routes traveled, in the following order: (1) From the foothills
north of Gallatin Peak, along the valley of the Gallatin and East
Gallatin to the Horse Shoe Bend of the Missouri River; (2) from
Three Forks southward, up the Madison Valley and into the foothills
on either side as far as the Wedge and westward to Virginia City;
(3) from the same point, southwestward, up the Jefferson River as far
as South Boulder Creek. The numbers referring to specimens are those
given in the catalogues of the U. S. National Museum.

Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Vol. X VII—No. 1031. 637

638 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL. VOL. XVII.

Hnstatite andesite—Head of small creek west of Salesville, west
side of Gallatin River. A dense, dark-brownish, nearly black rock,
without macroscopic constituents of such dimensions as to be evident -
to the unaided eye. In thin sections, a dense, partially devitrified base
filled with opaque granules of iron ore, pyroxene, and feldspar micro-
lites, and carrying abundant small elongated phenocrysts of nearly
colorless pyroxenes. These without evident pleochroism, and ortho-
rhombic in crystallization. Heuce, doubtless, enstatite. Rarely small
augites occur. In a few instances the latter mineral occurs in the form
of a narrow zone about the enstatites, as described by Iddings.* The
feldspathie constituents are confined wholly to microscopic forms in
the ground mass.

Basalt (?).—Small outcrop in Cretaceous, some 24 miles southeast from
Bozeman, east side of Bozeman Creek.

Macroscopically the rock (No. 38598, U.S.N.M.) is compact, dull, dark-
ereen, almost black, thickly studded with rounded olivine in sizes up to
5mm.in greatest diameter, and numerous smaller green augites; none of
these porphyritic constituents are prominently noticeable, owing to the
similarity of their colors to that of the rock containing them. A chlo-
ritie alteration has set in, attacking both the minerals mentioned as well
as the groundmass, and this, together with the other features men-
tioned, imparts to the stone the appearance of an olivine rich perido-
tite in which the process of serpentinization has far advanced. The —
olivines in alteration have sometimes given rise to deep red ferruginous
products which are visible to the unaided eye. :

As viewed in the thin section and by ordinary light the rock consists
of aclear, colorless, groundmass with an illy defined radiate structure,
often pierced in every direction by innumerable minute needle-like col-
orless forms, and bearing abundant black granules of iron oxides,
through which are interspersed countless small, idiomorphie, very light-
greenish pyroxenes. Abundantly distributed throughout this ground-
mass are the larger olivines and less abundant augites already noted.
A chloritic alteration has set in, attacking the augites, olivines, and
coloriess groundmass alike, though the augites are the least attacked.
The most striking feature of the rock is this colorless groundmass,
which appears under a low power (80 diameters) and between crossed
nicols, as illy defined fan-shaped aggregates of elongated crystals, over
which the dark wave sweeps gradually as the stage is revolved. There
is apparently little, if any, true amorphous, glassy, or felsitie base, or
miecrolitic matter. The field, on the. contrary, between crossed nicols,
breaks up into somewhat illy defined polygonal areas, which become
light and dark as the stage is revolved, but in no case give satisfactory
extinction angles or interference figures. The strueture, in short, is
that of an imperfect radial spherulitic aggregate, such as is common

*Eruptive Rocks of Electric Peak and Sepulchre Mountain. Ann. -Rep. U. 8.
Geol. Survey, 1890-91. Oe ee

1894. ° PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 639

in the quartz porphyries and liparites, but such as I have never seen
in rocks so. basie in composition as is this.

Under a power of 390 diameters the individual columns of the aggre-
gate were found in some instances to be almost wholly without action
or polarized light, or again polarized in light and dark colors, some of
the better defined giving extinctions parallel with or ranging but a few
degrees from the axis of greatest elongation, and eminently suggestive
of feldspars; in a few instances indefinite interference figures were
obtained, but only such as might be due to tensile strain on isometric
or amorphous bodies.

The results of purely optical investigation proving thus unsatisfac-
tory, an attempt was made at a separation of the mineral by pulveriza-
tion and presipitation in the iodide of mereury and potash solution.

This proved a work of great difficulty, owing to inclusions of iron
ore and the chloritic alteration which had set in. After repeated
attempts a powder coming down at a density of 2.56 was obtained in
sufficient quantity for analysis. This yielded Mr. Eakins, of the U.S.
Geological Survey, results as follows:

|Percent.| Ratio.

Si Or aber tries a siniie oie 65. 23 1. 02
S010) SS aS ore is gyaass 117
IPEEOR SS seeeisceaseeene cos ses Ate ns Reames Se
CHORE etonese case cet caece 3. 08 - 05
iC ed ca ae 2.02 | 05
IE ye a Sa a Ea 4.63 105
INGE os ei ae eres. aicaie aes oo 3.79 06
{5 Ep eeteal «Cea aR abe il 1.90 ‘eit

Such a composition is evidently that of a mixture, and may perhaps
be explained on the assumption that it consists of two feldspars (sani-
lin and a soda-lime variety) and an aluminous pyroxene.

The pyroxenic constituent, as above noted, occurs both in porphyritie
forms and as a constituent of the groundmass, sometimes in good idio-
morphic forms and again as rounded and irregular granules scattered
singly and in clustered aggregates. [xcept in the matter of size the
individuals of the two generations are indistinguishable from one
another, are of alight greenish color, not noticeably pleochroic, and
vive extinction angles on clinopinacoidal sections as high as 41°. The
larger porphyritic forms are sometimes 3 or 4 mm. in diameter, while
those of the groundmass are, as a rule, not over 0.05 mm., and at times
sink to 0.02 mm.

By pulverization and separation by the iodide of mercury and potash
solution, and subsequent digestion in hydrochloric acid and potassic
carbonate, a sufficient supply of the pryoxeuic constituent was obtained
for a complete analysis. This, submitted to Mr. Eakins, yielded results
us given in column I, below. In columns U, 111, and Iv are given for

640

comparison, chrome diopsides out of the peridotites of (11) Lake of
Lherz, (111) Dillgegend, and (tv) Piedmont, as given by Teall.*

ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL.

VOL. XVII. I
|

I II. Tr Iv.
FTO eee a5 Me 52.50| 58.63| 50.443] 54.25
AICO ata eee 2.26 4.07| *5.105 6.07
Or20s -22o2 2 1.07 1.30] 1.403 1.48
a ala ted laa are ; 8.50| 9.696 7.49
Unies 5 28 27s ale Spent i aN ae te ok ee ete
Cae te ee 21.70 | 20.37| 14.629 | 17.75
MEO? SSC oe 17.11| 12.48| 17.418| 13.63
HO spose dares A Ae A a [scceeees
INasOleseeaseeeee as AED) lEepocsanaelltoaoteeacs [rrteteeeee
HAO) soe ee ate Bil sociatncen [ee aan reer:
100.22! 100.35| 98.694! 100.67
|

A bulk analysis of the rock yielded Dr. Chatard as follows:

Percent. | Per cent.
46.90 || MgO...---.-- 20.98
O54 EKO] seese as 2. 04
0:44) ||| NiasO 2225-2. 1.16
10.17 || HO at 120° C 1. 04
0/38) || SH Olatiredsheateossccecneaae 4.38
1. 22 oo
opal 100. 54
0.10 || Specific gravity .....-...... 2. 86
6. 20

The composition, as above indicated, is quite unlike that of any rock
I have yet seen described. So far as indicated by the silica percentage,
the rock might belong to the diabase or basalt group, but the magnesia
percentage is far higher than I have ever seen reported in rocks of
this class, and from either of which it differs structurally. It is equally
difticult to consider the rock a peridotite, since not only is the silica
percentage above that of a normal peridotite, but the high percentage
of potash and soda (confined wholly to the minerals of the groundmass)
indicate a very considerable quantity of sanidin and soda-lime feldspar.

To gain a further insight into the composition of the rock, fragments —

from the same mass as that used in the above bulk analysis were subse-
quently sent to the laboratory with the request that an analysis be
made of that portion soluble in hydrochloric acid. ‘The results are given
below.

Amount of rock soluble in HCL 48.7191 per cent. This yielded:

Per cent. Ratio.
op MEUM eG REN Get UWE) 8 PONE jg ae ich .714
AML Opicsc oie ee ec ee 7.98 | .077
BGs Og. hoe Joe 4.53 ns «105
M7 PRR OA PETE ome CaP Bo) nei8 | 12
MnO ericein ook cs coee em aclen sees ser Taco: oc...
CAO Gon k us ee ene 2.07 | .037¢ 2-001
MoO ics stecadonte sie us cae 33.69 | _842
‘Alkalios Avie (hbdeesceeteecenearccae WraCe loco cates
99. 92

*British Petrography, p. 89.

”

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 641

It is evident that this is essentially olivine with a mixture of iron
oxides and decomposition products.

In the summer of 1889, while working on Bear Creek, in the foothills
just east of and overlooking the Madison Valley, some 45 miles in a
direct line to the southwest, inconspicuous outcrops of an intrusive were
discovered, which were at once seen to be nearly identical. On return-
ing to Washington thin sections were prepared, from an examination
of which the first impressions were abundantly confirmed. Certain of
the slides were indistinguishable from those of the Fort Ellis rock;
otherS differ in showing a groundmass more crystalline and a some-
what smaller proportion of the porphyritic olivines. The base proper
is here a nearly colorless glass occurring only in the interstices of a
crowd of small, lath-shaped feldspars, mainly a plagioclase variety,
though certain nonstriated forms may be sanidin.

Throughout this groundmass are scattered innumerable black gran-
ules of iron ore and the olivines and augites as already described. The
rock has an aspect more nearly like that of normal basalt, but differs
in the character of its pyroxenic constituent and the abundance of its
olivines. A bulk analysis of the rock by Dr. Chatard yielded results
aS in I below. tis the Fort Ellis rock reproduced for the purposes of
comparison.

Per cent. | Per cent. Per cent.| Per cent.
: 6

Bias ee acces 49. 13 46-G00l| Cae 2b: 2. ke 5 6. 20
ij 42 By ie) | ah 0220 | ee T7s21 20. 98
38 PO |S a OR Ee eed 2. 24 2. 04
9.05 aL Ser iy AN feds (90 ere a 2.01 1.16
.39 SIWERON ar ee et OB Sassen ec
3.57 1.22 || HO at 110° C..... 84 1.04
5. 05 5-17 || Ignition .........: 3. 50 4.38
.15 10

_ The close relationship of this rock to the dark eruptive between
South Boulder and Antelope Creek is mentioned on page 673.

Augite andesite.—Hills east of Fort Ellis. As here displayed, this is
a coarse, dark-gray rock (No. 38597, U.S.N.M.), full of vesicles and
amygdules of all sizes up to an inch or more in diameter. Its only
macroscopic constituent, aside from the secondary minerals comprising
the amygdules, is a dark-greenish augite which occurs as scattering
crystals, at times four or five millimeters in diameter.

Under the microscope the rock presents an exceedingly dense micro-
litic groundmass of lath-shaped plagioclases, augites and iron oxides
in which are embedded widely-scattered porphyritic plagioclases,
and more numerous augites with an occasional dusky apatite. The
augites, although comparatively fresh appearing, are rarely in well-
developed crystals, but occur as very irregularly corroded and rounded
forms full of inclosures of the base and of magnetite particles. In the

Proc. N. M. 94——41

642 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL. VOL. XVIL

section they are of a light-greenish color. The porphyritic plagioclases
are small and widely scattered.

As already noted, the rock is quite vesicular, the vesicles being wholly
or in part filled by white, dull red, and greenish zeolites. There is also
a smoky-brown, undetermined mineral which occurs only as a narrow ~
border of minute radiating fibers projecting inward from the cavity
wall and visible only with the microscope. The white mineral is by far
the most abundant of all the secondary constituents. When viewed
in the section and between crossed nicols this is in some cases quite
isotropic, and in others polarizes faintly in dull colors, the field being
divided into polygonal areas over which the shadows play, alternately
as the stage is revolved. The appearance is such as to suggest at
once the anomalous analcite described by Ben-Saude,* although in
the present case the optical peculiarities are less pronounced. An
examination of the hand specimen reveals in the larger cavities many
sinall, nearly colorless trapezohedra of the mineral which have a specific
gravity of 2.7, as determined by a Westphal balance, and which fuse
quietly to a clear, colorless glass at 2.5 of Dana’s scale. These charac-
teristics demonstrate the mineral as analcite beyond doubt. The dull-
red zeolite is quite colorless and isotropic in thin sections; examined
in the hand specimen, with a pocket lens, it shows a rhombohedral
cleavage, and the small splinters obtainable were found to give the
blowpipe reactions of chabazite. Other of the amygdules, from 1 to
3 mm. in diameters are filled by a hard and very brittle dull, dark-brown
mineral which always breaks away during the grinding of the section,
but which gives blowpipe reactions for hematite.

Hornblende andesite—From small outcrops on ridge east of Fort
Ellis. This is a compact, light-gray rock (No. 62400, U.S.N.M.) with
macroscopic brown hornblendes and whitish feldspars. Under the
microscope it Shows a compact groundmass of feldspar microiites and
opacite grains carrying abundant porphyritic hornblendes, plagioclases,
and smaller light-green augites. The hornblende is by far the most
abundant of the porphyritic constituents, and is readily recognizable
by its well-defined crystallographic outlines, though in nearly every
case its substance has completely changed to the characteristic opacite
granules. The plagioclases are very muddy through impurities and
decomposition. The most interesting feature of the rock is the abun-
dant sprinkling of large brick-red pleochroic apatites, as shown in
figs. 1-7. These occur in all sizes up to 0.6 mm. The colors vary from
colorless through yellow to brick-red, the deeper color being due to
innumerable inclosures, which are represented by black dots in the fig-
ures. The distribution of the color is not uniform through the whole
mass of the crystal, but, as in figure 2, a crystal may be bright yellow at
one end and red at the other, or, as in figure 6, red in the center and
fading out gradually to colorless at the ends. In the cross section shown

* Neues Jahrb. Vol, u. 1882, p. 41.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 643

in figure 4 the red color is zonal, while the interior is yellowish. Pris-
matic sections are all plainly pleochroic, being red when the light

passes through parallel to the
C
4
22 is

when at right angles to this
axis. A not less interesting
feature is the amount of cor-
rosion from the fluid magma
which the larger crystals have
undergone and which is shown
in the figures, especially Nos.
1, 2,3, and 5. From the fact

vertical axis and light yellow

. : 1 6
that the apatite is one of the :
first minerals to separate out, aneett:
such results are not unex- APATITES IN HORNBLENDE ANDESITE.
pected, but, so far as I am From specimen No. 38597, U. S. N. M

aware, have before not been
observed to the extent here indicated. This is presumably due to the
small size of the crystals, as usually occurring.

The large forms, like figute 7, show a faint cleavage parallel with the
prism.

Intrusive rocks: Lamprophyrs.—From the lower part of the Flathead
Shales, north of the East Gallatin River. The rocks described below
outcrop at the base of the sandy shales that lie just above the basal
quartzite of the Flathead formation, as exposed in the hills about one
mile north of the East Gallatin River. They have been traced east-
ward about three miles from the most western exposure, where they
pass beneath the lake beds, but show again where the Flathead shales
cross Dry Creek, three miles farther to the northwest. In all these
outcrops they hold the same relation to each other. The upper rock
is usually from six inches to a foot in thickness, but sometimes thins
out to even less than six inches. It lies in close contact with the
shales, is dark gray, nearly black, in color, tough, fine grained, and
compact, and shows to the unaided eye only occasional small black
erystals evidently belonging to a mineral of the pyroxene group,
and numerous small reddish amygdules. This is succeeded by, and
seems to pass gradually into, a zonesof decomposed material, which
carries numerous scales of black mica, and which is traversed in a
direction parallel with the sheets by several veins from one to two
inches in width of a light pinkish feldspar. The lower or underlying
rock, which also seems to pass into this zone of decomposed mate-
rial, appears to the unaided eye as a holocrystalline mass composed
essentially of elongated light pink feldspars and abundant small,
often radiating, folia of black mica. The microscopic and chem-
ical properties of this rock are given below. Although the upper
and lower rocks belong apparently to two quite distinct types, their
constant association, even when in sheets but a few inches thick, is

= a ate
J) ue

644 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL. VOL. XVII.

somewhat confusing. Geologically they appear as one and the same
body; from a petrographic standpoint they differ radically. It is use-
less to speculate on their possible relationships until further outcrops
are found, or until, by digging or blasting, the nature of the inter-
mediate zone of decomposed material is made apparent. The total
thickness of the eruptive sheet or sheets is about 45 feet.*

Porphyrite (?).—The upper sheet. Macroscopically, this (No. 38599,
U.S.N.M.) is a very tough and hard dark gray, nearly black, aphanitie
rock bearing abundant small pseudo-amygdules of a dull red or yellow-
~ ish green color, and with but rarely a black porphyritic mineral suffi-
ciently developed to suggest a member of the pyroxene or amphibole
group. In the thin section the rock was found so completely altered
that it was only after repeated sections had been cut from samples from
various portions of the outcrops that anything like a satisfactory idea of
its original nature could be learned. Sections of the freshest samples
obtainable show under the microscope a nearly colorless devitrified
base, impregnated with innumerable small, sometimes mere dust-like
particles of opacite and elongated yellowish mica-like needles in places
so abundant as to form a truly feltlike groundmass.

Seattered thickly throughout this groundmass are numerous pseudo-
amygdules of calcite, chloritic, and ferruginous substances, and occa-
sional badly shattered, imperfect, and greatly decomposed augites.

The amygdules are due wholly to the decomposition of porphyritie
augites and olivines, as can be determined by occasional still quite per-
fect crystal outlines in the least decomposed portions of the rock, and
are in no case true gas cavities filled with secondary minerals. In afew
instances the outlines of these cavities were such as to suggest that
the decomposed mineral may have been a feldspar, but this can not be
determined for a certainty. Sections from the more highly altered por-
tions of the rock exhibit interesting changes. The groundmass here
' (No. 38599, U.S.N.M.), as above, consists of the colorless base so filled
with the mica (?) needles as to be almost felsitic, but the porphyritice
augites are replaced wholly by a light greenish-blue, faintly dichroic,
somewhat fibrous hornblende. Although optically these secondary —
forms are undoubted hornblendes giving maximum extinctions on clino-
pinacoidal section of 15°, their outlines, when sufficiently perfect for
measurement, are still, in part at least, those of augite.. In a number
of cases the prism outlines on cross sections were measured with
results varying from 87° to 89°, The cleavage in such cases was some-
what imperfectly developed, but I was able to obtain measurements of
the obtuse angle varying from 123° to 125.5°, which is, perhaps, as
close as can be expected in sections cut at haphazard. Although the
hornblendes are so plainly paramorphiec, I have found in no case traces
of an augitic nucleus, the change being in all cases complete.

Chemical analysis of so highly altered a rock can be regarded as

* Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey No. 110, pp. 49, 50.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 645
a a ee ear ES
merely suggestive. The following results were obtained by Mr. Eakins

on a sample in which the augitic alteration thus described was com-
plete:

|
Per cent. | Per cent.
RlOsastabiceeccets Sst see ce ADA NECA ee oebinaecccstdtcccecetsl 9.30
INL OS ecbhesous ce Sessa ae ease CCA i 29 0 SS ene Se eee ape ee 10. 86
PATE ORs reis sete Sete msec das ZT SS | PRCON satus Sock eke teked ca 2.42
(OTM re SUS ae eee seers Pet Rrace mg MNias ON sees cae caesaccte tes 2.08
BiOgiseren se Soot eos. 3.22 TIRE OTe AG ee Coleen sens eA Eh 4.14
IAS AS a ae le BM Bees ee ene 37
PMO Wes ena Sopot 22 leek es yi ODN IE OS Stree S3-cb th sse es doce. 3.31
12,0) Su a pe i ea 03 | |

Making due allowances for the various changes attending decom-
position, the rock, it will be noted, agrees closely with that from Cot-
tonwood Canon (No. 38596, U.S.N.M.) and Boulder Creek (No. 62409,
U.S.N.M.), to be noted later (p. 670).

The association of this rock with that next to be described is pecu-
liar and needs‘ further investigation.

Mica syenite—Underlying the above. In the hand specimen the
rock (No. 38600, U.S. N. M.) appears to the unaided eye as a holocrys-
talline mass of pink lath-shaped feldspars interspersed with very
numerous long, slender, and at times radiating needle-like folia of black
mica. As seen under the microscope the structure is quite simple, con-
sisting of a holocrystalline aggregate of badly kaolinized sanidins, lath-
shaped plagioclases, scales of mica, scattering granules of iron oxide,
apatite needles, and in the interspaces, secondary calcite, plagioclase,
and, rarely, quartz.

The most interesting feature of the rock is the almost constant inter-
growth of the sanidins with plagioclase, the effect being in the section
as if each crystal of plagioclase was set in a frame of orthoclase,
as already described and figured in Bulletin 110, U. S. Geological
Survey. Unfortunately, in the sample at hand, both feldspars are so
badly decomposed that their optical properties are greatly obscured.
The plagioclase alteration gives rise to innumerable minute flecks of a
silvery white micaceous mineral, and in many cases the twin structures
have become entirely obliterated; the potash feldspar has become brown
muddy, and opaque, resembling the orthoclase of granitic rocks, and at
times acts scarcely at all upon polarized light. A partial analysis of
as tresh a sample of the rock as could be obtained, yielded Dr. Chatard
results as follows: Silica, 58.88 per cent; potash, 5.18 per cent; soda,
3.46 per cent. The rock is undoubtedly a phase of the syenitic lam-
prophyre, which was later found in the vicinity of Antelope Creek
(p. 671).

Porphyrite.—Intrusive sheets between Dry Creek and Nixons Basin.
The rock here is evidently identical with that of the lower sheet of
Cottonwood Creek, though the sample collected by Dr. Peale is so
badly Gecomposed that little can be made from it.

646 EPRUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL, VOL. XVII.

Augite porphyrite—This rock (No. 38596, U.S.N.M.) as displayed in
the deep ravine of Cottonwood Creek is dark-gray and coarsely por-
phyritic, consisting of large and very perfect coal-black augites embed-
ded in a dark-gray, almost holocrystalline feldspathic groundmass.
Toward the central portions of the sheet the mass is much the more
coarsely crystalline,and through a kaolinizing of the feldspars falls
away to a coarse sand. From this sand were picked out in considera-
ble number, still fresh augites in sizes up toeight mm.in length. These
are usually elongated in the direction of the vertical axis, though some-
times in short and stout forms of a diameter fully equal to their length,
the crystals having the common form oP; « P %; « P &, and P.
Twin forms are also common, the more abundant form being that in
which »P% is the twinning plane; more rarely occur knee-shaped and
clustered forms, evidently twinned after —P % and P2.

Approaching both upper and lower contact, the rock gradually
becomes firmer and more compact until at last the groundmass is quite
aphanitic, though the porphyritic augites still retain their relative size
~and abundance, appearing on a freshly broken surface of a light, sage-
green color. At the line of contact with the shale the rock has the
appearance of a brownish, amorphous base, thickly sprinkled with
porphyritic augites and feldspars closely cemented to the shale.

Under the microscope the coarser portion of the rock shows an
almost holo-crystalline groundmass of lath-shaped feldspars, small
augites, scales of brown mica, iron ores, and a large amount of second-
ary chloritic matter and calcite in which are embedded porphyritic
plagioclase feldspars and the large idiomorphic augites already noted.
The amount of unindividualized base is very small, and is represented
only here and there by small, wedge-shaped areas of greenish, chloritic,
decomposition products. In places these are wholly lacking, and the —
rock assumes the panidiomorphie structure of a diabase.

The porphyritic augites, as seen in the section, are of a very light:
green color, not perceptibly pleochroic, and give oxticHan angles on
clinapinacoidal sections as high as 43°, They carry inclosures of iron
ore, brown mica, apatite, and glass. The feldspars belonging to the
first generation, that is, the porphyritic forms, are all triclinic, with
step-like ends and abundant twin strie. They are somewhat decom-
posed, giving rise to chloritic and other secondary products.

The only other porphyritic constituent is a greatly decomposed
olivine occurring in widely scattered forms, and evidently a nonessential
constituent. The decomposition has gone so far that in the majority of
cases the resultant forms are no longer recognizable. In a few
instances the crystal outlines are still preserved and show steep domal
faces and irregular fracture lines, unmistakably those of olivine. The
product of the decomposition is in some cases a dull green, chloritic
mineral; in others, a dull red, ferruginous amorphous product, accom-
panied in both cases by abundant calcite. The latter forms are

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 647

frequently macroscopically evident on a freshly broken or a polished
surface, appearing as dull red areas 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, surrounded
by a narrow border of the white calcite. In none of the many sections
examined am I able to find even a trace of unaltered olivine.

The feldspars of the groundmass are, in part at least, a plagioclase
variety, as shown by the numerous twin striz. There are, however,
abundant clear glassy forms appearing in the section in the form of
stout rectangular areas, which in some cases give extinction angles
exactly parallel and in others inclined a few degrees from the axis of
elongations. These are assumed to be orthoclase, an assumption
apparently borne out by the large percentage of potash shown in the
analysis. The augites of the groundmass have the same color as the
porphyritic forms, but occur in idiomorphic, and also in imperfect, and
often sharply wedge-shaped and angular forms filling the interstices of
the feldspars. The brownish mica occurs only in sinall and very irreg-
ular shreds associated with secondary chloritic material.

Approaching the line of contact the groundmass becomes more dense,
but still retains its largely crystalline character. The porphyritic
augites here are of a light sage-green color and show very perfect crys-
taloutlines. They are, however, much more decomposed than those in
the coarser and Jess compact portion, presenting a mass of rounded and
angular pale augite fragments, interspersed with calcite, iron oxides and
undeterminable decomposition products of a dirty white color. At the
immediate line of contact with both over and underlying shales there
is a narrow band, from 3 to 6 mm. in width, of a brownish color, consist-
ing of the augites and feldspars of the first generation imbedded in a
wholly or partially devitrified base, which remains always light between
crossed nicols, and shows a mass of illy defined rounded and elongated
globules, over which play imperfect and distorted black crosses as the
stage is revolved. Both the feldspars and augites are here replaced by
calcite pseudomorphs. The shale itself is strongly injected with calcite
for the distance of a few millimeters from the line of actual contact.
The line of separation between the shales and eruptive rock is in all
cases perfectly sharp, the fused material having flowed over and around
the particles of quartz and feldspar in a manner implying a high degree
of fluidity. Contact metamorphism of even so large a mass injected in
a highly fluid condition, and cooling so slowly as to become almost holo-
crystalline, is here reduced almost to a minimum, owing to the refrac-
tory nature of the materials of which the shales are composed. Thin
sections show these to be made up of small fragments of quartz and feld-
spar with but a small amount of intersticial space now occupied by
secondary silica having the same crystallographic orientation as the
adjacent quartz granules, and by very minute, needle-like flecks of sil-
very white mica, evidently developed from the small amount of original
amorphous cement. The shale is, therefore, no longer at this point an
agglomerate of fragments adhering by means of an amorphous cement,

648 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL. VOL. XVII.

but is a true crystalline rock, the original fragments forming propor-
tionally large nuclei to a mass of crystalline granules whose regular
growth has been interrupted by mutual interference. How much or
how little of this change is due to the injected rock it is impossible
to say.

Chemical analysis of as fresh a sample of the eruptive as was obtain-
able from near the central portion of the sheet yielded Mr. Eakins
results as follows:

Per cent. | Per cent.
| |

SHOP SGnoccce.ceoce sapien wtese B2Has PN sOe come e cen mealies ae 6.73
TG Once ssasee reas ee eee E124 eine seniae eh ane cer eunee cee 3.76
AUS Os Me oaie Jaci -einatecleaee THSO9'l| Nas Ova eee sc ee eee weber 3. 14
TPE Gere UN ewig tte 4.31 0 ee a ee i ee 2.68
THON SEE Race Serene ANOS: PIO pease cite ee ee 1.02
Min Ocoee cect esecesaseeces 0.09 || =i
IEP) ee coadecagaeasas se oaaeck 0. 07 || 100. 45
GEO) eee Se Oe ERS r sacle dodue 7. 06 | Specific gravity in mass ....| 2. 785

Considering all the potash in the above as belonging to the ortho-
clase and the soda to the plagioclases, these results can be reduced
readily to the following proportions:

| Per cent.

Potash feldspar. ........- as 22. 24

Soda-lime feldspar ee 35, 67

Augite, olivine, and mica ..-....-.-. 31. 46
Iron ores, apatite, and decompo-

Sition products ---<-- 2-22-65... 10. 63

Such calculations must, of course, be accepted only with a consider-
able degree of allowance. It is probable that a portion of the potash
belongs to the plagioclase feldspars, and, without doubt, a small amount
to the mica, for which no allowance whatever has been made. This
last amount would, however, be trifling. A safer but less definite cal-
culation is as follows:

Per cent.

Melis pars wae ss otto sseeemaianes 58. 00
Augite, olivine, and mica ........- 32. 00
All other constituents ..........-- 10. 00
100. 00

The above, I believe, represents the proportional qualities of the vari-
ous constituents as nearly as it is possible to obtain them.

To the west of the outcroppings of the sheet occur rather incon-
spicuous outcroppings of a darker, more compact rock with macroscopic
olivines and augites in macroscopically recognizable forms. (No. 38516,
U.S.N.M.) This is described in detail in connection with the basic
eruptive overlying the mica syenite between Antelope and South
Boulder creeks (p. 671).

— ee

_—

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 649

During the season of 1886 Dr. Peale brought in from the northwest
side of the lower valley of Cottonwood Creek, and labelled as from the
“Upper dike,” a small specimen of badly weathered, fine grained, light
gray rock, thickly studded with small folia of black mica and minute
augites. Under a low power the rock appears almost holocrystalline
and composed of lath-shaped, short, stout interlocking feldspars, light
greenish augites, and scales of brown mica. The feldspars are all
muddied through decomposition and optical determinations are very
unsatisfactory. A portion of them show twin striz; others show none
and are presumably in part sanidin.

The augites are all small (one-third mm. in greatest diameter), and as
a rule in imperfect and fractured forms. Cross sections, however, fre-
quently show quite perfect outlines. They are very light greenish in
color in the section. The mica is reddish-brown, strongly dichroic,
and occurs in irregular shreds, in very perfect hexagonal tablets, as a
narrow border about the iron ores, and in a few instances was observed
a like border about elongated augites.

A high power shows the interstices of the feldspars oceupied by a
colorless isotropic substance or a very light green chloritic material
evidently derived therefrom. When an uncovered slide is treated with
hydrochloric acid there are shortly produced abundant cubes of sodium
chloride. So abundant were these cubes that careful search was made
for nepheline or sodalite, but with unsatisfactory results. The cavities
left in the slide after treatment with hydrochloric acid presented in no
cases the outlines of any crystallized mineral, but are in all cases
irregular areas scattered promiscuously throughout the mass of feld-
spars. For the time being the true nature of the isotropic mineral
which gave rise to these was a mystery, but in the light of subsequent
observations there seems little doubt but that they are of sodalite and
the rock a phase of the mica and augite bearing syenitic lamprophyres,
described later (p. 671). A partial analysis of the rock yielded Mr.
Eakins results as follows:

Per cent.

SiQs:ss. coset as coeieeceeee ee 5 54.29
AT Ogee wialate acts decotts Oars 18. 47
He Onserasciocs ys sueeen esc ce 5. 67
CARDS ees es Set naan ia cio 3. 69
MgoO...... 5 Con RE GEER R RCE BEE 3.98
ee 0 ES ee ore cae ae are 5. 92
N85 ONermrartoatdete weiniesisiateateieiso 4.13
96.15

Augite porphyrite.—Intrusive sheet some sixty feet in thickness just
above Horse Shoe Bend of the Missouri River. In strike and dip it
follows the Cretaceous sandstone in which it lies, cutting across the
beds only very slightly, if at all. It is well exposed in the bluffs on
the west side of and facing the river. Both upper and lower contact
are here readily found.

650 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL. VOL. XVII.

The rock (No. 62410, U.S.N.M.) is evidently identical with the
main eruptive at Cottonwood Creek, Gallatin County, some 6 miles to
the southeast, and which was called an augite porphyrite in Bulletin
No. 110, U. 8S. Geological Survey. (See above.) Like that rock, it is
dark greenish and at times nearly black in the least decomposed
samples and thickly studded with stout idiomorphic augites of all sizes
up to 10 mm. in length. Near the line of contact the rock is almost
aphanitic, but shows under the microscope abundant porphyritic
augites and plagioclases in good idiomorphic forms in a felsitic base.
Receding from the line of contact the rock grows gradually coarser,
and thin sections show the rate of cooling to have been sufficiently
slow for an abundant development of a second generation of plagio-
clases. Whether any glassy base remained can not now be determined,
as everything is obscured by decomposition products. As with the
Cottonwood Creek rock, there are abundant iron oxides in large grains,
numerous small scales of dirty brown mica and occasional apatites,
The augites occur in simple, and twinned and in clustered glomero-por-
phyritic forms.

Quite a number of the porphyritic feldspars show beautiful zonal
structure and no twinning. Such are assumed to be sanidins, an
assumption borne out in the Cottonwood Creek rock by the high per-
centage of potash shown in the analysis. The microstructure varies
from hypocrystalline porphyritic to holocrystalline porphyritie with a
panidiomorphic groundmass.

The only difference which can be considered at all essential between
this rock and that of Cottonwood Creek lies in the development in the
former of abundant olivines, which, however, are now recognizable only
by the outlines of the dirty yellow brown chloritie decomposition prod-
ucts. A few of these were present in the Cottonwood Creek samples,
but they were so scattering as to be deemed nonessential.

Hypersthene andesite-—Northwest of Red Bluff. This is a very fine-
grained and compact nearly black rock (No. 66929 U.S.N.M.) breaking
with an irregular choncoidal fracture and in which none of the constit-
uents are developed in such size as to be determined by the unaided eye.

In the thin section the rock shows an amorphous, glassy base so
charged with opacite dust as to be itself almost black and opaque, and
bearing very numerous irregularly lath-shaped plagioclases and abun-
dant crystals of a colorless pyroxene. More rarely occur olivines which
are in all cases altered to a greenish yellow chloritic product.

The plagioclases are many of them imperfectly secreted from the base
and their borders are thickly charged with the black opacite. The
pyroxenic mineral is in nearly colorless, very imperfectly outlined elon-

gated forms, often broken transversely and rarely of such size as to —

show in basal sections prismatic cleavage lines cutting at nearly right
angles.
The dichroism is very faint and in the larger forms only could it be

ai PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 651

made out with any degree of certainty: ¢, very light greenish; 4, very
faintly reddish, and b, faint yellowish, scarcely at all reddish. The
mineral shows extinction in all cases parallel and at right angle with
the ¢ axis; it is biaxial, negative, and sections cut at right angles to
the a axis show the immergence of a bisextrix with the plane of the
optic axes in that of the a and caxes. Dispersionp>v. These char-
acteristics alone are sufficient to demonstrate the true character of
the mineral.

Mr. J. S. Diller, of the U. 8S. Geological Survey, has kindly loaned
me sections of the hypersthene basalt described by him from Mount
Thielson, Oregon,* from an examination of which I am able to make
the following comparisons: the two rocks have essentially the same
structure, but differ in that the sample from Red Bluff shows a rela-
tively smaller number of porphyritic plagioclases, a far larger pro-
portion of hypersthene, and also a larger proportion of plagioclases in
the groundmass, necessitating therefore a smaller proportional amount
of glassy base. The feldspars of the Oregon rock are much better
developed than in that of Red Bluff and the “ opacite” particles much
larger and more distinctly granular. Bulk analysis of the Red Bluff
rock by Mr. Eakins yielded results as below. In column I is given
that of the Mount Thielson rock, permission for the use of which has
been kindly granted by Mr. Diller.

I ia:

Per cent.| Per cent.

SiO, SPR ede tg Pia ate at 59. 48 55. 68
HOD otha ck eet eu 0509 | tee ses
Al, Seti a ee I 16. 37 18. 93
ns ee eet erie tio nsreramlee erases BHO iiclestsoweree
TE oak a RNR ae 8 ts 4. 88 7.99
MicQaiata. 6s ties eo aba 3.29 4. 86
FeO CREE AE eicshy heed Marga’ 3.17 8.73
BOA Soe ac bers seco accu eS Oman eiacsaceet
Nar Wiceae wee ee 3.30 2.12
K.0 BC anes OM nae 9S 2. 81 148
EL Dt aa TE Nich Boa eee
T(t etc es is es 2.01 60

From this it would appear that the rock is much more nearly related
to the andesites than the basalts, although on purely structural
grounds it seems more like the latter.

Peridotite, var. Wehrlite—Hills three miles northwest of Red Bluff.
This rock (Nos. 70675 and 73162, U.S.N.M.) occurs intrusive in the
gneiss and forms on the present surface only several small, nearly cir-
cular, inconspicuous outcrops, standing but a few feet above the sur-
rounding gneiss and broken into rough, angular blocks weathering
brownish. Two textural varieties are readily apparent. One, a some-
what coarse, distinctly crystalline rock, showing on fresh surfaces

* Am. Jour. Sci., XXVIII, 1884, p. 252.

652 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL. VOL. XVI.

mottled, deep bright green cleavage plates (sometimes 5 to 10 mm.
across) of a mineral of the pyroxene group, and abundant small folia of
brownimica. To the unaided eye these two minerals form the chief con-
stituents of the rock. This variety weathers with peculiarily knobbed
and deeply pitted surfaces.

The second variety differs only in being of finer grained and more
uniform texture, its mineralogical nature being barely evident even
with a pocket lens.

Both varieties are, however, essentially the same. Under the micro-
scope the rock is found to be beautifully fresh and unaltered—a holo-
crystalline granular aggregate of pale green diallage, deep reddish-
brown mica, colorless olivines, rarely small irregular areas of a basic
plagioclase, and scattering patches and streaks of black iron oxides,
which are evidently wholly secondary. None of the constituents pre-
sent anything like perfect crystal outlines.

The structure is peculiarly jumbled and almost cataclastic. It
resembles more the hasty and interrupted crystallizations character-
istic of certain meteorites, like that of Estherville, lowa, than that of
terrestrial rocks. Diallages and olivines are crowded and jumbled
together, the interstices of the larger forms being ocnupye by the
same minerals in a granular condition.

The diallage has reached the most perfect stage of developement and
often occurs in broad plates inclosing olivines and shreds of brown
mica, and with a very pronounced pinacoidal parting. Feldspars,
when they occur, are in short broad plates sometimes polysynthetically
twined or again showing broad faces without trace of cleavage or twin-
ing lines and filled with small colorless and yellow interpositions of
mica. (?) The prevailing mica is deep brownish-red and strongly pleo-
chroic. The following shows the composition of the rock according
to analysis by Mr. L. G. Eakins, of the U. 8. Geological Survey:

Per cent. Per cent.
SiQgis saecanstaxccnciee mae. AS! 95 EME a OME ok toc cpt teee stemice eeiatete 23. 49
WMO wears poe cee eee aan SL, || BaOrecscct sine se a ose ene Trace
OE OE? ery tte ts teeny eco 5569) Ks 0) ceo ieee nee 79
Gil Sages S38 Sees sencod- 2054 NS SONS. 2 Satecaee se eee eae 1.58
1 Yo C AMEE USSR RS MEE canis TE 20/1 SSO kot soto cote eee 18
WSO os 52 Shee ore eeeeee 12 DD PRO prec ete Sem e wee recente 12
Nin @) apie ee sere ee toe . 08 ———.
IO Se eee ot ope teeeee seer .16 100. 54
CaO ste St oar enie Shiner f 5.33 || Specific gravity ............ 3.37

Diorites.—Burnt Creek region. These rocks are apparently all diorites
and presumably portions of the same geologic body, though differing
somewhat in composition and in details of structure. Some are fine
and evenly granular dark-gray rocks, showing under the microscope a
holocrystalline, panidiomorphic granular structure, a portion of the
plagioclases only showing idiomorphic developement. A green horn-
blende in very irregular plates and shreds is, next to the plagioclase,

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 653

the predominating constituent. Shreds of brown mica, abundant gran-
ules of iron ore, occasionally a little interstitial quartz,and a few
inconspicious apatites with rarely an irregular sphene complete the
list of determinable constituents. Others differ mainly in being of
coarser texture and showing a tendency toward a porphyritie structure
through the development of occasional large plagioclases.

Two sections show peculiar modifications. The most abundant con-
stituent is a pale green augite which has gone over to a considerable
extent to chlorite and a uralitic hornblende, Both augites and plagio-
clases show a tendency to group themselves into granular aggregates,
while the latter are in many instances so charged with globular, club-
shaped or vermicular colorless inclosures as to almost obscure their
true mineral nature.

The feldspar not infrequently appears as a ragged, irregular nucleal
area, with or without twin striz, and surrounded by a zone of varying
width of the inclusions so as to appear, by a low power, like a very
fine granular aggregate of colorless minerals. A single section shows
all gradations from feldspars with no inclusions to areas no longer
recognizable as such, but merely aggregates of the irregular inclusions
described. The structure is at times pronouncedly cataclastic and
the appearances such as to indicate that the above-mentioned peculiar-
ities are due to dynamic causes.

Rhyoliteand andesite.—Hills between North and South Meadow Creek,
near Washington Bar. The eruptives here occur mainly on the eastern
side of the creek and form the steep hills lying between the north and
south branches. The predominant rock is a liparite overlying the
gneiss and forming the main mass of the hill. This varies from pur-
plish to gray or nearly white in color, sometimes pinkish. The ordinary
type is faintly porphyritic, though sometimes quite aphanitic, and with
so even and pronounced a flow structure as to closely simulate a com-
pact, thin bedded, argillaceous limestone. On the eastern and upper
slopeof the hills, and particularly at the western end of the range, always
near the contact between the liparite and gneiss there occur limited
outcrops of a dense almost coal black andesite. (No. 72850, U.S.N.M).
The contacts between the three rocks are never accessible, but the
surface of the ground is simply covered with innumerable small joint
blocks, rarely a foot in diameter, and which have been further reduced
by the continual flaking off of small convex and concave chips by
diurnal temperature variations. The rock on a weathered surface for
perhaps the depth of a millimeter is of a brownish color. Beyond this
it is always fresh, of a beautiful dense black color and satiny luster,
and with only rarely small white porphyritic constituents sufficiently
developed to be visible to the unaided eye.

A slight mottling sometimes seen on the surface is due to a spheru-
litie development. The field characteristic of the rock was such that

654 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL. VOL. XVII.

it was supposed to be a basalt. The thin section, however, shows only
a very dense aggregate of small feldspars and other colorless microlites,
often with strongly marked fluidal structure and innumerable small
opaque specks, assumed to be iron oxides. None of the magnesian sili-
cates are sufficiently developed to be recognizable, even with the high-
est powers. The white porphyritic constituents mentioned above as
occurring rarely, prove to be secondary segregations of quartz.

The microstructure of the rock is andesitic rather than basaltic;
nevertheless, as I have never before seen any but the glassy andesites
so dark in color and so compact, a test was resorted to which showed
64.42 per cent. of silica; specific gravity, 2.555,

Hornblende picrite—North Meadow Creek. This rock (No. 73174,
U.S.N.M.) in the hand specimen is of an iron-gray color and com-
posed of very irregularly outlined crystal plates and fibers, from one
to two centimeters broad, which to the unaided eye merge into one
another without sharp lines of demarkation. The larger plates inclose
rounded blebs of a deep green mineral, whereby is produced an indis-
tinct and irregular luster-mottling. The rock weathers brownish on
the immediate surface, but is apparently fresh and unaltered and so
intensely tough and hard that a two-pound hammer quite failed to
detach chips of any size, and recourse was had to the sledge.

’ The outcrops are few and rather inconspicuous, projecting in thin
wedges but a few feet above the scanty soil, and ringing like metal
when struck with the hammer. Although no contacts were visible, the
strike is directly across that of the gneiss in the vicinity, and in the
field no doubt was felt concerning its eruptive nature.

In the thin section, under the microscope, the rock shows a holocrys-
talline aggregate of light greenish to colorless hornblendes, abundant,
beautifully fresh, and colorless olivines, irregular grains of pleonast, the
usual sprinkling of iron ores, and occasional very imperfectly outlined
areas of a faint brown, dichroic mineral, showing in an indistinct basal
section a very irregular and interrupted nearly rectangular prismatic
cleavage. Satisfactory determination of this mineral was impossible.
It is evidently hypersthene. The hornblendes occur in broad ophitic
plates of a green color, inclosing the rounded clear and fresh olivines,
and also in colorless frayed-out asbestus-like forms. Were it not that
the rock is so fresh and unaltered I would be disposed to regard such
as secondary forms, perhaps after a rhombic pyroxene, but it seems
scarcely probable that such an alteration could have taken place, leay-
ing the olivines, which they inclose, so perfectly fresh and unchanged.

The rock belongs to the group of hornblende picrites, as defined by
Bonney, and though a trifle more acid, seems to correspond fairly well
with those described by him from Anglesea and figured by Teall on
pls. Vv and VI, figs. 2 and 1, respectively, of his British Petrography.
The rock is sufficiently rich in olivine to gelatinize readily in hydro-

ead, 2. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 655

chloric acid. Below is given the results of a bulk analysis of the rock
as made by Mr. Eakins:

Per cent. | Per cent.
DAO Wate staics ba aatosreclewtete iets Trace.
KS Oe mea teas ee see caee Trace.
NBn OS. we ciciiess oS s/oecnereiels . 08
#0 SSR On Enea 1.38
PE Op sence etncececciestcee sas 07
erionntiate tacts iaaieee cies 24
| 100, 63
Specific gravity-.........-.. | 3.35
| |

Saxonite; Harzburgite—From dike between North and South Meadow
creeks. This rock (No. 62402, U.S.N.M.) was first noticed on the west-
ern side of the divide between North and South Meadow creeks, where
it cropped out by the roadside in the form of a sheet not over 50 feet in
width, of a plainly laminated deep green serpentinous rock lying in the
gneiss, and apparently corresponding with it in dip and strike. The
outcrop was traced in a southerly direction toward South Meadow Creek,
finally disappearing at the lake branch of the creek. Everywhere the

rock had the appearance of a highly tilted metamorphic schist, except
at the extreme southern terminus, where it widened out into a bulbous
enlargement which was serpentinous on the margins, but showed a
nucleus of a dense dark gray, very tough, and hard rock made up of a
macroscopically irresolvable groundmass thickly studded with imper-
fectly outlined phenocrysts of a pyroxenic mineral with a bronze luster.
The conditions of the rock were such as to at once suggest that this
nucleus represented the unaltered portion of an original eruptive mass
from which the schistose serpentine had been derived by chemical and
dynamicagencies. This suggestion was substantiated by chemical and
microscopic examination.

The rock from the southern end of the dike, in its least altered con-
ditions, shows under the microscope a dense groundmass of finely gran-
ular colorless rhombic pyroxenes and pale brown almost colorless horn-
blendes, interspersed with a few olivines, the usual sprinkling of iron
oxides, and small rounded forms of dull green pleonast. Throughout
this ground mass are scattered the bronzite phenocrysts above noted,
more rarely irregular olivines, occasionally very irregular plates of
faintly brownish or greenish hornblendes and more rarely shreds of
a deep red-brown mica which show extinction angles of about 3°, when
measured against cleavage lines in cross sections. In but one or two
instances were observed small granules of a basic plagioclase feldspar.
Bronzite and olivines make up the main mass of the rock.

The structure of the rock is quite variable and complex, and difficult
to describe intelligibly. With the exception of certain of the horn-
blendes of the groundmass, none of the constituents show good crystal-

Loa

656 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL, VOL. XVII.

lographic forms, but occur in comparatively broad, very irregularly
outlined plates surrounding and inclosing blebs of olivine and portions
of the groundmass. The bronzite phenocrysts show a very platy, at
times almost fibrous, structure, and have as a rule bronze clouded
interior areas surrounded by colorless margins.

This type of the rock passes quite abruptly into serpentine, the
olivines succumbing first and the bronzite next, the hornblendes
remaining intact to the last but finally going over to fibrous tremolite
forms. Accordingly as olivine or bronzite predominated in particular
instances, the sections show a serpentine of the well-known mesh, or
bar and grating structure.

As the process of alteration is traced into the more schistose por.
tions of the rock it is observed that the unaltered hornblendes assume
an approximately parallel arrangement among themselves, their longer
axes lying in one general direction, while a pale yellowish mica is in
some cases developed, particularly in slides from specimens taken from
near the contact with the gneiss. The appearance is such as to sug-
gest that the apparent fissile structure is due to a lateral compressive
or sheering force as in ordinary roofing slates, and that the force may
have been produced by movements in the inclosing gneiss, or, aS seems -
possible, to merely the expansion of the mass of rock itself during the
process of hydration and while held firmly by the walls of gneiss.
The sufficiency of this expansive force to produce a platy and slicken-
sided structure in pyroxenic masses undergoing hydration the present
writer has elsewhere alluded to.* The following analysis, by myself,
shows the composition ot the fresh, unaltered saxonite from the south-
ern end of the dike, all the iron being determined as Fe,O; and the
rarer elements not looked for:

Per cent.

SOs dec treemscas se ewkeee eee 46. 35
AU On. sasocceseetinstacsin sees 16, 41
WealOce. cnet aan eesees 9. 91
MpO2o. i. shmenesnean some 18.72
CaQiss casa tees 6.14
D4 Wee bec secs ORB ECOOEA OS 3.01
100. 54

Specific gravity--.....-.-... 3. 21

Pyroxenite—Outcrop in gneiss. On divide between Meadow and
Granite creeks. Macroscopically this (No. 73175, U.S.N.M.) is a mass-
ive holocrystalline granular rock in which stout, deep dark-green, nearly
black, crystals of a hornblendic mineral in sizes up to five and eight
mim. in length are interspersed with larger indefinitely outlined areas,
sometimes 40 or 50 mm. in diameter, of a brownish eminently cleavable —
mineral, suggestive of a pyroxene. These two minerals, so far as can

*On the Serpentine of Montville, New Jersey. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x1, 1888,
p. 105.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 657

be determined macroscopically, m made up the ie: mass sof fife rook.
Its appearance may perhaps be better understood by comparing it to a
conglomerate in which the large pyroxenic portions represent pebbles
and the hornblendes the interstitial cement. The rock is very massive,
and I.am inclined to believe an eruptive, though definite proof is lack-
ing. Eruptive or otherwise, it seems to cover avery limited area. The
country rock is gneiss with a pronounced banded or foliated structure.
Passing along through the woods one comes suddenly upon an exposure
of this rock utterly different in mineral nature and structure, and occu-
pying an area so far as exposed scarcely a hundred feet in diameter.
Like so many other undoubted eruptives in the region, it occurred in
the form of what we after a time dropped into the habit of facetiously
calling pustules. Inasmuch as I have never seen any such sudden
transitions in gneissic rocks, but have observed basic undoubted
eruptives occurring in just this manner, I am naturally inclined to
regard this also as an eruptive, though contacts are wholly obscured.
It is apparently the deeper lying portion of an old and very small
volcanic neck.

Thin sections under the microscope show the rock to be made up
wholly of large, irregularly outlined plates of hypersthene, pleochroic
in faint reddish and brownish colors, and a light-green hornblende, as
above indicated. These, with a scattering of opaque granules of iron
ore, comprise the entire list of recognizable constituents. The rock is
beautifully fresh and unaltered. The crystallization of the two chief
constituents must have been nearly contemporaneous. The hypers-
thenes never show good idiomorphic forms, but the borders are irregu-
larly indented by the smaller hornblendes, which are also found in quite
perfectly outlined forms wholly inclosed by the hypersthenes. As a
rule, as noted above, these hornblendes occupy the position of a bind-
ing constituent, but at times both hornblendes and hypersthenes occur
intimately associated in small, imperfect granular forms. Of the two
minerals the hornblendes are the better developed. These show on
cleavage plates parallel to © P ® extinction angles as high as14°. An
analysis yielded results as below, all the iron being ee as
Fe,O;:

Per cent.

WlOsras occas ee toe ecusenmnies 46. 14
IAS OB eave dco ses! foanae 17. 07
Gos ste a gosiaacenie cb pic 8. 45
CaO seasnceeeeccnesrceeeme 11. 70
MgO) ooeeere cca cscs echoes 15. 01
BO aca ctnauccedstessnens .10
NaO ..eeeee sgnERAban aba sor 1.11
99. 58

The rock belongs evidently to the group of pyroxenites as described
by Williams,* but can not be classed under any of the varietal names

* Am. Geclogist, July, 1890, pp. 40-49.
Proce. N, M. 94-__43;

658 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL. VOL. XVII.

as given by him. Hornblendite includes the closely related hornblende
augites forms and hypersthenite the pure hypersthene rock. The com-
pound name hornblende-hypersthenite, while sufficiently descriptive, is_
too cumbersome, but it seems scarcely advisable to coin a new name
until rocks of this type shall be shown to have a wider geographic
distribution.

3elow is given the results of a bulk analysis as made by Mr. Eakins
(1). In iis given the composition of a bronzite diallage rock (Web-
sterite) from near Webster, N. C., as described by G. H. Williams.*

Me Il.

| | Per cent. | Per rent. | Per'cent. Percent.

HiSiQstactenseeeeeees | "51.88 55.14 | Na O eet. oe oe 24. 10 26. 66
(MELO) snes ea tes | PAM Ise ease ) BaQ) 2 os dese Sel seee cs eee

SO pr. See eee ae 7.98 £66: (KERGO\. eee ote ee Pee | 0b See
OrsOhe steed oacee | 31 | BORON sis Ole toon cee eee 5 30

MORO, hate eee 6 ho 1.48 | eh) Rene eases smo! 29 38

WAOu a ek 8. 28 | ANTE ORL Open 5 epee 09 23
Min Oiee ee i ee Trace. | 03 || et
LEN Oya aay eae hed EET] eee eee I 100. 43 100, 25
MORO nateetee ee 5. 26 | 8.39 |

+ —— —— — ~ $$$

Between South Meadow and Moore Creek was found a second ineon-
spicuous outcrop-of what is evidently a varietal form of the same rock
(No. 62401, U.S.N.M.). As in the last case, the outcrop is in the gneiss,
nearly circular in outline, and of very limited area, not over 100 feet
in greatest diameter. The actual contact between the eruptive and
the gneiss was obscured by a zone, some'three or four feet wide, of decom-
posed material, and here again there may be some reason to-.doubt the
eruptive nature-of the rock. To consider it as an.eruptive is certainly
the easiest way out of the difficulty, since it is more difficult to explain
how mineral aggregates of this nature could segregate out of gneissic
rocks of entirely different mineralogical composit'on than it is to
account for the coarse and uniform crystallization in eruptive masses
of so small size. int

The rock in the hand specimen is dense, dark greenish in color with
a serprntinous look and flecked with abundant cleavage plates of dark-
green hornblende. On the immediate surface the rock weathers to a
rusty red and shows not infrequently small rounded garnet-like pro-
tuberaneces, which closer examination shows to be large hypersthenes
left projecting, owing to their superior durability.

In the thin section the rock shows plates of faintly greenish, to almost
colorless hornblendes, interspersed with short, stout hypersthenes and
occasionally olivines, and very abundant, comparatively large, irregulat
deep-green pleonasts with which is nearly always associated a magnetic
iron ore which gives a chromium reaction when tested in the borax
bead.

The rock is very fresh, although a slight serpentinization has begun

-*~Am,. Geologist, July, 1890, -p.44.. -—- — SEES ae

659

with the olivines. Thespinels are so.abundantas to be the most.striking
feature of the slide and are readily recognizable by the unaided eye, in
the form of irregular opaque granules a millimeter or so in greatest
diameter.

From the powdered rock the spinel was separated out by digestion
with hydrofluoric acid. The material thus obtained yielded Mr. Eakins
results as below:

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

| J Bem

| Per cent.

SiO RSet SSee Sean Cee tte 0. 55
TNI Gi Ore Oe ae dy OO ee 62. 09)
CrsO nese as cea emite ee ckees 2. 62> ratio 1
He Operee lh ONES 2. 109
| HG (QE Moet Mee ont Suc Tis a
| oe Be eee ie ees pp ratio 1
WMO RE sak ste Monch asec. 15. 61
| 100. 69
Specific gravity at 32.3° c...| 3. 89

This reduces readily to the spinel formula (Mg,Fe)O.A1,0;, which is
that of the variety pleonast, to which the mineral has already been
referred.

_A bulk analysis of the rock yielded me results as below, no attempts
being made at determining the rarer constituents:

Per cent. |

|
SlOppssusees cae caasetet cocking | 44. 01
SANS Qiee Behe ae aaa a eine 11. 76
Hepa gmris= cs. sis Jee o be eee 15. 01
NT Or (ee Nis ort enero n= Bee Loe ie 25, 55
(OF OS se orn S paper cr Be ese 4, 06
| . 100.39

Diabase.—Granite Creek, Madison County. These are coarsely erys-
talline rocks (No. 62403, U.S.N.M.). in most cases readily recoguiza-
ble in the field as diabases, though in some instances the uralitization of
the augitic constituent had gone so far that in the hand specimen the
rock might easily be mistaken for a diorite. In the thin section they
present nothing of special interest. The ophitic strueture characteris-
tic of diabases is not prominently developed. There are broad areas
of badly kaolinized plagioclases interspersed with augites, iron ore, and
occasional quartz granules and shreds of brown mica, together with
more or less uralitic hornblende and chlorite.

Basalt.—The high flat-topped plateau northeast and east of Virginia
City is composed exclusively of .basalt with interbedded tuffs, the
whole being underlaid by andesites, which are exposed only in the dry
guiches down well toward the level of the town (Nos. 62405 and

62406, U.S.N.M.). The basalts vary in color from dull reddish to

* All iron determined at Fe,03.

660 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL. VOL. XVII.

nearly black, and in structure from coarsely vesicular to compact, and,
as a rule, showing olivines developed in such sizes as to be recogniza-
ble to the unaided eye.

As a rule the samples collected present no points of exceptional
interest, though from an outcrop on the divide between the two south
branches of Moore Creek a quartzose variety was found which needs
mention. Macroscopically the rock is dense, compact, of a dark-gray
color, and studded with numerous rounded or oval spots, 2 to 3 mm. in
diameter, showing a whitish center surrounded by two narrow zones,
the inner greenish in color, and the outer, an irregular and imperfect
one, whitish. In the thin sections these spots show a rounded nucleus
of quartz surrounded by a zone of pale-green augite, and these in turn
surrounded by a zone of nonstriated feldspars (?). The nature of this
last constituent could not be made out beyond doubt in the sections at
hand. The mineral is biaxial and gives inclined extinctions, the gen-
eral behavior being that of a potash feldspar. With the exception of
this imperfect outer zone the occurrences are apparently in every way
similar to those described by Diller* and Iddings,t and are to be
accounted for in a similar manner.

Hornblende andesite.—Old Tollhouse on road leading from Postle-
waite Creek toward Virginia City (No. 72867, U.S.N.M.). This is a
gray andesite of ordinary type, showing to the unaided eye coal-black
hornblendes, hexagonal folia of black mica from one to two mm. in
diameter, and abundant small plagioclase phenocrysts. The microscope
brings to light no points of unusual interest. The rock is finely exposed
in the hillside at the tollhouse, and is found to underly the basalt
forming the plateau to the west. The same rock occurs again at Vir-
ginia City, where it has been used in the construction of several build-
ings. On the east side of Alder Gulch, also underlying the basalt, a
similar rock occurs, but in which the hornblende seems to have ean
wholly replaced by the black mica.

Liparites.—Cherry Creek on west side of Madison Valley. The
only eruptives here (No.72945, U.S.N.M.) are liparites and diabases, the
first occurring only in remnants of thin sheets on the slopes north
of the creek, and in isolated patches for several miles to the south-
ward. The prevailing type is a light reddish or gray and but slightly
porphyritic rhyolite, sometimes coarsely spherulitic. The material is
of such slight density as to have been transported by spasmodic
streams clear to the opposite side of the valley in masses of even
10 feet in diameter. Wind-blown sand has in many cases hollowed
these out into a mere shell. Older eruptives in the form of dikes of
diabase occur well down in the edge of the valley, outcrops running
parallel with the prevailing schists. These in the hand specimens are
Beiooryeralline granular rocks, dark gray in color, and in which an

waar Jour. Sci., Xxx, Jan., 1887, p. 45.
tAm, Jour. Sci., XXXVI, Sept., 1888, p. 208.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 661

abundant sprinkling of a dark-greenish black hornblendie mineral in a
gray feldspathic base is readily recognized.

In the thin sections the most abundant constituent is hornblende, in
broad plates of green color and fibrous aspect such as to at once sug-
gest that they are wholly secondary, that is, uralitic; accompanying
these are small, irregular flecks of brown mica, which is also secondary.
The groundmass of the rock is composed of badly kaolinized feldspars,
in part at least plagioclastic, and granular quartz. Frequent patches
of a dirty brownish amorphous matter, acting between crossed nicols
like a gum, are evidently residual products from the decomposition of
titaniferous iron. Mineralogically the rocks may be classed as quartz
diorites, but I am inclined to regard them as altered diabases.

Porphyrite——On the eastern side of the valley, in the upper valley of
Bear Creek, the eruptives occur in the form of three sheets of porphy-
rite, a liparite, and two inconspicuous outcrops of a dense greenish
basaltic rock closely related to that described as occurring near Fort
Ellis. Between Bear and Indian Creek, to the southward, are extru-
sions of basalt. The most conspicuous eruptive on this side of the
valley is that forming the mass of Lone Mountain, and which is found
in the form of sheets and dikes in the Cretaceous and older beds of
the surrounding hills. As exposed in the canon of Cedar Creek (Nos.
72866 and 72880, U.S.N.M.), the mass is evidently laccolitic in Cre-
taceous sandstones. The entire thickness of the mass as exposed can
‘not be less than 3,000 feet. In its most conspicuous development the
rock is a compact light-gray hornblende porphyrite, with both horn-
blende and feldspars sufficiently developed to be recognizable by the
unaided eye. Black mica is commonly present, and near the lower
contact this mineral prevails, to the entire exclusion of the hornblende.
(No. 72880, U.S.N.M.) This variety of the rock is further character-
ized by abundant rounded blebs of quartz.

In the thin section the prevailing type shows a groundmass varying
from densely microlitic or felsitic in samples from near upper contact
to finely microgranular in specimens more remote. Phenocrysts of
striated feldspars and green hornblendes are abundant, and occasion-
ally rounded blebs of quartz occur. The feldspars are in most sec-
tions opaque through decomposition, and an abundance of secondary
calcite indicates that they belong to a lime-rich variety. The mass,
as shown by specimens collected at various points, is very uniform
throughout in structure and mineral composition. Near the lower
contact, as found in the canon of Cherry Creek, it becomes a dense,
almost porcelain-like rock, breaking with a beautiful conchoidal fraé-
ture (No. 66928, U.S.N.M.). This variety suows under the microscope
a dense felsitic groundmass, with many small, rounded, and wedge-
Shape bits of quartz and feldspars. Through weathering, the upper
portion of the peak has become hoilowed. out so as to resemble a vol-
canic crater broken down on the side facing the valley. The rock is

662 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL. VOL. XVM.

also exposed in the upper portion of Jackass Creek, together with dikes
of diabase.

Pyroxenite; Websterite—Well up on the hills north of the first basin
of Jackass Creek was found another inconspicuous outcrop-of a doubt-
fully eruptive rock somewhat similar in its mode of oecurrence to the
pyroxenites already described. In the hand specimen the rock (No.
62442, U.S.N.M.) shows to the unaided eye a granular aggregate of
dark bronze, gray, and green minerals suggestive at once of a pyrox-
enite. Thin sections under the microscope show a fine granular aggre-
gate of light-green diallage and colorless enstatite with included folia
4 brown mica, and occasional interstitial areas of lime soda feldspars
and more rarely a colorless biaxial mineral, showing in polarized light the
wavy banding characteristic of intergrowths of orthoclase and albite.
An attempt at isolating this mineral for microchemical tests proved
unsuccessful owing to its small quantity. The colorless mineral thus
obtained gave always, when evaporated with hydrofluorsilicic acid,
abundant beautifully perfeet hexagonal forms of sodium silico-fluoride
and stellate groups of calcium silico-fluoride, but no potash salts so far as
could be observed. The percentage of potash shown in the bulk analy-
sis is, however, suggestive of some other potash-bearing mineral than
the mica, though it is of course possible it may come in part from the
pyroxenes. The diallage is but faintly green and at times almost col-
orless in the section, and with difficulty distinguished at all times from
the enstatite. Besides the usual prismatic cleavage it shows distinet
it is at times quite fibrous, but carries no inclusions of note except the
brown mica. The enstatite is almost perfectly colorless and never notice-
ably dichroic. Enstatite and diallage make up the main mass of the
rock, the former being more conspicuous in the hand specimen.

The rock must evidently be classed with the pyroxenites, though
showing transitional tendencies toward gabbro.

3ulk analysis yielded me results as below. The ignition with sodiam
carbonate indicated the presence of manganese, but which was not
determined quantitatively. Chromium and other rarer elements net
looked for, All iron caleulated as FeO.

partings parallel with both #P y%and wP &. - In longitudinal sections.

| Per cent.

SiO peer ics ee ey tet i 54.12
Ale Oguick ing bite eee acre son 7.91
WW Sioaa ote metic ae erate 12. 87
CaQOlece.' sete oie teeta 6. 21
Js 2 8 Sag ine ee ee Si 16. 64
RS Ou att Nites) hog Lee aaa 1.19
NOVA ayaa ne eee cetera are 44
99. 38

Specific gravity in bulk .--. 3. 30

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 663

Diorite porphyrite—About six miles northwest from Three Forks,
Jefferson County. ‘The eruptives occur here in the form of three
approximately parallel ridges. The outcrops are not continuous, but
form a series of rounded knolls covered with scanty soils through
which project the angular or rounded fragments into which the rock
weathers.

The most easterly of the three ridges shows outcrops in large
rounded masses of a coarse gray and pinkish granitic-appearing diorite
in which black hornblende and pinkish or gray feldspars are easily
recognized by the unaided eye. This, separated by wide ravines and
benches, is succeeded by a compact dark gray fine-grained micaceous
rock in which only small scales of black mica in a very finely granular
base are recognizable, .and this in its turn by a very typical diorite
porphyrite, a dark gray very compact rock thickly studded with black
hornblendes of all sizes up to 15 or 20 mm. in length, and often in
stellate clusters of radiating individuals some 25 mm. in diameter.
The field relationships of the last two varieties were somewhat obscure,
but although never observed grading into one another, little doubt was
felt at the time but that they were portions of the same mass.

In thin section the first mentioned (No. 73170, U.S.N.M.), the gran-
ite-I?ke rock, is found to consist of large plates of muddy and impure
orthoclase and plagioclase feldspars with interstitial quartz, deep
green hornblendes, and occasional light-green augites, scattering apa-
tites, sphenes, an, occasional zircon (?), and the usual iron ores. The
second variety, the compact finely granular rock with microscopic.mica
shows in the section a finely holoerystalline groundmass of stout idio-
morphic plagioclases and orthoclase in broad plates with abundant
sprinklings of green hornblende, paler green augites, brown mica, iron
ores, apatites and sphenes. <A part of the hornblendes are original and
a part secondary after the augites. The rock is not distinetly porphy-
ritic, and the structure as a whole is panidiomorphic. Occasional large
plates of a nonstriated feldspar inclosing small augites and plagio-
clases give rise to ophitic forms. The third, the porphyritic variety,
shows a similar mineral composition, but somewhat variable structure.
Certain slides show a dense microgranular feldspathic base carrying
occasional rounded blebs.of quartz and phenocrysts of plagioclase and
deep green hornblende and smaller augites in good idiomorphic forms;
' others show a structure almost granitic and with interstitial quartz.
Hornblende oceurs both as phenocrysts and as a constituent of the
groundmass, but in the latter case is always an alteration product of
the augite. Mica in this variety of the rock 1s much less abundant
“than in the last, and is at times almost wholly lacking. All inter-
mediate grades of structure exists from the close-grained porphyritic
to the granitic, and the mass as a whole, if as supposed all portions
‘belong to the same magma, offers an interesting field for those who are
disposed to make structural differences a basis for rock classification.

664 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL. VOL. XVII.

Quartzose hornblende porphyrite.— Willow Creek at Lower Canon.
The eruptive here occurs as an intrusive sheet or boss through the
Potsdam quartzites. On the east side of the creek the mass is prac-
tically a boss, throwing the quartzites on the north far out of position.
Near the canon the mass begins to narrow and passes westward as a
broad sheet or dike dipping with the quartzites which appear both
above and below.

In the canon the eruptive is finely exposed in vertical cliffs ashun-
dred or more feet in height and is broken by nearly vertical joints into
rudely columnar masses from six to ten feet in diameter. By joints
running parallel with the strike the rock is in places also broken into a
series of sheets varying from an inch to a foot or more in thickness.
East of Willow Creek the main sheet divides, forming two sheets, with
the Potsdam quartzites and shales lying between them, and through
which has been extruded a brownish coarsely porphyritic andesite.

The normal rock (No. 62407, U.S.N.M.) is a dense light gray, some-
times almost white or faintly yellowish, felsitic to microgranular mass
with inconspicuous phenocrysts and imperfect needle-like hornblendes.
No quartzes are microscopically apparent. Occasional bands are
apparently holocrystalline, though this variety was so badly decom-
posed as to crumble and samples fresh enough for study were not
obtained.

In the section the rocks show a very dense microcrystalline ground-
mass of quartz and feldspar particles, bearing abundant micro-pheno-
erysts in the form of dihexahedral quartzes and larger feldspars, a large
portion of which are orthoclase, though a few striated forms are occa-
sionally seen. The hornblendes, although recognizable macroscopically
as fine needles, are scarcely visible at all in the section owing to a decom-
position which has given rise to calcite and chloritic products. The
only striking feature of the rock is the abundance of the small quartz
phenocrysts and their peculiar skeleton-like forms, due to numerous
empty cavities and inclosures. Partial analysis on a fresh compact
sample yielded:

| Percent.
DL Ogies ose tenes cae eet eases 67. 43
HONEA SR es Se eigcmoe cae eae 3. 40
Nay,O (by difference) --...---- 5. 87

The hornblende andesite mentioned above (No. 62408, U.S.N.M.) is
macroscopically a somewhat dense, brownish or gray rock thickly stud-
ded with white feldspar phenocrysts in all sizes up to ten mm. in greatest
diameter. In the thin section it shows a dense feldspar microlitic
groundmass with strongly marked fluidal structure, and which bears
only the porphyritic feldspars above noted, and numerous badly decom-
posed and corroded areas which form their outlines are assumed to have

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 665.

been hornblendes. Subjected to chemical tests the rock yields 2.5 per
cent. of potash (K,O).

Lamprophyres.—Between South Boulder and Antelope creeks. The
intrusives here are a gray to pinkish micaceous syenite.and a dark gray,
basic porphyritic rock immediately overlying it. Both are intrusive in
Cretaceous sandstones. The basic rock (No. 62409, U.S.N.M.) ocenrs in a
sheet apparently fifteen to twenty feet in thickness, though this could not
be determined for a certainty owing to lack of exposures. This rock in
the hand specimen shows a gray and apparently crystalline groundmass
thickly studded with deep greenish black very perfectly formed augites.
and olivines and very numerous minute flecks of brown mica. The
augites in extreme cases are ten mm. in length and half as broad; forms.
five mm. in length are common.

As seen under the microscope and with a power of eighty diameters
the rock presents a colorless feldspathic, holocrystalline (?) ground-
mass, carrying scattering granules of iron ore, numerous greatly elon-
gated dusky apatites, a few small augites, abundant elongated and very
irregularly outlined shreds of brown, strongly dichroic mica and the
porphyritic augites and olivines above noted. The rock is beautifully
fresh and unaltered.

The porphyritic augites show very perfect crystal outlines of the
ordinary type; twin forms are rare. Inclosures are minute and limited
to what is apparently portions of the groundmass, iron oxides, and
mica scales; a faint zonal structure is sometimes apparent. The
olivines are also at times in very perfect crystal forms, though more
frequently rounded with extremely irregularly toothed or etched
outlines closely bounded by small shreds of the brownish mica. This
feature is likewise occasionally shown by the augites. The mica itself
never shows hexagonal outlines, but is always in very irregular and
greatly elongated folia.

The groundmass.—Revolved between crossed nicols no portion of the
field remains entirely dark, but breaks up into irregularly bounded
areas showing at times an almost granular structure, but more com-
monly one imperfectly columnar-radiating, the dark wave merging from
one portion to another, and in few cases showing crystal outlines
sufficiently well defined for determination. Occasional elongated forms
show a maximum extinction paralled and at right angles with the axis
of elongation. In rare instances still others occur showing twin strize
characteristic of plagioclase feldspars, but beyond this the microscope
fails to give satisfactory results. No interference figures are obtaina-
ble nor are cleavage lines apparent. An attempt was made at sepa-
rating the minerals of the groundmass by means of specific gravities,
but results were not particularly satisfactory owing to inclosures of
mica and iron ores. After repeated attempts a small amount coming
down at 2.6 and showing under the microscope no admixture of augites,
olivine, or iron ores was obtained, which yielded me on analysis as below.

666 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL. VOL. XVII.

The determinations were not duplicated, and can be regarded little
more than suggestive.

| Per cent.
SiGe cee a toe £3, htt | ORBOFEBD|
AO an HesOne ance eee e . 21.71 |
CaQscc ovis aden cose eas 3. 08 ,
1 @ peal OD AG APN A Sn Bete
Na,O (by difference) .-..---.- 6. 63
99. 36

Evidently a mixture of potash and soda-lime feldspars. A bulk
analysis of the rock as made by L. G. Eakins, of the U.S. Geological
Survey, yielded the results given in column I, on p. 670.

In the dry ravines and gulches near by, and on the north side of the
road leading from Antelope to South Boulder Creek were tound obscure
outcrops of what from its position was assumed to be the same rock,
but which in a state sufficiently fresh for examination could be found
only in small rounded bowlders, the main mass of the rock having so
thoroughly rotted as te.be easily dug out with the hand pick. The
freshest nodules obtained showed on a broken surface a deep dark
greenish gray indistinetly porphyritie rock in which olivines and aug.
ites, with occasional flecks of brown mica, are determinable by a poeket
lens. In the thin section this variety is nearly if not quite holocrys-
talline but its structure badly obscured by decomposition. <A elear
glassy sanidin intergrown with plagioclase is readily made out, green
augites, brown mica, and badly altered olivines.

During a previous season (1886) small outerops of a somewhat simi-
lar rock were found near Cottonwood Creek and east of the Gallatin
River in Gallatin County. These on comparison proved to be undoubt- —
edly portions of the same magina, but offer some interesting peculiari-
ties. I find these described as follows in my notes of the winter of —
188687 :
Macroscopically this rock (No. 38596, U.S.N.M.) consists of a compact

aphanitic, dark gray or nearly black, sometimes brownish, groundmass
in which are embedded abundant dark green porphyritic olivines and
augites of all sizes up to five millimeters in greatest diameter.

Microscopically the rock is both unique and beautiful. In a dense
groundmass of a light gray, sometimes brownish color, consisting of a
colorless or gray undeterminable mineral, augite microlites, small scales
of brown inica, and grains of iron ore, are embedded beautiful large clear
grains of olivine and augite, these two minerals alone constituting the
porphyritic ingredients.

The olivines occur in clear, colorless, rounded, and irregularly cor-
roded forms, scattered singly or in polysomatic groups, as shown in
figure 8, and often in close juxtaposition with the augites. They are
beautifully clear and fresh, with but few inclosures of magnetite and —

“1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 667

glass cavities. A chloritic or serpentinous alteration has set in and
the crystals are traversed by the characteristic irregular canals of

bright greenish blue secondary
matter and scattering grains
of ironore. The augites oceur
in sizes fully equal to those of
the olivines, and are of a clear
light green or faint yellow
color in section. They con-
tain very numerous inclosures
of the groundmass, a brown
dichroic mineral, evidently
mica, grains of iron ore, and
glass. <As a rule, the crystal
outlines are far from perfect,
the mineral having suffered
from the corrosive action of
the magma even more than the
olivine. The mineral is per-
fectly fresh and clear, shows
sharply developed prismatic

Bigs S
POLYSOMATIC OLIVINES.

From specimen No, 38596, U S. N. M.

cleavages and gives maximum extinctions on clinopinacoidal sections
of 43°. Like the olivine, it occurs both in scattered and isolated single

rT Jats
eLEIT TD Be No
Carat is we ee .

Fig. 9.
INTERGROWN OLIVINES AND AUGITE.
a.—Olivines. b.—Aupite.

From specimen No, 38596, U. S. N. M.

crystals and in groups. Twin
forms are common after the
ordinary type. Augite and
olivines often occur in such
close juxtaposition as to
have mutually interfered in
process of growth (see fig-
ure 9), So marked an inter-
ference between minerals
belonging to the earliest
stages of consolidation and
occurring in widely seat-
tered groups in an unindivid-
ualized groundmass can be
accounted for only on the
supposition that neither min-

eral is a direct secretion from

the magma, but that they
are residuals of an earlier
crystallization in which con-
solidation had proceeded so
far that free growth was no
longer possible. The pres-

ent rounded, scattered, clustered, or isolated conditions being due to

Bi:

668 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL, VOL. XVII-

refusion, such as almost completely destroyed original structures with-
out wholly obliterating the minerals belonging to the first stages of
consolidation. The mere rounding alone of either mineral could not
be considered as indicative of other conditions than are so frequently
shown by those minerals which belong to the earliest generation and
which, owing to reelevation of temperature or diminution of pressure
have become again partially dissolved by the molten magma. Among
crystals which develop freely in a more or less viscid magma, however,
no such interference as here shown could have occurred, and we must
conclude that their first crystallization took place under more restricted.
circumstances.

The gray material constituting the greater portion of the ground-
mass is here not sufficiently erystalline for optical determination.
Under a power of 170 diameters it shows only a scaly, granular aggre-
gate of a colorless mineral or minerals, polarizing in light and dark
colors, with the individual granules blending into one another as the
stage is revolved; often an imperfect, spherulitic structure is devel-
oped. The appearance suggested that nepheline or melilite might be
one of the constituents, but micro-chemical tests failed to show a trace
of either mineral, though an analysis of the portion soluble in hydro-
chloric acid (p. 670) is very suggestive. From the high percentage of
silica and potash shown by the complete analysis it must be inferred
that an acid feldspar is a prominent constituent. Occasional areas of
colorless glass are seen, but by far the greater part of the groundinass
is composed of the white substance, presenting always the peculiar
sealy-granular structure above described, and which is unlike anything
I now recall, excepting as sometimes displayed in rocks of the phonolite
or trachyte groups. Very evenly distributed throughout the entire
groundmass are innumerable small flecks of brown mica and augite
microlites. These last are peculiarly beautiful and interesting, showing
every stage from mere skeleton outlines inclosing areas of groundmass,
elongated, needle-like forms with crenate and undulating borders, to
quite perfectly outlined crystals.

As shown in the section they are faintly greenish, or nearly colorless.
Between crossed nicols the larger forms show cores giving lively bluish
or purple polarizations colors, while the borders are very faint yellow.

Although small and imperfect, the optical and crystallographic
properties are readily determined, and agree with those of normal
augite. No microlites were observed which could with certainty be
referred to olivine. The abundant small scales of brown mica are
scattered singly and in small clusters quite uniformly throughout the
groundmass. It is noticeable, however, that in the immediate vicinity
of the corroded augites they often occur in greater abundance, and in
particular where augites and olivines lie in close juxtaposition. The
space is then often filled with a perfect cloud of the small mica scales,
as I have attempted to showin figure 10. I think that there can be no
doubt that these, and perhaps all the micas, and augite microlites as

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 669

well, result from a recrystallization of the material derived by refusion
mainly from the older olivines and augites. The residual angites are not
separated from the groundmass by a sharp line, as might be imagined
from an examination of the figure alone, but pass into it by slight
gradations,

The above-described minerals, together with small grains of iron
ore and innumerable minute,
greatly elongated, needle-
like crystals of a brownish
color, and which occur singly
or radiating in every direc-
tion from an indefinite nu-
cleus, complete the list of
recognizable constituents.

A second variety, found in
inconspicuous outcrops a few
rods away, was described as
follows:

Macroscopically this rock
consists of a compact apha-
nitie groundmass of dark
brown color, carrying abun-
dant greatly altered olivines
and augites. Under the mi-
eroscope the groundmass
shows a brownish, partially
devitrified base, traversed in Sey Bo: a Lae at a
every direction by innumer-
able, short, thin, yellowish or brownish flecks of a dichroie mica-like
mineral, which are light yellowish when the plane of vibration of the
light is at right angles to the axis of greatest elongation and brownish
when it is parallel. Between crossed nicols these give maximum extine-
tions and become almost completely obscured when their longer axes
coincide with the plane of either nicol, and are of a light yellowish
color at intermediate points. They are too minute and with too imper-
fect outlines for a more accurate determination of their optical proper-
ties, but are undoubtedly of biotite or an allied mica. These flecks,
together with innumerable light greenish elongated augite microlites,
are so abundant as to form a dense, almost felt-like groundmass, in
which are embedded the abundant porphyritic augites and olivines.

As above noted, both these minerals are badly altered though the
augite is still shown in a few sections in the form of broad, rounded
plates of a light greenish color, with sharply defined prismatic cleay-
ages, and containing very many large inclosures and embayments of
the groundmass. The olivine has completely decomposed, and but for
the characteristic crystal outlines of the pseudomorphs would be unree-
ognizable. The product of this decomposition is in part a very light

Fig. 10.

CORRODED OLIVINES, AUGITES, AND SECONDARY MICA.

a.—Ohvines. b.—Augite. e.—Mica.

670 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILE, VOL. XVII.

greenish chloritic substance, and in part a colorless substance so thor--
oughly impregnated with minute specks of opacite as to give it a bluish.
hue, remotely resembling hauynite. This secondary substance acts
faintly on polarized light, and, being insoluble in boiling acids, is pre-
sumably chalcedony. Were it not that the outlines of these pseudo-
morphs are plainly those of olivines, and the amount of this insoluble
substance increases proportionally with the alteration the crystals have
undergone, I should hesitate to designate them as olivine derivatives.
Although this rock shows certain structural peculiarities, re
from that just described, I am at present disposed to regard it as
portion of the same flow solidifying, it may be, under shghtly dite
conditions, and having undergone greater changes since its eruption.
Below are given the results of analyses on the three types indicated,
Nos. I and 111 being by Mr. L. G. Eakins, and No. 1 by Dr. Chatard,
of the U.S. Geological Survey. No.1 is the fresh porphyritie variety
from South Boulder and Antelope Creek (No, 62409, U.S.N.M.); No. i
the variety collected in 1886 from near Cottonwood Creek (No. 38596,
U.S.N.M.); No. 11 the variety found in nodular masses in decomposed
material as just described, and No. Iv a rock from the Absaroka range,
as described by Iddings.*

Te ait ates Tits |e

25 | 2.70 2, 92 5. 25
8.94 4.80 6.11 | 2.48

.19 15 08 | 0:13) |
8.14 4.07 7. 46 | 8. 65
14.01 11.56 10. 73 9. 36
3.45 4.15 2. 64 3. 97
1.79 2.99 1. 46 1.46
06 i) 04 0, 29

eh ERM, Py ASU opel 88 ER Apt aes A=30y | en
58 1.89 3.70 rf 5. O8
ES es | SS =} —_
IMATNREEE) | SE a 100.28 | 99, 98
| Specific gravity.--.-..--- — 2. 96

a An analysis of the portion of No. II soluble in Byron acid
subsequently yielded results as follows:

Per cent.
1 SOLUDLOte cmtciersa ease cance site 33. 42
Insolubletan.-s--stcseses- est 66. 58 |
The soluble portion yielded
Per cent.
SiO peseaewer cor ate aoeeo ae 41. 87
EAS Ole okarrstetrn) oeeataiatete piety ses 9. 48
FeO, and MeO... --5---.<-.- 16. 41
DINO Rese e asses tose ae Trace.
CRO See ese stele cnsicemitauntees 3.10
NEGO Bons to aeecine sis coe eease 26. 79
RG Osea ohn cd we cele ase 1. 06
INGO cate sees ote Dated raaerets 1. 26
99. 97

* The Origin of Igneous Rocks, Bull. Philos. Soc. of Washington, Vol. xu, 1892, p. 169.

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 671

The rock, it will be observed, is somewhat anomalous as regards
both structure and chemical composition. There is apparently little
doubt but that the groundmass is in all cases a mixture of potash and
soda lime feldspars, as the microscope showed to be the case in the
badly decomposed but holocrystalline variety, and with the possible
addition of sporadic nepheline. The most striking feature is, perhaps
the high percentage of potash in basic rocks so rich in magnesia. Both
on structural and chemical grounds one would at first be inelined to
regard the rock as belonging to the leucite, nepheline, or melilite
bearing series, but most careful tests have so far failed to establish the
presence of either mineral, beyond a possible doubt. If the powdered
rock is freed from the iron magnesian silicates by means of the electro-
magnet, the residual white gianules yield crystals of sodium chloride
when treated with hydrochloric acid, and minute radiating crystals of
gypsum when treated with sulphuric acid. It is probable, however,
that these reactions are produced by the presence of zeolitic alteration _
products which the microscope shows to exist, but the exact nature of
which can not be made out.

The underlying syenitic rock (Nos. 73168 and 73169, U.S.N.M.) is
a gray to pinkish, finely to coarsely crystalline granular rock, consist-
ing essentially of orthoclase and abundant spangles of black mica
readily determinable by the unaided eye, while on closer inspection are
seen abundant small deep greenish needle-like crystals of pyroxene.
These last in forms not over one nm. broad by ten mm. in length.

In the thin section the rock is holocrystalline granular, and the
feldspars so opaque and muddied that their optical properties are quite
obscure. They resemble the orthoclases of the older syenitic and
granitic rocks. Occasionally plagioclases occur, but which in nearly
every instance have gone over into a very light, almost colorless
decomposition product, at times almost wholly without action on
polarized light and recognizable as a pseudomorphous substance by
their sharp crystalline outlines. The mica occurs in broad (five mim.)
patches made up of a large number of independent folia, none of which
show hexagonal outlines, and also in long (five to ten mm.) spangles
radiating in every direction. Under the microscope it is deep smoky
brown in color, strongly dichroic, and shows extinction angles measured
against the cleavage lines in cross sections as high as 8°. The folia
are often crushed, bent, and distorted, and show between the plates
inclosures of a finely granular colorless mineral aggregate, the nature of
which can not be made out.

The augitic mineral occurs in beautifully perfect elongated forms,
sometimes as much as ten mm. in length, asabove noted. In the section
it is only faintly greenish in color, not perceptibly pleochroic and gives
extinction angles, ¢ on c, as high as 41°. Although the prismatic faces
are well developed. the terminations, so far as observed, are never per-
fect but often jagged and full of inclosures or even broken into several
disconnected pieces which, though extinguishing simultaneously, are

672 ERUPTIVE ROCKS FROM MONTANA—MERRILL. VOL. XVII.

separated from one another by narrow intervals of feldspathic ground-
mass. The usual prismatic cleavage is well developed.

Abundant long, needle-like light smoky crystals of apatite and the
usual scattering of iron ores are also present. Scattered throughout the
slide are numerous irregular, triangular, or occasionally, nearly rectan-
gular areas of a colorless, isotropic mineral, without cleavage and
traversed only by an irregular network of fracture lines along which a
faintly greenish chloritic alteration had setin. The microscope alone
proving insufficient for its exact determination, chemical means were
resorted to. The powdered rock, treated on a slide with concentrated
hydrochloric acid, shortly yielded abundant cubes of sodium chloride;
when boiled with the acid it also yielded a jelly. That the mineral
was not nepheline was indicated by its optical properties. A test was
therefore made for chlorine by warming the powder in a platinum
crucible with sulphuric acid and catching the fumes arising in a drop
_of water suspended on the underside of a covered glass. Tested with
nitrate of silver this drop showed an unmistakably white cloud, proy-
ing beyond all doubt the presence of chlorine. The isotropic character
of the mineral, together with its gelatinization and property of yielding
sodium-chloride cubes with hydrochloric acid, and chlorine by the last
test, all seem to point conclusively to a mineral of the sodalite group.

Although I have spoken of the rock as granitic this structure does
not hold through all parts of the mass. Certain specimens (No. 38600,
U.S.N.M.) from near the upper contact, and from distant outcrops
(see p. 645), are fine grained and show in the thin section a groundmass
with a pronounced plumose or dendritic structure more nearly like
that of the trachytes.

Bulk aualysis of this rock (No. 73169, U.S.N.M.) yielded me the
results given in column 1, below. In column II is shown the composi-
tion of a sodalite syenite from Square Butte, Montana, as given by
Lindgren.*

1h | IBIS

Per cent. | Per cent.

SiQUS cece eens 54. 15 56. 45
mee Siecle wale an(aletese 18. 92 20. 08
ob NY Geman
CaO Reecesnsnee ee 3.72 2.14
MeO ict ioe ee 1.90 63
(ae er ee 8. 44 7.13
COO Pp eels akties 5.47 5.61
(CS aes Reena ese - 42 43
1s (gee ae a Se Not det. ETA,
IE OF Sas sncncse ee Not det 13
Di Qa cewaam seca Not det . 29
IMT Ors ratensteto/oaleiatars Not det. . 09

99. 81 100, 45
-10

*Eruptive rocks from Montana. Proc. California Academy of Science, Vol. 11,
pp. 45-47.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 673

Assuming that all the chlorine belongs to the sodalite, the above
analysis indicates the rock to contain nearly six per cent of the mineral.

The composition of the two rocks just described, and their intimate
association even in widely separated areas, are peculiarly interesting
in the present state of petrographic knowledge. It is evident that on
structural grounds, such may be best classed with the lamprophyres,
though they differ from any thus far described in many important par-
ticulars. This is eminently true with regard to the more basic one of
the two, and it seems impossible to give it a specific name without
coining one entirely new, a proceeding which, in my present frame of
mind, is quite objectionable. Considered as a lamprophyre it would
seem to stand distinct from the monchiquites as described by Prof.
Rosenbusch,* in the presence of a feldspathic rather than a glassy
base, though such a distinction can scarcely be considered an essential,
since such might result from merely slight differences in rates of cool-
ing. On purely chemical grounds it is further separated from this
group by the high percentages of silica and magnesia, and the fact
that the potash preponderates over the soda. From other members
of the lamprophyre group, as described by Cheilius,t Goller,t J. F,
Williams, § Harker, || Doss,{] and others, it differs in equally important
particulars. Its closest homologue so far as shown by existing litera-
ture, appears to be among the rocks forming the “exceptional dikes and
flows in the Absaroka range” of Wyoming, as described by Iddings,
and to which reference has been made above. These are regarded by
~Professor Iddings as forming a part of a series “grading into the nor-
mal basalt of the region.” So far as the Boulder Creek locality is
concerned, there is nothing to suggest any such transition. It is, how-
ever, very probable that a further comparison of these with the rocks
of Fort Ellis (p. 641), Cottonwood Canon (p. 666), Flathead Pass (p. 643),
and Horse Shoe Bend (p. 649) might throw more light on the subject.
Their general similarity in composition as well as association is cer-
tainly very suggestive.

At South Boulder the eruptives occur in the form of successive sheets
of which the lower is a compact hornblende andesite which is succeeded
by a semiglassy hypersthene andesite, and this, in its turn, by basalt
followed by a small sheet of rhyolite.

* Min. u. Pet. Mittheilungen, 1890, p. 445.

+t Neues Jahrbuch fiir Min., etc.,1888, 11. Band, 1. Heft, p. 67.
} Ibid., 1889, v1. Beilage-Band, p. 485.

§ Vol. 1, Ann. Rep. Arkansas Geological Survey. 1890,

|| Geological Magazine. May, 1890, p. 199.

gq Min. u. Pet. Mittheilungen, x1. Band, 1. Heft, p.17.

Proc. N. M. 94-43

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF- EXPLORATIONS BY THE U.S.
FISH COMMISSION STEAMER ALBATROSS.
[Published by permission of Hon. Marshall McDonald, Commissioner of Fisheries.]
No. XXXIV.—REPORT ON MOLLUSCA AND BRACHIOPODA DREDGED IN
DEEP WATER, CHIEFLY NEAR THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, WITH ILLUS-

TRATIONS OF HITHERTO UNFIGURED SPECIES FROM NORTHWEST
AMERICA.

By WILLIAM HEALEY DALL,
Honorary Curator of the Department of Mollusks,

In THE latter part of 1891 the Albatross was engaged in making
soundings between the coast of California and the Hawaiian Islands,
with the intention of obtaining a profile of the sea bottom for use in con-
nection with plans for laying a submarine telegraph cable. This work
was performed as rapidly as possible, and no delays made for dredging
or other work not strictly germane to the purpose of the voyage until
on approaching Honolulu the archibenthal plateau about the islands
was reached, and here, in between 300 and 400 fathoms, eight hauls of the
dredge were made, of which a table follows. Half a dozen small bottles,
containing mollusks and brachiopods, were received in 1892, and the
following account of their contents leads us to regret that more time
could not have been devoted to dredging. .

The material obtained is not only very interesting, zoologically, but
wholly new, not a single species heretofore described, either from the
deep sea or from the Hawaiian Archipelago, being found among the
dredgings. A newsubgenus of Pleurotomide, the hitherto unknown and
very interesting soft parts of a species of Huciroa, regarded as belonging
to the Verticordiide, but now necessarily raised to family rank, sev-
eral new Brachiopods, etc., are among the material secured, and
described in the following pages. To these are added a few new species
from the northwest American coast, and a number of species described
briefly without figures in 1891 are now suitably illustrated.

Table of stations of U.S. Str. Albatross, near the Hawaiian Islands, December 8 to 6, 1891.

Bottom

Station. | Latitude N. cea Fathoms. re a eee
° ‘ ° ‘
3467 DAY As 157 434 BLO Reeteeweane Sand
3470 21 083 157 433 343 43. 3° Do
3471 21 103 157 483 Ball! Scociesim oe eles Do
3472 21 12 157 49 20D) Wnewinee ssjae oe Do
3473 21 15 157 30 313 43. 8° Do
3474 21 12 157 384 SiO lekeoeme nee Do
8475 21 08 157 43 3 Ol Pe Se ee Do.
3476 21 09 15/6 Wap) DUB no cteereteins aaa Do

Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Vol. XVII. —No. 1032. 675

676 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vou.xvu.

The “sand” revealed by so much of the bottom as adhered to several
of the specimens is wholly composed of organic débris, minute frag-
ments of echinoderms, shells, corals, foraminifera, ete., in which small
particles of pearly shell counterfeit the appearance of mica. No
mineral matter of a purely inorganic character was detected.

Mollusks were received from all the stations except 3467 and 3470.
Station 3476 afforded eight species; station 3475, seven species; station
3472, four species; ana the others two species each.

The Huciroa was obtained at five stations, one of the Pleurotomide
at three stations, and the two species of Dentalium both occurred at
stations 3475 and 35476,

As it seemed desirable to keep together the scanty data belonging to
to the Brachiopoda, rather than to scatter them through several papers,
the species obtained by the Albatross at several stations along the
eastern border of the Pacific, have been included with the others in
treating of that group.

Class GASTROPODA.

Genus SCAPHANDER Montfort.
Section Bucconta, Dall.
SCAPHANDER ALATUS, new species.
Plate xxvii, fig. 2.

Shell pure white, with a pale straw-colored epidermis, polished, pune- ©
tate, with a pervious axis; sculpture of faint lines of growth crossed by
numerous fine rows of punctures, with wider, pretty regular, inter-
spaces; behind the pillar-lip a few of these rows are so impressed as to
form grooves; form of the shell ovate, attenuated in the posterior third ;
aperture as long as the shell, narrow behind, rounded in front; outer
lip sharp, produced behind the immersed spire in an alate manner;
body with a thin wash of smooth pure white callus; pillar lip twisted
about a pervious axis, stout, thick, with a narrow groove behind its
anterior part, but no umbilical chink. Extreme length of shell 35,
maximum diameter 20 mm. :

Station 3476, in 298 fathoms. No. 107161, U.S.N.M.

This species belongs to the section Bucconia, Dall. It is nearest
allied to the type of that section, S. nobilis, Verrill, from which it may
be at once discriminated by its more attenuated posterior third and
generally thicker shell and Jess inflated form, and by its alate outer
lip. The gizzard plates are somewhat less distinctly quadrate than in
S. nobilis. The Challenger obtained west of Papna a species of this
group, S. mundus, Watson,* which is very like S. nobilis, but can not be
confounded with the present species.

* Challenger Gastr., pl. XLVUII, fig. 2.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 677

Subgenus SaBaTia, Bellardi.
SABATIA PUSTULOSA, new species.

Plate xxvI, fig. 10.

Shell solid, large, subpyriform, with wholly immersed spire and
granular callous body lip; surface polished, sculptured by deep, rather
wide, channeled grooves; punctate, but with the punctures overlapping
one another so that the line presents an annulate aspect. There are a
few intercalary, fine impunctate lines also. The form of the shell is
rather rounded, smaller posteriorly, with an obscure constriction about
the middle of the shell; apex dimpled, but imperforate; aperture
narrow behind, wide and rounded in front; outer lip thin, raised above
the apex, but hardly alate; inner lip thick, callous, with numerous
pustules, the axis barely pervious; pillar thick, pustular, its outer edge
high, with a groove behind it, but no umbilical chink. Extreme length
of shell, 83; maximum diameter, 20 mm.

Station 3472, in 295 fathoms, one dead and discolored specimen. No.
107012, U.S.N.M.

This species recalls the more inflated Scaphander niveus, Watson,
from near the Philippines, but is readily distinguished by its more
attenuated Bulla-like form. It may, when older, exhibit a more promi-
nent body callus than is shown by our specimen, the granulation of
the pillar being much like that of adolescent specimens of Sabatia
bathymophila, Dall, from the deeper waters of the Antilles.

Genus PLEUROTOMA, Lamarck.
PLEUROTOMA (DRILLIA) MICROSCELIDA, new species.

Shell with six or more whorls (all the specimens decollate), solid, white,
with an ashy pale-brown epidermis; aperture less than half the length
of the shell; suture distinct, not channeled; anal notch rather anterior,
about as deep as wide, separated from the suture behind by a somewhat
excavated area; spiral sculpture of, in front of the suture, a plain,
strong thread, in front of that three or four anteriorly diminishing
threads; the anal fasciole, contrary to the ordinary rule, projects, show-
ing two small distinct adjacent threads, which overrun and somewhat
nodulate numerous short abrupt peripheral wavelets; in front of the
fasciole three strong alternate with three feeble revolving threads, and
still in front of these six or eight small threads occupy the base; the
_siphonal part is decorticated. The transverse sculpture is composed of
the peripheral wavelets before alluded to, which are rather close set
and about 21 in number, on the penultimate whorl; there is no other
transverse sculpture except lines of growth, which are not very promi-
nent; aperture narrow, with a relatively wide canal; pillar solid, slen-
der, and somewhat twisted; body not callous, and with no subsutural
callosity ; interior of aperture not lirate; length of five (decollate) whorls,

678 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL, vou. xv.

22; diameter of shell at posterior end of aperture, 8.5; length of aper-
ture, 9 mm.

Station 3475, in 351 fathoms. No. 127122, U.S.N.M.

This species has somewhat such a sculpture as the Antillean P. peri-
scelida, Dall, which is a much larger shell, and not a Drillia. The
most closely allied form I have seen is one dredged in 50 fathoms in
the harbor of Unalaska by the Albatross, but the latter is a shorter
and stouter and probably a smaller shell when adult. The specimens
of P. microscelida, though alive when collected, were much eroded, so
that the description has been made up from the patches of uninjured
surface. By an accident to the jar the alcohol had evaporated, and
only the shell remained when received, so that nothing can be said as
to the soft parts. It is probable, however, that the species should be
referred to the genus Drillia.

Genus MANGILIA, Risso.
Subgenus PLEUROTOMELLA, Verrill.

PLEUROTOMELLA GYPSINA, new species,
Plate xxx, fig. 10.

Shell small, subfusiform, moderately thick, white, covered with a
well-marked, unpolished brown epidermis; whorls six beside the
(decollate) nucleus, rapidly increasing; aperture slightly exceeding half
the total length; suture distinct, but not channeled or marked by any
elevated thread; upper portion of the whorl, directly in front of the
suture, somewhat excavated, forming a wide anal fasciole; spiral
sculpture of, near the suture, fine, low, flattish, close-set threads, which,
beyond the fasciole, are gradually more and more distant until, near
the canal, the interspaces are thrice as wide as the threads; the scale
ture, as usual, is stronger on the upper whorls; transverse soulpiane of
fine, even lines of growth, and (on the last whorl about 26) small,
distinct, even, very oblique ribs, with slightly wider interspaces, begin-
ning strong, but hardly nodular at the anterior edge of the fasciole, and
becoming obsolete on the base; on the upper whorls they reach the
suture; the last whorl is much the largest, the aperture and canal
rather wide, the anal notch arched and shallow, the outer lip project-
ing below it; pillar lip but slightly callous, interior of the aperture

smooth; pillar straight, attenuated in front, the canal obliquely cut off-

in front. Length of the shell, 23; width at the posterior angle of the
aperture, 8.5 mm.

Station 3475, in 351 fathoms. No. 107015, U.S.N.M.

The single specimen is a good deal eroded and has lost its nucleus,
The species is not unlike P. gypsata, Watson, from 700 fathoms near
New Zealand, but that species has only fifteen ribs, which do not reach
the suture on the earlier whorls. There are no remains of the soft
parts, but the shell looks like a small Pleurotomella.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. ~~ 679

PLEUROTOMELLA HAWAIIANA, new species.

Shell small, subfusiform, solid, polished, grayish white, with five or
more whorls; suture distinct, the whorl in front of it somewhat
excavated and appressed; spiral sculpture present only on the base,
where it is faint, and on the pillar, where it is coarser, and composed
of obscure close-set spiral threads; transverse sculpture near the apex
of a few wrinkles, which are visible on the upper part of the anal fasci-
ole, beginning at the suture, but these do not persist; the lines of
growth are not generally perceptible without a glass; on the shoulder
of the whorl are (on the last whorl about 17) numerous short oblique
riblets with equal or wider interspaces, little raised, almost like nodules
on the last whorl, but near the apex of the spire they are straighter,
and extend from the anterior border of the fasciole to the suture, grad-
ually becoming feebler as the shell grows; aperture rather narrow, the
anal notch quite deep, reaching the suture above, while the lip below
is produced forward; the pillar is stout and strong, the canal straight
and rather shallow; length of (decollate) shell, 13; diameter of the last
whorl at the posterior angle of the aperture, 5; length of last whorl,
10 mm.

Station 3475, in 351 fathoms. No. 107020, U.S.N.M.

This shell recalls P. chariessa, Watson, but is much smaller and rela-
tively much more solid; the wrinkled subsutural band is absent and
the shell is smoother. PP. chariessa is an Atlantic species, as far as yet
known. The single specimen obtained is somewhat broken; the form
of the outer lip is described above from the lines of growth. The
nucleus and probably a whorl or two more have been lost from the tip
of the spire.

? PLEUROTOMELLA CLIMACELLA, new species.
Plate xxxI, fig. 14.

Shell slender, small, of five or more (decollate) whorls, covered with
a pale straw-colored epidermis, underneath which the shell is porcel-
lanous or chalky white; form elongated, slightly constricted in front of
the suture, which, especially in the earlier whorls, is bordered by a
somewhat irregular nodulous elevated thread; spiral sculpture of sub-
equal flattened threads, with wider, irregular interspaces; these threads
are coarser and more distant near the canal, and absent on the anal
fasciole; transverse sculpture of irregular, often prominent, lines of
growth, and thin, sharp, low, narrow, irregular riblets, with much wider
interspaces, more prevalent on the earlier whorls and more or less obso-
lete on the last; these ribs tend to nodulate the shoulder and sutural
thread when present; aperture less than half the length of the shell,
rather narrow, with a wide, short canal, which is not, or but slightly,
recurved; pillar lip not callous, pillar obliquely truncate in front, rather
stout above; outer lip thin, not reflected, the anal notch almost obso-

680 . DEEP WATER MOLL USKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vot. XVII.

lete. Length of the shell (decollate), 18.5; diameter at the posterior
angle of the aperture, 6; length of the aperture, 8.5 mm.

Station 3475, in 351 fathoms. No. 127123, U.S.N.M.

Two somewhat eroded specimens were obtained, one of which con-
tained the dried remains of the animal, which could not be extracted.
There was no trace of any operculum, and the species can not there-
fore be referred to Bela, while it lacks the deep sutural sinus of Daph-
nella. Its resemblance to certain Atlantic species of Plewrotomella is
sufficient to indicate the systematic place it should probably occupy.

The species is near Bela climakis, Watson, but has a proportionally
longer ay erture and larger last whorl. It is quite likely that Watson’s
species should be referred to the same group. Clionella quadruplex,
Watson, is nearly allied by the shell characters.

SPERGO, new subgenus.

Shell large, thin, nearly destitute of sculpture, with an unrecurved
pillar, a short, wide, straight canal, a wide shallow emargination repre-
senting the anal notch, and generally feeble anal fasciole, except in the
very young; a sharp outer lip, unarmed aperture, and Sinusigera
nucleus.

Animal with the muzzle formed by a stout squarely truncated ros-
trum opening into a capacious pharynx, provided internally with a
degenerate proboscis not capable of extrusion beyond the oral orifice,
with a poison gland and a degenerate radula. Eyes present and func-
tional; tentacles low-seated, stout, and clavate; operculum absent;
dentition resembling that of Bela.

This form resembles Pleurotomella, Verrill, from which it differs in the
character of the rostrum and pharynx, in the possession of eyes, in its
straight wide canal, and in having a feebler type of verge, anal notch
and fasciole.

SPERGO GLANDINIFORMIS, new species.

Plate xxIVv, figs. 1, 2.

Shell large, slender, glandiniform, with a typical brown Sinusigera
nucleus of three and a half whorls, followed by eight normal whorls;
color pale madder brown, more or less zoned in harmony with lines of
growth, and with a peripheral and basal spiral paler band feebly indi-
cated; the pillar in the young stained with a darker brown, or pinkish
white in the full-grown shell; spire rather pointed, the apical whorls
sculptured with incised spiral grooves below the shoulder and with
numerous small oblique riblets over which the grooves run; the space
between the shoulder and the suture behind it slightly impressed,
smooth, or crossed by distant low sharp wrinkles, very narrow and not
corresponding to thewibs. All this sculpture becomes rapidly obsolete,
and on the greater part of the shell the sculpture is confined to silky

——

CC. — eee ee

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 681

lines of growth, faint traces of obscure spiral lines, and a few feeble
narrow threads on the base and canal under apale thin epidermis. The
last whorl is compressed at the periphery, as in Glandina parallela,
giving the body whorl a subcylindrie aspect; suture appressed; aper-
ture long, rather narrow, internally smooth, and with very little callus
on the pillar or body; outer lip sharp, emarginate before and behind
and arched forward in the middle; pillar obscurely thickened behind,
attenuated anteriorly, as long as the canal, straight, but slightly

twisted; canal and anal emargination wide and shallow; length of an

adult, 75; of theaperture, 45; width of the shell at the posterior angle of
the aperture, 20 mm.; length of the figured specimen, 45 mm.

Stations 3471, in 337; 3474, in 375; and 3476, 298 fathoms, southeast
of Honolulu. Nos. 107013, 107019, and 107160, U.S.N.M.

The animal is of a yellowish color, the columellar muscle attached
very deeply within the shell. The foot is strong. In the alcoholic
specimen it is teansversely wrinkled below, wrinkled and more or less
granose at the sides above, the posterior end obtusely pointed; ante-
riorly it is wider, with the lateral angles produced and the anterior
margin double. The rostrum is quite peculiar, dilate, and squarely cut
off at the end, which exhibits a flat, circular face concentrically
wrinkled, with a very large rounded mouth, the edge of which is deeply
radially wrinkled, giving it a papillose aspect externally. The horizon-
tal line joining the bases of the tentacles will pass below the central axis
of the rostrum, which is also distinetly constricted behind the tentacles.
The surface of the rostrum is smooth, its dorsal line arched. The tenta-
cles are short, stout, transversely wrinkled, and distinctly larger distally.
There is a slight enlargement near théir bases, where a small, black-
pigmented eyespot is clearly visible on both. There is no trace of an
operculum or opercular lobe, nor any epipodial processes. Raising the
mantle, which has a slightly thickened, smooth edge, we find, rather
far back, the verge, which consists of a rather stout, recurved basal
portion, above which it is constricted, the remainder being more slen-
der, subcylindrical, slightly enlarged distally, but beyond this tapering
toa point. The organ is smaller in proportion to the size of the ani-
mal than in most Pleurotomide. Above, on the dome of the mantle, is
attached the rectum, with an evenly tapered adherent termination and
a longitudinally wrinkled subcylindrical lumen. ‘To the left of this the
muciparous gland and kidney cover a broad strip of themantle. Farther
to the left we find a ctenidium composed of a single series of leaflets of
the ordinary type, succeeded on the left by a well-developed Sprengel’s
organ, as usual, of a dark-olive color. The siphon, which is closely
adjacent, is of very substantial tissue, with an external tinge of olive
brown. It presents nothing unusual.

Internally the anatomy offers several points of interest. Within the
oral orifice is an immense “ crop” or pharynx (22 mm. long in the speci-
men examined), which, from the deep longitudinal wrinkles of its sur-

682 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vot.xvu.

face, is evidently capable of being greatly distended. It has asmooth,
rather tough, lining without any horny appendages, and is lubricated
by the discharge of several muciparous glands of rather small size.
Its inner end is abrupt, and at the left of the middle line is the open-
ing of the csophagus, very much smaller than the pharynx in diame-
ter. The proboscis proper is very short (in spirits), only about one-sixth
as long as the pharynx, and therefore, unless capable of great exten-
sion in the living state, probably can not be extruded from the oral
opening. The pharynx of the specimen examined was partly filled with
a dark-greenish matter, apparently of a mucous character, which
showed no traces of organization, leading to the supposition that the
pharynx was adapted to the engorgement of large masses of proto-
plasmic matter rather than the pursuit of living animals of a higher
order, as in most Toxoglossa, The modification is analogous to that by
which Turcicula, a derivative from a phytophagous stock, has become
adapted to gorging itself with large quantities of foraminifera, alge
being absent from its habitat. The tooth sac opens near the end of the
proboscis, but being filled with coagulated mucus, and extremely
reduced in size by degeneration, could not be discovered until the mass
was boiled in caustic potash in the hope of finding some traces of teeth.

The teeth are set regularly in a single row on each side of an
epithelial strip of rather horny (not chitinous) consistency, the points
of the teeth inclined obliquely inward and overlapping a little. The
width of the radula from base to base of the opposite teeth is 74; of
an inch. The length of the developed radula is about ;5 of an inch.
There are forty or more developed teeth in each row, besides ten or
twelve undeveloped germs of teeth. The fully developed teeth are
=i, of aninch in Jength and about one-fourth as wide as long. This,
for a creature over 4 inches long when extended, seems very minute.
The form of the teeth is much like that of Bela; they are sharply
pointed, translucent, and composed of a plate like the die for a steel
pen folded closely upon itself with a U-shaped section. The shaft is
set in a chitinous yellow socket, which is extended on the back of the
tooth so as to form a little hooked knob; opposite this many of the
teeth show a small sharp basal denticle. The anterior arm of the U is
shorter than the other and obliquely trimmed off toward the apex of
the fang. There is a well marked oval poison gland, about 2.5 mm.
long, with a slender duct folded twice upon itself, very tortuous, and
about 15 mm. long. Behind the proboscis the alimentary canal con-
tinues of moderate size for nearly a whorl, when there is an incon-
spicuous enlargement corresponding to a stomach, with its inner walls
longitudinally wrinkled and no marked pyloric curve. It contained
merely mucus, and resembled a slight enlargement of the esophagus
rather than a well differentiated stomach.

The upper portion of the animal could not be extracted from the
spire in spite of all efforts, and so great an advantage in this respect is

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 683

given by the deep insertion of the columellar muscle, I was unable to
withdraw any part of the animal in good condition until after cutting
into the penultimate whorl with a file and severing the muscle with a
fine scalpel. This is a very interesting form, evidently related to some
of Verrill’s Plewrotomelle, but differing in important respects as may
be seen by the generic diagnosis. It should be remembered that
Verrill’s type is P. packardi, which differs considerably from most of
the species afterwards referred to the group. An examination of speci-
mens of Pleurotomella agassizii, Verrill, showed that the oral opening
in that species did not markedly differ from other species of Plewro-
tomide and the tentacles were eyeless and cylindrical. The specimen
being a female, the forms of the verge, which often offer good charac-
ters, could not be compared, but Verrill describes it in P. packardi as
“very large and long,round, nearly cylindrical, except near the tip,
where it tapers; in alcoholic specimens it is nearly as thick as the neck,
from which it arises.”* It will be observed that this description does
not accord closely with the characters in Spergo.

The shell figured is a young one with uneroded apex. It is less than
half the size of the largest collected, but was chosen for figuring
because it showed the characters more clearly.

SPERGO DAPHNELLOIDES, new species.
Plate xxx1, fig. 11.

Shell small, thin, polished, with a pointed Sinusigera nucleus of three
and a half whorls and six subsequent whorls; nucleus bright yellow
brown, often caducous, leaving the white internal callus to represent
it, which being molded on the interior of the nuclear whorls, is pol-
ished and smooth, while the original nucleus has oblique reticular
curved sculpture; sculpture much like that of S. glandiniformis, but
having the whorls appressed at the suture lower on the antecedent
whorl, the riblets more prominent, less oblique, and higher on the whorl,
the fasciole more deeply impressed and its sculpture indicating a deeper
sinus, and the fine spiral grooving continuous and uniform over the
whole surface of the shell; whorls rounded, the last inflated with the
outer lip greatly produced, as in Daphnella, and the sinus pronounced ;
pillar straight, brown tinted, canal shallow, narrow; outer lip thin,
smooth and glassy within, sharp edged. Length of shell, 23; width at
the periphery of the last whorl, 10; length of last whorl, 17.5 mm.

Station 3476, in 298 fathoms. No. 107015a, U.S.N.M.

Two specimens of this pretty little shell were obtained, which have so
much the general color and surface of 8S. glandiniformis, that at first
they were passed over as the young of that species. When both came
to be studied carefully it was evident at once that they were distinct.
The present species is more acute, more drawn out in coil, and more

* Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad., v, p. 454.

684 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vou. xvi.’

rounded than the young of the other, and has none of its cylindrical
appearance.

The soft parts resembled those of S. glandiniformis, though the ros-
tral disk was less conspicuous, but the eyes were very large and black,
and the tentacles placed low on the side of the head, as in that species.
The angles of the anterior edge of the foot were markedly produced.

It seems not unlikely that Daphnella limacina, Dall (Pleurotoma
(Defrancia) hormophora, Watson), from the deep water of the North
Atlantic, may be referable to the subgenus Spergo, as there is much sim-
ilarity in many of the conchological characters, as well as the absence
of an operculum and the presence of eyes.

Genus POLYNICES, Montfort.
Subgenus LunaTIA, Gray.
LUNATIA SANDWICHENSIS, new species.
Plate xxVIi, fig. 8.

Shell small, thin, white, with a thin straw-colored epidermis and
about five whorls; surface polished, with faint spiral markings and fine
delicate lines of growth, which, between the shoulder of the whorl and
the suture behind it, are irregularly elevated into fine, sharp, oblique
wrinkles; suture appressed with a faint spiral impression in front of it;
form recalling in miniature that of Natica russa, Gould, or N. clausa,
Broderip; whorls well rounded, slightly flattened in front of the suture;
aperture with a moderate callus on the body reaching, but not obseur-
ing,a narrow deep umbilicus. Height of shell, 15.7; maximum diameter,
15 mm.

Station 3476, in 298 fathoms, one dead specimen. No. 107017,
WS.NM

Though this modest little species has no very marked characters, I
have compared it with all our deep-water species described or inedited,
aud find none with which it can be united. The wrinkles are an inter-
esting feature, as they recall the grooves or wrinkles so frequently
found on typical species of Natica; but the umbilical characters show
that it must be referred to Lunatia, in the vicinity of L. grénlandica.,

Genus MARGARITA, Leach.
Subgenus SOLARIELLA, A. Adams.
SOLARIELLA RETICULINA, new specics.
Plate xxVI, fig. 9.
Shell thin, frosted-pearly white; depressed-conie, with a (lost) nucleus
and five subsequent whorls; suture inconspicuous, appressed, undu-
lated by the sculpture of the whorl upon which it is applied; sculpture

of the spire very uniform, spiral sculpture of (on the upper whorls two or
three and on the last whorl five) sharp, narrow, spiral ridges increasing

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 685

in strength peripherally, and with much wider interspaces; on the base
are five more beside the umbilical carina. The peripheral ridge is the
highest and the suture is applied against it, the interspace below the
peripheral ridge is a little wider than the others; on the spire the trans-
verse sculpture comprises numerous obliquely radiating short ridges
which cross the spirals at regular intervals and extend more than half
way across the adjacent interspaces; these radii are not continuous
over any two spirals but alternate on the successive single spiral ridges,
rising to a sharp point where they cross, the upper series beginning
close to the suture; on the base the umbilical carina is marked by ¢
strap-like flat rib across which lie close-set rectangular knobs from
which radii extend continuously or nearly so to the outer basal spiral,
with an intercalary set of radii appearing somewhat irregularly as the
interspaces widen toward the periphery; inside the wide scalar umbil-
icus the radii are continued as vertical, close set lirze, only interrupted
by an obscure spiral ridge just below the internal sutural line; aper-
ture oblique, subquadrate, crenulated by the sculpture, the margins
sharp and thin, the body with a thin wash of callus, the throat pearly
and smooth where not angulated by the sculpture; the pillar lip not
differentiated; epidermis pale straw color, extremely thin with a slightly
silky luster; height of shell, 7; maximum diameter, 10; minor diameter,
8 mm.

Station 3475, in 351 fathoms; temperature 43° F. No. 127121, U.
S.N.M.

The sculpture is something like that of Trochus illotus, Watson,* but
the form of the shell is different. It belongs to the group of TZ. wgleés
Watson and Solariella actinophora, Dall.

Genus EMARGINULA, Lamarck.
EMARGINULA HAWAIIENSIS, new species.
Plate xxvIi, fig. 7.

Shell large, thin, recurved conical, slightly wider behind than in front;
of an ashy cream color, but probably white when fresh; nucleus lost;
apex small, recurved, pointed, somewhat laterally compressed; anterior
slope gently arched; posterior slope straight or possibly a little concave,
shorter than the anterior; outline of the base evenly rounded; sinus
narrow, one-fourth as long as the whole anterior slope, set in to the
right of the middle line of the shell, its limbs tending to approach
anteriorly; fasciole narrow, marked by close-set semicircular elevated
ripples, concave forward; sculpture of close, even, regularly distributed,
elevated threads, radiating from the apex with smaller intercalary
threads toward the margin; these are crossed by even, regular, elevated
concentric lamelle, slightly nodulous at the intersections; at the margin
of the shell the major radials are slightly more than a millimeter apart

* Challenger Gastr., pl. xvi, fig. 3c.

686 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BR1CHIOPODS—DALL. vouxvu.

from center to center; in the other direction there are about three
concentric lamella to a millimeter; interior of the shell smooth; an
obscure impressed rib marks the course of the fasciole; the margin is
slightly radially grooved in harmony with the external radial sculpture.
Length of the base, 23; width, 17; height of the shell, 11 mm.

Station 3473, in 313 fathoms. No. 107011, U.S.N.M.

This species has a good deal such sculpture as Cranopsis asturiana,
Fischer, but the latter has the radii and concentric lines less elevated.
On the plane of the base the apex is 17 mm. behind the anterior margin.
Only one dead specimen was obtained.

Class SCAPHOPODA.
Genus DENTALIUM, Linneus,

DENTALIUM PHANEUM, new species.

Plate xxvl, fig. 1.

Shell rather thin, pale straw color, glistening, nearly straight, the
curve chiefly in the earlier third; the shell originally is smooth or with
few, feeble elevated lines, which in traversing the distance from the
apex to the aperture revolve one-fourth of a turn to the right; surface
marked by delicate annular lines of growth and longitudinally by about
twenty-five very fine, sharp, little-elevated threads, which are strongest
about the middle of the shell and more or less obsolete in front and
behind; between these are faint obscure longitudinal striz; both orifices
of the shell are simply circular, the anterior sharp-edged and a little
oblique. Length of the shell, 35; anterior diameter, 2.2; apical diam-
eter, 0.5; maximum deviation of the curve from achord drawn between
the ends, 3.2 mm.

Stations 3475 and 3476, in 351 and 298 fathoms. Nos. 107025 and
107026, U.S.N.M.

This species is perhaps most nearly allied to D. antillarum, Orbigny,
of the Antilles, a species which differs in its sharper and more numerous
ribs, which become more prominent toward the apex instead of obsolete.
Of Pacific species D. numerosum, Dall, a form which occurs in very
deep water from the Galapagos to California abundantly, has the most
general resemblance to the present species; but it grows to nearly
twice the length, and when closely examined is seen to have a sharply
pentagonal posterior section with a conspicuous ventral slit. D. nwmer-
osum is a somewhat straighter and longer shell than D. phaneum.

DENTALIUM COMPLEXUM, new species.
Plate xxvIi, fig. 3.

Shell large, solid, thick, normally white (?), but discolored by sedi-
ments after death, so that the specimens received are a pale, rusty
brown; surface glossy, sharply grooved, with wider flat interspaces,
varying finer or coarser in different specimens; orifices circular, one

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 687

specimen showing indications of a wide, shallow ventral sinus at the
apex; Shell little curved, and the sculpture shows no rotary tendency.
Length of shell, 78; diameter anteriorly, 8.5; posteriorly, 1.3; maximum
divergence from a chord connecting the extremities, 8.5 min.

Stations 3472 and 3476, in 295 and 298 fathoms. Nos. 107022 and
107023, U.S.N.M.

This shell differs from D. candidum, Jeffreys, by being more cylin-
drical and, so far as my present specimens go, without the long, slen-
der ventral slit of that species. From D. ceras, Watson, as figured, it
is distinguished by being straighter and less sharply sculptured, besides
being much larger, but Watson’s specimens were young. With a few
specimens it is easy to separate species of Dentalium, but if one has
numerous specimens from various kinds of bottom the difficulty
increases greatly. D.solidum; Verrill; D. ceras, Watson, and D. candi-
dum, Jeffreys, appear to merge into one another, yet individual speci-
mens appear very distinct when one has not a connecting series. The
present species, by its somewhat more cylindrical form, seems suffi-
ciently distinct to be named, but, with that exception, is very closely
related to the group of forms above enumerated.

All the specimens were dead, discolored, and occupied by annelid
tenants.

Class PELECYPODA.
Family EUCIROIDzA.,
Genus EUCIROA, Dall.

When first proposed,* this group was supposed to be sufficiently
distinct from Verticordia as defined in the text-books, but latert a
careful study of numerous species of Verticordia, including the type
species of that genus, led to the belief that it could at most form a
section of the older group, and as such it was included in my final
report.t It was only known from separated valves of the type species
V. (£.) elegantissima, Dall, dredged in 300-750 fathoms in the Antilles.
Since then a related and very elegant species has been dredged in the
Indian Ocean by the Investigator, and has been described § by Wood-
Mason and Allcock under the name of Verticordia (Euciroa) eburnea. ||

I have now the pleasure of adding a third and very beautiful species
from the Pacific, which, being taken with the soft parts intact, ena-
bles me to complete my description of the group and establish it as
even more than generically separate from the typical Verticordia.

* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., v, pp. 61, 62, 1878.

t Op. cit., Ix, p. 106, 1881.

} Op. cit., X11, pp. 196, 291, Sept., 1886.

§ Ann. Mag. N. H., Dec., 1891, p. 447, fig. 14.

|| Sowerby, overlooking this description and figure, redescribed this species under
the name of V. optima in Proc. Mal. Soc., Lond., 1, p. 39, pl. v, fig. 3, Mar., 1894.

6538 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL,. Vou. xvi.

It may be well to recall here the essential characters of the anatomy
of tlie Verticordia acuticostata, the type of that genus. It has two
siphonal openings with their orifices fringed with several rows of
papille; the anal siphon opens into a closed chamber, the floor of
which is formed by a muscular fleshy septum imperforate except for the
passage of a short, stout, stopper-like foot, around which the septum
fits closely; the lower surface of this septum is devoid of any append-
ages; on each side of the foot lies, adnate upon its surface, a small
elongate. triangular gill resembling one of the oral palpi of ordinary
pelecypods, but separated by some distance from the oral aperture.
This gill is without doubt functional as a ctenidium, but may be homol-
ogous with the posterior palpus (a view suggested by the presence of
palpi in Luciroa), a possibility which requires further investigation; at
all events no other organ (unless it be the general surface of the septum
and branchial chamber) is present for purposes of respiration. There
are no palpi about the mouth. The edges of the mantle are separated
only by a narrow opening sufficient to give passage to the foot. ‘Lhe
septum was homologized by me with the siphonal septum of ordMmary
pelecypods, which was supposed to be extended forward to the visceral
mass as it is in Lophocardium, though in the latter genus the usual
functional gills are present.

In Euciroa the following differences may be noted: The opening
between the lobes of the mantle is ample, the foot laterally compressed,
though small, more nearly resembles the same organ in the average
pelecypod; both pairs of labial palps are present and free; while a sep-
tum exists, the posterior part of which is obviously formed by an exten-
sion forward of the siphonal septum, yet a large part of it is formed by
lamellar gills which extend backward from the visceral mass near the
mouth enclosing the foot, and have their edges connected with each
other on each side and with the tissue of the mantle laterally, so that,
as in Verticordia, a complete separation between the anal and the bran-
cnial chamber is insured. These differences, which will be described in
tull detail under the species about to be named, are quite sufficient to
justify the assignment of generic rank to the group separated by me
under the name of Huviroa.

EUCIROA PACIFICA, new species.
Plate xxi1I, figs. 2, 4; plate xxiv, figs. 4, 5, 7, 8.

Shell rounded, inflated, solid, brilliantly pearly within, of a frosty dull
white externally, covered with a very thin pale brownish epidermis, —
under which the shell is everywhere minutely granular and sculptured |
with fine radiating lines of large, sometimes sharp-pointed and recurved, .
granules, the rows being very close set posteriorly but with wider inter- —
spaces toward the middle and anterior part of the valves; concentric
sculpture only of feeble incremental lines, visible chiefly near the basal —
margin of the valves; beaks prominent, full, much 'incurved, anteriorly —

1994. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 689

twisted; in the young shell a prominent thread radiates from the beak,
setting off a posterior area over which the granules do not have a dis-
tinct linear arrangement, but as the shell grows this thread becomes
obsolete, though the difference in the distribution of the granules con-
tinues; internal surface of the valves polished, pearly, with obscure
radiating and some vermicular impressions, the internal margin of the
valves finely grooved radially; muscular impressions small, somewhat
obscure, the posterior larger; external ligament thin, short, hardly
functional; internal resilium short, strong, set obliquely under the dor-
sal margin and reenforced below by a calcareous lithodesma, thick, delti-
form, rounded below with a short, pointed process on each side behind;
there is a small, nearly smooth, deeply impressed lunule mostly attached
to the right valve, the margin here projecting, while in the left valve
a Similar projection is so depressed as to pass for the most part below
the projection of the right valve and perform the funetion of an anterior
lateral tooth; the left valve behind the beak shows a long, almost linear,
depression, which must be taken as the escutcheon, the most posterior
part of which passes below the margin of the right valve, while on the
edge of the latter, close to the resilium, is a small, little-elevated, nar-
row lateral tooth; in front of the resilium in the right valve is a large,
stout, pointed, recurved cardinal tooth arising from the valve under the
lunule and hooking into a funicular cavity below the beak of the left
valve. Behind this in the left valve is a narrow little elevated cardinal,
easily mistaken for a raised edge of the cartilage pit, and serving to
defend the lithodesma from pressure by the right cardinal. Usinge for
the cartilage and / for the lateral teeth, the Steinmann formula for the
hinge would be as follows: a e es :
actual sockets in the opposite valve. Height of the shell, 25; length,
28; diameter,21 mm. A dead valve reaches a length of 38 and a height
of 35 mm.

Stations 3471, 3472, 3474, 3475, and 3476 in 295 to 375 fathoms; tem-
perature between 43° and 44° F. Nos. 107008, 107027, 107028, 107029,
107030, and 107031, U.S.N.M.

This fine species differs from HE. eburnea by its recurved, smaller, and
more delicate and more numerous granules. It is more like /. elegant-
issima, from which it differs in the rounder form of the young shell
and in the full grown by its thinner and anteriorly more produced
valves. The minor details of the hinge, and the position of the pallial
and muscular impressions on the valve also serve, when carefully com-
pared, to discriminate the species.

The soft parts offer several points of interest already alluded to.
The tissue, internal to the mantle and external to the viscera, espe-
cially on the ventral surface, is remarkably thick, almost jelly-like,
and full of connective fibers. The margin of the mantle appears
smooth and somewhat thickened by peripheral muscular fibers form-

Proce. N. M. 94———44

; though the laterals do not enter

‘

690 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vou.xvn.

ing a band; within the margin is a little elevated reduplication of the
inner layer, the edge of which appeared to be minutely papillose, and
which in life can probably be extended to several times its length as
preserved in spirit. In front the lobes are separated in front of the
anterior adductor and continue distinct three-fourths of the way to
the incurrent siphon, when they are joined; around the oval area
occupied by the papillz about the siphonal orifices the border of the
mantle, dividing again, forms a thickened frame which is united in
front of the posterior adductor. The sides of the mantle in front of
the incurrent siphon—below the middle line of the valves (drawn hori-
zontally) and on each side of the pedal opening forward to the vertical
of the anterior adductor—present rounded-triangular areas with their
apices anterior, where the tissue of the mantle between the inner and
outer lamine of each lobe is thickened by the presence of a quantity
of columnar muscular tissue perpendicular to the surfaces of the
laminze and very uniformly distributed. These areas are crossed by
numerous branches (more or less bifurcated) given out by the pallial
nerve, and the outer face of the area thus modified is attached to the
valve, upon which it leaves somewhat vermicular surface markings.
Several longitudinal or radiating fibers or bands parallel to the
surface of the mantle are also observable by transmitted light, the
chief of which extend toward the base of the ineurrent siphon or in
the direction of the anterior adductor. These masses of muscle have
no obvious function; they occupy the area of the radiating retractors
of the siphons in ordinary sinupalliata, but they are not connected
with the siphonal septum or the sphincter of the incurrent siphon and,
with few exceptions, the columnar fibers simply connect the inner and
outer laminz of the lobe of the mantle in which they are respectively
situated. Over the surface of the muscular mass near the median line
behind the commissure of the mantle edge is distributed a quantity of
glandular tissue which reaches up to and partly around the lower
portion of the sphincter of the branchial siphon between the lamine of
the mantle lobe. The aggregation of glandular cells is so arranged as
to leave channels which lead toward the vicinity of the sphincter,
where they probably open to the surface, though I was not able to
detect the orifices. The internal face of the incurrent siphon is con-
centrically wrinkled by the contracted sphincter, which below seems
to merge with the pallial marginal band and above is overshadowed
by a broad, smooth siphonal septum. Tbe orifice itself, as retracted,
from an internal point of view, presented a vertical smooth-edged slit,
of which the margin projected internally to a marked degree. Exter-
nally the perisiphonal area is papillose, the papiile not seemingly
arranged in regular ranks, but the outer ones larger and the size dimin-
ishing focally toward each orifice. One papilla, larger than any of the
rest, is situated in the median line above the excurrent orifice, but there
is no medial papilla ventrally. The excurrent siphon, as usual, is

1804, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 691

smaller than the other, and its valve or orifice in the alcoholic speci-
men does not project internally; both are surrounded with about the
same relative amount of papilla, which seem to be of about the same
series of sizes for each orifice. The intestinal canal passes over the
posterior adductor and terminates near the excurrent siphon, internally,
but has no projecting free portion.

The outer lamina of the mantle when removed from the shell shows a
band of short fibers less than 2 mm. in length and diminishing down-
ward; they extend anteriorly from the mantle margin, and are disposed
over the space in front of the siphonal area from the adductor above
downward as far as the area extends. These are, without doubt, the
retractor muscles of the siphons, and correspond to the slight conzave
eurve below the adductor scar, which may be traced in the pallial
impression. The mantle is remarkable for its large blood sinuses, and
the pericardium is unusually large, as well as the ventricle of the heart.
The latter is a thin, semitranslucent pear-shaped sac, dorsal to the ree-
tum and not pierced by it. It is slightly asymmetrical, lying a little
more to the right on the median line. The auricles enter the base
laterally, being set off by a marked constriction, and are muscular and
of a darker color than the ventricle, apparently having a thin glandu-
lar coating. Laterally from each auricle a funicular muscular tube
extends to a capacious sinus in the wall of the mantle. Thereis a
single anterior aorta starting from the base of the ventricle. The peri-
cardium and its contents lie behind the cardinal teeth and beaks. The
visceral mass below the latter seems but moderately supplied with
hepatic lobules, and, superficially, exhibits the ramifications of the
ovary. The male glands are lower down and of a pale color. The foot
resembles that of Verticordia in being somewhat constricted above,
but is much more like that of the average pelecypod. It is pointed and
produced moderately in front, compressed, the lower part somewhat
keeled, the posterior more swollen, with a sligit “heel,” and no trace
of a byssal groove or gland. The retractor muscles of the foot form a
slender, solid cord below, which ascends and bifurcates behind the
middle of the shell and is attached on each side above the main body
of the adductor, but forms an almost indistinguishable part of the
same impression on the shell. The protractors, however, make sepa-
rate scars a little behind and above the anterior adductor sear.

Reversing the animal and separating the lobes of the mantle, we
find the foot closely embraced above by the ctenidia, which extend
forward and are attached firmly to the mantle at their outer edges, and
anteriorly reach to a point close to and just outside of the ventral pair
of palpi. In looking down upon the reversed animal the most anterior
part of the ctenidia isconcealed by the foot and palpi. Leaving a fuller
description of the gill until later, attention may be directed to the
parts about the mouth. Just behind the anterior adductor are
perceptible two or more pouch-like sacs on each side in front of the

692 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vou. xvu.

dorsal palpus, which is more or less attached to this blister-like body.
On cutting the tissues so as to expose the parts it is seen that the
saes form part of the dorsal palpi which are largely adnate upon the
posterior faces of the sacs, with the free extremity recurved and coiled
as in the figure.* The sacs when opened appear empty and thin
walled, resembling blood sinuses. The palpi are not distinctly cross
striated, but are more or less folded, like a book, upon themselves. The
ventral palpi are long, slender, and nearly smooth. Between the bases
of these projects a sort of lappet of cuticular tissue, broad, flattish,
bifureate behind and lying against, but not attached to, the anterior
edge of the upper part of the foot. Above it the mouth is visible as a
narrow slightly arcuate slit. I have not observed before anything
exactly corresponding to this lappet in any pelecypod I have examined
or found mentioned in the literature. What the office of the saes in
connection with the palpi may be I can not imagine, unless, when filled
with fluid, their contraction may erect the tissue of the palps.

The most interesting part of this investigation relates to the ctenidia.
These resemble in construction the archaic gills of Yoldia, Solemya,
etc., with interesting differences. Behind they are firmly attached to
and continuous with the broad siphonal septum; on each side and in
front their outer edges are firmly soldered to the mantle. The inner
edges on each side of the foot are confluent near the base of insertion
and bordered by a smooth band of connective tissue which is closely
appressed to, but not organically connected with the foot, which passes
between them. These edges behind the foot, however, are united to
each other by delicate yet firm tissue not easily ruptured. Looking
down upon this surface, beside the median line of junction it is seen to
be marked by two impressed grooves on each side between which,
obliquely waved, extend the edges of closely appressed plate-like
lamelle. On cutting the gills transversely it is found that these plates

{

present much the appearance of the same organs in Yoldia limatula as —

figured by Mitsukuri,t but with important differences. The fibrous
suspensory tissue, by which the ctenidia are connected with the mantle,
forms « narrow band extending obliquely at an angle of 35° to 45° from
the vertical plane of the body, when it is perforated by a large vessel
running longitudinally. Morphologically below this, but actually
obliquely outward, is a band of smooth tissue separating two sets of
lamelle. These lamelle are not equal and symmetrical as in Nueula,
nor are they set at right angles to the stem of the gill, but trend
obliquely backward on each side like the vanes of a feather. The
outer set of lamelle are wider from side to side and shorter verti-
cally than the inner set. The latter are separated by a narrow mem-
branous band from a third set, forming an ascending or reflected
lamina, for which I was unable to detect any main blood vessel com-
parable to that of the main stem of the gill. The upper surface of

* Compare pl. XxIV, fig. 5, p.
t Studies from Biol. Lab., Johns Hopkins Univ., 1, pl. x1x, fig. 11, 1882.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 693

the ill is furnished with 1 numerous 1s longitudinal muscular fibers, at about
equal distances apart,
which firmly connect the
upper ed ges of the lamellie.
The border of the inner
lamina where it lies
against the foot is defend-
ed, as above stated, by a
thin band of smooth tissue,
and where the plates join
this band their edges are
confluent. The same is
true of the edges of the
outer set where they im-
pinge upon the mantle.
The connection is very
brief and just at the ap-
pressed edge of the gill.
Each plate appears to
form a single blood sinus
or sac, as in Nueula, with
numerous radiating mus-
cular fibers, as figured by”
Mitsukuri in Yoldia (Tab,
cit., fig. 11). The main sur.

face is composed of con- sp cigrA tena ek aN BOCs Houe. AND
spicuously cellular epithe-

lium, as in Nucula; the edges are abundantly ciliated. The plates

SION {
iS SH 4
i oN ANY ‘ ) WA

Fig. 1.

*Figure 1. Microtomic section of Euciroa pacifica, Dall, taken through the middle
of the foot, the lower part of the mantle lobes being omitted. From camera lucida
drawing from the original by J. C. McConnell, ¢.

1. Dorsal commissure of the mantle; II, II, blood sinuses connected with the
auricles of the heart; III, the rectum; IV, cavity of the nephridia; V, V, reticulated
connective tissue; VI, VI, direct outer limbs of the ctenidia; VII, VII, inner reflected
lamin, and VIII, VIII,,inner direct lamin of the inner limb cut in a slightly oblique
section across the single plates; IX, 1X, the palpi; X, the foot, more or less sur-
rounded by loose epithelial matter; XI, XI, lobes of the mantle; XII, XII, begin-
ning of the muscular region of the mantle lobes; incomplete below.

Figure 1, A. Section of left ctenidium of Callocardia stearnsi, Dall, ¢

A. XI, Callocardia, stem of the gill with blood vessel; XII, inner direct and
reflected limb; XIII, outer direct and reflected limb in section,

Figure 1, B. Side view of left ctenidium of Callocardia stearnsii, showing outline
of the inner and outer limbs; the dotted line showing the limit to which the inner
reflected lamina of the inner limb rises on the side opposite that of the observer.

B. XIV, point where the ctenidium is attached to the siphonal septum; XV, ven-
tral extreme of the inner direct limb; XVI, outline of the outer direct and reflected
limb; the inner reflected laminz on the side next the body rises to the height indi-
cated by the dotted line. The single plates of which the gill-mass 1s composed are
not indicated.

694 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. yor. xvi.

are distinctly marginated, as in Nucula, but are connected together

by small patches of what appeared to be fibrous tissue, which proves

to be interlocked giant cilia (see fig. 2, v1). Owing to the oblique
manner in which the plates are set on the stem, and the manner

in which they are tied together, it is difficult to get a section which

will show the whole face of any single lamella and determine exactly
how many ciliary bridges exist to each plate, but the distal margins |
of the plates were free from each other for some little distance

inward. The outer edges of the lamelle appeared to be furnished with

a small circular band of muscular fibers by which the periphery might

be contracted, but no rigid chitinous framework could be detected.

Along the channels between the series of plates were accumulations of
dark-colored organic granules, indicating that the ctenidia perform the

function of collecting food material.

After using a low-power lens in dissecting in the ordinary way, |
serial sections with the microtome, after hardening and staining, were
resorted to, in or-
der to get at the
structure of these
and other organs.
Dr. Gray, micro-
scopist of the
Army Medical
Museum, kindly
undertook the
manipulation avd _
mounting. Itwas
found that the
processes requir-—
ed, as preliminary -
to sectionizing,

Fig. 2. were destructive —

MICROTOMIC SECTION OF PORTIONS OF THE GILL OF EUCIROA PACIFICA.* of many delicate j
features which

with the dissecting microscope are easily observed in fresh mate- (
rial. On the other hand, the sections (shriveled and distorted as_
they are, compared with fresh specimens) exhibited a number of

*Figure 2; section of the plates of the inner reflected lamina of the gill of Euctroul
pacifica, greatly enlarged, from microtomic section at a tangent to the anterior sur-
face of the posterior adductor, camera lucida drawing by J. C. MeConnell.

I, II, combined plates at the point of reflection, defective above; III, IV, mass of
connective tissue, etc., forming the junction of the right and left ctenidia behind
tle foot; V, V, V, plates which have been torn by the knife in cutting, simulating
vascular connections; VI, giant cilia connecting the plates distally ; VII, VIII, plates”
connected by a true vascular junction.

For a proper conception of the real relation of the parts before shriveling by the
staining process, the reader should refer to pl. xx1uJ, fig. 2.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 695

points of structure which were not observable otherwise. It is
evident that both methods are required for complete results. In the
present instance, in examining the gills in water with low powers, it
was observed that the close-set oblique plates, or lamelli, are connected
at their dorsal edges by a delicate series of connective fibers running
in an antero-posterior direction and recalling the threads which connect
the dorsal edges of the laminz in Poromya, but more numerous, and
laterally, near the attachment to the mantle, forming a sort of fascia, or
layer of fibres. Beside this, the dorsal portion of the plates near the
arterial stem of the gill show a few reticulations carrying blood vessels,
and a good many which appeared purely fibrous. The vascular con-
nectives, except close to the stem as above mentioned, were not observed,
though here and there a fibrous link united the faces of two plates
near their dorsal margins, but without any regularity of situation or
succession. The arterial stem, which anteriorly has a roughly trian-
gular section, near the posterior ends of the gills is produced vertically,
so that the short laterally extended plates of this part of the gill, instead
of hanging below the stem, are projected from its opposite sides, and
are not all of the same vertical width. This appeared very clearly in
the microtomic sections, in which, however, no trace of the longitudinal
dorsal fibers could be recognized, the latter having been apparently
destroyed by the contraction induced by chemical treatment used in
staining, with many other more delicate features. The sections there-
fore show the lamellz as more isolated than they are in reality, except
near their ventral edges, where they are bordered by a narrow band of
giant cilia, which interlock between the plates, thus holding the ventral
margins quite firmly together. These junctions were well shown in the
sections, and also, though less clearly, the distal margins of the plates
showed patches of smaller cilia, not continuous with the band above,
but projecting into the peripedal cavity, and doubtless serving, as in
other pelecypods, the purpose of collecting and propelling grains of
edible matter toward the mouth.

The nephridia lie below the pericardium and are distinctly limited
by the connective tissue made up of aradial network of fibers which
constitutes the lamina to which the outer edges of the gills are attached.
The nephridia have a common cavity (fig. 1, iv) more or less occupied by
thin folds of very delicate tissue of a more or less glandular nature, upon
and around which are clustered large numbers of spherical nucleated
or concentric concretions similar to those already described in Lyonsiella
and other Anatinacea. These concretions stain deeply and are very
varied in size, the largest exceeding any of those noticed in Halicardia.
The nephridia do not extend laterally into the lobes of the mantle as
they do in Halicardia.

The character of the gills above described is such that it seems not
unreasonable to regard them as intermediate between the foliobranchiate
gills of such a mollusk as Solemya and the plicated reticulate gills of a
more modern type of bivalves, such as Lyonsiella or Halicardia. They

6 d 6 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vou.xvn..

are ne either typically foliobranchiate nor normally reticulate. Hitherto
those who would separate the filibranchs ordinally from the modern
reticulate forms have been obliged to institute an intermediate order,
‘‘nseudo lamellibranchs,” to receive those pelecypods with a “fili-
branchiate” organization which persist in developing reticulate gills.
The evidence of the ancestry of the filibranchiate types afforded by
paleontology is sufficiently weighty to show how artificial is any such
arrangement, and how little in accord with the phylogeny of the forms
coneerned. But while the transition between the filibranchiate and
reticulate gills has always been sufficiently obvious, there has been a
very marked gap between the foliobranchs and any of the others. This
the present type does something to bridge, or, at least, to indicate how
it might be and probably was bridged in the past. It adds something
also to the testimony for archaicism in the Anomalodesmacea which the
present writer, in conformity with paleontological evidence, has pointed
out.

After the above was written the writer was unexpectedly enabled to
examine the gill in two species of Callocardia, dredged in the Pacific
Ocean by the Albatross off the coast of Central America, in about 400
fathoms. Contrary to the known Cardium-like type of reticulate gill
which characterizes the shallow water Jsocardia (with which Callo-
cardia las hitherto been associated as a subgenus), the ctenidium
proves to be even nearer to the typical foliobranch gill (such as that
of Solemya) than isthe gill of Huciroa. The single ctenidium in Callo-
cardia stearnsti, Dall, is composed of the central stem and two sets of
ribbon-like lamelle, which sprirg from either side. These lamelle
are thick and fleshy (relatively to their size), and are attached to each
other at their proximal ends by the common adhesion to the stem, and
at their distal ends by a narrow fibrous strip, which may possibly
contain a vascular channel, but did not show any in the present condi-

tion of the specimens. There are indications of a lateral band of |

cilia; at all events, the edges of the lamell are distinctly marginate
and yet not organically connected. The inner limb of the ctenidium
is much the larger, rounded triangular in outline and with a bluntly
rounded keel below, the distal portion of the mass of lamellz being
reflected and closely appressed to the direct limb, and reaching upward
about two-thirds of the way from the point of reflection to the arterial
stem. The outer limb is very much smaller than the inner one, but
has the reflected part longer and larger than the direct, so that the
dorsal edge of the reflected portion extends toward the middle line of
the body over the stem, covering the dorsal edge of the direct Day
(See figure 1, A, B.)

The shell of atiaiarded closes so tightly that the preservative used
had penetrated slowly and the specimens are not in a condition to use
for sections. It can be positively stated, however, that there are neither
fibrous nor vascular connectives between the lamelle, except as above
mentioned, and the chief difference between the ctenidium of Callo-
cardia and that of Solemya is obviously that the lamellz are united by

1894. PROCKEDINGS OF HE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 697

a narrow band distally and reflected in the former, while they are com-
paratively free and not reflected in the latter. It may be added that
the entire ctenidium is solid and fleshy as in Nuecula, and when lifted
separates from the body in a single mass. The two ctenidia are united
to the siphonal septum behind the foot, but not to each other, so there
is no complete anal chamber. The palps in Callocardia are very small,
the foot is flattened and solelike below anteriorly and rounded behind.
The siphons are complete and papillose, longer than in Jsocardia, but
still short.

The discovery of this type may be said to practically complete the
series uniting the foliobraneh with the reticulate gill and give the quietus
to the classification based solely on the divergencies of the ctenidia.

It can hardly be doubted that the gills of Huciroa are, represented
by the degenerate small gill of Verticordia acuticostata, as formerly
described by me. It seems possible, as will appear under the next
species, that the fleshy septum of the so-called Septibranchia may be
partly a modification of such an inwardly-directed lamina of the mantle
as in Huciroa lies below the visceral mass; and in Halicardia has free
edges; which in Huciroa is merely connective, but in Halicardia con-
tains an extension of the nephridia. What part in Verticordia the
siphonal septum plays remains to be decided by further researches,
but it also contributes more or less extensively to the total septum.
Geologically the Verticordiide are an ancient group, and the fossil
Pecchiolia would seem to be very nearly related to Huciroa. At all
events the latter, in its dorsal heart not pierced by the rectum, its single
aorta, and archaic type of gills, adds & very interesting member to the
small list of pelecypods of varying affinity, which retain in their organ-
ization indisputable traces of archaic origin.

In this connection I was led to examine the following species, also
dredged by the Albatross, but on the northeastern coast of the United
States, a specimen of which recently came into my possession. Owing
to its large size the characters of this mollusk are very plain and
unmistakable. Hoping to obtain some light on the vexed question of
the origin of the fleshy septum of Verticordia, I examined it with a
good deal of interest, and found, as will be seen, a type of septum
which seems wholly distinct from either of those hitherto described.
The species referred by its describer to Mytilimeria and by the writer
to Verticordia s. s., must evidently form the type of a new genus.

Genus HALICARDIA, Dall.

HALICARDIA FLEXUOSA, Verrill and Smith.
Plate xxi, figs. 1, 3,5,6; plate xxv, fig. 3.

Mytilimeria flecuosa, VERRILL and Situ, Trans. Conn. Acad., v., 567, pl. 58, fig.

38; Am. Journ. Sci., xx11, 1881, p. 302; Trans. Conn. Acad,, vi, 1884, p. 258.

Verticordia flexuosa, DALL, Blake Pelecypoda, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xu, p. 286,
Sept., 1886.

The specimen was dredged east of Georges Bank, in the Gulf of

Maine, in 677 fathoms, brown sand; bottom temperature, 39° F., by the °

698 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL, ia

U. S. Fish Commission in 1885. The shell measured 45 mm. wide and )
high by 39 mm. long. No. 50785, U.S.N.M. .

The shell is wide and angular, resembling a large Hemicardium, with —
a granular ashy-white or pale-brown granulose surface, showing faint )

traces of radiating ridges. The hinge is obsolete, an obscure swelling
represents the sublunular tooth in the right valve and a still feebler
one in the left valve. In Huciroa the left portion of the lunule is the
most prominent; in Halicardia the opposite is the case. The litho-
desma is an asymmetrical slender, solid, shelly arch, with the right limb
decidedly longer than the left one. The inner margin of the shell is
smooth, the valves are a very trifle unequal and shut closely.

To facilitate comparison the characters of the soft parts are given
in the same order as under Huciroa. |

The mantle, in its thickness and consistency, resembles that of —
EBuciroa. ts margin is thick and solid, and the inner ridge more dis- :

tinetly papillose than in Huciroa, but not conspicuously so. The lobes
of the mantle are first separated in front of the middle of the anterior
adductor and continue so, backward, about halfway to the siphon, |
thus leaving a shorter pedal opening than in Huciroa, The thickened —
mantle-edge frames the perisiphonal area, and its two sides are united
above and a little in front of the posterior adductor. In the lobes of —
the mantle behind the siphon there is nothing corresponding to the |
muscular areas of Huciroa. The siphons recall those of Poromya. The
excurrent siphon is small, short, surrounded by insignificant granular
papille irregularly distributed sparsely over the perisiphonal surface;
a single larger but still very, small papilla is visible in the median line
above the siphon, and distant half the diameter of the orifice. The |
edges of the siphon are thin and entire; between it and the ineurrent
siphon the surface of the perisiphonal area is finely granular and some-
what impressed. The branchial siphon is enormous, its longest diam-
eter externally about one-sixth the total circumference of the mantle,
It is surrounded by a single row of long, strong tentacular processes,
flattened on their inner faces, rounded and inflated outwardly, and
covered with a distinctly granular epithelium. There are fourteen on
each side, and one in the median line above, not differing from the rest. :
Externally these tentacles (as contracted in alcohol) are as long as one- —
fifth the greatest diameter of the whole siphon, and are of nearly equal
size and length. They are surrounded by a cingulum rising from the
perisiphonal area elevated and constricted; from within, the wall of
the siphon is seen to be formed by parallel cylindical prominences
which continue the tentacula forward to the base of the siphonal tube,
The siphonal valve is circular, broad, and with a thin edge finely
crenulated. The valve occupies the base of the siphon like a perfo-
rated diaphragm, and does not project inward. Above it the siphonal
septum is narrow, smooth, and a little produced forward in the median
line. There is no special set of muscular fibers inserted upon the valve

1804. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, 699

contractility of the thick and wide muscular mantle edge. The mantle,
owing to its thickness, affords abundant space for blood sinuses, but
they are less marked than in Hueciroa, The pericardium, proportion-
ally, is much smaller than in Huciroa, and the ventricle of the heart is
reduced to a small, rounded-triangular body, which is perforated by
the rectum, gives off an anterior aorta and two unequal lateral auricles,
either of which is as large or larger than the heart itself, and the right
auricle distinetly larger than the other, The position of the pericar-
dium with respect to the hinge is about the same in both genera,
Below and around it, occupying a very large part of the upper portion
of the visceral mass, is the ovary, easily discriminated from adjacent
structures by its deep purple color, Thisis due, not to the ovary itself,
apparently, but to the presence of the nephridium more or less closely
interramified with it. A section of the latter just behind the periear-
dium shows that ‘it occupies, not only nearly the whole space between
the dome of the mantle and the roof of the anal chamber, but extends
on each side downward, occupying the lateral walls as well as the roof,
and is then produced inward from the mantle as a thiek, longitudinally
plicate, and variously recurved lamina, forming equally partof the floor
of the anal chamber (into which its free edges project) and of the roof
of the peri-pedal or branchial chamber, It thus contributes to form
about half the septum between the two chambers, and, unless the
fleshy septum of the typical Verticordia proves on reexamination to be
of this character, we have here an example of an unexpected and
wholly new element contributing to the building up of that part of the
organization. Investigation shows that an analogous but less conspic-
uous instance may be found in some species of Lyonsiella,

Internally the nephridium is irregularly cavernous in its thicker parts,
traversed by multitudinous columnar fibers covered with a glandular
endothelium, Where the walls of the organ are close together as they
are laterally, and in the reeurved lamina, the fibers run almost direetly
from one wail to the other, In the thicker portion they pass radially
in every direction. The substance of the ovarian gland is whitish, and
from its surface project in various stages of protrusion and peduncula-
tion the growing ova, which are externally smooth and opaque, but in
the free ripe ova are covered with a thin, perfectly transparent layer.
The nephridia, or organs of Bojanus, carpet much of the peripheral
and part of the internal surface with a rich deep purple glandular
tissue, giving rise to multitudes of cireular, somewhat compressed, cal-
careous granules, which, by transmitted light, appear of a rich amber
color with a strongly marked nucleus. The ova are discharged in large
numbers into the anal chamber, where they lie immersed in a trans-
parent glairy mucus, which does not seem to be affected by water. Iwas
unable to tind any eggs which showed signs of segmentation, The walls
of the laminar portion of the nephridia are double, externally smooth,

700 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vot. xvu.

and show the marbled whitish and purple coloration of the interior.
The purple inatter tinges fresh water of a yellowish amber color.

The anterior portion of the foot resembles that of Huciroa, and it
shows a small byssal groove, from which an extremely slender byssal
thread or two proceeds, and was observed by Verrill. But behind the
byssal groove, on the median line of the visceral mass, is produced a
thin, compressed, fin-like body, which I propose to name the opistho-
podium, and which in life may be nearly flat vertically, but in aleohol
is so contracted as to cockle the distal margin, giving the organ a
peculiar aspect, entirely unlike that of any pelecypod foot I have ever
examined, and strikingly like a fin. Something analogous was described
by Owen in Pholadomya. The retractors of the foot are double on
each side for more than half their length. The attachment is behind
and somewhat separated from the anterior adductor in the case of the
protractors, while the retractor scar touches the ue angle of ‘the
posterior adductor.

On separating the mantle lobes and examining theroof of the peripedal
cavity we observe a large visceral cone of oblong section, at the anterior
lower extremity of which is the functional foot, while behind the latter
is the fin-like expansion I have already referred to. Closely embracing
the base of the pedo-visceral cone, and extending forward to the mantle
at the sides of the mouth, partly covered by the free edges of the palpi,
and backward to the siphonal septum, are the ctenidia. These are the
morphological equivalents of a single gill stem on each side, with lateral
expansions; on the one hand closely appressed to the side of the foot,
ou the other to the lower face of the longitudinally plicate inwardly
extended nephridial lamina. The stem containing the main venous
trunk is not perceptible froin below, except under magnification, when
a parting between the surface crenulations of each lateral portion is
visible, but very inconspicuous. The whole of the gill except the stem
is of extreme thinness, like a canopy of lace, and the portions on each
side of the stem are full and irregularly pendulous. There is no verti-
eal gill lamina, but the canopy, between its attached edges, bulges
downward in an irregular longitudinal prominence, as if not drawn suf-
ficiently taut. By careful scrutiny on the prominence corresponding
to the inner lamina avery slender longitudinal raphe may be detected,
probably corresponding to the morphologically lower edge of the inner
reflected lamina of the gillin normal ctenidia. On the outer promi-
nence curresponding to the outer lamina there is no raphe. The lower
or respiratory surface of the gill resembles in miniature that of the
so-called Turkish bath towel, the transverse lamellae being disposed
in rather regular zigzag, extremely minute, elevated bands, frequently
interrupted, but often continuous across the whole lamina. The edge
next the foot is defended by a narrow membranous margin, which is
firmly attached to the median line of the foot behind, but only closely
appressed elsewhere. The stem of each gill curves round behind the ©
foot about midway of the ctenidial surface, and the two are joined in

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 701

the median line, recurving to the point of attachment to the foot, thus
showing that the gill, if normal, would not be attached (as in so many
cases itis) to the siphonal septum, but to the foot. The structure of
the gill comprises large lateral branches, given out from the sides of
the stem at intervals (which grow smaller posteriorly); below these are
close-set smaller longitudinal tubes extending from one end to the other,
below which again is a reticulate surface of cellular epithelium, from
which are given out the very narrow, zigzag, transverse lamelle
already referred to, hardly projecting from the epithelial carpet. The
portions corresponding to the outer lamina of each gill are more bellied
downward than the inner lamina, but both are otherwise alike in
tenuity and structure, except for the presence of the raphe on the
inner one.

The oral palpi are thin, muscular, and smooth, except for wrinkles
radially directed toward the periphery from the mouth, but the surface
is not regularly striated. The palps are continuous in the median line
above and below and adnate to the surface of the mantle except at the
extreme edge above and partially to the front edge of the visceral mass
below. The absence of the regular channels on the gills and of stri-
ations on the palps leads to the inference that the ciliary action of
the gill surface plays a smaller part in the collection of food in this
form than in ordinary pelecypods. There is nothing corresponding to
the peculiar bifid lappet noted in Huciroa.

Serial stained sections of a part of this specimen, including the outer
limb and stem of the left ctenidium, the free, infoided lamina, and part
of the mantle lobe above and below the point from which the lamina
is given off inwardly, show that, in staining, the connective and
glandular tissue of the mantle and nephridium contract out of all pro-
portion to the denser tissues of the gill, foot, muscles, ete. The deli-
cate columnar fibers transverse to the lumen of the nephridium are
almost wholly lost, ruptured, or distorted out of recognition. By way
of compensation, however, the sections showed conclusively that the
free lamina, though connected with the outer edge of the gill, is abso-
lutely distinct from it organically, and is continuous with and an undi-
vided part of the tissues of the mantle lobe from which it springs.
The ramification of the nephridium, which extends between the walls
of the mantle and out into the lamina, does not extend ventrally
between the mantle walls below the point where the lamina arises.

The space below this point, between the walls of the mantle, is filled
with connective tissue. The nephridial concretions, which are abun-
dant in the recesses of the gland, are apparently of two sorts. One,
which was noticed before the sections were made, is translucent, pale,
or brownish and stains feebly. The other sort in the fresh animal has
amore purple color, is more deeply embedded in the glandular epithe-
lium, and, in the sections, stains black. The presence of free ova in

the cavities of the nephridium I am unable to account for, but is unde-

AS aL
a

702 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vou.xvu.

niable. None of them seems to have undergone segmentation. 'The
orifices of the genital glands are situated on the surface of the visceral
mass, close to but not coalescent with each other, a pair on each side
symmetrically above the opisthopodium. A large number of ova existed
in the suprabranchial chamber, embedded in a large mass of transpar-
ent jelly, the office of which may be surmised to be their retention in
the chamber during the ejection of water from the anal siphon. The
ovary is distributed rather superficially anterior to and outside of the
nephridial mass. The ova are spherical, covered with a transparent
layer of epithelium distinctly pedunculated at the point where it sepa-
rates from the ovary, but which is soon lost. The eggs are relatively
large and perfectly visible to the naked eye. In the specimen the
contents had been hardened and whitened by the alcohol, but showed
no indications of segmentation. The jelly-like mass in which they
were embedded after leaving the ovary was very posterior, gathered in
and over the folds of the mantle lamina, chiefly on each side of the
opening of the anal siphon, and not at all over the dorsal surface of the
gills. Some of the jelly was taken out and put in a receptacle full of
water, where strong currents of water directed upon it with a small
syringe failed to dislodge the ova. This explains how, in species which
incubate the eggs in the anal chamber, they may be retained there
when the water in the chamber is expelled, a matter which otherwise
would be something of a puzzle.

The differences between this genus and Huciroa and Verticordia are
sufficiently conspicuous. No doubt the relation is more close with
Lyonsiella. If the thick fleshy imperforate septum of Verticordia is in
any way homologous with the reflected nephridial lamina of Halicardia,
the relationship might be regarded as quite close. But the impres-
sion derived from the dissection of Verticordia acuticostata was that
the septum there is an extension of the siphonal septum. I have
endeavored without success hitherto to obtain another specimen of
Verticordia acuticostata for the purpose of making microtomie sections
which would probably settle the question. The most important result
of these comparisons at present is the light it throws on the muta-
bility of the breathing organs within relatively narrow systematic
limits. No one who has studied many of the recent and fossil Verti-
cordiide can doubt that the three genera above mentioned are related,
and descended from the same ancestral stock. Yet we find in one an
archaic lamellar gill, in the second, a fleshy septum and a degenerate
adnate gill, and in the third a gill which, morphologically, is homo-
logous with the gill of Anatinacea, but here is specialized in a way to ©
which no parallel is yet known, and with a septum partly made up of a .
reflected nephridial lamina. Is the result of the presentation of these ©
facts to be the creation of three alleged “orders,” or the recognition of ©
the mutability of an organ which never should have been used as a
sole basis for the higher systematic divisions? I believe the latter to

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF. THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 703

be the true answer, whatever the morphological equivalents of the
septum may prove to be in any given case. The proposed order “ Sep-
tibranchia” seems to me founded merely on extreme specialization of
organs which may be expected to vary almost infinitely and of which
the intermediate and connecting stages will probably be found fully
exemplified in the various genera of Anatinacea when exhaustively
investigated. Toward that desirable state of our knowledge the
preceding notes will contribute data of importance.

Genus LYONSIELLA, Sars,
LYONSIELLA ALASKANA, new species.
Plate xxv, fig. 2.

Shell thin, large for the genus, inequilateral, the anterior end shorter
and more vertical, the posterior end more rounded; covered witha pale,
yellow, silky epidermis considerably infolded around the margins of
the valves; sculpture of fine, distant, radiating, elevated threads about
half a millimeter apart near the margin; the interspaces crossed by
silky lines of growth which are occasionally emphasized as if at rest-
ing stages of growth; interior faintly pearly; hinge line edentulous,
with a large lithodesma shaped like a flattened shell of Vaginella, with
a deep sinus in the wider (posterior) end; beaks moderately prominent,
much incurved; lunule larger on the right valve, small, heart-shaped,
polished; a narrow polished strip on the posterior dorsal edge of the
valves may represent an escutcheon. Length of shell, 24; height, 24;
diameter, 16 mm.

Station 2859, in 1,569 fathoms green ooze, southwest from Sitka in the
Gulf of Alaska; bottom temperature, 34.9° F. No. 123500, U.S.N.M.

This species closely resembles externally LZ. radiata, Dall,* from the
Straits of Magellan, but is larger, with the anterior end more vertically
truncate, the posterior end and base more evenly rounded, and the beaks
more central and inflated.

For the purpose of comparison with Halicardia the soft parts of this
Species were examined. In a general way the arrangement of the parts
is not unlike that in L. papyracea, Smith, as figured in the Challenger
report (Anvtomy of mollusks, pl. U1, fig. 8). The anal siphon is short
and smooth edged, with a somewhat granular exterior; the branchial
Siphon is surrounded by a single row of large tentacular papillae, each
tentacle being subtriangular, with a projecting barb-like point at each
side near the base of insertion, the whole surface distinctly villous and
Slightly compressed in the same plane as the valves; there are ten of
these papille on each side, diminishing in size anteriorly, with a small
one in the median line in front; these and the anal siphon are sur-
rounded by an area of nearly bare membrane (which I call the perisi-
phonal area) extending to the mantle margin; behind the anal siphon

*Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x1, p. 276, pl. viul, fig. 7, 1889.

T04 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND LRACHIOPODS—DALL, Mace

on 1 this area are ‘three lar ge conical papille, the largest and uppermost
standing in the median line. The outer mantle margin is thin and-
smooth edged, covered in the natural state by a wide infold of the
epidermis. The secreting margin of the mantle is thickened with a
single row of conical short papille just within the edge; behind about
every fifth, and in front about every eighth papilla ts distinctly largerthan
the average, and a little more set back from the edge. The pedal open-
ing is short and anterior. The foot, as in the L. papyracea, is relatively
large, glandiform, and byssiferous. The inner opening of the branchial
siphon is furnished with a circular smooth membranous valve. The
mouth is very large and funicular, the opening radiately striate; the
anterior palpi are indistinguishably merged with the membrane above
them, and their outlines can not be traced; the posterior pair are adnate,
short, wide, and apron-like, not separated by a median sinus below.
From under them start the gills, which are attached by their outer
margius to an infolded nephridial lamina, as in Halicardia; their inner
margins are bordered by a rather wide smooth membrane, with erenu-
lated edge, which appears to be attached in each case to that of the oppo-
site gill behind the foot, but the attachment is so delicate as to rupture
at the slightest strain, so that it leaves a doubt as to whether the j june-
tion all along the line is complete or not. Above the opposite border
is a narrow recurved free membrane corresponding to the ascending
limb of an ordinary gill, but which has no lamella, and is perfectly
smooth. The main arterial stem of each gill extends to the siphonal
septum to which both are anchored, not, as in Halicardia, being recurved
to join each other midway between the keel of the foot and the siphonal
septum. The inner edges of the gills at their commissure behind the
foot are united firmly to the foot as in Halicardia. The heart is small,
with insignificant auricles, and the ventricle is pierced by the rectum,
which is large. The ovary, as in Halicardia, is enormous, of a yellowish
color, crammed with ova, which are discharged in a glairy mucus which
accumulates in the anal chamber. The structure of the gills recall
that of Halicardia, but they are thicker, with fewer and more project-
ing lamell, more or less zigzag in their course. Above it is seen tha
the longitudinal elements of the reticulum predominate over the trans-
verse branches, the contrary being the case in Halicardia. The infolded
lamina of the mantle in this species is longitudinally folded, and has
free edge, and subcylindric posterior free end almost exactly as in Hali-
cardia. All parts of it are irregularly cavernous and filled with lobes
of the ovarian gland bearing ova in all stages, which appear to be dis
charged into the anal chamber by a passage opening near the media
line on each side of the visceral mass behind close to the nephridia
orifice.

In Pelseneer’s account of the various species of Lyonsiella, describe
in the Challenger report, no such free lamina of the mantle is described
and the gills are represented distinctly, both in text and figures, a

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. T0O5

attached to the mantle in the ordinary way. It is hardly credible that
he could have overlooked so prominent a feature, but there is nothing
resembling it described by him. He figures an oval glandular spot on
the mantle, of which he says, “There is on the mantle a glandular
swelling comparable in its position to the hypobranchial gland of gas-
tropods.” But this statement in no way expresses the condition or
relation of the parts in the present species, or in Halicardia, and hence
we must suppose, if reliance is to be placed on Pelseneer’s account, that
the species he examined differs from LZ. alaskana and Halicardia in
wanting the free lamina to which in these species the outer edges of
the gills are attached, and in having the gills attached directly to the
mantle.

The lithodesma of the very young Halicardiais shown by a specimen in
the National Museum to be shaped like that of L.alaskana and L. papyra-
cea, but in the adult Halicardia it has assumed a totally different torm.
The character of the branchial siphon, pedal opening, lithodesma, and
details of the shellare sufficientto separate Halicardia from the Lyonsiella
of the type of L. alaskana and, if we accept Pelseneer’s account, the
latter can not be united with L. abyssicola, Sars, which is the type of the
genus Lyonsiella, but mustbe separated to form a separate group, which
might be placed as a subgenus under Halicardia. But I must confess
to doubts as to Pelseneer’s accuracy, in this particular,* sufficiently
strong to make me feel it inadvisable (until his account is confirmed by
new evidence) to name and separate the species allied to L. alaskana.
In case they prove to agree with L. abyssicola, Halicardia will have to
take its place as a subgenus under Lyonsiella as the older name.

Genus PECTUNCULUS, Lamarck.
PECTUNCULUS ARCODENTIENS, new species.

Plate xxvVI, fig. 6.

Shell small, rather inflated, thin, high, and sculptured with about six-
teen rounded, prominent ribs, with very narrow interspaces crossed by
fine elevated threads; area small, wide, subtriangular; hinge line nar-
row, evenly arched with about eight teeth on each side of the beaks;
basal margin narrow, indented by the sculpture, with obscure interlock-
ing dentations on the inner face opposite the interspaces between the
ribs; adductor scars distinct, on a slight raised area extending into the
umbonal cavity. Height of shell, 21.5; breadth, 20; diameter, 13 mm.

Station 3472, in 295 fathoms. No. 107014, U.S.N.M.

Although the single valve obtained is dead and has lostits color, and
the surface is somewhat eroded, yet its characters will not permit us to
reter it to any described species. None of the coarsely ribbed species
combine transverse reticulation with so thin and rounded a shell, and
it is quite peculiar in the evenly-rounded arch of its hinge plate.

* Pelseneer has since admitted the incorrectness of his first account of the attach-
‘ments of the gill in Lyonsiella. Compare Arch. de Biol. xi, 1891, p. 215, foot note 5.
Proc. N. M. 94 45

706 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vow.xvu.

The species nearest allied to this is probably P. gealet Angas, from
Australia, but it has more numerous ribs and differs otherwise.

This concludes the series of Hawaiian mollusks, the following species
being chiefly from the northwest coast, especially from the great plateau
of Bering Sea, which is remarkable for having, at comparatively mod-
erate depths, a fauna which seems entirely distinct from that of the
shores, and yet is not an abyssal fauna, properly speaking. Members
of this fauna, as will be observed in the notes on distribution, often
reach a remarkable distance to the southward in water of the tempera-
ture normal to them, and, in fact, there are one or two species which
may prove to extend from Bering Sea to Cape Horn when sufficiently
full explorations are completed.

NORTHWEST AMERICAN SPECIES.

These were mostly described in the Proceedings of the United States
National Museum, XIv, pp. 186-190, July, 1891, and are now figured
with a few additional notes. Some errors in the details of habitat as
given in the original are here corrected, and a few new species are
added to the list.

Genus BUCCINUM, Linneus.

BUCCINUM STRIGILLATUM, Dall.
Plate xxvul, fig. 9.

Bactinnrn strigillatum, DALL, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xiv, 1891, p. 186.

Station 3076, off Tahwit Head, State of Washington, in 178 fathoms;
temperature at bottom, 43.4° F.; and south to station 3170, off Bodega
Head, California, in 167 fathoms, muddy bottom. No. 122550, U.S.N.M.
Other specimens were dredged off Guadelupe Island, Lower California.

BUCCINUM ALEUTICUM, new species.

Plate xxvii, fig. 7.

Station 3219, south of Unimak Island, Aleutians, in 59 fathoms,
sand; bottom temperature, 38° F. No. 122591, U.S.N.M.

Shell thin, six whorled, covered by a thin sparsely pilose, dehiscent
epidermis; of a livid pinkish color with a white pillar and margin to
the outer lip and a dark chestnut nucleus; sculpture of extremely fine,
regular, close-set grooves, with equal or wider interspaces, regularly
spaced on the last, but tending to pair on the earlier whorls; spire
short, rather pointed; whorls full; suture deep, but not channeled;

aperture moderate; pillar with a white callous ridge incurved upon it;

siphonal fasciole distinct, bounded by a groove behind; outer lip
slightly thickened, hardly reflected; throat livid brown; operculum
small, subcircular with a subcentral nucleus and fan-shaped scar of
attachment. Length of shell, 35; maximum diameter, 21 mm.

The very fine, even striation recalls that of B. tenwe Gray, dut the
form is more like B. cyanewm.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 707

BUCCINUM OVULUM, new species.
Plate xxx, fig. 6.

Station 3491, near Amukhta Pass, Aleutians, in 248 fathoms, sand.
No. 106997, U.S.N.M.

Shell small, thin, of about four and a half or five whorls; surface
smooth, or with faint irregular spiral threads mostly obsolete; covered
with a vernicose adherent olive-green epidermis; substance of the shell
livid pinkish purple, with a white margin to the pillar and aperture;
last whorl much the largest; suture deep but not channeled; nucleus
eroded in all the specimens; pillar nearly straight, thin, with a deep,
very short, hardly recurved canal; body sometimes with a thin wash of
yellowish callus; operculum small, nearly circular, the nucleus subcen-
tral, surface of attachment fanshaped, reflected by a depression in the
concave outer surface. Length of shell, 25; maximum diameter, 20 mm.

This interesting and elegant species recalls Volutharpa, but seems
more nearly related to the preceding species.

Subgenus SuLcosinus, Dall.

Shell thin, with a deeply channeled suture, strongly reflected lip, and
thick parietal callous deposit. Type Buccinum taphrium, Dall.

BUCCINUM (SULCOSINUS) TAPHRIUM, Dall,
Plate xxIx, fig. 6,

Buccinum taphrium, Dau, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., xiv, 1891, p. 186.

Station 3330, in Bering Sea north of Unalaska, in 351 fathoms,
muddy bottom; temperature 37.89 F. No. 122548, U.S.N.M. |

In the absence of the operculum and soft parts this remarkable shell
can be only provisionally classified. It appears buccinoid, but differs
from all true Buccinum by its channeled suture and prominent body
callus. It may prove to be a wholly distinct genus, but for the present
it seems best to refer it to Buccinum as a subgenus. Only a single
specimen is known.

Genus CHRYSODOMUS, Swainson.
CHRYSODOMUS INSULARIS, new species.
Plate xxIx, fig. 3.

Station 3489, in Bering Sea near the Pribilof Islands, in 184 fathoms,
muddy bottom; temperature 38.5° F. No. 107000, U.S.N.M.

Shell large, solid, rather thin, with about six whorls exclusive
of the (decollate) nucleus; whorls full, rounded, slightly excavated in
front of the appressed suture; sculpture of, on the last whorl, three
sizes of flattish rounded threads, alternating regularly in size, but
on the upper whorls of only two alternated sizes separated only by
Shallow grooves; transverse sculpture of moderately prominent incre-
mental lines; aperture ample, the pillar lip blotched with livid pink

é.

‘i i

708 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vou. xvi. ~

and white, the pillar twisted, with a solid white inner edge and strong
siphonal fasciole; canal moderate, slightly recurved; outer lip slightly
crenulated by the sculpture, sharp, very slightly expanded; throat
smooth, pinkish; epidermis very thin and translucent, closely adherent
to the surface; operculum normal, light brown. Length of shell
(decollate), 100; of last whorl, 80; maximum diameter, 56 mm.

This fine shell belongs to the typical group like C. fornicatus and
Cliratus, but by its compact, even, and uniformly constant sculpture
and details of form, seems sufficiently distinct. No male specimens
were obtained, but the characters observed in the soft parts were
normal.

CHRYSODOMUS PERISCELIDUS, Dall.
Plate xxv, fig. 6.
Chrysodomus periscelidus, DALL, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., x1v, 1891, p. 187.

Station 2842, off the coast of Akutan Island, Aleutians, in the Pacifie,
in 72 fathoms pebbly bottom; temperature 41° F. No. 122643, U.S.
N.M.

CHRYSODOMUS PHCENICEUS, Dall.
Plate xx1x, fig. 1.

Chrysodomus pheniceus, DALL, op. cit., p. 187, 1891.
Station 2862, off the British Columbian coast, in latitude 50° 49/
north, in 238 fathoms, sand; bottom temperature, 44.7° F. No. 122657,

U.S.N.M.
CHRYSODOMUS ITHIUS, Dall.

Plate XxIXx, fig. 4.

Chrysodomus ithius, DALL, op. cit., p. 188, 1891.
Station 3202, off Santa Cruz, Cal., in 382 fathoms, mud; tempera- —
ture 41.19 F. No. 122649, U.S.N.M.

CHRYSODOMUS (SIPHO) HYPOLISPUS, Dall.
Plate xxvil, fig. 1.

Station 3254, in Bering Sea, north of Unimak Island, Aleutians, in
46 fathoms, mud; bottom temperature 36.29 F. No. 122606, U.S.N.M.

CHRYSODOMUS (SIPHO) ACOSMIUS, Dall.

Chrysodomus (Sipho) hypolispus, DALL, op. cit., p. 188, 1891. |
:

Plate xxvu, fig. 3.

Chrysodomus (Sipho) acosmius, DALL, op. cit., p. 188, 1891.
Station 3329, in Bering Sea north of Unalaska, Aleutians, in 399
fathoms, sand; bottom temperature 37.7° F. No, 122635, U.S.N.M.

CHRYSODOMUS (SIPHO) HALIBRECTUS, Dall.
Plate xxix, fig. 9.
Chrysodomus (Sipho) halibrectus, DALL., op. cit., p. 188, 1891.
Station 3330, in Bering Sea, north of the island of Akutan, in 351
fathoms, muddy bottom; temperature 37.8° F. No. 122603, U.S.N.M.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 709

Subgenus ANCISTROLEPIS, Dall.

Shell buecinoid, with a short twisted canal; operculuin straight, claw-
shaped, concave, with apical nucleus; penis on a stout stalk with the
distal extremity enlarged, foot-shaped, solid, without curved or atten-
uated point; dentition like Chrysodomus; laterals with a larger outer
and two smaller inner curved cusps; median with three rather long,
slender, subequal cusps, the anterior edge of the base concavely sinu-
ate; the radula disproportionately small. Type Chrysodomus eucosmius,
Dall.

This group differs from Chrysodomus in its shorter canal, peculiar
operculum, and degenerate radula; from Liomesus and Beringius in its
cuspidate rhachidian tooth and narrow claw-like operculum. It seems a
characteristic Aleutian type.

CHRYSODOMUS (ANCISTROLEPIS) EUCOSMIUS, Dall.
Plate xxix, fig. 7.

Chrysodomus eucosmius, DALL., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., xXIv, p. 187, 1891.

Station 2919, near Cortes Bank, California, in 984 fathoms, mud;
bottom temperature 38° F.; stations 3227 and 3502 north of Unalaska
in Bering Sea, in 225 and 365 fathoms, muddy bottom; temperature
38.6° F., and in several other localities on the Alaskan coast, in 60 to
350 fathoms, and off the coast of Oregon and California; south to
station 2923, off San Diego, Cal., in 822 fathoms. No. 122670, U.S.N.M.

The figured type is only 33 mm. in length, but specimens less well
preserved reach over 50 mm. The area by which the operculum is
attached to the body, asin Strombus, is quite small and the point of
the operculum stands off from the body.

CHRYSODOMUS (ANCISTROLEPIS) MAGNUS, new species.
Plate xx1x, fig. 5.

Station 3254, in Bering Sea north of Unimak, in 46 fathoms, sand;
and station 3255, near by, in 43 fathoms, sand; bottom temperature
37° F. Nos. 122674 and 122675, U.S.N.M. Also near the Pribilof
Islands, in 59 fathoms; temperature 35° F.

Shell rather thin, with six whorls, covered by a thick pilose epidermis;
whorls flattened or channeled near the suture and with a single strong
keel at the shoulder, the surface covered with fine spiral threads
crossed by rather prominent lines of growth; pillar short, normally
much twisted and the coil pervious for one whorl, but some specimens
attacked by annelids have it nearly buecinoid; aperture ample, the
body with more or less callus laid over it, the outer lip not reflected;
siphonal fasciole rather indistinct; operculum solid, black, rather short,
concaye, its outline like that of a half-shut fan. Height of shell, 75;
maximum diameter, 50; length of aperture, 47 mm. Another specimen is
90 mm. in total length.

710 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPUDS—DALL,. vou. xvu.

The substantial accordance of a second species in those characters
which seemed to differentiate the first from Chrysodomus proper, decided
me to institute the subgenus for them. The nucleus is more or less
worn in all the specimens, but seems to be globular, regular yet swollen,
and flattened at the summit.

STROMBELLA MELONIS, Dall.
Plate xxvill, figs. 2, 3.

Strombella melonis, DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xIv, p. 187, 1891.

Station 3227, in Bering Sea north of Unalaska, in 225 fathoms,
mud; bottom temperature 33.69 F. No. 122714, U.S.N.M. Also in 46
fathoms.

For those who reject the name Strombella the species here referred
to it will, of course, be placed in the genus Volutopsius, Morch.

STROMBELLA FRAGILIS, Dall.
Plate xxvill, fig. 4.
Strombella fragilis, DALL, op. cit., p. 187, 1891.

Station 3252, in Bering Sea north of the Aleutians, in 294 fathoms,
muddy bottom; temperature 44.8° F. No. 122710, U.S.N.M.

This species has since been received from stations 3251, 3253, 3254,
and 3300, all in the eastern part of Bering Sea, in 15 to 50 fathoms,
muddy bottom. It is very variable in its irregularities of plication
and contour, but preserves a tolerably constant general aspect.

STROMBELLA MIDDENDORFFII, Dall.
Plate xxvill, fig. 1.
Strombella middendorffii, DALL, op. cit. p. 186, 1891.

Station 3253, in Bering Sea north of the eastern Aleutians, in 36
fathoms near the Pribilof Islands; bottom temperature 35° F.; also
on the south side of the Aleutians in the Pacifie south of Unimak
Island, in 61 fathoms, sand. No. 122709, U.S.N.M. This species is
probably that which Middendorff referred to under the name of Trito-
nium norvegicum, to which the present shell bears a superficial
resemblance.

Genus BERINGIUS, Dall.

Beringius, DAL, Sci. Res. Expl. Alaska, 1879, pl. m1, legend. Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus. 1886, p. 304.

Jumala, FRIELE, Norwegian N. Atl. Exp. 1, p. 6, 1882 (Type J. Turtoni Bean);
Ann. N. Hist., Nov. 1893, p. 352, olim.

Ukko, FRIELE, in Norman, Ann. N. Hist., ser. 6, x11, p. 352, Nov. 1893.

The name Leringius was used by me in 1879 for the Strombella with
edentulous rhachidian tooth, my type being Chrysodomus crebricostatus,
Dall (1877). It was not defined until 1886, while in 1882 Friele applied
and properly defined his name Jumala. In 1893, finding that Jumala
is the word used by the Christian Lapps to designate the Deity, at Dr.

wail

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 711

Norman’s suggestion the name was withdrawn and Ukko proposed in its
place. But, as 1 fully defined my genus Beringius in 1886, if Jumala
for any reason fails, Beringius is prior to any subsequent name, and I
therefore adopt it. It seems that when Herr Friele used the name
Jumala he was under the impression that it was applied solely to one
of their ancient pagan deities by the Lapps.

The following species probably belong to the genus Beringius, but I
have not yet been able to examine the dentition.

BERINGIUS FRIELEI, new species.
Plate xxv, fig. 8.

Station 3497, in Bering Sea near the Pribilof Islands, in 86 fathoms;
temperature 38.7° F. No. 106988, U.S.N.M.

Shell resembling 6. Turtoni in size, but with a more regularly tapered
spire and deeper suture; the epidermis of a redder brown and not
polished; very adherent; the sculpture is of close-set pairs of flattened
spiral threads, each pair separated by a sharp channeled groove, as
wide as a thread, from the next pair, and a very narrow but sharp groove
between the two threads composing the pair; transverse sculpture
only of fine incremental lines; nucleus lost; aperture snow white
within; not lirate, though the external sculpture is reflected slightly
close to the edge of the outer lip, which is slightly expanded; canal
very Short and wide; whorls six and one-half without the nucleus; oper-
culum normal, very large, closing the aperture. Length of shell, 124;
whorl, 80; maximum diameter, 55 mm.

This splendid shell differs trom Tritonium schantaricum, Middendorft
in being larger, in its paired sculpture and nonlirate throat. I suspect
T. schantaricum belongs rather to the group of Sipho spitzbergensis than
to Beringius. It is named in honor of Mr. Herman Friele, of Bergen,
Norway.

BERINGIUS ALEUTICUS, new species.
Plate xxIx, fig. 2.

Station 3481, near Amukhta Pass, Aleutian Islands, in 248 fathoms,
sandy bottom. No. 106999, U.S.N.M.

Shell of about five whorls (the nucleus is lost), solid, heavy, smooth,
except for faint incremental lines and occasional obscure spiral streaks;
whorls rounded, covered with a yellow-brown epidermis above the
suture; the part anterior to the sutural line on the last whor! is marked
by paler, opaque straw color; suture deep, not channeled; the pillar
heavy, white, short; the siphonal fasciole, if any, removed by erosion;
canal hardly differentiated from the aperture; pillar lip white, callous;
outer lips smooth, simple, slightly expanded; length of (decollate) shell,
65; of last whorl,48; maximum diameter, 36mm. The operculum rather
narrow, normal, and yellowish amber color.

712 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vou. xvi.

This splendid species may prove not to be a Beringius, but I have not
had an opportunity to examine the dentition, and it seems concholog-
ically more like that genus than like Sipho.

MOHNIA FRIELEI, Dall.
Plate xxIx, fig. 8.

Mohnia Frielei, DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xiv, p. 186, 1891.

Station 2860, in the North Pacific off Queen Charlotte Sound, British
Columbia, in 876 fathoms, green mud; bottom temperature 36.5° F,
No. 122656, U.S.N.M.

This is the second species of Friele’s interesting genus.

TROPHON (BOREOTROPHON) DISPARILIS, Dall.
Plate xxvi, fig. 4.
Trophon (Boreotrophon) disparilis, DALL, op. cit., p. 189, 1891.

Station 3048, in the Pacific off Gray’s Harbor, Washington, in 52
fathoms; bottom temperature 41° F. No, 122559, U.S.N.M. .

This species has also been dredged in the Aleutian region; off
San Diego, Cal.; at station 3431, in the Gulf of California off Mazatlan,
in 995 fathoms, mud, bottom temperature 37° F.; and station 3392, in
the Gulf of Panama, in 1,270 fathoms, hard bottom, temperature 36.4°
F. (Nos. 123021-2, U.S.N.M.) This very remarkable range of distri-
bution is explained by the temperature and the absence of any marked
ridges in the sea bottom which might serve as barriers to southward
migration. I seenoreason why it might not be found all the way south
to Cape Horn in water of the proper temperature.

TROPHON (BOREOTROPHON) SCITULUS, Dall. —
Plate xxvii. fig. 5.
Trophon (Boreotrophon) scitulus, DALL, op. cit., p. 188, 1891.

Station 3227, in Bering Sea north of the eastern Aleutians, in 225
fathoms, green mud; bottom temperature 38.69 F. No. 122557, U.S.
N.M.

PUNCTURELLA MAJOR, Dall.

Plate xxvI, fig. 4.
Puncturella (galeata, GOULD, var. ?) major, DALL, op. cit., p. 189, 1891.

Station 3262, in Bering Sea north of Akutan Island, in 43 fathoms,
sand; temperature 41° F. No. 122543, U.S.N.M.

SOLEMYA JOHNSONI, Dall.
Plate xxv, fig. 1.
Solemya Johnsoni, DALL, op. cit., p. 189, 1891.

Stations 3399, on the coast of Ecuador, in 1,740 fathoms; 2799, 3360,
3381, and 3382, in the Gulf of Panama, in 1,672-1,793 fathoms; 3010 and
3434, in the Gulf of California, in 1,000-1,588 fathoms, the temperature.
in all cases ranging between 35.8° and 36.4° F, No. 106886, U.S.N.M.

1394. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 713

This species has since been dredged in the deep water of the Pacifie
as far north as the Straits of Fuca. It is named in honor of Prof. O.
B. Johnson, of Washington University, Seattle, Wash.

CRYPTODON BISECTUS, Dall.
Plate XXvVi, figs. 2,5.

Cryptodon bisectus, DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xiv, p. 189, 1891.

Venus bisecta, CONRAD, Geol. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 724, pl. 17, fig. 10, 1850.
Thyatira? bisecta, MEEK, S. T. checklist Mio. fos., p. 8, 1864.

Conchocele disjuncta, GABB, Pal. Cal. 11, p. 27, pl. 7, fig. 48, 1869.

Station 2855, in the Pacific off the south coast of Aliaska Penin-
sula, in 69 fathoms, mud; temperature 44° F; also in Puget Sound
in deep water, Prof. O. B. Johnson; and in the Miocene and Pliocene
beds of Oregon and California. No. 122556, U.S.N.M.

CALYPTOGENA PACIFICA, Dall.
Plate xxv, figs. 4, 5.
Calyptogena pacifica, DALL, op. cit., p. 190, 1891.
Station 3077, in Clarence Strait, Alaska, in 322 fathoms, mud;

bottom temperature 42.49 F, 122549, U.S.N.M.
This shell is also found in the Tertiaries of California.

LIMOPSIS VAGINATUS, Dall.
Plate xxv, figs. 3, 6, 7.
Timopsis vaginatus, DALL, op. cit., p. 190, 1891.

Station 3330, in Bering Sea north of the eastern Aleutians, in 351
fathoms, sand; temperature 38.2° F. Also in the Pacific south of Uni-
mak Island, in 1865, at a depth of 80 fathoms, by W. H. Dall. No.
122547, U.S.N.M.

A rather eroded valve retaining the epidermis of this extraordinary
shell was obtained with a sounding cup by me in Alaska about thirty
years ago. The hinge being destroyed, I felt so much doubt as to its
true character that it was left undescribed, and only when the fresh
specimens of the Albatross were obtained was it possible to identify the
earlier find.

Class BRACHIOPODA.

_ With the species obtained at the Hawaiian Islands I have included
a few dredged by the Albatross elsewhere in the Pacific to avoid scat-
tering data on this very interesting group.
Family RHYNCUONELLIDA.
Genus FRIELETA, Dall.

Shell resembling Hemithyris, Orbigny, from which it is distinguished
by having the inner upper margins of the crura extended toward each

714 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vou. xvit

other and united to the upper edge of a rather prominent median sep-
tum, forming a spondylium, and in having the brachia consisting of a
much smaller number of coils. Type Frieleia halli, Dall.

FRIELEIA HALLI, new species.
Plate xxIv, figs. 6, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13.

Shell of moderate size, thin, translucent, yellowish gray, dorso-
ventrally somewhat compressed, slightly impressed in the median
line below, but the basal margin hardly, if at all, flexuous; surface
smooth, polished, except for faint, irregular radial markings and deli-
cate incremental lines, occasionally modified by accidents of growth;
pedicle valve pointed above, rounded at the lower corners, with a
sharp, short beak slightly recurved, below which is a nearly circular
peduncular orifice, bounded below by two well-marked subtriangular
deltidial plates, which do not quite meet in the median line; cardinal
margin below them evenly arched and passing without an angle
into the lateral margins of the valve, which for some distance are
almost straight; the margins then round evenly into the base, which in
many specimens is nearly straight, in others slightly excavated
mesially; the whole of the margins are nearly in one vertical plane;
teeth much as in Hemithyris psittacea, short, stout, projecting at
right angles to the plane of the valve margins, and slightly recurved,
below supported by slender buttresses, which rise from the valve and
extend upward into the cavity of the beak, leaving narrow recesses
between the buttress and the side of the valve; in the interior of the
beak there is no mesial septum, and the thinness and translucency of
the polished valve are such that hardly any trace of muscular impres-
sions is left on the shell; these impressions, if visible, would extend
only three-fourteenths of the distance from the cardinal margin toward
the base of the valve, while in H. psittacea the proportion is about
eight twenty-firsts; the interior of the valve under moderate magnifica-
tion shows with great clearness the reticulated outlines of the prisms
of shelly matter forming the internal layer of the shell, but there are
no other internal markings; brachial valve hardly less inflated than
the other, roundly pointed above, with a well-defined, slender, sharp-
edged medial septum extending six-fifteenths of the distance from the
cardinal apex toward the base; teeth long, diverging at an angle of
about 120°, obliquely transversely striated, the sockets behind them
deep, internally transversely grooved; lamella supporting the teeth
deep seated, extending obliquely from the sides of the valve; crura
starting from the cardinal margin at the inner ends of the teeth,
extending in a straight line obliquely downward and forward, united
to the teeth for about half the whole length by an excavated lamina;
the free ends of the crura slightly wedge shaped, parallel sided, and
abruptly truncate at the ends. From the upper part of the inner edges
of the crura on each side an excavated lamina is given off, which

_—

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 715

reaches the median line above the septum, to which and to each other
the laminz are solidly attached, forming a narrow spondylium. The
front edge of the spondylium is indented mesially and there is an
impressed mesial line extending upward, on each side of which, in old
specimens, the laminze are made prominent by a callous deposit.
Behind the spondylium the attached surface of the septum is widened,
so as to support part of each lamina as well as their line of junction.
On either side of the septum, between it and the supporting dental
lamina, a pointed recess extends below the spondylium toward the
cardinal margin. The surface of this valve, like that of the other, is too
polished to retain much of the muscular impressions. The muscles,
however, are inserted on each side of the septum and above its lower
end, much as in H. psittacea. An average specimen measures 17 mm.
high, 16 mm. wide, and about 10 mm. in antero-posterior diameter.

Stations 2871, 2919, 2923, and 2929, in 559, 984, 822, and 623 fathoms,
from latitude 47°, off Grays Harbor, Washington, to the Pacific Ocean
off San Diego, Cal., on a bottom of fine mud and sand, attached to
' dead Hchinus spines. Bottom temperature 38° to 39°F. No. 125148,
U.S.N.M.

The species is named in honor of Prof. James Hall, State geologist
of New York, whose contributions to our knowledge of the brachiopoda
are second in importance only to those of the late Thomas Davidson.
The name which I have adopted for the genus is given in honor of
Herman Friele, esq., of Bergen, Norway, to whom we owe the proof
of the remarkable features which characterize the development of the
long-looped Terebratuloids.

The anatomy of Frieleia when compared with that of Hemithyris
presents few essential points of difference. The brachia are very deli-
cate and make only about four turns. The base upon which they are
inserted is circular, forming, when dilated, a cylindrical tube. Thecirrhi
alternate, as in Hemithyris. The number of coils is about four, which
is very much fewer than in H. psittacea. The attachments of the mus-
cles are relatively much the same in the two groups, but in Frieleia the
muscles are smaller and their points of insertion on the body of the
valve rather posterior, none exceeding the limit indicated by the point
of the septum. The ovaries recall those of H. psittacea, but are less
extensive. They are of a yellowish-white color. The nephridia are
four in number, situated essentially as in Hemithyris, but more delicate,
smaller, and paler than in H. psittacea. The end of the intestine forms
a small bulb, slightly inclined to one side, but not as lax or as large as
in H. psittacea. The blood sinuses are quite narrow, but in general dis-
tributed much as in the last-mentioned form. The mantle edge is very
thin, very sparsely farnished with short sete, which appear perfectly
smooth, transparent, and very sharply pointed, but under a high power
Show regular transverse markings. The peduncle is short and of a
brownish color. There were several of the specimens dredged alive

716 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL, vou.xvm.

which had closed their valves on the tips of the brachia, confirming

the observations of Morse that these organs may be protruded beyond

the valves. Fischer reports the same fact with regard to Hemithyris
cornea, dredged off the African coast by the Talisman.

The differences which separate this group from Hemithyris are suffi-

ciently obvious, though perhaps they would have been regarded for-
merly as of not more than subgeneric rank. When the closeness with
which the lines have been drawn among the fossil genera are consid.
ered, the relative rank of this one seems fully generic. The nearest
relative of Frieleia among fossil Rhynchonellide is probably to be found
in the genera Camarotechia and Leiorhynchus, Hall, a plicated group
of forms which flourished in the middle and later Devonian and early
Carboniferous periods. In the former the crural lamine, separate in
the young state, are united by the deposit of callus on a cup-hke expan-
sion of the medial septum in the old individuals. In the very young
Frieleia the crura lie on the summit of an arch of which one limb joins
the side of the valve and the other unites with the keel of the septum,
leaving a triangular surface of which the apex is on the septum, the
base formed by the cardinal margin and the sides by the inner limbs

of the two arches. As the shell grows this condition is modified, so

that the anterior edge of the incipient spondylium is free from the sep-
tum and overhangs it. In well-developed full-grown specimens the
suture of the spondylium is entirely coalescent and the separation
indicated only by the notch in the front edge and the groove on the
upper surface. In young or imperfectly developed adolescent speci-
mens the notch may be, and frequently is, deeper; but in none, young
or old, does the connection with the septum fail or is the suture fully
open to the cardinal border. The thickening due to age sometimes
almost develops a cardinal process on the apex of the brachial valve.
As inall articulate brachiopods, the comparative elongation and infla-
tion, or widening and compression, varies with different individuals.
One specimen has the peduncular foramen completely closed in the
median line below. Another, owing to some accident in youth, has a
deep mesial groove in both valves from about the middle of the shell,
giving the specimen almost the look of a Bilobites. Another has
repaired the damage done by an extensive fracture with a sheet of
shell substance, which shows that the secretion of shelly matter is not
confined to peripheral parts of the mantle. The prismatic structure of
the new shell deposit is similar in all respects to that of the old. Many
of the shells are bored by an agency which produces results like the
borings of Cliona. The shells are very free from sessile organisms,
only a few Polyzoa or arenaceous foraminifera being observed. A few
dead valves were noticed which seemed to have been pierced in the
visceral region by some carnivorous gastropod, a misfortune from which
brachiopods as a rule are remarkably free.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. TLT

Genus HEMITHYRIS, Orbigny.
HEMITHYRIS BEECHERI, new species.
Plate xxxI, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.

Shell nearly white, smooth, marked only by faint lines of growth,
much inflated, wide, short, with a very deep wide median sinus in the
front margin of the brachial valve and a corresponding projection of
the pedicle valve; brachial valve with a much incurved apex and no
median septum, though in an old specimen the deposit of shelly matter
between the muscular impressions may give rise to an obscure promi-
nence simulating a septum; teeth strong, the sockets long, deep, deeply
transversely grooved, crural plates excavated, divided to the apex in
the medial line; heightof brachial valve, 15.5 to 16; width, 16.5 to 19 mm.
The depth of this valve is about 12 mm.

Station 3473, in 313 fathoms off Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands. No.
107009, U.S.N.M.

Although only three brachial valves and some fragments of this
species were collected, from which the slender crural processes were
broken, there is no doubt that the material represents a new species.
The only species with which it need be compared is H. lucida, Gould,
which is a relatively much narrower, more compressed, and less flexuous
shell of a very much smaller size. It is Japanese in habitat, as far as
yet known, and is peculiar in having, normally, the foramen completely
closed below by deltidial plates. Judging bythe lines of growth, which
agree on all the specimens, the proportional width of H. Beecheri is
quite as great in the young as in the adult, but the young of the size
of adult H. lucida would exhibit no mesial flexure worth mentioning.

The species is named in honor of Prof. Charles E. Beecher, of Yale
University, whose contributions to our knowledge of brachiopoda are

well known.
HEMITHYRIS CRANEANA, new species.

Plate xxxI, figs. 5, 6.

Shell small, translucent gray, very thin, with a flexuous anterior
margin and almost smooth surface; lines of growth faintly indicated
and by close inspection with a lens occasional irregular, radiating, very
slightly elevated markings (such as occur more or less on all shells
usually called smooth) may be discerned on the polished surface; pedicle
valve pointed above, with the sides slightly rounded and the basal
margin slightly concave; this valve is rather more inflated than the
brachial valve, but not extremely so; foramen subtriangular, wide
below, the deltidial lamella obsolete; teeth small, very short, cross-
striated, and close to the foramen; cavity of the valve smooth; the
muscular impressions have left no trace, but they are crowded close up
under the foramen; there is no indication of a septum. Brachial valve
rounded-triangular, the basal margin gently, evenly arched upward;
@ feeble mesial septum about one-third as long as the valve separates

718 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vou. xv. |

the hardly visible muscular impressions, which are all above the lower
end of the septum; armature of the hinge diminutive and feeble; teeth
strong for their size, with very short sockets behind them; crural lam-
ing concave, the crura short, thin, spatuliform, with their broad sides
parallel with the antero-posterior plane of the shell, their distal ends
broader, rounded, not denticulate; the crura are separated clear to the
cardinal margin; there is no obvious cardinal process. Length of shell,
16; width, 14; antero-posterior diameter, 9.25 mm.

Station 3362, in 1175 fathoms, mud, off Cocos Island, Gulf of Panama;
bottom temperature 36.8° F. No. 122861, U.S.N.M.

A single specimen of this modest little species was obtained. The
only species with which it need be compared is Rhynchonella cornea,
Fischer, which is regularly finely striated and has a more angular out-
line and less flexuosity at the base. The minor details of the crural
plates and crura are also different. Hemithyris lucida is much more
flexuous in front than the present species. In short, although its char-
acteristics are in no respect striking, this little form can not be united
with any other yet described. It is respectfully dedicated to Miss
Agnes Orane, the editor of Dr. Davidson’s posthumous papers on
Brachiopoda, to whose care and energy the students of Brachiopoda
are much indebted.

Family TEREBRATULID A,
Subfamily TEREBRATULIN &.

Genus TEREBRATULA (Llhwyd) Auctorum,
Subgenus LioTHyrina, Oehlert.
LIOTHYRINA CLARKEANA, new species.

Plate xxx, figs. 9, 10.

Shell small, thin, perfectly smooth, polished, of a very pale translu-
cent straw color, rather convex, of suboval outline, conspicuously punc-
tate ; pedicle valve with a short beak and rather large not quite
complete foramen, on either side of which is a wide, subtriangular del-
tidial area ; the inner slopes of these triangles form the lower edge of
the foramen, their bases the cardinal border, their inner angles nearly
touch and are united by a cartilaginous deposit ; teeth short, strong ;
cardinal border arched ; sides rounding evenly into the rounded basal
margin which recedes slightly from the plane of the lateral margins, but
is not flexuous ; cavity of the valve without any septum, the muscular
impressions not conspicuous, situated in the upper fifth of the valve ;
brachial valve flatter, with a minute but distinet cardinal process,
strong teeth and small short incomplete loop; in the cavity of the
valve is a very feeble elevated line which may be regarded asa median
septum, but which does not reach the apex of the valve and extends
forward only as far as the adductors. Height of the shell, 12; width,
LO; diameter, 6 mm.

1894. PKOCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 719

Station 3362, in 117.5 fathoms, mud, off Cocos Island in the Gulf of
Panama; bottom temperature, 36.89 F. No. 107275, U.S.N.M.

A single specimen of this modest little shell was obtained. It differs
from L. davidsoni, Adams, in its incomplete foramen and less flexuous
margin ; it is less inflated and somewhat smaller. From the young of
I. wva, Broderip, which is (notwithstanding it has been called
“smooth”) a finely regularly microscopically striate shell, it may be
distinguished by its smooth surface. L. arctica, Friele, is less like it
than Davidsoni is ; and, in short, while the shell has no very marked
characters, it can not be safely referred to any described species.
Though small, by the solidity of its hinge armature and the manner in
which the foramen is worn by the peduncular motion, it would seem
to be an adult shell.

Though the shell was in a dry condition when taken up for study,
the soft parts were well preserved, and present the peculiarity of having
the lateral bands of brachia quite close to one another and rather long;
the space between them is smooth and occupied by a stretch of mem-
branous tissue, while the central whorl of brachiais below, and, looking
vertically down upon the valve placed horizontally, is invisible, the
ceirrhi, of course, being contracted by drying. It is only on looking
sidewise at the valve that the coil is seen under the membrane above
mentioned and lower than the lateral brachial loops. On soaking the
remains in fresh water they expanded considerably and assumed a
fairly natural elasticity, but the relative position of the median
brachial coil remained the same. The external appearance of this shell
is almost exactly like that of Macandrevia cranium of the same size.
The species is named in honor of J. M. Clarke, esq., associate of Prof.
Hall in the revision of the Paleozoic Brachiopoda.

It is not likely that this species can be related to Liothyrina stearnsii,
Dall and Pilsbry, which is a native of Japan (pl. xxx, figs. 8, 9, 11), as
that species has a complete foramen, but the figures are given for
comparison with the other species.

Genus TEREBRATULINA, Orbigny.

TEREBRATULINA CAPUTSERPENTIS, Linneus,.
Plate xxx, figs. 2, 5.
Terebratulina caputserpentis var. unguicula, DAVIDSON, Mon. Ree. Brach. Pt. Ips
25, 1886.
Terebratula unguicula, CARPENTER, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p. 201, figs. 14.—Da tt,
Am. Journ. Conch., v1, 1870, p. 102.

Stations 2849, 3311, 3330, 3350, and many others, in from low water to
500 fathoms, temperature 40° to 44° F., from the southern part of
Bering Sea southeast to the coast of California in latitude 33° N ., and
southwest to Japan and Korea. Also the North Atlantic, the upper
Tertiary rocks of Europe, ete. Figured specimen No. 123155, U.S.N.M.

For some time I was disposed to regard the North Pacific form as

720 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vou. xvi.

distinct from that of the Atlantic, following Carpenter, like whom I
had only the stunted specimens from shallow water. But the deep-
water dredgings of the Albatross having supplied a sufficient series of
normally grown specimens of all ages and. sizes, I have convinced
myself, after a thorough comparison of many specimens from each
region, that there is no good ground for a separation of them, even
varietally. The Pacific form is the typical 7. caputserpentis (not the
eastern American septentrionalis) and neither in the shells nor in the
soft parts does there appear to be any marked or constant difference.
They could not be separated if once mixed in the same tray.

TEREBRATULINA KIIENSIS, Dall and Pilsbry.
Plate xxxII, figs. 8,9
Terebratulina (unguicula, CARPENTER var.?) kiiensis, DALL and PILSBRY, Nautilus,
v, p. 18, pl. 1, figs. 4, 5, 1891.

Stations 2871, 3316, and 3205, in 559 fathoms, off the entrance to Fuca
Strait; in 309 fathoms off the island of Unalaska in Bering Sea; and in
240 fathoms off Santa Cruz, Cal.; temperature, 38° to 44° F. Also
from the coast of the province of Kii, Japan, Stearns; and from the
Philippine Islands, NE. from Mindanao, in 82 fathoms, Challenger expe-
dition. Figured specimen No. 128463, U.S.N.M.~

This fine brachiopod, which when young approaches closely some
broad varieties of 7. caputserpentis, is shown by the Albatross material
to be a distinct species. It may be known by its rounder outline,
larger size, and the fact that the sculpture of the peripheral parts of
the shell becomes obsolete, and is represented by grooves with flattened,
much wider interspaces, instead of the rounded threads, characteristic
of the surface of 7. caputserpentis at all ages, and TZ. Kiiensis when
young. The extension of its range, made known by the Albatross
dredgings, is very Aotesplle and interesting.

Family TEREBRATELLIDA., :
Genus EUDESIA, King.

This name was proposed at the same time as Waldheimia, King
(=Magellania, Bayle), which was discarded as preoccupied. Subse-
quently it has been treated aS a subgenus of the newer name
Magellania. Beecher has shown that the austral forms typified by
Magellania, on account of their different development, must be sepa-

rated in a different subfamily from those of the northern hemisphere. .

Hudesia belongs with the latter. These again are separable into at
least two generic groups, Dallina, of Beecher (apparently a descendant
of Antiptychina, Zittel), which includes those with a continuous cardinal
plate, strong median septum in the brachial valve, and no buttresses
to the teeth of the pedicle valve. The other group comprises Hudesia
and Macandrevia, and has the cavity of the pedicle valve under the
hinge separated into three cavities by two buttresses which support

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 721

the teeth. In the brachial valve the cardinal plate is divided medially
by asinus. The cardinal process is obsolete, and the medial septum
either wholly absent or represented only by a short, low ridge not
attached to the cardinal buttresses, and not extending forward into
the cavity of the valve between the buttresses. As Hudesia is much
the older name it must be retained for these forms, unless Macandrevia
exhibits characters strong enough to give it generic independence.
So far as known, the only differences between them consist in the
smooth surface of the valves and the feebleness of the brachial septum
in Macandrevia. These can hardly raise the latter above subgeneric
rank, as the plication of the valves is often inconstant in the same
species, while the same species (and doubtless the same individual) at
different ages will show a septum more or less developed, from quite
obsolete in the young, to quite perceptible in the senile stage. I have
verified this on the type of Macandrevia, though the septum is never
prominent. If the beak of the brachial valve of an old individual
were to be ground off, a septum would be perceptible there very much
as figured by Oehlert for the beak of Hudesia cardium. Consequently
I feel obliged to regard Muacandrevia, at least for the present, as form-
ing merely a subgeneric group under the genus Hudesia. As regards
the partly austral species about to be described, since there is no means
of deciding whether their development agrees with those forms referable
to Magellaniinse or not,and as the adult shells exhibit no characters
which could be regarded as diagnostic of a genus different from
Budesia, I feel obliged for the present to refer them to that group. It
may be observed that there is nothing to prevent the free migration of
northern forms into the south Pacific along the coast of the Americas.

~The writer has already the evidence to show that several species, in

7
<<

‘

deep water, do extend from Bering Sea south to the vicinity of the
Galapagos Isiands and, in the case of one species, Solemya johnsoni,
Dall, more than a thousand miles farther south, with the known great
range of many brachiopods, there would be no apparent reason why
species of the Panamic region, for instance, belonging to the northern
type of development should not extend their range southward, if
opportunity arose. I regard it then, as quite likely, that the species I
refer to may be Macandrevian in their development as well as in their
adult state, though, for the mass of characteristically austral Bs.
the reverse might he the case.

Subgenus MACANDREVIA, King.
Type Terebratula cranium, Miiller.
MACANDREVIA AMERICANA, new species.
Plate Xxx, figs. 1, 4, 7.
Eudesia fontaineana, DALL (not ORBIGNY) Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., x11, 1889, p. 231.
Shell of moderate size, rounded ovate, brownish white, smooth exter-
nally except for numerous incremental lines best visible under a lens;

margins not flexuous; pedicle valve moderately arched, thin, with a
Proc. N. M. 94 46

122 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vou. xvu. .

recurved short beak, rather large foramen incomplete below to the
extent of about one-fourth its circumference, with a small obsolete
deltidial plate on each side; teeth strong, short, supported each by a
strong buttress with a recess behind it, and in old specimens with a
smooth deposit of callus on the surface of the valve between the two
buttresses; no median septum, the muscular impressions faint, situated
in the upper fourth of the valve; brachial valve flatter, orbicular, with
a small very low cardinal process produced downward, three times its
width, on the surface of the beak between the crural plates, as a low
ridge rounded above; crural plates strong, supported by buttresses
for half their length, rather close together, supporting a thin delicate
brachidium, longitudinally grooved near and at the recurvation, with
a few spinules on the outer edge, the hemal border of the bight of the
loop showing a small projection opposite the crural process of each
side, the brachidium reaching three-fourths of the distance from the
cardinal border to the basal margin and over all one-third as wide as
the valve; pallial sinuses following much the same course as in WM. venosa
but straighter, less branched, and of a whitish instead of reddish
brown color. Height of shell, 22; width, 19; diameter, 9.5 mm.

Station 2783, in 122 fathoms mud, bottom temperature 48°R., off the
west coast of Patagonia, in latitude 51° 2’ south; and station 3360, in
1672 fathoms, sand, temperature 42°F., in the Gulf of Panama. Nos.
87547 and, 122859, U.S.N.M.

When first examined one of these specimens was erroneously sup-
posed to be the young of Terebratula Jontaineana, Orbigny, a species
which should doubtless be referred to Magellania venosa, Solander, as a
synonym. Later and more careful study of a second specimen has

enabled me to correct my mistake. From the young of M. venosa the

incomplete foramen enables it to be discriminated, without examining
the interior of the shell. Ina general way this species looks very much
like an adolescent specimen of Laqueus jeffreysii, in general outline, but
is flatter.
MACANDREVIA CRANIELLA, new species.
Plate xxx, fig. 1.

Shell much resembling in size and form the specimen figured by
Davidson,* below referred to, but rather more rectangular with a less
prominent beak, and a narrower and more slender brachidium, Surface
of shell smooth, except for numerous strong concentrie lines of growth
aud prominent punctation. Under a lens a microscopic radial seulp-
ture is visible on parts of the shell, resembling the fibrous surface of a
worn Rhynchonella rather than regular striation. Form of shell rounded,
rectangular, with a low beak and large foramen; pedicle valve rather
inflated, the side and basal margins slightly excavated, the basal cor-
ners rounded but slightly prominent, from which the obscure rectan-

*See Macandrevia sp., DAvipsoN, Mon. Rec. Brach., I, pl. xu, fig. 18, 1889. _

~~,

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 723

gularity of the shell arises; teeth strong, foramen large, incomplete,
the deltidia almost linear, but long; dental buttresses strong, receding
as they approach the arch of the valve; brachial valve flatter; teeth
strong, with very oblique buttresses; brachidium four-fifteenths the
length of the valve, barely one-third as wide as the valve, slender, with
a single spine at the point of recurvation, and a slight thickening, but
no septum, at the cardinal apex; muscular impressions small and con-
fined to the upper fourth of the valve. Height of shell, 17; width, 12;
diameter, 9 min.

Station 3362, in 1,175 fathoms, mud; temperature, 36.89 F.; in the
Gulf of Panama. No. 122858, U.S.N.M.

This species resembles Magellania (Waldheimia) wyvillei, Davidson,
but wants the septum and cardinal process of the brachial valve of that
species, which also has less oblique, shorter, and wider deltidia. It
has much resemblance also to Macandrevia cranium, but is a more rec-
tangular, plump, and compact shell, and appears not to reach the size
of M. cranium. M. tenera has a shorter loop and more obvious septum
in the apex of the brachial valve. It is also a smaller species when
adult.

MACANDREVIA DIAMANTINA, new species.

Plate xxx, fig. 5; plate xxx0J, figs. 3, 6.

Shell smooth polished, dorso-ventrally compressed, flexuous, of a
rounded lozenge or ‘‘diamond”-shaped outline; surface with faint in-
cremental lines, but no radial seulpture, waxen white; pedicle valve sub-
pentagonal, widest near the middle, the converging sides below produced,
the basal margin concave; beak short, wide, the foramen incomplete
below, with well-developed deltidia on each side; teeth strong, supported
by wide buttresses, forming wide recesses on each side; muscular im-
pressions indistinct, situated in the upper third of the shell; no median
septum exists inthis valve. The genital glands are of a reddish brown
color, shining through the shell as two short parallel streaks on each side
of the adductor impressions; brachial valve wider than high, with the
base flexuous upward; teeth strong, with very oblique buttresses hidden
under the dental plates and forming small foveole; cardinal process
Short, stout, prominent, but not produced into a septum; brachidium
very slender, extending to the basal third of the valve, the transverse
limb at the bight of the loop being wider than any part of the lateral
limbs, the bight itself being, of course, narrower, as usual; there are
two or three spinules at the recurvation; the genital glands in this
valve show as a single brown streak on each side of the attachment of
the adductors. It is, however, longer than the paired streaks of the
pedicle valve. Height of shell, 18; width, 17; diameter, 7 mm.

Station 3362, in 1,175 fathoms, mud; temperature, 36.8° F.; in the
Gulf of Panama. No. 122860, U.S.N.M.

_ This elegant little species recalls Liothyrina wyvillei, Davidson, in
its form, though more lozenge-shaped and less sharply flexuous.

724 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS 4ND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vou. xvm.

It is sufficiently distinct from all described recent species to make no
comparisons necessary. Only two specimens were obtained.

? MACANDREVIA

At station 3476, in 298 fathoms, near the port of Honolulu, a single

specimen of a brachiopod in the cistelliform stage was obtained. It
is, of course, too young to determine the species or even the genus to
which it belongs.’ However, it may pretty certainly be stated that it
isnot a young stage of the common Hawaiian species usually known as
Ismenia or Muhlfeldtia sanguinea, Chemnitz,* and probably indicates
the presence of a species in the Hawaiian fauna which has not yet been

enumerated from it. In this connection an apparent misapprehension -

may be corrected. The name Frenula was proposed by me in 1871 for

a brachiopod,which IL named subsequently Ismenia jeffreysi, and which

has since proved to be the ismeniform stage of Laqueus vancouverensis,
Davidson. I joined with it the Ismenia sanguinea (Chemnitz) Gray,
because of the identity of form of the brachidium in both. Gray had
referred Anomia sanguinea, Chemnitz, to Ismenia, King (part). But it
appears that the original Jsmenia of King is not of this character, and
the name must be kept for Terebratula pectunculus, Schlotheim, tor
which it was proposed. Frenula having been proposed for a young
stage of my earlier subgenus Laqueus (type Terebratula californica,
Koch) can not be applied to the species sanguinea, which represents in

its adult condition the stage which in Frenula proper is only a phase ~

of development. Both the loop and surface of the sanguinea differ dis-
tinctively from those of Muhlfeldtia truncata, and if they are placed inthe
same genus the former requires to be separated subgenerically. I
would therefore propose for the Anomia sanguinea, Chemnitz, the sub-
generic name of Frenulina, a conclusion in which the late Dr, David-
son acceded in letters received from him before his premature and
lamented decease. By a lapsus, in a footnote to Beecher’s Revision
of the Families of Loop-bearing Brachiopods,t it is stated that
“ Megerlina jeffreyst was given to a stage of Laqueus,” etc. Here Frenula
is meant, Megerlina being based on Kraussina lamarckiana by Deslong-
champs. It has also been stated by Oehlerti that Prenula was applied
to a‘ stage of Ismenia sanguinea,” an error doubtless inherited from an
obscure remark by Deslongchamps to the same effect. These misap-
prehensions, I hope, will be cleared up by the statement of facts I have
just given.
Genus LAQUEUS, Dall.

To the species belonging to this group may be added T. blanfordi,
Dunker, of Japan. I have received some very fine adult specimens
which show conclusively that this species has the loop of Laqueus.

*As Chemnitz was not strictly binomial in his nomenclature, it is probable that
Gmelin’s name of sanguinolenta should be adopted for this species.

tTrans. Conn., Acad., 1x, p. 383, March, 1893.

} Fischer, Man. de conchyliologie, p. 1821.

— ee

OE a a ee

mR
ee ee ee

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. ToS

Others obtained by Mr. Frederick Stearns in Japan showed the same
features. The loop is a very solid one as a whole, but the connecting

_ bands which unite the upper with the lower branches of the brachidium

-
.
a

are narrow and rather frail; they had probably been lost in the speci-
men figured by Van Iterson in Part 11 of Davidson’s Monograph, pl.
XV, fig. 12.
LAQUEUS CALIFORNICUS, Koch.
Laqueus californicus (Kocu), Dati, Am. Journ. Conch., v1, p. 123, pl. vu, fig. f;
pl. vil, figs. 9, 10, 1870.
Off San Pedro in 30 fathoms, Oldroyd.
The original locality of this species is the coast of California.

Cooper dredged specimens in the vicinity of the Santa Barbara Chan-

nel in 90 fathoms. It was on one of these that my earlier observations
were based. Subsequently, from moderate depths of water, a smaller,
somewhat stunted form was collected from the Queen Charlotte Islands
and the coast of British Columbia. The color of the southern form is
of a warm reddish brown and the shell is quite thin, the foramen small
and delicate. The northern form is of a dirty livid yellowish white, or
pale brown; usually it has a large foramen and heavier shell than the
Santa Barbara shell. Thelatter, too, when compared with a large series,
is wider near the cardinal border giving it a more rectangular form,
while the northern shell is more attenuated, and the sides slope to the

-umbo in a straighter line from the point of greatest width.

The Queen Charlotte Island shell was separated by Davidson as a
variety vancouveriensis (more correctly vancouverensis), but his speci-
mens were stunted, being from relatively shallow water. The dredg-
ings of the Albatross have shown that the northern shell also oceurs in
the south in the same region and depth as the typical californicus and

-without transitions in color and form. It will, therefore, be necessary
to separate the two forms as distinct though allied species.

LAQUEUS JEFFREYSI, Dall.
Frenula jeffreysi, DALL, Am. Nat., v, p. 55, 1871 (ismeniiform stage). Am
Journ. Conch., vil, p. 65, pl. x1, figs. 7-10, 1871.
Megerlia jeffreysi, DALL, Sci. Res. Expl. Alaska, p. 48, 1877.
Laqueus californicus var. vancouveriensis, DAVIDSON, Mon. Ree. Brach., p. 113,
pl. xviul, figs. 10-15), 1887 (adult).
- Stations 2862, 3194, 3339, 3350, ete., in 75 to 238 fathoms, from the
Aleutian Islands to a point off Estero Bay near San Luis Obispo, Cal.,
the bottom temperatures varying from 37° to 48° F, The depth at
which the species is found increases southward, but the temperature
was highest off Point Arena, Cal., where several specimens were dredged
in 75 fathoms. Fine specimens have also been collected in Puget Sound.
The small size of the specimens, first separated as a variety by Dr.
Davidson, is due to their station. The Albatross in deeper water got
specimens even larger than the original californicus, aud from that to
the earliest stages. These showed conclusively that the shell which I

726 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vyou.xvu.

had described under the specific name of jeffreysi is the ismeniiform
stage of the shell afterwards named vancouveriensis. .

The fact that specimens of Terebratalia transversa become more red-
dish and bright colored when living in the southern part of their range,
and the stunted size of the first adult specimens of jeffreysi collected
in the north, led me to regard them as belonging to a northern race of
the ruddier californicus; but since specimens of jeffreysi from the
vicinity of San Luis Obispo show no tendency to take on ruddy tints
and preserve the characters of the northern specimens, though attain-
ing an equal or even greater size than californicus, it is evident that
the expected transition does not take place, and the form may properly
be separated as a species (though nearly related to californicus) under
the first name by which it was described and figured. Before the
development of the loop in Terebratellide was fully understood, the
similarity of certain specimens of the ismeniiform stage of Dallina sep-
tigera to those of L. jeffreysi led me to question whether the latter might
not be common to the two oceans, but later when the various stages
through which D. septigera passes became better known this suggestion
was obviously not required to explain the presence of the supposed
Frenula in the Atlantic Ocean.

The genus, or subgenus, Laqueus appears to be strictly confined to
the shores of the north Pacific, where the following species occur:

JAPAN. NORTHWEST AMERICA,
Laqueus pictus, Chemnitz. Laqueus jefreysi, Dall.
Laqueus blanfordi, Dunker. Laqueus californicns, Koch,

Laqueus rubellus, Sowerby.
Genus TEREBRATALIA, Beecher.

TEREBRATALIA OBSOLETA, Dall.
Plate xxx, fig. 77
Terebratella occidentalis var. obsoleta, DALL, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., xtv, 1891, p.
186.
Terebratalia obsoleta, DALL, in BEECHER, Dey. T. obsoleta, Trans. Conn. Acad. Ix,
p. 392, 1893; type of genus.

Stations 2983 and 2984, in 58 and 113 fathoms, sand, northwest from
Cerros Island, Lower California, and 3044 in 58 fathoms off Abreojos
Island, Lower California; bottom temperatures, 50° to 56° F. Nos.
122545, 12314043, U.S.N.M. Fr

Shell scarlet, radiately streaked with pale yellow, especially in the
channels between the ribs; surface polished, smooth except for rather —
distinct incremental lines and, in adult specimens more or less dis-
tinet, partially obsolete radial ribs, which appear near the margin, but —
do not extend to the earlier half of the shell; in senile specimens a —
larger proportion of the shell is ribbed; pedicle valve with a rather
low beak and wide, incomplete foramen; deltidial plates well developed
but widely separated; valve wider (as a rule) below the middle, the ©

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. G27

arch of the base cut into three subequal parts by two especially strong
ridges (corresponding to channels on the brachial valve), between which
the surface of the valve may be more or less ribbed radially, but is
always flattened or depressed, corresponding to an upward flexure of
the basal margin; teeth strong, supported by deeply receding buttresses;
no medial septum; the adductors with widespread ends, rather distant
from the medial line, confined to the upper third of the valve; pallial
sinuses large, divaricating near the margin from five principal trunks
on each side; the genital glands yellowish, extending in narrow bands
along the sinuses nearly to their furcation; peduncle short, dark brown;
brachial valve flatter, with a wide, low cardinal process, little promi-
nent; teeth strong without buttresses, medial septum short, very thin
and high, subtriangular; brachidium unusually slender; pallial sinuses
numerous, much branched with a medial trunk nearly reaching the
margin. Height of average specimen 30; width 30, diameter 17 mm.
Old specimens attain a larger size. One dead pedicle valve measures
47 mm. high, 45 wide, and 20 mm. deep.

The varied forms which the brachidium assumes during development
have been fully illustrated and described by Beecher in the paper
already cited. The first specimens received were in poor condition,
and it was thought possible that the species might be identical with
T. occidentalis, Subsequently a fine lot of material from the vicinity
of Cerros Island showed that the two species were perfectly distinct.
T. obsoleta has no very near relative in the North Pacific. The colors
recall the 7. coreanica, Laqueus pictus, and Frenulina sanguinea, all
quite distinct as to form. In form the nearest species is the 7. rubigi-
nosd, Dall, which is only known from the type in the National Museum,
collected by the United States Exploring Expedition, and labeled as

from the Cape of Good Hope. It is possible that this locality is erro-

neous, but the species has a different sculpture from 7. obsoleta, and
has only a faint reddish suffusion in the general brownish coloration.
The peculiarly slender, rather wide, and arched brachidium is some-
what similar in the two species. It should be said that an occasional
specimen of 7. obsoleta has the foramen completed by a junction of the
deltidia. 7. rubiginosa is figured for comparison. Pl. xxx, figs. 3,4.

TEREBRATALIA TRANSVERSA, Sowerby.
Plate xxx1, figs. 12, 13.
Terebratula transversa, SOWERBY, Thes. Conch., 1, p. 261, pl. Lxvuy, figs.114-115,
1846. Not of GouLD, 1860.
Terebratella transversa, DALL, Sci. Res, Expl. Alaska, p. 47, 1877; Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1877, p. 157; Davipson, Mon. Ree. Brach., p.79, pl. Xv1, figs. 6-12,
14, 1da, 1887 (ex parte).
Terebratila caurina, GOULD, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., m1, p. 347, 1850; Moll., U.S.
Expl. Exp., p. 468, pl. xxiv, fig. 582, 1852,
Stations 2858, 2961, 2964, etc., in 10 to 230 fathoms, from the Aleutian
Islands to Catalina Island, California. Oregon, United States Explor-
ing Expedition. .

728 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vou. xvu.

This is the most common and variable species of the Northwest coast
and attains a notable size, especially in the deep, quiet waters of Puget
Sound. The original transversa was described from a rather smooth
specimen, while Gould’s type was strongly radiately ribbed. Dr, David-
son would use both names in a varietal sense, retaining the older for the
species, but the grades of variation are so numerous that it is doubtful
how far this would be justified, as it sometimes happens that one-half
the shell is smooth and the other half ribbed. One feature, however,
is constant in all the multitude of specimens I have examined; tlie
flexure of the middle of the valves, though often feeble, is always
coneave in the brachial valve and convex in the pedicie valve. The
young specimens from Monterey, Catalina Island, and other southern
localities are frequently suffused with reddish or crimson about the
margin and on the backs of the ribs. The ribs, when well developed
and normal, vary from 18 to 40, bifurcating or intercalary toward the
margin. The specimen figured is young, and chosen because it is of the
same width as the specimen of 7. occidentalis, with which itis intended to
be compared, and also is, for the species, very strongly ribbed. These
specimens are often found near extreme low-water mark, but it is proba-
ble that they never attain their full growth in such situations. The
completely adult specimens appear confined to deeper water.- They
sometimes reach the size of 50 mm. high and 58 mm. wide, with a
diameter of 31 mm. This species is figured in the Proceedings of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia for 1891 on pl. Iv,
figs. 6 and 7, but unfortunately the numbers in the text are 8 and 9,
which refer to the figures of 7. occidentalis. As in the text referred to,
the attempt was made to separate the present species from 7. occiden-
talis, which had become confused with it, this was doubly unfortunate,
but as the writer saw no proof of the plate it was beyond his power to
remedy. The present refiguring, it is hoped, will finally clear up the
confusion.

This species is easily distinguished from 7. occidentalis in the adult
State if any attention be given to. the diagnostic characters, but there
are others from which it is less sharply distinguished. From Dallina
grayi, Davidson, of Japan, the southern reddish specimens of transversa
externally are with difficulty distinguished. In fact, one might fancy
that the two species were descendants of one ancestor, which, for some
reason, in Japan continued its evolution to the Dallina stage, while
those in America ceased when they arrived at the Terebratalia stage.
D, grayi im the adult stage has hardly any flexure, and in the variety
transversa, Davidson, the flexure is double, but in the young, and in
such of the adults as show the flexure clearly, the two medial riblets
are convex in the brachial valve, complemented in the pedicle valve by
a corresponding depression. In Terebratalia transversa, Sowerby, the
flexure is wider, and the converse of what oceurs in D. grayi. There
is another Zerebratalia in Japan with much the same sculpture as 7.

1894. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 729

transversa which has the flexure, though obscure, in the same sense as

T. transversa. This is the 7. gouldii, Dall,* of which, for comparison,
figures are given (pl. xxx, fig. 2; pl. xxxu, fig.10). 7. gouldii was first

described from a specimen in the Magasella stage, in 1871, but a com-

parison of specimens twenty years later showed that the adult form
was a Terebratalia. But T. gouldvi is a thinner and flatter shell, with
the ribbing finer and more regular, as well as more distinctly marked,
than in 7. transversa. It is possible that future search may reveal 7.
gould on the American shores of the Pacific, as Terebratulina kiiensis
has been found so distributed. At present only a few specimens are
known. The color is of a livid grayish white, much like many speci-
mens of 7. transversa.

TEREBRATALIA OCCIDENTALIS, Dall.
Plate xxx1, figs. 7, 8.
Terebratella occidentalis, DALL, Proc, Cal. Acad. Sci., Iv, p. 182, pl. 1, fig. 7, 1871;
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1873, p. 184, and 1891, p. 178, pl. Iv, figs. 8, 9 (not
6 and 7).
Terebratella transversa, var. occidentalis, DAVIDSON, Mon. Rec. Brach., p. 79, pl.
XVI, fig 15 (only), 1887.

Stations 2922 and 2981, in 45 to 47 fathoms, sand, off San Clemente
Island, California, in 1889. Monterey, Catalina Island and vicinity,
Dall, Cooper, and Canfield, chiefly from the beach. Nos. 401, 125144,
and 95850, U.S.N.M.

This species is not known from north of Monterey. It seems to be a
rare shell, and all the specimens yet examined are radiately ribbed
with about ten very conspicuous ribs, more or less tinged with carmine,
while the channels between them (and the body of the shell) are pure
white. The mesial flexure is exactly the reverse of that in 7. trans-
versa, the brachial valve having it strongly convex, and the pedicle
valve concave. The extreme dimensions yet observed are those of the
specimen figured here; height 26, width 30, diameter 22mm. The fig-
ures representing this species in the paper referred to under the last
species were transposed with those representing T. transversa, as indi-
cated in the synonymy.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PATE RATT.

Fig. 1. Halicardia flexuosa, VERRILL, about twice natural size; diagram of the body
from below; the mantle, i, i, i’, i’, severed and turned back to expose the parts;
a, position of the anterior adductor; p, p’, adnate palpi; f, pedo-visceral mass,
supporting the functional foot-with byssal groove and the fin-like opisthopodium
below (behind) it, and surrounded by the branchial septum; s, siphonal septum;
v, circular valve of the incurrent siphon; x, cavity of the siphon; c, posterior
commissure of the mantle lobes. Drawn by W. H. Dall; page 697.

* Proc., Phil. Acad. Sci., 1891, p. 167.

ve oe aA”
pie “

730 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. vou.xvu.
ee
Fig. 2. Euciroa pacifica, DALL, about twice natural size; diagram showing a vertical

cross section of the animal behind the foot; 0, 6, calunibunel parts of the vis-
ceral mass, showing the superficial ee occupied by the genital glands,
between which are seen the dorsal mantle margin and the proliferations which
enfold the teeth; c, pericardial chamber, with h, the ventricle of theheart lying
over on the right side and partly hiding v’, the right auricle, while v, the left
auricle, is fully exposed; below the ventricle is seen the rectum 1, which here
passes through the floor of the pericardium and is cut through in the nephridium
below; 8, 8, cross section of the thick connective tissue formed by an infolding
of the mantle below the pericardium, from the lower internal wall of which
fine reticulated fibers radiate upward; this lamina would seem analogous tothe
free nephridial lamina in Halicardia (fig. 3, s’ n’), butis attached to the visceral _
mass and shows a jelly-like solidity into which no ramifications of the ovary —
extend; below this descend the stems of the gills (with two tubular blood pas-
sages), supporting the transverse gill-laminz, on the faces of which the radi-
ating lines represent, not plications, but radiating muscular fibers seen through
the transparent epithelium of the plates; the gill plates are represented asif —
laterally extended, but in life they extend obliquely backward so that an exact
section would cut through a number of plates without showing their outline;
the darkly-shaded spaces above the gills are the anterior portions of the anal —
chamber; f, the foot, above which is seen the circular section of the retractor |
muscle; m,m’, lobes of the mantle, showing columnar muscular fibers insection.
Drawn by WwW. HL. Dall; page 688. .
Fig. 3. Halicardia flexuosa, VERRILL, magnified about four ‘diameters, diagram of the |
vertical cross section of part of the body and gills, taken behind the foot looking
toward the siphons; d’, dorsal junction of the mantle, below which isr, the rectum
in section; d, subumbonal visceral mass; 0 v, the cavernous nephridium in which
are seen p, q, the branches of the retractor muscles, and ¢ v, cayitiesinthe general _
mass of the partly glandular and partly fibrous tissue; cr, root of a p, the pos-

—_—-

terior part of theanal chamber; s, downward continuation of the nephridium; s’,
point where the free lamina is given off internally; ¢ m, part of the downward
continuation of the mantle lobe of the left side, cut away below m; n, free ver-
miform posterior termination of the lamina; n’, free edge of the lamina, more
anteriorly; below and to the right of this is seen the junction of the lower
surface of the lamina and the outer margin of e the outer lamina of the left gill;
z, papilla on upper surface of the siphonal septum; }, severed stem of the left
gill with blood vessel in section, the stem recurves and joins b’, that of the right
gill near j, the point where both are soldered to the posterior keel of the foot; ¢,
inner lamina of the left gill, extending between j andb, and forming part of the ;
root of the peripedal chamber. Drawn by W. H. Dall; page 697.

Fig. 4. Luciroa pacifica, DALL, about three times natural size; diagram of the animal
from below, with i, i, i’, i’, the mantle severed and turned back to expose the
parts; a, position of the anterior adductor; p, p’, the palpi; /f, the foot surrounded
by the coalescent gills; s, the siphonalseptum; a, cavity of the incurrent siphon; —
below which are outlined the areas occupied by columnar muscular tissue and by
dotted shading the glandular region of the mantle in front of the siphon. Drawn
by W. H. Dall; page 688.

Fig. 5. Halicardiaflecuosa, VERRILL; diagram of the heart and rectum much enlarged,
for comparison with that of Euciroa (fig. 2, h, v, v'); a, the rectum passing
through v, the ventricle, with, /, the left and,7, the larger right auricle. Drawn ~
by W. H. Dall; page 697. "

Fig. 6. Halicardia flecuosa, VERRILL, slightly enlarged; diagram of the soft parts —
removed from the shell, side view; a, median papilla above b, the anal siphon; —
c-e, the extremities of the pedal opening between the mantle ipbeee the ends of ‘
the muscles are shaded. Drawn by W. H. Dall; page 697. ;

1894, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 731

PLATE XXIy.

Fig. 1. Spergo glandiniformis, DALL; diagrams, a, }, d, natural size; e, slightly
enlarged; f, about twice natural size; h, much magnified; a, front view of muzzle,
showing rela#ve position of tentacle; b, side view of animal crawling; d, front
edge of foot from below; e, verge as it lies on the back of the animal with the
point turned away from the head; h, teeth, the upper pair are placed in the
natural position as they appear on the radula; the base of the tooth is shaded
with dots; outside of it is a narrow fibrous band by which the teeth are attached
to the radula; the blades are unshaded; from camera lucida sketches by W. H.
Dall; page 680.

Fig. 2. Spergo glandiniformis, DALL, shell, alt. 46 mm.; page 680.

Fig. 3. Halicardia flexuosa, VERRILL, slightly enlarged; diagram of the soft parts as
removed from the shell, showing the siphonal extreme of the body; b, end of
the left branch of the retractor of the foot; d, left end of the posterior adductor
muscle. Drawn by W. H. Dall; page 697.

Fig. 4. Huciroa pacifica, DALL, about natural size; diagram of the soft parts removed
from the valves; a’, right end of anterior adductor muscle with e above it,
being the end of the right branch of the protractor of the foot; c, area shaded
to show the genital gland or ovary as seen through the mantle; m, surface of
the area occupied by columnar muscular tissue between the surfaces of the
mantle; g-g,extent of pedal opening between the mantle lobes; a, posterior
adductor with below it at the mantle-edge the short siphonal retractor muscles.
Drawn by W. H. Dall; page 688.

Fig. 5..Huciroa pacifica, DALL, much enlarged, diagram of the palpi and lappet; s,
the double sacs above p, the anterior palpi; /, the fleshy median lappet; p,
the posterior palp, folded on itself. Drawn by W. H. Dall; page 692,

Fig. 6. Frieleia halli, DALL; view of the valves from the side, alt. 20 mm.; page 714,

Fig. 7. Euciroa pacifica, DALL, umbonal view of valves; page 688.

Fig. 8. Euciroa pacifica, DALL; side view; lon. 28 mm.; page 688.

Fig. 9. Frieleia halli, DALL; basal view of brachial valve, showing crura, buttresses,

‘and septum in profile; page 714.

Fig. 10. Frieleia halli, DALL; basal view of pedicle valve, showing buttresses; page
714.

Fig. 11. Frieleia halli, Dati; interior of pedicle valve; alt. 20mm.; page 714.

Fig. 12. Frieleia halli, DALL, enlarged view of cardinal region of brachial valve,
showing crura, spondylinm, and septum; page 714.

Fig. 13. Frieleia halli, DALL, view of hemal side; alt. 20 mm.; page 714.

PLATE XXV.

Fig. 1. Solemya johnsoni, DALL; longest dimension of the specimen figured, 115 mm.
See page 712.

Fig. 2. Lyonsiella alaskana, DALL; 24 mm.; page 703.

Fig. 3. Limopsis vaginatus, DALL, internal view of a right valve with the pilose
epidermis removed by potash to show the inflected posterior margin; 25 mm.;
page 713.

Fig. 4. Calyptogena pacifica, DALL, interior of right valve; 48 mm.; page 713.

Fig. 5. Calyptogena pacifica, DALL, exterior of the same valve; 48 mm.; page 713.

Fig. 6. Limopsis vaginatus, DALL, internal view of left valve retaining the pilose
epidermis; 34 mm.; page 713.

Fig. 7. Limopsis vaginatus, DALL, external view of left valve; 34 mm.; page 713.

(PATE XV.

Fig. 1. Dentalium phaneum, DaLyi; 35 mm.; page 686.
Fig. 2. Cryptodon bisectus (CONRAD), DALL; side view; 50 ram.; page 713.
Fig. 3. Dentalium complecum, DALL; 78 min.; page 686.

732 DEEP WATER MOLLUSKS AND BRACHIOPODS—DALL. VOL. XVI.

ee ee eee
Fig. 4. Puncturella major, DALL; 57 mm.; page 712.

Fig. 5. Oryptodon bisectus, DALL, umbonal view; page 713.

Fig. 6. Pectunculus arcodentiens, DALL; 21.5 mm.; page 705.

Fig. 7. Emarginula hawaiiensis, DALL; 23 mm.; page 685.

Fig. 8. Lunatia sandwichensis, DALL; 15.7 es page 684,

Fig. 9. Solariella reticulina, DALL; 10 mm.; page 684.

Fig. 10. Sabatia pustulosa, DALL; 33 mm. ; ee 677.

PLATE XXVII.

Fig. 1. Chrysodomus (Sipho) hypolispus, DALL; 55 mm.; page 708.

Fig. 2. Seaphander alatus, DALL; 35 mm.; page 676.

Fig. 3. Chrysodomus (Sipho) acosmius, DALL; 60 mm.; page 708.
Fig. 4. Trophon (Boreotrophon) disparilis, DALL; 15 mm.; page 712.
Fig. 5. Trophon (Boreotrophon) scitulus, DALL; 17.5 mm.; page 712.
Fig. 6. Chrysodomus periscelidus, DALL; 46 mm.; page 708.

Fig. 7. Buccinum aleuticum, DALL; 35 mm.; page 706.

Vig. 8. Beringius frielet, DALL; 124 mm.; page 711.

Fig. 9. Buccinum strigillatum, DALL; 42 mm.; page 706.

PLATE XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Strombella middendorfii, DALL; 110 mm. ; page 710.
Fig. 2. Strombella melonis, DALL; 137 mm. ; page (CLO Scties i

2
Fig. 3. Strombella melonis, DALL, from behind; 137 mm.; page 710.
4, Strombella fragilis, DALL; 100 mm.; page 710.

PrAih SoxCixK

1. Chrysodomus phaniceus, DALL; 56 mm.; page 708.
2. Beringius aleuticus, DALL; the apical whorls are eroded; 65 mm.; page 711.
Fig. 3. Chrysodomus insularis, DALL; 100 min.; page 707.
4, Chrysodomus ithius, DALL; 70 mm.; page 708.
Fig. 5. Chrysodomus (Ancistrolepis) magnus, DALL; 75 mm.; page 709.
Fig. 6. Buecinum (Sulcosinus) taphrium, DALL; 40 mm.; page 707.
Fig. 7. Chrysodomus (Ancistrolepis) eucosmius, DALL; 33 mm.; page 709.
Vig. 8. Mohnia frielei, DaLt, and operculum, the latter magnified; height of shell,
16 mm.; page 712.
Fig. 9. Chrysodomus (Sipho) halibrectus, DALL; 35 mm.; page 708.

PATE XOX

Vig. 1. Macandrevia craniella, DALL, hemal view; 17 mm.; page 722,

Fig. 2. Terebratalia gouldii, DALL, side view; 37 mm.; ae 729.
3. Terebratella rubiginosa, DALL, hiemal view; 28 mm.; page 727.

Vig. 4. The same, basal view, showing flexure; 27 mm.; page 727.

5. Macandrevia diamantina, DALL, basal view, showing flexure; page 723. ‘
6. Buccinum ovulum, DALL; 25 mm.; page 707.

Pig. 7. Terebratalia obsoleta, DALL; 30.5 mm.; page 726.

Fig. 8. Liothyrina stearnsii, DALL anid PILSBRY, basal view, showing flexure; 33 mm.;
page 719.

Fig. 9. Liothyrina stearnsii, heemal view; 48.5 mm.; page 719.

Fig. 10. Pleurotomella gypsina, DALL; 23 mm.; page 678. :

Vig. 11. Liothyrina stearnsii, DALL a PILSBRY, side view; 48.5 mm.; page , 719,

PLATE XXXI.
Fig. 1. Hemithyris beecheri, DALL; interior of brachial valve (the crura are broken
off); width 16 mm., page 717.

Fig. 2. Basal view of a worn valve of Hemithyris beecheri showing the impressions
made by the attachments of the muscles, page 717.

ee |

1804, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. 733

Fig. 3. Hemithyris beecheri, DALL, side view of a somewhat asymmetrical brachial
_ valve, the same specimen as that figured at figure 1, page 717.

Fig. 4. Basal view of the same; page 717.

Fig. 5. Hemithyris craneana, DALL, hemal view; 16 mm.; page 717.

Fig. 6. Side view of the same shell; page 717.

Fig. 7. Terebratalia occidentalis, DALL, basal view, showing convex flexure of brachial
valve; width 31 mm.; page 729.

Fig. 8. Hzemal view of the same shell; page 729.

Fig. 9. Liothyrina clarkeana, DALL, hemal view; 12 mm.; page 718.

Fig. 10. Side view of the same shell; page 718.

Fig. 11. Spergo daphnelloides, DALL; 23 mm.; p. 683.

Fig. 12. Terebratalia transversa, SOWERBY, var. caurina, GOULD; hemal view (for
comparison with 7. occidentalis, figure 8); width 30.5 mm.; page 727.

Fig. 13. The same, basal view (for comparison with figure 7); 30.5 mm.; page 727.

Fig. 14. Plewrotomella climacella, DALL; 18.5 mm.; page 679.

PLATE XXXII.

Fig. 1. Macandrevia americana, DALL, hemal view; height 22 mm.; page 721.

Fig. 2. Terebratulina caput-serpentis, LINNZUS (unguicula, CARPENTER), hemal view
of full grown Alaskan specimen; height 27 mm.; page 719.

Fig. 3. Macandrevia diamantina, DALL, hemal view; height 18 mm.; page 723.

Fig. 4. Macandrevia americana, DALL, side view; 22 mm., page 721.

Fig. 5. Terebratulina caput-serpentis, LINNZUS, basal view; page 719.

Fig. 6. Macandrevia diamantina, DALL, side view; page 723.

Fig. 7. Macandrevia americana, DALL, basal view; page 721.

Fig. 8. Terebratulina kiiensis, DALL aud PILsBRY, basal view; page 720.

Fig. 9. Terebratulina kiiensis, DALL and PILsBRy, hemal view; height 42.5 mm.;

‘page 720.

Fig. 10. Terebratalia gouldii, DALL, hemal view; 37 mm.; page 729.

—--

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XXlll

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Ws a

VAR

Saray
Sei)
Wify,

Li,

y
YA 7
ices

ANATOMY OF HALICARDIA AND EUCIROA.

For explanation of plate see page 7 29.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XXIV

PACIFIC SHELLS AND BRACHIOPODS.

For explanation of plate see page 731.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XXV

PELECYPODS FROM THE PACIFIC COAST.

For explanation of plate see page 731.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XXVI

asl mal
Ceroprerre erta

ere SH cheese

pI=al ? ASNTIBSIT SC

SHELLS FROM THE PACIFIC OCEAN.
For explanation of plate see page 731.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVil PL. XXVII

SHELLS FROM THE PACIFIC OCEAN.
For explanation of plate see page 782.

ey
eras
as

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XXVill

tl
|

Vie
Ns ‘lt Me

ALASKAN SPECIES OF STROMBELLA.
For explanation of plate see page 732.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XXIX

ALASKAN SPECIES OF CHRYSODOMUS.
For explanation of plate see page 732.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XXX

Pacific SHELLS AND BRACHIOPODS.
For explanatiou of plate see page 782.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XXXI

PaciFic SHELLS AND BRACHIOPODS.
For explanation of plate see page 732.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XVII PL. XXXII

Hd
i
oR
ie

PACIFIC BRACHIOPODS.
For explanation of plate see page 733.

i ih,
a

i BSE, Ye ae

>
a Ss
¥ al
¢
weet
vn
ee

Wistar ot}
J i wbne

aI TD Ee xe

Abaster erythrogrammus ...._-..--..--
Abbott, W. L., birds collected by -_ 371,601, 602
, birds’ nests and eggs col-

Jectediby; ===< 25-2225: ~ 39
crustaceans collected

oye tere acres ec 21,495
mammals collected by - 1
porpoises collected by - 33
rodents collected by---- 341,343
Acantharchaster, new genus---..----_- 268
dawson tek ao= 2+ 269
PANGAN Sao ae Sl on So Sa liv
Acanthochites exquisitus-----...-...:.- 202
Acanthonotus nasus ---..--2=-2--------. 457
PXGHNMGNOMy Ching. =2222% 225 oe 65
Acanthonyx petiverri .-...-......-.---- 72

FNGanLnornynchus =) 252222). k 304, 305, 30:
tenuirostris -___- 302, 305, 306
PN CHMUONOUUG soso 2.2) oes she 457
Weer macropterum:.=-_---- 222225222. 22-. 227, 234.
PUPRUTN Sact aa eons Ul 416, 417, 418
Saccharum a2) 22-2239. 2c2 S25 416, 417, 418
trilobatum patens: .-..._-.-.----.- 231
productum_-_-_--.-. 227, 234, 240
LACEY a PES ee ae En 5
NGAUS JapPONICUBS =. 2s 2.. 522563 532.2 lel 47
dacorvosuss: 2222-6252). foes ob 48
trituberculatus, new species. 43,47
toberewlatus® 3S. cv se2222 52ce 43,47
ANGLO TO po seeeees Soars wee woe cell 616
PAWGTISO RAGING — Seer inn tt 197
CU GTT hy ser ee ec SEE NE 197, 203
Geen ra seers aos teen 196
CUINCOD Ses a ee se ee ee 197, 203
TENS ea Opel Es ite ig eee 197, 203
aN Reo 5 = 5S el ee 197
HEGHCUNYIS® = 5 Sac 08 Weiss 2 197, 203
(SPIT aes sein aaa a. Dean ee ste 197
MESNOMHTEL closes told stk LS 197
JNCCTSTEY STU (7 fe BRR ae eg eae 196
SAUD GTR NES RE A 22s aoe ce oe ae 346
PEROTATO Soyer see 2 SLE ae ese 345
CET RTIS Tad gad Mv Se Ore 338
EOMMNOCOMCUS css =e co = lec es so SKL 305
Acta palmeri, new species -----_------ 85
CUTOMONtUN. = wee eels ses 378, 385, 386, 407
PN ADY 1] 72 Phakeeth spicy fa La ere 407
PURINA eh Ne ee 384, 385
PE RIS es ot ae ere 406
macdonaldi__ 383,384, 401, 406, 407
melanostomum ~- 383, 384, 406, 407
AvValig ass tee ee 384, 405, 407
RMT S Te edge = area te 2 Cee Re 141, 426

Page.
Adams, C. F., birds collected by-------- 357
Adamsiella-< iit: 2++25-.-5 5. 431, 432, 435, 487, 445
grayana var. aureolabra --- 449
Adelonycteris serotinus--...--..-.---..- 15,16
Agotheles novee hollandice ____.______-- 552
INGMARTUG pt = ek 25 en Pee ce SEE 613
CSCNG) Means Fees 22 5 ond Se ee ee ee 22
ANSCUINS latalpa aes a ne 410, 419
OGhaAnGRae rhe Pe 2k Ln Se Ree 415
Aétobatidee, nomenclature of_---..-___- 111
gaNicy ul 074 rth 0: = ee eae sae ee oh Te 113
MStODAS is. 25-5 feces eee ese cee ee ae 112, 1138, 114
INGtObabUS: Sea. a ese 225524250 eee eee 111, 112
diaenosis/ of2=.cu2£- te tee 114
SDiccossostes Meneses Sees cee Se 113
Arica wbirdSirom---se25-02 eee eeee 601
fresh-water crabs from--------- 25
A PaArOniaibestaCeasen-22 ene ote see eee 175
Agassiz, Alexander-------.-- 424, 442, 489, 534, 574
Agassiz, Louis ..-.-------- eee ee 110, 112
Agkistrodon contortrix ---._------------ 336
PISCLVOTUS = tases 330, 336, 337

Agriculture, Department of, shells pre-
Bemted Dye =e -S2= tes ones eee Se 163
Alaska, fossil floraidis:t 2 oo eee wee 207
Trocktish roms. os). 0L ee eee 527
Albatross, birds collected by ----.--_---- 365
crabs collected by_ 48,52, 53, 58, 83, 479
dredging stations of--------- 675
explorations by =.= cps 22s. 451,
455, 471, 479, 489, 633, 675
fishes collected by----------- 404, 633
fossil plants collected by ---- PAll

mollusks and brachiopods
collectedG byte 22 2ee 141,

148, 149, 153, 154, 159, 170,
171, 193, 198, 199, 200, 675

ophiurans collected by ------ 207

starfishes collected by-__- 248, 249,253

Ap ilid ss sce feo en pet eationone sees 117
Miieidigh he ce babe etahes 431, 432, 435, 445
Aidanra, Ld birds trometese aes == ee 371
birds’ nests and eggs from 39

CrADSETOME cesses 2 sees eee 22

Aldrich, J. M., insects collected by----- 607, 612
Milepocephalides,c = ere le 25. 2e pe 7
POV ROUES. a2 sas cos pox skeen ss See eee 2 618
PARA Se octet ate 2 pea aes pee 21
AMNews 526 2. Sako ok aoe ek sees 544
IG ENG eck ee eos eee 547,548

OPO CLLIS! Was Ber. 4. Ee, Ee eenaks ong 549
quadridends: i258 o sis oee =so5 548
SANTI SS aes eee ti oe Sk eee ae rs 544, 546

736 INDEX.
Page.
ATimenichthnd -ccc- sastes eeeee eee 544’ | VAneuisauri .-..- 22-20 ee ee
JAVISINACERS c5i2a0nccanen cans eee Seeees 216 | Anniella, Lacertilian genus...-..........
Allen, O.C., turtles collected by -------- 318 osteological characters of -.--
Allen, J. A., cotton rat described by-.--- 129 pulchra.-. 223. ee 3
Alosomus teeta soars aeons 121: | Anniellidee .-- 222.252). -2-2--2- ee
SAT Ths te eels PE ERE ae eaten sie eeu | <b 1 220, 234"|' Annielloidea. 22. 3 =e ee
CORY LEO la) «=. 5 eee eee 220; 234°| Anodon . ..-2. 22.3.2 -2250 ==
seandifolasac. ss cees-= ose ee ee 220, 234 leotandl ..-<22-22265-' =e
keforsteinil: $=. eee ee 220,284 | Anolis principalis --..-.-.--.----2. 22222
PUTA tn et see oe ea eee 200034 |! AMOMS& 22. 32-222 - o.oo
Altata, dyewoods from --..-------------- 140 | Anomalocardia kellettii-__..-....-.------
\Alticola, sibeenus=- 22-2 -sees-e aes LO subrimbricatascs---eees
iAmalthen bar bate 22-2 sse ) ae esee toe 194, 203 Subrugosa\.2----os=eeees
Serratam te eer ees 195,203 | Anomalopus furcillatus--...-----.---..-
WAynalineldsertot8s scone eee eek Bee 194 || Anomiua sanguinea --.=.-.22-2 eee ee
Annaphia MySite eo oe ese oe eee ee @l | Anomilidee._.....--- .02.5.55522
Ai hiyOnis tents ee ees a eee 631:| Amomiura:---:-. 2 ----24252.-62-—
hermannianus -------------- 631 | Anthochcera carunculata -__---------- Ee,
‘Ambystoma annulatum--......---------- 597,599 | Anthomyia ceparum --------------------
Amelanchier canadensis------------ AT1.418,419 | Antidesma. 25222 2-2-2225. =e aoe eee
America, Pacific coast of, fishes from-- 375 | Antilibinia dentatus__------.--<----=-5=
American aborigines, overlaying with | marrinatisS=-225)s-2=—eeee .
COODOTIDY oo eon Lace asn seat eee 475 mibtallnic Se eres
TARAINOGORTOS ch acd. cise cen bee ahem 107,108 | Antillean region, crabs from ---.------
branchialis®<2.5 0) ea-cee ss 108° | Amntiptychima:---~= 23232252 o- eee
SAMITMOPTOMUS (ook ee eee eees eee 304 °'|, Amtoninay..2-2-. 26.css eee
AMOnpha truticOsa--- .2 sas-2= obese 415 | Antrostomus -------- 552, 553, 555, 556, 557, 558, 568
PRIMI OIIS coee ae sea seat eee cee seeanees 810 Vociferus 22:2. <--esee eee
AT phi pwiliviaens 24-25-52 4s sceee ee an 445 | Aonidia ...--).2.-/45.5-50 80saee ees
ATH p his bsOMiaNS -— 25222 selo see aa ee 346 blanchardi 2... 23s
Gri phitims ®OS6aNS 9.5 on s2 25 eee ee 337 | Apache Mountains, cotton rats from---
Nmap eo See. ccc ceaee soo e Le 431,435,446 | Apalharpactes.-_--------------2-7--oeeee
CaliPIN OSB 222co se yeh ee 440.| Apaloderma, = .-- 222425. 5--2- =e
depressa ast Sis se) e eke 440) narina:...-.2:--2+--=-2 eee
IATIAD ODIO estan take ee eee an 116 constan tia -...2522 S2eeeeee
TAMA CATEUIRC ESD tt een a eee ee 227 | Apatites in Hornblende andesite -------
Anachis COronats_--24-2-45ees- 182,203 | Aphera tessellata._.._..-..-----=-=--=-=5
puskionit sos sine baleen eee 182 | Apiomaia cuspidata ---.-.------ce=eeeees
lyrate esac ee. ease eee eee 182 | Aplecta sowerbyana =--=----2.32 sae
MIGTICANS |225 Misses ee 182 | Aplexa\. 2-2-2. 22k. 2. 5 42 ee
NOC Na\ fhe oe peieee Seek ieee ee 182°| Aplystides .-...-.-.-.252-: 23 See
Serrata ce. - Se yebe usd eee see ee 182 | Apocremnus septemspinosus - ----------
Analysis of jadeite from Burma-------- 30.) Apomia, <2 -+.-~-22: 4222-5525
Andmathia agassizileees 22 232s ee ee 60 | Avachnopsis/filipes = 2-23.22 seeee eee
carpenterin-t= 22 seeee ee 32 |. Aralia, spin0sa <2 =.) .- =2--- = ee
GYASS8 ou.tsecee2 es Jeet = 60:| Araliacese-.. 2. -u-22=2 =. ee ee
hystrix ess ace a 61. | Area gradata ..--2:5---25-22=-— eee
MGS ORM A anor ts ehae sas oe 61 grandis: 2. .:-.2224-5< =e eee
TIONS ta sen eae 61 labiata.. 2.--.=-52--=-<=. 5
SAASTINITIA DARE =e hor einen Soe 58,59 mutabilis....----.-+- eee
1 EF Fe ee en a 58 multicostata - <=. 22.2225 eeeeeeee
Anatinaceanss.. 6520s o2cnG sete ee 702, 703 pacifica.. 1.25255 52522 ee
ANA ini dee ess. c eles so ekben es Fae amee wens 157 reeviana ...0)-2--4-esse oe eee
(Anicistrolopisi- ss: a saee= nee ss coe sai oe 709 solida .5.-2) 2:22 eee
GUCOSMMNS) 9245 -chi alee. = 709, 732 tuberculosa -.--=52425-25--5—e- eee
magnus, new species-.---- 709, 732. |. Archaster....o!---5-2---es-- eee
PATICy lOPSOtta i s4e se acest eee eebous boensc 633 agassizil:-- 4.5.55. eee eee
Ancy lus. 3. cetera ees poe ee ra 430 americanus —2-4. = eee eee
hedge 2-2 saws Sele 443 arcticies var. elongatus- ---..--
COUSCUNUA 2 fant aoe ee wees 444 bairdit:— .).22 Se ees
Amilesitens.- i552) -2 (uss sas aeedeneseae < 653 dawsoni_u..l. eee
Andromeda grayana .=-----=-+-:--=----- 225, 234 flores... eee ee
PNate gn foqofthe ee ce Becca saeae Soseee Sse 346 formosus:) 2.22 eee
ATIONY LP ODICE Sono an ce sah eee 345 grandis (2.22... eee
An puidea 2s We 32 eos ee eacean ene 346, 348 parelii) 2.224: eee
gin puis 2 ons oe amet oe eee nee en ne 348 TODUStUS 2-42 Sete eee
Anguis flagelliformis--..-. 25222 --22--2 595 tenuispinus - 35-3250 22s eae eee

INDEX.
Page.

PSHELCNS eh gO ee Ee = 245, 266,268 | Astroschema intectum_-_........-.-.___-
SATNTTLE STE) Se a na a a HAGUE ASGEOStOMUSH0 oo = ts eee
Areroscean lamprey s-..-2-2----------+-- RS RRA emSon™ (Gis Bisset 2 Us Ne ie a eee
ATCbOMmYS CaUudatus 2. —.-.-../-.---.--..- 8,16 | Atlantic, Northwestern, fishes from __-
Argyrosomus..------- ences Sane UPI pA ctospinwe® <2 22.2. - -2 376, 378, 385,
Pieigparapie iia <= 9- oo ee ~8- Sons Secs 189 aUuriCculatuse is. ene 404,
Aionte areolatas:..--:.-.-.2---2---2+--- 158,159 | QUPOTE see eee eee 404,
TRP ESSER eG See en eee ee 1DSH HOR IN Am pite andesite. 2.52552 -gess eu eae

Del Oe ree Cesc. ee 158 | Glivinesiand: oo ss oe eee

(eR OLE ep ag 158 porphytites.. 2 eo ee

ied brine | eh oe ey ES 158uieAmpitess corroded..)..1-2. 2. oe
Aristolochia tomentosa -..._------------ 421 | PED CASTO Sie aera RULE any Sa Sees es UNSER
Arkansas, salamander from ------------ Od aie Dic cote oe ee Selon, eee mies kN
PeBMSerone, Prag to.) 2 S200. 22 Te SOAP ATTACHING cob r - s eenes a a
Aromochelys odorata -_..-.-....-------- 20) Australia, scale insects from __________-
Arrhenophagus =. <252.4 22-24. -2-22--- 605 | Avicula peruviana ..........-..........-
LATEaL De) PES oe ee ee PAW AC TIT sor ee oe ets Nee a od see
albicauda, new species. ------- 12.16% | -Accineea) sisanteus--4.2 9-2-0032
ilomfordiee ose se eo ide. 16) | MACULATA Hs eee eee eae

fertilis, new species--_-_-_----- 10, 11,16 | tenniscalptus 2222-522 seas

TOUR GN Bade ee Eee PS 1S cil) |PAze Cais ies ce ee ie Te eh ae

montosa, new species -------- 11,16 | Bache, steamer, crabs collected by--___-

Tye Atta EO Se a i | Bahamas, land snail fauna of __________-

J NSE G Rak oe eee 560, 561, 562, 563, 567, 568, 569 stomatopoda from ___-..____-
Geempigrimusce. 22) 225 922232 559) 561) bb2,560)|) baird,)Spencer Hi .-.-.. 4--- 4u--. eee
PMS CU SITIS ee Ae oe a Sn ke 564 | Baleraxpalmniagaes. 2s 2 ale ee
Asimina triloba .=----------- 410, 416, 417,418,419 | Bailey, Vernon, shells collected by -_...-
STAI OT Sa Gleb Gls, G20n baione soe hss) le Wee es ele See
Bpleu@lheS eos. ote. ase Pc gial MLBTEH co(2) ral Wied D)) me RE Be

Ci grubs ae ae ea Pe Geaa balers) Mamrouce. 52 28-co2 00) sens See

ENCE TELE Stes Se meoie tele es Sees Rs G21 Baldwins Aly ei ote Silk eek ea

RUTAMee eS Os ee 616,621 | Balistan, mammals from__-_..._.-.------
IDpicaminatus te 922.00 2e eC. oe 620 Bar bOnienbr witty 2 one. ee eee oe

1S AEN ge ee ea 623) Basalt Gis ce ee eh eee ee

CONWERUS oo) 2 ferns 624 | Bascanion constrictor___...__....-------
“EXOT eLEE TD WSS ies pec 624 | flagelliforme-_____-_- 595, 596,

ex TN vai gee ee ee GEIS Bama G indie pee a ee ie Gee em

TEC AHO eee ees 619 | Batrachians from Florida---..-._._._.__-

Ha COSCOLS metas 1 eae ss tet 619 | Batrachonotus brasiliensis --_...._____-

BUSS Pil eee ae ease 621 | PLASOSUS eH. 5 eee
jyugians-repiog-—. 22a Ses 625 nicholsi, new species__-

» var. albus --.-- 62) |} abby biaster sis 5.02 Yl) ee eee ee

Varn promi. ss. B25 | pallicditish. wee ses saee saa

NBGA EGU. aioe = 2 eRe eo 623 | TOUUSHLGRe ses eee
Bees yc ara CL CUBE | eater Cees Wea Ae eRe 309, 573, 574,

ORENE eee ee ne aco a sone 624 | on Lacertilian genus Anniella--

ING(Oz/ Seen Tee epee an 619, 620, 621 | birds collected by_...--.--------

‘eS PAENS- 20k 222 2 yea ak 619 Bean, Barton A., on descriptions of two

mANpuuiUmM Oersbedi o--2.u--.-_22--222- 218, 232 | new flounders ---...
Asplenium dicksonianum.- .--..-------.-- 218, 232 | and Tarleton H., on
PGES DOD 5c 2s. 2 213, 232 | Gobioides brousso-

1 ST Rewetot = 2 oe ee oe 24,125 MObi ose ea seoe ee tet
Assumption Island, new birds from-.--- 371 | Bean,Tarleton H., on Alaska rockfish ---
PMSECTIAS OPMIGION sol -= 2-2 =f... -5-<<. ais on Bleekeria gilli _---
_ SIR airs 2) 2S er a Es 0 279 and Barton, A., on a
PESEOMOIGed =o cease es et oto ee 245 fish new to North
Moterolecanium ~ 22.22.20 b 2.32 2222-2 615, 616, 620 PAMMORICRN =o. tsce5
jpamMibus =) So. es. Ses 20 and Barton A., on

pustalams 252-2225. 45.- 621 Gobioides brusso-

SeSurahiumM InerMmis 22) 225.2232 -L 198 meta. listen eae
POLIN saan e et oe es ee 198 and Goode, G. Brown,

Been pCenerye stil 2 2) onc. ahaa 267 on bathy bial fishes -
WNGTICABUS =) soa 5 tesa us 255 and Goode, G. Brown,

ANGHGHS hone a oao ee eee 255 on Harriotta ----.--

THOSACUUS Tse ee oe ce 255 and Goode, G. Brown,
Astropectinide --..........-------------- 249, 255 on Heteromi- ------
Astroschema clavigera, new species---_ 295 | Bear River, mollusks from ....-....-=--

: Proc. N. M. 94

471
404, 407
405, 407
406, 407

641

667
646, 649

669

616

429
621, 622

144

147

447

147

437

439
500, 541
303, 321
215, 232

163

119

449

208

490

1
125, 133
638, 659
327,336

256
256
584, 585
345
307

633

631

629

631

738 INDEX. i
Page. | Page.
Bears, Himalayan black. --.....---------- 4 | Bothriothorax peckhamii ----.-.-....---- 611
Tsaibellinte =: eee sees ons see 5 peculiaris 2.2 605, 607
Beekeria gilli, new species-------------- 629 planiformis, new species 607,611
PReeson, Charles H., on Sebastinz of rotundiformis, new spe-

Pacitie coast22-c ac) et eee eee ee B75 Cl@S _..-. 2 see eee 607, 610
Belaiclimslkis === 25s se- oe 680 virginiensis .--.22essneeee 607, 608
Belding, L., lizards collected by -------- 17,18 | Box tortoises of North America-.------- 573

shells collected by --------- 141 | Brachiopoda::.-t2.- 2.222222 eee 675, 713

Bendire, C. E., mammals collected by-- 242 | Brachymystax:---<-----:=--8-- oan 119,120
on nests and eggs of Brachyscelidse. --==.=----2!-22- 62:
African birds.- --------- 39 | Brevispinis, new subspecies- ------------ 627
Benedict: James so) 22-22-22 tees 490 | Bridges, Thos., shells collected by------ 171
on Lithodide- ------ 479 |) Brimley, Hi. H. and C7 8-2 597,598, 599
Renthopecten=— ese ane ane et 268 | ‘Brisinga..-2--2.-- =: 02224-4256 nees eee 287
Spin OSuses aeons ee eee 245 americana’. -2:--_-. 279
Benthopectininae, new subfamily ----.- 245,268 Costata _...- 224-0 -2e 280
fist ie te en Mee Ree Sere Ser 110 | elegans..-.,--.--2:.:- 2 =e 283
Haj cn ES a eee Sea oe 615 | multicostata, new species- ---- 280
Shira(al ib, |e aes Rhee ek Sp bleperc 625 | verticillata.....-) 283
Heerinpingeys ee a od Feet 100,710,711) Brisingidse-_.--2--:-.-- 279
aleuticus, new species-------- TLL, 732 | British Columbia, fishes from ----.----- 627
frielei, new species. ---------- 711, 732 fossil flora of _.-_...- 236
HUTTON os eek Stace eens cout fossil plants from.-- 228
Bermuda, stomatopoda from. ---------- S00 cl Brooks:sW. Ko 2-se= eee 489, 545, 546, 549, 550
Bernadou, J. B., stomatopoda collected Bruner, J.D: 12-2... 573

Bee Usha onege c) 3 he int a eee 539 | Bryant, W.E., shells collected by ------
BOnthGld thse osetia eee 049 | (Bubo yirginianus=-----) ee. 559
eopnlardlasicanaes<2: 0 eo sew ste eee 221,234. | Buccinum...._.\..2- 2222

eraiditilias sae) eee eee eee 221, 2d4 | aleuticum, new species___-- 706, 732

Talis eR nee 414, 417,418, 419 | cyancum =e

(Ohm (CIV RE eiyeRe yao oe Se a nei ee 221, 234 | elongatum 222222
Bigelow, Robert Payne, on Crustacea of Minus |. 2.225).

the order Stomatopoda. ----.--------- 489 ovulum, new species_--.---- 707, 732
Bignonia capreolata---..---------------- 21 | Toseum .-1_:-.¢._ 3 }
ITO DEAS eben ene oe ee eee eee 716 strigillatam. - 2 706, 732
inmeys Wie Gro ceaae ep aoe =a a 162, 165, 442 taphrium_.-.2 707, 732
Bimini Islands, stomatopoda from ----- 489 | tenue _. 2.22...

Birds, Coerebidee, and other American - 299 | Bueconia .:-....-.--+.---2--4-3 ee
new species, from Aldabra------- 3/1 | Buchanga aldabrana -.-..---..--2.-4---- 39,371
Assumption--- 371 | Bufo lentiginosus:-:- 2-242 2=_4=_5= ees
Galapagos. ---- 357 | quercicus ....<.-.220 4
Gloriosa Island Sil) |) ulimmlides 22 eee eae ee -
from Mount Kilima-Njaro- ------ 60L) | /Bulimulus 2222-2 aes ee 140, 430, 435, 437, 446
Birds’ nests and eggs from Aldabra alternatus--.-- =e

Tits thas 2 Se gh See te eee Be 39 auris-sileni? 2222-2 =e) )
Bivonia compacta. .------ ---2- = =F <pap=--— 193 baileyi .--=--<42. 9: eee 163, 164
Black Sea, fishes from-..-..-.---------.- 123 | californicugs-=2_- ===
BlsesOS pun seen eee enone 429, 431, 432 | dormani 2_... 242222222 es 440, 442
Blainvillosel Mido, s.5c02 anes see 111, 112, 114 exilis__../: 2... JES 443, 444
Bland ssPhomas \assceu 2-2 esas 161, 426,428 | fraterculus\_=.- =e eee :
NE) na\ Cbs CYS See RE ee oe ee enero 431 liliaceus': --. 22503 -sp aaa 438, 444

sal eto}s Wee ees eee 431 | lilacinus 2. --\)2s-5=e eee
ge I Nese 9 AER ee ene are 81 multilineatus--.------------- 440, 4
Blue mineral from New Mexico------..- 19-20 maculatus --.-- Ye ee
Borneo, stomatopoda from ------------- 536 marielinus: 2. : sob aspen
Boreotrophon disparilis --....-..--.---- 712, 732 nitidulus, -5-: 22272 see
Hest V0 VE a eee area ara 712, 732 pallidior .,2-222.5.."—s—eo eee
OMUS 2 a eee tee eee aera ee ae 46 var. Striatula.2_. 2.
Bothriothoracine insects of U. §-..------ 605 patriarchus _-ts-=s-.sesoeee
Bothriothoracini, new tribe --.....--.-- 605 pllula 2-2
(Bothriothorax ss) ees per eweesee 605, 606, 607 schiedeanus .-52¢---s-eeeeeee
californicus, new species 615, 609 serperastris 2.20 4222-7 ee eee
ClAVICOETIS! = pen oeee eee 605 sufflatus . - +2222. 2222 see
nigripes, new species_-.- 607,610 Vvegetus - 2-220 eee
noyeboracensis, new spe- vesicalis ...2¢-t) =. eee
e112 605, 607, 609 virgulatus . 1.5. -25=)-os eee 4
ParadOKUS=-+. =. conse cos 670 Xantusi 22.6 csk- eee

INDEX. 739
Page. Page.

Balimulus zieeleris-22-2- 02 ole! ee eee 165 | Chncer-CHiTHeTal 2se.20 cen a8. eters 495

Pellenadamisictes eer eis ee eva t 158 | GISTCALIS: SOs 5 Vere sl eae eS 535

LE CUI ES yes tea ta ese 158 HOON see e ot ete ae ene 65

Bumelialanusinosae. 2/8 ee 415 | SAS TRUAPIUS) 522 eee ee 4

Ly Gioldos\ ee eet es ne ae 415 SCULp ous peste aoe eee eee 21

Barnia.jaderte from: _.22!)- 222 222-222 29 | SCy MES! ahora 496

TEXWHTS/SEba Se] TL Crt pata pe a a ae eA ee a SlOR Ee @anerlla Sulcatg aces) eee ean tee ee 177

[BUTT OSs 5) 0) 0S ee ee ene eer ee ism CANCTICIOS Aint SPae emo o luGuien cetent. We 21,85

Butler’s garter snake -2-2222.-22-2.----- DE AGI ECR AUNEUS sie eee Che eee ses wee ee 3,15

Prison red Weasel ss). v=o eee eos: 169 Ips ses ett oe 5 SSOP See 15

Byesoarca gradata -....-..-...-:-------- 147 Cape de Verde Islands, shells from_____ 183

PAU TADS SP sme we So (aoa Capratalconeri teh) talc.) se choi ere 16

MOG VITA yee ame ee 147 | Sa koipe esata three eet beeen, fh

SOL eter eee eee eS 147 DUPER Gate mse ae Oe ERs Lee arc ge 6,7,16

AEN SY Ga 2 A B64 | Caprifoltacers oe sas aaeee een weer ee 225

SRECOT IIS ese Sto Soe ane hs Faas Some Caprinnil pats sce eens e ee 551
ACEI MOl Qe nates tle LOS as SS 437 aftershafts, oil gland, and

mncenlianelinas mes se fe) 0b 3 SP 437 CO WiiOLsaemese ts Sone faite 570

@alamites ambiguus ..-----..._--...-.-- 212,282 comparison with striges __- 566

Ca CTS EE cer 305 feahhersan tall, 22. ose ae 570

lapponicus.--.--_-.-. 304 | Caprimulgus aldabrensis, new species - 373

@alitornia, fishesfrom=-...--2...-.-.-- 37 CuUPO NOSIS eee ne ay 552

FORSIetOrarol Sarr Sree LL 236 | ROPCIPAUUS 52-22 ee ee 552

insects from 4 235224.22-" 609, 610, 611 lonsipennic 2-2 eens 552

mammals from_-_...........-. 353,354 madagascariensis-_-________ 37

new lizard from_.-.-..---..-- 17,589 Spalurwst a. Ss Teese ees 552

RIS ORIE soos eee reed AUC OI) GLA oy erat lope sae de ea ee ee are be 445, 446, 448

stomatopoda from. ---.------ o15;080) | Caputserpentis8:--2 335.220). 22. ae 719

Wwoodtrats from. 02. .2)2 2. Spm MCaraeola names lee te tealn’, 2 SPL EN weilar lee 109

Gulf of, crabs from_.--.------ DGD (CEE VSO bvals sta See RC ae 109

mollusks from____- Siar Cc aa chicas arse neers Joe CBSE Le BY Perec ic 150

139, 158,165 | Cardinalis virginianus-__--..___.________ 304

Calliostoma versicolor —.-...-----.--.--- 200) | Cardin in is Ses et eae! Beye 148

‘Cilla poy eye: 222i Sys ae ee ae eae eee ees 322 Calif Ovnicdns2 sees ots eee ees 148

ablista aura Mbial. ooo 2-2 328 L 153 QUASSAhan scan ee Soe eee 148, 203

(Gl EVG FORESEES eae esl 153 Maminveay ss: 2) a= te ee ee 148

Mem Gcounvtiade ss. 252 sts S222 154 PCCbUNE MTS soa eee ea ne 148

PoOlicaniguestc = 1 TW seat Tosi eCargutid a=" see ss cee eae 148

VHT baie os reas AAS Py bee) (Cardiumi asperstimi--- 2 92/02-2 eas eee 150

oo TLC Ce 6 Ie es SO doe ER aed 696 APIGinUaIns Ai Se se! 151

Suede sues cate eee oe 693, 696 | CONSORS Sle tases ee a 150

VSI HILSyATS. 2 AP SR SSN oR a an el beet 430 | @levbumaiy es 2 ele 151

C@allopeltis guttatus_--..........-.-- 26, 827, 3386 | MAC WILOS TIM = soe meee ee coe 150

Sellatuse 222.092. 327 | PEOCCE UU. #oo eae) Uaene Pee 150

Qaeaavivaptacus-=.2- 902 eo. = 327,336 | SOMGlCOS UM see eae ete eae 150

TPOSACOUS See see Le BeT DOIN VOaEGUCLIS, cterse te et aon We eee ob oes 363

SISUOTU OS ete oat ae oo SE 327 | Carex servata -_..__..... ae ees 216, 232

@alloponia. fluctttosus.-_.....-...--.---.- 198,203 | ES) OE ae NEE neh path ee ae 232

Calyptogena pacifica__....__....-------- Ass Gallien Coamtotealins te aN Tal ait et 430, 432, 435, 444

TEMAS I UELENT SIG (5 3 2 ae Ck 1959)| \Carpinus caroliniana..os. 264.029 2 eae 418, 419

Berrreirtngnye mie eae eet LN Ee 364 — PeraOriGis overs Ne oo eee EN 220, 234.

Camarhynchus affinis, new species- ---- 365 | WARTS Ss hae ee 417

THE) Oye =e tec ey SOA Camberley se 2 SS en AY 8 Sey 620

pallidat ven 364 | Rrcamellan vice tur. 3, ey oe 623

[OA Ay CX ST AS 364 Wary Chats ae esis ae Se cos wh ald 429, 430

productus,new species- 364 | SS aKa gees a es es ee 438

prosthemelas .__._.__-- 364 | Casmaria vibex-mexicana.-_____.....__.- 188

PSiLpACUlOR sees e = 2s 365 | Caspian Sea, fishes from -_.-..__-...__-- 123

rostratus, new species- BOSH OAS SLMU Gee! asd re Ae ue ia 188

salvini, new species ___- uot | Cassis Goarctatea t = .--0.552 2.2) oboe 188

Peernaarouoschia. oe 2 716 | Oe ate ee ke wate Oe ey 155, 186

Camp, J. H., crabs collected by__-..-_-- 25 | Vibexmemicana --2.5f.c1 4222 188, 203

RAEN L OTIS Mis Sao eee ene ae ee Se 18¢" |, Castanea dentatac: 2.24.25 -225-- sense 415, 420

BURT On eer ns ee PE Sette 457,459 | DUM Sees ee ee 415, 418, 420

fisgionicie sen 6 ot Jee see 458 | obovate ia) aot # Seely ORO el ES 2S) 219, 232

)Cancellaria tessellata.....-.-..---.-.---- 173 | Catacomba pyrastri----...---.-.-------- 695

Seoanrce llariides 9-22 02522222 Sek. 2. 173 PITASGU sean tet see 610

740 INDEX.

Page.
OatalpaspeGiOsa.2 oss -ca—eeeseneessn eee 412, 417
Garda ta ot ee ee ee tee ee 337
Caves, stalactites and gypsum incrusta-

TONS UNG ce shee nn eee eee ee ee ‘HS
Colastracewo- 26." 2-52. 2 ooo ee 228
Celastrus borealis:.222-2552.4--- lee 229, 234
Celtis mississippiensis:——- 22 .-- 2+ —ee=-<- 412,419

OGcidenthalige esses eene 412, 416, 419
Central America, crabs from ----------- 45
Cemophor's =... 22.5022 22d ee 325

Coccinealn 2 eseee is eae 321, 336
WoentrOopomes.!ucst: econ Sete ee ue noe 126
CWentroponius oss cen ae ee soaet ee Se 126,128
HOMlOUs se eens eet 373

insularis, new species--.-- 373
GepHalombona ts sccs = he ee ee Se 112
Wephalonhherins o----- 3-2 so ee Elo. 1138
Gephalentherus {225-0 - 22 P asco as 112, 118
occidentalis_-.--..----- 420

Wepalistse sean. nse a eae 430, 431, 432, 487, 445
Gercis. canadensis f22 5. =. fhe 416, 417, 419
ASOT OUT eee tres uot oe 430, 481, 482, 435, 489, 445
INCAMa kes Ste A le ee 435, 440
IMICTOSHONIS See 22> ate eee 444
ShMiato lain see. ee ee eee 44
Gerinhssiide rs 222 eter 2. se ee 134
Cerithidea albonodosa -.-.-..-.-=.------ 192
MAZMANICH 238 Saale ee aa tee 191

(GisN rin WHO 7 shee ee aes ley yene Peete ay 3 Lasts 191
Cori INCISWM 2s see 203
TMMACTIOSUIN oo see een 191, 203
stercus-muscarum --....---- 191
Weroplastesi speak ea es 616, 618, 620, 622
al boOlineapus sss seee aaa 623

arbOMUSICR pes ses see ne 24

CORILET US = Soe ats oe as oe 620

ChILSTSIs ae te. ote ee cee 623

rae¥e yop pateae Oar ES Tae a 622

MUM O ROS ele Bere we Ree ees 616

MV TICOR Che see Lec 618

Na Dt) 0) 01s ot Me (ee, le ern A EE Sabe) 622

STL day oe ae eb i wet ke a 620

piatalsloy chien oe eee eee SUS 618
Ceroplastodes dalete __.--..2..-.-----__-- 625
Certhidia, anatomy and affinities of ___- 309
Certhidea albemarlei, new species---..- 360
bifasciata, new species -.-..- 359
GINGTASCENS )~ 2-222) ee ee 359

BUSCA eee te Coenen ae eee ee 359

luteola, new species --------- 360

mentalis, new species --_.--- 359

OlUvaehane ten. ce ack SeenSe 358, 359, 360

STEM Ig kas be Ae a eo ee a 309, 358

Certhiola bahamensis -.......-....-..-.- 301, 302
rots oko ie sa? Sin eee See 301, 307
WOTTOMICENSIS.— 2-2 -=22 S222 B01. BUS

RICO OU ern ano ec oe ea 301

Cervus cashmerianus, ..--.-.....---..=.- 16
Cetomimids, new family ---.-.-.--.----.-- 451
Cetomimus gillii, new species---.-.----- 452
MO Ww PONUS £5 esse eee 452

storeri, new species---.---- 453
Oylindreliaso.:.2oc.25 240-2 su eee eae 445
Cheetopleura beanil-_.......-.--2---s4=--5- 202
Chaleaspis, new genus. ...--..-.----- 605, 606, 611
pergandei, new species- ---- 606
Challenger, fishes collected by---...---- 464

Page.
Challenger, mollusks collected by------ 676
Chama frondosaile-2 2. 222-2 ee ee 150
panamensis + 3-<2.2525554e5 eee 150
Chamecyparis alaskensis-------.------- 215
thy oides'-23==- 2-5 420
Chamea..-. 2s... doo eee 309
| Chameleon from Florida-_--------------- 320
Chamids..: 2 22..-i.c2.4. = = eee 150
Cham*eleo .-=:+.-2 2525-52 349
Chelonia caretta:__-. == =) = eee 320
mydas:...-:-.<-36t 317
Chelydra serpentina .--- == 222 =saeeeee 320
Chicoreus palma-rose mexicana. __---- 183,203
Chile, stomatopoda from-...---.-------- 525 |
Chims6ra...s 225-202-252. -- ee eee 472
China, jadeite from. .-.-- ==. = eeeee eee 29,30 |
mammals from. 2.2.2 9
Chione: coltimibiensis, 2222-2-22-2s25 eee 158 4
fluctifraga- 2.2). eee ihe |e
enidia oJ... ee 153
neglecta = s.5<: -22-.2 26 eeeee 153 |
simillima -5 222.2262 152) G
Succincta 22-42. 4aeeee 152
undatella . 1... ...... en 152,203
Chionaspis... -....-../ eee 616, 618, 620, 621 |
aSpidistT0e 222-336 eee 620
bidlavis..... 619,621
braziliensis 2.5.2 ose 619
Clitri <2 2:23.52 28 621 |
Minor... - 2.2.25. 623
sorbi,....... 2 eee 617
SP. 2-28). 2/0 202 619
thece 2... UL 620
Chionanthus virginica =---222202 eee 417
Chirocentrids-. 5.2/2 eee 117
Chiton albolineatus __.2... 22 eee 202
Chitons....2-5-.2...02. eee 14
Chittenden, John #2... eae 635
Chlorida(-.--.-=\..<-: 2.3 509
Chiloridella-. ........) --2 ee 490, 509, 544
Chlorophanes atricilla ---..-.------------ may. ()!
Chlorostoma aureotinctum_-__-...------ 199
fuscescens: 2225-22 eee 199
gallina =... 202 eee 199
var. multifilosa___ 199,
globulus:--2:33.325.4=eeee 199
Choanopoma: -422-- = ese2 431, 432, 435, 437, 445, 446
Chondrites filiciformis:--o 22a 211, 232
heeri :-.--2:. 2 ee 211, 2382
lasinu. -2.3-2223-=eee ru Bem
S)...---<=) -.-J Pah e
targionil ..050. eee 211
Chondropoma ----.------ 431, 432, 435, 437, 445, 446
dentatum --__--- 3 eee 427, 40
Chordeiles__..---.... 552, 557, 567,568, 569, 570,571 —
henryi - 22.32... ssee ee eee 558
texensis-.. <2 ee 558
virginianus . 22. 2s Leese 552,558
Choregon 2-22.522..-262.) 32222 122)
Chorinus heros =<...) =-—-t.6 =e) eee 65)
Chrysodomus:..2 2525-003 ee 707, 709 |
ACOSMMIUSE: 2S 2aee See 708, 732
erebricostatus -......----- 710°
CUuCOSMILUS 2. 709, 732
fornicatus<: soo. eee 708
halibrectus <--2- ee 708, 732
hypolispus -2-ss.25) eee 708, 732

INDEX. 741
be 3 Page. Page
r SO . . . ~, ror . x
y cos raat new species ...- (0G i 2 | Coerebidee, anatomy and affinities of __- 299
PUEDE Ree eee tece Sear he 708,732 | Coereba coerula-__ 2, 305, 307
rats 708 MRS Ree ig see ro ee ee Pee 300, 302, 305, 307
Bebe 2 een | CY aieal. = ont ahs ee 2, 305, 307
magnus, new species. ---- iuostee- Collett. donne dss. a ten Bee oe secre
MeMIscolGuss + se. 24. 2 Mines Collodas depressuse 2... ne es
PINOORICSUS 9. =~ seo ae ee 708, 732 aoa, RCAC Shel iy :
Cinnyris abbotti, new species ___._.__-- 372 | granosus Pee ie aes es
aldab: s s 2 ore ; : 745 TUS ahh tA ee 53
= Saco new species. -....- a leptocheles, new species__---- 53
ee eat re eo a robustus -.-..-.--+.---------.-- 43, 52
ee See ae | TENT OSERISe <0 3c oe eee ee 53
2a z cee Eph a ee, eg we 429,430 | Colorado, fossil flora of _..............._- 236
soles sige ODSISG os sats eee care eh TOSS plants tromec.. see. ~e 229
cee Se ee ee ae: ais Re squiprels froma ss.) sone 241.
eC he aie | Colobostylus---_.---- 431, 482, 434, 435, 437, 445, 447
; elie ones Seeks bit she ae ae 578 | Coluber filiformis --- 596
0 ae ee ae a Bm5 pciiesenudtd ye ey tone es
ari 2oceecec odes Be are OEMISU Sse aso see 595, 596
ata, ---- ~~~ -2e 2222-2 2-- = es 518 | STEN EDF dG WR py ees eB 595
carolinda*- 2 > 02: oo on 22- == 574,578,580 | Columbella cedonulli__....--.--._______- ie
var. carolina 32s ee 578 | Gonronabarcs2S2~ ==22 552-92. 182
cinosternoides --- 580 Sripeeia ees a, en 182
eee <= 3 es | peat a Se see Oa oele se 182, 203
SPE ans he ae 574, 576" | ASK OME ay es eee eS 82
mexicanas sa.) * 574, 580 ORT copaan te
triagM pins eee me 2574-580 Tecate ee ee eaele 192
(OLED UTS | SRE aie ees SRG: a CI AE, ony oe eR gf 93
ACE OI Se ae we ae oon rear eereacteca —
oe eet ne pi Fe oF , 078 MAjORM er. 5.) ee 182
av CRUUTISVUS eee 8 ae oe 580 DIP TI CANS re i c3 4 eee A 182
wea ee fener Crag 574, 575 RIP Van ese oes Cet 3
THRO RICATIA a2 52 ot Sete e528 ke 579 | SENS Aen Clo Ci bi
OTiethee!- = so. bo ale Bv4 BSI | Raa delete Ne 9
[cece ct ee sees cc ee eee a4; ool. | Cohampoliad ss 45s So nt or ae 182
triungius See cece ee eee Sones | COlnin bing ae) Ae ee 89
= NILE OITRe alte sree Soe ee OL OTL DIOL a COV COn bse = so se Sees oe eee 616
3 eee Sere = a 431, 432, 495, 437,445, 446, 447 | Cornaces -.-..--._----.-------2-2-25-52-- 226
PPI VEO PIECK: ee cba eek tee se 98 Comptonia acutiloba -_____- 221
Clark, Hubert Lyman, on pterylogra- | asplenifolia.......- : é oH ave: 292
as Se andiowlsis-s-2—- 13 551 Guspidaita = 22 2c- s-ses= = 221
ee y e 2G SES eae eee 29,31 | PrSeMISSal a saa ee ees ee 222
- (PIRSA IA Jools bas oa cae el Se es ee IGP GOMLY Sy: Soe Rye ee Ee ts ee ene oe ee 611
eee 222 AM Yi Es UR ep See 90 | Conas purpurascens=—. ses 42-2 25 eee 203
Dy LEU EGU G GL LL Bees ol Naa RAED RTS yore a 28 90 | Conchaphila var. palmula ---...-.--.... 148
GUMCD bist Sac Sa ee ee to io | AC ONCHILOT ieee eee: Bee ae ae 133
ae i Cheat 68 Wi aa Re 9 eet chee 2: | Conehocele disjuncta.-__:---.----.-. 2 713
. ee EARS Sth aie RT i erie Ue eee 549)|,Conella cedoniulllt 2) 25> 25 eos See 183
i TED aoa oI Se na eae es LU aE 429,430 | Congo River, crabs from---...---------- 25
PVA OMIM AGO! Se ones Loe ee nese 205.) K@ Omid ges 2 naar Se ee Bae Ses ee 169
gemmatus 2a SO ee See LR 19125) Conifers Sea ses oe ee ee 213
aia Eben Eee ee ee et Sehr a Tele Contlawpy. cecaees: oscee = ee ee 323, 337
iona -------.-----.---------------------- 1Ga) "Gonisarcnone sss see a2 ae 171
Chonella quadruplex.._..........--..-.. 680 Hemncas ee a in 203
eg can DUhries | 2 tyes See eae 208 : __ var. biaratus:—-02-2-._ 170, 203
Clymene punctata ee oe Rl ess 5 tee sii? 6 a
Rh, Oh Rae IE SI he eA ee eee p
Boschwainp snakelss9S- oo si. 82 5.4 -- 595 SES eee es oe pies
CEs UY ea Gigaset. Sita oa ta ae
Soccothraustes=o2. 2.2005) 5225 onan Sassen 305 | PERL OTIU GUS enor oe een ee ae 171
| OCG 0 SEES Bat Ae ee, ee 618, 619 dmeiduse ee 5 se oso-t5 tu 55, Soh ae 171
iblanchardin se son25 or se san 2 622 ie TE e oe 70
beet SVS nec eM te 616,619 ° SS ACES 177
ceratiformis Dat seo iGe SERRE See 618 Peete ee ee Set Ot Ebi ae eee 171, 203
ae sap Seal eect ees 618 Brincens t= so-so eee 171
Bee oe Soe Soames 619 urpurascens. ---
Spockerell.DsD)..Ace 28) Soke 430, 573, 588, 610 a ss wat. ‘scalptus abeestr a
on scale insects ------ 615 regularis......-- : Ra ah Ie 171
EGER rap intin fag ab 0 ae 149 TEx tilOpre eos Ae 169
Bee@celostoma:-—---:=-----.---- a Hifeiane ee ne eS
eta, cat ee Wibtabusees oes ea ek Se Ba a) 170, 203
TUPIGINOSUNT.. schon feshecce 623 | Cope, E. D-.-- 117,324, 334, 345, 350, 575, 591, 593, 599

742 INDEX.

Page. Page. |

Copper, overlaying with, by American | Gryptodon. bisectus -~-.s-- seeseecsee 713, 731, 732
MUOLIZINIOS. — ches nc hee as eee eee eee eee 455 || Cienochiton. °2...- -2.--. -o-2se—e eee 622
Coguillett; Do Wis .e2) Nessa ee ae 610. | Clenodisctis:-_- coco ee ee 267
@oralliophilaimix2- sess 8 hee eee 187-4" Chenopoma ose ne Ae ee 431, 432, 435, 445
COstatale2 <2. ses See eee 187 Tupulosum.5:> yee eee 427,440
Gonralliophilinw se 22. 22-2 eee 187 | Cnemidophorus sexlineatus ------------ 321
Conbicuilan: =2 ae aan eons 136 | Cinglal 72.02. 0.2 125
G@orbicu Nd te 2 sss he oie ee 438 | Cuba, mollusks from.......---2-.--2-525 429
Gorbula bicarinata- = 5.5 eee seers 1957 | Cuma costata -..-.2- 2-252... ae 187
erassitelliformis -_-...--------- 134 | Cupressinoxylon erraticum.--.....-.--- 215,282
hicksii, new species--.---.----- 134,138) | \Cupuliferse: 2-2... 22-2222 e ae ae 218 |
@orbulids fz2 2. 3-525. 2 te eS eeeeese 134,457 | Oycadaces:.._..._._.- eee 215
ond iyace aeons SaaS oe ee eee ees ok 430) | Cyclasidentata.. J)... 5.555 148
Goreconidm tea. 68s Sasa 117,120,121 | Cyclemmys amboinensis -___--.--------- 585
Coregonine, synonymy of-------------- 120'| Cyclopsetta_. 2c... 2. eee 634
OOnver One 2 ee see ee ES ete 120 chittendeni, new species_-__ 633,635
@orevORUSHe ak ae cote ne ae eee ii fimbriata-_-- 32 635
Coregonus, synonymy of---.------.----- 120 | Cy onidukkhunensis.- -2--2-25-2—- eee 15
thiymailus= 25 See aces aoe 122 | Cypreea albuginosa-----._- +2. eee 139, 203

Cornus florida-----.----.-..----- 416, 417, 418, 419 arabicula 2. -3.2.-- =e 189, 203
Oniniterad S222 0. ACA Sie ee 226, 24 Controverdsa -..--< 2-22 ee 189

Ne paniculata <0 oho se 20 isabella-mexicana --..__-...---- 189, 203
Woronidar assays tse sees ee 490, 492, 493, 544 pulla.oi.5e2--=. coe 190
WOTONIS] tals to2 he tee ee eos 490, 502 pustulata......5._ 3 Soe 190
Corylus macquarvrii --------_ 219, 231, 282, 239, 240 radians)... ). 2.2... 190
var. macrophylla _-_ 220,282 Sanguinea 22.222 25.65_-— ee 189

@onyrhynebus Tiseis-= o2e 02 ere ee AS | (Cylindrellay. sees senes 430, 431, 432, 434, 435, 437
Crabs from Antillean region --.--.-.--- 83 jejuna..-.--.0) 2048 440
of the family Inachide.- .-------.-- 43 pallida =...) eee 44

new genera and species of -_----- 479 poeyana’ :~.2.-0050 eee 440

fresh water, new species of _____- 25 | Cylindrococeus _- 22232 5s—.eeeee eee 622

new species from Indian Ocean. - 21 | Cynoperca 2.--6.-.22¢ eee 128
Orassatellaeibbosa_=.---5-<. Pstcs5l—5.28 148 Cyperaces®. 222).. 2.0.11. 2° eee 216
Grassatelideae stab eee ese oe 148 | Cypreea solandri::_-- 222232) 189
Cratmrusarborescens: =... 2-2.-----.--_. 416 sowerbyil.--<- 2222.32.23 52 eee 189
Coccinead 2-1 Seite ne sceee eee 420 |) Oypreides.:- 222-2 - ces 189

COndatay so Ie yess east se 20 | Cypreena Zonata.. -... 4.22... Je esse eee 189

CYUS- Saline ee eee eae 411,448;419 | Cyprini--:.-.-.!-2-+.2 2 ee 115

ADIOS SE OS Se LUE ANB ens ce 419 | Cyprinodon.- .-..2.4:--2 eee 115
spatmulatais seen eae eee 415. 420) | ‘Cyprinodont --..--...-.-- eee eee 115
‘tomentosa, '< loese ee ee 419 | Cyprinodontes. .:.. 2222-2525: S3=eeeeee 115, 116

Crane) Agnes soot Ss Mies) Ue 718 Cyprinodontide limnophoge.---------- 116
Cranopsis asiumia neues eee eee sees 686 | nomenclature of. .---- 115
Crawford, Frazer $., insects collected Cy prinodontoidel_- 2-22-2282) Saeue eee 116
| Oh ce = eter et Net NE 2 sR on oc 622 | Cyprinoides.-._:-_.2... 116
Cremastogaster dohrni _---..--------__- 620 | Gypselus -..--2.-. 2:22). 222 587
Crepidula dorsata var. lingulata ----... 194,203 | melba:.-.5--2.5) eee 586
ETT OSS) ote aati a ents a ae eee oe 194..| Cyrena. 6222. es 2 eee 92, 105, 136
juiareqvebcoy a eaut: pe seep eeerae es pandas 1a 194,203 | carolinensis =2-- 2. lose 93
Cretaceous, Potomac division of --_----- 87 | floridana;)2-..-. -2: 232.2 eeeeee 93, 94
@niprelia sce 50s 25 eae ee aes ne 267 | truncata-—.-..:.)--2. eee 91
pectinata, new species________- 278 | Cyrenidie ..-..2.2.-.. [i eee 92,95
sanguinolenta. ---.-.2222--.2 222 279.| Cysticopsis, ... 3.22.2 222: 430
Cricotuswalwuss seco tools: soe Se lee 16 | Cytherea &urantia,_---) 2 153
ape blimees Meat eee ae “16 | chonsa .2-.) i See 153

Toye: Ce (oh EAS, eR eR Sad ae 16 | crassatelloideés -..._----------- 154
Cristivome;n <. Sera see ee See eee eee 119 | newcombiana 2-220 s2 bee 154
@rocidopom~a, wea eros ee ee 431,432 | petichialis! 2) ..5222-.3eseeeee 153
Crocidura arannes. 2522-2 cok te 15,16 | pollicaris -; 2:¢.----.- == eee 153
MOMTINAS seae eee Cee ue oe 14,16 | radiata 2.42.22... 154
Crossaster helianthus, new species----- 274 | vulnerata. 222 22-2244 eee 154
Crotalus adamanteus -......-...-.----.- 335, 336 | Dactylopius 22-11.) 4ee- sees 615, 618, 620, 622
Crucibulum imbricatum..-.-..---.-..---- 193, 208 bromelice us eta eee 618, 619
SpINOS tm. -o2 see eee 194, 203 | ealceolarids -2 = 22o2eseeee 621, 623

Grastacch sess: 2.5: ee 479 | CaTiGUS!.--- Cot eee 616
of order Stomatopoda _-_-__-_- 489 | citrit. a4 eee eee 621

Gry ptococcuss22... 02 eee 615 cocotis 22a eee 619, 621

INDEX. 743
Page Page.
Dactylopius ephedree ___....-_..-------- pee eben Gen Se ee es ee eee ae ee 89
SLAM INS ee ee ee GUS M na DaSe ne 22 She wk eed a ee ee eee 659
SOL aati eee oa Womens is 625 | Diadophis punctatus_-.___.._-_.-..__.._- 325, 326
Dakota formation, invertebrate fauna Dielewcare as cio eee en ie Bee Eee 430, 432
ast, A See se ae ile ses DIRS on ence eee vee 616, 619, 620, 622
Dale, T. Nelson, fossils collected by---- 313 BUOY SOA ie es eine eee 625
Dall, W. H...- 68, 149, 204, 211, 237, 239, 402, 435, 448 SON See Soe ee a 616
crabs :collected by.--------- 142, 487 lien OEY ot oss ee. 22
fossil flora collected by----- 209, 212 A ALG rere eee 619, 623, 624, 625
on genus Gnathodon.--.--- 89 oun e rele ae ee 62
on°Mollusea and Brachi- LO) 2s aE eee aee coe Be ea ANE 346
Qpodate ren. sale ya te 675 | WICORGDAbUS & ae gil eg ee ee 111
iDulitinek. ae aS ee ee Fon) Wicentmanchus-_ 22.5222. _ 2-0 -2.- ae 124
yee See, ee ee Re oe 728 Diclid aie wee Ai 18d. Yo 2 905 et ee 575
TE ETa in| OPER Dee ee a ee 549 | Diemyctylus viridescens---_.___-._____- 337
stomatopoda collected by. 508,536 | Diller, J. S-.-____.....-----.----.----.-.- 651
oy STE TSS las SI SON Oe 680,683 | Diospyros alaskana -_.--_....-.-..------ 224, 234
LSS VCE Cie CRE Be eee ae 684 CS ee 224
TDmei ig Ee) 2 ot Ge he ee aol dameifoliq tr oo fee ed kB 224
TOES Sy TBI to (2S es eee 11 stenosepalais a2 ene et 224,234
Davidson, George, shells collected ACES --~---------2--- ---- = 234
Uy L568 Ly Se ee 164, 166 OTE ye ee ee 132
Davidson, Thomas.---...----____- 715, 718, 724, 728 | ‘Varpuinianal. ent Se 2s 416, 418
Piwson, William. 2.000). 0290) 0... 238,249 | Diorite porphyrite ---.......-....-...-.. 663
TS YEN jag TBs GOVE GS Jule a Dal WOO LIGES) Last eRe oss ole eee 2 eee 652
SM reciOC eran soe aoe eee ke 479 | Diplodonta;orbellaiss2--- 202) je aee ee 149
SD career Sip oC ces a ea oe ea 21 | SOLTICAbd ass eee eee 149
cristata, new species.-______-- 228) (Wiplod ontides S22 eee tess eee 149
imitatrix ___... SMU as G5) | SENDIOD OMB ees = 2A a tease ae 429, 431, 432
Defrancia hormophora-.-.-..------------ Bete iDISCOD esse sss eels ete ee eee 612
Deirochelys reticularia__...........__.- S19 ebitrematacs so... aes oe se 165
Welhina sepbirera..-2. Ys. yop | Divaricella;dentata:--=2-_-2-.00 2245.52) 148
TD rele apatin ents Fy ee SO ela eee ee ne 33186016 DOCU) OSSak 52.8 a/b el ee 2 ae gece 196
Delphinus punctatus___...____._....--.. 34 | Dolabella Galifornica ___......-..-.-...-- 158
pseudodelphis --.--..______-- 3G) ie DOM ee ter noes eens aes: sete ue tet ane ee 189
ISHOT OICR See Ss sa 5. ee Cv) [UID Yeikhsbessnbaxepeyaree syne tu IR a 189
Fite TOV TIRES, ease Lae ene een SOU Dolley. ©: Oca ae- a2 eke =a ee he ee vi
coronata --_..... =.=... 3048051306) 3074\| | Wonacides - 22-2222: 2- 2-222 ee tee 155
GASCOLOM Ses ae eas fcc eee 2 Sota Dona Carin ates essen 25 eee ee 155
MN CULOSA See aa nee CG ee ee 304,.305 HlexmOSUG Ss ata e es soe ee 155
pennsylyanica, <= 2. 3252. 2=-- 304 punctatostriatws) 222-2. - ene 155
CRONE eaten em ae eel 303, 305 trans Versus =. sso~ = sees eee ee 155
Vi S OPS ae was 2 55 eh Uc kath 304 | Dorynchus thomsoni----__-..--------.-.- 64
ermpaliidee = 22.852 oeee tks ofl ks EPS 15io | eDosinia anna” ek 2 ee tee eee 154
Pibeenpenhiceraberts payee ee SL eee 676, 686 | Gumkeril «20: seo a 154
anbillaram <5. 2 eee Ekle 686 ponderosae so. 2s sees eee ees 154
Den AYG WUGh baer Re esses ame eee 687 | DLEOStiatahs 22.55 howe ee a 154
CELAS A onsutiths-= vase. Sees 68> | BWotre last). aWas-e sao eos ee ee ee 617
complexum , new species...- 686,781 | Drepanidide -----.---------- 299, 303, 304, 305, 306
FS VSS TS Se a, ee ee Siren PDT Uwe ee een Ae es Cle Se 678
AUTBC FOS 4 b= 5's =S 2.2 2-2 686 IbDOtioos = = fee oe es et 173
phaneum, new species ___-._ 686, 731 i) CRASSA LAimenS oe) 5.2 ace atoms 1738
Semipouiimm 2-2-2. . 2-22. 158 Todt 0 ig? gece aes SAAR Ey eee eee ee aE 173
SOME TIEN ya Mae a aa 687 microscelida, new species. ------- 677
IDEA I rat: a a a a ean SS 445, 446 unimaculatas== 5452 42..ce 5 a. <8 Li2
PP OT NAILS fe oe a ess = 22 = ea cack eSoiin | JOE Raysikel ec Ee Ee ie ah Ay ee ee ee 618
Dermochelys coriacea.-...--.-----.------ 317 conirahens 5.3. eee ee 621
Wermopperes 22 205 Ses SS Ses 118 || Drymeens.californicus -_.--_---- 2-22. 165
WErMOpteria: \ 225. =sisseseesessscisceu.. 118 CANS SA Veridian pe ae RE ee eres 165
Wesmopnathus- ==. =c- 2.225 Ses esses 258 6977598. |) duncanson, Ha Bo- 2.28.5 ate esos 573
auriculatayz2.2s552- 20254 Set || PMU SUE GE ish a ee et eS es pny 602
brimleyorum, new spe- DMuyancelins: 2). ee ee ba 602
GClOS < 3-225 222252 2550. = 597 | Dyewood from Tres Marias-----_----.<- 140
3 (=: a ee i a O08}. | Wytaster x. - e254 52.255 c ate dans soca 266, 268
MGW = 224 32i5 2505208284 598 Orandige ta. Jos ens eee 248
ochrophoes 2 22622223263. 598 madreporifer a2. 205 248

744 INDEX.
age. Page
Kneote pederseni ...o5s52t 5 c-onc-t eee 1%6 | “Xriococcus'conspersus ._-.222522- 52 aes 622
PibeNacete 222-225. 2224 saes ea eee | Hriopeltis .:.: -22222 23 616
MegmU ater: fal tan ke rae a ee 338 | lichtensteinii._...22 -.2 222 617
Gh AaSterid 250.5 += eae ee 278 | Eruptive rocks from Montana--.---_--- 637
Echinoscus, new genus-_-...--.---------- 66) )Hsocids 2). 2.2: 2. 2 116
pentagonus, new species -- 66 | Ethiopian region, scale insects of ------ 617
HG HMOCOTUS =~ nee 2 ee eee 484° | Huaciroa.. see. et seek 675, 676, 687, 698, 702
Michinop lance. -2:2 tok Soph Alok eee ee 64 | eburnea:2:.2. a eee 687, 689
Eckman, C., reptiles collected by_-_-_..- 324, 329 | elegantissima/ose--. == eee 687, 689
Eclipse Expedition, shells collected by - 183 | pacifica, new species -----_--.-- 688,
Ecuador, stomatopoda from ________--_- 518 | 693, 694, 730, 731
Edwards, Henry, shells collected by ___ 140,178 | Huciroidg ....-.......0.. 687
Eggs of new birds from Aldabra Id___- 39 | Biidesia @."_. 2 !_1. 2 oe eee 720
Eigenmann, Carl H.,on Sebastinee from | cardium -.2.222 4. See 721
IBACIHG:COARG io ee ees a eee we 375 fontaineann 2. 22 eee 921
Hisenmann, Mrs: Carlie “2s. 225 ov |. Wumeces fasciatus... 20.2.2 e eee 821
Eisen, Gustav, shells collected by ___--- 164 Euonymus atropurpureus--_-----..----- 415, 419
Elzodendron helveticum ___-..._-..-__- 228, 234 | Euparypha areolata..-....-. . 158
IDIEN ONS e(i hgh Sh) ee yee ee Sekar opens apes? O28 ul lgevis 222 eee 169
LEVIS). Rte \ Peete sO deca ME aig oP 313 | Eupetaurus cinereus-_._-_-...2-2-. 222eeee “16
IO icsyarhs bec\ Se SSS ee ee anes tae We eS 11% | Hupleura muriciformis'-<._.2sse-saeeees 185
Reman in tila ee fe oe BR ee ee 685 | Huprognatha, -.22222--22-2ee 55
hawaiiensis, new species __ 685,732 | gracilipes -_- "22a. eee . 56
Emmons, G.T., Indian relies presented rastellifera ¢ 23.222. "aneee 55
leh Pein eee ep CSRS Cid eer ee YD trek 76 spinosa, new
(MTV OId 6S 22s oy poh A aS eR is B15 | subspecies - 55
kinosternoides--.--.....--_--- 580 | Burycratera: 22.22: 622052 ee 430, 445
Bony Ss Caroline: oe ae: 2 oh ea anes 578 jamaicensis var. cornea -- 449
CINOSLEPNOLOES ores ee ee 580 | Eurypodius latreillei______-_-_-- ee ae 59
TL GER ee SRA ee ered Cee se tee wea 577 | Euteenia butlerii ..-.. 3) eee 59L
kinosternoides--_.__._...._._---.. 573,580 flavilabris_-- 2223.3 593
BCNNGIGETL pees...) seid ey hay 577, ||| mutrochatella, 5222 222s 431, 432, 435, 4387, 445 -
sya liet 2g OU ES Tafs HI enna eee 8 Sera peat ay 5i7 | Exeeretopus) .-..-.242--.- 22322 616
Bice tarGum inet out et fe a2 ead of) 176 | Exomegass--.....=-:<2-:+.. 110
Hae y ON Sa ee as ot tale Ee SU eee bi 1) 8) 605. | Hagus antipofiies-:-< 232 !22 5 eee 218, 232
Hasina carhbonaria 0.2) 2 gee: 179 atropunicea....-.. 22a 417,418
var. fusiformis --_-__- 179 deucalionis<~.-:.-25-- 22a 219, 232
Engystoma carolinense ____......_._---- i 338 eémarginata......- 5.122 ee 219
Enstatite’andesite. 2... 2246.50, ee 633 feronis....-:5+.--.-432 219, 232
OMLACOpNOnaWwes: 2 ees lee le a aE 201 lamcifolia’?s=-2242-2.s=anee Bee ec 219
Epialtus bituberculatus ____.._.___.___- 67 macrophylla, --3) 224-3 219, 232
dentatus sb eee ee 69 pristina...<!2. 5... ee 219
ailatatys 3244-UUset esa ae 67. | Pairmairia-<.:. 12.5222 eee 616
TON GIT OSHMIG ean oes! oe 67. | Wario...2--.0 2.2... Se 119, 120
MArPINna TUS es4 22 2. ee ee 69 | Farrington, aah 2 C., on jadeite from
IMATE S ia be Nose ae ee 67 Burma... ..2..0..<:2 2 29
mat oallit es 2h se Lee ee ee 69) | Barancia abacurac----2s-ecsese=eeae 322, 336, 337
WROGUCLUS2 65-2 sects he ee 68 | Fasciolaridz:..::-....._ 2.) 1li7
BULCIVOSUTIS ie th ee 67 | Fauna, invertebrate, of Dakota forma-
Epinephelus ciliatus____.._......._-.__. 388,405.) “tion .-.2-.2-.-_-=----- 22 ISlies
PE BUDORED INS espe, ewer eet a 119 |) axon; Walter..--2-5222-5) a 489,550
mayainetweny 226.20 he U Yale o). 212 | Felania serricata........-.....---------- 149
Equisetum globulosum--__....-__.._-.- 212, 282 | Helis'torquata.--...---_-_ 1) eee 3,15
israto columbellai2s = ote. 2 ee. 190 UNCIS) 222 2es0.- 22s. 15
Erethmochelys imbricata_______....____ 318. | Herussacia;:<---b 2223: 22htse eee ee 430s
FETPICA CORT Se oo Ao tires hee Leon tea oe ys 225 | Peylinia:-...2.--5-..22-4. eee 346
MOS RMA sacs ee eee A ahah oso 618 | Ficus alaskana. .....--.-..----.-------- 228,234
PGMA saeco eeeceosece oC eee ete) 621 mem branacea.--.2- 4252. sane 223,284
PRNChthAliMmpaveces coed os Oe 544.| Wilices £2.02. <.-.:6) 2 212
POTICHUNOIGINAN Ss sg ann eess Spee eek soe hos 343 | Filicites hebridica_.2-22--2._.)-2 = ae 239
i UF akel ere nyvisa tee Caney es seen we a ee RRR Dy 543 || Fillippia ...:_2....). 2p) 615
Bricocens turgipes.-.:--..3.-20. ee 622.-| Fiorinia. 2c. os¢4 22 oe eee 616, 617, 620
Erimetopus, new genus.-__....-.._---_-- 26 sulci c.c2ec heehee eee 617
spinosus, new species-______ 26 SYNCarpi@=.-2-- eee eee 622
MmiOChitOn 25+ conte e cee cue ce 618, 622) | ‘Fischer, Pauls... eee 92, 95,429
Briococeus e222 eee te. SL 615,620 | Fish Commission, collections from. ---- 43, 83, ;
COCCINGUS pore sess eee 625 211, 245, 365, 451, 455,471, 479, 489, 633, 675

INDEX. 745

Page. Page.

Fish Commission, birds collected by --- Boog ewer etic so. 2 2/0. 228 see eee sae ee 299, 304

; crabs collected by--- 43,83 | Furuhjelm, Hjalmar, flora collected by - 208

fishes collected by-- ATs sus tama bUSbUSe- =. sos.024 oe ee oe 178

455, 471, 479, 489, 633 GIRORSIS tees APC peas 179

mollusks and brach- dupethithonarsii..--~ 22-4 222.02 178,179

iopods collected by- 675 multicarinabus se eense sens 178

plants coliected by --- ail Hova-hollamdios eee. ea eee 178

starfishes and ophiu- Palen fie anOls is wee es = ee ee a 178

rans collected by_- 245 | Gabb, Wm. M., shells collected by -___- 140

Fish new to North America-.-.-.------- SIS Om gi: Dene anaes 107

Fisher, W.J.,mollusks collected by__-. 139, | Galapagos Islands, new birds from _-_-_- 307

J59 AGOGO Graleomm ides 82s 2 es 2 ee 149

Fish Hawk, stomatopoda collected by-- OUie In Graleusicamisie 3-210 2b Sa ee 467

Fissurella nigrocincta -.-.-.--..-------- 200") (Galerusimamillaris—../.--.-.-.--_-.-. 194, 203

Cis te Hie ae Sd ee ae eee 200 | Gallatin County, Mont., rocks from__-- 637

OI GHO pias) Geer ne ie sees 200,208 | Gardner, J° Starkie_._.....----..-....-- 238

SHES EEERE TGs seer ate Cee ess 200 Garman, H., tortoises collected by -_--. 573,579

BassriGed ahcdyaes 282 =---_--4-----_---. 20l, 203: | Garter snake; Butler's. 2.4. 3.5.--.222-<- 593

se 2) (Us EFS ea 201, 203 | GAStEROPOGg ess se. ate ee wee 134, 158, 676

Var: pica: 2_-.------ eUete GASGrODSG bude as aire aaj oes aoe 633

PELUIWALE ie ey oe OP ee a ee L 200, 203 frontalis, new species-_-- 633

TOEEC Ti ne Sale ot A Ee CO ee See 201 | Gatherer, Schnr., fishes collected by._. 462,464

Hlexor loneus hallucis’-.2-=-=----.=-:.-. zal Geomelaniaa oss. ao tea eee 431, 482, 435, 445

Flora of Dakota formation -.------------- 131 | Georgia, stomatopoda from ________.--- 518

Blonidaierabs from. =e 2 ok ee 260M We CLOOSDIZaisess See ae eens ee a eee ans 357

MOUNGeSES TOM. 22-2 = 2hsea ees e 633 abined oni. 4. cs s- eee 361

molluscs fauna Of 2252-2 -.52:25- 440 acutirostris, new species- ---- 363

MOUSSA TOM as. See oe 97 albemarlei, new species ------ 362

reptiles and batrachians from- 317 BSSIOOLLIS! 2a. see ee eee 361

stomatopoda from ---_---------- 508 barringtoni, new species ----- 361

HiOngensoire William <2. co ns=) 22 33, 37 bauri, new species ---.-.----.-- 362

enniaralGa Oran 2 -- scott bn seo- ease 40,371 COUILOS ELIS == = eee 361

EPP Bene? ee en a Sess Oo ee 238 debilirostris, new species ---- 363

Forestiera acuminata ___._....---.-- 415, 419, 420 Gillin. stesso came er ae ae 362

Forrer, A., shells collected by -__--___-- 140 LOR US ses * oe eee 363

Ly SETS). VEEL Des pa 413 fratercula, new species ------ 363

MiGssiworwol Alaska. 2... 08526-2222 207 fuliginosae22 eo hete oa oe 363

distribution of_-- 232 iMtermMedidia ss sso ae ee eee 361

Fossil shells from Jamaica-------..._--- 449 media 22-2220 Soe ea Be

Foxes from Balistan and Kashmir ~---- 3 ar vei Se eee ae, See 363

Fraxinus americana ---.-----.--.--- 416, 417, 418 propinqua, new species. ------ 361

Oo nile niaten aes sees 225 ScandenS) 3.) 2270) See 361

OXCOISION Se oer seer ees 225 Stirenuas. 2.222 Soe eee eee 362

herendeenensis, new species_ Zak || (Efe) AU eee eee eS ee 430, 487

Cale cot een GeObbly D1S23 505 2-5 2a eee eae ses 304

ORNS = 222. e ek se ae ok ashe cecee Tes E ete) i ak? Weer a ae ae em eee sare pee es 110

eDDESCONS Sah we eee ee eae AE OR \Gerstaecker eAns: "32s: 2s peo Seas 550

quadrangulata....-....-..--.. 1G Sh Ga gM nee soe wae en eee eee eee 616

BaTNOUGILOla ==. 6 ences AN9m (Gibbes, duewas Ress 2i-2 ese eee eed 519

PHILS His ao ee ih oon fear 411-419 a Gab bulla varianse os sees See a tes 199

LEN ETSI ole a ee 622 WGreliglt eel jcc 8. SOR ae eee ee ee 462, 464, 467

LOSTSTANTI Ey eta ere ass Ae 724: |) Gigtoligenew genus -.-----.-25 22-2 222-3 456, 464

TERRE ee 725 moseleyi, new species-------- 457,465

Frenulina sanguinea ---..------.-------- Teh Gilberon Charles Hi. oe=s52 52-55-55, 18

Fresh-water crabs from Africa_____-_-- 25 fishes collected by -- 377

Fresh-water mollusks of Greater An- Gill Pheodores22. sete tes ee 377, 634
TING IS oS aan See ey Se SLC eee ee 444 onnomenclature of lam-

Fresh-water mollusks of Lesser An- DEOCYS hess 2 eee 107
11 UNGER Sg le ee po a ee 443 Peeciliidze or Cypri-

Hreyella americana ....-----2-----2..--- 279 nodontide--.-...---- 115
aspera, new species--........-.- 285 Salmonide and Thy-

IDPAC Haba ass9- onan ese eee 283 mieillidsay 222 on saes Se AY,
microspina, new species -.-.-- 286 Stizostedion or Luci-

Friday, J. A., jadeite collected by------- 29 operca --...- 123, 346, 388, 630

iriniestierimiarmiee ee 0 eet ess ibid | Ginkeo adiantoides<2-.----_2 215, 232

LE TOTET ET Wie Ee 2 ae Ey eee ee 713 MMUlpINeSTnViSs) 5.224 sees ee 215, 232

halli, new species......-..------ 714, 731 Spite. ees Se oct eaten aes 239

746 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Glossoptia campestris........-.--.-.---- 302 | Gonodactylus larvee.......--...-.-----2- 545
Gabarisinc se ee eee 446 scyllarus) 2232-2 493,495
lanainne ete eee 430, 434, 435, 486, 445 | smithit 32s s 2. eee 495
albirats 2. ote ee ee 436 spinosissimus-.-...---..-- 493, 494
parillelas.2 ea eee 681 SpinoOSUs! = 5 sees 493
Ferebreslormise seo aa ae 444 | styliferus -.48 =22 ee 502
Glandinella, from Cuba _-------- 429,430,431, 482 | Gonorhynchids = ._--2- oe 117
Glessnilas (222 SoBe ee eee 437 | ‘(Gonostomopsis’:...-- .-2_ 2 ese ee 445
ATLA CIO = eee 560, 561, 562, 567,559,570 | Greenland, fossil flora of _.._........___- 225
phalesnowWdes- =" 2 scece-- ae 562..| Goode, G. Brown) <2. 222. 2s 3i7
Gloditsia aquatica -2-<=— se eee 410, 419 and Bean, Tarleton H.,
triacanthos _.......-.- 410,416, 417, 419 on bathybial fishes - 451
Gloriosa Island, new birds from... ----- 371 | on Harriotta---.-.--- 471
Glossoptila campestris--.----.------ 301, 305, 307 | on Heteromi -..----- 455
AGul ys eiltial fe - eae oe eee eee es ene ees 201 |. Goodridge, J. OO... =. 22S 345
densiclathratae-c-2) =. es cee te. 201 | Gopherus polyphemus--.-----------.--- 319
var. murina -_-_-- 201 | Goppert; BH. R---..2 225.22 eee 208
Tho: fo (PoVE WIS Fe eee op Rs ese oY Poh 201 | Gore, A.J.,shells presented by --.------ 141
RALUENRISh Reo seen es str ece 201 |-Gossyparia 2... --2-225.- 22 615, 622
CoV MGOnErO DUS, SP) sae-=-- 2-5 esses Fe 239 CaSUariNne® . -.-.=-2 eee 622
SULOpPHUS | Sek ss oseeeee 214, 232 | confiuens | <= 222 22 —-e eee 622
um erin of Sees eee oe 240 mannifera 22222 ---- eee 617
ROM eo Ashe Ts sern ce on 5 § Soares eo 262) | Graminese'--.--_+22.222 222 ee ee 216
CIN AOHOGOD) CANCPAINGL 852 20) eas hee 104 | Grampus.Schnr., crabs collected by_--. 46,67
Clathrodont-ssasses a= 91,99, 105, 106 stomatopoda col-
Guneatus et 525s ee 91, lected by2iseeeeee 489
93, 95,97, 99; LOO ;TOL 106: | {Gray lie 2c oan ne eee 15 345
cuneatus var.nasutus ----. 98,106 | Greater Antilles, land snail fauna of--- 439
fiexwosus'4.5o---- 2 91, 98, 101, 102, 106 inollusksiof-s.--aseees 436
var. petitianus__-- 103,106 | Grebnitski, N., crabs collected by------ 60
BIT ESV Ale es ace! ets see eee ee 91,97,99 | Green, E. EL...-.....- eee 619
euadelupensis: ese a=) 28 104 | Greenland, fossil flora of---.-..- eyes I 236
POMS Orin = sR LAT eo 91, 100, 106 plants frome 229°
LOCOMbCI as a-b senses 91, 100; 102,106 | Grewingk, (C22)-_.2-----ee oe ee 207
mendicus----____- 91, 100, 101,102,106 | Guayaquil, shells from--....--.--.------ 151
monograph of genus__-_...- 89 .| (Guerinia | 4:.-i-c6.. 22 615
ADD OR eee eae eee 91, 97,99 serratulo:..--=--222 2-23. 616
(OP BN Alben eA Rema ie La 106 || Gundlachia -.0:25)..2 20.22) eee 429, 431
PWOSUM SUT CAII eee ee nee a 102 f ancyliformis -2-35s--eeeee 440
TOSUPAGI C2 hee ses acni enone s eGtinthor Ae eee 107, 109, 121, 124, 462, 465, 468
UD {0} 01: RS Pes Belarc 102, | Guppya gundlachi:. 2-22 522- pes =eeeeeee 440
PELE OUI Heese eee eee 102' | Gymnocephalus = -<------ 522 e ee eee 125
CLAP OMUS eos hese see 91, 100, 101 schretzer 4. {ose 125
CEU Ga Ue ke ee ne 102 tanaicensis cases 125
VALCENSIS! estas it Chater 105 | Gymnocladus dioicus.---..-----2<.-2 410, 416, 419
GriahoOdOn ese ei eee ead eee a 89. | Gymnoglaux: .4_-- -s3aes-os ee 560, 565, 567, 568 —
Goatsuckers, arrangement feathers of SP. j2-5. 5-23.00 5 ee 565
Wt yes. see eet aes 569 | Gypsum incrustations in caves--.-._--- i7
pterylography of _..____- Sal | Habia ludovician’ —-_-- "2-02 soe eeeee 304
Gobioides broussoneti-_._....-_-.-.______ 631 | Halicardia...--..---- 695, 697, 698, 7 02, 703, 704, 730
Gocthe, i, On Coccides —.3:2.52262-- 5-2. 617 Mexu0sa foo. asses 697, 729, 730, 731
OmeTICO TUS == ater. tem oreo 543,545,546 | Halimus hectori.=2.. 2). Sc ese 65
(FORE VOStOma Leas see ae oe 430. | Hall, Jamesto.. ---.. Sot ee 313, 715, 719°
Goniasterids _-.)_.-._.._........_..._... 257,286 | Hamamelidacess.- 2 _1i2 2 eee 226
WAOTIOURSIS Dieter Mee ioe cuore. Ed 137 | Hamamielis virginica--.-_-> 2202 tseaeaee 415
doubtful species ._.______._. 135,188 | Hapaloderma vittatum -__-__--_--_---- 601, 602 —
jeffersonensis-_--........__.- 134,188 | Hapalogaster--\____--_ 95. -=)esseeeae 487
vast Feviks3 of ee ea ee 135 | Hapalura .... 25: 22.) eee 602 —
RHOTIO ribs eee eee fe ae one hee eae a 1l4 | Hapalurus .22 0.25.23 eo eee 602
CONIONECHON cee ete 2 ayes eee en 249 | Haplomi ..20.0 2 ee ee 116
demonstrans. .-..-.--=5:--- 249 | Harford, W. G. W.., fishes collected by- 401
Gonodactylus.-.........-..-.--- 489, 492, 493,543 | Harpacrenata......-------------------<- 175,203
chiragra._ 493, 494, 495, 497, 500, 546 gracilis.) ul 175
GHMIDDIT. 2s see 499 | mexicana... ee 5 ‘
glabrous ------ ee ee 493 minor --..2-2 eee “a
graphurus ............... 493, 494 riviolina |6 ou tee 1%5

INDEX. TAT

Page. | Page.

arpa rosea crenata 2.2.2.------.--2--~- TGS Alea K=)=" Fe ee aa AE a LD 549
Viele ION DA © Sei S20 oe 5 Ube wl eterOGOnar. = sii ca sc6 a4 eeee ne nee ee 23

CSGTEIY Of Ya Vinee OG Se ra ae ne is | Heterodon platyrhimos--+...----2-2-2--2 328, 336
POSUMOIDALIS: thaw coer a sete 175 | TPCT ace By!
12 Te STOO Re a ee ee ee 602 | Heterodonax bimaculatus--------.--...- 155
TEISTTSLO SS) 2 9 Ge ee eee 175 | Heteromi, revision of the order________- 455
Harpiocephalus tubinaris--_--.._.-__---- 16 | Heterotrogon, new genus-_-----.-.------ 601, 602
Harriotta, new genus __-._.--.---------- 471 | Vit tatee s eee See 602, 603
raleighana, new species------ Moen ee leedes, Ay, Be ST eS ye ee eases 134, 137

Pel gerilg (CIM Dp Se 93.211 fossils collected by----..---- 131
Hartt explorations, crabs collected by - - Aas ECON Sal DAa=s4=5 + -tc an ceceae eee = 416, 417, 418
54, 65, 67, 72 AHUUBELCOVE seco eee 412, 415, 420

TELPS ELL Witte SNS RO ge ee See era 550 | Slane = #232 2225 Vee 412,416, 417, 418, 419
Hawaiian Islands, brachiopoda from. -- 675 | MIGTOCGAT DAS -ss ee ee ee 416, 419
mollusca from--.----- 675 INPOUN Ae te span cana oa a 413, 416, 417, 418

Hayden, F. V., fossils collected by - ----- 131, 136 myristiczeformis--.----.-.--.--- 412,416
3a OM ee Se eee ae 333, 584 OVALS }sneeor eee eet Seno 416, 417
tortoises collected by---------- 573 (OCC ANS AE sf ete ee Oe 413, 420
pederaaumeulathe +225 25 s's<5-4-2--2-- 226, 234. SUC bee oye zee Shes 2 412, 416, 419
iPpeslataidea menswear ses Geet a oe 158.491.4539) |\nloeendort. Kiran - 2-30 eee eee 459
[STRICT ts ee ee 431 Himalayan Mountains, mammals from. 4,7
[oLi StHPnaVE) Lip! Sean ees aaa AAA) ABINTE TOS) so 28 Ss ess a ee ee 304, 308
Subelobulosa,.--2--2425-52---- 427,440 | WAT Vas one ae ee ees 300
Melicodiscus lineatus =. 22... 2222 2-2-4. 162 | SAN CUMIN EA Se ore say eee een 800, 304
Helxacutedentaba....-=----.5--=-+ oe 161 | Hindu Kush Mountains, sheep from --- 5
PR OUMIEAN= Saaen oe! == Ua tie ati oo [DS hin) a etollan dG: GW Jiie-== 222%. ce oe = 55
AS POBSAe ees so c--seeesseceewenu se 425 | Holoplites, new genus-.--.--.------ 64

PETER SS Ue mee 161 | AMA bse sees = see eee eee 64
iGrumiseens. 2225-23232 ta. 16t> es Holorbinus 256 see St ep 115
Gesemliornum) = =-225 224 ei Sk 159 | Holzner, F. X..mammalscollected by-- 129
THR GS\oG raids es See ee ee rr 162 |; Hornblende andesite-_-..._--.---------- 642, 660
ihm Sires ee ee BES SS Ss 161 | apatites in ___.___- 643
WAU oP nS ase ES eo 425 | Plerite2os=).2£2 55s se 654
JES rls! Ss ee ee 160 | Howard, L. O.,on Bothriothoracine in-

TAVSS ARCO TH 10 9 he le ee 444 | sects of the United States -.....------ 605
[YN OG Fok) ph eee ee eee ACM Rie re 2 A hae nie Seaver. SIS eth 1i9
Palin esto Re SE Se ee 161 | Huenia brevirostrata -__.....-..-------- 66
SMM a mINee, fe sein eke eb SS 425 | simplex 22. shoes Ss tee, 66
wiaineabhive Oe ee Ae eee eee 1590) iebarter:, Julius 02.25.24. 5 25625 — eee 573
OMIEE OSIM ace = Meet Se sit lease 161 | Hiyalinia, = 22. 2225-22-62. 22 Te ee 430
Helocodiscus lineatus sonorensis-----.- 162 | Hyalina binneyana -_----_-._--.-.------- 162
FIO GT areas = hem eons nee ee 849\5) Eivalosag das .. = 2.5= = 2322 a5 enee = ieee 430
elodermMatidea = +. 2.2. - 2222 -- 22. thse 846% MEvasten US's 2-2 ome see ee 2
LISS Ce SO oe es er 549 | longipes:.-2 2 Byers Se se 62
enn Gay Cut 29-2 2 foe a ee 698), Gey bris-flammiea =.2-=-25-- 222-2222 22 599, 566
MemionawhUs 222-222 55—a ne 304, 305,308 | Hydrasterias ophidion ------------------ 279
OWVACEUSS.29 nh onseo === (BUe,S0l >| ey Orobia coos. 228.) cee eo 430

PPS MUISISe arrose ss oh Pe 8 429, 431, 435, 437 moDilanawes hee as 2k ra 101
Hemitrasus yemlaicusy.. -------.---+-<- 1G sbivila tomoraligue =o. os2e seeeens oe 339
Hemitrochus ------- a 430, 431, 492, 437, 439,445 | ES(o flat ef 21] yp een ee ee fc ey Sins eee ee 338
VPLS Ae Sodan Ae 440 | Hymenaster modestus ------------------ 2i7

REPORVHUNY TIS a4 83 OM yoo scan 2 5 718, 715,717 | Hypersthene andesite--.....--..-------- 650
beecheri, new species _- 717,732,733 | Hypocoelus ....---..-----1.-.-------+---- PAN

CORNGA sues ee ete Ss 10S 716 | abbotti, new species -------- 21,23

craneana, new species-_---_- 717, 733 diverticulatus(--2:-.. 4-35-52 21,23

hirerdaee Se 4 eee: 718 Sranulatuses-2 eos een oe AL

MBlUUACOM sce oes = ts 714, 715 MuUnetabUSs 2. 24 foes 21

Hemphill, Henry W., shells collected by - ATA Mele peisleonaysscsen caches eto be 2 8S 324
stomatopoda col- eySunix NOUCU Lat. so. 2.5 2-52. oa tea 16

lected by-------- 508 | ny odontiGse = 4-2-5 a 2t o_o 117

Henderson, John B., fossils collected by- A= | hex tromebatistams.- 2.222 .sts0 see cee 6,7
BSMOSt Sik WV 22 cts eo eee a ee 549 | Siborigis soca 2k see cee a
Herpestes auropunctatus_-_-.__.-______. iy Thian Shan Mountains ------ 7
MANO) SoS sok sce ke 1h Shbisteib bottles. 2. oe a- ot see ee eee 371

OM V SANUS ye 2- ets tee DAW MCR iy eee ne 3 ea hee Sa eee ee 618, 620

SUEUR gL 8 Be ie eel a eee 210 Moy piiaca=2224 2. ts a ee 616, 619
Hesperomys toltecus..-...-..--..-.<..-.. 129 ikoebelete st 23. :5!22 4 ee ee 623

748 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Icerya montserratensis .....--.--------- 623 | J Sided; D.S., fishes collected by---.-..- 3i7
sacchari £222.22" ..cs stesso 618 stomatopoda collected
seychellarum 222-2. 25so2-dese-ce- 618 by22 eee 502, 508, 526
Tehthy omyZOnecs-e2e- ee s~- see seee ease 109 | Jouy,P. L.,stomatopoda collected by- - 539
TEterts 1Gt6nuUs S222 Fa s-cns fe eee 808 | Juglandacese:: = - 22222-2245 seen eee eee 222
Mexdecidta 220. 2s eee eee 419,420°| Juglans acuminata.--12 25 --5-e=ae eee 222, 234
INSISTS! Soe ee re eee eee epregia....--2+---- 24 224.- eee 223
OpACH asta: See Eee 416, 417, 418 nigTa....2..-.0. 417,418
verticilla tye -s3825 25 .c eee 410, 420 nigella‘. 1-22-22. eee 222, 234
Micines i: ate. Ne eee eee 229 picroides: 222 22422252--eeeee 222, 223, 234
Iyinois; trees from s----- a2 sc ceeeeene 409 townsendi, new species_.-. 222, 234, 240
Ub frie (2) hee Moe, eine = ee ote ee Dee aN A 266 woodiana, .. 25... eee 222, 234
Na CHIGSS Sepa a ime tsre eek teeeb eee 43 | Jumala.-.:-.2-2--5.52-257-252sene eee 710
LD Wola ite ts epee mes eee es ene see he ae he, Se atid at 52, || JUNIperus communis: 2-22. --54eeeee 415, 419, 420
Inachoides intermedius, new species- -- 57 virginiana, 2222: se-seeee 414, 418, 419
LPSVAS Ses soscce sesso a 58 | Kaj Nag, mammals from --°22 222 se-ee 1,10, 11
OMINISE Se eras eee ee nS 57 || Kansas, fossils frome +2. == 22a 131
indiana, treestroms: = - 5 svcsas5-ses3-52 409 | Kashmir, mammals from --------------- ; lt
Indian Ocean, porpoises from----------- 83 | Kermes;.2:2.. 52122242: 2 ee 615
stomatopoda from---.--- 495 | Kilima-Njaro, Mount, birds from ------ 601
CLADE EPO == es Sees 21°| Kinnehan, J: R.22-22=- 22-s22-- eee 313, 314
Indo-Pacific waters, mollusks from --_-_- 140, | Kinosternon baurii-.-..-2:-22e22e2=eeee 319
STS iets See oes We ot a Ne a eee ee 622 pensilvanicum - -22222eees= 319
NOT Soe Ht eee id Ee ee 451. | Kark, Ts W.2t2c-- 222-222 eee 549
Insects'of United (States -.22---2 2222 605 | Kirsch, P. H., snakes collected by ------ 593
Insects, scale, geographical distribu- Knowlton, F. H., on fossil flora of
DION Ohees eres) apt Ries eae 615 Alaska, .2222-52222..52222 See eee 207
IMGrusiyesrOCks:.4 ¥- dances te cae ee eee 643'.| Koebele; Alberti 2-2-542-=2snesee 699, 610, 611, 622
Invertebrate fauna of Dakota forma- Kohn, Gustave.2.. 224255425) = 573
LENCGY RD MRC ca PE es oe Be 131 | Korea, (birds from\._-2-- === 205
Investigator, mollusks collected by ---- 687 stomatopoda from. 222 422seeesee= 539
IGA Gera St Fee Bae ee ete ths 21¢.| Kossmann, 8... eee 549
MrihCnalaNkatian se oo ce sae See ane 216,232 | Krause, Dr., fossil plants collected by - 210
WSaSsGers Wie WeGONUS 222. ose see se sc ae ee 957 | Kraussina lamarckiana ---.--.--.----2-= 724
joel’ s hires ge oe a Reta eee O54. | Wiabrax2=-:=3 .222-2i 72252225 eee 124
ischnochitontacrion, (i102 12 ss eae ee 901 | Liabiosa undulata :<---2--:-2== see 147
clathratwe- a see 901 | Labyrinthus: --- 7-2... .2-2 22s eeeeeee 446
Macaudnelves a4. Sarees 901. | Lacanium. =... <-.2.-<:..2..46.42 620
Ischnochitonidie:: see: =/4— ee eee 01 | Lacertilia.-...-....:.-. eee - dd7
Tarmenits 282 ote ete ee ee 74 | Tagomys griseus ...----2 42255 14,16
jetireysiia: ce she. eee 724 MAGTrOUS = -.s 00 e 14,16
SAME THN GAs se is eh ee ee 724. roylei =:----2.¢2225-= 13,16
ESOGAr dilate. ae wee tos ene et ee eee 91,696" | iampetrac:-.-- .. 232-22 se-ese eee 107, 109, 110
dennidens Use 25-5 he ae eee 106 | Lampropeltis calligaster - --------------- B24
Fncarditidaaets4) i sae sea 2 es ee ees 106 getulus...... | eee 824,336 |
ASOMEFIA Ache sos68 isso ee 446 | Liamprophyres |--.-----2--e-sss= eee 665
TSGspoud Vill seee! aes oe he Ce eee 117 | Tuamprophys: _--2.2 2-22-55 e) === 643
Italy, stomatopodafrom -.._-.__-___...- 526 | Lampusa vestitum....-. 22 ss2seeee eee 188
VG el ise on teehee SOs he wills te ee 550 | Lamprey, larva of_2-.-22. ee 108
Ixocincla madagascariensis rostrata, Lampreys, families of 222-222 eee 109
ME Wi SUWSPRCIOS =s25-4- 25-2 oe one ee 39, 371 nomenclature and _ char-
Jadeite from Burma...) 2- 22) ae 29 acteristics of_.--..--.22222 107
Jamaica, new species of shells from_-_- 448 | Land snails of Antillean region _.._ 489, 443, 444
SRIMAICIA Men esa nena ote eo ate aw 431, 432 West Indian region----- 43
OAMITA CONT ALE a2 ssekc nese bececes scl oe 144 plants in Dakota formation---... 137
SAAN CADE POM eee soo. .siaceteseecu ce 21,48,71 | Lapworth, Charles. -.-2-2s225--eeuepeeee 313
Shollamnommses sean. ese 178 | Laquets..c.., Se eee Aes ie ee
stomatopoda from .......---.--- 539 blanfordi .2--s0 eee 726
Japanese species of reed warbler--.--- 205 californicus! l/l 725,726
JCANNETCTIA 2.28 iso gee ee chee Vance ees 430 var. vancouveri-
Jefferson County, Mont., rocks from. .-- 637 ensis‘> eee me 725
Johns Hopkins University --....-.------ 502 jeffreysi 22. ee 725, 726
laboratory - 490,544 jeffreysit. - 222.202 2 eee 2a
SONCAH Walle pease sence ret cs we a auee meee 525 pictus 2.059} 726, 727
stomatopoda collected by-. 508,518 rubellus.2: ics a ee 1208
VOTOAN DS ese setae 111, 112, 123, 125, 331, 627 vancouverensiS-.-------------- 724
crabs collected by.-.-.-.-- ~ 49,68)!» Larkin) :.R. Rio sco S22 se see ene 573, 588 "

INDEX. 749

Page. Page.

fiarves of Stomatopoda...-...--.--.----- 543 | Leucosticte griseonucha __.._....._....- 304

TLPSieii gE Re SA en eee he ee ee eS REN COZOMIS oe 5 eek en Rae ee ee 178

Lasea rubra var. subviridis -----.------ 149 Cine Wlahass- se cos eee 177,178, 206

TEP WE ES) pee Re zoe bela vientarcoarctatae <2. 2.22) ses ns Saeaee 188, 203

PMeTTLPUSCOnAbUG)S. -!25 20. sos 2 fossa se ee aee st | MLA Sie en eee ep eres SEs aol i Be OD oe 430

CELE EY Es Fe yee a ge a Mian Wench tensia |: 22 £5 eek 53 Peels ae Sane 616

(eTboye ow hh Res G2 epee asian eee aye ae TURF 74 RL Coat of seam As I ee Nie uate WA NR Oc 431, 432

LLpPvsie SUM REN 1 EP a ream DSO MU OTN Se 2 oie 2 cele Se 430, 431, 432, 435, 445

MACANO DSS so 2225 oss e sae an co oseee nn ern 616 | fasciatus’) {425232 eee 440

LEC ae Core eS NE Pe ee See Ane ene ee a Bis minim neon «62 eed cis ee EL see ee 430

MOM casa ao ena neon = es 619 GubeNSis!=3.Jejoree ape ee eee 438

Madsmucanecolaba es >-*\s25-5..c56s8<cc- ove EMPL NEO LOCO = oe = Sols Be ee te ee 166

LDINUEDS ee oe ee Be ee ee 147 | Thimopsis yarinatus 2. .c.-.6-02.- 225-0 713

Mem nnOUIas Diss. -s-— Joost oe eee eees G55 MainnesarCmbenSIS Lats 2 es ee oe 444

Wl CCOD Abe tne cece tae 624" |) Injocardinm elatumy.2+_=-.2--5..2-2.252 151

LaGtinl re eS ee ee 618, 620, 622 | CHonorbiirtaal Sea Sewell 151

SEU MINA GWM «22.52 cco = i> | WuIOConiGhiimnVINncisim:=<s-2"=-=2_2- 22-8 | 191

CERT 1 a2 We, ee GIG), |inomesus) =. 2--j-es 2s asta ncs sere eset T09

CHITIENOMGOM, = eh oa\t soa 2 Gael PntO uliyririe tees mew es at a ee etek he 718

ONLOCR eee Ree Se Se 619 SUR CLLG AMS os ee erase A Ee 719

BenresswUM ease ee saat. 21 clarkeana, new species- --.-- 718, 733

Resporirdumey es ee ee Se 21 | Stearnsiit ss esa ese Sa 719, 732

LEIS TE ACN | Gea eae a 625 | UV aie Ge hones ee eae eee 719

Ol CR eee ee ee tote se ne 621 Wy Willette ee ae eas 723

SPUN TE OT OR tert ea Se GLOMt Teipanrites=c-<2 Let oaks ee aeons 660

mhoradendri 2-=-.-7----25-.-= Zone emo genyideears =. oer a oseee ae eee 456, 457, 469

BeLOvICUlatumMe 4-05 aoe eee 22 | Lipogenys, new genus.-...----------- 455, 457, 469

{ESSERE aay 624 | PUTS 2s. Ao en eee es 469

[1 UHTC! oh se Oe eee ele Sa ae 623 | Liquidambar europzeum..--------------- 226, 234

ALIENS Ch es oy 619 Shyracitiuaye oe-e= 411, 416, 418, 420

{LGA Gore nte 5c Jal Ue ee eh ec 2 eee eae eS 347 | Liriodendron tulipifera----- 410, 416, 417, 418, 420

Lee, Leslie A., shells collected by ------ 141 | Lispognathus thomsoni-----.----------- 64

[LG hae et ee ee eS ero sae S300 BathOGGSin ect tecs se eaceheeh cee eeecetea ae 485

TL (STC ORT EUS 5 See NO a 11 WCUISPINUGS es oes se 481

Leiolopisma laterale -..-....-.---------- 21, 337 AP ASSIZD bot en ere sae. ae ee oe 479

LUST GDR ARG TS ee ee 716 brevipes=2 22. - sss eee ake 484

Lepeopus, new genus ---.._-.----------- 487 notes on young of__-_- 479

forcipatus, new species ----- 489 californiensis, new species---_- 483

Lepidopleurus pectinulatus -------_---- 201 Camischabicus 225-2 e sees 483, 484
LABS AYES ACY ON Hat at: Ren ana ee ee 503 notes on young

TS OY ATI Oe SIE i el 430, 437 OLE See eee eee 479

Ba tah sec ee = 443 GOUCEH eS 2b et See eee 481

Leptolithodes, new genus -------------- 484, 486 diomedeze, new species-.------- 480

aAewleatwel. 2.2 boss sk ees 484 goodei, new species. --.-------- 479, 480

C215] 6) Spee ee ee ape 484, 485 sranulatusese- sos. woo soee ese 484

longeipesis<is222 2 484 TANT Pe se a 2h oe ee tL Mian Te) 481

multispinis, new species 484, 485 Tatung ates eee eee 482, 483

papillatus, new spe- SPINOSISSIMMUNSee--- ee ene 483

GIOR Sousa kaon ce ble e 485 Ih} STEN OCI GSO ten cre ek eicie Se rie e ea a 479

MGM COVOUCA nen aston ws S555 os sen usos c= 125 | Lithophagus aristatus --.....-..-------- 140

fepLtopodia calcarata...-2..-.22--2---2. 450 athyrina davidsonis oo: 2 2o22h 2 8 se 719

DO DUIS so te ses eee awe cde =k 441445 Bittorinasspera: 5.225322) 2 20 2. 5 193

MOC ES FAM So cases ck we 45 Gonspersatye ew 65. see ek 193, 203

SAC UTA aes Ae hee CU Nel A abst reapideante (o> ene ee ae ey eee Ye ae a 193

HEpUOPOC TINS we Ee ee 44 | Lizard,new species from California_... 17,589

Leptoptychaster arcticus_-.....-.......- Zoe) MaOCuUsStella Tasclolateayo.sseo Ca 825 s2=- 228 205, 206

iDiSjarivayste patil Pee eae pall Se Se 58 ae, eee ae 480, 492 hondoensis, new species- ---- 205, 206

onus: tibetantis = 2228: 2 225. 8c20 es. ct 13,16 QCHOLSNSIS| =2s002. 5 == ea eek 205

Leslie, C. C., stomatopoda collected DICSKeipre ele fone eee ae 205, 206
1.0557 SES Ss pa ape nee ana Da hes seh A 518 | Loennberg, Einaz, on reptiles and batra-

ive sloheksy Rex beam D(: 0 amen eames nS 209, 213, 237 MAD Seeee see eee ee Se oe Eee 317

Les Sandres--.... ...... np ole hae ls ee i176) | Maolab, monkeys from’. . + 32-2228. een - 2

Lesser Antilles,fresh-water mollusks Loomis, H., crabs presented by--------- 71

Co) ee a ene pe Ate MODE OGATGIUIN se. a asatsacea=seenene ones 688

land snails of _....-.-- Aas OD MYTIOIOs = 028s a.Ccalenedaeseuntanncces 202

WIGUCHETIS sao cn crs eeoace icstanndeenet ce 16,622 | Lottia gigantea.............. cuennnetecee 197

750 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Lovett, Edward, stomatopoda pre- Lysiosquilla polydactyla--..-..--------- 504
S[vairc(ol ohare osiong asi ates == 2 515 SAaLacinorum.--2-2-— see 503
THOWeIs, 22202) ocee ben ee eac ease ee ee 437 SCabricauGai-s---- 25 --seenee 504, 508
0x18 CULVITOSLEG = 9-e=- == se meme oe eae B04 scolopendra._ --aa---=-=—seee 504
Tooxioides 26 2 Sa eee eee oe 308 SpinoSa:. 22-2552 e- eee 503
Loxorhynchus crispatus----.----------- (>| Macacus'assamensis. --1. 252 205s sn seen 2
grandis'=. 2222-35 eo 7. rhesus villosus, new subspe-
ucass Hrederic As -22--sese=- ene 551, 561 CieS_...- 3. 4s eee 2,15
on Ccoerebide and Macandrevia: 222-2252 see ee 720, 721, 722, 724
other American americana, new species -. 721,733
pinds\=-.3--72 ee 299 cranium) 22222232 22 eee 719, 723
Bicerm si: poe ae ee ee eee eee eee 445 craniella, new species-_.-- 722,733
Tucidellavee= eee ae 431, 432, 433, 434, 435, 445 diamantina, new species- 723,
SOO LA Se cae seen e ae as eee ene 449 732, 733
var. interrupta---.--- 449 tenera...2: - 5 = s4-- eee eee 723
costata, new species. --------- 449,450 MacDermot, H., insects collected by _--- 623
Tracinanbellaie aoe s eocse serene ease sess 148 | Macdonaldia, new genus ._--__-- 455, 457, 464, 467
CANILORNiGS 2a ease ou 149 rostrata-;-. 22: --e-- eee 467
Giildmeniys tinct nt ease e Lo 176 | Macon, G. H., stomatopoda collected ~
demibae sso eae ot Seo ee 148 Dyna eaee se sae re eer 518
BIE Hal lies yes tc ee ee ee 149 | Macoma viriditincta)---.-.- 2-22 sees 156
(EIS 10 Re pay tek ae ed gL 149 | Macroceramus ------ 430, 431, 432, 435, 487, 440, 445
Ireinidse. f= ota ere ie ea seeene 148 @Ossel _ Yo. =s22--seeeeee 438, 440
Lucioperca canadensis -.-.-------------- 123 pontificns! === 438, 440
Marine 322. bss. eee 123, 125 signatus, --<-22 7 oes 445
relations and nomencla- | Macrocheira kaempferi----.-----.------ 479
OU = 0) ee ean ne abe ay, Ey = 123: | Maecrochires'..--2: 2-5 222scees ee eee 552
suclopmitha sso... to8 5 2-= ee es eee c ce 20,121 |. Macron sethiops -_2..._ -2---- 5 2eseaaeee 179
edicts eee a ie ee ee 267 | kelletii 2.2. eee 179
Ub pr 0 C20 HAE ep ee ele ei a Eee Se 684.) Macrunus rhesus * 2-2 == 2eseee=e eee 15.
SrOnIaMGiGa ee te ese ose ene 684 | Mactra clathrodonta --.------.---------- 99
OUIS Ge opee nee eae anos = 203 corbuloides -: -c. ---.s=s6-25=eeee 104
Walt: PUSCR 2222. Meee sea 196, 203 donaciformiS. =. -=---sesesesoeeee 10L
sandwichensis, new species- ---- 684, 732 | fuadelupensis: 2222. 25e-- seers 104
iGuponia albuginosa_ 22-22-2222 2252 eo 189 lateralis’. =...) 22 2 93
isabella-mexicana --..-..-..--.- 189 mendica, ..2. 2.4.2 eee 102
BOW ERD Yaseen ee anes 189 planulata.-.-.6.2 22 ee eee 15)
Tequila Saws! je see aan rae 430, 432, 445 | polynyna...-./- 22. 22255 eee 93
Luray, Via., Caverns Of .22:.. 225. none 78 | rostrata. «22... 0222s) dene 104, 106
Ibntodiridas.s-ce. Pa Lbs Sas Gee oe M7 similis ...0. 222222 eee 93
Tbravilocariss = Ress eee ee ee 16) Mactridsic*. 2.2. sess =eeees 92, 93, 94, 95, 103, 157
Tiodytes allemity 2o2- os es oe eee 330,337 | Madagascar, birds’ nestsand eggs from 39
Lygosoma preepeditum --.----_.-.-.---- 345 | porpoises from -_-__--.---- 33
iymx isa pellinuse cee eens ne a ee 15 | Madison County, Mont., rocks from..--- 637
Byyonsiellave okb sa seese= eee 695, 699, 702, 703,704 | Magarodes vitium---...----------------- 623
BDV SSIOOLM SDs Shae te oe eee 705 | Magellania_-...-_2.:---. er 720
alaskana, new species- -_---- 703, 731 VONOS8.. = i202 =2ue eee 122
papyra .-------.--------.-_--- 705. | Magerlina. ...-. ---.--.-----=¢sess—e 724.
Papytacea —--_--.-~-2-- 703,704 | Magnolia acuminata -----.---.---------- 420
TALC EUG es eae eee oe een eee 703 @lauca_...c.-.2 1 418
UIVRIGETIGMUM eee ne! on ee een oa nce 544 | nordenskidldi.--- 2.2.7. S3ae 230, 234
[SU RIOPTICUN UG <n ese et ae ee eee ae 544 | Magnoliacere.-.2-.+-.---2 2c See 230
TeV SIOSG UUs ee eee epee 489, 492, 502, 503,544 | Maine, starfishes from---.------.------- 278
acanthocarpus. -----.-- 503,504,505 | Maja camtschatica ....----2----2-2-2 = 483
var. septem- Malaclemys centrata.-..------.-3------25 319
spinosa _- 503 | Malacostraca -...-.-----+--+------------- 491
armat@....2.--------. ==. 508,507 | Malea rigens.----=-2es- 22s) 189
Los y: Vales eee See ae eae 508 | Mammals of Balistam=-:2. =--.2-sceeueee 1
heyheahhaW(zy< (sits) SeghS) i aaa vn 503, 504 | Kashmir)~.2 22 2 ees 1,15
dessussurel..-25 = £222 220 504 | Mammals, New North American------- 241
eusebia soc e soe tee 508 | Mangilia ..-. -_-- Peete nem hs Ps. 678
OXCAVALTIM Coes. eee 504 | Manculus quadridigitatus --..-.-------- 337
glabriuscula:.-.2-2o0.-.0e- 504;508:|| Mantidse ._--..2_-.-U eee lll
inorntta.2-0o.- eee 508 | Mantis chiragra ......-------.----=----=« 495,
Jatifrorist css. soo see ee 508 scyllarus - 2-284) oe e eee 496
minculata est. se 504, 508, 544 digitalis.) 22272 eee 535
MICKA oo se Seco 504 marina barbadensis.....-------- 495

INDEX. 751
Page. Page.
TeLED Terao yc4 WGC Foe ee SOR Sek gk a ee oe 176 | Microrhynchus depressus --_.....------- 73
TAU SEAT TEED gE eR seg ee Gee elitcrostomidsot: 2°. ese 2 eee 117
DOLE NITES TH SH ETH pS oo ae 136 | Mictomys, new genus _.....__.-.._--.--- 242
Margaritiphora fimbriata_-...-_----.--- 145, 202 | innuitus, new species__.___- 243
Rebcrn PO Oce rae ae ans ae GUSS Peivitens lived se o2- eee eS eee 549, 550
SCHEER ag OS a SN Ae ee es os 446 Milne-Edwards, A_____-_-- 45, 48, 61, 63, 64, 67,549
Maria Madre, shells from---.-..-..----- 14S) eine Me wards: Hot.1 en eis pean 549
Maryland, list of trees of --....--------- 25) 4) | WhaDb igi relauilhe biqey ab ye pepe as eee Se 176
Mason, Otis T., on overlaying with cop- | Mm Oper Ga 522 Sees Wee hep ee es ae 128
Sep MSE WES So) 2 pa eS Sd TORN ott desis Nos sop oe ee eee 303
iMactacanibeluses-s--2-0 2 fe apes Mere riset 2 Sa) IA: a ee 91, 100
Maurits. crabs trom) 2222. 22... 21,23 | Missouri River valley, invertebrate
stomatopoda from ---------- Maas. Pogailerny Soe hf) ee ee 131
Lv ES Bey SILLS SSS ea kee ce 573,579 | Mitchell, J.D.. mollusks collected by... 93, 98
Mazatlan, shells:from-2.-22-_-_2. 22... - MON Mitra-atteniuata oes eo eS 177
MPeMONNe ede ane! ee eee 2) 698) 694. | WOLCH OM tre tee eh a ae ee 180
MeWonald. Marshalls sesso 25. 467 | SUUCHia pees ere ame he 177
Jee Chath ete [1 D pect Seah a 475 GIRUSA teen are ais TT To V7
McNeil, J. A., shells collected by ------ 146 | fumMiCcwlataee tose as See 177
BvRearaeseelerene An ot 8S ee 589, 591 | Migantea: 2-H we ed ea li7
on cotton rat from indsityles aa Fe aaah a aes eee 177
New Mexico.------- 129 | lenis Ser ee ea See 177, 203
Le BT SGU aS apes eee 257 | Pris ate. ees See ae ae ae eee 7
WEE: VOR SS ae eo a eee SOM SUVELE TICS 2. eee ae ee ee cad eae ge li7
Merascopse-t2-s 0-2 4s 560, 564, 565, 567, 568, 569 | Meni obilpidesmiscet ese 2. ee Oe ee 299, 305
“PETC O)- gules a a i a DOOD OL. | VENT Oni Tta Wariaiee =o: o hao. meee ee 304
CEYSratra lL G{0) ry a Se eee 565 | Mobile Bay, mollusks from _.._---__---- 93
Weradorninnlvni.-o-. he. k Sekt os Atk GS to bulays see ee hee eee eens ethene 112
Megalomastoma._.....-_--.-- 431, 432, 435, 437,445 | Mocosoa crebripunctata __._......---..- 65
Morollanigawy-villei 2-22 AL .-2-2<----- 623 | Modiola braziliensis_....._..........---- 146
Mrmarianieireyel = =- 2.02282 o.cec a2 ks 725. | COAX eee Ree S set re ay apne ope 146
Wororlinajorreysies-.)-s: 2.2 2-.-2=-2--- Dea WeOO UliG pore! 2 ee se Fe 22s See 192
TLS cra ye ee a ee 430, 431, 432, 437 Modulus catenulatus. — --2.2-2__..-2-2- 192, 203
omrenceuiayTi sy) poets ee ey es 440 | COT ODES Se See aS ee 192, 203
ppesarri clasts cue ee eee 135 | GISG@UNT Se eee eee 192, 203
Meleagrina fimbriata ___...........----- 150 | Mogoung, India, jadeite mines in ____--- 29
Wik get eRe A 5 ES oe" ok i Ne le ee a AS04361 MLOUM ay trie oie os. een eee eran eames 712, 732
VETO IIS eee eres ree ee 306 | Mohrodendron tetraptera -.--_-.-_----- 415
CUA PICT = eee see e eee tae 2900; 30h a DUOMUSKS: GW sseemes 8 es Ieee Ne ae ee 131
Melonsenamodiierta.2-..-2-.-=----.- 176 | of the Dakota formation-_---- 129
Melospiza fasciata. 2.22. 2.2.. Lele 304 | fauna) of Florida2.2_25.2-=-2 440
MTS LO Cieye se ee ee oe eee 304 fauna of Antillean region --- 443
Menrpnrisincisus 96-232. flea inhabiting Greater Antilles - 438
Quadridenss 22 oh: re 71 distribution of West Indian_- 430
SLENTS cD ae CP BIR Ri ana es ed re 19 from Gulf of Mexico ....__--- 91
on eruptive rocks from Tres Marias Islands____ 203
Mombasa cn. eee 637 land,distribution of Antillean 437
on formation of sandstone | and fresh-water ----..-- 423
concretions -__..........- Sir |: Monoceros eye ien ee Sune Ee re sie. liz
on stalactites and gypsum | SUREIIG S555 2 Soe esse tebe = 187
Imerustations - 2-2... 2:_. 17 ADIs oe ate eee a 187, 203
Marimltanimanciatrcce sk ones he 312 | tfuberculatumi-<25 222222 187, 203
MPM AGOTIA 2s) esse! 300; 302;311,312°| Monophlebus =-=-=-:-2..-..22-225.-2- 618, 620, 622
Meatacodomuy line =k Nv eyo 183, 203 Stripennisues sy.) 2222 - 619
Metoporhaphis calearata ._.........._-- 45 CEIDITIGNet Ss yee Senn tho 619
BP OVE ere L 1 Ak (> eee ae 46 JED] ONO Seen a ee eee ee 619
Woxico; crabs from...) 2212). 8 45 PHSCUS ees 2 2 soe se ne 623
Gulf'ot, fish from S28) 26-2" 2 631 ahizeri= 22°22 24 ee essen PAL
MOMOSKS ERO = Sees Sees es eS 97,165 UGE Ve) cis Sek ee ee ene 620
stomatopoda from _______-____- 530 TAU GON oe = eee eae 618
WrcH Eecaudary =o 9s. 5.2 oh thee Ie G69" | Monotremista 222), 2-se2- 222k eee aaa 158
AVENIGON 22-22 es hoe hee 645 | Montana, eruptive rocks from_---_------ 637
Mreronallag-)= jos 2820 fase! 560, 561, 562, 567,571 FOSSiorsnoboe seers ae 236
SMAVSOMEN LG So oem cae ce HGlMLs Wotan onc o- see ce ok ce on: ee tee eos 431
WiltoMe ye ss. See aes 561 | Moorehead, Warren H. Indian relics
Maerornvichinieteca. <6 =. en 222 Lasts 73 POLeCted sya ee neces | sae sees eee 475

152 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Mopaltides <-s22222-.-s-s25e ee eee 202 |’ Myliobatis forsteri _<-2.<-----<22 sees 112
Wordatia 220 22 nase ae eee 109 hamatus ..2.252--c.se-- ee 112
Mordactidse: (22 i222 e..2e noes eee 109 lobatus’ .. 2... 522425 -ee=e eee 11d
Morrani As On Be" S26 co. cee aereee reece 616 narinari * 222225 ee eee 112
WMOPTONG oot nes en ee ere eee eee 125 nichofii......- 4 = eee 111
Morris, D., insects collected by--------- 616 nieuhofi 23. See eee 111, 112
IMOnUISsPUpras.. cot eerie eres 416, 417, 418, 419 obtusus..0.5. 142 eee 111
Moschus moschiferus- ------------------ 16 ocellatus. =... -2 =. =-=- een 112
Mudge, B. F., fossils collected by-------- 181, 137 rhinoptera) .--2-4--eee 11
Mubhlfeldtia sanguinea --....------------ 724 sinensis..2.-c--- 5 ill
tRuMcaba tere seee See ee eee 724 SyRODy My Of eee 113
Muir Glacier, fossil wood from--------- 207, 210 Vulgaris |. 26.4 24. 111,
Wine eo ee AO cee A a 91,95 | Myliobatoids.-.--.......2225eese eee eee 113
Pmadelupensis -ssesseete-- cos ee 104, | Myliobatoidei2.::_. 25. <2. 2e-see ase 113
lateralis. ..:... 2-2-2. .22c2 22. (98; 95,105 | “Myodes\s.-... <2... 2 2 eee 242
var. corbuloides- ------ 101 nigripes, new species_--..--_--- 242
PIT LINOTR Cote sect oe ts ee eee ao 105 | Myrica asplenifolia----- 3. 2-2-5 eee 222
WiiiereAtmerUStio sete nsepesenes eae 108 banksizefolia’ -2.-.-5. see 221, 234
AVP Oy iy eee ate ae. Coe ee lye Te 550 californica -20-. 6-0 221
Nirchisonites 22222. 2e= = seek eee 314 cuspidata.2..2-2.5.-- ==) 221, 234
occidens, new species--- 3l4 premissa.-.)_ 20-9. Se aie 222, 234
Win ex! AT TIS r= se os sowed ee ee 183 Vindobonensis2: =-2e-\=5e. =a 222, 234
aAMpIPWUS clo ease see eae 185 | Myricacése _-.-1-._ <b 2. 221
ibrapica GUE: ste a eenweneen 1840185 || My;tilaspis|—=_-= 922-22 2===s 616, 620, 622
bicblot fleet Ene ee ee 183 CasUarin@e 22.2) =e 622
Galitornicus 22 8e 42S! 185 citricola_... 2 621
Orin wSCCOIdeSe oases eee ae ee 185 philococtus)2--- ==. = eee 623
ai eth oleae ees ee Hanae shee 185 pomorum oe —22-e ees eee 616, 621
MIRIGHS ose ee ee ne bee ee 184,185 || My tilides-..--.-2 2.22.2 22 145
TATE ee eek ten ee ame token? eee 187 | Mytilimeria.—-.. 23 697
palmsa-vroseakb eel te tees eS 183 flexuosa =. 2-2-2 ee 697
MOXICANA.— ease eeee 155,188) | Wiytilus humatus=-. 222 22a 98
LICR TUS ete ea eee eee teen Le 183 multiformis 22.3 145, 203
DPLINCSPS) See see ee ee ee ae 184 | Myurella variegata -.--..-------2.-_2 169
Tapeh Oh dS 1h eee rae eM GL sie eee I 185 | .Narcobatus::-222222. 22.2 eee clay
SEOOITE Me tase on: ate erent te 183. || INassa brunneostoma..___ 2225s eee 181
Maricides ee cane ea ee ee Lae pees 183 complanata-)_.2). 2. aes 181
Muricidea fimbriata....2..-..2..-...---- 185 Var, maj Ofs-se see 181
hexacOnus este neseese eee 185 corpulenta: --2._ 22ers 181, 203
SQUuAMIMlILOn tees aaa ea aoe 185 lirata ...:-...5 23025 oe 181
WMiricince ss facta ee tae See eee eee 182 luteostoma ---2_2--2 2s sne eee 181, 203
Mus iarisiusi st icc cree eee eee 1,8 scabriuscula .-_2 22 d242 see eee 181
griseus, new subspecies .. 8, 16 tepula _.......5.2 ee 180
bacbrianiis (seston eae eer ane 9,16 tiarula.... <2) 154. eee 180
MiUSCUlUS se en een Seo ae an 8,9 viber..-52...-.2-. 22, S22 ee 181 _
seth no He, Be wae SRT OL TS BY Ct ah 9,16 | INassidee. _-_.. 1.2.2... 180
Bulb Linares eee eet tare hee 16. | Natica -....2:...22. 2.2 G84
AV IVALICUS esos one. Se ene uese nee 8,9 catenata .. -./.254.<-4 ese 195
Miustacompelus.se- sce els eae cece 466 chemnitizil = 2-22 hese eee 195
Mustela flayigula<..0525). 222222222 222-- 16 clauSa 2.2. $25.20 2484s eee G84
TOMAee cee see oe ene wee 16 OXCAVAabas 20-2 3 re 195, 203
RMAC torent a eee eet oe Apa 446 maroccana... 2 =.--2 33.52. see 195
MVBOCStOSs eesti ne cn ceees a osete a2 sea ae 302 pritchardi ..-.-_..--.. 122 eee
STH MTOSOL sea ns oe eae 310 TUSS@ -..32-222 62.0 i. ee 684
ROMILATINS cose. cbeeee a o- 5 302, 311, 312 SOMI00.2.._-2...2..- ee 196
My GnostOMal eps = aso ser doa nae ee 430 unifasciataz =... .--5-1-sseeaeeeeee 195
Myliobate. --.-- re Sees eee SU 118 ZONnAaPiIa ji) ee 195, 208
Myliobatidw, nomenclature of ---..----- 141,118 | Naticid...___-. 2-222 2262225 195
Mvliobatidesss.2.-taees cose tee a ome 112,113 | Natrix compressicauda _---..-..-------- 330, 337
WMiyllobstidss.: Sires. * an yee see oe 111,113 compsolema- .- 330
Miyvliopating pr sa- os aoe ae ae eee 113 cyclopion. -: 2.22 <. 1. 2332s 332, 337
Mivliopatings scan shec otek a ee oe 113 fasciata:22 see eee paar SF 331, 332, 337
Miyliobatint 22225552 et oe cee nore 113 atria. tL ele ee 5
Myliobatis) oo ce. eee eee 112 flagelliformis 2.2232. see 595
PN hat Faia, Sage eee Be ees be 111 taxispilota./2. 54 ee 332, 337
Hlicaudstas:. sos-.eecee sees 111 usta, 2202 5.3 eee 337
flacollume st ees-eaeeee 111 | Navigator Island, shells from --.-.--.-- 170

Proc. N. M. 94———48

INDEX. 7538

Page. Page.
Nearctic region, scale insects of.-.--.-- 624 | Notacanthus bonapaxti .............-.-- 460
Webraska, Tossils ftoms:<4) 22s 52h. 131 bonapartii--___-_ 457, 460, 464, 465, 469
Nebraska State University, fossils in-- 132 challengerii =... ateer lee 468
NeROnGoOMerundO:l a). -222esc-ccecemesee 419, 420 chemnitzii -...-._-.... 458,459, 464
VOIGGD Ma Wie sstcc— eae enc eee 594 mediterraneus.-..--._--_- 460, 462
fossil plants collected by- 210 MASUS, Me ys 457, 459, 464
Nemorheedus bubalinus.---.....-.-.---- 16 sphassanorus: =) ese 457, 462
POTAL =e case aoe er eee 16 TISSOANUS 222 2e eee 466, 468
Neocyclotus --....------. 431, 432, 435, 437, 445, 447 | TOSiLabUste. 2 eee 467
bakeri, new species---------- 449, 450 SOXspinis™ 4.- 222222 456, 457, 462, 464
jamadcen sixes 5. beets 28218 Bole Nobacamtinix. 21/22 \e 3 ee 456
Neomorphaster eustichus --....-------- mila IN Ciiaes Llc ste et ee) ere 693, 697
forcipatus, new species ROUEN. Cum y Clea {28 see = 2 Kak ees 559
Neorhynchus depressus --..---..-------- tone y Chidromips') 2-22 te Set 553, 556, 567, 570
Neotoma cinerea --.........--..-....---- 395 aloreollis 232 -se ag ee ae 557
dig enoses Of ==... 2s5222---=52 353 merrillit or ee 557
QrnmImond ts. she Sebos eels e 355 nyctomis zethereus ----.-- 552
RIG HNA eh Seren ck es 2 goo. Nya pnaSbenten 2 ek eet Ag se deh ae 257
MENGINGS Bee eco as no = See es Bod), INV SSH aguabicae a! enn nan Ue SS 415
macrotis simplex, new sub- arebicaes 02. 2.25! Lee Se ee 226, 234

SYOTECHNS | dee gS ge 354 SyiVahiCar-so2 25 f= eee oe 416, 417, 418
Gccideritalise-- 0-2 e ae eee 355 | Ocinebra erinaceoides_.........--.------ 185

fusca, new sub- lueubris = 65:32 22-5 ae 185
Species's.s. J.222 B54 TUS a 2s ee te ee 187

splendens, new species--.--..- 353 Sduamulifers=: 2222s 185
venusta, new species-_-_._--..- Sots Odinia sc eee hee 5 oF Ss. ob Ls eee 279
Neotropical region, scale insects of ---- 623 AMEPICANA > =~ Ape ees 279
Wormtaibernhardi 2-2-2020 sss2lenn eee 200,203 | Odontodactylus, new genus--_---._-.--- 489,
BUMUPICOSUee=sce sree ok sont 200 492, 493, 495, 496, 543, 544
Bis | EUETS B02) IS ac ere 200 ipleckeriives=es sa 496
iD Nena ee ee ae aes See ee ae 431 brevirostris 2--¢e.s-.-- 496
DCG DS ee eg 200 Carinifercee.. sooo 496
RENCDUNA taeae. se cose Se 438 Gultriienme. =. - seas 496
Meelivgha ses. 22k sees Sct 438 elegans: i-22s ee 496
Neverita recluziana-.-...-....--..------- 196, 203 Lavehalstevsttes =e eaeeee A BE 496, 546
‘Nesokia bengalensis_-..............-.---- 16 havanensis ---._-_- 496, 497, 546
Nesomimus adamsi, new species----..-- 358 JaNONICUS =e eee 496
bauri, new species-_--.----- 357, 358 Sey llarusiecsacs eee 496, 498
bindloei, new species---.-- 358 Subsenus)22=-2ss- eee 495
macdonaldits-s.0 22-22 358 trachuartusi sess sese= 496
melanohis:a-. sr esets weno Soo) OGontastorzct es osece nee ee nee ee » 262
porsonabus. 222. os a 357, 358 hispidus=s225- 5-5 ee 263
Nests of new birds from Aldabra---...- 30!) Odonterichthuses--2-5-4-.cse eee ee 543
Neuropteris acutifolia_-....-.....---.-. 208 Hee ec a ee A ee ee 54, 546
AMO WIDEETVqrdsiteaee ot eae 209) 201,200,240) | ‘Odoentosagda,_2.- 2. 232 ee ee 430
New Mexico, blue mineral from-.-.___- 19 | Gidignathus, new genus _____.__..-.---- 7
new species of cotton rat gilli, new species --.-...-- 487
Pronier a see 129))|Orthalicus undatuss-cee 20 oe ees le 426
Newton wAlimeds: .0. i to2les Soh 371,372 | Oldhamia in America, genus of._-----.- 313
Wow Vork. fossils frome 2.222202) 2u2k. 214 amitighran sate eta a eR 313, 314
New Zealand, scale insects of....--.---- 622 ETUIGICOSRES note eee 313
TAN OVULNIZ) E52 20621 39 f= pee 64 occidens, new species--_._---- 314
Nicaragua, shells from._.......-.:..---- 172, 184 1 efs Co lity IC) = etme fun 5 Pee ote 318, 314
Nichols, Henry E., fishes collected by-- 6272 Oleacesa te she ees eos bean hn heh 224
NACHE ESI oe Sea Senos esc le Gist | Olencina weserms eke ee ak eo ane eee 430, 436
Natidelia cribraria, 2. o1esc2 6 sos 2. 1877 Clio | FOU Ver aTANIGOSHL ese = ata = er ee So oee 174
OGhia STANGIS 2 o.oo Sa cenn este k 147 angulatar. cous sateos bo Se See 174,175
Mordenskiold At MH). cei cc. Soke 208 CUMING Ms] ccc eee, te ee ee 174
SEN CEELEAS CEN RRS Seo tr ee 526 elepans coe susie tf ce ee 174
North Carolina, mollusks from. _-_..__.- 97 AINveEbINGtA meat one. Cea ese 174
IS DEESIDE SH TLEWL Eee a Ra aa eg 455, 456 ITISADS ss 2252422525526. SS 174
PRO EMGHM UHI dee). osc acusacesceee eee le 456, 464 melchersi--<dicsie. 32 estado eee 174
SELES CONTA CU Cr a a 456 OUOSINA ates tee aa toes eee 174
Miptacanthoid ei-<- 5052. -c..c.- 222222. 258. 456 Pind arise yh ey ees 174
mrotaeanthus! 2. 2-22-0. 22.22.2222 456, 457, 464, 467 Polpaster sob Secs cee SLE 174,175
QHalIse: 22S ae ee 455, 457, 459 Porphy Tens snces peewee ee 175

754 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Oliva Teticularis:..2--s20e.ssece=aaesens 174 | Osceola elapsoidea............----------- 325, 336
splendidulaz:<-s-ss=-seeenss sane eee 175,203 | Osmunda doroschkiana --.---------- 208, 212, 232
SUban gs ilatdeseeset cess ee eee 174,175: | Osmunda torelli: 2... -4-5--ce5 see eee 212
hIMOTOR soe eee ase seeore eaten WA") Ostrea .-..-5 525252 4e.ca5hs donne 137
Venwlata ot cae teteee sees 178, 174, 203 meradon 2:22. 5..45 eee 144
Olivancillaria testacea.-...--.---------- 175 palmula.. 2) 2664. eae eee 143)
Oliveligicyanea’...62_-=--s.222-=essmen ne 175,208", Ostreide..... 2222.2 73-22-32 Se 143,
dames see eee b"| (Ostrya Virginians, - 22 es 422s 414,419
SAaciis. si sanceuss sess cea 175 | Otago University Museum, crabs pre-
undatella- s-2. eee ee 175 sented by ~..--.. 2-2. =-4-42c¢25— ee 65
DuelChans gesesan esa ee 175 | Otonycteris hemprichi-_.....--....-.--.. 16
pif loi <> 9: Peeper ee tas ena RE tS We) Oudablis.. 2.0230. o0-2o eee 615,
Olividse fs os ae es eee 173 | Overlaying with copper by American
Olivines; corroded: -=.2. -..65 2 4-.--2<S5+ 669 Aboripines: | .. 2.2.5... 24a eee 475,
ANG aupibe sss 2 eee eat 667 | Owis'cycloceros_..-_---222_ 0 5aea2ee eee a
Omphalius aureotinctum --.------------ 199 Vignei _..222...2.-42-2csseeeeeeee 5,16
canaliculatus 2222+ 222. =--5 199 | Owls, arrangement feathers of wing--- 569
TUSCESCONS.o 2 iene 9.22 - enh 199 pterylography of 2-...2-—-3seeees 551
Plobuluss=. 3-252) S2-feoeee 199,203 | Oxystomata .-.-. 22: 222-24 > =e 21
ORB PAGO = yas etet aoe Kok cates 226 |) Pachycheilus =222-2-ves eee eee 431, 435, 437
Qnehidella binneyt..12--..552-2-scnascs 165 | Packard, R.L., on blue mineral -------- 19
Onchidiide ---...-. puweteds Leet eee 165) | Palesococcus ---~ =... ee 615, 622
Oneorhynehus 22-5. .2-- ase toe Seen 119, 120 ‘brasiliensis 2) eee 623
Oniscidia tuberculosa ....--.---.--==---- 189,203 | Palearctic region, scale insects of_-.---- 615
Qnoclea sensibilis__.-------.--------=---- 239 | Paleozoic brachiopoda --...------------- 719
Ony.choteiges::22 Accs) -the eee 575 | Paliurus colombi---.--_----.---. 218, 230, 234, 240
MmOxi Cana. ise ecceaeehesass 573,579 | Pallochiton lanuginosus-.-........-.----- 202
Opalia crenatoides var. insculpta---.-.-- 188, |; Palmer, Edward. 222.222 2-2-5 seas 67
Q@peas hee Sees = cos sore. Stee 430, 433, 437 crabs collected by----- 83, 85
CS TACRAECTISIS: Seu sede. stereo 438 shells collected by~ 141, 146, 162
POOMaNT rye oees kee Uae aoe 445,444 | Palmer, Wm., crabs collected by------- 484
Shriaba et ee ees Pay ele nl 433 | Palos, U. 8. 8., stomatopoda collected
Bue oi oN lf teeta he 4438, 444 Dy oie. eee ba 535, 539
Opheodrys'sestivus, 2.222 4s23.5 2224-22-28 325,336 | Papyridea aspersum ---....-..---.---..- Jo SO
Opheosauri 22 35oe 5. = ut ee eee ese ek 346 bullatum.-<- 52 2u222= ee eee 151
Ophioglypha bullata .-...-.------------- 295 | Paradoxichthys <.------.- eee eee 465
Confragosai 2.2245 seseee 290 garibaldianus---_---.-- 466
grandis, new species-.--..- 293 |, Paragonaster’.-.-2----5--ss5= eee 207 }
saurura, new species-.-..- 288 cylindratus =] tne eee aye
tessellata, new species--.-- 290 formiosus. 22... sean 257
Ophisaurus yentralisi lsc.) - 22a 2es-—- 320: || Paralomis ....<.... ==2<s05ss5=eee eee 484
Ophiurans, new species of ....---------- 245 formosus.-..2¢ 25st eee 486
Ophiuridee 2-22 Mose lee ce ee ocean 288, | Paramuricea..21-. 2.55 eee 207 d
Ophiuroidea)- <2 222. 35 2 essa sas = 8 288 |; Pararchaster:........2--a5eeseee eee 268 j
@piothoscolis si ee ee io eee eda e 22 armatusS) = -2:.)32. eee oeeee 245
psi ChiboOniar ey sce ie hese see oe eres 202 semisquamatus var. occi- :
Orveuhtr Charles jo.4u. seek eee eee 204 dentalis: . -.c22.554e sees
Oregon, wood rats from.-_-.-. -2-2:---.- 355 | Pararchasterine® --...-.4-ss:s50=s===eeee
Oreronin STaAciis =i s.o. eee Soe oo 59 | Parascalops, new genus! -.- coos eeeseees
IMG suocencesnr na sc casseeseeae= 59 | Parathelpusa campi, new species ----.-
NON STIMAN Re one nanmdenesese cae 59 poecilel ==-2--22 4522 see
OTeoniyzaasy fs. seerek ee se nie neaee seas 304, 305,306 | Parthena, 2-5-2 <2 --2---5-.-ee ee 430, 435, 445
balPOUU SS eo. See peaet aan 308 | Parthenopids ..-...-.--:--2cs2se see
Oriental region, scale insects of...-.---- 618 | Parula americana .2-j-: 2222) eee :
(Une ely Theis eSeregeay: Se 162 | Patagonia, stomatopoda from----...----
OPN CUS = penne nae eae nnee ee 430, 435,436 | Patamopyrgus .--------------2----24ss=5
melanocheilus: .-..2--c-ss-s- 163,440 | Patella mexicana __-..--------------- 198, 202, 203
MNGAbUS) = 2 ses aeee ee coss 162, 203, 440 Saccharina.... -2..sepceeee— eee
seth atc VAL: Wee epiia Son ines Reds hzopa ay pate a 615,618,620 | Patellides:..---..--.-_ 3225-2-t25= eee
cate phrachs . 2.265 ~2s-cetes ae 624 | Peale, A. C., rocks collected by---------
DBCTOD se mic nne aa ae ae 619 || Pecchiolia.....-. 2-2. 25b06-e-ho tee eee
occidentalis —------ -r=sro-eee 623 | Pecopteris denticulata ---..-------------
Orthography of lampreys-.-------------- 110 || Pectenidse...... 2.22. | ee eee
Orthotomium sufflatus ...-<---222 2.2.4 164 || Pecten dentata --o1-.)-e5 228+
Ortonia natalensis: .--.2=..,. ---22pstece 618 | subnodosus.-': i 2-cs be ee
TU ORT saan ad = ee eons 23 ventricosus: 22.2. cee
OSGE OLA eee oe ee ee eee ee eat 325:'| Pectuneculus 522-250 2eee ae

INDEX. 459)

Page. Page.

Pectunculus arcodentiens, new species. 705,732 | Phaleenoptilus ------- 552, 558, 556, 557, 558, 567, 571

melecypedar.i 2 jo 2 ets 2OLeh se lt ck 143, 687 | miitallis = oe eee 555

[22 ITE ie eae oR a Se eg Bioy |) Enenacoccns 2) eo. Saat oe 615

ine Waiepre eet as oe ie saat eco e ett ei EeHenaACOMl ys Sees. De es Lo ee 242

TP oT EVES SUG OR cei anal GENE ape a eee ee, ee ere 429 | Phasianella perforata ._......-..-.------ 198, 203

Penfield Benjamin Bio... <.2.c2..22--2 fa,oten| bnasianellidsa: 2752). sn sae oa ee 198

Pentagonaster eximius, new species - -- 264 | Picea sitchensis_..._..-.------------- 210, 215, 232

erandlarist: 4.552528 - 265 | Pike, N.,stomatopoda collected by ----- 495, 500

Pentasonasterid@ #2 2i2-=+-2..2-<=- 257,266,268 | Pike-perches, proper name of_-_--_------ 126
Pentelicus, new genus -.__-...-._--- 605, 606,611 | Pillsbury, Samuel, shells collected by -- 14

aldrichi, new species ------- 612 | Pilumnus diomedes, new species. ---.-- 85

LP styCh 2 5 ee a Sy eee eee 124, 125 gracilipesis( 2 2-3-5 se 86

SEES cYod 20 eee Seen Dee eee PGR ENON ap pee Loe eee 430, 431, 432, 446
RE er NSLS Sine ee eet ee ee eee 388, 389, 405 WINGMEN SIS#= --osstske le eee eeeo 443

CSU i eh tebe ier te eee ee 1241250) TPinites pannovicns:.-.. 2 -<-<2s=s255<-5c< 215, 232

IESG R21 Sa eo ee ee OAS | MEIN DIS te los, ee ee oo eee 616

Perrande:Theodors.--2..--.-. 2~2--="-=-- G00); |e bimusiechina tess) e722 os2oe2e. passes 420

Peridotite var. wehrlite---....--.------- 651 Coty e tC Fete (Opcee! Ae ape stetety 5 ot neat ere Secs 418

amp loumiteihas noes ac ees oe kes kas = 157 | Sse eee ee a ee ss sc Ek 213, 232

SaEConbarianes secs seas 157 Staratscbini== 2 tse Sa 05. 2 213, 232

ORGHEVAs oes esos osen ose 157 Vit gins ay ee eet ee 418

Tambo naris =< sees wo Se 157 | Pipilo erythrophthalamus -----.-------- 304

Planiwsenlasnser see oe os 5 st Tot |S Bisavincisug2-2-¢ s2s- e 71

IBSEN ORIOSSayee peer seco st Senn. ces e sees 306 @uadridens’ . 3. 292) ee eee 71

PB PINSOG ON rey Se cose otks ce cee eee Se 90392) | Pisania'gemmata: +225 .-< 225 ise sesesee = 179

Gatbhrodonita. 222 ss522 23-2 99 INSIONIS.5-- 5 9 oe se eee eee 179

UAL OT Berio een see oe 10s only ENS Od Ns eee ee Se Be coe eee 431

BUMSENISc <5: shat eee 99 abditumtee) -.222.2 tee ee 438

Perna chemnitziana..........----------- 145 consanprineuml=sne2es ean 438

SEI FSR ey ee a 145 | Pituophis melanoleucus ---..----------- 328, 336

Parts Sens MOMs ose Mhsan las oo eS 148';| Pity oxylon: insequale, 22624 -=esseb 215, 232

Petaloconchus macrophragma -----_-_--- 192,203 | Paconanomiass a5 2,2 een. Do 146

TEDEU HTN 70) 1) oe a ee ee 108,110 | CUMINgi Sat. ees Se 144

IpRtHORIMIS a eae oo See a. Se TOPUNSS |f Blaciopty.chac. ee et: oe ne 430, 434

Blevactbhlls Seen oe ath Le 108i) Bineigstomess-- 2542 e et ee iil
THACTOSGOINUS 2255 ceo c aa: 10h) Blanchonia bryoides:--p-2n- sees eee 621

iSpiti cies}: ey See Se ee ee 106s |} Planeracaquabican 2 SS tae ees 415

[OLR e het fewe Sse eee eed 107,108 pineend see a eee ae 224, 24

BP ee son oe sea eede ee ose sess 1L00))|" Blattor bis= <-soee = ae ae eee 430
IPabromyZoniides: 2.2 cos costco ese ans 109 alibicansgy.2* ses be ee 444

(HUT ONRERUS oe oS etc eens a eteg es UeSSs 589 bicarinatws ses eee 166

GGA CULUS; POAlOL = ecco 5olcst Stee esse 7 CATIDIBUSE a2 ee eee eee 438
PigsTOUs se. =.o sheen See 147 circumlineatus-..--------.--- 444

reat? Y6)9 | C212 ee SE 147 conpulentnys) 2235-5) fetes 166

tenuisculptus,..-..=-2-..-2 147 guadaloupensis--------------- 443, 444

TRIE TE REV eye, C pete Ses eee a ea 550 HE (Stey iar WN dawee wen pope eee oe 444
Philadelphia Academy, shells in-------- 154 HaWANIG TGS) ee ser an st ae = 438
NO tOMA yay eens sao ee eS q Miser sh elsye © eee, eee ees 443, 444
NOME pOt ene ee ckn See cee eke 256 MACHA DIAMUSSs28 eka aS ee 444

TSE Sr 74S Ue ee Ot ile pot ee ge 256 TEL CONS Aa ee eee ed eK ok 444

Phragmites-alaskana..-...-.-----.---.-- 216, 232 Tals Sith 20 = Gee eee TE 444

Phyllites arctica, new species ------ 230, 234, 240 Schr amimniecseeca cee Sew 443

Phyllonotus ambiguus -.....----..------ 185 MGS ys tena s ee ae 438, 440, 444

: COLO RE. Sure elt 183 | Plants, fossil, from Dakota formation. - 136

POWANSIC Me tk Se 184,185 | Plastic clays of New Jersey -...--------- 106

erythrostoma.._. -222-. =<. 184: Platanites hebpridica sacha on ase 239

atk ea aU TtS te ee eae dy Sa ee 1Sf" i Platanusmopilis: i250 28 at se fs 234, 239

pRTCepAH A] ea. See ee 184 occidentalis _-.....-.--- 416, 417, 418, 420

aps 6 1D, Ce ee a ee 184 PEIN Va sa ee 132

LLNS a ee ee eee ee 431) | Platypeltis ferox, = 9-2 22-25 )2=- 3l7
MPV SOK OPMGS 2. S48 U2 oc s/o son See ees 616.) Plstystomans ssc. eee 2. cae eee eee 431
TUDES 02120) of hd (ee ere eee a0p. | Piecotosialmbtis.-. 202. eae 16
PMS NOGISCHS _) oo 22d bs 2 605, 606: 6L1612*)) Plectrophanes;<s. - 22s. -5 encase 305
@neus)). 05. f5--t2ssoe n= 605,612 | Plectrophenax nivalis............------- 304

Pheeornis, affinities of_-....----.-------- 310 | Plethodon plutinosis .2:..22--.5 2-4. -.-- 595
GROSGEURG == S81: nee la 302,311 | Pleurodonte -__--.-.. 430, 431, 432, 433, 435, 444, 446
Phainopepla nitens, affinities of -------- 312 | bowdeniana, new species. - 450

756 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Pleurodonte jamaicensis var. cornea--- 449 3) Poly mita.. 2.2 00655. 22 see 429, 430, 431, 432, 445
(MCernass--2 lessee coeeeee 450 leeVIS22 oats2 2h e oe cone 160
marginatac-..-s=s2- se. sees Aad) Polymices 2... 23255 325sc5-5e cea 684
PIGUTOLOMa ooo So eaewatis o-oo eee 677 bifasciatay 2-..--22s.-2 =e 195
frniculatacessustee nee 172 lunatia-s.<:..5.'2. 2 Seen 196
PIDDOSA ss 222s see 172 otis’: .-.5..i-. 3. eee 196
hormophora]]-----2-=2-2—- 684 Var. fusce 2325.52) ee 196
incrassaba ++. ceases 178 recluzianar.2255.---45 sss 196
mnimaculsite 32sec 172 uber ..¢../ 23:32. 195
maculosal = 2.7 seeee es 172 | Polysomatic olivines -.--.2--2-2222--ee=s 667
NLP Ay a Seen Na L738) Polyz0a, 2.0: s22<s255 05:0 Seen kee 716
microscelida, new species. 677,678 | Pontaster -........--.-------------------- 267, 268
OlivatCOa eee eee ee eee 172 forcipatus =.-:-.222 247
periscelida 2-52 see ssees 678 hebitus <..-.-. 35-4. 6-5aa 247
LGU ete ae en 171 sepitus .....2.-235. ee 247
buberculiiera 2-6. .2-cese4 172 tenuispinis. --2.22-_s222eeeees 247
Bieuropomell a =45.9 4 202 ol eee 678,680 | Pontasterine, new subfamily --.----...- 246, 268
AGASSI 7s. 2 ssese een es 683) || Populus ercticass—- === eae 217, 232, 239, 240
GHARUISSA as ee eee 679 balsamoides:.. ...23- =o 217, 232
climacella, new species-- 679,733 glandulifera... ---.225_ 22 5e4eee 217, 232
Sypsata.5.s5---isiaee ease 678 grandidentata, --2-2-22-s--5 414, 417, 418
gypsina, new species.-.. 678, 732 heterophylla... 22224225 5ee see 47
hawaiiana, new species- 679 labior). <.2.2.c. 2225 217, 232
packaragy — =. 37. saee ee 683 leucophylla . 2. --2--22- oe 217, 232
IRIGETOLOMe Ol .=- ae sos i ee ee 683 monilifera .-...5.2¢2-.,.4--eee 417, 420
IPlgurotomides =. 255 --ee- fee 171, 675, 681 Tichardsont 5-3-4). .3eeeee 217, 232, 239
IPmteatulars cor Ss 0 ot ee cea 144 tremuloides)...--2-..- 25a 414
IP pOnAStOt ene = 2. fone st a 2 ee 266, 267, 268 zaddachi- =... 3.450 eeee 217, 2382
AGASSIZIIE Lhe pe Senet ee 248: | Porcellanaster..---- 5:22-2-52-eeee eee 267
DIERONIS iE 22-24 Yess eee eee 248 | Porcellanasterids- ~---.22-=4552--e- eee 267
intermedius .2 22-2 be ee 249°) Poromya:.i:._..--25-22--05 eee 695
PH TOTS = soa ac essa ene see eee 248) | Porphyrite: *:... 22.2.2 644, 645, 661
PithOnasperinese-.222) Cee oe ee ee 248 | Porphyrophora.-_.... 35-33 See 615, 617
PreumoQnopomata =) 2-404 ns nee 7 | Porpoises from Indian Ocean- ---------- 33
Poacites tenue-striatus---..-.-----.---..- 216, 232 | Potamopyrgus coronata ------------ 438, 443, 444
RO COCK Ryde asta ss ee ee 550:| Pricus..26.5:22..:..2224). 5 ee 109
POAT OUS Pip asi sek Sere t le aes Doz), | Me RLMOspina a= -o. see ae 76 ee 378, 385, 407
Pad ocarpus Sp,assse-se coset ane ce teas 239 entomelas <2.) 385, 386, 407
Podochela eracilipes;-o.2 2 2 eon eee eee 50, 51 mystinus 22.2225 seseeae 385, 406, 407
hy. poely pha suas eee eee 49°) Pristidg@...-2.2.3..-...2. 111
lamelligera. on. 2seeceeet anes 49,51 | Pristiophoridse 2... -2.- 222225222 eee lll
macrodera {12/5 = ces anon 5O | Pristobatus 222-222... < 26ers 111
TUSOLS. -ocbbt eee Soest oats 48 | Pristopus, new genus-..-- 52 e4-=4=eeeee 486
Spatulifrons peer ssc ee ee 48 verrilli, new species - ----.--- 486
spinifrons, new species-.--.-- bl | Prodelphinug=- 2-22). -2 2322 3342 eee 33
Podonema hypoglypha-.-...............- 49 attenuatus:._ 6-2. eeeeeeee 34
lamellisera sss se. 49 measurements of__..----.- 35
Prt ape eee ah ca Bee Sa aee 48)| Proserping):23--2225 5222-55 eee 431, 482, 487, 445
Podozamites latipennis --...._-.......--- 216,282 | Prosopium.2.-.--.22.-522-22. 2ee 121
Peeciliide, nomenclature of .......-...- 115 | Prosopophora 222-2 22-22-224seene seen 622
IPOS CMIT REE Or apt eens eek ee Se 116 eucalypt -.<2225 2 eee 622
CR UTTIA e esoend cca wea ee eee eas 116 | Protosquilla)\..-.- -.2----3- 32.552 492, 493
POURS DIAS Poin agen ee ee sk esse 622 | Providence Island, porpoise from------ 3B4
poy eloilbbavt Veo a! eho Jace te, Sees ee ees 615 | Prunus americana ---.-...------- 411, 416, 417, 418
PTANCIS pi. Poatnnanset ee ea as ah 617 augustifolia...--- See 411
Polyacanthonotineg ......-...---.=+---5- 457 serotina=-2-_ pees 411, 416, 417, 418, 419
Polyacsnthonotus £2s.cf2-. S28 456, 457, 465 Variabilis /.:) 22-3. 2 eess eee 226, 234
PISSORMUSS sees. 6 ae 466 | Prussia, east, fossil flora of -..-..-.----- 237
Polvdontes tev bee ces eee 430, 445 | Psammobia regularis -.........------.-- 155, 203
POM Duet ees ene ee 430, 435, 437 rubroradiata)-=1-20)s.eecese 156
acutedentata 2-222. 4sepee3 161 | Psammobiids 22: ..-25-.25--- = ee 155
beh! is 22 et 4 See 161 | Pseudarchaster ..2- 245.) 2425. eee . 266,268
Hichurigs ts: Jos <a 161 concinnus, new species 250
Cereolns ccc. | eee ee ee ree 440) discus 2... 0 ees See 249
hind sii. toca ee tees 161 | intermedius 2ts-ee-es 249, 254.
platyglossa) <2 2-------2 sesso 161 tessellatus _....--.-<.-. 250
WeNntrosmlay eee sss Se eee 161 | Pseudarchasterinz) 2.222 --scepe eee

INDEX. 157
Page. Page.

seudemysiconcinna = =....2-2.-.-2=4-222 318 | Puncturella galeata major._....._._-... 712

PUM tris ees eeaworee nates Bis a bOpArcs sacs cee! sec eee ede. SO 430

BEBO CMICHGNUS tec esee acolo staoee ce oee 543, 546 eoutractasaos seh =. a See 438

eepuGGbpaleaieetiee sy yen content 430, 437 hex. odona cu 55s eae Re ee 444

: GOMInCUENSISS=a-=- 2Se4 44 pelivcida 2.4.54 ee ae 438, 443, 444

AP OCOCCIS Doon is cen Sots to neue eee te O20; ee Unpira Diserialise 2.55. .sseo eee see 186

TEVA Ge eos oe oN a Dae 22 bitubercularis) 3:22: S2ee0 eee 186

EAGUGCOPULVINAMIA 20.02. oonesecccens Hote 618 columelianise..c5 so) = eee 186. 203

sikkimensis----.----- 620 Cosbatais: sss, 22. ee eee 187

Psendosquillas.--) Ao. 223 489, 492, 498, 499, 543, 546 galleaste sas Fas ae ereee ee 188

CORISM sere eee a 499 hippocastameum ~___..._-.-.-_-- 155, 186

Gillan see re eee 499, 546 kiosquiformisis-. 5-225 186

EMmpuSa sree cena. sone hs 499 matulass ose Soles see eee 185, 203

OLB Ohare tee ore ata sec 499 tran STATIS; estes eee 187

Resconminpwereee nen = tele 499, 502 trisenialisi es n= eee ees 186

WAPMOKA tae ae OU Za MUTT Wrin p58 ai oP See 2 ee) Mas We 185

megalophthalma --.------- 499,500) || Pustularia pustulata-_..-.....--....--_- 190, 203

monodactyla ------------- 209 Jeb GD en Bla: Was teen ose eon cae Seah te 475

Orla tay ss eet sae CU SIU fod 210 1 0 eee ee Ec Ree RE ES 615

(ORAL EF ye er ak eg 499 DO0s MPutorius alpimus 22. see aoe es 16

MiUsONSIS- ses essen. > 2kee 499 Camiotila ee es cee 4,16

Shylitenag- =a s-aeee 499, 502, 505 CFMiInGa)\a.452)245 4 aa Ae 16

TE eS CLEVES Pay 6 Se a 249, 266 subhemachalanus---.__-.._-_- 16

ANAPOMECOA. oss eee ec acn ZOO EV OPUSin ose eae oan en a 349

Gres pera ats eee aaa eto ODT IRE VANES 2 sen soot cee ee ees 305, 306

SIPACITOSGRH 2 tons eee eee ses en SUG Ee yt SLOT a sess ea. See yee 135, 187

TEEN gion ho) UE eh a 415 hunierosassstGe ee 135

EURO LOSS A Seen, o 8 on cae Oren Cees aceeoen 188 meekii, new species__.____- 135, 138

Pteraster hexactis, new species. -.-.----- 275 | Pyrocephalus abingdoni, new species... 367

PPORASbORM GN cots a ijan esajeceee sa ecieeLS 275 carolensis, new species. - 365,

IBGeRISSIPKENSIS 2.2.2 os-ude pucoss~se= 212, 232, 240 366, 367

Pteromys albiventer..-..-..-..---------- 7,16 dubs 23-2232 nee 368
IPtLeropodusi2:--25sts2s5<secesele 378, 385, 396, 407 intercedens, new _ spe-

atrovirens -......-.-- 398, 400, 406, 407 GClER eee eee te Se ee 366

brevispinis-........- 398, 401, 406, 407 MINUS eee ee 368

Carnabus 2o.cs0 <= sos 399, 403, 406, 407 TAA S ee ee ate 365, 366, 368

CHUTINUS = - one. oe cee 399, 402, 405,407 | Pyromaia cuspidata-_-.......--...--..__-- 73

chrysomelas)=-.-=2._ Bao: 403 40G"407. ey POtrOPONe rs =e. seceb ae see eet eee ee 602

Clone atHS sscchocscosete2 398, 400,407 | Pyrus augustifolia ---......._...__-.__. 420

maliger __....- . 399, 401, 402, 406, 407 Coronariat as sate eee 411, 417,418

nebulosus -.-...- 399403: 405,406 5407.4| Py xidemys << =.-22) eee 575

PLOLniger -one secs ce 398, 400, 406, 407 elatisayiieo.<s ete ae 578

rastrelliger -_...____ 399, 402, 406, 407 SchnCIDeSrIj Pee eee 578

Saxicolaeus). 2+ 397, 400, 401, 406, 407 War pulatace: dene concen eee 578

RINGNAIS" sen ee 301,400,406; 407. |b @uadricenariums 2-2 sssss oes secs ce 150

vexillarigh 222253052 399, 402, 406,407 | Quartzose hornblende porphyrite- ----- 664

zacentrus........--- 398, 401, 406,407 | Quebec, fossils from ---...-....-...----- 313

Penery COsg ula, Aso Soene de 2 sce Dee So 490/492). Ouercusial pa ees eee aoe. 413, 416, 417, 418

Pterylography of goatsuckersand owls. 551 Chamissoniges e025. 6e = Seco 219, 232

eDyCnochcningr scese ck 431, 433, 484, 435 COGCCINCA E+ seo aie 2 416, 417, 420

[nye Cai Wek Ly Be A 449, 450 OEM it Soa eo SOM Ae aed aeeey SoU ree 219, 232

Puerto Rico, fresh-water mollusks of_. 448, 444 Gieipatapeee es ele sere 413, 417, 418

land mollusks of ----.-...- 443, 444 farwh jell pases se ene 219, 232

Prestuialoumuen sso ess ce eee 72 iM Dricariai =a san ss. 2 eee 413, 417

PehaCU is iee sa eee wees ee 70 Ayrerbaae cecren eee ees or tis ae 413, 418

IN GiSar ce Saree ce oeeeeee oes a8 ais val MaACrOCATPAS Ke: =os- sc oa kee 416, 417, 420

POTOA hee * pet eeeaaaa se 69 Michaela so ase ee 414, 418, 419

quadridensi224.0 9) so ee. 71 COeNRAOT geese oes sets sea 414, 418, 419

Vari gracilis; = -c-< 69 muhlenbergii_-..--...- 413, 414, 415, 419

mightiese ess a ek 71 Leb es de ees oe ete a Soe eee 414, 417, 418

TECTIA SB CCTH ate Oa ais a eens SIR eae 616, 618, 620 pandurata 2. > 2e 219, 232

ibiselowioee sees 2 oe 623 Daltishrises= ne - Soe 416, 417, 418, 419

CODRDTOS cto) eae es te ee 620 PHelloster=* =) See eee 417, 418, 420

MeSkelie fe: 5202) eee. - 622 platamoides = 25-5.225.-6-55 416, 417, 418

(e210 Th ou Set ee ele 621 TINGS Set ee eens 417, 418

Buaneuurellarmajor 2222-2222 See 712, 732 psendocastanesa,---—-- 219, 232

758 INDEX.

Page Page.

Quercus ‘Vvelutina-s..-.<2-52--sesue=s 414,418,420. | Rhus ‘meriani =. 2-_-- 82.5 abe 225

TULA S22. 2o55- seas oe 417,418 toxicodendron’ 22-2--.c-sseeee eens 421

Resta undulata cc. 22S esenet ae 157 typhina2. ee 228

RA Sack oe oe NR SO ee 111 VOrnlk 22222 es 415

SS eee ee lil | Rhyolite and andesite____._..1.________- 653

iRayidte! 2.2. 2 os eee 113 | Rhynchonella cornea..-_________----2-2-2 718

Rana 50 puss... oo ese ee Shee ee 339)'| Rhynchonellidss! <2. 22. - 224 bsssen eee 713, 716

Catesbeiania. 22 325.< 25 eens 339 | Richmond, Charles W., on new genus

Clamataise: =. ee Bl ga eee 339 of trogons ..-oos2-55 4 601

PIPIONS 255s 242eeee se eee 339 | Ridgway, Roberts. 2.-..-----2 eee 561
sphenocephala --.--------- 339 on birds from Alda-

iRanelig manne s.. 5-52 See eee eens 188 bra, Assumption,

REIS a ee ee Ake Se eo ce 87,101 and Gloriosa islands. 371
clathrodonta=:--205n--25020---25- 99 on birds from Galapa-
GYTONOIVGS sec2 o eee eee. 92,97 gos islands -_-__--.-- 357
PIO RTOS eerie ee ee este 102 on trees of Lower
faite ilps PEE Peeeye meee COME By aere 92 Wabash Valley ---.- 409
lecontese sie sc eesehacsesee bes 100.) Ripersia) 5.-2..5 .:2..2.... 615, 622
F816 AKO) Oc Se ee SR i a erst 2 Ea 99,105 | Robinia pseudacacia ---...222 se sees 411, 417, 418
RATE 1ETO UG: ee See See, ee eae Eee ol 102 | Robinson, S., snakes collected by --_----- 333
WaT Vaca sae whan eee eee 106) | “Roccus' =. -.25/.<--hs¢ 342 eee eee 1234
TOSbT ADAG oo oS ee se A 102 | Rockfish, new species, from Alaska--_-_- 627
$riGONs he: sol ee eee eee 102 | Rocks, eruptive, from Montana _______- 637

Rameriane bs, is see oe) ee Seen 90;,92;101 | Rocks, intrusive: ——..-..222-22eesseeeee 643

Hoxnosust coe teen eel 102 | Rodents of genus Sminthus, in Kashmir 341
THENCIGHS E22 (2k. So oe ee 102 || (Rédingar..<:.---2.--.. 222 —e 119
Subgenus 222.225 e2-5 ees Ol'|\ Rolleia.. 23.4525 262-5 429, 431, 432

’ Trig 220710 Re Mega eae OS 102 | Rondeletia, new genus_-_...-_---_------ 454

Ran piidsotess 2 feet ets la es 95 bicolor, new species--.----- 454

Rathburn, dary din. 22s s es seer 2 490 | Rondeletiidze, new family --.--..-_------ 457

on crabs from Indian Rongetius abbotti-._._-- 12 Sse eeeeee 371
Oceaneest aetna 21 aldabranus---- ee 371
on fresh-water crabs nests and eggs of 40
from) -Atiricas2--= +1 25.| FROSACRSS slel-c ascen6 25-5 b ee 226
on crabs of the fam- Rosettes; gypsum 22 ~ /s2se ee eee 80
ily, Inachidss =-—-. + 43 | Rumina:. 2-4-3 eee 437
on crabs from Antil- decollata 22... +424 eee 426
lean region ___.___- 83. | Rynchonella _-_-...---..1-.-.2e eee 422
Rathbun, Richard..44...o ss ee seen 489. | ‘Sabatia..-:2s0--5-4.-2-- eee 677
crabs collected by___ 54,65, 67 bathymophila 2.2235). ee 677

RHI pidGPlossassssss a eS ee Cee 198 pustulosa, new species.........- 677, 732

Rondeletiidee, new family__..-..._-.____ 454 | ‘Sagdait.ci. 352.2. eee 430, 431, 432, 435, 445

Red Ses, crabsiiromsssoasecna sce = =e 21 maxima, new species ------------- 448, 450

Reed warbler, Japanese -......._.....-. 205 epistylioides ..-22 -2=.0a eee 448

ASV L6 Mls Weyl cS se eR tra on eee Cee 215 | Saginaw, U.S.S., fossil plants collected

RenTOnd pAmotste) 2.22.5 20- sSenee eee 161 1) EAE ec 209, 220

Reptiles from Mlorida. 22... 2202-22222. 317 '| Sagittaria:2-...--. -6..ct 22s 216, 232

WROD MUA se sao sarees a Seek ey aoe Socae 317 pulchella....v.25¢ ssa 216, 232

LEvatsWe'sha te: (0) 2\: 2 eas eee ne os ae ee Sy 229 | Salamander from Arkansas _.---------- 597

Rhamnuus caroliniansa ...22.- 2 2062.22 415 | Salar. 26 22h dict eee 119

Nam PMO COMMS. 222 cate stee eel ck oe. 305, 306: | SalicacesS —-.-</~ 2... 2-2) JSe4h. ee 217

PnImO baits reves eect eee sce sess 111 | Salix discolor: 2.2.-3ss2.4-.. eee 414

PPINOUSTUS cHeee ote Psa eee sea 111 integra... ..-f.2..5) ee 218, 232

hinocheilus Leconte... 22ses.226 5. 324 lavateri....2.2.t)-5¢ 6 218, 232

Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum.-.---.._. 16 longifolia. 1225-2 242-346 414, 415

I PPOSIGSTOSiGe-n oe cease. 16 lucida... 2. 415

Rn optena jas. caesewces -watines 652556552 ne macrophylla. j_: 2 2.5=neees eee 217, 232

Rbizochilus aspera dc 4eoec aeqes couse. 187 meekii ....04.)) 4 132

DALES eee er: ae 187, 203 minuta, new species -_-------- 218, 232, 240 .

PI ZOCOECCHS oc bane cutee rte ee 615, 622 Dipra.oc. 2c eee eee 414,417,418

DIZOS CTS Soke ne eee ce eee 22 TRAN. oe nsec a eee ae 218,232

DS delasslasahig <M s Oa Soret eee Ss. eee Were 445 SOrice8 120-0 bss e ost ee 420

Rhineura floridanay «sen 2b2 sce cce ole 821 Varlans |. Js0ssu--ee bee eee 217, 232

IRbus capallina - oi. eee eee 416':)' Salmo... 246. 2oSouee eee 119,121

a frigida, new species-_-_-....---- 227, 234, 240 mackengzil 2.35) )202 ee eee (12k

la bra eh oece eae 228, 410, 415 obtusirostris -482.2 4 120 =

INDEX. 759

Page. Page.

MelMrOnaveler rs 4Ge sus isis bewakaouae 1S |-Seutalus. baileyd ./2202526.5 eee 163
RMMONOG 228, bobs i= eS a ecesee oe 118 pallidion: ¢ 4.) ssa ee ee 164
SUT BS Eee pe ere eee ee le bseyra;umbonatas 2.6 la eee See 61
differential characters of--- 117 | Scyramathia carpenteri-__...._..__-.-_.- 61
PAMNONGOOS oct ace Sedcac aeeséuc seed ece 118 vu aa ol ovae NH oe ee Oe wes 61
Malone olnssteec i -c- saciat eek tees DBR oobasbes.<./-)J 5/275 Soke ee ae eee 377
SET OHOIMOS = fe - at. wee es ee 118 auricnlatus cess eae 401, 404, 405
RAMON sanction ttt iavssSosvaesaceeccee 118 capensis)! :2.4 ase! 2 391
RALMOMTOMMOS) 222526522 Satese ee anos 119 CaUTINUS 3. se SLds esd ee 402, 405
Pap CRTITIOO Eee tae ne eee ee 118 elon gains 2 53:26 Rew ee 400
(SCRINS Oye WGa1 5 Aes Nee 119 fasciatuseel. J. heise ee 403, 405
iS LNERYo) 05 P|: Speed eNO te NS en arco oS 119 helvomaculatus = 22222222226. 2e 395, 405
Salt from Carmen Island Works --.--.- 140 mnacrochirs:. So sc. 2. Soe ee 380, 406
Saltator atriceps!--=..26 2502 222- <2... -. 306 minculatuss cess 2c8u-h.- tees 391
PSUR tei ei |e a ae ae ee ea ge 119 MAatZWbaree Sse Sa 389, 406
ULV OUUINIS) chs oases Senna cebueeseeds 119 melanopse=-ss2-22 S282 77, 385, 386, 405
Samoa, stomatopoda from _-_-__-..--.... 497, 508 Uwe hy OEE @ pene eens Me ep teee 405
SLING Co Wee eno eee ee 126, 127 MEMULOSUSe e474 39 Se Ns 403, 405
dmeioperncan-4~ 222-5) Ss) 2255. 127 MISTOCINCHISioe8 ~~ 0 55/Loae 381, 388, 405

RRURLUT Once Seton eas naevag)asecSeacce 3 127 OCUI RAISE. seks St Selene. lo) 391
RIEUT US oie Seen + Soucek oe seo ele eee 126 PaARVUS ceed te Sesuet aan TE ee 405
COLOR see Meee ke a eon cat ee eaee 128 paticispinus --.2-..-.2.. 377, 388, 389, 405

1 TYG Xo ROE a a 128 polylépisici. ewe ie 405
Sandstone concretions, formation of -_- 87 Prorigeri).: lose oe ee 384
Sanguinolaria kindermanni --.-.._-...- 156 TOSACCUS. 2525.22 scele 377, 390, 395, 405
PAM COME oot so. 2 aslo 2-2 =k kes 227 Tiberi oe ets ee ee 396, 405
Sapindus diversifolius --........-....-.. 132 Vals (PArVUB Eyer ee 405
Brsctieassassalrass ooseho ssc sok 2 416, 417, 418 WAPIADIUIS Be aot See Sy eae 385, 388
Sea Oe tte a ear IR UT ee 20 | Sebastichthys_..._---... 376, 377, 378, 385, 388, 406
SH [lig 0 Se ae ae ae Rees 117 : alltime Sesto ee 385
|S 2S 0} 61 LS eel hi ee a eR tc a 655 SLUdHS Soe eee ia es 406
Bye NOMAAS Hear rm ene ee 2 2st Te 549 atrovirens ccos2efe: 2S == 400, 406
Scale insects, geographical distribution auriculatus)..c<252252 6 377, 404
(0) BE = SS ee SS ee ee 615 AUTOT AS a ae street ee LE 404, 406
SEMA Ga: se ee ae oe ee 188 brevispinis, new species_ 401,
WCMOpSPRewerbe . . 2s 25.225 sco Sl scsSL 22 406, 627
SrSEN OLEH 1G <0) 2 ee ee a 676 carnatus ..2-..=-25-4- 402, 403, 406
alatus, new species -_-..__- 676, 732 chrysomelas -_- 403

2a 1200 Drs fen eos See aS 676 €aUPinusis.i ss les.uegs es 402

TB VOUS are ae a7 vexillaris...... 2

dV 04 CVU ESH Gece = re ee eR 676 chlorostictus -.....------ 406

Reapers GilaUs te 2.5 2 eee 242 ehrysomelas. 29: is: 2 22 403, 406
PCa phareen le Distant. 220 oe ke 146 purpureus- 404
multicostatas 2.2 e ese. 146 eillatuss see. oe 388

RIG OPOU Ne ea 2 2 a eee set easel 157, 686 constellatus_.........2:.- 394, 406
Sceloporus undulatus --..........-..-..- 20 diploproa\-222-2--: 4. 381, 382, 406
PERNT NTO MIG Sarees Al At a 439 eloncatws' soa se f2) be 400
SCE Fs Ghar UE fp ea AE 128 entomelasii-: 222.23 -2..- 386, 406
wei ET eS) SS eee Ee 409 fasciolarise: <22e.5 8.2 403, 406
Scidmore, Miss E. R., fossil plants col- Mewadiists 2.45 Soehe she 387
legtedtbyese 232-052 e2s cast eo lS ckls 221 BOOM CI etek Ome Se 389
MGHIOMee eee oS. oc stot T soe 345, 346, 349 helvomaculatus --_....._- 7
Delmiiememmiim ent: 12 5200s So ls oe 149 inbroniever! —i<i 2s 384, 406
Sciuropterus fimbriatus ---...-........- 7,16 Teascassocso oat oth sate 394, 406
DelignusTeDer pt \ seta cek sees S 2 et 241 Mei oom Att eke Ses 2 396, 401, 406
concolor, new subspe- Mmelanops 32.225 -4- 377, 385, 388

(ieee Ree: ae ee 241 TMTMAGUS 0s 25 55S ese 393, 406

HOSSO lee saeco nen see sense tee 241 PV StINUS 52 2he ase eos 385, 406
Bigintetiine Laaoccsassa cena ageeecos Me SUS 5 nebulosus su. sests. 258 377, 403
Bepiocosomiassos= see tes. aoe aed oee 109 nigrocinctus ----- 377, 381, 405, 406
(SSO TEISI EST 0 Ea Ee ip ag ey ah soar 565 ocellatus' 42.2505 2e22 BYWs
ReMi ter steno be cee en acne tube 316, 377 Ovalise2 2-1 4 ease es 384
SUD Lg SLES lh (0 2a I Toe a el 375, 401 pINNi Ser!) ee 393
Stoo Teapre Raila ks 2)QS ae A See tet ens 5 Sse 76 proriger. = 4222252 400, 406, 627, 628
Bcotiaptex cinerea... - 922 4222-22 -.-s 559 brevispinis ---_ 401,627
BctirriatniosGleuce. 22.5 ..2- enone owas 197, 203 Pur puUrens -LeLs.b Se 406
var. vespertina-.--.- 203 rastrelliger -..--2.22-=.-<- 402, 406

760 INDEX.

Page Page.
Sebastichthys rhodochloris --..-.----.-- 395,406 | Sebastomus constellatus -----.-- 376, 394, 406, 407
NOSACCUS=.-casssee aaa 377, 395 elongatus'._- 3ogca-c-se eee 376, 379
TH DOr ...£2 sa2522 scene esses 397 COB J Sse caiaaenGoeeese 376, 396, 406, 407
rubrivinctus- -------- 381, 382, 406 genus allied to.-....-.---.-- 389
TUPOStNIS 2 .ecea=a-s==— nee 395, 406 PUL be ee 2, 395, 406, 407
Saxicola.: 24-6 2-335 400, 406 Tevis\eaee 376, 390, 391, 394, 406, 407
gerriceps.--6:.22-Ss6525- 382, 406 macdonaldi —.--2252 22 eee 376
sinensis: 232-5 -=e=saeeee 400, 406 melanostomus -------------- 376, 406
WIM bNOSUS!= -os- sen Soe eee 406 Miniatus= 2-2 —-se eee 390, 393, 406, 407
Vex lllanis:- 222s esesese 402, 406 oculatus::..---2=-2) ae 576
ZACOUbIIS 225 = seen ae 401, 406 pinniger: S2esee se 390, 393, 405, 40%
Sebastina auctospina------.------------- 401 proriger ..22.2-22..-- 376
Sohastinee tesoce ses cee ace sae ere ee 315 vexillaris: 03) == 376
Sebastodes2e2.=22-5---25-6- 376, 377, 385, 388, 407 rhodochloris -------- 392, 395, 406, 407
BUOUSe-. iaes eeee eee meee 394, 406 rosaceus ---. 376,377,394, 395, 405, 407
@lubum So oe aoe e tase lee 385 ruber: ..5---5 376, 390, 393, 396, 405, 407
AEPOVITONS testes eee ees 400 rubrivinctus._---5---== 376
auricolatus 222-b.5----2---- 405 TUtUs ose 376, 390, 393, 406, 407
SORA eee ee eee oeaes 404 Tupestris=-s- -=-s=-—— 392, 395, 406, 407
GALNatIS) 22+ sence ease 403 Serriceps =: -22----2)- eee 376
CATINS = 22) = ook eee ee 402 umbrosus- .--------- 391, 394, 406, 407
VyesUlariscé:s ence 402 | Sebastosomus-.----.---.------- 76, 378, 385, 386, 407
chlorostictus=--.---=-:------ 396 ciliatus 2= == -2s-s= 387, 388, 405, 407
chrysomelas ---.--.---------- 403 flawadusi-.-Sseeees 387, 390, 405, 407
Cilia bus 624s see 388 melanops. ---- 377, 387, 388, 405, 407
constellatuss 22/4. 8e- 3. 394 pinniger 3.2 377, 393, 405
dup loprog seep estore caeee 382 ruber. :-.2652- 555s eee 375
elONPaAtOs ete serena ceeene 400 serranoides --.-.----- 387, 406, 407
eNntoOMmelase.aa5 .--teee tao 386 * ssimvolans 2.5.2. 388, 405
Oa Nc patth es ate kee 396. | Sebastopsis 12.2.2. 2425252 -epe eee 380, 405, 407
HaViOS oe sete eee eae 387, 405 KYTIS .. olen eee 405, 406, 407
TNS ae ee ae erat oe 395,406 .|' Secondary mica -..... 222. eeeeeee ee 669
SO0dCLs---s5-52=%-= =. 878;'389; 406,407 | ‘Selaca,-22.../2225:..--- 265-6 eee lt
ANtNGDISCN: = sense eee eae nee 384. | Selenites ..2:.....--2--22 -225-830= See 430
Veyisiste2—teo ee ose ess 394 | Semelids: _ 2.2. 2.L0.2_.. 2. ee 156
Trigger nee ee Reena ee 401 | Semele bicolor: ==. _=---222222. eee 156
matziibara ts seen ene seas 389 Gorrugata .<.-.2)-2.-5--== eee 156-
MOlaNOpSss72.25h.5-heses=s=== = 388 | Semnopithecus schistaceus---------.--- 1,15
melanostomus --.-.----------- 384 | Senectus squamiger-.--.-_----------------- 198, 203
MaIniptas oo Hee See eae 393: | Septentrionalis .---...22522225 eee eee 720
INV AGLUUS 26 oop jn one eaee 385..| Septibranchia -_.--- -2--52=-- osn=eee eee 7
MOHULOSUS ict secs sicteseam ocean 403 | Septifer cumingianus ----------=-=---.-- 145
Nigrocinctus'=2.---=---=-—-=- 881. | Sequoia ....--.4 ---<l.-22 ec eee 239
Ov alig wes: Ceie ssa 383, 384, 405 acicularis..::.-- 6-/-n2¢geen<s see 214
PaUcispinis<Ssasu-ee——- 389, 405, 407 lanesdorfie= sees oo 218, 232, 240
pinmigenr. eos aae esas 394 SDPINOSS:..-- 2-54-2225 ee 214, 232
PYOVICSNs ssLsesetsose se aen- 401 | Serpentes'. 2. ...<2-)--=22 2-5-9. eeeneeee B21
mastrelligoer sso 2226.-Ss—c=5 402 | Serpulorbis pellucidus --.----.-----.----- 192
TPHOGOCHIONS 2 teu cs-eeeane 395 squamigerus ..--ssscseee 192
MORACHUS= J. s ease sa toe ee 393,395 | Seychelles, crabs from----...----------- 24
TU OT oe ee ee se 396 | Shells from Jamaica, new species of ---- 448
PUPMIVANCCUSS 2 -—s5 22 2L 8-2 382 Lower California_..--=2--2. 139
pint bese eS a 393, 407 of the Tres Marias..-.-._4--Seeees 139 ;
SAIC Ao sasen foe c messes ees 400) | Shufeldit, R. We -2.---s25-2- eens 551, 552, 556, 559 ,
RENTANOIGGS ae fee econ swe 887,406. | Siaphosine-.-.-22-- =). 2S eee 345
BOTMICOOA eo eet eens on oss 382 | Siberia, fossil flora of -..-.----------:--. 236
SINONSIA 2. Sulense mate ceases 400 | Sibon..l.- -.--22-4 +. 52 -ce sek ee 324
WexdM AIS opeeaeeas sana 402' | Sigaretus debilis:_2__.- J 22t 2 2 2oseeeeere 197
ZACeNtIUS) as seeesscse es se 401 perspectiva 1-4: 33.402 =eeeee 196
Bebiatoloopse ess]. een 879,380,406 | Sigmodon fulviventer --..-.------.------ 129
alascanis ssa ee 2k. 880, 406 hispidus arizonee--.---------- 130
MACKOCHIN «oj seek ne eee 375, 406 texianust -.52.seees 130
Sebastomus-.--.-.---- 376, 378, 385, 389, 390, 403, 407 toltecus:\2 38. ae 129 |
eereus ...-...---- 379,391, 394, 406, 407 minima, new species -------- 129
capensis is-=.5.2- 4-25 375,376) 301,407 -| Sienoretia -2-2.2.-:2co-base-ao ee 615
chlorostictus -.. 376,393,396, 406,407 | Simocarcinus simplex. .-.--------------- 66
Chrysomelasinss.sJceseen-e= sve: | Simonds, Pe W..-~2.se25-0o54ne see eee 502

INDEX. 761

Page. Page.
Simpson, Charles Torrey, on mollusks Speotyto cunicularia hypogeea .--...-.- 562
of West Indian region. ...........--.-- 423 | Spergo, new subgenus -....--1......-.-- 680, 683
‘SHEET] oT CDS ofS Spears Sa Sea re ee 430, 437 daphnelloides, new species ---- 683,733
‘STAT AST to fe ge ee el eS ee te 680, 683 glandiniformis, new species --- 680,
RING Ma COSMINS obs ceeus eee ee Seto we 708, 732 683, 684, 731
halipreetugs. oe ee See eee ce GOS oe ES DeTMOCOCCUS foes et eee eee 616
VMIOLIS PULA %\seo-et oe <3 Se seon ee ee 708,732 | Spheerium cubense--...-....--...------- 438, 440
Spitzberpensis/ so... v.st eek lee Rui Sproles Cones es sees SPs A 336
Siphonalia modificata----.--....-------- 176 COU PSII eet 327

MiNhonamiaset nce ste 2 tee oe Te ees 169 | Spirsea andersoni-_.........-..----------- 226, 2:
spquiliratie ss socsts = Senses 166 COMENTOSS tHe cee See eee 226
bRUunnedt era wo eee cee AGORA Spisula pATVaL st) scsecs seek tee ese eeees 106
Gostatatssee = sa Ss ee eelk 168 polymynae-s._ 2 -ees ae Pa eres 93
FErr ined jas. coacee ce eees 168 quadricentennialis --_....---.-- 105
ipeaninmcsaseseee oa aeens 166, 203 Simlish 2 See es 93
var. eequilirata- -- 167 | Spitzbergen, fossil flora of__....--....-- 236
palmata ----- LEB AG in NS pinamaseewees eines! So eh! oye 430, 437
leneopleura ea. ose ese 169 paludinoides=2-...24e2 Sates se- 444
(Oa 1210 bigs ee ee eee 168 subulan Lies Eee or. 438, 440
palmMebbani 6 Vee seo eo 168 | Spoerococcus bambusexe-.....-1.--------- 621
UCT oases Sane Se a ee eae 166 MSpondylidsoeese ters cess ae eee ek 144
Sielloyit:initst: 2) oi 166 | Spondylus princeps --....--.------------- 144
BEPON. IRCEPLINGs-ne26 o.oo een 538 >|/"Squirrel, Abort’s 222.22. _ <2: Sse eeee 241
SISthurus ma Tigs 2402205. eh ced SaOsS00 tT OOUALUA <e2= Sheek fee a ew ees 111
DISHrUIN ferrurpineum .-.. 2. jee cease DSi asquatinag ess Sete ect ae ee 11
Skulls of porpoises from Indian Ocean.- ed S| OCU aia sey eee ee 489, 491, 492, 502, 509, 544
DBS OLLeTTAPONO. 2. Ss slcsseescue8 586 gculestas.2s =. eee 510, 523
Sminthus concolor-.-.....-..--..-- 1, 9,16, 341, 342 BMUMNIS 24th Phe 511, 537,538
flavus, new species ---.....---- 341, 342 alba e222 es A oe 511, 539
i Kash mi Pee cckdecccss ot5= 341 APONAPIA= see eee eos ae 496
LER UDONIN cer sea See ecko e 341, 342 animate! cas hee 503, 509, 513, 515
SUD OUIS en - = sheet sme et ate 342 bidensi223-2 eke ee 547
Snake, Butler's garter .--....------.-1-- 593 stl Orimjge= ses ee. ae 511, 530, 532, 544
Dralgnvniss eM ese tee 453 COnISH: veneer es es 502
SHEeU TTS). 1p oe Ai NEE ke ete a ee 479, 550 ChiragTrage sr. Ss Soccer eee 495
Smith, William S.,squirrels collected by- 241 |. ehlonida)s eset sao a ease 510
SOMENA ET a ee ee 684 Giliatae setae ae Meee 499
actinophora, new species-.-.-. 684, 685 costatan 1. Ss.cb es eee ee ae 511
MO GUS ee meee etek es ccaas 732 decorataic = eee 510
STON auto tye he Lobia | Seah eee eee 193 desmarestii 2-23 ee 509, 513, 515
Solarigm: eranwiatuml._---.220 2-2-2... 193 Gigitalis =. 2222202 es se 537
PS CONES) RET se Ss TE Sey eee 267 Guid: 22 = 52-5 ees setes fe 3 509, 510, 518
benedicti, new species -...----- 273 GUETeSshil as Sosee on eee oe 510, 521
BUG OCR taco ee eee 27 edwardsili<cé.c-5.- 23 ee 535
syrtensis, new species -..--.--- 271 EM pusass2 ssestocee= 510, 518, 523, 525, 527
iS SUT SSS C6 Ee ae ha ea eee 271 PasClabas cas Look Tooele See 510
OLCOTT ALIN 9a oe se tee te 156 FETUSHACIIR Sat bse a sae es eee 511
CAlFOTHIAN US (ose che Wo meeac 156 plabriuscula-toes ss eeenee aes 508
Oly apt eee Sess code ot oe Pe ee 692, 695, 696 Pracilmposseeset nen 22 aoe Ses 509
POMS ON IS see 2 Ab es yen oe 712, 731 hos yeniosseess on se se Pik, ee 508
Solenolambrus decemspinosus, new ind efensa wea =o et Sk ane 503
Species === seseee ee 84 intermedia, se eo eee eke 510, 530
yiGUS tase sue soe 84 lseyisens sere: te Ue 503, 511
MGMOnGpHORArat pment 8S). ooo Lo Set 622 abasic oes. ee Be 510,517
Solenosteira modificata --...........--.- 176, 203 latreilleiie eee ideo se aes 509
Soleonmiya jonnsoni es 2225 oe Seat Pek 3 721 leptosq Willa ss: 22'S 510
Soletellina rufescens---......--.-.--..-- 156 TOSSOR Tse ae oe he eee 502
Somniosus brevipinnis_-.......-..--...- 464 mantissa:i025 2-2 491,510, 518, 521, 526, 536
Onda lineata: wsens eesti cesses eS AL 345, 347 Manto east sols Sa neeeeakes 510, 521
South Carolina, mollusks from--_------ 97 MASS VONSIS Gosss2k LoL eee 535
stomatopoda from----- 518 microphthalma=-_ 222832" Sosa 509
STORET era he Se Re ie nes Ren 431 mileg.c sie td 7 Be eae dee 509
PigeGuB eee Sete lee Dees Se 440 IMONOCELOS hoe sees ee 502
Spenocarcinus corrosus-.--.-------.---- 66 miulticarinata 212) 6-282 511
DpeoLytOss wesc 2: = 560, 561, 562, 564, 567, 568, 569 nerlecta:s-4os-. -a see eee 510
CUMICUIATIA: 222 o2osoc55 sates _ 559, 562 MOP Ae reo se eS 511, 519, 527, 535, 5387, 5388

762 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Squilla oculata)c--2e. 2c. sce Se ceeeeeeee 500 | Stizostedium canadense----.-.-.--....-- 124
OTaLOTIA. = 22-2 oeeeeeee eee 535, 537, 538 luciopercs,..25..52.ceeasees 124
panamensis --.--- 510, 515, 518, 526, 530, 544 marinwim. .. 05 2leseeeeeee 125
PaANValssses sos osee cee aceon 510, 518 relations and nomencla-
Polite coe22s een es8aeateee ee eae eee 509, 513 ture Of... ..i9eceoee sae 123
prasinolineasita. .-.-<.<=<--sseaeeus 510, 520 VitreuM s..s.sceaneeeneonae 124
quadridens 224.25 stoners 509, 511, 541 wolgenses +2524. 2oeseee ae 124
metamorphosis of-. 546 | Stizostethium....:2.5-..-3-224seeeseseeee 128
quinquedentata -....-..-.-.--..- 511 | Stoasodone.. 1s eacss oe eae 114
PAPHICER: 2 eens see e eee 51155385 | Stoastoma....- 225+ esses 431, 432, 434, 435, 445
VhetoOvica)-s<...5-4.425 ease ines 536 | Stomatopoda, crustacea of the order -- 489
Tobunmicalda, = 22 os---5 2 see ae 509 | Stomatopod larve---...-.----.--2--.-.- 543
rubrolineata a... sassseeeesas 518 | Storer, David Humphreys..------------ 453
PUSOSA sou us a peeemaeeeeseae eee 511,541 | Storeria dekayi: 3... .-S22s--==-=- seen 332, 336
Scabricauda 22.<c2 ces esesoie 508 occipitomaculata ----.-------.- 333, 336
BCOLDIOG spa seeeasseseeett snouts 510 Victa -.:-i-23. eee
BGYAMBTTIS)2e= Asters fee sek 496. | Streptostyias-29--ese oes 430, 434, 435, 436, 438
BDL PONS) -rc2- se saessstewweus = 502 | Strigatella tristis.:-..2 2222.22. 2--e eee li7
ShyltGriee .sst-ssscceo beeen Se 499 |’ Strigos:.+: 22-2225. -2s 551, 559
SUP PlOK ss 5.25 sande one Seek ee 511 aftershafts, oil gland, and down. 570
(AP WOW) oie peep secrecenser enc ee comparison with Caprimulgi--- 566
Gridentata. ss 12s ssstse bee 503 feathers in the tail_...-...-.___- 570
PV Pau otha cet A OOS =| (SitrixGse tie ee 560, 565, 567, 568, 569, 570, 571
Squillss parallel. 5. ..623.- was 498 @9i0!=225.22225.23. 2S ee 559
Squillideg 2-2. = Soo. t-aeeaiaeeo koma 491, 492 brachyotis-.2-2:. 559, 564
Stalactites in caves, formation of--....-- 77 eunicularia -.--.- 4 Be Bt 559
Standella planulata -........-....-..-..- 157 lapponi¢al<:5-2). 559
Stanton, T.W., fossil mollusks collected ny ctea2.s:.2222 225.20 eee eee 559
|e a Awe Sa rat han REE EN aL Bae, 4B BF Oe 135 practintola ¢-4.L0 2-2 3.e ee 559, 566
Starfishes, new species of-.-.-..--.----- 245 virgianiana 2222222. 2-2 sce 559
Staphylea trifolia —-......--2.52--56te. - 420 | Strobilops:s:.2.-22.222-252.22 eee 429, 430
Stearns, Frederick, mollusks collected hubbardi*).)2..0_ 2 eee 440)
| Ohler pa eae CRUE PS AY AE 720: "Strombellaco 2. le 3 ee 710
siearns, Robert iH. \C..2-22 22... 2k eee 204 middendorfil. <2) -32e- eee 710, 732
on shells of Tres fragilis:.=..<..12: 3) 710, 732
Marias and Cali- mélonis: 2.22.20. eee 710, 732.
fonninesas.ce- z 139° | Strombids..-- 3. - eee 190
Stearns,Silas,stomatopoda collected by- 508 | Strombina maculosa -......----252-2--s- 183, 203
PHOS LONNIS See bos ciade te a See ere 552,572 | Strombus:‘galeatus --2_ se ssaeseeeee 190, 203
Steinberger, A. B., stomatopoda col- gigas. = ost eee ee 190
lected ibycseend spec enec eee See eeee 497, 508 eracilior _..... 2222 eeeee eee 191
Stejneger, Leonhard-.---..-- 311, 322, 323, 326, 348 granulatus).2:-2 9.2322 s2 eee 190
crabs collected by - 484) | Stroplimac:2:202----2l eee ee 430
on Butler’s garter Subulininss:. = :.-..--2. 2222s ee 437
snakes 593 .| Subulina.--.- 222 J222. 23223 eee 430, 437
on the coachwhip Octonay 2:22:24 eee 426, 438, 443, 444
snake 22S 595 octonoides .-= +4. 2222222es 440, 443, 444
on the Japanese Succinea :.252s:2 5 2 ee 430, 433
reed warbler... 205 approximans: 5:25) 24532 saeeees 443
on a new lizard latior : 2+/=2.-21 224-43 433
from California. 17,589 fisis? a. ee Att
on a salamander Sula abbotti) ce: .24.-22-. 42 eee 371
from Arkansas-- 597 :| Suie,Kise ieee ans$h 22 oo 617
Men OMMDONSIS 2). arc. eee sasel lee Sot 36,37 | SulcosinusS =s-ccu 24202525. -22245e eee 07
BiSHOmOn time nce eee eee ease 121 taphrium. <2 .s!s2s2-5eeeee 707, 732
PS DON OOS. Sian epiaeneemnant= Cee gusmasenctea 120,121 | Surcula funiculata ---. 22.) 172
RenORN MH beatae ete hue pole, MeL 430, 437 maculosay ::=czc so eee 172
TOT ODTASLOT <0. .c2.nk22- 255226 444 tuberculifera.2 0.44 eee Pe ip
SHEE Cae al ci as oS a se 436,443 | Swan, J. G., crabs collected by--------- 488
MPONOTAOBIAIHCTION <o.. cinSessoee ceed owes 201 | Switzerland, fossil flora of-...-.-------- 237
Stenotrema hirsuta. 2.2... 50 sis22..222s2- 162, 166 fossil plants from--------- 228
Stephens, F., wood rats collected by -.- 854 || Synatomys 32225: 26-o eke aaa 242
PMCDARTOTIORA sence st. -22 fst suse 269 | Synotus darjelingensis -_._.--.--------- 16
Stilosoma extenuatum--.....__....- $28, 880,507 | ‘Syrnium =... 22... 2 eee eee 560, 562, 567
Stimpson, W.,stomatopoda collected by - 585,539 nebulosoni:..22-2gehersses see 563
PULZOS POMEL, 2 inne nd nadases scant 128 |. Syrphus Sp. -<s<<<:sesesec ee eee 605

INDEX. 763
Page. Page.
Pantie COLONATA sean cacckescuannetenece BossoaD || errapene ornata,..-.---\-<s-seeueneeee 574,
TADOS OPEbAs. osteo cpe om ananepene=eaensem 155 575, 576, 581, 583, 584, 585, 587
PD ya)2Sshi hs 2s Se a ee aS ee 155 skulls pi 2:55 ee aes 586
ANS Ser eGis Ca) hart a a ee ea 214, 232 brie aS. es Seek eee 573,
PROGINS fe oom cca = acesee aden ae sanneS 208 574, 575, 577, 580, 583, 584, 585, 587
distichum miocenum -.-...- 213, Wireiilata = 324.4352 ee 577
214, 218, 232,240 | Tessarobelus guerinii _..........._------ 621
tinaiorumes 22: oer Pa SISPATEE S123, (EU Mets) iad IN © eee eee ea a eee ect es on YUN 386, 400
TD DERWENS 7 So eS SR Sa, re ma en Zao etracneming 2 bss suena 605
Taylor, W. E.,on box tortoises--------- Dieta "DOS bind Orcs) eee ee En a 574
SHECOMSSTAGICANS |= <csscc-ccmccasaeeeese 421 brevi-candata,-- =) eens ae 5I7T
Mellinaiproderipil~-=2-=----2- sus<sss=26 156 CATINatH c-kit eee 5I7
doubtful species =..-..---------- 156 Caroling 2435-54 a ene 573, 574, 577
PULPULONA: sss sess ws see 156 levtisay te eS Se yt ee 5i7
VAGINA = ee eee eens saeece a seus 155 RNCAPCET ADAG eee eee 577
“TNE TLET SG Fs 3) Ape ea ek Se ee 156 Striatas. oan 5I7
Tellinides purpurens.-.----..------------ 156 mineulataigeee osc. souse eee 577
Temnaster hexactis, new species--..--- ZiDMeMastudineses: sooth ik tee at 317
MansbraishPiCaor <.---...-cseeenctae-eeee LOO Tite tretereaeten a ase enol ttyl eb) see uw, 615
Tene tel ci ak: a ee 465 | Texas, mollusks from __..-._------------ 93, 164
Merebra Hammes---.-.---..------------. 169 stomatopoda from. .-------------- 508
strigata --....-.-.-.------------ 169 | Thalassochelys caretta_...--.----------- 318
VSS Ds Se See es 169 | Thamnophis butleri___.........--------- 593, 594
C8 eee eee 169 leptocephalus -------.----- 594
Terebratalia coreanica......-.--.------- 127 Raydieribite eo bes ae 329, 336, 337
Souda ss ee oo eS 729, 732, 733 PN nea k (22 Roepe aR i BT ek 329
obsoleta ses .s-sssss2s. 726, 727, 732 sirtalig. eo. eee 329, 336, 593
occidentalis -......---- 728, 729, 733 GLdinata eee 329

TUPISINOSS So-= 52 =~-sSaccee 127 Vac Ganise ie es eee 594°
TRANSVETSA soos enon ee tebe kaise a char dinime. sae eo ie hha ae se 618, 622
Terebratella occidentalis --......--.---- 729 COTMU aS eR UE 625
var. obsoleta - COAT NE Syoutoyed (o)< (22) ee ae oe aes Smee Le ee Be 188
TPUBISINOGA ce Seach es cece 732 | Tagelus californianus.......------------ 156
bani. eLse) stan occ ect scee CE Son NUNS i te i le EN BPP 2S I tar 20
var. occiden- MLE ope ea att Sy aU gs eee mee re Ee ee Eee ot 16
talishoso 3-222 deus itBam apres, tat ou eer AVS ee SS ee a 306
Mite DEabOUNOS tanta asec coseaueeseecss 720, 72 GET sir nS ee nee ee ea 806
Piste brannlyy.c-se— een ote te wes bennece UES Mein sere dasa eee OU eee ee 299, 305
Galifornicg,{o--e ie. 4-22.25 ET Oem Si ci, a A a eee ee 430, 434
(Crisinih oe) es ee eerie ee (ZAG lid mitts eyes eae Le 430, 445, 446
CYAN asec est, Seek ee dele in eligh ti sid ee a0 see eee eee 21, 25, 27
fontaineana--..-:.-----..-<- iZe "Eh omean Ge Mie. so Ue ed aed 550
Mecoumeulus' is Maes see ees 12 Th raciagplicatai sos. pe eae ee 157
EPaNSVOYSA c2- 222+ aces sccss 727, 729 BRUNA ey ce ee 157
UN SWiCUla =. ses oes ioc Sas 719 BIASicana) te ook coe eee a eee 232
MISEo Oribaldee sous soca te oat ae CSS EMnaitedalaskensis ssa sana eae ae 215
SROGODPADIMN Deon me on me ete o eee O94) i ratins bisechac es... nce eo 713
caputserpentis..----...-.- PO OO NT malllid este ose en eee ts eh ly 121
yar. un- differential characters of _- liz
guicula. (100) CoM variei las gee eee ete ee Pane 117, 122
Terebratulina kiiensis -........-..--. 720, 729, 7 AMGCHOlepise yt wets oe ee 120
septentrionalis --.....--- (20 ayartassAeschole sone ee ee 122
unguicula, var. kiiensis - 720 | Thyrolambrus, new genus-_..-..-_------ 83
Merehratwlines=- 0-25.22. 5-55 e 5k 718 astroides, new species-_--- 83
SRETADIIG Oo ies=- ce okie oes aka 169 | Thysanophora-....-- 430, 431, 432, 433, 435, 437, 450
PRETEADONO cee se ate os% oes 573, 574, 575, 585, 587 Gentes. elite oe Fe 440
Dpaurin. - 574, 575, 576, 581, 583, 584, 585 dioscoricola_._._____ 438, 440, 444
Carinate,<t tea ecus 574, 576, 578, 580 euclastar £15526". 444
Carolina... 20ss025e8 S20 eos 319, incrustate.: -6i. eee 438
573, 574, 575, 577, 518,579, 583, 585, 587 plagioptyaha: 2 abe 438
Ginesternoides = 552-22. cess 580 td Cf el Loe. ROR Mee mee Se 440, 443, 444
clausa -.....-...--.----.------ 6h. "Tilia ainskands sevcecel een 1h coo 230, 234
geographical distribution of- 582 aqmoricanarc uss. 2 ie ees 410, 419
WENO) Briere ces ewe nse nae ole Tlie heberophy ila ).<-25 uc cee eee 420
575, 576, 578,580, 581,583, 595,587 | niiacom................. 230
RO RICAN A) ee en ene aa 574,575 | Tivela crassatelloides -_....-..--------2- 154
nebulosa......-..- 577, 579, 480. 584, 585 ACEI oes ee eee ere 154

764 INDEX.

Page.
Torinia. Varieeata).p---ee= == «ances =a eene 193, 208
Tomnatelliniac =) 2s ees obee eee 437
Morpedinidtess-s<-s+ -a--oe0 ae easanee ee 111
Tortoises, box, North American-.-..-.--- 57e
Towne, J. W., shells collected by -------- 141

Townsend, C. H., birds collected by- 364,365, 367
fossil plants collected

1 oh pee eee 211
mammals collected by 241
shells collected by ----- 164
TownsendjGlb wh so ee cee 624
Us od: Cated Cols cl: oe a ee ee en a Se 2
Trnchaelinysiuks eee Loe seen 430
Trachymaia coruutas-.--->-s5-.55sese4= 63
rach y Saves! =- 2 22.5 aon--neoe ee esac ese 349
SMA pH POTORNS 2 o2)22 soos oe encs ae seeene te 226, 2¢
Travailleur and Talisman, fishes col-
Teereenbyetee tees one See ae en ene 461
Trees, classified measurements of------ 419
indigenous to Lower Wabash
Walley esis. ceases eos oe ee 415
list of, from Maryland -------.-- 418
PTO Viren eank asta 417
of the Lower Wabash Valley--- 409
Tres) Marias, shellsiof.-.-22e-leo522-2- 139, 203
Mrichoplatus button ---2-s2--=s-==--— 65
Tripteronouus =< 38 eos he ee ee eee 120
Priore VWEstiblLINs ace oeese ese ac seeeee 188, 203
TYLON se oe Re ee Mie oer aie 188
Tritonides gemmata-.-+------2-:.+--<< 179
Mira SS walnBOnile. cc decease tenes ace 312
Turner, L. M., mammals collected by-- 245 |
Turritella coniostoma .-.---.+-.-.=----- 153
POTN ola epee oboe 193
Murretellids2. 2-3: -sewe-- ssc e6 ase ee=—= 193
AUD vUs/S1KG) os heteeeet poe ee Ng py ge gael seen es 37
Puritan Saburahuaes 2° seceou ce eee ewer Byel
Trtonides insioniss {oo 52) ee eee 179
TritoniumNorvegicum =. -.22-22-2-/--.-- 710
Schantaricum Jo 222-2 sass. veut
AM ai aby celle een SSE eee eee ae oe eee 190, 203
MAC AN Sasa seo s ese eee 190, 203
SAM OTINGd te heen penee ee a 189, 203
Solam aye eG os ele ese eee eee 189
WPOCHI GS a. 25 coche. aoe ee nae bes coe 199
MrOCch’US PP leSS ois. bees see ee Seren eee 685
MLIOUTIS ecco se = eer ee ee 685
Protons Mew, Permus.-c.) 22 253f eee seeee 601
Tropidonotus ordinatus ............---- 329
var. butleri --- 594
eomicoruynenus's : ccchs-)—-. sce ee 305
MeowoOn Gispariis 2 co onccs te ane sce WIZ %Oe
ACIIUDU Sis SoU Se ee 712, 732

True, Frederick W.,on mammals from
Balistan and
Kashmir -...-..2 1
on new North
American mam-

OTIS ee eee 241
on porpoises from
Indian Ocean... 33
on rodents of genus
Sminthus..--..- 341
on undescribed
wood rats _-_.... 853
PUN GHPOMA = oh shh cas col ak oosesee 43]
SPRUE See eee te ee cas | ee 118

Trutiformes

Trygonobatus
Tsuga mertensiana

Typhlophthalmi
Typhlosaurus

vecceeceeeseeseseeeee- 481,482, 485,437, 445
fokkesi_--<. 1.

anodontoides
barbouri, new species
doubtful species

mearnsi, new species

Vaccinium arboreum...5--2 0522 ees
Vasey, George. .---...-.----
Venericardia crassa. --.. 22.2.4 2.l-. see

215, 232°

349
345.
346
310
311

198:
176.
198
198
198.
198
198
198.
198
198
682
312
300
312

311,312

710
412

224, 234

589

198

148

INDEX. 765
Page. Page.
Mentis HiChiivage=o-25-/- -tecseecese-- ses 152 | Wabash Valley, Lower, native trees of_ 409
rego (6 EE hae: Ol Be eee eo ae ae 153 | Wachusett, U. S. S., stomatopoda col-
LSU Cah nS ee Se SE eee ee 152 lectedt bye cat eee eee Seen de eee 508
SH OMUIANA oes coset aco ome 100 | Walcott, Charles D., on discovery of Old:
FANIMHCOSHHUR c cesen- cocers soe ease 151 hamiajinvAmericnss-- 28a es sees 313
elects so eee ss ae Le Soess IBS Waldheimia: = 2207. sieke ys te Pe Sei te 720
MUCHPOLAM R= Wash oooh see taaes 151 WY Villoieh 2 ee ease eee 12
POM culate eek oe cea waa aoe 151 | Walker,S. T., reptiles collected by------ 825
Sinaia a ee oe oe Sages te TOA alc@rian a. -/s- 22 oe ee ey ee 618, 620
Subp Meats aa5- ose sees ese ee ee 152 Morigeryss-= weet es 619
SUDEACOSS slo. set ec sees es ane 151 | Wallace, M., stomatopoda collected by- 508
AUCEIMC LAR Ssees secew sew aer see ae Tozil Ward euestervh fos. oe. er Renee eee 236, 551
NG stella net eye eel lok LBZMEWiGDSbORIGe 2 s52 <0. tes er Le Ee 2
“FHS rguac Sy iit |) cae a a eee 192 | West Indian region, mollusks of __--.--- 423
Vermetus macrophragma -------------- 192 | Weyers Cave, Va.,stalactites from ____- 78
pellucidus = 2 2.- ao ees 192 | White, Charles A., on invertebrate
var. eburneus---- 192 fauna of Dakota formation ________-_- 131
Sduamipordas £22252 5282 6.23 192 | Whitehurst, Dr., stomatopoda collected
Verrell, A. E., on new species of star- Loh eee Sage OEE og Mes le ee AeA AO 508
fishes and ophiurans....---.---------..-- 245 | Wickersham, James, jadeite obtained
MMIC LICH Tian sess Ae Se as Scan cee 7 TOWN (Sec eep as - eaeoee a e Se ny a 29
beldingi, new species__---_-- AT DeWitt Ge iene Re). | pees 658
Lnlerg el Sroka 6 1afs pape ata ee Tiets co) Wilbiamson, ivi gs, Mies 2222 aes eee 204
Morticordia 4-.....---.22 687, 688, 691, 697, 699, 702 | Wisconsin, fossils from_-_-_-.....___.___. 313
acuticostata____-...---- 688, 697,702 | Wittfield, Wm., reptiles collected by--- $25
Spinney ee ee ie eee 687 | Wood, coniferous, from Alaska _______-- iv
elegantissima -...---------- GSGre WOOG-MasOni don ua =. athens comes 549
PERT ONG ete en ee Se 697 | Wood rats, diagnosis of undescribed__- 353
Momiiecondisdse oo =<... 6 aces senses See 675 | Woolfe, H. D., fossil plants collected by- 210
VETTE eR 430 | Wyandotte Cave, stalactites in ___._____ 7
ONLI See oe pe ee pd ak 438 | Wyoming, fossil mollusks from __-.___- 135
Wospertilio lonpipes. 23.2226 520.2 2. 16 | Xantus, J., wood rats collected by -___- 354
FTES HODES oan ee oe | se Gr) exon ono measeae vests el ae ane 429, 431, 482
TEMPTS hy oe ieee AG LOG tev OCOGCU Seo aee seas eae eee 615
Wesperugo poteslis:. 2.2... 22: o2.c.--5-+ UE heaverhess sit Gre. oe ee soe La eae oe ho eee 204
GISCOlOT sewn arees ent 8 UG: Mold yeyene fee ene eee oh eee 692, 693
akg ace iia 8 Ve Ree epee 15, 16 lanceblatas i2c. sees eeres 147
SOROMUNS ete 22 eet 15,16 lima tole <5 fe ee eee 692
WES Sree toe aie BO 304, 305,308 | Young, M.C.,schnr., star fishes collected
Vaburnum dentatum: --.-.2222--5--.2.- 415 [byrne 22 a ae ea eae e ee Lk ee ee 275
MOTGONSKIGIAI 2-222 Le 225,234 | Zamites alaskana_.................------ 215, 282
Pranitolimm:. 2202-322. - 411,416,418 || Zanotacanthus.2:2-.2.-22-6-52-2=-22-2.- 465
Was bh), <A LoS ee Seen ees 6185620) |-Zanzibar; crabsifrome. 022-22. - 2550 24
SUS Lie ie? YS a Se en A Gites Zaphivsemnn sch. fet seo eee 429, 430, 431, 432
Wanita ANSOCtS TTOM <9. 223-452. 3o88c2. GOT GUS aig pnus japonica. .8-- enc eo se es 229
VUTEC Se ot Ee a be 228 meckit=. hte perso wares 230
Walnli) a: 53 cae Se a Oe oe ee ee 231 cinnamomoides --..-.-....-.--- 229
CEES TTI AT 1s VR noe A aera eens ed Er 421 Ny PCL MOLCUS |= aa- 2 esse eee 229
ORME eAee! 8 =o. bln hs ae 421 AT ACISIACTICte so = ee ee 229
Garis tG | Se Sas eee ee Re an 228, 234. SOPrulavaseen ee 6 se ek oereee 229
iyo iciith DS os tee Seen See 421 townsendi, new species_ 218,229,234,240
MOTTO TEL seen ss Set eS 228; 258 || Zonites arboreus=.--2 22. s- son eet ee 438
Aira oO eS a 429, 431 Bundlachi@es was ss soe 438, 444
Nag eS aie eee TNS eo LL 135 Indenbatuse cscs ee ee ee 438
“RES DS nig pe oe ae RSE 137 IMINUSCULAESe as see eee ee 438, 444
hicksii, new species._.____..- 135) | Zonotrichia alibicollis]..2 2.22.88. - =. =) 304
NWoles|moew-speciess.<° 2. i l0 0 1 | Zosterops aldabrensis, new species. ---- 71
Vollum, E. P., wood rats collected by -- 355 madagascariensis --.__..._._- 372
Wraluarina Varia a2 2i2. 2-3 eee 176 gloriosa,
Vicghea nel CLLTNIN GE So ys Fk 176 new sub-
IODA? enn Yoo as sub e on nk 430, 435, 436, 438 species--. 372
Rigerag Mires 5 228 = eee ee Re 107 palpebrosa 6225 -. 835 o 2 37
\SFLOIE 21 F708 222 eo eNO a ia cee ELON AA EO UELOS A a bac ner. wees ge MER ek ore 114
Wirllpes\montanus...-022_-.2..2-2.-02- On eaycObranchiatwlo25- set ee eee 200

ee ey
(
é t :
a2
* “7
i
i
¥
hy
‘ ‘

hh
i"

Wat i we
EEN
hat HRY
Bn

oh }

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the United States National Museum"

See other formats